=file wwlog2.txt
=// Copyright (C) 2001-2011 by Xenakis Consulting Services Inc.
=content ww2010.weblog.y2008
=content ww2010.weblog.y2009
=data x.x
send wwlog2.txt xxxx
del wwlog2.txt
ren xxxx wwlog2.txt
send wwlog2.txt xxxx
dir xxxx
del wwlog2_copy.txt
dir xxxx
ren wwlog2.txt wwlog2_copy.txt
ren xxxx wwlog2.txt
=eod
=// &&2 e091228 In Iran's largest and most violent protests yet, nephew of opposition leader is killed
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.head
In Iran's largest and most violent protests yet, nephew of
opposition leader is killed
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.date
28-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.txt1
Iranian police fired on protesters on Sunday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091228.txt2
<#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/28/world/middleeast/28iran.html?ref=global-home
"killing ten people,"#> including the 35-year-old nephew of the
opposition leader Mir-Hussein Moussavi. Moussavi was the principal
opponent of Mahmoud Ahmadinejad in the June 12 presidential
elections that many analysts have claimed were conducted
fraudulently. Moussavi claims to have won the election.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 2
The hardline government's threats of violence against protesters may
have reduced the volume of protests during the last few months but, as
would be expected during a generational Awakening era, the protests
have come back stronger than ever during the last week. Hundreds of
thousands of protesters took over the streets of Tehran on Sunday,
and similar protests occurred in cities across the country.
However, two events have occurred recently that have given the
protesters an "excuse" to come out in force and demonstrate:
Grand Ayatollah Hoseyn Ali Montazeri <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8423364.stm "died two weeks
ago."#> Montazeri was one of the heroes of the 1979 Islamic
Revolution, but he has been a leading critic of the hardline policies
of the current regime. I quote Montazeri in an earlier article (see
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091109 ""Theological split in Iran
widens as opposition protests continue""#>) last month.
His funeral ceremonly last Sunday provided an opportunity for
protesters to come out.
This Sunday was the Ashura holiday, the holiest day in the Shia
Islam calendar, commemorating the death in 680 of Imam Hussein at the
Battle of Karbala. This was the climax of the first crisis war
between followers of Mohammed after his death. This war created the
division between the Sunni and Shia branches of the Islam faith. The
Ashura holiday, commemorating the death of Imam Hussein, is roughly
equivalent in importance to the Easter holiday in Christianity,
commemorating the death and resurrection of Christ. The Ashura
holiday provided the opportunity for the nationwide anti-government
protests.
Iran's government is panicking over these demonstrations because they
seem very similar to the the demonstrations that led to the massive
violence Islamic Revolution in 1979. From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, a repeat of the 1979 revolution is completely
impossible at this time. In 1979, Iran was in a generational Crisis
era, so a crisis civil war was quite plausible. Today, Iran is in a
generational Awakening era, and a crisis civil war is literally
impossible. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090623 ""A
generational explanation of Iran's political crisis.""#>)
I heard one commentator on television say something like, "I don't
know where these protests are going. They seem to have no leader and
no objective." That's exactly right. The riots and demonstrations
are just like those by the Boomer generation in America in the 1960s,
and the '68er demonstrations in Europe at the same time. That was
the time of the West's generational Awakening era. When tens of
thousands of young people went to San Francisco to take part in the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "1967 Summer of Love,"#> they had no
leader and no objective either. They were mainly demonstrating
against their own parents, and the austere rules imposed by the
generations that survived World War II. Today's demonstrators in Iran
are really demonstrating against the austere rules imposed by the
generations that survived the Islamic revolution and the Iran/Iraq war
of the 1980s.
The death of Moussavi's nephew is certain to be considered a major
event by the young demonstrations, infuriating them and causing
enormous outrage. The hardline government is hoping that the
demonstrations will fizzle, and they're using violence to try to stop
them, but without success.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Iran's riots and
demonstrations can be expected to continue for years, and will only
end when some sort of climactic event occurs, equivalent to America's
resignation of President Richard Nixon in 1974.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091227 Yemen wars escalate rapidly, as US provides military support
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.head
Yemen wars escalate rapidly, as US provides military support
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.date
27-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.txt1
The Yemen connection to the attempted airplane bombing has thrust
Yemen into the news.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091227.txt2
The 23-year-old would-be bomber is from a prominent Nigerian family,
but apparently received terrorist training and the bomb ingredients
from Al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP), headquartered in Yemen.
This has caused various news anchors, bloggers and politicians to have
to learn how to spell "Yemen" and to realize the growing al-Qaeda
presence there.
<#inc ww2010.pic yemen3.gif right "" "Yemen. Shia Houthi rebels are
fighting the Saudi army in northern Yemen, while al-Qaeda is
gaining control in southern Yemen.
(Source: CIA Fact Book / Economist)"#>
However, there's far more important news coming from Yemen, and it's
about two wars that have been escalating rapidly since I first wrote
about them in September. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090913
""Escalating civil war in Yemen threatens to pull in Iran, Saudi
Arabia and U.S.""#>)
In northern Yemen, the war was originally a rebellion by the Houthi
ethnic group against the Yemen government. Since September, it's
spilled over into a border war between Houthis and Saudi Arabia.
Analysts were shocked this week when Saudi Arabia disclosed that
<#stdurl
http://www.khaleejtimes.com/DisplayArticleNew.asp?xfile=data/editorial/2009/December/editorial_December49.xml§ion=editorial&col=
"it has lost 73 of its soldiers"#> in its clashes with Yemen’s Houthi
rebels.
Saudi Arabia's air force has been crossing the border into Yemen,
with the Yemenis' consent, and striking at Houthi rebel bases. A
Saudi air strike last Sunday on a north Yemen town reportedly
<#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/World/terrorism-security/2009/1221/Saudi-air-strike-kills-Yemen-rebels-as-US-drawn-into-fight
"killed dozens of people,"#> including civilians. The US is thought
to be providing intelligence information for the strikes.
In southern Yemen, the war is against al-Qaeda terrorists. Yemen's
government in Sana'a is increasingly losing control of the country,
and al-Qaeda groups are using Yemen as headquarters for AQAP, with a
stronghold in the south. AQAP has been staging terrorist attacks
throughout the country in order to destabilize the government.
Yemen has been conducting air strikes against al-Qaeda bases. The NY
Times <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/19/world/middleeast/19yemen.html
"reports"#> that the "United States provided firepower, intelligence
and other support to the government of Yemen." The "other support"
is thought to include American special forces soldiers and attacks by
American cruise missiles.
According to <#stdurl http://www.centcom.mil/en/countries/aor/yemen/
"a statement"#> by General David Petraeus statement in April:
"Yemen stands out from its neighbors on the Arab
Peninsula. The inability of the Yemeni government to secure and
exercise control over all of its territory offers terrorist and
insurgent groups in the region, particularly Al Qaeda, a safe
haven in which to plan, organize, and support terrorist
operations. It is important that this problem be addressed, and
CENTCOM is working to do that. Were extremist cells in Yemen to
grow, Yemen’s strategic location would facilitate terrorist
freedom of movement in the region and allow terrorist
organizations to threaten Yemen’s neighbors, especially Saudi
Arabia and the other Gulf States. In view of this, we are
expanding our security cooperation efforts with Yemen to help
build the nation’s security, counter-insurgency, and
counter-terror capabilities."
As I've described many times, al-Qaeda's aim is to duplicate the
success of Iran's 1979 (Shia) Islamic Revolution in a Sunni Muslim
country. They've attempted this in Iraq, Somalia, Algeria,
Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan and elsewhere, and now Yemen. So
far they've been unsuccessful, but they'll keep trying in different
countries until they're successful.
The growing American military presence in Yemen means that there is
one more country, in addition to Iraq, Afghanistan, and Somalia,
where American forces and al-Qaeda-linked Islamist forces are fighting
one another. The potential for a major escalation is substantial.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the world is headed
for a "clash of civilizations" world war, pitting China and Sunni
Islam forces against the West.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=168
"Yemen"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091225 At the end of a dark year, Merry Christmas and Happy New Year to all
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.head
At the end of a dark year, Merry Christmas and Happy New Year to
all
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.date
25-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.txt1
It's been an incredible year, hasn't it?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091225.txt2
In my own way, I lead a fairly ascetic life. During the day I
develop computer software in the ancient language of C++, and in my
remaining time I work on this web site. My obsession is nearly
total. While I'm at work, writing C++ code, I have my headphones on,
and I'm listening to the BBC or Bloomberg TV. At night, if I wake up
at 4 am and can't get back to sleep, I turn on the BBC. At other
times, I watch CNN, Fox News, CNBC, or MSNBC. I've also cut and
pasted some 50,000 articles that I have filed on my hard disk. My
obsession is a GOOD thing (I keep telling myself), because it makes me
know everything that's going on in the world, and makes it possible to
write all the articles I post on this web site.
This has been true for seven years, since I started this web site in
2002. Each day, or as often as I have time for, I look at the world
through the prism of generational theory and write articles for this
web site reporting on what I find.
But this year has been different from the previous six. The world
went off the rails this year. I used to get up in the morning and
wonder if I was crazy or the world was crazy, but that conundrum has
been resolved at least partially. The question of whether I'm crazy is
still open, but there's absolutely no doubt at all that the world has
gone mad.
Let's take a look at some of the events of the last year:
The stock market surged this year, even though earnings kept
falling. On what planet does that make any sense at all?
Price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations") are close to 100,
when anything above 16 is considered "expensive." And this year we
saw the heavy use of P/E ratios based on phony so-called "operating
earnings," but even those phony numbers are now around 30, which is
also astronomically high.
The Copenhagen climate change conference was predictably a farce
long before it started. Anyone with any sense at all could see that
China would never agree to any binding limits. I said that, and
other commentators said that. But you still had dozens of world
leaders, including President Obama, go there and act like total
idiots, come away with less than nothing, and then still declare it a
success.
The loathsome spectacle in the U.S. Senate these last few days as
they passed the health care bill is unspeakable.
Fraud and extortion, especially by people at financial
institutions like Goldman Sachs, Citibank and Bank of America, have
become standard operating procedure.
I've been expecting something like this for years, because the same
thing happened after the 1929 crash, and I've written about it many
times, but it's still a shock how pervasive it's become.
I frequently mention <#stdurl http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/ "Yves
Smith's Naked Capitalism blog,"#> because her blog has become a kind
of "ground zero" for describing many of the criminal activities going
on in the financial world. Smith calls people like me (without
actually acknowledging me or this web site) "alarmists," but she's now
confirming all the things that she used to consider alarmist. She
even refers to bankers as "banksters."
The fraud and extortion have made writing for this web site more
difficult, because what's going on is so far from reality. If the
P/E ratio index is around 18, as it has been in previous years, then I
can talk about how it's been above the historical average of 14 since
1995, and by the Law of Mean Reversion will have to fall equally far
below 14 for the same amount of time. But what can you say when the
P/E ratio index is around 100? How can you say anything that anyone
sane can relate to?
Many things that happened last year were crazy in another sense,
because they're just "business as usual." Some other events of note in
the last year: the Gaza war between Israel and Hamas; the escalation
of the Afghanistan war and the increasing instability of Pakistan; and
in the last few days, we're learning that U.S. forces are getting
involved in the border war between Saudi Arabia versus the Iran-backed
Houthis in Yemen. There's also been the climactic end to the Sri
Lanka crisis civil war, and the growing riots and demonstrations in
Iran.
There are tens of thousands of people who read this web site
regularly, according to the web site logs. The logs also tell me that
there are plenty of people from universities, government and
businesses, though of course I have no idea who they are.
I still have to joke that this web site is like a porn site: there
are a lot of people reading it, but almost no one wants to admit it.
I'd love to get some feedback from academics or government officials,
but apparently few of them want to admit associating with the
gloomiest person in the world, who writes for the gloomiest web site
in the world.
The <#stdurl http://generationaldynamics.com/forum "Generational
Dynamics forum"#> has had mixed success. There isn't a great deal of
traffic, although the discussion that occurs is very intelligent.
For me personally, the forum has actually been very successful. I try
to answer most of the e-mail questions and comments that I receive
from web site readers, but at the end of 2008 and the beginning of
2009, the volume of e-mail queries was getting out of hand, and I
couldn't respond to all of them. Furthermore, many people were asking
me the same questions, usually something along the lines of "How can
I protect my assets?"
So I started referring people to the forum, especially the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread. That's been pretty successful, as the
number of e-mail queries has leveled off and is under control again,
even as the traffic to the web site has increased.
Still, I would like the forum to be more useful to people, and if
there's anything I can do (such as rearranging topics or categories,
or something like that), I would be happy to do so. Feel free to
write to me with suggestions, or post them in the forum itself.
I would like to simply wish everyone a Merry Christmas and Happy New
Year, but it's not that simple. I'm a believer in trends, and the
trend for the world is to become increasingly dysfunctional in the
seven years since I started this web site.
There's something really dark going on. The stock market surge, the
Copenhagen summit, the health care bill -- none of these things makes
any sense at all. The investors, journalists and politicians whose
behavior is responsible for these things are not that stupid. They
may act like idiots, but they aren't idiots.
Sherlock Holmes said, "When you have eliminated the impossible,
whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth."
So these people are acting like idiots, but the "impossible" is that
they actually ARE idiots. So we can eliminate that. Therefore, they
must be acting like idiots on purpose, knowing the consequences, but
having some venal personal motives. What are those motives? Usually
money and political power, accompanied by total contempt for the
people they're screwing.
There are actually plenty of examples of this.
I'll start with a couple of examples from China. Chinese food
producers <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081117 "poisoned millions of
Chinese children"#> by bulking up their food products with melamine,
to give the appearance of greater protein content. Chinese real
estate firms are continuing to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091222 "build
empty cities and empty skyscrapers,"#> creating a real estate bubble
that's doing enormous harm to ordinary Chinese citizens.
In America and Europe, we have supposedly reputable companies like
Priceline, Orbitz, FTD, 1-800-Flowers, Pizza Hut, and Continental
Airlines <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091124 "scamming their customers
online"#> and making billions of dollars doing it.
And of course the entire financial disaster was perpetrated by people
defrauding other people for their own gain. In particular, the
"toxic assets" were being created and sold by people who, by
2006-2007, knew that they were toxic, but redoubled their efforts to
sell them before the party ended. Today, banks like Citibank and
Bank of America are still extorting their own customers by charging
phony fees and 30% interest rates, in order to pay themselves million
dollar bonuses.
Why is all of this happening? I know that one of the least popular
things I can talk about on this web site is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080121c ""The nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation
X,""#> but with Gen-Xers increasingly in control of government
and business organizations, there's really no other direction to go
in.
Most people in every generation, including Gen-Xers, are decent,
hard-working people, but what we have today are a small group of
cynical Gen-Xers who really ARE nihilistic, and who have the skills
to drive out the hard-working people. This is "the bad driving out
the good."
The mechanism for doing this became clear from <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091214 "the hacked climate change e-mail
messages"#> that were revealed prior to the Copenhagen conference. In
a word, these e-mail messages show that climate change science is junk
science. And even if the polar icecaps ARE melting, these e-mail
messages still show that climate change science is junk science. But
instead of acknowledging that it's junk science, all the politicians,
journalists and "scientists" acted like idiots, and went to
Copenhagen, where the whole scene collapsed into farce.
But what's most interesting, and deserves a lot more study, is that
the hacked e-mails showed how climate change advocates used the peer
review process to systematically exclude anyone with dissenting
views. The advocates were skillful in gaining control of climate
research journals and then making sure that skeptics were ignored and
never acknowledged. And if a skeptic published his research
elsewhere, then the advocates would say that the research wasn't
"peer reviewed."
That shows one way that "the bad drives out the good" in climate
change.
In financial institutions, anyone who wants to conduct business
honestly is fired, driven out, or threatened. Last June, Yves Smith
described exactly how <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090607b "middle level
employees are effectively able to extort management"#> into
continuing fraudulent activities and getting themselves overpaid.
The disintegration of the Copenhagen climate change conference is
interesting, because it's a microcosm of what's happening in the
world. The nihilism and self-destructiveness of these Gen-Xers in
power is threatening the entire world with the same kind of
disintegration, through worse financial crises and world war.
But other than that, Dear Readers, let me wish you a Merry Christmas
and a Happy New Year. And I hope that this web site is helping you
to prepare for what's coming. If it does, then it's serving its
purpose.
Let's close this essay with a little Christmas music.
I wrote about the song <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081225 ""Have
yourself a merry little Christmas""#> last year. I think I like
this song because it fits my mood as the gloomiest person in the
world.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5g4lY8Y3eoo "the
video"#> of Judy Garland singing this song in the 1944 movie "Meet Me
in St. Louis":
Merry Christmas and Happy New Year, everyone, and thank you for your
support in the last year.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=13&t=183 "Merry
Christmas and Happy New Year 2010"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091224 CalculatedRisk: Expect a big drop in existing home sales in December
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.head
CalculatedRisk: Expect a big drop in existing home sales in
December
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.date
24-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.txt1
New home sales fell unexpectedly in November,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091224.txt2
when analysts had <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=agmcAlhIHujg
"expected them to increase."#>
The CalculatedRisk blog has <#stdurl
http://www.calculatedriskblog.com/2009/12/new-home-sales-decrease-sharply-in.html
"an interesting analysis"#> of the relationship between new and
existing home sales.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091223.gif center "" "New and existing home sales
(Source: Calculated Risk)"#>
This graph shows that new home sales (red line) and existing home
sales (blue line) followed similar growth paths until the real estate
bubble burst in 2006 and they started to diverge.
New home sales were supposed to increase in November, according to
the analysts, but as you can see from the graph, they took another
downward spike.
Since 2006, existing home sales have been doing better than new home
sales (relatively speaking) because new home builders couldn't compete
with the low prices of all the foreclosed properties (existing
homes), according to CalculatedRisk.
"The recent increase in the ratio was partially
due to the timing of the first time homebuyer tax credit (before
the extension) - and partially because the tax credit spurred
existing home sales more than new home sales.
On timing issues: New home sales are counted when the contract is
signed, and usually before construction begins. So to close before
the original Dec 1st deadline, the contract had to be signed early
this Summer. Existing home sales are counted when escrow closes.
And the recent surge in existing home sales was primarily due to
buyers rushing to beat the tax credit.
November will probably remain the record high since existing home
sales will decline sharply in December."
It's not surprising that existing home sales have been doing well,
because of the foreclosed homes flooding the market.
As you can see from the above graph, new home sales took a slight
upward blip a couple of months ago. Pollyannaish journalists and
analysts took this as a sign that the housing crisis had bottomed,
and that the worst was over.
But as we discussed in <#hreftext ww2010.i.housing091221
""'Shadow inventory' of unsold homes continues to grow,""#>
millions of additional distressed homes are expected to come on the
market in 2010. This will trigger a sharp decrease in the market
prices of homes, and may even result in panicked selling.
These are trends that analysts at CNBC, the Wall Street Journal, and
other media ignore.
Steve Lieseman on CNBC was genuinely stunned on Tuesday morning, when
the news came in that <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=aVeAMaVRygoM
"revised Q3 GDP growth was 2.2%."#> There were actually 10-20 seconds
of total silence as Lieseman stared at the report, trying to figure
out what was going on.
The financial community almost universally believes that the worst is
over, and that GDP growth will reach 4% in either Q4 or Q1. As a
consequence, they believe that the economy will start ADDING jobs by
Q2, while they've been losing jobs for two years now.
These beliefs are based entirely on unrealistic hopes.
As another example, corporate earnings have been falling for over two
years now, and analysts believe that they HAVE to start increasing,
simply because too much time has passed. For example, here's what
appeared earlier this week on <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"EARNINGS STATS: BY THE NUMBERS
As of Monday, December 21st:
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 for Q3 2009,
combining actual numbers for companies that have reported, and
estimates for companies yet to report is currently -14.1% versus
an estimated earnings growth for Q4 2009 of 196.1%. Of the 498
S&P 500 companies who have reported Q3, 79% beat estimates, 7%
were in-line, and 14% were below estimates. As of October 1st,
the earnings growth rate was at -24.7%. (Data provided by Thomson
Reuters)"
If you read the above carefully, you'll see that analysts expect
earnings growth of 196.1% in Q4. After earnings growth has been
negative for many quarters, this is truly an incredible belief, and
it shows what ridiculous views mainstream analysts are holding.
All my life I've been reading about how foolish people were after the
1929 crash. Herbert Hoover said that "Prosperity is just around the
corner." All kinds of analysts predicted that the market had bottomed
and would start going up again.
That whole story has always been something of a joke, ever since I
first encountered it when I was in school in the 1950s.
But now we see it playing out again. It's absolutely astounding to
see this joke replayed before our eyes.
A couple of days ago, I posted <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091222 "a
story on China's real estate bubble."#> As incredible as what's
happening in America, China's real estate bubble is so cuckoo as to
be worthy of a cartoon rather than real life.
I know I keep saying this, but the insanity keeps getting worse every
day. How can journalists, analysts and politicians be more insane
every day than they were the day before?
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091222 Skyrocketing real estate prices in China alarm officials
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.head
Skyrocketing real estate prices in China alarm officials
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.date
22-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.txt1
Chinese home prices rose 5.7% in November from a year earlier,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091222.txt2
according to China's National Bureau of Statistics (NBS).
Having just posted a new article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.housing091221
""'Shadow inventory' of unsold homes continues to grow,""#>
indicating that the housing crisis in America is far from over, it's
worthwhile taking a look at the even worse real estate crisis in
China.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091221a.jpg right "" "Housing prices in China are
rising rapidly
(Source: Xinhua)"#>
China's growth rate in home prices was 2.2 percentage points higher
than that of October, according to <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/bizchina/2009-12/10/content_9155970.htm
"the NBS report."#>
Alarmed Beijing officials are <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=atSvIp7t0kwo
"imposing new regulations"#> in an attempt to slow down the rapid
bubble growth. "We’re at the start of an all-out crackdown on the
property market," according to one Shanghai analyst. "The current
speed of gains in property prices cannot be sustained. Local
governments may also work out their own policies targeting house
prices."
Announcement of this crackdown panicked investors this week in the
Shanghai stock market, especially in stocks related to real estate.
=inc ww2010.h2 ponzi "A giant Ponzi scheme"
According to former Morgan Stanley Chief Asia Economist Andy Xie,
Chinese stocks and properties are <#stdurl
http://www.my1510.cn/article.php?id=e3fc777cdd24720a "50-100%
overvalued,"#> fueled by bank lending and inflation fear:
"Chinese asset markets have become a giant Ponzi
scheme. The prices are supported by appreciation expectation. As
more people and liquidity are sucked in, the resulting surging
prices validate the expectation, which prompts more people to join
the party. This sort of bubble ends when there isn’t enough
liquidity to feed the beast."
The <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2009-11/04/content_8911064.htm
"asset bubble"#> is being caused by China's massive stimulus program.
The stimulus program was intended to create jobs and increase
consumption, but instead, state-run banks have channeled the money
into real estate projects for their own benefit. The new landowners
are being called "Land Kings," and they have little respect among the
Chinese people.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091221b.jpg center "" "Chinese cartoons on real
estate bubble
(Source: Xinhua)"#>
As stimulus money pours into real estate properties, the property
bubble gets larger and larger, making home prices too expensive for
ordinary citizens, even as many homes and apartment buildings lay
empty.
This is one of the most incredible features of China's real estate
bubble, and something that's different from America's recent real
estate bubble.
There's no property tax in China, and so there's <#stdurl
http://chovanec.wordpress.com/2009/12/18/china-goes-wrong-way-on-property-taxes/
"no cost to buying real estate and holding it indefinitely,"#>
according to Patrick Chovanec, an associate professor at Tsinghua
University’s School of Economics and Management in Beijing.
So "land kings" have been able to use stimulus money or cheap bank
loans to purchase properties and hold them, expecting to sell them
later at big profits. According to Chovanec,
"The way I read these figures is that an immense
amount of new housing is being purchased and accumulated (in a
vacant condition) off-market. Nobody has any idea what it is
actually worth because there is little urgency to offer it, to end
users, on the secondary market and actually see it priced based on
their demand. If investors were at least trying to “flip,” we
might find out, but they’re not, and so prices for new residences
(especially on the high-priced luxury end) continue to rise
without anything to bring them back down to earth."
This has led to remarkable situations. The <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/asia-pacific/2009/11/2009111061722672521.html
"following video"#> describes "China's empty city - Ordos." The
entire city was built by real estate developers using other people's
money, and there are no people living there:
In America, the real estate bubble took the form of financial
institutions creating and selling mortgage-backed securities that
later turned out to be worthless "toxic assets."
In China, the real estate bubble takes the form of financial
institutions building and buying unwanted real estate with other
people's money.
The details are different, but the core patterns are the same:
Financial institutions defrauding the public and paying themselves
huge salaries, fees, commissions, bonuses and bribes.
=inc ww2010.h2 comm "Commercial property in China"
China's residential real estate problem is bad, but if anything, the
commercial real estate problems are even worse.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/bizchina/2009-10/09/content_8772934.htm
"a lengthy Xinhua analysis,"#> China's commercial real estate boom
occurred in 2003-2007:
"China's rapid economic expansion over the past
decade turned the country into the place to be for multinational
companies. To accommodate the influx of international businesses,
developers took out loans, land was cleared and construction sites
and cranes dotted the skyline of every major city. ...
But when the financial crisis hit, many multinationals pulled
their offices and employees out of China or moved to less
expensive spaces, while the hordes of shoppers that retailers
were expecting to flood the malls tightened their purse strings.
Now, major cities throughout the country are home to empty
skyscrapers and shopping malls that are virtually empty, apart
from store clerks and security guards. Meanwhile, construction
continues."
The result is that the vacancy rate in big cities like Beijing and
Shanghai is approaching 50%. Even when the buildings and shopping
centers are occupied, owners are forced to give special deals, such as
one year free rent on a five-year contract. Thus, effective rents
have crashed by 40-50% in the last year, even though nominal rents
have remained almost the same.
According to international real estate executive Jack Rodman, there
are two reasons that explain why developers have been keeping leasing
prices at the old rates:
"One, they are under no pressure from banks to
repay their loans, ergo no motivation to lease at today's current
rates. And two, writing a lease at half the rent that supports
the valuation … could trigger a writedown, incurring losses for
the banks. (Meanwhile, there) has been a lack of transparency and
reliability, and a lack of veracity in market information that
the brokerage community made available to owners, developers and
tenants."
Moreover, the commercial real estate building craze has not ended, as
new stimulus money and near-zero interest rates continue to fuel
additional development projects that are not needed.
This has led to an absolutely incredible scam where farmers have
started <#stdurl
http://www.chinahush.com/2009/12/18/chinese-farmers-are-growing-houses-instead-of-growing-food/
""growing houses""#> instead of growing food.
The scam works as follows: When there are rumors of a new development
project, the farmers in the region quickly get together and build
numerous houses on their farm land. These are not real houses, in
the sense that anyone could live in them, but they're houses
nonetheless. For example, they may be nothing more than bricks held
together by glue.
Then, if and when the development project begins, the houses have to
be torn town to make way for the development. Beijing's policy is to
reimburse owners when a new real estate project causes people to
loses their homes. So the farmers make back double their money. Of
course, if the rumored development project never actually occurs, then
the farmers lose their money.
=inc ww2010.h2 dysfunction "Dysfunctional China"
I seem to keep using the word "dysfunctional" these days, whenever I
talk about almost anything having to do with finance or politics,
whether in the US or Europe. But it's going to be hard for any other
country to beat the dysfunction that's apparent today in China's real
estate market.
It's not uncommon for observers to compare China's real estate market
today to Japan's real estate market just before its huge stock market
crash in 1990. At the height of Japan's real estate bubble, the
nominal value of the real estate in Tokyo alone was greater than the
value of all the real estate in the United States. Once the crash
began, Japan's real estate prices continued falling for almost two
decades. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 ""Japan's real
estate crash may finally end after 16 years.""#>)
China <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/29/business/economy/29view.html?_r=1
"is showing the same signs,"#> according to the NY Times:
"[Government subsidies] have spurred excess
capacity and created a dangerous political dynamic in which these
investments have to be propped up at all cost.
China has been building factories and production capacity in
virtually every sector of its economy, but it’s not clear that the
latest round of investments will be profitable anytime soon.
Automobiles, steel, semiconductors, cement, aluminum and real
estate all show signs of too much capacity. In Shanghai, the
central business district appears to have high vacancy rates, yet
building continues."
In America, the public is becoming increasingly furious with
Citibank, Bank of America, and other bankers, who have defrauded the
public with "toxic assets," and who are now raising interest rates to
30% and imposing phony fees on credit card customers in order to have
the money to pay themselves million dollar bonuses.
In China, this discontent goes far deeper. I started reporting on
this phenomenon in 2004. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041226
""Up to 50,000 workers riot and clash with police in southeast
China.""#>)
If there were even one incident of this type in the United States, it
would be international news. But there are tens of thousands of these
"mass incidents" in China each year. And this doesn't count the
recent unrest in Tibet and among the Uighurs in Xinjiang province.
These incidents represent an extremely high level of social unrest,
and according to <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/8425119.stm "an analysis by a
Chinese think-tank,"#> the level of social unrest is higher than
ever. According to the report, deep resentment has been accumulating
over the past few decades against unfairness and power abuses by
government officials at various levels.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a Chinese civil war
is certain. As I wrote in 2005 in <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116
""China approaches Civil War,""#> China has a long history
of massive internal rebellions and civil wars, creating bloodbaths
that have slaughtered tens of millions of people in a short period of
time. These include the White Lotus rebellion that began in 1795, the
Taiping rebellion that began in 1852, and the Communist Revolution
that began with Mao Zedong's genocidal Long March in 1934.
The current real estate bubble and "asset Ponzi scheme" is a
financial crisis waiting to happen. China is desperately trying to
use stimulus money to prevent a panic. These attempts have postponed
the panic, but the development of the "Land Kings" shows that the
stimulus money is only making things worse. And the size of the bubble
is so huge that a panic will be a catastrophe for China's social
fabric.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, China is now about
due for its next massive internal rebellion and civil war, and is
headed for civil war with absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091220 Study: Men think their dancing improves with age
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.head
Study: Men think their dancing improves with age
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.date
20-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.txt1
This study is oblivious to generational issues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091220.txt2
This study purports to show that men become better dancers (or think
they do) suddenly at age 65.
The research was conducted in 2008-09 by Dr Peter Lovatt at the
University of Hertfordshire. Here's <#stdurl
http://www.herts.ac.uk/news-and-events/latest-news/The-psychology-of-dance.cfm
"the description:"#>
"The Dance Style Questionnaire was completed by
almost 14,000 people and the results show that although up to the
age of 16, men lack confidence in their dance moves, after that
their dance confidence rises steadily with men over the age of 65
having higher ratings than men between the ages of 55 and
60."
This study has gotten quite a bit of publicity in the UK.
Here's how <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/science/science-news/6817134/Dad-dancing-may-be-the-result-of-evolution-scientists-claim.html
"it was described"#> in The Telegraph:
"The cringeworthy "dad dancing" witnessed at
wedding receptions every weekend may be an unconscious way in
which ageing males repel the attention of young women, leaving the
field clear for men at their sexual peak.
"The message their dancing sends out is 'stay away, I'm not
fertile'," said Dr Peter Lovatt, a psychologist at the University
of Hertfordshire who has compared the dancing styles and
confidence levels of nearly 14,000 people.
His research has backed up scientific studies showing a
connection between dancing, hormones and sexual selection.
Men between the ages of 35 and 60 typically attempt complex moves
with limited co-ordination – an observation that will be obvious
to anyone who saw George W Bush shake his stuff with a troupe of
West African performers in 2007.
Dr Lovatt pointed to research showing that women could gauge the
testosterone levels of their dance partners by the style and
energy of their moves, and suggested that "dad dancing" may be a
way of warning women of child-bearing age that they might be
better off looking elsewhere.
"It would seem completely unsurprising to me that since
middle-aged men have passed their natural reproductive age, and
probably have a family already, evolution would act to ensure they
are no longer attractive to 18-year-old girls," Dr Lovatt said.
"It's like an apple that is going brown – you want a fresh green
one instead.""
The problem with all this is that Dr. Lovatt finds that everything
changes once a man gets past age 60. He's a disaster on the dance
floor from ages 35 to 60, according to Lovatt, but suddenly gets much
better at age 65. He attempts various pseudo-psychological
explanations for this phenomenon, but misses the most obvious
explanation.
Age 65 is almost exactly the boundary that separates the Silent
generation from the Boomer generation.
The Silent generation grew up during the Great Depression and WW II
and, more importantly, the time of <#hreftext ww2010.i.bigband "the
Big Band Era."#>
During the 1930s and 1940s, millions of unemployed musicians formed
bands and played music in dance halls around the country. Dancing
was the favorite pastime to escape from the worries and anxieties of
joblessness and the war. Couples developed very complex and very
romantic dance steps from the Fox Trot to Swing.
By the 1950s, complex dance steps were passé. Counterculture Boomer
music was rock 'n' roll, and complex dance steps were out. Dancing
consisted of moving your legs back and forth in a simple repetition
that never varied.
So now Dr. Lovatt is finding that men who grew up in the 1930s-40s
are great dancers, while those who grew up in the 1950s-60s are lousy
dancers, and he's completely oblivious to these generational
differences.
As I keep saying on this web site, journalists, analysts, academics
and politicians are apparently incapable of grasping even the
simplest generational explanations for things, no matter how obvious.
Dr. Lovatt has appeared on numerous talk shows, demonstrating good
and bad dance styles. For some "news you can use," here's
<#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SOI79MMMzWk
"a video"#> of Dr. Lovatt's appearance on Graham Norton Show:
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=167 "Music
and Generations"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091219 Climate change: A 'meaningful and unprecedented' breakthrough agreement in Copenhagen
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.head
Climate change: A "meaningful and unprecedented"
breakthrough agreement in Copenhagen
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.date
19-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.txt1
Here's the text of the agreement,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091219.txt2
as <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/19/science/earth/19climate.html
"announced"#> by the Obama administration on Friday evening:
"We entered this negotiation at a time when there
were significant differences between countries. Developed and
developing countries have now agreed to listing their national
actions and commitments, a finance mechanism, to set a mitigation
target of two degrees Celsius and to provide information on the
implementation of their actions through national communications,
with provisions for international consultations and analysis
under clearly defined guidelines."
If you don't understand this, there's a good reason: This is almost
total gibberish. The wording is intentionally garbled because it's
utter nonsense. However, if you sort through the purposely obscure
phrases, you get the following:
Instead of verifiable reductions in carbon emissions,
countries will publish occasional reports on what they're
doing.
Instead of a goal to be reached by 2015, they set a target of
2 degrees Celsius by 2050.
Instead of a $200 billion per year fund to be paid by the West
to the 130 "developing countries," there is no financial
commitment.
This agreement was reached between the United States and four other
countries -- China, India, Brazil and South Africa. Other countries
were excluded from the negotiations, infuriating some of them.
We can all be grateful that the entire conference ended in failure
and farce. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091214 ""Climate Change
conference in Copenhagen is all about getting green --
money.""#>) This is the best possible outcome for a conference
that was absurd from the beginning.
Just when I think that Washington and Wall Street can't become any
more insane and dysfunctional, they surprise me and become even worse.
I don't know how they manage to do it.
I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091218 "wrote yesterday"#> that President
Obama would not be blamed for this failure essentially because he's a
member of the political élite and because he's not President Bush and
not a Republican.
However, Obama went way out on a limb for this conference. He
totally committed his own credibility to a successful outcome. He's
going to receive plenty of blame from his political opposition.
(And there was an ironic finish to the day, when President Obama had
to leave the global warming conference early because of a snowstorm
and frigid cold weather in Washington.)
It's worth stepping back a moment and seeing the big picture here.
President Obama has had one foreign policy disaster after another --
in Iran, in Pakistan, in the Mideast.
Domestically, he's bet his presidency on this health care bill. If it
doesn't pass, it will be a political disaster for him. If it does
pass, it will be an even bigger political disaster for him.
But there is one decision that appears to have bolstered his
confidence: His decision to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091206 "send
22,000 additional troops"#> to Afghanistan, after sending 30,000
troops earlier this year.
My point is this: President Obama is failing at anything and
everything that requires him to get consensus from other politicians,
whether it's politicians in the Senate, or leaders of other countries
negotiating climate change. Obama gives a good speech, but he's been
a total failure as a negotiator, either domestically or
internationally.
But the decision to escalate the war in Afghanistan required no
consensus and no negotiation. It was his decision to make.
I've written many times for several years about how one country after
another has experienced governmental paralysis. This is typical of a
generational Crisis era, a time when all the survivors of the
previous crisis war (WW II in this case) are all gone, and
politicians are reduced to bickering.
But there's one thing that country leaders can usually do on their
own: Start or escalate a war. This is especially true in a
generational Crisis era, when the population is quick to take offense
at a foreign enemy.
We're about to enter a new decade with the world increasingly insane
and dysfunctional. 2010 is sure to be a year full of surprises.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=178
"Climate Change"#> and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61 "President
Barack Obama"#> threads of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091218 Climate change conference winds down with search for villains
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.head
Climate change conference winds down with search for villains
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.date
18-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.txt1
After eight years of blaming Bush, the world may blame China this
time.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091218.txt2
The week at Copenhagen has been an incredible spectacle, with
everyone looking to the US and Europe to provide money to everyone
else. There are 130 "developing countries" who are demanding American
technology and $200 billion per year, supposedly to help them
implement global warming technologies, but always with the implication
that the developed nations owe "reparations" to the developing nations
because we've been so evil in emitting carbon. And of course they
want this money with absolutely no strings attached.
What's funny about this is that almost no one believes that these
developing countries will spend this money on global warming. Imagine
giving a few billion dollars to the likes of Robert Mugabe of
Zimbabwe, the guy who regularly starves and slaughters his own people,
especially those of the ethnic tribes other than his own.
Probably the darkest humor of the week was over the question of China
receiving a chunk of that $200 billion, since they're a "developing
country." Presumably, we would borrow the money from China and pay
it back to them to do global warming technology. The suggestion that
the US has to fund China has angered the US negotiators. Supposedly,
the Chinese have said in back channels that they wouldn't accept US
money even if it was offered, but they don't want to say so publicly
because that would jeopardize their status as a "developing country."
The Copenhagen conference is a microcosm of all the dysfunction in
the world today. In Washington we have a proposed health care bill
that's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090725 "economic insanity,"#> and in
Copenhagen we have a climate change conference that's <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091214 "an absurd and loony money grab."#> We
should be watching these things on the Cartoon Network, rather than on
CNN and Fox News.
The Copenhagen conference has gone from one chaotic disaster to
another. There were arguments about money, and arguments about who
will and will not be required to reduce carbon emissions. Things got
so bad that the President of the Copenhagen Summit, Danish minister
Connie Hedegaard, <#stdurl
http://www.allheadlinenews.com/articles/7017292344?U.N.%20Climate%20Conference%20President%20Resigns%20Amidst%20Stalled%20Talks,%20Protester%20Arrests
"resigned in disgust."#>
There has been only one question left: Who's going to be blamed?
Western leaders have been scrambling to cover their asses. In the
face of one chaotic disaster after another in Copenhagen, Gordon
Brown and Barack Obama have been expressing confidence that an
agreement will be signed before the conference ends. French President
Nicolas Sarkozy said that it will be catastrophic if there's no
agreement.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right climate 3
President George Bush has been blamed for the failure of the Kyoto
agreement of 1997. That agreement was sponsored by then-VP Al Gore,
but the agreement was rejected in the US Senate by a vote of 97 to 0
-- i.e., unanimously. The should mean that Bill Clinton and Al Gore
should be blamed for the failure of the Kyoto agreement, but what's
happened instead is that President Bush was blamed.
If George Bush were still President, then he would be burned in
effigy around the world for the failure of the Copenhagen conference.
Barack Obama can't be blamed, because he's a member of the élite. If a
Republican wins the White House in 2012, then that person will be
blamed for the failure of the Copenhagen conference. But who will be
blamed in the meantime?
My guess is that it will be China:
China is now ahead of the U.S. as the world's biggest
polluter. They point out that they're still behind the U.S. on a
per capita basis, but they're still the biggest polluter in
total. So without strict environmental controls in China, any
agreement would be a waste of time.
China is arguably the richest country in the world, with the U.S.
owing some $2 trillion in debt to China. They've spent huge amounts
of money on military weaponry, and have indicated that they're
preparing for war with the U.S. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091008
""Communist China celebrates its 60th anniversary with bizarre
military parade.""#>) And yet, China insists on being
recognized as a weak "developing nation," a claim that's less and
less credible.
As a "developing nation," China refuses to agree to any mandatory
limits on carbon emissions, though they demand that the US and Europe
to agree to very harsh limits on carbon emissions. This makes any
possible agreement completely meaningless.
Every party nation to any proposed climate change agreement has to
agree to have their carbon emissions monitored by international
inspectors, but China is refusing to permit any such
inspections.
None of this is new. These disagreements have been well known for
weeks, if not months, and yet the politicians keep play-acting, as
if what they're doing makes any sense whatsoever, each hoping that
the other guy will get the blame.
It's worth repeating a point that I've made many times before. The
survivors of World War II were united in their desire to prevent any
such war from ever occurring again. They created the United Nations,
World Health Organization, International Monetary Fund, World Bank,
the Rockefeller Foundation (Green Revolution), and other international
organizations not only to prevent a new world war, but also to end
poverty and starvation and to improve health. Those organizations are
all failing now, as the generations of WW II survivors disappear.
Even worse, the current generations of Boomers and Gen-Xers are
incapable of accomplishing anything except to argue. The insanity and
dysfunction of national and world political leaders is increasingly
being reflected in polls. President Obama's approval rating has been
in free fall.
This week, a <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB126100346902694549.html
"new WSJ/NBC poll"#> finds that 41% of Americans have a positive
opinion about the "Tea Party movement," compared to 35% for the
Democratic party, and 28% for the Republican party.
A <#stdurl
http://pewresearch.org/pubs/1444/obamas-challenge-december-approval-conservative-shift
"new Pew Research poll"#> shows that Americans are moving rapidly to
the right on a variety of issues, including gun control, abortion
rights, and global warming.
What we're seeing is something that I'm sure I'll be writing about a
lot in the new year: A major political realignment is in the offing.
This is something that happened in America's last two Crisis eras --
the Civil War era and the World War II era, and it's happening again
today.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=178 "Climate
Change"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091214 Climate Change conference in Copenhagen is all about getting green -- money
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.head
Climate Change conference in Copenhagen is all about getting green
-- money
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.date
14-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.txt1
The banks are not the only pigs at the trough.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091214.txt2
The big scandal at the Copenhagen climate change conference last week
was that the "Danish text" was <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2009/dec/08/copenhagen-climate-summit-disarray-danish-text
"leaked to The Guardian newspaper"#> on Wednesday.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right climate 3
The Danish text is a 200-page document created by a small group of
negotiators from the U.K, the U.S., and Denmark, hoping to create a
compromise agreement, lest the entire conference end in chaos.
According to The Guardian, it will:
Force developing countries to agree to specific emission cuts
and measures that were not part of the original UN agreement;
Divide poor countries further by creating a new category of
developing countries called "the most vulnerable";
Weaken the UN's role in handling climate finance;
Not allow poor countries to emit more than 1.44 tonnes of carbon
per person by 2050, while allowing rich countries to emit 2.67
tonnes.
Well, there was chaos anyway. The "developing nations," including
China and nations in Africa and South America, were outraged by the
Danish text because it didn't satisfy the following demands:
The developing nations should not have any restrictions
whatsoever on carbon emissions.
The "rich" nations should have to pay $100 billion or more to
developing nations.
The "rich" nations should have much larger restrictions on carbon
emissions.
Lumumba Di-Aping, the Sudanese chairman of the developing nations,
<#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2009copenhagenclimate/2009-12/10/content_9150985.htm
"was especially outraged."#> "The text robs developing countries of
their just and equitable and fair share of the atmospheric space. It
tries to treat rich and poor countries as equal," he said. "We will
not walk out of the talks at this late hour, because we will not allow
the failure of Copenhagen. But we will not sign an inequitable deal;
we will not accept a deal that condemns 80 percent of the world
population to further suffering and injustice."
The "rich" nations responded by offering a $10 billion "fast start"
fund, with more to be offered later. What happened next is
summarized in this <#stdurl
http://www.alternet.org/environment/144533/big_news_from_copenhagen%3A_radical_cuts_urged%2C_deal_in_jeopardy_/
"analysis by AlterNet:"#>
"Todd Stern, the Obama administration's chief
climate negotiator, said Thursday that he "categorically
reject[s]" the suggestion that rich industrial countries owe
compensation to the victims of climate change. Stern acknowledged
that the emissions of rich nations over the past two hundred years
of industrialization had caused global warming, telling a press
conference, "We absolutely recognize our historic role in putting
emissions in the atmosphere." But, Stern added, "the sense of
guilt or culpability or reparations--I just categorically reject
that."
Stern's statement put him at odds not only with international law
but with America's European allies. European Union leaders
announced in Brussels today that their governments would provide
7.2 billion Euros over the next three years to help poor nations
adapt to sea level rise, drought and other intensifying impacts of
climate change. The EU's offer was in keeping with the provisions
of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change--the climate
treaty President George H.W. Bush signed at the Earth Summit in
1992 and which the Copenhagen negotiations are seeking to extend.
Nevertheless, it was quickly rejected by developing nations and
aid agencies as grossly inadequate.
"We have talked about $100 billion a year," ambassador Lima told
The Nation, citing an estimate the World Bank has made for climate
change adaptation by poor nations. "Now we are hearing about $10
billion for three years."
"Worst of all, this money is not even new," Tim Gore, the climate
adviser to Oxfam EU, told the BBC. "It's made up of a recycling
of past promises and payments that have already been
made.""
China is playing its own role as one of the so-called "developing
nations," making its own demands. Here's what Chinese Vice Foreign
Minister He Yafei <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB126073495028689701.html "said on
Friday:"#>
"Developed countries should, in line with the
principles of common but different responsibility, undertake
substantial mid-term reduction commitments or targets.
They have to fulfill their obligation -- to provide funds to the
developing countries, to provide technologies to the developing
countries, to help developing countries in capacity building.
The priority for developing countries is still the reduction of
poverty. It's still economic development. Whatever the outcome, we
do wish Copenhagen will have a very good outcome, whatever it is,
it should not be done at the expense of the rights to development
by developing countries.
History is a mirror. History is the basis on which we can move
ahead, looking in the future. What is the history of climate
change? I think this is why we're here in Copenhagen.
For developed countries, they have to face the history squarely.
The obligations for developed countries to live up to their
commitments in emission reduction and the provision of funds and
technology transfer, is an obligation they have undertaken under
international instruments. This is the departure point for any
international cooperation in climate change."
So it's all about money for these guys.
=inc ww2010.h2 deriv "Carbon credits and financial derivatives"
In 2007, I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b ""UN Climate
Change conference appears to be ending in farce,""#> referring to
a conference in Bali that attracted hundreds of climate change
advocates who generated vast amounts of carbon emissions taking jet
planes and sitting in air conditioned meeting rooms, when they
weren't out on the beach.
In that report, I highlighted one Generation-X banker, Louis Redshaw,
Head of Environment Markets, Barclays Capital, who was hoping to make
millions of dollars. The scheme was to set up financial derivatives /
structured securities based on carbon credits in the same way that
other bankers had set up structured securities based on residential
mortgages.
According to one banker that I quoted, "I think this is likely to get
bigger than the interest-rate-swaps market within 10 to 15 years,
particularly once America joins in."
Well, this is still the hope and dream of every investment banker
today.
Well, here's <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601086&sid=aXRBOxU5KT5M
"a recent story"#> about what JP Morgan is doing:
"The banks are preparing to do with carbon what
they’ve done before: design and market derivatives contracts that
will help client companies hedge their price risk over the long
term. They’re also ready to sell carbon-related financial products
to outside investors.
Masters says banks must be allowed to lead the way if a mandatory
carbon-trading system is going to help save the planet at the
lowest possible cost. And derivatives related to carbon must be
part of the mix, she says. Derivatives are securities whose value
is derived from the value of an underlying commodity -- in this
case, CO2 and other greenhouse gases.
“This requires a massive redirection of capital,” Masters says.
“You can’t have a successful climate policy without the heavy,
heavy involvement of financial institutions.”"
This is so sickening that I can barely type because of how much it
infuriates and disgusts me.
=inc ww2010.h2 sleaze "Climate research and sleaze"
The whole "climate change" movement has reeked with sleaze for years,
and it's very similar to the sleaze that's permeated the financial
industry. So even if some (or all) of the climate change claims are
true, they're so buried in sleaze that they're almost irrelevant.
You have people like Al Gore living in expensive mansions and driving
expensive cars. You have climate researchers jetting around to places
like Bali and Copenhagen, when they could be meeting via
videoconferencing, saving huge amounts of carbon. These people
obviously don't believe a word they're saying about climate change,
but feel that they can get away with anything they want.
In November, thousands of <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/21/science/earth/21climate.html?scp=3&sq=anglia&st=cse
"e-mail messages were hacked"#> from the web server at East Anglia
University. The messages are begin in 1996 and continue until
October of this year. This place has been at the heart of the climate
"science" that supposedly proves the climate change claims.
The hacked e-mail messages showed a pattern of deception and fraud by
these "scientists." The scientists urge one another to smooth over
data and hide unfavorable data; to enforce a unified view; and to
blackball scientists with opposing views.
If you'd like to read the hacked e-mail messages yourself, go to
<#stdurl http://www.eastangliaemails.com#> .
Nothing in the hacked e-mail messages surprises me. These are the
same kinds of people that you find at financial institutions selling
worthless mortgage-backed securities to investors.
Phil Jones, who is director of East Anglia's Climate Research Unit,
was forced to step down after some of his e-mail messages revealed
egregious violations of scientific honesty. He was <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703939404574566124250205490.html?mod=WSJ_hp_mostpop_read
"the recipient"#> or co-recipient of some $19 million in grants
between 2000 and 2006. So of course he's going to sell a bill of
goods to anyone who'll listen, just as the investment bankers did.
They're all of the same mold. They're all pigs at the trough, anxious
to scoop up their fat grants, not caring who else gets screwed.
=inc ww2010.h2 sing "Climate change and the Singularity"
In addition to all the general sleaze surrounding climate change,
there's another reason why I know in my gut that the climate change
scientists are lying, having to do with the Singularity. I <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091112 "mentioned"#> this reason recently, but now
I would like to discuss it some more.
The Singularity is the point in time, around 2030, when computers
will become more intelligent than humans, and will be able to improve
themselves, so that they'll soon far surpass humans in intelligence.
The approach of the Singularity is far more certain than the climate
change claims. Computers have been doubling in power every 18 months
for decades, and that trend is certain to continue.
Several years ago, I designed a software architecture that would use
this computer power to create a computer capable of doing everything
that a human can, and much more, and much faster.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.robot040709 ""I, Robot is science
fiction, but intelligent computers will soon be science
fact.""#> and <#hreftext ww2010.book2.next "Chapter 7 - The
Singularity"#> in the book Generational Dynamics for
Historians for more information on all of this.)
So I personally know with certainty that the Singularity is coming,
because I've laid out how it will occur.
And I'm certainly not alone in that. There are thousands of
scientists and engineers who have gone through the process of
understanding how the Singularity will come about. Ray Kurzweil has
popularized this understanding through his book, The Singularity is
Near, and has a forthcoming movie that can be previewed at
<#stdurl http://singularity.com/#>
So the approach of the Singularity is not in any reasonable doubt at
all. There is only a debate about the date. My estimate is 2030,
but other estimates range from 2020 to 2040.
So when climate scientists start talking about rising sea levels in
2050 and 2075, it's total nonsense. There is absolutely no way to
know anything about what will happen after the Singularity occurs.
But it's much worse than that.
Here you have hundreds of brilliant climate change scientists, and
apparently not a single one has considered the possibility that
everything they're doing is meaningless with the Singularity coming.
I did a search of the <#stdurl http://www.eastangliaemails.com "hacked
East Anglian e-mail messages"#> for the word "Singularity," and it
doesn't appear once. You would think that these brilliant scientists
would have at least asked the question of one another: "Hey, what
about the Singularity?" But apparently it was never asked once. It
must have been forbidden subject, since it conflicts with their own
claims.
But let's suppose that you consider the claims of the Singularity to
be "too gloomy," or you think that a computer can never think like a
human because it doesn't have a human soul, or something like that.
Even so, the world is on the verge of a cornucopia of new computer
technology that will change the world. In the next ten years,
computers will increasingly be able to make human-like decisions in
limited areas, and perform tasks that require judgment far beyond
what computers can do today.
I discussed this in my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090725 "July
article"#> on the health care proposal. For example, within a few
years we'll have computerized robots that can take care of a sick
person in the home or hospital. They can monitor the patient 24
hours per day, take your temperature, dispense pills, give shots and
provide meals. They will have computer vision and hearing, and will
be able to respond to simple patient requests like, "Please bring me a
glass of water." If something happens that they can't handle, they will
wirelessly call for a real live human nurse or doctor.
This is the kind of health care technology that can barely be
imagined today, yet it's really only a decade or so away.
The same computer technology will provide solutions to global warming
that can barely be imagined today. For example, perhaps there will be
intelligent battery driven vehicles that can navigate traffic with no
driver, and so will replace the need for most cars.
What all of this means is that nothing that the climate change
advocates are saying has any meaning whatsoever. And the fact that
these scientists aren't even discussing it means to me that they're
purposely avoiding the subject because it conflicts with their
agenda.
So we'll all be watching what happens at the climate change
conference in Copenhagen next week. With so much sleaze and with so
many people grasping for their handouts, all we can do is hope that
nothing happens.
=inc ww2010.h2 kaye "Danny Kaye and Wonderful Copenhagen"
Let's close this article with some music from an earlier, simpler
time. Here's <#stdurl http://youtube.com/watch?v=eEwdroXuL8A "a
video"#> of the song "Wonderful wonderful Copenhagen" from Danny
Kaye's 1953 movie, "Hans Christian Andersen":
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=178 "Climate
Change"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091212 Obama's Nobel Prize speech defends a 'just war' in Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.head
Obama's Nobel Prize speech defends a "just war" in
Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.date
12-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.txt1
This is President Obama's most significant speech since the election.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091212.txt2
People <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/USA/Politics/2009/1210/left-and-right-pundits-applaud-obama-nobel-peace-prize-speech
"on the left and right"#> are applauding Thursday's speech, both for
its rhetorical eloquence and for its thoughtful content.
Much of <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/remarks-president-acceptance-nobel-peace-prize
"the 40 minute speech"#> was pure politics. But there were portions
of the speech that are relevant to Generational Dynamics theory.
Here are some excerpts:
"Now these questions are not new. War, in one
form or another, appeared with the first man. At the dawn of
history, its morality was not questioned; it was simply a fact,
like drought or disease -- the manner in which tribes and then
civilizations sought power and settled their differences."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, war has always been
a necessity because population keeps growing faster than the
availability of resources such as land, food and water. If there
isn't enough food for everyone to survive, if a man can't feed his
family, then there will be war. That's still true today.
The easiest way to look at a war is to compare it to a natural
disaster, such as a hurricane or earthquake. Looked at that way, a
war is not "good" or "bad" or "good" or "evil." Mankind as a species
could not have survived without sex, and equally could not have
survived without genocidal war. Both are part of our DNA.
"And over time, as codes of law sought to control
violence within groups, so did philosophers and clerics and
statesmen seek to regulate the destructive power of war. The
concept of a "just war" emerged, suggesting that war is justified
only when certain conditions were met: if it is waged as a last
resort or in self-defense; if the force used is proportional; and
if, whenever possible, civilians are spared from violence."
As a kid this concept puzzled me. If you're trying to kill the
enemy, how can one way of killing them be any more "just" than
another?
What's interesting about Obama's definition of a "just war" is
roughly the same as a non-crisis war in generational theory. However,
every nation goes through a generational Crisis era every 70-90 years
or so, and that almost always means a crisis war. And a crisis war is
fought with what I like to call increasing "genocidal fury." At these
times, the people fighting the war believe that the very existence of
their nation and their way of life is at stake, and that's when the
value of any life, civilian or otherwise, becomes less important than
the need to preserve the nation.
"Of course, we know that for most of history, this
concept of "just war" was rarely observed. The capacity of human
beings to think up new ways to kill one another proved
inexhaustible, as did our capacity to exempt from mercy those who
look different or pray to a different God. Wars between armies
gave way to wars between nations -- total wars in which the
distinction between combatant and civilian became blurred. In the
span of 30 years, such carnage would twice engulf this continent.
And while it's hard to conceive of a cause more just than the
defeat of the Third Reich and the Axis powers, World War II was a
conflict in which the total number of civilians who died exceeded
the number of soldiers who perished."
Actually, most wars are "just wars," because there are more
non-crisis wars than crisis wars.
"In the wake of such destruction, and with the
advent of the nuclear age, it became clear to victor and
vanquished alike that the world needed institutions to prevent
another world war. And so, a quarter century after the United
States Senate rejected the League of Nations -- an idea for which
Woodrow Wilson received this prize -- America led the world in
constructing an architecture to keep the peace: a Marshall Plan
and a United Nations, mechanisms to govern the waging of war,
treaties to protect human rights, prevent genocide, restrict the
most dangerous weapons.
In many ways, these efforts succeeded. Yes, terrible wars have
been fought, and atrocities committed. But there has been no
Third World War. The Cold War ended with jubilant crowds
dismantling a wall. Commerce has stitched much of the world
together. Billions have been lifted from poverty. The ideals of
liberty and self-determination, equality and the rule of law have
haltingly advanced. We are the heirs of the fortitude and
foresight of generations past, and it is a legacy for which my
own country is rightfully proud.
And yet, a decade into a new century, this old architecture is
buckling under the weight of new threats. The world may no
longer shudder at the prospect of war between two nuclear
superpowers, but proliferation may increase the risk of
catastrophe. Terrorism has long been a tactic, but modern
technology allows a few small men with outsized rage to murder
innocents on a horrific scale."
This is a concept that I've discussed many times. After World War II
ended, the survivors were determined that nothing so horrible should
ever happen again. So they set up institutions and programs -- the
United Nations, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the
World Health Organization, the Green Revolution -- whose purpose was
to protect the world from repeating the horrors of WW II.
But the generations that grew up after the war ended -- the Boomers,
the Gen-Xers, the Millennials -- did not experience WW II and could
not grasp its horrors. They took society's survival for granted, and
individual rights became more important that society's survival. As
a result, all of these institutions and programs have been unraveling
for decades.
"Moreover, wars between nations have increasingly
given way to wars within nations. The resurgence of ethnic or
sectarian conflicts; the growth of secessionist movements,
insurgencies, and failed states -- all these things have
increasingly trapped civilians in unending chaos. In today's
wars, many more civilians are killed than soldiers; the seeds of
future conflict are sown, economies are wrecked, civil societies
torn asunder, refugees amassed, children scarred."
This is out of touch with reality. Every crisis civil war is in this
category. That includes America's Civil War. There have been many
such civil wars since WW II, such as the Communist Revolution in
China, the war between the Muslims and Hindus on the Indian
subcontinent, the Vietnam War, the Cambodian killing fields, the
Rwanda genocide, and many others. There's nothing new about such
wars.
"I do not bring with me today a definitive
solution to the problems of war. What I do know is that meeting
these challenges will require the same vision, hard work, and
persistence of those men and women who acted so boldly decades
ago. And it will require us to think in new ways about the
notions of just war and the imperatives of a just peace.
..."
It's good to think in new ways, I suppose, but it's a mistake to
think that anything will change. Obama doesn't have a solution
because no solution exists. A belief that war can be ended is
dangerous because it means you'll become less vigilant and more
easily defeated by an enemy.
"I make this statement mindful of what Martin
Luther King Jr. said in this same ceremony years ago: "Violence
never brings permanent peace. It solves no social problem: it
merely creates new and more complicated ones.""
Of course violence never brings permanent peace. Nothing can bring
permanent peace. This statement makes as much sense as saying,
"Peanut butter never brings permanent peace."
"But as a head of state sworn to protect and
defend my nation, I cannot be guided by their examples alone. I
face the world as it is, and cannot stand idle in the face of
threats to the American people. For make no mistake: Evil does
exist in the world. A non-violent movement could not have halted
Hitler's armies. Negotiations cannot convince al Qaeda's leaders
to lay down their arms. To say that force may sometimes be
necessary is not a call to cynicism -- it is a recognition of
history; the imperfections of man and the limits of reason.
..."
This is a powerful statement. It's defused the anger on the right
from people who said that Obama was a ditherer in foreign policy, and
it's defused the anger on the left directed at Obama for escalating
the war in Afghanistan.
But the statement is fundamentally flawed. Whether someone is "evil"
depends on your political point of view. That is, any war can become
a just war simply by declaring the enemy "evil." That's what
al-Qaeda does when they say that Americans are evil because they're
infidels. Another example: Few people would disagree that Saddam
Hussein was evil, and therefore, by Obama's own logic, the war in
Iraq was justified.
Basically, the concept of "evil" as a justification for war is
meaningless. That's why I like to say that wars are like natural
disasters. Nobody would say that an earthquake was "evil." It just
is what it is.
"But the world must remember that it was not
simply international institutions -- not just treaties and
declarations -- that brought stability to a post-World War II
world. Whatever mistakes we have made, the plain fact is this:
The United States of America has helped underwrite global security
for more than six decades with the blood of our citizens and the
strength of our arms. The service and sacrifice of our men and
women in uniform has promoted peace and prosperity from Germany to
Korea, and enabled democracy to take hold in places like the
Balkans. We have borne this burden not because we seek to impose
our will. We have done so out of enlightened self-interest --
because we seek a better future for our children and
grandchildren, and we believe that their lives will be better if
others' children and grandchildren can live in freedom and
prosperity. ..."
This is basically the justification for America as "policemen of the
world." (See my 2006 article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.awakening060919
"President George Bush talks about a "Third Awakening," but
he has his history wrong."#>)
Obama's statement could just as easily have come from President Bush
in justifying his "neo-conservative" philosophy, which also is
historically wrong.
"To begin with, I believe that all nations --
strong and weak alike -- must adhere to standards that govern the
use of force. I -- like any head of state -- reserve the right to
act unilaterally if necessary to defend my nation. Nevertheless,
I am convinced that adhering to standards, international
standards, strengthens those who do, and isolates and weakens
those who don't."
This sounds nice, but there's no evidence to support it.
There's no doubt that President Obama's speech was brilliant and
eloquent, a tour de force. What bothers me about it is the
same as what bothered me about his campaign speeches: I'm afraid that
he believes what he's saying.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61
"President Barack Obama"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091209 Iran fails to smash student protests, as the Dubai crisis batters its economy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.head
Iran fails to smash student protests, as the Dubai crisis batters
its economy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.date
9-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.txt1
Huge peaceful student protests in cities across Iran were met with
violence
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091209.txt2
on Monday, as <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/12/08/world/middleeast/08iran.html
"police and tens of thousands of Basij militia"#> used teargas,
beatings and arrests in a fruitless effort to stop the protests.
There were also unconfirmed reports of gunfire.
Iran's government had partially shut down internet and mobile phone
connections on Monday, but videos of the clashes were posted anyway to
YouTube, Twitter and opposition Web sites.
Ironically, December 7 has been the day when anti-American rallies
have been held in the past, commemorating the deaths of three students
during an anti-government protest in 1953, protesting Iran's
pro-American policies at that time. What all of these protests have
in common is that they're targeted against the Iranian government of
the day.
These continuing anti-government student protests are typical
manifestations of the "generation gap" that takes place in any
country's generational Awakening era. This generation gap occurs
between the generations that survive a generational Crisis war (in
this case, the 1979 Islamic Revolution and the Iran/Iraq war) and the
generations that grow up after the war ends. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091109 ""Theological split in Iran widens as
opposition protests continue.""#>)
=inc ww2010.h2 dubai "Dubai financial crisis affects Iran"
The recent financial meltdown in the Dubai emirate of the United Arab
Emirates (U.A.E.) comes at the worst possible time for Iran's
President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, and for the hardline Iran government.
Just as Iran's government is facing its greatest internal domestic
threat from student protests, the Dubai crisis threatens Iran's
economy and its external import/export regime.
Iran is heavily invested in Dubai, and it appears that <#stdurl
http://www.asianjournal.com/dateline-usa/15-dateline-usa/3802-dubai-seeks-debt-restructuring.html
"Iran has purchased 30%"#> (tens of billions of dollars) of Dubai's
real estate currently in financial distress. Dubai's real estate
values have already fallen 50% since January, and so Iran is poised
to suffer large, significant losses.
Even more important to Iran is Dubai's strategic importance. Iran
has been under trade sanctions first imposed by President Bill
Clinton's administration in 1996, and later increased in President
George Bush's administration and by the United Nations.
In the past couple of months, Iran has really been sticking it to the
international community by announcing aggressive new nuclear
development programs, with the result that, led by President Obama's
administration, the UN is considering even greater sanctions.
Dubai has served Iran by providing a conduit by which Iran could
bypass the sanctions. Dubai is a major exporter to Iran and a major
re-exporter of Iranian goods. The trade between Iran and Dubai is one
of the <#stdurl
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-geopolitics-of-the-dubai-debt-crisis-its-iran-vs-the-united-states-2009-11
"principal sources of Tehran's confidence"#> that it can survive
US-led sanctions.
Iran has been <#stdurl
http://www.washingtoninstitute.org/templateC05.php?CID=3147
"receiving high-tech equipment"#> for its missile and nuclear
programs via Dubai, and most of Iran's gasoline imports also come via
bunkering facilities in Dubai, according to the Washington Institute
for Near East Policy.
Unlike its neighbor Abu Dhabi, Dubai has little oil revenue, and has
sought to generate income through ultra-extravagent real estate
development and credit abuse that exceeds even the West in debauchery
and depravity. They got away with building up some $100 billion in
debt because investors have always assumed that Abu Dhabi would
continue to bail out Dubai whenever necessary.
However, Abu Dhabi is allied with Saudi Arabia and the West, and is
apparently going to hold back any bailout of Dubai unless Dubai stops
allowing Iran to bypass the trade sanctions. According to <#stdurl
http://debka.com/headline.php?hid=6400 "reporting by Debka,"#> Abu
Dhabi will provide $50 billion in bailout money in return for control
of Dubai's ports and the imposition of strict fiscal and monetary
laws and regulations.
Thus, the Dubai financial crisis has the potential to cause some
significant power shifts in the Persian Gulf region, especially with
respect to the escalating power struggle between Iran and Saudi
Arabia. (See October article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091022
""Furious Iran blames Pakistan, US and Britain for Sunday's
terrorist attacks,""#> and September article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090913 ""Escalating civil war in Yemen threatens to pull in
Iran, Saudi Arabia and U.S.""#>
=inc ww2010.h2 wild "A dangerous wild card"
Tehran has been riding high for a few years. Suddenly, in the space
of a few months, Tehran is being backed into a corner. The student
protests are a serious existential threat to Iran's hardline
government -- something that couldn't even be imagined before June.
And now, in the last month, with the government under domestic
attack, the Dubai crisis has dramatically weakened Iran
internationally and financially.
As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 "said in the past,"#> Iran is
a very dangerous wild card in international politics. Ahmadinejad
has plans to gain hegemony over the entire Mideast, including the
Arabian peninsula. To that end, he's been funding Hizbollah in
Lebanon, and terrorist Palestinian groups, including Hamas, and the
Houthi rebels in Yemen.
The Tehran government may be getting increasingly desperate, like a
trapped animal. We've already seen how they've jailed and
slaughtered their own students for peaceful protests, perpetrating
violence that's gone considerably farther than I had expected.
Still, the student protests seem only to be growing, as would be
expected in a generational Awakening era.
The real danger is that Tehran will now desperately
strike out internationally in some way. For example, they might
carry out their oft-repeated threats to use mines and missiles to
block the Strait of Hormuz, causing an international oil crisis.
One possible sign of this is a <#stdurl
http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,579640,00.html?test=latestnews
"recent rant by Mahmoud Ahmadinejad"#> in a speech last week. The
Iranian President accused America and the West of devising plans to
prevent the coming of the Hidden Imam. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e091109 ""Theological split in Iran widens as opposition protests
continue.""#>)
Ahmadinejad's bizarre rant may be a sign that he's cracking up, or it
may be a sign that he's laying the groundwork for some kind of
religious justification for creating a new crisis.
One thing seems pretty certain -- that Iran's government in its
current form cannot survive against this growing internal political
opposition. A civil war something like the 1979 Islamic Revolution is,
of course, impossible during a generational Awakening era, but the
level of political and generational conflict will increase for years.
And as I've said many times (see, for example, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 ""China 'betrays' Iran, as internal
problems in both countries mount""#>), when all is said and
done, I expect Iran to be on the side of America and the West,
including Israel, when forced to make a choice in the coming Clash of
Civilizations world war. It's possible that Iran is close to the
next major step in that scenario.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091206 People are shocked! shocked! at Obama's war plan in Afghanistan.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.head
People are shocked! shocked! at Obama's war plan in Afghanistan.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.date
6-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.txt1
Too bad they didn't listen to Obama's campaign speeches.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091206.txt2
In <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/remarks-president-address-nation-way-forward-afghanistan-and-pakistan
"his speech"#> last week on Tuesday, President Barack Obama announced
that he will direct the armed forces to send 30,000 more American
troops to Afghanistan. This is Obama's second major escalation of the
Afghan war since he took office in January, having ordered the
deployment of 22,000 additional troops earlier this year. It will
bring the U.S. forces in Afghanistan to more than 100,000 troops, and
more than half of them will have been deployed by President Obama.
My friends who voted for Obama are suddenly completely disillusioned.
"I'm beginning to have serious doubts about Obama," said one of them
darkly.
During the election campaign, Obama supporters, suffering from Bush
Derangement Syndrome, were drooling with erotic pleasure almost every
time he opened his mouth. It's too bad that they were so engulfed
with passion that they didn't bother to listen to what he actually
said.
During the election campaign, Obama could say anything he wanted, as
long as he criticized President Bush. He would receive wildly
enthusiastic cheers from his supporters no matter what the content of
his speech. As I wrote in July, 2008, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080725 ""Barack Obama in Berlin calls for greater European
militarism,""#> it was clear that the people, in America and
Europe, who were wildly cheering Obama had absolutely no idea what he
was talking about. They were cheering a fantasy Obama, not the real
Obama standing before them.
As I wrote about the Berlin speech, I quoted the following excerpt:
"This is the moment when we must defeat terror and
dry up the well of extremism that supports it. This threat is real
and we cannot shrink from our responsibility to combat it. If we
could create NATO to face down the Soviet Union, we can join in a
new and global partnership to dismantle the networks that have
struck in Madrid and Amman; in London and Bali; in Washington and
New York. If we could win a battle of ideas against the
communists, we can stand with the vast majority of Muslims who
reject the extremism that leads to hate instead of hope.
This is the moment when we must renew our resolve to rout the
terrorists who threaten our security in Afghanistan, and the
traffickers who sell drugs on your streets. No one welcomes war.
I recognize the enormous difficulties in Afghanistan. But my
country and yours have a stake in seeing that NATO's first mission
beyond Europe's borders is a success. For the people of
Afghanistan, and for our shared security, the work must be done.
America cannot do this alone. The Afghan people need our troops
and your troops; our support and your support to defeat the
Taliban and al Qaeda, to develop their economy, and to help them
rebuild their nation. We have too much at stake to turn back now.
This is the moment when we must renew the goal of a world without
nuclear weapons. The two superpowers that faced each other across
the wall of this city came too close too often to destroying all
we have built and all that we love. With that wall gone, we need
not stand idly by and watch the further spread of the deadly atom.
It is time to secure all loose nuclear materials; to stop the
spread of nuclear weapons; and to reduce the arsenals from another
era. This is the moment to begin the work of seeking the peace of
a world without nuclear weapons."
So now I would say this to my friends who drooled over Obama: What
the hell are you complaining about? You got what you deserve, so man
up and quit whining.
And let's not forget that this is (at least) the second time in six
years that people didn't pay attention. When the ground invasion of
Iraq began in 2003, it was overwhelmingly popular with the American
people, and with almost everyone in Congress. It's only when things
started going badly, that suddenly these same people decided that they
must have been lied to, and that President Bush was the Devil's Spawn.
How much longer will it be before Obama's supporters decide that he's
also the Devil's Spawn?
Listening to the Sunday morning news talk shows today, I don't
believe that I heard anyone outside of the Administration say that he
liked <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/remarks-president-address-nation-way-forward-afghanistan-and-pakistan
"President Obama's speech on Tuesday."#> Here's the most important
excerpt:
"This review is now complete. And as
Commander-in-Chief, I have determined that it is in our vital
national interest to send an additional 30,000 U.S. troops to
Afghanistan. After 18 months, our troops will begin to come home.
These are the resources that we need to seize the initiative,
while building the Afghan capacity that can allow for a
responsible transition of our forces out of Afghanistan.
People on the left criticized it because it was another escalation of
the Afghan war.
People on the right criticized it because of the 18-month deadline.
And listening to the Sunday morning news talk shows, there's
apparently a lot of confusion over how firm that 18-month deadline
is.
It seems that most people (including myself) believe that the
18-month deadline was added as a sop to his supporters on the left,
and that in practical terms it's meaningless. (By the way, how are
those other promises going -- closing Guantanamo in one year, and
pulling the troops out of Iraq in 16 months?)
What we're seeing here is Generational Dynamics in action.
President Obama is very young, and so he doesn't have much
credibility on the world stage. What little credibility he started
with has been used up bowing to foreign emperors, and advocating
policies in Iran and the Mideast that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090928
"are turning into disasters."#>
A worse irony is that President Obama's Afghan war strategy is
modeled after President Bush's "surge" strategy in Iraq, something
that Senator Obama bitterly opposed before it turned out to be
successful. However, as I wrote in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090926
""American army general warns of imminent defeat in Afghanistan
war,""#> the Iraq "surge" strategy will not work in Afghanistan.
Meanwhile, what's coming up next week is so ludicrous, that even by
today's low standards it's hard to believe.
First, President Obama is going to Oslo to accept his Nobel "peace"
prize, where I understand he'll give a speech explaining why he's
escalating the war.
Next, President Obama is going to Copenhagen to give a boost to the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b "latest farcical climate change
conference,"#> a week after <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/21/science/earth/21climate.html?scp=3&sq=anglia&st=cse
"hacked 'Climategate' e-mail messages"#> showed a pattern of
deception and fraud among climate researchers that's similar to the
deception and fraud used by financial institutions like Goldman Sachs
or Citibank. Mr. Obama will make promises in Copenhagen that
everyone knows don't even make sense, and will be rejected by
Congress, just as Vice President Al Gore's promises in the 1990s were
rejected by Congress.
I've written many times that if Al Gore had been President after
9/11, then we still would have invaded Iraq, and we would have been
in the same place today. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217
""The Iraq war may be related to the bombing of Hiroshima and
Nagasaki.""#>) When generational forces are at play,
politicians have no choice but to follow.
Now we're seeing the same thing with President Obama and the Afghan
war. President Obama undoubtedly wishes that things might go
differently, but he's doing what he has to do. The Afghan war is
following a certain path as part of the approach to the Clash of
Civilizations world war, and neither Obama nor any other politician
can change that. Still, it would be nice if President Obama didn't
always look like he has no clue what's going on in the world.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091203 Goldman Sachs employees, doing 'God's work,' are acquiring handguns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.head
Goldman Sachs employees, doing "God's work," are
acquiring handguns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.date
3-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.txt1
Worries about a "populist uprising against the bank."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091203.txt2
I've been writing this web site for over seven years now, and I've
been called many names in that time. A <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061230 "posting that appeared in 2006"#> drew criticisms of being
"crazy" and "alarmist." It appeared at the height of the credit
bubble, and I said the following:
"But what's happened in the last five years is so
overwhelming that it can barely be grasped by the human mind. An
ordinary 1990s stock market bubble, as bad as it was, has been
turned, with the connivance of economic experts, journalists,
professors, investors, central bankers, pundits and politicians,
into a worldwide bubble of incredibly fastastic proportions that's
so huge and so obvious that every expert should see it. Or maybe
it's like the whole planet earth has turned from being an
ordinary planet into a huge bubble planet, so that it's impossible
to see what's going on any more.
Do you remember what happened in 2001 after the Nasdaq crash and
the Enron scandal? People wanted to put CEOs in jail -- ALL CEOs,
even perfectly honest ones. People were going crazy. Well, it's
going to happen again.
The Enron scandal is one historical example, but a better example
might be the bankruptcy of the French Monarchy in 1789 that led
to the French Revolution. In the Reign of Terror that followed,
any person who was an aristocrat, a relative of an aristocrat, a
friend of an aristocrat, a servant of an aristocrat, or even had
a resemblance to an aristocrat, would be tried and quickly
convicted and sentenced to the guillotine.
So as we enter 2007, I have some advice for the economics
experts, journalists, professors, investors, central bankers,
pundits and politicians that have been telling us that everything
is OK and getting better: You'd better have your underground
bunker picked out, because people are going to be coming after
you, and the guillotine is going to seem mild compared to the
punishment that they're going to want to inflict on you."
Now we're beginning to see the first signs of those warnings coming
to fruition. Bloomberg reporter <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=ahD2WoDAL9h0
"Alice Schroeder has found"#> that Goldman Sachs employees are
purchasing handguns for self-defense against a possible "populist
uprising":
"Arming Goldman With Pistols Against Public
“I just wrote my first reference for a gun permit,” said a friend,
who told me of swearing to the good character of a Goldman Sachs
Group Inc. banker who applied to the local police for a permit to
buy a pistol. The banker had told this friend of mine that senior
Goldman people have loaded up on firearms and are now equipped to
defend themselves if there is a populist uprising against the
bank.
I called Goldman Sachs spokesman Lucas van Praag to ask whether
it’s true that Goldman partners feel they need handguns to
protect themselves from the angry proletariat. He didn’t call me
back. The New York Police Department has told me that “as a
preliminary matter” it believes some of the bankers I inquired
about do have pistol permits. The NYPD also said it will be a
while before it can name names."
This story has not been confirmed by Goldman Sachs, but it's been
quoted in many places, and so far it hasn't been denied either.
Goldman's employees must be very frightened.
And well they should be. These people were at the heart of the fraud
that resulted in the real estate and credit bubble crashes. They
defrauded investors out of hundreds of billions of dollars by
creating and selling mortgage-backed securities and derivatives that
have now turned out to be almost worthless.
As I've pointed out many times, the circumstantial evidence is
overwhelming that they did this on purpose. Their excuse is that
they didn't know that the structured securities they were creating
would become worthless. That excuse might have worked in 2002, 2003,
2004, and 2005, but by 2006 it was becoming clear that the
computerized models they were using to create these securities were
failing. And by 2007, the failures were glaringly obvious to anyone
who (like myself) bothered to figure out what was going on. If the
bankers at Goldman, Citibank, Bank of America, Bear Stearns and
Lehman Brothers had been honest, then they would have warned their
investors that the models were becoming questionable. Instead, they
redoubled their sales efforts, to sell as many of these securities as
they could before the roof caved in. And they made billions of
dollars in commissions for themselves by perpetrating this fraud.
This behavior has not changed, but has only taken a different form.
These bankers, the exact same people who perpetrated the previous
frauds, are now paying themselves million dollar bonuses, to reward
themselves for having been clever enough to accept government
bailouts.
And Citibank and Bank of America are taking it a step further.
They're arbitrarily raising interest rates to 30%, doubling or
tripling minimum payments, and engineering phony fees of hundreds or
thousands of dollars per customer, and then using the money to pay
themselves the million dollar bonuses. These bankers are committing
criminal extortion.
And yet they're totally oblivious to the amount of hatred that
they're generating against themselves. In <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/us_and_americas/article6907681.ece
"a story last month"#> in the London Sunday Times, based on an
interview with Lloyd Blankfein, chairman and CEO of Goldman Sachs,
author John Arlidge reports, "Call him a fat cat who mocks the
public. Call him wicked. Call him what you will. He is, he says, just
a banker 'doing God’s work.'"
In <#stdurl
http://www.vanityfair.com/business/features/2010/01/goldman-sachs-200101?printable=true
" a story to appear in next month's Vanity Fair,"#> Bethany McLean
reports, "All in all, Goldman executives seem to be gambling that the
current mood, in which the rest of us are rethinking the system that
brought us to the very edge, and maybe into the depths, of a vast
black pit, will blow over. And they may be right."
No, they are not right.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're seeing a
repeat of what happened in the 1930s Great Depression. At that time,
bankers were doing exactly the same kinds of things they've been
doing today -- defrauding investors and paying themselves enormous
salaries, fees and commissions. In the investigations that followed
until the end of the decade, many bankers went to jail. We're seeing
only the bare beginning of the prosecution of these individuals.
And as I've said several times on this web site, my parents and
teachers hated bankers when I was growing up in the 1950s. I didn't
understand why then, though I do now. The current mood will NOT blow
over for decades to come.
And all this is going on in the context of a Senate Commerce
committee investigation that dozens of supposedly honest companies
have tricked millions of online customers into paying billions of
dollars in mysterious credit card charges. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091124 ""How Priceline, Orbitz, FTD,
1-800-Flowers, Pizza Hut, and Continental Airlines are scamming you
online.""#>)
In 2005,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e051020 "I posted an article"#> describing
what happened in 1929. What happens is that during a bubble, there's
a lot of financial crime going on -- embezzlement and fraud -- but no
one cares, because everyone is making money.
After the bubble bursts, people and prosecutors look back to see what
happened, and every act is examined. The result is that crimes are
discovered and prosecuted years later.
Here's how John Kenneth Galbraith described this phenomenon in his
1954 book, The Great Crash - 1929, as follows:
"In many ways the effect of the crash on
embezzlement was more significant than on suicide. To the
economist embezzlement is the most interesting of crimes. Alone
among the various forms of larceny it has a time parameter.
Weeks, months, or years may elapse between the commission of the
crime and its discovery. (This is a period, incidentally, when
the embezzler has his gain and the man who has been embezzled,
oddly enough, feels no loss. There is a net increase in psychic
wealth.) At any given time there exists an inventory of
undiscovered embezzlement in -- or more precisely not in -- the
country's businesses and banks. This inventory -- it should
perhaps be called the bezzle -- amounts at any moment to many
millions of dollars. It also varies in size with the business
cycle. In good times people are relaxed, trusting, and money is
plentiful. But even though money is plentiful, there are always
many people who need more. Under these circumstances the rate of
embezzlement grows, the rate of discovery falls off, and the
bezzle increases rapidly. In depression all is reversed. Money
is watched with a narrow, suspicious eye. The man who handles it
is assumed to be dishonest until he proves himself otherwise.
Audits are penetrating and meticulous. Commercial morality is
enormously improved. The bezzle shrinks.
The stock market boom and the ensuing crash caused a traumatic
exaggeration of these normal relationships. To the normal needs
for money, for home, family and dissipation, was added, during the
boom, the new and overwhelming requirement for funds to play the
market or to meet margin calls. Money was exceptionally
plentiful. People were also exceptionally trusting. A bank
president who was himself trusting Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull was
obviously unlikely to suspect his lifelong friend the cashier. In
the late twenties the bezzle grew apace.
Just as the boom accelerated the rate of growth, so the crash
enormously advanced the rate of discovery. Within a few days,
something close to universal trust turned into something akin to
universal suspicion. Audits were ordered. Strained or
preoccupied behavior was noticed. Most important, the collapse in
stock values made irredeemable the position of the employee who
had embezzled to play the market. He now confessed. ...
Each week during the autumn more such unfortunates were reveled
in their misery. Most of them were small men who had taken a
flier in the market and then become more deeply involved. Later
they had more impressive companions. It was the crash, and the
subsequent ruthless contraction of values which, in the end,
exposed the speculation by Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull with the
money of other people. Should the American economy ever achieve
permanent full employment and prosperity, firms should look well
to their auditors. One of the uses of depression is the exposure
of what auditors fail to find. Bagehot once observed: "Every great
crisis reveals the excessive speculations of many houses which no
one before suspected."" [pp. 132-35]
In 1929, these crimes were rampant before the crash, but were not
discovered until after the crash, as Galbraith describes. These crimes
have been just as rampant in the last few years, and are continuing to
this very day. History tells us that the consequences for everyone
will be harsh, and are only just beginning to be felt. If Goldman
Sachs employees are really acquiring handguns to protect themselves
against a "populist uprising" for doing "God's work," then things may
get worse than even gloomy people like me expect.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091202 Switzerland shocks itself by passing a ban on minarets.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.head
Switzerland shocks itself by passing a ban on minarets.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0912
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.date
2-Dec-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.txt1
The UN is heavily criticizing the ban as "anti-foreigner
scaremongering" and "clearly discriminatory,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091202.txt2
after the Swiss voters <#stdurl
http://www.swissinfo.ch/eng/news_digest/UN_and_Turkey_slam_minaret_ban.html?siteSect=104&sid=11567101&ty=nd
"overwhelmingly ratified"#> a referendum forbidding the building of
minarets on any mosques in Switzerland.
Switzerland has a fairly small Muslim population, and there are only
four mosques with minarets in the entire country, and those will not
be affected by the referendum. However, the referendum forbids
minarets on new mosques.
A minaret is a tower that stretches high above a mosque. Five times
a day, a muezzin, or crier, climbs the minaret and intones a call to
prayer directed at all Muslims in the vicinity.
For those who are unfamiliar with minarets and the Islamic call to
prayer, it's well worth your time to take a couple of minutes to
watch <#stdurl http://wikicafe.metacafe.com/en/1635286 "this
video,"#> which illustrates many mosques with minarets, accompanied by
an Adhan, an Islamic call to prayer:
In terms of symbolism and purpose, the above is not much different
from a Catholic priest intoning the Lord's prayer, as a bell rings in
the steeple of the Church.
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g091201a.jpg right "" "Campaign poster by Swiss
People's party advocating the ban on minarets"#>
But the atmospherics surrounding the Muslim call to prayer is quite
foreign to a Christian. At times like this, I like to use the phrase
"looking for reasons." A Christian who is "looking for reasons" to
like Muslims will ignore the difference in atmospherics; one who is
"looking for reasons" to dislike Muslims will emphasize the
differences.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these changes in
attitude are highly dependent on the generational era. Europeans and
Americans were last in a generational Awakening era in the 1960s and
1970s, and during Awakening eras, attitudes emphasize diversity and
commonality. Today, we're into a generational Crisis era, and during
Crisis era, public behavior becomes increasingly xenophobic.
The party that sponsored the referendum is the anti-immigrant
<#stdurl http://www.ausschaffungsinitiative.ch/ "Swiss People's
Party,"#> generally <#stdurl
http://middleeast.about.com/b/2009/10/27/switzerlands-far-right-war-on-minarets.htm
"characterized by the media"#> as "far right-wing." The conducted a
very aggressive campaign, symbolized by the above poster, which
depicts minarets as missiles being launched by a woman in a burka.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
This was actually a stunning victory for the People's Party.
<#inc ww2010.pic g071021.gif center "" "2007 anti-immigration
People's Party election poster, declared "racist" by
opponents, depicts white sheep kicking a black sheep away from a Swiss
flag, with the caption, "Establish your security.""#>
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
In 2007, the Swiss People's party conducted a very aggressive
anti-immigrant Parliamentary election campaign, and got 29% of the
vote, making it the largest single party in the Parliament. They
called for the forced deportation of any foreign family where any
family member is a criminal. The party's campaign featured posters,
such as the one shown above, of white sheep kicking a black sheep
away from a Swiss flag. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071022
""Anti-immigrant Swiss People's Party makes large gains in
election.""#>)
This time they got 57.5% of the vote in the referendum, a sharp
increase.
It's very hard to see any rational reason for banning minarets. An
<#stdurl
http://www.jpost.com/servlet/Satellite?cid=1259243055210&pagename=JPost%2FJPArticle%2FShowFull
"opinion column"#> in the Jerusalem Post by a Muslim writer,
sympathetic to the referendum result, defends it for the following
reasons:
"Inhumane applications of Islamic law (Shari'a) wherever it is
implemented."
"Sending a message that their tolerance did not change the Muslim
world and is not reciprocated."
Minarets represent "the superiority of Islam, especially when they
are taller than the churches; this sheds some light on the hidden
intentions of Muslims who insist on building minarets in the heart of
Europe."
"Non-Muslims in the Muslim world are denied basic and fundamental
religious rights."
These are all deeply emotional reasons, but they do not explain why
banning minarets is going to make the Swiss people any safer.
I've written about several examples of European xenophobia on both
sides in the past:
In the past we described the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e060423 "sudden growth in popularity of the British National Party"#>
in the UK. And <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041214 "Holland became
increasingly nationalistic"#> when filmmaker Theo van Gogh was
murdered by a Muslim extremist.
In 2005, France experienced <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e051102 "several
days of rioting"#> by Muslim youth in the suburbs. A year later,
French youth <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060411 "counter-rioted"#> over
fear of losing jobs to Muslims.
Nonetheless, the Swiss referendum vote is a startling new round of
purely emotional xenophobia. As the world approaches the "Clash of
Civilizations" world war, the fault line between Europeans and
Muslims is going to see increasing conflict.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=144
"Europe"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091130 With Dubai threatening default, Greece enters the spotlight
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.head
With Dubai threatening default, Greece enters the spotlight
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.date
30-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.txt1
Greece will receive a European Union reprimand this week
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091130.txt2
for <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601085&sid=aBQm_3_RB7.0
"failing to take "credible and sustainable" measures"#> to
reduce its budget deficit, according to Bloomberg News.
Greece's plight is suddenly the focus of worldwide attention in the
financial community because of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091127
"Dubai's bombshell announcement"#> on Wednesday that it would fail to
make $3.5 billion in debt repayments next month.
Greece is suffering from the same malaise as Dubai (and, for that
matter, the U.S.). The government has been <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/6630117/Greece-tests-the-limit-of-sovereign-debt-as-it-grinds-towards-slump.html
"spending money like mad"#> for years. Public debt is expected to
rise from 99% of GDP in 2008 to 135% in 2011. External debt is at
14.5% of GDP, and growing.
The situation in Greece wouldn't be causing much concern -- investor
complacency has been at an all time high for several weeks now -- but
the Dubai situation is making people nervous, and the situation in
Greece appears to be similar.
Over the weekend, there have been mixed signals over whether Dubai's
neighbor, oil-rich Abu Dhabi, would bail Dubai out.
In London, the <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/markets/the_gulf/article6936251.ece
"Sunday Times headline"#> was "Abu Dhabi rides in to rescue Dubai from
debt crisis." But the <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/financialcrisis/6679605/Abu-Dhabi-will-not-race-to-Dubais-rescue.html
"Sunday Telegraph headline"#> was "Abu Dhabi will not race to Dubai's
rescue."
I guess from those two headlines, we're to conclude that Abu Dhabi
will ride, but not race, help Dubai.
According to news reports, Abu Dhabi has $700 billion in cash on hand
lying around. With that much cash around, it's strange that it won't
help out with Dubai's $3.5 billion debt payment due next month.
Apparently, relations are not serene between the two neighboring
emirates, both part of the United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.).
According to a <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/public/resources/documents/dubai1129.pdf
"statement (PDF)"#> put out by the U.A.E. central bank,
"Central Bank of the UAE announced today that it
stands behind UAE banks and branches of foreign banks operating in
the UAE .
Central Bank has issued a Notice to UAE banks and branches of
foreign banks operating in the UAE, making available to them a
special additional liquidity facility linked to their current
accounts at the Central bank, at the rate of 50 basis points
above the 3 months EIBOR."
In other words, the U.A.E. government in Abu Dhabi will make sure
that the Dubai problem won't cause a chain reaction putting the
U.A.E. banks into default, but it won't do anything to help Dubai
itself.
That's what's frightening investors, who had assumed that Abu Dhabi
would bail out Dubai for sure, as it has several times in the past.
Investors in Greece had been hoping that the EU would bail out Greece
-- again. The Dubai debacle has caused investors to become anxious.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the stock market has
been overpriced by 150-200% since 1995, and a stock market crash is
100% certain. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How
to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>)
The only issue is the question of what will trigger the coming stock
market crash. Next week, we may see whether the situations in Dubai
and Greece will begin to settle down, or whether they cause more
serious problems.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091127 World markets plunge 3-5% as Dubai bombshell sinks in
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.head
World markets plunge 3-5% as Dubai bombshell sinks in
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.date
27-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.txt1
The most extravagant real estate project since the ancient Pyramids
is finally faltering.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091127.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g091127a.jpg center "" "Palm Jumeirah Islands,
one of several groups of man-made islands developed off the coast of
Dubai"#>
During the halcyon days the real estate bubble, there was extravagance
around the world, but nowhere was the extravagance greater than in the
Dubai, one of the United Arab Emirates.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091127b.jpg right "" "The Burj Dubai hotel, the
tallest skyscraper in the world, dominates the Dubai skyline."#>
The picture above depicts the Palm Islands, one of several groups of
man-made islands that Dubai built in the Persian Gulf.
The picture on the right is the Dubai skyline, including the Burj
Dubai hotel, the tallest building in the world.
No expense was spared in these development projects. Even the
opening night parties for the hotels cost millions of dollars apiece.
That was until about a year ago. Little is known about Dubai's
finances outside of Dubai itself, but it appears that around November
2008, Dubai started laying off people and cutting back on previously
committed projects. By February of this year, projects worth $582
billion, or 45% of the value of all developments, <#stdurl
http://www.rte.ie/business/2009/1126/dubai2.html "had been put on
hold."#> Dubai property values have crashed 50% in 2009.
Still, it seemed there was little cause for alarm. Dubai had been hit
by the worldwide financial crisis, and as of a few weeks ago, seemed
to be <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/5ad63b00-da79-11de-9c32-00144feabdc0.html
"showing signs of recovery."#> Furthermore, the Dubai government has
repeatedly said that all debts would be repaid. Finally, everyone
assumed that if Dubai was in trouble, they would be bailed out by
oil-rich Abu Dhabi.
It's pretty obvious in retrospect that Dubai financial and political
officials had been lying. This should be no surprise, however, since
scamming and lying <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091124 "have become the
norm these days."#> In fact, as I've pointed out many times on this
web site, Washington regulators have repeatedly told financial
institutions to lie about the market value of their "toxic assets."
One of the worst offenders has been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080208
"New York Insurance Superintendent Eric Dinallo"#> who spent several
months in 2008 helping the banks and "monoline" bond insurance
companies to collude to commit fraud.
So investors in Dubai are said to be "furious" today because they
feel they were misled by the Dubai government. Well, why should they
be surprised, when there's so much fraud going on openly around the
world? I guess they were all taken in by the giddy airhead optimism
that I keep complaining about in Washington and CNBC.
One example of <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2009/11/26/85521/barclays-capital-change-their-view-on-dubai/
"an airhead analysis"#> is the following from Barclays Bank on
November 4:
"We expect several developments to act as positive
catalysts for Dubai’s sovereign spreads. First, the likely
repayment of the Nakheel sukuk in December. Second, Dubai’s
ability to raise the second USD10bn tranche with the support of
Abu Dhabi. Third, a successful conclusion of the merger between
Emaar and Dubai Holding, as well as a solution allowing mortgage
providers Amlak and Tamweel to resume lending.
On that basis, we recommend a long position in Dubai sovereign
credit and see today’s negative price actions as an opportunity to
buy. While the newly issued sukuk is our preferred instrument, we
also feel comfortable in a recommendation to sell 5y CDS outright
or against the CDX EM Index in a relative value trade."
(Note: A sukuk is a bond issued under Islamic Sharia law.)
Anyone who followed Barclay's airhead advice on November 4 is in deep
trouble today.
At any rate, investors, creditors and financial institutions around
the world were shocked and surprised by the bombshell that was set off
on Wednesday. Dubai World, the major government-owned investment
company, announced that they would be unable to meet their $3.5
billion loan payments due next month, and they requested a six month
delay. They claimed that all debts ($60 billion) would be repaid,
but they just needed a little more time. (If anyone believes that,
then I've got a bridge in Brooklyn that I'd like to sell you.)
The bombshell announcement was apparently timed to cause as few
market effects as possible. It occurred after Wall Street had closed
on Wednesday for the Thanksgiving holiday, and at a time when markets
in the Mideast are closed for the Muslim religious celebrations in
Mecca.
Nonetheless, investors were shocked by the news. Many banks in Europe,
Asia and the Middle East have invested billions of dollars in Dubai,
and are now faced with the possibility of losing their investments.
On Thursday and Friday, markets in Europe and Asia were down 3-5%. On
Friday morning, Wall Street futures were down 2%.
Abu Dhabi is now facing world wide pressure to bail out its neighbor,
Dubai. They've already said that they won't do that, but whether
they change their minds remains to be seen.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, nothing has changed
from what this web site has been saying for almost seven years. We're
entering a new 1930s style Great Depression, and nothing has happened
to change that. That forecast was based on a long-term analysis of
stock market trends. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How
to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>) Those
conclusions are just as valid today as they were in 2002, despite
several huge bubbles that have occurred since then.
The only issue is the question of what will trigger the coming stock
market crash. Perhaps it will be the Dubai default, or perhaps it
will be something else. But it's coming with absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091124 How Priceline, Orbitz, FTD, 1-800-Flowers, Pizza Hut, and Continental Airlines are scamming you online
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.head
How Priceline, Orbitz, FTD, 1-800-Flowers, Pizza Hut, and
Continental Airlines are scamming you online
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.date
24-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.txt1
If you're seeing "mysterious" $10-20 credit card charges,
here's why.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091124.txt2
Here's how the scam works:
You make a credit card purchase online from Priceline or one
of the other online retailers listed above. You provide a credit
card number for the charge.
At the end of the transaction, you're at a screen that offers you
a "reward" for making the purchase. The "reward" is a coupon of some
kind, worth a few dollars. All you have to do is provide your
e-mail address, and you'll get the coupon.
You're told to read a long screen in fine print containing terms
and conditions. You don't bother to read it.
In particular, you don't read the part where it says that your
credit card number will be kept on file, and you'll be charged $10-20
per month.
From that time on, your credit card is charged $10-20 every
month.
The Senate Commerce Committee has been investigating this scam since
May. A recent <#stdurl
http://commerce.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=PressReleases.Detail&PressRelease_id=1c0794dc-94a7-4527-9ebe-6b2b2d5a8c59&Month=11&Year=2009
"Commerce Committee press release"#> lists the companies under
investigation:
1-800-FLOWERS.com, Inc. Hotwire, Inc. Priceline.com, Inc.
AirTran Holdings, Inc. Intelius, Inc. Redcats USA, Inc.
Classmates.com, Inc. Movietickets.com, Inc. Shutterfly, Inc.
Continental Airlines, Inc. Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. US Airways Group, Inc.
FTD, Inc. Pizza Hut, Inc. Vistaprint USA, Inc.
Fandango, Inc.
According to the Senate Commerce committee, there are three marketing
firms under investigation: Affinion, Vertrue, and Webloyalty. These
are the firms that charge your credit card every month.
This scam has <#stdurl
http://news.cnet.com/8301-1023_3-10399880-93.html "netted more than
$1.4 billion,"#> by tricking millions of customers. According to the
Senate reports, the managers at these firms are fully aware that
they're tricking people -- in fact the whole online experience is
specifically designed to trick people, and they're aware that
customers are furious at being tricked, but they don't care because
they're making so much money.
You know, Dear Reader, I'm almost sputtering mad as I type things.
These companies, Priceline, Orbitz, etc., are supposed to be
reputable companies, but instead they're run by people with no
morals, no ethics, no decency. These companies are being run by
cheap crooks.
There is a way to get around this problem, but unfortunately to do so
you have to patronize the worst crook of them all: Citibank.
I've been using Citibank's "virtual credit card" number service for
almost ten years, and it's saved me thousands of dollars.
With this service, when you type a credit card number online, or give
one over the phone, the number you give them is a unique number
obtained from the Citibank web site. When you obtain the number, you
specify the maximum amount that can be charged, and you specify an
expiration date. Only one vendor is allowed to charge to that number,
and only up to the maximum amount and the specified date.
I really hate to say anything that endorses Citibank, since they're
perpetrating criminal extortion by raising interest rates to 30%, and
using the money to pay themselves million dollar bonuses.
But as loathesome as Citibank's behavior is, they have the only
service of this type that I know of. Paypal and DiscoverCard offer
similar services, but you can't specify a maximum amount or a time
limit, so those services have only limited usefulness. Only
Citibank's service does it right, as far as I know.
If you decide to use Citibank's service, make sure that you don't
carry a balance on the Citibank credit card. At least that way they
can't extort from you by charging you 30% interest.
I'm currently living through another example of a scam by a
supposedly reputable company.
Those of you who have Comcast cable are aware that Comcast is forcing
its customers to tune all channels through a cable box, no longer
permitting you to bypass a box and use your TV set's tuner. They're
providing customers with new DTAs ("Digital Transport Adapters"), and
they're providing them for free.
I got two DTAs last week. Only one of the two worked, and after a
couple of days, the one that worked froze up and stopped working.
I went to the Comcast office and swapped them for new ones, and of
the two new ones, only one works at all, and it doesn't get all the
channels.
I've spoken to two different Comcast support people on the phone. One
of them told me that the DTAs weren't working for most people, and if
you want working boxes, then Comcast wants you to spend $8.00 apiece
per month for upgraded cable boxes. He all but said that the DTAs
were a Comcast scam. The second Comcast support person denied that it
was a scam, but she agreed that my only real choice was to pay an
extra $16.00 per month. And these statements are from Comcast
employees.
All of these companies know that they're scamming customers, but they
don't care because they're making so much money. These people have
no morals, no ethics, and no decency.
I always receive some criticism when I blame Generation-X for things
like this, but by this time, almost in the year 2010, all of these
companies' decision makers are Gen-Xer's. Throughout my life, I've
been aware of a few people who are crooks, but today, with
Generation-X in charge, being a crook is the norm.
For those of you who are decent, honest, ethical, hard-working
members of Generation-X, I apologize for appearing to be stereotyping
you, but what we're seeing here is that "the bad drives out the
good." That is, the few Gen-Xers who are crooks have succeeded in
driving out the hard-working decent people from businesses like
Citibank, Comcast, Priceline, Orbitz, etc., and all that's left in
these businesses are people with the ethics and morals of something
you might find under a rock -- and who are proud of themselves,
because they're making so much money by screwing you.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091122 UK honors the journalist who documented Stalin's man-made 1932-33 famine in Ukraine
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.head
UK honors the journalist who documented Stalin's man-made 1932-33
famine in Ukraine
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.date
22-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.txt1
Known as the "Holodomor," millions of Ukrainians starved to
death.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091122.txt2
On November 13, the White House issued a <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/statement-president-ukrainian-holodomor-remembrance-day
"press release:"#>
"Seventy six years ago, millions of innocent
Ukrainians – men, women, and children – starved to death as a
result of the deliberate policies of the regime of Joseph Stalin.
Tomorrow, we join together, Ukrainian-Americans and all Americans,
to commemorate these tragic events and to honor the many victims.
From 1932 to 1933, the Ukrainian people suffered horribly during
what has become known as the Holodomor – “death by hunger” – due
to the Stalin regime’s seizure of crops and farms across Ukraine.
Ukraine had once been a breadbasket of Europe. Ukrainians could
have fed themselves and saved millions of lives, had they been
allowed to do so. As we remember this calamity, we pay respect to
millions of victims who showed tremendous strength and courage.
The Ukrainian people overcame the horror of the great famine and
have gone on to build a free and democratic country."
Much of what we know today about the Holodomor comes from a
journalist, Gareth Jones, who went to Ukraine and documented the
horrors. Jones walked across Ukraine, from village to village,
talking to people, and writing down everything he saw and heard in
his diaries. There is a major new display of his diaries at Oxford
University. His diaries are available online at <#stdurl
http://www.garethjones.org/Gareth_Jones_diaries.htm#>
Jones <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/film/2009/nov/13/gareth-jones-story-retold-documentary
"walked alone along a railway line,"#> documenting the starvation and
cannibalism that killed 4-5 million Ukrainians.
On March 29, 1933, Jones' article appeared on the front page of the
New York Evening post: "Famine Grips Russia — Millions Dying. Famine
on a colossal scale, impending death of millions from hunger,
murderous terror ... this is the summary of Mr. Jones's firsthand
observations."
However, these and other stories, based on Jones' reporting, were not
believed (just as people today can't believe that we're headed for a
major financial crisis and world war). When the news is too bad, and
contradicts conventional wisdom, it's simply rejected. Leading the
criticism of Jones was the New York Times, which was a supporter of
Josef Stalin, and was just as ideological in its news "reporting"
then as it is today. New York Times correspondent Walter Duranty
wrote, "There is no famine or actual starvation, nor is there likely
to be." He dismissed Jones' eyewitness accounts as a "big scare
story".
Attacks by Duranty and others <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5jp3RmOWBug3DV2S3i7Jge22_livgD9BUA3R80
"completely discredited Jones."#> Jones worked on other assignments as
a journalist, and within a couple of years, Jones was killed under
mysterious circumstances -- presumably by Soviet agents.
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas5.gif center "" "The Black Sea, Caucasus,
Caspian Sea region"#>
=inc ww2010.h2 holo "Ukraine vs Russia today on the Holodomor"
Ukraine was part of the Soviet Union until the latter broke up in
1991, making Ukraine an independent country. Since then, relations
between Ukraine and Russia have been very bitter. Even relations
within Ukraine are bitter, since the population of eastern Ukraine
are mostly ethnic Russians, while western Ukraine is populated mostly
by ethnic Ukrainians.
It's worthwhile to take a moment to recall some recent events in this
relationship:
<#inc ww2010.pic g041211.jpg right "" "Viktor Yushchenko - August 2004
versus October 2004
(Source: AFP)"#>
In 2004, Ukraine President Viktor Yushchenko <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e041211 "was poisoned with dioxin,"#> shortly after
massive street demonstrations reversed his election loss to a
candidate favored by Russian president Vladimir Putin. Putin
bitterly dislikes pro-West Yushchenko, and Putin is suspected of
being behind the poisoning, although that's never been proven.
In last year's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080811b "war between
Russia and Georgia"#> over South Ossetia, Ukraine sided politically
with Georgia. During the war,
Russia has blockaded Georgia's Black Sea ports by moving its Black Sea
fleet into Georgia's ports. The Russian fleet is normally stationed
in Sevastopol, which is in the Crimea, which is part of Ukraine.
Using Sevastopol to pursue the war infuriated the Ukrainians, and
they've demanded that Russia remove its fleet entirely from
Sevastopol by 2017, something that the Russians will never agree
to.
Last winter, Russia <#stdurl
http://features.csmonitor.com/globalnews/2009/11/20/putin-seals-russia-ukraine-gas-deal-boosting-eu-energy-security/
"shut down gas pipelines"#> that cross Ukraine and supply gas to
Europe, accusing Ukraine of siphoning off gas. This was a major crisis
in Europe.
Relations between Russia and Ukraine remain very bitter. There's no
Russian ambassador in Ukraine, and Russian president Medvedev has
promised that there won't be one as long as Yushchenko is in power.
The dispute over the Holodomor has to be seen in that context.
=inc ww2010.h2 holo "The Ukraine famine -- the Holodomor"
"Holodomor" is the word that Ukrainians use to refer to the 1932-33
famine. The web site <#stdurl http://www.holodomor.org.uk/#>
has been set up as part of a campaign to get the UK government to
recognize the Holodomor as an act of genocide.
Here is <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9JAiUcqy3lM "a very
dramatic video"#>
=inc ww2010.h2 church "Orthodox Church in Kiev and Moscow"
Kiev is the capital city of Ukraine, and it's also the cradle of the
Russian Orthodox Christian church.
The story of how that happened would be simply cute or amusing, if it
weren't for the fact that it changed the world.
In 980, a pagan named Vladimir became ruling prince of the Slavs,
headquartered in Kiev. And Vladimir went religion shopping.
According to legend, he rejected Islam, because it forbade alcoholic
drink. He sent commissions to visit the Christian Churches. The
Bulgarians, they reported, smelt. The Germans had nothing to offer.
But Constantinople had won their hearts. There, they said in words
often to be quoted, "we knew not whether we were in heaven or earth,
for on earth there is no such vision nor beauty, and we do not know
how to describe it; we know only that there God dwells among men."
Around 988, Vladimir accepted Orthodox Christianity for himself and
his people.
Vladimir might have chosen Catholicism, and then the Orthodox
Christian religion might have disappeared completely. Instead, as
the Slav culture moved east to Moscow and formed the Russian Empire in
the centuries that followed, the Orthodox Christian religion followed
it.
Even more important, Moscow inherited the mantle of leading the
worldwide Orthodox Church after the Muslims conquered Constantinople
(Istanbul, Turkey) in 1453, destroying the Byzantine Empire, the last
vestige of the Roman Empire.
In 1472, Russia's Grand Prince Ivan III ("Ivan the Great") took the
title of Tsar, and thus became the first Tsar of the new Tsarist
Russia. ("Tsar," or "Czar," was derived from the name of the Roman
Emperor Caesar, as is the German word "Kaiser.") Thus, Ivan would be
not only the head of Russia, he would also be head of the "Orthodox"
(or "true") Christian Church.
Russia's Bolshevik Revolution in 1917 replaced Tsarist Russia with an
atheistic Communist government that destroyed much of the Russian
Orthodox Church. The Church was revived during World War II when
Stalin needed it to support the fight against the Nazis. When the
Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, the Russia Orthodox Church regained a
special position in the Russia and the Russian Government, but has not
fully regained its place as the world leader of the Orthodox
churches.
In the 1990s, the Orthodox Church also revived in Kiev and
Constantinople, along with the existing center in Athens. Under
Putin in the 2000s decade, the Russians have been trying to regain
supremacy, but are facing resistance from Kiev.
=inc ww2010.h2 xx "Church vs Politics and the Holodomor"
The Holodomor was not the only famine in human history. Russians
experienced a horrible famine in World War II in the Nazi siege of
the city of Leningrad. So you would think that, at the very least,
the Russians would express some sensitivity to the sufferings of the
Ukrainians in the 1932-33 famine.
But Ukrainians were infuriated last week when Putin appeared to be
<#stdurl
http://tap-the-talent.blogspot.com/2009/11/putin-refers-to-holodomor-memorial-as.html
"mocking Yushchenko's commemoration of the Holodomor."#>
The Russians are infuriated by what they see as <#stdurl
http://russiatoday.com/Top_News/2009-04-03/Rewriting_Ukrainian_history__truth_or_falsification.html?fullstory
"Ukrainians' rewriting of history,"#> not only of the famine, but
also of Ukraine's entire role in World War II. They blame Yushchenko
for expelling some Russian diplomats, and look forward to Ukraine's
elections next year, hoping that Yushchenko will be defeated.
This political cauldron has affected the relations between the Kiev
and Moscow branches of the Orthodox Christian Church. The Ukrainian
Orthodox Church is under the authority of the Russian Orthodox
Church, but a schism has developed. Last year, Ukrainian officials
<#stdurl
http://www.directionstoorthodoxy.org/n/ukrainian_authorities_negotiate_with_the_constantinople_patriarc.html&thread_style=flat&thread_style=threaded&thread_style=flat&thread_style=threaded&thread_style=flat
"asked officials in the Constantinople church"#> to recognize a
second church in Kiev, one that is entirely separate from the Moscow
church.
Thus, while the Russian government is expressing open hostility to
the Ukrainian government, the Russian Church has been attempting to
reconcile with the Ukrainian Church.
When Russian president Medvedev refused an invitation from Yushchenko
last year to visit a monument to the Holodomor, the invitation WAS
accepted by Archbishop Kirill of the Russian church. This year,
Kirill became the leader of the entire Russian church, and he's
pursued the theme of reconciliation, <#stdurl
http://www.interfax-religion.com/?act=news&div=6253
"by saying,"#>
"This [Holodomor] was a common misfortune for all
the people who lived in the same country at the time. ... The
famine, dreadful famine, which was entirely the result of a
specific policy and became even worse due to natural disasters,
claimed an enormous number of lives in Ukraine, Volga region,
North Caucasus, Southern Urals, Western Siberia and
Kazakhstan."
=inc ww2010.h2 after "After Yushchenko"
Moscow hopes that Yushchenko will lose next year's elections, and
that relations between Ukraine and Russia will become cordial again.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this outcome is
almost completely impossible.
Yushchenko may or may not lose next year's election, but either way,
the hatred is between the Ukrainian and Russian people, and that will
not change. Ukraine itself is divided by this hatred, with
Ukrainians populating the west, and Russians populating the east.
The centuries old historical divide between the Ukrainians and
Russians runs very deep, and there's still extreme bitterness over
conflicts between Ukrainian and Russian soldiers in World War II.
The entire Caucasus and Black Sea region is smoldering with ethnic
and religious hatreds. What we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080827
"learned last year"#> as an outcome of the Georgian war is that there
isn't much visceral hatred between Georgians and Russians but that
there is plenty of genocidal fury between Georgians and Ossetians.
In the past, I've frequently referred to the Caucasus region as the
most dangerous region in the world (though, at other times, first
place was taken by Pakistan or the Mideast). The Caucasus and Black
Sea regions were the theatres for extremely bloody wars throughout
the 1910s, 1920s, 1930s, and 1940s. From that perspective, the
Holodomor was only a small part, but an overwhelmingly important part
for the Ukrainians. Generational Dynamics predicts that all of these
wars will be re-fought as part of the Clash of Civilizations world
war.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=180
"Caucasus and Black Sea region"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091118 In a slap at Washington, Israel announces 900 settlements in East Jerusalem
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.head
In a slap at Washington, Israel announces 900 settlements in East
Jerusalem
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.date
18-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.txt1
The Obama administration sharply rebuked the Israeli decision
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091118.txt2
to tear down Palestinian homes in a disputed East Jerusalem region of
the West Bank and <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/topNews/idUSTRE5AG2P520091117
"build 900 settlements."#>
This follows by two weeks the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091107
"announcement by Palestinian president Mahmoud Abbas"#> that he'll
step down, as the Mideast situation continues to deteriorate.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.maannews.net/eng/ViewDetails.aspx?ID=240659
"a report sympathetic to the Palestinians,"#>
"Israeli bulldozers demolished a four-story house
in Jerusalem as reports in the Israeli media announced the
approval of construction of 900 new settlement homes in the
Israeli Gilo settlement on Tuesday.
Neighbors of Nasry Nassar Al-Husseini said his home, a
four-story, multi-family structure in a neighborhood south of the
Old City of Jerusalem, was destroyed by Israeli bulldozers as the
family looked on. The structure was home to 30 Palestinians.
The demolition is part of what Palestinians call an ongoing
campaign of Judaizing Jerusalem, including the eviction of
Palestinians from their homes, the destruction of Palestinian
homes and the continued construction of settlements.
According to the Israeli daily newspaper Haaretz, the plan
involves the construction of 900 four- and five-bedroom housing
units, "in an effort to lure relatively well-off
residents.""
A <#stdurl
http://www.jpost.com/servlet/Satellite?cid=1258489189931&pagename=JPost%2FJPArticle%2FShowFull
"report sympathetic to the Israelis"#> blames the growing rift
between Israel and the US on President Obama:
"There is no place outside the US (where, in view
of the likelihood of Senate approval of health reform, the
situation is a bit different) where people are not disappointed in
President Barack Obama. This is not an entirely justified
disappointment: Anyone with eyes, particularly here in the Middle
East, should have known that his commitments and style could not
produce the results he promised. True, the man has vision,
charisma and natural leadership qualities, but the trees he has
climbed are too high."
This corresponds to an article I posted in September, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090928 ""After a week of foreign policy
disasters, President Obama's entire program is adrift.""#>
(An <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,661678,00.html
"article in Der Spiegel on Tuesday"#> begins, "US
President Barack Obama came to office promising hope and change. But
on climate change, he has followed in the footsteps of his
predecessor, George W. Bush. Now, should the climate summit in
Copenhagen fail, the blame will lie squarely with Obama. ... Obama
Lied to the Europeans. Barack Obama cast himself as a "citizen of the
world" when he delivered his well-received campaign speech in Berlin
in the summer of 2008. But the US president has now betrayed this
claim. In his Berlin speech, he was dishonest with Europe." Readers
may wish to look back at how I described that speech in July, 2008, in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080725 ""Barack Obama in Berlin calls
for greater European militarism.""#>)
Ever since I first posted <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Mideast
Roadmap - Will it bring peace?""#> in May 2003, I've been
following the turns in the Mideast, especially the continuing
deterioration that followed the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041114
"death of Yasser Arafat"#> in November, 2004. This includes three
wars that have occurred since Arafat's death: Israelis vs Hizbollah
in Lebanon in 2006, Palestinian Fatah vs Hamas in Gaza in 2008, and
Israelis vs Hamas in Gaza in 2009.
I can't prove this, but it now appears to me that there is a change
in attitude going on in the Mideast. I began to touch on this a
couple of days ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091117 ""Lebanon
agrees on a unity government with Hizbollah.""#>
During the Bush administration, it seems to me, the Israelis felt
that they were being fully supported, while the Palestinians felt
resigned to wait for something to change. But Obama's campaign and
presidency raised hugely unrealistic expectations on both sides, and
now both sides are becoming aware how unrealistic they are. This is
going to shift power away from moderates into the hands of Hamas and
the radicals.
I've been very critical of Obama's extravagant and unrealistic
promises, and of the mistakes he's made because of his youth and
inexperience. But this is a good time to say again that, from the
point of view of Generational Dynamics, what politicians do makes no
predictable difference on the course of events.
The Mideast is headed for a major war between Israelis and
Palestinians, refighting the genocidal war that began in 1948 with
the partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the state of
Israel, and there is nothing that President Obama or any other
politician can do to cause this or prevent it.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Middle East"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091117 Lebanon agrees on a unity government with Hizbollah
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.head
Lebanon agrees on a unity government with Hizbollah
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.date
17-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.txt1
Meanwhile, tension between Saudi Arabia and Iran is increasing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091117.txt2
The west breathed a sigh of relief earlier this year in June, when
the pro-Western coalition <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article6452810.ece
"defeated the pro-Syria Hizbollah bloc"#> in Lebanon's parliamentary
elections.
The pro-Western coalition, known as the "March 14" bloc, is led by
Prime Minister Saad Hariri, the son of Rafiz Hariri, who was killed by
a terrorist bomb in February, 2005. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050216 ""Massive Beirut explosion killing Rafiq Hariri puts
Lebanon into state of shock.""#>)
The March 14 bloc won a narrow victory over Hizbollah's "March 8"
coalition, but Hizbollah still had enough seats to effectively hold a
veto power of all legislation. This caused a continuing political
crisis that prevented a government from being formed.
But now, in a significant turn of events Lebanon has <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article6911723.ece
"announced a national unity Cabinet,"#> with a strong opposition
presence led by Hezbollah.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this agreement is
significant because it resolves many of the political disputes of
Lebanon's generational Awakening era. It may even turn out to be the
Awakening era climax, though it's too soon to know that for sure.
Lebanon's last crisis war began in 1975, and it became a war with
Syria in 1976. Israel was an off-and-on participant, and the war
reached an explosive climax in 1982 when Christian Arab forces,
allied with Israel, <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/hi/witness/september/17/newsid_2891000/2891661.stm
"massacred and butchered hundreds or perhaps thousands of Palestinian
refugees in camps in Sabra and Shatila."#>
Since that war ended, the Lebanese people have been haunted by that
episode, and officials have been determined not to allow anything
like it to happen again.
On November 5 of last year, a web site reader wrote the following to
me:
"I am very impressed with your site, especially
when looking at some of your past predictions. I was trapped in
Lebanon during the fighting in early May and everyone was in great
fear that a civil war was in progress. You predicted that it would
fizzle out, and it did."
This fear of renewed violence has been a major theme for Lebanese
politics. Ironically, it's this very fear that prevents similar
violence from happening again. That's why crisis wars never occur
within generational Awakening eras, and any warlike violence quickly
fizzles out.
Thus, we have Time Magazine <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1937298,00.html?xid=rss-topstories
"reporting on the new unity government"#> by saying that "the deal
ends the three-year political crisis that brought the country to the
brink of civil war."
That's simply not true. Lebanon was never on the brink of a civil
war, paradoxically because of the widespread fear that Lebanon was on
the brink of a civil war.
At various times on this web site, we've discussed similar concepts
with a number of countries in generational Awakening eras -- Iran,
Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, Thailand.
These Awakening eras are similar in many ways to America's last
Awakening era in the 1960s. Just to take one obvious comparison,
America saw violent riots and demonstrations in the 1960s, as well as
the assasination of President Kennedy. Lebanon has seen massive
demonstrations by Hizbollah, and the assassination of former Prime
Minister Rafik Hariri. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501
""Iraq Today vs 1960s America.""#>)
From the point of view of generational theory, what's going on in the
Mideast is very interesting because of the potential clashes
involving countries in Awakening eras, like those just noted, and
those in generational Crisis eras, including Israel, Palestinian
territories, Jordan, Yemen and Saudi Arabia.
We've already seen a fascinating example of this in the summer 2006
Israeli/Hizbollah war in Lebanon. Israel, in a generational Crisis
era, panicked and fought the war in a "hot" fashion, with maximum
force. Hizbollah warriors, in a generational Awakening era in
Lebanon, fought the war in a "cool" fashion, launching missiles and
returning home to the arms of their wives. (See: <#hreftext
ww2010.i.060724hizbollah ""Israel/Lebanon war forces Muslims to
choose,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 ""How Israel
panicked in pursuing the summer Lebanon war with
Hizbollah.""#>)
The Lebanese people were greatly shocked by what they considered to
be Israel's overreaction in the 2006 war. Recall that the war was
triggered when Hizbollah kidnapped two Israeli soldiers on the border
between Lebanon and Israel. Israel's response was completely
panic-driven. Israel went to war in four hours, with no plan, no
objective, and no idea what was going on.
Hizbollah chief Sheik Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah has had to apologize to
the Lebanese people for provoking the 2006 war, saying that he never
expected Israel to react so violently. That's not the kind of thing
you would ever expect to hear from the leaders of Hamas, following
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090106 "the war in Gaza"#> earlier this
year. But that's the difference between the Lebanese, in an
Awakening era, and the Palestinians, in a Crisis era like the
Israelis.
As the Mideast heads into full-scale war, we can expect to see
battles and sub-wars waged between belligerents who are mismatched in
the sense that one is in a generational Awakening era, and the other
is in a generational Crisis era.
<#inc ww2010.pic yemen2.gif right "" "Yemen, where the Houthis in
Saada province are at war with the Saudis, and displaced refugees are
nearing Yemen's capital, Sana'a.
(Source: CIA Fact Book / Economist)"#>
One war of this type is already heating up: a spiraling conflict
between Saudi Arabia (in a Crisis era), and Iran (in an Awakening
era).
Two months ago, I posted a report entitled <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090913 ""Escalating civil war in Yemen threatens to pull in
Iran, Saudi Arabia and U.S.""#> The war in Yemen is turning
into a proxy war between Saudi Arabia and Iran.
Within the last couple of weeks, Houthis (who are Shia) in Yemen
(which is mostly Sunni) <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/middleeast/2009/11/2009111675649700628.html
"crossed the border into Saudi Arabia,"#> killed a border guard, and
took control of a small area of Saudi territory. The Saudi air force
immediately became embroiled in the war, bombing Houthi targets, and
<#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8349984.stm "taking
Houthi anti-aircraft fire."#>
You can see a similar pattern here to the 2006 war in Lebanon. Iran
is being accused of supplying weapons to the Houthis, but other than
that, playing a completely passive role. The Saudis, on the other
hand, are reacting directly at war with the Houthis.
This Saudi/Iranian conflict has the potential to spiral into a major
regional crisis. As I've written many times, Generational Dynamics
predicts a major war between Sunni and Shia Muslims, and the Saudis
and Iranians will be major respective belligerents in that conflict.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/KK14Ak01.html "an analysis
by Ambassador M K Bhadrakumar,"#> a career diplomat in the Indian
Foreign Service, the Saudis are actively stepping up their
confrontation of the Iranians on three fronts:
In Afghanistan, much of the funding for the Taliban comes
from the Saudis, who are hoping to play a key role in any
reconciliation process between the Taliban and the Americans. The
Iranians are very concerned about increasing Saudi influence in
Afghanistan, especially after last month's massive terrorist strike
by Jundallah in Iran. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091022
""Furious Iran blames Pakistan, US and Britain for Sunday's
terrorist attacks.""#>) The Jundallah attack still has the
potential for becoming an important triggering event of some kind in
the Mideast.
In Iraq, with America reducing its force strength, both the
Saudis and the Iranians are competing to fill the vacuum.
On the border with Yemen, the Saudis are fighting Shia rebels
allied with Iran, as we've described.
According to Bhadrakumar,
"One thing is certain. Tehran will do nothing
adventurous that sullies its reputation as a "responsible"
regional power. A confrontation with the US is the last thing that
Tehran is looking for, either. Persians have a keen sense of
history and have always preferred brain over brawn. Tehran cannot
be oblivious that in any case, it is well placed to garner
political mileage out of excessive Saudi involvement in Yemen,
which will tarnish Riyadh's regional standing and inevitably
produce a Houthi (Yemenese nationalist) backlash."
This is an interesting statement because Iran didn't prefer brain
over brawn in the 1979 Islamic revolution, its last crisis era war,
which was a very bloody civil war. But Iran is in an Awakening era
now, when brain over brawn does prevail. But as he points out, the
Saudis are much more involved militarily, and as America has learned
in so many wars, air power doesn't guarantee victory.
---
It's been almost a month since I've written anything about the
financial crisis (see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091027 ""Nouriel
Roubini apparently is predicting a global market crash.""#>)
During this time, the stock market has continued its parabolic rise
into a new superbubble. The funny thing about what's going on is
that even <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090615 "the fig leaf of
"operating earnings""#> has disappeared -- the P/E ratio
based on operating earnings is up in the 27 range. Not to mention that
the "ordinary" <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=topnav_2_3002
"S&P 500 P/E ratio is above 70."#>
The "reason" for optimism that I keep hearing is the 3rd quarter
earnings are higher than expected. Well, that's true. They were
expected to be 35% lower than last year's deflated earnings, but
instead they're only 14% lower. Ummm, let's see: Earnings are down
14%, but stock prices are up 40%. Could someone do that math for me?
There is absolutely no shred of anything fundamental that points
anywhere but downward.
I tell people that a crash must occur "with 100% certainty," and they
give me a smug look and tell me how I've been proven wrong by the
rally.
I just can't believe how crazy everything has become. At least in
the past few years, I could see how someone could massage the facts
and convince themselves that the market would always go up, but today
there's nothing to massage.
How does one explain this? How does one explain a public insanity
that's so great that even fantasy reasons don't apply?
I'm sure that no regular reader of this web site is so dumb as to own
stocks at a time when price/earning ratios are above 70, when the
historical average is 14. However, if any of your friends are in the
stock market now, they're going to lose a great deal of money.
There is now a very broad consensus that the current stock market
bubble is being driven by massive stimulus spending.
With Treasury interest rates effectively zero, investors are
borrowing money at zero percent interest rates and investing the
money in commodities and stocks. This is a typical "carry trade"
scenario, and it will work as long as the dollar continues to weaken.
On CNBC on Monday morning, <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15840232?video=1332545843&play=1 "Art Cashin
described"#> the most likely scenario that will end this bubble: "My
great fear is that you'll have some sort of geopolitical event, and
people will start rushing to the dollar, and a flight to safety, and
that will catch all these carry traders flat-footed, and you could
have a real problem.... It could happen when you least expect it."
Thus, with a war escalating on the Saudi border, as well as potential
crises elsewhere in the world, a flight to safety created a demand
for the dollar would quickly push up the value of the dollar against
other currencies. This would force the carry traders to sell their
commodity and stock positions quickly, in order to return the dollars
they had borrowed. (Paragraph corrected,
Nov 22)
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Middle East"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091112 Politicians are gloomy about reaching climate deal in Copenhagen. Awwwwwwwwww!
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.head
Politicians are gloomy about reaching climate deal in Copenhagen.
Awwwwwwwwww!
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.date
12-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.txt1
It seems that this money and power grab is down for another year.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091112.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right climate 3
According to <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2009/nov/05/copenhagen-climate-change-treaty-delay
"news reports:"#>
"No global climate change treaty likely for up to
a year, negotiators admit
World's key industrialised nations say they have abandoned hope
of legally binding deal at Copenhagen summit ...
A global treaty to fight climate change will be postponed by at
least six months and possibly a year or more, senior negotiators
and politicians conceded today.
In a day of gloomy statements, the world's key industrialised
nations said they had abandoned hope of a legally binding treaty
at the Copenhagen summit next month and had begun to plan only for
a meeting of world leaders.
The stark statements follow weeks of pessimism and represent a
significant downgrading of the summit's goal.
In London, Ed Miliband, the UK climate change secretary, became
the first British politician to acknowledge publicly that
Copenhagen would produce no legal climate change treaty.
Speaking in the House of Commons, he said: "The UN negotiations
are moving too slowly and not going well." He went on to describe
a "history of mistrust" between developed and developing nations
with negotiators "stuck in entrenched positions", an impasse that
prompted African nations to stage a walkout at the negotiations
this week."
The "legal climate change treaty" that activists were hoping for was
for a tax on all financial transactions in Western nations. That
money would be diverted to the activists and their favorite causes.
For some strange reason, that proposal even went too far for the
Obama administration.
The "African nations ... walkout" in the above excerpt refers to a
<#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2009/nov/06/developing-nations-copenhagen-walkout
"preliminary climate change"#> meeting in Barcelona last week. The
developing nations, including the Africans, threatened to walk out
unless the US came to Copenhagen with a legally binding promise to
pay billions of dollars to the developing nations.
It's a sign of the total craziness of our times that no one is
debating where the technology is coming from to reduce carbon
emissions. This sickness pervades everything, including the stock
market and the health care legislation. It's always just a financial
deal. The sickness is ignoring fundamentals, and thinking that all
you need is a financial scam, moral outrage, and a smooth sales pitch
to solve all problems.
Let's list some of the problems with the current global warming
strategy.
The activists don't believe what they're saying.
I made this point a couple of years ago. These activists don't act
like they believe what they say. They live in posh mansions, and jet
around the world, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b "to Bali and other
trendy places,"#> to lecture people on how everyone but themselves
should use less energy. If these people believed a word of what they
would saying, then they would adopt more restrained and austere
lifestyles themselves, if only to serve as a model for the public.
I know this because I DO believe what I'm saying. I believe every
word that I write on my web site. Since I've been developing
generational theory and realized the consequences to myself and the
world, I've changed my life enormously to prepare, and I've constantly
urged web site readers to do the same, and many are doing that.
But not the environmental activists. They don't practice austerity
themselves, nor do they urge their acolytes to do the same. So I see
these activists talking the talk, but I never see them walking the
walk. That's how I know that they're lying, and that they don't
believe a word they're saying.
Activists always seem to have a money stake in what they're
saying.
Take a look at Al Gore, for example. He lives a very wealthy,
high-energy-usage lifestyle, and he <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704402404574527572868084330.html
"makes huge amounts of money"#> by selling climate change.
If there were new data that indicating that Al Gore's theories were
wrong -- and there IS such data (see below) -- then Gore would lose
millions of dollars if he acknowledged it. Therefore, Gore would be
saying exactly the same thing, whether he believed in global warming
or not, so you can't reach any conclusions from what he says.
The proposed treaties ignore geopolitical realities.
China and India are not willing to commit to any reduction in the
production of carbon dioxide. In fact, China starts up a new
coal-fired power plant every week, and both China and India put
thousands of new cars on the road every week.
Developing nations in Africa, Asia and South America are not willing
to commit to any reduction in the production of carbon dioxide.
They're participating in this debate because they want United States
and European money so that officials can pad their bank accounts,
while their populations increase carbon dioxide production through
such activities as cooking food, cutting down forests and driving
cars.
The science is far from clear.
If you listen to the activists, then anyone who even questions the
"global warming" concept is an idiot or a racist or evil. That's one
more example of how crazy things are. In fact, there are plenty of
doubts about the science.
There have been numerous reports lately that the global warming has
turned into global cooling in the last ten years. Here's
<#stdurl
http://article.nationalreview.com/?q=NTlhOTNiOWFlMmMzNmJkOWM3ZTk5NWJkNTU2Nzk5NWI=
"a graph"#> that illustrates the situation:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091111.gif center "" "Global cooling/warming since
1980"#>
Now, activists dispute the interpretation of this graph, but the point
is that you don't have to be evil to believe that there's a big debate
about the validity of climate change claims.
In fact, there are specific doubts at all levels:
Is global warming in fact occurring? The above graph raises
the question.
Even if it is occurring, is it preponderantly being caused by
human activity? Or is it part of the Earth's normal life cycle, and
would occur anyway?
Of the portion caused by human activity, is there any currently
known technology that would significantly reduce the human
portion?
Activists don't like to hear these questions, because they're looking
forward to padding their bank accounts with money from climate change
treaties.
The proposed climate change treaties are based on invalid
assumptions about the future.
For example, here's an excerpt from the <#stdurl
http://www.worldenergyoutlook.org/2009.asp "World Energy Outlook 2009
Edition - Executive Summary,"#> published by the activist
International Energy Agency:
"Continuing on today’s energy path, without any
change in government policy, would mean rapidly increasing
dependence on fossil fuels, with alarming consequences for climate
change and energy security. The Reference Scenario sees a
continued rapid rise in energy-related CO2 emissions through to
2030, resulting from increased global demand for fossil
energy."
This is what's called "the horsecrap argument." In 1900, someone
might have drawn a graph of the increasing numbers of horse-drawn
carriages and extrapolated the trend forward, and would have concluded
that the U.S. would be buried in horsecrap by 1930. The predicted
trends turned out to be irrelevant because of automobile technology.
Climate change activists are using the same invalid reasoning today.
In fact, between now and 2030 there's going to be an explosion of new
technology that can barely be imagined now, including
super-intelligent computers and new forms of energy storage. This
technology will invalidate the assumption of rapid rise in
energy-related CO2 emissions.
An important fact is that the horsecrap argument in 1900 was not
defeated by a "government policy"; it was defeated by self-correcting
economic policies. There was no government policy that could
possibly have succeeded, and the same is true today.
The proposed treaties ignore population growth and food
shortages.
As I've written many times in the past, population has been growing
faster than the food supply for decades. (See, for example,
<#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628 ""Food - Green revolution v
Malthus effect""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070411b
""Price of food is skyrocketing in India and China.""#>)
The population issue impacts the global warming debate in several
ways. First, it's exponential population growth that's causing
exponential energy use, and the proposed treaties do not address the
problem at all. Second, anything that restricts energy usage will
only make food even more expensive, thus making the starvation
problem even worse.
The growth of population faster than the growth of the food supply is
one of several reasons why Generational Dynamics predicts a new world
war, killing something like 2 billion people. This will reduce
population significantly, thereby solving the climate change
problem.
It's ironic that environmental activists say that anyone who ignores
global warming trends is crazy or racist, but then the same activists
completely ignore the much more obvious population trends that make
the climate change treaties meaningless.
The proposed treaties ignore the Singularity.
The Singularity is the point in time, around 2030, when computers
will quickly become much more intelligent than humans, and will
displace humans as the most intelligent "species" on earth. Any
scientific forecasts past the year 2030 are totally meaningless, since
no one has any idea what will happen after the Singularity, or even
whether the human race will survive.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.robot040709 ""I, Robot is science
fiction, but intelligent computers will soon be science
fact.""#> and <#hreftext ww2010.book2.next "Chapter 7 - The
Singularity"#> in the book Generational Dynamics for
Historians.)
In about 1970, I remember reading in the leftist Ramparts
Magazine an article predicting that ocean pollution would cause
algae to cover the ocean worldwide by 1980. Obviously that never
happened, but it shows that loony environmental claims seem to be a
standard part of the leftist playbook.
Today we're supposed to worry about global warming, but in the 1970s,
we were supposed to worry about global cooling.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.denisdutton.com/cooling_world.htm "the text
of a Newsweek article"#> from April 28, 1975. Today, 35 years later,
this article is hilarious:
"The Cooling World -- Newsweek, April 28, 1975
There are ominous signs that the Earth’s weather patterns have
begun to change dramatically and that these changes may portend a
drastic decline in food production – with serious political
implications for just about every nation on Earth. The drop in
food output could begin quite soon, perhaps only 10 years from
now. The regions destined to feel its impact are the great
wheat-producing lands of Canada and the U.S.S.R. in the North,
along with a number of marginally self-sufficient tropical areas –
parts of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Indochina and Indonesia –
where the growing season is dependent upon the rains brought by
the monsoon.
The evidence in support of these predictions has now begun to
accumulate so massively that meteorologists are hard-pressed to
keep up with it. In England, farmers have seen their growing
season decline by about two weeks since 1950, with a resultant
overall loss in grain production estimated at up to 100,000 tons
annually. During the same time, the average temperature around the
equator has risen by a fraction of a degree – a fraction that in
some areas can mean drought and desolation. Last April, in the
most devastating outbreak of tornadoes ever recorded, 148 twisters
killed more than 300 people and caused half a billion dollars’
worth of damage in 13 U.S. states.
To scientists, these seemingly disparate incidents represent the
advance signs of fundamental changes in the world’s weather. The
central fact is that after three quarters of a century of
extraordinarily mild conditions, the earth’s climate seems to be
cooling down. Meteorologists disagree about the cause and extent
of the cooling trend, as well as over its specific impact on
local weather conditions. But they are almost unanimous in the
view that the trend will reduce agricultural productivity for the
rest of the century. If the climatic change is as profound as some
of the pessimists fear, the resulting famines could be
catastrophic. “A major climatic change would force economic and
social adjustments on a worldwide scale,” warns a recent report by
the National Academy of Sciences, “because the global patterns of
food production and population that have evolved are implicitly
dependent on the climate of the present century.” ...
Climatologists are pessimistic that political leaders will take
any positive action to compensate for the climatic change, or even
to allay its effects. They concede that some of the more
spectacular solutions proposed, such as melting the Arctic ice cap
by covering it with black soot or diverting arctic rivers, might
create problems far greater than those they solve. But the
scientists see few signs that government leaders anywhere are even
prepared to take the simple measures of stockpiling food or of
introducing the variables of climatic uncertainty into economic
projections of future food supplies. The longer the planners
delay, the more difficult will they find it to cope with climatic
change once the results become grim reality."
The last paragraph is the funniest of all. I love that proposed
solution of covering the Arctic ice cap with black soot, to force it
to melt.
And the last sentence, "The longer the planners delay, the more
difficult will they find it to cope with climatic change once the
results become grim reality," is exactly the same horsecrap argument
that we're hearing today. It's a good thing that we didn't pay
attention in 1975.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=178 "Climate
Change"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091111 Europe celebrates the fall of the Berlin Wall on November 9, 1989
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.head
Europe celebrates the fall of the Berlin Wall on November 9, 1989
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.date
11-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.txt1
If East and West Germany were reunited, then why not North and South
Korea?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091111.txt2
On the 20th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall, all of Europe
was celebrating. The following short video, <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SRZhTqAVWiw "Domino Effect:The Berlin
Wall Falls Down Again,"#> shows some of the more spectacular events in
the celebration:
I was as shocked and surprised as anyone when the Berlin Wall fell in
1989. I never dreamed that I would see it fall in my lifetime.
When World War II ended in 1945, much of the world was furious at the
Germans. They blamed Nazi Germany for World War II, and they
incorrectly also blamed Germany for World War I.
The WW II victors decided to partition Germany, to make sure that
they wouldn't start WW III. According to the 1945 Potsdam Agreement,
Germany was partitioned into four regions, one to be administered and
occupied by each of four countries -- the Soviet Union, the UK,
France, and the U.S. The last three of these regions were quickly
merged into West Germany, while the Soviets retained control of what
became East Germany.
The Soviets didn't stop there. They took control of all of Eastern
Europe -- East Germany, Bulgaria, Poland, Hungary, Czechoslovakia,
Romania and Albania. These became known as "Iron Curtain countries"
after Winston Churchill's famous <#stdurl
http://www.historyguide.org/europe/churchill.html "1946 Iron Curtain
speech:"#>
"From Stettin in the Baltic to Trieste in the
Adriatic an iron curtain has descended across the Continent.
Behind that line lie all the capitals of the ancient states of
Central and Eastern Europe. Warsaw, Berlin, Prague, Vienna,
Budapest, Belgrade, Bucharest and Sofia, all these famous cities
and the populations around them lie in what I must call the Soviet
sphere, and all are subject in one form or another, not only to
Soviet influence but to a very high and, in some cases, increasing
measure of control from Moscow. Athens alone -- Greece with its
immortal glories -- is free to decide its future at an election
under British, American and French observation. The
Russian-dominated Polish Government has been encouraged to make
enormous and wrongful inroads upon Germany, and mass expulsions of
millions of Germans on a scale grievous and undreamed-of are now
taking place. The Communist parties, which were very small in all
these Eastern States of Europe, have been raised to pre-eminence
and power far beyond their numbers and are seeking everywhere to
obtain totalitarian control. Police governments are prevailing in
nearly every case, and so far, except in Czechoslovakia, there is
no true democracy."
Soviet authorities built border fences separating east and west
Europe, and border guards shot and killed anyone who tried to escape
to the west.
But there was one gaping hole in the Iron Curtain -- the city of
Berlin. Berlin was physically located inside of East Germany, but
according to the Potsdam Agreement, Berlin itself was partitioned,
with East Berlin controlled by the Soviets, and West Berlin still part
of West Germany. This was never a comfortable situation, as the
Soviets in 1948 tried to blockade West Berlin, and prevent supplies
from reaching the city. President Harry Truman ordered the Berlin
Airlift to supply tons of food and other supplies.
Throughout the 1950s, the vast differences between east and west
became apparent to the world. People living in western European
countries, such as UK, France and West Germany, enjoyed democracy and
thriving economies. But people in Iron Curtain countries were
oppressed and tortured for political crimes, and they lived in
poverty. News stories coming out of eastern Europe told of the
indignities and hardship of daily life, such as having to wait in a
queue for hours just to buy a roll of toilet paper.
Millions of people who were trapped in the east would escape by making
their way to East Berlin and crossing over to West Berlin and to
freedom. Finally, the Soviets could stand it no more. On August 12,
1961, the East German army began tearing up streets that connected
East and West Berlin, and installed a barbed wire barrier encircling
all of West Berlin, guarded by troops ordered to shoot to kill anyone
who tried to defect. Thus, the border was closed within 24 hours.
After that, the East Germans replaced the barbed wired with 12 foot
high concrete barriers, guarded by watch towers.
The Berlin Wall split friends, families and lovers for decades.
People who were trapped in the East could no longer travel to the
West, and people in the West didn't want to go East, for fear of
being trapped there. Thousands of East Germans tried to escape by
climbing over the wall, and hundreds were killed by East German border
guards.
By the 1980s, the Berlin Wall was becoming intolerable to the Germans
themselves. Germany entered a generational Unraveling era and, as
indicated by the name, all the austere measures that were imposed
after WW II to prevent a new war began to unravel. A triggering
event may have been President Ronald Reagan's 1987 speech in Berlin,
in which he said, "Mr. Gorbachev, open this gate. Mr. Gorbachev, tear
down this wall!"
During the next few years, an incredible domino effect occurred.
First, Hungary opened its border with Austria, permitting East
Europeans to escape to the West via that route. Mass demonstrations
began in East Germany, and continued for weeks. On November 9, a
televised news program mistakenly reported that the Berlin borders
would be opened immediately. Huge crowds of East Germaners mobbed
the border gates, and border guards were faced with the choice of
shooting into the crowd or opening the gates. Fortunately, they
chose the latter.
Germany was reunited within a few months after the fall of the Berlin
Wall. There was still fear among WW II survivors over the
reunification of Germany -- fear that a reunited Germany would once
again become a military threat to Europe. I recall seeing Henry
Kissinger on television saying something like, "I will have no
trouble dying happily if Germany is never reunited in my lifetime."
Recent <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/germany/6532255/Berlin-Wall-have-Margaret-Thatchers-fears-about-Germany-been-proved-right.html
"news reports"#> indicate that British Prime Minister Margaret
Thatcher and French President Francois Mitterand feared that a united
Germany would a "unstoppable force" in an unbalanced Europe.
Very quickly, Communism collapsed in other East European countries,
and within a couple of years, the Soviet Union collapsed. Johnny
Carson joked that America was the only country that still had a
Communist Party.
That was a great joke, but of course there are still two Communist
countries remaining -- North Korea and Cuba. Why can't North and
South Korea be reunited as Germany was, and why can't Communism in
Cuba end, as it did in East Germany?
Generational Dynamics provides some answers.
Generational Dynamics views civil wars very differently from external
wars. A civil war pits neighbor against neighbor, brother against
brother, husband against wife. If a country fights an external war
then, win or lose, the country can celebrate or mourn and then move
on. But a country can never celebrate a civil war, and may need a
century or more to really move on.
East Germany became partitioned from West Germany by a political
decision, not by a civil war. By the time the generational
Unraveling era had arrived, there had been two generations of young
people who had no personal memory of WW II and didn't fear a reunited
Germany, so the political decision was reversed.
But the partitioning of Korea was no simple political decision. It
was a bitter civil war between two groups of Koreans. It's not a
surprise that reunification is difficult or impossible -- without
another war.
Cuba is a different story. Cuba also had a civil war -- Fidel
Castro's Cuban Revolution that climaxed in 1959. Cuba today is in
the middle of a generational Unraveling era, and when Fidel Castro
stepped down, replaced by his brother Raoul, there were some signs
that the Communist economy was beginning to unravel.
The fall of the Berlin Wall ended the story of East Germany, but the
stories of North Korea and Cuba are still being told.
Update: I left China out of this discussion because I didn't
want to lengthen the article, but a web site reader said I should
have included it. Briefly, China also had a major civil war, Mao
Zedong's Communist Revolution, climaxing in 1949. However, China is
different from the others. It's nominally a Communist country today,
having a repressive government that jails, tortures and executes
political dissidents. But China has given up control of many parts
of the economy, so China today would more accurately be called a
Fascist country, rather than a Communist country. (Paragraphs added, Nov 11)
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=144
"Europe"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091109 Theological split in Iran widens as opposition protests continue
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.head
Theological split in Iran widens as opposition protests continue
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.date
9-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.txt1
The Islamic Republic of Iran versus the Persian Republic of Iran.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091109.txt2
I've written several times about the belief of Iranian President
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad in the Mahdaviat -- the Shia Muslim belief that
the Mahdi (or "the 12'th Imam" or "the Hidden Imam") is coming to
save mankind. See, for example, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822
""Iran and Ahmadinejad are waiting for the Mahdi""#> This
belief is roughly equivalent to the Christian belief in the second
coming of Christ. (There's also a Buddhist belief in the Maitreya --
that a new Buddha is to appear on earth, and will achieve complete
enlightenment.)
(Paragraph corrected, Dec 16)
In that article, I quoted a couple of paragraphs from his <#stdurl
http://www.globalsecurity.org/wmd/library/news/iran/2005/iran-050918-irna02.htm
"speech to the U.N. General Assembly on Sept. 17, 2005:"#>
"From the beginning of time, humanity has longed
for the day when justice, peace, equality and compassion envelop
the world. All of us can contribute to the establishment of such a
world. When that day comes, the ultimate promise of all Divine
religions will be fulfilled with the emergence of a perfect human
being who is heir to all prophets and pious men. He will lead the
world to justice and absolute peace.
O mighty Lord, I pray to you to hasten the emergence of your last
repository, the promised one, that perfect and pure human being,
the one that will fill this world with justice and peace."
Now, <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/analysis/8314920.stm "a new BBC
documentary"#> by Edward Stourton sheds new light on the depth of
this belief, and the way that it's affecting Iranian foreign policy.
According to Stourton, Ahmadinejad, Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali
Khamenei, and top level government officials are members of a narrow
Shia Muslim sect called the "Hasteners" -- people who believe that
the return of the Imam is imminent, and that it is the duty of the
faithful to take whatever steps they can to hasten the return.
It's as if President Obama, or some other Christian political leader,
belonged to a sect that advocated starting a nuclear war in order to
hasten the second coming of Christ.
Thus, Shia Islam has <#stdurl
http://gulfnews.com/opinions/columnists/the-young-and-elite-are-rising-in-iran-1.240795
"two conflicting doctrines"#> that guide the faithful in their lives.
One doctrine, known as Intizar (patient waiting) maintains that the
best that believers can do is to be patient and wait until the Imam
decides to return. That doctrine is opposed by another known as
Ta'ajil (to hasten). The Ta'ajilis (hasteners) insist that believers
should seek to unite the entire Islamic community and lead it into
battle against the "Infidel" with the view of provoking a final
showdown for global domination, to hasten the return of the Mahdi.
Thus, Ahmadinejad is quoted as saying, "Do you know why we wish to
have chaos at any price? Because after the chaos, we shall see the
greatness of Allah."
And so we have Ahmadinejad doing things like talking about pushing
Israel into the sea or pursuing policies that would allow Iran to
develop nuclear weapons. The implication is that Ahmadinejad is
pursuing these policies in order to provoke world chaos (presumably,
chaos in the form of war) in order to hasten the return of the Mahdi.
Stourton quotes Mehdi Khalaji, a Shia theologian who studied in Qom
and a senior fellow of the Washington Institute:
"We call apocalyptics people who believe in the
imminent return of Hidden Imam and people who believe that
worshippers have some duties more than prayer in order to prepare
the ground for the return of Hidden Imam. Apocalyptics, they've
been always in margin of the religious community and also
political structure of the country. But with Ahmadinejad, this is
the first time that they take over the political power. ... [this
apocalyptic trend] is frightening, and it is not only frightening
for the international community...."
Of course, not everyone agrees with that explanation of Ahmadinejad's
policies. Stourton quotes Professor Ali Ansari, director of the
Institute for Iranian Studies at the University of St Andrews:
"Ahmadinejad and the others, yes, they do believe
that the hidden imam will arrive when the world has reached the
most disastrous situation. Whether they feel they have to help
that along is a different matter. I think that’s where you’ve got
to be a little bit careful. I haven’t seen anything which
suggests that. I mean he hasn’t said anything specific. That’s not
to say that he might not at some stage. It’s perhaps a question
of semantics and a question of being quite pedantic about it but
it’s important because people do then extrapolate from things that
he has not said yet – whole policy decisions, which I think are
unhelpful."
And so the question is whether the religious beliefs of Ahmadinejad,
Khamenei, and other senior leaders of Iran's government are pursuing a
policy of provoking war BECAUSE OF their religious beliefs.
=inc ww2010.h2 cause "Religion doesn't cause war; war causes religion"
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the view that
Ahmadinejad decided at one point, perhaps in his childhood, to join a
sect called the "Hasteners," and then later was guided by those
religious beliefs to become a politician with the job of provoking
world war -- that view makes no sense all. What makes much more
sense is the view that Ahmadinejad and Khamenei have adopted a
certain set of policies designed to keep themselves in power, and
that they've adopted a version of the "Hastener" religious doctrine to
justify those policies.
I discussed the role of religion in Generational Dynamics at length
in 2007 in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070603 ""Book review review:
Christopher Hitchens: 'God Is Not Great: How Religion Poisons
Everything.'""#>
In the past few years, Christopher Hitchens has made a career of
claiming that religion is the cause of all wars, with the bizarre
implication that if we could only get rid of all religions, then we
could get rid of all wars.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the opposite is
true. Wars have a political component as well as a military
component, and the political component requires the political leaders
to justify the moral superiority that's required to kill other
people. There are many possible ways to do that, but the easiest
vehicle is religion. Thus, Osama bin Laden may be attacking Western
interests because he hates his father, but he justifies his terrorism
by talking about infidels and 72 virgins.
What we're seeing in Iran right now appears to be an archetypical
example of how war causes religion.
I've written many articles on this web site describing how Iran's
strategy evolved, and it has nothing to do with religion. The
Islamic Revolution of 1979 was a massive civil war that brought into
power a new group of politicians who justified their victory in
religious terms. They achieved this victory by blaming all their
problems on outsiders -- America, Britain, Israel, and later Iraq.
They took over the American embassy in Tehran, and held 52 American
hostages for 444 days.
They described Iran as an innocent victim of outside exploiters and
invaders, and in doing so, they unified the entire country behind
their Revolution.
Now, they're trying to repeat that strategy, by attempting to blame
America, Britain and Israel as interfering, or threatening to attack,
the same innocent victim, Iran. But that strategy worked in 1979
because Iran was in a generational Crisis era; today, Iran is in a
generational Awakening era, when that kind of strategy cannot
possibly succeed.
(For information about generational eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#> For information about America's Awakening era in
the 1960s, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers
commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#> For
an extensive analysis of Iran's strategy, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080405 ""China 'betrays' Iran, as internal problems in both
countries mount.""#>)
When the big street protests began in Tehran after the June 12
presidential elections, every mainstream analyst that I'm aware of,
including the BBC and Stratfor, predicted that the government would
crush the protests and that they would end quickly, as happened in the
1989 Tiananmen Square massacre in China. I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090626 "wrote that,"#> from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, Tiananmen Square is the wrong historical analogy; the best
analogy is America's Summer of Love in 1967, which led to almost a
decade of political conflict, and failed presidencies of Lyndon
Johnson and Richard Nixon.
In fact, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090919 "street protests are
continuing and growing,"#> especially since colleges opened in the
fall.
Last week, Iran celebrated the 30th anniversary of the takeover of
the American embassy in Tehran, on November 4, 1979. The government
scheduled large pro-government demonstrations, but they were met with
<#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/1104/p06s19-wome.html "large
anti-government counter-demonstrations."#>
What is becoming increasingly clear is that the student protests are
gaining in strength and are presenting a fundamental threat to the
Ahmadinejad / Khamenei government, just as America's 1960s protests
threatened the Johnson and Nixon administrations.
If Ahmadinejad and Khamenei succeed in politically surviving the
protestors, then the "Hastener" sect will be given a huge boost.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that would be a
typical example of how a new religious sect gains traction.
On the other hand, if they fail, and they're forced to step down,
then the "Hastener" sect will also suffer a major setback, and that
would be an example of how a religious sect can fizzle.
=inc ww2010.h2 clash "An Islamic Republic or a Persian Republic?"
Iran is going through a generational Awakening era, and really it's
quite typical of such eras. There is massive political chaos, with
occasional violence that fizzles fairly quickly. We've seen this in
Iran, Iraq and Lebanon, three Awakening era countries that I've
written a lot about on this web site, all having had crisis wars in
the 1980s. The political chaos always reflects the themes of the
preceding crisis war, and always pits the generations of war
survivors, who attempt to impose austere measures to prevent a new
war, against the younger generation, born after the war, rebelling
against those austere measures.
Today, <#stdurl
http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2009/11/04/whos_really_running_irans_green_movement
"there are three major political factions"#> in Iran:
The current government, led by President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad
and supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei. These are the group of
crisis war survivors that have held political power since the 1979
revolution. With regard to the question of the return of the Mahdi,
they tend to be "Hasteners."
The "Opposition": Mir Hossein Mousavi, Mohammad Khatami, and
Mehdi Karroubi. These were the candidates that opposed Ahmadinejad in
the June 12 presidential election. They lead a group of reformers
that want to leave the Islamic Republic in place, under the leadership
of Ayatollah Khamenei, but they want to replace Ahmadinejad with
someone more moderate. With regard to the question of the return of
the Mahdi, they tend to be "Patient Awaiters."
The "Kids": the younger generation, the 70% of the population
born after the 1979 Islamic Revolution. The Opposition and the Kids
were allies during and after the June 12 election, but they have
entirely different goals. Unlike the Opposition, the Kids are
pro-Western and pro-American, and want to dismantle the religious
Islamic Republic, and change it to a secular Persian Republic. The
two groups are allied for now, but at some time in the future they may
be enemies.
One thing that should be clear from the above description is that
even if Ahmadinejad steps down and is replaced by someone from the
Opposition, the riots and demonstrations won't stop.
It's also pretty clear that as the older generations die off, and the
size of the younger generations grows from 70% to 80% to 90%, the
Kids are going to win. The only question is how long it will take,
and how chaotic the transition will be, over the next 10-15 years.
=inc ww2010.h2 clash "The growing theological dispute"
At the beginning of this report, I referenced <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/analysis/8314920.stm "a new BBC
documentary"#> by Edward Stourton. That documentary was triggered
when Stourton submitted some questions to Grand Ayatollah Hoseyn Ali
Montazeri via his web site. Montazeri is one of Shia Islam's most
respected theologians, and much to Stourton's surprise, Montazeri
answered the questions with <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8314266.stm "detailed
replies."#>
Here are some excerpts:
"Q: What is your view of claims that Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad is in contact with the Hidden Imam and that his
government is working for the return of the Mahdi? ...
Montazeri: During his occultation or disappearance it is possible
to establish contact with His Holiness the Hidden Imam (may God
speed his return). But anyone who made such contact would never
dream of announcing it publicly because making use of such claims
for propaganda and political purposes would be contrary to the
qualities required for such contact. The best way to prepare for
the re-appearance of the Hidden Imam would be to act in accordance
with Islamic teachings in order to establish justice and Islamic
values in society.
Q: How far has the current regime fallen - in your view - from the
ideal of the Islamic Republic?
Montazeri: Although some sincere and faithful people have made
great efforts and endeavours now and in the past to implement the
goals of the revolution, unfortunately, due to the
short-sightedness, ineptitude and lack of wisdom, as well as
arrogance and neglect of the demands of the majority of the people
by a small inefficient minority, many of the initial ideals of the
revolution have not been fulfilled. In view of this, our people
are very dissatisfied and they protest against the deviations from
the goals of the revolution. ...
Q: What (if anything) should Iranian clerics do to bring about
change in Iran?
Montazeri: The important action that the esteemed Iranian clerics
can and must take in order to initiate reforms, to change the
present situation and the current policies, must be in step with
the people - with intellectuals and experts, with the members of
the elite and with committed political activists. The clerics
should tell the people of their rights. They must also remain
faithful the values of the revolution and to the goals of the
reforms. Otherwise, their social standing among the people will
become weaker and shakier."
The fact that a high level Iranian cleric would be openly critical of
the government with the press shows how deeply the Islamic government
is under attack.
=inc ww2010.h2 effect "Effect of Iran's conflict on Islam"
If you look at the 20th century from the point of view of Islam,
there have been two major earth-shaking events.
The first was the destruction of the Ottoman empire after World War
I. Centered in Istanbul, Turkey, the Caliphate had been the office of
the supreme spiritual leader for Sunni Muslims worldwide, and it was
abolished, leaving Sunni Muslims around the world rudderless. After
several decades passed, this rudderlessness turned into al-Qaeda and
international terrorism.
The second was Iran's Islamic Revolution of 1979. For the first time
since the 1920s, there was an Islamic state, and a revolutionary
method for achieving it. Unfortunately for the Sunnis, Iran is a
Shia Muslim state, so it didn't help them. But it did reveal a path
by which a Sunni Muslim state might appear again.
Just as Iran's leaders have been trying to recapture their own
revolutionary unity by provoking a confrontation or even an attack by
Western powers, Islamist Sunnis have been trying to provoke a war in
various countries, in the hope of creating a Sunni Muslim state.
They've tried this in Iraq, Somalia, Yemen, Afghanistan, Pakistan and
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091102 "Uzbekistan,"#> and it is still the
main goal of al-Qaeda. The inspiration provided by Iran's Islamic
Revolution of 1979 has been a guiding light to Islamist Sunnis around
the world for 30 years.
The interesting question then arises: What will Islamist Sunnis
around the world conclude about Iran's Islamic Revolution, now that
the Revolution appears to be unraveling? Will they still try to
follow the same path, or will they change tactics in some way, trying
to learn from Iran's experience? Only time will tell, and this is
something to be watched.
In fact, Sunni clerics in other countries are beginning to point to
<#stdurl
http://washingtontimes.com/news/2009/oct/29/sunnis-say-crackdown-exposes-political-flaws/
"a possibly fatal flaw"#> in Iran's system of government: the core
belief that supreme leader Ayatollah Khamenei should have the final
say on all Iranian foreign and domestic policies.
What is happening in Iran at present, is "an explosion as a result of
a deep existing contradiction in the political system in Iran, which
has a religious base, and at the same time seeks to pass on authority
through democratic means," according to Sunni scholar Khaled al
Dakheel, a professor at King Saud University in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
Basically, the question is how you can have a democracy of the
people, when a single religious leader has the final say on
everything? At its core, this is a political struggle over the
question of separation of Mosque and State, a conflict that occurs,
in one way or another, in almost every country.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the major trends
have not changed. As I've said many times, it's my expectation that
Iran will be the ally, not the enemy, of America, Israel and the
West, in the Clash of Civilizations World War. In Asia, Iran will be
allied with India, Russia and America against China and Sunni Muslim
countries, including Pakistan, Uzbekistan, and the Arabs.
The theological debate and political chaos in Iran are part of the
scenario that will take us in that direction.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091107 Palestinian president Mahmoud Abbas says he'll step down following Hillary Clinton's statement on settlements
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.head
Palestinian president Mahmoud Abbas says he'll step down following
Hillary Clinton's statement on settlements
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.date
7-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.txt1
Is it a tactical manoeuver or the end of an era?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091107.txt2
Mahmoud Abbas was born in 1935 in what is now northern Israel. His
family were <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/latestCrisis/idUSL556567 "among
hundreds of thousands of Palestinians"#> who fled or were driven from
their homes in the genocidal 1948 war between Palestinians and Jews
that followed the partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the
state of Israel.
So as a young teenager, Abbas and all his friends were fully exposed
to the horrors of war all around them. This is the kind of
"generational child abuse" that Generational Dynamics talks about.
Kids who live through this kind of experience, like America's Silent
Generation, grow up never wanting their own kids or grandkids to
experience something so awful.
So when Abbas was elected President of the Palestinian Authority in
January, 2005, it appeared to the world that the "Mideast problem"
would finally be solved. Abbas was considered more "moderate" than
his predecessor, Yasser Arafat, and Abbas was committed to
implementing the <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 "Mideast Roadmap to
Peace"#> that had been put forth by the Bush Administration in May,
2003. With Arafat gone, and Abbas in place as President, the Roadmap
would finally be implemented, leading to two states, Israel and a
Palestinian state, existing side by side in the Mideast, in eternal
peace and happiness.
Actually, the euphoria surrounding Abbas's election was ridiculous,
as were the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050108 "unrealistically high
expectations"#> that Abbas had raised during the campaign.
As I wrote at the time, one day he would speak in Arabic and promise
the Palestinians the "right of return" to the lands occupied by the
"Zionist enemy." The next day, he would speak in English, and
promise to rid Palestine of the terrorists.
(The obvious comparison is with President Barack Obama, who made
similarly extravagant and unrealistic campaign promises -- cure global
warming, provide universal health care, close Guantanamo, leave Iraq
in peace, bring a two-state solution to Palestinians and Israelis,
beat the Taliban in Afghanistan, restore the stock market bubble, and
dismantle President Bush's war against terror. Now we're seeing that
he appears to be failing at every one of these promises.)
Instead of bringing peace, Abbas's presidency has only made things
worse. There have been three "small" wars: Israelis vs
Hizbollah in Lebanon in 2006, Palestinian Fatah vs Hamas in Gaza in
2008, and Israelis vs Hamas in Gaza in 2009. There's no reduction in
tension whatsoever, and it's only a matter of time before one of these
small wars triggers a larger war.
The latest crisis occurred because one of President Obama's
unrealistic promises intersected with one of President Abbas's
unrealistic promises. Since taking office, President Obama has
demanded that the Israelis stop building settlements on land that
would be part of the Palestinian nation under the Roadmap to Peace.
As recently as June, in his <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-at-Cairo-University-6-04-09
"speech in Cairo,"#> directed to the Muslim world, President Obama
said, "At the same time, Israelis must acknowledge that just as
Israel's right to exist cannot be denied, neither can Palestine's.
The United States does not accept the legitimacy of continued Israeli
settlements. This construction violates previous agreements and
undermines efforts to achieve peace. It is time for these settlements
to stop."
But the Obama administration appeared to change policy last week,
when Secretary of State <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/11/06/world/middleeast/06mideast.html
"Hillary Clinton praised"#> as "unprecedented" Israel’s compromise
offer to slow down, but not stop, construction of settlements.
This change of position has infuriated may Arabs and Palestinians,
and it triggered Abbas's decision to step down as President. Abbas
put it as diplomatically as possible when <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/topNews/idUSTRE5A457920091105 "he
said,"#>
"We pledged, us and the Israelis, with the
participation and sponsorship of the international community, to
reach a two-state solution. But month after month, year after
year, there was procrastination and the increase of Jewish
settlement and Israeli settlement on our land, which compromises
the credibility of negotiations. ...
The stated position of the United States in relation to
settlements and the Judaisation and annexation of Jerusalem are
well-known and appreciated by us. However, we were surprised by
their favoring of the Israeli position. But the problem which
requires a solution is ... the ongoing Israeli settlement
activities in all of the West Bank and especially in occupied
East Jerusalem, which is facing an unprecedented change to its
character."
It's impossible to know at this time if Abbas seriously plans to
step down, or whether he's using the threat of stepping down as a
negotiating strategy.
If Abbas does stop down and is replaced by someone younger, it will
be the end of an era. Someone younger will certainly be more
demanding and confrontational than Abbas, and this will change the
political climate in the Mideast.
As I've been saying since 2003, Generational Dynamics predicts that
we're headed for a major crisis war in the Mideast, re-fighting the
genocidal 1940s war between Arabs and Jews. I speculated in 2003 that
the death of Yasser Arafat would trigger such a war, but although
things have gotten steadily worse since Arafat's death, the major war
is yet to come.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091102 Islamist Uzbeks lead terrorists in Pakistan and Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.head
Islamist Uzbeks lead terrorists in Pakistan and Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0911
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.date
2-Nov-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.txt1
They're the largest group of foreign militants, and they're
"fanatical."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091102.txt2
It's now been two weeks since the Pakistani army began its war
against militants in South Waziristan at the south of the Federally
Administered Tribal Area (FATA).
<#inc ww2010.pic g091101.jpg right "" "Central Asia
(Source: CIA Fact Book)"#>
And the <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/8331860.stm
"most dangerous enemy of all"#> is not the Taliban (indigenous
Pashtun militants), but the Uzbeks from the al-Qaeda linked Islamic
Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU). It's not known how many Uzbek
militants are in South Waziristan, but estimates vary from 500 to
5000.
In fact, it's possible that eliminating just the Uzbek force is the
<#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/1027/p06s01-wosc.html "primary
Army objective"#> of the war. Army Chief Gen. Ashfaq Kiyani "was of
the opinion that the dynamics of South Waziristan might change if we
can take out the Uzbek fighters. They are the staunchest followers of
Al Qaeda ideology, and they are viciously, rabidly anti-Army."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are good
reasons for the ferocity of the Uzbek fighters, and we're going to
explore those reasons here.
=inc ww2010.h2 brief "Brief generational history of Uzbekistan"
The Uzbeks are one of the many tribes that have populated Central
Asia for centuries, and the wars they fought were mainly with one
another until the Russians conquered the region in the late 1800s.
Life didn't change much under the Tsars, but a violent <#stdurl
http://encyclopedia.farlex.com/Uzbekistan "anti-Russian movement"#>
began in World War I and the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. Although
the main fault lines were ethnic (Uzbeks vs Russians), it's worth
noting that Uzbeks are mostly Sunni Muslim, while the Russians are
Orthodox Christians. This was Uzbekistan's last generational Crisis
war.
World War II thus occurred during a generational Awakening era for the
Uzbeks. Thus the Uzbeks stayed out of the war, and in fact carried out
a "humanitarian mission," according to <#stdurl
http://www.turkishweekly.net/news/44851/the-science-conference-the-humanitarian-mission-of-uzbekistan-during-the-world-war-ii-.html
"one Turkish source:"#> "During the World War II the Uzbek people are
known to have accomplished a true feat by sheltering in their
families the hundreds of thousands of refugees from the fascist
occupied territories. Special care, warmth and generosity have seen
the war-broken children. In all, during the war Uzbekistan had
accepted over 200,000 children from Russia, Ukraine, Baltic States,
Poland, and other countries...."
As part of Stalin's Soviet Union, Uzbekistan became a cotton
powerhouse starting in the 1920s. In support of the cotton trade,
millions of ethnic Russians began pouring into the country,
especially into the fertile Fergana Valley (or Ferghana Valley), in
the far eastern portion of the country. (Dear Reader, you should make
a mental note of the Fergana Valley and the city Andijon, as it is
one of the most strategically important regions in Central Asia and
the world.)
<#inc ww2010.mappic uzbek.gif center "" "Uzbekistan
(Source: CIA Fact Book)"#>
The old Uzbek / Russian fault line became critical again, starting in
the 1980s with the Russian invasion of Afghanistan. At that time,
Uzbek militants began joining the Pashtuns in Afghanistan to fight the
Soviets.
1991 was a pivotal year for the Fergana Valley. That was the year
that the Soviet Union collapsed, resulting in the formation of
Uzbekistan as an independent republic. It also resulted in a great
deal of financial hardship for the Russians in the Fergana Valley.
The result was <#stdurl
http://www.southasiaanalysis.org/papers11/paper1075.html "the first
signs"#> of Islamic fundamentalism in Uzbekistan when some unemployed
young Muslims seized the Communist Party headquarters in the city of
Namangan in the Fergana Valley.
The leaders of this terrorist action, Tohir Yuldeshev and Juma
Namangani, eventually made their way to Afghanistan in 1996, after the
Taliban had taken control of the government. They joined Osama bin
Laden and al-Qaeda, and formed the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan
(IMU).
The IMU has been playing an important role in terrorist acts in
Afghanistan and Pakistan.
This is particularly true since the 2005 <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/archive/2005-09/2005-09-28-voa48.cfm
"massacre at Andijon"#> in the Fergana Valley. Hundreds of civilians
were killed by government troops, to put down a violent takeover
attempt by Islamist IMU militants.
=inc ww2010.h2 ethnic "Sunni ethnic groups in Afghanistan and Pakistan"
After the London subway bombings on July 7, 2005, I wrote <#hreftext
ww2010.i.050718pape "an analysis of suicide bombers,"#> based on data
collected by the Chicago Project on Suicide Terrorism, published in a
book by Robert A. Pape.
Pape analyzed the nationality of al-Qaeda suicide attackers, and
found that they come from 11 different countries, but that they
overwhelmingly come from just two countries: Saudi Arabia and
Morocco. From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is
exactly what's to be expected, since these two countries are the
deepest into generational Crisis periods. Saudi Arabia's last crisis
war was the Ibn Saud conquest, ending in 1925, and Morocco's was the
Rif War, ending in 1927.
I used this information to <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 "analyze the
war in Iraq,"#> particularly in the nationalities of suicide bombers
in Iraq. The terrorist group al-Qaeda in Iraq was having difficulties
getting Iraqis to become suicide bombers, so most suicide bombers had
to be imported from Saudi Arabia. Once again, with Iraq in a
generational Awakening era, and Saudi Arabia deep into a Crisis era,
this made perfect sense.
But it's been difficult and confusing to analyze the ethnic groups of
the militants in Afghanistan and Pakistan. It's always been clear
that they've received ideological guidance from bin Laden and
al-Qaeda, and that made sense because al-Qaeda is a Saudi group.
It's also been clear that the Taliban, made up of Islamist militant
Pashtuns, have not been driving the terrorist acts. One fascinating
sign of this is that Afghan Taliban suicide bombers almost <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081222 "never kill anyone but themselves."#> This
is not surprising, since Afghanistan's last crisis war was the bloody
ethnic civil war in the early 1990s, and Afghanistan is in a
generational Recovery era.
So it's always been a bit of a puzzle to understand where the
genocidal fury among the Taliban comes from, even in Pakistan.
This study of the role of the Uzbeks in Pakistan provides a solution
to this puzzle. Uzbekistan is similar to Saudi Arabia in that its
last crisis war ended in the 1920s, and so it is also deep into a
generational Crisis era.
Last week, on October 28, a massive terrorist attack occurred in
Peshawar, the capital of the NorthWest Frontier Province (NWFP) of
Pakistan, a largely Pashtun province. Over 90 innocent civilians,
including many women and children, were killed by a timed car bomb
explosion in a busy market area.
There have been numerous terrorist attacks across the country on a
weekly basis, but this one was different. Whereas previous attacks
had targeted police or military installations, this one targeted a
civilian marketplace.
There was no claim of responsibility for this explosion. In fact,
sources in al-Qaeda and the Taliban are denying responsibility and
condemning the explosion. Of course the denials are not necessarily
true, but assuming they are, who would have perpetrated this
explosion?
Government officials are thought to believe that <#stdurl
http://www.southasiaanalysis.org/%5Cpapers35%5Cpaper3479.html "the
attacks on civilians are being carried out by Uzbeks"#> -- in the
Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU) and the Islamic Jihad Union
(IJU), another Uzbek group, both allied to al-Qaeda.
Once again, this makes perfect sense from the point of view of
generational theory. The Uzbeks, deep into a generational Crisis
era, would be in a generational mood that's much more accepting of
genocidal acts, including the bombing of civilians.
Obviously, more research is required to draw a definite conclusion,
but the role of Uzbeks in Afghanistan and Pakistan appears to confirm
many of the basic concepts in generational theory and Generational
Dynamics, as they apply to Afghanistan and Pakistan.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=// &&2 e091027 Nouriel Roubini apparently is predicting a global market crash
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.head
Nouriel Roubini apparently is predicting a global market crash
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.date
27-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.txt1
Many others are experiencing a "sense of foreboding,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091027.txt2
according to Gillian Tett of the Financial Times. In a
<#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/15be1498-bf6c-11de-a696-00144feab49a.html
"recent article,"#> Tett quotes a banker correspondent:
"Forget about the events of the past 12 months.
... The punters are back punting as aggressively as ever. Highly
leveraged short-term trades are back in vogue as players ...
jostle to load up on everything from Reits [real estate
investment trusts] and commercial property, commodities, emerging
markets and regular stocks and bonds. ...
Any sense of control is being chucked out of the window. After
the dotcom boom and bust it took a good few years for the market
to get its collective mojo back [but] this time it has taken just
a few months. ... Was October 2008 just a dress rehearsal for
the crash when this latest bubble bursts?"
Tett concludes by saying, "It is crystal clear that the longer that
money remains ultra cheap, the more traders will have an incentive to
gamble (particularly if they privately suspect that today's boom will
be short-lived and want to score big over the next year). Somehow all
this feels horribly familiar; I just hope that my sense of foreboding
turns out to be wrong."
The title of Tett's article is "Rally fuelled by cheap money brings a
sense of foreboding." She refers to the same facts that I referenced
a couple of weeks ago in the article <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091014
""The current stock market bubble correlates with bailouts and
stimulus,""#> Since that time, it's been more and more widely
recognized that the current stock market rally is being fueled by
governments around the world pouring out free or low-cost money, via
central banks and fiscal policy.
On CNBC on Monday morning, NYU professor Nouriel Roubini discussed
explicitly how central banker policy was creating a "wall of
liquidity" that was feeding a new worldwide asset bubble, growing
larger than the last one. Along the way, he appears to be
predicting a global market clash with near certainty.
The following is my transcription. The lines in brackets [] are
paraphrases of interviewer questions.
"[Could we see the stock market run continue?]
Yes, in the short run what's happening is that there's a wall of
liquidity, not just in the United States but around the world,
that's chasing assets -- it's equities, it's commodities, it's
gold, it's emerging market asset classes.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091026.jpg right "" "Nouriel Roubini
(Source: CNBC)"#>
And now we have even the mother of all carry trades. Everyone is
borrowing short, shorting the dollar, borrowing and investing in
assets all over the world. Global equities, comodities, credit,
emerging market asset classes.
The risk is however, right now people are borrowing at zero
percent interest rates in the United States. Effectively the
rate of borrowing is negative, because with the dollar falling --
?? in the capital gain, -- you're buying any asset around the
world. All these assets are perfectly correlated.
Eventually, the dollar cannot keep on falling. Once the dollar
stops falling, it reverses. You have a sudden reversal of the
dollar, you have to close your shorts, you have to dump assets,
and you could have a market crash all over the world. That's a
risk.
[Is that anywhere near happening?]
No, it's not near happening because for the time being the Fed is
keeping short rates at zero, expected to remain zero, and the Fed
is becoming the biggest seller of volatility because it's buying
$1.8 trillion of Treasuries, agency debt and RMBSs, so volatility
on the long end is low, and on the short end is zero, so this
game is played until ????.
[Question about central banks]
There's a gap between what you have to do for the real economy,
and what you have to do for financial stability. The real
economy is still weak. There's deflation actually in the economy.
Look at the cycle 2001-2006. They kept the fund rates all the way
down to 1% through 2004, three years after the recession was
over. Then they did step by step [raises of] 25 basis points every
six weeks.
This time it's the same, only worse. Output has fallen 4%, not
0.4%. Unemployment rate is going to peak at 10%, not at 6.5. We
have actual deflation rather than risk of deflation.
So if the Fed wants to target the real economy and avoid
deflation, it has to keep the Fed funds rate at 0 for longer.
But if it does that, then you create another huge asset bubble.
With the carry trade, that asset bubble is now becoming global,
and everyone has to follow U.S. monetary policy by intervening in
a non-sterilized way. That eases money at reduced rates, and
therefore we're exporting our monetary policy to the rest of the
world.
And that's leading to a global asset bubble. And once there's
the unraveling of that carry trade that eventually is going to
occur, because the dollar cannot keep on falling, then you can
have a market crash on a global basis.
[q: Is this current asset bubble worse than the one that preceded
the fall of Lehman?]
It could become worse because if the Fed keeps the rates at zero,
and if the Fed keeps controlling and reducing volatility on the
long end, then everybody is playing the same game. Everybody is
buying dollars and going long in risky assets all over the world.
[Have we put out one fire, only to create another one?]
I think we have two objectives here -- stabilize the real
economy, and avoid financial instability. But we're using one
target, the Fed funds rate, to target the real economy, but we're
creating a new asset bubble, bigger than the previous one, and
that's a mistake we're doing right now."
Roubini's reasoning can be summarized as follows:
The Fed's zero percent interest rate policy is creating a "wall
of liquidity."
Investors are using the carry trade -- borrowing dollars at zero
interest rates, and buying risky assets around the world -- equities,
commodities, emerging market asset classes. This is creating a new
asset bubble, bigger than the previous ones.
This will continue as long as the dollar keeps falling. But
eventually the dollar MUST stop falling.
At that point, the carry trade will reverse, and investors will
have to return the dollars they've borrowed. This means that they'll
all sell their equities, commodities, emerging market asset classes,
all at the same time, creating a global market crash.
I've read through this transcript several times, and I don't see that
he's left much doubt that this is going to happen. The only point of
ambiguity in what he's saying is the timing. He says that it won't
happen soon because the Fed will keep interest rates low for a while,
but surely he realizes that isn't the issue. The trigger will not be
the Fed funds rate, which is set by policy; the trigger will be the
ending of the fall of the dollar, and that's set by the market. And
with deflation already occurring, the dollar could stop falling at any
time, irrespective of the Fed funds rate.
As usual, you have to ask the question, "What would Nouriel Roubini
say if he believed that a global market crash was imminent?"
And the answer is that he'd be saying what he said in the above
transcript.
He wouldn't be talking about a global market crash at all if he
thought it was a distant possibility; the fact that he seems to
predict it indicates that he believes that it could happen in the
near future.
I've always been puzzled by what people like Nouriel Roubini and Ben
Bernanke really believe. As I've been saying for seven years, a
market crash MUST occur with 100% probability by applying the Law of
Mean Reversion. I don't expect the man on the street to understand
the Law of Mean Reversion, but I DO expect professors of economics at
NYU and Princeton to understand the Law of Mean Reversion.
This is the first time that I've heard Roubini, or indeed any major
financial official in Washington or around the world, predict a
market crash. This is a big change in opinion by Roubini, or at least
a big change in what he's saying.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the increasingly
reckless behavior of financial institutions explains why there MUST
be a major stock market crash, and that the worst, by far, is yet to
come.
Citibank is an archetypal example of what's going on. The financial
engineers and managers at Citibank were prime perpetrators in
defrauding investors and the public in creating structured securities
that are now called "toxic assets," and they did so in such a way
that they could pay themselves billions of dollars irrespective of how
many other people lost everything.
And now those same people at Citibank are <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2009/10/how-citi-grinch-stole-christmas-and-why.html
"charging millions of their own customers 30% interest,"#> and using
the money to pay themselves hundreds of millions of dollars in
additional bonuses. This appears to me (as a non-lawyer) to be
criminal extortion. Citibank appears to be turning into a criminal
organization.
I've been talking for several years about the debauched and depraved
abuse of credit that we've seen in financial institutions, and I've
been increasingly sickened and disgusted as I've seen it get worse
and worse, as long-time readers of this web site are well aware. But
I just can't find the words to describe what I'm seeing today in
Citibank and elsewhere. I've lived a long life in America, and I've
seen individual examples of criminal behavior, including such people
as Bernie Madoff. But I've never seen any behavior so nauseating and
loathsome as I'm seeing in Citibank and other places. I truly
believe that many of these people are going to go to jail, as their
counterparts did in the 1930s, and no one will be happier to see that
than I will.
But getting back to the generational point, you can see why there
MUST be a major stock market crash. The portion of the crisis that's
occurred so far has done nothing to curb the behavior of financial
engineers and managers at Citibank in using fraud and extortion to
pay themselves million dollar bonuses. The only thing that will stop
them, and other bankers like them, is a financial crisis that will
destroy Citibank itself. (This is why I often talk about the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The nihilism and
self-destructiveness of Generation X.""#>) Citibank gouging and
screwing their own customers with 30% interest rates is so
self-destructive that it almost appears to be a last act of
desperation.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091026 Iran plays a grand game in international nuclear weapons talks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.head
Iran plays a grand game in international nuclear weapons talks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.date
26-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.txt1
Will she or won't she?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091026.txt2
Whenever politicians say something, I like to apply a simple test:
What would the politicians be saying if the thing they're denying is
true? Usually, they'd be saying exactly the same thing. This doesn't
prove that what they're denying is true, but it does prove that you
can't believe anything that the politicians say.
Applying this test to the hardline Iranian politicians, we ask
ourselves, what would the politicians say under these assumptions:
They have every intention of developing nuclear weapons.
They don't want to be bombed by Israel or the U.S.
They don't want any further U.N. or European sanctions.
Under those assumptions, the Iranians would say that they have no
desire for nuclear weapons, and that they want to fully cooperate
with the international community. And they would would stall and
raise a lot of extraneous issues.
And of course, that's exactly what they've been doing. That doesn't
prove that they're developing nuclear weapons, but it does prove that
you can't believe anything they say.
The current drama began in mid-September when President Obama and the
leaders of France and Britain disclosed that Iran had been <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/29/world/middleeast/29tehran.html?em
"constructing a secret nuclear processing plant in Fordo,"#> a village
about 115 miles south of Tehran. The disclosure was extremely
embarrassing to Iran, and appeared to have infuriated two of Iran's
main supporters, Russia and China, who felt betrayed by Iran's lying.
This was followed a few days later by a test-firing of new missiles
capable of striking Israel.
Taken together, the two incidents raised many international alarm
bells. American and Europe began considering new sanctions, and
Russia and China indicated that they might not veto the sanctions in
the U.N. Security Council. Some people feared that an air strike by
Israel could be coming soon.
So Iran's politicians moved quickly into obfuscation mode.
On October 4, an ebullient Mohamed ElBaradei, head of the U.N.'s
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/entertainment/news/la-fg-iran5-2009oct05,0,5412023.story
"announced that"#> Iran was moving away from confrontation with the
West, and was agreeing to allow inspections of the Fordo plant by
October 25 -- allowing itself plenty of time to remove anything
incrminating.
ElBaradei also announced that Iran would return to the negotiating
table with the West. Strangely enough, Iran said nothing about these
announcements. Nonetheless, ElBaradei's announcements were enough to
defuse talk of sanctions, at least for a while.
The negotiations have yielded a complex plan: Iran would <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-10/25/content_12319226.htm
"ship"#> most of its existing low-grade enriched uranium to Russia
and France, where it would be processed into fuel rods with enriched
uranium of a purity of 20 percent. This plan would guarantee that Iran
would not develop uranium-processing facilities that could also
provide weapons-grade material, but would still provide them with the
enriched uranium for energy and medical needs.
Once again, it was ElBaradei who announced this plan on Monday, with
Iran saying nothing. Iran was asked to approve the plan by Friday,
but they keep asking for more time. If the assumptions that I listed
above are correct, then they will find a way not to approve this
plan.
While this discussion is going on, IAEA inspectors are now arriving
at the Fordu nuclear plant to begin their inspection.
Iran's politicians are well aware that it was Saddam Hussein's
refusal to allow IAEA inspections that caused the Clinton
administration to bomb Iraq almost on a daily basis, starting in 1998,
and the Bush administration to launch the 2003 ground offensive. They
believe that by allowing inspections, they'll defuse the West's desire
to bomb Iran's nuclear installations or impose sanctions.
However, if we're to judge what Iran's Persian-language newspapers
are saying, they have no intention whatsoever of agreeing to
ElBaradei's enriched uranium plan. While ElBaradei and western media
have been have been bubbling with enthusiasm over the supposed success
of this plan, sometimes calling it a victory for President Obama's
accommodating, non-confrontational approach to Iran, <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD261609 "analysis by
MEMRI"#> of Iranian media produces these statements:
"One thing is clear, namely that Iran will not lose its
strategic reserves."
"The West - which a week or two ago thought with enthusiasm that
Iran would be willing to hand over all its strategic reserves at once,
[namely all] its [uranium] enriched to a low level, in return for a
handful of promises - is now gradually learning that Iran has no
intention whatsoever to do so. In fact, to put it as briefly as
possible, Iran's strategic choice in the Vienna talks is not to hand
over its nuclear material and to receive it [back in the form of]
nuclear fuel, because in principle, [Iran] cannot place the least bit
of trust in the Western side to remain committed to its promises on
this issue... Iran will never give up its strategic reserves."
"[Iran's] strategic options are either to purchase nuclear fuel or
to enrich [uranium] to 20% inside Iran - and the West must choose
between the two."
High level Iranian politician Ali Larijani said that the West was
"obliged to provide Iran with enriched uranium for the research
reactor in Tehran. Moreover, there is no guarantee that if a deal is
struck, the West will [actually] provide Iran with the nuclear fuel
[after it receives Iran's nuclear material]."
One editorial said that the plan was an American trap personally
designed by President Obama. An Iranian consent to this deal, the
paper continued, would eliminate Iran's achievements in the field of
nuclear enrichment, and this in return for nothing more than "false
promises and illusions."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, one cannot simply
stop here and conclude that Iran will reject the plan with 100%
certainty. Iran is in a generational Awakening era, a time of
enormous political turmoil, as could be seen with this summer's <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090623 "student street protests,"#> which are
still continuing.
There are conflicting pressures in Iran, as follows:
The Iranian people strongly support the development of
nuclear technology, but it's not clear that they support the
development of nuclear weapons. The protestors are angry at the
government for allowing this to turn into an international conflict,
and this may force a compromise.
On the other side, the hand of the hardliners who want to develop
nuclear weapons has been greatly strengthened this week by the
humiliating terrorist attack on the Revolutionary Guards by the
al-Qaeda linked Jundullah terrorist group, whose base is in Pakistan.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091022 ""Furious Iran blames
Pakistan, US and Britain for Sunday's terrorist attacks.""#>)
The Iranians are well aware that Pakistan has an arsenal of nuclear
weapons, and they foresee the possibility of a future war between the
two countries.
The political turmoil gives rise to the possibility that Iran may
agree to ElBaradei's plan. But on balance, I estimate the chances to
be vanishingly small. We can thus expect Iran to continue playing
its grand game, and continue to tie the Western community into
political knots.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091023 Pakistan, in a 'state of war,' shuts schools and universities nationwide.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.head
Pakistan, in a "state of war," shuts schools and
universities nationwide.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.date
23-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.txt1
Following two suicide bombings at Islamabad's International Islamic
University,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091023.txt2
Interior Minister Rehman Malik said that Pakistan is currently in a
<#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\10\21\story_21-10-2009_pg1_2
"state of war."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas)
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
Pakistan went on nationwide heightened alert Wednesday, and <#stdurl
http://www.straitstimes.com/Breaking%2BNews/Asia/Story/STIStory_445157.html
"shut down all schools and colleges nationwide."#>
These events occurred in the context of a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e091020 "growing military operation in South Waziristan,"#> the
southernmost region of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas
(FATA).
Schools in most of country are expected to reopen by Monday, but
schools in Punjab province may remain closed indefinitely. This
reflects the increasing role of Punjabi militants in Taliban
terrorist attacks.
Whereas the Taliban was originally formed from ethnic Pashtuns in
Afghanistan and northwest Pakistan, recent intelligence shows that
Punjabi militants are <#stdurl
http://washingtontimes.com/news/2009/oct/21/punjabi-taliban-threat-growing/
"increasingly in control of the Taliban."#>
It was the Punjabi terrorist group Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT) that
perpetrated the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090304 "attack on the Sri
Lanka cricket team"#> in Lahore in March of this year, and the the
horrendous <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081130 "'26/11' terrorist attack
on Mumbai"#> in November of last year.
The same Punjabi group is believed to have perpetrated Tuesday's
university attack, and it's feared that attacks on additional
universities are planned in the Punjab province.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091022 Furious Iran blames Pakistan, US and Britain for Sunday's terrorist attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.head
Furious Iran blames Pakistan, US and Britain for Sunday's
terrorist attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.date
22-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.txt1
Iran's Revolutionary Guards vow revenge.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091022.txt2
Mohammad Ali Jafari, the Revolutionary Guards' commander-in-chief,
said that Jundollah, the terrorist group claiming credit for Sunday's
terrorist attack in southeastern Iran, <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article6880877.ece
"has ties to"#> American, British and Pakistani intelligence
organizations.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091021.jpg right "" "Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan,
highlighting the region of the Jundullah attack"#>
I briefly mentioned Sunday's attack a couple of days ago, in my <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091020 "article"#> on the growing war between the
Pakistani army and the Taliban. Jundullah, the Sunni Islamist
terrorist group with links to al-Qaeda and the Taliban, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aiRqC6Gts7TQ
"killed 42 people"#> in a bomb attack, including 20 or so top
commanders in the Revolutionary Guards.
What's becoming increasingly clear is that this terrorist attack is a
major humiliation to the Revolutionary Guards. It's the biggest
attack on the Revolutionary Guards since the Iran/Iraq war of the
1980s, and apparently the leadership will demand revenge for the
attacks.
To put this into a generational context, think back to the beginning
of American President John F. Kennedy's administration in 1961. WW II
had just ended 16 years earlier, and JFK was a young president who had
to prove to Americans that he could stand up to the Russians. So he
triggered the Bay of Pigs disaster and risked thermonuclear war with
the Cuban Missile Crisis.
Today, the Iran/Iraq war ended just 21 years ago, and Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad is a young president who has to prove to Iranians that he
can stand up the West. Sooner or later, he may be forced to trigger
some major international confrontation, to prove that he's "tough
enough."
Blaming the US and Britain is a knee-jerk reaction for the Iranian
hardliners. In the Iranian hostage crisis of 1979, employees of the
American embassy in Tehran were kept as hostages for over a year.
Iran's ayatollahs were able to unify the Iranian people behind the
Islamic Revolution by blaming "the Great Satan" for all their
troubles. Iranian hardliners today are looking for ways to repeat
that formula. They've certainly tried it in opposing the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090623 "student street protests"#> of this summer
-- and incidentally, these street protests <#stdurl
http://www.payvand.com/news/09/oct/1139.html "are still continuing on
an almost weekly basis"#> on college campuses.
But what's really fascinating about this situation is the <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-10/20/content_12284042.htm
"increasing tension between Iran and Pakistan."#>
Iran's Intelligence Minister Heidar Moslehi is quoted as saying, "We
have good evidence and documents ... which show that Abdulmalek Rigi
(Jundullah leader) and all his terrorist agents are in contact with
Pakistani intelligence system. ... An Iranian delegation is due to
visit Pakistan to present them with the documents."
Thus, one possible scenario in the next few weeks and months is that
Iranian forces could cross the border back into Pakistan to attack
Jundullah on Pakistani soil. This could spiral into a full-fledged
diplomatic crisis.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's interesting
about this situation is that we see the two sides forming in the
coming battle between Sunni and Shia Muslims.
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and other Iran hardliners have been pursuing an
incredible fantasy that Iran can create an Islamic empire
encompassing the entire Mideast, and that even Sunni groups would be
willing to be governed by Tehran.
What we've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e091020 "been seeing recently"#> is
that al-Qaeda is playing the part of the "glue" that's been unifying
Sunni militants from the entire region, including Somalia, Yemen,
Afghanistan, Pakistan and Uzbekistan, against the West, Shia Muslims
and Hindus. This new confrontation between Iran and Pakistan makes it
clear that Shia Iran is clearly on the side of the West in that
confrontation.
As I've been pointing out for years, the Iranian people (as opposed
to their leaders) are generally pro-American and pro-West, and it's
still my expectation that Iran will be an ally of America, Britain,
Israel and the West in the coming Clash of Civilizations World War.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091020 After a week of terrorist carnage across Pakistan, the army declares war on militants
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.head
After a week of terrorist carnage across Pakistan, the army
declares war on militants
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.date
20-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.txt1
Al-Qaeda, the Taliban, and Punjabi terrorists appear to be linking
up.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091020.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
For two weeks there have been almost daily suicide bombing attacks in
cities across Pakistan, including Peshawar in the northwest,
Rawalpindi, which is adjacent to Islamabad, the nation's capital, and
Lahore, in the east. The widespread attacks appear to be coordinated,
and appear to be targeting Pakistan's security forces. Over 150
people have been killed.
According to Taliban leaders, these have been revenge attacks for
last spring's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090531 "army operations in
Swat valley,"#> which the army claims were successful in driving in
the Taliban from the region, and for the planned new army operations
now beginning in South Waziristan in the FATA.
The widespread nature of the recent terrorist attacks, and the fact
that they appear to be coordinated, indicate that terrorist Islamists
from different ethnic groups, all Sunni Muslim, are coordinating their
activities:
The ethnic Pashtuns occupy the Northwest Frontier Province
(NWFP), throughout the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), and
into the heartland of Afghanistan. That Taliban are Pashtuns who
have adopted terrorist Islamist views and behaviors.
Members of al-Qaeda are ethnically Arabs. Al-Qaeda provides the
ideological leadership that's followed by the Taliban and other
Islamist terrorist. The Taliban and al-Qaeda has been linked since the
1980s, when the Pashtuns were fighting the Soviets in Afghanistan, and
the Pashtuns were receiving military assistance for that war.
Another large group is <#stdurl
http://blog.taragana.com/n/pak-govt-says-5000-uzbek-militants-hiding-in-waziristan-167266/
"Uzbek militants"#> from the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan. This
Sunni terrorist group also fought against the Soviets in Afghanistan
in the 1980s.
The new development is that ethnic Punjabi terrorists are
apparently now coordinating with al-Qaeda and the Taliban. This is
an important development, since the Punjabis are the largest
population group in Pakistan, and are considered the "élite."
Furthermore, ordinary Punjabis have been opposing army actions in
FATA and Swat Valley, since they blame the Americans for terrorist
acts in Pakistan.
A new and as yet unconfirmed development is that terrorists from
the Baluchi (or Balochi) ethnic group may also be linking with the
Taliban and al-Qaeda. Among the Baluchis, the name "Jundullah"
("Soldiers of God") is adopted by Baluchi Islamist terrorists, just
as "Taliban" is Pashtun terrorists and "al-Qaeda" is Arab terrorists,
all Sunni Muslim. Although Jundullah connections to al-Qaeda <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/KB20Ak02.html "have been
doubted till now,"#> there's a suspicion that this may be changing.
This suspicion became apparent on Sunday when Jundullah conducted an
al-Qaeda-like <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/middleeast/2009/10/20091018201522994684.html
"suicide bombing in southeastern Iran,"#> in the Sistan-Baluchistan
province. This was an extremely significant attack in Iran, because
it targeted Iran's hallowed Revolutionary Guard, killing 11, in
addition to more than 20 civilians. The Revolution
All of these groups have a great deal in common. They're all Sunni
Muslim extremists. They're all funded by the drug trade in
Afghanistan. They're all anti-American, anti-Western, and anti-Shia.
And with al-Qaeda in the ideological lead, their primary objective is
to take control of some country. They're ideal model is the 1979
Islamic Revolution in Iran which, ironically, is a Shia state. They
tried to create a similar revolution in Iraq, and failed, and now
they're trying in Somalia and Pakistan, with potential future targets
in Saudi Arabia and Palestine.
On the other side are Shia groups -- the Persians in Iran, the
Sindhis in Pakistan -- and their historic allies, the Hindus in
India.
More and more, we can see the growing trend leading towards the major
war between Sunni and Shia Muslims that will encompass the entire
region. From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this war is
coming with absolute certainty.
=inc ww2010.h2 wazir "The war in South Waziristan"
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg center "" "Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) form a safe haven for
Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists striking Afghanistan.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
On Saturday, Pakistan launched <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/pakistan/6377813/Pakistan-plans-to-overwhelm-Taliban-within-two-weeks.html
"a massive air and ground attack"#> on Taliban strongholds in South
Waziristan, hoping to score a victory within a few weeks.
Communication with South Waziristan is difficult in the best of
times, but now there's none at all. However, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601091&sid=alZNk8.ccrMk
"hundreds of thousands of refugees"#> are pouring out of the region to
escape the fighting, and the fighting is believed to be particularly
bloody, often at the level of hand to hand <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/8313317.stm "street
fighting."#>
Here's an <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WUUnfy3Qwyg
"al-Jazeera video"#> on the fighting:
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this war is the next
step in the path to a totally genocidal crisis war. As I explained
several months ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090511 ""Sri
Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all following the same path,""#>
these wars, occurring in a generational Crisis era, become
increasingly bloody as time goes on. Thus, previous army battles in
the FATA region ended in stalemate, while last spring's army battle
in the Swat Valley was more violent, and the current war will be move
violent still.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091014 The current stock market bubble correlates with bailouts and stimulus
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.head
The current stock market bubble correlates with bailouts and
stimulus
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.date
14-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.txt1
This is another refutation of Richard Koo's stimulus theories.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091014.txt2
An <#stdurl
http://jessescrossroadscafe.blogspot.com/2009/10/speculative-bubble-in-equities-and-case.html
"analysis posted"#> on the "Jesse's Café Américain" blog provides an
explanation for the current stock market bubble that's been soaring
since March. The analysis shows that stimulus, bailout and
quantitative easing money from the government is highly correlated to
the current stock market bubble, implying that this government money
is pouring into stocks and boosting this new bubble.
The following graph of the adjusted monetary base provides an
indication of the amount of money that's been injected into the
economy by means of bailouts, stimulus and quantitative easing:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012b.gif center "" "Adjusted monetary base
(Source: Jesse's Café Américain)"#>
The above graph shows that the monetary base has expanded from $900
billion in late 2008 to $1.9 trillion today, a $1 trillion increase
in the last year.
But where has that $1 trillion gone?
In the past, I've posted several discussions on presentations by
Richard C. Koo, Chief Economist at Nomura Research Institute, on the
experience of the 1930s Great Depression and the 1990-2005 "lost
decade" in Japan. (See, for example <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090401
""Fiscal stimulus programs in 1930s and today.""#>)
The theory presented by Koo is the entire basis in mainstream
macroeconomic theory justifying the large stimulus programs being
implemented by the Obama administration, as well as by countries
around the world. As explained in the Koo presentations, this
theory is based on the following assumption: That the stimulus money
will first create jobs, and then will return to the Treasury in the
form of bond purchases, because there's nowhere else for the money to
go.
So where has all the money gone?
It certainly hasn't gone into bank lending, as the following graph
shows:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012c.gif center "" "Total bank credit
(Source: Jesse's Café Américain)"#>
The above graph shows that bank lending has plummeted, even as $1
trillion in bailouts, stimulus and quantitative easing has poured
into the economy.
This is what's expected from Koo's concept of "balance sheet
recession," his name for a deflationary spiral. During such a period,
assets are destroyed, but debts remain, so everyone is in debt.
People and businesses refuse to go even deeper into debt, and instead
of spending any money they have, they either save it or use it to pay
down debt. Either way, it goes into a bank, which (according to Koo)
uses the money to purchase government bonds, thus returning the money
to the Treasury. But the bank does not risk lending the money out,
which is consistent with the above graph.
But what if the money was somehow being used to buy stocks? There's
certainly a correlation, as shown by the following graphs of
the S&P 500 price/earnings ratio (also called "valuations"):
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012d.gif center "" "Price/earnings ratios, based
on operating earnings and reported earnings
(Source: Jesse's Café Américain)"#>
Notice that the as-reported P/E ratios began skyrocketing at exactly
the same time that the stimulus money started pouring out. Also
notice that the operating earnings P/E ratio has also been soaring.
(For a discussion of "operating" versus "as reported" earnings, see
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090615 ""Wall Street Journal sharply
revises its fantasy price/earnings computations.""#>)
The following graph overlays the monetary base with the reported
earnings P/E ratio:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012e.gif center "" "Monetary base overlaid with
price/earnings ratios based on reported earnings
(Source: Jesse's Café Américain)"#>
These graphs show that the bailouts, stimulus and quantitative easing
are highly correlated with this years stock market bubble.
Correlation doesn't imply causation, of course, but the size and
duration of this year's stock market bubble has been extremely
puzzling, and this correlation provides a highly credible
explanation.
This is an extremely significant conclusion because it strikes at the
heart at the macroeconomic justification for the massive stimulus
programs. For stimulus to work, it's absolutely essential that the
stimulus money create jobs and then come back into the Treasury
through saving and debt reduction.
If the money is being channeled into the stock market, then much of
it will "leak" out of the country into investments in other
countries, thus defeating the purpose of the stimulus.
How much longer can this go on? How long can the Fed and the
Treasury pour out hundreds of billions of dollars to expand the stock
market bubble? That can't be predicted, of course, but every bubble
has to burst some time, and all it would take is some surprise event
to trigger a panic.
The "Jesse's Café Américain" article contains another interesting
chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012f.gif center "" "Wealth disparity -- income
share of top .01% of the population -- 1913 to present
(Source: Jesse's Café Américain)"#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right fiscal 3
I've often wondered about the wealth disparity and income inequality
statistics. I've been reading for years that income inequality has
been increasing, and I felt intuitively that this had to be related to
the generational financial cycle.
This graph supports the conclusion that income inequality is a
generational trend. It seems that income inequality increases
substantially during the generational stock market, real estate and
credit bubbles, and then presumably crashes along with the stock
market.
In fact, we can think of wealth disparity as just one more bubble
that's still growing today, and will crash along with the other
bubbles.
I was shocked earlier this year when Citibank, Bank of America and
other banks announced that they would continue paying million dollar
bonuses. These and other banks had caused the financial crisis by
creating worthless structured securities and fraudulently selling
them to investors. Paying big bonuses to people who defrauded the
public for years is, at the very least, a public relations disaster.
What's become apparent in the last few months is that this disaster
goes far beyond simple public relations. Citibank, Bank of America
and other banks have been screwing and gouging their own customers in
order to provide the cash flow to justify the million dollar bonuses.
Stories abound about banks arbitrarily raising interest rates to 30%,
doubling or tripling minimum payments, or engineering phony fees of
hundreds or thousands of dollars per customer.
In one sense, this should be no surprise at all. The same people who
made billions of dollars selling worthless structured securities to
investors are now making billions of dollars by gouging their own
customers. They've changed only their methods, not their patterns of
behavior.
As I've mentioned several times on this web site, when I was growing
up in the 1950s, my parents and my teachers really hated bankers, but
I never understood why. I sure understand why today. Bankers did
exactly the same kinds of things in the 1930s that they're doing
today. Many bankers went to jail by the end of the 1930s, and the
rest of them were hated for decades.
If you look at the narrative that I've presented in this article, you
can see some ironies. These banks have received hundreds of billions
of dollars in bailout money, and are benefiting from the stimulus and
quantitative easing programs. They aren't lending any of this money
to consumers, since credit card defaults might reach as high as
10-15%, and they're evidently not investing the cash in safe
Treasuries. Instead, a lot of the money is being channeled into
stock market bubble, and when that bubble bursts, they're going to
lose much more money than they would have from credit card defaults.
That's not all. If you look at the last graph above, the wealth
disparity graph, and you see what happened in the 1930s, then you can
predict what's going to happen before long now. That wealth
disparity is going to disappear, as the Principle of Maximum Ruin
catches up with the bankers who have been perpetrating all these
misdeeds, defrauding investors and gouging customers. It's a modern
morality play.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, you can see how the
circle is closing. I know that long-time readers of this web site
are sick and tired of hearing me endlessly talk about the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The nihilism and
self-destructiveness of Generation X,""#> and how the lethal
combination of greedy, nihilistic Gen-Xers, along with greedy,
incompetent Boomers, has brought about the current financial
disaster.
Now we're beginning to see how the people in this lethal combination
used destruction and nihilism to lay the seeds for their own
self-destruction. Not only will most of them lose all their
ill-gotten wealth, but many of them will go to jail. The rest will be
hated for decades.
To that end, a significant <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20602085&sid=aDQk9.j62S.I
"criminal trial began on Tuesday."#> Two former Bear Stearns
executives, Ralph Cioffi and Matthew Tannin are charged with
securities fraud and face 20 years in prison if convicted.
It's no surprise that Bear Stearns executives defrauded investors.
(See, for example, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070624 ""Bear
Stearns bails out defaulting hedge funds, preventing broad market
meltdown.""#>) But there's increasing momentum in public
opinion building that people who perpetrated this fraud should be
punished, just like the 1930s.
As I've said many times, there's no doubt whatsoever that fraud was
rampant. It was absolutely clear by 2006 that the real estate bubble
was bursting, and that the computerized risk models that had been used
to justify the creation of mortgage-backed structured securities were
based on incorrect assumptions. If investment bankers had been
honest, then they would have warned their investors that something
was wrong. Instead, they redoubled their efforts to sell these
securities (now called "toxic assets"), paying themselves huge
commissions for each sale. Thus, there's absolutely no doubt at all
that massive fraud was going on. However, this is all circumstantial
evidence, not enough to convict anyone in court.
And political figures are just as guilty as investment bankers. This
has nothing to do with any political party. You have Robert Rubin from
the Clinton administration, Henry Paulson from the Bush
administration, and Larry Summers from the Obama administration -- all
of them made many millions of dollars participating in this fraud, and
they're still running things. Journalists are to blame as well.
They've lied about this fraud because they didn't want to lose
advertisers.
In the Ralph Cioffi / Matthew Tannin case that begins today,
prosecutors have obtained the e-mail messages they exchanged in March
2007. These messages indicate that they were telling each other that
the funds were likely to crash, while they were telling investors
that they were solid. If prosecutors obtain a conviction against
Cioffi and Tannin, then they will have opened the door to obtaining
convictions against other investment bankers.
This brings us back to the original subject of this article. Cioffi
and Tannin are typical of an entire generation of investment bankers,
real estate execs, politicians, journalists, and others who believe
that rules don't apply to them, and they're allowed to screw anyone
they want to make as much money as they want. The bailout, stimulus
and quantitative easing money is supposed to be used for consumer loans
and job creation. Instead, it's being channeled into the stock
market bubble, undoubtedly by people who are paying themselves fat
commissions for brokering stock purchases. This causes even more
damage to the economy in general, and encourages ordinary investors to
invest in the bubble, and risk losing everything.
In other words, the same people who created the financial crisis for
their own gain are now prolonging and worsening the financial crisis,
for their own gain.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091012 The global housing bubble began in the mid-1990s.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.head
The global housing bubble began in the mid-1990s.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.date
12-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.txt1
This completely explodes the myth that Alan Greenspan caused the
housing bubble.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091012.txt2
A few weeks ago, I posted the article <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090908
""The housing bubble began in 1995.""#> That article was
based on an analysis that showed that the American housing bubble
began in 1995.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that conclusion
makes perfect sense. The dot-com stock market bubble also began in
1995. Both bubbles occurred just as the generations of survivors of
the 1930s Great Depression were all disappearing (retiring or dying),
all at once. Those people had pursued risk-averse investment policies
for decades, but by the mid-1990s, they were replaced in senior
management positions by Boomers who had no regard for old fogey risk
aversion.
Now, <#stdurl
http://www.mckinseyquarterly.com/newsletters/chartfocus/2009_10.htm
"a new report by McKinsey Global Institute"#> completes the picture.
Consider this graph from the report:
<#inc ww2010.pic g091012.gif center "" "Housing price index in
various countries, 1970-2008
(Source: McKinsey Global Institute)"#>
This graph shows that, just as in the United States, housing prices
in many countries around the world soared, starting in the mid-1990s.
It is thus completely impossible for Alan Greenspan's Fed to have
caused the housing bubble by lowering interest rates in the 2002-2005
time frame.
What this DOES show is that the same generational changes that
occurred in America also occurred in countries around the world.
This is not surprising, since the 1930s Great Depression was a
worldwide event, not restricted to the United States.
An interesting exception is Japan, whose real estate bubble began in
the mid-1980s -- also at the same time as the beginning of their own
stock market bubble! (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220
""Japan's real estate crash may finally end after 16
years""#> for a complete analysis.) And that is also precisely
the time that the survivors of Japan's previous generational stock
market crash (1919) all retired and died.
I'm always hearing from people who say that "you haven't proven any
of the claims you make about Generational Dynamics, and the things
you've gotten right are just lucky guesses." Well, I don't know how
much more proof you need, and Generational Dynamics seems to produce
one "lucky guess" prediction after another. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.forecast090503 ""Generational Dynamics forecasting
methodology""#> and <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List
of major Generational Dynamics predictions.""#>)
The analysis that the global housing bubble began in the 1990s in
multiple countries around the world really completes the picture, and
provides almost irrefutable evidence of the validity of the
Generational Dynamics analysis of the financial crisis.
There's plenty of criticism these days of mainstream macroeconomics,
which has totally failed to predict the financial crisis, and
mis-predicted many things. (I was reminded this weekend that Ben
Bernanke said early in 2008 that the "subprime mortgage crisis was
completely contained," and would not affect the broader economy.)
And yet, mainstream economists seem to have some kind of neuron
dislocations in their brains, that make it impossible for them to
understand generational explanations of macroeconomic trends, no
matter how obvious the generational explanation is. If economists
began incorporating generational theory into their macroeconomic
models, then they'd finally start producing more accurate results,
though they may not like what they get.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091011 Latvia may be near financial collapse, as GDP falls 18% this year
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.head
Latvia may be near financial collapse, as GDP falls 18% this year
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.date
11-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.txt1
October 23 will be a crucial day for Latvia and for Europe.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091011.txt2
Like many countries (including the United States), Latvia went on a
multi-year spending spree, borrowing money, and taking advantage of a
huge real estate bubble. Now the credit crisis is hitting hard, and
Latvia has to pay the price.
=inc ww2010.pic neeurope.jpg right "" "Northeastern Europe"
In the halcyon days of the credit and real estate bubbles, Latvia
followed an especially pernicious form of credit abuse. Latvia has
its own currency, the lat, and Latvia is in the European Union.
Therefore, everyone assumed that Latvia would would soon adopt the
euro currency (in fact, this is still the plan for 2013), and
therefore everyone assumed that the <#stdurl
http://www.moneyweek.com/news-and-charts/economics/eastern-europe-economics-latvia-euro-94103.aspx
"lat was as good as the euro."#>
Thus, many European banks, especially those in Switzerland and
Sweden, loaned enormous amounts of money at low interest rates (we
call these "subprime loans" in America) to Latvian consumers and
businesses, causing the credit and real estate bubbles to be
especially large in Latvia. When the bubbles started popping, Latvia
was hit very hard.
Latvia's gross domestic product (GDP) is down almost 20% from last
year. Retail sales are <#stdurl
http://www.newsday.com/business/latvian-retail-sales-plunge-30-3-pct-1.1487502
"down over 30%."#> Latvia’s government debt will rise to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601085&sid=aRPDVDM8h0fg "61
percent of GDP"#> by the end of 2011, compared with 20 percent at the
end of last year. Real estate values have <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/economics/article6473253.ece
"fallen 50%."#>
Latvia is no longer able to finance its debts by issuing bonds, which
only creates more debt. They could devalue their currency, but that
would violate the EU rules for joining the euro currency in 2013.
Instead, they've had to beg for help. No one would care very much
about the Latvians, except for the fear that a Latvian default or
currency devaluation would cause a <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/economics/article6440716.ece
"chain reaction of defaults and devaluations"#> throughout Eastern
Europe, especially in Lithuania, Estonia, Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria
and Romania.
So last spring, Sweden, the EU and the IMF agreed to bail out Latvia.
They offered to provide a $12 billion loan to help Latvia get through
the crisis. There were conditions, though. In order to get the loan
Latvia would have to cut public spending by 500 million lats ($1
billion) per year.
Several months ago, the Latvian government agreed to <#stdurl
http://danskeanalyse.danskebank.dk/link/Latvia051009update/$file/Latvia_051009_update.pdf
"cut 225 million lats from the budget and impose 100 million lats in
tax increases,"#> in partial compliance with these demands. Even
with this partial compliance, salaries for public workers were cut by
40%, and many hospitals and schools were closed.
As I wrote two months ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090815
""Iceland begs for mercy as Europe turns the screws,""#>
the EU and the IMF are in no mood to be lenient to countries that get
into trouble. So it's not surprising that they're demanding the full
500 million lats in budget cuts before any aid can be provided.
The Swedes are being particularly vociferous in demanding full
Latvian compliance because Swedish banks are especially at risk.
Riksbank, Sweden's central bank, and a chorus of top Swedish
officials <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/rbssFinancialServicesAndRealEstateNews/idUSL842610720091008
"are warning Latvia"#> that they can't simply ignore their previous
agreements. "It is as though we are living in a completely different
world," said Riksbank Governor Stefan Ingves.
There have been some recent developments that have raised concerns
that a major crisis is brewing:
On September 17, the Latvian Parliament <#stdurl
http://danskeanalyse.danskebank.dk/link/Latvia051009update/$file/Latvia_051009_update.pdf
"voted overwhelmingly (52-28) against a bill"#> that would have
provided for the remainder of the 500 million lat budget cuts demanded
by the EU, the IMF and Sweden.
Insofar as this reflects a kind of "mini-rebellion" among the Latvian
people to refuse to make any more cuts, it puts the entire bailout
into doubt, and may mean that a currency devaluation and chain
reaction effect is all but certain.
But its significance goes well beyond that. The unemployment rate
among youth is already 31%, and <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/financialcrisis/6263039/Banks-brace-for-Latvias-collapse.html
"concentrated among ethnic Russians."#> This is sure to revive old
feelings from World War II, when Latvia was a battleground between
the Nazis and the Russians, and after WW II, when Latvia was forced
to become a Soviet state. Thus, social unrest becomes a big
danger.
The EU, the IMF and Sweden have loudly proclaimed that Latvia
MUST live up to the 500 million lat budget cut agreement before any
aid can be provided. The Swedish government has apparently <#stdurl
http://seekingalpha.com/article/164956-sweden-prepares-for-financial-collapse-in-latvia-major-bank-losses-at-home
"decided that an economic collapse"#> in Latvia cannot be prevented,
and have been <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/economics/article6866827.ece
"preparing Swedish banks"#> for that event.
The result of all this is that a compromise of some kind will be
almost impossible to effect. With the lenders committed to one
position, and the Latvian Parliament having overwhelmingly voted down
further budget cuts, a crisis situation will be difficult to
avoid.
Last week, Latvia's prime minister asked the Parliament for law
changes that would <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601085&sid=a2dW2kp6cCA0
"limit the liability of single-home owners"#> to the value of the
collateral. With real estate prices having fallen 50%, this law
would have a huge impact. If the value of a mortgaged home is less
than the total amount due on the mortgage, then the amount of the
mortgage would be reduced to the value of the home.
The Swedes are furious at this proposal, since it would mean that the
assets carried on the books of Swedish banks would take a major
tumble immediately.
There is a feeling in the financial community that the entire
worldwide financial crisis is over, and that therefore there's no real
need to bail out Latvia.
This illustrates the problem with the airheaded optimism that
pervades today. It causes people to make wrong, sometimes disastrous
decisions. When these decisions backfire, everyone is shocked, and
the consequences can be enormous. That's why we say that the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e091005 ""Principle of Maximum Ruin""#>
applies to today's financial marketplace.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091011.gif right "" "Fear index -- 11-Oct-2008
to 11-Oct-2009
(Source: Marketpsych)"#>
To see how complacent the financial community has become, take a look
at the adjoining graph. Long-time readers of this web site may
recall that in 2007 I occasionally discussed <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070918 "the "Marketpsych Fear Index.""#>
This index measures the anxiety of investors by examining media
stories. They have a computerized methodology that counts words in
financial stories to determine how anxious investors are.
As you can see, the anxiety level of investors has plummeted to the
lowest level in over a year, and actually to the lowest level since
early 2007, the start of the financial meltdown. The overconfidence
is astonishing, as is the new stock market bubble we're seeing.
Most of these overconfident people in the investment and financial
community probably couldn't even spell "Latvia," let alone find it on
a map. If they could, they wouldn't be so complacent.
On October 23, the Latvian government must submit its budget
proposal for 2010. The choices are appalling:
It can adopt further massive budget cuts, to meet the demands
of Sweden, the EU and the IMF, risking social unrest as unemployed
people lose their homes and can't pay heating bills in the extremely
bitter winter; or, it can refuse to make more budget cuts, risking
any chance of a bailout.
It can devalue the currency, giving up any hope of joining the
euro currency in 2013, and possibly setting off a chain reaction of
devaluations in eastern Europe; or, it can keep the currency as its
fixed peg to the euro, causing even greater financial hardship to the
Latvian people, risking further unrest.
It can implement its radical mortgage forgiveness law,
infuriating its neighbors, causing numerous bank crises, and probably
triggering copycat laws in other eastern European countries; or, it
can drop the idea, and allow more people to lose their homes and
their life savings.
All of these decisions have to be made by October 23. At that point
we'll see if the Latvian situation fizzles, or if it triggers a major
new financial crisis.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=172
"Latvia"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091008b Budget deficit triples (yes, triples!) in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.head
Budget deficit triples (yes, triples!) in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.date
8-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.txt1
One of the major causes is falling tax revenues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008b.txt2
A year ago, I wrote the article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125
""One, Two, Three ... Infinity,""#> in which I compared to
the ever-increasing government spending plans to a book by George
Gamow that I read in school in the 1950s.
(Paragraph corrected - 1-Jan-10)
My use of that particular phrase was to convey the idea that American
debt was on an exponential growth path that would not be stopped
except by a major financial collapse and crisis.
As if to prove the point, the Congressional Business Office has
announced that for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 2009, the
<#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5g-YziTsAJw1ofv-BiXk2MoSXknwQD9B6HS000
"budget deficit was $1.4 trillion,"#> more than tripling the record
2008 deficit of $459 billion. There is absolutely no reason to
believe that any steps will be taken to prevent the deficit from
doubling or tripling again next year.
<#inc ww2010.pic g091007.gif right "" "Annual tax revenues
(Source: CNN)"#>
One major reason is the <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2009/10/07/news/economy/tax_revenue_falling/?postversion=2009100711
"collapse in tax revenues."#> As I wrote two months ago in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090804 ""US tax revenues fall sharply, the
most since 1932,""#> tax revenues for fiscal 2009 have fallen by
almost 50% from last year.
Other reasons include the bailouts and stimulus packages.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it
won't.
It is mathematically impossible for this rapid exponential growth to
continue indefinitely. It is politically impossible to end this
rapid exponential growth without a major financial crisis.
Therefore, it will be stopped only by a major financial crisis that
includes a major stock market crash.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091008 Communist China celebrates its 60th anniversary with bizarre military parade
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.head
Communist China celebrates its 60th anniversary with bizarre
military parade
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.date
8-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.txt1
Twin messages from the government: Enemies are both inside and
outside China.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091008.txt2
A comparable event would be the July 4, 1976, celebrations of the
200th anniversary of America's birth. There were parades, concerts,
fireworks, and spectacular visits by tall ships from around the
world. It was a nationwide celebration, with families and ordinary
people attending events across the country.
But that isn't what happened in China last week, as the country
celebrated the 60th anniversary of the Mao Zedong's victory in the
Communist Revolution, and the birth of the People's Republic of
China.
There was indeed a parade in Beijing, but there were no "ordinary
people" to be seen. They were all told to stay at home and watch it
on TV. They weren't allowed anywhere near the parade. Tens of
thousands of <#stdurl
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/world/chinas-anniversary-showcases-military-might/article1308718/
"heavily armed police"#> were stationed around Beijing to keep people
away from the parade. Hotels were closed, and residents from nearby
neighborhoods <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/nation/la-fg-china-parade2-2009oct02,0,5892663.story
"were evacuated."#>
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ytYYuW8E7o "a video"#>
of China's 60th National Day parade:
The parade was rehearsed to perfection by almost 200,000 people
taking part. They were selected based on the Chinese Communist Party
(CCP) affiliation, and those appearing in groups were chosen to have
the same height.
The heart of the parade were the military. There were thousands of
troops from the People's Liberation Army (PLA), showcasing tanks and
trucks carrying nuclear missiles, while fighter planes flew overhead.
On display were <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/China/KJ02Ad02.html "52 new weapons
systems,"#> all developed from Chinese technology (as opposed to the
past, when weapons systems were all purchased from Russia).
The celebration concluded on Thursday evening, with applause, cheers
and fireworks, after a chorus by about 60,000 people, including
President Hu Jintao, <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-10/01/content_12165280.htm
"danced and sang"#> the classic "Ode To The Motherland."
=inc ww2010.h2 paranoia "Message #1: Paranoia of the Beijing government"
The 60th anniversary celebrations sent to the world two major
messages, both of which I've written about many times.
The first message is that the Chinese government is scared to death
of its own people, to the extent that this is probably the most
paranoid government on earth. This paranoia began with the Tiananmen
Square massacre in 1989, followed in 1991 by the collapse of Russia's
Communist government and the dissolution of the Soviet Union. Since
then, the CCP has lived with increasing fear and anxiety that the same
thing would happen to them.
There's good reason for them to have this fear. The number of "mass
incidents" is now exceeding 100,000 per year. Each mass incident can
involve just a few dozen people, but some of them involve tens of
thousands of people. If even one of these mass incidents occurred in
the U.S., it would be international news, but there are tens of
thousands of them each year in China. These mass incidents are mostly
directed against the wealthy élite of the CCP. The Chinese security
forces are very experienced at keeping these mass incidents under
control, but China has a history of these things growing out of
control, leading to a major rebellion.
These fears have grown in the last two years, thanks to the
widespread violence in Tibet in 2008, and the widespread violence
among the Uighurs in Xinjiang province earlier this year.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/0,1518,653438,00.html#ref=nlint
"one study:"#>
"China has grown sixteenfold since reforms began.
But in the absence of effective institutions that restrain the
discretionary powers of CCP officials and render them accountable
for their actions, it is the state and the CCP that grows stronger
rather than the Chinese people and civil society.
Many problems in modern China begin with the increased role of the
Chinese Communist Party in Chinese economy and society. Tellingly,
the number of officials before and after the Tiananmen protests
has more than doubled, from 20 million to 45 million. Since the
early 1990s, the CCP has retaken control of the economy.
State-controlled enterprises receive more than three-quarters of
the country's entire capital each year, reversing the situation
prior to 1989.
The private sector, on the other hand, is denied both formal
capital (bank loans) and access to the most lucrative markets,
which are reserved for the state-controlled sector. Only about 50
of the 1,400 listed companies on the Shanghai and Shenzhen stock
exchanges are genuinely private. Fewer than 50 of the 1,000
richest people in China are not linked to the Party. This
state-corporatist model favors a relatively small number of
well-placed insiders.
Rise in Corruption
Meanwhile, a billion people remain "outsiders" in the
corporate-state system and are largely missing out on the fruits
of gross domestic product growth. In fact, 400 million people have
seen their net incomes decline during the past decade. Absolute
poverty has doubled since 2000.
This extensive role of the CCP has coincided with a rise in
systemic corruption. Courts at all levels are still explicitly
under the control of Party organs. According to studies by the
Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, stealing from the public purse
by officials amounts to about 2 percent of GDP each year, and it
is rising. According to a 2005 CASS report, more than 40 million
households have had their lands illegally seized by corrupt and
unaccountable officials since the early 1990s."
This is exactly the kind of environment that gave rise to massive
rebellions in the past. Previous major popular rebellions have
included the White Lotus Rebellion (1796-1805), the Taiping Rebellion
(1851-64), and the Communist Revolution (1934-49). The time is right
for a new one, and the CCP is well aware of the danger. (See my 2005
article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China approaches Civil
War.""#>)
By closing the 60th anniversary parades and celebrations to ordinary
Chinese citizens, the CCP's paranoia has taken a giant step forward.
=inc ww2010.h2 war "Message #2: Preparing for war"
The massive military display is another warning to the world that
China is preparing for war, especially with the United States.
One thing that I've noticed over the years is that the Chinese don't
really deny this. Officially, they talk about "harmonious relations"
with other countries, but that's always in the context of assuming
that other countries will do as China wants. But if you look at what
China is DOING, rather than what they're SAYING, it's clear that they
expect a war. (See, for example, my 2006 article, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060501 ""China's plans for war with
America.""#>)
The massive military display last week is yet another warning to the
U.S. and the world. The Chinese military must feel increasingly
confident to have put up that kind of display.
These two messages -- an internal rebellion and an external war --
are not contradictory. In fact, that's what happened last time, when
they fought the Japanese in WW II right in the middle of their
Communist Revolution.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e091005 Confusion and the Principle of Maximum Ruin reign in the stock markets
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.head
Confusion and the Principle of Maximum Ruin reign in the stock
markets
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0910
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.date
5-Oct-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.txt1
Is the bear market rally finally over?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e091005.txt2
I've just moved to a new apartment in Cambridge, Mass. For the last
few weeks I've been distracted by packing and moving boxes and
furniture. Now I'm distracted by unpacking boxes and searching for
missing things.
Even with all that going on, I still couldn't miss the gathering
disaster in the stock markets and financial markets in general.
Right now, there's a great deal of confusion. The mainstream
analysts have no idea what's going on. There are some non-mainstream
analysts who realize how great the danger is, but anyone who talks
about it is quickly marginalized.
On Wednesday, I saw CNBC anchor Joe Kernen gloating about how dumb the
"bears" have been. He was mocking all the people who said the market
would go down, and laughed at them in view of the "best" quarter for
the S&P in many years. If anything is a sign of danger, this kind of
gloating surely must be.
On Friday, the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ac5o726kkr4Q
"September jobs report"#> came out, and it was an utter disaster:
"U.S. Economy: September Job Losses Exceed
Forecast
Oct. 2 (Bloomberg) -- U.S. job losses accelerated last month and
the unemployment rate climbed to the highest level since 1983,
stark reminders of how the worst financial crisis in more than
seven decades may undermine consumer spending and economic growth
in the months ahead.
Hours after today’s Labor Department report, President Barack
Obama said he’s working to “explore any and all additional
measures” to spur growth. ...
Payrolls dropped by 263,000 in September, exceeding the median
forecast in Bloomberg’s survey, with losses extending from
cash-strapped state and local governments to retailers to
builders, today’s report showed. The jobless rate rose to 9.8
percent from 9.7 percent in August, while working hours matched a
record low. ...
A Commerce Department report today showed that orders placed with
factories fell unexpectedly in August, restrained by long-lasting
items such as commercial aircraft and construction machinery.
Bookings fell 0.8 percent after a revised 1.4 percent increase in
July that was larger than previously estimated. Excluding
transportation equipment, orders rose 0.4 percent.
Obama called today’s report a “sobering reminder that progress
comes in fits and starts” in remarks at the White House after
returning from Copenhagen, where he made an unsuccessful bid for
Chicago to host the 2016 Olympic Games. ...
September’s losses bring total jobs lost since the recession began
in December 2007 to 7.2 million, the biggest decline since the
Great Depression.
Payrolls were expected to drop 175,000, the median of 84 estimates
in a Bloomberg News survey of economists. Forecasts ranged from
decreases of 260,000 to 100,000. Job losses peaked at 741,000 in
January, the most since 1949. The September unemployment rate
matched the median projection. ...
The Labor Department today also published its preliminary
estimate for the annual benchmark revisions to payrolls that will
be issued in February. They showed the economy may have lost an
additional 824,000 jobs in the 12 months ended March 2009. The
data currently show a 4.8 million drop in employment during that
time.
The projected decrease was three times larger than the historical
average, the Labor Department said. Most of the drop occurred in
the first quarter of this year, probably due to an increase in
business closings, the government said."
The last couple of paragraphs are interesting, because they expose a
flaw in the "birth/death model" that the Labor Department uses to
estimate the unemployment rate. Mike "Mish" Shedlock has been
<#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2009/10/jobs-contract-21th-straight-month.html
"commenting on this flaw for months,"#> and says that the current
estimates are still "wildly optimistic."
Commenting on the jobs report, Ken Langone, former CEO of Home Depot,
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=aZQ4c_DQ19gQ
"appeared on Bloomberg tv"#> to say that there was a huge disconnect
between the economy and the stock market, and that the
U.S. is in "horrible economic storm." He agrees that the
unemployment picture is much worse than government figures indicate
(some of this is paraphrasing):
"We had a 9.8% unemployment rate this morning.
That's peanuts. 38% of the people who have jobs today are
worried about losing their jobs in the next 12 months.
What is the mindset of a person who's afraid of losing his job?
"Honey, if you can't eat it, don't buy it. We're not going to go
on a vacation. We're not going to put a new roof on the house -
we're going to repair the old roof. We're not going to put a
bathroom or a kitchen in." ...
[With regard to the stock market] All of the people that I
respect, as investors and as people, are all scratching their
heads saying, "We don't get it."
This stock market rise over the last 7 months -- and you look at
the economy -- and I spend a lot of my time now reaching out to
companies running businesses -- and I'm getting the same thing
from everybody -- it's terrible, it's getting worse, September was
worse than August. ...
And by the way, this stimulus package, I'm sorry it's an enormous
waste. ... It's not creating jobs.
This "cash for clunkers" we know now, it was doing nothing but
pulling orders forward. No net change in aggregate daemand over a
period of months or years. ...
I know of one agency in Washington, I can't say who because I
don't want to get people in trouble. Last year they were given
$3 million for their operation. And this is an activity that
doesn't create jobs. This year, they were given $6 billion, and
they were told, go spend it. Go get rid of the money." Not,
"Come back and tell us how many jobs yuo've created." This
stimulus package, in my opinion, is going to backfire. ...
If we in business ever did what all these so-called sagacious
economists from the government are telling us -- "it's getting
better" and "things are looking up" -- we would be investigated by
the SEC for consumer fraud."
Christina Romer, chairman of the White House’s Council of Economic
Advisers, and the worst bubblehead in Washington except for Paul
Krugman, came on to respond to Langone. She said, "You're right that
the jobs number is disappointing. We like the market had been
expecting less job loss, so that's unfortunate. On the other hand,
this is how real recoveries happen. They come in fits and starts, and
and I think what this is is a fit."
Well, I'm glad she cleared that up.
People like Romer and Krugman are complete idiots and don't have the
vaguest idea what's coming, even though they claim to be economists.
=inc ww2010.h2 ben "Ben Bernanke"
But what about Ben Bernanke? I've harshly criticized his policies,
but I've also said that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090326 ""I have
a lot of respect for him,""#> and I certainly don't think he's
an idiot like Romer and Krugman.
So what about Bernanke? I've had to think about him a lot in the
past few days, after a co-worked said to me, "Look, how can you claim
to know what's going on, and claim that Ben Bernanke doesn't. Are
you really saying that you're the only person who's intelligent, and
everyone else is stupid?"
It's a good question. It's true that most journalists and politicians
really are incredibly stupid and ignorant. In the case of the Iraq
war, this was shown by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070114b "articles in
the Congressional Quarterly,"#> where the editor asked
Washington journalists, analysts and politicians simple basic
questions about what was going on in Iraq. These were people who
represented themselves as experts on Iraq, but they didn't know the
differences between Sunni and Shi'ite, and they didn't know that
al-Qaeda is operating in Iraq, or that al-Qaeda is a Sunni
organization.
There's been no similar Congressional Quarterly study on
so-called Washington experts and economists on the financial crisis,
but I doubt all but 0.001% of these experts could explain, for
example, what a "collateralized debt obligation (CDO)" is, and how it
was used to create the financial crisis.
I actually went to a great deal of trouble to learn how they worked
(see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance""#>) so that I could write
about them on this web site, and I'm not even being paid, but I doubt
that almost any of those so-called Washington experts who ARE being
paid to be journalists or analysts bothered to figure out what was
going on.
So back to Ben Bernanke. I believe that there's a good chance that
he knows exactly what a CDO is, and how it was used to create the
financial crisis. As head of the Princeton University Economics
Department, I have no doubt that he knows a very great deal about
what's going on, unlike the standard Washington idiot.
So why do I know what's coming, and he doesn't? I think the answer
comes from the following key question:
"Suppose (hypothetically) that Ben Bernanke has
applied his macroeconomic models, and performed all the necessary
analyses, and suppose that he's concluded that there will be a
major stock market crash, with, say 99% probability. What would
he be doing and saying today?"
When you ask the question that way, then the answer is completely
obvious: He'd be saying and doing exactly what he IS saying and
doing, and HAS BEEN saying and doing since the crisis began in August
2007.
He certainly couldn't announce to the world, "My analysis is that
there will be a major stock market crash, with 99% probability." If
he said anything like that, he would infuriate everyone on both the
left and right, he'd be fired as Fed chairman, he'd cause a national
and worldwide panic, and he'd be personally blamed for CAUSING the
stock market crash, whenever it occurred.
That's simply not an option. The only option available to him is to
do what he's doing -- talk about "green shoots," and become the
grandfather of many stimulus, quantitative easing and bailout plans,
all the time hoping, hoping, hoping for a miracle, the other 1%, and
no stock market crash.
So that provides the answer to my co-worker's question. If you apply
pure logic, then you can't conclude anything from what Bernanke says
or does, because he'd say and do the same thing whether he believes
that a stock market crash is coming or not.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there isn't even a
1% chance of avoiding a stock market crash, but that's beside the
point. For Bernanke, there's a tiny of sliver of hope for him to
grasp, and he'll do so, even though his economic models tell him that
there's really no hope at all.
=inc ww2010.h2 hope "The power of hope"
When people are anxious and scared, they'll do what Bernanke is doing
-- grasp at any sliver of hope available to them, and lie to
themselves and others about it. The stock market rally has turned
into an extremely dangerous bubble that has hurt a lot of people, and
will hurt a lot more when the bubble deflates.
The "mainstream" journalists and analysts have it all figured out.
There are mainstream bulls and bears. The bulls think the stock
market will keep going up forever. The bears think that it will pull
back slightly, then will keep going up forever.
The "mainstream" is guided by the following beliefs:
The possibility of another Great Depression has been completely
eliminated by the clever policies of the Obama administration.
We almost got spun into a Great Depression a year ago when
Lehman collapsed a year ago, but Geithner, Summers and Bernanke got us
out of it through bailouts, stimulus, and quantitative easing.
Thus, nothing that happened prior to WW II is relevant.
Thus -- and this is the most important belief of all -- the worst
MUST be over, because the financial crisis has now lasted over two
years, and nothing since WW II has lasted this long.
Thus, any "green shoot" is a sign that an explosive recovery is
imminent, and anything else (like the increasingly disastrous
unemployment numbers) are "outliers," and irrelevant.
It's worth mentioning one major expected green shoot that hasn't
happened. Corporate earnings have been falling rapidly since fourth
quarter 2007. Each quarter since then, the journalists and analysts
have solemnly declared that earnings growth would exceed 50% within a
quarter or two. This is a never-ending prediction that's been wrong
every quarter. In January of this year, analysts were predicting
explosive earnings growth by the third quarter. Well now, third
quarter 2009 earnings are coming out, and once again, the growth is
negative, according to <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC earnings
central."#> Earnings appear to have fallen 25% from third quarter of
last year -- and remember that in third quarter of last year, they
were down 20% from the previous year. That means that corporate
earnings have fallen 40% in two years, and are still falling.
The main thing holding the mainstream journalists and analysts
together is that they can't believe this crisis isn't over. No
crisis in their lifetime has lasted this long, so it's IMPOSSIBLE
that this crisis will continue. It HAS to be over, irrespective of
any actual facts.
It's once again time to post this quote from John Kenneth Galbraith's
1954 book The Great Crash - 1929. It describes how the
"Principle of Maximum Ruin" played out in 1929:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune.
The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer the first margin
call presently got another and equally urgent one, and if he met
that there would still be another. In the end all the money he
had was extracted from him and lost. The man with the smart
money, who was safely out of the market when the first crash
came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ... The
bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who waited out
all of October and all of November, who saw the volume of trading
return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid as a
produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see their
value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the next
twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock market
was] remarkable." (p. 108)
This is the text from which I derived the Principle of Maximum Ruin
so many years ago -- that the current stock market will ruin the
maximum number of people to the maximum extent possible. The rally
that started last March, and is ending just now (or may not even be
ending) has sucked huge amounts of money from short sellers, and will
suck more huge amounts of money from those holding stock.
Web site readers used to ask me, several years ago, exactly how the
Principle of Maximum Ruin would work, and I said that I honestly
didn't know how it would work, only that it would work.
But now we really see well it works. A lot of people were comparing
this rally to the 1930 rally, and when this one lasted longer, they
said, "See? This isn't like the Great Depression. This rally is
lasting much longer, so it's OK to assume that the market will keep
going up and up." Thus you get people like Joe Kernen gloating.
As Galbraith said, "Nothing could have been more ingeniously designed
to maximize the suffering, and also to insure that as few as possible
escaped the common misfortune."
As for me, I'm going to go back to unpacking boxes now.
I'm still pretty wiped out from moving, and my writing for this web
site has suffered as a result. Hopefully, things will be back on
track in a few more days.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090929 An amazing video of Ukrainian sand artist, Kseniya Simonova
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.head
An amazing video of Ukrainian sand artist, Kseniya Simonova
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.date
29-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.txt1
The winner of Ukraine's Got Talent competition brings people to
tears.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090929.txt2
Kseniya Simonova used a light-box filled with sand to depict
Ukraine's experiences in World War II.
Quite possibly, Ukraine suffered more in World War II than any other
nation. The Nazi invasion killed one in four Ukrainians, and that
was after millions had been killed by Russian dictator Josef Stalin.
In one of the most amazing displays of pure talent that I've ever
seen, Kseniya Simonova won the Ukraine's Got Talent competition on
September 24 by portraying <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/sep/27/ukraine-youtube-talent-show
"the Nazi invasion"#> of Ukraine in 1941. "The opening scene shows a
couple sitting on a bench under a starry sky. Warplanes appear and the
happy scene is obliterated to be replaced by crying faces. Then a baby
arrives and the woman smiles again, but war and chaos return and a
young woman becomes an old widow, before the image turns into an
obelisk – the Ukrainian monument to its Unknown Soldier."
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=518XP8prwZo "the
video:"#>
Incidentally, I believe that's Jacques Brel singing about halfway
through.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=18
"Russia"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090928 After a week of foreign policy disasters, President Obama's entire program is adrift
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.head
After a week of foreign policy disasters, President Obama's entire
program is adrift
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.date
28-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.txt1
Obama's first term is indistinguishable from Bush's "third
term."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090928.txt2
I've been extremely critical of President Obama's policies, and the
core of my criticism, which I first wrote about almost four years ago
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 ""Barack Obama to Boomers:
Drop dead!""#>, is that Obama's world view is based on his
contempt, typical of Generation-Xers, for the values and
accomplishments of those in the Boomer and Silent generations.
According to Obama, Americans are sick of feuding Boomers, and ready
to turn to Generation X, "after the campus culture wars between
freaks and straights, and after young people had given up on what
überboomer Hillary Rodham Clinton called in a 1969 commencement
address a search for 'a more immediate, ecstatic and penetrating mode
of living.' ... In the back and forth between Clinton and Gingrich,
and in the elections of 2000 and 2004, I sometimes felt as if I were
watching the psychodrama of the baby boom generation — a tale rooted
in old grudges and revenge plots hatched on a handful of college
campuses long ago — played out on the national stage."
In that same article I quoted Democratic advisor Paul Begala as
saying, "I hate the Baby Boomers. They're the most self-centered,
self-seeking, self-interested, self-absorbed, self-indulgent,
self-aggrandizing generation in American history."
Obama and Begala are both Generation-Xers, and their contempt for and
hatred of Boomers is typical of their generation. Boomers, growing
up after the trauma of WW II, received a great deal of love,
attention and privileges from their parents. By the time the
Gen-Xers came along, growing up in the 60s and 70s, they didn't
receive anything like the same level of attention, and came to have
the attitudes expressed by Obama and Begala in the quotes above.
During the election campaign, Obama could say anything he wanted, as
long as he criticized President Bush. He would receive wildly
enthusiastic cheers from his supporters no matter what the content of
his speech. As I wrote in July, 2008, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080725 ""Barack Obama in Berlin calls for greater European
militarism,""#> it was clear that the people, in America and
Europe, who were wildly cheering Obama had absolutely no idea what he
was talking about. They were cheering a fantasy Obama, not the real
Obama standing before them.
Standing in front of an audience that cheers wildly no matter what
you say is a like a drug-induced euphoria. You become addicted to
the drug, you crave it more and more, and you begin to believe that
the wild cheering is for the real you, not the fantasy in their
minds. Thus, the fantasies held by the audience are transferred to
the mind of the speaker like a kind of virus.
Obama frequently said that the world would change on January 20,
2009, as soon as he was inaugurated as President. His goal was to
heal the world with his mere presence -- cure global warming, provide
universal health care, close Guantanamo, leave Iraq in peace, bring a
two-state solution to Palestinians and Israelis, beat the Taliban in
Afghanistan, restore the stock market bubble, and dismantle President
Bush's war against terror. Nothing was beyond his reach.
I was actually quite shocked by Obama's speeches after he won the
election. Once he had won, he should have pulled back from some of
his more quixotic and far-fetched campaign promises. Instead, much to
my surprise, he seemed to become even more strident in claiming that
the world would change on January 20.
That's when I really began to realize that Obama held a totally
fantastical set of beliefs, that weren't just campaign rhetoric. He
actually believed them. He really believed that there was no
universal health care, that Guantanamo prison was open, that the
Palestinians and Israelis could not agree to peace, etc. -- he really
believed that these things were true because the Bush administration
was simply evil and ideological, that it catered to special interests
rather than to the best interests of the country, that all the
country's problems really were caused by "the psychodrama of the baby
boom generation — a tale rooted in old grudges and revenge plots
hatched on a handful of college campuses long ago — played out on the
national stage."
It's becoming increasingly clear that Obama himself has no strategic
world view that goes beyond the reaction to what he calls the
"psychodrama of the baby boom generation." He's deeply involved in the
"old grudges and revenge plots" that he complained about in the
Boomers.
This was apparent in his highly partisan nationally televised
September 9 <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-to-a-Joint-Session-of-Congress-on-Health-Care/
"health care speech to Congress."#> For all that effort, I doubt
that it changed a single person's mind. (Polls showed that <#stdurl
http://abcnews.go.com/PollingUnit/Politics/obama-health-care-abc-news-washington-post-poll/story?id=8536886
"his approval rating increased slightly"#> after the speech, but the
increase quickly dissipated.) If you watched the news in the
following days, the only real discussion of the speech were the
endless comments on Representative Joe Wilson's outburst "You lie!".
The point is that the actual content of the speech was barely
mentioned. It was a wasted speech.
A lot of the news this past week has taken place with Obama on the
international stage. As usual, he's been a brilliant speaker, but
he has nothing to show for it except a series of foreign policy
disasters. Let's take a look at the issues:
The Afghanistan war. As I wrote a couple of days ago
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090926 ""American army general warns
of imminent defeat in Afghanistan war,""#> the situation in the
Afghan is deteriorating. Obama had expected to be able to direct the
American withdrawal from Iraq and then quickly win in Afghanistan, but
now he's going to be forced to supply tens of thousands of additional
troops to a war effort that can't be won.
Mideast. Obama has frequently criticized President Bush
for "ignoring" the Israel/Palestine problem, and letting things get
worse. Obama has made Mideast peace a top priority of his
administration. He appointed a special envoy, George Mitchell, to
meet with both sides, and he's been doing that all year. In August, a
number of Obama advisers visited Jerusalem -- George Mitchell,
Secretary of Defense Robert Gates, National Security Advisor James
Jones, and White House adviser Dennis Ross. The primary sub-objective
was to convince the Israelis to stop building settlements in the West
Bank.
On Tuesday, President Obama suffered a <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-09/23/content_12102940.htm
"major humiliation."#> He had called a summit meeting of himself,
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Palestinian President
Mahmoud Abbas. Obama had wanted the result of this summit to be the
announcement that the Israelis would stop building settlements in the
West Bank. Instead, Netanyahu refused to make any such agreement,
and the only result of the meeting was a photo op and another one of
Obama's eloquent speeches.
Actually, President Bush DID try to solve the Mideast problem. In
May, 2003, President Bush announced his "Mideast Peace Roadmap" which
called for a Palestinian state by 2005, side by side with Israel. It
provided a series of steps for both sides to follow, mostly having to
do with eliminating violence against both Palestinian and Israeli
civilians. The plan was sponsored by the United States, Russia, the
European Union, and the United Nations.
At that time, I was just really getting started in making
Generational Dynamics predictions, and I wrote my first real foreign
policy analysis, <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Mideast Roadmap -
Will it bring peace?""#> At that time, I said that the Mideast
Roadmap could NOT possibly succeed, since both the Israelis and the
Palestinians would be re-fighting their genocidal war that followed
the partitioning of Palestine in 1948, and the creation of the state
of Israel.
It's worth pointing out that there was a great deal of international
euphoria over that plan, probably more euphoria than there has been
to Obama's efforts.
At that time, it was widely believed that the only obstacle to peace
was Palestinian President Yasser Arafat, who was described as a
terrorist. It was believed that when Arafat was out of the way, then
the Palestinian people would happily agree to the two-state solution.
So the international community was very excited when <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e041114 "Yasser Arafat died"#> in November, 2004.
But the Generational Dynamics analysis was quite different. I wrote
the following upon his death:
"Arafat was hardly a high-flying playboy. He
lived in a filthy uncomfortable bunker in Ramallah when he could
have had a luxury suite in Paris. He was a driven desperate man,
obsessed with doing anything, willing to sacrifice his own comfort
and livelihood, if it meant finding a way to prevent a new
genocidal war between the Arabs and Jews.
Only a "terrorist" who had actually survived the atrocities of
the 1940s Arab/Jewish war would be obsessed enough to make these
sacrifices, because he considers his own life less important than
the lives of his fellow Palestinians, and yes, even the Jews in
Israel.
Yes, he was a brutal, vicious terrorist. Yes he was a liar and
maybe even a crook. Yes, he approved suicide bombings that killed
Jewish children.
But for a man in his position, approving suicide bombings was the
lesser of two evils. The greater evil was unleashing a new
genocidal war, one that would kill many more Jewish and Arab
children than suicide bombings do.
Arafat surely saw what's coming, and that's why he lived his
tortured life in his Ramallah bunker."
Since Arafat's death, the Mideast situation has only gotten worse in
many ways. In fact, there have been three "small" wars: Israelis vs
Hizbollah in Lebanon in 2006, Palestinian Fatah vs Hamas in Gaza in
2008, and Israelis vs Hamas in Gaza in 2009. There's no reduction in
tension whatsoever, and it's only a matter of time before one of these
small wars triggers a larger war.
And so, generational theory tells us that it doesn't matter how many
advisors and envoys Obama sends to the Mideast, or how many summits
he calls. No peace agreement will succeed, until after there's been
a major genocidal war engulfing the whole region.
Guantánamo prison. When President Obama took office, one
of his first acts was to declare that Guantánamo would be closed
within a year. He made this announcement without any plan, and with
no preparation whatsoever. It's perhaps the ultimate example of his
youth, inexperience and naïveté. Since the previous failure to close
Guantánamo was caused by Bush's ideology and catering to wealthy
special interests, he would simply close it with no problem. As I
wrote in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090525 ""The inane style over
substance debate over closing Guantanamo prison,""#> it seemed
so easy.
Since then, the overwhelmingly Democratic Congress has refused to
fund the closing of Guantanamo. Not a single Congressman, to my
knowledge, has agreed to allow prisoners to be transferred to his
state's soil. Foreign countries are refusing to accept prisoners,
saying that if Americans won't accept them, why should they?
Finally, this past week, the Administration was <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=as9tkV3rVt.E
"forced to concede"#> that it will miss the deadline for closing
Guantanamo.
As a separate issue, the Obama administration announced it would
<#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/24/us/politics/24detain.html?hp "not
seek new legislation"#> from Congress authorizing the indefinite
detention of terrorism suspects at Guantánamo Bay. Instead it will
hold terrorism suspects indefinitely under existing law, as President
Bush had done.
Patriot Act and torture. President Obama repeatedly
promised to restore transparency to government, and part of that was
to repeal the Patriot Act. Even before the events of last week,
there was <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/09/23/AR2009092303907.html
"plenty of Congressional opposition"#> to repealing the Patriot Act.
But in the last week, six men in five states have been <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/0926/p02s13-usgn.html "charged with a
string of terrorist plots"#> to blow up federal buildings, attack
Americans, and bring about the sort of mass destruction not seen here
since 9/11. Apparently the six were identified through the use of
wiretaps authorized by the Patriot Act.
It seems less likely that the Patriot Act will be repealed now.
In a related matter, President Obama has forbidden the use of
waterboarding in questioning prisoners, but he's reserved the right
to use "enhanced interrogation techniques" besides waterboarding, and
there are many such techniques.
Nuclear-free world. President Obama frequently promised to
resolve nuclear proliferation problems by engaging Iran and North
Korea and, in particular, sitting down with Iran's President Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad. In March, he gave a <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/Nowruz/ "special televised video message"#>
to the Iranian people.
In April, President Obama gave <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/0405/p06s07-woeu.html "a speech in
Prague,"#> where he laid out the steps for a nuclear-free world. In
that speech, he promised to continue engaging Iran and North Korea to
convince them to give up their nuclear weapons. He also reaffirmed
President Bush's decision to build a radar tracking station in the
Czech Republic, as part of a missile defense system for protection
from Iran's missiles.
The whole concept of a "nuclear-free world" is so absurd that anyone
who proposes it would have to be declared completely incompetent.
China would never agree to such a restriction, since the country is
massively increasing its military spending, and preparing for a war
with the United States. Pakistan and India would never agree to such
a restriction, since they're preparing for war with each other. Iran
and North Korea would never agree to such a restriction, since they
see nuclear weapons as a source of international respect and
prestige.
Several things happened in the last couple of weeks that amount to
major setbacks in Obama's vision of a nuclear-free world:
On Thursday, President Obama announced that <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-missiles-q-a18-2009sep18,0,7732231.story
"he would scrap plans to build the missile shield"#> in Eastern
Europe, creating the perception to his opposition that he was
caving in to Russian demands.
On Sunday, Iran began a "show of force" by first two
short-range test missiles, just a couple of days after it was
revealed that Iran had been secretly building a nuclear
facility.
In a great show of political skill, on Thursday, President
Obama became the first American president to <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/0925/p02s01-usfp.html "chair a
meeting of the UN Security Council."#> It was a special session on
global nuclear proliferation. There was a unanimously approved
resolution that promised to end nuclear proliferation, but it had
no specifics, so it was useless.
As usual, President Obama put on a good show, but there was nothing
of substance.
Global warming. Led by Al Gore and his movie An
Inconvenient Truth,, the Democrats have always expressed extreme
contempt for the Bush Administration's failure to pursue the Kyoto
Protocol. (When Gore was Vice President, in 1997 he tried to get the
Senate to ratify the Kyoto Protocol, but it was voted down 99 to 1.)
President Obama has vigorously taken up the theme of blaming the Bush
Administration for not pursuing the Kyoto protocol, and he repeatedly
promised to lead the world to a global deal on climate change by the
end of this year.
Like the proposal for a nuclear-free world, the entire climate change
effort is absurd. Worse than that, it's a financial scam, where
investment banks that defrauded the public with mortgage-backed
derivative securities that turned out to be worthless now wish to
make money by defrauding the public with derivative securities backed
by environmental carbon credits, as I wrote two years ago in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b ""UN Climate Change conference
appears to be ending in farce.""#>
On Thursday, President Obama <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/sep/25/obama-climate-change-deal-copenhagen-summit
"was forced to back down"#> on these promises. China and India are
not willing to commit to any reduction in the production of carbon
dioxide. In fact, China starts up a new coal-fired power plant every
week, and both China and India put thousands of new cars on the road
every week.
All of this is happening at a time when President Obama is trying to
sell his health care proposal, which I've referred to as <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090725 ""a proposal of economic
insanity.""#> He had hoped to be able to give some more speeches,
and convince the country to back his proposals, but polls show that
the more people hear about the health care proposal, the less they
like it.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are two
important things going on.
First, as I've been saying repeatedly for years on this web site, the
attitudes and behaviors of politicians are irrelevant; what's
important are the attitudes and behaviors of the great masses of
people, entire generations of people. These attitudes and behaviors
follow entirely predictable trends that are completely independent of
the wishes of the politicians.
That's why President Obama is doing EXACTLY THE SAME THINGS that
President Bush would have done, if he had a third term as President.
The actions of the President are determined by the people, not
vice-versa. As they say in Texas, Obama is "all hat and no cattle."
This also explains why I wrote last year that it made no predictable
difference to the country whether Barack Obama or John McCain won the
Presidency.
The second point that I want to make is that the "old grudges and
revenge plots" that Obama condemned in Boomers are typical of all
generational Crisis eras. When President Obama won last year, along
with huge majorities in both branches of Congress, most people
thought that he would be able to get any law passed that he wanted.
That hasn't turned out to be true, because the "old grudges and
revenge plots" are just as much a part of the Democratic Party as
they are of the Republican Party. It's a generational phenomenon
that has nothing to do with political party.
There are many criticisms that get leveled against President Obama,
but most of them are wrong-headed. President Obama is not a bad man.
He's a decent family man, a role model for families around the
country. And he's a patriotic man who loves his country very much,
and wants to do what is best and right for his country.
However, Obama is not in control of what's going on in his
administration, because he's too young and inexperienced to have
formed a coherent world view, or to be able to stand up to the more
experienced people advising him and in Congress. So he talks in
prepared sound bytes, and he makes purely political and ideological
decisions that don't often make sense. The many disasters of the past
couple of weeks show that he's going to have to change direction, or
risk having a failed presidency.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61
"President Barack Obama"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090926 American army general warns of imminent defeat in Afghanistan war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.head
American army general warns of imminent defeat in Afghanistan war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.date
26-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.txt1
General Stanley McChrystal says more troops are needed immediately.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090926.txt2
According to an internal army report that was <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/09/20/AR2009092002920.html?hpid=topnews
"leaked to the Washington Post,"#> General McChrystal says
that "Failure to gain the initiative and reverse insurgent momentum
in the near-term (next 12 months) -- while Afghan security capacity
matures -- risks an outcome where defeating the insurgency is no
longer possible." Success is still possible, according to McChrystal,
but only with tens of thousands of additional troops.
McChrystal's report is presenting a political problem for President
Barack Obama and his administration.
On the one hand, Obama's rhetoric during the campaign
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080721 "was extremely strident and
warlike"#> towards Afghanistan. He claimed that President Bush had
invested too much in the Iraq war, and vowed to retreat from Iraq,
while investing more troops in Afghanistan.
On the other hand, Obama's Democratic party is very wary of
supporting new troops for Afghanistan, and many on the far left would
like an immediate American withdrawal from Afghanistan.
Obama has kicked the can down the road by saying that a complete
strategy review will be necessary before any decision can be made on
additional troops. However, this is going to be a growing political
issue.
And that's only part of the political problem. The Afghan war effort
also depends on the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF), a
NATO force with soldiers drawn from several European countries, albeit
usually reluctantly.
However, a recent <#stdurl
http://pewresearch.org/pubs/1325/little-support-in-nato-for-afghanistan-troop-increases
"Pew Research poll"#> found significant opposition to troop increases
was found in all NATO countries polled; at least half of those
surveyed in Germany (63%), France (62%), Poland (57%), Canada (55%),
Britain (51%) and Spain (50%) disapproved of sending more troops to
Afghanistan.
=inc ww2010.h2 iraq "Afghanistan vs Iraq wars"
There's a lot of discussion today comparing the Iraq and Afghanistan
wars, especially focusing on the "surge" that was so successful in
the Iraq war, bringing an almost immediate <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090701 "end to most of the violence."#> The question is whether a
"surge" of American or Nato troops in Afghanistan will be equally
successful in bringing that war to a conclusion. So it's worthwhile
to do a generational analysis on the differences between the two
countries and the two wars.
As I <#hreftext ww2010.i.aug19 "wrote from the beginning in 2003,"#>
and many times since then, Iraq's last crisis war was the Iran/Iraq
war of the 1980s. This means that Iraq is in a generational
Awakening era, and is "attracted away from" war, so that a crisis
civil war was impossible. It's quite possible that the violence would
have ended at that time even without the surge, but it certainly would
have ended before too much longer, with or without the surge.
Afghanistan's last crisis war was the very bloody 1992-96 civil war
between Afghan ethnic groups. So Afghanistan is in a generational
Recovery era (the era following a crisis war and preceding an
Awakening era), and Afghanistan is even more repelled by war than the
Iraqis are. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of
Generational Dynamics.""#>) One fascinating sign of this that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081222 "I wrote about last year"#> was a
study by the Jamestown Foundation that showed that Afghan Taliban
suicide bombers almost never kill anyone but themselves.
So if that's true then why, you may ask, is there a war in
Afghanistan at all?
The answer is: There isn't an Afghan war. The Afghan war was
launched shortly after 9/11, and because the country was in a
Recovery era, the Taliban army collapsed almost immediately. The war
ended within a few months. There's no more war in Afghanistan.
What there is in Afghanistan is a group of radical Sunni Islamist
insurgents that plant roadside bombs and conduct suicide bombings.
But there's no real war.
And what about those suicide bombings? I've been unable to find
recent information about the background of the suicide bombers, but
there's little doubt in my mind that they're recruited from Taliban
and al-Qaeda groups in Pakistan -- which is in a generational Crisis
era. That's what happened in Iraq: the terrorist group Al-Qaeda in
Iraq was <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 "unable to recruit Iraqis"#>
as suicide bombers, and had to import them from Saudi Arabia and
Jordan.
But there's another huge difference between Iraq and Afghanistan:
Iraqis put their nationalism ahead of their sectarian differences,
but Afghans do not. In other words, Iraqis were Iraqis before they
were Sunni or Shia Muslims.
In Iraq's last two crisis wars -- the Great Iraqi Revolution of 1920
and the Iran/Iraq war of the 1980s, Sunni and Shia Iraqis banded
together against the foreign enemy, the British in 1920 and the
Iranians in the 1980s. They did not fight each other. Thus,
al-Qaeda in Iraq was able to stir up sectarian violence for a while,
but eventually the Iraqis themselves <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401
"turned against"#> al-Qaeda in Iraq, and threw them out.
The situation in Afghanistan is very different. Afghanistan's last
crisis war was a very bloody civil war between different Afghan
ethnic groups. The Sunni Muslim Pashtuns in the south fought against
what later became known as the "Northern Alliance" -- Shia Muslim
Hazaras, as well as Tajiks, Uzbeks and other ethnic groups in the
north. There was no Afghan nationalism.
I described the following map in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080730 "my
analysis last year"#> of the Afghan war:
=inc ww2010.pic paketh.jpg center "" "Afghan-Pak-India ethnic map"
Instead, after the 1992-96 civil war ended, the Afghan Pashtuns became
the Taliban, allied themselves with Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda, and
governed the country until they were overthrown by the American /
Nato invasion that followed the 9/11 attacks. After that, the
Taliban became a group of anti-Western radical Islamist insurgents
within the Pashtun ethnic group, and remained allied with al-Qaeda.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
Even today, things MIGHT settle down if Afghanistan weren't right
next door to Pakistan, which is in a generational Crisis era.
Radical Islamist Pashtuns from Pakistan, along with al-Qaeda groups
from the Arabian peninsula, have set up terrorist training camps in
the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) of Pakistan. Prior to
9/11, those training camps used to be in Afghanistan itself.
And so, with that background, you can see the major difference
between Afghanistan and Iraq. Iraqi Sunnis asserted their
nationalism and threw out the foreigners -- al-Qaeda in Iraq.
But in Afghanistan, ethnic identity trumps nationalism, and there is
no motivation whatsoever for the Pashtuns to throw out either the
Pashtun Taliban or their civil war allies from al-Qaeda.
As I've written many, many times on this web site,
when making Generational Dynamics predictions, the only important
trends are the attitudes and behaviors of the masses of people,
entire generations people. The attitudes of politicians are
irrelevant, except insofar as they represent the attitudes of the
people.
Thus, McChrystal's report says that the strength of the Taliban and
al-Qaeda insurgency is growing: "The insurgents control or contest a
significant portion of the country, although it is difficult to assess
precisely how much due to a lack of ISAF presence. ... [The
insurgency] is clearly supported from Pakistan. Senior leaders of the
major Afghan insurgent groups are based in Pakistan, are linked with
al Qaeda and other violent extremist groups, and are reportedly aided
by some elements of Pakistan's ISI [Pakistan's Inter-Services
Intelligence (ISI) agency]. ... [Al-Qaeda and other extremist
movements] based in Pakistan channel foreign fighters, suicide
bombers, and technical assistance into Afghanistan, and offer
ideological motivation, training, and financial support."
Thus, we have this clear and growing trend among the masses of
Pashtuns, and there is no chance whatsoever that a "surge" of American
or Nato troops will bring an end to the Taliban terrorist threat. In
fact, there is no chance whatsoever than ANYTHING will bring an end
to the Taliban terrorist threat. The Taliban are not foreign
intruders to be thrown out; instead, they're ordinary Pashtun people
who have adopted the radical Islamist Taliban political view. In fact,
it could almost be said that the differences between Taliban and
non-Taliban Pashtun Afghans are no more signifcant than the
differences between Democrats and Republicans in the U.S.
Thus, there is no war in Afghanistan. The war ended in 2002, and all
that's left is Islamist suicide bombers acting against Western
interests and against domestic enemy ethnic groups.
And if there's no war going on, then there's no way to win the war.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Afghanistan is
approaching a generational Awakening era, where the major internal
conflicts will be political, not military. And there is no way for
the American or Nato troops to resolve political conflicts; only the
Afghans themselves can do that, and they're not going to do it.
=inc ww2010.h2 resp "American response"
In the longer run, Afghanistan is of major strategic importance. I
don't think that anyone believes that Afghanistan can be a stable
country if the U.S. and Nato forces withdraw. And a Taliban takeover
of the Afghan government would bring about a return of al-Qaeda safe
havens, and would cause further destabilization of Pakistan.
It's funny, you know, but this is what always happens. A war always
seems to look good at first, and receives a lot of public support.
As the war runs into problems, the public turn against the war, and
forget their initial support.
President Obama must already see the writing on the wall. If he
doesn't approve the additional troops, then he'll be condemned when
things go wrong. If he does approve the additional troops, then
he'll anger his own hard-left base, and he'll still be condemned when
things go wrong.
Everything seemed so easy to Barack Obama when he was campaigning,
and could just blame everything on George Bush. Now Obama is making
the decisions, and that's turning out to be a lot harder. It will be
interesting to see how he handles the question of additional troops.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090919 Big Iran street protests greet Ahmadinejad's fiery denunciations of Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.head
Big Iran street protests greet Ahmadinejad's fiery denunciations
of Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.date
19-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.txt1
Iran's political crisis continues to grow, as the college year
begins.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090919.txt2
Iran's president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/vcCandidateFeed1/idUSTRE58H17S20090918
"promised his audience,"#> "This regime (Israel) will not last long.
Do not tie your fate to it ... This regime has no future. Its life has
come to an end."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 3
The occasion of the Friday speech by Iran's president Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad was al-Quds Day, where al-Quds is the Arabic name for
Jerusalem. Ahmadinejad was speaking in support of the Palestinians,
and condemning Israel. Here are <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD254809 "some excerpts"#>
from his speech:
"The plans for the formation of the [Zionist]
regime had been drawn up before the World War I to rule all
material and intellectual sources of the world. ...
We do believe that if war is waged in Iraq and Afghanistan, it is
because of Zionists' provocation. If Sudan is suppressed it is
because of Zionists' temptations. Zionists are behind all the
conspiracies of the arrogance and colonialism. They do not allow
the main factor of excuses for Palestine occupation be examined
and surveyed. ...
The pretext for establishing the Zionist regime is a lie - a lie
which relies on an unreliable claim, a mythical claim, and the
occupation of Palestine has nothing to do with the
Holocaust."
These are some of the most inflammatory statements that Ahmadinejad
has made in a while.
As I've written in my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "analysis of
Iran's strategy,"#> Iran would like to gain hegemony over the entire
Mideast. To this end, they've provided money to the Palestinians,
armed Hizbollah to fight Israel, supplied Shia terrorists in Iran
with materials for roadside bombs, and supplied Sunni terrorists in
Afghanistan with materials for roadside bombs. In recent months, Iran
has been providing support to the Shia Houthi rebels in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090913 "Yemen's civil war."#>
Ahmadinejad is trying to mimic the success of Iran's 1979 Islamic
Revolution, in which the leaders united the country by referring to
the United States as "The Great Satan." From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, that kind of strategy works in a generational
Crisis era, such as Iran was in during the 1979 revolution and the
1980-88 Iran/Iraq war. But it can't work today, because Iran is now
in a generational Awakening era. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622
""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#>)
Thus, a speech at the same event given by hard-line cleric, Ayatollah
Ahmad Khatami, returns to the theme of Jerusalem and the
Palestinians:
"The late Imam Khomeini and the Islamic
administration's support of the Palestinian cause is not a matter
of politics but has deep roots in religion. The first religious
basis of the support of Palestine is that the Holy Koran refers to
Muslims as a united body."
This statement is part of an incredible fantasy held by Ahmadinejad
and other hard-liners in Iran's government: That Iran can create an
Islamic empire encompassing the entire Mideast. Thus, the Iranians
are aiding the Hamas Palestinian terrorists and the Lebanese
Hizbollah terrorists to fight Israel. As unbelievable as this may
seem, they actually believe that by doing things like that, they're
going to be able to create an Islamic empire, centered in Tehran, that
will control the entire Mideast.
This is tied into the fanatical religious belief, held by Ahmadinejad
and other hardline Iranian leaders, of the coming of the Mahdi that I
discussed in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 ""Iran and
Ahmadinejad are waiting for the Mahdi,""#> something that's
roughly equivalent to waiting for the second coming of Christ in the
Christian religion.
They actually believe that the Arab/Sunni Muslim populations on the
Arabian peninsula will allow themselves to be governed by the
Persian/Shia Muslim government in Tehran. Such a belief is
fanaticism to the point of insanity.
Iranian officials had feared al-Quds day demonstrations, and had
forbidden them with threats of arrest. However, that didn't stop
tens of thousands from protesting, <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article6840733.ece
"according to The Times:"#>
"In Tehran and other cities, tens of thousands of
demonstrators hijacked Iran’s annual al-Quds Day rallies in
support of the Palestinian cause and turned them into protests
against the oppression of Iranians. The security forces hit back
with teargas and baton charges. There were violent confrontations
between government and opposition supporters in the squares and
avenues of central Tehran and numerous reports of arrests and
injuries. ...
Car drivers stuck in the gridlock sounded their horns and turned
on their headlights to show support. Protests were also reported
in Isfahan, Shiraz, Tabriz, Qum, Rasht and other cities. Within
hours the internet was flooded with video clips showing jubilant
crowds applauding, singing and holding their arms aloft to form a
sea of V-for-victory signs. Witnesses said that they chanted “Rape
and torture will not stop us” and “Liar, liar, where is your 63
per cent?” — a reference to Mr Ahmadinejad’s alleged share of
June’s vote.
They chanted: “I will fight, I will die, but I will take back my
country”, and “Supreme Leader! This is the last message — the
Green Movement of Iran is prepared for the uprising”. Mocking the
regime’s concern for the Palestinians, they chanted: “Neither Gaza
nor Lebanon — I sacrifice my life for Iran.” Some held placards
saying: “If I rise, if you rise, everyone will rise.”
One elderly woman said: “They have raped, murdered and tortured
our youth after stealing the election. May God’s wrath come down
on them.”
A 69-year-old merchant said: “I came to show solidarity with the
youth of my country. The regime is destroying Islam and Iran.”
A young female student said: “The cheating, the raping, the
killing and the torture drive you mad. I’ve come to express my
hatred for Ahmadinejad and his protector, that so-called Great
Leader of the Revolution.”
Of particular note was the chant, "Neither Gaza nor Lebanon — I
sacrifice my life for Iran." This was a direct repudiation of
Ahmadinejad's policy of supporting Hamas and Hizbollah.
Analysts at organizations like Stratfor and the BBC had predicted,
earlier this summer, that the protests would be crushed. At one point,
the BBC reported all day that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090718 "the
protests were already dead."#> On the very next day, there were tens
of thousands of protestors.
Analysts, journalists and politicians all got it wrong because they
were using the wrong historical analogy -- the massive 1989 Tiananmen
Square protests in China, that died out after they were crushed by
China's People's Liberation Army firing on and killing hundreds or
thousands of protestors.
However, as I said from the beginning, a Generational Dynamics
analysis indicates that the best historical analogy is America's
protests beginning with the 1967 Summer of Love. Those protests
continued for almost a decade, and resulted in the failed
presidencies of Lyndon Johnson and Richard Nixon, as well as an
American defeat in Vietnam.
(For information about generational Awakening eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#> For
information about America's Awakening era in the 1960s-70s, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 ""Iraq Today vs 1960s
America.""#> For information about the Summer of Love, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers commemorate the 40th
anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
It's way too early to say that "the Islamic Revolution is toast," but
it's not to early to say that Iran's government faces many years of
political crisis, as the generation of hardline survivors of the 1979
revolution all retire and die, and younger post-war generations grow
in size. These younger generations are generally pro-American and
pro-West, and they are not interested in wiping Israel off the map.
When colleges open in the fall, large campus demonstrations are
likely.
And it's still my expectation, as I've stated several times in the
past, that when the Clash of Civilizations world war arrives, Iran
will be the ally, not the enemy, of America, Israel and the West.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090917 Stock market goes dangerously parabolic, as day traders bid prices up
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.head
Stock market goes dangerously parabolic, as day traders bid prices up
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.date
17-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.txt1
Wall Street markets shot up 1-1.5% on Wednesday, 48% above the March
lows.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090917.txt2
As we wrote last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090824
""Stock markets reflect increasingly delusional Wall
Street,""#> this new stock market bubble represents an
increasingly dangerous situation. It's like stretching a spring; the
more you stretch it, the more violently it snaps back when you
release it.
The surge appears to be related to a strong showing by day traders --
people who trade stocks several times a day in order to take advantage
of minute by minute movements in the price of the stock -- according
to a <#stdurl http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125301723012911741.html
"WSJ article:"#>
"Return of Day Traders Drives Rise in Volume
Even as mom-and-pop investors sit out the rally, short-term
players -- including some classic individual day traders -- appear
to be making a comeback.
Trading volume surged 14% or more last month from July at online
brokerage firms....
Total daily average revenue trades at E*Trade rose 37% from a
year earlier in August.
It amounts to an unusually large jump in online trading,
traditionally the domain of smaller investors. "Usually, August is
one of the worst months of the year," said Richard Repetto of
Sandler O'Neill Partners L.P., with volume typically falling 10%
from July.
The trading surge coincided with a powerful rally in stock prices
-- a wave these traders may have been trying to ride. The Dow
Jones Industrial Average is up 14% from the start of July and 4%
from the beginning of August. On Tuesday, the Dow closed at
9683.41, up 0.59%, its highest level since Oct. 6, 2008.
The revival of short-term trading doesn't necessarily reflect
long-term confidence in stocks. That's because a lot of long-term
money is still sitting on the sidelines."
If true, then this new stock market bubble is actually being caused
by day traders competing with each other to bid up stock prices. This
is dangerous because bad news can cause stock prices to fall very
rapidly, if day traders begin to panic.
That's what happened to the Shanghai stock market, which was pushed
by day traders to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070226 "high bubble
levels,"#> and then <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080613b "crashed to below
50% of its peak."#>
Thus, there's no way to tell how long or how high the current stock
market bubble will grow, but the concern is that when it bursts, it
will do so rapidly.
The bubble is propelled by the fantasy that there's a full-fledged
economic recovery in progress. This fantasy is put forth by the
politicians, who have votes to gain, and by CNBC and other financial
media, who have advertisers to please.
Looking at some of the actual data, we see a very different picture.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090916a.gif right "" "Job openings vs unemployed
(Source: Dave Rosenberg, Gluskin Shiff)"#>
The unemployment picture continues to worsen, and even the
Administration agrees that unemployment is going to go well above
10%. However, Dave Rosenberg of Gluskin Shiff, in his September 11
<#stdurl
https://ems.gluskinsheff.net/Articles/Breakfast_with_Dave_091109.pdf
""Breakfast with Dave Rosenberg""#> commentary (or <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/ww2010/Breakfast_with_Dave_091109.pdf
"click here"#> for PDF file) says that the job situation is much
worse than government officials are saying:
"The problem is not so much with firings any more;
it’s more about a complete lack of new hiring. The NFIB index that
measures job openings fell again in August — from 9.0 to a 27-year
low of 8.0. Challenger hiring plans collapsed 24% in August to a
three-month low. Someone obviously forgot to tell the folks at
Manpower that the recession was over because its employment plan
index for the U.S. just broke below the worst levels of the last
three economic downturns. The JOLTS data from the Bureau of Labor
Statistics also showed that job openings plunged 121,000 in July
and we now officially, for the first time on record, have six
unemployed people competing for every possible job opening out
there. No wonder organic wages and salaries are deflating a record
[Year on Year] rate of nearly 5%."
This comes at a time of increasing monetary deflation, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/recession/6190818/US-credit-shrinks-at-Great-Depression-rate-prompting-fears-of-double-dip-recession.html
"according to Rosenberg."#> He says that over the four weeks up to
August 24, bank credit shrank at an "epic" 9% annual pace, the M2
money supply shrank at 12.2% and M1 shrank at 6.5%. "For the first
time in the post-WW2 [Second World War] era, we have deflation in
credit, wages and rents and, from our lens, this is a toxic brew," he
said. Credit is shrinking at a "Great Depression" rate, according to
Ambrose Evans-Pritchard.
This is the deflationary spiral that I've been talking about for
years. Each day, there's less money in the world than there was the
day before, as the money created during the real estate and credit
bubbles continues to be destroyed. There is absolutely nothing about
this that points to a recovery, or justifies the current parabolic
behavior of the stock market.
Nouriel Roubini was <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=4169#p4169
"interviewed by CNBC on Monday morning,"#> and he painted a very harsh
picture of the current economy, calling it "Death by a thousand
cuts":
"On the issue of the banks, let's be realistic
about it. 350 non-bank mortgage lenders have gone out of business
more than 100 banks have gone out of business. The banks that are
on the list of the FDIC that are in trouble are already 400. So
at the end of the day we might have over 1000 financial
institutions, and even some of the big ones, like Fannie and
Freddie, Bear Stearns, AIG, Lehman have gone bust.
So this is a severe financial crisis. Now, how would I have
dealt with the issue of the banks?
My view of it is that there are still many losses that have not
been acknowledged. There's now massive forebearance. For
example, $2 trillion of commercial real estate is in trouble.
They have default rates of 30%. But now the regulators have said,
"Forebearance. Let's pretend that these assets are now worth face
value. We're going to wait."
[[This is a point that I've been making frequently. Not only
have bankers been defrauding the public, and continue to do so,
but <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090326 "regulators are complicit in
the fraud,"#> and are urging banks to continue to defraud the
public. - JX]]
And eventually, there's going to be trouble -- for regional
banks, and for smaller banks.
If you think about it, subprime went to near prime and prime.
Now it's commercial real estate, credit cards, auto loans, student
loans, leveraged loans, industrial and commercial loans, corporate
bonds, muni bonds -- all these losses slowly slowly are adding up.
It's going to be death by a thousand cuts.
We're not going to have another blow-up like Lehman, because
we've decided that nothing that's systemically important is going
to be allowed to collapse again like Lehman.
But the financial system is severely damaged. It's not just the
banks. Most of the shadow banking system has completely
disappeared. There is no securitization, there is no credit
growth. So how is the economy going to grow?
Let's recognize that things are much better than a year ago, of
course, and I credit the policy makers and their strong actions,
but there is still huge amount of damage in the financial system,
and in the real economy.
[[Question about interest-only mortgages]]
<#inc ww2010.pic g090916c.jpg right "" "Nouriel Roubini
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Absolutely. Right now, delinquencies are rising from sub-prime
to near-prime and prime on the interest-only mortgages.
There is now, by the way, a moratorium on foreclosure. Because
of that, the excess supply of homes on the market has been
limited, but eventually this moratorium is going to disappear, and
people who looked at the data, they see a massive increase in the
supply of existing homes that are going to come on the market in
the next six to 12 months.
So while the quantities in the housing market have now stabilized
because they fell 80% from the peak demand and supply, the gap
between demand and supply is so huge, you can stop producing
homes for a year to get rid of the inventories. And about 1/3 of
all existing home sales are distress sales, short sales or sales
of foreclosed homes, and that's going to increase.
So the price adjustment, in my view, is going to continue for
another year, and on a cumulative basis, 40% reduction in home
prices some time next year from the peak. That means that half of
the people that have a mortgage are going to be under water, with
negative equity in their homes. That's what we're facing right
now."
I wanted to provide this quote from Roubini at length, because he
gives a lengthy laundry list of the problems in the economy,
including the expected 40% cumulative reduction in home prices.
Roubini has flip-flopped several times on how long and how deep the
recession will be, and even whether it will lead to a new Great
Depression, which he was worried about a year ago, but no longer
considers possible.
Roubini has a brilliant "bottom up" view of the economy that allows
him to see how these different economic components are coming
together to produce a further financial crisis. However, he has very
weak "top-down" vision, and can't see that we will indeed have other
blowups like Lehman, or that we will indeed have a new Great
Depression, as is predicted by Generational Dynamics.
I've been writing about the deflationary trend for six years, and the
deflationary spiral since 2007. I still receive e-mail messages from
people who disagree with me on this point, even when they agree with
other things. However, there's plenty of evidence pointing to a
continuing deflationary spiral, including <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB125244910968793841.html "a recent WSJ
article"#> which says that deflation is being caused by a reduction in
liquidity, caused in turn by a reduction in the velocity of money:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090916b.gif right "" "The collapsing velocity of
money leads to further deflation
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
"As Liquidity Drains, So Does Inflation Risk ...
In fact, whether by accident or design, some liquidity already
seems to be draining away. M2 money supply, a measure that
includes time deposits such as certificates of deposit, has
fallen for four weeks in a row, at a 12% annualized rate,
according to Gluskin Sheff chief economist David Rosenberg.
A separate measure by the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis,
called MZM and designed to better gauge broad liquidity, has
fallen at a 16% annualized pace in that time.
At $8.3 trillion and $9.5 trillion, respectively, both money
measures still are near records. But money velocity, or the speed
with which cash is spent, is declining. ..."
The graph shows that the money supply increased during the massive
credit bubble of 2003-2007, but has been falling sharply since the
beginning of the deflationary spiral that began in August, 2007.
This measure of the money supply actually ties together monetary
policy with considerations from generational theory.
As a society enters a generational Crisis era (such as the current
one), people become risk-averse, and stop spending or lending money.
This lowers the velocity of money, causing deflation (rather than
inflation).
As the crisis continues, people will become even more risk-averse,
and the velocity of money is going to go even lower, causing further
deflation. It's still my expectation that the CPI will fall by 30%
in the next few years, despite bailouts, stimulus, and quantitative
easing.
This deflationary spiral makes the stock market incredibly dangerous
for everybody, even for people who understand that we're in a
deflationary spiral.
I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090824 "previously"#> written about
Higgenbotham, a member of the Generational Dynamics forum, who last
month had already lost about 4% of his net worth by going short in the
market. He was betting that the rally would end and the market would
go sharply down. This would make a lot of money when it happened,
but first he'd have to risk more and more money as the rally
continued.
Well, on Thursday, as the market continued its rally and appeared to
be going parabolic, he <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=4181#p4181
"posted the following:"#>
"I took my loss today, as what is going on looks
nothing like what I expected (for example, look how much gold and
silver went up today and how low the dollar is - I had predicted
that would not happen). Shorting this bear market rally destroyed
almost 8% of my net worth. The S&P is up 13.5% from where I
started shorting.
Analyzing my psychology heading into this exercise in Maximum
Ruin (which has probably been gleaned by anyone reading this
thread): First, I had made some money in the previous bubble from
2003 until 2007, although I did sell everything 1-2 years before
their respective highs (real estate, stocks, etc). Then I was
short at the top of the stock market in 2007 and made some money
there. And, as we know from the forum, I made a little money last
Fall buying and selling stocks. So I hadn't lost a dime going into
this exercise. I think what can happen in such cases is that a
person becomes overconfident and doesn't consider their actions
carefully enough. In addition, the overconfidence results in the
failure to take the actions that one knows should be taken. I knew
that I should be in safe cash and tangibles and should not be
fooling with the market.
As I watched my money get destroyed today, I told myself over and
over that this will be the last time I ever speculate. I realized
that the actions that had led to my previous success (or perhaps
luck would be a better word) were based on similar thinking to
what had led to taking the short position to begin with, but that
I was basically standing in front of a tsunami that I had
incorrectly identified. As we stated the other day, this market
environment is nothing like that which existed previous to the
crisis (and perhaps will be less similar to the past generational
crisis than anticipated). During that time, it always seemed like
the market would forgive your errors and let you out gently.
Generally, the country hasn't learned this lesson yet, but this
small exercise in Maximum Ruin gives me a taste of what is coming
and how people are going to feel when it is over. It's going to
be a very different world once this market crashes for real. Of
course, having an understanding of what is coming makes all the
difference because we all know that the days of easy money are
over and once your savings are lost it will be impossible to
recover them. One of the big problems I see is that our leaders
have convinced many that the days of easy money are not over,
when in fact they most likely are. Without that knowledge, losing
this money probably wouldn't have bothered me much. For example,
about 12 years ago, I lost about 20% of my money in the market. At
that time, it didn't bother me nearly as much as losing 8% today
and, in fact, I hadn't ever calculated the percentage until just
recently. Looking back on that now, I must have been
nuts...."
Intuitively, you would think that the bulls who buy and hold stock
("longs") and the bears who short stock are complementary in some
way. You would think that the bulls make money if and only if the
bears lose money, and vice-versa.
But that's not entirely true in a deflationary spiral. What's
happening is that there's less money in the world every day, and the
deflationary spiral pulls money from everywhere that money is
changing hands.
Thus, in the current situation, the bears are losing money because of
this new bubble / rally. Also, the bulls are staying in the market,
and they're going to lose money when the market plunges again.
During the bubble, hundreds of trillions of dollars of new money were
being created all the time. So everyone, both bulls and bears, could
make money.
But now that the bubble is leaking, all of that money is
disappearing, and the money is being pulled from every possible
source.
That's the Principle of Maximum Ruin, and it applies to both bears
and bulls in a deflationary spiral.
That's why literally stuffing the money into your mattress is the
safest thing to do. Keep the money out of play, where the
deflationary spiral can't get at it. That's the only way to stay
ahead of everybody else.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090913 Escalating civil war in Yemen threatens to pull in Iran, Saudi Arabia and U.S.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.head
Escalating civil war in Yemen threatens to pull in Iran, Saudi
Arabia and U.S.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.date
13-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.txt1
Last week, President Obama said we would help Yemen in its
"fight against terrorism,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090913.txt2
in <#stdurl http://www.reuters.com/article/latestCrisis/idUSL7485052
"a letter delivered"#> to Yemeni President Ali Abdullah Saleh.
If this commitment is followed through, it would involve the U.S. in
Yemen's civil war.
<#inc ww2010.pic yemen2.gif right "" "Yemen. Fighting is increasing
in the northern Saada province, and displaced refugees are nearing
the nation's capital, Sana'a.
(Source: CIA Fact Book / Economist)"#>
The promise was given because the civil war is escalating, and is
threatening the stability of the Yemen's government. Yemen has
enormous strategic importance because it borders on the Gulf of Aden
and the Red Sea. Shipping in these seas is already suffering because
of pirates based in Somalia, and the collapse of Yemen's government
could provide additional bases for pirates.
The <#stdurl
http://www.economist.com/world/middleeast-africa/displaystory.cfm?story_id=14413282
"fighting is between tribesmen"#> loyal to the Shia Muslim Houthi
family, a powerful northern clan, versus the Sunni Muslim
government's army. The fighting has been going on mostly in the Saada
province, but hundreds of thousands of refugees have been forced to
move south, and are now within 30 miles of the nation's capital,
Sana'a.
This situation has already reached humanitarian crisis proportions,
<#stdurl
http://www.un.org/apps/news/story.asp?NewsID=32025&Cr=yemen&Cr1=
"according to the United Nations,"#> while a $23 million emergency
appeal for humanitarian funds launched nine days ago has not yet
received a single cent.
Tribal warfare has been going on in Yemen for centuries, and reached
a peak in the early 1920s with the collapse of the Ottoman Empire.
It's now growing into a new peak, thanks to the tribal identification
with wider groups: the Shia Muslims of Iran and the Sunni Muslims of
Saudi Arabia. As I've written many times in the past, the Mideast is
headed for a Sunni vs Shia war in the next few years with certainty.
As if that weren't enough problems for the Yemen government, the
al-Qaeda terrorist group has been establishing bases in Yemen.
The Saudi and Yemeni <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/latestCrisis/idUSLT431329 "branches of
al-Qaeda have merged,"#> earlier this year, to form a single
organization, al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP). The
instability in Yemen has given AQAP a sanctuary for bases in Yemen.
AQAP has been conducting terrorist attacks, and last month the region
was shocked when an <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/middleeast/2009/08/2009828163325631155.html
"AQAP suicide bomber almost succeeded in killing"#> Saudi Arabia's
security chief, and a prominent member of the Saudi royal family.
AQAP is also fighting the Yemen government with terrorist attacks,
but in a version of the old Arab saying, "The enemy of my enemy is my
friend," the Sunni terrorist group is <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aapKi2HaofqU "not
supporting"#> the Shia Houthi rebels. However, <#stdurl
http://www.presstv.ir/detail.aspx?id=104778 "according to Iran,"#>
Saudi Arabia is supporting the conflict against the Houthis, and are
even using some segments of al-Qaeda as part of the crackdown.
On the other side, Yemen's president Ali Abdullah Saleh <#stdurl
http://yemenpost.net/Detail123456789.aspx?ID=3&SubID=1272 "said in a
recent interview"#> that "Security forces have seized two cells whose
members acknowledged that they received some $100 thousand from some
destinations in Iran," although he didn't accuse Iran's government
directly. He added that Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia cleric in Iraq who
played a big part in Iraq's past sectarian violence, is also
supporting the Houthi rebels.
In 2006, I discussed the Shia Muslim belief of the coming of the Mahdi
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 ""Iran and Ahmadinejad are
waiting for the Mahdi,""#> something that's roughly equivalent to
waiting for the second coming of Christ in the Christian religion.
According to Najeeb Ghallab, a Yemeni scholar, "Iran has strategic
goals in this regard, and the Iranians believe an army will come from
Yemen to support the long-awaited 12th imam, the Mahdi. Any threat to
the Yemeni state will also threaten Saudi Arabia, the only force that
can confront Iran. Iran therefore has an interest in promoting threats
to Yemen."
Thus, instead of a local tribal war, what we're seeing is the
beginning of a <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aapKi2HaofqU
"proxy war between Iran and Saudi Arabia,"#> who are bitter enemies
and who are competing for hegemony in the Middle East.
On top of everything else, let's not forget to mention that there's a
<#stdurl http://www.reuters.com/article/africaCrisis/idUSLO453405
"southern Yemen secessionist movement."#> South Yemen has
historically been separate from North Yemen, and this secessionist
movement is gaining strength because Yemen's army and security forces
are embroiled in the war with the Houthis.
I usually end discussions of this type by saying that this war might
escalate, or it might fizzle or lead to nothing. But in this case,
it's hard to see how it would fizzle.
The Yemen government is facing a Houthi rebellion and humanitarian
crisis, terrorist acts by al-Qaeda, and a southern secessionist
movement. All three of these elements are going to increase.
The only question remaining is whether Yemen's civil war will expand
into a larger regional war and, if so, when.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=168
"Yemen"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090908 The housing bubble began in 1995.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.head
The housing bubble began in 1995.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.date
8-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.txt1
This means that the housing crisis will last for almost another decade.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090908.txt2
Pundits, politicians, journalists and Nobel prize winners have all
been looking at various political explanations of the housing bubble.
For years, they said the bubble didn't exist at all, but late in 2007
when it clearly was leaking, they blamed it on Alan Greenspan or
George Bush, using some tortured logic.
Almost none of the mainstream analysts and economists even admitted
that there was a real estate bubble until 2006 or so, when Nouriel
Roubini discovered the bubble and announced it to the world. By that
time, it was already pretty clear that it had begun to leak.
I started writing about the real estate bubble in 2004, but I too
thought at that time that it was caused by the low near-zero interest
rates that Alan Greenspan and the Fed had put into effect. I later
rejected that view, as I came to understand that the bubble occurred
in countries around the world.
I've just become aware of <#stdurl
http://www.cepr.net/index.php/publications/reports/the-run-up-in-home-prices-is-it-real-or-is-it-another-bubble/
"a 2002 research report"#> by Dean Baker of the Washington-based
Center for Economic Policy and Research. This paper shows clearly
that the real estate bubble began in 1995, the same time as the
dot-com bubble.
Baker shows this in several ways, but the following graph shows it
most clearly:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090906.gif center "" "Cost of owning real estate
versus renting, 1975-2002
(Source: Dean Baker)"#>
This graph compares real estate prices with rental prices. As you
can see, the two graphs began diverging significantly in 1995, with
cost of ownership surging.
This REALLY makes a lot of sense, because it corresponds exactly to
the start of the dot-com bubble. Furthermore, although the real
estate bubble didn't START in 2003, it really skyrocketed starting in
2003, and that also corresponds to the huge credit bubble.
Let's take another look at this chart, that I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071121 "first posted in 2007:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g071120.gif center "" "Generational 'moods'
overlaying Dow Industrials since 1950"#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
I described this chart in detail in the above-mentioned article, but
here I only wish to relate this chart to this new information about
the real estate bubble.
The point of inflection that occurred in 1995, the time when all the
Great Depression survivors disappeared (retired or died), and Boomers
rose to senior management positions. At this time, the cautious
investment strategies of the risk-averse Depression survivors were
replaced by the reckless investment strategies of the Boomers. We now
know that the real estate bubble began at the same time of
generational change.
Then, in 2003, the credit bubble exploded, and so did the real estate
bubble.
This really ties things together from the point of view of
Generational Dynamics. It's always bothered me a little that the
real estate bubble apparently began in 2003, but now with the real
estate bubble starting in 1995, along with the dot-com bubble,
everything fits together.
Now, there's a little more to this story.
I found my way to the 2002 paper on the housing bubble through a blog
entry by its author, Dean Baker. Baker was commenting on <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/08/08/business/08leonhardt.html?_r=1&hp
"a NY Times article"#> that congratulated President Obama,
Timothy Geithner, Lawrence Summers, Ben Bernanke and Henry Paulson
because "the financial crisis of 2008 turned out to be far less bad
than it could have been."
Here are some excerpts:
"What If the Captain of the Titanic Managed to Get
Three Quarters of the Passengers on Life Boats?
David Leonhardt wants to congratulate the gang that led us into
the worse economic downturn in more than 70 years because it will
not be as bad as the Great Depression. Yes, the downturn could be
worse, but let's be serious.
This crash was 100 percent preventable to anyone watching the
economy and capable of doing 3rd grade arithmetic. The housing
bubble was easy to see and it should have been obvious that its
collapse would devastate the economy. ...
This is a complete disaster. Any custodian, dishwasher or shoe
salesperson who showed the same degree of incompetence on their
job would be fired instantly. There is no reason that the country
should engage in this soft bigotry of low expectations when it
comes to economic policy. This crew blew it just about as badly
as anyone conceivably could. Saying that you didn't give us
another great depression is not exactly a winning re-election
slogan."
This is what drives me crazy. Here's a guy from a Washington DC
economic think tank. He's done the research. He's established that
the real estate bubble is correlated to the technology bubble. He
offers no opinion at all as to what happened in 1995 to cause both
bubbles to start growing; indeed, he has no idea why the bubbles
occurred at all, and why they began in 1995, as opposed to 1985 or
2005. He doesn't even pretend to have the answers to these
questions.
And yet, even though he has no idea about how the bubble started,
he's ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN he knows all the answers about how to keep
the bubble from crashing. He says, "This crash was 100 percent
preventable to anyone watching the economy and capable of doing 3rd
grade arithmetic. The housing bubble was easy to see and it should
have been obvious that its collapse would devastate the economy."
Well how the hell was the crash preventable? Perhaps he thinks that
Congress could have passed a law making it illegal for bubbles to
crash. What more could President Obama, Timothy Geithner, Lawrence
Summers, Ben Bernanke and Henry Paulson have done beyond what they did
do -- flood the economy with trillions of dollars worth of bailouts,
stimulus and quantitative easing?
In fact, now that we know that the housing bubble began in 1995, we
can draw some further conclusions: Since the bubble started leaking in
2006, it lasted for 11 years, and so we can apply the Law of Mean
Reversion and, assuming that it leaks at roughly the same rate that it
grew in the first place, the housing crisis will last 11 years, until
2017.
The credit and real estate bubbles were hundreds of trillions of
dollars in size, and growing. To say that the crash was preventable
is typical of the nonsense produced by economists today.
Speaking of economists who produce lots of nonsense, Nobel prize
winning economist Paul Krugman has just written a lengthy article
titled, <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/06/magazine/06Economic-t.html?_r=1&hp=&pagewanted=all
""How Did Economists Get It So Wrong?""#> Krugman won the
Nobel Prize because he met the prize committee's major criterion:
Hatred of George Bush. In his columns, he's pretty much given up any
pretense of economics, since each conclusion he reaches is based on
ideological considerations. One of the major reasons that economists
got it so wrong is that they interpret everything through an
ideological filter. Krugman's new article might be called an
ideological history of economics of the 20th century. Pathetic.
At any rate, now that we know that the housing bubble began in 1995,
we know that it couldn't have been caused by George Bush or Ben
Bernanke. It also wasn't caused by Alan Greenspan's near-zero
interest rate policy, since that began in 2002. Ideologues on the
right might try to blame it on President Bill Clinton, but that's
silly as well. The real estate and dot-com technology bubbles were
caused by the disappearance of the risk-averse Great Depression
survivors from senior management positions in the early 1990s, and
the dumb investments made by Boomers when they reached those senior
management positions.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090906 Laughable SEC report on Madoff absolves SEC management of blame
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.head
Laughable SEC report on Madoff absolves SEC management of blame
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.date
6-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.txt1
"Confusion" and "inexperience" of young SEC staff
members are blamed.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090906.txt2
I frequently write on this web site about the lethal combination of
nihilistic Gen-Xers, managed by stupid, incompetent Boomers. There's
no better example of this than the way the SEC handled Bernie Madoff,
the man who defrauded hundreds of investors of $65 billion.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
According to <#stdurl
http://sec.gov/news/speech/2009/spch090409mls.htm "the report,"#> the
blame for the failure of the SEC to figure out what Bernard Madoff was
doing was entirely on the young Enforcement staff, who were "confused"
and "inexperienced." The confusion and inexperience apparently lasted
16 years, because that's how long they ignored warnings from various
people.
Here are some excerpts from the executive summary:
"During the course of both these examinations, the
examination teams discovered suspicious information and evidence
and caught Madoff in contradictions and inconsistencies. However,
they either disregarded these concerns or simply asked Madoff
about them. Even when Madoffs answers were seemingly implausible,
the SEC examiners accepted them at face value.
In both examinations, the examiners made the surprising discovery
that Madoffs mysterious hedge fund business was making
significantly more money than his well known market-making
operation. However, no one identified this revelation as a cause
for concern.
Astoundingly, both examinations were open at the same time in
different offices without either knowing the other one was
conducting an identical examination. In fact, it was Madoff
himself who informed one of the examination teams that the other
examination team had already received the information they were
seeking from him. ...
Both examinations concluded with numerous unresolved questions
and without any significant attempt to examine the possibility
that Madoff was misrepresenting his trading and operating a Ponzi
scheme.
The investigation that arose from the most detailed complaint
provided to the SEC, which explicitly stated it was "highly
likely" that "Madoff was operating a Ponzi scheme," never really
investigated the possibility of a Ponzi scheme. The relatively
inexperienced Enforcement staff failed to appreciate the
significance of the analysis in the complaint, and almost
immediately expressed skepticism and disbelief. Most of their
investigation was directed at determining whether Madoff should
register as an investment adviser or whether Madoff's hedge fund
investors' disclosures were adequate.
As with the examinations, the Enforcement staff almost
immediately caught Madoff in lies and misrepresentations, but
failed to follow up on inconsistencies. They rebuffed offers of
additional evidence from the complainant, and were confused about
certain critical and fundamental aspects of Madoff's operations.
When Madoff provided evasive or contradictory answers to important
questions in testimony, they simply accepted as plausible his
explanations.
Although the Enforcement staff made attempts to seek information
from independent third-parties, they failed to follow up On these
requests. They reached out to the NASD and asked for information
on whether Madoffhad options positions on a certain date, but when
they received a report that there were in fact no options
positions on that date, they did not take any further steps. An
Enforcement staff attorney made several attempts to obtain
documentation from European counterparties (another independent
third-party), and although a letter was drafted, the Enforcement
staff decided not to send it. Had any of these efforts been fully
executed, they would have led to Madoff's Ponzi scheme being
uncovered."
It goes on and on like this.
When you read stuff like this you really realize that the inmates
were running the asylum. Where were the (presumably Boomer) senior
managers in all this?
Did senior management never review the findings of the young
Enforcement Staff? Were they allowed to do whatever they wanted,
without anyone supervising them? When the Enforcement staff issued
opinions, did no one in upper management question them?
This is not a trivial matter, and it's a perfect example of what I
call stupid Boomers managing (or failing to manage) nihilistic
Gen-Xers.
If you read the report, you'll see that this entire farce is blamed
on "confusion" and "inexperience" of the Enforcement staff,
presumably a group of young Millennial (Gen-Y) auditors, supervised by
Gen-X middle managers. Presumably they were all college graduates,
many having studied finance and law. Presumably some were just out
of college, but many others had been working for 10-20 years. And
you're telling me that this group of people were confused and
inexperienced? That's bullshit.
Let's take another look at one paragraph from the above extract:
"As with the examinations, the Enforcement staff
almost immediately caught Madoff in lies and misrepresentations,
but failed to follow up on inconsistencies. They rebuffed offers
of additional evidence from the complainant, and were confused
about certain critical and fundamental aspects of Madoff's
operations. When Madoff provided evasive or contradictory answers
to important questions in testimony, they simply accepted as
plausible his explanations."
This is a total farce. Are you really going to tell me that when
these professional auditors and investigators, and their supervisors,
when faced with obvious lies, were so stupid that they did no follow
up whatsoever? And that this went on for 16 years? This is the
ultimate court defense: "I can't possibly be guilty, Your Honor,
because I'm way too stupid to have committed this crime."
These people simply didn't do their jobs -- on purpose. Well, why
not? The Enforcement staff were contemptuous of their managers and of
the rules they were asked to enforce. That's the heart of Gen-X
nihilism, just as failure to manage is the heart of Boomer stupidity.
That's how Gen-Xers and Boomers work together to create disasters.
I've been criticizing the SEC for many years. My original point,
that I first starting making in 2002, is that the SEC had been
formed in the 1930s with the specific purpose of preventing a new
stock market bubble like the one that occurred in the 1920s. They
completely failed to stop the dot-com bubble of the late 1990s, and
now you can see why. The people at the SEC didn't give a shit about
anything.
The only good thing about this report is that you can see how
pathetic this agency is. According to the report, there were
unsupervised children running around conducting investigations, being
distracted every time someone offered them a lollipop. Management is
invisible in this report.
And the same people are still there. The former chairman,
Christopher Cox, has been replaced by someone new, Mary L. Schapiro.
But this report, written under Shapiro's direction, shows that Shapiro
is just as incompetent as Cox was, and anyway, all the same "confused"
employees are still in place
The biggest mistake that you can make, Dear Reader, is to assume that
what happened here is unique to the SEC. The same kind of thing
happened and is continuing to happen in millions of businesses and
government agencies across the country (and, indeed, across the
world).
The current financial crisis was brought about when almost every
financial and real estate institution in the country (and the world)
began practicing corruption and fraud on a large scale. The
employees of these organizations are still there, screwing ordinary
people, and collecting their million dollar bonuses.
Long-time readers of this web site know that I've been describing
this corruption and fraud for many years now, and I've been
repeatedly revolted, disgusted and infuriated by what I've seen going
on. I received a lot of criticism for some things I said, but
everything I've said, and more, have turned out to be true. I'm still
sickened by the bumbling incompetence in the Administration, by the
clown circus in Congress, by the continued fraud being practiced by
financial institutions, and by the Pollyannaish garbage being put forth
by CNBC, the Wall Street Journal, and other financial media.
What most people don't realize is that almost everyone is playing
"kick the can," meaning that they're doing everything to cover up
what's going on, hoping that the problem will go away.
You may recall that Citibank and other banks were forced to admit
that the assets in their portfolios were virtually worthless, since
they were structured assets based on worthless mortgage-backed
securities. You may have thought that all of those worthless assets
have finally been removed. That's not true. There are some <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601039&sid=acPs3f5Wlny0 "$1
trillion (notional value) in additional securities"#> that have no
market value, and regulators are allowing them to continue to do so.
These securities represent a fraud on investors, because they hide
the true value of the institutions. Investors purchase stock in the
institution, based on the phony notional value of the assets.
This is just one example of the widespread fraud and corruption
that's continuing at this very time. Nothing has been learned in the
last two years, since the credit crisis began. We're following
exactly the same path that we followed in the 1930s, and we still
have much farther to go down.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090901 Wartime entertainer Vera Lynn returns to pop music charts in UK
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.head
Wartime entertainer Vera Lynn returns to pop music charts in
UK
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0909
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.date
1-Sep-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.txt1
The romantic escapist music of the the 1930s and 1940s is returning.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090901.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right music 3
Arctic Monkeys were the most popular artists in the UK last week,
followed close behind by Dizzee Rascal. But that wasn't the big
news.
The big news is that "the Soldier's Sweetheart," <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8229842.stm "Vera Lynn, is
back on the charts"#> at number 20 with her recording of "We'll Meet
Again," a song that she sang to the troops during the darkest days of
World War II. The release of the recording was timed for release at
the 70 year anniversary of UK's declaration of war on Germany,
September 2, 1939.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8uHykTs-THg "a video"#>
showing an actual performance of Vera Lynn before an audience from the
Royal Air Force in 1942:
We'll meet again, don't know where, don't know when
But I'm sure we'll meet again some sunny day
Keep smiling through, just the way you used to do
Till the blue skies chase the dark clouds far away
Now, won't you please say "Hello" to the folks that I know
Tell 'em it won't be long
'Cause they'd be happy to know that when you saw me go
I was singing this song
We'll meet again, don't know where, don't know when
But I'm sure we'll meet again some sunny day
One of the few real pleasures of writing articles for this web site
is to describe <#hreftext ww2010.i.bigband "the return of the Big
Band Era style music."#>
I wrote about this last April, when
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090418b "Susan Boyle won worldwide acclaim
and popularity"#> for her performance of "I Dreamed a Dream."
The best music of the 1930s and 1940s was lyrical, romantic escapist
music. People needed that music to gain momentary respite from the
suffering of homelessness, starvation and war.
Music goes through generational changes like everything else. After
the war you had the sweet "live, love, laugh and be happy" post-war
love ballads, followed by "rock 'n' roll" and the protest music of
the Awakening era Boomers.
As Gen-X music took hold in the late 1970s and 1980s, the protest
music morphed into counterculture "punk rock" music, with dark lyrics
mostly rejecting Boomer values, and often emphasizing themes of
violence, isolation, disillusionment and death.
Now the young Millennial generation is making itself felt more and
more, and we're starting to see a return to the beautiful romantic
ballads that cheer people up during times of crisis.
The <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UdGX_FcvVoE "following
video"#> contains a recording of Vera Lynn's most popular song, the
beautiful and sentimental "The White Cliffs Of Dover".
This is an incredibly sad song, because in 1942, Nazi war planes were
pouring over the English Channel, past the cliffs of Dover, to carry
out their mission of bombing London and other British cities. Those
of you who were traumatized by the attacks of 9/11/2001 might think
about what it's like to be traumatized like that three times a day.
Oh, there'll be bluebirds over the white cliffs of Dover
Tomorrow, just you wait and see
There'll be love and laughter and peace ever after
Tomorrow, when the world is free
The shepherd will tend his sheep
The valley will bloom again
And Jimmy will go to sleep
In his own little room again
There'll be bluebirds over the white cliffs of Dover
Tomorrow, just you wait and see
A couple of footnotes.
Susan Boyle suffered a nervous breakdown after her appearance on
"Britain's Got Talent," and had to spend 5 days in a psychiatric
hospital. Since then she's recovered, and she's recorded an album
scheduled for release in November, at which time she'll give U.S.
concert tour.
And Dame Vera Lynn is still around today, alive and kicking and 92
years old. <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/arts_and_culture/8208870.stm
"Click here"#> for a fascinating recent BBC interview where she
reminisces about her war experiences.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=167 "Music
and Generations"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090831 Political earthquake in Japan as opposition wins in landslide
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.head
Political earthquake in Japan as opposition wins in landslide
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.date
31-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.txt1
Issue: 20 Years after Tokyo's stock market crash, the economy is as
bad off as ever.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090831.txt2
In fact, a major factor in the election was a jobs report on Friday
that showed <#stdurl
http://search.japantimes.co.jp/cgi-bin/nb20090829a1.html
"a big spike in unemployment,"#> an all-time high since World War II.
With charges of corruption, combined with a crashing economy, the
parliamentary balance has reversed. Prior to the election, the
ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) held 303 seats, while the
Democratic Party of Japan (DPJ) held 112 seats. But according to
exit polls from Sunday's elections, the DPJ will now hold about 315
seats, and the LDP will hold about 100 seats.
Thus, this wasn't just a political victory. It was a historic
political earthquake.
When World War II ended, Japan was a basket case. They'd expended
their national budget on a lost war, and much of the country was in
rubble, having been bombed with both conventional fire bombs and
nuclear weapons.
Japan's reconstruction era was overseen by American army General
Douglas MacArthur, who had led the Pacific theatre of World War II,
and who had accepted Japan's surrender on September 2, 1945.
Japan's attitude changed overnight. The people of Japan completely
repudiated their imperialist past and, in cooperation with America's
generosity, administered by General MacArthur, became a pacifist
nation closely allied with the U.S. The idea was that they would
depend on the U.S. to defend them.
The Reconstruction period ended in 1955, and Liberal Democratic Party
(LDP) was created. By 1956, national income had <#stdurl
http://search.japantimes.co.jp/cgi-bin/fl20090830rp.html "recovered to
its 1940 level,"#> and LDP politicians promised rapid economic growth.
The LDP held power ever since then, except for ten months in the early
1990s.
Thus, the victory of the Democratic Party of Japan (DPJ) over the LDP
is not a simple change of party; it represents a historic political
change, a repudiation of the values of the survivors of World War II,
and a new uncharted direction. This is similar to the repudiation of
values and change of direction indicated by the election of Barack
Obama in America's 2008 election.
=inc ww2010.h2 conundrum "Japan's economic conundrum"
The conundrum is this: How come Japan's economy hasn't recovered,
even though 20 years have passed since its credit bubble collapsed
and its stock market crashed?
Quite honestly, I thought that Japan's economy was in good shape.
That's why I wrote, almost three years ago, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070220 ""Japan's real estate crash may finally end after 16
years.""#> At that time, Japan's real estate prices were
finally rising, for the first time since 1990.
Japan had had huge real estate, credit, and stock market bubbles,
growing throughout the 1980s. By 1989, the nominal value of just
Tokyo's real estate was greater than the nominal value of all the real
estate in the entire United States.
As I've discussed several times in the past, Japan's experience
following its 1990 financial crash and deflationary spiral is very
much part of the discussion of today's financial crisis. I've posted
several discussions on presentations by Richard C. Koo, Chief
Economist at Nomura Research Institute, on the experience of the
1930s Great Depression and the 1990-2005 "lost decade" in Japan.
(See, for example <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090401 ""Fiscal
stimulus programs in 1930s and today.""#>)
Japan tried bailouts and quantitative easing for years, and seemed to
be achieving success by around 2005. The thought has been that
America, Europe, and other countries could try bailouts and
quantitative easings that were bigger and better and faster, and
prevent the current financial crisis from even occurring. Indeed,
people like Hank Paulsen, Ben Bernanke and Larry Summers are currently
patting themselves on the back for being so clever as to have avoided
a complete meltdown.
As we've said many times, the complete meltdown, a generational panic
and crash, is coming and can't be prevented. Furthermore, bailouts
and quantitative easing this early in the crash will do little good,
because there are tens of trillions of dollars of money being
destroyed as the credit bubble leaks, and a few hundred billion
dollars in quantitative easing will not have much of an effect.
But still, we might expect that all these bailouts and quantitative
easings would produce some results in 5 or 10 years.
But the Japanese experience indicates that it won't produce results
for a lot longer.
Why didn't the quantitative easing restore Japan's economy after
almost 20 years? Why is Japan's economy now collapsing again? What
I believe is that the reasons are the same as the ones I gave in the
article referenced above as problems with Koo's theory. It's
worthwhile reviewing them now in the current context:
The theory presented by Koo is that stimulus packages or
quantitative easing have zero cost in a "balance sheet recession"
(his name for a deflationary spiral). The reason is that people don't
spend money; they either pay down debt, or save it in the bank, and
either way, the stimulus money goes right back into the
treasury.
The main problem is "leakage" -- when stimulus money is used to
purchase imports, and so the money does NOT return to the
treasury.
Japan had no problem with leakage, since they could sell exports
to America's and China's bubble economies, thus recovering the
leakage money.
Thus, Japan's stimulus money didn't build its domestic economy at
all; instead, it just built up its export markets.
Now that economies in America and China are crashing as well,
Japan's economy is in just as much trouble as before.
I can't prove the above, but I believe that it's the cause of Japan's
current severe economic problems.
There's been a debate on for decades on how long it took the U.S. to
recover from the stock market crash of 1929-32. Some people claim
that it was Roosevelt's spending policies that ended the Depression,
but the data doesn't really support that. It took World War II to
end the Great Depression. Apparently it will take another world war
to end Japan's 20 year old deflationary spiral.
I always say, half-jokingly, that I'm the gloomiest person in the
world. As I began developing the Generational Dynamics methodology
in 2002 and 2003, I saw that it implied that we were heading for a
new 1930s style Great Depression, and a new Clash of Civilizations
world war.
As the years have gone by, and as the number of articles on this web
site have gone from tens to hundreds to a couple of thousand, I've
been able more and more to connect the dots. A worldwide financial
crisis leads to world war, because a world war is the only way to end
the financial crisis. In the last seven years, the prognosis has only
gotten worse.
Most people are oblivious to what's going on, and don't want to hear
about it, as for example I wrote last week in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090824 ""Stock markets reflect increasingly delusional Wall
Street,""#> or as I wrote last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090730 ""China's bubble economy becomes increasingly
unstable.""#>
Ten days ago, the Obama <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=aaNkaSFbrjmA
"administration announced that"#> the May estimate of a $7 trillion
deficit was being increased to $9 trillion. As I wrote last year in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One, Two, Three ...
Infinity,""#> these deficits are only going to grow
uncontrollably.
Neither President Obama nor any other politician can do anything to
cause or prevent or stop these growing deficits. These things are
caused by powerful forces launched decades and centuries ago, and
transmitted through generational waves in the way that the power of
an undersea earthquake is transmitted through a tsunami.
What's been infuriating me for years is not that all this is coming,
but that people like bankers have been taking advantage of the crisis
by royally screwing other people. It infuriates me to see so-called
"experts" on CNBC use phony "operating earnings" that are totally
meaningless, in order to keep defrauding investors and protect their
own 7-digit salaries. It infuriates me to see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090819 "Iceland's former prime minister"#> claim
that he knew nothing about what was going on, when everyone else
(including me, as reported several times on this web site) did know.
It infuriates me that various Nobel-prizing winning economists state
purely ideological theories, masquerading them as economics. It
infuriates me to see the administration, for the most venal political
reasons, eviscerate the CIA by prosecuting CIA agents for having done
their job in protecting this country.
An online correspondent recently wrote the following to me:
"I've actually stopped following Wall Street as
the disconnect with Main Street becomes greater and greater. Right
now they seem to have nothing whatsoever to do with each other. I
realize the pundits firmly believe that the economy will be good
if people FEEL good about it, and bad if they feel bad about it,
but Joe Lunchbox and Betty Brownbag don't have the luxury of going
by their feelings, and they don't. They go by the hard, cold
economic facts in front of them. Layoffs and delays in the
clunker payments and what's in the bank and don't even walk into
the emergency room unless you want to be charged more than you can
pay ... facts.
I am taking all my data from Main Street these days, and let the
big boys talk to each other in a rose-colored haze.
And, oh, yes, let's have something that WORKS (anathema to the
screaming moralizers on both sides) and MAKES SENSE (a quality
the screaming moralizers find irrelevant.)"
I agree with her sense of despair. It used to be that someone could
invest in AT&T if they wanted something safe, or in Xerox or IBM if
they wanted something a little more risky. But today, all stocks go
up and down together, and it makes almost no difference which stock
you buy. Everything is being run by institutional investors and
computerized trading. As for the small investor, the old saying
applies: When the elephants fight, the grass gets stomped. The
politicians, the financiers, even ordinary people, are simply out to
screw other people for their own gain.
And there's no end to it. It's not a world that existed 20-30 years
ago, it's not a world that I recognize, and it's not a world that I
can simply survive in. I've made big mistakes in my life, and I've
hurt people unintentionally, but I can honestly say that I've never
intentionally set out to screw people the way I see others do to each
other. How does one deal with this? How does one trust anyone? I
remember Greenspan saying how shocked he was when he realized that
all the bankers had conspired to commit fraud. This is independent
of ideology and politics. People in all organizations, all
ideologies, are just out to screw anyone else for money. Bernie Madoff
is the rule, not the exception. Ethics is never even mentioned as a
consideration by anyone. Obama couldn't care less whether people
starve or are homeless if he can turn it into a way to get votes. (I
used to write about this phenomenon with feminists -- they would
gladly see more women and children battered, beaten, raped and killed
if it meant more money for feminist organizations.) It's as if
everyone else in the world besides myself is a psychopath. Or it
means that everyone else is sane and I'm a psychopath. What's the
difference?
Well, this started out as an analysis of the Japan election, and it
turned into quite a rant, didn't it. A person as gloomy as I am
shouldn't write these things too late at night, because there's no
telling what I'm going to say.
People voted for Obama for President last year because they were
desperately grasping for a solution to their problems. Now, 8 months
into Obama's presidency, they're discovering that these solutions are
illusory, and the situation is as desperate as ever.
A similar thing happened on Sunday in Japan. The Japanese people see
massive corruption in government, they see their economy crashing,
and still have visceral fears of war with China and North Korea, for
good reason. They overwhelmingly threw out the party that had
governed for 50 years, and brought in a new party that they
desperately hope will solve all their problems. What will they think
in 8 months?
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=166
"Japan"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090830 U.N. commander claims that the Darfur war is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.head
U.N. commander claims that the Darfur war is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.date
30-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.txt1
The war has turned into "very low intensity" clashes and
banditry,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090830.txt2
according to General Martin Luther Agwai, the outgoing commander of
the combined United Nations / African Union peacekeeping force
(UNAMID). He <#stdurl
http://www.sudantribune.com/spip.php?article32270 "made the
following"#> very Zen statement:
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right darfur 2
"You see, the causes of the conflict in Darfur
have changed completely. If war is a conflict whereby today you
attack and then go back home and stay until three, four, five
months and come back... If that is a definition of war then there
is a war in Darfur.
But if that is not the definition then there is no war as of now
in Darfur."
I wonder if Agwai can also describe to us the sound of one hand
clapping.
It's interesting to note that UNAMID itself apparently doesn't agree
with Agwai's assessment. If you read the <#stdurl
http://unamid.unmissions.org/Default.aspx?tabid=898&ctl=Details&mid=1062&ItemID=5396
"farewell UNAMID press release"#> on Agwai's departure, it makes no
reference to the end of the war. It contains only two quotes from
Agwai: "We have made significant progress on the ground and the end
of deployment is at last in sight" and "I believe we have made
remarkable progress, but still need to do more."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this cannot be the
end of the war, because there's hasn't been a climax. This is a
generational crisis war, and crisis wars end with a bang, not a
whimper. A non-crisis war can end with a whimper, but not a crisis
war. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of
Generational Dynamics.""#>)
I'v discussed the concept of the "explosive crisis" several times
with respect to the recently ended crisis civil war in Sri Lanka.
(See, for example, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090517 ""Tamil
Tigers surrender, ending the Sri Lanka crisis civil war.""#>)
The explosive crisis is always some sort of massacre or genocide,
something so horrible that both the victors and losers vow that
nothing like it can ever be permitted to happen again.
That hasn't happened in Darfur. There are three million refugees
living in huge tent farms in the middle of the desert, with food,
water and other needs supplied by international care agencies. There
are still many rapes and murders and small massacres (these are the
"very low intensity" clashes and banditry that Agwai referred to),
but full-scale war with Janjaweed militias and other pro-government
militias is being held off only because of a small cadre of African
Union and United Nations forces.
How are these three million refugees going to return to their homes?
Many of their villages have been taken over by the pro-government
militias, and most of the others have been burnt to the ground.
Whatever visceral emotions launched the full-scale genocide in the
first place still exist, and will exist until the cathartic explosive
climax occurs.
There have been <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/8224424.stm "numerous news
stories"#> this week on Agwai's statement, and they all say that the
Darfur war began in 2003. This is totally absurd.
The war began in the 1970s as a classic war between farmers and
camel herders. These conflicts have occurred in every country
throughout history. The farmers plant crops. The herds of animals
trample the crops. The farmers put up fences. The herders break
through the fences. Tempers flare.
In Darfur, the herders and farmers are different ethnic groups, with
the herders allied with the government in Khartoum. The conflicts
were settled locally in the 1970s, but they escalated throughout the
1980s and 1990s. Finally in 2002 and 2003 there were several
"regeneracy events," turning the low-level war into a crisis war.
(For a detailed history of the Darfur war, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070619 ""Ban Ki Moon blames Darfur genocide on global
warming.""#>)
By 2004, the genocidal events were apparent, and the international
community began committing resources to stop the fight. But as I
wrote in 2004 in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040628 ""Darfur
genocide: The UN is completely irrelevant,""#> crisis wars are
not political wars, and cannot be prevented, started or stopped by
politicians. Generational crisis wars come from the masses of people,
driven by an entire constellation of generations. They start off
slowly, and gather momentum until an explosive climax is reached.
Then the people on all sides say to one another, "Omigod, what have
we done?" and they vow that it will never happen again. It happens
again when the survivors of the crisis war retire and die.
Darfur has not yet reached that explosive climax. The climax has
been postponed by huge international commitments of resources to
separate the two sides, and to support 3 million refugees in camps.
One way or another, those refugee camps are going to disappear and
the international aid groups will disappear. Then the militias will
have the chance they've been waiting for, and the REAL explosive
climax will occur.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=165 "Darfur
/ Sudan crisis war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090828 Typhoon Morakot triggers a Dalai Lama visit to Taiwan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.head
Typhoon Morakot triggers a Dalai Lama visit to Taiwan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.date
28-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.txt1
Beijing "resolutely opposes" the proposed visit of the
Dalai Lama
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090828.txt2
to Taiwan "in whatever form and capacity," according to an <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-08/27/content_11954815.htm
"official statement"#> from the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). It
adds:
"The Dalai Lama is not a pure religious figure.
Under the pretext of religion, he has all along been engaged in
separatist activities.
When people from all sectors on the mainland are lending a hand
to help Taiwan reconstruct and overcome the typhoon disaster
quickly, some DPP members have taken the chance to plot the Dalai
Lama's visit to Taiwan.
Obviously this is not for the sake of disaster relief. It's an
attempt to sabotage the hard-earned good situation in
cross-Strait relations."
The bitter CCP statement is in response to a planned 5-day visit by
the Dalai Lama to Taiwan next week.
The visit was triggered by the unbelievably slow response of
Taiwan's current government to the devastating Morakot typhoon
(hurricane) that struck Taiwan a couple of weeks ago.
Take a look at the following <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V5HSjObr-CM "extremely dramatic
video:"#>
You won't see anything like that too often.
But the KMT government of president Ma Ying-jeou <#stdurl
http://temasekreview.com/?p=12461 "responded very slowly and
insensitively"#> to the disaster.
Ma's stiff, delayed response is in contrast to the tirelessly
comforting actions of China's Premier Wen Jiabao during last year's
devastating <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080516 "earthquake in Sichuan
province."#>
Ma's approval rating had been falling precipitously in recent months,
but his response to Morakot has been politically disastrous.
In order to understand what's going on, it will be helpful to briefly
summarize the history that got us here:
Ma Ying-jeou is president of the KMT (Kuomintang) party. This
party was formed by Mao Zedong's mortal enemy, Chiang Kai-shek in the
1920s. After China's bloody civil war (1934-49), Chiang's troops
fled to Formosa (Taiwan).
The KMT party governed Taiwan into the 1990s. It was always the
policy of the CCP and the KMT that Taiwan was part of China, and that
they would be reunited. (This is the so-called "One China
policy.")
After the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre, the Wild Lily rebellion
began in Taiwan. This was a student-led separatist movement whose
objective was that Taiwan would be a separate country, and would not
reunite with China. The rebellion grew and took the form of a new
political party, the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), that won
elections in 2000 and 2004, much to Beijing's disgust.
The Chinese HATE the DPP, even more than Nancy Pelosi hates Sarah
Palin. The CCP has frequently spewed bitter invectives at DPP
members.
Thus, the Chinese were relieved when the KMT came back into power
in 2008. However, Ma's approval ratings have been falling, and
typhoon Morakot has been a political disaster.
When members of the DPP invited the Dalai Lama to visit Taiwan to
give comfort to the typhoon victims, the Ma was <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=alP_lByNRCFU
"forced to allow the visit,"#> or risk even further loss of his
approval ratings.
The Dalai Lama is, of course, the spiritual leader of the
Tibetans. Tibet is part of China, but many Tibetans seek an
independent nation of Tibet.
This visit is a nightmare to Beijing, because it brings together
two separatist movements -- the Tibetan separatist movement and the
Taiwan separatist movement. This is very threatening to the
CCP.
But some of the <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-08/27/content_11954815.htm
"current CCP invectives"#> are posturing. They know that Ma had no
choice, but they're making their displeasure known anyway.
Things to watch for are the following:
Will Ma meet with the Dalai Lama?
Will the Dalai Lama make inflammatory statements in his speeches
and news conferences, or will he stick to a conciliatory script?
How will Ma's approval rating be affected?
Will this lead to a new round of Beijing paranoia?
It's possible that this visit by the Dalai Lama will end up changing
nothing, and it's possible that it will spiral into a major
international incident.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090824 Stock markets reflect increasingly delusional Wall Street
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.head
Stock markets reflect increasingly delusional Wall Street
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.date
24-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.txt1
The Dow Industrials reached a 2009 high on Friday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090824.txt2
but most analysts believe that a major correction is coming.
Speaking <#stdurl
http://marketplace.publicradio.org/display/web/2009/08/21/pm-weekly-wrap-q/
"Friday on PBS's Marketplace,"#> Reuters financial blogger Felix
Salmon said the following:
"The markets haven't capitulated yet. They still
seem to be in this weird delusional state they've been in for the
past few months. And so long as there isn't something absolutely
gruesome out there, there's no reason why they shouldn't stay
delusional for the foreseeable future. Eventually something is
going to set them off. It's going to cause something of a panic,
and the panic will snowball, and you're going to see a bunch of
selling again."
This quote explains what's going on in the markets today, and what's
likely to be coming in the near future. But first, we need to
explain the sources of the delusions.
The view that the stock market is due for a correction is actually
fairly widespread among analysts. Analysts differ on the amount of
the expected correction -- 10%, 20% or 30%, the last one returning us
to the March 15 lows.
This is exactly the same thing that Generational Dynamics predicts.
The difference is the predicted aftermath. The analysts say that
after the 10% or 20% or 30% correction, the markets will return to a
longer period of rallies. This is the "capitulation" concept that
Salmon refers to in the quote above.
But the Generational Dynamics prediction is quite different. We're
in the midst of a "generational market crash." These generational
crashes occur every 70-80 years, just as the generation of survivors
of the previous one have all disappeared (retired or died), and the
younger generations have resumed the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090302
"same dangerous credit securitization practices"#> that led to the
previous generational crash. Since the 1600s there have been only five
major international financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328
"the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the
1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall
Street crash.
Thus, the Generational Dynamics prediction is that the market will
indeed experience a 10% or 20% or 30% correction, but that instead of
rallying after that, it will keep falling, and at some point the
market correction will be so great and rapid, that it will be looked
back upon as a generational panic, like the "Black Monday" stock
market crash of October 28, 1929.
=inc ww2010.h2 delusions "The weird delusional state of Wall Street"
The phrase "weird delusional state" is taken from Salmon's quote
above.
If you listen to CNBC or Bloomberg TV, you hear absolutely ridiculous
statements about "green shoots" and "end of recession." A few weeks
ago, the "experts" were certain that the recession would last into
2010, but now they're saying the recession is already over, and that
the economy will spurt upward in the next couple of quarters. If you
remember that they've been saying the same thing each quarter for a
couple of years, it makes you want to vomit.
Let's begin with the following <#stdurl
http://www.decisionpoint.com/TAC/SWENLIN.html "chart from Decision
Point:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090823.gif center "" "Earnings, price/earnings
ratios, yields and prices -- 1926 to the present
(Source: Decision Point)"#>
The top of this chart shows the S&P 500 index which is at a near
historic all-time highs.
The second graph shows corporate (GAAP or "as reported") earnings.
Corporate earnings have been falling sharply, and are now at the
levels of the mid 1970s.
The third graph shows price/earnings ratios (or "valuations"), based
on as-reported corporate earnings. They've gone off the charts.
Current valuations, based on reported earnings, are well over 100,
according to the "official" S&P 500 P/E ratios, from the <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"Standard & Poors spreadsheet."#>
And talk about delusions, I just can't get over the use of "operating
earnings" on CNBC and Bloomberg TV. Analytically, "operating
earnings" are COMPLETELY MEANINGLESS, but they're quoted constantly
by the so-called experts.
(For discussions of valuations and price/earnings ratios, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090615 ""Wall Street Journal sharply revises
its fantasy price/earnings computations,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090522 ""Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on
his fantasy price/earnings computations,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street Journal and Birinyi
Associates are lying about P/E ratios.""#>)
Incidentally, the Wall Street Journal and Birinyi Associates have
apparently completely given up using fantasy "operating earnings," as
can be seen from the <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=topnav_2_3002
"latest WSJ page"#> on P/E ratios:
Dow Industrial 15.34
Dow Transportation 4568.06
Dow Utility 12.04
Nasdaq Composite 42.02
Russell 2000 nil
S&P 500 68.26
All are based on trailing 12 months of as-reported earnings.
Sources: Birinyi Associates, WSJ Market Data Group
WSJ is now using reported earnings. This may be my own fantasy, but I
like to think that it was pressure from this web site that caused WSJ
to change its policy. I also don't know where the 68.26 figure for
the S&P 500 P/E index comes from, since the "official" S&P source
mentioned above gives a figure well above 100. Still, the 68.26
figure is a lot more honest than the "operating earnings" figures
that WSJ was using earlier.
Another area where Wall Street is in a "weird delusional state" is in
real estate. Every day in the financial news, they report some
detail in the real estate picture that's "some good news" or "a sign
of hope."
What they don't mention is the larger trends, particularly in the
area of commercial real estate.
For example, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aQ9I9q6Z0DaM
"Bloomberg reports"#> the following:
"Commercial Property Values Fall as Rent Drop
Forecast
Aug. 19 -- Commercial real estate values in the U.S. fell 27
percent in the year through June and rents for offices, shops and
warehouse space may continue to drop through 2010 as the
recession saps jobs and consumer spending.
The Moody's/REAL Commercial Property Price Indices fell 1 percent
in June and are down 36 percent from their October 2007 peak,
Moody's Investors Service said in a report today. A rebound isn't
likely until the second half of next year, the National
Association of Realtors forecast in a separate report.
Unemployment of 9.4 percent, falling industrial production and a
drop in consumer spending curbed property demand, NAR said.
Falling rental income and scarce credit are hurting both landlords
and investors in securities backed by commercial property loans.
Defaults and late payments on commercial mortgage-backed
securities may surpass 7 percent by year-end, according to
research firm Reis Inc."
I've put together some <#stdurl
http://www.calculatedriskblog.com/2009/08/mba-forecasts-foreclosures-to-peak-at.html
"graphics from the Calculated Risk blog:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090823c.gif "center" "" "Top: Percentage of subprime
loans in foreclosure and delinquency, 2005-present; Middle: Same for
prime loans; Bottom: Falling prices in residential and commercial real
estate.
(Source: Calculated Risk)"#>
The graph on top shows the percentage of subprime mortgage loans in
delinquency and foreclosure. The rates are now above 40%. Some
people are calling this "good news" because it appears that the
plunge is at a slightly decelerating negative growth rate.
Even if that were true, it would still mean that the foreclosure rate
would not return to levels below 15% for at least a couple of years.
But it's also possible that the delinquency rate slowed slightly
because of all the stimulus money, and that it's poised to start up
again.
The middle graph shows the same for prime loans. These loans
historically have a foreclosure rate below 3%, but this year the
foreclosure rate has been accelerating upward.
The bottom graph shows that commercial real estate price collapses
are now catching up to residential real estate price collapses. This
has been predicted for a couple of years, but now it's happening in
full force.
Incidentally, in the next few days I'm going to be posting an
analysis showing that the real estate bubble actually began in 1995,
the same as the dot-com bubble. The significance of this fact is
that we can apply the Law of Mean Reversion and conclude that real
estate prices will actually be falling for the next decade.
=inc ww2010.h2 short "Capitulation and short-selling"
Salmon's quote, above, starts with "The markets haven't capitulated
yet." In order to understand what's going on with the market today,
you have to understand the capitulation concept.
As I explained last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081005
""The origins of the hare-brained 'capitulation'
fallacy,""#> investors and analysts today are expecting a repeat
of the "false panic of 1987." It was a false panic because the market
was underpriced at the time, unlike today when the market is still
overpriced by a factor of 160%, according to my <#hreftext
ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page."#>
According to the hare-brained capitulation theory, the markets will
fall 10% or 20% or 30% very quickly, indicating that investors have
"capitulated," and then the market will resume its former bubble
growth.
However, it appears more and more that what we're seeing today is a
kind of an "upside capitulation" in progress, based on investors who
"go short," or sell stocks that they don't own, because they believe
that stock prices will fall.
In selling short, you borrow some shares of stock from your stock
broker, and you sell them at the current market price. At a later
time, say 30 or 60 days later, you're required to purchase your own
shares of stock so that you can return them to your stock broker. If
you guessed right, that the stock price is going down, then you're
buying the stocks at a much lower price than you received when you
sold them, so you make a lot of money; if you guess wrong, and the
stock price goes up, then you can lose a great deal of money.
Now, the standard capitulation theory is that people who purchase and
hold stocks will continue to hold them even when the market is going
down, because they think that the market will eventually start going
up again. Capitulation occurs when an investor gives up and decides
that the market is going to continue going down, so he sells his
stocks and takes his losses. While a lot of investors are
capitulating, the volume of selling forces the market further down,
until all the capitulators are out of the market. At that time,
the market can start going up again.
According to Higgenbotham, a member of the Generational Dynamics
forum, what we're experiencing now <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&start=1810#p3973
"is being driven by short-sellers."#> It's a kind of "upside
capitulation" situation. There have been many investors holding
short positions, because they believe that the market is going to go
down again, at which point they'll make a lot of money.
But if the market keeps going up, as has been happening almost
continuously since March, then the short sellers are forced to
provide more and more money to their stock brokers, who want to make
sure that they'll be paid for the stock shares that they lent to the
short-selling investors. If the market keeps going up, the
short-sellers are forced to provide more and more money, and
eventually they'll be "squeezed" out of the market. They'll be
forced to give up their short positions, and take their losses.
Whenever a short seller leaves the market, he has to purchase stock
shares to replace the shares he's borrowed. Short sellers leaving
the market thus can force the market up even further. It's widely
believed that this is what's going on. For example, this past
Thursday, August 20, Art Cashin appeared on CNBC and stated his
opinion that much of that week's market rally was caused by "short
covering," or short sellers leaving the market.
According to Higgenbotham, when enough of these short-sellers are
forced out of the market, then this "upside capitulation" will occur.
The market will stop going up, and will start going down again.
Higgenbotham believes that this reversal may lead to a larger panic.
So now we're at a fascinating point in time where we have two
conflicting views of what's going to happen:
The standard "capitulation" view that a 10% or 20% or 30%
correction is due, after which the market will start rising
again.
Higgenbotham's "upside capitulation" view that when all the short
sellers are squeezed out, the market will fall again, possibly
causing a larger panic.
What both of these views have in common is the expectation of a sharp
fall in the markets in the next few weeks.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090823b.gif right "" "S&P 500 Short Interest Ratio,
July 2008 to July 2009"#>
Matt Stiles of <#stdurl
http://futronomics.blogspot.com/2009/08/technical-update-3109.html
"the Futronomics blog"#> supports the view that short-sellers are
controlling the market. The <#stdurl
http://www.investopedia.com/articles/01/082201.asp "Short Interest
Ratio"#> is a measure of the number of short sellers in the market.
This graph shows that short selling has been generally increasing
since the mid-March stock market lows (with a brief respite in
mid-May), continuing upward until mid-July, and falling after that.
According to Stiles: "The shorts appear to be getting frustrated as
even bad news (retail sales, consumer confidence, bank failures) is
happily bought. The bi-weekly short interest report shows short
interest falling in the last two weeks of July, even as the market
rallied - consistent with the short squeeze thesis. As mentioned
earlier this week, the markets tend to take "the path of maximum
frustration" at major turns. It will be attempted to ensure that as
few as possible are allowed to benefit from another leg down in the
stock market. And notice how short interest is much lower than it was
at this time last year."
It's worth repeating that, from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, when this widely predicted correction occurs, the market
will continue to fall, to well below the Dow 3000 range, since we're
in an era of a generational crash.
=inc ww2010.h2 drama "The Short-Selling Drama"
In the past, I've strongly advised web site readers not to try short
selling, unless they were very sophisticated traders. There are two
reasons for this: First, a long bear market rally can exhaust all
your funds with short covering. (Remember that John Maynard Keynes
said that the market can remain irrational for longer than you can
remain solvent.) And second, it's not clear that short sellers will
be able to collect the money due them when a full-scale generational
panic occurs.
However, there ARE some sophisticated traders in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Higgenbotham and several others have been maintaining their short
positions through the current rally, and have been risking more and
more of their net worth. Higgenbotham himself has reported that 2%
then 4% of his net worth was at risk, increasing as time goes on.
It's personally very painful for me to see people that I've gotten to
know going through this turmoil.
However, Higgenbotham knows what he's doing. He's done <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&start=1860#p4022
"detailed studies of past generational crashes,"#> including the
Panic of 1857, the South Sea Bubble, the Tulipomania bubble, even
going back to the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=51#p658
"1340s collapse of the Florentine banks"#> (Peruzzi, Bardi, etc.).
On Saturday, <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&start=1860#p4022
"he posted the following:"#>
"Back to the big theoretical GD picture. The
bubble extensions beyond natural limits due to interventions can
be summarized as:
No government attempt to extend the bubble
1637 Tulip Mania and 1720 South Sea Bubble
Bubbles burst the equivalent of second half of July 2009
Some government attempt to extend the bubble
1930 Dow rebound high
Bubble burst the equivalent of first half of August 2009
Extreme government attempts to extend the bubble
2009 Dow rebound high
Bubble has not burst as of August 23, 2009 (let's make it Sunday)
The report above is projecting that this bubble will burst in the
first half of September between [S&P 500 index] 1028 and 1052. The
high Friday was around 1028.
I have no strong notions at this point about how far the Bernanke
experiment will extend this bubble. After Friday's action, I plan
to sit short and wait. I guess the only thing I would continue to
put forth is that nobody will figure it out exactly. Very few
will be short at the peak. As of Friday's close, I am the only
person I know of who is short (besides 2 people on this forum -
freddyv and wvbill). I'm not in awe of this bubble because it's
just another bubble (I am disgusted by it because this whole
bubble apparatus/bureaucracy is a useless time and money drain on
hard working people and prevents productive activity). So I
remain short, take my hit, and wait. Friday it extended beyond
all previous generational bubbles so far as I can tell. That much
I think I know. I got an e-mail from a former S&P floor trader
this morning and he said I don't know how you can take this.
That's why the phone calls go back and forth as described in the
above report. As for me, I don't really care whether it's over
now, at 1032, 1040, or 1052 (and it will almost definitely be some
other number that nobody has thought of). In the big picture it
makes no difference, but if it extends beyond the area that I've
mapped out as my limit, I will take my loss there. That would
destroy about 10% of my net worth and help to prove the Maximum
Ruin theory."
The last line refers to the Principle of Maximum Ruin that I've
discussed many times on this web site. (See, for example, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090808 ""As new stock bubble expands, the
Principle of Maximum Ruin looms larger.""#>)
What all of this shows is how deadly dangerous this market is today,
in the midst of a generational crash, even for sophisticated traders.
For all web site readers, my strong recommendation remains the same:
Keep your assets in cash.
=inc ww2010.h2 doldrums "The summer doldrums"
It almost seems as if nothing has been going on in the world this
summer.
The Sri Lanka civil war is over. The only news about the Darfur war
is the so-called peace negotiations. Israel and Gaza are arguing
about what happened in their last war. Pakistan refugees are
returning to their homes in Swat Valley. There have been major
suicide bomber attacks in Iraq and Afghanistan, but no one cares with
Obama, rather than Bush, in office.
The big stories of the last couple of weeks have been the hurricane
that hit Taiwan, the wildfires in Athens, the Afghan elections, the
release of the convicted Lockerbie bomber. Ahmadinejad is putting a
couple of women in his cabinet. These are important stories on a
regional basis, but they have little geopolitical significance.
The same kind of thing is true in the financial world. Q2 corporate
earnings are down 28% from last year. But earlier estimates were
that they would be down 35%, so a massive 28% fall in earnings is
taken as good news. The use of "operating earnings" has become
common and unquestioned, even though they're analytically
meaningless. Every tiny bit of good news is emphasized, while the
underlying realities are being totally ignored.
In fact, if you look at what happened last summer, it was almost the
same story. The stock market was little changed all summer. Nothing
happened until after Labor Day, when the Fannie/Freddie and Lehman
crises broke at the same time.
That's just how things are in August. Everyone is on vacation or
taking the day off. Everyone is on auto-pilot, and even terrorists
can't break through the calm.
So it's quite possible that the current situation will continue at
least until Labor Day. After that, things should start moving along,
for good or ill.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090819 Iceland's former prime minister was caught completely by surprise
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.head
Iceland's former prime minister was caught completely by surprise
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.date
19-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.txt1
How in the hell is that possible?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090819.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iceland 3
As you know, Dear Reader, I get out of bed every morning and ask
myself whether I'm crazy or everyone else in the world is crazy. It
has to be one or the other, because there's such massive insanity
going on in Washington, on Wall Street, and around the world, that I
always feel that at least I'm watching a bad movie, and they won't let
me out of the movie theatre.
The bad movie took a particularly bizarre twist on Tuesday, when I
heard a BBC interview with Geir Haarde, who was Prime Minister of
Iceland last October, when Iceland's banks failed. (You can hear the
interview <#stdurl http://www.bbc.co.uk/iplayer/console/p003xx7r
"here,"#> starting at the 10:00 point.) Here's what the former Prime
Minister said:
"Interviewer: Did you really have no idea that
this was about to hit?
Geir Haarde: No, we had no idea when the storm hit us that this
was going to happen, and the magnitude of the hurricane."
Now as you know, Dear Reader, in February 2006, I wrote about the
possible default of Iceland's banks in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e060227 ""Sudden collapse of Iceland krona portends bursting of
'carry trade' bubble.""#> In that article, I described how Fitch
Ratings that it was revising the outlook for Iceland's banks from
"stable" to "negative," saying that the new ratings "[took] into
account Iceland's macro-prudential risks, including rising inflation,
rapid credit growth, buoyant asset prices, a steep current account
deficit and escalating external indebtedness."
Then, in March, 2008, I wrote another article: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080331 ""Country of Iceland may be close to financial
default.""#>
In that article, I wrote, "Iceland's central bank raised interest
rates by 1.25% this week to a record 15%, in an effort to support the
country's crashing currency. The statistics are grim. The króna
("krona" or "crown") currency has fallen in value over 30% since
January 1 against the euro, over 3% on Friday alone. And inflation
has jumped sharply in March to 8.7% from February's 6.8%. ... Many
investors now consider the króna to be as risky as subprime mortgage
loans. Money is pouring out of Iceland, and the value of the currency
is falling rapidly."
So how is it possible that Haarde was caught by surprise? And, as I
wrote a few days ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090815
""Iceland begs for mercy as Europe turns the screws,""#>
how is it possible that Britain, the EU and the IMF were all caught
by surprise as well? How the hell is it possible?
It's like a bad movie, where the Butler kills the Heiress in scene
one, in front of the entire cast, and then in the last scene they all
express surprise that the Butler did it.
Today it's just as obvious that America, Europe and China are all
headed for an even worse financial crisis, for reasons that I've
explained many times.
And then expect to see the political and financial wizards on TV say,
"Wow! I didn't see THAT coming.!"
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=164
"Iceland"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090815 Iceland begs for mercy as Europe turns the screws
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.head
Iceland begs for mercy as Europe turns the screws
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.date
15-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.txt1
This could be telling us the future of China and the U.S.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090815.txt2
Thousands of Icelanders protested outside the Parliament on Thursday,
<#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/marketsNews/idUSLD15713820090813
"objecting to Draconian economic measures"#> by the European Union
(EU) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) requiring Iceland's
taxpayers to reimburse depositors in the UK and the Netherlands.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iceland 3
The economic measures were imposed in the wake of last October's
failure of Iceland's banks, and then of Iceland's national bonds.
Many Europeans, especially in Britain and Netherlands, had deposited
their savings into Iceland's bank in an "Icesave" program that
provided interest rates of well over 10%. When Iceland defaulted,
these depositors lost their money, and Iceland was forced to agree to
reimburse the depositors.
Because of the crisis, Iceland's Prime Minister Jóhanna
Sigurðardóttir wrote the following <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/73bd25fc-8830-11de-82e4-00144feabdc0.html
"for Financial Times on Thursday:"#>
"In its efforts to conclude negotiations over
compensation for foreign savers in failed banks, Iceland has been
accused of a tendency to imagine a British or Dutch conspiracy
behind any bad news.
Iceland has no such tendency. It is battling the effects of
severe banking and currency crises and a recession that is
affecting our part of the world as much as any other. ...
Icelanders, who do not feel responsible for the global banking
crisis, are willing to make sacrifices to secure normal relations
and trade with the world. But they are angry at having to take on
the burden of compensation for the Icesave savings accounts of
Landsbanki – a failed, privately owned, commercial bank, which
attracted hundreds of thousands of UK and Dutch savers with high
interest rates. The amount to be shouldered by Iceland is huge –
about 50 per cent of our gross domestic product. Assets against
this debt will substantially lower the net amount, but there is
much uncertainty about the valuations and forecasts underpinning
such calculations.
Last October, when Iceland was in deep crisis, UK authorities
froze the assets of Landsbanki, and placed the bank (and for a
while Iceland’s government) alongside terrorist organisations on
the official UK Treasury list of entities subject to asset
freezing. Kaupthing Bank, which had just been granted a government
loan amounting to 5 per cent of GDP, then collapsed after its
subsidiary in London was seized by the Financial Services
Authority. Despite a critical report in April by the House of
Commons Treasury Select Committee, no satisfactory explanations
have been given for the UK’s actions.
Last October, when Iceland was in deep crisis, UK authorities
froze the assets of Landsbanki, and placed the bank (and for a
while Iceland’s government) alongside terrorist organisations on
the official UK Treasury list of entities subject to asset
freezing. Kaupthing Bank, which had just been granted a government
loan amounting to 5 per cent of GDP, then collapsed after its
subsidiary in London was seized by the Financial Services
Authority. Despite a critical report in April by the House of
Commons Treasury Select Committee, no satisfactory explanations
have been given for the UK’s actions.
The EU deposit insurance directive that places this burden upon us
is seen by some as aimed at the failure of individual banks rather
than a systemic collapse, as was the case in Iceland. A strong
argument has been made for Iceland being the coincidental victim
of defects in this directive, which have been ignored.
Icelanders are striving to fulfil their obligations but cannot,
and should not, ignore the lessons to be learnt from this crisis
regarding potential flaws in banking regulation and deposit
insurance schemes affecting the EU and European Economic Area.
The FT has reported how the Dutch opposed the IMF lending to
Iceland in order to enforce their demands on Icesave, claiming the
UK and Germany as allies. The perception is that Treasury
officials in the UK and the Netherlands used their bargaining
power against a much weaker party when the Icesave deal, now being
debated in the Icelandic parliament, was struck."
Sigurðardóttir's statement is both a plea for mercy and a bitter
denunciation of EU and IMF policies.
In order to see why Icelanders are so angry, let's make a list of the
indignities that Iceland has suffered, according to <#stdurl
http://icelandweatherreport.com/2009/08/eva-joly-iceland-is-being-blackmailed.html
"an analysis by Eva Joly,"#> Norwegian-French magistrate who
investigated the Icelandic bank collapse:
As soon as the crisis began in October, the UK invoked an
anti-terrorism law, normally targeted to the likes of suicide bombers
from al-Qaeda, to freeze all of Iceland's assets.
British Prime Minister Gordon Brown announced that he was
"working with the IMF" to extract as much money as possible from
Iceland.
The British and the Dutch demanded that Iceland guarantee
€50-100,000 per depositor, even though previous legislation set the
guarantee at €20,000 per depositor.
The EU President announced that there would be no European aid
until everything else was settled, if ever.
The IMF demanded, in return for a €5.5 billion loan, that
Iceland's government would have to have a zero deficit by 2013, a
goal that's impossible to meet.
Britain and the EU claim that they have no responsibility in
Iceland's default, but that claim is laughable. According to the
analysis by Joly, the European countries invited Icelandic banks into
their countries, and were required to exercise the same level of
oversight into Icelandic banks in their own country as for their own
banks.
Well then, is it possible that Gordon Brown, the Europeans and the
IMF were caught by surprise by the collapse of Iceland's banks? It's
hard to see how they could have been surprised.
In February, 2006, there was a major international currency crisis
triggered by Iceland's policies. I wrote about this at the time in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060227 ""Sudden collapse of Iceland
krona portends bursting of 'carry trade' bubble.""#> The crisis
occurred in conjunction with an announcement by Fitch Ratings that it
was revising the outlook for Iceland's banks from "stable" to
"negative." According to Fitch, the new ratings "[took] into account
Iceland's macro-prudential risks, including rising inflation, rapid
credit growth, buoyant asset prices, a steep current account deficit
and escalating external indebtedness."
And so, I knew that Iceland's banks were in trouble. Fitch Ratings
knew that Iceland's banks were in trouble. Apparently the only ones
who didn't know there was a problem were Gordon Brown, the Europeans
and the IMF.
Furthermore, Iceland's abusive fiscal policies <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/reutersEdge/idUSTRE57D2YB20090814
"didn't stop when the crisis ended,"#> according to Asgeir Jonsson,
chief economist of Iceland's top bank, Kaupthing. Iceland was bailed
out by banks and hedge funds around the world, but the whole thing
collapsed only after the Lehman Brothers collapse in October, 2008.
And so, Gordon Brown, the Europeans and the IMF could have blown the
whistle on Iceland at any time. The facts were well known, and
widely available. And yet, they were ignored. Why?
Because Gordon Brown, the Europeans and the IMF were participating in
the same debauched, depraved abusive financial policies as Iceland.
Whether in Reykjavík, London, Frankfurt or Wall Street, banks and
financial institutions were all perpetrating fraud on investors, and
were not stopped by any politicians, whether in Reykjavík, London,
Brussels, or Washington. This continues to the present day, as
exemplified by Obama administration adviser Larry Summers, who
personally made millions of dollars benefiting from the frauds that
created the financial crisis. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090414
""Stories of massive generational fraud and corruption continue
to pour out.""#>)
Whether in Reykjavík, London, Frankfurt, Wall Street, Brussels, or
Washington, if the politicians can find a scapegoat, they'll use it.
The stench of corruption continues unabated.
=inc ww2010.h2 template "A template for China / U.S. relations"
Students of Generational Dynamics, as well as long time readers of
this web site, are already well aware that the vengeance that the
Europeans are inflicting on Iceland as a coverup to their own
complicity is the kind of thing that leads to war. That doesn't mean
that tiny little Iceland will be going to war against Europe, but it
does provide a template for understanding the future relationship
between China and the U.S.
As I've written many times, I believe that the 1932 book, <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> provides a template for understanding what's going on
in the world today. The U.S. led the rest of the world in trying to
bail out Germany in 1931, and the bailout failed. Today, as the
level of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090808 "public debt increases
exponentially,"#> there will come a time when America will face a
currency and financial crisis similar to Iceland's, and the Chinese
will be forced to try to bail out the U.S. in order to save
themselves.
The Iceland situation provides us with further guidance in predicting
how this coming crisis might unfold.
First off, the Chinese are fully complicit in any future financial
default by the U.S. I've been writing for six years that America's
level of public debt was increasing exponentially, and that a default
was inevitable. And we all know that the Chinese have higher IQs
than the Americans, so if I could figure that out, then they could
figure that out.
Instead, China created its own internal asset bubble, supported
mostly by purchasing debt from the U.S., and using it to stimulate
China's factories into producing products that could be sold to the
United States. And as I wrote recently in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090730 ""China's bubble economy becomes increasingly
unstable,""#> China itself is very close to a major financial
crisis, quite apart from (though related to) America's financial
crisis.
Will China be as vengeful and vindictive as the British and the
Europeans toward Iceland? There's no doubt about it.
We can see a sample of China's vengeance in their policies towards
the Australian company Rio Tinto, the second largest mining company
in the world. For years, Rio Tinto sold iron ore to China at high
commodity bubble prices, where the bubble was caused by China's own
abusive credit policies, which were just as debauched and depraved as
those in the West.
Earlier this year, China sought to sign a joint venture with Rio
Tinto, which would have been <#stdurl
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/money/article-1205626/Big-trouble-China-sends-Rio-Tinto-shares-tumbling.html
"China's biggest ever foreign investment."#> However, Rio Tinto
spurned the offer, instead signing up with one of its competitors, BHP
Billiton, the world's largest mining company.
The Chinese were furious, and in recent weeks have arrested four
employees of Rio Tinto in Shanghai. At first it appeared that the
employees would be charged with stealing state secrets, which would
have been punishable by death. But after international pressure, led
by the Australians, the charges were <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/story/rio-tinto-employees-formally-charged-with-spying-2009-08-11
"reduced to corporate espionage and bribery."#>
This incident provides just a tiny taste of the kind of vengeance we
can expect from the Chinese in the case of an inevitable default by
the U.S. The Chinese will angrily agree to "bail out" the U.S., by
forgiving some of America's debt. But the Chinese will also jail
Americans on various charges, and will make onerous fiscal demands on
the U.S., as well as demands for greater international control over
the dollar currency. This will frighten and infuriate the American
people, and the charges and counter-charges will eventually spiral
into full-scale war.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a war between
America and China is 100% certain. The scenario of the preceding
paragraph is NOT certain, but is only one of several possible
scenarios, including war over Taiwanese independence, a war that
begins between Japan and China, and a war that begins in central
Asia. But "all roads lead to Rome," in the sense that all scenarios
lead to the same place -- a Clash of Civilizations world war, with
China versus the U.S. in the lead.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=164
"Iceland"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090811 The Revenge of the Boomers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.head
The Revenge of the Boomers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.date
11-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.txt1
The opposition to the health care plan is being led by "angry old
folks,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090811.txt2
as I heard them described on MSNBC the other day.
In fact the opposition is being led by seniors (i.e., Boomers), and
<#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/story/2009/08/08/ST2009080802531.html
"polls show"#> that barely one-third of seniors support President
Obama's health care plan.
For years, President Obama expressed his dislike of Boomers, his mouth
dripping with contempt. That opinion is shared by other
Generation-Xers, many of whom hate Boomers simply because they're
Boomers.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 ""Barack Obama to Boomers:
Drop dead!""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The
nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation X.""#>)
Now the Boomers are finally getting revenge against this contempt by
Obama and his supporters.
It's really not surprising that Boomers are furious with Obama, given
the stream of contemptuous remarks directed at Boomers by Obama's
supporters.
For example, Paul Krugman, who won the Nobel Prize in Economics
because of his hatred for Boomer President Bush, wrote the following
in <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/08/07/opinion/07krugman.html?partner=rssnyt&emc=rss
"recent column,"#> entitled "The Town Hall Mob":
"And cynical political operators are exploiting
that anxiety to further the economic interests of their backers.
Does this sound familiar? It should: it’s a strategy that has
played a central role in American politics ever since Richard
Nixon realized that he could advance Republican fortunes by
appealing to the racial fears of working-class whites.
Many people hoped that last year’s election would mark the end of
the “angry white voter” era in America. Indeed, voters who can be
swayed by appeals to cultural and racial fear are a declining
share of the electorate."
The implication is that the Boomers are being driven by exploitive
political operators and by racism. Stuff like this can only
infuriate the Boomers further.
It's ironic that Krugman refers to President Richard Nixon, because
it's President Obama who's attempting to do exactly the same thing
that President Nixon did. President Nixon imposed wage-price
controls, with absolutely disastrous effects on the economy. (See
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090725 ""Obama's health plan, a proposal
of economic insanity, appears to be losing support.""#>)
This is Economics 1.01. If health care costs have been increasing
faster than inflation, it's because the demand for health care
services exceeds the supply, driving prices up. There's no other
credible possibility. This has led to rationing and attempted price
controls, implemented by the insurance industry.
Boomers understand at some level that President Obama's health care
plan is an attempt to change the rationing equation so that Boomers
receive less health care and Gen-Xers receive more. Since Obama's
plan doesn't create any new doctors or hospitals, the supply of
health care will not increase, and so Obama's health plan will not
reduce price increases. It will simply rearrange the rationing
priorities away from Boomers toward Gen-Xers.
If that were the only result, it wouldn't be so bad. But Obama is
channeling President Nixon, using the disastrous approach that Nixon
used. Nixon's wage-price controls did not merely fail to control
wages and prices; it screwed up the economy so badly that the
inflation rate snapped back to over 10%. President Obama's health
care wage-price controls would drive doctors out of the system, and
would screw up the health care system in other ways as well,
resulting in a mess much worse than the current system.
But President Obama and his supporters do not understand Economics
1.01. Instead, they're resorting to vicious ideological attacks on
their Boomer-led opponents, a strategy that will drive Boomers up the
wall. Obama's ideological attack on Boomers cannot be anything but a
political disaster.
Krugman is part of the mainstream press that's completely supporting
Obama's campaign. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090418 ""Vile
'teabagging' jokes signal the deterioration of CNN and NBC
news.""#>)
This is turning into quite a bonanza for Fox News Channel, which is
seeing its ratings surge, because it's the only mainstream news
channel that presents boths sides of the health care issue, and which
shows respect, rather than contempt, for Boomers.
The following chart shows the <#stdurl
http://tvbythenumbers.com/2009/08/07/cable-news-ratings-for-thursday-august-6-2009/24395
"cable news ratings"#> for Thursday, August 6. It compares the
number of viewers for the five cable news networks (HLN is CNN's
Headline News). All numbers are in the thousands of viewers:
Network Total day Afternoon (5-6 pm ET) Prime Time (8-9 pm ET)
------- --------- ---------------------- ----------------------
FNC 1395 Glenn Beck 2427 O’Reilly Factor 3716
CNN 529 Situation Room 600 Campbell Brown 879
MSNBC 402 Hardball/Matthews 600 Keith Olbermann 1070
CNBC 193 Fast Money 231 CNBC Reports 111
HLN 307 Prime News 210 Nancy Grace 946
As usual, Fox News' Bill O'Reilly draws more viewers than all four of
the other networks combined. His lead over his competitors has been
increasing, and now Glenn Beck is accomplishing the same thing for
Fox News in a different time slot.
As I say over and over again on this web site, massive shifts in
attitudes and behaviors of people are extremely significant. The
"Revenge of the Boomers" and the trend toward Fox News appears more
and more to be such a massive shift, and may portend even more vicious
political battles between the Obama administration and its opponents
this fall and next year.
This kind of vicious political battle is exactly what's predicted by
generational theory, as the country goes deeper into a generational
Crisis era. As I explained in <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics
""Basics of Generational Dynamics,""#> this kind of vicious
political bickering will end only when a "regeneracy event," such as
a major financial crisis or a major terrorist attack on American
soil, occurs and regenerates civic unity for the first time since the
end of World War II.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61 "President
Barack Obama"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum and the
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=15&t=132 "Fox
News Channel vs CNN and MSNBC"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090808 As new stock bubble expands, the Principle of Maximum Ruin looms larger
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.head
As new stock bubble expands, the Principle of Maximum Ruin looms
larger
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.date
8-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.txt1
Stock prices exploded 1-1.5% upward on Friday, following the jobs
report,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090808.txt2
which said that "only" 243,000 jobs had been lost in July, down from
645,000 a few months ago. The <#stdurl
http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2009/aug/08/unemployment-rate-steadies/
"unemployment rate fell to 9.4%"#> from 9.5%.
Economists who were in despair last March, saying that the recession
would not end until next year, were wearing broad grins on Friday,
saying that the recession was over already. An ebullient President
Obama said, "We've pulled the financial system back from the brink. I
am convinced that we can see the light at the end of the tunnel."
If you listen to the continuous Polyannish chatter on CNBC or
Bloomberg TV, or in the Wall Street Journal, then you
occasionally hear someone wonder, "What if this isn't a new bull
market after all? What if it's just a new 'mini-bubble'?"
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that's exactly what
it must be. As I've been saying since 2002, we're entering a new
1930s style Great Depression, and nothing has happened to change
that. That forecast was based on a long-term analysis of stock market
trends. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute
the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>) Those conclusions are
just as valid today as they were in 2002.
The current stock market rally is now just slightly longer than the
longest rally that occurred during the 1929-32 period, when the stock
market fell 90%. Even if this current rally continues through the
doldrums of August into the fall, it's still a bubble.
For years we heard people say that there was no real estate bubble,
there was no credit bubble, real estate prices would never fall
because "everyone has to have a home," there would never be a
financial crisis, there would never be bank failures, the stock
market would always just go up. Now those same people are saying
that the current rally means once again that the market will continue
to go up. For these people, history always begins this morning.
At times like this, I always like to repeat this quote from John
Kenneth Galbraith's 1954 book The Great Crash - 1929:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune." (p.
108)
This leads to what I call the Principle of Maximum Ruin. Like the
generational panic and crash of 1929-32, the current crash will
financially ruin the maximum number of people as possible, to the
maximum extent possible.
Back in the 2004 time frame, people used to say the following to me:
"John, you can never be proved wrong, because if there's no crisis,
you'll always say that it just hasn't happened yet. When will you
admit you're wrong?"
My response was that U.S. debt was growing exponentially, and if it
ever started to fall in a credible manner, then I would be proven
wrong. I've posted graphs of U.S. debt several times in the past,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090302 "most recently in March."#> Here's a
new graph <#stdurl
"http://www.comstockfunds.com/%28X%281%29S%283bwvxm2mymiixryf20te4045%29%29/default.aspx/act/newsletter.aspx/category/SpecialReport/MenuGroup/Home/NewsLetterID/1473/startrow/1.htm"
"from Comstock Funds:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090807.gif center "" "U.S. debt as percentage
of GDP
(Source: Comstock Funds)"#>
Needless to say, no reduction has occurred. U.S. debt has continued
to grow exponentially, and nobody watching what's going on in
Washington these days can possibly believe that that's going to
change until some financial catastrophe forces a change. (Paragraphs corrected - 26-Aug)
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it
won't.
People who wonder why we have to have a "generational panic and
crash" should think about the exponential growth of debt.
The above graph shows that debt has been increasing exponentially
since the 1950s, inexorably through Republican and Democratic
administrations. Now the Obama administration is following a bizarre
pseudo-Keynesian formula that says that the way to reduce public debt
is to go astronomically deeper into debt.
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
There is no way to break this spiral except through a discontinuity -
a massive financial crisis.
For readers of this web site, I'm warning you again as I've warned
you so many times before: I wish you the best of luck, whatever you
decide to do, but if you invest in this stock market, then you're
going to lose a very great deal of money.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090804 US tax revenues fall sharply, the most since 1932
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.head
US tax revenues fall sharply, the most since 1932
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0908
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.date
4-Aug-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.txt1
This has significant national and global implications.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090804.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090803.gif right "" " Federal tax revenues collapse
(Source: AP)"#>
According to <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5ibGXhJv-N7Qg6nh-nQpPOgJRTgugD99RMD200
"a new analysis by the AP,"#> individual tax revenues are down 22%
from a year ago, and corporate income tax revenues are down 57%.
Social security tax revenues are down slightly, where they had been
expected to grow.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is only the
beginning. Corporate earnings have been in a bubble since 1995, and
by the Law of Mean Reversion, they'll be falling lower and remain so
for many years to come. Thus, tax revenues are going to continue to
fall, despite the giddy dreams of the people in Washington.
Last year, I wrote the article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125
""One, Two, Three ... Infinity,""#> in which I compared the
ever-increasing government spending plans to a book by George Gamow
that I read in school in the 1950s. After a couple of years of
bailouts and stimulus plans, it was clear even last year that the
deficits were going to keep growing to infinity until they crashed of
their own weight.
That certainly has turned out to be true. What was a disaster during
the Bush administration is turning into a major catastrophe in the
Obama administration. The President is on television every day,
flacking some bailout or a cure for global warming or <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090725 "a gargantuan health plan."#>
I lost track of it all some time ago. At first I could keep track of
the various bailouts and stimulus plans, but after a while there were
so many of them that it became hopeless. According to the AP analysis,
the federal deficit now balloons to a record $1.8 trillion, when the
national debt already exceeds $11 trillion. And from the point of
view of Generational Dynamics, these figures are only going to
increase, until some crisis creates a default.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it
won't.
Here's a chart that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070916 "I posted a couple
of years ago."#> It comes comes from the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2005/02/overview-national-debt-budget-deficit.html
"Calculated Risk blog"#> from 2005:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070916a.gif "center" "" "Income vs Outlay as %-age
of GDP for Federal Government, 1971-2005, not including Social
Security
(Source: Calculated Risk)"#>
This graph shows that the huge deficit of the Bush administration,
which was supposedly caused by the Iraq war, actually began in 2000,
the last year of the Clinton administration, with the crash of the
dot-com bubble. The outlays caused by the Iraq war were not
particularly large by the standards of the preceding three decades.
What mattered was the collapse of tax revenues.
As I've described many times, these financial crises are not caused
by politicians, nor could they be prevented by politicians. These
crises are generational. These crises would never have occurred if
the generations of survivors of the Great Depression and World War II
were still alive. Instead, the people alive today are the lethal
combination of greedy, nihilistic Gen-Xers, combined with greedy,
stupid Boomers, all lacking in ethical values and common sense.
I've been complaining for years about the sheer idiocy of what I hear
on CNBC and Bloomberg TV, and read in the Wall Street Journal and the
financial press.
But the current stock market rally has raised the level of stupidity
to previously unheard of levels.
Let's take, as an example, what I heard on CNBC on Monday morning in
an interview of James Paulsen,
chief investment strategist at Wells Capital
Management. He was grinning like an idiot, and bubbled over with the
following stuff:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090803b.jpg right "" "James Paulsen, chief
investment strategist at Wells Capital Management
(Source: CNBC)"#>
"The biggest problem that I've seen is the legacy
of doubt that's been left by the intensity of this crisis we've
been through. You know, we've had at least three months of very
good continuous information coming from Wall Street, from Main
Street, from earnings, that say for the most part that things are
at least getting better if not crisis ending, and yet there's just
so much doubt that we're out of this. ...
When I look at it I see an average valuation on an absolute
basis. We're around the 15 multiple area, which is kinda average,
going all the way back to 1870."
Now let's just take a moment and go through the list of what's wrong
with all of this.
First, there hasn't been "very good continuous information." Almost
all the information, without exception, has continued to be very bad.
The unemployment rate is continuing to surge. The number of lost
jobs is still plunging precipitously, just slightly more slowly than
in the past -- but it's still plunging. Earnings are still in the
tank, just slightly less worse than they were -- but they're still
getting worse. Almost everything is still way down.
Second, even if there WERE good news during the last three months,
that wouldn't overcome the almost two years of dreadfully bad news
that preceded it.
Third, of course there's plenty of doubt. As I've said repeatedly,
this is a generational thing. The Boomers and Gen-Xers who
were defrauded by structured investments from banks are not going to
allow that to happen again in their lifetimes.
And fourth, what he says about valuations (price/earnings ratios) is
a complete crock of sh-t. Current valuations, based on reported
earnings, are not at 15; they're well over 100, according to the
"official" S&P 500 P/E ratios, from the <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"Standard & Poors spreadsheet."#>
(For discussions of valuations and price/earnings ratios, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090615 ""Wall Street Journal sharply revises
its fantasy price/earnings computations,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090522 ""Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on
his fantasy price/earnings computations,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street Journal and Birinyi
Associates are lying about P/E ratios.""#>)
What Paulsen is talking about is not valuations based on reported
earnings; it's valuations based on "operating earnings," which only
became popular in the last ten years or so because people like
Paulsen, who make money by collecting fees and commissions from stock
sales, want to hide the stock market bubble. Operating earnings are
specifically designed to excluded huge classes of losses, so that
earnings will be bloated as high as possible, and P/E ratios will be
as low as possible.
So the average for operating earnings valuations don't go back to
1870, so Paulsen has no idea what the average would be since 1870,
since they didn't really exist until about a decade ago.
As usual, when I talk about this subject, I have to point out that
Paulsen is a sophisticated investment strategist, probably earning a
six or seven digit salary, who surely must already know what I've
just written about operating earnings.
So the question is, as usual: Did Paulsen blow out that pile of crap
because he's an out-and-out liar, using phony figures to defraud his
client/investors, or is he so incompetent that he has no idea what
he's talking about? I report, you decide.
And let's not forget that financial firms have provably been
massively defrauding investors the last few years, and that the same
people who perpetrated that fraud are still in charge.
I've been writing about this stuff for years, and as I've said many
times, it makes me so sick to my stomach that I almost want to vomit.
Of course now I know that I have nothing to worry about, since the new
Washington health care package means that if I'm sick to my stomach,
the government will take good care of me.
At any rate, the plunge in tax revenues is an extremely serious
development that will alter the direction of the Obama
administration. Not only is there no money to fund the extravagant
campaign promises, but the economy continues its trend on a path off
a cliff.
If you look at <#stdurl
http://my.barackobama.com/page/community/post/amandascott/gGgLYr "a
page from Obama's 2008 campaign web site,"#> you see the following:
"Did you know that Barack Obama will deliver tax cuts for 95% of
American households? Unless you make over $250,000 a year, you will
not see a dime of increased taxes. You can calculate your tax cut at
<#stdurl taxcut.barackobama.com#>."
This was ridiculous at the time that it was promised, and today it
can only bring on peals of hysterical laughter. (Incidentally, if
you want to calculate your fantasy tax cut, you're too late:
taxcut.barackobama.com is gone.)
Even more important are the global implications. The Chinese and
other countries are already concerned about a financial default of
the US government, and the plunge in tax revenues brings that closer.
In fact, I still believe that the best way to understand what's going
on in the world right now is to look at <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> with China today playing the role of the US then. If
you haven't read this, or you haven't read it lately, it's well worth
looking at.
As the deficits grow -- One, Two, Three, ..., Infinity -- the day of
collapse comes closer and closer. At some point, I expect China and
other countries to feel forced to bail out the US in order to save
themselves, and just as America's bailout of Germany in 1932 didn't
do any good, and led to war, China's bailout of the US will fail, and
will lead to war.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090730 China's bubble economy becomes increasingly unstable.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.head
China's bubble economy becomes increasingly unstable.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.date
30-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.txt1
The Shanghai stock market fell sharply on Wednesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090730.txt2
over investor worries that the stock market is in a bubble, and that
a crash is inevitable.
In March, 2007, over two years ago, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070322
"I quoted Chinese premier Wen Jiabao"#> as saying that China's
economy was "unsteady, unbalanced, uncoordinated and unsustainable."
It's worthwhile looking again at what he said:
"China's economy has maintained fast yet steady
growth in recent years. However, this gives no cause for
complacency, neither in the past, nor now, or in the future. My
mind is focused on the pressing challenges. "A country that
appears peaceful and stable may encounter unexpected crises."
There are structural problems in China's economy which cause
unsteady, unbalanced, uncoordinated and unsustainable
development.
Unsteady development means overheated investment as well
as excessive credit supply and liquidity and surplus in foreign
trade and international payments.
Unbalanced development means uneven development between urban
and rural areas, between different regions and between economic
and social development.
Uncoordinated development means that there is lack of proper
balance between the primary, secondary and tertiary sectors and
between investment and consumption. Economic growth is mainly
driven by investment and export.
Unsustainable development means that we have not done well in
saving energy and resources and protecting the
environment.
All these are pressing problems facing us, which require
long-term efforts to resolve."
What's becoming increasingly apparent is that China's economy has
become even more unstable and unbalanced since then.
For many years, China has had an export-led economy.
This means that China's economy depended on manufacturing products
and shipping them to other countries, particularly the US.
China would loan us money by purchasing Treasury bonds, now totalling
well over $1 trillion, and we would use that money to purchase
Chinese goods. This relationship has sometimes been described as a
deadly embrace.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090729.gif right "" "Chinese trade balance, in
millions of US dollars per month
(Source: econbrowser.com)"#>
With the US in recession, and American people's savings rate
increasing rapidly, China is purchasing far fewer Chinese products,
and this is throwing China's economy into chaos.
The <#stdurl
http://www.econbrowser.com/archives/2009/07/three_pictures_4.html
"adjacent graph"#> shows this quite dramatically.
At the time that Wen gave his news conference, quoted above, China
was entering a period of wild thrashing in its balance of trade.
There was a huge trade bubble that lasted into 2008, largely propelled
by an economic frenzy preparing for the Beijing Olympics in August.
The bubble collapsed as August approached.
Last fall I began writing about a major new development: A worldwide
collapse in transportation and trade. (See, for example, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 ""World wide transportation and trade
sink farther into deep freeze.""#>) I made a comparison to the
old science fiction movie, "The Day the Earth Stood Still," except
that it wasn't science fiction. You can see from the above graph
that China's export trade crashed, going into 2009. And when China's
export trade crashed, so did China's entire economy.
That was when the stimulus packages in countries around the world
began to kick in, including a $500 billion stimulus package in China.
The stimulus package was supposed to restore China's economy. And
you can see from the graph that the trade balance has begun to shoot
up again in the last few months.
This is a perfect illustration of the Law of Diminishing Returns,
which says that when you supply a lot of one resource without
supplying the related resources, then the first resource is
essentially wasted. There are more and more signs of that in China's
economy.
The most obvious problem is that people are simply taking the
stimulus money and <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2009/07/28/64131/asias-forever-blowing-bubbles/
"pouring it into new real estate"#> and stock market bubbles.
Chinese officials are expressing concern about exactly that.
More serious is that in the rush to use the stimulus money, a lot of
it is being wasted and unneeded or shoddy products.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090729b.jpg right "" "Shanghai building that
toppled over, remaining relatively intact
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
One spectacular failure is a building in Shanghai that seems to have
<#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/chinajournal/2009/06/29/shanghai-building-collapses-nearly-intact/
"toppled over on its side but remained intact:"#>
"According to Shanghai Daily, initial
investigations attribute the accident to the excavations for the
construction of a garage under the collapsed building. Large
quantities of earth were removed and dumped in a landfill next to
a nearby creek; the weight of the earth caused the river bank to
collapse, which, in turn, allowed water to seep into the ground,
creating a muddy foundation for the building that toppled."
This is just one example of <#stdurl
http://www.chinastakes.com/2009/7/real-estate-developers-strapped-for-cash-resort-to-irregular-tactics.html
"a widespread problem in Shanghai"#> and throughout China: "While the
real estate market appears to be is in the midst of a boom, defaults
among developers are also beginning to rise. Small and medium
developers are resorting to faking sales to get bank loans to relieve
their funding pressure."
This kind of corruption should not be a surprise, since it's
generational, and we're seen it in the US as well, and continue to see
it. (For more insight into corruption in China, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081117 ""A generational view of China's
growing melamine food disaster.""#>)
This has led to a Chinese economy that's <#stdurl
http://www.businessinsider.com/henry-blodget-grantham-china-will-collapse-2009-7
"completely unbalanced,"#> according to one one well-known analyst,
Jeremy Grantham, who says, "My colleague, Edward Chancellor, strongly
suspects that the Chinese economy is dangerously unbalanced and very
likely to come unhinged in the next few quarters, surprising the pants
off investors."
What China's officials are trying to do is to convince the Chinese
people to start spending more money on consumer goods, so that they
can have a consumer-driven economy, rather than an export-led
economy. But there's little chance of that happening in the middle
of a major generational financial crisis. To the contrary,
Generational Dynamics predicts that the Chinese people will change
from being savers to being super-savers, just as Americans did in the
1930s.
People often ask me what's going to happen to China, especially since
China has been a creditor nation, while the US has been a debtor
nation. The implication was that China would do well, while the US
would do poorly. But all you have to do is look at America in the
1930s, to see that a creditor nation suffers just as much in a Great
Depression.
We can expect to see stories of China's manufacturers using the
stimulus money to produce more and more products that will remain in
warehouses, since Chinese people don't want to spend money. One
important indicator we're already seeing is copper prices, which have
been spiking during the last few months, and which now appear to be
peaking. China has been using stimulus money to stockpile copper and
other commodities, but by now <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a6EtKUzeuRFc "has
stockpiled more than it can use."#>
Morgan Stanley's China expert, Stephen Roach, <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/6820f302-7b85-11de-9772-00144feabdc0.html
"expresses even greater concerns:"#>
"On the surface, China appears to be leading the
world from recession to recovery. After coming to a virtual
standstill in late 2008, at least as measured quarter-to-quarter,
economic growth accelerated sharply in spring 2009. ...
The bad news is that China’s recent growth spurt comes at a steep
price. Fearful that its recent economic shortfall would deepen,
Chinese policymakers have opted for quantity over quality in
setting macro-strategy, the centrepiece of which is an enormous
surge in infrastructure spending funded by a burst of bank
lending.
Sure, developing nations always need more infrastructure. But
China has taken this to extremes. Infrastructure expenditure
(including Sichuan earthquake reconstruction) accounts for fully
72 per cent of China’s recently enacted Rmb4,000bn ($585bn)
stimulus. The government urged the banks to step up and fund the
package. And they did. In the first six months of 2009 bank loans
totalled Rmb7,400bn – three times the pace in the first half of
2008 and the strongest six-month lending surge on record.
This outsize bank-directed investment stimulus leaves little doubt
as to how bad it was in China in late 2008 and early 2009. An
unprecedented external demand shock, stemming from rare
synchronous recessions in the developed world, devastated the
export-led Chinese growth machine. That triggered sackings of more
than 20m migrant workers in export-intensive Guangdong province.
Long fixated on social stability, Beijing moved quickly with
massive firepower to arrest this deterioration. The government was
determined to do whatever it took to restore rapid growth.
Yet there can be no avoiding the destabilising consequences of
these actions. Surging investment accounted for an unprecedented
88 per cent of Chinese GDP growth in the first half of 2009 –
double the average contribution of 43 per cent over the past
decade. At the same time, the quality of Chinese bank lending most
assuredly suffered from the rash of credit disbursements in the
first half of this year – a trend that could sow the seeds for a
new wave of non-performing bank loans. Just this week Chinese
regulators sounded the alarm – telling banks new loans must be
used to bolster the real economy and not for speculation in
equities and real estate. ...
Unlike most, I have been a steadfast optimist on China. Yet I am
starting to worry. A macro strategy that exacerbates already
worrying imbalances is ultimately a recipe for failure."
However, there's another side to this story.
In April, I posted my notes on a lengthy presentation by Richard C.
Koo, Chief Economist at Nomura Research Institute, on <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090401 ""Fiscal stimulus programs in 1930s and
today.""#> I'd like to quote a few paragraphs from my notes on
Koo's presentation:
"Audience question: Where would the stimulus money
best be spent? Answer: Historically, the best way is military
spending, because it creates demand, without creating supply.
That's why economies recover quickly. But if you increase both
demand and supply, then they start chasing each other. If you want
the smallest budget deficit, and largest bang for money, that's
the best way. Koo said he's not here to advocate military
spending. "There are lots of roads and bridges here needing
repair." ...
Koo's most dramatic remarks came at the very end. FDR's spending
programs didn't end the 1930s Depression. World War II did.
Spending on the military, according to Koo, gives the highest
"bang for the buck."
Koo said Hitler did everything right -- spending massively on the
military. (He would be forgiven for not mentioning that probably
the Japanese did everything right as well.) He expressed the
hope that this worldwide financial crisis would not allow
dictatorships to get ahead of democracies.
What dictatorships is he talking about? Well, maybe Russia, but
you can be sure that he's thinking of China.
A few days ago, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090329 ""New
Pentagon report shows China continues to prepare for war with
US,""#> I discussed the rapid military buildup that China is
pursuing.
China is now embarking on a very aggressive fiscal stimulus plan.
China doesn't say how much of the stimulus is going into the
military. But China has already been increasing the military
budget by 10-20% a year for years, as they prepare for war with
the United States. I think it's quite certain that China will
take advantage of this fiscal stimulus program to further
increase military spending.
In the US, by contrast, President Obama is planning to cut
weapons systems. As the world becomes increasingly dangerous,
the US is becoming weaker.
I don't know whether Koo intended this when he made those final
remarks about Hitler, but he illuminated a fast-approaching world
in which the US and the world's democracies will be stumbling
forward with social programs and bridges to nowhere, while China
is turning into a high-powered military machine, preparing for
war.
China does not tell us how much money they're spending on the
military, but they're as aware of Koo's theories as anyone else is,
and there's little doubt in my mind that a lot of China's stimulus
money is going into the military, preparing for war with the US.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090725 Obama's health plan, a proposal of economic insanity, appears to be losing support
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.head
Obama's health plan, a proposal of economic insanity, appears to
be losing support
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.date
25-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.txt1
The tv drama, "The education of Barack Obama," continues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090725.txt2
Last week, President Obama was forced to <#stdurl
http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/washington/2009/07/closing-guantanamo-bay-prison-still-on-track.html
"delay by six months"#> the creation of a plan on closing Guantánamo
prison.
And now a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/07/25/us/politics/25health.html?hp "rift
among Democrats in Congress"#> has forced President Obama to accept a
delay in his health plan legislation until much later in the year
than he had hoped. Even worse, public opposition to the plan is
growing, and Obama's poll ratings have been falling.
It seemed so easy when Obama was campaigning last year. He would be
guided by facts, not like President Bush, who was guided by ideology
and ignored facts. The world would change on January 21. He would
cure global warming, close Guantanamo, become friendly with Iran and
North Korea, bring a two-state solution to Palestinians and Israelis,
beat the Taliban in Afghanistan, reflate the stock market bubble and,
of course, provide universal health care.
The youthful President Obama is learning that there are more and more
facts to be guided by, facts that he apparently wasn't aware of. The
education of President Obama continues, with exciting new episodes
every day.
In the case of his health plan, we can only be thankful that it
appears to be going nowhere, since it's an economic disaster. If
Obama ever manages to use his overwhelming party majorities in both
branches of Congress to push something through, it will be a mess.
=inc ww2010.h2 control "Price controls"
Politicians say that our health system is "broken," and perhaps it
is. Politicians say that health-related costs have been rising
faster than inflation, and they say that some people (the poor, the
unemployed, the minorities, the sick, etc.) don't have health
insurance.
In other words, the worst of what the politicians say is wrong with
our health care system may well be true, but the insanity is
believing that you can just pass a law and the problems will be
solved. As bad as things are now, passing a 1,000 page law will make
things much, much worse.
If prices are going up faster than inflation, it means that the law
of supply and demand is pushing prices up. And if some people don't
have health insurance, it means that rationing is going on. This
isn't too difficult to understand -- unless, of course, you're a
politician, to whom simple economics is as difficult as rocket
science.
President Obama's health care plan amounts to price controls and
rationing. This is a recipe for total disaster.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090725.gif right "" "Inflation rate following the
imposition of wage-price controls on August 15, 1971
(Source: econreview.com)"#>
I've lived through price controls before. On August 15, 1971,
President Richard Nixon <#stdurl
http://www.econreview.com/events/wageprice1971b.htm "imposed national
wage-price controls"#> by executive order. It was an unmitigated
catastrophe.
There were many little mini-catastrophes, but the one that's always
stuck in my mind was that farmers in New Jersey were drowning
chickens. The problem was that chicken feed was a commodity whose
price was determined by the international commodities markets, and so
its price could not be controlled, while the prices of chickens WERE
controlled. So the prices of chicken feed went up, and the prices of
chickens stayed the same, meaning that farmers could no longer afford
to raise chickens. So they drowned the chickens, leading to a big
shortage of chickens.
Another thing that I remember was that wage-price controls applied to
private industry, but not to government agencies. Thus, books and
pamphlets sold by private publishers were price-controlled, but books
and pamphets sold by the Government Printing Office were not. Thus,
you had to pay huge prices for federal government publications, while
many publications from private publishers simply became unavailable.
President Nixon's wage-price controls were the worst kind of Rube
Goldberg contraption. You had different government agencies
involved, keeping track of prices, making sure no one was cheating,
and reviewing requests to raise prices if someone could defend it as
an "emergency." As you can see from the inflation graph above, it
didn't control prices at all. All it did was distort the markets so
much that ordinary market efficiencies broke down. Without the
market efficiencies, inflation got astronomically worse, before the
entire disastrous program was finally abandoned in 1974.
=inc ww2010.h2 rube "A Rube Goldberg contraption"
You cannot defeat the Law of Supply and Demand by passing a law. Only
a politician or economist is stupid enough to believe you can.
Apparently few people have even read the 1000+ page proposed law
that's supposed to solve all our health care problems, and apparently
no one, even its sponsors, has any real idea how it's supposed to
work. This isn't surprising, since the problem that it's intended to
solve cannot be solved without making the problem worse than it is
already.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090725b.gif right "" "Health care plan diagram from
Republican opposition
(Source: house.gov)"#>
The Republican opposition have put together this "organizational
chart" of the health care plan. (<#stdurl
http://www.house.gov/apps/list/press/tx08_brady/71509_hc_chart.html
"Click here"#> for a full-sized chart on the House web site.)
I don't know whether this diagram is correct in detail, but in
concept it's very close to what's going on, because there's no way to
administer a price control and rationing scheme this complex without
numerous government agencies.
Apparently the Democrats agree, because they've been using procedural
methods <#stdurl
http://www.rollcall.com/issues/55_12/news/37125-1.html?type=printer_friendly
"to block Republicans from sending the chart"#> to their
constituents.
If President Obama manages to push anything like this contraption
through Congress, you can expect things like the following to happen,
analogous to President Nixon's disastrous wage-price controls:
Like the Government Printing Office in 1974, government
officials and their cronies will be exempt from all controls, so
government officials will get excellent health care, while everyone
else will suffer.
Like the drowning of chickens in 1974, there will be numerous
stories of unintended consequences. People will experience long
delays to get doctors' appointments, because they're waiting for some
form to be filled out or some government approval. Some people may
die as a result.
Health care prices will increase even faster, just as the CPI did
in 1974, because the health care bill will screw things up so badly.
This is yet one more example, as if more are needed, of the results
of the lethal combination of greedy, nihilistic Gen-Xers, combined
with greedy, stupid Boomers. No one capable of thought can possibly
believe that this health care plan will work. This leaves us with
the obvious conclusion that nihilistic Democratic Gen-Xers are pushing
this plan because they expect to get votes or make money from it, and
don't care how destructive it is, and stupid Democratic Boomers are
going along with it for the same reason.
As I keep emphasizing, the same people who perpetrated the massive
fraud leading to the current financial crisis are still in charge, in
the Obama administration, in Congress, in financial institutions, in
health care organizations, and in other organizations. Nothing has
changed, except the nature of scams, and this has the potential to be
an even worse scam than selling fraudulent mortgage-backed
securities.
There is one big advantage that we have today that we didn't have in
1971. President Nixon's wage-price controls were wildly popular when
they were imposed, and so there was little political opposition to
them until the disaster became apparent. Today, the health care plan
is becoming increasingly unpopular BEFORE its imposition, so if we're
all lucky, the effort will collapse completely.
Incidentally, rationing problems are not unique to the United States.
The Law of Supply and Demand has forced rationing on Canada, the UK,
China, and other countries that have public health plans. That's why
we always have news stories about people from these countries coming
to the US to get immediate health care that they'd otherwise have to
wait months for. Any price control and rationing scheme will always
permit exceptions for the élite -- wealthy people, politicians and
their cronies. The rest of us will always have to suffer.
=inc ww2010.h2 future "The future of health care"
So what's going to happen to health care? It's a fair question,
given the very real problems of existing rationing and increases in
health care costs.
The answer is that the market will take care of it in ways that can
barely be foreseen today.
I believe that within ten years or so we'll have computerized health
care that will reduce costs dramatically. The reason that health
care is so expensive is because it's so people-intensive, and nurses
and doctors are very expensive. These costs will come down
dramatically.
First, in the short run, as we go deeper into a new Great Depression,
the salaries of nurses and doctors will be pushed down substantially,
making health care and health insurance more affordable. There will
be a new mood of parsimony, and this should reduce many auxiliary
costs, including the huge awards to malpractice lawyers.
Second, in the longer run, many duties that today are performed only
by doctors and nurses will increasingly be performed by computers.
This doesn't mean that there won't be a human doctors and nurses; but
it does mean that many of the repetitious functions of doctors and
nurses will be performed by intelligent robots.
As I wrote in <#hreftext ww2010.i.robot040709 ""I, Robot is
science fiction, but intelligent computers will soon be science
fact,""#> we're in a world where computers are rapidly becoming
as intelligent as human beings are, and are able to make decisions
that are as intelligent as (or even more intelligent than) a human
being can.
We already have some primitive forms of this. In a hospital room
today, there are computerized devices that continuously monitor
heartbeat and blood pressure and notify nurses if there's a problem.
And there are people walking around with implanted devices that keep
the heart beating and wirelessly notify doctors of sudden
emergencies.
I'm imagining the following: A robot that can take care of a sick
person in the home or hospital. It can monitor the patient 24 hours
per day, take your temperature, dispense pills, give shots and provide
meals. More sophisticated versions will even be able to clip
toenails. It will have computer vision and hearing, and will be able
to respond to simple patient requests like, "Please bring me a glass
of water." If something happens that it can't handle, it will
wirelessly call for a real live human nurse or doctor.
This will be technologically possible within ten years or so, and
will be the key to reducing health care costs, and will happen
whether or not any health care bill passes. All a health care bill
can do now is make things disastrously worse in the meantime.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61
"President Barack Obama"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090724 Investors pop the champagne corks as stock markets return to 1998 levels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.head
Investors pop the champagne corks as stock markets return to 1998
levels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.date
24-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.txt1
The current rally has been continuing for four months.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090724.txt2
As I've written several times, a rally of this size in the midst of a
calamitous stock market plunge is not unusual. I described in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090320 ""Enquiring minds want to know: How
long will the rally last?""#> that the stock market fell a full
90% from its peak in the years 1929-1932. During those three years,
there were six rallies, including one 49% rally that lasted five
months. So the current rally means nothing in terms of the overall
direction of the market and the economy.
The Dow index crossed 9000 on Thursday, still 36% below its highs.
The Dow is now at the level it was at in 1998, so we're not seeing an
explosive new rally.
One reason that the rally is continuing is that 2nd quarter earnings
are better than analysts had predicted. Earnings fell 31% from 2nd
quarter of last year, when they had previously been expected to fall
35%. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090509 ""Stock market rally
raises cautious, anxious hope among investors.""#>)
Today's mood must be something like it was in June, 1930, when
President Herbert Hoover responded to a request with, "Gentlemen, you
have come sixty days too late. The depression is over."
We've been discussing this in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Please read through some of the recent postings there if you'd like
further information, and feel free to contribute your own thoughts.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090721 Boomers celebrate themselves on the death of Walter Cronkite
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.head
Boomers celebrate themselves on the death of Walter Cronkite
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.date
21-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.txt1
Boomers never really celebrate other people - just themselves.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090721.txt2
I was never really impressed with Walter Cronkite, largely because he
didn't understand 4th grade percentages. I'll come back to that.
Walter Cronkite made his mark as a journalist in World War II. He
was part of the GI Generation (generational Hero archetype) that
fought the war. His bravery in reporting on the ground during the
European battle following the landing at Normandy established him as
one of the greatest journalists of the 20th century.
But that was only rarely mentioned in the flood of news reports that
have accompanied his death in the last few days. His coverage of the
1969 moon landing was frequently mentioned, but that's because we're
celebrating the 40th anniversary of the moon landing.
The main thing that Boomers are proud of was his opposition to the
Vietnam War and the Nixon administration, beginning with <#stdurl
https://facultystaff.richmond.edu/~ebolt/history398/Cronkite_1968.html
"his February 27, 1968, commentary"#> on saying that "we are mired in
stalemate" in the war:
"To say that we are closer to victory today is to
believe, in the face of the evidence, the optimists who have been
wrong in the past. To suggest we are on the edge of defeat is to
yield to unreasonable pessimism. To say that we are mired in
stalemate seems the only realistic, yet unsatisfactory,
conclusion. On the off chance that military and political analysts
are right, in the next few months we must test the enemy's
intentions, in case this is indeed his last big gasp before
negotiations. But it is increasingly clear to this reporter that
the only rational way out then will be to negotiate, not as
victors, but as an honorable people who lived up to their pledge
to defend democracy, and did the best they could."
This statement, coming from one of the most powerful newsmen of the
time (Chet Huntley and David Brinkley were more powerful at the
time), shortly after the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "Summer of
Love"#>, energized the "antiwar movement," and led to President
Lyndon Johnson's decision not to run for a second term as President.
Cronkite had been a balanced journalist up to that time, but after
that he moved farther to the left, conducting a virtual media war
against President Nixon's administration, much to the delight of the
Boomers.
The first "4th grade percentages" moment that I recall happened
around 1975. At that time, there was an ideological battle going on
over the "socialist" takeover of the economy, with conservatives
claiming that the government's share of the economy had increased by
25% in the preceding few years. Cronkite commented on this, saying
(I'm paraphrasing from memory), "That's not true. The government
used to control 19% of the economy, and now it's only 24%. That's
only a 5% increase."
Now, for those of you who also have trouble with percentages, that's
a 26% increase. (24 is 26% higher than 19.) Perhaps others may
think that that's a trivial matter, but to me it means that he should
stick to stories about the war and women's lib, and not report any
stories that contain a number, since he can't do simple arithmetic.
The second "4th grade percentage" moment came late in the 70s. OPEC
had been raising the price of oil, and so gasoline (petrol) prices had
been going up. The ideological battle was over how much profit the
oil companies were making, especially when a gallon of gas (petrol)
reached the astronomically high price of $1.00 per gallon.
As I recall, Mobil was making about 1.5 cents per gallon in 1977, and
1 cent per gallon in 1978. Then in 1979 it went up to 1.60 cents per
gallon. This meant that Mobil's profits had increased by 60%, but it
also meant that if Mobil made no profit whatsoever, the price of a
gallon of gas would only go down by 1.6 cents.
Cronkite reported this with a huge graphic on the screen next to his
head saying "60%" in big numerals. He made it appear that Mobil's
profit was 60%, not 1.6%. So which was it? Was he too stupid to
understand percentages, or was he purposely lying for ideological
reasons? I report, you decide.
I actually still respected Cronkite, and kept watching his newscast,
as it was the best one on at the time. But then, in 1981, he was
replaced by Dan Rather, who was really the pits. I still remember
the day I vowed that I would never watch Rather again. It was around
1982, and it was a news reports on AIDS, which just beginning to make
itself widely known. Rather reported that some Soviet-controlled
medical academy had "found" that AIDS was a plot perpetrated by the
American CIA. Rather didn't report this story as a joke. He
reported it as a serious news story, just as if the American Medical
Association had made the claim.
I decided I would never watch the jerk again, which wasn't too much
of a sacrifice since CNN had begun broadcasting by then. In the years
since then, I've probably violated that rule less than five times. It
serves Rather right that he ended his career in disgrace with <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040913b "that ridiculous forged document
scandal"#> that occurred in 2004. To this very day, Rather still
sticks to the flawed story that ended his career.
=inc ww2010.pic g090122.jpg right "" "This is your brain on ideology"
But that brings me to the point of this tale. How dumb does Rather
have to be to allow a ridiculous story like that destroy his whole
career? At any point, he could have said, "OK, the evidence is
piling up that the document is forged. I apologize to my viewers,
blah, blah, blah." Instead, he took the story to his (professional)
grave. How can anybody be so stupid? That's the problem with these
journalists. They're so ideological that their brains are fried.
The fact is that few people younger than Boomers ever watched Rather
or his peers. As of ten years ago, the average age of a viewer of
one of the network newscasts was 55 years old. That's when the Fox
News Channel started taking off.
As I described a couple of months ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090418 ""Vile 'teabagging' jokes signal the deterioration of CNN
and NBC news,""#> the network newscasts continue to disgrace
themselves. They are no longer barely recognizable as news casts;
they're mostly ideological recitations.
That's the real accomplishment of Walter Cronkite. He opened the
door to replacing journalism with ideology, and by not being able to
deal with 4th grade percentages, he opened the door to journalistic
stupidity. May he rest in peace.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=15&t=132 "Fox News
Channel vs CNN and MSNBC"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090718 Tens of thousands protest in Tehran after Rafsanjani says Iran is 'in crisis'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.head
Tens of thousands protest in Tehran after Rafsanjani says Iran is
"in crisis "
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.date
18-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.txt1
It was just yesterday that I heard that the protests were all
finished.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090718.txt2
In fact, the BBC was reporting this all day on Thursday. But they
should have waited a day.
The thought that the protests and demonstrations had been completely
crushed was widely believed among journalists, commentators, analysts
and pundits. Many of them used as a historical comparison the
Tiananmen Square massacre of 1989, where the Chinese army slaughtered
hundreds or thousands of unarmed students, crushing the
demonstrations and protests.
But as I've been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090710 "writing all
along,"#> Tiananmen Square is the wrong historical analogy, because
it occurred at the wrong time in the generational timeline.
The best and most familiar historical analogy is America's 1967 Summer
of Love and the following events, including the violence at the 1968
Democratic National Convention in Chicago.
(For information about generational eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#> For information about America's Awakening era in
the 1960s, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers
commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
Friday's demonstrations were timed to coincide with a major speech by
Hashemi Rafsanjani, a powerful cleric and former president, who
supported the opposition candidate Mir Hussein Moussavi in the recent
election won by Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.
In his speech, <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/jul/17/iran-hashemi-rafsanjani-islamic-republic
"Rafsanjani urged the release"#> of prisoners who had been detained
for protesting, and warned that the government was in crisis:
"Today is a bitter day. People have lost their
faith in the regime and their trust is damaged. It's necessary to
regain people's consent and restore their trust in the regime.
Everyone has lost. ...
Doubt has been created [about the election results]. There is a
large portion of wise people who say they have doubts. We need to
take action to remove this doubt. Where people are not present or
their vote is not considered, that government is not
Islamic."
This was a thinly veiled attack on Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali
Khamenei and Ahmadinejad.
Those inside and outside of Iran who have been expecting or hoping
for an end to the demonstrations are going to end soon will be
disappointed. Even if Khamenei and Ahmadinejad step down, and were
replaced by Rafsanjani and Moussavi, the protests wouldn't stop.
On the other hand, those who expect a violent revolution to overthrow
the regime will also be disappointed. These confrontation will be
political, with only minor violence.
In fact, I would expect the demonstrations to become even more
chaotic in the fall, when the students return to college.
Generational Dynamics predicts that these protests and demonstrations
become even more chaotic, and will continue for years, through Iran's
generational Awakening era.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090717 CIT Group bank nears bankruptcy, as Nouriel Roubini declares the worst is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.head
CIT Group bank nears bankruptcy, as Nouriel Roubini declares the
worst is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.date
17-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.txt1
CIT Group provides credit to almost a million small and medium sized
businesses.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090717.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090716.gif right "" "Delinquency rates for CIT loans
(Source: WSJ)"#>
The service is known as "factoring." A small business issues an
invoice to a customer. The business turns the invoice receivable
over to CIT, and CIT pays the business immediately, taking the risk
of collecting from the customer for a small fee. But delinquency
rates have been soaring since the beginning of the credit crisis, and
CIT itself is no longer financially stable.
A CIT bankruptcy, which <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124779123756354885.html "may occur as
early as Friday,"#> would freeze this source of credit to these
small and medium sized businesses, creating cash crises for many of
them.
CIT was bailed out in December with $2.35 billion, and there's been a
week-long debate in Washington whether to bail CIT out again. Part of
the debate was the question of whether the bankruptcy of CIT would
pose a "systemic threat" to the world financial system, and the
Treasury Dept. decided that there was no such sufficiently great
threat.
Furthermore, Nouriel Roubini, the famous NYU professor who
has gained worldwide acclaim for having predicted, in 2006, that the
collapse of the real estate bubble would cause a recession,
apparently doesn't think that there's a major problem either.
This is an interesting story because Roubini's words on Thursday are
being credited as the cause of the big stock market rally on Thursday
afternoon. He said that <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a2Ycv6qB7FvA "the
worst of the financial crisis is over"#> and the recession will end
this year. Specifically, he said, "The freefall of the economy has
stopped, There is light at the end of the tunnel. And the light at the
end of the tunnel for once is not the one of an incoming train."
With the CIT Group facing bankruptcy, Roubini's statement was grabbed
onto by the media as a bright spot in the news, triggering the late
afternoon rally. The reaction from the media and investors was so
great that Roubini felt it necessary to put out a statement claiming
that he was only saying the things he's said before.
In fact, that's true. I posted a report last December entitled <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081213 ""Nouriel Roubini predicts recession
will end in 2009.""#>
So why did Roubini's statement on Thursday cause such a sensation?
I believe it was for this reason: Last December it was relatively
easy to believe that the recession would end by the end of 2009; now,
in July, the end of 2009 is only five months away, and a lot fewer
people believe that the recession will end by December. So Roubini's
statement pushed the little Wall Street junkies into a further stock
buying binge.
If Roubini isn't changing his mind, there's one person who apparently
is. I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090715 "wrote recently"#> that stock
market wise man Art Cashin expected the direction of the market to be
clarified by Friday of this week. However, on Thursday morning,
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/31948775 "he backed off,"#> saying
that "This market is now overbought. There is a chance for a
reversal. We may have to extend that checkpoint into next week." So I
guess we'll just have to wait another week.
A much more sensible analysis was posted in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=3742#p3742
"Generational Dynamics forum"#> by the trader Gordo:
"If you are still long the market, I think the
recent rally is a good opportunity to unload.
The positive media spin on everything this morning is pretty
entertaining. The jobs report is supposedly bullish despite the
fact that the actual (unadjusted) number of initial claims was
667,000 which is an increase of 86,389 from the previous week and
yet this is being portrayed as an improvement. Then you have the
biggest headline story about JP Morgan’s profits SOARING 36% or
whatever, this report is even funnier when you dig into it, so
they made a few bucks TRADING during the biggest short term market
rally since the depression, and yet at the same time, they admit
their core business is looking ill with a loan portfolio that
continues to deteriorate despite all the so called green shoots.
They set aside 5 TIMES the amount of so called profits from the
quarter for bad loan loss reserves! Hahah….
Sorry I didn't give more detail yesterday, but the key reversal in
the VIX along with treasury action may be signaling a stock-market
peak. I’m starting to believe the market is very close to a
multi-year peak right NOW. VIX managed to get back down to levels
last seen in Sept. 2008, signaling complacency. The remarkable
reversal in VIX yesterday could be indicating an important trend
change, I expect it to move considerably higher, probably to the
40 range, as the market sells off over the next several weeks.
After that I'm not sure...
It is possible that the market will not get back to current
levels for a decade or more when all is said and done. Real bear
markets end with single digit P/E ratios (based on peak or 10
year trailing earnings) and 6+% dividend yields, that’s the
bottom line. Being long before that point is just asking for
trouble, not that I don’t play bounces. LOL"
The VIX is the "volatility index," and it's dropped sharply lately,
indicating a great deal of complacency among investors and the media.
According to Gordo, this complacency is so great that it actually
serves as a sell signal to day traders. This is an obvious
contrarian strategy: Whatever the herd is doing, do the opposite.
Another analyst who definitely hasn't changed his mind is ... me.
Since 2002 I've been saying that we're entering a new 1930s style
Great Depression, and certainly nothing has happened to make me
change my mind. That forecast was based on a long-term analysis of
stock market trends. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How
to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>) Those
conclusions are just as valid today as they were in 2002.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090716 Israeli soldiers accuse Israel's army of genocide in Gaza war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.head
Israeli soldiers accuse Israel's army of genocide in Gaza war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.date
16-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.txt1
Soldiers gave about 50 anonymous testimonies to Breaking the Silence,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090716.txt2
an Israeli soldiers’ organization.
They describe the Israeli army’s <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article6715417.ece
"use of human shields"#> and deliberate targeting of civilian
structures. The descriptions support the claim that soldiers were
given orders to shoot first and ask questions later.
As I've written in the past, Israel has been following a typical path
that any country follows during a generational Crisis era. Any
country will become increasingly genocidal as the Crisis era
progresses, until the crisis war reaches a climax.
(For more information, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090511 ""Sri
Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all following the same path,""#>
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090119 ""Gaza war heads toward
cease-fire, while violence surges in Sri Lanka,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090106 ""In Gaza and Sri Lanka, war slides
into genocide.""#>)
You can find <#stdurl
http://www.shovrimshtika.org/oferet/testimonies_category_e.asp
"translations of all the soldiers' testimonies here."#> I read
through a couple of dozen of the testimonies, and I can't say I really
found anything particularly shocking.
The coverage that I heard on the BBC had led me to believe that the
soldiers were monsters, killing every civilian in sight. The actual
testimonies showed some of that, but very little.
Here's <#stdurl
http://www.shovrimshtika.org/oferet/testimonies_e.asp?cat=10 "one of
the testimonies"#> under the category "Bombardment". This is
probably one of the most graphic of all the testimonies:
"Nearly no one ran into the enemy. I know of two
encounters during the whole operation. The soldiers, too, were
disappointed for not having had any encounters with terrorists.
The defined situation was that sparing our forces was of primary
importance. This means that if we detect anyone, we disconnect,
summon a helicopter and take down the house. That was the clear
definition and that is how it was done. As soon as we detect
anyone, our forces improve their position and get into defense
layout, and a helicopter takes down the house. No direct contact
unless it happens at the first moment of the encounter. At least
in the paratroopers' designated area, there were hardly any
encounters at all.
Question: Were there definitions for identifying things?
Not as far as we were concerned. I don't know whether things were
clearly defined, but as for the language, it was "suspects,
lookouts, people standing on roofs and looking towards our forces,
making suspect movements on the roof, bending down, looking out
beyond the rim" – such were definitions of suspects that were
enough to call a UAV or helicopter.
Question: You said there were orders to take down people seen on a
roof.
As far as I know, I'm not certain what is considered suspect and
what proper rules of engagement are. We responded to anything that
seemed suspect to us. A helicopter or a firing *** was activated
passed on detailed reports of what we see. A *** would arrive,
connected to the command post at and then the people at the
central command post could see what was going on and if it looked
suspect to them, they would activate it."
Other testimonies describe looting of houses and the use of white
phosphorous. Some of these things may technically be war crimes, but
they're nothing compared to what happened in Sri Lanka. And by the
way, they're nothing compared to the tactics that Israel will be
using in the next war, whenever and wherever it may occur.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90 "Sri
Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090715 Will the market's direction be clarified by Friday of this week?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.head
Will the market's direction be clarified by Friday of this week?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.date
15-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.txt1
Long-time market veteran Art Cashin says that it will.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090715.txt2
Art Cashin has worked on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange for
decades, and is thought to be among the "wisest" of the wise old men
working there.
And so what Cashin said on CNBC last week really made me sit up and
take notice:
"I think we will know the course of the stock
market by July 17, 2009. Whether we retest the lows or not, we
will have an answer by the end of next week. As far as earnings
go, I an discounting the earnings and focusing on the outlook.
The first stimulus package was part illusion and hope, we misused
it, we may not be able to help ourselves now the we actually need
it."
What was interesting about Cashin's remarks were their specificity.
Long time readers of this web site know that I make many predictions
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#>), but I avoid being
specific about time, using phrases like, "such and such is coming with
absolutely certainty sooner or later, and probably much sooner than
later."
So I'm absolutely fascinated by the boldness of Cashin's prediction.
He is saying, definitively, that questions about the stock market
will be answered between Wednesday and Friday of this week. Appearing
again on CNBC on Tuesday morning of this week, Cashin was quite
vehement in repeating his forecast of last week that there will be a
lot of market clarity -- one way or the other -- by Friday of this
week, as earnings reports come pouring in. And although he said it
could go in either direction, his facial expression made it pretty
clear that the expected direction was down.
The reason why we'll know the market direction by Friday, according
to Cashin, is that a flood of Q2 corporate earnings reports will come
out between Wednesday and Friday. These reports will indicate
whether the economy is recovering or continuing to crater.
According to the official <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"Standard & Poor's earnings spreadsheet,"#> analysts' estimates of
earnings per share (EPS) for Q2 2009 have been falling steadily:
Date Q2 2009 S&P 500 EPS estimates as of that date
---------- ---------------------------------------------
6/30/2008 $ 26.73
9/30/2008 $ 25.44
12/31/2008 $ 19.92
3/30/2009 $ 14.84
6/30/2009 $ 14.15
Any one of these numbers would be astonishing, when you realize that
the reported Q4 earnings per share value was -$23.25, and reported Q1
EPS was $7.54, 25.5% below analyst estimates.
And yet, the analyst estimates for Q2 are at $14.15. Not only that,
but here's what I heard from a Deutsche Bank analyst: He said that
"street" expectations for earnings this week are considerably higher
than analysts' estimates. He added that a further rally based on good
earnings reports is unlikely, since good earnings are already priced
in.
Cashin works for UBS AG as a floor manager, one of the old-timers on
the New York Stock Exchange floor. He probably talks to hundreds of
people a day, and reaches conclusions based on those conversations.
What he's sensing is that something very big is coming. I've quoted
him several times in the past, and last October, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081027 "I quoted him"#> as saying that he's
expecting "something major, something that will be remembered for
generations."
I don't know if he still expects something major that will be
remembered for generations or, if he does, whether that something
will be occurring this week.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, something major that
will be remembered for generations - a generational panic and stock
market crash - is coming with certainty. The market has been
overpriced since 1995, and is still overpriced by a factor of 150% or
so. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the
'real value' of the stock market.""#>) However, I would never
be so bold as to name a specific week and day of the week, as Cashin
has done.
So I'll be joining everyone else to watch breathlessly what happens
this week. Will this week's earnings reports clarify the direction
of the market? I guess we'll know by Friday afternoon.
--
By the way, I'd like to encourage all web site readers to read and
contribute to the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum each
day or so. It's a bit of a pain, because you have to click on the
little box that moves you to the last page of the thread to get the
most recent postings. But it's some of the most intelligent
discussion of financial topics on the internet.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090713 Turkey's Prime Minister Erdogan accuses China of genocide in Xinjiang
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.head
Turkey's Prime Minister Erdogan accuses China of genocide in Xinjiang
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.date
13-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.txt1
Emphasizing Turkic ethnic identity over Muslim religious identity.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090713.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right turkey 3
Muslims are supposed to share common interests, yet among Arabs and
Persians, reaction to China's crackdown on the Muslim Uighurs in
Xinjiang province has been muted and perfunctory.
Not so among the citizens of Turkey. In a dramatic development,
thousands of them have been <#stdurl
http://www.canada.com/life/Thousand+protests+Xinjiang+violence+Turkey/1778217/story.html
"demonstrating and protesting in Ankara"#> and across Turkey in
support of the Uighurs, burning Chinese flags and products.
Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan said Friday that <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE56957D20090710
"genocide was being committed:"#>
"The incidents in China are, simply put, a
genocide. There's no point in interpreting this otherwise. ...
We're having trouble understanding how the Chinese government
would remain a bystander to this. We want the Chinese
administration, with which our bilateral ties are continuously
improving, to show sensitivity."
On Saturday, Erdogan escalated <#stdurl
http://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/International/12-Jul-2009/Turkey-urges-China-to-stop-assimilation-of-Uighurs
"escalated the rhetoric"#> by urging China to stop the "assimilation"
of its Uighur minority:
"We ask the government of China to abandon
assimilation, because such assimilation can do you no good. No
state, no society which attacks the lives and rights of innocent
civilians can guarantee its security and prosperity. Whether
they are Turkic Uighurs or Chinese, we cannot tolerate such
atrocities. The suffering of the Uighurs is ours."
Turkey's foreign ministry added, "The Turkish people feel very close
to the Uighur people and share their suffering."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's interesting
about this situation is that the Uighurs have two identities -- an
ethnic Turkic identity and a religious Muslim identity -- and it's
the ethnic Turkic identity that's turning out to be more important in
the current crisis.
(At this point, it's worthwhile pointing out that the Turkish people
are not so named because they're from the country Turkey. Instead,
it's the opposite: The original name of the region was "Anatolia."
The Turkish or Turkic people came from central Asia, and they named
the country "Turkey" when they settled there and created the Ottoman
Empire. For more information about the generational history of
Turkey, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080903 ""Consequences of
Russia/Georgia conflict spread to southern Caucasus.""#>)
There's undoubtedly a feeling among the Turkish people for wanting a
tiny bit of political revenge. They're furious that the west is
blaming them for the Armenian genocide that occurred during WW I, and
accompanied the destruction of the Ottoman Empire. So now they have
an opportunity to accuse someone else of genocide. And Erdogan's
remarks about "assimilation" refer to their own failure to assimilate
the Armenians in the 1910s and, more recently, the PKK Kurds.
What's most interesting about this situation is the that way it
illuminates developing international alignments. Turkey has been
<#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE56957D20090710
"trying to boost economic ties"#> with China, and President Abdullah
Gul last month became the first Turkish president to visit China in
15 years.
But instead of developing closer ties with China, there are <#stdurl
http://en.apa.az/news.php?id=104880 "calls for a Turkish boycott"#> of
Chinese goods. This is not surprising since the Turkic people have
had many wars with the Chinese people over the centuries, and the
hatred exhibited by the Uighurs in the last couple of weeks toward
the Han Chinese has been truly enormous. We will be watching this in
the months to come.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=160
"Turkey"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090710 New Iran demonstrations commemorate the student protests of July 9, 1999
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.head
New Iran demonstrations commemorate the student protests of July
9, 1999
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.date
10-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.txt1
Hardline Iranian mullahs had thought that they had crushed the
demonstrations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090710.txt2
once and for all, since the streets had been relatively quiet for 11
days.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 3
But on Thursday, <#stdurl
http://edition.cnn.com/2009/WORLD/meast/07/09/iran.protests.anniversary/
"thousands of protestors"#> ran down the streets of Tehran shouting
"Allahu Akbar" (God is great) and "Death to the dictator," the latter
referring to Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.
This is a surprise to many analysts, who had thought that the
demonstrations would quickly fizzle. Many analysts are comparing
this situation to the Beijing's 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre, which
fizzled quickly after China's People's Liberation Army sprayed
bullets into demonstrators, killing hundreds or thousands of unarmed
students.
But that occurred at the beginning of a generational Unraveling era,
40 years after the end of the previous crisis war, Mao Zedong's
Communist Revolution civil war.
Today's crisis in Iran is occurring 21 years after the end of Iran's
last crisis war, the war that began with the 1979 Islamic Revolution,
and continued with the Iran/Iraq war that climaxed in 1988. Thus,
the correct historical event to compare it to is not the Tiananmen
Square massacre, but America's 1967 Summer of Love and the following
events, including the violence at the 1968 Democratic National
Convention in Chicago.
(For information about generational eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#> For information about America's Awakening era in
the 1960s, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers
commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
The period 20-25 years after the end of the preceding crisis war is
the time of greatest political protest, usually with little violence.
Thus, we should expect the current demonstrations in Iran to continue
for several years.
Today was chosen for the demonstrations because it's the tenth
anniversary of a violent student uprising that began on July 9, 1999.
That uprising was met with government violence and fizzled after only
four days, which is to be expected only 11 years after the end of the
previous crisis war.
The following is a fascinating <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E8t9kVr7Wbc&feature=player_embedded
"al-Jazeera video"#> describing the July 9, 1999, uprising:
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090707 China's Xinjiang province is scene of violent anti-government protests
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.head
China's Xinjiang province is scene of violent anti-government
protests
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.date
7-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.txt1
Xinhua reports that 156 people have been killed
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090707.txt2
in Urumqi, Xinjiang's capital city. Over 1,000 people were injured in
the riot, according to the <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-07/07/content_11663866.htm
"official Chinese government statement."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090706.gif left "" "China's Xinjian province
is scene of violent riots and demonstrations
(Source: CS Monitor)"#>
The rioting occurs across an <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/0706/p06s04-woap.html "ethnic fault
line."#> The Muslim Uighurs, of Uzbek origin, have historically
occupied the Xinjiang region. However, the Chinese Communist Party
(CCP) government has been relocating Han Chinese into the Xinjiang
region in order to dilute the Uighur population. The CCP has used
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080318b "the same policy"#> to dilute the
Tibetans in Tibet (the province just south of Xinjiang), with equal
success.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this can never work.
You cannot resolve an ethnic fault line in a region by flooding the
the region with the favored ethnic group. Has this ever worked
throughout history? I'm not aware of any example. All that this
does is inflame the fault line so that it's worse than ever, leading
to a crisis civil war.
The event that triggered the violence occurred on the other side of
China last month. Two Uighur migrant workers, working in a toy
factory Guangdong province in southeast China, were accused of raping
a Han woman, a charge which appears to have been fabricated. The two
Uighurs were killed in a Han Chinese mob attack on their dormitory,
and nobody has yet been charged with the two murders.
This Sunday, thousands of Uighurs rioted and demonstrated against CCP
rule in Urumqi. Xinhua reports that the Uighurs killed the Han in
their homes, and that the Han are astonished by the ferocity of the
attack by people who have been their neighbors. Apparently the CCP
security forces struck back against the Uighurs violently.
Interestingly, the CCP has said that 156 people have been killed, but
the casualties haven't been characterized, as to being Uighur or Han
or security forces. The CCP is characterizing the riots as an
uprising against Chinese rule, while the Uighur Congress in Exile is
claiming that <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/china/5760388/China-vows-to-crush-unrest-in-Xinjiang.html
"the police had opened fire on the demonstrators."#>
The Uighurs say that the CCP discriminates against them. They resent
the flood of Han Chinese "colonizing" the region, taking all the good
jobs, leaving the menial jobs for the Uighurs. They also point out
that there's language discrimination, since few Han speak the Uighur
language.
There are a lot of cross accusations, but they're probably all true
on both sides. This is a generational crisis era for China, and a
violent ethnic attack leading to a major civil war would not be a
surprise to anyone familiar with Generational Dynamics.
Whether that happens this time cannot be predicted, and remains to be
seen.
China has tens of thousands of "mass incidents" every year, but
everyone is describing this one as "unprecedented," because of its
severity and because it appears to be organized. There are late
reports that it's spreading to Kashgar, in the southern part of
Xinjiang. There were violent Uighur terrorist incidents in Kashgar
just prior to last year's Beijing Olympics.
There's no doubt that the CCP is frightened. This was already obvious
last month when China <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090604 "commemorated
the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre."#> Now they've shut down mobile
phones and internet access in Xinjiang, and they've arrested 1400
people. China has a history of violent rebellions and civil wars,
and the senior citizens running the CCP in Beijing are very well
aware that the government could collapse quite easily.
As I wrote in 2005 in <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China
approaches Civil War,""#> and many times since, Generational
Dynamics predicts that China is headed for a new civil war with
absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090706 The Bubble Algorithm - How computers and herd behavior are inflating the stock market bubble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.head
The Bubble Algorithm - How computers and herd behavior are
inflating the stock market bubble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.date
6-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.txt1
But Thursday's jobs report is changing attitudes quickly.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090706.txt2
My report last week on <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090702 ""The
influence of computerized trading programs""#> has raised some
interesting discussions.
In that article, I discussed the fact that the S&P 500 price/earnings
index had remained in the range 18-20 for many years (2004-2008), and
I inferred that the only possible explanation was that programmed
trading algorithms used by the major financial firms all used similar
algorithms, and that a P/E valuation of 18-20 has been a part of those
common algorithms.
A couple of people wondered if this claim of similar algorithms was
too extravagant. Speaking now as a computer software consultant
who's worked for a number of financial firms, there's little doubt.
There are only so many trading algorithms, and they're all well known
-- in fact, they're taught in colleges. Different firms might vary
some of the parameters, and attempt to gain a trading advantage that
way. But when you have almost five years of a constant P/E valuation
of 18-20, there's really no other credible possibility.
This really isn't surprising. Different companies use similar
algorithms for accounting, for architecting buildings, for diagnosing
illnesses. Only the top-notch research centers are developing new
algorithms for things, but once a new algorithm is developed and
proven to be successful, it becomes widely used.
For example, here's a paragraph from a <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2009/07/guest-post-review-of-pablo-trianas.html
"recent Naked Capitalism blog entry"#> on a different subject --
"value at risk" (VaR) models for risk evaluation:
"The other perversity of that approach to VaR is
that it encourages herd behaviour in volatile markets, before the
banks have even made it to the sidelines. In other words, since
all the models in all the banks are essentially the same model of
the same data, they all start screaming ‘fire’ at the same time,
with predictable consequences at the exits. All this and more is
well covered by Triana: particularly the way that a long period of
low volatility before 2007 meant that VaR endorsed massive
positions in assets that were suddenly big loss makers, when
things went sour."
It's this concept of "herd behavior" that I want to focus on. This
phrase could be used to describe many of the things that I've been
describing on this web site for years. These things include the
offering of predatory mortgage loans, the securitization of faulty
mortgage loans into "toxic assets" (as we now call them), and the
Pollyannaish reporting by CNBC, Bloomberg TV, the Wall Street Journal,
and other financial media.
A point being made by the above quoted paragraph is that herd
behavior increases systemic risk. Most theories about the market
assume that each investor is acting completely independently, making
independent decisions, so that one person's bad decision is canceled
out by another person's good decision. But if all investors are
acting in unison, then a mistake or bad decision by one becomes a
mistake by all.
=inc ww2010.h2 bub "Herd behavior and the Bubble Algorithm"
It's pretty clear that the herd behavior that pegged buy/sell
decisions to a S&P 500 P/E valuation of 18-20 for almost five years
was completely abandoned at the beginning of 2009. Starting in
January, the computerized buy/sell algorithms were modified to
something else. As I discussed in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090702
"last week's article,"#> I'm suggesting that these algorithms are
producing a new stock market bubble.
I would suggest that we call this the Bubble Algorithm.
A web site reader questioned this concept as follows:
"If there are computer programs all buying
millions of shares in microseconds, who is selling all these
shares. There has to be a buyer for every seller. The total amount
of stock is constant at any moment. If we had insight into both
sides of the transaction, we would understand better what is
happening here. I thought all transactions had to go through
exchanges and specialists."
The behavior we're talking about is ordinary human behavior,
encapsulated in computer software. We implement all sorts of human
actions in computer software, so implementing the Bubble Algorithm
really isn't that remarkable.
Even in an ordinary bubble, like the Tulipomania bubble, there has to
be a buyer for every seller. This relates to the "greater fool"
concept. You have to be a fool to purchase assets during a bubble,
but you can buy the assets expecting to sell them to someone else, a
greater fool, at an even higher price.
When the stock market is operating a low volume, then lots of tricks
are available to insiders.
Consider the following mind-blowing example:
Let's suppose I have a million shares of stock A, selling at $1.00
per share, and you have a million shares of stock B, also at $1.00
per share. Then we each have $1 million in stock.
I sell you one share of A for $2.00, and you sell me one
share of B for $2.00. Then all of a sudden, we now each of $2
million in stock. Isn't that incredible?
Once you understand that example, then you can see how all kinds of
variations can be played. I can buy a large position in one stock,
knowing that there are plenty of insiders who will buy some of it at
a slightly higher price, thus boosting the value of my entire
position, and increasing the size of the stock market bubble. If a
lot of people are doing that, then you have the Bubble Algorithm.
It's "herd behavior" that makes a bubble possible. As we quoted from
Garet Garrett's 1932 book, <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009
""The bubble that broke the world:""#>
"Mass delusions are not rare. They salt the human
story. The hallucinatory types are well known; so also is the
sudden variation called mania, generally localized, like the tulip
mania in Holland many years ago or the common-stock mania of a
recent time in Wall Street. But a delusion affecting the mentality
of the entire world at one time was hitherto unknown. All our
experience with it is original."
In a "normal" situation, individual investors make individual
decisions about individual stocks, evaluating each stock purchase
based on fundamentals, an appraisal of the underlying corporation.
Program trading is a negation of the "normal" situation. No
fundamentals are used. The trading algorithms detect small changes in
the prices of stocks and attempt to take advantage of them by buying
or selling within a few milliseconds.
This whole concept is a rejection of anything fundamental, and
rejection of all common sense, and is perhaps the best illustration of
the mass delusion of investors today. The only difference today is
that these delusions are implemented in computer software.
=inc ww2010.h2 crash "Bubble Algorithm - the crash"
There are two parts to a bubble -- growing the bubble, and the crash.
So the Bubble Algorithm has the same two sides. We've discussed the
side that grows the bubble. What happens when the crash comes?
Let's return to the example I gave before. When the bubble is
growing, you can buy a large position in a stock at, say, $100 per
share, and then sell a small portion of that stock at $101 per share.
When you do that, the value of your entire holding goes up to $101
per share. This makes you a lot of money, and it also increases the
size of the bubble.
But what happens when the market starts to go down? Suppose you have
a large position at $101 per share. If the price falls to $100 per
share, then you can't just sell of a small portion; you have to sell
the entire position. That's the sell side of the Bubble Algorithm,
and you can see that the crash is going to be much more rapid than
the growth was.
Putting on my hat as a software development consultant, there's
little doubt in my mind that something like the Bubble Algorithm has
been implemented the major financial institutions today, and that the
buy side and sell side of the algorithm have both been implemented.
Switching from the buy side to the sell side, whether by human
investors or by a computer running the Bubble Algorithm, is what's
commonly known as a "panic."
If the growth of a bubble, whether by humans or computers, is a
manifestation of mass delusion, then a panic is a sudden end to the
delusion, and a huge dose of reality. The only difference is that
the delusion can go on for weeks, months or years, while the panic
may require only a few hours or days.
=inc ww2010.h2 jobs "The jobs report changes the mood"
We may or may not ever know what triggers a switch from bubble to
crash. The cause of the 1929 panic is still debated. All we can say
for sure is that it will be some chaotic event (in the sense of Chaos
Theory), and that it can't be predicted.
Thursday's jobs report may or may not be such a trigger, but it has
certainly changed the mood. It was a huge disappointment to
economists and politicians alike.
To see why, take a look at the following graph from <#stdurl
http://www.calculatedriskblog.com/2009/07/another-involuntary-landlord-and.html
"the Calculated Risk blog:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090705.jpg center "" "Percent Job Losses in Post WW
II Recessions
(Source: Calculated Risk)"#>
This graph very well represents the kind of data that economists and
politicians look at it. It compares the job losses, month by month,
in all the post-WW II recessions. If you look at it long enough to
get a feeling for what's going on, you can see that in the previous
post-war recessions, job growth began to spike up right about now, if
not earlier. Politicians and economists were CERTAIN that the same
would happen now. The fact that it hasn't happened is a signal to
economists that their assumptions have been disastrously wrong.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's wrong with
that analysis is that this isn't an ordinary post-war recession.
We're in the middle of a generational stock market crash, the first
since the one that began in 1929, and job losses are following the
post-1929 pattern.
That this is an "ordinary" recession is part of the mass delusion
that politicians and investors have been suffering from.
It's hard to list all the factors that went into this mass delusion,
but certainly the inauguration of President Obama was a major one.
Throughout the campaign last year, and even after the election, Obama
promised that the world would change after January 21. He would be
"guided by facts, not ignore them." He would cure global warming,
provide universal health care, and restore the stock market bubble.
As I've written many times, he doesn't have a snowflake's chance in
hell of succeeding at ANY of these programs. The fact that it was
widely believed that he would is part of the mass delusion that's
infected Americans since January.
Thus, on Thursday, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=arpnBofDO2ss
"President Obama said"#> that the jobs report was "sobering news."
Returning to campaign mode, he added, "It took years for us to get
into this mess, and it’s going to take us more than a few months to
turn it around." And on the Sunday morning news talk shows, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601070&sid=aZy7bvgx1f7I
"Vice President Joe Biden said"#> that the Obama administration had
"misread the economy" when it made its earlier forecasts after taking
office.
Thus, our new tv drama, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090525 ""The
education of Barack Obama,""#> continues apace, with intriguing
new episodes almost every day, as the mass delusion continues to
dissolve.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the question is
whether this is enough to trigger a panic. That's impossible to
predict, of course. But if the public mood continues to deteriorate,
and my expectation is that it will, then the current stock market
bubble should not continue much longer. Whether that means a gradual
fall or a full-fledged crash in the near future can't be predicted.
=inc ww2010.h2 mm "Will money market funds 'break the buck'?"
Many money market funds are in increasing danger because the stocks
backing the funds are less than the nominal value of the funds
themselves. Last year, some market funds were already forced to
"break the buck," meaning that a share in the money market fund is
worth less than $1.00. The deteriorating financial crisis means that
breaking the buck will occur much more frequently, and may trigger a
panic on money market funds.
In a <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=3673#p3673
"posting in the Generational Dynamics forum,"#> Higgenbotham
describes what could happen:
"In the event that there is a run on the money
market funds, it would work in a similar way to the bank runs in
the 1930's, but at the same time it will be different. The reason
it will be different is that a money market fund has a value of
1.000 dollars. That 1.000 value is called "the buck". If the
value drops below 1.000 it is called "breaking the buck". The
Federal Reserve has said that they will guarantee this value. With
credit card charge-offs hovering at 10% and increasing,
unemployment at nearly 10% (officially and we know this is a lie),
auto sales getting smashed, and all these other problems, the true
value of the money in these money market funds is dwindling. Now
investors are coming to the point where they need to make a
decision. They will need to decide whether they want to be in a
money market fund that pays, say, 1.5% interest and has a value
of, say, 0.950 but is still trading at 1.000 because the Fed has
said they will guarantee the 5% loss (these are the "junk dollars"
I have been talking about) OR whether they want to be in safe and
secure dollars like treasury bills that pay, say, 0.3% interest
and where a dollars worth of treasury bills is really worth a
dollar."
Higgenbotham's comments serve as a warning to those who still have
money in money market funds. The only safe investments today are
cash, FDIC insured bank accounts, and short-term Treasury bills.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090705 Feminist alert: Millionaires' mistresses and wives are biggest victims of financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.head
Feminist alert: Millionaires' mistresses and wives are biggest victims
of financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.date
5-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.txt1
Abusive, controlling husbands are forcing wives to do their own
cooking and cleaning.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090705.txt2
The first signs of this new form of abuse came last November, when
<#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/wealth/2008/11/18/rich-cut-back-on-payments-to-mistresses/
"a study of millionaires"#> showed that these men were taking the
financial crisis out on their mistresses:
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gender 2
"According to a new survey by Prince & Assoc.,
more than 80% of multimillionaires who had extra-marital lovers
planned to cut back on their gifts and allowances. ...
“Rich people are getting hit, and they’re all expressing the need
to curtail unnecessary spending,” said Russ Alan Prince, president
of Prince & Assoc., a wealth-research firm based in Connecticut.
“Lovers are part of the same calculation.” ...
Fully 82% of men in the study said they planned to lower the
allowances to their mistresses, while more than three quarters
planned to provide fewer gifts, less expensive gifts and fewer
perks, like jet rides, resort vacations and top restaurant
meals."
It's a symptom of how misogynistic our society is that these women
have to suffer just because of the financial crisis.
But now a study shows that even more women are being abused --
specifically, the wives of hedge fund managers.
According to <#stdurl
http://women.timesonline.co.uk/tol/life_and_style/women/article6513010.ece
"a new study by Tatiana Boncompagni Hoover:"#>
"On a recent sunny afternoon in New York City I
was talking with a girlfriend who happens to be a hedge fund wife.
She was complaining about her husband, once a highly compensated
trader whose fund had closed down and who now, in her opinion,
wasn’t doing enough to find a job. The couple had been bickering
non-stop about their cashflow problems. From behind a pair of
oversized black lenses, she confided in me that she was at her
wit’s end and was considering pulling the plug on the
relationship. “I didn’t get married for this,” she whimpered,
adding ruefully, “Do you know I have to take the subway now?” ...
Life for New York’s hedge fund wives has changed dramatically.
Almost half the city’s 1,000 hedge funds have disappeared.
Globally, 10,000 hedge fund workers lost their jobs last year, and
a further 20,000 are expected to be out of work this year. An
industry that was once worth about $1.9 trillion is now worth half
that. ...
As a New Yorker living among financial kings and wizards, it is
hard to avoid getting caught in somebody else’s awkward moment.
Not too long ago my husband and I were invited to the apartment of
an extremely successful hedgie for dinner. Five of us were
sitting around the giant coffee table, enjoying our cocktails,
when one woman remarked that the hedgie’s wife, who also works in
the industry, was likely to out-earn her husband that year. The
silence was deafening. I expected someone — the husband, the wife
or the silly cow who had made the gaffe — to attempt to make light
of the situation, but it turns out that when it comes to money
matters, these people don’t have much sense of humour. ...
Here in New York there is a quiet revolution taking place. The
once-almighty hedge funders are finally getting their comeuppance
and almost everyone is happy to have a bird’s-eye view of their
long (and, thus, quite entertaining) fall from grace."
Maybe it's the male hedge funders getting their comeuppance, but it's
clear that their wives are the ones being victimized. Abusive and
controlling husbands are forcing their wives to do their own cooking
and cleaning.
As feminists like to point out, all men are abusers and all women are
victims in this misogynistic society of ours, and this is just one
more example. It's time for all of us to join together with
feminists to stamp out this cruelty and victimization of millionaires'
mistresses and wives.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=158
"Gender Issues"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090702 The influence of computerized trading programs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.head
The influence of computerized trading programs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.date
2-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.txt1
It may be that computer software is already in charge of our futures.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090702.txt2
In 2005, I posted an article called <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050811
""A new mystery: Why is the P/E ratio remaining
constant?""#> I noticed that the S&P 500 price/earnings ratio
had remained almost constant for over a year, something that had not
occurred in the previous century or more.
In that article I described something called the "Fed Model," a
simple trading algorithm which, I understood, was widely followed by
many traders and financial institutions. The Fed Model was based on
a 1997 Federal Reserve report that related price/earnings ratios to
changes in long-term Treasury yields. I inferred from the evidence
that most traders and financial institutions were all following the
same buy/sell strategies based on P/E ratios, as a result of which
the P/E ratio was remaining constant.
If you look at the bottom of the home page of this web site, you'll
see the price/earnings ratio chart that gets updated every week.
Here's last Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe090626.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 26-June-2009.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see from this chart, the mystery of the constant P/E ratio
continued long after 2005. The P/E ratio was in the 18-20 range for
years, starting in 2004. This happened despite the fact that the S&P
index was going up and down (mostly up). This behavior was
interrupted for a few months in 2008, and was abandoned completely in
2009.
I've written about this a number of times since 2005. My conclusion
was that the only way that this could be happening was if programmed
trading algorithms at different financial institutions were very
similar to one another.
Speaking as a software development consultant, I've worked at a
number of financial institutions, and I know that programmers tend to
move from one company to another over time. Thus, it's not
surprising at all that the trading algorithms at different financial
institutions were similar to one another. So I'm not saying that
there was any conspiracy. I'm simply saying that the trading
algorithms were and are common knowledge across the industry, so
different institutions are likely to implement roughly the same
algorithm. And it seems clear that a P/E valuation of 18-20 has been
a part of those common algorithms.
But it's clear from the above chart that something changed early this
year, as I wrote two months ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090509
""Stock market rally raises cautious, anxious hope among
investors.""#>
The change was triggered by fourth quarter earnings last year --
which were negative. This caused the P/E ratio index to shoot up to
60. This led to a lot of lying and prevarication in the financial
media.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street Journal and
Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E ratios""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090522 ""Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on
his fantasy price/earnings computations.""#> The Wall Street
Journal recently completely reversed its policy, as I described
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090615 ""Wall Street Journal sharply
revises its fantasy price/earnings computations.""#>)
This lying about P/E ratios should be major industry news, but I've
never seen anything about it in the mainstream media, nor in any of
the financial blogs, including <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "Nouriel Roubini's blog,"#>
<#stdurl http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated Risk blog"#>, the
<#stdurl http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/ "Sudden Debt blog,"#> the
<#stdurl http://www.minyanville.com/ "MinyanVille blog,"#> <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/ "Yves Smith's Naked Capitalism
blog,"#> and the <#stdurl http://ftalphaville.ft.com/ "Financial
Times alphaville blog."#> I don't check all of these blogs every day,
but as far as I know, this P/E ratio issue is never mentioned by any
of them.
If you look at the "official" <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS "S&P
500 P/E index spreadsheet,"#> you can see that the Q2 P/E is 133.62.
If you look at <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=mdc_h_usshl
"the latest WSJ chart,"#> with its newly revised more "honest"
reporting, then you see that the S&P 500 P/E index is 35.38.
But if you listened to Bloomberg TV today, then you heard "the P/E
index is around 15, and there are many stocks with very low
valuations." I have no idea where this figure of 15 comes from.
Mainstream financial reporting has gone completely off the rails.
It's almost completely total nonsense, catering to brokers and
investment bankers who make fat commissions and fees off of traders,
and who don't want anyone rocking the boat by reporting a P/E ratio
of even 20, let alone 133.
=inc ww2010.h2 mystery "A new mystery"
But we're still left with a mystery. What algorithms are the
computerized buy/sell trading programs using today? They're
obviously not pegging the algorithm to a P/E ratio of 18-20 any more;
that's been thrown out. But what algorithms are they using?
The answer to the question was provided by an interview of Joe Saluzzi
of Themis Trading on Bloomberg TV on Tuesday. The following is my
transcript:
"I'm a realist. I like to cut through the garbage
that we hear constantly from hopeful politicians and hopeful
corporate executives, trying to tell you they see things are
good.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090701.jpg right "" "Joe Saluzzi of
Themis Trading
(Source: Bloomberg TV)"#>
Let me see some numbers. Show me the quarterly earnings. Are
you going to prove to me that second quarter was good, in the
retailing sector when the savings rate is sky high, and consumers
aren't spending?
No, I don't believe it. I'm a cynical person at heart, I guess,
but I'm also a realist, and it keeps me out of trouble a lot. ...
The problem is that most people are pessimistic on this market
right now, but they're afraid because they see the market
running.
What my job is during the day is I'm an institutional trader for
large mutual funds and hedges. So my job is to trade for them,
and to not get caught upin the noise.
The volume that you see during the day, sometimes as high as 12
billion across all three exchanges, is fictitious. It's not
real. I'm going to say that 60-70% of this volume that you see
coming across -- it's volume, but it's done by what they call
'high frequency traders.'
These are machines. The biggest machine out there wins the game
nowadays. And these people deal in sub-seconds. 50 milliseconds
is a huge amount of time. Anything over that and you're a
dinosaur in the business.
So what they do all day long is they buy and sell and they try to
collect liquidity rebates from the exchanges, who basically in
partnership with them, and they trade for no apparent fundamental
reason, and this is my problem.
And being that we're all in a bullish tape right now, they're all
just buying. ...
I trade for my clients. I'm an agency-only trader. My job --
they make the decisions, I execute around the noise. Some of
the clients buy, some of them sell, we deal with all different
types. Some short, and so on. Some are sector based.
But my job is to make sure -- that during the day when a program
gets shot through, -- by the way, a billion shares a week going
through certain broker on the exchange principally with
programmed trades -- it's a way to get the market to go in your
direction. And what happens is -- since we're all electronically
linked, the algorithms that all these programs use, according to
the guys that I talk to, chase the stocks and artificially inflate
the prices.
It cuts both ways. Since we're in a bull tape, everyone is
jumping on board, but here's the trick: They could run for the
trap door tomorrow, and if everybody becomes a seller, they'll
all just go the other way. They don't care about the prices any
more."
According to Saluzzi, these computerized buy/sell programs are
dominating the market these days.
But there's more -- a remarkable concept. What he's saying is that
the computerized trading algorithms are essentially doing panic
buying (though he doesn't use that phrase). He's saying that these
trading programs are programmed to push stock prices up.
Once again, I'm not implying any conspiracy or collusion. Let me put
on my computer programmer hat again. I've never had to implement an
algorithm of this sort before, but I can imagine what kind of
algorithm I'd implement if a client told me, "Assume that the market
is going up, and program the computer to stay ahead of the market and
make money." If I assume that the market is going up, then I'd
program the computer to pursue a strategy that pays a little more as
time goes on.
And now, once again, we know that computer programmers move from
company to company, and we can conclude that all the financial
institutions are implementing roughly similar algorithms.
There's a remarkable concept. We normally think of panic buying as
based on human emotion, but Saluzzi is essentially saying that the
computers are panic buying, pushing up the stock market prices.
This is a weird concept since, as we all know with absolutely
certainty, computers are mechanical devices totally lacking in
emotion.
Presumably then, the reason that computer programs "artificially
inflate the prices" is because the programmers tweak the program
parameters to do so.
However, Saluzzi points out that this won't go on forever. He says
that there's a "trap door," and this could reverse very quickly.
If I were a computer programmer for such a client, I'd parametrize my
software algorithms so that if my client suddenly said, "Assume that
the market has stopped rising, and it's going to fall for a while,"
then my software would instantly change its strategy. Instead of
panic buying, my software would be panic selling.
And so would everyone else's software algorithms.
So what I'm suggesting is this: The the computerized trading
algorithms have changed drastically in the last year.
Since 2004, these algorithms have been pegged at maintaining a P/E
ratio of 18-20. Obviously that's out the window now, as the P/E
ratio is well above 100.
Is any other peg being used? I'm certainly not aware of anything.
This gives meaning to Saluzzi's statements: "And what happens is --
since we're all electronically linked, the algorithms that all these
programs use, according to the guys that I talk to, chase the stocks
and artificially inflate the prices."
In other words, the computerized trading algorithms are specifically
designed to create a bubble. Once again, I'm not saying that this is
a conspiracy, any more than the Tulipomania bubble was a conspiracy.
I'm simply saying that the "human emotions" or "animal spirits" that
normally cause a bubble have been encapsulated in computer algorithms
and programs, resulting in computers that create bubbles.
As I've said for decades, "To err is human. To really screw things up
takes a computer." And that seems to be where we are.
These computer programs make decisions in microseconds, far faster
than human beings can react. In the 1929 stock market crash, it was
human beings using the telephone to flood their stock brokers with
sell orders that clogged the ticker tapes for hours.
What Saluzzi is telling us is that we're headed for a different kind
of crash, where blindingly fast computers will be competing with each
other to sell as quickly as possible.
As I've been saying for years, Generational Dynamics predicts that
we're headed for a generational panic and crash, the first since
1929. Some people believe that the stock market has already crashed,
but it hasn't been even close. Here's how I've described this several
times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This might happen tomorrow, next week, next month or thereafter. We
can't predict when it will happen, but it's coming soon with
absolute certainty.
What Saluzzi's comments tell us is that the crash will be led more by
computers than by humans.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090701 Brookings Institution does a full reversal on Iraq war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.head
Brookings Institution does a full reversal on Iraq war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0907
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.date
1-Jul-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.txt1
As Americans withdraw from cities, Brookings admits there's no civil
war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090701.txt2
In December 2006, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061221 "I quoted Brookings
Institution"#> analyst Ken Pollack as saying, "Iraq is in a dangerous
state, and it's headed for a Bosnia or Lebanon state of all-out civil
war."
I commented on this quote as follows:
"Now this is exactly what Generational Dynamics
tells is impossible. Iraq is in a generational Awakening era, just
one generation past the genocidal Iran/Iraq war of the 1980s.
Now, you can call anything a civil war if you want, and if you
want to call terrorist acts by non-Iraqis a civil war, then you
can do it. But it is ABSOLUTELY IMPOSSIBLE for Iraq to spiral
into a state of all-out civil war like Bosnia in the 1990s or
Lebanon in the 1980s. It has never happened in history, during a
generational Awakening era, and cannot happen now.
This is why journalists, pundits and politicians keep getting
their predictions wrong. You'd think that Ken Pollack was some
sort of expert, but he has NO IDEA what's going on. He simply
made that "fact" up, because he and all these other journalists
and pundits make ideological predictions, and they have as much
chance of getting them right as if they flipped a coin. As <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061217 "I wrote a few days ago,"#> Thomas
Friedman and other pundits have gotten one prediction wrong after
another. Generational Dynamics is the only methodology which has
produced correct predictions, and this is the only web site in the
world that tells you what's going on in the world, and what's
going to happen."
Now, 2½ years later, <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8125547.stm "US soldiers are
withdrawing"#> from Iraqi cities, and security duties are being taken
over by Iraqi forces. It's still my expectation that US forces will
be in Iraq for years to come, but there will not be a civil war in
Iraq's generational Awakening era.
Now, Brookings appears finally to agree. Michael E. O'Hanlon of
Brookings <#stdurl
http://www.brookings.edu/opinions/2009/0630_iraq_ohanlon.aspx "writes
the following:"#>
"Violence is not increasing in a strategically
significant way. There have been several spikes this year but, in
retrospect, all wound up being isolated incidents. Violence levels
remain 90 percent reduced relative to pre-surge levels. The
country is still quite troubled, but it is no longer in the grips
of civil war and is unlikely to return to that sad state. There
probably have been extra efforts by extremists to use violence in
these recent, momentous days, with the goal of creating a snowball
effect by making Iraqi citizens worry that the change in the U.S.
role is leading to a security vacuum. But this will probably wind
up being seen as nothing but a tragic yet containable set of
ruthless bombings, and, in fact, there is no security vacuum.
There does not appear to be any ripple effect of attack followed
by revenge attack followed by counterrevenge attack, so I believe
the extremists are failing."
This is a grudging admission by O'Hanlon, who attempts to hedge by
saying that there is "no longer" a civil war, as if there ever was.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090630.gif center "" "Number of civilian casualties
in Iraq, May 2003 to present
(Source: Brookings.edu)"#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iraqcivil 1
But the above graph from <#stdurl
http://www.brookings.edu/saban/~/media/Files/Centers/Saban/Iraq%20Index/index20090625.pdf
"a new report (PDF) on Iraq"#> from Brookings gives the lie to this
hedging. The graph shows the number of civilian casualties each
month since 2003.
Ken Pollack made his original prediction, that Iraq was headed for a
major civil war like the ones in Lebanon and Bosnia, in December
2006, at the height of the casualties. As you can see from the
graph, Pollack's prediction was almost a cue to Iraq, as the number
of casualties collapsed immediately after his prediction, at the time
when President Bush's "surge" took hold. And now, finally, US forces
are withdrawing from Iraqi cities.
It must be a bitter pill for Brookings' O'Hanlon now to have to admit
that there's no civil war, as politicians, journalists and analysts
on the left were predicting.
It was at this time that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061129 "NBC
"news" put on a huge dog-and-pony show,"#> declaring that
the Iraq war was a civil war, and that the US would lose.
Organizations like NBC News and the New York Times were
swimming in the sewer, allying themselves with the terrorists in
Iraq, with the purpose of defeating and humiliating the US in Iraq.
Their actions were shameful beyond belief, and were close to treason.
At least the Brookings Institution has been able to bite the bullet
and make at least a half-hearted admission that they were wrong. But
not NBC News or the New York Times, who are still suffering
from what one pundit has called "Bush Derangement Syndrome," where
their hatred of President Bush is so great and so vitriolic that they
almost can't think of anything else.
The people at the New York Times are certainly still suffering
from Bush Derangement Syndrome, if we're to judge from <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/06/30/world/middleeast/30iraq.html?hp=&pagewanted=all
"an article on the US withdrawal,"#> containing the following bizarre
paragraph:
"Seizing on the desperation of Sunni insurgents,
foreign fighters were able to entrench themselves in the
neighborhood. Those fighters, who Ahmed said were aligned with Al
Qaeda in Mesopotamia, a mostly homegrown Sunni insurgent group
that American intelligence says is foreign-led, were not only
brutal in battling Shiites but also in enforcing control over
Sunni residents."
The first bizarre thing is the reference to "Al Qaeda in
Mesopotamia." This phrase was uniquely adopted by the NYT to avoid
admitting that al-Qaeda was in Iraq. The organization was actually
called "Al-Qaeda in Iraq," and it was not homegrown at all. It was
led by Jordanian terrorist Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, who imported suicide
bombers from Saudi Arabia and other Arab countries. I wrote about all
this in my April 2007 analysis, <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401
""Iraqi Sunnis are turning against al-Qaeda in Iraq,""#>
which was a much better analysis that anything that came out of NBC
News, the New York Times, or the Brookings Insitution.
It was in August, 2003, that I nervously wrote my first major
prediction about Iraq in, <#hreftext ww2010.i.aug19 ""Terrorist
suicide bombings in Iraq may backfire against terrorists.""#>
The predictions that I posted in that article, and repeated many
times since then about Iraq and many other countries, have all turned
out to be true, or are trending true. Not a single Generational
Dynamics prediction has turned out to be wrong.
Once again, as has happened many times since I set up this web site
almost seven years ago, Generational Dynamics has been proven to be
correct, while the analysts have been proven wrong. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational Dynamics
predictions,""#> and <#hreftext ww2010.i.forecast090503
""Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology.""#>) This
is not because I have any psychic capability or political skills (I
have none of either), but because the Generational Dynamics
methodology works consistently.
One thing that hasn't changed is that, Generational Dynamics is still
the only methodology which has produced correct predictions and,
after almost seven years, this is still the only web site in the world
that tells you what's going on in the world, and what's going to
happen. In fact, there is no other web site in the world like this
one.
=eod
=// &&2 e090629 Ayatollah Ali Khamanei relives his childhood, as Iran arrests UK Embassy employees
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.head
Ayatollah Ali Khamanei relives his childhood, as Iran arrests UK
Embassy employees
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.date
28-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.txt1
Following a week of massacres, protestors have taken to the rooftops,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090629.txt2
where they chant "Allahu Akbar" (God is great). The <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/06/29/world/middleeast/29iran.html?ref=global-home
"chants can be heard"#> across Tehran every night around 10 pm,
in defiance of the Islamic regime.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 3
Unfortunately, the protestors still aren't entirely safe from
violence by the Revolutionary Guards and the Basiji militia who "are
carrying out brutal nighttime raids, destroying property in private
homes and beating civilians in an attempt to stop nightly protest
chants," according to <#stdurl
http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2009/06/26/iran-night-raids-terrorize-civilians
"Human Rights Watch."#>
In some ways, what happened on Saturday is the most bizarre event of
all, as Iran arrested nine people in the British embassy in Tehran.
I've written dozens of analyses of Iran on this web site in the last
six years, and I've always emphasized one thing: That Iran's domestic
and foreign policies are ALWAYS geared toward recapturing the
"spirit" of the Islamic revolution of 1979. The regime has seen this
"spirit" erode year after year, as Iran enters its generational
Awakening era, and young people born after the revolution make their
voices heard.
One of the major events of the 1979 revolution was the <#stdurl
http://www.jimmycarterlibrary.gov/documents/hostages.phtml
"Iranian hostage crisis:"#>
"The exiled Ayatollah [Ruhollah] Khomeini returned
to Tehran in February 1979 and whipped popular discontent into
rabid anti-Americanism. When the Shah came to America for cancer
treatment in October, the Ayatollah incited Iranian militants to
attack the U.S. On November 4, the American Embassy in Tehran was
overrun and its employees taken captive. The hostage crisis had
begun."
The hostage crisis lasted 444 days, and was a major international
event. It dominated American news for the entire period, and is
thought to be the reason that Jimmy Carter lost to Ronald Reagan in
the 1980 Presidential election.
Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini lead the Islamic Revolution, and was the
first supreme leader of Iran's Islamic state.
Today's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, is reliving his
childhood by the bizarre act of arresting British Embassy employees.
Yes, Khamenei was 40 years old in 1979, and not exactly in his
childhood, but today's actions can best be described in that way.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there isn't a
snowflake's chance in hell that this will work. What works in a
generational Crisis era does not work in a generational Awakening
era. The youthful protestors, who are largely pro-West and
pro-American anyway, will see through this as a shallow political
ploy.
Meanwhile, Khamenei and Iran are being strongly condemned by the UK
and the European Union, and the EU warned of a "strong and collective
response," unless the employees are released.
=inc ww2010.h2 worse "Who is worse: Ali Khamenei or Richard Nixon?"
This question is prompted by a message from an online correspondent:
"I agree with you that Khamenei could end up
humiliated (or dying), but so too will Rafsanjani and most of the
older clerical establishment within the next few years.
Ironically Ahmadinejad right now aside from being hated by the
North Tehran Gucci crowd has more popular legitimacy than any
other figure, including among the young Basiji. I suspect the
import of the [Arab] Hezbollah folks is for having a more battle
hardened cadre to inspire/train the young Basiji, although the
Twitterers have claimed that it¹s because the Iranian troops are
hesitant to attack the protesters.
For the record, I am convinced that Ahmadinejad actually won the
election (maybe not by 63%, but he won nonetheless and the quick
vote count is a total red herring; there are only 850 ballots per
voting station) and that [opposition candidate Mir-Hossein]
Mousavi is really at best a [former Senator George] McGovern
figure, but probably less significant than that. Mousavi could be
coopted somehow, but really his wife is the one with a following.
Let a few more years go by and power of the younger generation
will grow, both of the North Tehranis and the rural/urban poor
folks. My Iranian friends here in Vancouver reluctantly agree that
there is an urban/rural + rich/poor split being revealed; but both
are opposed to the clerical establishment."
Senator George McGovern was the Democratic "peace" candidate running
against Richard Nixon in America's 1972 Presidential election.
McGovern lost 49 states to Nixon, and was rarely heard from again.
However, once the election was over, Nixon was immediately embroiled
in the Watergate scandal, and was forced to resign in 1974.
Comparing McGovern to Mousavi is a very interesting insight, and it
leads to an equally interesting question: Who was the worse leader in
a generational Awakening era, Supreme leader Ali Khamenei or
President Richard Nixon?
Khamenei appears to be much worse than Nixon was. Nixon's peace plan
may not have satisfied the protestors, but at least he ATTEMPTED to
compromise and buy time. But Khamenei's "Fuck you, take it or leave
it and die" attitude, combined with his willingness to spray bullets
into crowds of peaceful protestors, is a disaster in a generational
Awakening era.
At the top level, an Awakening era is never anything more than a
conflict between the Prophet generation (the first generation to grow
up after a crisis war) and their parents.
There's little doubt that the young Basiji paramilitaries support
Ahmadinejad's presidency, but I haven't read anything that would lead
me to believe that a young Basiji who favors Ahmadinejad over Mousavi
is willing, on a sustained basis, to beat and club and shoot to kill
other young Iranian men and women, just because they favor Mousavi
over Ahmadinejad. This is particularly true in an Awakening era.
In 1970, members of the Ohio National Guard fired at student
protestors at Kent State University, killing four of them. The Kent
State shootings were a disaster for the Nixon administration, and I
expect the murder of Neda and other student protestors in Iran will
be a disaster for Khamenei. There's a real possibility that Khamenei
will be humiliated and forced to step down within a few weeks.
--
I apologize to my readers for having so few postings lately, but my
mind has been <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=13&t=157 "a
total blank."#> I can't get excited about writing about anything.
I've covered the Iran situation. There are new suicide bombings in
Pakistan, but I have nothing new to say. The financial crisis is
deepening, but on the surface everything looks great. The world is
drifting along in a "steady state," waiting for something to happen.
Is this the calm before the storm? That's the real question, since
there's so much going on, in Iran, in Iraq, in China, in North Korea,
in Pakistan, in India, in Gaza, and economies from Latvia to China
are collapsing. But it's all just below the surface, while the
surface seems calm.
Will the calm extend through the summer into the fall? Or will some
chaotic-type event break through sooner than that?
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090626 Iran's Khamenei appears desperate, as reports of Tehran massacres grow
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.head
Iran's Khamenei appears desperate, as reports of Tehran massacres
grow
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.date
26-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.txt1
An amazing generational battle is proceeding in Iran.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090626.txt2
As I wrote a couple of days ago (see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090623
""A generational explanation of Iran's political
crisis""#>), 80-year-old Khameni is in the Nomad generational
archetype, an older version of America's Gen-Xers.
And what we're seeing in Iran can only be described as the same
nihilistic, destructive, self-destructive behavior that characterizes
many people of the Nomad generational archetype.
Supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2009-06-24-voa4.cfm "has vowed"#> that
the government will not yield to the demonstrators.
Khamenei could be looking for a way to defuse the situation with a
compromise, such as committing to give Mir Hussein Moussavi, the
reformist candidate who lost to Mahmoud Ahmadinejad in the recent
election, a high-ranking position in the government.
Or, Khamenei could buy some time by launching an investigation on the
election, and keep it going for 2-3 months, to allow passions to
cool.
Instead, Khamenei has adopted the harshest possible policy at every
step along the way, starting with his declaration, long before the
ballots could have been counted, that Ahmadinejad the winner of the
election, and authorizing increasing violence against even peaceful
protestors.
The policies adopted by the Khamenei government appear to be
increasingly desperate. The sheer size of the anti-government
demonstrations has decreased, but public opinion seems to be turning
increasingly against Khamenei.
Khamenei has shut down mainstream media reporting out of Tehran, but
news organizations have been receiving a steady stream of reports in
the form of e-mail and twitter messages.
A good way to follow these messages is to read one of the "live
blogs," such as <#stdurl
http://thelede.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/06/25/latest-updates-on-irans-disputed-election-6/
"the New York Times live blog"#> or <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/news/blog/2009/jun/25/iran-crisis "the
Guardian live blog."#> (Unfortunately, in each case you have to find
the new URL every day.) These blogs contain the text of messages,
translations of statements on Iranian web sites, and YouTube videos.
As the blogs themselves mention, many of these messages cannot be
confirmed, and some people are complaining that the western media may
be exaggerating the violence. The problem with that complaint is
that Khamanei himself is encouraging the perception of increasing
violence by his hardline statements. At this point, the perception
is so pervasive that Khamenei's government is massacring its own
citizens, that it really doesn't matter whether hundreds of people
have been killed by gunfire, or only dozens.
What Khamenei's nihilistic policies have accomplished is to destroy
the government's credibility at home and abroad, and turn many
Iranians against the government. Many of the live blog reports
indicate that splits within the government and even within the
militia. For example, a number of Mousavi allies <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB124594133755654091.html "have been
arrested."#>
There's one particular angle worth noting. A number of reports
indicate that the government has augmented its militia with Arabs
from other countries, acting as mercenaries. If this is widespread,
it would indicate that the Iranian soldiers do not want to beat and
fire on their own people, which would not be surprising during a
generational Awakening era. It's reminiscent of al-Qaeda in Iraq,
which was never able to recruit Iraqis to serve as suicide bombers,
and had to import them from Saudi Arabia and Jordan.
Many analysts are expecting the demonstrations and protests to fizzle
now, just as they fizzled in China, after the Chinese army
slaughtered hundreds or thousands of unarmed protestors in Tiananmen
Square in 1989. But the Tiananmen Square massacre occurred 40 years
after the end of the previous crisis war (the Communist Rebellion,
climaxing in 1949), and so the Tiananmen Square demonstrations would
have fizzled within a few days if the Chinese authorities had done
nothing.
These political protests and demonstrations reach their maximum power
roughly 20-25 years after the end of the preceding crisis war. That
was the time of America's 1967 Summer of Love and the 1968 riots and
police riots at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago.
And that's where Iran is today, 21 years after the climax of the
Iran/Iraq war.
So the comparison which many analysts are making to the Tiananmen
Square massacre is not valid.
Because of his nihilistic willingness to adopt the very harshest
possible policies, there appears to be no way that Khamenei can
survive this crisis politically. If he were capable of finding a
compromise or buying time, then he might survive. But this is how
Greek tragedy works -- the final tragedy comes about because it has
to, because the participants can't stop themselves from bringing it
about.
As I understand it, Iranian students across the country are taking
standardized exams on Thursday and Friday of this week. Thus,
Saturday and Sunday may provide the next major test of the Khamenei
administration.
Whatever happens, I hope that readers of this web site realize what
an exceptional opportunity we have to be able to watch this Awakening
era drama in Iran in real time. This is an amazing time in Iran, and
there will be many more amazing days to come this summer.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090623 A generational explanation of Iran's political crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.head
A generational explanation of Iran's political crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.date
23-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.txt1
What happens when an irresistible force meets an immovable object?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090623.txt2
There have now been two really exciting international events for
Generational Dynamics this year.
The first was the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090520 "end of the Sri
Lanka crisis civil war."#> We got to see and analyze the climax of a
crisis civil war as it's happening in real time.
Now we get to see a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Summer of
Love.""#> type Awakening era event as it's happening in real time
in Iran.
The comparison with America's Summer of Love Awakening era event in
1967, along with the 1968 riots at the Democratic National Convention
in Chicago, is very apt. Although the sequencing and details are
different, the generational behaviors and attitudes are almost
identical.
First of all, Iran's protestors are like America's Boomers -- that
is, they're in the Prophet generational archetype, the first
generation growing up right after the end of a crisis war. America's
Boomers grew up right after World War II, and Iran's protestors grew
up right after Iran's last crisis war, the 1979 Islamic Revolution,
followed by the Iran/Iraq war that ended in 1988.
And so, Dear Reader, if you're one of the many people who love Iran's
protestors, but who hate America's Boomers, then you may be in
conflict with yourself. If you want to know what today's doddering
Boomers were like when they were kids, just look at today's Iranian
protestors.
(For more information on generational archetypes, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#>)
Let me put it another way: Today's Boomers are anxious, frightened,
moralistic, judgmental, arrogant and narcisstic. If you'd like to
know what these Boomers were like when they were cute kids, just look
at today's Iranian protestors. You'll see that they're fearless,
moralistic, judgmental, arrogant and narcissistic. The only thing
that growing old does to them is to change them from fearless to
frightened.
Thus, it's not surprising that Iran's young protestors are becoming
more and more furious and outraged about what they see as a complete
betrayal by the government. Like our Boomers, they're arrogant and
narcissistic. They'll demand the moral high ground, and they'll
never back down unless Iran's security forces perpetrate a massacre --
and even then, the protestors will be back when they think it's safe.
=inc ww2010.h2 vs "Outrage versus pragmatism"
That's only half the story. The other half is about the Supreme
Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, whose <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090620
"harsh Friday speech"#> I described a couple of days ago.
Khamenei was born in 1939, 30 years after the end of the
Constitutional Revolution, Iran's previous crisis war. That means
that Khamenei is in the Nomad generational archetype, like our
Generation-Xers, including President Obama.
So this is a delicious twist. Like today's Xers, Khamenei grew up in
the shadow of the previous Prophet generation, the one that grew up
right after the end of the Constitutional Revolution. Khamanei
probably hated them as much as today's Xers hate the Boomers.
So now Khamenei is dealing with a new Prophet generation, and as the
saying goes, he must feel like it's "déjà vu all over again." The
young protesters are just like the older generation he grew up with
-- just as arrogant and narcissistic -- except that now they're much
younger than he is. And he probably has the same visceral hatred for
them.
Like Gen-Xers, people in any Nomad generation are considered to be
"pragmatic," doing anything that's necessary to get the job done. So
we can assume that Khamanei will take whatever "pragmatic" action he
believes that he has to take to regain control, and defeat the
protestors.
There's an old philosophical paradox: What happens when an
irresistible force meets an immovable object?
Since the protestors -- the irresistible force -- are going to
continue protesting, and Khamenei -- the immovable object -- is going
to use whatever he force he has available to end the protesting, we
have a kind of political variation of the old paradox.
I always say on this web site that the attitudes and behaviors of a
small group of politicians are irrelevant to the great events of a
society or country, except insofar as the politicians' attitudes
reflect those of the masses of people. What matters are the
attitudes and behaviors of those masses of people, entire generations
of people. That's a fundamental concept of Generational Dynamics.
Unless Khamenei and the clerics perpetrate massive slaughter on the
protestors, there really is no question about who will win this
political battle -- the protestors. I'll discuss this further later
in this report.
=inc ww2010.h2 rev "A Revolutionary Confrontation"
One key to understanding the generational confrontation in Iran today
is a statement that I heard several times from BBC commentators: "The
Islamic government has always been contemptuous of the way the Shah
of Iran, [Iran's pre-1979 leader,] buckled 30 years ago in the face of
popular protest."
To put this into context, think of Supreme leader Ayatollah Ali
Khamenei (Nomad archetype) as being the Barack Obama of the 1979
Islamic revolution. In 1979, Khamenei would have been contemptuous
of all the accomplishments of Iran's previous Prophet and Artist
generations, just as Obama is contemptuous of the accomplishments of
the Boomer and Silent generations. According to the BBC statement,
Khamanei was particularly contemptuous of the way that his
predecessor, the Shah of Iran, buckled to popular protest.
Khamenei was in the generation of protestors in 1979. Today, he's in
the position that the Shah occupied in 1979, and he's in the
generation opposing the protestors. Even so, the generational
dynamics are very similar. He's not going to buckle to the
protestors, Iran's new Prophet generation. He's as contemptuous of
this new Prophet generation as he was of the previous Prophet
generation, including the Shah.
The revolutionary guards have ordered demonstrators to "end the
sabotage and rioting activities" and said their resistance was a
"conspiracy" against Iran.
A <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/jun/22/iran-protests-revolutionary-guard
"statement posted"#> on the revolutionary guards' website warned
protesters to "be prepared for a resolution and revolutionary
confrontation with the guards, Basij and other security forces and
disciplinary forces".
This promise of "revolutionary confrontation" may have stopped some
protestors in their tracks, but it's infuriating to the Prophet
generation, who will never agree to give up the moral high ground.
This is the confrontation between an irresistible force and an
immovable object, as I described it above, and if Iran were in a
Crisis era (like 1979), this could result in a violent revolution.
=inc ww2010.h2 political "Iran's political split"
But it's not a Crisis era. Iran is in a generational Awakening era.
In a Crisis era, like Iran in 1979 and in the 1980s, civic unity is
regenerated, and political bickering decreases and tapers off.
In an Awakening era, like Iran today, civic unity deteriorates, and
political bickering increases.
That's what's happening in Iran, as the split among the ruling
clerics is getting increasingly serious. Here's a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/06/22/world/middleeast/22iran.html?ref=global-home
"New York Times report"#> on the political split:
"TEHRAN — A bitter rift among Iran’s ruling
clerics deepened Sunday over the disputed presidential election
that has convulsed Tehran in the worst violence in 30 years, with
the government attempting to link the defiant loser to terrorists
and detaining relatives of his powerful backer, a founder of the
Islamic republic.
The loser, Mir Hussein Moussavi, the moderate reform candidate
who contends that the June 12 election was stolen from him, fired
back at his accusers on Sunday night in a posting on his Web
site, calling on his own supporters to demonstrate peacefully
despite stern warnings from Iran’s top leader, Ayatollah Ali
Khamenei, that no protests of the vote would be allowed.
“Protesting to lies and fraud is your right,” Mr. Moussavi said in
a challenge to Ayatollah Khamenei’s authority.
Earlier, the police detained five relatives of Ali Akbar Hashemi
Rafsanjani, a former president who leads two influential councils
and openly supported Mr. Moussavi’s election. The relatives,
including Mr. Rafsanjani’s daughter, Faezeh Hashemi, were
released after several hours.
The developments, coming one day after violent protests in the
capital and elsewhere were crushed by police officers and militia
members using guns, clubs, tear gas and water cannons, suggested
that Ayatollah Khamenei was facing entrenched resistance among
some members of the elite. Though rivalries among top clerics
have been part of Iranian politics since the 1979 revolution,
analysts said that open factional competition amid a major
political crisis could hinder Ayatollah Khamenei’s ability to
restore order."
This political split is the opening to a solution to the
"revolutionary confrontation." The only solution that I can see,
short of a huge massacre, is that Khamenei will be forced to back
down to the protestors, leaving him to end his life with bitter
memories of his failure as a leader. His political opponents, known
as "pragmatic conservatives" and led by Rafsanjani, will be the
winners.
=inc ww2010.h2 women "The role of women in an Awakening era"
During a generational Crisis era, women move in the direction of
traditional stereotypical female roles and behaviors. See for example
my 2004 posting, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041011 ""'It's going
to be the 1950s all over again.'""#> During Crisis eras, the
protection of women becomes an important goal of society, and this
continues during the Recovery era that follows the crisis war.
To understand this, think about what mothers were like in the 1950s.
There is probably no era so misunderstood as the 1950s, which
feminists have painted ridiculously as a time when men were forcing
women to stay at home, and refusing to allow them to work outside of
the home. Nothing could be further from the truth.
Mothers in the 1950s grew up during the 1930s, where they were
surrounded by massive homelessness, starvation and suffering. People
were living under bridges, and had to depend on soup kitchens just to
get enough food to survive. Then, World War II began. Their
brothers, fathers and uncles were tortured and killed on the Bataan
Death March, and then were shot down like fish in a barrel on the
beaches of Normandy. The women themselves took "Rosie the Riveter"
jobs that they hated, but took them out of patriotism, and to support
their brothers, fathers and uncles overseas.
It's not an exaggeration to say that these women were traumatized by
their experiences. By the time the 1950s came, they considered it a
wonderful gift from America that they could stay at home with the
kids, living in their homes with white picket fences. This was the
American way of life that they had earned in the Great Depression and
the war, and they wanted to give that as a gift to their daughters.
The same thing happened to women growing up in Iran's Islamic
revolution of 1979 and the Iran/Iraq war of the 1980s. Their
fathers, brothers and uncles were maimed and killed by Saddam's
forces, and some were gassed to death. It was even worse for these
women than it was for American women in WW II, since the Iran/Iraq war
took place on Iranian soil, especially because rape is always common
during a crisis war. The mothers of daughters growing up after the
war ended wanted their daughters to live happy lives enjoying the
fruits of the Islamic revolution.
This is what happens to every nation in every Crisis war. But the
daughters who grow up after the war ends do not feel the trauma of
the war itself. They resent the restrictions placed on them by their
parents, who only wish for them to have a happier life, free of the
tortures and rape of war.
In Iran's Islamic culture, these restrictions took many forms. Young
women would have to wear loose clothing and headscarves, and could
not spend time alone with a male. These restrictions actually do
make a lot of sense during a crisis war, but not in times of peace.
=inc ww2010.h2 women "Neda Agha-Soltan and young women today"
While a generational Crisis era is dominated by men, a generational
Awakening era is dominated by women (or, at least, women's issues),
as the austere rules of the Recovery era begin to unravel.
For years I've been mocking Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's "morality police,"
who <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b "swoop down on women with loose
headscarves,"#> and carry them off the police station. Ahmadinejad
has managed to <#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2009/WORLD/meast/06/09/gerges.iran.election/ "piss
off practically every young woman in Tehran."#>
Well, now the young women are getting even.
I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090611 "wrote last week"#> that Zahra
Rahnavard, the wife of opposition candidate Mir-Hossein Mousavi, had
taken an active part in the campaign, after Mahmoud Ahmadinejad had
insulted her during his debate with Mousavi.
=inc ww2010.pic g090622.jpg right "" "Neda Agha-Soltan - undated picture"
A number of <#stdurl
http://www.rferl.org/content/Women_At_Forefront_Of_Iranian_Protests/1760110.html
"news stories"#> have been reporting that women have been playing a
leading role in the protestors, especially since the violence by the
security forces began. There was a lengthy interview on CNN on
Monday with a 19 year old girl who has been taking part in all the
Tehran protests. She has been beaten by a baton by the security
forces, but says that after you've been beaten once, further beatings
don't matter. She says that she and a number of other women have
been confronting the security forces, asking them, "Why are you
killing your sisters, your mothers and your daughters? Why are you
killing your own people?" The logic is that the security forces are
less likely to kill or beat a woman than a man, so the women are
taking the lead.
A pivotal event in the protests occurred on Saturday when Neda
Agha-Soltan, a pretty young 26-year-old girl, was shot dead by the
security forces, and the entire incident was captured in a video
that's been spreading around the internet.
The <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OjQxq5N--Kc "video of
Neda's death"#> can be viewed below.
However, this 40 second video is VERY GRAPHIC. If you watch this
video, you may have nightmares, and it may haunt you for a long time.
However, if you think you can handle it, then watch it to understand
why it's playing such an important role in Iran's chaotic political
crisis:
Neda has become an icon for the Iranian protests, and for young
Iranian women in particular.
=inc ww2010.h2 future "The future of Iran's crisis"
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Ayatollah Khamanei
doesn't stand a chance of getting through this unscathed. If he ever
had a chance at all, it ended with the Neda video. He will be forced
to back down, and since he's already staked his reputation on not
backing down (see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090620 ""Iran's
government panics, as Supreme Leader hints at violence against
protesters""#>), it will be a humiliating end to his career.
The reasoning in reaching this conclusion is as follows:
Khamanei has dug himself into a hole, so that no compromise
is possible.
The only way to stop the protests is a huge massacre of the
protestors, but my judgment of the Iranian/Persian culture is that
such a massacre will not occur.
In fact, the political split into factions led by Khamanei and
Rafsanjani will not tolerate much more violence.
However, to say that Khamanei will have to back down does not mean the
end of the Islamic regime.
=inc ww2010.h2 cronkite "The Walter Cronkite effect"
During the last week, all the political shots have been called by
Khamenei, making it clear that Ahmadinejad is nothing more than a
cypher in Iran's government. However, this did not increase the
stature of Khamenei. Khamenei is supposed to be a spiritual leader
who stays above the fray, but his actions this week have brought him
down into the political mud with everyone else. So the stature of the
entire Islamic "religious democracy" has been stained.
It's not clear whether Ahmadinejad can survive (politically) in
the current crisis. But even if he does, his rantings about
holocaust denial and pushing Israel into the sea will no longer have
their former panache and charm.
More significant will be Iran's reputation as the biggest state
sponsor of terrorism in the world, particularly as it applies to
Hizbollah in Lebanon and Hamas in Gaza.
Early in 1968, during the Tet offensive of the Vietnam War, CBS
reporter Walter Cronkite went to Vietnam, and came back and reported
that the war was unwinnable. This report is thought to be the
turning point in public opinion over the Vietnam war. It led
immediately to the forced decision by President Lyndon Johnson not to
run for another term, and later to increased protests and the
resignation of President Richard Nixon.
A major part of Ahmadinejad's legacy is the huge amount of money he's
spent funding Hizbollah and Hamas through Syria. This has always been
a manifestation of Ahmadinejad's insanity anyway, since Hizbollah is
Shia Muslim and Hamas is Sunni Muslim. But more to the point, Iran's
economy has been deteriorating since Ahmadinejad took office in 2005,
and many people blame his monetary support of these two terrorist
groups.
All that would be needed at this time or in the near future is for
someone prominent in Iran to make a similar "Walter Cronkite" type
statement, referring to the funding of Hizbollah and Hamas.
Thus, this political crisis in Iran may have substantial effects on
the balance of power in Syria, Lebanon, Israel and Palestine.
Finally, there may be a resolution of Iran's schizophrenia, as I've
described for years as a country where the people, especially young
people, are pro-American and pro-West, while the government was
virulently anti-American and anti-West. One possible outcome of this
crisis (over time) is that Iran will become much more pro-Western and
much less anti-American. Iran would still be an Islamic "religious
democracy," but its foreign policy would be substantially different.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090620 Iran's government panics, as Supreme Leader hints at violence against protesters
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.head
Iran's government panics, as Supreme Leader hints at violence
against protesters
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.date
20-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.txt1
Friday's speech by Ayatollah Ali Khamenei was a significant
escalation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090620.txt2
in the war of words, and may be signaling a major confrontation in the
streets in the next few days. Tehran's streets have been filled with
literally hundreds of thousands of protesters and demonstrators every
day this past week, and Khamenei's speech provides the justification
for taking very drastic counter-measures.
In his speech, Khamenei focused on themes that related the current
crisis to Iran's last generational Crisis war, which began with the
Islamic Revolution of 1979 and continued with the Iran/Iraq war.
(Recall that President John Kennedy's inauguration speech related
back to World War II.)
It's worth remembering that the Iranian people, including government
officials, believe first and foremost that Iran's Persian
civilization is perhaps the greatest that the world has known. To
Khamenei and to many other Iranians, the "religious democracy" that
was instituted in 1979 is the best and freeest government in the
world today.
Thus, among <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD241209 "the major
points"#> in Khamenei's speech, he emphasized that the high turnout
in the election, with over 40 million voters, showed the people's
solidarity with the Islamic government.
Thus, Khamenei's implied threats were particularly ominous. He said
that the illegal street protests must stop, since they were aimed at
reversing the result of a legitimate election. Thus, the leaders of
the protests <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/8109972.stm "would be
responsible for the consequences"#> (implying violence and bloodshed)
if they did not stop.
He returned to a commonly used theme of the Islamic regime by blaming
the protests on western governments and media, especially Britain and
the BBC.
According to <#stdurl
http://iran.whyweprotest.net/news-current-events/1063-khameneis-speech-english.html
"an informal translation"#> from the Farsi, Khamenei continued:
"Remember God, Iran has gone through a lot since
the revolution. [Many] have put us in turmoil, even our
neighbors.
Our youth are in a materialistic world, in a time of turmoil.
They don't know what to do. They need to understand spirituality.
They need to get back to spirituality, but they don't know how.
It's been two centuries since the west has been destroying
cultures. But our nation wants to regain that spirituality back,
so that the revolution can be regained."
I want to mention here that that although Khamenei's speech has
received almost universal scorn in the west, these are not the typical
sleazy words of a politician (such as would be spoken by Ahmadinejad).
These are spiritual words by a man who has devoted his life to Iran
and the Islamic revolution, and who is very worried that the country
is being threatened -- both from within and from outsiders.
He continued by calling for the support of today's youth, just as the
previous generation of youth fought in the Iran/Iraq war:
"This is the largest number of people that have
taken part in an election in Iran since the founding of the
republic and the passing of the constitution. I would like to
deeply thank you. The youngsters in our country showed especially,
that they are partaking in the political process since the
beginning of the revolution.
Now we'll see the same responsibilities from them that we saw
during the Iraqi Aggression War. ... We saw everyone, men women,
the young and the old, people participating from all over the
country to make this [election] a success.
This election is a political defeat for your enemies, and for
your friends all over the world a celebration, a historic one.
People are showing love and loyalty for their Imam and martyrs,
and for the system.
This election was a religious democratic event. Everyone saw it.
It was a showing against the dictators and oppressive regime, and
FOR a show of support for the religion and system. ...
Also another point about the election. The election of June 12
showed that people with beliefs and hopes and joys is living in
this country."
Khamenei came down very hard on the west.
"The enemies are trying [to harm Iran] through
their media - which is controlled by dirty Zionists. The Zionist,
American and British radio are all trying to say that there was a
competition between those who support and those who didn't support
the state.
Everyone supported the state. I know everything about these
candidates. I have worked with them. I know all of them."
His point was that all four of the candidates, including the
reformist candidate Mir Hossein Mousavi, are all working within the
system, and are all supporting the Islamic religious democracy.
Those who claim that some candidates are trying bring down the
Islamic regime are, well, "dirty Zionists."
He says that the youth "need to get back to spirituality, but they
don't know how." In expressing the bafflement of the youth, he's
really expressing his own bafflement. In fact, it would not be an
exaggeration to say that Iran's government is in a state of panic.
The fear of Khamenei and the hard line mullahs is a reversal of the
1979 Islamic Revolution, which also began with massive street
demonstrations. Once again, this isn't just political overstatement
by Khamenei, but a deeply held belief by a very religious cleric.
Khamenei promised some unnamed "consequences" if the demonstrations
continue, but for outsiders, the question is whether those
"consequences" would include <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090604 "a
Tiananmen-square type massacre,"#> as happened in China in 1989, when
the army turned its tanks and guns on unarmed demonstrators, killing
hundreds or thousands of them.
It's worthwhile briefly looking back at the last week, since the June
12 elections. Up until now, Khamenei has been advising restraint on
all sides, and has been approving only limited counter-measures,
including the following:
Arresting several top-level leaders of the opposition, though
not the opposition candidates themselves.
"Selective violence," such as singling out "troublemakers" and
beating or killing them individually. About ten people have been
killed this week.
Sending the police into Tehran University dorms, smashing up dorm
rooms of supposed troublemakers.
Offering to do a vote recount. This would not have satisfied the
opposition anyway.
Blaming the international media, and the US and Britain, for
inciting the demonstrations. This is standard operating procedure
for the Iranian government, though it's wearing pretty thin with the
opposition.
Restricting foreign journalists from attending opposition
rallies.
Shutting down Twitter, YouTube, and other internet services. This
has triggered an international "denial of service" attack on some
government servers.
It's clear that Khamenei and other government clerics are baffled by
what's going on, not understand what a generational Awakening era is,
and have been trying anything and everything, hoping to stop it.
(For information about generational eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#> For information about America's Awakening era in
the 1960s, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers
commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
Iran's governmental structure makes Khamenei the most powerful
government official, but he doesn't have absolute powerful. His
decisions can be overriden by other clerics, and they're not all
unified in Khamenei's strategy.
The leader of the internal government faction opposing Khamenei is
former President Ali Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani, who supported Mousavi
in the election, and who is now opposing government violence. If
"something" happens to Rafsanjani, then that may be the signal that
the hardline Khamenei-led faction has won within the government, and
will move ahead with the feared Tiananmen-style massacre.
The most familiar historical analogy we can look at is what happened
following America's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "1967 Summer of
Love,"#> and then the violence at the Democratic National Convention
in Chicago in 1968. This violence did not quell the demonstrations,
or end the "long, hot summers." The Summer of Love launched almost a
decade of these protests and demonstrations, culminating in the
resignation of President Richard Nixon in 1974.
Following that analogy, we can expect the demonstrations in Tehran to
continue this summer, and then continue for several years.
Like the Summer of Love and the Boomer demonstrations in the 1960s,
the demonstrations in Tehran have a high erotic component, as young
people free themselves from the austere restrictions that followed
the last crisis war (the 1979 Islamic Revolution, followed by the
Iran/Iraq war).
One thing that's fun to watch is how young women are moving their
headscarfs back, exposing more and more of their hair, just like
American young women in the 1960s adopted miniskirts and hot pants,
exposing more and more of their legs, and freaking out their parents.
One act that will really signal the younger generation's rejection of
the clerics' rules will be when young women remove their head scarves
entirely. It's not entirely frivolous to mention this, because the
removal of headscarves seems to be a minor thing, but it would
actually be a major act of defiance, striking at the heart of the
Islamic religous regime. This act alone would be considered
justification by the mullahs for violent countermeasures.
Ayatollah Ali Khamenei's Friday speech appears to provide sufficient
justification for increased violence by the security forces against
the protestors, but even now, increased violence is not a certainty.
Iran's clerics can read the newspapers as well as we can, and they're
well aware of how an overreaction would destroy whatever moral high
ground they believe they have. They are also well aware of the
continuing worldwide revulsion at the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre,
and they would be loathe to risk bring similar opprobrium to their own
Islamic regime.
On the other hand, the protests are going to continue and get worse,
as they do in every country's Awakening eras. It would require a
great deal of perserverance for the clerics to suffer through the
unending protests without overreacting. If the protests get
significantly worse, Khamenei may have to give in to the hard liners
and strike back. This is still a possibility, but not a certainty.
The next test will apparently come on Saturday, and it may provide a
guide to the future. Khamenei has said, "the protests must stop."
However, it is believed that there will be more large protests on
Saturday. How Iran's security forces act on Saturday may indicate
how they're going to continue to act throughout this long, hot
summer, and into the future.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090615 Wall Street Journal sharply revises its fantasy price/earnings computations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.head
Wall Street Journal sharply revises its fantasy price/earnings
computations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.date
15-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.txt1
Do you suppose they read this web site?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090615.txt2
I've been writing about this for a couple of months now.
In April, I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street
Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E ratios.""#>
I provided screen shots of WSJ P/E ratio page, and showed how WSJ was
fudging the numbers by a substantial amount, apparently on purpose.
The P/E ratio numbers that WSJ publishers are obtained from Birinyi
associates. In May, I saw a Bloomberg TV interview with Laszlo
Birinyi, and I wrote a report, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090522
""Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on his fantasy price/earnings
computations.""#> It's clear that WSJ was lying about P/E
ratios.
What motive could WSJ possibly have for doing this? Because they'll
lose their advertisers if they report negative market news. Most
advertisers earn commissions by selling stocks to individual
investors, and reporting a high P/E ratio would discourage investors
and anger advertisers.
I've been told that a number of WSJ readers have complained directly
to WSJ on the same matter.
Here are the charts that I displayed in the April report:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090425.gif center "" "Wall Street Journal P/E
charts. Top: 29-Jan-2009. Bottom: 24-Apr-2009.
(Source: WSJ)"#>
The top chart, from January 29, 2009, shows an S&P 500 ratio of
15.72. Supposedly, that figure is: "P/E data on as-reported basis
from Birinyi Associates." But that figure was already wrong, since
the P/E ratio was above 18 all year, and has been well above 15 for
ten years. There is no possibility whatsoever that 15.72 is a
correct figure.
The second chart above, for April 24, 2009, is even worse.
Notice that the claim "P/E data on as-reported basis
from Birinyi Associates" has been removed. The figure 13.09 is even
lower than the 15.72 figure, and is absurd.
WSJ, CNBC, Bloomberg TV and other mainstream financial media have
been abandoning the use of actual "as reported" earnings, because they're
afraid of losing advertisers. Instead, they've switched to
"operating earnings," which equal earnings, but with one-time losses
left out. Since all the writedowns of "toxic assets" are one-time
losses, "operating earnings" are based on a make-believe world in
which we're still in a real-estate and credit bubble, and the credit
crisis never happened. If someone wrote a novel about this, it would
be rejected as unbelievable.
However, things have changed in the last month. Here's the <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=mdc_h_usshl
"latest WSJ P/E chart:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090614.gif center "" "Wall Street Journal P/E
charts for 12-June-2009
(Source: WSJ)"#>
Now, this new chart is interesting, and presents its own
peculiarities.
Note that the claim of "as reported" earnings has returned. This is
a complete about-face.
Next, the S&P 500 P/E ratio has jumped to 36.41 from 13.09 last month.
36.41 is a lot more honest, but I still have no idea where that
figure came from.
Here are the "official" S&P 500 P/E ratios, from the <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"Standard & Poors spreadsheet,"#> for each quarter since 2007:
The 2009 figures are not errors. They're occurring because earnings
were actually negative in Q4 2008, and the estimates are very low in
2009. (For example, the P/E ratio for Q3 2009 is computed by adding
together the earnings for that quarter and the three previous
quarters. The reason that the P/E ratio estimate turns positive in
Q4 2009 is because it no longer includes the negative earnings of Q4
2008.)
So where did 36.41 come from? Maybe somebody at WSJ or Birinyi
Associates has a sense of humor, and said, "The P/E ratio for Q1 2009
is 136, so let's just drop the '1', and make it 36." Who knows?
I've recently read some commentary from someone claiming that P/E
ratios (also called "valuations") are irrelevant to the market because
P/E ratios are "backward looking," while the market is "forward
looking."
This is so typical of the craziness we see today in the mainstream
financial media. Obviously, the best guide to next year's earnings
are this year's earnings.
Even more important, reported earnings are the only "real" figures
that are available. (So are related figures, such as sales.)
Everything else is made up by analysts and corporate spin-masters.
Furthermore, we have solid trend data on these figures, so we can make
historical judgments.
Last week I heard a commentator (perhaps Art Cashin on CNBC) say
something like, "Well, if the S&P reaches 960, then it will cross a
resistance level, and can go up to 1000."
I find such statements absolutely astounding. He's saying that 960
is some kind of magic number which may or may not be reached, but if
it is reached, then there's an easy ride to 1000.
Well, what if the "real value" of the market is S&P 975? It's an
astonishing question that no one in the mainstream media would even
know how to answer. It's not a question they even think about. To
them, the concept that "valuation" really means something is totally
foreign to these people.
That's why these people can never see a bubble, even when they're in
the middle of it. It never occurs to them that the price of a stock
should reflect the value of the corporation that it represents. It's
as if the stock market is nothing more than a Monte Carlo casino
game, where stock prices have absolutely no relation to reality.
The one thing that relates stock prices to reality, of course, is
reported corporate earnings. These analysts and reporters in the
financial media hate dealing with reported earnings, because they're
the only thing that they can't fake.
There is, of course, a "real value" to the stock market, as I've been
saying for years. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to
compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>) The real
value is around Dow 5000, or roughly S&P 500. So the market is still
very far overpriced today.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're still headed a
major stock market crash, with the market falling far below its
current level. The market has been overpriced and in a bubble since
1995, and there is absolutely no chance whatsoever that we're going
to escape the consequences of that. As I've said many times, no one
has yet repealed the Law of Mean Reversion, and the Law of Mean
Reversion says that the market will fall very far, and will stay
there for many years.
What's really remarkable is the Wall Street Journal has suddenly done
an about-face, and is abandoning the fantasy P/E ratio of 13. It's
now publishing a value of 36, a value so high that it will stop some
investors in their tracks. What effect, if any, it will have on the
stock market as a whole remains to be seen.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090614 Iran: Violent street demonstrations follow Ahmadinejad's landslide election victory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.head
Iran: Violent street demonstrations follow Ahmadinejad's
landslide election victory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.date
14-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.txt1
Opposition supporters are claiming massive election fraud,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090614.txt2
after <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/5526721/Iran-elections-revolt-as-crowds-protest-at-Mahmoud-Ahmadinejads-rigged-victory.html
"the Interior Ministry"#> announced an overwhelming victory for
President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, with 62.6% of the vote, against 33.75%
for the leading opposition candidate, Mir Hossein Mousavi. The
turnout was a record 85 percent of Iran's 46.2 million eligible
voters.
Opposition leaders point out that polls had indicated a very close
election, and Mousavi had a good chance to win if turnout was high.
The turnout was in fact extremely high, with millions of new voters,
but the announced election results would seem to indicate that all
the new voters voted for Ahmadinejad. This appears very unlikely, in
view of the huge election rallies for Mousavi in the last few days.
Whatever the truth is about whether election fraud has occurred, the
perception is that it HAS occurred, and this has infuriated
supporters of Mousavi and other opposition and reform leaders.
As we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090611 "explained a few days ago,"#>
from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Iran is almost
exactly at the same point on the generational timeline as America was
during the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "1967 Summer of Love."#>
The riots and demonstrations in Tehran on Saturday can be compared to
the riots and demonstrations at the Democratic National Convention in
Chicago in 1968, and are generated by the same kinds of emotions --
enormous frustration among young people at the rules and restrictions
imposed by their parents, who are still traumatized by the preceding
crisis war.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there is one major,
significant difference between America in 1968 and Iran today:
America's previous crisis war was an external war (World War II),
while Iran's previous crisis war began with a civil war (the Islamic
Revolution of 1979). This is a significant difference in the
generational theory approach to understanding Awakening eras.
We see it in play today in Iran. This is the height of Iran's
generational Awakening era, which means that there is absolutely no
possibility whatsoever that the current unrest will spiral into a full
scale civil war.
But since the last crisis war began with a civil war, the mullahs who
run Iran don't know that. All they know is that today's unrest by
youth looks almost EXACTLY the same as the unrest by youth by mullahs
in 1979. In fact, it's exactly these mullahs who were the youth that
caused the unrest in 1979.
Thus, there's a significant possibility that the mullahs will panic
and overreact. If the mullahs become convinced that a governmental
overthrow is possible, then they could overreact and use the army to
end the demonstration through massive slaughter, as happened in
Tiananmen Square in 1989.
I heard one Iranian commentator on the BBC respond to the question
"Will the demonstrations continue?"
He said, "It depends on how the government responds, whether they're
firm and fair."
This is completely wrong. These demonstrations will continue to grow
irrespective of how the government responds. That's what happened in
America after the Summer of Love, and that's what happens in every
country during a generational Awakening era at any time in history.
However, things can go badly wrong, and generational theory tells us
that this is what might happen when the previous crisis war is a civil
war.
There's one exception to this: If the government overreacts, fearing
a new civil war, and responds with extreme violence, killing thousands
of demonstrators, then the demonstrations will end, and the government
will have laid the groundwork for a future civil war.
Even if the demonstrations are permitted to continue with little
violence, as happened in America in the years following the Summer of
Love, there will still reach a point where the government will be
forced to change, just as Presidents Lyndon Johnson and Richard Nixon
were driven from office. In fact, some Iranian government officials
have already expressed concern about a "velvet revolution," and
indicated ominously that such activities will not be tolerated.
The Summer of Love began a decade of bitter generational political
conflict in the US, conflict that included riots, demonstrations,
assasinations, and occasional bombings by the terrorist group Weather
Underground.
Iran is about to enter a similar period, and it's hard to believe
that the mullahs in power will tolerate the kind of political
conflict that occurred during America's Awakening era. Thus, a big
military crackdown is a real possibility in the next few days, weeks
and months in Iran.
Update. I've learned on the Sunday news shows something that
I hadn't fully realized -- that Washington considers the Iran
election to be a referendum on President Obama's recent speech in
Cairo. Thus, if Mousavi had won, it would have been a major foreign
policy victory for Obama, but now it's a defeat. This is total
insanity. I doubt that even a single Iranian voter changed his mind
in either direction because of Obama's speech. The fact that people
in Washington believe otherwise is a sign of how completely out of
touch the Washington politicians are.
(Paragraph added - 14-June)
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090613 WHO declares a worldwide H1N1 'mild' swine flu pandemic
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.head
WHO declares a worldwide H1N1 "mild" swine flu pandemic
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.date
13-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.txt1
The big question is: What's going to happen in the fall?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090613.txt2
Saying that "We are in the earliest days of the pandemic," Dr Margaret
Chan, Director-General of the World Health Organization, announced
that "the level of influenza pandemic alert [has been raised] from
phase 5 to phase 6. Here are some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://www.who.int/entity/mediacentre/news/statements/2009/h1n1_pandemic_phase6_20090611/en/index.html
"her statement:"#>
"World now at the start of 2009 influenza
pandemic
In late April, WHO announced the emergence of a novel influenza A
virus.
This particular H1N1 strain has not circulated previously in
humans. The virus is entirely new.
The virus is contagious, spreading easily from one person to
another, and from one country to another. As of today, nearly
30,000 confirmed cases have been reported in 74 countries.
This is only part of the picture. With few exceptions, countries
with large numbers of cases are those with good surveillance and
testing procedures in place.
Spread in several countries can no longer be traced to
clearly-defined chains of human-to-human transmission. Further
spread is considered inevitable.
I have conferred with leading influenza experts, virologists, and
public health officials. In line with procedures set out in the
International Health Regulations, I have sought guidance and
advice from an Emergency Committee established for this purpose.
On the basis of available evidence, and these expert assessments
of the evidence, the scientific criteria for an influenza pandemic
have been met.
I have therefore decided to raise the level of influenza pandemic
alert from phase 5 to phase 6.
The world is now at the start of the 2009 influenza pandemic.
We are in the earliest days of the pandemic. The virus is
spreading under a close and careful watch."
Chan pointed out that so far the virus has been mild, relative to
other flu viruses, but that the most severe infections have been in
young people.
=inc ww2010.h2 fall "Concerns for the fall"
As we discussed last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090502
""Rapid worldwide H1N1 swine flu spread is raising big concerns
for the Fall,""#> young people are particularly vulnerable
because they have the strongest immune systems, and H1N1 deaths are
most often caused by an overreaction of the immune system.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090501a.gif right "" "Timeline: Three waves of 1918
Spanish flu pandemic
(Source: CDC)"#>
There's a great deal of concern that we may be facing a repeat of the
1918-1919 Spanish Flu pandemic that killed tens of millions of people.
The graph on the right shows the three waves of the 1918 pandemic,
and so far we seem to be following the same path, and this time it
would kill hundreds of millions of people.
Chan indicated the same thing when she said, "We are in the earliest
days of the pandemic." Here are some more excerpts:
"Although the pandemic appears to have moderate
severity in comparatively well-off countries, it is prudent to
anticipate a bleaker picture as the virus spreads to areas with
limited resources, poor health care, and a high prevalence of
underlying medical problems. ...
A characteristic feature of pandemics is their rapid spread to
all parts of the world. In the previous century, this spread has
typically taken around 6 to 9 months, even during times when most
international travel was by ship or rail.
Countries should prepare to see cases, or the further spread of
cases, in the near future. Countries where outbreaks appear to
have peaked should prepare for a second wave of infection."
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090502 "wrote last month,"#> it's
difficult of impossible to quantify this. The best I can come up
with is this: There appears to be a non-trivial probability that an
extremely virulent swine flu pandemic will occur in the fall. But
whether "non-trivial probability" is 1%, 5%, 10% or 15%, I really
don't know.
We may get some further indication in the next couple of months from
Australia and the Southern Hemisphere, where it's winter, and the
height of the flu season.
=inc ww2010.h2 prep "Preparation"
One thing that this web site is all about is preparation. Even if
the flu virus remains mild, we can almost certainly expect to see
more schools, restaurants and other businesses closed on a temporary
basis, and public events canceled.
What will you do when that happens? What will you do if the stores
in your neighborhood or town are closed? What will you do if the kids
have to stay home from school? What will you do if you and your
family are quarantined in your home?
These are things you can prepare for today -- while you're well,
while stores and schools are still open. You can stock up on canned
food. You can buy a couple of board games to pass the time. You can
be prepared with medicines. Something as simple as a couple of boxes
of tissues can make a difference. You might also want to think of
ways to "put your affairs in order." Regardless of the flu or
anything else, everyone should have an up to date will at all times.
You don't have to spend a lot of money, so that if this whole flu
scare fizzles, then you haven't lost anything. But this is the time
to keep your head and prepare, making some specific plans for how you
and your family will survive if the worst happens.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=136 "Swine Flu
Pandemic - Preparation"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090612 World Bank forecast for global economy turns sharply worse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.head
World Bank forecast for global economy turns sharply worse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.date
12-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.txt1
The world economy will contract by 3% this year, far more
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090612.txt2
than the 1.7% drop predicted just a couple of months ago.
According to the <#stdurl http://go.worldbank.org/SCK72HFI00 "World
Bank press release:"#>
"According to the latest Bank estimates, the
global economy will decline this year by close to 3 percent, a
significant revision from a previous estimate of 1.7 percent. Most
developing country economies will contract this year and face
increasingly bleak prospects unless the slump in their exports,
remittances, and foreign direct investment is reversed by the end
of 2010.
“Although growth is expected to revive during the course of 2010,
the pace of the recovery is uncertain and the poor in many
developing countries will continue to be buffeted by the
aftershocks,” Zoellick said ahead of the Group of Eight finance
ministers meeting in Italy. “Waves of economic pain continue to
hurt the developing world’s poor, who have less cushion to protect
themselves. There is much more we need to do in the coming months
to mobilize resources to ensure that the poor do not pay for a
crisis that is not of their making.”"
The World Bank forecast is in sharp contrast to the Polyannish
discussions of "green shoots" that we keep hearing about from people
who wish to increase their political popularity, or who wish to
continue to make fat fees and commissions from investors.
I keep being astonished at the sheer inanities that I hear from the
financial media.
On Thursday morning, the Labor Department announced that <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=a2CnIchJKIpk
"601,000 Americans filed for unemployment claims"#> last week. This
is a disastrous figure, but CNBC and other mainstream financial
commentators were oohing and ahhing because it had been 625,000 the
previous week, and the reduction was considered good news.
Meanwhile, the number of continuing claims has been rising
continually for months, and it reached a record 6.82 million last
week.
You can read the <#stdurl http://www.calculatedriskblog.com/
"Calculated Risk blog"#> almost every day and read a great deal of
bad news. That's not cherry-picking. The long-term trend that I've
been talking about for years has not changed, and is still in full
force.
The credit and real estate bubbles, which created hundreds of
trillions of dollars in money liquidity, has been leaking steadily
since August, 2007. Since then, we've been in a massive deflationary
spiral. The amount of money in the world has been decreasing by a few
trillion dollars every month. That contraction in liquidity means
that fewer people can pay debts, can make investments, can meet
payrolls.
For example, a new <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/story/household-wealth-drops-for-7th-straight-quarter-200961112100
"Federal Reserve report"#> says that the net worth of US households
fell by $1.3 trillion in the first three months of this year, after
falling by $4.9 trillion in the previous three months. These losses
make even the bailouts and stimulus programs seem puny by comparison.
How much good will a $1 trillion stimulus program do when US
households are losing that much net worth every month or two?
And that represents only a fraction of the liquidity losses in the
U.S., and a tiny fraction of the liquidity losses around the world.
In a <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/5461562/Merkels-inflationary-fretting-may-wake-the-bears-from-hibernation.html
"recent column"#> by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, who is pretty much the
only mainstream media journalist who is talking about what's really
going on, he wrote:
"Those of us who still question whether the world
has purged its toxins are reduced to the same tiny band of moaning
Druids from early 2007, when we shook our heads in disbelief as
the carry trade swept Iceland to fresh madness and bankers laughed
off sub-prime rot at Bear Stearns.
We learned then to thicken our skins with walnut juice, lie down
in dark rooms, and dissent from Goldman Sachs. Such seclusion is
called for once again as Goldman replays its BRIC anthem and
raises its oil forecast to $85 a barrel this year, betting that
the world will roar back on a tidal wave of liquidity.
It is perhaps unkind to mention that Goldman issued a $200 call at
the top of the speculative frenzy last year, just before oil
crashed, but they have broad shoulders."
His point, of course, is that Goldman Sachs, like other politicians
and financial firms, stand to benefit financially and politically by
making fairy tale claims that the economy has bottomed, and that
there'll be a new spurt of growth -- a reflating of the credit bubble
-- in the last half of this year. His point is also that these
people have been consistently wrong since August, 2007.
He compares today's economy to that of 1931-32:
"The fall in industrial output has been roughly
equal to the 1929-1930 stage for Germany and the Anglo-Saxons, but
worse for Japan, France, Italy, and Eastern Europe. The collapse
in world trade has been swifter: the global equity crash has been
twice as bad. "It's a depression alright. The good news is that
the policy response is very different. The question now is whether
that response will work," they said.
The elastic was bound to snap back, just as it did in the bear
rally of early 1931. Whether the underlying economy has begun to
heal is another matter. World Bank chief economist Justin Yifu Lin
said capacity utilization is running at an historic low of
50pc-60pc. Companies will have to fire a lot of workers. This is
where the danger lies, and why he fears that deflation is creeping
up on us."
He quotes a number of figures in the article to make another point,
which I'd like to explain in a slightly different way.
You may recall what happened last fall -- <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081128 "China's economy came close to collapse"#> after the Beijing
Olympics ended, leading to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 "a collapse
in world wide trade and transportation."#> As I described it at the
time, it was like the science fiction movie, "The Day the Earth Stood
Still," except that it wasn't science fiction.
Since then, there have been massive stimulus packages implemented in
China, and in other countries including the U.S., and these have
given boosts to trade and transportation, pushing up oil, copper and
other commodity prices.
This cannot possibly last for long,
and Ambrose Evans-Pritchard makes the point that the stimulus
packages seem to have run out of steam in the last couple of weeks:
"Trade data from Asia are flashing warning signals
again. Korea's exports were down 28.3pc in May, reversing the
April rebound. Malaysia has slipped to -26pc, and India has
touched a new low of -33pc.
US freight data is getting worse, not better. The Association of
American Railroads said traffic was down 22pc in the third week of
May from a year earlier. Canadian freight was down 34pc.
The American Trucking Association (ATA) said it saw fresh drops
of 4.5pc in March and a further 2.2pc in April. Tonnage is down
13pc over 12 months. Bob Costello, the ATA's chief economist, said
companies have not cut inventories fast enough to keep pace with
declining sales. The contraction in truck volume has
"accelerated".
Yes, the Baltic Dry Index for bulk shipping of resources has
quadrupled since January, but this reflects China's bid to
stockpile metals while prices are low."
Right now, these are just short-term figures that have to be
confirmed. But they're consistent with the long-term trend of
falling money liquidity. The point is that the stimulus and bailout
packages may already have run out of steam, as they must sooner or
later, and the sharp deflationary spiral will resume with full force.
Meanwhile, the laugh-a-minute Nobel Prize winning economist Paul
Krugman, who was chosen by the Nobel Prize committee because he
shared their hatred of President Bush, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ayAXvw0Mc3CY
"said the following"#> a couple of days ago:
"I would not be surprised if the official end of
the U.S. recession ends up being, in retrospect, dated sometime
this summer. Things seem to be getting worse more slowly.
There’s some reason to think that we’re stabilizing."
Gee, summer's only 11 days away. I guess we'll find out pretty soon
whether he's right or wrong.
I like to save these quotes by people of Krugman's ilk, so I can
quote them later.
The steadily worsening World Bank forecast, which shows the world
economy plummeting twice as fast as they expected just a few weeks
ago, is a more realistic appraisal of what's really going on.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090611 Angry Ahmadinejad accuses opponents of 'Hitler's methods' in raucus presidential election
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.head
Angry Ahmadinejad accuses opponents of "Hitler's
methods" in raucus presidential election
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.date
11-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.txt1
Under-30 voters may propel Mir-Hossein Mousavi to victory.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090611.txt2
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Iran is almost
exactly at the same point on the generational timeline as America was
during the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "1967 Summer of Love."#>
So it's not surprising that Iran's presidential election campaign,
with voting to take place on Friday, resembles the same kind of
generational split that occurred in America in 1968, when college
students and other young protesters drove President Lyndon Johnson
from office.
The campaigning became electrifying last week, thanks to <#stdurl
http://www.tehrantimes.com/index_View.asp?code=196036 "a raucous
televised debate"#> on Wednesday between the two principal
candidates, hard-liner incumbent Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and reformist
candidate Mir-Hossein Mousavi.
The two candidates refused to look at one another during the debate,
and made personal attacks on each other.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090610a.jpg center "" "Mir-Hossein Mousavi and
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad"#>
The debate was so vicious that the Supreme Leader of the Islamic
Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei <#stdurl
http://www.tehrantimes.com/index_View.asp?code=196040 "issued a
statement"#> saying that presidential debates should remain within
religious framework.
The consensus seems to be that Mousavi won the debate, mainly because
of Ahmadinejad's behavior. He was extremely sarcastic and sneering,
and his facial expressions were contemptous and condescending when
Mousavi was speaking. Furthermore, he attacked Mousavi's wife,
accusing her of corruption, and that attack appears to have turned
people away from Ahmadinejad.
As I've described many times, Iran is a schizophrenic nation.
Ahmadinejad represents the older generation of survivors of the last
crisis war, the Great Islamic Revolution of 1979 and the subsequent
Iran/Iraq war. He's been very hardline Islamist and anti-American,
arresting women for wearing their head scarfs back and going around
the world talking about wiping Israel off the map and denying the
Holocaust.
People in younger Prophet generation (like our Boomers) are quite
different -- generally pro-American and pro-Western, and not
particularly anti-Israeli, although they don't like American forces in
Iraq.
Mousavi is also a survivor of the 1979 revolution, but he's adopted
the views of the young Prophet generation, and is very popular with
them.
Thus, there's actually a possibility that Mousavi will win the
election this week, much to everyone's surprise.
This is far from certain though, because the Ahmadinejad
administration is very corrupt, and Ahmadinejad has been buying
votes.
=inc ww2010.h2 acrimony "An acrimonious campaign"
Those opposed to Ahmadinejad frequently claim that he has harmed Iran
internationally with his vicious anti-Americanism, his open threats
against Israel, and his confrontational policies about nuclear power.
At the debate last week, Mousavi <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD239109 "attacked
Ahmadinejad's foreign policy:"#>
"The truth is that I sensed that the future of
this country was in danger, given the current administration.
Since the debate began with foreign policy, let me go straight to
the issue of foreign policy. ...
Our head of state made a trip to America... Sorry, to Iraq.
Without any evidence of where and when, he said that there had
been an attempt to kidnap him. This [behavior] makes us pay a
price. It was the Americans who supposedly tried to kidnap you -
the same Americans who supplied the fuel for our governmental
plane in Iraq. Are we supposed to expand our imagination in
foreign policy to things that pertain to our national interests?
Does this resolve our problems, or does it create new ones, making
us pay a steep price? ...
We have been told many times: 'We believe America is being
defeated and is on its way to demise.' If that is the case, why
did you travel there four times and write them two letters? ...
With regard to the Holocaust - we raised this issue, and again,
we were harmed by this. The U.N. General Assembly passed a
resolution which made it a crime to talk about the Holocaust, and
we were also [condemned] by the Security Council. What happened
recently in Switzerland - if I hadn't seen it on TV - I wouldn't
have believed how much our president could be affronted. Our
president represents our people and our country. He should not be
pleased about what happened."
Mousavi himself is a former President, having served from 1980-88,
after the Islamic Revolution and during the Iran/Iraq war. After
defending his foreign policy, Ahmadinejad attacked Mousavi and also
attacked his wife:
"I took a stand with regard to the issue of the
Holocaust. Both the leader and the people approved this stand.
...
"Mr. Mousavi, many executives during your term and that of Mr.
Hashemi came empty-handed and became billionaires with their
import and export franchises." ...
Mr. Mousavi, I like you, but what kind of fundraising is this?
Where is this coming from? Let me give you just one example: Rasht
Electric. It was given without any tender to friends of [former
mayor of Tehran] Mr. Karbaschi, to his wife, and to the wife of
Mr. Ghobbeh. They tore down the factory in order to sell the land.
There are dozens of similar cases. ...
Lawlessness is prevalent among the sons of some of the people who
support you today. How did the son of Mr. Nategh [Nouri] become a
billionaire? What kind of lifestyle does Mr. Nategh himself lead?
These are your supporters. ...
<#inc ww2010.pic g090610b.jpg right "" "Zahra Rahnavard, wife of
Mousavi
(Source: Independent)"#>
I have a file on a certain woman [[referring to Mousavi's wife]].
You know her. She sits next to you in your campaign broadcasts. In
violation of all the country's laws, she studied toward two M.A.
degrees when she was a [government] employee. One of them was at
Azad University. She received her Ph.D. without having sat any
entrance exams. Then she became an assistant professor in an
unrelated field. She became president of a university without
meeting the necessary requirements. This is lawlessness."
Following this debate, Mousavi's wife <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/middle-east/has-president-ahmadinejad-finally-met-his-match-in-mrs-mousavi-1702178.html
"campaigned with him,"#> acerbically attacking Ahmadinejad and
demanding rights for women.
This kind of acrimony, while typical of any country's Awakening era,
is new to Iran since the Islamic revolution. The acrimony has only
grown in the last few days, as the campaign has continued to heat up,
with charges and counter-charges.
In a speech in Tehran Wednesday, <#stdurl
http://www.gulf-daily-news.com/NewsDetails.aspx?storyid=253002
"Ahmadinejad said his rivals had broken laws"#> against insulting the
president and they could face jail: "Such insults and accusations
against the government are a return to Hitler's methods, to repeat
lies and accusations until everyone believes those lies."
Anti-Ahmadinejad student demonstrations have been growing in Tehran,
with demonstrators carrying green flags, the color of hope in Iran.
However, Ahmadinejad's supporters see a much more sinister intent:
"Using a specific color for the first time by a candidate in this
election shows the start of a velvet revolution project."
This is a very interesting phrase, and it refers to the 1989 Velvet
Revolution which saw the peaceful overthrow of the Communist regime.
In other words, Mousavi's supporters are being accused of wishing to
overthrow the Islamic revolutionary government.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this could actually
happen. A "velvet revolution" is the kind of thing that represents an
Awakening era climax, where the young Prophet generation achieves a
political victory over the older generation that survived the crisis
war. The forced resignation of President Nixon in 1974 is an example
of an Awakening era climax in America.
=inc ww2010.h2 women "Women's and the morality police"
Just as "women's lib" was important in America's 1960s, women's
issues are playing a big role in Iran's election today, especially
after Ahmadinejad attacked Mousavi's wife last week.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070424b.jpg right "" "An obvious criminal at large
on the streets of Tehran
(Source: france24.com)"#>
For years I've been mocking Ahmadinejad's "morality police," who
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b "swoop down on women with loose
headscarves,"#> and carry them off the police station. Ahmadinejad
has managed to <#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2009/WORLD/meast/06/09/gerges.iran.election/ "piss
off practically every young woman in Tehran."#>
However, according to a BBC report on Wednesday, Ahmadinejad has
called off the morality police as election day approaches. The
result is that young women are wearing much more explicit clothing,
exposing their figures and hair.
In America's 1960s, young women shocked their parents by outdoing one
another wearing short skirts and hot pants. A similar thing is
happening today in Tehran, where young women are outdoing one another
covering up less and less of their hair, and exposing their ankles.
This always remindes me of the lyrics from the song "At the Big Check
Apron Ball" from the Broadway show "New Girl In Town":
Oh, in these modern days
When ladies show their ankles
What's there to keep a poor lad, poor lad,
From going sim-puh-ly mad?
=inc ww2010.h2 after "The election aftermath"
Whoever wins Friday's voting will not necessarily become President.
There are four candidates in the race, and if none of them gets a
majority vote, then there'll be a runoff election between the two
leading candidates, probably Ahmadinejad and Mousavi.
But as we know from America's 1960s, this generational battle is not
going to die off after the election. The acrimony will continue no
matter who wins. If Mousavi wins, then he may well suffer the same
kind of hostile political climate that President Richard Nixon faced
after winning the 1968 election.
Those who are familiar with the "long hot summers," the massive
street demonstrations and the student revolts that occurred in
America in the 1960s and early 1970s know that we can expect a great
deal of similar political tumult in Iran, no matter who wins the
election.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120
"Iran"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090607b BlogWatch: Yves Smith at 'Naked Capitalism' adopts generational model of financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.head
BlogWatch: Yves Smith at "Naked Capitalism" adopts generational
model of financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.date
7-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.txt1
She says that middle-level (Gen-X) managers extorted executive
(Boomer) management.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607b.txt2
I've been relentlessly critical, on this web site, of economists,
analysts, journalists, politicians and bloggers who cannot seem to
grasp even the simplest, most obvious generational interpretation of
what's going on.
I'm still baffled how economists can be so totally dense about the
cause of the dot-com bubble of the late 1990s, almost as if they have
a brain defect. The dot-com bubble began at precisely the time that
the risk-averse survivors of the Great Depression all disappeared
(retired or died), all at once, leaving incompetent Boomers in charge
as senior managers of financial firms. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the Failure of
Macroeconomics Theory""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121
""Markets fall as investors are increasingly unsettled by bad
economic news""#> for detailed discussions.)
After the dot-com bubble collapsed in the early 2000s, the
Generation-Xers began entering middle-management, and the massive
credit bubble was launched by means of the creation of fraudulent
"toxic assets" that were sold by the trillions of dollars worth to
innocent investors. This was possible, as I've written many times,
because of the lethal combination of greedy, nihilistic Gen-Xers,
combined with greedy, incompetent Boomer bosses. (See yesterday's
article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090607 ""SEC charges former
Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo with fraud,""#> for a discussion
and illustration.)
Mainstream journalists, economists, analysts, politicians and
bloggers are all totally oblivious to such generational explanations,
no matter how utterly obvious they are.
So we're pleased to be able to report on a small victory.
Yves Smith, of the highly popular <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com "Naked Capitalism blog,"#> has written
<#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2009/06/thinking-further-about-wall-street.html
"an article"#> that closely adopts the generational model that I
described above.
Smith does not refer to the Gen-X and Boomer generations, but it's
clear that she's referring to the generational split when she says
that "middle level (meaning MD but not executive level) employees
were effectively able to extort management." I've written about the
power that Gen-Xers have been able to exert over Boomers (and,
particularly, that Gen-X women have found Boomer men particularly
easy to manipulate), but Smith adds to this model by referring to it
as "extortion."
Here's what Smith wrote:
"What I believe happened is this (very crude story
line, but I am highly confident, to use that old Drexel chestnut,
that his pans out):
Wall Street firms got big, both as banks started invading
their turf (and banks big to begin with). This meant greater spans
of control. In the old days, anyone who was running a meaningful
profit center was a partner, and there were few enough partners
that the management committees could keep on top of them. But as
firms got bigger, you had important profit sources that did not
have an expert at a higher level running them. They might have
some general knowledge of a business, but not specific
knowledge.
Trading became more important as a profit center relative to
other activities due to (gradual) erosion of profits in other
areas thanks to deregulation.
Rising popularity of hedge funds gave top traders (proprietary
traders) a ready exit, plus set a new high pay bar
Other boats in trading land rose pay-wise due to 3. Other big
producers could always exit to another firm, if not set up own
firm.
Even if non-prop traders who are "producers" in theory can be
replaced, in practice having top guy disappear, taking key people
with him, is a bad position to be in. You do lose momentum, you
even risk control failures on the desk. If the book is big and
active, they do have management hostage. Particularly in new,
specialized areas, it would take time to poach someone from
another house to fill the gap. (A big issue here is I am not sure
how to define who might be able to hold the firm hostage. The head
of any major trading desk might fit the bill; not sure who else
ought to be included).
As a result of 1-5, middle level (meaning MD but not executive
level) employees were effectively able to extort management. Think
of what would happen in a nuclear reactor if the staff who knew
how to run it could go on strike. So collectively they were able
to get themselves overpaid, often in the form of getting to run
bigger risks than they should have (ie, the payout norms may on
the surface not have change, in terms of ratio of pay relative to
apparent production/profitability, but if you are running much
bigger risks, you've increased your personal top line to the
detriment of the enterprise).
And the top level guys had reason not to question it because:
Fighting it would risk having the firm appear less
profitable, talent would exit
Firms were now public, incentives and pay badly skewed towards
short term incentives.
Competition in many markets based on league tables, meaning
market share
I have spoken to some experts who believe this fact pattern to be
true, but as of 2-3 years ago could not prove it.
I believe that this probably cannot be established in a
rock-solid fashion without having access to internal data (and
policies), but I wonder whether readers can point to any
anecdotes or case examples (in the public domain, say in
Institutional Investor, The Deal, other industry publications)
supporting the logic chain above."
It's worth repeating a couple of paragraphs from <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090607 "my recent article"#> on the SEC charges
against Countrywide's Angelo Mozilo:
Nobody is saying that Mozilo created fraudulent securities or
had anything to do with writing "toxic" loans.
Nobody is saying that he directed his employees to do so.
Nobody is saying that he even knew it was going on until 2006,
long after it had been going on.
Nobody is saying that he even approved of it, when he discovered
it was going on.
Mozilo's crime, according to the allegations, is that, having
discovered the fraudulent activities were going on, he attempted to
conceal these activities, and he didn't direct his employees to stop
them; and that, having discovered the activities, he engaged in
insider trading to benefit from them.
If we now apply Smith's "logic chain" to the SEC's indictment, then
we can suggest that Mozilo didn't simply neglect to stop his
employees from defrauding investors. The implication is that he
couldn't stop the fraud because he was being extorted by his
employees. What I call a "culture of complicity" can now be called a
"culture of extortion."
There's a certain amusing historical irony to all this.
As I've written before, I've often heard the following from Gen-Xers:
"We were working for Boomers, and we did what they told us to do,
because we had to, or we would have been fired." This is a modern
version of the Nuremberg defense.
I usually answer, "If your Boomer boss asked you to kill his wife,
would you do that too?"
But now, with Smith's insight, we have a kind of "reverse Nuremberg
defense": the executive management of these financial firms can start
to claim that they went along with the the massive fraud by their
employees because of extortion.
To which I might ask, "If your employees were committing murder,
would you go along with that too?"
Any employee whose job involves committing crimes always has the
choice of leaving his job. A person making a six and seven digit
salary by defrauding thousands of investors can certainly find a job
making a five digit salary doing an honest day's work.
Instead, what we have had are huge numbers of nihilistic Gen-X
financial engineers and middle managers, combined with incompetent
Boomer executive managers, people with no moral and ethical bearings
at all, who knowingly defrauded investors for their own financial
gain, and destroyed the global financial system along the way.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090607 SEC charges former Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo with fraud.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.head
SEC charges former Countrywide CEO Angelo Mozilo with fraud.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.date
7-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.txt1
It's a perfect example of how Generation-Xers worked with Boomers to
destroy the global financial system.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090607.txt2
In August, 2007, just as the worldwide credit crisis was beginning,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070819 "investors mobbed
Countrywide Bank to withdraw their deposits."#> That was the
beginning of the end for Countrywide Financial, the parent company.
Countrywide had a huge portfolio of mortgages that have since turned
out to be "toxic assets."
Did the people at Countrywide see this coming? Or were they as
surprised as so many other people claim to be? According to fraud
charges filed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on
Thursday, former CEO Angelo Mozilo had known for over a year.
Angelo Mozilo, born 1938 (in the Silent Generation), has been
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/30502091?slide=20 "called by CNBC"#>
one of the "worst CEOs of all time."
Here are some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://sec.gov/news/speech/2009/spch060409rk.htm "the SEC charges:"#>
"Moments ago, the SEC charged the former CEO of
Countrywide Financial - Angelo Mozilo - and two other former
executives David Sambol and Eric Sieracki with securities fraud.
We allege that they deliberately misled investors, and concealed
from investors, disturbing trends in Countrywide business
practices, including the deteriorating standards in their
underwriting process, their increased risk of defaults and
delinquencies, and their increasingly dark prospects for the
future.
In addition, we are charging Mr. Mozilo with insider trading.
According to our complaint, Mozilo raked in nearly $140 million
while fully aware that Countrywide's business model was
deteriorating and faced a bleak future.
This is a tale of two companies. There was the one that investors
saw from the outside, allegedly characterized by prudent business
practices and tightly-controlled risk. But the real Countrywide,
which could only be seen from the inside, was one buckling under
the weight of deteriorating mortgages, lax underwriting, and an
increasingly suspect business model. ...
While Countrywide told the world that they were "prudently
underwritten," the fact is that Mozilo himself wrote in an email
that Countrywide was "flying blind" when it came to how these
mortgages would perform in the future.
Mozilo believed that the risk was so high that he urged
Countrywide to sell its entire portfolio of PayOption ARM loans.
Mozilo also spoke at a May 6 Sanford Bernstein Conference. Mozilo
said that PayOption ARM was a "sound investment" and the
performance profile of the product was "well understood."
The day after the conference, Mozilo told Sambol in an e-mail that
he knew that PayOption ARMs were written on a reduced
documentation basis; evidence that borrowers were lying on the
applications; that borrowers would reach the 115 percent cap
sooner than expected; that will suffer shock that will be
difficult if not impossible for many to handle, and "we can't
predict what's going to happen in the next couple of years." Those
concerns and trends were not disclosed to investors.
What these three men also concealed from investors was their view
on the so-called 80-20 loans offered by Countrywide.
This is where one borrower gets two loans to finance 100% of the
purchase price of a home.
Mozilo described this product as "toxic" "poison," and "the most
dangerous product in existence."
But this view was concealed from investors, who were told that
Countrywide "consistently produced quality mortgages."
All in all, the defendants knew, and acknowledged internally,
what was happening at Countrywide. They understood that defaults
and delinquencies would rise as a result of their aggressive
tactics. ...
Meanwhile, while hiding their hand from investors, Mozilo was
actively taking his own chips off the table.
We allege that Mr. Mozilo engaged in insider trading by
establishing four stock sales plans while he was aware of the
company's increasing credit risk and the expected poor performance
of Countrywide-originated loans.
Then, Mozilo exercised more than 5.1 million stock options and
sold the underlying shares for total proceeds of nearly $140
million."
This is a PERFECT illustration of many of the things I've been saying
for years on this web site. Note the following:
Nobody is saying that Mozilo created fraudulent securities or
had anything to do with writing "toxic" loans.
Nobody is saying that he directed his employees to do so.
Nobody is saying that he even knew it was going on until 2006,
long after it had been going on.
Nobody is saying that he even approved of it, when he discovered
it was going on.
Mozilo's crime, according to the allegations, is that, having
discovered the fraudulent activities were going on, he attempted to
conceal these activities, and he didn't direct his employees to stop
them; and that, having discovered the activities, he engaged in
insider trading to benefit from them.
OK, so then who created the fraudulent securities and wrote the
"toxic" loans? There's only one possible answer -- Generation-Xers
did. In most cases, Boomers were too incompetent to do it. (See
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090414 ""Stories of massive generational
fraud and corruption continue to pour out""#> for a further
discussion of this point.) Mozilo, born in 1938, was from the Silent
generation, but in this case the effect is the same.
I keep talking on this web site about the lethal combination of
greedy, nihilistic Generation-Xers and incompetent, greed Boomers.
This story is a perfect example.
How did Boomers get the way they are? Recall their history.
Boomers grew up in the heady times following the end of World War II.
Their mothers had survived the massive starvation and homelessness of
the Great Depression, and then watched their brothers, uncles and dads
get tortured on the Bataan Death March and get slaughtered on the
beaches of Normandy.
So these mothers showered their newborn babies with love, affection,
tons of attention, listened to their every problem, and gave them
anything they wanted. By the 1960s, Boomers were accustomed to
getting anything they wanted simply by asking for it -- or demanding
it.
Thus, Boomers never learned to accomplish anything, and didn't learn
how to govern or lead or make decisions. All they learned is how to
argue with their elders, and make demands -- demands that were almost
always granted. But it's their elders who accomplished everything, and
made sure that everyone was taken care of.
All that love, affection and attention had worn off by the 1960s,
when the Generation-Xers were born. Gen-Xers NEVER got their way,
because they always had to defer to the Boomers. They were always
painfully aware that they had none of the advantages that their older
brothers, sisters and cousins had enjoyed. It is no exaggeration to
say that Gen-Xers learned to hate Boomers.
By the 2000s, the older GI and Silent generations were mostly gone,
and this left the Boomers in an aimless state. They no longer had
the Silents to take care of everything, and so they looked around for
someone to take the place of the Silent generation in leading and
governing, and that choice fell to the Generation-Xers.
The Gen-Xers have never felt anything but contempt and hatred for the
Boomers. Xers realized how much power they now had over the Boomers;
Gen-X women found it particularly easy to manipulate Boomer men.
Gen-X contempt was expressed by becoming "pragmatic" -- discarding
Boomer and Silent values, and doing "what works". In the financial
community, this meant making a lot of money defrauding investors.
You can see how the financial crisis required BOTH the Xers and
Boomers -- the Xers to perpetrate the fraud, and the Boomer bosses to
go along with it, so they'd make money too. This is how the "culture
of complicity" works.
If the Xers were ethical, they wouldn't have perpetrated the fraud;
if the Boomers were ethical, they would have stopped the fraud from
taking place. If either generation were as ethical as the Silent and
GI generations had been, then the financial crisis would have been
stopped.
There's another reason why the Mozilo case illustrates how the global
financial crisis occurred.
As I wrote a year ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b
""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble
on 'the news,'""#> experts who were complicit in originally
creating the toxic assets, like Nobel Prize winner Joseph Stiglitz,
are lying and making excuses, like blaming it on the news or on the
Iraq war.
The universal excuse is that when these toxic assets (as they're now
called) were designed in the early 2000s, no one knew that they would
fail. But even if that were true in the beginning, that excuse falls
apart later.
Maybe that excuse works for toxic assets sold in 2003, 2004, 2005, or
even 2006. But by 2007, it was perfectly clear that the housing
bubble had burst, and that interest rates were rising. So by 2007,
companies like Countrywide should have stopped writing bad loans, the
financial engineers should have stopped creating new toxic
securities, the bank marketing departments should have stopped
selling them, the ratings agencies should have stopped giving them
AAA ratings, and the monoline insurance agencies should have stopped
insuring them.
But that didn't happen. By 2007, the volume of toxic assets actually
increased substantially, and they were designed, sold, rated and
insured as before. What happened was that everyone wanted to get
their fat fees and commissions before the game was up.
So as I've written in the past, this is overwhelming circumstantial
evidence that massive fraud was committed in 2007, by people who knew
exactly what was going on. There is no question in my mind that it
could be proven that hugely illegal activities were going on, and that
they could be proven in court by prosecutors who could subpoena the
relevant paperwork.
The Mozilo case supports this reasoning. According to the
accusations, Mozilo knew, by the end of 2006, that his employees were
engaging in fraudulent activities, and his employees must have known
as well. And yet, the fraudulent activities didn't stop.
The Mozilo case stands as a perfect illustration of what's gone on in
the last few years, and how the Boomers and Xers have worked
together, hand in hand, to destroy the global financial system, with
the worst yet to come.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090605 Some reader questions on the bear market rally.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.head
Some reader questions on the bear market rally.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.date
5-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.txt1
People want to know whether the market has finally bottomed.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090605.txt2
Here's a question from a web site reader:
"The Baltic Dry Index, a historically excellent
way of evaluating international trade and thus world economic
activity and direction, has just begun to spike upward. do you
think that this is an accurate indicator of the bottom of our
economic woes?"
I last wrote about the Baltic Dry Index (BDI) six months ago, in
December, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 ""World wide
transportation and trade sink farther into deep freeze.""#>
The Baltic Dry Index is a measure of shipping costs for cargoes in
"capesize" vessels -- vessels that are too large to fit through the
Suez or Panama canals, and so must go around the Cape of Good Hope or
Cape Horn. These vessels transport the huge cargoes of copper, iron
ore and other commodities.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090604.gif right "" "Baltic Dry Index and price of
copper for 2004 to 4-Jun-2009
(Source: InvestmentTools.com)"#>
What happened last fall was that worldwide trade and transportation
came to an almost complete halt. It was as if the earth had become
frozen in place. The BDI fell an astounding 95% from its peak, and
many commodity prices saw similar collapses.
Since January, the BDI has recovered to the point where it is
currently 65% below its peak, and commodity prices have also
increased.
These increases are apparently caused by China's huge bailout and
fiscal stimulus programs, giving factories money to buy copper, iron
ore, and other commodities (including gold). This has pushed up the
BDI and commodity prices.
However, attempting to reflate its economic bubble cannot work, for
China or for the US. If China's factories turn out new products for
which there are no buyers, then the products will simply pile up in
warehouses. That can't continue long.
When will the market reach a bottom? It's impossible to predict.
The best we can do is make a comparison with the 1930s.
The optimistic scenario is that we'll follow the path from 1929-32.
The market will fall to around Dow 1500 (around S&P 150) in 2011-12,
and then will start rising again.
The pessimistic scenario is that, since the 2000s bubble was orders
of magnitude larger than the 1920s bubble, that the market crash will
continue past 2012, and go even lower.
There are now huge bailout and fiscal stimulus programs of one kind
or another in countries around the world. These programs are
creating huge additional distortions in the world financial system,
beyond what was done already by the credit bubble and crash so far.
Politicians, analysts, journalists and pundits are almost universally
proclaiming that the worst is over, and that the world economies will
start growing again by the end of the year -- in other words, that the
enormous credit bubble will be reflated again.
That is simply impossible. There is no possibility whatsoever that
this can work for long. I've been writing about this for seven
years, and nothing has changed. The stock market is still overpriced
by a factor of over 150% (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market""#>
and the <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page."#>)
The Law of Mean Reversion has not been repealed. From the point of
view of Generational Dynamics, we're current in the midst of a
generational stock market crash, the first since 1929-32. The stock
market still has far to fall.
"What happened? Why are you not posting your
negative thinking about the stock market anymore? Are you too
scared to look foolish now? Damn it, why did I believe in your
stupid thoughts. I missed this big rally because of you. Stop
writing bullshit if you can't understand what's happening out
there.
I don't write about this every day because I don't have anything new
to say. Nothing has changed.
Here are three recent articles that I wrote on what's going on today:
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090509 ""Stock market rally raises
cautious, anxious hope among investors,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street Journal and Birinyi
Associates are lying about P/E ratios,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090522 ""Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on
his fantasy price/earnings computation.s""#>
None of this has changed. We're still in a bear market rally, and
it's not unusual or surprising. During 1929-32, the market fell 90%,
and that included several rallies, one of which was longer and larger
than the one we're in now.
Take a look at the last of the three articles above, and read the
section about the "Principle of Maximum Ruin," and the quote from
Galbraith's book.
You're in a highly emotional mood, and that's exactly the right mood
for people who are going to be victims of "Maximum Ruin."
If you want other people's opinions, feel free to join the
Generational Dynamics forum, and express your concerns there. This
kind of discussion -- pros and cons -- appears regularly, especially
in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread.
There are people in that thread who have been investing and making
money (especially Gordo, freddyv and Higgenbotham), but they have
very complex short/long strategies that I wouldn't recommend to anyone
but an expert. To anyone else, I strongly recommend preserving your
cash and staying out of the market.
I wish you the best of luck whatever you decide to do, but if you buy
long into this market, you're going to lose a lot of money.
For today's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0I-790dGx-o
"musical entertainment video,"#> I've selected a great production
number, "June is bustin' out all over" from the Rodgers and
Hammerstein musical Carousel.
I selected this video because June IS busting out all over on CNBC,
Bloomberg, WSJ, and other financial media, where the politicians,
the journalists, the analysts and the investors are all bustin' out
with sap.
For those of you who are bustin' out with song over the current stock
market bear market rally, please remember that the festivities in the
play Carousel didn't end very well either.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090604 China's people commemorate the Tiananmen Square massacre, June 4, 1989
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.head
China's people commemorate the Tiananmen Square massacre, June 4,
1989
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0906
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.date
4-Jun-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.txt1
The paranoid Beijing government has been panicking as June 4
approaches.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090604.txt2
The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has been <#stdurl
http://news.aol.com/article/china-rounds-up-dissidents-blocks/416972
"rounding up dissidents,"#> sticking them into jail with no charge
and no trial. The CCP has shut down Twitter in China. It's also
blocked Flickr and YouTube, and other international sites. E-mail
messages containing the numbers 6 and 4 have been blocked for weeks.
What is the CCP afraid of? Are they really that scared of a few
tweets?
Yes, they are. The Beijing government is easily the most paranoid
government in the world. They're scared to death of their own
people. They're afraid that the Chinese Communist Party will
dissolve, just like the Russian Communist party did in 1991, and
they're afraid that they'll lose their élite positions, and actually
have to work for a living.
I watched the Tiananmen Square demonstrations on CNN in 1989. Nobody
had ever seen anything like it. What I remember are scenes of
millions of students arriving on bicycles from all over the country,
demonstrating in Tiananmen Square in the heart of Beijing for
democratic reform and an end to corruption. It was so huge that it
couldn't have happened anywhere but in China. It was mostly a party
atmosphere, with jubilant students protesting government policies and
demanding greater freedoms.
However, May 15 caused a change in mood on the part of the
government. Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev was visiting Beijing for
a state visit, and government officials were humiliated and
embarassed when students protested and blockaded streets, forcing a
<#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/8057148.stm
"cancellation of plans"#> to welcome him in Tiananmen Square.
CCP leaders were furious. They made plans to have the army bring the
demonstrations to a halt. On the night of June 3/June 4, the huge
Chinese army fired on unarmed students and civilians. Thousands were
killed.
<#inc ww2010.pic tian.jpg right "" "College student blocks path of a
row of tanks in Tiananmen Square in China, 1989"#>
If you have five minutes, then watch the <#stdurl
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/story/2009/05/do-you-remember-tiananmen.html
"Frontline video on the Tiananmen massacre."#> This is one of the
most dramatic videos you'll ever see. Pay particular attention to
what happens at the end, when a young man stands in front of a line of
tanks, and they all stop.
It's hard to overestimate the impact of this massacre. Mao Zedong
had always said that "The Chinese army loves the Chinese people." But
here, the Chinese army fired on unarmed Chinese people, in a mass
slaughter. The students couldn't believe what was happening -- that
the Chinese army was killing them with tanks and live bullets. And
yet, that's what happened.
Even so, it's only a coincidence that the outside world knows so much
about what happened. Thanks to the visit by Mikhail Gorbachev, there
were many representatives of the international press who photographed
and filmed these events, which they found as astonishing and
unbelievable as the students did.
Since then, the CCP has done everything possible to suppress any
mention of the Tiananmen massacre. Today's Chinese youth know
absolutely nothing about it, since even talking about it can get you
arrested.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "Generational interpretation of Tiananmen massacre"
And yet, the Tiananmen massacre is the most significant event in
Chinese history since the end of the Communist revolution / civil war
that ended in 1949. Perhaps no one in China is allowed to talk
about it, but everyone over age 25 remembers it, and it still affects
the thoughts of everyone.
The CCP panicked in 1989 for several reasons:
The 1989 demonstrations were a generational echo of <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081117 "the Tiananmen Square student
demonstrations on May 4, 1919,"#> resulting in the "May 4 movement"
which brought down the central government at that time. (From the
point of view of Generational Dynamics, the 1919 and 1989
demonstrations were "Awakening era climaxes." See discussion
below.)
China has a long history of massive rebellions. These include the
White Lotus rebellion that began in 1795, the Taiping rebellion that
began in 1852, and the Communist Revolution that began with Mao
Zedong's genocidal Long March in 1934. All Chinese are very well
aware of this, and the CCP feared that the Tiananmen demonstrations
would swell into a major rebellion. (From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics this would have been impossible, since China
was in a transition from an Awakening era to an Unraveling era, and a
crisis era was still far away.)
A little later, the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, and the Soviet
Communist Party was dissolved. The was an enormous shock to the CCP,
who had previously believed that they were politically invulnerable.
These fears lead to the massacre, and sent China spinning in a new
direction that's at the heart of the China's political problems
today.
The 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre established a generational
"victory" of the older Maoists versus the young post-war
demonstrators.
This event launched the Falun Gong movement in China, as a way
for the post-war generations to continue their protest, without
directly challenging the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). This
movement grew to millions of people by the year 1999, when the CCP
declared it illegal, and started jailing and torturing thousands of
adherents.
This event also launched the "Wild Lily Rebellion" in Taiwan, a
separatist movement calling for an end to the "one China policy," and
full Taiwanese independence from China. This movement grew into the
Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), that won the Presidential
elections in 2000 and 2004, defeating the KMT party that had governed
continuously from 1950 to 2000.
=inc ww2010.h2 climax "Awakening era climax events"
In Generational Dynamics theory, the Tiananmen massacre was an
Awakening era climax event.
A generational Awakening era seems almost always to climax with an
event that defines a winner between the older and younger generations.
This is sometimes called a "bloodless coup" or a "velvet revolution"
or an "internal revolution."
A recent example in American history was the resignation of President
Richard Nixon in 1974. This resignation firmly established the
political victory of the young Prophet generation (the Boomers) over
the older Hero generation (the GIs).
The younger generational almost always "wins" the Awakening era
political conflict for obvious reasons -- the older generation dies
off, and the kids in the younger generation get their way. But it
doesn't always happen like that.
The 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre is a significantly different kind
of Awakening era climax -- different because the older Hero
generation won, and they won it by slaughtering the students.
A victory by the older generation in an Awakening era is extremely
dangerous for a country. It means that the Unraveling era will be
spent using violence and force to suppress dissent and enforce the
unpopular will of the previous Hero generation. It means a major
succession crisis when the next Crisis era arrives, since the older
generation is ready to retire, and the younger generations have no
governing experience.
Another recent example is Burma (Myanmar). Recall that there were
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070926 "brutal army attacks on
demonstrators"#> -- most of whom were unarmed Buddhist monks -- in
2007, when they commemorated the nationwide demonstrations by the "88
generation," beginning on August 8, 1988 (8/8/88). Those
demonstrations were also brutally suppressed by a Burmese army
massacre of civilians.
It won't be long now before the Beijing government pays the price for
the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre. From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, China <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "is
headed for a major civil war"#> with absolute certainty.
There are tens of thousands of "mass events" in China every year --
regional anti-government demonstrations involving dozens, hundreds or
thousands of people. The CCP's large security force are trained to
deal with these regional demonstrations, using whatever force is
necessary.
But the CCP is scared to death of these demonstrations,
because they know that one day soon, one of these demonstrations will
metastasize into a nationwide rebellion. And when that day arrives,
the CCP will no longer be able to pretend that the Tiananmen Square
massacre never happened.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090531 Massive refugee population swells as Pakistan claims Taliban near defeat
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.head
Massive refugee population swells as Pakistan claims Taliban near
defeat
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.date
31-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.txt1
Doubts are being raised over Pakistan government claims that
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090531.txt2
government troops <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2009-05-31-voa1.cfm "will complete
their operations"#> against Taliban fighters in the Swat Valley
within the next two or three days.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090531.jpg right "" "Northwest Pakistan
(Source: BBC)"#>
Secretary of Defense Syed Athar Ali said that only five or 10 percent
of the operation remains incomplete. This comes a day after
Pakistan's military says that they've have regained full control of
Mingora from the Taliban, after <#stdurl
http://www.gulf-daily-news.com/NewsDetails.aspx?storyid=251882
"dislodging thousands of Taliban militants."#> This is the biggest
army victory since the Swat Valley offensive began a month ago.
Mingora is the biggest city in Swat Valley, and troops have been
fighting street by street, house by house, watching for booby traps,
with continued fighting in the suburbs.
However, BBC World News says the entire region has been devastated,
and quotes a resident as saying that no more than 20 Taliban were
killed, along with hundreds of civilians.
The Taliban have vowed revenge, and they've already carried out major
acts of revenge. Earlier this week, a giant car bomb destroyed
several buildings in Lahore, and this was followed by suicide bombing
attacks in Peshawar.
Taliban leaders have warned that the terrorist <#stdurl
http://www.miamiherald.com/news/politics/AP/story/1070691.html
"revenge attacks are only going to get worse."#> A Taliban commander
told Reuters, "We want the people of Lahore, Rawalpindi, Islamabad and
Multan to leave those cities, as we plan major attacks against
government facilities in coming days and weeks."
I guess this statement illustrates that some Taliban leaders have a
sense of humor, but the real point is that those cities are all in
Punjab province, largely populated by the Punjabi ethnic group. The
army is made up mostly of Punjabis, while Swat Valley and the rest of
Northwest Frontier Province (NWFP) are populated mostly by those in
the Pashtun ethnic group. Thus, the Taliban commander's threat is a
hint of a Pashtun vs Punjabi ethnic war.
Even with all this going on, the whole situation might be classified
simply as a large police action, if it weren't for the refugees --
now being euphemistically called "internally displaced people," or
IDPs for short.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.upi.com/Top_News/2009/05/30/34-million-displaced-by-Pakistan-fighting/UPI-68801243704876/
"late reports,"#> the number of IDPs now stands at 3.4 million. This
is a figure that brings back memories of the massive genocidal war
and refugee relocation that followed Partition, the 1947 partitioning
of the Indian subcontinent that created the states of India and
Pakistan. The scale of civilian displacement from their homes is so
massive that it's <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/in-pakistan-an-exodus-that-is-beyond-biblical-1693513.html
"being called"#> by some as an "exodus of biblical proportions."
The complexity of the political situation is illustrated by <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\05\31\story_31-5-2009_pg3_1
"the following report"#> from Pakistan's Daily Times:
"The goods discovered at the Taliban headquarters
for Swat included 12 UN-registered vehicles that the Taliban had
snatched. There were the typical tunnels where the warlords hid
when they were attacked with heavy fire. There was a madrassa
complete with four tunnels for storing rations stolen from NGOs
and a huge cache of arms. Unfortunately, this victory has come at
the cost of over 2 million internally displaced persons (IDPs).
The unfortunate dilemma, however, is that without this movement of
people away from the battlefield, the victory over the Taliban
would not have been possible.
Almost half the people of Malakand Division have fled their homes
to enable the Pakistan Army to come in and kill over 1000 Taliban
while suffering 80 soldiers dead in the fight in Lower Dir, Buner
and Swat. The situation now faced by the country is no doubt grim
but it could have been saved had the Musharraf regime decided in
2007 to stand up to the challenge of the terrorists. Even during
2008, the new civilian government dilly-dallied in the face of bad
news from Swat and allowed the innocent Swatis to surrender their
will to the Taliban.
Regrettably, those who supported the Taliban as “a legitimate
reaction to the invasion of Afghanistan by America and Islamabad’s
enslavement to American designs” have not given ground even after
they were faced by a national consensus against the atrocities of
the Taliban and their violation of the Nizam-e Adl accord. For
instance, Ambassador Rustam Shah Mohmand insists that the report
of the violation of the accord by the Taliban in Buner was
actually an “exaggeration” on the part of the government: “But the
fear of the Taliban taking control was so vociferously projected
in the wake of two vehicles being driven into Buner by a few
disorganised youths that it seemed like a deliberate move to
create justification for a strong government intervention” (The
News, May 30, 2009). The problem is that the resistance the army
faced in Buner when it went in to clear the area could not have
caused by “two vehicles being driven into Buner by a few
disorganised youths”."
This report highlights many of the political issues in the current
offensive:
Until recently, the Pakistan people overwhelmingly blamed all
terrorist violence in Pakistan on the American war in Afghanistan,
and its support by the Pakistan governments first under Pervez
Musharraf and now under Asif Ali Zardari.
Those attitudes <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090506 "reversed
themselves dramatically"#> in recent weeks, after the Taliban
violated a peace agreement they signed in February, and especially
after <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UbrkTeVJlnQ "a cell
phone video"#> began appearing on the internet of a 17 year old girl
in Swat being publicly flogged by the Taliban for having had an
affair. This video caused national revulsion among Pakistani people,
who began to turn against the Taliban.
Thus, the Pakistan population, including the IDPs, are
overwhelmingly supporting of the Pakistan army offensive -- at this
time.
I haven't seen this reported anywhere, but based on the words that
I'm seeing, I get the feeling that Pakistani military officials are
hoping to mimic the situation in Sri Lanka, but without all the
civilian deaths. In Sri Lanka, the army managed to corner the Tamil
Tiger militants and force them to surrender, effectively ending the
Sri Lanka civil war.
But from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, any such
comparison is faulty. It's precisely the horrific "genocidal fury" of
the Sri Lanka civil war climax that is bringing about the current
peace and recovery there. But the deference to civilian lives in the
current Pakistan offensive only means that when the next round of
fighting begins -- as it certainly will -- then each side will be more
willing to kill civilians.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090525b ""Tamil Tigers renounce
violence, to join Sri Lanka political process,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090511 ""Sri Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all
following the same path.""#>)
The Pakistan government claim that operations will be completed
within the next two or three days is actually a very dangerous
statement, because it raises hopes that will not be fulfilled. There
is absolutely no possibility whatsoever that the crisis will end in
any sense in a few days, or even a few months.
Let's look at two reasons why.
First, even if the army offensive miraculously completed its task, it
would still take months or years for the 3.4 million IDPs to return
to their homes and rebuild the many homes that have been destroyed.
The International Committee of the Red Cross <#stdurl
http://www.icrc.org/web/eng/siteeng0.nsf/htmlall/pakistan-news-310509?opendocument
"has called"#> the refugee situation "dire," and expressed fears of a
humanitarian crisis.
Second, the Taliban are not a static group of bandits like the Al
Capone gang, that can be exterminated once and for all. This is a
generational battle, and the Taliban are being fed a steady stream of
new recruits by training thousands of young boys to become Islamist
militants. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090420 ""Is Pakistan's
government close to total collapse?""#> for a Frontline
video illustrating this.)
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090430 "an earlier article,"#> I quoted a
description of Taliban militants from a <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1894057,00.html?xid=rss-topstories
"Time Magazine article"#> as follows:
"It isn't hard to recognize a Pakistani Taliban
fighter. Most of the thickly bearded men are barely in their 20s —
members of a new and fiercer generation of jihadists. Their long
black hair flows down past the shoulders on which they rest their
rusty Kalashnikovs. Some wrap their heads in a black turban;
others favor an embroidered red skull cap, modeled on the type
worn by Abdul Rashid Ghazi, the militant leader killed during the
army's high-profile siege of Islamabad's Red Mosque in July 2007.
They shield their bodies with camouflage bulletproof vests, which
usually have a grenade or two hanging from them. And under their
hiked-up baggy trousers, all sport a pair of dirty white sneakers,
with which they swagger menacingly around their freshly captured
territory."
So there are Taliban leaders, most of whom will escape the army
offensive. But then there are young kids playing with guns who are
doing the actual fighting. No matter how many of these kids the army
kills, there will always be more.
Right now, the army action is popular with the Pakistani people, but
some chaotic event at any time could change that attitude overnight.
When it's realized that the refugee situation is much worse than the
army is saying, the Pashtuns may turn against the government or, more
generally against the Punjabis. Or, some chaotic even may turn the
entire population against the United States or India, risking a wider
regional war. This kind of chaotic change in behavior can't be
predicted, of course, but it's safe to say that with 3.4 million
refugees, support for the army action is certain to change
dramatically in some direction.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition that created
India and Pakistan is coming with absolute certainty. The rapid
escalation of the Pakistani civil war appears to bring re-fighting of
the 1947 war much closer.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090525b Tamil Tigers renounce violence, to join Sri Lanka political process
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.head
Tamil Tigers renounce violence, to join Sri Lanka political
process
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.date
25-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.txt1
New photos show "genocidal fury" at climax of civil war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090525.jpg right "" "Scenes of devastation where
hundreds of civilians were killed in the last weeks of the war.
(Source: Straits Times / AFP)"#>
In <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/8066129.stm "a
telephone interview with the BBC,"#> the Tamil Tigers' head of
international relations, Selvarasa Pathmanathan, said, "We have
already announced that we have given up violence and agreed to enter a
democratic process to achieve the rights for the Tamil (self)
determination of our people."
He added that Tamils all over the world should "restrain from harmful
acts to themselves or anyone else in this hour of extreme grief."
This statement follows the <#stdurl
http://www.straitstimes.com/Breaking%2BNews/Asia/Story/STIStory_381313.html
"visit to the war zone"#> by United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki
Moon last week, and the release of new photos showing the widespread
devastation in the last months and weeks of the war.
The following <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Lropbist0I&feature=player_embedded
"AP video"#> of Ban's visit shows more of the devastation:
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
This increasing willingness to join a political process and avoid
violence contradicts <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090511 "the expectations
of analysts"#> around the world who, for weeks, were predicting that
the Tamil Tigers would continue a guerrilla war after the civil war
ended.
However, this renunciation of violence, at least for a decade or two,
is exactly what's predicted by Generational Dynamics when a
generational crisis civil war ends, and a country transitions from a
generational Crisis era (fourth turning) into a generational Recovery
era (first turning). During a Recovery era, war is shunned, and is
only pursued -- half-heartedly -- when political leaders demand it.
Once again, as has happened many times since I set up this web site
almost seven years ago, Generational Dynamics has been proven to be
correct, while the analysts have been proven wrong. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational Dynamics
predictions.""#>) This is not because I have any psychic
capability or political skills (I have none of either), but because
the Generational Dynamics methodology works consistently.
The Sri Lanka civil war began in 1983, and followed pretty much the
same series of steps that every generational crisis war follows. If
you understand that series of steps, then you can understand almost
any war, and you have the tools to make sensible comparisons between
wars. Analysts in general do not understand or wish to acknowledge
generational analyses of wars, and so their predictions are almost
always wrong. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090128 ""Sri Lanka
crisis civil war nears climax, as army captures Mullaittivu""#>
for a description of this pattern in the case of the Sri Lanka war.)
For example, I've heard some pundits compare the recent Sri Lanka
fighting with the situation today in Pakistan's Swat Valley. There
are, of course some superficial similarities, in particular with
regard to having hundreds of thousands of refugees forced from their
homes.
But Pakistan is still in the early stages of its war, and that war
hasn't yet crossed the line into what I call "genocidal fury" -- the
willingness to sacrifice hundreds or thousands of civilian lives in
order to win the war once and for all.
In World War II, the Germans and the Japanese exhibited plenty of
"genocidal fury," but so did the Allies. The Allies allowed tens of
thousands of young American soldiers to be shot down like fish in a
barrel on the beaches of Normandy, they firebombed Dresden and Tokyo,
and they used nuclear weapons on two Japanese cities. This is what
ALWAYS happens at the climax of a crisis war, even by the most
benevolent of belligerents.
Pictures like the one shown above of the Sri Lanka war zone show that
exactly the same kind of explosive climax, with "genocidal fury,"
occurred at the climax of the Sri Lanka crisis civil war. There was
no firebombing involved, and there were no nuclear weapons, but the
effect and the devastation were the same. Genocidal fury has nothing
to do with the type of weapons used; it has to do with how human
beings behave at the end of a crisis war.
After the war ends, all parties recoil in horror, not only at what
they suffered, but also at what they did to make the other side
suffer. Apologies are rarely issued by the politicians, but it's
still this sense of shame at their own actions that is one of the
primary motivations for the vow, by all survivors, that "nothing like
that can ever be permitted to happen again," and why the survivors
then devote their entire lives to making sure that it doesn't happen
again. And that's why new rounds of "genocidal fury" never occur
until most or all of those survivors are gone.
These are the factors that play in the generational analysis of wars,
and these are the factors that the so-called "experts" always ignore
in their analyses, which is why their analyses always turn out to be
worth little more than the paper they're written on.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090525 The inane style over substance debate over closing Guantanamo prison
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.head
The inane style over substance debate over closing Guantanamo prison
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.date
25-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.txt1
We're seeing a new tv drama, "The education of Barack Obama."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090525.txt2
In <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-On-National-Security-5-21-09/
"President Obama's speech"#> on Thursday, he gave the principle
reasons for closing the Guantánamo prison:
"There is also no question that Guantánamo set
back the moral authority that is America's strongest currency in
the world. Instead of building a durable framework for the
struggle against al Qaeda that drew upon our deeply held values
and traditions, our government was defending positions that
undermined the rule of law. In fact, part of the rationale for
establishing Guantánamo in the first place was the misplaced
notion that a prison there would be beyond the law -- a
proposition that the Supreme Court soundly rejected. Meanwhile,
instead of serving as a tool to counter terrorism, Guantánamo
became a symbol that helped al Qaeda recruit terrorists to its
cause. Indeed, the existence of Guantánamo likely created more
terrorists around the world than it ever detained.
So the record is clear: Rather than keeping us safer, the prison
at Guantánamo has weakened American national security. It is a
rallying cry for our enemies. It sets back the willingness of our
allies to work with us in fighting an enemy that operates in
scores of countries. By any measure, the costs of keeping it open
far exceed the complications involved in closing it. That's why I
argued that it should be closed throughout my campaign, and that
is why I ordered it closed within one year."
This is a complete misreading of what's going on in the world.
Al-Qaeda has been successfully recruiting for almost 30 years.
Al-Qaeda has had many successes, in the form of numerous terrorist
attacks in countries around the world. It's these successes,
especially the 9/11/2001 attack on New York City, that are the most
powerful recruiting tools for Al-Qaeda. Al-Qaeda's problem, at least
with respect to the US, is that it hasn't had a successful terrorist
attack on American soil since 9/11.
Thus, Al-Qaeda has been forced to seek other things as recruiting
symbols.
The reason that Guantánamo is being used as a recruiting symbol by
Islamist extremists is because they CHOSE to use it as a recruiting
symbol. If it weren't for Guantánamo, then they would have chosen
something else as a recruiting symbol.
For example, in January 2006, a Danish newspaper published some
political cartoons featuring the Muslim prophet Mohammed. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060131b ""Muslim world boycotts Danish goods
over offensive cartoons""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060206
""Cartoon controversy explodes into worldwide confrontations
between Muslims and Westerners.""#>)
The so-called "Danish cartoon controversy" has remained a powerful
recruiting tool by Islamist extremists. It was just last month, that
President Obama himself <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090405 "intervened in
an EU dispute"#> involving the Danish cartoon controversy.
Thus, the Danish cartoons will serve as recruiting tool for Islamist
extremists as long as they want to use them. Islamists always have
plenty of such tools to choose from. Judging from President Obama's
speech, quoted above, Obama is completely oblivious to all of this.
Now let's assume that all the controversies are resolved, and
Guantánamo is closed, after somehow convincing countries around the
world to take them, and after tranferring a dozen or two of them to
prisons in the US.
What would the Islamist extremists do? Would they say, "Gee, I'm so
sad that we can't use Guantánamo as a recruiting symbol any more"?
Of course not. They would start using the US prisons as recruiting
symbols. They would have their pick of which US prison or prisons they
wish to use as recruiting symbols.
We would hear that "Muslim prisoners are worse off than they were at
Guantánamo." We would hear, "Prison guards favor Christians over
Muslims." We would have "humanitarian" groups around the world
demanding to visit the terrorists in US prisons, so that they can make
statements about inhumane treatment of Muslims in American prisoners.
If you believe that Guantánamo is a "recruiting tool" for terrorists,
then you must also believe that US prisons would be similar
"recruiting tools." Even worse, the US prisons may become recruiting
tools for terrorists who would like target the prisons themselves for
terrorist acts. A terrorist would find it much easier to target a US
prison, than to overcome the physical barriers to targeting Guantánamo
for a terrorist act.
So the closing of Guantánamo would not make any real difference, or
may make things worse. It would be a victory of style over
substance.
In fact, President Obama himself seemed to acknowledge that nothing
was changing, when he said,
"I am not going to release individuals who
endanger the American people. Al Qaeda terrorists and their
affiliates are at war with the United States, and those that we
capture -- like other prisoners of war -- must be prevented from
attacking us again."
So they've changed their names from "terrorist detainees" to
"prisoners of war."
President Obama has now been in office for over four months. Has
anything of substance changed? I'm not aware of anything.
He's reserved the right to use "enhanced interrogation techniques"
besides waterboarding, and there are many such techniques. He's
reversed himself on releasing the prison photos that supposedly show
Americans torturing Muslim prisoners. He's restored military
tribunals, after previously saying that they must be eliminated.
There are hints of delays in leaving Iraq.
President Obama claims that, "I'm guided by the facts, rather than
ignoring them." He says that Bush did things for ideology, but he
does things that work. He says that he's reaching decisions by
deliberation, rather than by politics. He's being "pragmatic."
What we're now finding out that when President Bush did something, he
was "evil" and "committing war crimes." When President Obama does
exactly the same thing, he's being "pragmatic," because "it works."
But even the claim that "it works" cannot be supported, as the
situation with Guantanamo illustrates. President Obama clearly
believes that closing Guantanamo will remove it as an al-Qaeda
"recruiting symbol," but it's apparently never even occurred to him
that the new prison, holding Muslim "prisoners of war," would be a
new "recruiting symbol," possibly more potent than Guantanamo.
During the campaign, and even after the election, Obama repeatedly
stated that he would change the world when he took office on January
20.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this belief based on
the naïveté of a Generation-X President Obama believing that
everything that Boomers do is full of crap, and that by doing the
opposite, all the world's problems could be solved. I first wrote
about this over two years ago in, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123
""Barack Obama to Boomers: Drop dead!""#> Since then, I've
frequently written about the nihilism of Gen-Xers, and how Gen-X
contempt for the values and accomplishments of their predecessors
leads to their own self-destruction.
Neil Howe and his partner, the late <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b
"William A. Strauss,"#> the founding fathers of generational theory,
examined the patterns of generational archetypes over six centuries.
Of all the generational groups, the people of the Nomad archetype
(Generation-X in modern America, the Lost Generation during and after
World War I) were the group that were always the most bitter and angry
during their old age.
Strauss and Howe report that this happens without really explaining
why, but you can see it coming in the current Gen-Xers. The contempt
for everything that came before, and the willingness to destroy it,
leads nowhere but the self-destruction of the Gen-Xer institutions
themselves. The coming financial crisis and world war are going to
be blamed on the Gen-Xers, not the Boomers, and it's the Gen-Xers, in
their elderhood, who will realize, with bitterness, that they have no
one to blame but themselves.
It's interesting to contrast President Bush with President Obama at
the start of their administrations.
President Bush frequently said that prior to 9/11, he really didn't
know what he was supposed to do as President. After 9/11, he knew
that God wanted him to devote his Presidency to responding to 9/11.
That ended up being the only major objective of his Administration.
By contrast, President Obama had many, many objectives. He frequently
said that the world would change on January 21. His goal was to heal
the world with his mere presence -- cure global warming, provide
universal health care, close Guantanamo, leave Iraq in peace, bring a
two-state solution to Palestinians and Israelis, beat the Taliban in
Afghanistan, restore the stock market bubble, and dismantle President
Bush's war against terror. Nothing was beyond his reach.
It's the utter absurdity of this program that makes it nihilistic.
Almost nothing of this program will be accomplished. Instead, the
only accomplishments will be to tear down the accomplishments of
previous administrations.
Bush's undeniable accomplishment is that he implemented measures that
prevented a new terrorist attack on American soil. Instead of
regarding that as a remarkable achievement, to be praised and
emulated, Obama and other Gen-Xers are treating it as "evil" and a
"war crime." This is the major example today of Gen-X contempt for
the accomplishments of the previous generation, and the willingness
to destroy previous accomplishments for reasons of style and politics.
Dismantling President Bush's war against terror will only make it
harder for the US to survive in the coming crisis wars.
If this happens, it would be similar to carelessness among the Lost
Generation that permitted the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor to
destroy most of America's Pacific fleet in 1941. This was the
greatest military disaster in American history, and led many Americans
to fear, and many Japanese to hope, that Japan would defeat the United
States.
Sooner or later the tv drama series, "The Education of Barack Obama"
is going to have an episode with a real disaster. It can't be
predicted what that episode will be -- a stock market crash, a new
terrorist attack on American soil, or a major military defeat
overseas are possibilities -- but Generational Dynamics predicts that
something like that is going to happen in this generational Crisis
era. Nor can we predict how much it will cost the United States in
terms of ability to survive the coming world war.
At that point, President Obama will learn that simple aphorisms and
polyannish wishes have little or nothing to do with what happens in
the real world.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=61
"President Barack Obama"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090522 Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on his fantasy price/earnings computations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.head
Laszlo Birinyi provides insight on his fantasy price/earnings
computations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.date
22-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.txt1
These are the figures published by the Wall Street Journal.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090522.txt2
A month ago, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall Street
Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E ratios,""#> I
described how WSJ was publishing price/earnings ratio figures
provided by Birinyi Associates, and that these figures were simply
fantasies unsupported by anyone else, including the "official"
analyst estimates in <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS "the
Standard & Poors earnings spreadsheet."#>
I quoted the <#stdurl http://www.birinyi.com/ "Birinyi Associates web
site,"#> which begins with, "Our approach is to understand the
psychology and the history of the market."
Well, Laszlo Birinyi was interviewed on Bloomberg tv on Wednesday, and
this is what he said (my transcription):
"I'm more optimistic on the economy than most
people, because of the surge in the last couple of weeks.
If you look at the comments [by analysts], I'm not sure whether
they're expecting inflation or deflation. It always goes back and
forth.
My solution is to look at the markets, and not to be concerned
with peripheral issues, because they drive you crazy.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090521.jpg right "" "Laszlo Birinyi, Birinyi
Assocates - president
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
The markets have been acting pretty well. And they were acting
pretty well on Monday when we got a big surprise. The markets
are much more confident about the outlook than anybody else is.
I've done better listening to the markets than listening to the
[analyst] comments. ...
Money flows tell me that people want to keep buying. About 70%
of the gains in this rally have occurred in the last hour of
trading every day. That tells me that people want to get back in,
and when the market starts to do a little better then they rush
back in. That's why we've been seeing these strong afternoon
rallies. So I think there's still an awful lot of money that
needs to be deployed into stocks, and the alternatives are not too
exciting. ...
There are technical measures you can use, but the problem is that
people use technical measures for predicting things, instead of
understanding things.
When you take your blood pressure, whether it's high or low, it
doesn't necessarily tell you anything about your health going out
six months. We use a variety of indicators such as moving
averages to sort of give us some help. But if you don't try to do
more with them than they're meant to do, then you won't get in
trouble. Where people have problems is when they try to predict
what's going to happen with the levels, and so forth.
So we have found, for example, that the spread between the 50 day
moving average and the stock price is a pretty good indicator.
So we're focusing more on technical and market approaches than we
are on fundamentals.
The VIX is very mixed [in value as a technical indicator]. It
hasn't had a very good record recently, and we've found that it
gives off too many false signals, and furthermore we're more
interested in individual stocks. This is a market where you have
to pick stocks. So these macro items are as big in our process as
they might have been five years ago. ...
We're confident we're in a bull market, and when you look
at the historical perspective, we think this market will go to
1500 or 1700 on the S&P over the next 2-3 years. It's not going
to be a straight line, and it's not necessarily a prediction that
I wouldn't want to update on occassion, but for some sort of a
parameter or game plan going forward, that works. ...
[Unemployment figures are not useful as technical indicators.]
These numbers change so much. We used to have just the
government unemployment. Now we have ADP unemployment, and
sometimes those numbers are in contrast. ...
[Retail sales figures are not useful as technical indicators.] It
was interesting in the last week to see the market reacted very
negatively to retail sales numbers. But those retail sales
numbers came out of the government, and they're very much in
contrast to retal sales numbers that came out of the companies,
out of the stores. There's a big difference there, and I suspect
that what you're going to see is that the retail sales on the
government side are going to improve dramatically next month,
because the company's aren't performing anywhere near those
deficiencies or defects."
This has got to be one of the most bizarre things I've ever seen. If
it weren't for the fact that this guy's fantasy price/earnings
computations are republished by the Wall Street Journal, what
he just said would be rejected as the rantings of a nut.
Let's summarize some of salient points he made:
He doesn't care about deflation or inflation.
He doesn't think that high blood pressure tells you anything
about your future health.
The VIX isn't useful, because it sends "false signals," that is,
signals that he doesn't agree with. The VIX measures stock market
volatility, and a high VIX often precedes a major stock market
correction.
Unemployment figures are not useful because there are two sets of
them (provided by the government and by ADP).
Retail sales figures are not useful, once again because there are
multiple sources.
We know that he doesn't think that reported corporate earnings
are useful, because he's made up a fantasy earnings computation for
his price/earnings ratio.
The only thing that matters to him is his reading of the
"psychology of the market."
This is the damnedest thing, and it represents the epitome of the
craziness that we're seeing today.
At its core is the view that stocks have no fundamental or intrinsic
values. Their values are simply determined by whatever investors will
pay.
He says that the market is going to continue to surge to S&P
1500-1700 in the next 2-3 years (roughly equivalent to Dow
15000-17000). Why not 20,000? Why not 100,000? Why not 1,000,000?
As I've written many times in the last seven years, most recently
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090509 "last week,"#> stocks do have a
fundamental intrisic value, determined by reported corporate
earnings. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute
the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>)
The current surge is a "bear market rally." The stock market fell
90% from 1929 to 1932, and in that period there were several rallies
that were larger than the current one. So the current rally is not
exceptional or unusual, and it does not indicate in any way that a
bottom has been reached.
People like Birinyi are leading the way to what I've frequently
described as "The Principle of Maximum Ruin," which means that the
maximum number of people are going to be ruined in the maximum amount
possible. That's what happened in 1929, and that's what's happening
today.
I've quoted this passage from John Kenneth Galbraith's 1954 book
The Great Crash - 1929 many times, but you can't read it too
often. It describes how the "Principle of Maximum Ruin" played out in
1929:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune.
The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer the first margin
call presently got another and equally urgent one, and if he met
that there would still be another. In the end all the money he
had was extracted from him and lost. The man with the smart
money, who was safely out of the market when the first crash
came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ... The
bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who waited out
all of October and all of November, who saw the volume of trading
return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid as a
produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see their
value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the next
twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock market
was] remarkable." (p. 108)
Anyone who listens to Birinyi and people like him are going to learn
for themselves how ruthless the stock market is, just as people did
after the 1929 crash.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090520 Jubilant Sri Lanka celebrates, as President reaches out to the Tamils
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.head
Jubilant Sri Lanka celebrates, as President reaches out to the
Tamils
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.date
20-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.txt1
But President Rajapaksa will need to follow words with actions.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090520.txt2
This is a very exciting moment for Generational Dynamics, for a
couple of reasons.
The main reason is that, right before our eyes, we're seeing a
country make the transition from a Crisis war and Crisis era (fourth
turning) into a Recovery era (first turning). These moments are
quite rare. There were a couple of them in the 1990s, but I wasn't
paying attention. I'm certainly paying attention this time.
As I've written several times, the end of the Sri Lanka crisis civil
war is no ordinary peace agreement. It's the climax of a
generational crisis civil war and, as such, it's equivalent to the
surrender of Germany or Japan in WW II, or the surrender of the South
in America's Civil War. There may still be occasional "renegade"
acts of violence, but there's no question that the war is over.
We're now seeing Sri Lanka move quickly in a new direction -- from
being a divided nation with two warring ethnic groups (majority
Sinhalese and minority Tamils) into a country healing itself,
reconstructing itself, bringing the two ethnic groups together.
The most important component is that the victors (the Sinhalese) must
be "generous in victory." The first step was <#stdurl
http://www.priu.gov.lk/news_update/Current_Affairs/ca200905/20090519terrorism_defeated.htm
"the victory speech to Parliament,"#> given by President Mahinda
Rajapaksa. He began the speech as follows:
"I address this session of Parliament at the
historic occasion when the hopes and expectations of the Sinhala,
Tamil, Muslim, Burgher, Malay and all people of our country for
several decades, to see a Sri Lanka that is free of murderous
terrorism, have been realized."
He then spoke in the Tamil language:
"Friends,
This is our country.
This is our mother land.
We should live in this country as children of one mother.
No differences of race, caste and religion should prevail here.
Over the last thirty years, the LTTE has killed many people
Sinhalese, Tamil and Muslims - many have been killed.
The war against the LTTE is not a war against Tamil people.
Our aim was to liberate our Tamil people from the clutches of the
LTTE.
Our heroic forces have sacrificed their lives to protect Tamil
civilians.
The victory we have gained by defeating LTTE is the victory of
this nation, and the victory of all people living in this
country.
Protecting the Tamil speaking people of this country is my
responsibility.
That is my duty.
All the people of this country should live in safety without fear
and suspicion.
All should live with equal rights.
That is my aim.
Let us all get together and build up this nation."
The full speech is loaded with references to Tamil history and Sri
Lankan history, and is well worth reading in its entirely for those
who are interested in such things.
Speaking in Tamil has great symbolism, but what's needed now is to go
beyond words. Rajapaksa will have to show that the Tamils will share
government with the Sinhalese, that the Tamils will be treated
equally, that the tens of thousands of Tamils living in refugee camps
will be quickly given homes.
Right now, every day, every hour, every minute counts. If several
days go by with no action, then the Tamils will conclude that they'll
continue to be an oppressed minority. On the other hand, quick
action right now can convince Tamils that they have a chance for
equal opportunity in a Sinhalese-dominated Sri Lanka.
This is nothing new -- it's happened at the climax of every crisis
civil war in every society in history. In each of those wars, the
survivors, both the winners and the losers, decide that the war was so
horrible that they must never let it happen again. Their children,
however, feel no such horror, and so when the survivors are finally
gone, their children and grandchildren have another horrible war,
usually 80 or so years later. That's how the generational cycle
repeats itself.
I mentioned that there are two reasons why this is an exciting moment
for Generational Dynamics. The second reason is that this is good
news. Almost all the Generational Dynamics predictions that I write
about on this web site are horrible news -- a new Great Depression
and a new world war. (Incidentally, those of you who have been lured
back into the stock market by the surges in the last day or two are
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090509 "going to lose a lot of money."#>)
But this is really good news, for a change. Sri Lanka is, in a real
sense, a brand new country. Just as a newborn baby can bring joy to
its parents, at least for a while, the world can enjoy the birth of a
new country at peace, at least for a while.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090517 Tamil Tigers surrender, ending the Sri Lanka crisis civil war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.head
Tamil Tigers surrender, ending the Sri Lanka crisis civil war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.date
17-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.txt1
"We have decided to silence our guns. Our only regrets are
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090517.txt2
for the lives lost and that we could not hold out for longer. We can
no longer bear to see the innocent blood of our people being
spilled."
With <#stdurl http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=29389
"this dramatic statement"#> from Tamil Tiger PR chief Selvarasa
Pathmanathan, appearing on the TamilNet web site, the Sri Lanka civil
war is coming to an end.
The Tamil Tigers, formally known as the Liberation Tigers of Tamil
Eelam (LTTE), have been fighting a civil war for a Tamil homeland
("Tamil Eelam") for 26 years. The war turned into a generational
Crisis civil war early in 2008. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080104
""Sri Lanka government declares all out war against Tamil Tiger
rebels.""#>)
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
The surrender, which brought cheers and celebrations in Colombo, the
nation's capital, came after the Sri Lankan army announced that it
had <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/politics/article6305401.ece
"freed all of the 50,000 Tamil civilians"#> that the UN estimated
were trapped within the LTTE militants in the so-called "safe zone,"
which has been the scene of massive slaughter in recent weeks.
Government forces had encircled the rebels and cut them off from the
sea yesterday, taking control of the entire island’s coast for the
first time, cutting off the militants' last escape route. The
remaining militants are are holed up in a small patch of jungle,
according to government sources.
As I wrote last week in, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090511 ""Sri
Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all following the same path,""#>
this surrender is nothing like the numerous failed "peace agreements"
that have been signed over the years.
This is the climax of a generational Crisis war, and so this
surrender is comparable to the surrender of the Germans and Japanese
in 1945, ending World War II, or the surrender of the Confederacy,
ending the American Civil War in 1865.
The next few days and weeks are very critical to the future of Sri
Lanka as a nation. (See discussion of "Pólya's Urn" in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.forecast090503 ""Generational Dynamics forecasting
methodology.""#>) What the government does in the next few days
will affect every aspect of Sri Lankan society for decades to come.
Here are <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/featuredCrisis/idUSCOL391456 "some
things to watch for"#> in the coming weeks:
What will happen to the tens of thousands of refugees
currently in refugee camps, including thousands who are sick and
wounded? The government's attitude toward the displaced Tamils, and
to the Tamil population in general, will greatly affect how the
Tamils view the government and the Sinhalese majority in the
future.
What will Sri Lanka's president Mahinda Rajapaksa say when he
delivers his victory speech to the nation in a day or two?
What is the fate of Vellupillai Prabhakaran, the original LTTE
founder and leader, who has been leading the militant forces for
decades? His location is unknown, and it's been reported that he's
ordered his bodyguards to kill him and burn his body if he is near
capture. (This would be reminiscent of Hitler's suicide in his
Berlin bunker in 1945.)
Will the government announce a reconstruction plan, something like
the "Marshall Plan" for Europe that followed WW II, or the
Reconstruction era that followed America's Civil War?
Pro-Tamil groups and foundations around the world have been
funding the LTTE war efforts. How will they react to the LTTE
surrender, and will they make a commitment to the peace?
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is a very
special time for Sri Lanka. With the end of this Crisis civil war,
it's almost literally the birth of a new society and a new nation.
In the next few days and weeks, we'll see what kind of society and
nation is formed.
The following is <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=29389 "the full
statement of surrender"#> appearing on the TamilNet web site:
Dignity and respect for our people is all we
ask – Pathmanathan
[TamilNet, Sunday, 17 May 2009, 08:22 GMT]
“Despite our plea to the world to save the thousands of people in
Vanni from the clutches of death, the silence of the
international community has only encouraged the Sri Lankan
military to execute the war to its bitter end. In the past 24
hours, over 3000 civilians lie dead on the streets while another
25,000 are critically injured with no medical attention. To save
the lives of our people is the need of the hour. Mindful of this,
we have already announced to the world our position to silence
our guns to save our people," Selvarasa Pathmanathan, the head of
LTTE’s International Diplomatic Relations has said in an urgent
statement issued Sunday.
"This we have appealed to the countries of the world and called
on them to halt the unrelenting massacre of our people by the Sri
Lankan armed machinery. We are extremely saddened that this plea
has fallen on deaf ears”, Mr Pathmanathan further said as he
desperately called on the International Community to take
immediate actions to save the Tamil people caught in the war zone
and take necessary actions to protect the cadres and people
giving themselves up to the military.
“This battle has reached its bitter end. Against all odds, we
have held back the advancing Sinhalese forces without help or
support, except for the unending support of our people. It is our
people who are dying now from bombs, shells, illness and hunger.
We cannot permit any more harm to befall them. We remain with one
last choice – to remove the last weak excuse of the enemy for
killing our people. We have decided to silence our guns. Our only
regrets are for the lives lost and that we could not hold out for
longer. We can no longer bear to see the innocent blood of our
people being spilled," Mr. Pathmanathan said.
The LTTE had for almost three decades fought the Sri Lankan
military and defended its right to carry arms as a means of
protecting the Tamil people living in the island. After
unilaterally walking away from the Peace Process that began in
2002 with Norwegian facilitation, The Sri Lankan Government had
opted for a military solution to end the crisis. Since the war
intensified in 2007, several thousand Tamil civilians have died.
The recent thrust by the military into the Northern strong holds
of the Tamils have seen an escalation in the deaths and has
resulted in untold misery with people succumbing to starvation
and lack of medical supplies.
“We need to do everything within our means to stop this carnage.
If this means silencing our arms and entering a peace process,
that is something that we have already agreed to,” said Mr
Pathamanathan. “This is the need of the hour. These are
historically unprecedented times and require historically prudent
decisions. If this means saving the lives of thousands of people,
it needs to be done” he stated.
Mr Pathamanathan further stated that, “There is not a person who
can doubt the LTTEs fearless and unending commitment to this
cause with which we have been entrusted by our people. Know that
the Tamils are a people deeply rooted in culture and history. No
force can prevent the attainment of justice for our people. Our
sons and daughters have taken up this call without question and
without hesitation or fear of death. None have hesitated to make
the supreme sacrifice for the cause of liberating their
motherland. We have not forgotten that it is for our people that
we fight. In the face of the current conditions, we will no longer
permit this battle to be used as a justification by the forces of
the Sinhala state to kill our people. We willingly stand up with
courage and silence our guns. We have no other option other than
to continue our plea to the international community to save our
people”.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090516 With over a million refugees, Pakistan is close to full-scale civil war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.head
With over a million refugees, Pakistan is close to full-scale
civil war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.date
16-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.txt1
A BBC study has found extensive Taliban control of Northwest Frontier
Province.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090516.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090516.jpg right "" "Pakistan's FATA and Northwest
Frontier Province - government vs Taliban controlled districts
(Source: BBC)"#>
The adjoining map is <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/8046577.stm "the result of a BBC
study"#> that shows that only 40% of NWFP is still under government
control, while the Taliban has partial or full control of the other
60%.
The portion of the map on the left (from Bajaur district on the top
down to South Waziristan district at the bottom) is Pakistan's FATA
(Federally Administered Tribal Areas).
Up until a year or two ago, the Taliban presence was only being felt
in the FATA, but in the last couple of years, the Taliban have
extended their control throughout the NWFP, as shown on the map.
It's hard to believe that Swat Valley was, until a couple of years
ago, a posh ski resort that vacationers visited from around the
world. Today it's been practically destroyed by the Taliban.
In February, the Pakistan government essentially <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090223 "capitulated to the Taliban,"#> by signing a
"peace agreement" giving the Taliban control of Swat Valley, in return
for the Taliban laying down their arms. Of course, the Taliban did
not lay down their arms, but instead used the "peace" as an
opportunity to take control of Lower Dir and Buner districts, the
latter very close to Islamabad.
Early this month, the Pakistan army <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090506
"opened an offensive"#> to drive the Taliban out of Lower Dir and
Buner.
In the last few days, this offensive has extended far into Swat. The
fighting has caused <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\05\16\story_16-5-2009_pg7_40
"1 to 1.5 million refugees"#> to flee their homes, running to
government-supplied refugee camps.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, when you have a
civil war with over a million refugees, then the war is very close to
crossing a line to a full-scale crisis war.
The "optimistic view," being promoted by the Pakistan government, is
that the Taliban will be defeated quickly, allowing people to return
to their homes. I'll believe that when I see it.
What appears to be happening is that the civil war is escalating
quickly. Things could blow up very quickly in scenarios that can't
currently be predicted.
The most dangerous scenarios involve intervention by either India or
the US. This might happen if, for example, it is feared that Taliban
might gain control of Pakistan's nuclear materials or weapons.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
The civil war brings two ethnic groups into conflict. The army is
largely Punjabi, while the Taliban are Pashtuns who have adopted
Islamist terror tactics. Most of the refugees are also Pashtuns. The
Punjabis make up 45% of Pakistan's population, while the Pashtuns make
up 15%. Both of these groups are Sunni Muslim.
If India or the US intervened on Pakistani soil, it's quite likely
that the Punjabis and the Pashtuns would stop fighting each other,
and would unite to fight the invaders.
The Sindhis make up 14% of Pakistan's population, and they're Shia
Muslim, historically aligned in wars with the Hindus against the
Sunni Muslims.
We can't predict what scenario this increasingly dangerous civil war
will follow, but we can see many possibilities involving these
different ethnic groups.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition that created
India and Pakistan is coming with absolute certainty. The rapid
escalation of the Pakistani civil war appears to bring re-fighting of
the 1947 war much closer.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090511 Sri Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all following the same path.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.head
Sri Lanka, Pakistan and Gaza are all following the same path.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.date
11-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.txt1
But the end is in sight for Sri Lanka.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090511.txt2
In Sri Lanka, an artillery barrage on a supposed "safe zone" have
<#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article6260123.ece
"killed more this 378 civilians,"#> in the bloodiest weekend of the
civil war. Government forces and Tamil Tiger rebels blamed each other
for the massacre.
In Pakistan's Swat Valley, <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/may/10/pakistan-taliban-swat-valley
"hundreds of thousands of civilians"#> and their families are fleeing
toward government-provided refugee camps, as the army prepares for a
major assault on the Taliban. The army claims that hundreds of
militants were killed this weekend, but humanitarian groups are
warning of a potential humanitarian disaster.
In Gaza, <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-05/09/content_11342486.htm
"Hamas has agreed to resume talks"#> in an Egyptian-led cease-fire
agreement with Israel and Fatah.
Each of these three regions is in the end game of very similar
asymmetric wars. In each case, there's a powerful government army
(Israel, Pakistan, Sri Lanka) fighting rebels/militants (Hamas,
Taliban, Tamil Tigers). In each case, the militants are using
civilians as human shields, and even firing at civilians to prevent
their escape. In each case, the conventional army is trying to kill
the militants, while harming as few civilians as possible. In each
case, the government is becoming more and more willing to kill
civilians, if that's what's required to kill the militants.
Each of the wars is proceeding along similar timelines. From a
low-level conflict beginning in the 1970s or 1980s,
the war has flip-flopped between periods of violence and peace
agreements. Each new round of violence has been more genocidal that
the previous one.
The Gaza and Pakistan wars have not yet crossed the line into
full-scale crisis warfare. However, this could happen at any time in
either country.
But Sri Lanka is the farthest along of the three countries, having
crossed into full-scale warfare in January of last year. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080104 ""Sri Lanka government declares all
out war against Tamil Tiger rebels.""#>) The Sri Lanka civil
war is in the midst of an explosive climax, and it appears likely
that the government forces will defeat the Tamil Tiger rebels in the
next few weeks.
But what happens next? What will happen to Sri Lanka when the war is
over?
In <#stdurl
http://www.stratfor.com/weekly/20090506_sri_lanka_cornered_tiger_deadliest_sort
"an article by the Stratfor analyst group"#> entitled "The Conflict in
Sri Lanka: A Cornered Tiger Is Still Deadly," the authors write as
follows:
"As STRATFOR has previously noted, if Sri Lankan
troops manage to crush the remnants of the Tigers’ hard-pressed
conventional military forces, the Tigers will have little choice
but to give up on conventional warfare (at least for the time
being). But the Tigers’ separatist struggle is more than 30 years
old and has been marked by great brutality on both sides. Because
of this, there is very little chance the Tigers will simply accept
defeat and fade into history. Instead, now that the government has
the military advantage, the Tigers can be expected to continue
their war against the government by melting back into the populace
and resorting to guerrilla tactics and terrorism."
The Stratfor analysis provides a wealth of valuable information, but
the conclusions are wrong.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what we're going to
see when the war ends is quite different. In particular, the Tigers
will indeed be forced to accept defeat.
This is one of the only two "generational crisis wars" going on in
the world today. (The other one is in Darfur.) Every generational
crisis war has an "explosive climax," and Sri Lanka is in the midst
of its climax right now.
This is not just another battle victory. It's a seminal moment in Sri
Lankan history. The current situation is so horrible that peace will
be accepted by both Tamils and Sinhalese. The Tigers will not be able
to continue terrorist acts, because the Tamils won't allow it. A peace
treaty will be signed, and both sides will live in peace -- for a
decade or two, anyway.
In their 1997 book, The Fourth Turning, the founding fathers of
generational theory, Neil Howe and his partner, the late <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "William A. Strauss,"#> described what
happens (pp. 258-59):
"The Crisis climax is human history's equivalent
to nature's raging typhoon, the kind that sucks all surrounding
matter into a single swirl of ferocious energy. Anything not
lashed down goes flying; anything standing in the way gets
flattened. Normally occurring late in the Fourth Turning, the
climax gathers energy from an accumulation of unmet needs, unpaid
bills, and unresolved problems. It then spends that energy on an
upheaval whose direction and dimension were beyond comprehension
during the prior Unraveling era. The climax shakes a society to
its roots, transforms its institutions, redirects its purposes,
and marks its people (and its generations) for life. The climax
can end in triumph, or tragedy, or some combination of both.
Whatever the event and whatever the outcome, a society passes
through a great gate of history, fundamentally altering the course
of civilization.
Soon thereafter, this great gate is sealed by the Crisis
resolution, when victors are rewarded and enemies
punished; when empires or nations are forged or destroyed; when
treaties are signed and boundaries redrawn; and when peace is
accepted, troops repatriated, and life begun anew.
One large chapter of history ends, and another starts. In a very
real sense, one society dies -- and another is born."
For historical analogies, think of the collapse of Berlin in 1945, or
Japan's surrender after the nuclear bombing of Hiroshima and
Nagasaki. Gaza and Pakistan are still some time away from that kind
of ending, but this is the kind of future that awaits Sri Lanka, once
the current horror ends and a peace is imposed.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090509 Stock market rally raises cautious, anxious hope among investors.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.head
Stock market rally raises cautious, anxious hope among investors.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.date
9-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.txt1
The question is: Why is it happening, and how long will it last?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090509.txt2
A couple of people have told me that they don't want to talk about
the stock market rally, and they aren't even checking stock prices
any more. From what I can tell, they're afraid that by checking the
stock prices, they'll jinx the rally.
That's little different from what I hear on CNBC and Bloomberg tv.
The financial statistics are universally disastrous, but no matter
what they are, the tv analysts dig through them desperately to find
some "green shoot" that will indicate that the worst is over.
There are two things you should keep in mind about the current rally:
A rally of this size in the midst of a calamitous stock
market plunge is not unusual. As I wrote six weeks ago in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090320 ""Enquiring minds want to know: How
long will the rally last?""#>, the stock market fell a full 90%
from its peak in the years 1929-1932. During those three years, there
were six rallies, including one 49% rally that lasted five months.
So the current rally means nothing in terms of the overall direction
of the market and the economy.
The predictions and analyses made on this web site are not based
on just one or two months of data; they're based on long-term trends
going back years and decades. I started writing in 2002 that we were
headed for a new 1930s style Great Depression. That was based on the
fact that the stock market was historically overpriced. (See
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real
value' of the stock market.""#>) The stock market is still
overpriced by a factor of 150%. Price/earnings ratios have still
been well above historical norms since 1995. The Law of Mean
Reversion has not been repealed, and it means that a crash is coming
with absolutely certainty.
Still, even though this rally is unimportant in terms of the longer
term trend, we still want to know why it's occurring, and how long it
will last. The answer to this question would have to be speculation,
so let's speculate.
Based on what I've heard on CNBC and Bloomberg and elsewhere it
appears to me that the pundits and analysts -- the ones who make fat
commissions by investing other people's money -- have put together a
"story" to justify continuing to collect their commissions.
I've heard several analysts/pundits make remarks about Q3 corporate
earnings to the following effect: Investors expect Q3 earnings to
grow substantially compared to last year.
It's worthwhile putting this in context. Ever since the credit
crunch began in August, 2007, pundits have been predicting saying
that "a bottom has been reached" on almost a daily basis. The
slightest piece of good news is enough for the pundits to claim that
the worst is over, and for web site readers to write to me and say,
"See? You're wrong. The worst is over."
In particular, as earnings have fallen, quarter after quarter,
pundits have been claiming that a revival of bubble-level earnings
growth is only two quarters away. They make that claim every
quarter. At the beginning of 2008, pundits were claiming that
earnings would explode upward in the last two quarters. Now the same
thing is happening in 2009.
So let's refer to <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"the Standard & Poors earnings spreadsheet"#> and see what the
"official" analyst estimates are. Here's the table:
Of the 2009 figures, the Q1 actuals are almost all in, so $7.32 is
probably correct. The $6.64 estimate for Q2 is based on "guidance"
provide by the companies along with their earnings reports, so these
should be reasonably accurate.
After that, it's really guesswork, but even so, Q3 estimates are
sharply lower than Q3 actuals for 2008.
If you add together the four quarterly figures for 2008, you get
(-23.25 + 9.73 + 12.86 + 15.54) = $14.88, the total S&P 500 earnings
per share (EPS) for the entire year 2008. At the current S&P 500
index of about 930, the current price/earnings ratio is thus
930/14.88 = 62.
As I wrote last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090426 ""Wall
Street Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E
ratios,""#> the official P/E is indeed around 60, and is being
reported as such by Standard & Poors and by other mainstream
financial firms. WSJ and Birinyi were reporting P/E = 13.09. The
<#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=topnav_2_3002
"WSJ web site"#> is now reporting 15.08, a mysterious figure that
makes no more sense than the 13.09 figure.
Now let's turn that computation around, to estimate what we can
expect from the stock market this year, based on the S&P figures.
If you add together the four quarterly estimates for 2009, you get
(7.32 + 6.64 + 7.46 + 7.09) = $28.51. These earnings estimates are
almost double the actuals for 2008, though still way below the $60-80
earnings per share typical of the bubble years.
At $28.51 earnings per share for 2009, if we assume the fantasy P/E
ratio of 15 published by WSJ, then we get that the S&P 500 index this
year will be (28.51 x 15) = 430, corresponding roughly to a Dow
Industrials index of 4300. Thus, based on actual, official figures,
we can expect the market this year to fall well below Dow 5000.
The Pollyannaish "story" being painted by the commission-earning
brokers and analysts is based on general euphoria from the Obama
administration's fiscal stimulus package, together with a few
well-publicized cases where actual earnings turned out to be slightly
less disastrous than analysts had previously predicted.
This "story" will serve the commission-earning brokers and analysts
well, and will permit them to earn fat commissions for at least
another quarter. When Q3 earnings start coming in, then they'll have
to come up with a new "story" to continue earning commissions for
another quarter. That will undoubtedly include a promise that
earnings rebounds are still just two quarters in the future, and that
you should buy stocks today to get in on the ground floor.
It's worth remembering, Dear Reader, that the same lethal combination
of nihilistic Gen-Xers and incompetent Boomers that committed the
fraud that led to the current financial crisis are the same people
that you hear today on CNBC and Bloomberg tv or, for that matter, in
the Obama administration. These include "brilliant" Nobel
prize-winning economists like Krugman and Stiglitz. They're EXACTLY
the same people, and their only motivations are to continuing
collecting commissions and to make sure that someone else is blamed
for their own crimes and their own complicity. None of them gives a
sh-t about the ordinary investor. They're just in it for themselves.
So if you're happy with those people, and with their performance in
the past, then you should continue believing them. After all, if you
ever start to question their motives, then you might jinx the rally.
There's another very important aspect to all of this.
I heard an analyst on tv say that "capitulation hasn't
occurred yet," referring to the fact that most money market funds
haven't yet been sold off. According to this analyst, the bear
market won't really end until we've seen true capitulation, including
panicked selling of money market funds.
This refers to the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081005 "hare-brained
capitulation fallacy"#> that I wrote about last year. Analysts used
to talk about capitulation all the time last year, but they all
expected it to have occurred long before now, so they've stopped
talking about it. This analyst is saying that just because it hasn't
occurred yet doesn't mean it won't occur, and that it has to occur
for a "true" market rally to occur.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this kind of
panicked "capitulation" is important as well, but for a different
reason and with different consequences.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're still waiting
for a generational stock market crash, a huge, massive panicked
selloff that will be remembered for decades as "the day the stock
market crashed."
At first this will appear to be the "capitulation" that pundits have
been hoping for. But it will go far deeper than expected, and it
won't signal a new bubble stock market. Instead, the stock market
will continue to fall, just as it did in the 1929-1932 period.
In August 2007 I posted the article <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070817
""The nightmare is finally beginning,""#> expecting the
crash to occur within a few weeks. Instead, the Fed and Treasury have
found a way to use one "liquidity injection" after another to prop up
some financial institution, in order to head off a chain reaction.
Throughout all this time, there was one statistic that I could count
on to predict where the market was going in the short range: The P/E
ratio -- I mean the "real" P/E ratio, as shown in the chart on the
bottom of the home page of this web site. Here's a recent edition:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe090417.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 17-Apr-2009. (Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
If you look at the far right side of this chart, where the red circle
is, you can see a huge spike in the last weeks, sending the P/E ratio
off the chart, to around 60.
As you can see from this chart, the P/E ratio stayed at 18 for almost
4 years, from which I inferred that computerized buy/sell programs
were programmed to maintain that valuation. Not that there was some
conspiracy going on, but that they had all been programmed with
roughly the same algorithms, one of which was to honor the valuation
of 18.
A year ago, valuations started rising into the mid-20s, and I was
expecting them to fall to 18 again -- and they did in September of
last year. That made sense to me.
But I never, NEVER dreamed that what's happening now could happen --
starting in January, as Q4's negative earnings were coming out, the
P/E ratio indexes shot up to 60, and then the whole fabric of lying
and deception began, as I described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090426
""Wall Street Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E
ratios.""#>
What I infer is this: That this change has caused all the buy/sell
programs to be reprogrammed to ignore the real P/E and use the Ouija
board version computed by Birinyi Associates and published by WSJ.
This was done by brokerage firms to protect their commissions, so
that they could continue suckering ordinary investors.
This insanity is so great that it's hard for the mind to grasp. The
way I look at it is that it's like stretching a rubber band to its
limit, and when it snaps back, it will snap back much faster and
harder than it would have otherwise.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it
won't.
I know I keep saying this, but I just can't believe what's going on
in Washington and on Wall Street. Even as cynical as I am about the
lethal combination of Gen-Xers and Boomers, there is absolutely
nothing in my experience that prepares me for this and allows it to
make sense to me. If this were happening in a movie, I could enjoy
it. But in real life, things are spinning so rapidly out of control
that it makes me literally dizzy and sick when I think about it.
And so, Dear Reader, if you plan to stay in the stock market because
your assets had lost over 50% of their peak value, and now are down
only 40% of their peak value, then let me assure you that this current
rally is a "bear market rally." It is nothing unusual in times of
severe market plunges, and it means nothing in the longer term.
Furthermore, P/E ratios are still astronomically high, and have been
far above historical averages since 1995. Much worse is yet to come.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090506 Hundreds of thousands of refugees flee as Pakistan's civil war expands
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.head
Hundreds of thousands of refugees flee as Pakistan's civil war
expands
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.date
6-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.txt1
The army is massing for a bloody battle in Swat Valley.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090506.txt2
Government forces have <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/pakistan/5279418/Up-to-500000-flee-as-Pakistan-prepares-to-take-on-the-Taliban.html
"urged civilians to leave Swat Valley"#> for camps set up for 500,000
refugees. February's so-called "peace agreement" that the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090223 "Pakistan government signed"#> with the
Taliban February, giving the Taliban almost complete control of Swat,
has collapsed.
The fighting in Swat Valley was bad enough before the February
agreement, but it's expected to be much worse now, as the Taliban
have had an opportunity to consolidate and rearm.
In Generational Dynamics, a "regeneracy event" is something that
polarizes the civilians, and unifies each for war against the other,
thus "regenerating" civic unity for the first time since the end of
the previous crisis war.
The Pakistanis have been living in a state of pollyanish denial about
the threat from the Taliban for a long time, but two recent
"regeneracy events" have shaken them to the point where they're
increasingly prepared for war:
Early in April, a 17 year old girl in Swat was publicly
flogged for having had an affair. The flogging was captured on
<#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UbrkTeVJlnQ "a cell phone
video:"#>
This video caused national revulsion among Pakistani people, who
began to turn against the Taliban.
Instead of honoring the "peace agreement," the Taliban militants
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090430
"expanded their region of control,"#> moving toward Pakistan's
capital, Islamabad.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090428.jpg right "" "Northwest Pakistan
(Source: BBC)"#>
Previously, the people in Islamabad, and throughout the populous
Punjab province, had considered the war with the Taliban to be a
distant war being fought between Muslims and Americans in
Afghanistan. Suddenly, they realized that their own lives were in
danger from the Taliban militants.
I've been writing a new article about Pakistan every week or two for
the last few months, and each week, Pakistan seems to be closer and
closer to complete dissolution.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition that created
India and Pakistan is coming with absolute certainty. Both India and
Pakistan are becoming increasingly polarized between moderate and
extremist groups, and this polarization extends to Afghanistan, where
American forces are slowly but surely being drawn deeper into the
conflict.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090505 Summary of articles on generational theory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.head
Summary of articles on generational theory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.date
5-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.txt1
Including a new article on Generational Dynamics forecasting
methodology.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090505.txt2
A number of people have asked me for more details how to perform
Generational Dynamics forecasts. I've just added a new article that
goes into a detailed theoretical description of the forecasting
methodology:
Most of the 1,500+ articles on this web site are analytical articles
on current events -- either financial or geopolitical. And I've tried
to insert bits and pieces of the theory into those articles as
appropriate.
But for those interested in generational theory per se, there
are a number of articles of this type.
If you have the time, a good place to start is the two Generational
Dynamics books that I've written, both of which can be read for free
online:
<#hreftext ww2010.book2 "Generational Dynamics for
Historians,"#> 2005
The following are the best online articles for learning about
geopolitical theory in Generational Dynamics:
<#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational
Dynamics predictions""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.danger041120 ""Six most dangerous regions
in world""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628 ""Food - Green revolution v
Malthus effect""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.awakening060919 ""William G. McLoughlin /
Awakenings / Truman Doctrine""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.050718pape ""Robert Pape - Dying to Win -
Suicide terrorists""#>
The following are the best articles for learning about financial
analysis forecasting theory in Generational Dynamics:
<#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the
Failure of Macroeconomics Theory""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real
value' of the stock market.""#>
<#hreftext ww2010.i.050711eleven ""11% Solution - Adam Barth
- Barrons""#>
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 ""Markets fall as investors
are increasingly unsettled by bad economic news""#>
Finally, the following article provides an introduction to The
Singularity:
<#hreftext ww2010.i.robot040709 ""I, Robot is science
fiction, but intelligent computers will soon be science
fact.""#>
Those wishing more theoretical information on The Singularity should
read <#hreftext ww2010.book2.next "Chapter 7 - The Singularity"#> in
the book Generational Dynamics for Historians.
If you want to have a little fun, don't miss <#hreftext
ww2010.i.mazanec090309 ""Maybe we'll get it right this
time,""#> a science fiction story by Tom Mazanec, in which a time
traveler tries to prevent the world war predicted by Generational
Dynamics.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=84 "Generational
Crises and Methods for Evaluation"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090502 Rapid worldwide H1N1 swine flu spread is raising big concerns for the Fall.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.head
Rapid worldwide H1N1 swine flu spread is raising big concerns for the
Fall.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0905
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.date
2-May-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.txt1
People need to focus on they should do individually to prepare.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090502.txt2
The mainstream media stories on the current pandemic flip-flop back
and forth between saying that the worst is happening and saying that
the press is being too alarmist. The purpose of this article is to
describe exactly what's happening and what's likely to happen.
This is very frightening stuff. I strongly urge all web site readers
to keep their heads and start making some hard decisions about what
you should be doing to prepare. This is no time to bury your head in
the sand.
Based on dozens of articles I've read, reflecting the views of
experts in the field, here is my summary of where we are:
A worldwide pandemic is imminent. Hundreds of millions or
billions of people will be affected, although symptoms will be mild
for 97% of the people. The age group 25-44 is most seriously
affected. However, schools, businesses and public events in many large
cities will probably be closed or canceled for days.
The virus will fizzle in the Northern Hemisphere by July.
However, with the winter flu season beginning in the Southern
Hemisphere, it will probably continue there.
There'll be a second wave in the Northern Hemisphere in the Fall.
If it follows historical patterns, then it will be more serious than
the current wave. If it follows the 1918 pattern -- and this is the
great unknown today -- then tens of millions of people will be
killed.
It's worth noting that the DNA sequences for the flu viruses found in
the US and Europe are almost completely identical to those found in
Mexico, and so we would expect the same results. Much of Mexico,
especially Mexico City, is completely shut down, and it's likely that
the same thing will happen in cities in America and Europe in the
next month.
=inc ww2010.h2 timeline "The timeline"
<#inc ww2010.pic g090501a.gif right "" "Timeline: Three waves of 1918
Spanish flu pandemic
(Source: CDC)"#>
The graph on the right comes from a <#stdurl
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol12no01/05-0979.htm "CDC analysis"#>
of the 1918 Spanish flu pandemic.
As you can see from the graph, there were three waves: June 1918,
Oct-Dec 1918, and Feb-Mar 1919. The worst was the Fall 1918 wave.
If we <#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2009/HEALTH/04/30/swine.flu.1918.lessons/ "look
back"#> at the four previous major flu pandemics -- 1889, Spanish flu
pandemic of 1918, Asian flu pandemic of 1957, and Hong Kong flu
pandemic of 1968 -- they all followed the same pattern. A spring
wave of relatively mild illness was followed by a second wave, a few
months later, of a much more virulent disease. However, in all but
the 1918 case, the Fall wave was still fairly mild.
Thus, based on history, we can expect the current pandemic to fizzle
around July (except in the Southern Hemisphere), but then return in a
more virulent form in the fall. The fear is that we'll follow the
1918 pattern, and the Fall wave will be extremely virulent.
=inc ww2010.h2 target "Target demographic: Ages 25-44"
The swine flu serotype is different seasonal flu in that it targets a
specific age group, around ages 25-44.
This can be seen in the following table <#stdurl
http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm58d0430a2.htm "from the
CDC web site,"#> which shows the number of confirmed cases and number
of deaths in Mexico, April 1-27, 2009:
TABLE 2. Number of patients and deaths from laboratory-confirmed
infection with swine-origin influenza A (H1N1) virus (S-OIV), by
age group --- Mexico, April 1--27, 2009*
Age group (yrs) No. infections No. Deaths
--------------- -------------- ----------
<5 5 0
5-19 4 2
20-39 9 3
40-59 6 2
>60 0 0
--------------- -------------- ----------
Total 24 7
As you can see from the above table, even though there have been only
a few deaths, the preponderance have been in the young adult age
group.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090501b.gif right "" "Death by age group, 1918
Spanish flu pandemic. Deaths per 100,000 people.
(Source: CDC)"#>
The graph on the right comes from a <#stdurl
http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol12no01/05-0979.htm "CDC analysis"#>
of the 1918 Spanish flu pandemic. The dotted line shows a typical
seasonal flu pattern of deaths -- most of them occur among the very
young or the very old.
But in the 1918 case, the number of deaths spiked in the 25-44 age
group.
The reason is that these patients die of a <#stdurl
http://www.fluwikie.com/index.php?n=Science.PrimerCytokineStorm
""cytokine storm.""#> The patient seems OK for 2-3 days,
but then the patient develops pneumonia. This is most dangerous for
people in the 25-44 year old range, because these people have strong
immune systems. The disease creates a "cytokine storm": the person's
lungs overreact by generating a "storm" of cytokines, chemicals that
are produced by the immune system. The stronger the immune system,
the greater the overreaction, and the more cytokines that are
produced. The result is that the cytokines flood the lungs and make
breathing impossible. The very young and the very old are less
likely to die this way, because their immune systems aren't as good.
Dr. Henry Niman, who runs the <#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/whats_new.html "Recombinomics web
site,"#> recently gave a lengthy interview on the current situation.
The <#stdurl http://www.wpxi.com/video/19313969/index.html "full video
is here."#>
The flu outbreak in Mexico actually began in January or February.
Niman estimates that there have been 200,000 cases in Mexico, but
they've been extremely mild, so they weren't really noticed until
they began to get more serious in March. Of the 200,000, he
estimates that about 2000 cases (1%) led to pneumonia, and of those
2000 cases, about 10% have died.
According to Niman, there are three ways in which the current virus
is following the same path as the 1918 virus:
Virus: It's the same kind of H1N1 swine virus today as in
1918. In the 1889, 1958 and 1967 pandemics, there were different flu
serotypes.
Timing: It's only starting to spread late in the flu season, and
it's very mild. The 1918 flu was very mild in the spring and summer,
but became much more dangerous in the Fall.
Target demographic: 25-44 year olds, in 1918, and
today.
Thus, Niman is certain that a full-scale pandemic will occur in the
next month or so, and that there's a good chance that the virus will
follow the same path into the fall as the 1918 virus. This could
lead to hundreds of millions of deaths worldwide.
I don't know what words to use to quantify this. The best I can come
up with is this: There appears to be a non-trivial probability that
an extremely virulent swine flu pandemic will occur in the fall. But
whether "non-trivial probability" is 1%, 5%, 10% or 15%, I really
don't know.
=inc ww2010.h2 drug "Anti-viral drugs and vaccines"
There are two anti-viral drugs available today, Tamiflu and Relenza.
According to Niman, "The problem is that seasonal flu H1N1 is
resistant to Tamiflu, and so as the virus moves thru the human
population, including the southern hemisphere, it will interact with
the seasonal H1N1, which is Tamiflu resistant, and there's a good
chance that the resistance will transfer over to the swine flu. So in
the fall, the virus that emerges will probably be Tamiflu and Relenza
resistant."
Another issue has to do with vaccines.
According to <#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/health/2009/05/01/live-blog-cdc-flu-update/ "the
CDC,"#> "All of the genes of all of the viruses that we’ve examined
to date are 99% to 100% identical." This means it will be "somewhat
easier to produce an influenza vaccine, because the viruses that are
spreading are so similar to each other."
I personally have some difficulty seeing how a vaccine could make
much difference to the world as a whole.
Let's assume the best scenario: A vaccine is developed by September,
and it's still effective against whatever mutated virus emerges in the
Fall.
Then we're still talking about a world with 6.5 billion people, and I
doubt that more than 1-2% of them could be vaccinated before the flu
season begins. So we're still talking about the potential of huge
worldwide mortality, assuming that the virus is extremely virulent.
=inc ww2010.h2 1976 "The 1976 Swine Flu fiasco"
A number of articles are comparing today's situation to the 1976
swine flu fiasco.
I've actually written about that before. 1976 was 58 years after the
1918 Spanish flu pandemic, and the details of the 1976 fiasco provide
remarkable support to the "58-year hypothesis." For more information
see, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 ""The Iraq war may be
related to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.""#>
For our purposes here, the point is that the 1976 episode even really
was a fiasco, a totally irrational panic. As part of the panic, the
government manufactured millions of doses of swine flu vaccine, most
of which were unused. In attempt to get people to agree to be
vaccinated, the government produced promotional ads. Here's <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ASibLqwVbsk "a video"#> of some of the
promotional ads.
=inc ww2010.h2 pork "Eating pork"
A number of countries, including Russia, China, South Korea,
Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Serbia, Croatia, Thailand, United Arab Emirates,
Indonesia, Saint Lucia, and Ecuador, have <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/usTopNews/idUKTRE5406F520090501
"imposed partial or complete bans on imported pork"#> from Mexico and
the US.
This is entirely futile, since it's impossible to catch swine flu
from swine. It's true that one form of the virus infected pigs, but
the mutated virus affecting humans is completely different, and
cannot be transmitted by pigs.
This is different from the bird flu virus. The H5N1 bird flu virus
can infect both birds and humans. In fact, it was just last week that
<#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-egypt-bird-flu30-2009apr30,0,5512058.story
"a child in Egypt died of bird flu,"#> and may have contracted it
from chickens.
However, no such thing is possible from H1N1 swine flu. Pigs cannot
get sick from the human form of the virus, and humans cannot get sick
from the pig form. They're completely different viruses. So banning
pork imports is completely irrational.
Update: Apparently this is no longer true. A <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601082&sid=aQsB0MUW6Mh4&refer=canada
"news story"#> reports that "Canada reported the world’s first case
of the swine flu jumping to pigs from a human, probably after a farm
worker in the province of Alberta became ill during a trip to
Mexico." (Paragraph added 2-May)
=inc ww2010.h2 todo "What you should do"
You should plan on getting used to hearing the phrase "social
distancing." It refers to a policy of reducing contact between
people. This means closing schools, restaurants and other
businesses, and canceling public events.
What will you do when that happens? What will you do if the stores
in your neighborhood or town are closed? What will you do if the kids
have to stay home from school? What will you do if you and your
family are quarantined in your home?
These are things you can prepare for today -- while you're well,
while stores and schools are still open. You can stock up on canned
food. You can buy a couple of board games to pass the time. You can
be prepared with medicines. Something as simple as tissues can make
a difference.
You don't have to spend a lot of money, so that if this whole flu
scare fizzles, then you haven't lost anything. But this is the time
to keep your head and make some specific plans for how you and your
family will survive if the worst happens.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=136 "Swine
Flu Pandemic"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090430 Peace deal with Taliban collapses as Pakistan comes a step closer to civil war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.head
Peace deal with Taliban collapses as Pakistan comes a step closer
to civil war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.date
30-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.txt1
The Taliban promise revenge, as army helicopter gunships and
artillery target militant hideout.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090430.txt2
This is a familiar story.
In September, 2006, Pakistani president Pervez Musharraf <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2006/0906/dailyUpdate.html
"signed a peace agreement"#> with pro-Taliban militants in Pakistan's
tribal areas. The militants promised to end their terrorist
activities if the Pakistan army withdrew.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090428.jpg right "" "Northwest Pakistan
(Source: BBC)"#>
The army withdrew, and the militants continued their terrorist
activities, eventually expanding them out of the tribal areas into
the Malakand region of the NorthWest Frontier Province.
It was just a couple of years ago that the Swat Valley was a bustling
high-class tourist destination for skiers.
That ended after months of Taliban terror that included
beheadings, kidnappings, and the destruction of girls' schools.
Up to <#stdurl
http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/world/up+to+one+million+displaced+in+northwest+pakistan+officials
"one million people have been displaced"#> from their homes.
In February, the new Pakistan government
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090223 "signed a new peace treaty"#> with
the Taliban militants in Swat. The government gave the Taliban
complete control of Swat, in return for which the Taliban would end
their terrorist activities.
However, the Taliban didn't stop their terrorist activities.
Instead, they've been extending their control south, into Buner and
Lower Dir districts.
Now the Pakistan army has reacted back in the other direction.
They've <#stdurl
http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/nwfp/13+fazlullah+jirga+agree+to+continue+peace+talks--za-07
"suspended talks with the Taliban,"#> and they've launched an
offensive in Lower Dir with helicopter gunships and artillery,
targeting militant hideouts.
As the fighting escalates, Taliban militants have <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5hkiMxbHNH0BqgpWA2ZG6VD6wVTmAD97S8SH80
"promised revenge."#>
One interesting description of the situation is <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1894057,00.html?xid=rss-topstories
"Time Magazine,"#> which characterizes the Taliban militants as
follows:
"It isn't hard to recognize a Pakistani Taliban
fighter. Most of the thickly bearded men are barely in their 20s —
members of a new and fiercer generation of jihadists. Their long
black hair flows down past the shoulders on which they rest their
rusty Kalashnikovs. Some wrap their heads in a black turban;
others favor an embroidered red skull cap, modeled on the type
worn by Abdul Rashid Ghazi, the militant leader killed during the
army's high-profile siege of Islamabad's Red Mosque in July 2007.
They shield their bodies with camouflage bulletproof vests, which
usually have a grenade or two hanging from them. And under their
hiked-up baggy trousers, all sport a pair of dirty white sneakers,
with which they swagger menacingly around their freshly captured
territory."
This tells the whole generational story. While American kids might
be on their computers playing Warcraft with shields and weapons in
virtual worlds, Taliban kids are playing the same game, only in the
real world, with real guns and real beheadings. Just good clean fun.
President Asif Ali Zardari <#stdurl
http://www.dawn.com/wps/wcm/connect/dawn-content-library/dawn/news/pakistan/12-president-zardari-calls-for-unity-on-military-offensive--bi-15
"called on citizens"#> to put political differences aside and give
their backing to the troops fighting Taliban militants in a
northwestern region:
"Time has come for the entire nation to give pause
to their political differences and rise to the occasion and give
full support to our security forces in this critical hour. ...
This is the only way to demonstrate our will, to keep Pakistan as
a moderate, modern and democratic state where the rights of all
citizens are protected. The operation in Buner and Lower Dir is
meant to re-establish the writ of the constitution."
This flip-flop between peace agreements and resumed warfare is
typical of the lead-up to a full-scale genocidal crisis civil war.
I've described how this happened in the two crisis wars going on in
the world today -- in Sri Lanka and Darfur -- and how it's been
happening in Gaza and Israel as that region approaches a major war.
Now we see it happening in Pakistan. And, as is typical, each new
round of warfare is more genocidal than the last one.
It remains to be seen whether the current round of warfare will
fizzle out temporarily, or whether it will spiral into a larger war.
Another critical question, as the swine flu outbreak expands into
worldwide pandemic, is this: What happens to this war (and other
regions where conflict is occurring) if everyone in a conflict region
gets sick?
During the middle ages when the Black Death was at hand, armies would
catapult their dead soldiers into the enemies' camps, so that the
other side would get sick as well. Will something like that happen
again?
For several years, analysts have been calling Pakistan the most
dangerous place on earth. As the fighting between the Taliban and
the army escalates, that danger is only increasing.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.
Also see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=136 "Swine
Flu Pandemic"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090427 In a fragile world, a swine flu pandemic would have geopolitical consequences
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.head
In a fragile world, a swine flu pandemic would have geopolitical
consequences
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.date
27-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.txt1
Also: The big economic impact may trigger new financial crises.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090427.txt2
Right now officials are still unsure, but by mid-week
they'll have a pretty good indication of how serious the new swine
flu outbreak is -- how many people are likely to get sick, how
many people are likely to die, and how much the outbreak will affect
the economy.
Experts have been saying for years that the world is overdue for a
major flu pandemic, such as occurred 3 times in the 20th century. It
may or may not be avian (bird) flu, and it may or may not be the
current swine flu outbreak, but it's going to happen.
When it does, here are <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/domesticNews/idUSTRE53O0WO20090425
"the estimated costs of flu pandemic:"#> Some $3-5 trillion in
worldwide economic loss, about 20% of that in the US, and the deaths
of 50-100 million people.
In ordinary times, the world might be able to absorb this kind of
loss without catastrophic consequences. But things are different
today. The world is very fragile. I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090405 "described today's world"#> as being in the Age of Great
Compromises, because the leaders of every country are committed to
maintaining the status quo, for fear that any change will
trigger a war or financial catastrophe.
However, today's world is already on the edge of disaster. The Fed
and central bankers around the world are running around like chickens
with their heads cut off, patching up every financial institution
before it can collapse.
An <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/5220118/The-capital-well-is-running-dry-and-some-economies-will-wither.html
"analysis by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard of the Telegraph"#> shows how
futile this effort is. Evans-Pritchard frames the growing financial
crisis in simple macroeconomic terms: There simply is not enough
money in the world anymore.
"The world is running out of capital. We cannot
take it for granted that the global bond markets will prove deep
enough to fund the $6 trillion or so needed for the Obama fiscal
package, US-European bank bail-outs, and ballooning deficits
almost everywhere. ...
It looked easy for Western governments during the credit bubble,
when China, Russia, emerging Asia, and petro-powers were
accumulating $1.3 trillion a year in reserves, recycling this
wealth back into US Treasuries and agency debt, or European
bonds.
The tap has been turned off. These countries have become net
sellers. Central bank holdings have fallen by $248bn to $6.7
trillion over the last six months. The oil crash has forced both
Russia and Venezuela to slash reserves by a third. China let slip
last week that it would use more of its $40bn monthly surplus to
shore up growth at home and invest in harder assets – perhaps
mining companies."
This is the stuff of a deflationary spiral. During the bubble there
was too much money in the world, causing asset prices to inflate
artificially. Today there's a shortage of $6 trillion in the world,
just to help economies to survive.
Furthermore, this $6 trillion shortage isn't a static value. Money is
vanishing as governments, financial firms and hedge funds reduce
leverage and write down the values of the toxic assets in their
portfolios. It's quite possible that an additional trillion dollars
or so disappears every month. The central banks of the world can't
possibly "print money" with quantitative easing that quickly. They
simply can't keep up.
And now we face the possibility of a swine flu pandemic that could
cost the economies of the world another $5 trillion dollars. This is
something that destroys the status quo that the world's leaders
want to preserve at all costs.
The Evans-Pritchard article points out that:
"Great bankruptcies change the world. Spain's
defaults under Philip II ruined the Catholic banking dynasties of
Italy and south Germany, shifting the locus of financial power to
Amsterdam. Anglo-Dutch forces were able to halt the
Counter-Reformation, free northern Europe from absolutism, and
break into North America.
Who knows what revolution may come from this crisis if it ever
reaches defaults. My hunch is that it would expose Europe's deep
fatigue – brutally so – reducing the Old World to a backwater.
Whether US hegemony remains intact is an open question. I would
bet on US-China condominium for a quarter century, or just G2 for
short."
The above references the great Spanish bankruptcy of 1557, the major
bankruptcy that preceded Tulipomania (1637).
But there's an even better historical example -- the Black Plague of
1347-51. Here's a map showing <#stdurl
http://www.urbancartography.com/2009/03/the-historic-spread-of-bubonic-plague-throughout-europe-1347-to-1351-and-onward-did-they-just-build-a-wall-around-poland.html
"the spread of the bubonic plague:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090426.gif center "" "Spread of Bubonic Plague in
Europe, 1347-51
(Source: urbancartography.com)"#>
According to one <#stdurl
http://www.wordfocus.com/word-black-death-pt1.html "history of the
Black Plague,"#> "In Milan, when the plague struck, all the occupants
of any victim's house, whether sick or well, were walled up inside
together and left to die. Such draconian measures seemed to have been
partially successful; mortality rates were lower in Milan than in
other cities."
These kinds of emergency measures might be taken again, if the
outbreak turns into a highly pathogenic bird flu pandemic.
The Black Plague came at a time when things were already terrible in
Europe. There had been a <#stdurl
http://www.schillerinstitute.org/fid_97-01/fid_983_wertz.html
"huge currency bubble"#> in Italy for two decades, and Italian banks
started collapsing in 1343.
In France, the Hundred Years War had been raging, and the English won
a huge victory by capturing the port of Calais on August 4, 1347,
destroying France's economy.
The biblical book of Revelations characterizes a crisis war with the
"Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse": Pestilence, War, Famine, and Death.
Europe suffered all of those things in the 1340s-50s, and the
continent was devastated.
Today, the world is headed for a new banking and financial crisis, a
new world war, and new famines. The swine flu virus might fizzle, but
if it doesn't, then it will be the new pestilence.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=136 "Swine
Flu Pandemic"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Also see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090426b New 'swine flu' virus is mild for most, but raises pandemic concerns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.head
New 'swine flu' virus is mild for most, but raises pandemic
concerns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.date
26-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.txt1
Precautions are being taken around the world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426b.txt2
The new swine flu virus has had its greatest impact so far on Mexico,
particularly in the megacity Mexico City, where almost 100 people
have died, and thousands have been infected.
It's now spread to other countries, including New Zealand and within
the US, to California, Texas, Kansas and New York. There are
suspected cases in Spain and France. Asian countries, with memories of
the SARS epidemic a few years ago, and with constant worries about a
bird flu pandemic, are <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/uk/health/article6173100.ece
"moving swiftly into flu crisis mode."#>
As an example of how quickly it can spread, the New York infestation
apparently occurred because a group of children took a trip to
Cancun. The same is true in New Zealand -- a group of college
students just returned from Mexico.
The current news gives no reason to believe that this will have
anything like the potency of the avian flu (bird flu) epidemic that's
been feared for years.
The incipient swine flu pandemic is raising concern because it's a
completely new strain of flu, and combines genes from other viruses.
It's called "swine flu" because it originated in pigs. It's unusual
for a flu virus to jump from one species to another, but that's what
happened here. However, officials are reassuring people that it's
still safe to have bacon with your eggs for breakfast, although it's
not a good idea to handle raw pork without gloves.
Officials are reassured by the fact that the cases that have
developed in the US have been relatively mild. This is not
surprising, since new virus forms often mutate to become milder as
they spread.
Still, the warning is that anything can happen. The particular
danger is what might happen when the new virus (low pathenogenic
H1N1) reaches Asia, where it will have <#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/News/04220902/H1N1_CA_Swine_H2H.html "a
chance to recombine with highly pathogenic H5N1 avian flu (bird
flu)."#> The concern is that the highly pathogenic virus will become
able to spread easily from person to person.
Hardest hit so far is Mexico City, which is a "megacity" with over 20
million people. Panic has been averted so far, but all large public
events have been canceled, schools are closed, and people are walking
around wearing surgical face masks. It's possible that similar
precautions will be adopted in New York City and elsewhere.
Officials are trying to keep the virus from spreading around the
world, but that's probably impossible. They're using the phrase
"pandemic potential." By slowing its spread, it's hoped that the virus
will continue to become milder, even if it can't be stopped from
spreading.
For the latest information on Swine Flu, including precautions that
you and your family should take, check the web site for the Centers
for Disease Control at <#stdurl http://www.cdc.gov/swineflu/#> or the
web site for the World Health Organization at
<#stdurl http://www.who.int/csr/disease/swineflu/en/index.html#> .
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LIyA5X0wJ1Y "an
Associated Press video"#> that describes the current situation:
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=136 "Swine
Flu Pandemic"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090426 Wall Street Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E ratios
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.head
Wall Street Journal and Birinyi Associates are lying about P/E
ratios
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.date
26-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.txt1
Their figures don't make sense, and they differ from everyone else's.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090426.txt2
I've complained many dozens of times on this web site for several
years that journalists and analysts constantly lie about
price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations"), in order to support
the stock market bubble. But what's going on at the Wall Street
Journal really takes the cake. These people have no shame.
Last month I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090315 ""Analysts and
journalists freak out as Q4 2008 earnings turn negative.""#> In
that article, I provided several different sources for current
price/earnings ratios, including the <#stdurl
http://www.decisionpoint.com/TAC/SWENLIN.html "Decision Point Earnings
Summary,"#> <#stdurl
http://www.comstockfunds.com/default.aspx?act=Newsletter.aspx&category=Market+Commentary&newsletterid=1440&menugroup=Home
"the Comstock Funds page,"#> and <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS "a
spreadsheet file from Standard & Poors."#>
Let's take a look at the latest figures from the official <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"Standard & Poors spreadsheet:"#>
As I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090315 "last month,"#> "operating
earnings" is essentially a meaningless figure, supposedly equal to
earnings, but not counting so-called one-time expenses. Since
writing down toxic assets is a "one-time expense," the tens of
trillions of dollars in losses from toxic assets are being ignored in
"operating earnings," although their fraudulent nominal value was of
course included with "earnings" during the credit bubble.
The only valid values for P/E ratios are based on "as reported"
earnings -- that is earnings that public corporations report every
quarter, following very strict accounting rules.
The figures 127.64, 1932.00 and -462.52 look like errors, but they're
not. They're based on the previous year's earnings ("12 month
trailing earnings"). Earnings turned negative in Q4, so they're
small but still positive for the entire past year. By Q3 of this
year, it's estimated that earnings for the trailing year will be
negative, so the P/E ratio turns negative.
This should be a really huge news story, especially for WSJ and CNBC
and for other financial media. Instead, they're doing worse than
ignoring it; they're making up numbers to hide from the public what's
going on.
I would also add that the principal financial bloggers are ignoring
this as well. I don't follow all of these blogs every day, but I've
never seen any mention of this huge story on <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "Nouriel Roubini's blog,"#>
<#stdurl http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated Risk blog,"#> the
<#stdurl http://www.minyanville.com/ "MinyanVille blog,"#> <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/ "Yves Smith's Naked Capitalism
blog,"#> or the <#stdurl http://ftalphaville.ft.com/ "Financial Times
alphaville blog."#>
One way for journalists and analysts to "cheat" is to use made-up
"operating earnings," and that's what a lot of them have been doing.
But you can see from the above table that the current P/E is 19.95
for Q2, based on current S&P 500 index of about 850.
As we'll show below, the Wall Street Journal is reporting a
current P/E of 13.09. Well, where the hell did that number come
from?
Before going into that, let's see what a couple of other financial
firms are reporting.
First, let's take a look at the following chart. There's a
price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's home
page, and it gets updated automatically every week. Here's last
Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe090417.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 17-Apr-2009. (Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
If you look at the far right side of this chart, where the red circle
is, you can see a huge spike in the last weeks, sending the P/E ratio
off the chart, up above 40.
Next, let's take a look at the chart from the <#stdurl
http://www.decisionpoint.com/TAC/SWENLIN.html "Decision Point
Earnings Summary:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090425b.gif center "" "Earnings, price/earnings
ratios, yields and prices -- 1926 to the present
(Source: Decision Point)"#>
Once again, if you look at the area of the red circle, you can see
the huge spike, off the chart.
So it's not as if everyone is following WSJ's lead.
Now let's look at what WSJ has been doing. And I'd like to thank
"Freddyv" in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=3061#p3061
"Generational Dynamics forum."#> He has been following this issue
and working on it for several months, and much of this analysis comes
from him.
Let's look at the following two charts from <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=topnav_2_3002
"the Wall Street Journal site:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090425.gif center "" "Wall Street Journal P/E
charts. Top: 29-Jan-2009. Bottom: 24-Apr-2009.
(Source: WSJ)"#>
The top chart, from January 29, 2009, shows an S&P 500 ratio of
15.72. Supposedly, that figure is: "P/E data on as-reported basis
from Birinyi Associates." But that figure is already a lie. If you
look at the above two charts from MarketGauge and Decision Point, you
can see the P/E ratio was above 18 all year, and has been well above
15 for ten years.
There's no way that the January 29 figure is based on "as-reported"
earnings, as the chart claims. In fact, even "operating earnings"
don't justify that figure, so I have no idea what figures they made
up to justify that figure.
But it gets worse in the latest chart, for April 24, 2009, shown on
the bottom.
First of all, notice that the claim "P/E data on as-reported basis
from Birinyi Associates" has been removed. "Freddyv" says that they
removed that claim when he wrote to the WSJ demanding an explanation.
The WSJ didn't respond to him, of course, but they did remove this
obvious lie from their web site.
But even if they're using "operating earnings," where the hell did
13.09 come from? The official numbers from Standard & Poors are much
higher than that, as we saw above.
Not only that, 13.09 is lower than the January 29 figure, 15.72, but
the S&P 500 index is almost the same. How is that possible?
There is no way to justify these figures rationally. So where did
they come from?
Well, WSJ gets the figures from Birinyi Associates, and we can get a
clue from the <#stdurl http://www.birinyi.com/ "Birinyi Associates web
site."#> Here's what it says right at the top of the home page:
"Our approach is to understand the psychology and
the history of the market.
Birinyi Associates is a stock market research and money
management firm. Our approach is to understand the psychology and
history of the market, and most importantly the actions of
investors. Much of our effort involves Money Flows, or what has
traditionally been called ticker tape analysis.
Our daily, weekly and monthly research provides detailed market
analysis as well as individual stock picks to individual and
institutional investors. From our Chart of the Day to our
Reminiscences newsletter, we believe that all of our services
will prove to be a profitable investment of your time.
Please take the Birinyi Tour to learn which service is right for
you and Subscribe today!"
I'm sorry, Dear Reader, but I can't stop laughing every time I read
this. The Wall Street Journal, CNBC, Bloomberg News, and financial
journalism in general have sunk so low that they actually depend on
garbage like this. I'll make the same remark that I made in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090418 ""Vile 'teabagging' jokes signal the
deterioration of CNN and NBC news:""#> I don't see how the
financial journalists could become any worse (though I'm sure they'll
find a way).
So, apparently, Birinyi Associates do not depend on actual figures to
reach their conclusions. They're a touchy-feely group of analysts.
They analyze the psychology of the investor, possibly confirm their
estimates with a handy Ouija Board and the local soothsayer, and pass
those numbers on to the Wall Street Journal for publication.
Incredible!!! They're an embarassment to the financial community and
to the financial journalism community, but they're the norm today.
And so, Dear Reader, that's how the Wall Street Journal arrived at the
P/E ratio value of 13.09.
And that brings us back to the question that everyone wants an answer
to: How long will the current stock market rally last?
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090320 "I wrote last month,"#> the stock
market fell 90% from 1929 to 1932, but during that three year period,
there were numerous rallies, one as long as five months. So the
current rally is not exceptional, even in the current worsening
financial crisis. But how long will it last?
We can get a clue by comparing today's stock market fall to the one
from 1929 to 1932. Here's <#stdurl
http://dshort.com/articles/2009/bear-turns-to-bull.html
"a chart from dshort.com"#> that compares them:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090425d.gif center "" "1929-32 versus today - Four
Bad Bears
(Source: dshort.com)"#>
In the above chart, compare the period 1929-32 (shown in grey) to the
period since October 2007 (shown in blue). In particular, if you
look at the current rally (the end of the blue line), it appears to
be leveling off, which indicates that the rally is just about at an
end. If you compare the current rally with previous rallies in 2008
and in 1930-32, you can see that if history repeats itself, then we
can expect a sharp plunge in the next few weeks.
For more thoughts about the path of the stock market today, check out
"Timing the Depression" on <#stdurl
http://futronomics.blogspot.com/2009/04/timing-depression.html "Matt
Stiles' Futronomics blog."#> This article has some of the latest
charts showing the worldwide economic collapse.
But whether the rally ends now or later, it must end because
corporate earnings are crashing, and because price/earnings ratios
are going through the roof. This is not a "maybe," and this is not
something that will happen unless President Obama does "X". There is
nothing that can be done.
This shameful episode of lying by the WSJ about P/E ratios is nothing
new. I've been giving similar examples for years.
This is just one more example of why you'll never get a straight
answer about anything from WSJ or CNBC or any of the other financial
media, or even from the financial bloggers, even from the "doom and
gloom" Nouriel Roubini.
Once again, I would like to warn web site readers against the easy
seduction of believing that "the worst is over," that "there'll be
nothing worse than long recession" and that "there won't be a panic."
There is absolutely no possibility that any of these things are true.
There is no theoretical support for any of these views, and there are
no historical examples of these scenarios. The stock market will
fall below Dow 3000 with 100% certainty. Any belief otherwise is
simply wishful thinking.
Nothing has changed. The Law of Mean Reversion has not been repealed
by the Wall Street Journal or the Obama administration. Since the
stock market has been far overpriced since 1995, as I described in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market,""#> and since the Law of Mean Reversion
still applies, there must still a generational panic and crash in
store.
It could come next week, next month or thereafter, but it's coming
with absolute certainty, and nothing that has happened or is being
planned has any possibility of stopping it, no matter how many
manufactured numbers the Wall Street Journal publishes.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090422 Tens of thousands of Tamil civilians flee fighting, in last days of Sri Lanka war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.head
Tens of thousands of Tamil civilians flee fighting, in last days
of Sri Lanka war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.date
22-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.txt1
A "human avalanche" of refugees threatens to overwhelm
internment camps.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090422.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090421.jpg right "" "Sri Lanka army destroys an
earthen barrier, allowing tens of thousands of civilian refugees to
escape
(Source: BBC and The Hindu)"#>
The Sri Lanka army announced last week that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090416 "it was ready for its final assault,"#> and that's going on
right now. In a situation <#stdurl
http://www.icrc.org/web/eng/siteeng0.nsf/htmlall/sri-lanka-press-briefing-210409
"described by the International Red Cross"#> as "catastrophic," some
50,000 Tamil civilians are trapped in the "safe zone," a small strip
of land, along with the remainder of the Tamil Tiger rebel force.
Tens of thousands more are wading across a lagoon to <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/apr/21/sri-lanka-refugee-camps
"flee the safe zone,"#> now that the government forces have breached a
large earthen wall that was holding them in. However, there is a
shortage of food, water and sanitation, and there's a danger of
communicable disease.
There are pro-Tamil demonstrations going on around the world.
Thousands of <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/8007858.stm
"pro-Tamil demonstrators"#> are in London, demanding that Prime
Minister Gordon Brown take steps to end the fighting. In fact, Brown
did call Sri Lankan President Mahinda Rajapaksa, requesting a cease
fire, but the latter refused.
This is not at all surprising. As we've said many times on this web
site, the climax of a generational crisis war is an irresistable
force. The Tamil Tigers have announced that they're rather die than
surrender, and the government will not permit the deaths of civilians
keep them from exterminating the last of the Tiger rebels. After 25
years of escalating war, no one is in the mood for any sort of
compromise.
Each side in the war is accusing the other side of genocidal acts and
civilian slaughter. Since there are no independent reporters in the
the war region, neither side's claims can be verified. My guess is
that accusations on both sides are true.
However, even if both sides are equally guilty, there's a good chance
that the world will consider only one side to be guilty, once the war
ends. As the saying goes, "History is written by the victors."
I heard a pro-Tamil spokesman being interviewed on the BBC today. He
was arguing for a "political solution," and he said that "military
action will not settle anything."
Wrong! It's true that non-crisis wars rarely settle anything, but
generational crisis wars do settle things -- at least for three or
four generations.
That's what's happening now, right before the eyes of the world.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090420 Is Pakistan's government close to total collapse?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.head
Is Pakistan's government close to total collapse?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.date
20-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.txt1
More analysts are saying so, and predicting dire consequences.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090420.txt2
A web site reader has called my attention to the PBS Frontline
video, <#stdurl
http://www.pbs.org/frontlineworld/stories/pakistan802/video/video_index.html
""Pakistan: Children of the Taliban.""#>
This is probably the best piece of reporting on Pakistan that I've
ever seen. Instead of interviewing politicians, the reporter,
Sharmeen Obaid-Chinoy, goes deep into the NorthWest Frontier Province
and the tribal areas to show huge expanses of devastation. She talks
to real people living in these areas, including Taliban
children, and children who are victimized by the Taliban.
Frequently on this web site, I talk about children growing up during
a generational Crisis era as suffering a kind of "generational child
abuse," because of all the horrors of war around them. In
generational theory, these grow up to be people in the "Artist
archetype," because of their sensitivity. America's last Artist
generation was the Silent Generation, so named by Time
Magazine in the 1950s because they did their jobs and never
complained.
(For more information on generational archetypes, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#>)
You can really see this in the PBS Frontline video. It's
heartbreaking to see a nine year old girl describe vividly a beheaded
man in the town square that no one can remove for fear of being
killed by the Taliban.
And watch the boys describe how it's their duty to kill the enemy,
including each other, their long-time friends. The boys always look
downward when they talk, afraid and possibly ashamed of what they're
saying.
(Update. A Pakistani web site reader sent me the
following:
"While I personally agree with your recent article
and also agree with your interpretation of the mannerisms of some
of the children, my wife wanted to point out that, since this is a
religious and conservative area, the boys may be averting their
gaze / looking downward because the interviewer is a woman.
There is a concept in Islam of "ankhon ka parda" (covering of the
eyes). This means that, as a man, you do not look at a woman
directly unless she is your mother or sister. It is not uncommon
in that part of Pakistan."
Even so, it's heartbreaking to hear those words about killing each
other come out of the mouths of otherwise nice little boys. (Added 25-Apr) )
Even if there were going to be no war, the personalities of these
children would already be determined. What they've already seen and
lived through -- and so far it's only a tiny fraction of the horrors
they WILL see -- will make them similar to each other, but very
different from their parents. This is the most dramatic kind of
example of how people's attitudes and behaviors are affected much more
by what generation they're in, rather than what they see on TV, or
learn from their parents or teachers.
Obaid-Chinoy interviews a madrassa cleric who trains boys to become
suicide bombers. She asks him, "Who do you think will win this war?"
He says:
"It's in our blood. No matter how many Muslims
die, we'll never run out of sacrificial lambs. Non-Muslims only
think about this world. But Muslims consider this an opportunity
to achieve martyrdom. Someone who sees death as a blessing -- who
can defeat him?"
I strongly urge every reader of this web site to watch this PBS
Frontline report for the full 38 minutes. It will really give you a
feeling for the sense of desperation that the Pakistani people are
feeling today, and how serious the situation is.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
In February, the desperate Pakistan government <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090223 "capitulated to the Taliban in Swat
Valley,"#> agreeing to implement Sharia law in exchange for a
hoped-for end to terrorist attacks. Obaid-Chinoy's report comes
Peshawar, near the Swat Valley, and from the tribal areas.
However, not surprisingly, this desperate capitulation by the
Pakistan government has not brought any peace. To the contrary, it's
only <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\04\18\story_18-4-2009_pg3_2
"whet the appetite"#> of the Taliban, who are now using their
complete control of Swat Valley as a launching pad. The Taliban have
now refused to lay down their arms. Instead, the violent attacks
have continued, and they've been quickly consolidating their gains,
taking control of additional regions south of Swat, and moving closer
to Islamabad every day.
A <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/17/world/asia/17pstan.html?ref=global-home
"recent NY Times story"#> explains the technique that the
Taliban are using. It's a technique that's as old as time. The
Taliban use violence to drive away the landlords, then distribute
their property to poor people. By the time the property runs out,
the Taliban are in full control, and maintain it through terror and
intimidation.
The Taliban, who are Sunni Muslims working with al-Qaeda, are linking
up with Sunni Muslim Punjabis, and are <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/latestCrisis/idUSSP184719
"infiltrating into Punjab province"#> and as far south as Karachi.
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090331 "increasing rate of terrorist
attacks"#> in Lahore and around Islamabad are causing people to
panic.
Analysts are increasingly talking about the possibility of a total
collapse of Pakistan's government.
David Kilcullen, a counterinsurgency expert and adviser to Gen. David
Petraeus, <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/05/magazine/05zardari-t.html?ref=global-home
"recently said that,"#> "within one to six months we could see the
collapse of the Pakistani state."
Kilcullen <#stdurl http://www.kansascity.com/136/story/1146830.html
"points out that,"#> "Pakistan has 173 million people and 100 nuclear
weapons, an army which is bigger than the American Army, and the
headquarters of al-Qaida sitting in two-thirds of the country which
the government does not control."
Analysts in India are even more concerned about the "Talibanization
of Pakistan." According to Maroof Raza, a Delhi-based strategic
affairs analyst, if Pakistan falls to the Taliban, there could be
<#stdurl
http://cricket.expressindia.com/news/Talibanisation-of-Pakistan/448621/
"a flow of Pakistani refugees"#> escaping the Taliban into India.
In fact, the Sunni Taliban terrorists have been particularly
targeting Shia Muslims. Taliban control would force many Pakistani
Shia Muslims into India, where they would be more comfortable with
their historical allies, the Hindus.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a refighting of the
extremely bloody 1947 war that followed Partition is 100% certain.
Whether Kilcullen and other experts are right that it could begin
within one or two months cannot be predicted with certainty, since
timing depends on chaotic events that could occur at any time, sooner
or later. However, the final result is certain, and it will have
dire consequences for the entire world.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090418b Does Susan Boyle's sudden popularity signal new direction for popular music?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.head
Does Susan Boyle's sudden popularity signal new direction for popular
music?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.date
18-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.txt1
The sweet, melodious music of the 1930s and 1940s may finally be
returning.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418b.txt2
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, popular music
reflects generational moods, just like other cultural symbols due.
Thus, the Boomers brought forward counter-culture "rock 'n' roll"
music in the 1950s and 1960s, and Generation-X popularized the
nihilistic music that I described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080525
""Teen 'emo subculture' creating violent fault line in Mexico
City.""#>
A major shift in popular musical tastes is thus a signal of a change
in generational mood, just like populist <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090418 "so-called Tea Parties"#> in America, or a best selling <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090412 "nationalist book in China."#>
Whether such a change in popular musical tastes has yet taken place
remains to be seen, but one possible signpost is the sudden explosive
excitement over Susan Boyle's show-stopping performance of
"I Dreamed a Dream" from the 1980s Broadway play Les
Misérables, on the UK tv show "Britain's Got Talent," similar to
the US show American Idol.
If you haven't seen Boyle's performance, then <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9lp0IWv8QZY "click on this link"#> and
watch it now. (YouTube is getting very legalistic, and won't permit
the video to be embedded.)
Here are the lyrics (the verses in parentheses are not part of Susan
Boyle's performance):
I Dreamed a Dream
(There was a time when men were kind
When their voices were soft and their words inviting
There was a time when love was blind
And the world was a song and the song was exciting
There was a time, then it all went wrong)
I dreamed a dream in time gone by when hope was high and life worth living
I dreamed that love would never die, I dreamed that God would be forgiving
Then I was young and unafraid and dreams were made and used and wasted
There was no ransom to be paid, no song unsung, no wine untasted
But the tigers come at night with their voices soft as thunder
As they tear your hope apart and they turn your dream to shame
(He slept a summer by my side. He filled my days with endless wonder
He took my childhood in his stride, but he was gone when autumn came)
And still I dream he'll come to me, that we will live the years together
But there are dreams that cannot be, and there are storms we cannot weather
I had a dream my life would be so different from this hell I'm living
So different now from what it seemed. Now life has killed the dream I dreamed.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right music 3
The song "I Dreamed a Dream" is not a new song -- it's been around
for decades. What's different now is that it's suddenly a very
popular song. And when something like this suddenly becomes very
popular, it's of interest to Generational Dynamics.
Music during the Great Depression was sweet, melodious, and escapist.
During the Great Band Era, 1935-45, leaders were able to form large
bands because unemployed musicians were willing to work for little or
no pay. Typically, each band had a singer. They would play at dance
halls, where anxious, frightened people would go to dance and forget
their troubles for a little while.
Now things are coming back full circle. People are becoming anxious
and frightened again, and there's little patience for the violence
nonsense in Gen-X music.
In fact, I see this change in musical tastes as part of the same
change in mood as exhibited by the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090418
"tax day "Tea Party""#> protests of the last week. These
protests were anti-Washington, anti-spending and anti-tax. The
protests were caused by the same kinds of anxieties and fears that are
causing people to seek escape through sweet, melodious music.
In 2004, I wrote the article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041011
""'It's going to be the 1950s all over again.'""#> In that
article, I discussed a significant ongoing change in the behavior of
college-educated women -- a desire to stay home with the kids, rather
than be out in the work place.
With gender issues changing, it's not surprising that tastes in music
are changing as well. As the new Great Depression progresses over
the years, and as more and more musicians become unemployed, there's
a good chance that we'll see a new Great Band Era, with bands playing
sweet, melodious music in halls where anxious, frightened people will
come to dance for a few hours, to forget their problems.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=4&t=133
"Music and Generations"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090418 Vile 'teabagging' jokes signal the deterioration of CNN and NBC news
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.head
Vile "teabagging" jokes signal the deterioration of
CNN and NBC news
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.date
18-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.txt1
"Tea party" protests are anti-Washington, anti-tax and
anti-spending.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090418.txt2
Here's something that I posted on an online forum early in 2004:
"I actually believe that things are much better
today, because there's a much wider range of political views
expressed in newscasts. My reading is that the major networks
lean far left, CNN leans slightly left, and Fox leans to the
right. The one that I believe is squarely hitting the center is
MSNBC."
At that time, MSNBC's newsroom was run by Jerry Nachman, a
distinguished journalist who made sure that the news reporting was
balanced. His death early in 2004 caused a big slide in MSNBC's news
standards.
By the time of the 2006 election, both CNN and MSNBC had completely
abandoned journalist standards for Democratic party ideology. CNN
essentially turned the network over to be a 24-hour per day
advertisement for the Democrats. NBC news did the same, and in
November ran a huge ideological dog-and-pony show <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061129 "announcing that the Iraq war was a 'civil
war,'"#> and that the US would be defeated.
Unfortunately, both CNN and NBC have only gotten worse in the last
two years, and they both really seem to have become so disgusting in
the last week that it's hard to see how they could become any worse
(though I'm sure they'll find a way).
In the last couple of years, there have been only two major sources
of decent journalism at NBC: Tim Russert and Tom Brokaw. But Russert
has died, and Brokaw is already semi-retired.
The <#stdurl http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/3080466/ "MSNBC web site"#>
describes David Shuster as "The Emmy award-winning journalist [who]
has covered the nation's capitol for 16 years and is based in
Washington, D.C."
Before I quote from Mr. Shuster's Emmy award-winning journalism, let
me explain for those who don't know what "teabagging" is (as I
didn't) that it's <#stdurl
http://www.teenwire.com/ask/2004/as-20040303p747-teabag.php "a
component of oral sex,"#> where the man places his testicles in the
lady's mouth.
So now, if you watch <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ELy61zkZHO0
"this video of Shuster,"#> you'll see him introduce his topic as
follows:
"Thousands of them whipped out the festivities
this weekend, and while the parties are officially toothless, the
teabaggers are full-throated about their goals -- they want to
give President Obama a strong tongue-lashing, and lick government
spending."
Later in the "news" story, Shuster makes some puns about "DICK
Armey," referring to the former House Majority Leader for the
Republicans.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090418.jpg right "" "CNN's Anderson Cooper says,
"It's hard to talk when you're teabagging," and David
Gergen laughs.
(Source: CNN/YouTube)"#>
CNN's Anderson Cooper took up the joke, as you can see <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I64Ed5iLu4M "in this video"#> when he
said, "It's hard to talk when you're teabagging," to howls of laughter
from the other CNN correspondents, including David Gergen.
As if that weren't offensive enough, here's what <#stdurl
http://washingtontimes.com/weblogs/back-story/2009/apr/17/liberal-actress-says-tea-parties-were-racist/
"far-left actress Janeane Garofalo"#> said on MSNBC, completely
unchallenged:
"Let's be very honest about what this is about.
This is not about bashing Democrats. It's not about taxes. They
have no idea what the Boston Tea party was about. They don't know
their history at all. It's about hating a black man in the White
House. This is racism straight up and is nothing but a bunch of
teabagging rednecks. There is no way around that."
She went on to describe a "right-winger, Republican or conservative
or your average white power activist" with: "Their synapses are
misfiring. ... It is a neurological problem we are dealing with." She
said that Fox News had captured the "Klan demographic," referring to
the Ku Klux Klan. She added, "Who else is Fox talking to? Urban older
white guys and their girlfriends who suffer from Stockholm Syndrome."
Garofalo is obviously a total nutjob, and she's entitled to her
opinion. But the point is the the MSNBC anchors simply accepted her
statement, and tacitly agreed with it.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what we're seeing
here is a growing populist movement.
A typical remark that I heard on CNN or MSNBC was, "The people at Fox
News had a lot of fun creating these Tea Parties."
You'd have to be a total idiot to believe that a mass movement of this
size was "created" by anyone.
The first major sign of this populist movement came in the reaction
to CNBC market reporter Rick Santelli's February 19 rant, criticizing
President Obama's bailout plan. What was significant about this was
not the rant itself -- Santelli rants about something almost every day
-- but that the rant achieved "viral" status and spread around the
internet. As I wrote in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090319 ""The
mob turns ugly as AIG bonuses come under fire,""#> Santelli's
rant signalled a signficant change in public attitudes, and for the
first time, the Obama administration was put on the defensive about
its entire economic strategy.
Now we're seeing that this populist attitude is growing. And to say
that CNN, MSNBC, and other mainstream media outlets don't have the
vaguest clue what's going on is a vast understatement.
Some years ago, I heard the aphorism: "Liberals think that
conservatives are evil, while conservatives think that liberals are
stupid."
We can see from the above quotes that liberal nutjobs at CNN and
MSNBC do indeed believe that conservatives are evil. But what about
the second half -- are liberals stupid?
That the liberals on CNN and MSNBC are incredibly stupid is obvious
from their ratings. In the 1990s, it used to be that CNN was far and
away the ratings leader in cable news ratings. Fox News Channel
(FNC) presented an alternate viewpoint, and began to surpass CNN in
ratings. Today, FNC is far ahead of CNN,
The following chart shows the <#stdurl
http://tvbythenumbers.com/2009/04/17/cable-news-ratings-for-thursday-april-16/16968
"cable news ratings"#> for Thursday, April 16. It compares the
number of viewers for the five cable news networks (HLN is CNN's
Headline News). All numbers are in the thousands of viewers:
Network Total day Morning (6-9 am ET) Prime Time (8-9 pm ET)
------- --------- ---------------------- ----------------------
FNC 1443 FOX & Friends 1098 O’Reilly Factor 3897
CNN 725 American Morning 529 Campbell Brown 942
MSNBC 441 Morning Joe 429 Keith Olbermann 1229
CNBC 234 Squawk Box 217 CNBC Reports 228
HLN 375 Morning Express 301 Nancy Grace 1172
Bill O'Reilly, who is hugely hated on the left, is now celebrating
100 consecutive months of being #1 in his time slot. As you can see
from the above chart, he draws more viewers than all four of the
other networks combined.
So how many additional viewers did CNN and MSNBC drive away to FNC in
the last week? You have a growing, popular anti-Washington,
anti-tax, anti-spending grass roots movement, and CNN and MSNBC are
insulting and offending ordinary people by making odious oral sex
jokes, calling them racists, and saying that the wives are victims of
the Stockholm Syndrome. These vicious, vile attacks appear to be a
sign of desperation on the left.
If the people at CNN and MSNBC want to drive viewers away from their
networks, I cannot imagine a more effective way to do it.
CNN and MSNBC are being gratuitously offensive to millions of ordinary
people, and this is costing them dearly in ratings. If that isn't
stupidity, then I don't know what is.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=15&t=132 "Fox News
Channel vs CNN and MSNBC"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090416 Sri Lanka army ready for final assault on Tamil Tiger rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.head
Sri Lanka army ready for final assault on Tamil Tiger rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.date
16-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.txt1
1000 Tigers are trapped in a "safe zone" with 100,000 Tamil
civilians.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090416.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
I keep referring on this web site to the "explosive genocidal climax"
that ends any generational crisis war, and apparently one is about to
occur in the 25 year old Sri Lanka civil war. And it looks like it's
going to be very ugly.
As I've described in the past, there are two ethnic groups in Sri
Lanka: The minority Tamils and the majority Sinhalese. The Tamils
have been demanding a separate independent state since 1976, and have
been fighting a civil war since 1983. The army of Tamil fighters is
called the Tamil Tigers, who are listed as terrorists by the US and
Europeans.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080104 ""Sri Lanka government
declares all out war against Tamil Tiger rebels""#> for a
summary of the history of the two ethnic groups of Ceylon, now known
as Sri Lanka.)
The civil war followed a completely typical pattern along a
generational timeline. As long as survivors of the last crisis war
(World War II) were still alive, fighting was sporadic, and
punctuated with frequent peace agreements, sometimes lasting years.
The final peace agreement collapsed in 2005, and in 2008 the Sri
Lanka government vowed to exterminate the Tamil Tigers by the end of
the year.
They didn't achieve that goal, as fighting has continued into 2009.
But the government forces have succeeded in defeating the Tigers on
one battlefield after another, and have now trapped them within a
"safe zone," along with 100,000 Tamil civilians, <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5h1Rded7WkCHI46B4WSgmo89yQorwD97J3HAG0
"according to the UN."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090415.gif left "" "Sri Lanka civil war
(Source: BBC)"#>
Because of international pressure, Sri Lanka agreed to a
"humanitarian pause," during the two-day Tamil and Sinhala New Year,
to allow food and medical supplies to be moved into the safe zone.
The humanitarian pause ended on Wednesday, and the government says
that <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE53E6BU20090415 "it's
ready for a final assault."#>
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it appears that both
sides are poised for a climax. The government forces are completely
out of patience, and will not let the deaths of civilians stand in
the way of exterminating the Tigers.
The Tigers will make a last desperate stand, and after years of
fighting, will not simply lay down their arms, even if fighting means
the deaths of civilians.
No outsiders know for sure what's going on in the battlefield region.
The government is not permitting the BBC or other outside media into
the region. So all we have are the statements of the two
belligerents.
The government is claiming that the Tigers are using Tamil civilians
as human shields. Through the <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=29048 "Tamil web
site,"#> the Tigers are claiming that government forces are causing
"unprecedented carnage" of civilians.
Neither side's claims can be verified. But at some point, almost
certainly in the next few weeks, the war will be "over." At that
time, news organizations around the world will enter the region,
interview everyone in sight, and report on what happened. All the
atrocities and mass slaughter on both sides will become public
knowledge. The world will pass judgment on both sides.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090414 Stories of massive generational fraud and corruption continue to pour out
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.head
Stories of massive generational fraud and corruption continue to
pour out
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.date
14-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.txt1
Long-time readers of this web site know how much my life
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090414.txt2
has been affected by the things I've been writing about. Writing
online is no meaningless ideological game to me, as it is for the
bloggers you read elsewhere.
This web site has turned into far and away the most important and
significant achievement of my entire life, and I'm very proud of the
fact that I've helped hundreds, perhaps thousands, of people save
their families' lives by telling them how to protect their assets.
But nothing has affected me more than writing about the massive fraud
and corruption that has permeated finance, journalism and politics.
As I've said many times over six years, the stench of corruption has
sickened me. There are literally times when I came very close to
vomiting right at my computer keyboard. And I can't begin to count
the number of sleepless nights I've had since I started this web site
in 2002, as I foresaw what was coming, and how everything I foresaw
was coming true.
And the sickening stench hasn't ended. The same greedy, destructive
Boomers and Gen-Xers who brought about this disaster are continuing
to do so and continuing to lie about it.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090412.jpg right "" "Industrial collapse in Canada,
Japan, Germany, Italy, France, USA and UK
(Source: jessescrossroadscafe.blogspot.com)"#>
One of the slimiest performances I've seen was last week's
presentation at Washington's Economic Club by Lawrence Summers, White
House National Economic Council. Summers bragged about his life's
accomplishments and then, smiling smugly, he said, "I think the sense
of a ball falling off the table -- which is what the economy has felt
like since the middle of last fall -- I think we can be reasonably
confident that that's going to end within the next few months and you
will no longer have that sense of freefall."
Well, you can just look at the above graph and see that he's lying.
Industrial production figures in all the G7 (developed) countries
have been like "a ball falling off the table." And you can look at
all sorts of other data. There's absolutely nothing to justify
Summers' claims.
Now, I don't really care if someone makes a lot of money, even
someone like Summers, who <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/12/opinion/12rich.html "made $5.2
million in 2008"#> from hedge funds, plus $2.7 million in speaking
fees, and who also consulted for hedge funds when he was President of
Harvard University. If the Harvard University trustees don't care,
then why should I care?
But I'm offended when someone like that becomes the economic front
man for the Administration, and then openly lies, especially after a
year of hearing a lot of crap during the campaign that the Obama
administration was going to be completely open and honest, without
even the appearance of impropriety.
But I don't mean to pick on just Summers. He's just an average
person in a world where the average person is a crook. The same
generations of people who perpetrated the fraud, who created the
worthless mortgage-backed securities and worthless CDS securities
contracts, and sold them to the public as risk-free AAA securities are
still in charge. Those people haven't disappeared; they're still
pulling scams. They're just using new variations, to take advantage
of this year's opportunities.
I've been writing about these scams for years, as regular readers of
this web site know. One of the most disgusting was the subprime
mortgage company that<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121b "I wrote
about"#> last year in January. They had made huge sums of money by
defrauding thousands of people by talking them into lying on their
mortgage applications, and had defrauded the lenders through these
falsehoods.
The reason that that story caught my attention was that the Boomer
executive vice president, 59, was married to a Gen-X wife, 37. When
the company went bankrupt, the wife decided to dump the husband and
take the kids (why not?), in order to get as much money as possible.
The husband killed his wife, then killed himself.
And even after all this, the remaining company officers were in
bankruptcy court requesting that all remaining money be split among
them as bonuses, rather than give it to some of the people who had
been defrauded.
For some reason, this story epitomizes all that's been going on.
Greedy, selfish, destructive Boomers and Gen-Xers, willing to destroy
anyone else's life for their own gain, and committing further
destruction when their attempts are foiled. The standard today in
government, business and journalism is of dishonesty and unethics (is
that a word?).
I recall a job interview from late 2007, just after the credit crisis
began. (For why I was looking for a job, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.java080701 ""Boomers and Gen-Xers: Dumbing down IT /
How Digimarc Corp. self-destructed.""#>) I was talking to a
company VP, and as was my obsessive habit, I warned him that there was
a great deal of fraud going on in the world, and that he should make
sure that his company's assets were safe. He said, "So you think
everyone in the world is a crook?" I knew he thought I was nuts, and
of course I didn't get the job.
So what's interesting to me now is that the stories behind all of
these frauds that I've been writing about for years are starting to
come out. If anything, what I wrote in the past underestimated the
situation.
I've written about the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090326 ""culture
of complicity""#> that pervades today, and the overwhelming
circumstantial evidence that proves that people were knowingly
committing fraud.
In an <#stdurl http://www.pbs.org/moyers/journal/04032009/watch.html
"airing of Bill Moyer's journal,"#> William K. Black, the former
senior regulator who cracked down on banks during the savings and loan
crisis of the 1980s, described what's been going on:
"BILL MOYERS: Is it possible that these complex
instruments were deliberately created so swindlers could exploit
them?
WILLIAM K. BLACK: Oh, absolutely. This stuff, the exotic stuff
that you're talking about was created out of things like liars'
loans, that were known to be extraordinarily bad. And now it was
getting triple-A ratings. Now a triple-A rating is supposed to
mean there is zero credit risk. So you take something that not
only has significant risk, it has crushing risk. That's why it's
toxic. And you create this fiction that it has zero risk. That
itself, of course, is a fraudulent exercise. And again, there was
nobody looking, during the Bush years. So finally, only a year
ago, we started to have a Congressional investigation of some of
these rating agencies, and it's scandalous what came out. What we
know now is that the rating agencies never looked at a single
loan file. When they finally did look, after the markets had
completely collapsed, they found, and I'm quoting Fitch, the
smallest of the rating agencies, "the results were disconcerting,
in that there was the appearance of fraud in nearly every file we
examined."
BILL MOYERS: So if your assumption is correct, your evidence is
sound, the bank, the lending company, created a fraud. And the
ratings agency that is supposed to test the value of these assets
knowingly entered into the fraud. Both parties are committing
fraud by intention.
WILLIAM K. BLACK: Right, and the investment banker that — we call
it pooling — puts together these bad mortgages, these liars'
loans, and creates the toxic waste of these derivatives. All of
them do that. And then they sell it to the world and the world
just thinks because it has a triple-A rating it must actually be
safe. Well, instead, there are 60 and 80 percent losses on these
things, because of course they, in reality, are toxic
waste."
Black doesn't name any names, unfortunately, but makes a general
argument like the one I'm making -- that the fraud was so massive,
that everyone must have been involved.
In another part of the interview, he does name two government
regulators who failed to do their jobs:
"WILLIAM K. BLACK: Geithner is charging, is
covering up. Just like Paulson did before him. Geithner is
publicly saying that it's going to take $2 trillion — a trillion
is a thousand billion — $2 trillion taxpayer dollars to deal with
this problem. But they're allowing all the banks to report that
they're not only solvent, but fully capitalized. Both statements
can't be true. It can't be that they need $2 trillion, because
they have masses losses, and that they're fine.
These are all people who have failed. Paulson failed, Geithner
failed. They were all promoted because they failed, not
because...
BILL MOYERS: What do you mean?
WILLIAM K. BLACK: Well, Geithner has, was one of our nation's top
regulators, during the entire subprime scandal, that I just
described. He took absolutely no effective action. He gave no
warning. He did nothing in response to the FBI warning that there
was an epidemic of fraud. All this pig in the poke stuff happened
under him. So, in his phrase about legacy assets. Well he's a
failed legacy regulator."
Black indicts both Treasury Secretaries -- Hank Paulson and Timothy
Geithner -- and I can only agree. In this "culture of complicity,"
neither of them could blow the whistle or tell the truth without
exposing their own complicity in the repeated fraud.
Another <#stdurl
http://www.portfolio.com/news-markets/national-news/portfolio/2008/11/11/The-End-of-Wall-Streets-Boom
"article, written in December,"#> does name names, and gives
specifics for how the fraud was perpetrated.
The article was written by Michael Lewis. In the 1980s, at age 24,
with no business experience whatsoever, he stumbled into a job paying
him a six-figure salary to advise investment bankers about something
he knew nothing about. After a few years, he got out while the
getting was good, and wrote a book called Liar's Poker about
his experiences:
"I had no great agenda, apart from telling what I
took to be a remarkable tale, but if you got a few drinks in me
and then asked what effect I thought my book would have on the
world, I might have said something like, “I hope that college
students trying to figure out what to do with their lives will
read it and decide that it’s silly to phony it up and abandon
their passions to become financiers.” I hoped that some bright kid
at, say, Ohio State University who really wanted to be an
oceanographer would read my book, spurn the offer from Morgan
Stanley, and set out to sea.
Somehow that message failed to come across. Six months after
Liar’s Poker was published, I was knee-deep in letters from
students at Ohio State who wanted to know if I had any other
secrets to share about Wall Street. They’d read my book as a
how-to manual."
Lewis was shocked at this response at the time, and indeed it's still
shocking today. These were Generation-X students at Ohio State
University looking for ways to get into the business of defrauding
people. What kind of college must Ohio State University be to
graduate a class of crooks? It's pretty safe to say that ethics is not
a strong point at Ohio State.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
But of course I don't mean to pick on Ohio State. Every college was
like that. It's not the college, it's Generation-X, kids who were
(and are) infuriated by what they see as the stupidity of the Boomers
in whose shadow they grew up, kids who rejected every value that
their parents and teachers tried to teach them, and who glorify
stupidity and fraud.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The nihilism and
self-destructiveness of Generation X,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080129 ""Reader comments on the Nihilism of
Generation-X.""#> For more information on generational
archetypes, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of
Generational Dynamics.""#>)
Lewis' article is fascinating, because it explains exactly how and
why collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and credit default swaps
(CDSs) were introduced in a big way into the securitization business.
Each development had one and only one purpose: To make more money at
investment banks, while screwing investors. "I was just appalled,"
says Steve Eisman, also an Xer. "People would pay up to have someone
manage their C.D.O.’s—as if this moron was helping you. I thought, You
prick, you don’t give a fuck about the investors in this thing."
Eisman was a hero to Lewis, because Eisman tried to warn everyone
that the securities market was headed for disaster. But no one
listened because everyone was making too much money, screwing
investors.
One of Lewis' villains was Greg Lippman, a mortgage-bond trader at
Deutsche Bank, and also an Xer:
“What Lippman did, to his credit, was he came
around several times to me and said, ‘Short this market,’?” Eisman
says. “In my entire life, I never saw a sell-side guy come in and
say, ‘Short my market.’”
Well, here we have a problem, don't we? We have Lippman selling
securities, telling Eisman to make money by betting that the
securities will lose money. I'm not a lawyer, but isn't that
securities fraud? It sure looks that way to me. How come nobody is
arresting Lippman?
When I talk about the aggressive, destructive role that Gen-Xers
played in the current disaster, I often get an indignant reply. "We
were working for Boomers, and we did what they told us to do, because
we had to, or we would have been fired."
I usually answer, "If your Boomer boss asked you to kill his wife,
would you do that too?"
What's clear from Lewis' account was this was almost an entirely
Gen-Xer run scheme. When I read these stories, I never read about
Boomers playing anything but a passive role. Some Xers are heroes,
some Xers are villains, but all the actors are Xers. The Boomers
don't figure in any of these stories. It's all about Xers.
By no means does that excuse Boomers. Boomers were still the bosses,
and Boomers let it all happen. In fact, with fraud so pervasive,
there's no doubt that they all knew that it was going on, but didn't
object because they too were making money, and didn't care who got
screwed.
That's why on the web site I'm always talking about the "lethal
combination of greedy, nihilistic Gen-Xers, together with greedy,
stupid Boomers." What's happened these last few years could not have
occurred without the active cooperation of both Xers and Boomers.
Xers were needed because of their contempt for values, and their
willingness to destroy anything or screw anyone, in order to benefit
themselves. Boomers were necessary because they had no moral values
whatsoever, and they let the Xers do it, in order to benefit
themselves.
In the end, Eisman summarizes the situation as follows: "That Wall
Street has gone down because of this is justice. They fucked people.
They built a castle to rip people off. Not once in all these years
have I come across a person inside a big Wall Street firm who was
having a crisis of conscience."
Isn't that amazing? Not one person. That's not surprising, when you
consider that I've never heard anyone on tv apologize for what he
he'd done. It's always someone else's fault.
For me personally, I feel a small element of pride that everything
I've been writing about for the last few years has turned out to be
completely true, and people who called me names were completely wrong.
But that small element of pride is still overwhelmed by the enormous
feeling of revulsion at what's been going on. And I'm not going to
get much sleep tonight either.
I still sometimes feel like vomiting sometimes. I felt like vomiting
last week when when I heard Larry Summers give his slimy speech,
taking pride in what he's accomplished, and saying that everything is
going to be OK. Summers has been a full, active participant in the
massive fraud of the last few years, and now he's just continuing the
fraud as Secretary of the Treasury.
Do you remember when the credit crunch first broke, in August 2007?
At that time they were discussing how many of these toxic assets (as
we now call them) existed. The optimists on CNBC said that there
were less than $100 billion of them around. The pessimists on CNBC
said that there were as many as $200 billion.
Well, guess what? Banks and insurance companies have already
confessed to having $1.29 trillion in toxic debt, and last week the
<#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article6047929.ece
"International Monetary Fund (IMF)"#> indicated that they would reach
$4 trillion.
And even that won't be the end.
Mike Mayo, an analyst at Calyon Crédit Agricole, analyzed the
holdings of 11 major banks and found that, on average, loans have
only been <#stdurl
http://dealbook.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/04/06/bank-analyst-sees-depression-size-loan-losses/?ref=business
"marked down to 98 cents on the dollar."#> This indicates that
debt-related assets have much farther to fall, and that the $4
trillion will be far exceeded. The volume of toxic assets keeps
going up every week, and I expect it to reach tens of trillions
before it's all over.
There's another angle to this. The government is supposedly "stress
testing" various banks, to find out the size of their toxic debt
exposure, and whether the banks can survive. Well, the Fed has
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aEX9sBcofMYY
"ordered the banks to keep quiet"#> about the results of the stress
tests. You can be sure that if the banks were passing the stress
tests, they'd want everyone to know. So you can be sure that they're
failing. It's just more lies, deception and fraud by the
Administration that repeatedly spewed crap promising to be open and
transparent, without having even the appearance of impropriety.
On another subject, President Obama has announced that his
Administration will end deficit spending. They're going to do this
with the most massive spending program in the history of the universe
-- trillions in bailouts and stimulus, curing global warming, and
implementing universal health care. Apparently President Obama
believes that the way out of debt is to go infinitely deeper into
debt.
Well, here's <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/graphic/2009/03/21/GR2009032100104.html
"the assessment"#> of the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office
(CBO):
<#inc ww2010.pic g090412b.gif right "" "Projected government deficit
(Source: washingtonpost.com)"#>
As the graph shows, the CBO "concluded that President Obama's budget
would rack up massive deficits even after the economy recovers."
And so, we have worldwide industrial production crashing around the
world, and worldwide trade and transportation have <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090118b "come almost to a standstill."#>
There is no way that anything remotely like Summers' giddy forecast
is going to come true, and Summers knows it.
This is turning out to be a big joke. I'd laugh, except I think I'm
feeling sick again.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090412 New book, 'Unhappy China,' stokes Chinese nationalism and anti-Americanism.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.head
New book, "Unhappy China," stokes Chinese nationalism
and anti-Americanism.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.date
12-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.txt1
Runaway bestseller in China worries Beijing and the west.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090412.txt2
It was exactly one year ago today that I posted the article,
<#hreftext ww2010.i.china080412 ""Chinese embarrassment and
anger grows over Tibet and Olympics.""#>
<#inc ww2010.pic2v g080410a.gif g080410b.jpg right
"Daily Mail story referencing "Horrible Chinese thugs""
"Der Spiegel story saying, "There's no way people like that
should be allowed on our streets.""#>
That was the time before the summer Olympics games in Beijing.
Chinese athletes were carrying the Olympics torch around the world.
A London newspaper called them "horrible Chinese thugs," and a German
magazine's headline read, "There's no way people like that should be
allowed on our streets."
This took place after the bloody riots in Tibet where, from the point
of view of the Chinese, the Western media automatically took the side
of the Tibetans. The Chinese were furious at the West, and there was
so much paranoia on both sides that some kind of major confrontation
somewhere was a possibility.
However, an act of nature turned things around, when the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080516 "horrible Sichuan earthquake"#> in May
began a period of international good will directed at China. The good
will carried through the Olympics games, allowing them to be an
international triumph for the Chinese.
But many Chinese have not forgotten the enormous humiliation that the
West visited upon the Chinese a year ago, and now we're beginning to
see some of the repercussions.
A new book, called "Unhappy China - The Great Time, Grand Vision and
Our Challenges," was published a month ago in China. The book is
highly nationalistic, and highly anti-American and anti-West. And the
book is a best seller, selling out of its first printing, 100,000
copies, in 11 days.
Here is <#stdurl
http://www.allgov.com/ViewNews/Unhappy_China_90406
"one published summary"#> of the book:
"A new bestselling book, Unhappy China, is
stirring debate in China and alarm in the West because of its
aggressive nationalism. Millions of web pages have sprung up to
address the book since its release last month. In the book, five
Chinese scholars assert China’s impending superiority as the
world’s leader, advocate a hard line against their “enemies,” and
express dissatisfaction with the West’s treatment of China.
=inc ww2010.pic g090411.jpg right "" "Unhappy China"
The authors, Wang Xiaodong, Liu Yang, Song Qiang, Huang Jisu, and
Song Xiaojun, denounce Western influences and specifically deride
the United States for being “irresponsible, lazy, and greedy, and
engaged in robbery and cheating.” They blame the United States for
causing the current global recession. The authors urge the Chinese
people to “conduct business with a sword in hand.” They call for
the emergence of a group of heroes to “lead our people to
successfully control and use more resources, ridding [the world
of] of bullies and bringing peace to good people.”
Writing in Southern Metropolis Daily, Jing Kaixuan observes, “When
I first heard about the book Unhappy China, I thought it was
probably about how laid-off workers were unhappy, or about how
peasants who had lost their land were unhappy. Maybe it was about
how college graduates searching for work were unhappy, about how
stock market investors were unhappy, or about how victims of the
poisonous milk powder scandal were unhappy.” Instead, the authors
of Unhappy China divert attention away from domestic ills and
blame China’s problems on foreign enemies."
Condemnation of the book by Chinese politicians and scholars has been
swift.
The state-controlled Xinhua news service immediately published
<#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2009-03/25/content_11072198.htm "an
article"#> with the headline, "Book rallying for social change fails
to inspire the masses." They apparently published this article
because they were afraid that the book WAS inspiring the masses.
The Xinhau article provides additional information about the book
itself:
"The book argues that "with Chinese national
strength growing at an unprecedented rate, China should stop
self-debasing and come to recognize the fact that it has the power
to lead the world, and the necessity to break away from western
influence."
The book says "the current financial crisis reflects an overall
corruption of the American society.
The book advocates more stern foreign policies.
"We should incorporate retribution and punishment into our
diplomatic strategies, especially when dealing with Sino-French
relations," referring to the meeting between French President
Nicolas Sarkozy and the Dalai Lama in December last year.
The authors believe ordinary citizens should not be deprived of
national development benefits, and that China should have the
ambition to reestablish the world order, assume a leadership role
among nations and achieve industry upgrading amid the current
global financial crisis."
However, the Xinhua article quotes a saleswoman at a book store as
saying, "It does not sell well. Few people linger at this section."
I guess in China even booksellers have to tell the authorities only
what they want to hear.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's important is
not the attitudes of the politicians, but the attitudes of the large
masses of people, entire generations of people.
The fact is that this book is extremely popular, and is particularly
directed at young people. This means that the book's "message" might
well be extremely important in determining the direction in which
China is going.
That's why I found it interesting to read <#stdurl
http://cmp.hku.hk/2009/04/02/1544/ "a published interview"#> of
Shanghai scholar Xiao Gongqin, discussing the nature of Chinese
nationalism.
Xiao says that China's nationalism has been "marked by a reactive
quality, ... goaded by a sense of tragedy and shame over the Chinese
experience in the last century." Presumably this refers to China's
bloody civil war (Mao's Communist Revolution), followed by Mao's
slaughter and execution of tens of millions of people in the Great
Leap Forward and the Cultural Revolution.
But now that's changing, according to Xiao. And of course that makes
sense from a generational point of view, since young people today
have no personal memories of the horrors of Mao's genocidal
atrocities.
Before continuing with Xiao, it's worth mentioning that <#stdurl
http://www.thestar.com/News/World/article/607791 "there's a resurgence
of interest in Mao"#> going on, at least to judge from the Chinese
community in Toronto. This has really been taking hold in the last
few months, as the financial crisis has grown.
Just as anxious people in the United States are looking back at
President Franklin Roosevelt as a cure for our problems, anxious
Chinese people are looking back at Mao as a cure for their problems.
The claim among these people is that capitalism is now proven to be a
failure and that Mao was right all along in embracing Communism.
However, this is greater than a condemnation of the West. Much of
the pro-Mao criticism is directed at the Chinese Communist Party
(CCP) government, for pursuing "reforms" that move toward capitalism
away from Communism. These criticisms have been further spurred by
numerous stories of corruption and embezzlement in the Beijing
government.
Now returning to the interview, Xiao's discussion of "a sense of
tragedy and shame" over Mao's massive bloody atrocities
in the last century is being eclipsed by younger generations who
increasingly look to Mao to save them from the current financial
crisis.
According to Xiao, there is a new nationalism, and it has the
potential to be extremely dangerous:
"Nevertheless, the form of nationalism represented
in this book can no longer be defined in these original terms.
Overall speaking, the attitude of Western countries toward China
is warmer now than it has been in the past, particularly in the
midst of the economic crisis, as the West has looked to China . .
. hoping for friendly cooperation, and peaceful development has
already become a general consensus among nations. Under this
situation, the nationalism as represented by Unhappy China, which
persists in striking this menacing tone, cannot be characterized
as reactive. I believe that for some time to come this nationalist
wave as epitomized by Unhappy China will continue to exist, and
foreigners will have to learn to come to terms with this
non-reactive form of Chinese nationalism.
What is the character of this new nationalism? Its crucial point
is the positing by necessity of an “external enemy,” and this is
seen by the authors as a basic condition of China’s existence and
development. One of the authors, Wang Xiaodong holds precisely
this. He believes that, “any species, if it is not challenged by
its external environment, will certainly degenerate.” He finds a
root for this new nationalism in social biology. He believes also
that China has at present no “selective pressures,” so “everyone
believes that things are fine, and that its OK to muddle along,
and this makes degeneration unavoidable.” Particularly interesting
is this line: “America too faces this problem, and so it actively
goes in search of enemies.” I’m not sure, but it seems Brother
Xiaodong is actually suggesting that in order for our people to
grow strong, China must, lacking “selective pressures,” go and
search for “selective pressures.”
I think the logic here can be summed up like this: If external
pressures are the necessary condition of the development and
existence of a people, if they then lack pressures, they must as
a matter of course manufacture these pressures. If this is the
argument, then it is both fearsome and dangerous. I really,
really hope this is not what the authors mean, but what of the
“angry youth” who are more radical than they are? They can
certainly seize upon this logic . . . It is in this theoretical
logic of nationalism that I see something frightful and dangerous.
It does not lie too far, in fact, from bullying racism and
jingoism."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's important
about this situation is not that the book was written and published,
but that it's suddenly so popular. This indicates a massive change
in attitudes, a generational change by the people of China. And if
Xiao is right, then it's "something frightful and dangerous," an
attitude of "bullying racism and jingoism."
This could quickly translate into some kind of significant change in
Beijing's policies.
I make a comparison to the February 19 on-air rant by CNBC market
reporter Rick Santelli criticizing President Obama's bailout plan.
What was significant about this was not the rant itself -- Santelli
rants about something almost every day -- but that the rant achieved
"viral" status and spread around the internet. As I wrote in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090319 ""The mob turns ugly as AIG bonuses
come under fire,""#> Santelli's rant signalled a signficant
change in public attitudes, and for the first time, the Obama
administration was put on the defensive about its entire economic
strategy.
Similarly, it's possible that this rapid acceptance by the public of
"racism and jingoism" could force a similarly dramatic change in CCP
policies. The CCP is one of the most paranoid governments on earth,
especially since the massive anti-government Tiananmen Square student
demonstrations in 1989, followed by the collapse of Communism in
Russia in 1991. The CCP has no particular objectives except for one
-- to do anything it can to stay in power. If that means making some
policy changes to accommodate the attitudes of the masses reading
"Unhappy China," then they will do that.
I'd now like to address two related questions that I hear frequently
from web site readers.
=inc ww2010.h2 soc "Is the US becoming socialist?"
This is a question I hear discussed on television, and from readers.
Here's how one reader put it:
"I know you try to avoid taking political sides,
but I have been quite worried about Barack Obama. I will admit
that I am a conservative Republican, and thus predisposed to not
trust Obama on anything. I also realize that the Republican party
has let us down as of late. I do still support President Bush and
respect the difficult job that he did during challenging times.
I believe that Obama is a Marxist, based on his numerous
associations (Bill Ayers, Reverend Wright) and some of his
"spread the wealth" comments during the campaign. This is my
opinion, which admittedly may come from a general distrust of the
Democrat party. My fear is that we will have full-scale bank
nationalization and will end up with a truly Socialist government
by the time Obama is out of office.
I would appreciate your views on if you think this is a possible
scenario. I also realize that a depression may make it necessary
to to have more socialistic policies for a time until we have
some recovery. Those type of policies are very difficult to
reverse once they are put in place, however, it would
seem."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, any such massive
change in economic policy is possible only if the masses of people
believe it. No one that I know believes that the US government is
capable of running a bank or an auto manufacturer, and there has been
a big backlash recently when the Obama administration fired the CEO
of General Motors. On the other hand, the Chinese people apparently
DO believe that the CCP is capable of running a bank, so there's a
big difference between the US and China in that regard.
However, there's another important issue. What exactly is
"socialism"? Here's <#stdurl
http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/socialism "a dictionary
definition:"#> "Any of various theories or systems of social
organization in which the means of producing and distributing goods is
owned collectively or by a centralized government that often plans and
controls the economy."
It's fairly easy to show, using the mathematics of Complexity Theory,
that this system of government is mathematically impossible. For a
small population, say a feudal fiefdom with a hundred people, all
aspects of the economy could be controlled by a feudal lord. But as
the population grows, you need a collection of "regulators," people
who decide things like prices, or who make decisions about what will
or will not be produced. It's easy to show that as the population
grows exponentially, the number of "regulators" has to grow at an
even faster exponential growth rate. Thus, as the population grows,
soon every person has to become a "regulator," and the system falls
apart.
One might wonder what happened in Mao's Great Leap Forward in
1958-59, something that caused the deaths of tens of millions of
Chinese. Here's a description:
500,000,000 million peasants were taken out of their
individual homes and put into communes, creating a massive human
work force. The workers were organized along military lines of
companies, battalions, and brigades. Each person's activities
were rigidly supervised.
The family unit was dismantled. Communes were completely
segregated, with children, wives and husbands all living in
separate barracks and working in separate battalions. Communal
living was emphasized by eating, sleeping, and working in teams.
Husbands and wives were allowed to be alone only at certain times
of the month and only for brief periods. (This was also a birth
control technique.)
All workers took part in ideological training sessions, to
provide for ideological training of the Chinese masses.
This was the craziest damn thing. Mao tried to implement it because
it was the only way to control the economy with a large population.
The whole thing was a disaster when tens of millions of people died
of starvation.
That's why, in the decades since then, China has instituted "reforms"
that moved the country in the direction of capitalism. That's why
Communism collapsed in the Soviet Union. That's why North Korea and
Cuba, the two remaining Communist countries, have economies that are
still stuck in the 1950s.
Thus, socialism and communism are mathematically impossible as a
population grows. It's not possible for any government to control
all aspects of the economy. However, a dictatorship can control
selected portions of the economy. This is what China is doing, for
example. But in this sense, "socialism" and "communism" should not
be thought of as economic systems; they're actually political names
for dictatorial forms of government. Thus, from the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, "socialism," "communism" and "fascism" are
different names for pretty much the same thing.
So, Dear Reader, for those of you who are worried that President
Obama is going to lead the nation into socialism, let me reassure you
on two counts: Socialism is politically unacceptable in America, and
socialism is mathematically impossible anyway.
=inc ww2010.h2 civil "China: Civil war or war with US?"
I've frequently mentioned in the past that China is headed for a
civil war, and at other times I've mentioned that China is headed for
a major war with the US. Several web site readers have asked me
about this, since they seem to be conflicting.
Actually, they're not conflicting at all. The easiest way to see
that is to look at World War II. China was in a massive civil war
from 1934 to 1949, and right in the middle, China was in a war with
Japan. Unfortunately, there's no law of Nature or Physics that says
you can't be in more than one war at once.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a refighting of the
civil war is certain. As I wrote in 2005 in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.china050116 ""China approaches Civil War,""#>
China has a long history of massive internal rebellions and civil
wars, creating bloodbaths that have slaughtered tens of millions of
people in a short period of time. These include the White Lotus
rebellion that began in 1795, the Taiping rebellion that began in
1852, and the Communist Revolution that began with Mao Zedong's
genocidal Long March in 1934.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, China is now about
due for its next massive internal rebellion and civil war, and the
current financial crisis is exactly what is needed to trigger a new
rebellion.
On the other hand, a refighting of the 1940s war with Japan is also
inevitable. As I wrote in 2007 in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071218b
""Chinese commemorate the 1937 Massacre at Nanking
(Nanjing),""#> feelings still run deep in China about the
Nanking massacre, as well as the use of Chinese and Korean women as
"comfort women" by the Japanese army.
The Chinese have always been grateful for the help that the Americans
gave to defeat the Japanese on Chinese territory. However, by "the
Chinese," I of course mean the survivors of World War II. Those
people are almost all gone now. The younger generations feel no such
gratitude; they feel only anger at what they feel is humiliation of
China by the West and at the financial crisis, which they blame on the
US.
The best seller status of "Unhappy China" marks a potential turning
point. It's absolutely certain that the people in the CCP are
extremely concerned, and they will do everything they can to defuse
the issues. If they succeed at all, it will not be for long.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090409 Unrest in Moldova may have international repercussions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.head
Unrest in Moldova may have international repercussions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.date
9-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.txt1
A new confrontation between Russia and the West may be coming.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090409.txt2
Few people west of Vienna know anything at all about the country of
Moldova, but Moldova may be the next country to prove Ambrose
Bierce's aphorism: "War is God's way of teaching Americans
geography."
=inc ww2010.pic moldova1.gif right "" "Moldova"
Here's a brief <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wrU4CYlr1WE
"news video"#> of what's been going on:
Moldova has a large Romanian population, and was actually part of
Romania between WW I and WW II.
However, in 1939, when Hitler's Germany and Stalin's Soviet Union
signed an unholy mutual non-aggression agreement known as the
Molotov–Ribbentrop Pact, Moldova was split off from Romania and made
part of the Soviet Union.
Moldova remained part of the Soviet Union after WW II. As was
Stalin's usual practice, never hesitating to create a situation
leading to future bloodshed, Stalin moved thousands of Russians into
Moldova, in order to "Russify" the Romanian population. And Stalin
set up a large military installation in Transdniestria, a region
within Moldova. (See the strip of land at the right side of Moldova
on the map to the right.)
Moldova did not participate in the Romanian Revolution of 1989, but
when the Soviet Union split up in 1991, Moldova became an independent
country.
There's a comparison here to the situation in East and West Germany.
When the Berlin Wall came down, Germany was reunited, but the extreme
poverty in East Germany has hurt Germany's economy dramatically since
then.
But when Moldova became "available" in 1991, the Romanians didn't want
to reunite because of the same kind of poverty issue.
So Moldova became an independent country, still with a large Romanian
population. And Transdniestria, with its large military installation
and sizeable Russian and Ukrainian population, is apparently still
under the direct control of Russia.
Today, Moldova is an economic basket case, and is one of the poorest
countries in the world. It's even possible that the world's financial
crisis will be triggered by Moldova, as much as by any other country.
But even more important, nationalist feelings are being aroused all
around.
Moldova's government is still a "Communist" government, with close
ties to Russia. Last Sunday's election left that government in
control.
The re-election triggered large demonstrations and riots by people
carrying Romanian and EU flags.
This is not surprising. Romania is part of the European Union (and
also part of NATO). For several years, Romania has been <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUKTRE5377W820090408
"lobbying to get Moldova into the EU,"#> as a solution to the problem
of Moldova's poverty. This is also favored by the Moldovans, who are
dissatisfied with the failure of the Russian-backed government to
improve the economy.
However, this has all led the Communist government in Moldova to
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/5125563/Moldova-accuses-Romania-of-attempted-coup.html
"accuse Romania"#> of staging an "attempted coup." The Romanian
ambassador has been expelled, and the border with Romania may be
closed.
For the Russian government, this appears to be another instance of
<#stdurl http://www.themoscowtimes.com/article/600/42/376042.htm
"failed Russian policy"#> in its former Soviet states. The Russians
would not be pleased with talk of Moldova joining the EU, and there
are warnings of repercussions unless things settle down.
This situation might fizzle into nothing, or it might escalate into a
full-fledged international crisis. We'll be watching it.
One humorous sidelight is worth mentioning. There have been various
"color revolutions" in other former Soviet republics -- the "Orange
Revolution" in Ukraine, the "Rose Revolution" in Georgia, and the
"Tulip or Pink Revolution" in Kyrgyzstan.
When the demonstrations started, the Moldovan government ran soap
operas on television and shut down the phone system. But the young
demonstrators reacted by <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/russia-furious-with-eu-over-twitter-revolution-1666121.html
"using Twitter"#> to spread the news. As a result, the demonstrators
are calling this the "Twitter Revolution."
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=130
"Moldova"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090405 President Obama scores big diplomatic victory in a world waiting for ... what?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.head
President Obama scores big diplomatic victory in a world waiting
for ... what?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.date
5-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.txt1
We might call this "The Age of Great Compromises."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090405.txt2
President Barack Obama's visit to Europe was greeted by wildly
enthusiastic crowds similar to the ones that I wrote about during
last July's campaign visit to Europe in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080725 ""Barack Obama in Berlin calls for greater European
militarism.""#> This time he said, "I've come to listen, not to
lecture," to wild cheers.
Michelle Obama was treated like royalty, and much of the coverage of
the couple centered on Michelle's style, and Michelle's mutual hug
with the Queen of England.
Barack was pretty charming himself. At the G-20 economic conference,
he's being credited with brokering a deal on tax havens (billionaires
will supposedly no longer be able to hide money in countries like
Switzerland and Lichtenstein); and at the NATO conference, he's being
credited with brokering a deal on the selection of the new NATO
Secretary-General (Turkey was objecting to the popular choice, the
prime minister of Denmark, because of the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e060206 "Danish cartoon scandal"#> of 2006).
However, it's not clear that anything of substance was achieved. Just
as he did last July, Obama called for greater European militarism,
especially in "Obama's war," the war in Afghanistan, and he even
scolded the Europeans for "casual and insidious anti-Americanism,"
and for not "bearing their share of the burdens."
What's being declared as a new era of American-European cooperation
is an agreement that Europe will send 5,000 troops to Afghanistan.
What a diplomatic victory!!
Well, unfortunately, it turns out that they're only going to be there
until the time of the presidential election in August; and they're
<#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/apr/05/nato-pact-afghanistan-elections
"just providing security"#> for officials during the campaign, rather
than doing any heavy fighting; and oh by the way, the Americans, who
are the ones actually doing most of the heavy fighting, <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/afp/article/ALeqM5g14KQB_0oRn85VbMNvxq8e5rDDgQ
"are sending 17,000 more troops."#>
Then, on Sunday, <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/apr/06/north-korea-missile-launch
"the North Koreans launched a missile"#> that overflew Japan and was
heading toward Alaska when it splashed into the Pacific Ocean. This
has raised fears of a future nuclear strike on America's west coast.
It also raised concerns about North Korean stepped up sales of nuclear
materials to other countries, as it has recently allegedly done with
Syria, Libya, Pakistan and Iran.
The missile launch had perfect timing, since it came just before a
scheduled speech by Obama in Prague on nuclear proliferation.
Speaking to 30,000 people, Obama called the launch a provocation that
threatens the security of countries "near and far. What will the US
or anyone else do about it? Well, nothing, but Obama did promise to
lead the way in creating <#stdurl
http://www.rferl.org/content/Obama_Calls_For_Elimination_Of_Nuclear_Weapons_In_Prague_Speech/1602285.html
"a world free of nuclear weapons."#>
=inc ww2010.h2 age "The Age of Great Compromises"
Recently I saw former Secretary of Defense Henry Kissinger being
interviewed on tv, where he was asked, "What are the potentials
around the world for confrontations in the next two to three years?"
Here's his response (my transcription):
"The paradox of the situation is this: I don't
know any period in history where every major power had
simultaneously an interest in maintaining more or less the status
quo. None of the big countries is in a position -- would want to
challenge the status quo.
So you have countries like Iran, which is basically a relatively
weak country, which however has a capacity to unsettle the
Mideast, by supporting the radical movements there [Hamas and
Hizbollah]. And secondly its development of nuclear weapons may
set off a cycle of proliferation that in itself becomes a threat
to the peace. So the challenge we have in the next period is to
see whether the major countries, that more or less share a common
interest in preventing this from happening, can overcome the
domestic hesitations they have for a variety of reasons to do what
is needed to solve the problems that exist."
I actually wrote about this subject in 2006 in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.060717nash ""A beautiful mind? The world is paralyzed
into a 'Nash equilibrium.'""#> I compared the world to a concept
from mathematical game theory, describing a situation in a game where
every player has to play the same move over and over again to avoid
losing. Thus the world today is in a kind of Nash equilibrium, where
every country is paralyzed into inaction, for fear of disturbing the
equilibrium and starting a war.
I think that this is a truly fascinating aspect of the world's
geopolitical situation, but I disagree with Kissinger that this is
the first time in history that it's happened. As I described last
year in <#hreftext ww2010.i.caucasus080817 ""The gathering storm
in the Caucasus,""#> it's precisely what happened in the leadup
to World War I. During "La Belle Époque," the period before 1914, the
world was at peace, international trade was at a peak, and life was
great - at least for the élite.
It was a time in history where "every major power had simultaneously
an interest in maintaining more or less the status quo," to use Henry
Kissinger's words.
There were two major factors destroying the status quo:
The "interest in maintaining the status quo" may have been
held by the leaders of every major power, but it was not the desire
of the younger generations in these countries. World War I was
triggered by a Serb high school student who, along with his friends,
decided to assassinate Austrian Archduke Franz Ferdinand.
The war might have remained restricted to Eastern Europe, but it
spread to other countries because of a mass of interlocking treaties
that forced one country after another into the war, including
Germany's invasion of France.
Both of these factors prevail today. Young, disaffected Islamist
terrorists flew a plane into the World Trade Center, blew up London's
subways, and are responsible for suicide bombings in countries around
the world. Kids in Mexican drug cartels are killing and kidnapping
thousands of people with reckless abandon. Young people in Taiwan
increasingly want independence from China, but are held back by the
threat of war from Beijing. Young Palestinians are ready to heed
Iran's leadership to push Israel into the sea.
Today there are huge numbers of interlocking treaties. America alone
has signed a large number of mutual defense treaties with other
countries. These include agreements with Japan, South Korea, Israel,
Taiwan, the ANZUS agreement with Australia and New Zealand, and the
NATO agreement with all of Europe.
The worldwide fear of disturbing the status quo essentially means
that nothing can get done, because anything non-trivial might disturb
the status quo and trigger a war.
=inc ww2010.h2 waiting "A waiting world"
That's why this is a world waiting for something to happen. People
anxiously grasp onto any straw of hope, wanting things to return to
the Unraveling era of the 1990s, but not daring to disturb the
equilibrium anywhere.
If Henry Kissinger understood generational theory, he would know that
the current status quo cannot be maintained, and that sooner or later
some crisis will irretrievably end the status quo.
That almost happened several times in the last year, with crises at
Bear Stearns, Royal Bank of Scotland, Lehman Brothers, AIG, and
others. In each case, officials rushed to restore the status quo.
But the crises have been getting worse, and one of these times a
crisis will be too large to patch up.
A more realistic view of the world than Henry Kissinger's is given by
David Kaiser, a history professor at the Naval War College in Rhode
Island. Kaiser is a student not only of history, but also of
generational theory, having spent years as close friends of the
founding fathers of generational theory, Neil Howe and his partner,
the late <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "William A. Strauss."#>
Kaiser is a strong supporter of the Democratic Party in general and
President Obama in particular, but his expertise in both history and
generational theory gives him a realistic view of the world and a
great advantage over numerous over other professors of history and
various experts who, as I've pointed out many times on this web site,
really don't have the vaguest idea what they're talking about.
In his <#stdurl
http://historyunfolding.blogspot.com/2009/04/two-crisis-presidents.html
"latest entry in his History Unfolding blog,"#> Kaiser compares Obama
to the presidents in America's two previous generational crisis eras --
Franklin Roosevelt in World War II and Abraham Lincoln in the Civil
War (1860s):
"Roosevelt and his contemporaries, the Missionary
generation, had spent their young adulthood during the Progressive
era, a liberal era politically. Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow
Wilson had introduced the idea of government regulation of the
economy into American political life, although their actual steps
in that direction had been quite modest. The era of reaction
against their efforts had lasted only eight years before the Crash
of 1929. Roosevelt had a cadre of middle-aged reformers upon which
to draw when he put the New Deal together.
Our own Awakening (about 1965-84) was very liberal socially, but
politically it marked the shift from the Democratic majority
created by FDR to the new Republican one created by Nixon and
solidified by Reagan. There has been no serious effort to reform
the economy on behalf of the less well off since the 1960s in the
United States. And as a result, President Obama, whose instincts
seem to be very good, is relying upon an economic team led by Tim
Geithner and Larry Summers, each of whom is deeply implicated in
the economic changes of the last fifteen years or so, and neither
of whom has shown much interest in fundamental reform. I am deeply
troubled that the maverick economists that have kept older
traditions alive--the Paul Krugmans, Joseph Stiglitzes, and James
K. Galbraiths--unanimously feel that the Administration's rescue
plans have not found the right path.
No President can move faster than history is ready for, and it
may be, sadly, that further disasters will be necessary to
discredit what has become the conventional wisdom. Both FDR and
Lincoln frequently disappointed their more radical supporters in
their first years in office. But sadly, the diseases of the last
thirty years have infected nearly our entire leadership class. The
public is ready for a new one. The problem is to provide
it."
Kaiser is expressing disappointment that this "world waiting for
something" era is going to be politically costly for Obama. This is
certainly true, as Obama's popular approval rating has been gradually
falling since he took office, even though the stock market has been
rallying, and even though he's scoring diplomatic victories overseas.
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090129 ""Japan's Prime Minister
Taro Aso imitates Barack Obama, as Obama imitates Japan.""#>)
Many people blame President Clinton and/or President Bush for the
dot-com bubble crash, the real estate bubble crash and the credit
bubble crash. But as I've written many times, the roots of these
bubbles and crashes were laid decades ago, and they couldn't have
been either caused or prevented by any politician.
And as I wrote last week in<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090401
""Fiscal stimulus programs in 1930s and today,""#> it's way
too early in the current financial crisis for anything to work.
History shows that a huge credit bubble requires five years of rapid
deflation before any stimulus package can have an effect, and we're
only 1½ years into the current crash. So nothing that the Obama
administration does will have much effect before 2012. The reason
that Obama hasn't "found the right path" is that no such path even
exists.
But Kaiser, I think, is making a different point -- that Obama isn't
even giving the APPEARANCE of doing enough, since he's relying too
much on older people from the Boomer and Silent generations. (Last
year, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081018 "I wrote"#> that Obama was in
danger of being identified as this crisis era's "Hoover" figure,
something for which I received some passionate repudiations by
readers. But Kaiser now seems to be worrying about the same thing.)
Kaiser says that Roosevelt, who was in the Missionary generation (the
same "Prophet" archetype as our Boomer generation) drew on "a cadre of
middle-aged reformers upon which to draw when he put the New Deal
together." In other words, Kaiser (himself a Boomer) says that
Roosevelt drew on the younger Lost Generation, and wants Obama to
depend much more on Generation-X, the modern incarnation of the Lost
Generation.
That's a very interesting viewpoint from an avid Obama supporter, but
I personally don't believe that it makes any difference in substance.
As I've said over and over on this web site, the great events of our
time will be determined by the attitudes and behaviors of the great
masses of people, entire generations of people, not by the intentional
behaviors or actions of a few politicians, and Kaiser himself says,
"No President can move faster than history is ready for."
But it might make a political difference. It's possible that Obama's
choice of advisors will affect how historians will view his
Presidency. I have no opinion on that subject, and will leave it to
historians like Kaiser to predict.
=inc ww2010.h2 wait "Waiting for the next crisis"
In a sense, I might be a bit more optimistic than Kaiser about the
potential for Obama's success as a President.
Before explaining why, I have to explain what I mean by "success,"
since it's not the kind of "success" that anyone would wish for.
President Lincoln and Roosevelt are considered among our greatest
Presidents because they led the country during the times of greatest
disaster. With bodies of dead, young American boys piled high on the
fields of Gettysburg in 1864 and the beaches of Normandy in 1944, and
with the continued existence of the United States of America in doubt
during both eras, these two Presidents led America during these times
of peril.
It's a little unfair to say that Obama's had it easy so far, but
let's face it -- a stock market rally and a world determined to
maintain the status quo are easier than the alternatives.
Obama's legacy will depend on how he starts handling real crises when
they arise.
Here are some examples:
There have been <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/06/world/asia/06pstan.html?hp "three
separate suicide bomber attacks"#> in Pakistan in the last 24 hours.
Two of them were in or near Islamabad, the capital, and one was in
the tribal areas. There are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090331 "suicide
bombings almost every day now"#> in Pakistan, and the country is close
to panic.
The war in Afghanistan is now "Obama's war," and if it goes badly
-- which is certain -- he will be hurt. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080730 "my analysis"#> of the Afghan war.)
Sunday's North Korean missile test presents a test of
international resolve that Obama has already failed, by responding
with a fantasy proposal of a "nuclear-free world."
Iran will be watching the international reaction to the North
Korean test, and when it's apparent that nothing will happen beyond
words, words, words, Iranian officials will be embolded. Obama has
promised to end Iran's nuclear program by talking to Iranian
President Ahmadinejad, but when it's apparent that that's just
another fantasy concept, Obama will be hurt politically.
And of course the worldwide financial crisis still looms. As I
discussed last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090315
""Analysts and journalists freak out as Q4 2008 earnings turn
negative,""#> current analyst estimates for Q3 2009
price/earnings ratios are in the 250-300 range (no, that's not a
typo), based on current stock market prices. The first quarter has
just ended, and actual earnings reports will start pouring out in
another ten days or so. Thus, a very sharp stock market correction
may be in the offing.
Now here's the paradox.
Each of the issues in the above list might ripen into a crisis at any
time. When it does, the politicians of the world will rush to do
whatever is necessary to maintain the status quo, because that's the
era we're in.
No one can be a Great President in an Age of Great Compromises. If
politicians are successful in maintaining the status quo, as they've
been through many recent crises, then Obama will suffer, because he'll
be seen as unable to actually solve any problems, and his approval
rating will keep falling. If this keeps on until 2012, then Obama
may well have a failed Presidency.
(Update: A web site reader points out that the Republican/Democratic
gap in approval ratings for Obama is <#stdurl
http://pewresearch.org/pubs/1178/polarized-partisan-gap-in-obama-approval-historic
"the highest in modern history."#>)
If, on the other hand, one of these crises spirals out of control,
into a generational "regeneracy event" (see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics""#>),
triggering a major war for Obama to lead the country through, and if
the country survives, then Obama's presidency will be a "success."
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=118 "The
Near Future For America"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090401 Fiscal stimulus programs in 1930s and today
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.head
Fiscal stimulus programs in 1930s and today
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0904
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.date
1-Apr-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.txt1
Did Hitler really do everything right?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090401.txt2
The US government has spent, lent or committed $12.8 trillion, for
bailouts and stimulus spending, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=armOzfkwtCA4&refer=home
"according to the latest figures."#>
It wasn't that long ago that a billion dollars seemed like a lot of
money. But then we had President Bush's $60 billion stimulus
package, followed by various bailouts and fiscal stimulus packages
costing almost a trillion dollars each, and a new multi-trillion
dollar budget.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right fiscal 3
Are we going in the right direction?
In articles in December and January, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081224
""The effects of massive fiscal stimulus,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090112 ""The effects of massive fiscal
stimulus - Part II,""#> I described a presentation that was the
first thing I'd heard in years that forced me to reassess my thinking
about the country's continually exponentially escalating public debt.
The presentation, by Richard C. Koo, Chief Economist at Nomura
Research Institute, drew on the experience of the 1930s Great
Depression and the 1990-2005 "lost decade" in Japan to reach the
conclusion that these massive spending programs are exactly the way
to go.
Still, Koo's presentation raised some serious issues and possible
flaws in his theory. These issues are highly relevant to the choices
being made by Congress and the Obama administration.
Last week, Koo gave <#stdurl
http://www.csis.org/component/option,com_csis_events/task,view/id,1989/
"a new presentation,"#> addressing today's news, as well as some of
the issues that I raised. I recommend to everyone to listen to and
watch both presentations.
In this article, I'm starting with a lengthy summary of the latest
presentation. Then I'll address what are apparently several flaws.
And finally, I'll relate it all to the coming Clash of Civilizations
world war.
=inc ww2010.h2 summ "Presentation summary"
Here are the major points that Koo covered in his presentation:
We are rapidly entering an era of a "balance sheet
recession," which is quite different from other recessions. In a
balance sheet recession, businesses change their objectives from
maximizing profits to paying down debt. This has a drastic effect on
the economy when everyone does it at once. It happens to a country
only after many decades after the last one, and it happens after a
huge bubble starts bursting.
Koo is particularly qualified to recognize and diagnose balance
sheet recessions, because he's been a central banker and financier in
the United States and Japan for several decades, and because he was
personally actively involved in dealing with the Latin American
balance sheet recessions in the 1980s, and the Japanese balance sheet
recession from 1990 to 2005.
What's very depressing today is that it's not happening in one
country -- it's happening in countries everywhere around the world,
including the US, Spain, Ireland, China, France and Australia. The
one ray of hope is that the world can learn from Japan's
experience.
In Japan, commercial real estate led the bubble in the 1980s. By
2005, commercial real estate prices fell 87% from their peak -- down
to 1973 price levels.
In Japan, the GDP never fell below what it was at the peak of the
bubble. And overall unemployment rate never went above 5.5%, and wen
below afterwards. The Japanese kept paying down debt, even though
the Bank of Japan (BOJ) lowered interest rates from 8% to 0% by 1995.
In real estate and shares, Japan lost 1500 trillion yen in wealth,
the wealth equivalent of 3 years of GDP. The budget deficit from
1990 to 2005 was 300 trillion yen, 60% of Japan's GDP.
"We came out of the mess in 2005. All the debris that had
accumulated during the bubble was finally gone. Balance sheets were
finally fully repaired in this 15 year period."
In Japan, the credit crunch began in 1997. Japan never had a credit
crunch, except for 18 months -- Oct 1997 to May 1999. Outside of
that, banks were eager to lend.
American economists bashed Japan ten years ago because the deficit
grew and GDP didn't increase. What they overlook is that without the
stimulus, Japan's GDP would have fallen deeply, instead of staying
level. The fact that the GDP never fell below its peak value makes
this the most successful fiscal spending policy in the history of
mankind.
The reason that President Obama is having so much political
trouble is because he isn't being forceful enough in saying that this
is a war, and has to be fought as such. Or, "It's not just a cold.
It's pneumonia."
However, Koo points out that it's not necessary from the
Administration to move as quickly as he seems to want to. All that's
necessary is that the banks have to be able to lend, and the GDP has
to remain flat.
Japan was a high savings rate country and America has been a
debtor nation, but this makes no difference, because all the money
needed for the stimulus is generated internally. "The money that the
government borrows and spends is the money that is saved within the
economy, but not borrowed within the private sector. but not
borrowed, so it's sitting there."
A big problem with the stimulus plan is ratings agencies (Moody's
and S&P), because they downgrade countries with these problems and
these deficits. "We wasted some time because ratings agencies lowered
Japan's ratings. We were lower than Botswana in Africa. Rating
agencies can really throw a monkey wrench into this corrective
process. If ratings screw up the sentiment, we all suffer."
Koo was personally involved in the Latin American banking crisis
of 1982, and he told some anecdotes about Paul Volcker, who was Fed
Chairman at the time. Volcker called central bankers around the
world, asking them to lend money to Latin American banks, and not let
them go into default.
In response to an audience question about the TARP, Koo said he's
very worried about what the Fed is doing, because putting the toxic
assets on the balance sheet of the Fed is going to risk losing trust
in the currency. The toxic assets should be on the balance sheet of
the Treasury, not the Fed. "The way that Bernanke bashed Japan ten
years ago makes a lot of people worry that he's going to go all out.
People will get really scared about the dollar currency."
Koo was asked whether other countries have to do the same thing
for this to work. He said that there's a real danger here. Everyone
should create enough fiscal stimulus to keep their GDP from falling,
just as Japan did. It's very bad if some countries do nothing,
expecting other countries to bail them out. He worries especially
about Europe, because the Maastricht treaty is so binding. Fiscal
stimulus in Europe is limited to 3% of GDP, which is nowhere near
enough.
Koo was asked how long this will take to work out, if it took 15
years for Japan. He said it would take 3-5 years, "but I'm just
guessing, because we haven't seen the bottom of the asset prices
yet."
Japanese had export markets to rely on. Even though people make
a big deal about export markets, export markets did not add or
subtract to Japanese economy throughout this period. [This appears
to be a major hole in Koo's theory, as I'll discuss below.]
Japan's trade surplus was remarkably stable throughout the period. So
Japan handled its problems within its borders. All countries should
handle their problems within their borders, so that the problems
won't spill out to other countries. So countries have to do more than
Japan did, and that's what they face at the moment.
Audience question: Where would the stimulus money best be spent?
Answer: Historically, the best way is military spending, because it
creates demand, without creating supply. That's why economies
recover quickly. But if you increase both demand and supply, then
they start chasing each other. If you want the smallest budget
deficit, and largest bang for money, that's the best way. Koo said
he's not here to advocate military spending. "There are lots of roads
and bridges here needing repair."
Question: What is the impact on the global political situation?
Answer: "We are going to see some democracies fail, some governments
fail, because some countries are unprepared to deal with it.
Nothing is worse than having dictatorships with the wrong agenda,
using the right economic policy. That's what happened in the 1930s.
Hitler got everything right, handling this type of recession. That's
why German unemployment German unemployment was 30% in 1933, and was
brought down to 2% very shortly.
In US, unemployment was at 25%, and it went down dramatically with
FDR's policies, but went back up in 1937 when stimulus was cut. The
policies were working, but were interrupted.
So there are huge political implications to this crisis, and I'd like
to see democratic governments follow this policy before the dictators
do."
I'll now turn to some major issues and possible flaws in Koo's
theory. I've discussed these issues before. In this presentation,
Koo addressed some of these issues, but did not give satisfactory
answers, in my opinion.
=inc ww2010.h2 timing "The timing problem"
This is the biggest flaw in Koo's presentation and in the Obama
administration's plans.
The stimulus programs that have worked in the past have all required
a five-year delay before they even began to be effective.
President Herbert Hoover's administration tried various spending
programs in the early 1930s, but they were ineffective. It wasn't
until 1935 or so that President Franklin Roosevelt's spending
programs began to be effective. A similar statement can be said of
Japan in the early 1990s.
According to Koo, a balance sheet recession begins when a huge asset
bubble bursts. As with an ordinary balloon, when it starts leaking
it leaks very quickly at first. After a time, it's almost completely
deflated, and the leaking occurs more slowly.
In other words, a deflationary spiral is very rapid at first.
According to the Bank of International Settlements, there are over $1
quadrillion ($1,000 trillion) worth (notional value) of credit
derivatives and other structured finance securities in the portfolios
of financial institutions around the world. That represents a good
part of the credit bubble. That bubble is leaking at perhaps a
trillion dollars or so per month. The leaking is very rapid right
now, and no stimulus program can keep up.
That's why the bill is already up to $12.8 trillion, and growing. No
amount of bailouts and stimulus can keep up with the leaking, at
least not at this time.
Koo's 3-5 year estimate for the crisis to end is simply wishful
thinking. It took 15 years for Japan's crisis to end, and there's no
reason why it should take the US any less time, especially since it
took almost 15 years for the dot-com, real estate, credit and stock
market bubbles to expand.
=inc ww2010.h2 taxcut "Tax cuts versus spending"
Koo's attitude towards tax cuts doesn't make sense. His point is
that if you use stimulus money for tax cuts, then the businesses
simply use the money to pay down debt, so you only get 1 to 1
leverage for that money. But if you use the money for government
spending projects, then the money creates jobs, and in a domino
effect, that money creates 8 to 1 leverage.
But he overlooks the fact that lowering business taxes will allow
businesses to save jobs, and will allow some businesses to survive,
where they might go out of business without the tax cut. If a
business lays people off or closes completely, then there's a reverse
leverage effect, possibly 8 to 1. So carefully targeted tax cuts are
just as important as carefully targeted spending programs.
If a tax cut can save 5 million jobs, that's better than spending
stimulus money on 3 million make-work jobs.
What <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090302 "I proposed last month"#> was
that stimulus spending be split into two phases: First, a
Preservation Phase, where the focus is on preserving existing jobs and
businesses, and then, after five years, a Recovery Phase, where
spending is targeted at new jobs.
The Administration seems to understand the "Preservation Phase"
concept when it comes to the automobile industry (which is
unionized), but they seem unwilling to do anything to help other
businesses survive.
=inc ww2010.h2 export "Japan's export economy"
Another big flaw is Koo's theory is his response to the issue of
export markets. During Japan's balance sheet recession, the rest of
the world was in a credit bubble, and Japan could export trillions of
dollars worth of goods to other countries, in exchange for currency.
Koo claims that exports had no effect, since Japan's trade surplus
was "remarkably stable" throughout the entire period, 1990-2005.
But that's not the point. Suppose those export markets hadn't
existed? Then Japan's trade surplus would have gone sharply negative,
and Japan's GDP would have fallen sharply, instead of staying
flat.
The issue is what I call "leakage," and I can't figure out
whether Koo doesn't understand this (unlikely) or is lying about this
issue.
This intersects with the issue of protectionism, a subject that Koo
never mentioned. In order to prevent leakage, a country can insist
that all stimulus funds be spent internally -- which the US has done
with its "Buy American" clause in the stimulus plan. Protectionism
invites retaliation, and ALL countries' GDPs go down, as happened in
the 1930s.
In order for the stimulus money to come back to the Treasury, it has
to be used internally within the country. If the money is used for
foreign goods and services, then it "leaks" out of the system. The
only way to compensate is to get the money back through exports, and
Japan had plenty of export opportunities available.
As if proof were needed, the latest economic figures from Japan are
devastating: Japan's exports plunged a record 49.4% in February, and
the economy shrank at an annual 10.9% last quarter.
And as I'm typing this, a new <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=adHYb_oUweYQ&refer=asia
"Tankan survey of manufacturing confidence"#> has fallen to the
lowest level since the survey began in 1974.
It's really pretty clear what happened to Japan. The stimulus
programs didn't really help much at all. Instead, the economy
shifted to where the money was -- exporting to China and the US. Now
those export markets have virtually disappeared, and Japan is going
to be suffering along with everyone else.
It's also pretty clear that President Roosevelt's spending programs
really didn't help much in the 1930s. What ended the Great
Depression for America was World War II.
And that brings us to the most important subject of all.
=inc ww2010.h2 hitler "Hitler and today's dictatorships"
Koo's most dramatic remarks came at the very end. FDR's spending
programs didn't end the 1930s Depression. World War II did. Spending
on the military, according to Koo, gives the highest "bang for the
buck."
Koo said Hitler did everything right -- spending massively on the
military. (He would be forgiven for not mentioning that probably the
Japanese did everything right as well.) He expressed the hope that
this worldwide financial crisis would not allow dictatorships to get
ahead of democracies.
What dictatorships is he talking about? Well, maybe Russia, but you
can be sure that he's thinking of China.
A few days ago, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090329 ""New Pentagon
report shows China continues to prepare for war with US,""#> I
discussed the rapid military buildup that China is pursuing.
China is now embarking on a very aggressive fiscal stimulus plan.
China doesn't say how much of the stimulus is going into the
military. But China has already been increasing the military budget by
10-20% a year for years, as they prepare for war with the United
States. I think it's quite certain that China will take advantage of
this fiscal stimulus program to further increase military spending.
In the US, by contrast, President Obama is planning to cut weapons
systems. As the world becomes increasingly dangerous, the US is
becoming weaker.
I don't know whether Koo intended this when he made those final
remarks about Hitler, but he illuminated a fast-approaching world in
which the US and the world's democracies will be stumbling forward
with social programs and bridges to nowhere, while China is turning
into a high-powered military machine, preparing for war.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090331 New terrorist attack in Lahore leads Pakistanis to despair
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.head
New terrorist attack in Lahore leads Pakistanis to despair
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.date
31-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.txt1
An 8-hour attack on a residential barracks for police trainees
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090331.txt2
on Monday ended with 10 dead and over 100 wounded.
=inc ww2010.pic g081127a.gif right "" "India and Pakistan"
Here's a summary of <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\03\31\story_31-3-2009_pg1_2
"how it happened:"#>
"The attackers arrived at the police academy
apparently in pick-up vans at about 7:15am. Some of them were
wearing police uniforms. They entered the sprawling compound by
scaling the rear boundary wall. More than 800 unarmed trainees
were in the grounds for the morning parade. The attackers threw
grenades at the trainees and began to fire indiscriminately.
Police were not able to put up a significant resistance. Some of
the gunmen took up positions on the first and second floor of the
three-storey residential barracks. A coherent response to the
attack began about 30 minutes later, when Elite Force commandos
surrounded the building. Rangers and army troops arrived at 9am
and stormed the premises in armoured vehicles. Four helicopters
hovered overhead. The troops were able to free the hostages and
regain control of the facility after an eight-hour standoff. Three
attackers blew themselves up to avoid capture in the top-storey
room in which they had holed up. An Afghan attacker was arrested
from outside the premises during the operation."
It was just three weeks ago when the entire nation was shocked by
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090304 "a terrorist attack"#> on Sri Lanka's
cricket team, as they were headed to the stadium in Lahore.
There are now several terrorist attacks every week in Pakistan,
mostly in the Northwest Frontier Province and the tribal regions. But
the two attacks in the supposedly safe city of Lahore, within the
same month, have revealed to many Pakistanis that terrorism is
spreading rapidly throughout the country.
Here's <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7973334.stm "a
list"#> of the major earlier Pakistan terrorist attacks in the last
year:
27 March 09: Suicide bomber demolishes crowded mosque near
the north-western town of Jamrud, killing dozens
3 March 09: Six policemen and a driver killed, and several
cricketers injured, in ambush on the Sri Lanka cricket team in
central Lahore
20 Sept 08: 54 die in an attack on the Marriott hotel in
Islamabad
6 Sept 08: Suicide car bombing kills 35 and wounds 80 at a police
checkpoint in Peshawar
Aug 08: Twin suicide bombings at gates of a weapons factory in
town of Wah leave 67 dead
March 08: Suicide bombs hit police headquarters and suburban
house in Lahore, killing 24
With the fear of terrorism spreading, Interior Minister Rehman Malik
urged the country to unite against Taliban extremists. He said
Pakistan's integrity was "in danger at this time".
"This is not a law and order issue. This is an attack on Pakistan. We
have two choices: hand the country over to the Taliban or fight it
out," <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/mar/31/pakistan-terrorism-police-school-attack
"said Malik."#>
However, many people support the militants for nationalistic reasons.
The militants lead the fight for capturing control of
Indian-controlled Kashmir from India. And many young people
especially blame the Pakistani terrorism on the United States for
inflaming the militants by <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7972055.stm "fighting the war on
terror in Afghanistan."#>
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090329 New Pentagon report shows China continues to prepare for war with US
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.head
New Pentagon report shows China continues to prepare for war with
US
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.date
29-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.txt1
Rapid military buildup focuses on Taiwan, submarines, and
anti-satellite weaponry.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090329.txt2
If you listen to the words of the People's Republic of China (PRC),
then you can believe that we're headed for a "harmonious world,"
where all countries experience the joys of "diversity" and "equality"
in international relations. These claims reflect the guidance of Deng
Xiaoping in the early 1990s: "observe calmly; secure our position;
cope with affairs calmly; hide our capacities and bide our time; be
good at maintaining a low profile; and never claim leadership."
If you look at China's actions, you can see a country preparing for
all-out war with the United States. These actions are documented in
the <#stdurl
http://www.defenselink.mil/news/newsarticle.aspx?id=53642 "Department
of Defense's annual report to Congress,"#> "Military Power of the
People’s Republic of China." In fact, China gone much farther than it
had at the time that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080306 "last year's
report was published."#>
China has been focusing on "asymmetric warfare" techniques designed
to strike at weak points in America's military, and overcome
America's military superiority. These include heavy investment in
ballistic and cruise missile systems; undersea warfare systems,
including submarines and advanced naval mines; counterspace systems;
computer network operations; special operations forces; and the
"Three Warfares" concept.
=inc ww2010.h2 three "Three Warfares"
The "Three Warfares" doctrine is extremely interesting. It's an
information warfare concept aimed at influencing the psychological
dimensions of military activity:
Psychological Warfare: seeks to undermine an enemy’s
ability to conduct combat operations through psychological operations
aimed at deterring, shocking, and demoralizing enemy military
personnel and supporting civilian populations.
Media Warfare: is aimed at influencing domestic and
international public opinion to build public and international support
for China’s military actions and to dissuade an adversary from
pursuing policies perceived to be adverse to China’s interests.
Legal Warfare: uses international and domestic laws to
gain international support and manage possible political repercussions
of China’s military actions.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the "Three Warfares"
doctrine is extremely ominous, because it comes from a complete
misreading of generational eras.
This kind of "psychological warfare" works very well during a
generational Unraveling era, such as the 1990s or early 2000s.
During these times, while many leaders are still from the generations
that survived the previous crisis war (like the Silent Generation
that survived WW II), there is an aversion to war that makes
psychological warfare very effective.
But during a generational Crisis era, when the leaders (like the
Boomers) are in the generations born after the last crisis war, then
this psychological warfare backfires, and causes the enemy to panic
and overreact.
That's why this doctrine is so ominous. It's self-delusional for the
Chinese. It leads them to delude themselves into believing that they
can attack Taiwan and the US won't retaliate, provided that they put
out the right press release to the newspapers.
In other words, this kind of psychological warfare may have been
effective when Bill Clinton was President, and perhaps even when
George Bush was President, but it will backfire under President
Obama, who will be forced by the young public to overreact, and that
in turn would cause the Chinese to overreact.
This back and forth overreaction leads to what is called the
"regeneracy" in generational theory. The regeneracy occurs when the
public is so shocked that political bickering ends, and civic unity
is "regenerated" for the first time since the end of the preceding
crisis war. When each side's public is united against the other
side, a crisis war is triggered.
(For information about the term "regeneracy" and about generational
eras, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of
Generational Dynamics.""#>)
But China isn't depending just on psychological warfare. China has
been pursuing a massive military buildup for years, as shown by the
following graph from the report:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090328.gif center "" "China: Military budget vs GDP
growth, 1997-2008
(Source: Pentagon)"#>
=inc ww2010.h2 crisis "Worldwide financial crisis"
The more interesting question is how all this will be affected by the
worldwide financial crisis.
World leaders in countries around the world are implementing massive
stimulus packages to put people to work in things like infrastructure
development.
As we'll discuss further in an article to be posted in a day or two,
the most effective form of stimulus spending is military spending.
During the 1930s, Hitler was much more effective than President
Roosevelt. Both countries were devastated by the Great Depression,
but Hitler focused Germany's stimulus spending on weapons
development, while President Roosevelt did not. This gave Germany an
enormous head start in WW II.
China is now embarking on a very aggressive fiscal stimulus plan.
China doesn't say how much of the stimulus is going into the
military. But China has already been increasing the military budget by
10-20% a year for years, as they prepare for war with the United
States. I think it's quite certain that China will take advantage of
this fiscal stimulus program to further increase military spending,
possibly substantially.
In the US, by contrast, President Obama is planning to cut weapons
systems, in order to pay for the social programs in his fiscal
stimulus budget. As the world becomes increasingly dangerous, we're
repeating the mistakes of the 1930s.
There is absolutely no guarantee that the USA will do well in the
coming world war. Even if the USA "wins" the war, China has promised
to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050716 "blanket America's cities with
nuclear missiles."#> And it's possible that the USA might very well
lose the war. One scenario: After a major nuclear war, the Chinese
will still have around a billion people. If they've successfully
destroyed our defense infrastructure, they could send tens of
millions of Chinese to take control of North America. This is all
speculation, of course, but the fiscal stimulus plans coming out of
the current worldwide financial crisis provides some scenarios that
make it a real possibility.
=inc ww2010.h2 test "The 'War Scenario Test'"
I'm considering this as an addition to Generational Dynamics theory,
and something with great practical significance.
As I've said many times, Generational Dynamics tells you what your
final destination is, with absolute certainty, but not the path that
will take you there or the time frame. The Generational Dynamics
forecasting methodology that's been developed over the last seven
years has developed a number of tools for narrowing the time window
to obtain predictions that are not absolutely certain, but which have
probabilities in the range of 80-90%.
Generational Dynamics tells us that we're headed for a "Clash of
Civilizations world war," but the question always is, who will be
fighting whom? Who will be the new "Allies," and who will be the new
"Axis"?
I've commented several times in the past that, based on current
trends, we can expect the following: China will be aligned with
Pakistan and Sunni Muslims against India; Russia will be aligned with
India and Shia Muslims; and India will be aligned with Britain and
the west. Japan will be aligned with the West against China.
The "War Scenario Test" that I'm proposing will provide an additional
analytical tool for making such forecasts.
Here's the test: For any given country, is there any realistic
scenario that would propel the US immediately into a war with that
country?
For China, the answer's obvious: China is spending massively on
military spending to recover Taiwan, and a Chinese attack on Taiwan
would bring us to war within just a few hours.
For North Korea, any move by their army across the border towards
Seoul would require us to retaliate immediately.
What about Russia? I can't think of any realistic scenario that
would bring us to war with Russia. In fact, last year's war in
Georgia almost proves it -- there was never any consideration
whatsoever that we would go to war with Russia over Georgia the way
we would go to war with China over Taiwan.
India is the same - no chance of war. But Pakistan? There are two
realistic possible war scenarios. One is that a war with India would
bring us in on the side of India. Another is if Islamist extremists
gain control of Pakistan's nuclear arsenal.
Iran is an interesting case. As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090322
"written many times,"#> Iran is a schizophrenic nation, with people
who are pro-American, and a government that's anti-American. There is
a possible war scenario -- if Iran develops a nuclear weapon, and
either the EU, Israel or the US decide that their nuclear capability
must be destroyed. But that's far in the future, and my expectation
is that in the meantime the pro-West attitudes of the people will
diffuse Iran's nuclear threat against the West.
So the idea is that if you can think of realistic war scenario, then
we're likely to be enemies in the Clash of Civilizations world war.
It makes sense, because if such a scenario CAN occur, then sooner or
later it probably WILL occur.
The "War Scenario Test" is an analytical tool, and like all tools, it
has to be used carefully and appropriately. When used this way, it
provides us additional views of the future that we'll all share.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090326 The 'culture of complicity' continues with Tim Geithner's new toxic asset plan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.head
The "culture of complicity" continues with Tim
Geithner's new toxic asset plan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.date
26-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.txt1
You may recall back to last fall,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090326.txt2
when then Secretary of the Treasury
Hank Paulsen got Congress to pass his $800 billion TARP (Troubled
Asset Recovery Program) proposal, almost overnight.
The idea was this: Banks have huge volumes of mortgage-backed
securities in their portfolios. These securities are CDOs
(collateralized debt obligations), CDOs-squared (CDOs of CDOs), CDSs
(credit default swaps), and numerous other highly leveraged
structured securities designed by brilliant financial engineers just
a few years ago.
These securities are now being called "toxic assets" or "toxic
waste," because they're worth a lot less than thought.
There's no market for these securities any more, and when forced to
sell via a "fire sale," banks are getting 20 or 30 cents on the
dollar. If banks are forced by "mark to market" rules to mark down
the values of these assets to 20-30 cents on the dollar, then many
banks immediately become essentially bankrupt, for all practical
purposes.
So the TARP program was supposed to purchase the toxic assets at
something like 60-80 cents on the dollar, so that banks can get them
off their balance sheets, and still survive. Paulsen got his $800
billion, but unfortunately he never got around to buying up all those
toxic waste securities. For some strange reason, he just never got
around to it. I guess he must have spending too much time working out
at the gym, or something.
Anyway, early in February, President Obama <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090210 "gave a press conference"#> at which he announced that the
shiny, brand new Secretary of the Treasury, Timothy Geithner, would
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090211 "announce the details"#> for how the
banks would be saved. The next day came and and Geithner gave his
own press conference but, for some strange reason, he provided
absolutely no details whatsoever. I guess he must have spending too
much time celebrating the inauguration, or something.
I've said repeatedly what the problem is. The problem is that there
are many tens of trillions of dollars worth (nominal value) of this
toxic waste, perhaps over a hundred trillion, and there isn't enough
money in the world the buy them all.
That's the ice water reality that keeps striking these government
officials.
People keep saying, "Why doesn't the government just buy these things
up?" Or, "Why doesn't the government just nationalize the banks?"
Or, "Why don't we just let these banks fail, and the market will
dispose of the toxic waste?"
The problem is that none of these "solutions" has any chance of
working. When you're talking about many tens of trillions of dollars
of toxic waste, there's literally no way to deal with it, without
massive and widespread homelessness, bankruptcies, poverty, and
starvation.
The dot-com, real estate, credit and stock market bubbles took almost
15 years to grow. By using leverage, and leverage on leverage, and
leverage on leverage on leverage, there are now well over $1
quadrillion worth of structured securities in the world.
All those bubbles have to deflate before things can return to normal.
And it can't be done overnight. If it took almost 15 years for the
bubbles to expand, then it will take a similar period of time for the
bubbles to deflate. This crisis has barely begun.
So finally, Tim Geithner had to do SOMETHING. The investors were
demanding it. The Congress was demanding it. The public was
demanding it. The President was demanding it.
So he came up with a "public-private partnership" that tries to use
allow the market to dissolve the toxic waste. The Treasury won't buy
the toxic waste from banks, as it would have with the TARP plan.
Instead, a bank can sell the toxic waste to certain third party
investors, and the Treasury will put up 86% of the purchase price.
The purchaser need put up only 14% of the purchase price, providing 6
to 1 leverage.
But by another arrangement, the FDIC will put up half of the
remaining price. So the investors only puts up 93% of the purchase
price, providing 13 to 1 leverage.
It wouldn't be a straight sale. Instead, several of these investors
would bid on the toxic waste at an auction. That way (it is hoped),
a realistic market value for the toxic assets will be established.
If the value of the toxic waste assets goes up, then the investors
will make money. If the value goes down, then the investors lose
less than they would have otherwise.
This doesn't solve the size problem in any way that I can see. There
are still many tens of trillions of dollars worth of these things,
and now the US government only has to pay 93% instead of 100%. That
isn't going to make any difference.
=inc ww2010.h2 spiral "The deflationary spiral"
As I've been saying for years, we're in a deflationary spiral.
People keep asking me why there won't be hyperinflation instead of
deflation, but that's impossible. Here's why.
According to the Bank of International Settlements, there are over $1
quadrillion ($1,000 trillion) worth (notional value) of credit
derivatives and other structured finance securities in the portfolios
of financial institutions around the world.
Now, if mortgage-backed securities are turning out to be worth only
20-40 cents on the dollar, how much will these other securities turn
out to be worth?
Some people say that most of them are solid, and that they'll be
worth at least 90 cents on the dollar. I have my doubts, but let's
suppose it's 90 cents on the dollar.
That means that the $1 quadrillion worth of securities will lose $100
trillion in value. There just isn't enough money in the world to
make up for that. And it might be even more than $100 trillion.
So we spent 15 years leveraging debt to create a massive credit bubble
over $1 quadrillion in size. Now there's a deleveraging process going
on. That bubble is leaking, and all that money is disappearing.
So if there's less money (fewer dollars) in the world, then dollars
become more valuable, and that's deflationary. Nothing can be done
to stop that.
The above is not a fanciful story. It's really happening. Just a
couple of weeks ago, the Bank of International Settlements said that
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/recession/4939796/Europes-banks-face-a-2-trillion-dollar-shortage.html
"Europe’s banks face a $2 trillion dollar shortage,"#> and they're
going to have trouble rolling over their debts. That's deflation.
=inc ww2010.h2 krug "Krugman feels despair"
Pity poor Paul Krugman, the man who received the Nobel Prize for
Economics because he hated George Bush. His view of any dilemma
was to blame the problem on the evilness of George Bush's ideology,
and his solution was to do what anyone else suggested, as long it was
different from what George Bush wanted.
On the day that Krugman won the Nobel Prize in October of last year,
he was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081014 "congratulating the UK and the
Europeans"#> for announcing a bailout and other steps that "exceed
expectations," steps that the US didn't take. He indicated that the
reason that the US didn't take these steps earlier is because of
"ideology," and that finally there was a plan that WOULD work.
There have been several new bailouts and stimulus packages since
then, and nothing has worked. And it can't possibly be because of
ideology, because George Bush is gone, and the new President doesn't
do ideology; he "makes decision based on facts, rather than ignoring
them."
So now Krugman has to deal with the fact that things keep going
downhill, and it's not because of some ideology. He's learning a
little more about the real world.
In a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/03/24/business/economy/24rollout.html?ref=business
"recent opinion column,"#> he calls Geithner's proposal "cash for
trash," and says that it fills him "with a sense of despair."
In an interview on Bloomberg TV he expanded his thoughts on the
subject, and said some very interesting things. Here are some
excerpts (my transcription):
"This plan is -- once you strip away the
basically confusing details -- it is the same plan proposed by
Hank Paulsen back in September. It is right back to "We're going
to have the government buy up some of these toxic assets in the
hope of driving up their price enough to make the banks whole
again." It's disguised, it's done through these loans, it's a
very sweet deal. Investors who participate in the plan are given a
shiny new toaster, plus a gigantic put option as part of the deal,
which makes it a very attractive thing, so they're going to buy
the stuff.
The problem with the plan is that -- first of all, it's a pretty
bad deal for the taxpayers. It's not very well focused on the
most troubled banks. And it's very unlikely to produce enough
gain in the prices of these things to make the most troubled banks
viable again.
It's a very diffuse, ill-defined instrument. ...
There's a reasonable case that [the toxic assets are] somewhat
undervalued. So there are banks holding stuff at 60% of face
value, and the market value, if they were to try to sell it, is 30
cents. And maybe it's really worth 40 cents. That's a
possibility.
But what's pushing that price from 30 to 40 -- first of all
wouldn't be enough to make the banks want to sell it, because they
don't want to mark down stuff they're holding on their books.
They're really afraid of what that would do to their [measure?]
capital. Basically they can't handle the truth.
And do we really think that's enough to make the banks whole, even
if they do so. It's not enough to say that the stuff may be
somewhat undervalued. There's a good case that it is, though
that's not for sure. But it has to be grossly undervalued for
this plan to be capable of doing more than just handing some extra
money to people who are holding toxic waste. ..
[Question: As the economy improves, won't the values of some of
these toxic assets increase?]
Well, yeah, but you have to believe that there's really the
possiblity of a self-fulfilling prophecy here -- if only people
feel better about this stuff that the economy will surge so much,
and the value of these assets will surge so much that it will
make everything fine.
To believe that, you really have to believe that most of the
problems facing the banking system are the results of a more or
less irrational panic, that there isn't a fundamental huge loss
facing the system. I don't think that's right. Essentially our
banking system -- some of the biggest banks -- bet heavily that
home prices in 2006 made sense.
The idea that consumer debt at unprecedented levels relative to
consumer incomes -- made sense. Those bets were wrong. It's a
tremendous loss that you can't wish away. That even if you had
full return to the normality of the markets would still be there.
And if you can't make it go away, then the idea that we're going
to get this self-fulfilling thing with the economy improves,
confidence improves, everything fixes itself is just not going to
happen.
Because the other things are not in place. We have stimulus plan
that is helpful but not nearly big enough to produce recovery.
There is nothing out there suggesting that we're going to have an
economic recovery any time soon. We might see the pace of
decline level off. But the idea that we're going to bounce back to
full employment any time in years is hard to credit at this
point.
So you really don't want the centerpiece of your financial
strategy to be based up on hope that something isn't true might
be true."
This is a very striking assessment from Krugman, much gloomier
than anything from him in the past.
Krugman gives specific reasons why Geithner's new proposal won't
work, but that's not the most surprising thing.
What's surprising is that Krugman is just one step away from
concluding that NOTHING will work.
I could hardly believe my ears when I heard him say, "To believe that,
you really have to believe that most of the problems facing the
banking system are the results of a more or less irrational panic,
that there isn't a fundamental huge loss facing the system."
Krugman is repudiating the common wisdom of the time, that
fundamentals don't matter, that only words matter.
I remember how shocked I was in 2004 then Ben Bernanke <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040917 "congratulated himself and the Fed"#> for
using words -- Fed statements that interest rates would be kept low --
were all that was necessary to keep stock prices up. I couldn't
believe that the head of the Princeton economics department could
possibly say anything so stupid. But in fact, Bernanke's claim was
just the common wisdom.
This common wisdom is shared by President Obama, Fed Chairman Ben
Bernanke, CNBC, Bloomberg TV, the Wall Street Journal, and almost
everyone else.
Krugman has now repudiated the common wisdom, and his own ideological
beliefs. It will be interesting to see where this leads.
=inc ww2010.h2 confidence "Restoring confidence"
Krugman isn't the only one who's suddenly decided that the common
wisdom must be wrong.
Here's what <#stdurl http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/29824055/ "Tom Brokaw
said"#> last Sunday on Meet the Press, in explaining why people
are so angry:
"Well, I--my take, I think it's understandable.
One of the things that I've been saying is that for a year now,
for a full year nothing that the American people have been told
about the financial condition of this country has proved to be
true. And very good people--Jamie Dimon from JPMorgan Chase said
last June, after Bear Stearns collapsed, "Well, we think we've
seen the worst for Wall Street now. We still have the housing
crisis to go." Well, we hadn't seen the worst from Wall Street.
And this AIG bonus thing exploded in everyone's faces."
Apparently the only people who still believe the common wisdom are
President Barack Obama and Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner.
President Obama clearly believes that if he goes on the Leno show or
ESPN and other media outlets, and he talks confidently, then he'll
"restore confidence." He believes that because that's the way he got
elected President, and he believes that if he can win an election that
way, then he can turn the economy around that way.
Most incredible of all, Obama continually claims that the way to save
the economy is essentially to implement universal health care, as
well as a large energy program that would defeat global warming.
It's possibly his repeated claims that the more you spend the more
you'll save that are the most bizarre to me.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, "restoring
confidence" is impossible. There is a generational change in
behaviors and attitudes going on, and it's only begun.
Here are the attitudes that are changing:
People will not "start spending again." People are beginning
to understand that if they save a dollar today, then that dollar may
save their lives a year from now. Those of you who remember how
parsimonious and penny-pinching your grandparents were should
understand that you and everyone else are turning more and more into
your grandparents. Your transformation will be complete before all
this is over.
It's impossible to "restore trust" in the financial system.
Bankers will be blamed for this catastrophe, and they'll be
distrusted and reviled for years. I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090302
"wrote recently"#> how spooky I'm finding it personally that I'm
suddenly hearing exactly the same rhetoric about greedy bankers that
I used to hear all the time when I was growing up in the 1950s.
The "credit crunch" will not be reversed. After the 1930s, debt
and credit were treated with extreme suspicion for decades, and that
will happen again. People are learning that debt is the road to
personal disaster.
Banks will not "start lending again," as they did before. There
will always be some lending, of course, but it will grow very slowly,
over many years, and it will never be as extravagant as it's been, as
long as current generations are alive.
New regulations are almost useless. I explained all this in my
<#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for
2009.""#> There were plenty of regulations passed in the 1930s
to prevent the current catastrophe, but they were all ignored or
repealed at exactly the time when they were needed. This was done
over many years, but I believe that the crucial turn was taken in
1999, when the Glass-Steagall act was repealed, and Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac turned seriously into structured finance. New regulations
aren't needed today, because nobody would invest in a mortgage-backed
CDO today. As soon as the regulations are needed, they'll be repealed
by later generations.
Politicians, journalists and analysts expect the opposite of all of
these. They imply that with the right words and right incentives and
right regulations, trust will be restored to the financial system,
and people will start borrowing and spending again.
What they're expecting is that people will return to the "bubble
mentality" that's existed for the past twenty years.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that's impossible.
The current generations of Boomers and Gen-Xers are suffering from
their own abuses, and the young people in the Millennial generation
are watching all this and learning lessons about trust, spending,
debt and credit that they will live by as long as they're alive --
just like your grandparents.
More important, all the bailouts and TARP programs, as well as
Geithner's new plan, depend heavily on the assumption that people
will quickly return to this "bubble mentality." If there were no
other reason why Geithner's plan has to fail, this reason would mean
its failure anyway. No one alive today will return to the "bubble
mentality" of the past years.
=inc ww2010.h2 complicity "The culture of complicity"
Last week, Jay Leno asked President Obama why people weren't being
sent to jail. Obama said, "Here's the dirty little secret though:
most of the stuff that was done was perfectly legal."
I strongly disagree, and I'll briefly repeat the reasons.
As I wrote a year ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b
""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble
on 'the news,'""#> experts who were complicit in originally
creating the toxic assets, like Nobel Prize winner Joseph Stiglitz,
are lying and making excuses, like blaming it on the news or on the
Iraq war.
The universal excuse is that when these toxic assets were designed in
the early 2000s, no one knew that they would fail. But even if that
were true in the beginning, that excuse falls apart later.
Maybe that excuse works for toxic assets sold in 2003, 2004, 2005, or
even 2006. But by 2007, it was perfectly clear that the housing
bubble had burst, and that interest rates were rising. So by 2007,
the financial engineers should have stopped creating new toxic
securities, the bank marketing departments should have stopped
selling them, the ratings agencies should have stopped giving them
AAA ratings, and the monoline insurance agencies should have stopped
insuring them.
But that didn't happen. By 2007, the volume of toxic assets actually
increased substantially, and they were designed, sold, rated and
insured as before. What happened was that everyone wanted to get
their fat fees and commissions before the game was up.
This is overwhelming circumstantial evidence that massive fraud was
committed in 2007, by people who knew exactly what was going on.
There is no question in my mind that it could be proven that hugely
illegal activities were going on, and that they could be proven in
court by prosecutors who could subpoena the relevant paperwork.
The reason that isn't happening is that, like Stiglitz, the
prosecutors were complicit in the fraud. The government regulators
and prosecutors had access to the data that these toxic assets were
becoming worthless, but they did nothing about it, probably because
they didn't want to harm their own investments.
I frequently quote John Kenneth Galbraith on this web site,
especially his 1954 book The Great Crash - 1929. His son,
James K. Galbraith, is an economics professor at University of Texas.
In an <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/0,1518,614297,00.html "a
recent interview with Der Spiegel,"#> James Galbraith described
what's been happening as a "culture of complicity" in response to a
question about the German bank Hypo Real Estate:
"I sincerely hope the bank management conducted
some due diligence with the products they bought. And if they
relied on agency ratings, they should have asked whether the
agencies were working on their behalf. But I am very sure that,
again, the answer is 'no'. The rating agencies made a mess by
rating asset backed securities with AAA, so we're seeing a failure
of due diligence at every stage. And a deep fraudulence at every
stage. When a rating agency certifies that a security is AAA, it
is making a claim about the quality of that security. It cannot
make this claim unless it has closely looked at this security.
...
The representation of such a quality of this security without
examination is fraud. Perhaps Hypo Real Estate has legal recourse
to these rating agencies for having relied on their fraudulent
ratings.
Actually I doubt that, as there was some hidden understanding
between such banks and rating agencies. The language they used
reveals a different story than the one bank managers are selling
to the public these days. "Liars' loans," "toxic waste," or my
favorite: "neutron loans" -- loans that destroy the people but
leave the buildings intact. These were the words to describe these
loans and they were used by the people who were working in this
industry. They reveal a culture of fraudulence on a massive scale.
And of course governments now have to come to recognize that these
are things they have to deal with. ...
There was clearly a systemic failure. But that does not mean there
was no criminal energy around. The language one uses to describe
these things is very important. I tend to stay away from neutral
terms like "systemic failure" or "bubble," because these terms
imply the innocence of the people involved -- and I can't see
that. ...
The reality of the financial crisis is that it was caused by a
culture of complicity. That makes it so difficult for people to
come to grips with it, especially for people who were involved,
who were denying it themselves and who were partially aware of the
extent of the damage. Probably many of them thought they would get
away with it and now they realize that they have created an
enormous slump."
This is exactly the point that I've been making. When politicians
and analysts make excuses for what happened, it's to hide their own
complicity.
So what did President Obama mean when he said that nothing illegal
had occurred? Is he completely ignorant of what's going on, or is he
hiding his own complicity? You decide.
And let's make it clear: The culture of complicity has not
disappeared. The people in the same lethal combination of Boomers
and Gen-Xers that caused the current catastrophe are still around,
and they're still making it worse. Geithner's plan, as well as the
various bailouts and stimulus plans, are part of the culture of
complicity and are making the problem worse, prolonging it, and
guaranteeing that the bankruptcies, homelessness and poverty will be
even worse than they might have been.
=inc ww2010.h2 madoff "Harry Markopolos, Bernie Madoff and the SEC"
You'll recall the Bernie Madoff is the man who defrauded thousands of
investors out of $65 billion.
Madoff himself has been quoted as saying, "In today’s regulatory
environment, it's virtually impossible to violate rules. This is
something that the public really doesn’t understand. But it's
impossible for a violation to go undetected, certainly not for a
considerable period of time." When Madoff said that, he had already
been violating the rules and defrauding people for decades.
Two weeks ago, the CBS show 60 Minutes <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2009/02/27/60minutes/main4833667.shtml
"ran a news segment"#> on Harry Markopolos, the man who repeatedly
complained to the SEC that Bernie Madoff's claimed returns were
mathematically impossible. He made five separate submissions to the
SEC, in May 2000. October 2001. October, November, and December of
2005, and then again June 2007, and finally April 2008.
"It took me five minutes to know that it was a
fraud. It took me another almost four hours of mathematical
modeling to prove that it was a fraud. As we know, markets go up
and down, and his only went up. He had very few down months. Only
four percent of the months were down months. And that would be
equivalent to a baseball player in the major leagues batting .960
for a year. Clearly impossible. You would suspect cheating
immediately."
Markopolos said there were only two plausible explanations: either
Madoff was using insider information to rack up the huge profits or he
was running a giant Ponzi scheme. Both of those are illegal.
I identify very closely with Markopolos' story. In 2002, I was eating
lunch at the mall reading the Boston Globe, when I saw a graph of the
Dow Industrials going back to the early 1900s. I took one look at it
and said, "Ohmigod, the stock market is going to crash." (Yes, it
was that obvious, just from the graph.) Later, I did the detailed
analysis.
I was really naïve at that time. I thought that once this problem
was identified, people would want to know about it and take immediate
action. Instead, I was simply blown off. That's what happened to
Markopolos.
There's another similarity. Markopolos said, "I would say that
hundreds of people suspected something was amiss with the Madoff
operation. If you look at who the victims were not, you'll notice that
the major firms on Wall Street had no money with Mr. Madoff."
In other words, Markopolos believes that hundreds of people knew that
Madoff could be criminal, though he doesn't know precisely who they
were.
I set up this web site in 2002-2003 with the purpose of publishing
analyses and predictions, so that people could judge for themselves
whether the predictions were right or wrong. There are tens of
thousands of people who now read this web site regularly. I don't
know who they are, but I assume that most of them know that we're
headed for a major financial crash, and they're preparing for it.
Just as Markopolos said that it was mathematically impossible for
Madoff to have been doing what he was doing legally, I've shown that
it's mathematically impossible to avoid a major stock market crash and
a new 1930s style Great Depression. (See: <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market.""#>)
But most people go to great lengths to main their state of denial.
I was talking to a friend, and I told him that I believe that one of
the most important statements of the last decade was Alan Greenspan's
testimony to Congress in February 2005, when he <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e050217 "completely repudiated his earlier views"#>
on the dot-com bubble.
My friend said, "You must be wrong, because if what you're saying is
right, then it would have been very big news, and all the news shows
would have reported it."
I said, "You can check Greenspan's testimony for yourself," but to no
avail. This person did not want to know the truth, and nothing could
change his mind.
=inc ww2010.h2 bernanke "Bernanke interview"
There was another 60 Minutes segment that I want to comment on -- the
March 12 <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2009/03/12/60minutes/main4862191.shtml
"interview with Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke."#>
As I watched the interview, I realized that I have a great deal of
respect for him as a man.
Now, no one has been as bitingly critical of him as I have. I've
been relentless in mocking his policies, and pointing out that they
couldn't possibly succeed, as indeed they haven't. And last year I
wrote, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 ""WSJ's page one story on
Bernanke's Princeton 'Bubble Laboratory' is almost
incoherent.""#>
But of the people that I criticize, I find most of them to be
personally sleazy, taking ideological positions on the left or right
designed to cover up their own personal failings, and their own
complicity in the disasters of our time.
But what I see in Bernanke is a somber, modest man who talks openly
and honestly about what's going on, who really believes what he's
saying, who doesn't put an ideological spin on it, and who feels
personally devastated about the state of the economy, much of which
he feels personally responsible for.
As much as I want to believe Bernanke, I just can't understand what's
going through his mind. I don't expect the average man on the street
to understand the Law of Mean Reversion, but I do expect the head of
the Princeton University Economics Department to understand it, and
how it provides a mathematical proof that a new Great Depression is
almost 100% certain. In the 60 Minutes interview he said that he
expects the recession to level off this year, and growth to begin
again next year. Does he really have so little understanding of the
long-term damage caused by the dot-com, real estate, credit and stock
market bubbles? Or is he saying what he's saying because he doesn't
dare talk about what he knows to be the truth? You decide.
=inc ww2010.h2 infinity "To infinity and beyond"
Last year, I wrote the article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125
""One, Two, Three ... Infinity,""#> in which I compared to
the ever-increasing government spending plans to a book by George
Gamow that I read in school in the 1950s.
I've really lost track of it all. It seems that ever week there's a
new stimulus plan or new budget or new bailout plan that adds a
trillion dollars to the national debt. It's a process that has no
possibility of succeeding, and is mind-boggling in its stupidity.
One phrase I hear all the time from the journalists, politicians and
analysts is, "When this thing is over ...."
Thus, you might hear this: "When this thing is over, the Fed will
have to raise interest rates again."
The assumption always seems to be that "this thing" will be over by
the end of this year, or the beginning of next year. The assumption
is that people will return to their "bubble mentality," and the
credit bubble will start growing again. Of course that's impossible,
as I explained earlier.
But there's another insidious assumption being made. The assumption
is that the reason for the budget deficit in the Bush administration
is from the Iraq war, and that Obama is going to end the Iraq war,
and end the deficit.
Here's a chart that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070916 "I posted a couple
of years ago."#> It comes comes from the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2005/02/overview-national-debt-budget-deficit.html
"Calculated Risk blog"#> from 2005:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070916a.gif "center" "" "Income vs Outlay as %-age
of GDP for Federal Government, 1971-2005, not including Social
Security
(Source: Calculated Risk)"#>
This graph shows that the huge deficit, which was supposedly caused
by the Iraq war, actually began in 2000, the last year of the Clinton
administration, with the dot-com crash. The outlays caused by the
Iraq war were not particularly large by the standards of the
preceding three decades. What mattered was the collapse of tax
revenues.
At the beginning of 1996, President Clinton declared that "the era of
big government is over." What nobody knew then was that tax revenues
were going to increase substantially in 1996, and every year after
that, thanks to the dot-com bubble.
In fact, tax revenues depend on the state of the economy, and have
almost nothing to do with anything else. Tax revenues went up in
2006 because of the credit bubble, and this year they're going to
crash dramatically, because corporate earnings, and the economy in
general, are crashing.
Just as President Clinton was pleasantly surprised in 1996 when tax
revenues surged, President Obama is going to be very unpleasantly
surprised this year, when the weakened economy delivers substantially
lower tax revenues.
Perhaps that's why the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a3FY84ILxIUc&refer=home
"published a report"#> last week saying that the deficits will be
much larger than President Obama's estimates.
So President Obama is making incorrect assumptions on multiple
levels.
He's assuming that "when this thing is over," people will return to
their old "bubble mentality," and they certainly will not.
And he's assuming that tax revenues will hold steady, even though
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090226 "reported corporate earnings have been
crashing."#>
All of the Obama administration's assumptions are completely wrong.
Tim Geithner's new toxic asset plan doesn't have a prayer of working.
The Obama Administration is a full partner and leading advocate in
the culture of complicity. That's why Washington's budget plans are
going to be a frigging disaster.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090322 President Obama casts a vote against Iran's President Ahmadinejad
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.head
President Obama casts a vote against Iran's President Ahmadinejad
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.date
22-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.txt1
Can reformist Mir-Hossein Musavi beat Ahmadinejad in the June 12
elections?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090322.txt2
Most analysts expect hardline Mahmoud Ahmadinejad to be
reelected for a second term as Iran's president in the election
scheduled for June 12.
Now that popular reform candidate former president Mohammad Khatami
has dropped out of the race, Ahmedinejad's principal opponent is
lesser known Mir-Hossein Musavi. Musavi is more conservative than
Khatami, but is still considered a reform candidate with a chance of
beating Ahmadinejad.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090322.jpg right "" "Decorations around the grave
of a martyr from the Iran/Iraq war
(Source: merip.org)"#>
On Friday, US President Barack Obama send an open letter to the
Iranian people in the form of <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/Nowruz "a letter and an online video:"#>
"Today I want to extend my very best wishes to all
who are celebrating Nowruz around the world.
This holiday is both an ancient ritual and a moment of renewal,
and I hope that you enjoy this special time of year with friends
and family.
In particular, I would like to speak directly to the people and
leaders of the Islamic Republic of Iran. Nowruz is just one part
of your great and celebrated culture. Over many centuries your
art, your music, literature and innovation have made the world a
better and more beautiful place. ...
For nearly three decades relations between our nations have been
strained. But at this holiday we are reminded of the common
humanity that binds us together. Indeed, you will be celebrating
your New Year in much the same way that we Americans mark our
holidays -- by gathering with friends and family, exchanging gifts
and stories, and looking to the future with a renewed sense of
hope. ...
So in this season of new beginnings I would like to speak clearly
to Iran's leaders. We have serious differences that have grown
over time. My administration is now committed to diplomacy that
addresses the full range of issues before us, and to pursuing
constructive ties among the United States, Iran and the
international community. This process will not be advanced by
threats. We seek instead engagement that is honest and grounded
in mutual respect.
You, too, have a choice. The United States wants the Islamic
Republic of Iran to take its rightful place in the community of
nations. You have that right -- but it comes with real
responsibilities, and that place cannot be reached through terror
or arms, but rather through peaceful actions that demonstrate the
true greatness of the Iranian people and civilization. And the
measure of that greatness is not the capacity to destroy, it is
your demonstrated ability to build and create."
Supporters of President Obama has described this as a brilliant move,
designed to change the dialog between Iran and the West, and reverse
the damage done by the evil Bush administration. Opponents of
President Obama have described it as sending a message that, in the
Persian mind, will be interpreted as defeat and surrender of the
United States to the realities of Iran's strength.
In between these two extremes lies a more sober assessment that can
be derived from the principles of generational analysis. From the
point of view of Generational Dynamics, Obama's actions appear to
have provided support for Ahmadinejad's reform opponents in the
upcoming June 12 Iranian elections.
The fact is that Iran is entering an extremely tumultuous political
period. It's now 21 years since the end of Iran's last crisis war,
which began with the Islamic Revolution of 1979 and continued with
the Iran/Iraq war, climaxing in 1988. Thus, we can roughly compare
today's generational mood in Iran to the generational mood in America
in 1966, 21 years after the end of World War II. In 1966, college
students were mobilizing for the nationwide protests that led to
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "the Summer of Love,"#> the violent
riots that accompanied the Democratic convention in Chicago in 1968,
the collapse of President Lyndon Johnson's presidential campaign, and
the bombings and violence perpetrated by the Weather Underground.
Remember what happened during <#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 "the
1960s, America's last generational Awakening era."#> It began in
August 1963, when Martin Luther King led a march on Washington in
which over 200,000 people participated. Later, President Kennedy was
assassinated, and so was King. There were numerous demonstrations
and riots throughout the country. There were "long, hot summers,"
led by the Black Panthers, and there were bombings and declarations
of war against the government, led by the Weather Underground.
That's precisely the kind of tumultuous period that Iran is entering
right now.
On the one hand you have the older generations that survived the
Iran/Iraq war, and who revere those who were killed in the war as
martyrs. For these people, the spirit of the Islamic Revolution is
as strong today as it was in 1979, and Islamic morality is essential
to keeping any such disaster as the Iran/Iraq war from happening
again.
On the other hand, you have the generations born after 1984 or so,
with no personal memory of either the Islamic Revolution or the
Iran/Iraq war, who see the imposition of austere Islamic morality as
the ideological demands of doddering old fools.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070424b.jpg left "" "An obvious criminal at large
on the streets of Tehran (from April 2007)
(Source: france24.com)"#>
The most obvious symbol of this generational conflict has been the
requirement that Iranian women must wear headscarves that entirely
cover their hair, and I've enjoyed making fun, from time to time, of
Ahmadinejad's campaign to arrest young women in Tehran who don't
follow the strict dress code. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b
""Iranian police swoop down on women with loose
headscarves.""#>)
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 2
However, the morality drive did not begin with headscarves in 2005.
For Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the leader of the Islamic Revolution
of 1979, the <#stdurl http://www.merip.org/mer/mer250/khatam.html
"revival of Islamic morality"#> was an integral part of the
Revolution. Khomeini himself created the Islamic "morality bureau" in
1979, to uproot corrupt pre-revolutionary cultural habits.
By the late 1990s, as the first of the young post-Revolution
generation began to reach manhood, Tehran's culture was changing.
Kids were willing to accept Islam as their religion, but saw no
contradiction in also adopting European and American styles and
behaviors. The morality police were beginning to arrest young people
who violated Islamic dress and behavior rules.
That gave rise to the "reformist" movement and the election of
Mohammad Khatami (whom we mentioned at the beginning of this article)
in the 1997 presidential elections. He was reelected in 2001.
In November 2002, and again in May 2003, violent student protests
raged in Tehran over the death sentence imposed by the Islamic courts
on Hashem Aghajari, a history professor at a Tehran university.
Aghajari was a Iran war hero -- have lost his leg while serving in
the Iran/Iraq war.
However, he <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/3053075.stm "enraged
conservatives in Iran"#> in 2002 when he questioned the rule of
clerics, and said that Muslims should not follow Islamic clerics
"like monkeys". The student protests were triggered when he was
sentenced to death for blasphemy in November 2002, and again when the
sentence was confirmed in 2003. Finally, he was released in 2004 in
reaction to increased political pressure from students and
intellectuals.
By 2003, the student movement was growing, and so was anger at
"reformist" Mohammad Khatami, according to student leader Saeed
Razavi-Faqih, in <#stdurl http://www.merip.org/mero/mero071503.html
"a 2003 interview:"#>
"What we have realized is that the majority of
students no longer want to maintain any dialogue with the regime.
Previously, the students distinguished between the reformers in
government, whom the students helped to elect to office and with
whom they shared many concerns, and the hardliners, whom they had
not elected and who were intent on maintaining their authoritarian
grip on power. But the events of the past months, and especially
these past few weeks [as supra-parliamentary conservative bodies
have blocked legislation enhancing Khatami’s powers], have deeply
changed this attitude. Students believe that some of the
government reformers are sincere in their commitment to change,
but are simply powerless to deliver on their promises. Their
presence in the government only prolongs the life of a system that
is incapable of reform. Following the recent attacks on students
by vigilantes and thugs, the students wrote a frankly worded
letter to Khatami, challenging him either to stop these violations
and punish the culprits, or to resign and avoid legitimizing this
regime."
Old fogies in America's Boomer generation may feel a certain
familiarity with the above rhetoric -- it's very similar to the
rhetoric used by students in America's Awakening era in the 1960s.
If you have a moment, go back and read <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e040818 "the letter from Mark Rudd of Columbia University"#> that I
quoted several years ago. The more you read about this kind of
rhetoric from students during Awakening eras for students in
different countries, you realize that it's all bluster and that it all
sounds the same.
Razavi-Faqih continued as follows, when asked what the students will
do next:
"It is not clear yet. Civil disobedience, strikes
and peaceful protests in various locations…all these measures are
being considered. The student movement is not prone to violence,
although anger and frustration may lead to isolated incidents of
violent reaction by students. We realize that violence will
destroy our hard-won gains of the past few years. That is why we
are moving toward connecting our movement to the demands of other
social groups, like workers and even families. What is clear,
though, is that we no longer feel there is any use in continuing a
dialogue with the regime, even with the elected reformers. In
realizing this, the student movement has shown itself one more
time to be a step ahead of the rest of society."
Thus, the election of hardline Mahmoud Ahmadinejad to the presidency
in 2005 was a major blow to the student movement.
I've written about student unrest in Iran a number of times on this
web site. (See for example <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041208
""Iran: Tehran University student unrest is building against the
government""#> for unrest targeting President Khatami in 2004,
and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071008 ""Students at Tehran
University risk protest against Ahmadinejad""#> from 2007.)
I've written about it because it's the hallmark of a generational
Awakening era, one that begins a generation past the end of a crisis
war.
(For information about generational Awakening eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#> For
information about America's Awakening era in the 1960s-70s, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 ""Iraq Today vs 1960s
America.""#> For information about the Summer of Love, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers commemorate the 40th
anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
=inc ww2010.h2 axis "The axis of evil"
One thing that I've always found pleasing -- going back as far as
2000 -- was that I'd occasionally read news stories about
pro-American student demonstrations in Tehran. It was such a
pleasant contrast to the anti-Americanism that seemed to exist
everywhere else, including even the American press. And when
Palestinians were dancing in the streets after the 9/11 attacks,
Iranians were expressing genuine sympathy.
I've written several times about the schizophrenic national strategy
that Iran has been exhibiting. From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, what's important is the behavior and attitudes
of large masses of people, entire generations of people. The
attitudes and behaviors of the politicians are irrelevant, except
insofar as they reflect the attitudes of the people.
Thus, when I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "analyzed Iran's
strategy,"#> I've had to emphasize the effects and potential outcomes
of the drastically different attitudes of the older generation
politicians and people -- the "kids." I have absolutely no doubt
that the kids are going to win this political battle. The only
question is -- when?
And when we discuss politics, we have to go back to 2002. Possibly no
single sentence has roiled Iranian politics in the last decade more
than President Bush's statement, in 2002, naming Iran, Iraq and North
Korea as the new "axis of evil."
Here's what NY Times columnist <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2002/06/12/opinion/the-best-of-enemies.html?scp=3&sq=friedman+tehran&st=nyt
"Thomas Friedman"#> wrote in 2002:
"[If you come to Iran,] you'll discover not only a
Muslim country where many people were sincerely sympathetic to
America after Sept. 11, but a country where so many people on the
street are now talking about -- and hoping for -- a reopening of
relations with America that the ruling hard-liners had to take the
unprecedented step two weeks ago of making it illegal for anyone
to speak about it in public. ...
But what is striking is how much President Bush's branding of Iran
as part of an "axis of evil" (along with Iraq and North Korea)
intensified this discussion. At first, reformers in Parliament and
the media were embarrassed by Mr. Bush's statement, which
hard-liners used against them as "proof" that America would never
have ties with the Islamic Republic. But since then, reformers
have retaliated by pointing to the "axis of evil" accusation and
saying to the hard-liners: "Look where your policies have led
us."
Add to this the reduction in U.S. visas for Iranians since Sept.
11, which has dispirited many Iranian college students, and the
shock the Iranians had two weeks ago when Russia, their longtime
backer, effectively joined NATO, and you can understand why a lot
of people here are rethinking ties with Washington. ...
I don't know what the final outcome will be, but I do know this:
If Secretary of State Colin Powell were to announce tomorrow that
he was ready to fly to Tehran and put everything on the table --
an end to sanctions, Iran's nuclear program, its support for
Palestinian terrorists, diplomatic relations -- he would light
this place on fire."
That column appeared on June 12, 2002. And now we're headed for an
election on June 12, 2009, and President Obama has done -- sort of --
what Thomas Friedman has suggested. When we say "sort of," we mean
that no real policies have yet changed. The Iranians are still
enriching uranium and producing plutonium (ingredients in both
reactor fuel and nuclear weapons). And last week, Obama signed a
renewal of the US economic and trading sanctions against Iran.
Still, for those who believe that words can change the world, will
Obama's remarks "light [Tehran] on fire?"
Since the kids are going to win the generational political battle
eventually, the kids may get a victory on June 12, and that's the
possible scenario that has to be considered.
Analysts that I've heard on BBC say that Ahmadinejad is heavily
favored to win. They point to his popularity in parts of Tehran, and
especially in the rural villages scattered around Iran's countryside.
However, Ahmadinejad may not be as popular in rural areas as he used
to be, according to <#stdurl
http://www.payvand.com/news/09/mar/1244.html
"one recent news story:"#>
"On March 4, Ahmadinejad decided to make one of
his frequent provincial stops on the city of Orumieh in west
Azerbijan. This was supposed to be a great publicity tour with
thousands of appreciative townspeople cheering and applauding
their beloved president. It was after all in west Azerbaijan that
Ahamdinejad's career-- as the governor of the province—had been
launched before he came to national prominence as Tehran mayor.
Instead, he was treated to a rare display of public anger not seen
in Iran in recent memory. Right in the middle of the public
spectacle, Ahmadinejad's motorcade came under attack by more than
one shoe-thrower who were apparently not enthused with this
visit.
According to the March 6 Guardian report on the incident, after
the repeated shoe-throwing and booing's, the security guards
scrambled to catch the offending individuals but were unable to do
so. Instead, the president's automobile quickly sped away to avoid
further embarrassment. Following the incident, all the president's
provincial excursion tours have been indefinitely cancelled and
the Iranian media have been strictly forbidden to report on the
episode—for very good reason."
Of course much of the world press, including the Iranian press, has
been very gleeful in describing the shoe-throwing incident directed
at then-President George Bush visiting Iraq. So these new incidents
might be described as examples of the old saying, "What goes around
comes around."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's not a surprise
that there's a change in attitude among rural voters that's similar to
the change in attitude among Tehran students. After all, the change
is a generational change, and the same young generations are growing
up in rural areas.
So if the shoe-throwing incident in Orumieh represents a widespread
change in rural attitudes towards Ahmadinejad, then he could indeed be
in serious trouble in the June 12 election.
That's the reason why the title of this article is, "President Obama
casts a vote against Iran's President Ahmadinejad." In the current
climate, the kids are going to support the reformist candidate, and
Obama may have given their cause a boost.
The main reformist candidate was originally going to be
Mohammad Khatami, but he stepped down last week, <#stdurl
http://www.upi.com/Emerging_Threats/2009/03/19/Khatami_stepped_aside_for_noble_reasons/UPI-45141237491406/
"giving as a reason"#> that there were several "reformist"
candidates, and he didn't want to split the vote, although other news
stories hint that he was pressured, and perhaps threatened with
violence.
That leaves the hopes of the reformists in Mir-Hossein Musavi. Musavi
also served in the Iran/Iraq war, but he's less well-known than
Khatami, and his "reformist" credentials <#stdurl
http://www.middle-east-online.com/english/?id=31063 "are sometimes
questioned"#> by student groups. Furthermore he will have to split
the vote with another "reformist" candidate, Medhi Karrubi.
Today, the election favorite would have to be Ahmadinejad. However,
the election is now 2½ months away, and that amount of time is an
eternity in politics.
If Ahmadinejad loses, then President Obama's supporters will
undoubtedly claim some of the credit for him. This will be a bright
spot for him, since the financial crisis and other policy areas will
give him little or nothing to crow about.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=120 "Iran "#>
thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090320 Enquiring minds want to know: How long will the rally last?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.head
Enquiring minds want to know: How long will the rally last?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.date
20-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.txt1
Here are some "dead cat bounce" factoids
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090320.txt2
from Credit Suisse, posted by the
<#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2009/03/18/53718/dead-cat-bounce-factoids/
"FT Alphaville site."#>
"Dead cat bounce" is the gruesome phrase used by investors to
describe a brief rally that occurs during an overall bear market. As
you might suspect, it's based on the observation that even a dead cat
cat may bounce if dropped from a sufficient height.
Wall Street markets have been rallying, even since they reached a low
point less than two weeks ago, on March 9. Everyone wants to know
how long the rally will last.
During the period 1929-1932, the Wall Street markets fell 90%.
However, during that four year period, there were several substantial
rallies. Here's a list of them:
Start End Duration Size of market increase
--------------- --------------- --------- -----------------------
Nov 1929 April 1930 5 months 49%
June 1930 September 1930 3 months 16%
December 1930 February 1931 2 months 25%
June 1931 July 1931 1 month 29%
October 1931 November 1931 1 month 35%
January 1932 March 1932 2 months 25%
--------------- --------------- ---------- ----
AVERAGE 2 months 30%
So the market didn't fall steadily from 1929 to 1932. There were
several rallies, one as long as 5 months. The average length of
these rallies was 2 months.
Moving back to today, the market has fallen almost 50% since it
peaked in October, 2007. During that time, there have been several
rallies (I've updated the last line to the current date):
Start End Duration Size of market increase
--------------- --------------- --------- -----------------------
26-Oct-07 10-Dec-07 45 days 8%
10-Mar-08 16-May-08 67 days 12%
15-Jul-08 11-Aug-08 27 days 7%
27-Oct-08 4-Nov-08 8 days 18%
20-Nov-08 6-Jan-09 47 days 24%
09-Mar-09 19-Mar-09 10 days 16%
--------------- --------------- ---------- ----
AVERAGE 34 days 14%
So for those of you wondering how long this dead cat bounce will
last, it might be over already, or it might last several more weeks.
We won't know until after it's over.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090319 The mob turns ugly as AIG bonuses come under fire
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.head
The mob turns ugly as AIG bonuses come under fire
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.date
19-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.txt1
The President goes from outrage to outrage.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090319.txt2
Last month, on February 19, CNBC market reporter Rick Santelli
<#stdurl
http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2009/02/20/rick-santelli-tea-party-time/
"unleashed a rant"#> against President Obama's bailout plan. The
<#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bEZB4taSEoA "video of the
rant"#> achieved "viral status," as it spread around the internet. It
became so popular, that even White House Press Secretary Robert Gibbs
felt forced to make disparaging comments about it.
Suddenly it became CNBC versus the White House, with other
journalists taking sides.
Thus, two days later, I heard CNN's senior report John King say that
Santelli made his rant because he was a Republican and wanted to
score points against the President. With this ideological statement,
both King and CNN completely missed the important story.
Santelli's rant was nothing new. He delivers rants all the time.
Most of his rants are simply ignored and forgotten within five
minutes after they're delivered.
Thus, the big story about this rant was not the rant itself, but the
reaction to it. This was a first real sign of what's now being
called "populist anger" at the President. This story was completely
missed by CNN and by everyone else, as far as I know.
The populist anger has been growing, and has become palpable in the
anger directed against bonuses contractually owed to executives at
American International Group (AIG), which was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080917 "first bailed out"#> in September of last year. AIG has
received $173 billion in bailouts, and says that it's contractually
obligated to pay $165 million in bonuses.
The politicians in Washington were quick to jump on the bandwagon,
with one Senator after another posturing for the cameras.
President Barack Obama <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-to-small-business-owners-community-lenders-and-members-of-Congress/
"led the way:"#>
"I do want to comment on the news about executive
bonuses at AIG. I think some of you have heard a little bit about
this over the last few days. This is a corporation that finds
itself in financial distress due to recklessness and greed. Under
these circumstances, it's hard to understand how derivative
traders at AIG warranted any bonuses, much less $165 million in
extra pay. I mean, how do they justify this outrage to the
taxpayers who are keeping the company afloat?
In the last six months, AIG has received substantial sums from
the U.S. Treasury. And I've asked Secretary Geithner to use that
leverage and pursue every single legal avenue to block these
bonuses and make the American taxpayers whole. (Applause.) I want
everybody to be clear that Secretary Geithner has been on the
case. He's working to resolve this matter with the new CEO, Edward
Liddy -- who, by the way, everybody needs to understand came on
board after the contracts that led to these bonuses were agreed to
last year.
But I think Mr. Liddy and certainly everybody involved needs to
understand this is not just a matter of dollars and cents. It's
about our fundamental values. All across the country, there are
people who are working hard and meeting their responsibilities
every day, without the benefit of government bailouts or
multi-million dollar bonuses. ... And that is an ethic that we
have to demand."
It was just a few days ago that Administration officials OK's a new
bailout of AIG, and did nothing about the bonuses. But "populist
anger" has grown so quickly that President Obama has suddenly that
honoring existing employment contracts is an "outrage," and violates
our "fundamental values."
Now, I don't think most of these people deserve bonuses either. I've
been writing for years that there's plenty of circumstantial evidence
of criminal activity. The main evidence is the sharp increase in the
issuance and sale of mortgage-backed securities in 2007, at a time
when it was obvious to everyone that these securities were becoming
worthless.
But what bothers me about the AIG bonus imbroglio is that it's based
on mob anger, rather than on anything reasonable. In fact, decisions
are now being made increasingly by mob demands.
The point I want to make is that Washington is no longer making any
decisions.
As I heard one pundit put it, President Obama is now "bouncing from
outrage to outrage."
This is nothing new, and not surprising. It's the latest extension
of the paralysis in Washington that's been increasing for several
years.
I've been writing for years about the political bickering that's
paralyzed Congress for several years, during both Republican and
Democratic party control. This caused a certain amount of
Schadenfreude two years ago, when political paralysis <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070131 "blocked a Congressional pay raise."#>
Many people believed that the paralysis was all in the past, after
Obama won the election, and won a Democratic party majority in both
branches of Congress. In fact, it's back in full force, and it's
going to continue to get worse.
Not only that, but Obama's approval rating <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aVvzMquSF8OY&refer=home
"has been slipping steadily"#> since he took office, and his
disapproval rating has been growing.
My personal belief is that he brought a lot of this on himself by his
smug, overconfident claims that all the world's ills would be cured
the day after he took office. He made these claims of "change you
can believe in" throughout the campaign, never explaining exactly
what the change was, and even continued the inflated claims after the
election was over. Now the public is living with the reality that
nothing is changing, that the bickering is continuing, that the
economy is getting worse all the time, and that the new
Administration has made numerous missteps. Pundits who could find
nothing about Obama to joke about in the past are now saying things
like, "Obama is paying for the bailout by collecting unpaid taxes
from people in his own cabinet."
This parallels what has been happening in other countries.
Japan's Prime Minister Taro Aso took office in September, and saw
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090129 "his approval rating fall rapidly"#>
from 50% to 16% in four months. In the article I wrote at the time, I
suggested that the same thing might well happen to Obama, thanks to
his arrogance and his contempt for any opinion other than his own
(e.g., "I'm guided by the facts, rather than ignoring them.").
In fact, Japan has had three Prime Ministers in a row who began with
great hope and popularity, but whose approval ratings plummeted
quickly when problems arose. Each of these Prime Ministers ended up
with approval ratings lower than those of the previous Prime
Minister. The same thing may happen to Obama with respect to
President Bush's approval ratings.
This is not surprising. A constant theme of this web site is that
the government of one country after another, among those who fought in
WW II as a crisis war, has become paralyzed. I've discussed this
about many countries, including Japan, Israel, Europe, China and
France.
=inc ww2010.h2 anger "Increasing public anger"
For several years, I've been warning readers to expect increased
anger at criminal activities as the economy worsened. I repeated
this warning in my <#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The
outlook for 2009.""#>
I made this statement because of parallels in history. I've quoted
several sources in the past that indicated that it happened after the
1929 crash. And I saw it for myself when the Enron scandal broke in
2000 and 2001, when many people were calling for the CEO of EVERY
corporation to be sent to jail.
One of the most vivid historical examples of what's going on today is
the bankruptcy of the French Monarchy in 1789 that led to the French
Revolution. In the Reign of Terror that followed, any person who was
an aristocrat, a relative of an aristocrat, a friend of an
aristocrat, a servant of an aristocrat, or even had a resemblance to
an aristocrat, would be tried and quickly convicted and sentenced to
the guillotine, where his head would quickly and efficiently be
severed from the rest of his body.
The mortgage-backed securities of that day were "assignats," bonds
that represented the value of real estate confiscated from the
clergy. Like today's CDOs, the assignats became increasingly
worthless, leading to the Reign of Terror.
Some people have suggested to me that the US could be headed for a
new civil war, as the economy gets worse. Ironically, I recall my
father telling me that the rioting was so bad in the 1930s that he
thought that the US might not survive.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are no signs
of a civil war at the present time. It's one thing to have political
riots and demonstrations, it's quite another to have people go to
kill their next door neighbors. A civil war requires a fault line
based on differences in skin color, religions, geography, or
something similar. The only fault line that's apparent these days is
the one between "Yanks" and "Latinos," but any conflict across that
fault line will be fallout of a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080525 "new
Mexican revolution."#>
But there will be increasing riots and demonstrations as the economy
worsens. It will be harder and harder for Obama and the Washington
politicians to get anything done except respond to the populist
anger.
In June, 1930, eight months after the stock market crash, Congress
passed the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act. Almost every economist said that
it was a very bad idea, but an angry public demanded it, thinking
that it would protect American jobs by reducing imports.
Instead, it caused enormous economic hardship throughout the world,
and in America as well as other countries retaliated. In Europe, it
weakened the economy further, and led to the major banking crisis of
1931. And in Japan it shut down the silk industry and infuriated the
Japanese people, who bombed Pearl Harbor several years later.
As I always say, Generational Dynamics studies the attitudes and
behaviors of large masses of people, entire generations of people.
It doesn't care about the attitudes and behaviors of individual
people or politicians, except insofar as they reflect the attitudes
of the masses of people.
Whether we're talking about the war in Darfur, Sudan, or the meltdown
in Pakistan, we're seeing politicians increasingly lose control, and
government actions increasing directed by mob action. The same thing
is happening in the US.
In a sense, it's very exciting to read the news these days, because
we're seeing the approach of some of the greatest events in human
history. Unfortunately, these events will also be the most
disastrous in human history. As part of these, we'll have to see if
the AIG bonus story leads to anything.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090315 Analysts and journalists freak out as Q4 2008 earnings turn negative.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.head
Analysts and journalists freak out as Q4 2008 earnings turn negative.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.date
15-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.txt1
Wrong so many times, what do they make of last week's stock market
rally?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090315.txt2
Last week on Bloomberg TV (or was it CNBC?) I heard a discussion of
the latest corporate earnings reports for Q4 of 2008. The analyst
said, "Those figures can't be right. That would mean that the S&P
index should be around 300." (That's roughly equivalent to a Dow
Industrials index of 3000.)
Welcome to the new world of financial journalism and analysis. The
folks at CNBC and Bloomberg TV and the Wall Street Journal and
other financial media have been using fudged figures for years to
justify the bloated stock market bubble, and now they completely
believe their own lies.
There's a feeling of total chaos in these media outlets these days,
because no one knows what to say about the price/earnings ratios (also
called "valuations"), as Q4 earnings have turned negative.
I've complained many times on this web site about the out and out lies
of analysts, advisors and journalists. Even today, you still hear
about "valuations being at historic lows," which is total crap.
These analysts, who make 6 and 7 digit salaries by collecting fat
commissions from their clients, use a variety of techniques to lie
about valuations.
The most common is to use "forward earnings" to compute the P/E ratio.
That means you divide the stock price by the bloated estimates for
earnings in the following year. By making earnings as high as
possible, the P/E ratio becomes lower.
But something has happened in the last few weeks. After several
quarters where actual earnings turned out to be far lower than earlier
estimates, investors don't automatically believe the bloated "forward
earnings" estimates any more.
As we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090302 "wrote last month,"#> fourth
quarter reported earnings are crashing. The actual reported earnings
are far below the analyst estimates of only a few weeks earlier. This
means that people who use "forward earnings" to compute P/E ratios now
have to face the reality that "forward earnings" estimates are
crashing along with reported earnings.
The same is happening with another form of dishonesty - the use of
"operating earnings." Once again, the objective is to bloat the
earnings estimates up as much as possible, so that the P/E ratio is
as low as possible.
"Operating earnings" came into fashion during the dot-com bubble of
the late 1990s. Analysts and brokers and financial advisers needed a
way to justify recommendations to buy stock during the dot-com
bubble, even though valuations were extremely high. And so they
invented a form of earnings that doesn't count "one-time expenses" and
whatever else they felt they could get away with excluding. This
boosted the earnings figures, and lowered the P/E ratios.
But now analysts are confounded again, because even "operating
earnings are crashing, along with reported earnings.
Since I posted <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090226 "my article last
month"#> on the crash in reported earnings, several web site readers
have written to me, asking where they could get price/earnings ratio
figures. This question has been heavily discussed in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=2611#p2611
"Financial Topics thread"#> of the Generational Dynamics forum, where
a number of suggestions have been posted.
Here are several places that regularly provide price/earnings ratios:
At the bottom of the home page of this web site is a chart
from DataView, LLC, that's updated weekly. This is an EXCELLENT chart
-- the best around, in fact. It shows both current and historical
data at a glance.
The Wall Street Journal <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3021-peyield.html?mod=topnav_2_3002
"P/Es & Yields on Major Indexes"#> page can be accessed without a
subscription. It gives the P/E ratios based on both "reported
earnings" and bloated "forward earnings." It currently lists 15.44
as the S&P 500 P/E ratio, which is apparently computed based on
"operating earnings."
The <#stdurl http://www.decisionpoint.com/TAC/SWENLIN.html
"Decision Point Earnings Summary"#> is updated every week. They
report both "reported earnings" and "operating earnings." Their
latest report is discussed further below.
The Comstock Funds page, <#stdurl
http://www.comstockfunds.com/default.aspx?act=Newsletter.aspx&category=Market+Commentary&newsletterid=1440&menugroup=Home
"Boom times were a mirage,"#> describes the difference between
reported earnings and operating earnings. The data files are updated
roughly once a month, giving current and historical earnings and P/E
indexes. Click on "S&P 500 Earnings Estimates (Reported and
Operating)--past year" and "NDR Chart of historical P/Es of Reported
Earnings."
The Standard & Poors earnings and P/E computations can be found
in <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/xls/index/SP500EPSEST.XLS
"this XLS spreadsheet,"#> updated every week or two.
Let's take a look at the last item, because it contains some shocking
news. If you download the spreadsheet and load it into your
spreadsheet program, you'll see the following:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090315.gif center "" "Earnings and price/earnings
ratios for past and future quarters
(Source: Standard & Poors)"#>
The data shown on this spreadsheet is as of 2-March-2009. The S&P500
index on that day was 700.82. Please note the following points,
indicated by the balloons in the above graphic:
Column A gives the ending date for each quarter. The data
for quarters up to Q3 of last year (ending date: 09/30/2008) are
"ACTUALS," while the data since then are "ESTIMATES." The data for
Q4 (ending date: 12/31/2008) is 98% complete.
Column B shows the S&P 500 index as of the end of the
quarter. Columns C and D show operating earnings and reported
earnings, respectively, and columns G and H show the corresponding
P/E computations.
As actual earnings come in for Q4, they're turning negative (see
cells C36 and D36). I'm not even sure how you compute a P/E ratio
when earnings go zero or negative.
If you look at columns G and H in the "ACTUALS" portion, you can
see that the P/Es based on operating earnings are consistently
lower.
If you look the the "ESTIMATES" portion, the results are
eye-popping. The estimates based on operating earnings are around 15
for this year, and drop as low as 10 for Q4 of 2009. But the
estimates based on reported earnings spike up to 181 (!!!!!!) in Q3,
based on the current S&P index of 700.
Your eyes are not deceiving you. The earnings crash that we've been
discussing indicates an astronomical P/E later this year, assuming
that the S&P index remains at 700.
The <#stdurl http://www.decisionpoint.com/TAC/SWENLIN.html "Decision
Point Earnings Summary"#> that I described above is updated every
week. Here are their summaries in their 13-March-2009 report:
Here is the graphic accompanying Friday's report showing historical
data from 1926 to the present:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090315c.gif center "" "Earnings, price/earnings
ratios, yields and prices -- 1926 to the present
(Source: Decision Point)"#>
Notice the sharp spike in P/E ratios in the third graph, thanks to
the crash in reported corporate earnings.
In practical terms, what all this means is the following: The S&P 500
index is going to have to fall much further, to the 300 range or
lower. This means that the Dow Industrials index will fall to the
3000 range or lower.
That's why journalists and analysts are freaking out. They're looking
desperately at any way to avoid talking about those figures.
Instead, they point to last week's market rally, and say, "Let's hope
and pray that it continues."
I guess a P/E ratio of 181 isn't good enough for them. Perhaps
they'd prefer to see it go up to 1000.
(To understand why it can't continue, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for 2009""#> and
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market.""#>)
The Obama administration is evidently feeling exactly the same kind
of desperation. On Sunday morning on Meet the Press, Dr.
Christina Romer, head of Obama's Council of Economic Advisers, was
asked "What is the responsible thing for consumers to do at the height
of this global crisis?" Here's her response:
<#inc ww2010.pic g090315b.jpg right "" "Dr. Christina Romer,
head of President Obama's Council of Economic Advisers
(Source: NBC's Meet the Press)"#>
"The truth is that consumers have not done a lot
of spending for the last 14 months. So I would predict that
would be a perfectly reasonable thing is that you go out and you
buy that car that you've been thinking about for the last 14
months, and you do some of the spending, and over the long haul
I'm hoping we'll come back to probably a higher savings rate,
cause we know we're at kind of a historic low before this all
happened."
Regular readers of this web site, who understand my sense of humor,
will not be surprised to know that I couldn't stop laughing when I
heard this moronically stupid statement. But this is what passes for
common sense among the politicians, analysts, journalists, winners of
the Nobel Prize in Economics, and others in Washington.
Several web site readers have asked me recently whether last week's
modest Wall Street rally means that things have turned around -- or
will the market fall again below the levels of two weeks ago?
You won't get a straight answer to this question from any of the
financial blogs or from the mainstream financial media, and certainly
not from the politicians. They'll all hem and haw, and argue about
"U-shaped" and "L-shaped" recessions, and make sanctimonious
statements blaming everyone but themselves for not seeing what was
coming.
So let me make this as clear as possible to readers of this web site:
If you've been staying in the market because you continue to believe
the crap that you continue to hear from the financial media and the
Obama administration, and from ideologues like Paul Krugman (on the
left) at the New York Times, and Larry Kudlow (on the right)
at CNBC, then you're going to face further financial disaster.
The economy has been in a sharp deflationary spiral for over a year.
The market WILL fall well below Dow 3000 with near 100% certainty.
and almost certainly will fall sharply from current levels within the
next few months, and will not recover for many years. (Paragraph corrected - 16-Mar)
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090311 Darfur war takes a major turn, as Sudan expels aid groups.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.head
Darfur war takes a major turn, as Sudan expels aid groups.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.date
11-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.txt1
Oxfam, CARE, Save the Children, and numerous other aid groups
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090311.txt2
are <#stdurl
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2008814700_sudanaid05.html
"being expelled from Darfur."#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right darfur 1
The move by the government of Sudan is in retaliation for an <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7926813.stm "arrest warrant issued
last week"#> by the International Criminal Court (ICC) of the United
Nations for Sudanese President Omar al-Bashir.
The charges were for war crimes and crimes against humanity -- in the
Darfur war.
This is beginning to bring us full circle on Darfur.
When the Darfur genocide first broke into the news in news in 2004,
and the UN was vowing that they would stop the genocide, I wrote
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040628 ""Darfur genocide: The UN is
completely irrelevant.""#>
That's because the Darfur war is a generational crisis war, one of
only two going on in the world today. (The other one is the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090203 "Sri Lanka civil war"#> between the
government and the Tamil Tigers.)
And, as I've explained many times, a generational crisis war is a
force of nature, and cannot be stopped by politicians until it
reaches its climax, some kind of explosive conclusion. (Once it
reaches its climax, it will stop, and whatever politician happened to
be giving a speech at the time will take credit for stopping it.)
Of course, the U.N. has TRIED to stop it, as you can see in many of
the articles in the adjoining "Related Articles" box.
The U.N. has set up huge refugee camps with hundreds of thousands of
people, all living in neat rows of tents, stretching for miles across
the desert. NGOs (non-governmental organizations) and aid
organizations have been providing food, water, and medical care.
The war in Darfur can't seem to reach a climax, and I believe that
it's because of this U.N. intervention. The U.N. has failed to stop
the genocide in Darfur, and can't possibly succeed at that. All it's
done is prolonged the war. There's a big philosophical question
here: Is it better to prolong a war in this way, and allow the
killing to go on for years, or is it better to allow events to run
their course, and get all the killing over in a brief period of time?
In the case of Darfur, the former choice has been made.
However, now the war has possibly taken a major turn.
The ICC arrest warrant has absolutely <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7924324.stm "infuriated the
Sudanese."#> It has given President Bashir a pretext for expelling
many of the organizations that were keeping him from winning the war.
The do-gooders at the UN don't understand stuff like this. They
think that the Darfur genocide is under the control of the
politicians. What they don't understand is that generational crisis
wars come from the people, from the masses of people, from
generations of people, and a politicians can't stop them any more
than they can stop a tsunami.
This also shows how useless these war criminal trials can be. The
Nuremberg trials that followed WW II were supposed to stop war crimes
forever. I doubt that a single war crime was stopped by the
Nuremberg trials.
And now we see the other side. The arrest warrant for Bashir may
turn out to be exactly what Bashir needed to take the next steps
toward the extermination of his enemy in Darfur.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090308 British Foreign Minister says Pakistan is facing a "mortal threat"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.head
British Foreign Minister says Pakistan is facing a "mortal
threat"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.date
8-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.txt1
Still in shock after cricket team ambush, Pakistan suffers another
bloody weekend.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090308.txt2
Perhaps the most shocking thing to Pakistanis about Tuesday's
terrorist attack in Lahore <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090304 "on the
Sri Lanka cricket team"#> was the following CCTV (closed circuit
television) <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8axKCseXqd8
"video footage"#> that was released a couple of days after the attack:
If you watch the full video, you'll see all fourteen of the
terrorists nonchalantly walking away from the scene of the terrorist
attacks, one after another, openly carrying their weapons. You can
see them parking their motorcycles prior to the attack, and then
riding away on those same motorcycles afterwards.
The idea that terrorists could just walk away from a major terrorist
attack, with a police station nearby, gives the impression that the
police were completely incompetent. British umpire Chris Broad, who
witnessed the attack, said that the police had abandoned them, leaving
them as "sitting ducks". This was angrily denied by the Pakistanis,
who point out that six policemen were killed in the attack.
But the sight of those terrorists walking away, as if they didn't
have a care in the world, is giving the impression that the government
in Islamabad is completely incompetent. Even worse, the impression is
spreading around the world that Pakistan is, or is becoming, a "failed
state."
<#inc ww2010.pic g090222.gif right "" "Pakistan Northwest Frontier
Province (NWFP) and Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), with
Afghanistan on the left
(Source: BBC)"#>
Britain's Foreign Secretary David Miliband said that <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\03\07\story_7-3-2009_pg1_1
"Pakistan is facing a "mortal threat""#> from its internal
enemies amid worsening security in the country:
"It’s now vital that whatever the political
differences [among Pakistani politicians, they should] come
together to unite against the mortal threat Pakistan faces, which
is a threat from its internal enemies, not its traditional
external enemies.
This is a very grave situation and it’s intimately linked to the
situation in Afghanistan. It’s getting worse in a number of
respects.
The tempo of terrorist attacks has risen and the combination of
political uncertainty, economic decline... and then the security
side mean that this is a particularly challenging time for any
government. The degree of political disunity that exists at the
moment is only contributing to the problem."
Adding to the criticism, India's External Affairs Minister said that
the Pakistan government <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2009\03\07\story_7-3-2009_pg7_1
"lacks the will"#> or is incapable of tackling terrorism. India is
still recovering from the massive <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081130
"'26/11' terrorist attack on Mumbai"#> in November. It's thought that
the Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT) terrorist group is
responsible for both the Mumbai and Lahore attacks.
As Miliband says, the tempo of terrorist attacks in Pakistan is
rising. While there were just six suicide bombing attacks in Pakistan
in 2006, that number <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/pakistan-the-greatest-threat-1639779.html
"has increased tenfold"#> in each of 2007 and 2008.
This weekend has been particularly bloody, as <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25157000-2703,00.html
"three suicide bombings"#> near Peshawar killed 15 people, and eight
police officers were shot dead in the border region.
As I've been saying for years, Generational Dynamics predicts that a
re-fighting of the massively genocidal war following the 1947
Partition that created India and Pakistan is coming with absolute
certainty. Both India and Pakistan are becoming increasingly
polarized between moderate and extremist groups, and this polarization
extends to Afghanistan, where American forces are slowly but surely
being drawn deeper into the conflict.
As with other Generational Dynamics predictions, we can predict the
final destination but we can't predict the path or scenario that will
lead us there.
Now, as Pakistan's government becomes weaker and weaker, the outlines
of that scenario are becoming clearer, though still very indistinct.
It appears more and more likely that the first major "event" of this
war will be some kind of collapse of Pakistan's government. However,
that is far from certain, as there might first be a border war with
India, or possibly an insurrection caused by the war in Afghanistan.
Whatever the scenario, Pakistan continues to be the most dangerous
place in the world, as well as the center of world terrorism, as the
terrorists continue to target China, Europe and the US. Not only is
Pakistan facing a "mortal threat," but its al-Qaeda linked tribal
extremists are posing a mortal threat to the rest of the world as
well.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=// &&2 e090304b FBI will aid Bangladesh investigation of border guard officer massacre
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.head
FBI will aid Bangladesh investigation of border guard officer
massacre (Revised)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.date
4-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.txt1
76 Bangladesh army officers were mutilated and killed last week
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304b.txt2
by <#stdurl
http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2009/02/28/bangladesh.html
"border guards"#> under their command.
(This is an updated version with several errors corrected.) (Corrected - 5-Mar)
The massacre, which occurred over a 33 hour period on February 25-26,
has shocked the country for its brutality. Bodies of officers and
their wives were mutilated and piled into mass graves. Security
forces have arrested hundreds of guards, including many who fled to
towns and cities across the country.
News stories indicate that the motive was the border guards'
frustrations of pay and hiring practices.
Reading one news story after another, whether by the BBC, CNN,
Reuters, AFP, VOA, or anyone else, provides you with no satisfactory
explanation for the brutality of this massacre.
However, by doing a few hours research, applying a few Generational
Dynamics concepts, and making a few inferences, it becomes
increasingly clear what's going on. The other thing that becomes
clear is that the Bangladeshi officials almost must be fully aware of
what's going on, even if BBC, CNN and the others are totally
clueless.
As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071112 "written about many times,"#>
when Britain granted independence to India in 1947, it partitioned the
Indian subcontinent into Hindu/Sikh and Muslim portions, that became
known as India and Pakistan, respectively. Pakistan was split into
two parts -- West Pakistan (Punjab, Sindh, Belochistan and Northwest
Frontier provinces) and East Pakistan (Bengal province). Following
Partition, there was a massive genocidal war between Hindus and
Muslims.
However, there's more to the story.
The Indian subcontinent is enormous, large enough to have multiple
generational timelines, with the east and west regions having
separate timelines. Thus, the 1947 war following Partition was a
crisis war for India and West Pakistan, but it was a non-crisis war
for the eastern portion of the Indian sub-continent.
In 1970, the Indian sub-continent appeared as follows:
<#inc ww2010.pic india1970a.gif center "" "Indian subcontinent, 1970.
East Bengal province, also known as East Pakistan, seceded and became
Bangladesh in 1971.
(Source: Stearns, Encyclopedia of World
History)"#>
So, when a new war occurred in 1971, the situations were reversed.
This time, it was a non-crisis war for West Pakistan and India, but
it was an extremely bloody crisis war for West Pakistan. It was as
part of this that the massively genocidal <#stdurl
http://banglapedia.net/ht/W_0020.HTM "Bangladesh Liberation War"#>
(March 26 to December 16, 1971) occurred.
This was actually a civil war within East Pakistan. Although this
was officially an entirely Muslim region, ethnic differences were
still important. There are two separate ethnic groups in Bangladesh,
from two different castes: The Biharis, also called "Urdu-walla," or
Urdu-speaking Muslims from the upper castes of Indian society; and the
indigenous Bengalis, speaking the Bengali language, from the
"scheduled" or "untouchable" castes of India.
Take a look at this map of India's provinces:
<#inc ww2010.pic india6.gif center "" "Provinces of India
(Source: Nations Online Project)"#>
Follow along on the above map as you read the following excerpt from
<#stdurl http://www.bangladesh-web.com/view.php?hidRecord=44486 "a
2005 interview of Bengali scholar Professor Ahmed Sharif,"#> in which
he addresses the question of why there's so much instability in
Bangladesh, over 30 years after independence:
"This is a natural question but the answer is
complicated. The reason for this complication is due to the fact
that the leadership of the movement in 1947 was not in the hands
of the Bengalis. It was the Urdu-wallas (Urdu speaking people) who
were in the leadership. They came from, which is now Bihar and the
Uttar Pradesh; they were the Urdu speaking Muslims of North India.
The leaders of those provinces controlled and directed the Muslim
League. They were developed economically, educationally and in
everything in spite of the fact that they were only 12% of the
population.
It was those people who thought that, after the British were
driven away, they would be oppressed and ill-treated by the
Hindus. Therefore, the Urdu-speaking Muslims had the requirement
of a homeland; that was also the dream of Iqbal and Abdur Rahim
and that dream, later on, turned into Pakistan movement. On the
other hand, the Bengali Muslims were always mute.
These were the people who accepted Islam from scheduled caste
staff of Hinduism, people of lower rank in the society, without
any means and doing menial works. During the Turkish-Moghul rule
they had no leadership role in the affairs of the state or in the
society. They were under the rule of the local high caste Hindus.
As a result they had no education or initiation.
The conventional view that was prevailing was that, due to
hostility towards British rule the Muslims did not accept English
education was not correct (of Bengali Muslims) because, they were
quite illiterate in Arabic or Persian languages too. They (Bengali
Muslims) were descendants of lower caste, untouchable
Hindu-Buddhist stock and they had no literary tradition.
As a result we can see that the local Bengali Muslim had no
covenant job not only in Bengal but anywhere in India even during
the Turkish-Mughal era. The upper caste Hindus, on the contrary,
could assert and got accepted their demand (for jobs) at that
period. In Turkish-Mughal era the Upper caste Hindus ruled at
village and district levels. There was nothing in those days in
social or state structure for the development of Muslim
population, changing religion did not change their professional or
economic lives and that is true for most of the people in Muslim
community.
The Muslim started English education after the Sepoy mutiny and
Wahabi movement in 1870. The Hindus lost the sympathy and favour
of the British at that time and they (the British) began
patronising the Muslims. In these days, again, under the
leadership of Sir Syed Ahmad the Muslim community united and
expressed their obedience to the British rule and thereby started
getting favour from them.
Many educated Hindus, who were employed by the company and who
run business with them lost their jobs and business. Many Hindu
Diwan and other employees also lost their employments. ]
The other reason for it was that the company officials had no
right to get engaged in business any longer during the rule of
Queen Victoria. As a result, the educated Hindus after losing
their jobs moved to small towns and villages and stated
establishing schools. You can easily understand, the English
educated Muslims you find only who were born after 1890. And in
this context we can say, and the names of the persons you know,
for example, Ibrahim Khan, Barkatullah, all of them were born
after 1890. One or two persons could be earlier also but nobody
from Bengali Muslim community got English education before
1880."
Thus, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, prior to 1971
we actually had a fairly standard situation in a country with two
ethnic groups.
One group, the Muslim Biharis ("Urdu-walla") from northern India,
were a "market-dominant minority," controlled the government and
major businesses, and the other, the Bengalis, are a poor majority,
working at menial tasks in the employ of the Urdu-speaking minority.
During the 1971 war, the Biharis were allied with the (West) Pakistan
army that was fighting to retain control, while the Bengalis were the
rebels fighting for independence, in rebel militia under the name
<#stdurl http://banglapedia.net/ht/M_0380.HTM "Mukti Bahini."#>
India's army came in on the side of the rebels (it was, after all, a
war between Pakistan and India), and the rebels won independence.
However, it wasn't an easy victory. The Bengal war was incredibly
brutal, especially the Pakistan army toward the Bengalis. Stories of
rape, beheadings and mutilation of Bengali civilians were common.
Once Bangladesh gained independence, the relative power of the
Bengalis and the Biharis was reversed. The Bengalis controlled the
country, and the Biharis were a small minority. Even worse, the
Biharis didn't even consider themselves to be citizens of Bangladesh;
they wanted to remain citizens of Pakistan. During the next few
years, an effort was made to permit some Biharis to relocated to
(West) Pakistan, but it turned out that the Biharis weren't
particularly welcome there either.
So today, we have tens of thousands of <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2009-03-02-voa23.cfm "troops in the
Bangladesh Rifles,"#> a division of the army tasked with guarding the
country's borders, but also are called on to assist the military and
police during national emergencies.
Now, here's where I have to make an inference: The officers are the
Bengalis, and the border guards, perpetrators of the massacres, are
Biharis. I cannot find any information like this in any of the news
stories that I read, but something like this is far and away the most
likely explanation. And the massacre itself was in revenge for the
actions of the Bengalis during the 1971 war.
Is there a danger that this action will ignite a new civil war?
Absolutely not. Bangladesh is in a generational Awakening era, a
period when the population is "attracted away from" war. This
massacre, perpetrated by a small group of people, will not trigger
further killings in other parts of the population.
However, what characterizes an Awakening era society a generation
past a crisis civil war is a fear that something will ignite a new
civil war.
I discussed this fear several times with regard to Lebanon in the
<#hreftext ww2010.i.060724hizbollah "2006 war between Israel and
Hizbollah."#> I quoted Lebanese President Émile Geamil Lahoud as
saying:
"Believe me, what we get from [Israeli bombers] is
nothing compared to [what would happen] if there is an internal
conflict [a new civil war] in Lebanon. So our thanks comes when we
are united, and we are really united, and the national army is
doing its work according to the government, and the resistance
[Hizbollah] is respected in the whole Arab world from the
population point of view. And very highly respected in Lebanon as
well."
The Lebanese feared, above all else, a repeat of something like the
1982 massacre at <#stdurl
en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sabra_and_Shatila_massacre "Sabra and
Shatila."#>
A similar fear, of a repeat of the horrendous 1971 civil war, is
certain to be a big part of the motivation of Bangladesh officials
today.
That's why it's so interesting that Bangladesh officials have
<#stdurl
http://www.ptinews.com/pti%5Cptisite.nsf/0/C0F7E6DADC1DDAC86525756E0066AE7D?OpenDocument
"asked the US Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI),"#> as well as
Scotland Yard and the United Nations, to perform the forensic
investigation of the massacre. The US is anxious to keep Bangladesh
as an ally, so is willing to help out.
Normally a country would want to conduct its own investigation into
such a humiliating massacre. However, in this case, the fear of a
new civil war trumps that. The Bangladeshi officials would worry
that any local investigators will be biased on one side or the other,
and would fear that any misstep might trigger a new civil war.
By asking the FBI to conduct the investigation, the investigation
will be a lot more credible, and the results are more likely to be
accepted by all sides than if the investigation were conducted
internally.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=115
"Bangladesh"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090304bxx FBI will aid Bangladesh investigation of border guard officer massacre
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.head
FBI will aid Bangladesh investigation of border guard officer
massacre
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.date
4-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.txt1
76 Bangladesh army officers were mutilated and killed last week
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304bxx.txt2
by <#stdurl
http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2009/02/28/bangladesh.html
"border guards"#> under their command.
The massacre, which occurred over a 33 hour period on February 25-26,
has shocked the country for its brutality. Bodies of officers and
their wives were mutilated and piled into mass graves. Security
forces have arrested hundreds of guards, including many who fled to
towns and cities across the country.
News stories indicate that the motive was the border guards'
frustrations of pay and hiring practices.
Reading one news story after another, whether by the BBC, CNN,
Reuters, AFP, VOA, or anyone else, provides you with no satisfactory
explanation for the brutality of this massacre.
However, by doing a few hours research, applying a few Generational
Dynamics concepts, and making a few inferences, it becomes
increasingly clear what's going on. The other thing that becomes
clear is that the Bangladeshi officials almost must be fully aware of
what's going on, even if BBC, CNN and the others are totally
clueless.
As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071112 "written about many times,"#>
when Britain granted independence to India in 1947, it partitioned the
Indian subcontinent into Hindu/Sikh and Muslim portions, that became
known as India and Pakistan, respectively. Pakistan was split into
two parts -- West Pakistan (Punjab, Sindh, Belochistan and Northwest
Frontier provinces) and East Pakistan (Bengal province). Following
Partition, there was a massive genocidal war between Hindus and
Muslims.
However, there's more to the story.
The Indian subcontinent is enormous, large enough to have multiple
generational timelines, with the east and west regions having
separate timelines. Thus, the 1947 war following Partition was a
crisis war for India and West Pakistan, but it was a non-crisis war
for the eastern portion of the Indian sub-continent.
In 1970, the Indian sub-continent appeared as follows:
<#inc ww2010.pic india1970a.gif center "" "Indian subcontinent, 1970.
East Bengal province, also known as East Pakistan, seceded and became
Bangladesh in 1971.
(Source: Stearns, Encyclopedia of World
History)"#>
So, when a new war occurred in 1971, the situations were reversed.
This time, it was a non-crisis war for West Pakistan and India, but
it was an extremely bloody crisis war for West Pakistan. It was as
part of this that the massively genocidal <#stdurl
http://banglapedia.net/ht/W_0020.HTM "Bangladesh Liberation War"#>
(March 26 to December 16, 1971) occurred.
This was actually a civil war within East Pakistan. Although this
was officially an entirely Muslim region, ethnic differences were
still important. There are two separate ethnic groups in Bangladesh,
from two different castes: The "Urdu-walla," or Urdu-speaking Muslims
from the upper castes of Indian society; and the indigenous Bengalis,
speaking the Bengali language, from the "scheduled" or "untouchable"
castes of India.
Take a look at this map of India's provinces:
<#inc ww2010.pic india6.gif center "" "Provinces of India
(Source: Nations Online Project)"#>
Follow along on the above map as you read the following excerpt from
<#stdurl http://www.bangladesh-web.com/view.php?hidRecord=44486 "a
2005 interview of Bengali scholar Professor Ahmed Sharif,"#> in which
he addresses the question of why there's so much instability in
Bangladesh, over 30 years after independence:
"This is a natural question but the answer is
complicated. The reason for this complication is due to the fact
that the leadership of the movement in 1947 was not in the hands
of the Bengalis. It was the Urdu-wallas (Urdu speaking people) who
were in the leadership. They came from, which is now Bihar and the
Uttar Pradesh; they were the Urdu speaking Muslims of North India.
The leaders of those provinces controlled and directed the Muslim
League. They were developed economically, educationally and in
everything in spite of the fact that they were only 12% of the
population.
It was those people who thought that, after the British were
driven away, they would be oppressed and ill-treated by the
Hindus. Therefore, the Urdu-speaking Muslims had the requirement
of a homeland; that was also the dream of Iqbal and Abdur Rahim
and that dream, later on, turned into Pakistan movement. On the
other hand, the Bengali Muslims were always mute.
These were the people who accepted Islam from scheduled caste
staff of Hinduism, people of lower rank in the society, without
any means and doing menial works. During the Turkish-Moghul rule
they had no leadership role in the affairs of the state or in the
society. They were under the rule of the local high caste Hindus.
As a result they had no education or initiation.
The conventional view that was prevailing was that, due to
hostility towards British rule the Muslims did not accept English
education was not correct (of Bengali Muslims) because, they were
quite illiterate in Arabic or Persian languages too. They (Bengali
Muslims) were descendants of lower caste, untouchable
Hindu-Buddhist stock and they had no literary tradition.
As a result we can see that the local Bengali Muslim had no
covenant job not only in Bengal but anywhere in India even during
the Turkish-Mughal era. The upper caste Hindus, on the contrary,
could assert and got accepted their demand (for jobs) at that
period. In Turkish-Mughal era the Upper caste Hindus ruled at
village and district levels. There was nothing in those days in
social or state structure for the development of Muslim
population, changing religion did not change their professional or
economic lives and that is true for most of the people in Muslim
community.
The Muslim started English education after the Sepoy mutiny and
Wahabi movement in 1870. The Hindus lost the sympathy and favour
of the British at that time and they (the British) began
patronising the Muslims. In these days, again, under the
leadership of Sir Syed Ahmad the Muslim community united and
expressed their obedience to the British rule and thereby started
getting favour from them.
Many educated Hindus, who were employed by the company and who
run business with them lost their jobs and business. Many Hindu
Diwan and other employees also lost their employments. ]
The other reason for it was that the company officials had no
right to get engaged in business any longer during the rule of
Queen Victoria. As a result, the educated Hindus after losing
their jobs moved to small towns and villages and stated
establishing schools. You can easily understand, the English
educated Muslims you find only who were born after 1890. And in
this context we can say, and the names of the persons you know,
for example, Ibrahim Khan, Barkatullah, all of them were born
after 1890. One or two persons could be earlier also but nobody
from Bengali Muslim community got English education before
1880."
Thus, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we actually
have a fairly standard situation in a country with two ethnic groups.
One group, the Muslim Urdu-walla from northern India, are a
"market-dominant minority," controlling the government and major
businesses, and the other, the Bengalis, are a poor majority, working
at menial tasks in the employ of the Urdu-speaking minority.
During the 1971, the Urdu-walla were allied with the (West) Pakistan
army that was fighting to retain control, while the Bengalis were the
rebels fighting for independence, in rebel militia under the name
<#stdurl http://banglapedia.net/ht/M_0380.HTM "Mukti Bahini."#>
India's army came in on the side of the rebels (it was, after all, a
war between Pakistan and India), and the rebels won independence.
However, it wasn't an easy victory. The Bengal war was incredibly
brutal, especially the Pakistan army toward the Bengalis. Stories of
rape, beheadings and mutilation of Bengali civilians were common.
So today, we have tens of thousands of <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2009-03-02-voa23.cfm "troops in the
Bangladesh Rifles,"#> a division of the army tasked with guarding the
country's borders, but also are called on to assist the military and
police during national emergencies.
Now, here's where I have to make an inference: The border guards, the
perpetrators of the massacres, are indigenous Bengalis, and the
officers, the army élites, are from the Urdu-speaking groups. I
cannot find any information like this in any of the news stories that
I read, but this is far and away the most likely explanation. And
the massacre itself was in revenge for the actions of the Urdu-walla
during the 1971 war.
Is there a danger that this action will ignite a new civil war?
Absolutely not. Bangladesh is in a generational Awakening era, a
period when the population is "attracted away from" war. This
massacre, perpetrated by a small group of people, will not trigger
further killings in other parts of the population.
However, what characterizes an Awakening era society a generation
past a crisis civil war is a fear that something will ignite a new
civil war.
I discussed this fear several times with regard to Lebanon in the
<#hreftext ww2010.i.060724hizbollah "2006 war between Israel and
Hizbollah."#> I quoted Lebanese President Émile Geamil Lahoud as
saying:
"Believe me, what we get from [Israeli bombers] is
nothing compared to [what would happen] if there is an internal
conflict [a new civil war] in Lebanon. So our thanks comes when we
are united, and we are really united, and the national army is
doing its work according to the government, and the resistance
[Hizbollah] is respected in the whole Arab world from the
population point of view. And very highly respected in Lebanon as
well."
The Lebanese feared, above all else, a repeat of something like the
1982 massacre at <#stdurl
en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sabra_and_Shatila_massacre "Sabra and
Shatila."#>
A similar fear, of a repeat of the horrendous 1971 civil war, is
certain to be a big part of the motivation of Bangladesh officials
today.
That's why it's so interesting that Bangladesh officials have
<#stdurl
http://www.ptinews.com/pti%5Cptisite.nsf/0/C0F7E6DADC1DDAC86525756E0066AE7D?OpenDocument
"asked the US Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI),"#> as well as
Scotland Yard and the United Nations, to perform the forensic
investigation of the massacre. The US is anxious to keep Bangladesh
as an ally, so is willing to help out.
Normally a country would want to conduct its own investigation into
such a humiliating massacre. However, in this case, the fear of a
new civil war trumps that. The Bangladeshi officials would worry
that any local investigators will be biased on one side or the other,
and would fear that any misstep might trigger a new civil war.
By asking the FBI to conduct the investigation, the investigation
will be a lot more credible, and the results are more likely to be
accepted by all sides than if the investigation were conducted
internally.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=115
"Bangladesh"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090304 Cricketing world in shock after attack on Sri Lanka team in Pakistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.head
Cricketing world in shock after attack on Sri Lanka team in
Pakistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.date
4-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.txt1
Lashkar-e-Taiba is suspected in the brutal attack in Lahore,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090304.txt2
just three months after the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081130
"sophisticated and horrendous three day, 60-hour assault on Mumbai"#>
that killed 150 people and wounded hundreds more.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
=inc ww2010.pic g081127a.gif left "" "India and Pakistan"
The attack on the Sri Lanka cricket team in Lahore on Tuesday is
thought to be just as sophisticated. Twelve terrorists carrying
rocket launchers and grenades <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601081&sid=atoOfEyu1Gjk&refer=australia
"targeted a team bus"#> 500 yards from the Gaddafi stadium in Lahore,
where Sri Lanka was due to face Pakistan yesterday in a
well-publicized and greatly anticipated cricket match. The attack
left two Sri Lankan players in need of hospital care.
The attack ended in a gunfight between the terrorists and the
security forces guarding the Sri Lanka team, but incredibly, all
twelve terrorists were able to escape on foot. All twelve are still
at large.
While little known in the United States, cricket is one of the most
popular games in the world. The attack has <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/sport/cricket/article5841672.ece
"thrown the cricket world into chaos."#> Part of the 2011 World Cup
was scheduled to be played in Pakistan, and that decision is now in
doubt. Worldwide, cricketers are now in fear of being targeted.
The attack is incredibly humiliating to the people of Pakistan.
Cricket teams from India and several other countries had refused to
play in Pakistan because of the danger of a terrorist attack. Sri
Lanka finally agreed, returning a favor from the past when Pakistan
came to Sri Lanka to play, after other countries refused because of
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090203 "the Sri Lanka civil war."#>
Little more is known at this time about the attack.
It was just a week ago that a desperate Pakistan government <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090223 "capitulated to the Taliban in Swat
Valley,"#> agreeing to implement Sharia law in exchange for a
hoped-for end to terrorist attacks. For some time, Pakistan has been
considered by many to be the most dangerous country in the world, and
Tuesday's attack only adds to that reputation.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090302 The economy, the stimulus plan and the budget plan all continue to unravel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.head
The economy, the stimulus plan and the budget plan all continue to
unravel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0903
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.date
2-Mar-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.txt1
Markets keep falling as world economic trends continue to plunge.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090302.txt2
I feel like it's 2006 all over again.
At that time, I was railing against the depraved and debauched use of
credit that had created the massive real estate and credit bubbles,
and about the fact that the bubbles were growing bigger and bigger.
I was beginning to discuss the lethal combination of nihilistic,
destructive, greedy Generation-Xers, combined with stupid, arrogant
greedy Boomers. The Gen-Xer financial engineers created structured
securities that turned out to be worthless, and the stupid Boomers,
including some Nobel prize-winning economists, encouraged them to do
it so that they could all make money while defrauding the public.
But let's not forget that it wasn't just financial engineers and
their bosses in investment banks who defrauded the public. It was
ordinary people filling out "liar loan" mortgage applications, it was
real estate brokers, home builders, loan brokers, insurance agencies,
ratings agencies, and practically any person who had the opportunity
to make money by lying or defrauding someone.
And the circumstantial proof that these people all knew what they
were doing came in 2007. At that time, it became apparent to
everyone that these mortgage-backed securities were fraudulent, and
that "liar loans" were backfiring. But instead of stopping, these
fraudulent activities actually sped up and increased, so that these
people could get their fat commissions and pay checks while there was
still time to defraud someone. These people had complete contempt
for everyone but themselves, and would not hesitate to really screw
other people if it meant that they would make some money from it.
Once the credit crisis began in August 2007, and I wrote, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070817 ""The nightmare is finally
beginning,""#> I expected this behavior to come to a screeching
halt, but I was shocked to see one "bailout" after another occur.
Bush Administration officials and other regulators actively directed
financial institutions to continue defrauding the public by lying
about the values of securities in their portfolios.
As I've been saying repeatedly for years, this continuing fraud, and
debauched and depraved use of credit, has been ubiquitous. It
affects people at all levels in multiple countries and industries,
and of all political persuasions. It's generational. It comes from
the disappearance of the survivors of WW II -- the Silent generation,
that took care of all of us for decades.
Now that the Silents are gone, the Boomers are in charge. But they
have no idea how to lead or govern, since they've spent their lives
arguing with their parents, but never actually accomplishing
anything. With the Silents gone, the Boomers have allowed themselves
to be led by the nihilistic Gen-Xers, who have contemptuously
rejected all Silent values, and have no hesitation in destroying
anything that came before.
So now we have a change in Administration, but we still have the same
Gen-Xers and Boomers. Democrats are no different from Republicans in
this regard, as we've already seen with Democratic governors <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080312b "Elliot Spitzer"#> and Rod Blagojevich.
This is generational, not political.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081214d.gif left "" "Public debt as percentage
of GDP
(Source: Financial Times)"#>
In this new Administration, we have a Gen-X President Obama with
total contempt for Boomer and Silent values, with a background in
"community activism" whose proponents have traditionally viewed
America as a country of criminals whose greatest sin is an
ideological unwillingness to spend vast sums of money on the poor.
The Gen-X President Obama is dealing with Boomer politicians in his
Administration and in Congress who have no ability to lead, and who
have no ethical values except to do anything to get elected.
If you look at the above graph, showing public debt as a percentage
of GDP, you can see that public debt really took off around 1982,
when Boomers first took middle management positions and the first
Gen-Xers came of age, and has been proceeding with horrific
exponential growth through the Reagan, Bush41, Clinton and Bush43
Administrations.
So this isn't a political issue. It's a generational issue.
I know that many people were, like me, absolutely stunned this week
to hear President Obama put forth a $3.6 trillion budget -- following
a $700 billion bank bailout and an $800 billion stimulus package.
My head is still spinning from this. We're seeing a chaotic free for
all to spend as much money as possible, in any way possible.
There's no fiscal discipline whatsoever -- discipline is a piece of
crap that only Silents would want. There's no setting of priorities
at all -- that's another piece of crap from the old folks who don't
use iPods. Any sort of common sense is total crap to Gen-X President
Obama and the Boomer and Gen-X people around him and in Congress. All
restraints are crap, crap, crap, crap, in the opinion of people who
believe that any such restraints are "ideological" vestiges of
President Bush's administration, which wanted to screw poor people by
starving them, and screw the rest of the world by fighting the war on
terror.
And after proposing the most gargantuan spending program in history,
President Obama claims he's going to be "fiscally responsible." In
order to do that, he's going to tax "rich people" and businesses,
draining money from people and businesses that have employees.
And finally, while all this is going on, he's going to implement
universal health care, and solve global warming. Why not?
=inc ww2010.h2 work "How fiscal stimulus is supposed to work"
Now I have to return to a couple of articles that I wrote in
December: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081224 ""The effects of
massive fiscal stimulus,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090112
""The effects of massive fiscal stimulus - Part II.""#>
In those articles, I discussed a presentation by Richard C. Koo, Chief
Economist at Nomura Research Institute, comparing Japan's 1990s
deflationary spiral with America's in the 1930s and today. (It's
still worth watching the entire video of that presentation, as you can
do by following the link in the above referenced articles.)
I said at that time that Koo's presentation is one of the few things
I've seen in years that have forced me to reevaluate my thoughts on
the coming financial crisis, and indeed they have, by showing
how the government can react to ameliorate the effects of a massive
deflationary spiral.
What's most important is that government money has to be spent so
that it returns to the Treasury. In the ideal case, the money is
used on some project, creating jobs. The money goes through one
person or business after another, creating more jobs, until some
person or business either saves it in a savings account, or uses it to
pay down debt. Either way, the money goes into the bank. Since we're
in a credit crunch, the bank won't lend the money out again, but
instead will invest it in the safest way possible -- by investing in
US Treasuries. Thus, the money returns to the Treasury.
My objection to the Administration's spending plans is not their size
(though that's a big problem), but the undisciplined "kid in a candy
store" approach that ignores the requirements of a successful
stimulus package, replacing them with ideologically motivated choices
that would wreak further destruction on the economy.
Let's begin by explaining why the stimulus and spending plans cannot
possibly work at this time, irrespective of what the Obama
administration does:
It's way too early in the deflationary spiral for the
stimulus spending to have the desired effect. President Franklin
Roosevelt (FDR), who is being used as a model by the Obama
administration, took office eight months after the markets had
already bottomed (at 90% below peak). By the time that FDR's
programs began to take effect, the deflationary spiral had already
wound down, and the economy was growing again.
The same story applies to Japan in the 1990s. According to Koo, the
stimulus spending didn't begin to have any effect until the late
1990s, well after the Tokyo Stock Exchange (TSE) crash in 1990, and
well after most of the deflationary spiral had been worked
through.
The US will have no one to export to. During all of Japan's
"lost decade" in the 1990s and 2000s, Japan was able to manufacture
products and ship them to a worldwide bubble economy, especially the
US and China. Today, the entire world's economy is crashing.
This refers to what I call the problem of "leakage." The stimulus
spending theory requires that all money return to the Treasury, in
the manner described above. But if some of the money is used to
purchase foreign goods, then "leakage" occurs. In the case of Japan,
leakage could be offset by exporting goods to other countries, and
they had willing buyers. In the current case, there will be few such
buyers.
In this environment, what we're going to be seeing for the next few
years is massive bankruptcies and homelessness. The best thing that
a stimulus package can do AT THIS TIME is to prevent the loss of as
many homes and businesses as possible.
Instead, the Obama administration is exhibiting enormous hostility to
businesses, especially small businesses. By raising taxes on "rich
people" and businesses during a massive deflationary spiral, the
administration will cause the destruction of marginal businesses that
might otherwise have survived, with the result of a loss of more
jobs.
The Administration seems to understand this concept when it comes to
the Detroit auto companies, to which they're providing massive
bailouts. The argument for doing so is that by allowing them to
collapse, hundreds of thousands of jobs will be lost -- jobs provided
by the auto makers themselves, but also jobs provided throughout the
supply chain.
The Administration is bailing out the automobile companies for purely
ideological reasons -- to support the labor unions -- and they're
raising taxes on other businesses for ideological reasons -- because
most of them are not unionized.
Futhermore, the Administration is providing stimulus money to state
and local governments, once again to support labor unions.
This is what passes for "pragmatism" in President Obama's Washington.
From everything I've read and heard, there is nothing that the Obama
administration or the Democratic-led Congress has proposed that has
anything but the most venal ideological and political motivations.
There's absolutely no reason why this should be a surprise to anyone.
These are people from the same greedy, nihilistic generations as the
"financial engineers" that created hundreds of billions of dollars of
structured finance securities and sold them to investors, until they
turned out to be worthless. Why should the brilliant people in the
Obama administration have any different ethics than the brilliant
"financial engineers"?
At some level, investors understand this. The Dow Industrials index
has fallen over 2000 points since Obama was elected, 1000 points just
since the inauguration.
=inc ww2010.h2 prop "Proposal: Preservation Phase and Recovery Phase"
I realize that there's barely a snowflake's chance in hell that anyone
in a position to do anything about it will read this proposal, but I'm
going to make it anyway.
I'm aware from the web site logs that there are some tens of
thousands of regular readers of this web site. I have no idea who
they are, but I know that they include readers from colleges and all
branches of government. This web site is anathema to anyone in
government, since no government official, Republican or Democrat,
would ever dare to allow himself to be associated with any of the
analyses posted in this web site. (I like to joke that this is like
a porn site: There are a lot of people reading it, but few want to
admit it.) So I'm making this proposal in the hope of the extremely
unlikely event that someone "important" might read it and do
something about it.
The proposal is that stimulus spending be broken up into two distinct
phases.
The first phase, the Preservation Phase, lasts about 5 years. During
this time, the deflationary spiral is at its worst, with millions of
foreclosures and bankruptcies. There is no way to prevent or avoid
this, but it may be possible to contain the damage.
There's no point in creating a million make-work jobs if it means
that five million other jobs will be lost.
Therefore, during the Preservation Phase of stimulus spending, the
spending should be focused on preserving as many homes, businesses,
and jobs as possible. This means that bailouts and tax reductions
should target preserving as many businesses and homes as possible.
The highest priority is to preserving existing jobs, rather than
creating make-work jobs.
As the Preservation Phase progresses, the marginal businesses that
can't survive anyway will go bankrupt. Eventually, the number of
bankruptcies and foreclosures tapers off, and then a transition can
be made into the Recovery Phase.
This is the time when the kind of stimulus spending advocated by Koo
should be employed. At this point, the deflationary spiral will be
mostly spent, as it was when FDR took office, and make-work job
creation can be very effective.
=inc ww2010.h2 prot "The protectionism conundrum"
The early versions of the stimulus bill received international
criticism because it called for "Buy American" for all supplies. For
example, if you build a bridge with fiscal stimulus money, then you
have to purchase steel from American steel mills, to protect American
jobs. This seems like a good idea, since it prevents the kind of
"leakage" that I described above, but it's terrible for international
trade.
This kind of protectionist phrase is considered to be dirty language.
Everyone recalls the history of the Smoot-Hawley Tariff act of June,
1930, that was devastating to world trade. Everyone agrees that it
made the Great Depression much worse, and I've previously referred to
it as the first hostile act of World War II, because of its
devastating effect on the Japanese.
Another way of looking at this issue is to apply the Fallacy of
Composition. We hear a lot about the Fallacy of Composition when it
comes to families saving money. If a family saves money and avoids
debt, that's good; but if every family does that, then it's bad for
the country.
One description goes as follows: "The Fallacy of Composition is
reasoning that says: because one person in the crowd can do it,
everyone in the crowd can do it. For example, one person can get out
of the theater through the doors in one minute -- but if everybody in
the theater tries to do that at once, people get killed. Just because
one person from the group can do it doesn't mean that the whole group
can do it. In this simple model, it is the same with increasing
saving. Society as a whole can save no more than it invests. One
person can increase her saving, because other people's saving drops
in compensation. If everybody is trying to increase saving at once,
that doesn't work, and income drops instead."
The Fallacy of Composition is important when in the current crisis
because everyone is saving -- either putting money in the bank or
paying down debt -- which is good, but since everyone is doing it,
stores are going bankrupt.
But the interesting thing is that you can also apply the Fallacy of
Composition to countries. If a country in financial crisis becomes
protectionist, it's good for that country. But if every country does
the same thing, then all international trade becomes frozen.
That's what happened in the 1930s, and it's widely feared that the
same thing will happen this time.
If there's any solution to this conundrum at all, it's to reach an
international agreement to permit some protectionism, but to control
the amount of "leakage" between countries.
=inc ww2010.h2 world "The world economy"
I've written many times about the rapid collapse of the world
economy, occurring much faster than anyone ever dreamed or imagined.
Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, who is pretty much the only mainstream media
person who is really reporting on what's going on in the world,
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/4884975/We-need-shock-and-awe-policies-to-halt-depression.html
"compares today's world economy to 1931:"#>
"Judging by the latest Merrill Lynch survey of
fund managers, investors have a touching faith that China is going
to rescue us all and re-ignite the commodity boom. How can this
be? Taiwan's exports to China fell 55pc in January, Japan's fell
45pc. These exports are links in the supply chain for China's
industry. Manufacturing output in the Shanghai region fell 12pc in
January.
My favourite China guru, Michael Pettis from Beijing University,
is in despair – as you can see on his blog (http://mpettis.com).
The property bubble is bursting. Developers have built more
offices in Beijing since 2006 than the entire stock in Manhattan.
There is a 14-year supply glut. We have seen this movie before.
Factory output is collapsing at the fastest pace everywhere. The
figures for the most recent month available are, year-on-year:
Taiwan (-43pc), Ukraine (-34pc), Japan (-30pc), Singapore
(-29pc), Hungary (-23pc), Sweden (-20pc), Korea (-19pc), Turkey
(-18pc), Russia (-16pc), Spain (-15pc), Poland (-15pc), Brazil
(-15pc), Italy (-14pc), Germany (-12pc), France (-11pc), US
(-10pc) and Britain (-9pc). Norway sails blissfully on (+4pc).
What do they drink up there?
This terrifying fall has been concentrated in the last five
months. The job slaughter has barely begun. Social mayhem comes
with a 12-month lag. By comparison, industrial output in
core-Europe fell 2.8pc in 1930, 5.1pc in 1931 and 3.9pc in 1932,
according to RBS.
Stephen Lewis, from Monument Securities, says we have been lulled
into a false sense of security by the lack of "soup kitchens".
The visual cues from Steinbeck's America are missing. "The
temptation for investors is to see this as just another recession,
over by the end of the year. But this is not a normal cycle. It is
a cataclysmic structural breakdown," he said.
Fiscal stimulus is reaching its global limits. The lowest
interest rates in history are failing to gain traction. The Fed
seems paralyzed. It first talked of buying US Treasuries three
months ago, but cannot seem to bring itself to hit the nuclear
button.
As the Fed dithers, a flood of bond issues from the US Treasury
is swamping the debt market. The yield on 10-year Treasuries has
climbed from 2pc to 3.04pc in eight weeks. The real cost of money
is rising as deflation gathers pace.
US house prices have fallen 27pc (Case-Shiller index). The pace
of descent is accelerating. The 2.2pc fall in December was the
worst month ever. January looks just as bad. Delinquenc-ies on
prime mortgages were 1.72pc in September, 1.89pc in October,
2.13pc on November and 2.42pc in December. This is the trajectory
eating away at the banking system.
Graham Turner, from GFC Economics, fears the Dow could crash to
4,000 by summer unless there is a "quantum reduction" in mortgage
rates. The Fed should swoop in to the market – armed with Ben
Bernanke's "printing press" – and mop up enough Treasuries to
force 10-year yields down to 1pc and mortgage rates to 2.5pc.
Monetary shock and awe.
This remedy is fraught with risk, but all options are ghastly at
this point. That is the legacy we have been left by the Greenspan
doctrine. We are at the moment of extreme danger in Irving
Fisher's "Debt Deflation Theory" (1933) where the ship fails to
right itself by natural buoyancy, and capsizes instead."
Even if the $3.6 trillion budget, combined with the $800 billion
fiscal stimulus plan, combined with the $700 bill bank bailout had a
chance of working in the US (which they don't), it would be all for
nought, since the world economy is collapsing, and the US can't
escape being part of the world.
=inc ww2010.h2 spooky "Spooky anger at bankers"
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090130 "wrote last month,"#> something
that's constantly freaking me out these days is all the talk of greedy
bankers. The reason it's freaking me out is because the rhetoric is
identical to what I used to hear when I was growing up in the 1950s.
My parents and my teachers often talked about the Great Depression.
They talked about how greedy people were in the 1920s. They said that
people were so greedy that even if they were rich, they'd borrow more
and more money so that they could make even more money.
My teachers often referred to the greatest evil of them all: margin.
A greedy investor could buy stocks and pay only 10% of the purchase
price. The 10% was called "margin," and the other 90% was borrowed.
My teachers emphasized how evil this was, that some greedy rich
person would pay only 10% of the price of a share of stock in order to
make more money.
I can almost still hear one of my teachers saying: "Thank God!
They've made it illegal to buy stocks on that margin like that! Those
greedy investors will have to pay for the stocks they buy, so we'll
never have a Great Depression again!" My teachers must be turning in
their graves to see what's been happening in recent years.
Here's an excerpt from the 1939 book: Since Yesterday by
Frederick Lewis Allen:
"Intermittently throughout the year 1933 the
Senate Committee on Banking and Currency, with the aid of its
inexorable counsel, Ferdinand Pecora, had been putting on one of
the most extraordinary shows ever produced in a Washington
committee room: a sort of protracted coroner's inquest upon
American finance. One by one, a long line of financial
overlords--commercial bankers, investment bankers, railroad and
public-utility holding-company promoters, stockbrokers, and big
speculators--had filed up to the witness table; and from these
unwilling gentlemen, and from their office files, had been
extracted a sorry story of public irresponsibility and private
greed. Day by day this story had been spread upon the front pages
of the newspapers.
The investigation showed how pool operators in Wall Street had
manipulated the prices of stocks on the Exchange, with the
assistance of men inside the companies with whose securities they
toyed. It showed how they had made huge profits (which
represented the exercise of no socially useful function) at the
expense of the little speculators and of investors generally, and
had fostered a speculative mania which had racked the whole
economic system of the country--and this not only in 1928 and
1929, but as recently as the spring of 1933, when Roosevelt was
in the White House and Wall Street had supposedly been wearing
the sackcloth and ashes of repentance. The investigation showed,
too, how powerful bankers had unloaded stocks and bonds upon the
unwary through high-pressure salesmanship and had made millions
trading in the securities of their own banks, at the expense of
stockholders whose interests they claimed to be serving. It
showed how the issuing of new securities had been so organized as
to yield rich fruits to those on the inside, and how
opportunities to taste these fruits had been offered to gentlemen
of political influence. It showed how that modern engine of
financial power, the holding company, had been misused by
promoters: how some of these promoters had piled company upon
company till their structures of corporate influence were seven or
eight stories high; how these structures had become so complex
that they were readily looted by unscrupulous men, and so unstable
that many of them came crashing down during the Depression. It
showed how grave could be the results when the holding-company
technic was applied to banking. It showed how men of wealth had
used devices like the personal holding company and tricks like the
sale of stock (at a loss) to members of their families to dodge
the tax collector--at the very moment when men of humbler station
had been paying the taxes which supported the government. Again
and again it showed how men occupying fiduciary positions in the
financial world had been false to their trust.
Naturally the composite picture blocked out by these revelations
was not fair to the financiers generally. The worst scandals got
the biggest headlines. Yet the amount of black in the picture
was shocking even to the most judicial observer, and the way in
which the severity of the Depression had been intensified by
greedy and shortsighted financial practices seemed blindingly
plain. So high did the public anger mount that the New Deal was
sure of strong support as it drove on to new measures of
reform."
When you read the above excerpt, you realize how similar today is to
what happened in the early 1930s.
Don't miss Allen's description of "structures of corporate
influence," and "how the issuing of new securities had been so
organized as to yield rich fruits to those on the inside."
It's incredible but, reading this, you realize that the same kinds of
"financial engineers" that created worthless securities in the early
2000s were just like the ones that worked around the time of the 1929
crash.
Now, what's new in the last couple of months is the stepped up
rhetoric against bankers, and it's hearing this again for the first
time since the 1950s is what's so startling to me.
My recollection is that the talk about greedy bankers began to
disappear in the 1960s. I recall reading some article about humor,
saying that comedians were now making fun of Madison Avenue instead
of Wall Street. Madison Avenue, of course, was considered the center
of the advertising business, just as Wall Street was the center of
finance. They don't make fun of advertising executives any more
either, since all the politicians in Washington are advertising
executives.
But anger directed at bankers is back with a vengeance. What's old
is new again.
=inc ww2010.h2 picture "The big picture"
A couple of weeks ago I transcribed <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=2563#p2563
"an interview with Charles Minter,"#> Director & Co-Portfolio
Manager, Comstock Partners. Here's an excerpt:
"We really believe that we cannot be using
government intervention in amy manner -- whether it's the banks,
whether it's the automobile companies, whether it's virtually
anything -- the housing market, especially.
The housing market is so large right now - it was $21 trillion.
It's now around $17 trillion. We really can't see how it's
possible to stop a $17 trillion market from reaching its fair
value by intervening for $75 billion or $150 billion."
Minter points out a $21 trillion housing market is not going to be
affected much by a bailout of several hundred billion dollars, and
that's certainly true.
This is why I always tell people to focus on the top-level
securitization, not the details at the bottom. All the Washington
officials, even including Ben Bernanke, talk about solving some
particular point problem -- such as saving a bank or building a
bridge.
When you look at the entire problem from the top down -- <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080924 "one quadrillion dollars in credit
derivatives"#> (according to the Bank of International Settlements) --
you realize how hopeless the problem is. We've already seen many
structured securities fall in value by 70-80% from their notional
value as the credit bubble leaks. If the $1 quadrillion in credit
derivatives fall by only 5%, then that's $50 trillion in losses.
There's no bailout or stimulus that can even make a dent in $50
trillion in losses.
People always ask me how I can be so absolutely certain that the
bottom hasn't been reached, or that there's much worse to come, and
when you look at the top-level aggregates, it's perfectly clear.
That's the point that Minter is making about the housing market.
Instead of focusing on various plans to stop foreclosures or lower
mortgage interest rates or provide mortgage money to banks or
whatever, just look at the size of the market -- $21 trillion -- and
you know immediately that nothing can possibly work.
It's fine to look at the details, but if you want to understand why a
financial crisis must occur, then you have to focus on the size of
the securitization.
If we now look at the five previous international financial crises,
we'll see that they all have securitization of credit in common:
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "1637 Tulipomania
bubble"#> was based on a market in tulip futures, securitized
with personal credit notes.
The 1721 South Sea Bubble was securitized by shares of the
South Sea company, a company operating in South America.
The 1789-1795 bankruptcy of the French monarchy was
securitized by "assignats," bills of credit based on lands
confiscated from the clergy.
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "Panic of 1857"#> was
securitized by railway shares.
The 1929 Wall Street crash was securitized by stock shares
and by phony securities that turned out to be worthless.
Securitization is the common theme in all generational panics and
crashes, and it's the main feature of the current one. Once you
understand how securitization is used, and how little the people in
Washington understand it, then you know how much trouble the country
is in.
=inc ww2010.h2 assumptions "Assumptions"
An assumption that President Obama and his administration are making
is that the economy will assume rapid bubble growth in a year or so.
They expect this growth to produce tax revenues that will offset
their planned massive spending.
But regular readers of this web site already know how wrong this
assumption is. They're already well aware that the country is in the
midst of an enormous deflationary spiral leading to continually
plunging markets and a new Great Depression that will continue to
worsen for many years to come.
Another assumption that President Obama and his administration are
making is that he can "restore confidence" through his speeches.
President Obama is one of the most gifted orators in presidential
history, but we're now talking about generational theory, and the
massive changes in attitudes and behaviors of the Gen-X and Boomer
generations cannot be reversed by oratory.
There's a certain irony to all this. President Obama thinks that
everything that Boomers say and do is full of crap, but Obama has
been seduced into accepting the most insidious Boomer belief of all
-- that substance doesn't matter, only oratory and "confidence."
I first criticized Ben Bernanke about this in a 2004 article, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040917 ""Federal Reserve congratulates itself
on jawboning policy.""#> I referred to a study by then Fed
Governor Bernanke in which he claimed that merely by making statements
that interest rates would be kept low for a "considerable period," the
Fed changed public expectations so much that the values of stocks
increased from 2003 to 2004. The conclusion is that the Fed can
continue to use verbal statements to affect the economy positively.
This is a totally absurd conclusion, as I said at the time. What I
didn't realize at the time is how widespread this belief is among
Boomers.
Well, President Obama has bought into this piece of nonsense
completely. And why not? He rolled over every other candidate in
the election by promising "change you can believe in," without ever
realistically promising what that change would be.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we've identified at
least three assumptions that the Administration is making that are
completely untrue. They are assuming that the economy will rebound
strongly in 2010; they are assuming that the massive recent change
generational change in behavior and attitudes of investors can be
reversed by "restoring confidence"; and they assume that fundamentals
don't matter - only oratory. This is insanity.
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we know that there
will be change, and we know that the change will involve a major
worldwide financial crisis greater than any in history.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090226 Reported corporate earnings crash 44% since January
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.head
Reported corporate earnings crash 44% since January
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.date
26-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.txt1
Most likely result: A further substantial stock market plunge.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090226.txt2
In mid-January, I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090118
""Collapse of corporate earnings portends imminent stock market
plunge.""#> At that time, the collapse of corporate earnings was
only estimated.
Now the actual reports are out. Since January 1, <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=2547#p2547
"reported earnings per share"#> have gone from $48 per share to $27
per share. The bulk of that collapse occurred within the last two
weeks.
This is an enormous collapse, and it's having a dramatic effect on
price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations").
For simplicity, let's assume that the S&P 500 stock index has been at
760 since January 1.
Then, on January 1, the P/E ratio was 760/48 = 15.8.
On February 13, the P/E ratio was 760/27 = 28.1.
To see this graphically, take a look at the following chart. There's
a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's home
page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's last
Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe090220.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 20-Feb-2009.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
If you look at the far right side of this chart, where the red circle
is, you can see a huge spike in the last week, sending the P/E ratio
up to 28.
As I've pointed out many times, P/E ratios held steady at around 18
for the entire years 2006-2007. This happened despite the fact that
stock prices (shown on the bottom half of the chart) varied wildly.
The only way that this could have happened is if investors purposely
held stock prices at the right levels, and that means that the
buy/sell algorithms in their computers made decisions based on
whether a stock's price was above or below 18 times earnings.
There's no other reasonable explanation for how P/E could have held
steady at 18 for over 2 years.
Now those same buy/sell algorithms have to deal with a collapse in
reported corporate earnings, and the only way to do that is for
the S&P index to fall to below 500 (and the Dow to fall below 5000).
I do not know any other way to interpret this collapse in reported
earnings.
It's not surprising that the American economy shows the same signs of
collapse that we've been seeing around the world.
Last week, the world's attention was drawn to an <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090220 "East European banking crisis,"#> that
threatened to create a domino effect that could bring down other
European banks.
On Wednesday, that crisis took another step forward, when Ukraine’s
national <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=atSWse0UZBSE&refer=home
"credit rating was cut two levels"#> by Standard & Poor’s to the
lowest in Europe, a day after Latvia was downgraded to junk, as
eastern Europe’s most debt-laden economies lurch closer to default.
Worldwide trade and transportation have been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090118b "grinding to a halt,"#> with China's economy <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090204 "crashing much faster than expected."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g090225.gif right "" "Japan's exports collapse in
January.
(Source: BBC)"#>
In fresh news on Wednesday, Japan announced that its <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/7909248.stm "exports had fallen
46% in January."#> Demand for Japanese cars in particular fell by
69%. This is part of the general collapse of Asian trade.
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090220 "warned web site readers"#> last
week, this continues to be a time of maximum danger. This rapid fall
in reported corporate earnings could certainly trigger a larger
panic. As I've discussed many times on this web site, generational
theory predicts that there MUST be a generational stock market panic
and crash, the first since 1929. It's impossible to predict the exact
date, but with economies plunging around the world, the mood may be
right for a major panic.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090223 Desperate Pakistan government capitulates to Taliban in Swat Valley
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.head
Desperate Pakistan government capitulates to Taliban in Swat Valley
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.date
23-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.txt1
The government agrees to impose Sharia law in exchange for
"peace"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090223.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090222.gif left "" "Pakistan Northwest Frontier
Province (NWFP) and Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), with
Afghanistan on the left
(Source: BBC)"#>
A local <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7903453.stm
"local government official announced"#> a "permanent ceasefire" with
the Taliban militants on Friday. Pakistan has agreed to remove its
army from the Swat Valley region, where it had been fighting the
Taliban, and to implement Sharia, or strict Muslim law, in the entire
region.
The capitulation comes after months of Taliban terror that included
beheadings, kidnappings, and the destruction of girls' schools.
Nearly half of the civilian population have been forced to flee their
homes. The Taliban agreed to a ten-day ceasefire on Monday, and now
the government seeks to extend it to a "permanent peace."
Even so, the Taliban have not accepted the deal, and they have not
agreed to end terrorist activities.
A Taliban spokesman said, "[W]e will see what will be done by the
government of launching Sharia law, then we will decide."
The Pakistan government has made several "peace agreements"
in the past with the Taliban. Each of these peace agreements has
failed. In each case, the Taliban continued with terrorist attacks,
and used the time to regroup and rearm.
The terrorist attacks certainly didn't stop during last week's
so-called "ceasefire." The Taliban are Sunni Islamists, and their
terrorist attacks are generally directed against either westerners or
Shia Muslims. On Thursday, a Shia official was gunned down in a city
near the Swat valley, and on Friday, a <#stdurl
http://www.merinews.com/catFull.jsp?articleID=15711667 "suicide bomber
blew up"#> in the midst of the Shia funeral procession for the
gunned-down official.
On Saturday, a senior government official in Swat Valley <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7904382.stm
"was kidnapped."#>
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080730 "an article last July,"#> I
explained the following map in detail:
=inc ww2010.pic paketh.jpg center "" "Afghan-Pak-India ethnic map"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right pakistan 1
Briefly, the Taliban are drawn from the Pashtun ethnic group (green
on the map). The Afghanistan Pashtun were easily defeated by
coalition forces in 2002 because they were in a generational Recovery
era, having just fought a brutal civil war in the early 1990s.
However, the Pashtun of Pakistan are still in a generational Crisis
era, and they're crossing the border into Afghanistan. They're being
joined by Arab al-Qaeda terrorists and other Sunni Muslim extremists,
who are being drawn to the region like bees to honey, thanks to the
American involvement in Afghanistan.
It's quite possible that if the war in Afghanistan were simply
against Afghan Pashtuns, then there wouldn't be a war. In a Recovery
era, they have no desire or taste for war whatsoever, and any halfway
reasonable approach would create a truce. For example, an approach
similar to the "surge" in Iraq would probably bring the hostilities to
an end, as they have in Iraq.
But the Afghan war is not simply against Afghan Pashtuns. It's
against an increasingly large army of Taliban and al-Qaeda Islamists
who are based in the Pakistan's FATA (Federally Administered Tribal
Areas) and in Pakistan's Northwest Frontier Province (NWFP), where the
Swat Valley is located.
The United States is being increasingly drawn into this escalating
war. Within the last week, the Obama administration has increased the
number of American troops in Afghanistan, and has <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/02/21/washington/21policy.html?ref=world
"expanded drone missile strikes"#> within Pakistan.
In an <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080721 "article I wrote last July,"#>
during the middle of the election campaign, I quoted an interview
given by Obama, and I concluded the following: "This portion of the
interview makes it clear that Obama is just as strident about
Afghanistan as Bush was (and is) about Iraq. Obama is just as
"pro-war" as President Bush is, as vice-president Dick Cheney is,
Donald Rumsfeld is, as the neo-cons are, etc., etc., except that he's
"pro-war" about a different war, and a far more dangerous war, and a
war far more likely to escalate."
Some people accused me of being "ideological" when I wrote things
like this, but nothing I've written was or is ideological. We're now
seeing the unfolding of exactly what I wrote, as the youthful Obama
escalates the war in Afghanistan, in order to prove that he's not
"weak" on terror.
The strategy of al-Qaeda and the network of Sunni Islamists is clear,
as I've described many times: Emulate Iran's Islamic Revolution of
1979 by using terror to trigger a new Sunni revolution in some
country. Once they have control of one country, use that as a base
to launch attacks on other countries, establishing a new Muslim
Caliphate. They failed in Iraq (in a generational Awakening era),
and they will fail in Afghanistan (in a generational Recovery era),
but they are succeeding in Pakistan (in a generational Crisis era).
The importance of the victory of the Taliban and al-Qaeda in Swat
Valley cannot be underestimated. Sunni extremists need a secure
region that they can use for training and coordination. Afghanistan
used to be that place before 9/11, but the Afghan war destroyed the
Taliban/al-Qaeda infrastructure in Afghanistan.
It's taken several years, but al-Qaeda and the Taliban have been
slowly but surely restoring their infrastructure. They began in the
tribal regions on the border between Pakistan and Afghanistan, and
are now expanding into northwest Pakistan.
Taking control of Swat gives them control of a larger region, and a
launching pad for strikes designed to bring down the Pakistan
government in Islamabad.
Pakistan's president, Asif Ali Zardari, is a Shia Muslim, and his
assasinated wife, Benazir Bhutto, was from Pakistan's leading Shia
family since independence in 1947. You don't have to be an Islamist
terrorist in Pakistan to wish to be rid of Zardari. It would be
natural for Sunni Punjabis to make political alliances with Sunni
Pashtuns (Taliban) to oppose Zardari on a variety of fronts. And the
situation is made worse by the fact that the country Pakistan is close
to bankruptcy.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition that created
India and Pakistan is coming with absolute certainty. Both India and
Pakistan are becoming increasingly polarized between moderate and
extremist groups, and this polarization extends to Afghanistan, where
American forces are slowly but surely being drawn deeper into the
conflict.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090220 Market reaches a 'crisis low' as east European banks raise widespread concern
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.head
Market reaches a 'crisis low' as east European banks raise
widespread concern
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.date
20-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.txt1
The Dow Industrials are 47% below their peak, in a new six-year low.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090220.txt2
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123508896979928031.html
"an article"#> scheduled for Friday's Wall Street Journal:
"Market Hits New Crisis Low
<#inc ww2010.pic g090219a.gif right "" "DJIA, 2007-Present
(Source: WSJ)"#>
The Dow Jones Industrial Average broke to a new six-year low
Thursday, dashing hopes of a quick market recovery and reawakening
fears that the stock declines aren't over.
The Dow industrials now have lost nearly half their value, or
47%, since their record close 16 months ago. They fell 89.68
points to 7465.95 on Thursday, dropping past the Nov. 20 low of
7552.29.
With other indexes down similarly large amounts, investors are
wondering how much longer the pain will continue.
If past experience is any indication, it can continue for a
while. Money managers and analysts who have studied past bear
markets are warning clients that they aren't yet seeing the
signals they would expect to see at a true market bottom.
The Dow's 47% decline in the current 16-month bear market already
is one of the biggest in the index's 113-year history. The only
time it fell significantly harder was 1929-32, when it lost almost
90% of its value, and almost no one believes a similar calamity
awaits this time.
The classic sign of a bottom that many analysts and money managers
are looking for is a period of frantic selling, followed by a
sudden onset of heavy buying. They have seen the selling, but so
far, they haven't seen the buying. The fear is that this means
more selling is ahead."
The "frantic selling" followed by "heavy buying" is what I described
last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081005 ""The origins of
the hare-brained "capitulation" fallacy.""#>
The latest fall comes amidst sharply increasing concern about the
viability of east European banks, so much so that Moody's Investors
Service <#stdurl
http://moodys.com/cust/loadhighlight.asp?documentid=1506900000007736&original=1&redir_url=/cust/loadhighlight.asp&bhcp=1
"warned"#> of a "rapidly deteriorating global macroeconomic
environment."
According to Moody's, "East European countries -- the region includes
Central and Eastern Europe (CEE), South-Eastern Europe (SEE) and the
Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) -- have now entered a deep
and long economic downturn." In worst shape are the Baltic countries,
Hungary, Croatia, Romania and Bulgaria, because of their high fiscal
deficits. However, Ukraine, Kazakhstan and Russia are all under
pressure as well.
That's not all though. These East European countries are deeply in
debt -- and they're in debt to West European countries, especially
Austria, Italy, France, Belgium, Germany and Sweden. Thus, if one of
the East European countries goes into default, it would begin a chain
reaction that would cause major banking crises in one of those six
West European countries.
The result is that the interest rate spreads on credit default swaps
(CDSs) for several European countries <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601100&sid=a5WgDB4nZwhQ&refer=germany
"have widened considerably,"#> indicating that investors are "betting
on" a default in one of those countries.
On Thursday morning on CNBC, billionaire investor Wilbur Ross made
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/29278956 "an interesting statement"#>
of a kind that I haven't heard before. The following is my
transcript:
"I think it all adds up to something that helps a
bit on the margin, but we really do have this fundamental problem
of an over-leveraged middle class and it's going to be very
painful and very slow to transfer that to anywhere else.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090219b.jpg right "" "Wilbur Ross
(Source: CNBC)"#>
There's too much consumer debt out there, and you can argue that
the anomaly was not so much the present recession. The anomaly
may very well be the boom time that we had before.
One economist did a calculation - if you X'ed out the economy the
home equity that was liberated through remortgaging, you know
what you would have had in the six years from '00 to '06? Three
down years, and three years of less than 1% growth. Total
economy.
Basically, it all came from the consumer, and it wasn't the
consumer income; it was consumer leveraging. Median income in
this country actually went down in this country from 2000 to 2006,
and so basically did net worth.
[CNBC anchor Joe Kernen: And you factor out the tech bubble, and
it's positive effect in the late 90s, and you have that we haven't
done anything for 15 years.]
That's right. We hid it pretty well, but in a sense that's a
giant Ponzi scheme itself. It makes Madoff and everybody else
look pretty small."
Regular readers of this web site will not be surprised at the
characterization of the entire market the last few years as a "giant
Ponzi scheme." I've been describing the global economy as a "pyramid
scheme" and a "Ponzi scheme" since 2004.
What's remarkable is to hear such a remark on the normally
Pollyannaish CNBC.
Even more remarkable is that CNBC anchor Joe Kernen, who has always
been wildly optimistic, is actually making a connection between the
1990s dot-com bubble and the 2000s Ponzi scheme. Wow! Next thing
you know, it'll occur to him that all this happened at exactly the
time the Great Depression survivors all retired. Naaahhh. That's
way too deep.
I'd like to warn web site readers that this may be a time of maximum
danger, and that the current situation may indeed be a "crisis low,"
as the WSJ headline says. As you know, generational theory predicts
that there MUST be a generational stock market panic and crash, the
first since 1929. It's impossible to predict the exact date, but with
the market now falling to a new six-year low, the mood may be right
for a major panic.
If the market begins to recover again in a "bear market rally," then
the immediate danger may be over. But if the market continues to
fall, as the above Wall Street Journal article says that many
analysts expect, a full-scale panic may occur right away, rather than
later.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090217 Germans commemorate the Allied firebombing of Dresden in 1945
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.head
Germans commemorate the Allied firebombing of Dresden in 1945
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.date
17-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.txt1
Thousands of left- and right-wing protestors clash in Dresden
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090217.txt2
As I explain frequently on this web site, Generational Dynamics
doesn't use the strict legal definition of the word "genocide." In
generational theory, "genocide" refers to any action that clearly
gives little value to individual life. Generally this means that the
society gives much higher political priority to scoring a victory in
a battle than it gives to the goal of preserving individual lives,
especially civilian lives.
For example, under the Generational Dynamics definition, the following
would be considered genocidal actions by the United States in World
War II:
Sending tens of thousands of American soldiers onto the
beaches of Normandy, where they would be slaughtered like fish in a
barrel;
Firebombing Dresden and Tokyo, and using nuclear weapons on
Nagasaki and Hiroshima, killing masses of civilians.
Other examples of genocidal acts during World War II are the
Holocaust (by the Germans) and the Bataan Death March (by the
Japanese).
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these kinds of
genocidal acts are what characterize a crisis war. Non-crisis wars
do NOT have these genocidal acts, as can be seen, for example, of
America's actions in the wars in Vietnam and Iraq, where internal
political pressures force us to criminally prosecute soldiers who
harm civilians.
I've said on occasions that no nation ever remembers the genocidal
acts that they perpetrate against others, or ever forgets the
genocidal acts that others perpetrate against them.
<#inc ww2010.pic derbrand.jpg right ""
"The Fire: Germany Under Bombardment, 1940-45"#>
So it's not surprising that the Germans have not forgotten the
firebombing of Dresden in February, 1945. In fact, this was the
subject of one of the <#hreftext ww2010.i.frangerm "first articles"#>
that I posted on this web site, in February 2003.
The firebombing is one of the <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/germany/0,1518,581992,00.html
"most controversial"#> Allied military operations in World War II,
with many historians criticizing it as unnecessarily brutal, when
Germany was 12 weeks from capitulation. Some 1,300 British and U.S.
bombers dropped more than 3,900 tons of high-explosive bombs and
incendiary devices in four raids, from February 13-15, destroying 13
square miles of the city and igniting a horrific firestorm that wiped
out mostly residential downtown Dresden.
The Germans have commemorated the anniversary of the Dresden bombing
every year since then. In fact, this is <#stdurl
http://www.coventrytelegraph.net/news/coventry-news/2009/02/12/50-years-of-friendship-built-on-the-ruins-of-war-92746-22913389/
"the 50th anniversary"#> of a special friendship agreement between
Dresden in Germany and Coventry in England -- two cities that were
destroyed by enemy bombing.
In recent years, the commemorations have been <#stdurl
http://www.upi.com/Top_News/2009/02/16/Neo-Nazis_co-opt_Dresden_bombing_date/UPI-36231234811796/
"hijacked by neo-Nazis"#> who claim that the firebombing of Dresden
was a worse atrocity than the Holocaust.
Of course this claim is refuted by the numbers. Millions of Jews
died in German concentration camps, with 1.3 million Jews <#stdurl
http://www.metimes.com/Security/2009/02/16/analysis_neo-nazis_march_in_dresden/b43e/
"were murdered at Auschwitz"#> alone. A recent study commissioned by
the city of Dresden concluded that some 25,000 civilians were killed
in the firebombing.
On Saturday, some 6,000 neo-Nazis, mostly dressed in black, gathered
in Dresden and staged a "mourning march" in commemoration of the 64th
anniversary of the 1945 firebombing. This was the one of the largest
far-right demonstrations in decades.
A counterdemonstration drew more than 10,000 participants, who
marched against rising neo-Nazism in eastern Germany. Some 4,000
police had been dispatched to Dresden, to keep the peace. However,
violence occurred on Saturday evening when a group of neo-Nazis
<#stdurl http://www.thelocal.de/national/20090216-17457.html
"attacked two buses"#> full of left-wing activists.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're seeing the
signs of the coming re-fighting of many of the battles of World War
II.
Many people are surprised when I tell them to expect a new European
war, but those people do not remember that such wars have been
occurring regularly since the days of the Roman Empire. In recent
centuries, the major west European crisis wars have included the
Thirty Years War, the War of the Spanish Succession, the Napoleonic
Wars, the Franco-Prussian wars and World War II. These wars have
occurred almost as regularly as clockwork, and the time is fast
approaching for the next one.
Was the firebombing of Dresden really genocidal?
In an <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/germany/0,1518,607524,00.html
"article in Der Spiegel"#> called "The Logic Behind the
Destruction of Dresden," British historian Frederick Taylor explains
the military rationale behind the attack:
"Dresden was undoubtedly a particularly fine
city, a tourist center well known to Germans and foreigners alike
as a place where the arts flourished amidst architecturally
distinguished surroundings. This gave rise to the myth that it
was of no military or industrial importance. The high civilian
death toll -- though current estimates of 25,000 are not as high
as once thought -- also plays a role. ...
The Dresden attack was directly linked to the conduct of the war
elsewhere -- in this case on the Eastern Front. In Feb. 1945,
Dresden was a major transport and communication hub less than 120
miles from the advancing Russians. The aim of the bombing was
quite deliberately to destroy the center of the city, thereby
making the movement of German soldiers and civilians impossible.
...
There were other targets too. Berlin was also seen as essential to
continuing German resistance and was heavily bombed on Feb. 3.
Raids on Dresden and Chemnitz were delayed by bad weather. And
ultimately, only the Dresden raid was successful -- horribly so as
the 25,000 or more casualties bear witness. This was, in fact, a
clear-cut case where maximum destruction was the central aim of
the attack. There can be no question that the presence of many
refugees was factored into the Allies' calculations. A Feb. 1,
1945 memorandum specifically noted the huge tide of refugees
passing through the eastern German cities as a "plus point,"
chillingly adding that attacking these cities would "result in
establishing a state of chaos in some or all of these
areas."
This is what happens to every country, and people of every
nationality and ethnicity, in every crisis war.
At the beginning of the war, there's actually a feeling of
celebration and euphoria, as the anxious population believes that now
all their problems will be solved with a quick victory. When the
first military disaster occurs, the public becomes anxious and
panicky. As time goes on, and the population becomes increasingly
desperate, they begin to panic and worry about the survival of their
nation and their way of life. At that point, the value of any human
life -- theirs or their enemy's -- becomes insignificant in
comparison to the uncompromising need to win at any cost.
That's certainly what happened in the case of the firebombing of
Dresden. By that time, the Allies were desperate. There's no doubt,
as Frederick Taylor says, that the attack had clear and important
military objectives that would shorten the war, but the shock and awe
factor of attacking a city crowded with refugees was considered a
"plus point." In a non-crisis war, it would be considered so much a
"minus point," that it would be out of the question.
This is what's in store as we approach the Clash of Civilizations
world war. It will probably start out small, as a regional war, but
as populations become increasingly desperate, the value of human life
will reduce to zero, and hundreds of millions, or even billions of
people will be killed.
People who think that this could never happened should remember that
in millennia of history it's never failed to happen. Genocidal war
is as much a part of the human DNA as sex is. The human race would
not have survived, if it weren't for both sex and genocidal war. And
this is about to be proven again.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090216 President Obama's smashing fiscal stimulus victory contrasts with Geithner's TARP disaster
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.head
President Obama's smashing fiscal stimulus victory contrasts with
Geithner's TARP disaster
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.date
16-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.txt1
Building a sand castle while the tide is coming in.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090216.txt2
President Barack Obama claimed a major victory on Saturday, with the
Congressional passage of the $787 fiscal stimulus package.
In Saturday's <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/blog/09/02/14/A-major-milestone/ "weekly
address to the nation,"#> he said:
"This morning, I’m pleased to say that after a
lively debate full of healthy difference of opinion, we have
delivered real and tangible progress for the American people.
Congress has passed my economic recovery plan – an ambitious plan
at a time we badly need it. It will save or create more than 3.5
million jobs over the next two years, ignite spending by business
and consumers alike, and lay a new foundation for our lasting
economic growth and prosperity.
This is a major milestone on our road to recovery, and I want to
thank the Members of Congress who came together in common purpose
to make it happen. Because they did, I will sign this legislation
into law shortly, and we’ll begin making the immediate investments
necessary to put people back to work doing the work America needs
done."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Obama is quickly
demonstrating that people in the "Nomad" generational archetype (like
Generation-Xers) are pragmatic managers that lead the nation through
the Crisis era.
(For information about generational eras and archetypes, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
President Obama achieved this huge victory less than a month after
taking office. Obama has translated his contempt for Boomer and
Silent generation values and accomplishments into his own
accomplishment, one of the most dramatic in American history -- a
spending bill that dwarfs anything that could even be imagined a year
ago.
The fiscal stimulus bill passage has given hope to many people that
it will provide relief from the crashing economy, and the rapidly
spreading unemployment that causing suffering among millions of
people.
=inc ww2010.h2 tarp "The TARP"
<#inc ww2010.pic g090215.jpg right "" "Timothy Geithner, Secretary of
the Treasury, testifying before Congress.
(Source: WSJ)"#>
Unfortunately, those realities will be affected only marginally by
the fiscal stimulus bill. Nothing has happened that will change
anything that I described in <#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105
""The outlook for 2009.""#>
The euphoria over the passage of the fiscal stimulus bill contrasts
sharply with the political disaster over the Troubled Asset Relief
Program, or TARP. The TARP money is to be used to purchase "troubled
assets" -- mortgage-backed securities (MBSs), collateralized debt
obligations (CDOs), credit default swaps (CDSs) -- that have become
near-worthless because of the collapse of the real estate and credit
bubbles. Thus, it's the TARP that's most relevant to the realities of
the economy for most people.
On Monday evening, President Obama gave a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090210 "press conference"#> to sell the fiscal stimulus package. He
declined to discuss the TARP, saying that Treasury Secretary Timothy
Geithner would provide all the details on Tuesday.
Well, Geithner <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090211 "gave a speech"#> on
Tuesday that provided almost no details at all. And there's a good
reason why: Because there's no solution to the problem that the TARP
is supposed to solve.
When the the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081004 "became law"#> in October of last year, I
called it the "Bailout of the World" (BOTW), because it was huge -- a
$700 billion bailout of the banks and other financial institutions.
That $700 bailout was going to solve the economy's problems.
Then-Treasury Secretary Hank Paulsen spent half of that amount --
$350 billion -- on "saving the banks," and now the economy is worse
than ever. People are wondering where the money went, and why bankers
were continuing to give themselves fat bonuses.
This has made the political climate for the TARP much more toxic than
it was in October.
The purpose of Geithner's speech, and subsequent testimony before
Congress, was to justify spending the remaining $350 billion to "save
the banks." He was supposed to explain in detail how he planned to
spend that $350 billion, but instead he simply provided an outline
that was no different than Secretary Paulsen might have provided.
There are good reasons why he couldn't have provided details: Because
it's increasingly clear that the "troubled assets" have notional
values in the trillions or even tens of trillions of dollars, far in
excess of the $350 billion being discussed. And so, rather than
provide details, he decided to bluff.
As I wrote last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One,
Two, Three ... Infinity,""#>) the amounts being demanded for
bailouts keeps growing exponentially. A lot of people think that the
$757 fiscal stimulus money is the same money as in the $700 BOTW, but
it's not. These are two separate amounts, and there are demands for
even more money.
=inc ww2010.h2 krug "Nobel prize winner economist Paul Krugman"
A clear political statement criticizing the both the stimulus package
and the TARP package for being too timid is given by Paul Krugman,
last year's Nobel Prize winner in economics. This is my transacript
of his interview on Wednesday, February 11, on BBC. The comments in
brackets are from the interviewer, Matt Frei. The phrase "financial
plan" refers to the TARP.
"The stimulus plan is a lot better than nothing,
but it's not as big as it ought to be, and not as well-focused as
it ought to be.
In the process of first a low initial bid by the White House and
then it's been scaled down and somewhat degraded, it's not
enough. It's enough to mitigate, but not enough to produce a full
recovery. So it's disappointing. They'll have to come back for a
second round.
As for the financial plan - if anyone can tell me what the
financial plan is that would be a helpful sign. Everyone who sat
down to look at it said, I don't get this - it's more of an
outline, a plan for a plan, not a real plan.
It's not terrible, not a crazy outline, but it's not a real plan.
[They've had weeks to sort this out.]
It's very puzzling. We all have fears about what happened. But
what's clear is that they have not actually bitten the bullet.
They've not actually said, OK, here's what we really need to do.
For all of the talk, -- If you read the first few minutes of
Secretary Geithner's speech, he was saying we need a dramatic
plan, we need to act, we need to resolve this. And then he
produced something that was more like a sketch of how we might
possibly go about thinking about the thing.
[What is the bullet?]
The bullet is -- you need to go in to major financial
institutions, take a serious look, and if they're not viable, you
need to put them into government receivership. We've got to clean
out those bad assets and the only way to do that is to take them
under the government's wing, essentially, temporary
nationalization is going to be. I predict that's what will happen
in the end, but it depends on how long it takes.
[Why is it taking so long? Is it a philosophical question - this
government just doesn't do nationalization? Is it the fact that
in a broader spectrum we're stuck in an era where we think that
tax cuts are the things that are finally going to get this economy
going?]
Well, there's two things. First, on the stimulus -- these two
things are really very different. One of the problems that
Obama's having is that the public mushes these two things
together. The stimulus by itself is probably very popular, but
the bailout is deeply unpopular. But they get smushed together and
you get something that isn't getting enough public support.
But there's a Republican party which is 87% committed to voodoo
economics. That's the 36 out of 41 Republicans that voted for
another round of Bush-style tax cuts. A large part of that party
is just not ready to compromise, so Obama has to work on the
narrow margin of basically three Republican senators you can talk
to. That's a big problem.
Then, I think on the bank stuff, it's a failure of nerve. I have
reason to believe that economists in the Obama administration
actually have a model of what the problem is that's not very
different from mine, but the political willingness to step out
there and say that we hve to do something really, really radical
is not yet there.
[What would you like to see in the stmulus package?]
First of all, it should be 50% bigger. It should be a $1.2
trillion, not an $800 billion package. And it should be more
focused on spending. There should be more aid to states, not
less, which was just negotiated. There should be more aid to
education. There should be more health care - things that are
both going to mitigate the pain of this recession and are also
more bang for buck. Just, more stuff.
Right. You give somebody, particularly an affluent person a tax
cut, then he or she may or may not spend it.
You repair leaks in the school roof, then you put somebody to
work directly. That's more effective - you're just going to get
more out of those things.
Now I understand there may be limits to that, but they clearly
have not reached those limits."
The strong partisanship of this statement of both Krugman and the BBC
interviewer (Matt Frei), calling the Republicans "committed to voodoo
economics," destroys the credibility of the statement. (Krugman is
still doing the job that the Nobel Prize committee appointed him last
year to do: continue to bash George Bush and the Republicans.)
There's absolutely no reason why a tax cut to businesses, allowing
them to avoid laying off workers, is "voodoo economics," while giving
money to near-bankrupt state governments, allowing them to avoid
laying off workers, is a brilliant plan.
The confusion becomes even greater when you look at another big
bailout favored by Krugman and the Democrats -- the bailout of the
big three Detroit auto makers. What is the brilliant economic
reasoning that makes that bailout good, but a tax cut to other
businesses bad?
The biggest problem that President Obama will have going forward is
dealing with this kind of poisonous ideology. It's because of this
kind of ideological attitude among Krugman and Democrats that the
fiscal stimulus plan did not receive a single Republican vote in the
House, and only three Republican votes in the Senate.
=inc ww2010.h2 mauldin "John Mauldin: Financial system is 'falling off a cliff'"
Even if the fiscal stimulus and TARP programs had a chance of
succeeding, they're only US programs. However, as I've discussed
frequently, countries around the world have collapsing economies as
well, and many are much worse off than the US. However, none of these
countries (with the possible exception of China) has any kind of
fiscal stimulus program comparable to the US. In particular, the
European Union is completely bound up in multi-country politicans, and
is effectively paralyzed, even in an emergency.
In the past, I've criticized John Mauldin for doing some excellent
analysis, but failing to draw the correct conclusions. Like Nouriel
Roubini, Mauldin describes a rapidly deteriorating global financial
system, but then misleads readers into believing that everything will
be ok anyway. If Mauldin told the complete truth about what was
coming, he'd lose much income from many of his wealthy clients.
(For earlier discussions of Mauldin's newsletters, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081011 ""There's never before been a day like
this on Wall Street,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080204
""Blogger watch: Mish Shedlock goes gloomy, while John Mauldin
gets muddled.""#>)
However, I wish to call your attention to <#stdurl
http://www.frontlinethoughts.com/printarticle.asp?id=mwo021309
"Mauldin's latest newsletter,"#> in which he appears to be realizing
that the world financial system is collapsing. The newsletter is a
quick "survey of the rest of the world."
He has charts and tables discussing the following:
World trade is "falling off a cliff." He says, "We think that
almost 2,000,000 lost jobs in the last three months in the US is a
catastrophe. China lost a reported 20,000,000 jobs in the last
quarter, and migrant workers came back to the cities after Chinese New
Year to find factories and jobs simply gone. Unemployment is rising
rapidly in Europe, as the demand for goods has clearly been falling
since last October."
Leading economic indicators for countries around the world are
much worse than those of the U.S. In particular, "China has seen its
year-over-year exports drop by 17.5% and imports by 43%. These are not
signs of a healthy economy."
European Bank Losses Dwarf Those in the US: "The problem revealed
in the report is an estimated write-down by European banks in the
range of 16 trillion pounds, or about $25 trillion dollars!"
Now, keep in mind that we're talking about a $2 trillion bailout in
the US, but Europe has to content with a $25 trillion writedown of
assets."
He quotes Nouriel Roubini as putting US bank losses at a "mere"
$3 trillion (a figure which seems very low to me).
He gives much the same reason that I did for why Geithner didn't
provide any details about his TARP proposal last week: "You can't
handle the truth!"
His newsletter is well worth reading, but keep in mind that when he
reaches his final conclusions -- that he has "exciting news" about
some "cool opportunities with world-changing technologies" -- it's to
keep his own investors interested, and protect his own income.
Ambrose <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/
"Evans-Pritchard"#> of the Telegraph is the only mainstream
media reporter that I'm aware of who regularly reports what's going
on in the global financial crisis. I've quoted him a number of times
in the past, especially for his grasp of what's going on in Europe
and Asia.
His <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/4623525/Failure-to-save-East-Europe-will-lead-to-worldwide-meltdown.html
"latest column"#> discusses the European banking situation:
"Failure to save East Europe will lead to
worldwide meltdown
The unfolding debt drama in Russia, Ukraine, and the EU states of
Eastern Europe has reached acute danger point.
If mishandled by the world policy establishment, this debacle is
big enough to shatter the fragile banking systems of Western
Europe and set off round two of our financial Götterdämmerung.
Austria's finance minister Josef Pröll made frantic efforts last
week to put together a €150bn rescue for the ex-Soviet bloc. Well
he might. His banks have lent €230bn to the region, equal to 70pc
of Austria's GDP.
"A failure rate of 10pc would lead to the collapse of the
Austrian financial sector," reported Der Standard in Vienna.
Unfortunately, that is about to happen.
The European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) says
bad debts will top 10pc and may reach 20pc. The Vienna press said
Bank Austria and its Italian owner Unicredit face a "monetary
Stalingrad" in the East. ...
Not even Russia can easily cover the $500bn dollar debts of its
oligarchs while oil remains near $33 a barrel. The budget is based
on Urals crude at $95. Russia has bled 36pc of its foreign
reserves since August defending the rouble. ...
Almost all East bloc debts are owed to West Europe, especially
Austrian, Swedish, Greek, Italian, and Belgian banks. En plus,
Europeans account for an astonishing 74pc of the entire $4.9
trillion portfolio of loans to emerging markets.
They are five times more exposed to this latest bust than
American or Japanese banks, and they are 50pc more leveraged (IMF
data). ...
Europe's governments are making matters worse. Some are
pressuring their banks to pull back, undercutting subsidiaries in
East Europe. Athens has ordered Greek banks to pull out of the
Balkans. ...
The implications are obvious. Berlin is not going to rescue
Ireland, Spain, Greece and Portugal as the collapse of their
credit bubbles leads to rising defaults, or rescue Italy by
accepting plans for EU "union bonds" should the debt markets take
fright at the rocketing trajectory of Italy's public debt (hitting
112pc of GDP next year, just revised up from 101pc – big change),
or rescue Austria from its Habsburg adventurism.
So we watch and wait as the lethal brush fires move closer.
If one spark jumps across the eurozone line, we will have global
systemic crisis within days. Are the firemen ready?"
The crisis brewing in Europe is actually quite similar in nature to
the one that's occupied the US for the last 18 months, but it's now
reaching a crisis point, and Europe doesn't have anywhere near the
infrastructure that the US has to handle this emergency.
In other words, Europe and Asia are having the same TARP disaster
that we're having, with fewer tools available to handle it.
For those who wish to read more, a web site reader sent me a PDF file
of a report written by Merrill Lynch analyst David A. Rosenberg,
called "Some inconvenient truths." He says that we're in a new
depression, and it's going to last 3 to 7 years.
What's new about this is that it's the first time that a major
investment bank analyst is making such a prediction.
I put <#stdurl
http://GenerationalDynamics.com/ww2010/RosenbergInconvenientTruth.pdf
"the PDF file"#> on my web site for access to those who wish to read
it.
While I'm mentioning other sources, you can check <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "Nouriel Roubini's blog,"#>
<#stdurl http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated Risk blog"#> (with
Tanta), the <#stdurl http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/ "Sudden Debt
blog,"#> the <#stdurl http://www.minyanville.com/ "MinyanVille
blog,"#> <#stdurl http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/ "Yves Smith's Naked
Capitalism blog,"#> and the <#stdurl http://ftalphaville.ft.com/
"Financial Times alphaville blog."#>
These bloggers are very useful at pulling facts together but, like
Mauldin's newsletters, they fail to draw the right conclusions, for
fear of getting people mad at them.
=inc ww2010.h2 work "Will the fiscal stimulus plan work?"
It depends on what you mean by "work."
As I've been saying on this web site for six years, we're headed for a
new Great Depression, as can be seen simply by applying to the Law of
Mean Reversion to <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "the 'real value' of
the stock market."#> This is not rocket science, and every
prediction I've made based on this observation has turned out to be
true, or is trending true. There is no web site in the world with
anything approaching the predictive success of this web site.
Neither Congress nor President Obama have repealed the Law of Mean
Reversion, so the stock market will still fall much farther, many
more businesses will go bankrupt, and millions more people will be
laid off, irrespective of the fiscal stimulus bill.
This is just as true today as it was when the credit crisis began in
August, 2007. Each intervention, whether by the Fed, or by the
Treasury Dept., or by Congress, was greeted with euphoria and relief,
along with the belief that the the crisis was over. Each time, I
explained that the credit crisis and real estate bubbles were so huge
that no amount of money was available to blow them up again once they
started leaking. There were hundreds of trillions of dollars in
structured finance securities created, and many of those securities
are now disappearing or becoming worthless. A couple of trillion
dollars in a fiscal stimulus or TARP plan will not even make a dent.
This brings us back to the contrast between the fiscal stimulus
victory and the TARP disaster that I referred to in the title of this
article.
What the current Adminstration is doing is building a sand castle.
The debate over the stimulus package is about how many rooms in the
castle, and how many elegant turrets to add on. The failure of the
TARP program is about the tide coming in to wash away the foundations
of the castle, leading to its total collapse.
And this doesn't even take into account that countries around the
world are going to collapse, some much faster and deeper than the US,
and they're going to blame the US, because of the subprime mortgage
debacle.
However, it's pretty clear that the fiscal stimulus package will
"work" in the sense of helping some people, at least for a while.
What's going on today is a fiscal experiment with no parallel in
history. It will definitely not save us from financial devastation
or world war. And it's no help at all when Krugman and other
Democrats call other people's ideas "voodoo economics," when they
themselves have no idea what they're doing.
The question is whether it will make things better or worse, and I
have no answer to that question. In that sense, it will "work," one
way or another.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090211 Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner bombs with analysts and investors
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.head
Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner bombs with analysts and
investors
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.date
11-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.txt1
It's obvious that Geithner has no idea what he's doing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090211.txt2
Tuesday was the day of the long-awaited details of the $800 billion
spending plan that's supposed to save the world.
Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner speech was slightly different in
tone from Obama's press conference on Monday evening. Both of them
started from the assumption that everything that the Bush
administration did was wrong. Obama used his press conference to warn
of worldwide disaster if Republicans didn't get on board with
Geithner's coming proposal.
Geithner's speech on Tuesday was used to say what we'll do to avoid
disaster. In commanding tones, he rattled off a list of things that
his spending programs will accomplish.
He said that everything that the Bush administration had done was
completely wrong and had failed, and that Obama wouldn't make the
same mistakes. He said that President Roosevelt in the 1930s, and
Japan in the 1990s, had done the right thing -- a big spending
program -- but the reason that both of those spending programs failed
is because they were launched too late, and they weren't big enough.
The question that was left unanswered by both Obama's and Geithner's
speeches was this: If everything that the Bush administration failed,
how can you possibly be certain that what you're doing won't fail?
In other words, if you're saying that Bush was full of crap, then how
do we know that you aren't full of crap?
They only gave reasons why past attempts failed. Hoover didn't act
in time. The Japanese in the 1990s didn't act in time. We're going
to act in time, so this time it will work.
Well, why? You're doing fundamentally the same things they did. What
makes you think that doing the same things they did, only faster, is
really going to work?
That question was not answered.
The markets were flat before Geithner's speech, and immediately went
down afterwards, ending the day down 4.5-5%.
According to <#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/economics/2009/02/10/economists-react-treasury-announcement-fails-to-satisfy/
"Michael Feroli of J.P. Morgan Chase,"#> the proposal was "A major
disappointment. The new plan discussed some of the ideas that have
been floated in the media over recent days, and delivered some
cosmetic re-labelling of existing programs, but many of the
fundamental questions that former Secretary Paulson encountered last
Fall remain unanswered."
Goldman Sachs <#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/economics/2009/02/10/economists-react-treasury-announcement-fails-to-satisfy/
"said,"#> "The speech and accompanying fact sheet leave open many
questions about the timing of these interventions and the terms of
asset purchases and recapitalization. Much of the program clearly
remains to be worked out over the coming weeks and months."
Analysts that I heard all said the same thing: Geithner didn't really
say anything, didn't provide any details.
Geithner's speech confirmed what I said about Obama's speech on
Monday: These two guys are just babbling. They have no idea what
they're doing. They have no idea what they're saying. They just
read from a script, and pray that something will work.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, nothing will work,
as I've described many times, most recently in my <#hreftext
ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for 2009.""#>
A web site reader has called my attention to some research by
<#stdurl http://www.econ.berkeley.edu/~ulrike/research.html "Ulrike M.
Malmendier,"#> Associate Professor of Economics at University of
California.
In her August, 2007, paper, <#stdurl
http://www.econ.berkeley.edu/%7Eulrike/Papers/DepressionBabys_16.pdf
""Depression Babies: Do Macroeconomic Experiences Affect
Risk-Taking?" (PDF)"#> (with Stefan Nagel), she analyzes existing
data about the investing habits of people born before, during and
after the Great Depression of the 1930s.
Her conclusion? People who lived through the Great Depression are
more risk-averse than people born afterwards.
Now, this is a perfectly obvious conclusion, and one that I've stated
hundreds of time on this web site. But it's a conclusion that's
completely foreign to mainstream economists.
Malmendier herself says the following:
"Our findings suggest that individual investors’
willingness to bear financial risk depends on personal history.
This behavior could be explained either with endogenous
preferences, where risk aversion depends on the risky asset
payoffs experienced in the past, or with learning, where current
beliefs depend on the realizations experienced in the past. In the
latter case, learning from personal experience would lead to
beliefs that do not converge across overlapping generations, even
in the long- run. Such belief heterogeneity is a departure from
standard learning models, in which all agents at a given point in
time have access to and make use of the same history of past
data.
Our paper connects to several strands of literature. While there
is NO PRIOR LITERATURE, to the best of our knowledge, documenting
empirically the effect of experienced macro-economic shocks such
as the Great Depression, several papers in macroeconomics and
public finance analyze the impact of age and demographic
composition." (My emphasis)
Can you believe this? There hasn't been a single study on the
risk-aversion of Great Depression survivors. The only thing that
economists look at is the differences by age or race or income level.
Mainstream economists assume that a 50-year-old white male in the
1970s is the same as a 50-year-old white male in the 1990s, and they
don't even consider the possibility that the fact that only one of
them survived the Great Depression is an important factor.
That's why mainstream economics has been a total failure for the last
ten years, and why mainstream economics did not see, and can't
explain the current mess we're in. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the Failure of
Macroeconomics Theory,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b
""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble
on 'the news'.""#>
A <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=2376#p2376
"contribution to the Generational Dynamics forum"#> called my
attention to <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15840232?video=1027496846&play=1 "a CNBC
video"#> called "Predicting Crisis: Dr. Doom & the Black Swan, How to
predict a financial crisis and the five signs of a bear, with Nouriel
Roubini, RGE Monitor and Nassim Taleb, The Black Swan author."
I strongly urge all web site readers to take the time to watch that
video, and see what horse's asses the CNBC anchors turn into when
Roubini and Taleb try to tell them what's really going on. Just
watch those bleating CNBC clowns for a few minutes, and you'll see
for yourself what pathetic hands our country is in.
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=106
"President Barack's news conference 2/9/2009"#> thread of the
Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090210 President Obama gives a press conference to sell the $800 stimulus package.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.head
President Obama gives a press conference to sell the $800 stimulus
package.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.date
10-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.txt1
To me, he seemed anxious and desperate. We'll see what the polls
say.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090210.txt2
It was about ten minutes into the Monday evening press conference, as
he was answering the first question, that I realized that President
Obama was babbling, and really had no idea what to say. Here's
<#stdurl http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123422795926965757.html "the
transcript:"#>
"Q: Thank you, Mr. President. Earlier today in
Indiana, you said something striking. You said that this nation
could end up in a crisis without action that we would be unable to
reverse. Can you talk about what you know or what you're hearing
that would lead you to say that our recession might be permanent,
when others in our history have not? And do you think that you
risk losing some credibility or even talking down the economy by
using dire language like that?
THE PRESIDENT: No, no, no, no -- I think that what I've said is
what other economists have said across the political spectrum,
which is that if you delay acting on an economy of this severity,
then you potentially create a negative spiral that becomes much
more difficult for us to get out of. We saw this happen in Japan
in the 1990s, where they did not act boldly and swiftly enough,
and as a consequence they suffered what was called the "lost
decade" where essentially for the entire '90s they did not see any
significant economic growth.
So what I'm trying to underscore is what the people in Elkhart
already understand: that this is not your ordinary
run-of-the-mill recession. We are going through the worst
economic crisis since the Great Depression. We've lost now 3.6
million jobs, but what's perhaps even more disturbing is that
almost half of that job loss has taken place over the last three
months, which means that the problems are accelerating instead of
getting better.
Now, what I said in Elkhart today is what I repeat this evening,
which is, I'm absolutely confident that we can solve this problem,
but it's going to require us to take some significant, important
steps.
Step number one: We have to pass an economic recovery and
reinvestment plan. And we've made progress. There was a vote
this evening that moved the process forward in the Senate. We
already have a House bill that's passed. I'm hoping over the next
several days that the House and the Senate can reconcile their
differences and get that bill on my desk.
There have been criticisms from a bunch of different directions
about this bill, so let me just address a few of them. Some of
the criticisms really are with the basic idea that government
should intervene at all in this moment of crisis. Now, you have
some people, very sincere, who philosophically just think the
government has no business interfering in the marketplace. And in
fact there are several who've suggested that FDR was wrong to
intervene back in the New Deal. They're fighting battles that I
thought were resolved a pretty long time ago.
Most economists, almost unanimously, recognize that even if
philosophically you're wary of government intervening in the
economy, when you have the kind of problem we have right now --
what started on Wall Street goes to Main Street, suddenly
businesses can't get credit, they start carrying back their
investment, they start laying off workers, workers start pulling
back in terms of spending -- when you have that situation, that
government is an important element of introducing some additional
demand into the economy. We stand to lose about $1 trillion worth
of demand this year and another trillion next year. And what that
means is you've got this gaping hole in the economy.
That's why the figure that we initially came up with of
approximately $800 billion was put forward. That wasn't just
some random number that I plucked out of a hat. That was
Republican and Democratic, conservative and liberal economists
that I spoke to who indicated that given the magnitude of the
crisis and the fact that it's happening worldwide, it's important
for us to have a bill of sufficient size and scope that we can
save or create 4 million jobs. That still means that you're going
to have some net job loss, but at least we can start slowing the
trend and moving it in the right direction.
Now, the recovery and reinvestment package is not the only thing
we have to do -- it's one leg of the stool. We are still going to
have to make sure that we are attracting private capital, get the
credit markets flowing again, because that's the lifeblood of the
economy.
And so tomorrow my Treasury Secretary, Tim Geithner, will be
announcing some very clear and specific plans for how we are going
to start loosening up credit once again. And that means having
some transparency and oversight in the system. It means that we
correct some of the mistakes with TARP that were made earlier, the
lack of consistency, the lack of clarity in terms of how the
program was going to move forward. It means that we condition
taxpayer dollars that are being provided to banks on them showing
some restraint when it comes to executive compensation, not using
the money to charter corporate jets when they're not necessary.
It means that we focus on housing and how are we going to help
homeowners that are suffering foreclosure or homeowners who are
still making their mortgage payments, but are seeing their
property values decline.
So there are going to be a whole range of approaches that we have
to take for dealing with the economy. My bottom line is to make
sure that we are saving or creating 4 million jobs, we are making
sure that the financial system is working again, that homeowners
are getting some relief. And I'm happy to get good ideas from
across the political spectrum, from Democrats and Republicans.
What I won't do is return to the failed theories of the last eight
years that got us into this fix in the first place, because those
theories have been tested and they have failed. And that's part
of what the election in November was all about."
This is close to gibberish. It's a laundry list of problems and what
he'd like to do, but nothing that explains how he'd like to do it.
His tone of voice sounded desperate. I actually felt bad for him.
One thing that made me chuckle was, "That's why the figure that we
initially came up with of approximately $800 billion was put forward.
That wasn't just some random number that I plucked out of a hat."
Actually, he's right. It isn't a "random number." It was chosen
because they want to spend as much money as they can get away with,
but they don't want to go over $1 trillion, because too many people
would object.
I watched the local news after the press conference. They
interviewed a 41 year old man with two degrees from MIT, a wife who's
a stay-at-home mom, and two children. He was shocked to lose his job
at the end of December, and doesn't know where he'll find another
job.
The wife commented on Obama's performance. She looked very worried,
and said, "When he said that he has full confidence that he can turn
things around, that he has a solution to the problem, then I believe
that he has a solution to the problem."
Ah yes, it's nice to be young and full of faith.
The "common wisdom" today is that the financial crisis is caused by a
"lack of confidence," a diagnosis completely without meaning. Thus,
the wisdom goes, all Obama has to do is give a stirring speech that
restores confidence, and the crisis will end. In his heart, even
Obama knows that's bullshit, but he's gotta do what he's gotta do.
According to Matt1989, writing in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&p=2364#p2364
"Generational Dynamics forum,"#> said that "As for Millies [i.e., in
the young Millennial generation], there's very little chance that this
will have much of an effect. Obama's got at least 8-9 months (though
I'd double it) worth of cushioning where he can do very little wrong
in my generation's eyes. We'll see what direction the financial crisis
takes us."
President Obama is still having a honeymoon. Politics continues to
be kind to him, as do events. In my opinion, Obama did poorly on
Monday evening. Let's see how he does when a full-scale crisis
occurs.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=106
"President Barack's news conference 2/9/2009"#> thread of the
Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090209 Israel poised to elect Benjamin Netanyahu as Prime Minister in move to the right
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.head
Israel poised to elect Benjamin Netanyahu as Prime Minister in move
to the right
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.date
9-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.txt1
Israel's historic connection to Russia plays an increasing role
in Tuesday's election.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090209.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090208.gif right "" "Israel election poll results,
as of 7-Feb-2009, for 10-Feb election
(Source: Haaretz)"#>
It was over three years ago, in January, 2006, that Israeli Prime
Minister <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060105 "Ariel Sharon suffered a
massive stroke."#> He lies in a coma to this day, while his major and
most controversial accomplishments -- the construction of the
security wall surrounding Israel and the Israeli evacuation of Gaza in
2005, continue to loom as major issues, as Tuesday's election
approaches.
The security wall keeps suicide bombers from entering Israel, but it
doesn't prevent Hamas militants from shooting rockets over the wall
into Israel.
And much of the world was shocked by the ferocity of Israel's attack
on Gaza in December and January, with hundreds or perhaps thousands
of bombs targeting Hamas leaders, suspected weapons depots, and
underground tunnels, from one end of Gaza to the other. Much of the
world has condemned Israel for this "overreaction" to the Hamas
rockets.
This has caused Israelis themselves to become more convinced that a
negotiated solution is impossible. They're not sure what the
solution is, but few people believe that there are ever going to be
"two states side-by-side" as <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 "proposed by
President Bush"#> in the Road Map to Peace in 2003.
They believe that a much tougher approach is required, but they're not
sure what. They're grasping at solutions. The current Prime
Minister, Ehud Olmert, is head of the centrist Kadima party, the party
that Ariel Sharon formed several months before his stroke. But Olmert
is thought to have bungled the 2006 war against Hizbollah in Lebanon,
and his ratings have never recovered. The major left-wing party,
Labor, is also suffering in the polls, as liberal policies toward the
Palestinians fall into disfavor.
So the expected winner on Tuesday is <#stdurl
http://haaretz.com/hasen/spages/1062472.html "Benjamin Netanyahu and
his right-wing Likud party."#> Netanyahu has promised not to give in
to the Palestinians -- by giving up land on the West Bank -- or the
Syrians -- by giving up the Golan Heights.
But the real change in Israeli attitudes is shown by the increasing
popularity of another candidate, Avigdor Lieberman, and his Yisrael
Beiteinu ("Israel is our home") political party. Lieberman is called
a "far-right racist" by those who don't like him, because of <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUKTRE5170SW20090208 "his
anti-Arab rhetoric."#>
Lieberman questions the loyalty of Arab citizens of Israel, and has
proposed deporting Arabs who cannot pass a loyalty test.
Lieberman has expressed the view that a <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/feb/04/lieberman-israel-election
"much larger imposition of force"#> must be used against the people
of Gaza. "A real victory, can be achieved only by breaking the will
and motivation of Hamas to fight us, as was done to the Japanese in
the last days of world war two."
I assume that the last statement refers to the use of nuclear weapons
against Hamas. From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that
kind of approach could only achieve the desired result when everyone
is exhausted, at the climax of a genocidal crisis war that had already
been going on for several years. In the present context, such an
action would immediately trigger worldwide condemnation and major
retaliation by most of the nations in the Mideast.
Perhaps his followers don't believe Lieberman really means it. Maybe
they just like hearing him say it, and they believe that just by
saying it, Lieberman can convince Hamas to stop sending rockets into
Israel.
Lieberman was born in the Soviet Union in 1958, and emigrated to
Israel in 1978. Overwhelmingly, his supporters have been among the
large community of Russian-speaking voters, mostly Russian emigrés
and their children.
When Lieberman makes statements related to things like nuking Hamas,
it's thought that he's actually emulating Russian Prime Minister
Vladimir Putin, who is very popular in Russia because of his own
extremely confrontational statements.
It seems to be working for Lieberman, because not only has it made
him popular with Russian-speaking Israelis, but <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/feb/04/lieberman-israel-election
"his popularity is spreading"#> to a wider audience of Israelis who
are concerned about security.
Lieberman's success is causing other candidates' campaign to target
the Russian-speaking voters as well.
Israeli Army Minister Ehud Barak, who is also running for Prime
Minister, <#stdurl http://english.wafa.ps/?action=detail&id=12574
"promised to try"#> to "Putinize his image." It's thought that
<#stdurl http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/spages/1062124.html "the entire
election"#> is undergoing a "Russification."
It's not surprising that Russia and Israel <#stdurl
http://www.openu.ac.il/Personal_sites/download/Alek/34%20Russia%20and%20Israel%20-%20RFA%20(2007).pdf
"have a love-hate relationship (PDF)."#>
On the one hand, Jews have often suffered enormous discrimination in
Russia. As depicted in the Broadway play, "Fiddler on the Roof,"
many Russians emigrated to the Palestine area in the late 1800s,
giving the initial impetus to a Jewish state.
On the other hand, Russians have a deep spiritual connection to
Jerusalem.
When the Roman Empire fell 406, the Eastern Roman Empire, centered in
Byzantium (Constantinople later, and Istanbul today), became the
second Roman Empire. When Constantinople fell in 1453, Moscow
assumed the mantle of the Third Roman Empire. In 1472, Ivan the
Great married a Byzantine princess and assumed the title of Tsar, and
thus became the first Tsar of the new Tsarist Russia. ("Tsar," or
"Czar," was derived from the name of the Roman Emperor Caesar, as is
the German word "Kaiser.") Thus, Ivan would be not only the head of
Russia, he would also be head of the Orthodox Christian Church -- and
never part of the Roman Catholic Church.
As guardians of the true, original, and "orthodox" Christian faith,
the Russians considered themselves protectors of Jerusalem, the
source of the Orthodox Christian faith.
Russia became an atheist state with the Bolshevik Revolution in 1917,
and rejected all connections with the Russian Orthodox Church,
including its protection of Jerusalem.
But by 1948, when Russia's Awakening era was in full swing, Russia
became the first country to recognize the new state of Israel.
With the current revival of the Russian Orthodox Church in Russia,
the spiritual connection to Jerusalem is returning as well.
At the same time, both Russia and Israel face the common enemy of
Islamist terrorists -- from Chechnya for Russia, and from Gaza for
Israel. The connection between Russia and Israel is expected to
strengthen as the Clash of Civilizations world war approaches.
For those who, like me, need a scorecard to follow Tuesday's election
in Israel, here's one <#stdurl
http://haaretz.com/hasen/spages/1062472.html "from Haaretz:"#>
Blocs based on latest Haaretz-Dialog poll:
The right-wing bloc:
- Likud (headed by Benjamin Netanyahu): 27 seats
- Yisrael Beiteinu ("Israel is our home" - a far-right pro-transfer
party headed by Avigdor Lieberman): 18 seats
- Shas (Sephardi ultra-Orthodox party headed by Eli Yishai): 9
seats
- National Union-Habayit Hayehudi (coalition between two right-wing
parties, the long-standing National Union and fledgling Habayit
Hayehudi [the Jewish home]): 6 seats
The left-wing bloc:
- Kadima (centrist party established by Ariel Sharon and now headed
by Tzipi Livni): 25 seats
- Labor (headed by Ehud Barak and formerly Israel's dominant party):
14 seats
- New Movement-Meretz (latest incarnation of the left-wing Meretz):
7 seats
- Hadash (Jewish-Arab party formerly known as a communist party): 3
seats
- United Arab List-Ta'al (a union of two predominantly Arab parties,
the United Arab list and Ahmed Tibi's Ta'al): 3 seats
- Balad (predominantly Arab party whose name is a Hebrew acronym for
National Democratic Assembly): 2 seats
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=105
"Israeli Elections"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090207 Eat drink and be merry, for tomorrow we die.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.head
Eat drink and be merry, for tomorrow we die.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.date
7-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.txt1
Investors were cheering the state of confusion and panic in
Washington,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090207.txt2
because the news was so bad that it meant that a fiscal stimulus
package will pass and will save the world.
Friday morning's jobs report was an enormous shock to everyone -
<#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2009/02/06/business/jobs.4-424655.php
"almost 600,000 jobs lost"#> in January - the worst since 1974 and an
increase in the unemployment rate to 7.6%.
In commenting on the jobs report, one young female economics expert
exclaimed, "When you start to see numbers that take you way back to
1974 - that's the largest payroll drop that we've endured since then
- we saw a loss of about 598,000, you get nervous -- cause that takes
you back to when The Sting was the best picture for the
Oscars, Roberta Flack's "Killing me softly" was the number one song
-- we're going waaaaaaaaay far back."
Mohamed El-Erian of Pimco Inc. was a little more sober on CNBC:
"The employment number is very concerning. The
acceleration of job numbers is of particular concern. As becky
points out, we've lost half of the total jobs in the last three
months, and we've gone from an unemployment rate of 4.9% to 7.6%
in just a year.
So it's telling you in a very clear and loud manner that we are
in the midst of something very different. It's more than just a
severe and synchronized global recession.
It's more than just a banking system that's not functioning.
People are going into preservation mode, into precautionary mode.
Even those who can spend are not spending, and that is a major
concern as you look forward."
El-Erian said that there are four "balance sheets" that are
contracting: the banking and finance balance sheet, the consumer
balance sheet, the mortgage market, and the global balance sheet. He
said that the rest of the world is looking to President Obama for
leadership to solve this problem.
El-Erian's solution? The Obama fiscal stimulus plan has to exhibit
"shock and awe," to restore confidence.
President Obama made <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/blog_post/beyond_the_echo_chamber/ "a
televised statement:"#>
"This is not some abstract debate. It is an
urgent and growing crisis that can only be fully understood
through the unseen stories that lie underneath each and every one
of those 600,000 jobs that were lost this month. ...
These Americans are counting on us, all of us in Washington. We
have to remember that we're here to work for them. And if we drag
our feet and fail to act, this crisis could turn into a
catastrophe.
We'll continue to get devastating job reports like today's --
month after month, year after year. It's very important to
understand that, although we had a terrible year with respect to
jobs last year, the problem is accelerating, not decelerating.
It's getting worse, not getting better. Almost half of the jobs
that were lost have been lost just in the last couple of
months."
(Incidentally, if you want to find the above transcript, you can't go
to the <#stdurl whitehouse.gov "White House web site"#> and search for
press releases. Apparently, press releases are Boomer crap. Instead,
if you're lucky, you can find it on the <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/blog_post/beyond_the_echo_chamber/ "White
House Blog,"#> subtitled "beyond the echo chamber." Also, you can
no longer find President Bush's old speeches on the White House web
site; apparently President Bush has become an unperson.)
Washington is still heavily bogged down <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e090129 "in a state of near paralysis,"#> as it has been for years.
However, the jobs report was so disastrous, that it actually motivated
the Congress to move ahead on the fiscal stimulus bill, which
otherwise might have died.
And that's why investors are celebrating. The disastrous jobs report
was GOOD NEWS. It means that the fiscal stimulus package will pass,
and that's why the stock market surged 3%.
You know, Dear Reader, there was a time when I used to mock investors
for their "bad news is good news" attitude, but now it just makes me
numb, and makes me want to throw up. So, you'll have to provide your
own mocking.
It was just a month ago that the world was expecting everything to
get all better on January 21, the day after President Obama's
inauguration. Obama himself had expected the fiscal stimulus package
to pass in Congress on that day, so that he could sign it
immediately. He expected to get 80 votes in the Senate, including
all Democrats and many Republicans. He expected it to restore
confidence immediately, as he believed President Roosevelt had done
when he took office in 1933.
What is absolutely clear is that no one in Washington has any idea
what's going to happen. The development of this fiscal stimulus bill
is a circus, with little kids competing with one another for goodies.
It's an embarassment to the nation.
At the beginning of 2009, I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105
""The outlook for 2009,""#> telling what was REALLY going
to happen, and none of that has changed.
First, it's way too early in the deflationary spiral for anything to
work. There is not enough money in the world to stop it. To the
contrary, we're seeing one economic indicator after another that's
turning negative and accelerating in the negative direction. The
world is falling faster and faster into a black hole, and nothing can
stop it.
Long-time readers of this web site know that the last paragraph is
not some fanciful whimsy, and that it's based on hard analysis that
I've been posting for years. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>)
Second, we're still headed for a generational panic and crash, and
I've described it this way several times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This might happen tomorrow, next week, next month or thereafter. We
can't predict when it will happen, but it's coming soon with
absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090204 China fears major crisis, as economy continues to crash
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.head
China fears major crisis, as economy continues to crash
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.date
4-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.txt1
A new study shows 8% unemployment, with 20 million migrants
unemployed.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090204.txt2
This news is much worse than expected, and represents a <#stdurl
http://www.ibtimes.com/articles/20090202/jobless-migrants-china-pose-threat-social-stability-official.htm
"threat to social stability,"#> according to Chinese officials.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090203b.gif right "" "Collapsing corporate profits
in China
(Source: WSJ)"#>
This comes at the same time that other economic statistics continue
to indicate a huge shakeout in China's economy is occurring.
In particular, corporate profit in China appears to be rapidly
crashing. Profits of industrial companies <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123368893393744435.html?mod=djemITPA
"plunged 27% in the three months"#> to November, according to
official figures. Industries related to exports are particularly
hard hit.
In another dramatic development, Chinese citizens seem increasingly
turning away from investment in China, and using what money they have
to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/02/03/business/worldbusiness/03yuan.html?hp
"invest in (of all places) America"#> - American products and
securities. Total outflows in the fourth quarter were as much as $240
billion.
The sharp increase in unemployment estimates for migrant workers was
revealed at a press conference held by Chen Xiwen of China's Central
Finance and Economic Leading Group. Here's a translation of what he
said, from <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/asia-monitor/255380/unemployment_in_chinaoh_boy
"Victor Shih of RGE Monitor:"#>
Chen Xiwen: "Not long ago, the Ministry of
Agriculture organized a survey which drew samples from 150
villages located in 15 provinces which exported more rural labor.
The sample focused on the approximately 38.5% of rural labor who
returned home before the lunar new year. Of those who returned
home, some 60.4% were home on regular visits to their family.
That is to say that their jobs in the cities are still preserved,
and they will return to their jobs after the holiday. Of those
who returned home, 39.6% of the respondents reported that they
lost their jobs or have not found a job, thus returning home.
According to these figures, of the 130 million rural labor who are
working elsewhere, we think 15.3% in total have lost their jobs or
have not found employment (in cities). According to the ratio of
15.3%, we can calculate that out of the 130 million of rural labor
working elsewhere, approximately 20 million of them have lost
their jobs or have not found employment due to economic
unwellness."
Shih analyzes this further by adding 15 million or so in the
registered urban unemployed (not migrant workers, but residents in
major cities), and reaches a total of 37 million unemployed, or over
8% of the total work force of 430 million.
This is extremely high for China, higher than at any time since the
end of China's crisis civil war, the Communist Revolution that
climaxed in 1949. China depends on low unemployment to maintain
social stability.
As I wrote in 2005, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics,
China is <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "approaching a major civil
war."#> This conclusion was based on a variety of factors, including
the increasing number of mass riots, a huge migrant worker
population, big income disparities, and an unraveling of the social
structure.
The Chinese authorities themselves are well aware of this. As I've
said many times, the Beijing government is among the most paranoid in
the world, afraid of their own population.
China has tens of thousands of "mass incidents" each year. In a
typical incident, someone accidentally bumps into somebody on the
street in a shopping area. Or, even worse, somebody bumps into
somebody's wife. An argument ensues, and other people join the fray
and take sides, especially if the one of the people is a peasant and
the other is a member of China's élite, a member of the Chinese
Communist Party (CCP). Soon, people start using their cell phones to
call other people, and the altercation may grow into a riot with
thousands of people, or more.
If even one incident like this happened in the US, it would be
worldwide news. But in China, there are hundreds of "mass incidents"
in the country EVERY DAY. Some are small, involving only a few
people, while others are major riots.
The growing global financial crisis is causing the worst possible
scenario for the Beijing government. China's crisis wars have always
been major rebellions -- the White Lotus rebellion (1795-1805), the
Taiping Rebellion (1852-1871), and Mao Zedong's Communist Revolution
(1934-1949). Chinese authorities are well aware that a similar
rebellion could flare up at any time.
"Without doubt, we are entering a peak period for mass incidents. In
2009, Chinese society may face even more conflicts and clashes that
will test even more the governing abilities of all levels of the
party and government," Huang Huo, a reporter for the state-run New
China News Agency, <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2009/01/12/AR2009011203014.html
"warned this month."#> The Chinese have special security forces
trained to handle these "mass incidents," as long as they're
relatively small. But the greatest concern, in the current financial
climate, is that the small incidents could coalesce into a
"national-level event" that would bring about civil war.
I've written about this many, many times, and as far as I know, this
web site is the only one that's predicting a China civil war with
absolute certainty. Indeed, the only way to make such a prediction
is by means of generational analysis.
So I was really startled to read Yves Smith's blog Naked Capitalism
and see the following <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2009/02/china-agricultural-ministry-pegs.html
"indignant statement:"#>
"Readers have taken to projecting ... that I am
predicting collapse or a violent overthrow of the Chinese
government. I have never said any such thing.
It is a demonstration of a tendency I find troubling: engaging in
black and white thinking. This is not an either/or."
As I said, I've never seen any blog or web site, other than this one,
making such a prediction. This web site is so different from the
Naked Capitalism blog that it's hard to believe that anyone could
confuse them, but it appears that's what happened.
It's worth quoting some more of Smith's indignant statement, because
it provides insight into how people think about this issue:
"Plenty of countries have experienced a good deal
of internal dissent. Look at the US in the 60s, with riots,
firebomings, and large scale demonstrations, in a country with no
tradition of radical action by the middle class, and a much less
highly developed police/surveillance apparatus than we have now.
Did anyone think the government here would be overthrown? Perhaps
a hopeful few on the radical left, but they'd have little company.
Yet that level of violence was still unsettling and did put
pressure on the government."
Anyone familiar with generational theory would know that this
comparison makes absolutely no sense whatsoever. During the 1960s,
America was in a generational Awakening era, a time when massive
protests and demonstrations are common, but a crisis civil war is
impossible. This is how I knew, for example, that the Iraq "civil
war" that everyone was talking about would have to fizzle out, and it
did, because Iraq is today in a generational Awakening era.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 ""Iraq Today vs 1960s
America,""#> and <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of
Generational Dynamics.""#>)
But China is in a generational Crisis era, meaning that the country
is "attracted toward" war, so the current situation is not at all
incomparable to America in the 1960s. A more valid comparison would
be to America's civil war in the 1860s.
"Although China has had violent revolution, it has
no organized anti-government movement at present, a very large
army, and little tolerance of opposition. The discontent now is
directed first against the corporations that shuttered their
operations, second against provincial governments (this is more a
simmering problem of long-standing corruption that may find a new
hook with increasing demands for services, such as they are,
driven by the migration back to the countryside)."
This is completely untrue. There is a huge anti-government movement,
the Falun Gong movement, which China has outlawed. Furthermore, the
reason that China spends such huge sums of money censoring the
Internet is because of fears of a "nationwide event," set up by
internet communications.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational
Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about Generational
Dynamics predictions.)
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, China is headed for
a civil war with absolute certainty, but that's not all.
One of the most important stories of the decade, in my opinion, was
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050416 "the anti-Japan rioting in China in
2005."#> The authorities diverted anti-party sentiment at the time,
and changed it to anti-Japan sentiment. So a civil war in China
would almost certainly lead quickly to a world war. And with China's
economy crashing rapidly, the time may not be too far off.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76
"China"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090203 International community asks Tamil Tigers to surrender in Sri Lanka civil war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.head
International community asks Tamil Tigers to surrender in Sri Lanka
civil war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.date
3-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.txt1
In "nightmarish situation," hundreds of thousands of
civilians are trapped in battle.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090203.txt2
(See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090128 ""Sri Lanka crisis civil war
nears climax, as army captures Mullaittivu""#> for recent
history of Sri Lanka war, and discussion of "explosive climax"
concept in Generational Dynamics.)
<#inc ww2010.pic g090203.jpg left "" "Sri Lanka 'safe zone' attacked
(Source: csmonitor.com)"#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
The Tamil Tiger rebels have been fighting for 25 years, and have
vowed to fight to the death. What would have to happen to cause them
to surrender now that the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=a22HCTSJfzUc&refer=asia
"international community has asked"#> them to do so, to avoid more
civilian casualties? That's a very interesting question.
The crisis war surrenders that we're most familiar with occurred at
the end of World War II.
Hitler vowed that he would never surrender. The Allies firebombed
the city of Dresden, flattening and burning the city, killing tens of
thousands of civilians. Germany surrendered three months later.
Japan's generals vowed that Japan would never surrender. The
Americans dropped nuclear weapons on Nagasaki and Hiroshima. Several
days later, Emperor Hirohito ordered the generals to surrender.
Some Japanese forces, especially those on isolated Pacific islands,
refused to surrender for decades.
So history tells us the Tamil rebels will not surrender and the Sri
Lanka forces will not be victorious until many more civilian deaths
occur. Will this be an exception? We'll see pretty soon.
Meanwhile, the number of civilian deaths is increasing rapidly. In
what is <#stdurl
http://edition.cnn.com/2009/WORLD/asiapcf/02/02/sri.lanka.fighting/
"described as"#> a "nightmarish situation," several hundred civilians
have been killed or injured in the crossfire in the last three days
alone, and hundreds of thousands more are trapped in the small region
where the battles are taking place.
In one incident, during a battle where army and rebels were
bombarding each other, several artillery shells <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/feb/02/sri-lanka-tamil-tigers
"hit the children's ward"#> of a hospital, killing 9 and injuring 20.
In human terms, what's happening in Sri Lanka is sad and hellish.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's absolutely
fascinating, and will add to the theoretical development of how
crisis wars reach a climax.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90 "Sri
Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Also, on the financial side, check out the spirited discussion in the
thread <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=91 "Blog
Post: Can a country default on its debts? Can the US?"#>)
=eod
=// &&2 e090201 Can a country go into default on its debt? Can the US?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.head
Can a country go into default on its debt? Can the US?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0902
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.date
1-Feb-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.txt1
Investors are increasingly betting that the answer is 'yes'.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090201.txt2
I've mentioned the possibility that the US government will default on
its debt many times. Countries like China and Japan have trillions
of dollars worth of long-term Treasuries in their portfolios, and
that number has been growing exponentially for years, and is <#stdurl
http://www.ustreas.gov/tic/mfh.txt "currently at over $3 trillion."#>
It's thus been clear that these long-term Treasuries would not be
redeemed in the normal course of events, and that some kind of major
international crisis, including a possible US default, would have to
occur to resolve these debts. For that reason, for years I've <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070303 "recommended"#> to web site readers to stay
away from long-term Treasuries, but to maintain assets either in cash
or in short-term (6-12 month) Treasuries, which can be obtained online
with no fee from <#stdurl http://treasurydirect.gov#> .
I've received numerous e-mail criticisms for these recommendations,
usually in the form of "You don't know what you're talking about. The
Treasury can 'print' as much money as it wants to pay off debt, so the
US Government cannot default, and will never default."
I've always regarded such comments to be in the same airhead category
as "There's no such thing as a real estate bubble," or "It's
impossible to have deflation since the government can prevent it just
by 'printing' money" or "We can never have a new Great Depression."
As I've been saying on this web site for six years, we're headed for a
new Great Depression, as can be seen simply by applying to the Law of
Mean Reversion to <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "the 'real value' of
the stock market."#> This is not rocket science, and every
prediction I've made based on this observation has turned out to be
true, or is trending true. There is no web site in the world with
anything approaching the predictive success of this web site.
So now, the same people who believed that a real estate bubble was
impossible, or that a new Great Depression is impossible, are telling
us that the US Government can never default, because it can 'print'
all the money it wants.
If the people who say this were capable of actual thought, then they
would soon realize that if what they claim were true, then it would
mean that the US Government would have an unlimited credit card with
no need ever to pay off the debt. People who believe that are the
same people who believed that no subprime mortgages would ever
default. It's the same kind of airhead thinking by Boomers and
Gen-Xers who apparently never have been capable of any kind of
thinking EXCEPT airhead thinking.
And if their claim were true, then why wouldn't we just do it? Why
don't we just 'print' $3 trillion, and pay off all those long-term
Treasuries, if only to shut people like me up?
When I put it that way, anyone can see how absurd those claims are.
Today Washington is debating about a Christmas tree $800 billion
fiscal stimulus bill. No one is even discussing using $100 billion
of that to pay off Treasuries. Just the opposite -- everyone
realizes that the Treasury debt can only go up, continue its
exponential climb to $4 trillion or $5 trillion. There's never a
"good time" to pay off debt, unless you're forced to. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One, Two, Three ...
Infinity.""#>)
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
So the question is not, "Can the US Government default?" The answer
to that question is, "Of course it can." The actual question is,
"How long can America's debt grow exponentially before it defaults?"
And more importantly, "Are we now close to the point of default?"
And, "What exactly does default of the US Government mean to the US
and the world?"
=inc ww2010.h2 iceland "Iceland and beyond"
I've heard analysts, including economics "experts," in the last couple
of weeks say something like, "Who knew any of this could happen? Who
knew that Iceland would have to be bailed out? Everyone was
surprised."
Well, I'm not a psychic, and I'm not a Rhodes scholar, but I can read
the news. In February, 2006, there was a spate of news articles
about the sudden collapse of Iceland króna, and I wrote <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060227 "an article about it,"#> and that the
government bond ratings for Iceland were revised from "stable" to
"negative."
So none of this surprised me at all. It was obvious to me, reading
the news in February, 2006, that Iceland was on a trend to national
default, and that the factors causing that trend would not change.
So, in March of last year, when Iceland's banks were in trouble, and
"experts" were saying, "Omigod! Who knew?", I wrote <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080331 ""Country of Iceland may be close to
financial default""#> as the next step in that trend.
The point I'm making here is that you have "experts" like Krugman or
at the Wall Street Journal or on CNBC, and they keep getting
caught by surprise because they don't read the news about their own
areas of expertise. Or else, they read the news, and they reject the
news as just more crap written by Boomers.
Now, other European countries are traveling down the same road. On
January 9, Standard & Poor’s <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=alJexaGrK3h4&refer=home
"lowered the outlook on Ireland’s bonds"#> from "stable" to
"negative," the same rating change that occurred to Iceland in 2006.
At the same time, the ratings of Spain, Portugal and Greece were
lowered even further.
Defaults of several European countries is now considered a real
possibility by analysts. I heard one TV pundit say, "The difference
between Ireland and Iceland is one letter and six months."
=inc ww2010.h2 cds "Credit default swaps on government bonds"
Since last March, investors have become increasingly aware that a
country's bonds can default, and they've been increasingly "betting"
on defaults.
The way that an investor "bets" on the default of a country's or
company's bonds is to purchase a credit default swap (CDS) on those
bonds. The CDS is a kind of insurance policy. Just as you can buy
an insurance policy that will pay you when your house burns down, you
can buy an insurance policy (a CDS) that will pay you when someone's
bonds default. There are companies (such as MBIA, Ambac, FGIC, ACA)
that have been in the business for many years to sell these insurance
policies, and these companies all faced financial disaster last year.
Anyway, you can still buy CDSs on pretty much any publicly available
bond, including any country's government bonds. According to
<#stdurl
http://seekingalpha.com/article/116235-country-default-risk-continues-to-rise
"an article"#> by Bespoke Investment Group:
"As shown, Argentina and Venezuela have the
highest default risk, followed by Iceland, Kazakhstan, Russia, and
Egypt. While the UK and US have relatively low default risk
compared to most other countries, their CDS prices are getting
worrisomely high. At the start of 2008, it cost about $8 to insure
$10,000 of UK and US debt. It now costs $135 to insure UK debt and
$75 to insure US debt. Japan has the lowest default risk of all of
the countries highlighted, followed by Germany and France."
The following tables show the CDS prices for sovereign debt (country
debt) for various countries. The the CDS prices represent the cost
per year to insure $10,000 worth of sovereign debt for five years.
These CDS prices are set in the open market, and so the represent the
opinions of investors about the probability of default of these
countries.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090201.gif center "" "CDS prices for country debt
for various countries, as of January 23, 2009
(Source: Bespoke Investment Group / Seeking Alpha)"#>
The above charts show various interesting things:
The leftmost "current" column shows the current CDS prices
for various countries -- the price to insure $10,000 in debt. The
higher the price, the more likely the country is to default. In the
recent past, "normal" CDS prices used to be less than $10 for the
developed countries, but now the lowest is Japan - $45.
According to investors, Argentina and Venezuela have extremely
high chances of default -- it costs around $3,000 to insure $10,000
of debt. Iceland is next, at just under $1000.
The USA is still considered to be among the safest countries,
with CDS prices at $75 per $10,000 worth of debt. However, if you
look at the next three columns, you see a dramatic change: The cost
was $67 just three weeks earlier (the end of 2008), and at the start
of 2008 was just $8!
If you look at the chart on the right, you see an extremely
dramatic trend. This chart shows the trend -- the changes in price
of CDSs for different countries. The top countries are Ireland,
Belgium, Spain, Portugal, Slovakia, Germany, UK, and France, with
Greece close behind. What we're seeing is the CDSs prices on almost
all the European countries increasing rapidly, indicating that
investors believe that one or mor major European defaults are
near.
This has caused <#stdurl
http://www.business-standard.com/india/news/sunil-kewalramani-will-2009-beyearsovereign-defaults/00/13/346929/
"much alarm"#> among some analysts:
"A sharp rise in sovereign spreads suggests [that
default] could be an alarming possibility.
On January 9, Standard & Poor’s announced that Greece, Spain and
Ireland were on review for a possible downgrade, indicating that
a Eurozone country could default. If financial crises have taught
us one thing, it is to take such “black swan possibilities” (as
Nicholas Nassim Taleb would describe it) seriously. A sovereign
default by a small country could wreak havoc on the markets for
credit default swaps (CDS) and might even destroy financial
institutions in other Eurozone countries. It could trigger panic
rise in bond yields and the threat of contagion could turn into a
self-fulfilling prophecy. A far more serious threat would be a
cascading series of defaults that would eventually include one or
more of the Eurozone’s large countries. The 10th birthday of
Eurozone seems to be holding out ominous portents."
These widespread concerns have forced Jean-Claude Trichet, the
President of the European Central Bank (ECB), to <#stdurl
http://www.independent.ie/business/european/pressure-on-uk-to-find-shelter-in-the-euro-1620859.html
"defend the euro"#> on several occasions.
"I do not see the euro at stake, certainly not
the solidity of the euro area. What is at stake is the judgement
of the market at the moment on the sustainability of fiscal
polices."
One can only say that this is a boilerplate response that Trichet
would give in any circumstance, and that one cannot assume that it
provides you with any information whatsoever.
What is clear, though, is that trend is clearly in the direction of
default. Economic trends have been just as dismal throughout Europe
as they have been in America in recent months, and there's no reason
to believe that they'll improve in the foreseeable future.
=inc ww2010.h2 strength "The strengthening US dollar"
When any organization goes into debt, and can no longer borrow by
ordinary means, it can hope that someone will bail it out; if not,
the organization goes bankrupt. Bankruptcy means making some sort of
agreement with its creditors; for example, they might agree that the
bankrupt organization will pay 50 cents on every dollar it owes.
When a country goes bankrupt, it has pretty much the same choices.
Iceland was able to arrange a bailout from the IMF last year, but if
several European countries default, then IMF bailouts may not be an
option.
A country does have one more option: It can 'print' new money, and
pay off the debts with the new money. For most countries, this has
the same effect as defaulting in the sense that the country now owes
the same debts in an inflated currency, so its effective debt is a
fraction of what it previously owed.
Among world currencies, the US dollar is unique for two reasons:
The dollar is the world's reserve currency, and many, many
trillions of dollars are held by people, businesses and governments
around the world. This effectively means that it's politically
impossible to inflate the currency to reduce the debt.
There are hundreds of trillions of dollars in credit derivatives
contracts and other structured finance securities (including
mortgage-backed securities) in portfolios around the world. The
values of the assets continue to be written down, reducing the amount
of money (dollars) in the world.
What these factors indicate is that the US dollar is, in a sense,
disconnected from the US government. The amount of dollars in the
world can be influenced but not controlled by monetary and fiscal
actions taken by the US government. In a sense, it can be said that
the US dollar has become an international currency with a life of its
own.
=inc ww2010.h2 default "What does a US government default mean?"
For several years it's been apparent that the US government would
eventually default on its long-term Treasury debt, and for that
reason I've recommended that readers stay away from long-term
Treasuries. However, I've never been able to form a strong opinion
on what this would mean to the country and the world, and of any such
opinion would be speculation anyway.
My view was influenced very strongly in October, 2007, when I posted
the article <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that
broke the world,""#> describing a book by that name written by
Garet Garrett in 1931-32.
Garrett's book is still the best I've seen for understanding today's
mood, since it captures the mood at the beginning of the Great
Depression, before other writers provided descriptions of that mood
distorted by later wars and ideologies. If you haven't read
<#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> now would be a good time to do it.
As I explain in the article I wrote describing the book, I expect the
international community to try to find a way to "bail out" the US,
just as the international community tried to bail out Germany in
1932. This is all speculative, of course, but what might be the nature
of this bailout?
The Generational Dynamics forum has some of the smartest people on
the internet as contributors, and one contributor <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?p=2228#p2228 "has
posted"#> an analysis that references some recent statements by
Russian Prime Minister Vladimar Putin blaming the international
financial crisis on the United States.
Putin's statements have <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2009/01/29/news/international/russia_dollar.fortune/index.htm?section=money_latest
"been supported"#> by a proposal by German Gref, a former Economics
Minister who is now CEO of Russia's largest bank, state-owned
Sberbank. The proposal was that, in the absence of any serious
competitors to the dollar, he advocated international control of U.S.
monetary policy.
This proposal is being taken as a joke, and indeed it's a move of
desperation by the Russians, who are collapsing economically as the
price of oil fell from $147 per barrel to $40 per barrel. In fact,
if you look at the CDS charts near the beginning of this article,
you'll see that Russia is near the top of countries viewed as likely
to default. Putin and Gref are just doing what all politicians do --
finding someone else to blame for their problems.
But the proposal shows the way to a possible scenario. As the US
government debt increases exponentially, the Russian proposal may
gather steam, and it might turn into "Give the international community
control of the dollar, and we'll forgive you all your debts." If the
situation becomes sufficiently desperate, this may become a viable
scenario.
The above is just speculation, so let's return to what we know for
sure. From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the trends
are clear and unstoppable. There will be an increasing financial
crisis that will be worse than the Great Depression. This financial
disaster will destabilize poor populations around the world, leading
to the Clash of Civilizations world war. Beyond that, the exact
scenario cannot be predicted.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090130 An angry President Obama strongly condemns Wall Street bonuses
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.head
An angry President Obama strongly condemns Wall Street bonuses
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.date
30-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.txt1
One of the most interesting aspects of this growing crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090130.txt2
is the increasing condemnation of bankers, brokers and other
financial executives.
When I was growing up the in the fifties, my mother and many other
people frequently spoke of the greediness of bankers and brokers. I
didn't understand it at the time, and actually forgot about it later,
as the societal bitterness toward bankers disappeared in the decades
that followed.
Now the bitterness toward bankers is returning quickly, and we can see
the secular cycle completing itself right before our eyes.
President Obama <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123326820233830623.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"said the following:"#>
"There will be time for them to make profits, and
there will be time for them to get bonuses. Now is not that time.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090129.gif right "" "Wall Street bonuses,
1984-2008
(Source: NY Times)"#>
When I saw an article today that indicates that Wall Street
bankers had given themselves $20 billion worth of bonuses, the
same amount of bonuses as they gave themselves in 2004, at a time
when most of these institutions are teetering on collapse and
they are asking for taxpayers to help sustain them, and when
taxpayers find themselves in the difficult position that if they
don't provide help then the entire system could come down on top
of our heads, that is the height of irresponsibility.
It is shameful."
These words definitely ring a bell for me. I heard this kind of rant
in the 1950s. Everything that's old is new again.
As you can see from the graph above, Wall Street bonuses have
increased in a runaway exponential manner since 1984 -- the time when
the survivors of the Great Depression began to retire. As the years
went by, there were fewer and fewer Great Depression survivors, and
Boomers began to fill senior management positions, and awarded
themselves ever increasing bonuses.
Then in the 2000s decade, the Gen-Xers reached mid and upper level
positions, and started creating and selling fraudulent securities.
Boomers and Gen-Xers granted themselves even higher bonuses and
commissions, in return for their fraud.
This is simply one more aspect of something that I've described many
times before on this web site -- the lethal combination of stupid,
arrogant, greedy Boomers being led by nihilistic, destructive, greedy
Gen-Xers.
(For numerous examples, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105
""The outlook for 2009,""#> which describes where we are,
who's to blame, and what's going to happen next.)
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's really
interesting about all this is the changes in behavior and
attitudes by the great masses of people in such a short period of
time, and in such a predictable manner. I've been warning people for
years that if you embezzled money or if you're a broker defrauding
your clients, you'd better have your bunker picked out, because
people are going to be coming after you.
During the huge bubble, when everyone was making money, nobody cared
about a fraud and embezzlement; in fact, nobody even paid attention.
But now, every paper trail from the last ten years is going to be
reviewed and audited, with the purpose of punishing people who cut
corners during the bubble.
Speaking of the attitudes and behaviors of the great masses of
people, it astounds me that so many analysts and pundits are so
ignorant of history that they assume that, without question, the
market will bottom out soon. They debate whether it will recover in
the last half of this year, or wait until 2010, but they assume that
that the end is in sight.
What we're hearing over and over is what people heard in the early
days of the Great Depression. I've read articles my whole life
making fun of what people said in the early 1930s. I posted
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "such an article"#> in 2007, giving a
long list of such quotes. Here are just a few examples:
"This crash is not going to have much effect on business." -
Arthur Reynolds, Chairman of Continental Illinois Bank of Chicago,
October 24, 1929, Black Thursday.
"...despite its severity, we believe that the slump in stock
prices will prove an intermediate movement and not the precursor of a
business depression such as would entail prolonged further
liquidation..." - Harvard Economic Society (HES), November 2,
1929
"... a serious depression seems improbable; [we expect] recovery
of business next spring, with further improvement in the fall." -
HES, November 10, 1929
"Financial storm definitely passed." - Bernard Baruch, cablegram
to Winston Churchill, November 15, 1929
"I see nothing in the present situation that is either menacing
or warrants pessimism... I have every confidence that there will be a
revival of activity in the spring, and that during this coming year
the country will make steady progress." - Andrew W. Mellon, U.S.
Secretary of the Treasury December 31, 1929
"I am convinced that through these measures we have reestablished
confidence." - Herbert Hoover, December 1929
"...there are indications that the severest phase of the recession
is over..." - Harvard Economic Society (HES) Jan 18, 1930
"... the outlook continues favorable..." - HES Mar 29, 1930
"... the outlook is favorable..." - HES Apr 19, 1930
"... irregular and conflicting movements of business should soon
give way to a sustained recovery..." - HES June 28, 1930
"... the present depression has about spent its force..." - HES,
Aug 30, 1930
"We are now near the end of the declining phase of the
depression." - HES Nov 15, 1930
You can hear exactly the same sorts of statements every day on CNBC
and Bloomberg TV, or read them in the Wall Street Journal.
I would like to warn web site readers against the easy seduction of
believing that "the worst is over," that "there'll be nothing worse
than long recession" and that "there won't be a panic."
There is absolutely no possibility that any of these things are true.
There is no theoretical support for any of these views, and there are
no historical examples of these scenarios. The global economy is
headed for a massive black hole that will make all current
discussions irrelevant. Any belief otherwise is simply wishful
thinking.
The Law of Mean Reversion has not been repealed by the new
Democratic party Congress. Since the stock market has been far
overpriced since 1995, as I described in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market,""#> and since the Law of Mean Reversion still
applies, there must still a generational panic and crash in store.
It could come next week, next month or thereafter, but it's coming
with absolute certainty, and nothing that has happened or is being
planned has any possibility of stopping it, no matter how angry
President Obama becomes.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090129 Japan's Prime Minister Taro Aso imitates Barack Obama, as Obama imitates Japan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.head
Japan's Prime Minister Taro Aso imitates Barack Obama, as Obama
imitates Japan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.date
29-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.txt1
Aso promised "bold measures" for Japan's economic crisis,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090129.txt2
in <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601101&sid=ai68ZMwyAWSQ&refer=japan
"a key speech"#> delivered to the Diet (parliament) on Wednesday.
"The world is entering an unprecedented recession and Japan cannot
evade this. By taking bold measures, I seek to have Japan be the
first to emerge from this recession," said Aso.
Aso is known to have used some of Barack Obama's speeches as models.
He added that, "It’s not that everything gets better if you let the
markets determine things. Big government versus small government
isn’t the only way of looking at things."
Aso was echoing the words of Obama's inauguration speech: "The
question we ask today is not whether our government is too big or too
small, but whether it works. ... this crisis has reminded us that
without a watchful eye, the market can spin out of control."
It's oddly appropriate that Aso is is imitating Obama's speeches,
inasmuch as Obama's fiscal stimulus package imitates Japan's policies
since Japan's financial crisis began in 1990.
But Aso is going to need more than a speech to save his job.
Aso's approval rating was almost 50% when he first took office in
September -- just four short months ago. Last month, it <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/2009/01/23/japan-taro-aso-oped-cx_ggc_0123chang.html
"fell to 16.7%,"#> lower than either of his two immediate
predecessors when they resigned, each after a one-year turn in power.
A constant theme of this web site is that the government of one
country after another, among those who fought in WW II as a crisis
war, has become paralyzed. I've discussed this about many countries,
including Japan, Israel, Europe, China, France, and even the United
States.
The enormous collapse of Aso's popularity, within four months of
taking office, shows that Japan is still in the grip of paralysis.
We first discussed how the Chinese <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050425
"lodged strong objections against former PM Junichiro Koizumi"#> for
his visits to a war shrine and for Japanese textbooks that allegedly
play down Japan's role in the war. For a time in 2005, it almost
appeared that Japan and China might go to war.
When Koizumi stepped down in September, 2006, the new <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060927b "Prime Minister was Shinzo Abe."#> Abe was
the first PM to be elected from the generation born after World War II
(like America's Boomer generation), and he was considered to be young
and hawkish.
Abe's government was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070730 "brought to
collapse"#> within a year, mainly because of highly visible scandals
in national health and pension systems.
Abe's replacement was a surprise choice -- <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070924 "Yasuo Fukuda reverted to the older generation"#> of survivors
of World War II. Kids who grow up during a crisis war (like
America's Silent Generation) are distinguished by their willingness
to bring about compromise.
Fukuda was particularly skillful at compromise, and even <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080101 "developed a good relationship with
China,"#> thanks to a four-day "feel-good" trip to Beijing in
January, 2008. However, that wasn't enough to save him, as problems
with the economy continued.
Fukuda's departure was as much of a surprise as his rise to power. He
unexpectedly <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080904 "resigned in September,
2008,"#> in an effort to break a political deadlock.
The charismatic Taro Aso, the secretary-general of Fukuda's
Liberal Democratic Party (LDP), was chosen in his place.
Aso was initially very popular, but now, four months later, his
future in office is very much in doubt.
Thus, Japan has had three Prime Ministers in a row who began with
great hope and popularity, but whose approval ratings plummeted
quickly when problems arose.
I'm sure you can guess, Dear Reader, what the obvious question is:
Can and will this happen to Barack Obama?
The answer is that it depends on events, but it certainly could
happen.
I cringe these days almost every time I hear Barack Obama say
something.
For example, the other day I heard him say, "We're guided by the
facts, rather than ignoring them." The purpose of this remark was
restate his claim that President Bush ignored facts and did
everything for ideological reasons, while he (Obama) is guided by
facts, rather than ideology.
Now you'd have to be a total moron to believe that Bush ignored
facts. In fact, in the case of the "surge" in the Iraq war, the
opposite was true. One major reason that the left despised President
Bush is that they were committed to America's defeat and humiliation
in the Iraq war, and he decided on the "surge" that effectively won
the war, the left was infuriated. In this case, it was the left that
was full of ideological hatred, and the Bush administration that was
"guided by the facts."
Now, I can understand why Obama would say, "We're guided by the
facts, rather than ignoring them" during the election campaign.
Obviously, during an election campaign, each side says anything it
can to smear the opponent.
But what really bothers me now is that the election is over, Obama is
still saying the same things. In his <#stdurl
http://obamaspeeches.com/P-Obama-Inaugural-Speech-Inauguration.htm
"inaugural speech"#> he said, "On this day, we come to proclaim an
end to the petty grievances and false promises, the recriminations
and worn out dogmas, that for far too long have strangled our
politics." Obama still has the same contempt for Boomer values and
accomplishments that I wrote about two years ago, in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 ""Barack Obama to Boomers: Drop
dead!""#>
The signs of discontent with Obama are spreading quickly, thanks to
his arrogance and his contempt for any opinion other than his own
(i.e., "guided by the facts, rather than ignoring them").
The most dramatic so far occurred on Wednesday, when the House of
Representatives passed Obama's stimulus package <#stdurl
http://www.bosnewslife.com/5431-breaking-news-us-house-passes-obamas-stimulus-package
"without a single Republican vote."#>
This was a surprise because Obama had lobbied the Republicans hard,
hoping to get a bipartisan bill. But pundits have been saying that
Obama talked about inclusiveness, but never agreed to any of the
Republican proposals. In the end, Democrats dismissed them by saying
"We won" the election.
By contrast, when President Bush asked the Congress last year to pass
the $700 billion bailout package, he got overwhelming support from
both Democrats and Republicans. This is a significant difference.
The reason I've gone in to all this political garbage is because it
portends a very serious situation for President Obama.
During the campaign, Obama promised to heal the world, and he said
that things would start changing on January 21. A lot of desperate
people believed his unrealistic promises, and when the economy gets
worse (as it will for certain), they're going to be angry at him.
Obama will blame any problems on the leftovers from the Bush
administration, and that may work for a while. But Obama has painted
himself into a corner with his ultra-extravagant promises. He
promised "change you can believe in" from day one, and he'll have
some difficulty retracing that promise.
Obama will thus experience the same kind of falling approval ratings
that the last three Japanese Prime Ministers did, and the fall may
occur just as quickly.
Ironically, what Obama has to "hope" for is some disaster. A
disaster of some kind will unite the country behind him, and give him
the flexibility to get things done.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is going to
happen soon enough. The country is falling faster and deeper into a
deflationary spiral. The "good" news for Obama is that this will
cause a major crisis that will unify the country behind him. The bad
news is there'll be nothing that he can do to keep the crisis from
getting worse.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090128 Sri Lanka crisis civil war nears climax, as army captures Mullaittivu
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.head
Sri Lanka crisis civil war nears climax, as army captures Mullaittivu
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.date
28-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.txt1
An explosive battle among 300,000 civilians is feared.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090128.txt2
I frequently use the phrase "explosive climax" on this web site to
refer to the ending of a generational crisis war. Readers of this
web site who have wondered what I meant may now be able to see an
example in the current news.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
There are two or three generational crisis wars going on in the world
today. One is in Darfur in Africa. This war continues without a
climax because of "peacekeeping forces" by the United Nations and
African Union, and the creation of massive refugee camps. What the
United Nations and the African Union don't understand is that their
actions are preventing the explosive climax that's required to end
this war.
The Gaza war may or may not be called a crisis war at this point.
There were plenty of genocidal acts on both sides in the recent
battle between Israel and Hamas, but genocidal violence in its
greatest form has not yet occurred. This will be a crisis war soon,
but not just yet.
The Sri Lanka civil war is a crisis war that's approaching a
conclusion.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090128a.jpg left "" "Sri Lanka
(Source: csmonitor.com)"#>
Three weeks after <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090119 "capturing one
Tamil Tiger stronghold, in Kilinochchi,"#> government forces have now
<#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2009/0127/p06s01-wosc.html
"captured the port city of Mullaittivu,"#> the last major stronghold
for the rebels.
The remaining army of about 2,000 fighters has been forced into
smaller towns and into the jungle.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is a fairly
standard war between two ethnic groups.
The civil war between the two Sri Lankan ethnic groups -- the market
and government dominant Sinhalese vs marginalized Tamils.
The Sinhalese came to the island of Ceylon from northern India around
500 BC, and adopted the Buddhist religion around 300 BC, developing a
great civilization. They speak the language Sinhala, and today
they're about 70% of the population of Sri Lanka (the modern name for
Ceylon).
The Tamils occupied the southern tip of India as early as 1000 BC, in
what is now the Indian province of Tamil Nadu. They adopted the Hindu
religion, and came to Ceylon in the 7th century AD. In the 14th
century, they seized power in northern Ceylon and established a Tamil
kingdom. They speak the Tamil language, and today they're about 10%
of the population of Sri Lanka. (Muslims and Christians comprise the
remainder of the population.)
The conflict began in 1976, with the formation of a separatist group,
the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), informally known as the
Tamil Tiger rebels. The goal was and is an independent Tamil state
on Sri Lanka. The LTTE began low-level terrorist attacks and battles
with government forces in 1983, until a ceasefire was signed in 2002.
The ceasefire started falling apart in 2005, and violence took a
big surge upward in summer 2006, while the world was watching the war
in Lebanon, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060803 "as I described at the
time."#>
A significant change took place in January of last year, when the Sri
Lanka government <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080104 "declared all out war
against Tamil Tiger rebels,"#> and committed itself to defeating and
destroying the rebel movement by the end of 2008.
Now a year has gone by, and the LTTE army has suffered numerous
defeats, and is confined to a small region in northeast Sri Lanka.
There are hundreds of thousands of Tamil civilians in the same
region. The army has set up refugee camps or "safe zones," to which
Tamil civilians may flee from the fighting.
So let's summarize the situation:
The government army forces are committed to destroying the
LTTE rebellion, after fighting since 1983. With victory in sight,
they're not going to allow the LTTE army to slip through its fingers
to fight another day.
The LTTE army, which has been fighting since 1983, is now faced
with total destruction, and has nothing to lose by employing any
tactics it needs to survive.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090128b.jpg left "" "A Sri Lankan soldier poses in
front of a defaced LTTE emblem in the captured district of Mullaittivu
(Source: AFP/Al-Jazeera)"#>
Here, Dear Reader, is where you can understand what the concept of an
"explosive climax" is, and why it appears that Sri Lanka war is close
to one.
In this kind of standoff, the 300,000 civilians are a pawn. Each
side is going to claim that it's protecting the civilians, and that
the other side is killing civilians.
And yet, neither side is going to permit any number of civilian
deaths to stand in its way. This is a fight to the death, and
civilians are simply collateral damage.
Thus, we have Sri Lankan government officials saying that <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/asia/2009/01/2009128124118475332.html
"300 civilians have been killed and 1,110 injured"#> in heavy
fighting, and the fault is with the LTTE.
On the other hand, the LTTE claims that there government forces are
firing into "safe zones," and that far more than 300 have been
killed. They're also claiming that Sri Lankan <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=28176
"soldiers are raping Tamil women"#> who flee to the safe zones.
This is the mechanism by which a generational crisis war turns
increasing genocidal, as time goes on. And you can see how the Gaza
war is headed in the same direction, though it's not as far along.
If you want to understand how the world works, then you have to
understand how this trend works. As gruesome as the Sri Lanka civil
war is, it gives everyone a chance to see how this trend works in
real time.
We can't be sure, but it now seems that the Sri Lanka war is headed
for an "explosive" climax. The government forces will win, and the
"explosive" part will be the recriminations over the number of
civilians killed and injured, and possibly over "war crimes" such as
rape.
Once the war climaxes, and winners and losers are identified, then
Sri Lanka will change from a generational Crisis era to a
generational Recovery era. The survivors will be horrified by what
they've done, and they'll all vow that, as long as they're alive, it
must never be permitted to happen again. And so the cycle will begin
again.
The following <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LY1Nkdpj4bQ
"video from al-Jazeera,"#> titled "Inside Story - Is it the end for
the Tamil Tigers? Jan 27," is an excellent report on the current
situation in Sri Lanka. It's well work the 11 minutes it takes to
watch it.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=90
"Sri Lanka crisis civil war"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090127 Bloody Monday: Over 71,400 jobs lost in massive layoffs by seven companies
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.head
Bloody Monday: Over 71,400 jobs lost in massive layoffs by seven
companies
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.date
27-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.txt1
Economic trends continue to accelerate downward.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090127.txt2
On Monday morning, I listened to the Caterpillar, Inc., conference
call with investors and analysts. It was extremely depressing. Here
are some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://seekingalpha.com/article/116593-caterpillar-inc-q4-2008-earnings-call-transcript?source=wildcard
"the transcript:"#>
"With the drop in commodities and deterioration in
the world economy in general, we started taking significant
actions in the fourth quarter. In fact, we started by taking a
step we've never done before, particularly on this scale. We asked
dealers around the world to look at what they had on order and
readjust based on a gloomier economic picture. They did and they
made substantial order cancellations. ...
As you might expect, to deliver the profit number, we need to
take action. The $40 billion of sales and revenues reflects the
sales volume decline for new machines and engines of about 30%. We
need to sharply lower production schedules and our manufacturing
cost structure to respond to the declining demand. In addition, we
are reducing SG&A and R&D costs by about 15%.
To move the manufacturing cost structure down with sharply lower
volume and to make major cuts in SG&A and R&D, we are taking
action. We expect nearly 20,000 people, who are with us as we
started the fourth quarter, to be out of the business, most by the
end of the first quarter.
That includes actions we have already initiated; like the
elimination of almost 8,000 temporary contracts and agency
workers, actions we’ve already put in place around the world,
voluntary separations of 2,500 support and management employees
and voluntary and involuntary separations and layoffs of about
4,000 production employees, and we expect further layoffs of
support and management employees of about 5,000.
In addition to these actions, we have many facilities working
shortened work weeks and thousands more people will be affected
by temporary layoffs and full and partial plants shutdowns around
the world. We have suspended salary increases for the vast
majority of salaried and management employees. And with profit at
$2.50 a share excluding the redundancy cost, our short-term
incentive plan would not trigger repayment next year. That would
generate a considerable cost reduction from 2008.
Executives and Senior Managers will see significant reductions in
total compensation. We are cutting discretionary expenses, we are
delaying R&D programs and we are cutting CapEx almost 40%. ...
Our production volume in the first quarter will be very
depressed. That coupled with most of the people-related cost
reductions, not being fully effective until the second quarter and
with most of our full year expectation for redundancy costs coming
in the first quarter that means that first quarter profit will be
under severe pressure and in fact we may have a loss in the first
quarter."
It was just one of many depressing events in <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2009/01/26/news/economy/job_cuts/?postversion=2009012613
"a very bloody Monday,"#> which saw one large company after another
announce massive layoffs.
There were over 71,000 layoffs announced on Monday alone. Last week,
40,000 job cuts were announced. More than 200,000 job cuts have been
announced so far this year, according to company reports. Nearly 2.6
million jobs were lost over 2008, the highest yearly job-loss total
since 1945.
Here's <#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/economics/2009/01/08/first-quarter-layoffs-selection-of-job-cuts-by-major-companies/
"a table of the largest job cuts"#> this year so far:
That's just the start of the gloomy news. Moody's and S&P are
<#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2009/01/23/51608/brace-yourselves-for-record-corporate-defaults-in-2009-for-desking/
"predicting record corporate defaults"#> in 2009, including dozens of
retail store chains.
This is no surprise whatsoever in view of the continuing collapse in
corporate earnings from 2008. These earnings are used by investors
in the computation of price/earnings ratios (also called
"valuations"), and this is the major factor analyzed by most automated
stock buy/sell programs.
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week in each of the past five quarters.
Here's the updated fourth quarter earnings growth estimate table:
Date 4Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Feb 6: 50.0%
Jul 1: 59.3% Start of previous (3rd) quarter
Oct 1: 46.7% Start of quarter
Dec 5: 10.0%
Dec 12: 5.9%
Dec 19: 0.5%
Dec 26: -0.9% End of quarter
Jan 2: -1.2%
Jan 9: -15.1%
Jan 16: -20.2%
Jan 23: -28.1%
Estimates appear to be falling far more rapidly than in previous
quarters. Right now, it looks like the final value is going to end
up somewhere around -40%.
And don't forget something important: These percentage changes for
the fourth quarter of 2008 are based on the fourth quarter of 2007,
and that quarter ended 21% down from 2006. Thus, we might end up
with corporate earnings down 65-70% from two years ago.
As I wrote recently in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090118
""Collapse of corporate earnings portends imminent stock market
plunge,""#> this rapid fall in corporate earnings estimates will
not be ignored by investors -- particularly by automated buy/sell
computer programs.
One person in the Generational Dynamics forum criticized this
statement, saying that investors aren't interested in earnings,
because earnings look backwards rather than forwards.
It's true that individual investors -- and I mean real human people
-- make buy/sell decisions based on all kinds of "forward-looking"
measures -- whether you like the company's products and think they'll
sell, whether you like the company's management, and think they'll do
well next year.
But billions and billions of stock shares are traded every day,
probably in tens of millions of individual transactions. It seems
clear from that volume of trades that the overwhelming preponderance
of trades are not being made by individual investors evaluating the
companies' products and management. They have to be executed by
computerized buy/sell algorithms. There just aren't enough humans
around for that volume of trades.
And those kinds of touchy-feely evaluation measures are not available
to computer programs. The only consistently and reliably available
statistic on which to base buy/sell decisions is reported earnings.
And reported earnings IS a forward-looking measure -- in the sense
that the best indicator of next year's earnings is last year's
earnings.
But some people will point out that even a computer program
can use analysts' recommendations to make buy/sell decisions. To
that I say "HAH! You've got to be kidding."
Take another look at the table estimating 4Q earnings, a few
paragraphs back. Analysts started the fourth quarter predicting that
earnings would grow almost 50% from the previous year. How time
flies! Now we see that earnings are estimated to be falling 28% from
the previous year. Any computerized buy/sell program that depends on
analysts' recommendations is going to screw you. You'd be better off
using the computer's random number generator to make buy/sell
decisions.
One of these days, in the next week or two, these latest estimated
earnings results are going to be factored into the computerized
buy/sell algorithms, and that's got to mean another leg down in the
stock market.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the world is really
just chugging along at a fairly even keel, as we await the
generational panic and crash. These have occurred at regular
intervals throughout history, the last one in 1929, and we're overdue
for the next one. I've described many times what I expect to see
happen; here's a summary: An elemental force of nature, where
millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and Generation-Xers in
countries around the world, never having seen anything like this
before, and not having believed it was even possible, suddenly try to
sell everything in a mass panic. This will bring down computer systems
for hours, perhaps even for a day or two, as people watch tv in glazed
horror as their life savings disappear.
This might happen next week, next month, or next year, but it's
coming with absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090126 Parlez-vous Globish?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.head
Parlez-vous Globish?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.date
26-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.txt1
Speak with people around the world in a 1500-word version of English.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090126.txt2
The French and the English have fought many, many wars over the
centuries, on battlegrounds throughout Europe. But <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/from_our_own_correspondent/7844192.stm
"the latest war, over linguistic superiority,"#> is being fought all
over the world, and the winning side appears to be (the) English.
=inc ww2010.pic g090125.jpg right "" "Tower of Babel"
There has long been a dream of a universal language that would allow
any two people in the world to talk with each other and be
understood. There are some special purpose universal languages: for
example, a Chinese Catholic bishop and a Mexican Catholic bishop can
carry on a conversation in Latin.
In the 1800s, French became the international language of diplomacy,
and the French language was spoken all over the world. However, it
was replaced in this role by English in the 1900s. This has been and
continues to be a source of enormous frustration and anger for the
French, but I would argue that they have no one to blame but
themselves, by conquering England in 1066.
Although there are many European languages, and most of the west
European languages fall into two major categories:
The Romance languages of southern Europe, descendants of Latin.
The principal ones are French, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian and
Romanian.
The Teutonic languages of northern Europe, descendants of Old
German. The principal ones are English, German, Dutch, Danish,
Norwegian, Swedish and Icelandic. (As an interesting side note, there
is a Teutonic language in southern Africa, the Afrikaans language,
introduced by the Dutch in the 1600s.)
These two language groups collided in England in 1066 with the French
Norman conquest. Suddenly, the Teutonic Anglo-Saxon language had to
coexist with the Romance old French language. It was not a happy
time.
But it did have a remarkable result. The English language became
enormously simplified as a result of this comingling. Let's take a
look at some of the features of the English language that make it
much simpler than other languages:
One of the most crazy-making things about learning a foreign
language is getting the genders of the nouns straight. French has
two genders (masculine and feminine), while German has three (adding
neuter). These genders rarely make sense to non-native speakers. In
French, the nose (le nez) is masculine, while in German (die Nase)
it's feminine. In French a woman (la femme) and a girl (la jeune
fille) are feminine, but in German, a woman (Die Frau) is feminine,
while a girl (das Mädchen) is neuter.
The French Normans and the English Anglo-Saxons just couldn't keep
those genders straight, and so the incredible happened: In English,
males are masculine, females are feminine, and other things are
neutral. Much easier to remember!
There is only one "the". Adjectives are not declined. So, "the
tall boy loves the tall girl" and "the tall girl loves the tall boy"
use the same forms of all the words, while there would be differences
in German and French.
Nouns have limited declensions (book, book's, books, books').
It's true that English has a number of irregular ("strong") nouns,
but there's only one additional form to learn (child-children,
woman-women). Other languages have nouns with multiple irregular
forms.
Verbs have limited conjugations (work, works, worked, has
worked). Once again, it's true that English has about 200 strong
verbs, but there are only two additional forms to learn (awake -
awoke - awoken, cost - cost - cost). Only two verbs (to be and to
have) have multiple irregularities. German is only a little more
complicated than English in irregular verbs, but French irregular
verbs are a nightmare.
In the written language, there are 26 letters, with no
accents.
We should mention that there are two areas where English is
considered more difficult than other languages: First, English is a
very large language, with tens of thousands of words taken from other
languages around the world. And second, English spelling and
pronunciation rules are inconsistent.
A third criticism of English is that it's very Euro-centric, and much
harder to learn for Asians, and it's worth remembering that more
people speak Chinese today than any other language on earth.
On the Continent, French and German have remained distinct languages,
with little signs of merging. But in England they did merge,
creating an English language that's much simpler grammatically than
either of them.
Some historians claim that English replaced French as the
international language in the 1900s because Britain was more
successful in colonizing. But I would argue that the converse is at
least as true: Britain's success in colonizing at least partially
occurred because their language was easier to learn by the colonists
than the French language.
=inc ww2010.h2 globish "The rise of Globish"
Now a remarkable new simplification of the English language is
beginning to take hold. Apparently this new language was born out of
necessity. People from different countries needed to do business
with one another. They may have studied English in school, or they
may have learned a few words from television, so a Korean and a
Mexican would speak or e-mail to each other using the English words
that they both know.
The existence of this language was <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2005/04/21/features/Blume22.php
"discovered by Jean-Paul Nerrière,"#> an IBM executive working in
Paris with colleagues of about 40 nationalities. He discovered that
foreign language speakers were successfully conversing each other
using what he called a "perverted form of English."
The irony is that the foreign language speakers could speak and
understand each other this way, but native English language speakers
never understood a word.
Nerrière became a champion of this "perverted" language. He
formalized and wrote instruction books for native speakers of
different language. His web site (mostly in French) is <#stdurl
http://www.jpn-globish.com/#>, but English speakers should read his
partner's web site, <#stdurl http://www.bizeng.net/globish.htm#>.
It's just as hard (or easy) for a native English language speaker as
it is for a native foreign speaker. Here's an <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/theobserver/2006/dec/03/features.review37
"example:"#>
In English: I went to my niece and nephew's party the other
weekend. I played the piano and we were all singing along when a mouse
ran out from behind the sofa with a piece of peach in its mouth.
In Globish: At the party of my children's brother the other day, I
played an instrument with black and white keys and we all sang along.
Then an animal chased by cats ran out from behind the seat with a
piece of fruit in its mouth.
As you can see from this example, you have to speak in very short
sentences, and you have to restrict yourself to <#stdurl
http://www.bizeng.net/englisher.htm "the list of 1500 words."#> You
must avoid humor or metaphors. If the word you need isn't among the
1500, then you have to find another way, as in using "instrument with
black and white keys" for "piano," and "an animal chased by cats" for
"mouse." As you can see from this example, this can be as difficult
for native English speakers to learn as for others.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090123 Speculators around the world are storing oil in supertankers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.head
Speculators around the world are storing oil in supertankers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.date
23-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.txt1
This refutes the nonsense about oil speculators last summer.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090123.txt2
A great drama is playing out around the world. While transportation
of most commodities and finished goods has come practically to a
standstill, the business of transporting oil is suddenly booming.
Oil is being transported from one place to another ... and back again
... and round and round it goes.
With oil prices falling from $147 per barrel last summer to below $35
recently, speculators are <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=ap9Bfe.F6FKA
"storing about 80 million gallons of oil"#> in supertankers around
the world. They purchased the oil at the current low prices, in the
hope of being able to store it long enough to make a lot of money
when the price of oil goes back up.
For several weeks, <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/natural_resources/article5528333.ece
"Morgan Stanley has been negotiating"#> to secure an oil supertanker,
in order to store millions of barrels of oil in the Gulf of Mexico.
(The deal <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aSia8gPtSK4g&refer=home
"may have collapsed"#> on Monday.)
Six months ago, when oil was above $140, oil companies were <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/01/15/business/worldbusiness/15oil.html?ref=business
"struggling to rush oil"#> to market to keep up with increasing
demand and soaring prices. But that's all changed now, and the same
companies are acting in ways that would have been unimaginable until
recently.
=inc ww2010.h2 cause "What caused the oil price bubble?"
There was a lot of nonsense last summer, as analysts and pundits were
proclaiming that the high price of oil was the fault of
"speculators," artificially driving the price up to make money.
That never made any sense anyway, because the spike in oil prices
coincided with similar spikes in copper, iron ore, wheat, and other
commodities. But no one was claiming speculators were driving up the
price of copper -- just oil -- so the whole claim was silly.
What was the cause of all the price spikes? It was pretty clear that
they were all caused by the demands of China's exponentially growing
bubble economy. And it's no surprise that all of these bubbles
burst, all at once, along with <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081120b "the
recent collapse of China's economy,"#> following the Beijing
Olympics.
I'd still like to know exactly what happened. In June, I <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080608 "made an interesting speculation:"#> "I
can't prove this, but my intuition tells me that some sort of tipping
point has been reached -- perhaps a structural limit in the markets
that can't be cured in the short run. It might be that all easily
available land is used up, or perhaps the worldwide transportation and
shipping infrastructure is so overloaded that it's locked up in some
way, and can no longer expand in the short run. I think that we're
seeing <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107 "the Law of Diminishing
Returns"#> in action. In "normal" times, these situations would be
self-correcting in a few months, but some long-term structural
limitation is keeping the supply/demand mismatch from clearing up."
I still think something like that happened, and it would be very
interesting to understand it better.
I also wrote that bubble would burst soon because of a war, or
because "a financial crisis that will bring the increasing demands
for oil and food in China and India to a screeching halt."
That's exactly what appears to have happened.
=inc ww2010.h2 spec "Could speculators have caused the oil spike?"
The way a speculator works is by buying up almost all of some
commodity in order to drive prices up, and then selling it off in
small quantities to take advantage of the high prices. In order to
be successful, the speculator has to have time on his side. He has
to be able to store the commodity for a while, to allow prices to
rise. If he's forced to sell what he has, then he'll be flooding the
market with produce, driving prices down, and he'll lose a lot of
money.
You might be able to do that with gold or silver or maybe even wheat,
if you can find a huge stadium or something where you can store the
commodity until you're ready to sell.
But with oil, you can't do that. The only reasonable place to store
it is in tankers -- that's what's happening now, but it wasn't
happening then.
What confuses pundits and analysts who insist that speculators were
at work last summer is that they don't understand the difference
between oil and oil futures contracts.
You could try to corner the market by buying up all of next month's
futures contracts, which means that you're buying up the oil that
will be delivered next month. The problem is that you don't have time
on your side. There's a "drop-dead date" on these futures contract --
when the contract date arrives, then you must take delivery of the
oil. You have to get rid of the oil, or else store it in tankers, so
we're back to where we were.
On the day that someone takes delivery of 10 million barrels of oil
and wants to sell it, the price he gets will depend on the market for
oil on that day, and only that day. The prices of past or future oil
contracts is irrelevant.
The fact that the oil bubble coincided with other commodity bubbles,
and also coincided with the China's construction bubble, makes it
almost doubtless that it was demand from China that caused the oil
bubble. And the fact that the bubble collapsed when China's economy
collapse makes it absolutely certain.
=inc ww2010.h2 60 "Nonsense at '60 Minutes'"
It's interesting to take a look at the reasoning used to claim that
speculators were at work last summer.
The CBS show '60 Minutes" had a segment last week called, <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2009/01/08/60minutes/main4707770.shtml
"Did Speculation Fuel Oil Price Swings?"#> The '60 Minutes' story
reeks of the confusion between oil and oil futures contracts. It
quotes an oil industry executive as saying,
"Approximately 60 to 70 percent of the oil
contracts in the futures markets are now held by speculative
entities. Not by companies that need oil, not by the airlines, not
by the oil companies. But by investors that are looking to make
money from their speculative positions. [They don't actually take
delivery of the oil.] All they do is buy the paper, and hope that
they can sell it for more than they paid for it. Before they have
to take delivery."
That's exactly right -- speculation among futures contracts -- and
the speculators have to get rid of them before they have to take
delivery of the oil.
Another executive says, "We've had three price changes during the day
where we pick up products, actually don't know what we paid for it and
we'll go out and we'll sell that to the retail customer guessing at
what the price was. The volatility is being driven by the huge
amounts of money and the huge amounts of leverage that is going in to
these markets."
But those weren't three prices changes in the price of oil; those
were three price changes on the price of oil futures contracts.
Another quote: "Did China and India suddenly have gigantic needs for
new oil products in a single day? No. Everybody agrees supply-demand
could not drive the price up $25, which was a record increase in the
price of oil."
No, that's not true. That was a record increase in the price of oil
futures contracts. And the gigantic needs of China and India didn't
occur in a single day -- they grew for years.
The only place where the report even mentions oil is to say, "Morgan
Stanley has the capacity to store and hold 20 million barrels."
Well, that's less than 25% of a single day's supply, hardly enough to
make a dent in world supply for more than a brief period.
And what ended the oil bubble, according to 60 Minutes?
"The oil bubble began to deflate early last fall
when Congress threatened new regulations and federal agencies
announced they were beginning major investigations. It finally
popped with the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers and the near
collapse of AIG, who were both heavily invested in the oil
markets. With hedge funds and investment houses facing margin
calls, the speculators headed for the exits."
So the report concludes that these high-powered speculators, driving
prices up in order to make many millions of dollars, were driven off
by the mere threat of an investigation? I don't think so.
This 60 Minutes report made no sense whatsoever. It never explained
why speculating in oil futures causes oil prices to rise, it never
explained why price rises in oil were different from price rises in
other commodities, and it ignored the collapse of China's economy.
All in all, it was an extremely shoddy piece of journalism.
There's something about oil that drives ideologues (on the left and
right) crazy. Oil is part of every conspiracy theory. People are
ideologically obsessed with oil. There was one guy I worked with a
while back who could take any international news story and turn it
into a story about oil, usually involving President Bush, as if
nothing else mattered besides oil. I used to joke with him that he
probably thinks that Hannibal attacked Rome around 200 BC just to get
the oil.
If you look at the things today that are likely to cause a world war,
oil just isn't near the top. The Jews and Palestinians have lots of
issues, but none is about oil. And Taiwan is a big issue for the
Chinese, and I don't believe that there's any oil on Taiwan.
The really big issues today are land, food and water, with oil
farther down the list.
=inc ww2010.h2 madrick "Blogger Jeff Madrick"
I came across <#stdurl
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/jeff-madrick/do-you-still-believe-it-w_b_118498.html
"this article by Jeff Madrick"#> on Huffington Post when I was doing
research for my recent article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090117
""Blog Watch: Naked Capitalism's Yves Smith blames economists
for being wrong.""#>
Madrick's article was written in August, at the height of the
election. This article is absolutely fascinating because it makes no
sense whatsoever, and is pure ideology:
"With crude oil prices now twenty percent below
their levels of just a month ago, and other commodities down as
much or more, it's time for the countless economists who told us
the rapid prices increases had little to do with speculation to
stand up and explain themselves."
Madrick does have the sense to refer to other commodities, but what
is his reason for believing that speculators were to blame?
"Now, anyone writing about or discussing economics
is going to make mistakes. But this claim was a whopper. More to
the point, and the reason it brings out this writer's passionate
anger, is that the rapid rise in prices has caused so much pain
for the world's poor."
This shows the danger of expressing an opinion on economics while
under the influence of an ideology. Most people are concerned about
pain for the world's poor, but ideologues are only concerned about
such pain when they can make a political point. Phony outrage about
the world's poor has nothing to do with speculators.
"The simple fact is that prices for any commodity
can be moved by speculation about the future. When they are
financialized, as is crude oil, it means non-users can make easy
bets on future prices that require only a small down payment.
It's just like the stock market. Do stock prices reflect only
rational projections of corporate earnings and dividends? We've
had enough of irrational exuberance and its opposite to know
better now. Then why should oil futures prices reflect only
genuine shifts in supply and demand?"
Here's where he goes off the rails. Like the 60 Minutes report, he
makes no attempt to explain why speculating on oil futures is the
same as speculating on oil.
When you take delivery of 10 million barrels of oil, and you have to
sell it, the price you get will depend on the oil market on THAT DAY,
not on how much oil futures contracts are selling for two months
later. The two prices are completely unrelated.
Why is it so hard to understand that buying 10 million barrels of oil
is very different from buying securities?
"What is really galling is when economists make
such claims implying that anyone who disagrees is simply ignorant
of the basic laws of economics or just not bright enough to
understand all the nuances."
=inc ww2010.pic g090122.jpg right "" "This is your brain on ideology"
I'm not saying that Madrick is ignorant of all the basic laws of
economics, or that he's not bright, though those are possibilities.
I'm saying that Madrick's brain has been completely fried by his
ideology.
And that's always the problem. All you have to do is listen to
ideologues like CNBC's Larry Kudlow on the right or Congressman Barney
Frank on the left. They say such incredible things that they make
your head spin.
And that brings us to the big economics issues of the day: The causes
of and cures for the current financial crisis. I wrote about this in
my article <#hreftext ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for
2009.""#>
You have people on the right saying that we should follow the lead of
Ronald Reagan: just cut taxes and let the economy take care of
itself.
You have people on the left saying that we should follow the lead of
Franklin Roosevelt: just spend money, and that will cure the economy.
Both of these ideological positions are wrong. Reagan was
President during a generational Unraveling era, so anything he did is
irrelevant to today's crisis era.
Roosevelt was President during the last generational Crisis era, so
his example is a better choice. But as I explained in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for 2009""#> and in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090115 ""As his Great Historic
Experiment collapses, Ben Bernanke scrambles to save his
reputation,""#> the timing is wrong, since it's too early in the
deflationary spiral. Even worse, the plans to spend are growing
chaotically into the trillions of dollars, with politicians acting
like kindergarten children in a candy store, fighting over the best
pieces of candy.
We're lucky that we have oil tankers treading water these days, put
there by speculators storing oil, hoping to drive the price up, but
failing miserably. It gives us a chance to see how punditry about
the oil price spike last summer was purely ideological.
But we're unlucky because there's a far worse financial problem on
the horizon, and the ideologues running things in Washington have no
more idea what's going on than do the 60 Minutes producers or Jeff
Madrick, and it looks like they're going to only make things worse.
=// &&2 e090119 Gaza war heads toward cease-fire, while violence surges in Sri Lanka
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.head
Gaza war heads toward cease-fire, while violence surges in Sri
Lanka
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.date
19-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.txt1
Thousands of civilians' lives are at risk by army attacking
terrorists responsible for suicide bombings.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090119.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g090105.gif right "" "Sri Lanka civil war - regions
where fighting is in progress
(Source: BBC)"#>
That's what's happening in Sri Lanka, where <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2009/jan/17/srilanka-tamil-tigers-trapped-civilians
"350,000 civilians are trapped"#> in the narrow confines of the
Jaffna peninsula, where government forces are advancing to surround
and capture the Tamil Tiger rebels.
This is occurring just two weeks after the army won a significant
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090106 "victory over rebel forces in
Kilinochchi."#> Aids groups are fearful that tens of thousands of
civilians will be killed as "collateral damage" as the government
forces close in.
UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon, traveling to the region, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/israel/4226006/UN-chief-Ban-Ki-moon-implores-Israel-and-Hamas-to-stop-Gaza-violence.html
"said,"#> "To both sides, I say: Just stop, now. Too many people have
died. There has been too much civilian suffering. Too many people,
Israelis and Palestinians, live in daily fear of their lives."
Oh, sorry, I got that mixed up. Ban was talking about the Gaza war,
not the Sri Lanka war.
Actually, Ban Ki-Moon and the rest of the world are pretty much
ignoring the Sri Lanka war. I don't know why -- maybe Tamil
civilians aren't worth as much as Palestinian civilians.
That's one of the many ironies of politics in general. Politicians
enjoy lecturing us on the sanctity of human life, and how every man,
woman and child is a valuable human life. Moral outrage is always a
fun game for politicians seeking to score a political advantage.
But as we're seeing here, some lives are politically valuable, and
some lives are politically worthless. In this case, a Palestinian
civilian life has a great deal of political value to Ban Ki-Moon,
while a Tamil civilian life has little. A person -- any person -- is
worth no more and no less than what the politicians say it is. The
value of a human life can be thought of as a continuous measure, say
on a scale of 1 to 10, with some lives worth 1 and some lives worth
10, and with most of us somewhere in between.
As I explain frequently on this web site, Generational Dynamics
doesn't use the strict legal definition of the word "genocide." In
generational theory, "genocide" refers to any action that clearly
gives little value to individual life. Generally this means that the
society gives much higher political priority to scoring a victory in
war than it gives to the goal of preserving individual lives,
especially civilian lives.
This concept is very useful because "genocidal" is also a continuous
measure, say on a scale of 1 to 10. Some wars might be "a little
genocidal" (level 1), or "very genocidal" (level 10). Almost every
major crisis war becomes "very genocidal" by the end, as when the
Germans were slaughtering Russians in WW II, and the Allies were
firebombing Dresden.
What's undeniable is that the conflicts in the Mideast are becoming
increasingly genocidal. Conflicts fought with stones and handguns and
even suicide bombings have turned into huge explosions that kill many
people.
Both sides are doing what they have to do. Hamas have to protect
their missiles by surrounding them with schools and homes filled with
children and civilians. The Israelis have to destroy the missiles.
Neither side has a choice. From the point of view of strict
generational theory, it doesn't even make sense to say that either
side is "at fault," any more than it makes sense to say that a tsunami
is "at fault" for killing people. It just is what it is.
The United Nations and international pressure cannot do anything to
stop this, any more than they can stop a tsunami. Moral outrage may
be pleasing and useful to the politicians, but its effectiveness is
weak and temporary and, in the end, useless.
Still, it seemed to work on Sunday, as both Israel and Hamas <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aA_sSgH4HVSo&refer=home
"both claimed victory"#> in a cease-fire agreement for the Gaza
Strip.
Israeli officials declared that they had succeeded in their main
objective of limiting Hamas’s ability to fire rockets from Gaza into
southern Israel. Hamas officials said it had survived a massive
onslaught, and would continue to fire rockets into Israel.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's most
important is that the "genocide trend line" is clear. A cease-fire has
been reached, but no one seriously believes that it's more than
temporary, and the next conflict will be even more genocidal than the
current one. It may even involve Muslim Brotherhood forces from
Egypt, and renewed Fatah/Hamas fighting.
Today the Mideast conflict is growing into a major war, while the Sri
Lanka war is building to a climax.
Furthermore, as worldwide trade and transportation <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090118b "grind to a halt,"#> millions of people are
losing their jobs and being pushed into poverty, creating increased
instability among poor, desperate, restless populations in countries
throughout Asia and other parts of the world.
The Clash of Civilizations World War can't be too far off now, and
then we'll get to see how REALLY worthless a human life can be.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090118b The US Trade deficit finally begins a declining trend
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.head
The US Trade deficit finally begins a declining trend
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.date
18-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.txt1
The deficit was "only" $40.4 billion in November, and
falling.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118b.txt2
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic bgross1b.gif right "" "Total credit market debt
(from 2004)
(Source: PIMCO)"#>
Back in 2003 and 2004, when people were calling me a psychopath for
predicting, among other things, a stock market crash and new Great
Depression, I would occasionally get a serious question, something
like, "If there's no stock market crash one year, you'll just say it
hasn't happened yet. What has to happen for you to admit that you're
wrong?"
My response would be to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040617 "display a
graph"#> like the one above and say that I'll admit I'm wrong when
public debt starts falling again, which hasn't happened since the
1950s.
Well, public debt hasn't started falling yet. In fact, with the
kindergarten kids in Washington fighting over who gets to spend the
trillion dollar stimulus package, public debt is certain to continue
an ever faster exponential climb.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
At some point, something (i.e., a generational financial panic and
crash, the first since 1929) will happen, and then public debt will
finally begin to fall.
That's still in the future, but one component of the public debt is,
for the first time in decades, showing the tiniest signs of beginning
to level off.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g090118.gif right "" "Balance of payments, US, Nov
2008
(Source: Dept. of Commerce)"#>
In November, the <#stdurl
http://www.bea.gov/newsreleases/international/trade/2009/trad1108.htm
"US trade deficit shrank"#> by 29%, by the most in 12 years, and more
than forecast. Both imports and exports were reduced.
Imports were reduced by a record 12%, mainly because of the collapse
in oil prices, from a high of $147 per barrel last summer to around
$40 per barrel at the end of the year.
Exports were reduced by 5.2%, as <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=aiMJvmhZY.7g&refer=home
"foreign purchases of American cars"#> and other manufactured goods
fell. Since exports fell less imports, the difference between the
two, the trade deficit, fell.
However, instead of this being a sign that the American economy is
becoming more healthy, it's rather one additional sign that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 "worldwide trade and transportation"#> is
grinding to a halt.
In a dramatic new development, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/4229198/Shipping-rates-hit-zero-as-trade-sinks.html
"freight rates have fallen to zero"#> for containers shipped from Asia
to Europe, underscoring the dramatic collapse in trade. Apparently
zero rates are being offered in the hope of moving empty boats out of
South China ports, where they're lined up, one after the other.
It's amazing and frightening to watch this going on. It's almost
like a science fiction movie -- "The day the earth stood still" --
except that it's really happening (metaphorically), and it's
disastrous.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090118 Collapse of corporate earnings portends imminent stock market plunge
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.head
Collapse of corporate earnings portends imminent stock market
plunge
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.date
18-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.txt1
Other trends indicate that the world is grinding to a halt.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090118.txt2
Regular readers know that I don't write about every economic
indicator, but I do write about economic trends. And what's
incredible is how disastrous the trends have been getting, especially
since September or so.
Thus, last month I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 ""World
wide transportation and trade sink farther into deep freeze,""#>
about the shocking 90%+ collapse of the Baltic Dry Index, a measure
of worldwide shipping rates. In November, I wrote <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081120b ""Unrest grows in China as
unemployment situation becomes 'grim,'""#> to describe the
situation in China.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090117.jpg right "" "Job losses, 2008
(Source: money.cnn.com)"#>
This past week, the latest jobs report showed that <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2009/01/09/news/economy/jobs_december/index.htm?postversion=2009010912
"over half a million jobs"#> were lost in December alone, and this
has been mostly an increasing trend for a year. Most economists
expect job losses to grow. However, there's little evidence that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081206 "stock market investors pay much
attention"#> to bad news in the jobs market. Economists like to point
out that this is a "lagging indicator," indicating that you can still
hope for a stock market surge, even while the job market worsens.
But corporate earnings are different, because they're used in the
computation of price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations"), and
investors definitely pay close attention to these ratios. In fact,
as I've written many times, the evidence is that valuations are a
major factor analyzed by most automated stock buy/sell programs.
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week in each of the past five quarters.
Now, the fourth quarter estimates are becoming available. It's now
been two weeks since the fourth quarter ended, and here's the result:
Date 4Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Feb 6: 50.0%
Jul 1: 59.3% Start of previous (3rd) quarter
Oct 1: 46.7% Start of quarter
Dec 5: 10.0%
Dec 12: 5.9%
Dec 19: 0.5%
Dec 26: -0.9% End of quarter
Jan 2: -1.2%
Jan 9: -15.1%
Jan 16: -20.2%
The trend indicated by this table is substantially worse than the
trends for the preceding quarters (see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081204
"here"#> for the final third quarter table). In the table for the
third quarter, the earnings estimate was +12.6%, and by the 2nd week
after the end of the third quarter, the estimate was -7.8%, with the
estimate falling by 3-4% per week. In the fourth quarter estimates, if
the trend continues, the fourth quarter will be significantly worse
than the preceding quarters.
To understand why this means that another stock market plunge is in
the offing, take a look at the following chart. There's a
price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's home page,
and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's last Friday's
version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe090109.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 9-Jan-2009.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
Notice that P/E ratios (shown in the top portion of the chart) held
steady at around 18 for the entire years 2006-2007. This happened
despite the fact that stock prices (shown on the bottom half of the
chart) varied wildly.
The only way that this could have happened is if investors purposely
held stock prices at the right levels, and that means that the
buy/sell algorithms in their computers made decisions based on
whether a stock's price was above or below 18 times earnings.
There's no other reasonable explanation for how P/E could have held
steady at 18 for over 2 years.
Remarkably, the same value P/E=18 held for several months, at a time
when corporate earnings estimates were beginning to plummet for the
first time in years. This means that investors pushed stock prices
down, matching the falling earnings estimates, in order to maintain
P/E=18.
Sentiment changed dramatically on March 15, 2008. To understand why
it changed, look at the following chart that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080206 "I first posted in February, 2008."#> The data in the first
two columns was supplied by Thomson Reuters in February 2008, and
I've added the third column:
Period Earnings growth estimate Actuals
------- ------------------------ -------
Q1 2008 2.6% -17.3%
Q2 2008 3.5% -22.0%
Q3 2008 20.0% -18.7%
Q4 2008 50.0% -20.2% (As of Jan 16, 2009)
By March 15, investors were reeling from the constant fall in
corporate earnings estimates, but they still believed that the
economy would surge in the second half of 2007, and that we'd see
incredibly high earnings growth -- 20-50% each quarter.
That's why sentiment changed. When the Bear Stearns bailout occurred
on March 15, investors breathed a sigh of relief and said, "The worst
is over."
That's when they abandoned the P/E=18 formula, and pushed stock
prices and P/E earnings up to around 25. This was, I believe, almost
entirely based on the assumption that earnings growth would be 20-50%
in each of the last two quarters.
These sentiments came crashing down in September, when 3rd quarter
earnings estimates turned negative. It was suddenly apparent that
earnings would not grow 20% in the 3rd quarter, as had been hoped,
but would actually follow the pattern of the preceding 3 quarters,
which meant that they would fall around 15-20%. Stock prices fell
sharply, returning the P/E index to 18, according to what passes for
standard formulas these days.
Since mid-November, stock prices have been fairly steady, but
earnings estimates have continued to fall, and P/E ratios have again
been creeping upwards, now around 20.
Today, investors are going to be facing another moment of truth.
We've seen that economic trends around the world started falling
rapidly in the fourth quarter of last year, bringing worldwide trade
and shipping almost to a standstill. So it's not surprising that
corporate earnings estimates might fall much faster than usual for
the fourth quarter, and they've already begun to do so, as shown by
the table at the beginning of this article.
It seems to take a few weeks for investors to react to this kind of
change, but you should expect that reaction to be another plunge in
stock prices over the next month or so.
Finally, to close off this new discussion of P/E ratios, let's return
to an old discussion, and a graph that I first posted a year ago in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market""#>:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
Investors have been using the formula P/E=18 in their buy/sell
decisions, but that number is WAY above historical averages, which
means that it's going to fall way below average, by the Law of Mean
Reversion. (Incidentally, a couple of web site readers in their
messages to me have been confusing the Law of Mean Reversion with
Regression to the Mean, which is a very different thing. I <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=1785#p1785
"discussed this further"#> in the Generational Dynamics forum.)
The historic average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing
earnings) is about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged
around 25, creating a huge bubble. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the
price/earnings ratio will fall well below 10 for a dozen years or so.
You can see that it's poised to fall quickly in the near future,
leading to a stock market crash.
I've received a tiny bit of criticism for continuing to be so gloomy
as the inauguration of Barack Obama approaches, when everyone else is
celebrating. There's no question that this is a wonderful historic
moment for the United States of America, and perhaps I should be more
infected with the worldwide enthusiasm for this moment. If I were
capable of being so infected, I'm sure I'd be a more wonderful
person, but I also would have a completely different personality, and
wouldn't be able to be nearly as effective in writing for this web
site. So let everyone else cheer and celebrate the healing of the
world on January 21, and I'll continue to be a curmudgeon and focus on
what's REALLY going to happen.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090117 Blog Watch: Naked Capitalism's Yves Smith blames economists for being wrong.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.head
Blog Watch: Naked Capitalism's Yves Smith blames economists for
being wrong.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.date
17-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.txt1
Why doesn't she also criticize bloggers like herself?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090117.txt2
In <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2009/01/why-so-little-self-recrimination-among.html
"a posting on Monday,"#> entitled "Why So Little Self-Recrimination
Among Economists?", blogger Yves Smith wonders, "Why is it that
economics is a Teflon discipline, seemingly unable to admit or
recognize its errors?"
Now this is a subject of some interest and bemusement to me, because
I've been criticizing economists, analysts, financial journalists and
bloggers for years for not having the vaguest clue what's going on.
In fact, I've received much criticism from readers of this web site
for calling these people morons, and blaming them for saying things
that are so stupid they couldn't possibly believe them.
For example, I've been criticizing Ben Bernanke's speeches for years,
and just recently posted another such article, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e090115 ""As his Great Historic Experiment
collapses, Ben Bernanke scrambles to save his reputation.""#>
Today it's clear that economists have been massive failures. They
still have absolutely no idea what's going on today. Also, they have
no idea why all of last year's bailouts have had no effect at all,
and seem to have made things works.
So when blogger Yves Smith criticizes economists for not admitting
that they've been wrong, I perk up and listen.
Here's what she says:
"Why is it that economics is a Teflon discipline,
seemingly unable to admit or recognize its errors?
Economic policies in the US and most advanced economies are to a
significant degree devised by economists. They also serve as
policy advocates, and are regularly quoted in the business and
political media and contribute regularly to op-ed pages.
We have just witnessed them make a massive failure in diagnosis.
Despite the fact that there was rampant evidence of trouble on
various fronts – a housing bubble in many countries (the Economist
had a major story on it in June 2005 and as readers well know,
prices rose at an accelerating pace), rising levels of consumer
debt, stagnant average worker wages, lack of corporate investment,
a gaping US trade deficit, insanely low spreads for risky credits
– the authorities took the "everything is for the best in this
best of all possible worlds" posture until the wheels started
coming off. And even when they did, the vast majority were
constitutionally unable to call its trajectory.
Now of course, a lonely few did sound alarms. Nouriel Roubini and
Robert Shiller both saw the danger of the housing/asset bubble;
Jim Hamilton at the 2007 Jackson Hole conference said that the
markets would test the implicit government guarantee of Fannie and
Freddie; Henry Kaufman warned how consumer and companies were
confusing access to credit (which could be cut off) with
liquidity, and about how technology would amplify a financial
crisis. Other names no doubt belong on this list, but the bigger
point is that these warnings were often ignored."
Now, there are a few peculiarities about this. First, Smith points
to a June 2005 article in the Economist, and so there were SOME
people pointing out the danger as early as 2005.
So why does she give credit to people like Roubini and Hamilton,
who's warnings only first appeared in 2006 and 2007?
(And, as I always whine, I was warning people as early as 2002. How
come I never get credit for these and other predictions? See
<#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational
Dynamics predictions""#> for more information.)
In fact, I quoted a Morgan Stanley study in an article from July 30,
2004, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040730b ""Real estate is in an
overpriced bubble all over the world.""#> According to the Morgan
Stanley study, residential properties in countries around the world,
including America, Australia, the United Kingdom, China, South Korea,
Spain, the Netherlands, and South Africa, were overpriced by 50% or
more, and that the global economy should expect "potentially
devastating aftershocks" when the property bubble finally bursts.
So, there WERE economists sounding warnings, and the question to be
asked is this: Why did economists purposely ignore these warnings --
and did they do so for their own benefit?
Actually, Smith doesn't ask the question of why these economists
didn't foresee the crisis. She asks a different question: Having
failed to foresee the crisis, why are these economists not admitting
their failures?
And that of courses raises exactly the same question of Smith
herself.
Smith is obviously very knowledgeable about economics and
macroecomics, and she's also very knowledgeable about the finance
industry. She was in a perfect position to see the stock market,
credit and real estate bubbles as early as 2002 (as I did) or as
early as 2004 (when Morgan Stanley did), or as early in 2005 (when
Greenspan was talking about them).
In order to investigate this further, I decided to look at some of
the articles that Yves Smith wrote in the early days of her blog. As
far as I can tell, her blog began in December 2006. Now, surely by
that time the real estate bubble must have been obvious to every
person in the world with knowledge of economics. If Smith is going
to criticize others for not saying anything, then it's fair to ask
whether Smith said anything.
So it turns out that she wrote three articles that month, as follows:
December 19: <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2006/12/fools-and-their-money-hedge-fund.html
"Fools and Their Money (Hedge Fund Edition)."#> Smith argues that
investors in hedge funds are wasting their money, and that they'd do
better if they invested directly in the stock market.
December 24: <#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2006/12/wall-street-journal-defends-super-rich.html
"The Wall Street Journal Defends the Super-Rich."#>
Smith complains that CEOs get too much money. This would be the
perfect place to complain that they get too much money by creating
fraudulent real estate backed securities, but there's no mention of
real estate, or of any bubble.
December 29:<#stdurl
http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2006/12/milton-friedman-rip.html
"Milton Friedman, R.I.P."#> Smith says that she likes Milton
Friedman, but doesn't like his politics, especially his support for
free markets.
I did some other random checking around in Smith's blog, and didn't
find anything where she foresaw the crisis.
And so, Smith is guilty of exactly the same thing she's blaming
everyone else for. The title of her posting is, "Why So Little
Self-Recrimination Among Economists?" To which I ask, "Why so little
self-recrimination in Yves Smith?" Basically Smith did what everyone
else does -- blame everyone else for her own sins and failings.
The above three articles, especially the last two, are left of center
themes, and in fact many of Smith's articles are ideologically on the
left, and she's often bitterly critical of the Bush administration.
That's fine, but that's her problem. We have strongly partisan
ideologues on the right, like CNBC's Larry Kudlow, who has always
talked about how he loves free markets and the Bush administration;
and we have strongly partisan ideologues on the left like Nobel Prize
winners Paul Krugman and Joseph Stiglitz, both of whom are praised by
Smith. This is particularly egregious in the case of Stiglitz, since
he actually participated in the theoretical development of the
mortgage-backed securities that turned out to be fraudulent. Smith
is simply another ideologue on the left.
You could say that Larry Kudlow and Yves Smith are mirror reflections
of one another, ideologues at opposite ends of the spectrum.
There's nothing wrong with being an ideologue, of course, but you
can't make rational judgments about complex economic subjects if you
are.
And that's why I never take any political or ideological positions,
except to be pro-American. As soon as you let a political thought
enter your mind -- as soon as you allow yourself to think "I like
what Barack Obama is saying," or "I like what John McCain is saying,"
then your mind becomes tainted and you interpret every event through
the same political and ideological filter.
That doesn't explain everything, of course. There are undoubtedly
other economists who aren't ideological, but who still never foresaw
the current problems, and who are still not admitting guilt. As for
them, I have little doubt that they're just like the financial
engineers who created the fraudulent mortgage-backed securities --
they were in it for the money and personal benefit, rather than
ideology.
I started this web site in 2002, and I've become infuriated and
sickened by the ubiquitous fraud and deception at every level in
every situation, self-justified by ideology and personal gain.
The real answer to Yves Smith's question is that people cannot talk
about what they did in the past because to do so would be to admit to
their own fraud and deception, and their own ideological biases.
I've been watching pundits on CNN and other news stations talk about
the coming inauguration, and it's amazing how much they're drooling
over the Obama presidency. I'd say that it's insane, but it's just
part of today's insane world. These reporters, like everyone else,
are desperately hoping that Obama is going to save them personally,
and the world in general. Instead, they're all acting their parts in
a script that's been played many times in history, and which never
has a happy ending.
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090115 As his Great Historic Experiment collapses, Ben Bernanke scrambles to save his reputation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.head
As his Great Historic Experiment collapses, Ben Bernanke scrambles
to save his reputation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.date
15-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.txt1
Who "lost" the economy? The finger-pointing is getting
intense.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090115.txt2
"This moment of anticipation is like the calm that settles after all
hopes have died."
That's what Hannah Arendt wrote in a different context, and that's
the atmosphere among investors today.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right experiment 3
The same sense of desperation pervades discussions, after a year when
one bailout after another has failed. The political sniping over the
fiscal stimulus plan is increasing -- as people realize that no plan
actually exists. The discussions are sounding more and more like
kindergarten kids in a candy store, with different kids fighting over
the tastiest morsels of candy. The impression is that the fiscal
stimulus plan appears to be descending into chaos.
I heard Massachusetts ultra-liberal Barney Frank on the news
yesterday deliver a long partisan harangue that the reason for all
our problems is that the Bush administration didn't spend the TARP
bailout money correctly. He, of course, knows the correct way to
spend bailout money, and he's going to make sure that it works this
time. We'll be looking forward to enjoying the benefits of his
expertise.
The failure of a year of bailouts is also a failure of Fed Chairman
Ben Bernanke, considered by many to be the world's greatest expert on
the Great Depression. Bernanke <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070827
"developed his theories"#> starting while he was on his grandmother's
knee as a child. By the time he reached the position of Chairman of
the Princeton University Economics Department, he had "proven" that
the 1929 stock market crash war nothing, a mere piffle, and that the
Great Depression was caused by an accounting error by the Fed.
He also "proved" that deflation was impossible with a fiat currency
like the American dollar, since you can always print more dollars.
He held onto this belief well into the 2000s, even after a
deflationary spiral struck Japan and proved his theory wrong. For
all I know, he still believes it today.
On Tuesday, he fought back. He gave <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20090113a.htm
"a speech"#> at the London School of Economics to defend his policy,
and to claim that his ideas were still needed:
"The Federal Reserve will do its part to promote
economic recovery, but other policy measures will be needed as
well. The incoming Administration and the Congress are currently
discussing a substantial fiscal package that, if enacted, could
provide a significant boost to economic activity. In my view,
however, fiscal actions are unlikely to promote a lasting recovery
unless they are accompanied by strong measures to further
stabilize and strengthen the financial system. History
demonstrates conclusively that a modern economy cannot grow if
its financial system is not operating effectively."
However, as is usually the case when discussing Bernanke's speeches,
all you can do is shake your head in utter disbelief in what he's
saying because it's such nonsense.
Here's a paragraph from Tuesday's speech:
"One important tool is policy communication. Even
if the overnight rate is close to zero, the Committee should be
able to influence longer-term interest rates by informing the
public's expectations about the future course of monetary policy.
To illustrate, in its statement after its December meeting, the
Committee expressed the view that economic conditions are likely
to warrant an unusually low federal funds rate for some time. To
the extent that such statements cause the public to lengthen the
horizon over which they expect short-term rates to be held at very
low levels, they will exert downward pressure on longer-term
rates, stimulating aggregate demand. It is important, however,
that statements of this sort be expressed in conditional
fashion--that is, that they link policy expectations to the
evolving economic outlook. If the public were to perceive a
statement about future policy to be unconditional, then long-term
rates might fail to respond in the desired fashion should the
economic outlook change materially."
What is he thinking? This is so bizarre that I can barely believe
I'm reading it. He actually still thinks that he can give a speech
or issue a policy statement, and that's all that's needed to move
markets. I was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041010b "already criticizing
Bernanke for this in 2004,"#> after a speech he gave claiming that it
was his clever rhetoric and policy statements that were keeping
inflation and long-term interest rates under control.
Now, four years later, he's making the same kind of claim. He says
that his policy statements "they exert downward pressure on
longer-term rates, stimulating aggregate demand."
You know, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "I've written in the
past,"#> former Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan's speeches all made sense
and contained real content, whether you agreed with him or not. I
commented on all of Greenspan's speeches in 2004-2005, and they were
amazing, intelligent speeches. Actually, they didn't seem so at the
time, but they do retrospectively, when compared to almost any speech
on economics since then. A good example are statements by <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "economics Nobel Price winner Joseph
Stiglitz,"#> which verged on total absurdity.
So now we have this silly speech by Bernanke. And did you see the
last sentence above? "If the public were to perceive a statement
about future policy to be unconditional, then long-term rates might
fail to respond in the desired fashion should the economic outlook
change materially."
I find this absolutely amazing. He actually believes that the Fed's
credibility depends on whether he says "will happen" or "might
happen" in policy statements. Could it really be possible that he
doesn't understand that long-term rates are low because the credit
bubble is collapsing, leading to a deflationary spiral? Does he still
believe that deflation is impossible?
Here's a quote from yesterday's Q&A session, when Terry Easton of
Human Events said that the "90 year edifice" of Keynesian
economics was failing, and asked whether it would be better to
following the advice of the Austrian school:
"The question is related to the former one, has to
do with the benefits of markets. I think economists are often
accused of being market fundamentalists. I think economists have
done a better job than anybody in figuring out what markets do
well and what they don't do so well with problems of information
and other things.
Economists have also pointed out that government interventions
are not benign, perfectly executed interventions. They're also
executed by individuals with interests, and so on. This is a
public policy school. And so the balance between markets and the
government is a delicate one.
In particular, those of us who are economists, and I think that
accounts for almost everybody in the room, are always amazed by
the lack of understanding in the general public about the power
of markets. And in particular, the Austrian school emphasized
the power of markets to aggregate information and incentives, and
to provide outcomes that a top-down government approach can't
provide.
So, as an economist, I have a lot of faith in markets. I don't
think, for example, I would completely disagree with the view
that what's happened in the last year and a half is a crisis of
capitalism per se. I mean capitalism has done a lot for growth
and living standards for a long time.
But rather, it's a crisis that arises from a particular set of
situations and conditions that we have faced in the last couple
of years. In particular, as I indicated before, because of the
tendency of financial systems to boom and bust, which is a very
long standing problem, one that was recognized by virtually every
economist who's studied these issues, and because of the effects
of that on the economy, there's been a long-standing tendency to
find a regulatory balance that reduces the cause of those booms
and busts without costing us the benefits of the market forces
and innovation and information aggregation and so on. It's a very
difficult balance.
I think what we've learned in this case is not necessarily that
we need to have a lot more regulation, but we need to think
through what went wrong.
When I describe the financial system, I mean private system PLUS
the regulatory overlay - that whole complex didn't perform well
in this case, and we need to think very hard about how to fix it.
Now, as I tried to say in my speech, we have both short term and
long term considerations. I think it's important to try to put
out the first. I think it's good avice in general that if
there's a fire burning, you try to put it out first, and then you
think about the fire code. So you don't try to do it all at once
necessarily.
We need to figure out how to solve this problem, how to stop the
costs that are being borne, but going forward, we have to look at
the fire code, we have to think about what is the right balance
of regulation, markets, that will give us a powerful innovative
financial system, but one that will be safer to use in some
sense."
Within this quote, the particular sentence that I'm reacting to is:
"But rather, it's a crisis that arises from a particular set of
situations and conditions that we have faced in the last couple of
years."
Bernanke has absolutely no grasp as to what's going on. He sees no
connection between the 1990s dot-com bubble and the recent credit
bubble. He's totally baffled about how we got to where we are today,
and ascribes the current crisis to being a random event that began
because of random circumstances two years ago, and presumably thinks
that the problem can be solved if the Fed issues just the perfect
policy statement.
This speech is almost gibberish, a final act of desperation by a man
who has been taking one desperate measure after another as Fed
chairman to stave off being blamed for the coming disaster.
Perhaps Barney Frank and Barack Obama will end up saving Bernanke's
reputation. Normally, a new President has 6-12 months in which to
blame any problems that arise on the previous administration, but this
is going to be difficult for Obama. Obama and Frank and other
Democrats have been smug and arrogant in condemning President Bush as
the worst President in history, a man who did everything wrong. And
Obama has been extravagant in his claims of "change" on January 21,
change that will immediately heal the world.
Now, with this huge bailout and fiscal stimulus package, and with
total Democratic party control of the Congress and the White House,
it's going to be hard to blame the previous administration for long.
And that should make Ben Bernanke happy, because it'll be hard to
blame him either, and people may forget that once upon a time, long,
long ago, he was considered the world's leading expert on how to
prevent a new Great Depression.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, things are going to
get much worse, disastrously worse, as investors around the world
panic and create the worst financial crisis in history, leading to
instability, chaos and war around the world. There's nothing really
remarkable about this, since similar things have happened over and
over again throughout history. It's about to happen again, and
politicians can do nothing about it except to do what they always do
-- try to blame someone else.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.
Also, check out the discussion of investment strategies in the
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=39 "You
Have The Investing Advantage"#> thread.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090112 The effects of massive fiscal stimulus - Part II
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.head
The effects of massive fiscal stimulus - Part II
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.date
12-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.txt1
President-elect Barack Obama is turning apocalyptic in his speeches.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090112.txt2
He's no longer claiming to heal the economy and the world by January
21.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right fiscal 3
Here's an excerpt from <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/01/08/us/politics/08text-obama.html?_r=1&hp
"the speech"#> he gave on Thursday:
"We start 2009 in the midst of a crisis unlike any
we have seen in our lifetime, a crisis that has only deepened over
the last few weeks. Nearly 2 million jobs have been now lost, and
on Friday we're likely to learn that we lost more jobs last year
than at any time since World War II. Just in the past year,
another 2.8 million Americans who want and need full-time work
have had to settle for part-time jobs. Manufacturing has hit a
28-year low. Many businesses cannot borrow or make payroll. Many
families cannot pay their bills or their mortgage. Many workers
are watching their life savings disappear. And many, many
Americans are both anxious and uncertain of what the future will
hold.
Now, I don't believe it's too late to change course, but it will
be if we don't take dramatic action as soon as possible. If
nothing is done, this recession could linger for years. The
unemployment rate could reach double digits."
Interestingly enough, he also blames the crisis on the United States:
"For years, too many Wall Street executives made
imprudent and dangerous decisions, seeking profits with too little
regard for risk, too little regulatory scrutiny, and too little
accountability. Banks made loans without concern for whether
borrowers could repay them, and some borrowers took advantage of
cheap credit to take on debt they couldn't afford. Politicians
spent taxpayer money without wisdom or discipline and too often
focused on scoring political points instead of problems they were
sent here to solve. The result has been a devastating loss of
trust and confidence in our economy, our financial markets and our
government.
Now, the very fact that this crisis is largely of our own making
means that it's not beyond our ability to solve. Our problems are
rooted in past mistakes, not our capacity for future greatness.
It will take time, perhaps many years, but we can rebuild that
lost trust and confidence. We can restore opportunity and
prosperity."
One thing that really bothers me is that I cringe whenever he uses
the word "partisan" or "ideological," as he does all the time. When
he uses those words, what he means is that everything that the Bush
administration did was based on ideology and partisanship, while
every decision he makes is based on pure, golden facts.
This is at the heart of Generation-X nihilism, destructiveness and
self-destructivenes that I've discussed so many times. It represents
such complete contempt for other views, that those views can't even
be grasped, and have to be explained as being bizarre and
ideological. From this contempt is a willingness to destroy everything
that came before, and this inevitably leads to self-destruction. No
wonder Strauss and Howe found that, of the four generational
archetypes, people in the "Nomad" archetype (like our Generation-Xers)
are by far the angriest and bitterest in old age.
As I discussed a couple of days ago in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.outlook090105 ""The outlook for 2009,""#> I am
very concerned that we're headed for a catastrophic financial crisis.
=inc ww2010.h2 macro "The macroeconomic view"
The above remarks are based on intuition. I've seen what's happened
in the past few years, and what I hear from Obama and his supporters
today. But is my intuition correct?
Now I have to return to an article that I wrote a few weeks ago,
called <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081224 ""The effects of massive
fiscal stimulus.""#> In that article, I discussed a presentation
by Richard C. Koo, Chief Economist at Nomura Research Institute,
comparing Japan's 1990s deflationary spiral with America's in the
1930s and today. (It's still worth watching the entire video of that
presentation, as you can do by following the link in the above
referenced article.)
I said at that time that Koo's presentation is one of the few things
I've seen in years that have forced me to reevaluate my thoughts on
the coming financial crisis, and indeed some of Koo's conclusions
seem to contradict what my intuition tells me about the potential
destructiveness of Obama's completely undisciplined economic policy.
Let's recap with a summary of some of the major concepts of Koo's
presentation.
In "normal" times, money is created by private saving and private
lending, with the banks as the intermediary. Thus:
Individuals and businesses save money by depositing it into
banks, expecting a return in the form of interest.
Banks are interested in lending out that money to borrowers,
since the way they make money is by charging interest on loans.
Individuals borrow money from banks to purchase consumer goods
and services. The money flows to businesses that provide the goods and
services, and some of it is saved in the bank, completing the
loop.
Businesses borrow money from banks to invest in company growth,
creating new products and jobs. Some of the income from product
sales pays the salaries of the employees, and some goes into savings,
completing the loop back to the bank.
The government can stimulate this process through either monetary or
fiscal policy. In monetary policy, the Fed lowers interest rates,
the banks borrow from the Fed, and loan money out of individuals and
businesses, who then spend it or invest it. In fiscal policy, the
government borrows money and uses it to reduce taxes, make direct
payments, or fund public works projects and the military.
Money is actually created by the above process. Suppose that I have
$1000 in my pocket, and you have nothing. Then between us we have a
total of $1000.
Suppose I deposit $1000 in the bank, and you borrow $1000. Then how
much money do we have between us? The answer is that we now have
$2000; I still have my $1000 as a bank deposit, and you have $1000 in
your pocket.
During a deflationary spiral, that process is reversed. You pay down
your $1000 debt, and I hoard my money. The result is that we now
once again have only $1000 between us. There is actually less money
in the world than there was before. (As the saying goes these days,
the extra money has gone to "money heaven.")
A deflationary spiral occurs because of a massive change in attitudes
and behaviors by the general public. In "normal" times, people are
interested in consumption and growth, causing a growth in the money
supply. In a deflationary spiral, people are interesed in minimizing
debt, causing a reduction in the money supply.
During a deflationary spiral, nobody wants to borrow money, since
they're paying down debt. This is a problem for banks, since they
need to lend to make money. Hence, monetary policy (lowering
interest rates) fails to stimulate the economy, since nobody wants to
borrow at the low interest rates.
However, fiscal policy still works: The government borrows money and
uses it to reduce taxes, make direct payments, or fund public works
projects and the military.
=inc ww2010.h2 pay "How do we pay for fiscal stimulus?"
This is the most mind-blowing part of Koo's presentation. According
to Koo, the fiscal stimulus pays for itself in the form of savings.
Since money is being used to pay down debt, it returns to the banks
in the form of savings or debt repayment.
The banks have to make money, and they only way they can do that is
to lend the money out and collect interest. The problem is that
there are no private borrowers who wish to borrow money. So the bank
might be stuck with the money. Instead, the banks use the money to
buy Treasury bills and bonds. This returns the fiscal stimulus money
to the government.
Here's an excerpt from Koo's presentation (at time 1:03:55):
"Last point: Who's going to buy these Treasury
bonds with this large fiscal stimulus? That question has been
raised many times during my visit. The US has no savings to
finance this fiscal stimulus that I'm talking about.
My answer to that is: No worries. There should be no problem
with the funding issue. And the reason is the following: The
amount of fiscal stimulus needed to stabilize the GDP in this
instance is exactly the same amount as the excess savings created
in the US economy through increasing household savings and the
increase in debt repayment.
This is the funding that the government should pull out of the
banking system and put back into the income stream, which means
that the entire amount of savings needed is generated in the
economy. And the US government will be just taking that extra
savings generated and putting that back into the income stream.
So there's no reason for interest rates to increase.
Quite the contrary, the fund managers of the banks, who have to
manage these funds, should be more than happy to lend to the
government, because there are no other borrowers who would borrow
the money, so that the banks can earn interest.
And we saw this happen in Japan as well. At the beginning, when
we saw our budget deficit growing very rapidly, a lot of people
were out there saying, "The whole thing will collapse, and high
interest rates will result, and we're all dead."
But interest rates actually came down over this period. Our
budget deficit in Japan is 180% of GDP, the highest of any
industrialized nation at the moment.
Our interest rate, long 10-year Japanese government bonds, is
only 1.5%. That's lower than the lowest that the US government
reached during the Great Depression, which happened to be 1.85%.
And why is the rate so low? Because there are no private sector
borrowers, and people are still saving money. The government is
borrowing that money, and the fund managers are more than happy to
give that money to the government because it's the only borrower
left. The same thing will happen in this country as well.
And so, I don't think people should be too worried about interest
rate implications of this large fiscal stimulus. Of course, if
you don't put in the fiscal stimulus, then the economy will
collapse, and then interest rates will go even lower. But I think
you'd rather have a slightly higher interest rate and a working
economy than a Great Depression type situation."
Recent events have strongly supported this prediction by Koo. Banks
have been pouring money into Treasuries in the past few months,
pushing yields (interest rates) to historic lows. This money from
banks is now available to the government for fiscal stimulus and, if
all goes well, the money will once again return to the Treasury in
the same way.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "Generational trends in fiscal stimulus"
Well OK, if money spent on the fiscal stimulus just loops back into
the Treasury, what happens a couple of years down the road, when
people have paid off most of their debt, and they start spending and
investing again?
This is where generational theory enters the picture. As we've
described many times on this web site, the 1990s dot-com bubble
occurred at precisely the time that the risk-averse survivors of the
Great Depression all disappeared (retired or died), all at once, and
were replaced in senior management positions by risk-seeking Boomers.
Koo confirms this generational interpretation in the following
excerpt (at 1:06:35):
"And it will be a long while before interest rates
go back up to anything we remember seeing in normal times. After
the Great Depression, those people who experienced the Great
Depression, they never came back to borrow money in their entire
lives, their remaining lives.
[Exhibit 23.] And as a result it took the United States 30 years
to bring interest rates back to the level of the 1920s. Thirty
years. In 1929 the NY stock market crashed; it was 1959 that
interest rates finally reached the level of average interest rates
in the 1920s, because private sector sorts just pulled themselves
out of borrowing altogether.
You might know some parents or grandparents who lived through the
Great Depression. They never borrowed money the rest of their
lives because the pain, the experience of paying down debt during
the Great Depressioin was just so overwhelming.
We still have this problem in Japan right now. That's why
interest rates are so low - 1.5%. The US will have that problem,
[and so will] Europe, China. They all will have this problem of
too much savings, too little borrowing in the private sector, and
the government trying to put that money back into the income
stream.
And so, I don't think interest rates is going to be a big problem,
I don't think inflation is going to be a big problem, but
maintaining aggregate demand - that is going to be the
challenge."
And so, according to Koo, paying for the fiscal stimulus won't be a
problem in the near term, and it won't be a problem in the long term
-- not for 30 years, anyway.
This leaves me personally with a bit of cognitive dissonance. On the
one hand, my intuition tells me that the policies of Obama and his
advisors are reckless, and will lead to disaster.
But Koo tells me not to worry. Any amount of fiscal stimulus is OK,
because the money just comes back to the Treasury anyway. It sounds
like a dream come true -- a credit card with an unlimited credit line
that never has to be paid back.
=inc ww2010.h2 problems "Problems with fiscal stimulus theory"
So let's try to resolve this cognitive dissonance by looking at some
of the problems with Koo's theory. And there are three serious ones.
Problem #1: The coming crash.
As I've written many times (and won't discuss further here), neither
Obama nor Koo has repealed the Law of Mean Reversion, nor have they
repealed generational theory, and a major stock market crash is still
in the wings, since stocks have been <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
"overpriced"#> since 1995.
What effect would a stock market crash have on the fiscal stimulus
program? That's really a political question, but history tells us
that the likely result would be greater unity behind President Obama.
In generational terms, the crash would seal the "debt minimization"
behavior in the current generations. Today, there's still a lot of
irrational hope that Obama will save the world on January 21. A
crash would remove that irrational hope.
Problem #2: Leakage.
A glaring omission in Koo's presentation is what I call "leakage."
The whole point is to stimulate demand within the country. This
requires a somewhat closed system, where any consumer purchases are
of products and services supplied domestically. If a consumer
consumes imported goods, then money leaves the country to pay for
those goods, instead of returning to the Treasury. It's this money
leaving the country that I call "leakage," and the only solution is
to export products and services equal to the level of imports.
Koo developed his theory from Japan's experience in the 1990s and
early 2000s, where it apparently worked satisfactorily. But during
this period, America, China and other Asian and European countries
were in an economic bubble, able to import as many goods as Japan
could export.
In the coming crisis, almost every country on earth, including
America and China, will be unable to purchase goods manufactured in
other countries. In fact, we've already seen this happening, in last
month's article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 ""World wide
transportation and trade sink farther into deep freeze.""#>
Thus, the environment in which Koo's theories worked for Japan will
be totally and dramatically different from the environment that we'll
be facing soon.
Just take one example: Oil. America imports millions of barrels of
oil every day, paying for it with dollars borrowed from China by
selling them Treasuries. When China's financial crisis becomes so bad
that they will be unable to purchase any more Treasuries, then America
will no longer be able to purchase oil. In fact, that's probably the
point at which the American government will go into default, and
outstanding Treasuries will be marked down to a fraction of their
previous values.
Meanwhile, on main street, there'll be little heating oil available
to heat homes, and there'll be little gasoline available to run cars.
I suppose the ironic result will be that Obama will then agree to use
some of fiscal stimulus money to drill for oil offshore, and in
Alaska.
Problem #3: Timing.
The other glaring omission from Koo's presentation is timing.
Koo's examples are of the Great Depression, starting in 1934, five
years after the crash, and of Japan, starting in 1997, seven years
after their crash.
In both of those cases, the crash triggered the bursting of the
credit bubble and the beginning of the deflationary spiral. People
immediately started paying down debt, and after 5-7 years had past,
most of the debt had been retired, either through paying it down or
through bankruptcy and foreclosure.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090111.gif right "" "Personal consumption -
quarterly changes
(Source: WSJ)"#>
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB123120525879656021.html "a recent
article"#> in the Wall Street Journal:
"U.S. household debt, which has been growing
steadily since the Federal Reserve began tracking it in 1952,
declined for the first time in the third quarter of 2008. In the
same quarter, U.S. consumer spending growth declined for the first
time in 17 years.
That has resulted in a rise in the personal saving rate, which
the government calculates as the difference between earnings and
expenditures. In recent years, as Americans spent more than they
earned, the personal saving rate dipped below zero. Economists
now expect the rate to rebound to 3% to 5%, or even higher, in
2009, among the sharpest reversals since World War II. Goldman
Sachs last week predicted the 2009 saving rate could be as high as
6% to 10%.
As savings increase, economists say, spending is likely to
contract further. They expect gross domestic product to decline at
an annualized rate of at least 5% in the fourth quarter, the
biggest drop in a quarter-century."
Thus we see that the sharp reversal in population behavior, from
being net borrowers to being net savers, began in the third quarter
of last year, very recently. This means that the deflationary spiral
didn't really begin to take hold until at most six months ago.
Furthermore, as I pointed out above, the major stock market crash
hasn't even occurred yet, and that's when the real debt minimization
behavior will begin.
So the timing problem is that Koo's theories may work well 5-7 years
after the deflationary spiral begins, so that it's had some time to
work itself out, but they may not work well at the beginning of the
deflationary spiral.
These two factors -- leakage and timing -- indicate that the
deflationary spiral will be far deeper and far more devastating than
indicated by Koo's figures.
=inc ww2010.h2 mil "Military spending"
So what's the solution to my little puzzle, my cognitive dissonance?
Is my intuition right, that Obama and his advisors are making
reckless, catastrophic plans that will destroy the economy? Or is
Koo right, that fiscal stimulus is an infinite credit card line, where
loans never have to be repaid?
It's quite possible that the answer is "all of the above" and "none of
the above."
Koo himself went out of his way to characterize military spending as
the most effective form of fiscal stimulus, though he said he hated
that conclusion. But military spending produces "useless products,"
while forms of fiscal stimulus that produce useful products end up
putting the government in competition with private industry to
produce those products.
Koo also made the following rather ominous observations: What Germany
discovered in the mid-1930s, and America discovered after 1941, is
that the most effective way to end a deflationary spiral is to have a
major war. (I suppose that Koo might have made the same observation
about mid-1930s Japan.)
This fact will not be lost on China. China has been <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080306 "implementing a massive military
expansion"#> for several years now, and has been preparing
specifically for war with America. China's "fiscal stimulus" package
is certain to boost military spending even farther. Add to that the
increasing civil unrest in China, and Beijing will be sure to
redirect that anger towards Japan and the United States.
China is going to do this irrespective of what America does. It thus
seems likely that Obama will have to include additional military
spending in his own fiscal stimulus package, and if he doesn't do it
now, events will force him to do it later.
Thus, the solution to the worldwide financial crisis may well be the
Clash of Civilizations World War.
During a discussion of all the confusion about the details of the
planned fiscal stimulus on the Sunday morning news talk shows,
one pundit, Peggy Noonan, made the following observation:
"I think they're sending a big cloud out there, a
huge rolling plan, that they mean to go forward almost of its own
dynamism, and pushed in part by a sense of emergency and crisis.
My sense of watching the President-elect today is that he just may
get a lot of the things he wants, so he'd better be wantin' the
right things, because it's going to be on him in a very big
way."
Right now we need President-elect Barack Obama to lead us. As his
speeches becom increasingly apocalyptic, let's all hope that he'll be
wantin' the right things, because the survival of America depends on
it.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.
For those interested in learning more about the theoretical side of
Generational Dynamics, Matt1989 has just started a new thread and new
discussion called <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=10&t=84
"Generational Crises and Methods for Evaluation"#> in the
Generational Dynamics forum. Matt has done an enormous amount of
extremely valuable work developing generational timelines for numerous
countries.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090107 India's Prime Minister Singh formally accuses Pakistan re Mumbai terrorist attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.head
India's Prime Minister Singh formally accuses Pakistan re Mumbai
terrorist attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.date
7-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.txt1
It's one thing when a low-level official makes an accusation,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090107.txt2
and it's quite another when the head of one government accuses
another government of complicity in a terrorist attack.
But <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=afY3PvTO8mF8
"that's exactly what happened"#> on Tuesday when India's Prime
Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh referred to the horrendous November 26
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081130 "terrorist attack on Mumbai"#> and
said:
"There is enough evidence to show that, given the
sophistication and military precision of the attack it must have
had the support of some official agencies in Pakistan."
He added that Pakistan uses terrorism as an "instrument of state
policy."
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6HAw5DcMW0 "a brief
video"#> of Singh making his statement:
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's surprising to
see Singh being so explicitly accusatory, since he's a survivor of
the country's last crisis war, the bloody, genocidal war that
followed Partition in 1947, creating the nations of India and
Pakistan.
Typically, the survivors of a crisis war, who are in the "Artist"
generational archetype (like our Silent Generation), are much more
conciliatory. Singh is no young kid who would simply shoot off his
mouth. Singh must believe that this announcement was politically
necessary to satisfy the Indian populace, especially with elections
coming up soon.
By contrast, Pakistan's president, Asif Ali Zardari, is a "young
kid," born in 1955, in the generation born after the 1947 war ended.
He was thrust into the presidency when his wife, Benazir Bhutto, was
assassinated, and is clearly in over his head, as he tries to deal
with a recalcitrant army, with terrorist acts by Islamists around his
own country, and with the new accusations by the Indian Prime
Minister.
When Pervez Musharraf was President, the two leaders were able to
work together to produce a détente that lasted for several years.
Both leaders were in the generations that survived the 1947 war;
Musharraf fled from the Delhi region to what is now Pakistan, and
Singh fled from the Punjab region of Pakistan to India. Their shared
memories allowed them to negotiate their détente, and their experience
gave them the credibility to get their people to accept the détente.
Nothing like that is true with Singh and Zardari.
If we look at the situation ethnically, it appears even more
dangerous. Zardari is Sindh, with the Shia Muslim religion, and Shia
Muslims have historically been allied with Indians of Hindu religion.
On the other hand, the "élite" of Pakistan is Punjab, with the Sunni
Muslim religion. And so it's quite possible that the "official
agencies in Pakistan" that Singh referred to are controlled by
Punjabs with little respect for Zardari, and Singh's accusations open
the speculation that these agencies went around Zardari and aided in
the Mumbai terrorism without Zardari even knowing.
Well, whatever the truth and speculation are, what is undeniable is
that Prime Minister Singh's direct accusation of Pakistan
significantly raises the level of confrontation between India and
Pakistan, and things are being said that can't easily be taken back.
What we're seeing is similar to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e090106 "the
situations in Gaza and Sri Lanka"#> that I described recently. Those
regions are already deep into a war, while the India/Pakistan
situation is earlier on the crisis war timeline. But what is true of
all three is that each side in each of the conflicts is becoming
increasingly aggressive and confrontational, evoking greater
confrontation in response.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition is coming with
absolute certainty. Both India and Pakistan are becoming
increasingly polarized between moderate and extremist groups, and
this polarization extends to Afghanistan, where Nato and American
forces are slowly but surely being drawn deeper into the conflict.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090106 In Gaza and Sri Lanka, war slides into genocide.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.head
In Gaza and Sri Lanka, war slides into genocide.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.date
6-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.txt1
Both wars are getting increasingly meaner and nastier.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090106.txt2
On the BBC on Monday, the tenth day of the Gaza war, I heard that
Israeli officials are bragging about how careful they are to prevent
civilian casualties -- that of the 500 people killed, "only" 100 were
civilians.
I also heard that Hamas militants are starving and killing their own
people -- Palestinian civilians -- so that they can blame the deaths
on Israel.
Neither of these stories was confirmed, but they're both perfectly
believable.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're seeing a slide
toward genocide on both sides.
Recall that, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071218b "I've explained in
the past,"#> generational theory uses the word "genocide" in a way
that differs from the strictly legal definition. The Generational
Dynamics definition of "genocide" refers to any action that clearly
gives little value to individual life. Generally this means that the
society gives much higher priority to scoring a victory in war than it
gives to the goal of preserving individual lives, especially civilian
lives.
The pattern of genocide in crisis wars (almost) always proceeds as
follows: In the early days of the war, both sides respect the safety
of civilians. This might go on for decades in a non-crisis war.
But in the crisis period, both sides start crossing lines, becoming
more and more aggressive. Things that were unthinkable a few years
earlier become commonplace. The values of civilians' lives become
less and less significant, and the only goal is to win, at whatever
the cost.
As the genocide gets greater and greater, the war generally ends in
some explosive genocidal climax that's so horrible that both sides --
winners and losers -- become horrified at what they've done. That
sets the stage for the Recovery era, and no more genocidal wars until
the survivors of the previous genocidal war are all gone.
As I've done several times, I want to contrast the Gaza war with the
2006 Lebanon war. In that war, the Israelis bombed Lebanese
infrastructure, but really did avoid civilian targets. And I don't
recall any cases of Hizbollah militants starving and killing their
own people (Lebanese) in order to blame it on the Israelis.
That's the difference crisis and non-crisis wars. Lebanon was in a
generational Awakening era, and Israel was just beginning to enter
its Crisis era. Although Israel was far more aggressive than
Hizbollah, both sides did respect civilians to a great extent.
But not so in today's Gaza war. Both sides are becoming increasingly
genocidal, heading for an explosive climax.
If a truce is agreed to, then it will be only temporary, and when the
war resumes, the genocidal violence will be even greater.
A similar slide is occurring in the civil war in Sri Lanka.
<#inc ww2010.pic g090105.gif left "" "Sri Lanka civil war - regions
where fighting is in progress
(Source: BBC)"#>
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081227 "I wrote"#> a couple of weeks ago,
the Sri Lanka was appears to be reaching its explosive climax.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
The climax came several steps closer since then, as the Sri Lankan
army <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7790366.stm
"captured the northern town of Kilinochchi,"#> the administrative
headquarters and a highly symbolic center for the Tamil Tiger rebels.
As the Sri Lankan army closes in on the Tamil Tiger army, it is also
closing in on <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5gVoaDFmbCYS-Usz9ACDRIengj21QD95H39281
"300,000 civilians in the region."#>
Like the Israelis in Gaza, the Sri Lankans have declared their
determination to win, once and for all. Thus, the possibility of
large-scale civilian casualties exists, and may be the only way to
win.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these two wars are
really quite similar, and at similar stages of development.
There's another similarity too: If there are too many civilian
casualties in Gaza, then Egypt may intervene militarily on the side
of the Palestinians, leading to a much wider war; and if there are too
many civilian casualties in Sri Lanka, then India may intervene
militarily on the side of the Tamils, leading to a much wider war.
However, the Gaza war is the subject of massive international
interest, with envoys from America and Europe coming to visit; but
there are no envoys that I know of visiting Sri Lanka. That just
shows how much more "important" Gaza is than Sri Lanka.
Nonetheless, both wars are becoming more violent and genocidal, and a
wider war in either case would have worldwide repercussions.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e090103 Israel begins ground invasion into Gaza
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.head
Israel begins ground invasion into Gaza
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0901
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.date
3-Jan-2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.txt1
The region appears to be teetering on the edge of wider war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2009.e090103.txt2
on Saturday evening (ET), after <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/middleeast/2009/01/20091322357629723.html
"thousands of Israeli Defense Force"#> (IDF) troops crossed the border
into Gaza, in the second week of this new Mideast war.
During the first week of the war, hundreds of bomb-laden rockets left
Gaza launchers and headed targets in Israel. Many of the rockets used
newer, more advanced technologies that permitted deeper penetration
into Israel -- approximaely one million Israelias are now potential
targets.
In response, Israel's air force has been pounding Hamas positions in
Gaza. In the process, hundreds of civilians have been killed.
Now, on Saturday, the IDF began its ground invasion into Gaza.
According to <#stdurl
http://africa.reuters.com/wire/news/usnL3550641.html "the IDF
statement:"#>
"Second Stage of Operation Cast Lead Begins
A short while ago IDF forces began to implement the second stage
of Operation Cast Lead. Land forces have begun to manoeuvre within
the Gaza Strip.
The objective of this stage is to destroy the terrorist
infrastructure of the Hamas in the area of operation, while taking
control of some of rocket launching area used by the Hamas, in
order to greatly reduce the quantity of rockets fired at Israel
and Israeli civilians."
In particular, the Israelis are saying that they do NOT have the
following as goals: They are NOT planning to reoccupy Gaza, and they
are NOT trying to get rid of Hamas.
Let's try to answer some of the principal questions:
Will this be a repeat of the 2006 Israeli - Hizbollah war
in Lebanon?
A lot of pundits are claiming it will be, and there are some
similarities. But that assumption is absurd, since both sides are
applying "lessons learned" from the 2006 war. Whatever happens, it
won't be the same.
Furthermore, there's a very big difference. In 2006, Israel's
enemies were in a generational Awakening era, with little desire for
war. Today, Israel's enemies are, like the Israelis, in a
generational Crisis era. This alone means that Israel's enemies will
fight a very different and much more violent and aggressive war.
Will Hizbollah act in support of the Palestinians by sending
its own missiles into Israel?
Once again, a lot of pundits are expecting this, but it seems very
unlikely for a couple of reasons:
Lebanon is in a generational Awakening era, and so the
Hizbollah warriors are in no mood to get themselves killed at
war. In 2006, they went out each day, shot off some missiles,
then <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 "returned home to their
wives' arms."#>
Whatever individual Lebanese people think of Hizbollah versus
Israel, one thing that they agree on is that they don't want
Israel bombing their infrastructure again, as happened in 2006.
(Israeli statements in the current war often remind people of
this.)
In Eric Berne's 1960s book, "Games People Play," one of his games was
<#stdurl http://www.ericberne.com/games/games_people_play_LYAHF.htm
""Let's you and him fight (LYAHF),""#> which is usually
played by a woman who provokes two men to have a fight over her.
Iran played LYAHF in 2006 between Hizbollah and Israel, and they both
fell for it, but I don't think they're going to fall for it again, no
matter what Hizbollah chief Sheik Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah would
like.
How will Israel proceed in Gaza?
This, of course, remains to be seen. Both Israel and Hamas have been
preparing for this war for at least a year, so they must both have
surprises planned.
On its face, it appears that it should end in a stalemate, like the
2006 war. Gaza City has bunkers all around the cities, often in the
basements of homes of civilians. It's hard to see how the Israelis
can eliminate the threats from rockets without flattening the entire
region.
The Israelis claim that they've thought of this, and they're prepared
for it. Hamas claims that Gaza will become a "cemetary" for the
Israeli army. How things will turn out we can only guess.
Once again, though, I have to come back to the point that both sides
are in generational Crisis eras, which means that neither side is
inclined to compromise. Furthermore, <#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2177.html
"the median age"#> of densely populated Gaza is 17, and these
hormone-laden kids, running around with guns and rockets, are not
easily going to allow any peace agreement, although of course a
temporary truce is still possible.
Are any countries likely to intervene militarily?
The countries LEAST likely to intervene are Lebanon and Syria, since
those countries are in generational Awakening eras. (<#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081222 ""Growing Sunni-Shia cyberwar in
Mideast defeats Ahmadinejad's agenda.""#>)
It's POSSIBLE that there will be some intervention from Jordan or
Saudi Arabia, since those countries are in generational Crisis eras.
However, that won't happen with the current government, and
intervention would only come with some kind of coup.
The MOST likely military intervention, if one occurs at all, is from
Egypt.
What about the Palestinians in the West Bank?
Palestinians in the West Bank and Jordan are split. Many of them
hate Hamas more than they hate Israel, as I described in June, 2007,
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070622 ""Hamas' stunning Gaza victory
shocks entire Mideast.""#>
If the war escalates in any way, there is a good chance that one
component of the expanded war would be a new civil war between the
Palestinians in the West Bank (Fatah) and the Palestinians in
Hamas.
What's the scenario for a military intervention by Egypt?
Gaza is bordered by three different entities: Israel, the sea and
Egypt. Israel is blocking access to Gaza from the sea, and Egypt has
closed its border with Gaza.
The most powerful opposition party in Egypt is the Muslim
Brotherhood, formed in 1929. Branches of the party exist in a number
of countries. Some elements are purely political, and some are
terrorists.
Hamas began as a branch of the Muslim Brotherhood, and the two groups
maintain ties. Many in the Muslim Brotherhood are furious
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak for keeping the border closed,
and they claim that Egypt is supporting Israel against the Gazans.
Indeed, the Egyptian government greatly fears the power of the Muslim
Brotherhood in Egypt, and fears a civil war in Egypt.
Hamas appears to be encouraging such an event. Some news bulletins
on Saturday reported that Hamas leaders have been urging Gazans to
head south to the border with Egypt, with the intention of breaking
through the wall to Egypt, and joining with the Muslim Brotherhood.
And so there are two major scenarios for Egyptian involvement in the
war:
Gazans break through the wall with Egypt and link up with
the Muslim Brotherhood.
The Muslim Brotherhood stages a coup, overthrowing the
Mubarak government, and starts a civil war that joins with the
Gaza war.
Neither of these scenarios is pleasant.
Late Saturday evening (ET), someone posted <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tDTga1uENdc "YouTube video,"#>
compiling video from several sources, and providing spotty narration.
It contains some interesting material:
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a major Mideast war
engulfing the entire region is coming with absolute certainty.
The worldwide financial crisis, throwing millions more people into
poverty every week, is destabilizing populations around the world,
and may also be doing so in the Mideast.
A lot of what's going on now is against an artificial deadline: The
January 20 inauguration of Barack Obama. A number of commentators
have mentioned that Israel would like to be finished by then. But
the complexity of the operation appears to make this unlikely.
At any rate, this war cannot continue in this form for long. Either
a way will be found to get everyone to agree to a temporary truce, or
else it will escalate into something much larger within the next few
weeks.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081230 Israel declares 'war to the bitter end' and 'all-out war' against Hamas in Gaza
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.head
Israel declares "war to the bitter end" and
"all-out war" against Hamas in Gaza
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.date
30-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.txt1
The rhetoric indicates an extremely dangerous situation.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081230.txt2
There's never been much doubt that if Hamas had the ability to launch
an "all-out war" against Israel, they would have done so. Such a war
scenario might be, for example, a massive uprising of Gazans,
breaking through the security wall to Israel, backed up by missiles
supplied by Iran.
On the other side, there's never been much doubt that Israel could
remove all restraints from its IDF (Israeli Defense Forces), and
squash Gaza like a bug, in response to Hamas' missiles. That's why
the world expects more restraint from Israel than it would from
Hamas.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081229.gif center "" "Gaza Strip - areas of conflict
(Source: Times Online)"#>
Thus, a lot of people are taken aback by the ferocity of Israel's
attack on Gaza, with hundreds or perhaps thousands of bombs targeting
Hamas leaders from one end of Gaza to the other. Hundreds of Gazans
have been killed, and many more injured, though Israel claims that the
vast majority are terrorists.
In reaction, thousands of Arabs and Greeks <#stdurl
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/28421149/ "protested at the Israeli
embassy"#> in Athens. Similar demonstrations occurred in other
European capitals, and in capitals in <#stdurl
http://jta.org/news/article/2008/12/28/1001843/protests-throughout-mideast-condemn-gaza-attack
"Arab countries,"#> including Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Lebanon, Syria,
Yemen and the United Arab Emirates.
Undoubtedly, the Israelis fantasize that this attack will cripple
Hamas' ability to attack Israel with rockets, or that it will cause
the Palestinians to agree to a peace agreement. In a world that's so
full of official fantasies these days, those aren't really
surprising.
But Hamas terrorists were expecting this attack, and so their supply
of rockets is well hidden away. And <#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2177.html
"the median age"#> of densely populated Gaza is 17, so there isn't a
snowflake's chance in hell that these hormone-laden kids, running
around with guns and rockets, are going to allow any peace agreement.
Hamas officials have their fantasies too. The kids see a life of
glory following a heroic victory (or 72 virgins after a heroic
death). The adults believe that Israel will be forced to back down.
Both sets of fantasies are undoubtedly fed by Israel's 2006 war with
Hizbollah in Lebanon.
For Hamas, the 2006 war shows the way to humiliate the Israelis
again, as they were humiliated in 2006.
For Israel, the new war applies lessons learned. The 2006 war was
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 "completely panic-driven."#> Israel
went to war in four hours, with no plan, no objective, and no idea
what was going on.
This new war is NOT panic-driven. The Israelis have planned this
attack in detail. There will be no hesitation. We don't yet know
what their objectives are, but we can be sure that, this time, there
are firm objectives, and a plan to achieve them.
Thus, when <#stdurl
http://www.jpost.com/servlet/Satellite?cid=1230456523011&pagename=JPost%2FJPArticle%2FShowFull
"Defense Minister Ehud Barak said,"#> this was "all-out war," and
that it was a "war to the bitter end," he was saying that the
humiliations of the 2006 will be repeated, no matter what the cost.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is a very
important time.
If this war had occurred ten years ago, when Israel was in a
generational Unraveling era, then Israel would compromise and end the
war as quickly as possible. And the Palestinians would simply
compromise as well. There would still be plenty of survivors of the
horrific, genocidal war of 1949, following the partitioning of
Palestine and the creation of the state of Israel.
But now both populations are in generational Crisis eras, and those
survivors are gone now, and we're left with new, young generations in
Gaza and Israel, kids who have no memory of the horrors of the 1949
war, and who have no fear of death or war.
What we're seeing is very common throughout history. Each side
expects the other to act as it would have during the Unraveling era.
So each side risks brinkmanship, taking things farther than they
would have dared ten years ago. But the other side doesn't back down,
as they would have ten years ago; instead, the other side reacts with
its own brinkmanship. This is how things escalate into a new
genocidal crisis war.
Is that what's going to happen in this new war? Of course, it's
impossible to predict. It's quite possible that some sort of truce
will be reached.
But that will never be the end of it. The Hamas rockets have
infuriated the Israelis. And the ferocity of Israel's attack has
shocked kids throughout the Arab world. If there was a surprise from
the Israeli side this time, then the next surprise will probably be
from the Arab side. Perhaps it will come from Egypt, where the huge
membership of the Muslim Brotherhood is sympathetic with Hamas, and
furious not only at the Israelis, but at the Egyptian government, whom
they see as siding too much with the Israelis.
Or perhaps it will come from Saudi Arabia, where al-Qaeda linked
Islamist terrorists have been trying to stage a coup against the
government for years.
Generational Dynamics predicts that, one way or another, there will
be a new major war between Israelis and Palestinians, re-fighting the
1949 war, and this new war will engulf the entire region before it's
over. It may happen now, or it may happen later, but it's coming
with absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081228 Is the world unraveling?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.head
Is the world unraveling?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.date
28-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.txt1
Some people believe that the world is better off every day.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081228.txt2
BBC international correspondent Humphrey Hawksley wrote the following
<#stdurl
http://www.humphreyhawksley.com/blog/index.php/2008/12/22/great-new-year/
"New Year's message"#> on his blog:
"Great New Year
Best wishes to all who drop by this blog. Despite the demands for
Breaking News crises from 24-hour-news channels, the world is in
pretty good shape — far better than half or quarter of a century
ago. Iraq was meant to collapse into civil war and partition. It
didn’t. The summer was full of talk about a new Cold War, but
no-one seemed to want it. In the economic downturn, China’s proved
to be not a strategic threat but a global ally. And the dreadful
famines and diseases that used to kill millions seem to be no
more."
It's ironic that this message was posted just a couple of days before
the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081227b "new conflagration"#> between the
Israelis and the Palestinians, a conflagration that might settle into
a new truce, or might escalate into a world war within a few weeks or
months. There's no way to know.
One thing that people forget about Gaza is that the Gaza strip is
densely populated, growing at 4.7% per year, and <#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2177.html
"the median age in the Gaza strip is 17 years old."#> Thus, the Gaza
strip is run by a generation of children with guns and missiles and
with almost no adult supervision.
That's why there can never be a "peace" agreement, even if Hamas
leaders wanted one. There's is absolutely nothing in the world that
anyone, including Hamas leaders, could say that would convince the
hormone-laden kids of Gaza that a tranquil peace agreement is the
answer. These kids have a burning desire for revenge, with no fear
of death and no fear of war.
In other news on Saturday, Pakistan is moving troops away from
Afghanistan's border, where they were fighting Taliban terrorists,
and towards the border with India. This is in response to fears that
India is going to invade Pakistan, targeting the Lashkar-e-Taiba
(LeT) terrorists who perpetrated the huge terrorist attack on Mumbai.
Relations between Pakistan and India have been <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081130 "in a state of crisis"#> ever since the
attacks. Many Indians are saying "This was our 9/11. And just as the
U.S. attacked Afghanistan after 9/11, we have to attack Pakistan after
our 9/11."
Saturday is the day that <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5hLd0vd2_EQVYvYjuf7oV9VmwNEJwD95B8SPG0
"hundreds of thousands of Pakistanis"#> are commemorating the
assassination, exactly one year ago, of Benazir Bhutto, as she was
campaigning to become Pakistan's president, replacing Pervez
Musharraf.
Today, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080908 "Pakistan's president is Asif
Ali Zardari,"#> Benazir's widowed husband. Zardari is young, and
clearly in over his head, as he tries to deal with a recalcitrant
army, with terrorist acts by Islamists around his own country, and
with suspicions by Indians that Pakistan is responsible for
terrorist acts in THEIR country.
This is yet one more situation that might go either way: Things might
settle down in a few weeks, or someone might miscalculate, causing
the situation to spiral into war -- and it would be nuclear war,
since both are nuclear powers.
But it isn't just Gaza and Pakistan that make it difficult to support
Hawksley's claim that the world is "far better" than it was 25 years
ago.
There were crisis wars going on in Lebanon, Iran and Iraq in 1983,
but there are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081227 "crisis wars going on
today"#> in Sri Lanka and Darfur. But even that isn't the point.
Even if you accept the fact that the world seems to be in good shape
today, I would compare it to a man who appears to be in excellent
health, but has high blood pressure. As his blood pressure
increases, one day some artery is going to burst, and he'll be gone.
Today it's hard to deny that the world's blood pressure is increasing
dangerously. A lot has to do with overpopulation, the price of food,
and the rise of young generations of kids like the ones in Gaza, with
no fear of war, replacing the risk-averse survivors of World War II.
But now we have to add the current financial crisis. I've written
how serious this situation is several times, and most recently in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 ""World wide transportation and
trade sink farther into deep freeze.""#>
It's very hard to overestimate the seriousness of this problem. It's
almost literally true to say that the world is grinding to a halt.
The economies of America, China, and countries throughout Asia and
around the world are in free fall into a deflationary spiral that
still has years to go. The economic news from Japan this week has
been absolutely devastating.
We hear on the news every day how much this is affecting ordinary
Americans, but what we seldom hear is how it's affecting other
populations. The collapse of the worldwide financial system is pushing
millions and tens of millions more people into poverty and starvation,
especially in densely crowded megacities around the world, increasing
tensions.
That's how the world's blood pressure is increasing.
Yesterday we had a coronary aneurysm in Gaza. Next week, there might
be a heart attack in Pakistan and India.
And yet, Hawkins' view seems to be correct. The world does seem to
be better off than in the past. No two countries with nuclear
weapons have ever gone to war with each other. Since 1990, the
number of wars in the world has fallen sharply. War in places like
the Caucasus (the war in Georgia this past summer) or the Mideast
(the Israeli-Hizbollah war in Lebanon in 2006) seem to resolve
themselves quickly without escalating. Why is that?
I actually addressed this issue in 2006, when I wrote, <#hreftext
ww2010.i.060717nash ""A beautiful mind? The world is paralyzed
into a 'Nash equlibrium.'""#>
The thing that's really changed in the last 25 years is this: 25
years ago, a small war was very unlikely to escalate into a large
war; today, it is.
In the 1970s, India and Pakistan did have a major war, and there was
a major war between Israel and Egypt. But they fizzled quickly.
Why?
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the answer is that
all of these countries were in generational Awakening eras, so any
war was bound to fizzle. But even without invoking generational
analysis, you can see that the Soviet Union and the United States
would have cooperated to make sure that the war was contained and
ended as quickly as possible.
But nothing like that is true today. Does anyone really doubt that a
major regional war, since as the two from the 70s just mentioned,
were to occur today, there would be any way of containing it?
Certainly from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the answer
is no: All of these regions are in generational Crisis eras, and any
regional war would surely escalate.
And I haven't even mentioned the interlocking international
agreements. Since the end of World War II, when American became
Policeman of the World, America has signed a large number of mutual
defense treaties with other countries. These include agreements with
Japan, South Korea, Israel, Taiwan, the ANZUS agreement with Australia
and New Zealand, and the NATO agreement with all of Europe.
That's why a regional war in any of these regions would lead to a
world war. And that's why so many countries around the world always
being very careful, always stepping back from the brink. They
understand as well as anyone that a miscalculation could mean world
war, and no one wants to be responsible for that. Unfortunately, the
world's "blood pressure" will never stop increasing, thanks to
population growth and generational changes, and so the probability of
an explosion will continue to increase.
When I read Hawkins' blog entry, I posted a comment containing the
following response:
"Dear Humphrey,
Whenever someone writes something so bubbly and optimistic, I
always answer the same way:
I hope you’re right.
Happy new year."
And I do hope he's right.
But Generational Dynamics tells me that this hope will be in vain.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081227b Israel's rocket attack on Gaza opens continues a week of sharp escalation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.head
Israel's rocket attack on Gaza opens continues a week of sharp
escalation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.date
27-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.txt1
Hundreds of Palestinians were killed or injured Saturday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227b.txt2
when Israel <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article5402643.ece
"launched a series of air strikes"#> against Hamas targets in Gaza
City and elsewhere in the Gaza strip.
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gaza 3
A Hamas spokesman, speaking on a Gaza radio station, vowed revenge,
and to "continue the resistance until the last drop of blood."
This attack followed a week of rapid escalation on both sides of the
conflict.
Up until a week ago, both sides were showing restraint, thanks to a
six-month truce. But when the truce expired on December 19, Hamas
said it would not renew it, citing the Israeli blockade that Israel
imposed when Hamas seized power 18 months ago. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070622 ""Hamas' stunning Gaza victory shocks
entire Mideast.""#>)
At first, Israeli leaders said that they would continue to show
restraint, but once the truce ended, hundreds of rockets from Gaza
targeted Israeli towns near the Gaza border.
Israel's warnings became increasingly ominous each day, and by Friday
<#stdurl http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/spages/1050155.html "an
impending attack,"#> including a ground invasion, had been clearly
signaled. Thus, Saturday's attack was expected, although its
intensity was not.
The Mideast situation is following a familiar pattern that's existed
for years, especially since the death of Yasser Arafat: First, there's
a surge in violence, not only between Israelis and Palestinians, but
also within the Palestinian community between Hamas and Fatah.
Then, both sides step back from the brink, and calm returns for a
while.
This, for example, is what happened in Sri Lanka, when both sides
signed a cease-fire in 2002. The cease-fire was broken with
low-level violence several times, but both sides always pulled back.
Then, in January 2008, the Sri Lanka government announced that it
would go for all-out victory against the Tamil rebels, and as I wrote
yesterday, the Sri Lanka crisis war now <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081227 "appears close to a full-scale genocidal climax."#>
Of course, the Sri Lanka crisis war isn't on a lot of people's
radars, since that war is not likely to spread into a world war. But
a war in the Mideast may indeed spread into a world war.
So, in watching the Mideast situation in the next few days and weeks,
the main thing to watch for is signs of either continuing escalation
versus attempts at conciliation. It could literally go either way,
and in fact is certain to escalate into a full-scale crisis war at
some point, whether now or in the future.
We can expect efforts at mediation by several countries -- the US, UK
and Europe in the west, and Egypt, Jordan and Saudi Arabia in the
Mideast.
We can expect Iran to attempt to further destabilize the situation.
Iran has already sold (or given) advanced weaponry to Hamas, in order
to provoke a full-scale war, just as Iran provided thousands of
rockets to Hizbollah for the 2006 war with Israel.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a new all-out war
between Arabs and Jews is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080117 "an
absolute certainty,"#> refighting the bloody war of 1949 that followed
the partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the state of
Israel. Whether the current situation escalates into all out war, or
ends in a new temporary truce, the end result is certain.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=27
"Mideast"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=eod
=// &&2 e081227 Sri Lanka crisis war appears close to a genocidal climax.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.head
Sri Lanka crisis war appears close to a genocidal climax.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.date
27-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.txt1
There are two crisis wars in the world today: Darfur and Sri Lanka.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081227.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related2 right darfur 1 lanka 3
The war in Darfur can't seem to reach a climax, and I believe that
it's because of international intervention. The U.N. has failed to
stop the genocide in Darfur, and can't possibly succeed at that. All
it's done is prolonged the war. There's a big philosophical question
here: Is it better to prolong a war in this way, and allow the
killing to go on for years, or is it better to allow events to run
their course, and get all the killing over in a brief period of time?
In the case of Darfur, the former choice has been made.
<#inc ww2010.pic sri2.gif left "" "Areas of conflict in Sri Lanka
(Source: The Economist)"#>
But not in Sri Lanka. That war began as low-level violence in 1983,
between two ethnic groups: The government/market dominant Sinhalese
(Buddhist religion) and the separatist/rebel Tamils (Hindu religion).
A truce was signed in 2002, but it fell apart in 2006, while the
world was being distracted by Israel's summer war with Hizbollah in
Lebanon. Then, at the beginning of 2008, government forces abandoned
all pretense of aiming for a peaceful settlement, and declared all
out war, promising to destroy the Tamil rebel forces (known as the
LTTE or Tamil Tigers) by the end of 2008.
(For further details and analysis of this history, including
additional maps, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060803 ""While
world watches Lebanon, Sri Lanka goes to war,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080104 ""Sri Lanka government declares all out
war against Tamil Tiger rebels.""#>)
The war today is largely taking place in the north, as government
forces overrun Tamil strongholds, especially around the Tamil
stronghold of Kilinochchi.
Unfortunately, reporters are not allowed in the war region, so the
only accounts of what's going on come from the combatants themselves.
And so we have mainstream media reporting what the Sri Lanka
government tells them -- that <#stdurl
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/World/Rest_of_World/43_Tiger_rebels_killed_LTTE_training_camp_captured/articleshow/3896634.cms
"43 Tamil Tiger rebels were killed"#> earlier this week by the Sri
Lanka Army (SLA) and air force, and that an attempted <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/12/25/asia/AS-Sri-Lanka-Civil-War.php
"Tamil counterattack"#> was repelled.
Or, you can check with <#stdurl http://www.tamilnet.com/
"TamilNet,"#> and learn that the SLA had only <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=27835 "killed cows,"#>
not any rebel fighters, or that the SLA had only <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=27805 "bombed
hospitals,"#> not military targets, and that the Tamils had <#stdurl
http://www.tamilnet.com/art.html?catid=13&artid=27809 "killed 200 SLA
forces."#>
So, not a lot of this reporting can be fully trusted,
but there seems little doubt that the fighting is getting very
seriious.
In a <#stdurl
http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2008/12/22/sri-lanka-end-detentions-and-aid-restrictions
"report by Human Rights Watch,"#> it says:
"The 49-page report, "Besieged, Displaced, and
Detained: The Plight of Civilians in Sri Lanka's Vanni Region,"
documents the Sri Lankan government's responsibility for the
plight of the 230,000 to 300,000 displaced persons trapped in the
Vanni conflict zone. They face severe shortages of food and other
essentials because of government restrictions on humanitarian
assistance. Individuals and families who have managed to flee
areas controlled by the separatist Liberation Tigers of Tamil
Eelam (LTTE) have been detained in poor conditions in
army-controlled camps.
"Hundreds of thousands of civilians are trapped in a war zone
with limited aid because the government ordered the UN and other
aid workers out," said Brad Adams, Asia director at Human Rights
Watch. "To add insult to injury, people who manage to flee the
fighting end up being held indefinitely in army-run prison
camps."
However, that's only one side of the story. In a
<#stdurl
http://www.hrw.org/en/news/2008/12/14/sri-lanka-tamil-tigers-abuse-civilians-stronghold
"second Human Rights Watch report,"#> we have the following:
"Sri Lanka's separatist Tamil Tigers are
subjecting ethnic Tamils in their northern stronghold, the Vanni,
to forced recruitment, abusive forced labor, and restrictions on
movement that place their lives at risk, Human Rights Watch said
in a report released today.
The 17-page report, "Trapped and Mistreated: LTTE Abuses against
Civilians in the Vanni," details how the Liberation Tigers of
Tamil Eelam (LTTE), which have been fighting for an independent
Tamil state for 25 years, are brutally abusing the Tamil
population in areas under their control.
"The LTTE claims to be fighting for the Tamil people, but it is
responsible for much of the suffering of civilians in the Vanni,"
said Brad Adams, Asia director for Human Rights Watch. "As the
LTTE loses ground to advancing government forces, their treatment
of the very people they say they are fighting for is getting
worse."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are many
strong signs here of an increasingly genocidal crisis war.
Recall that, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071218b "I've explained in
the past,"#> generational theory uses the word "genocide" in a way
that differs from the strictly legal definition. The Generational
Dynamics definition of "genocide" refers to any action that clearly
gives little value to individual life. Generally this means that the
society gives much higher priority to scoring a victory in war than it
gives to the goal of preserving individual lives, especially civilian
lives.
We see this going on now in Sri Lanka. Whereas in the past both
sides tried for the most part not to target civilians, it appears
that both sides are now doing just that (while denying that they're
doing it).
In January, when the Sri Lanka government declared all out war
against the rebels, and promised to beat them by the end of the year,
they were signaling a fundamental change in attitude: That they had
run out of patience, and were willing to take whatever steps are
necessary to win. And that usually means that winning the war is
more important than protecting the lives of civilians -- exactly the
Generational Dynamics concept of genocide.
So what can we expect next year?
It's evident that the Sri Lanka forces did not accomplish their
mission of beating the Tamil Tigers by the end of 2008. Does that
mean that they'll back off next year? Hardly.
What it means is that they'll be determined to redouble their efforts
next year. They'll be even less concerned about the lives of
civilians, as they push as hard as possible to win.
And how will the Tamil Tigers behave? Will they decide to surrender?
Hardly.
Trapped animals -- and trapped people -- become increasingly vicious
when they're trapped. The Tigers will be facing destruction, and they
will stop at nothing to prevent it.
This is how crisis wars always proceed.
I like to compare a crisis war to a ball rolling downhill. The ball
may (or may not) need a push to start, and it may be temporarily
stopped by trees and rocks and other obstacles on the way down the
hill. But it keeps gathering energy, and at some point its momentum
becomes so great that it's unstoppable, until it reaches the bottom of
the hill in an explosive climax that forever changes the landscape.
That's what Sri Lanka appears to be headed for now.
A number of news articles on the Sri Lanka war have been saying that
"there's no end in sight." Actually, there is. An explosive climax,
killing hundreds or even thousands of civilians, will be so
devastating that it will cause both sides to recoil in horror at what
they've done. That moment will signal the end of the Crisis era.
Blame will be assigned, and the Recovery Era will begin. People on
both sides will vow to devote their lives to making sure that nothing
like that ever happens again. Thus does a new saeculum begin.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081225 Have yourself a merry little Christmas.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.head
Have yourself a merry little Christmas.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.date
25-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.txt1
Some music from World War II.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081225.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic xmastree.gif right "" ""
The 1942 movie Holiday Inn was fairly typical escapist fare --
a musical romantic comedy for people still suffering from the Great
Depression. America had hoped that the war after the attack on Pearl
Harbor would end in quick victory, but the Bataan Death March, as
well as other setbacks in the Pacific and Europe, taught them
otherwise.
And so, the song "White Christmas" from the movie, <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9vPfOjAw5Z0&NR=1 "sung by Bing
Crosby,"#> became a surprise hit among soldiers, evoking nostalgia
for their families back home.
I'm dreaming of a White Christmas, just like the ones I used to know.
Where the treetops glisten, and children listen
To hear sleigh bells in the snow.
I'm dreaming of a White Christmas, with every Christmas card I write.
May your days be happy and bright, and may all your Christmases be white.
The following year, in 1943, loneliness was a way of life.
Bing Crosby scored another big hit,
<#stdurl
http://lcweb2.loc.gov/diglib/ihas/loc.natlib.ihas.200000010/default.html
""I'll be home for Christmas.""#> Germans and Japanese
used to torture American soldiers by playing this song all the time.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081224b.jpg center "" "Bing Crosby -- autographed
picture sent to Bob Hope"#>
I'll be home for Christmas. You can plan on me.
Please have snow and mistletoe and presents 'round the tree.
Christmas eve will find me where the love life gleams.
I'll be home for Christmas, if only in my dreams.
The song, "Have yourself a merry little Christmas," has been changed
in the last few decades into a cheerful little ditty. But in the
1944 movie, Meet me in St. Louis, it was a bitter, sad, angry
song.
The daughter, <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5g4lY8Y3eoo
"played by Judy Garland,"#> had just learned that this was her last
Christmas with her lifelong friends in St. Louis. After the New Year,
she and her family would be moving to New York. Although the plot of
the movie takes place in 1904, this song was definitely in the spirit
of 1944, when despair over torn families was at its deepest.
Have yourself a merry little Christmas. Let your heart be light.
Next year all our troubles will be out of sight.
Have yourself a merry little Christmas. Make the Yule-tide gay.
Next year all our troubles will be miles away.
Once again as in olden days happy golden days of yore.
Faithful friends who were dear to us will be near to us once more.
Someday soon we all will be together if the Fates allow.
Until then we'll have to muddle through somehow.
So have yourself a merry little Christmas now.
Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays to everyone!
=eod
=// &&2 e081224 The effects of massive fiscal stimulus.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.head
The effects of massive fiscal stimulus.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.date
24-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.txt1
A study comparing Japan's deflationary spiral with ours shows the
way.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081224.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g070219c.gif right "" "Nikkei 225 Index -- Tokyo
Stock Exchange -- 1984-2007 and 1914-2007."#>
Japan seems to run 10-20 years ahead of the United States, at least
in the area of stock market crashes.
Japan <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 "had a major stock market crash
in 1919,"#> leading to a new bubble 65 years later, beginning in 1984,
and a new stock market crash in 1990.
The US had a major stock market crash in 1929, leading to a new
bubble 66 years later, beginning in 1995, and a major financial
crisis beginning in 2007, probably with a new stock market crash to
come soon.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 left fiscal 3
Thus, for people trying to understand what's coming, we have two big
examples to look at: America in the 1930s, and Japan in the 1990s.
Now, <#stdurl
http://www.csis.org/component/option,com_csis_events/task,view/id,1828/
"an October presentation by Richard C. Koo,"#> Chief Economist at
Nomura Research Institute, compares Japan's 1990s deflationary spiral
with America's in the 1930s and today. (The web site has links to
the <#stdurl
http://www.csis.org/media/csis/events/081029_japan_koo.pdf
"presentation slides (PDF)"#> and to a video of the 1½ hour
presentation.)
Koo says that what has happened in Japan -- a "balance sheet
recession" -- is not in any economics textbook, and he now sees the
same thing happening not only in the US, but in Europe, in Asia, and
around the world.
I watched the entire 1½ hour presentation, and I was transfixed.
This comparison of Japan with the US provides a great deal of insight
into where the American and world economies are going.
A "balance sheet recession" occurs as follows (this is my way of
formulating Koo's description):
A credit bubble creates trillions of dollars in assets, and
also creates trillions of dollars of liabilities.
When the bubble bursts, the assets disappear. (Housing prices
fall, mortgage-backed securities become worthless, etc.)
But the liabilities don't disappear. They remain as debt on the
balance sheets of businesses and households. This is the "balance
sheet recession."
For years thereafter, businesses and households pay down debt,
taking huge sums of money out of the economy.
When everyone is paying down debt, the money supply shrinks,
leading to a deflationary spiral.
Monetary policy -- reducing interest rates to zero and
quantitative easing -- no longer works. This puts money into the
banking system, but since banks and everyone else are paying down
debt, there are no lenders and no borrowers.
Koo points out that this violates much of mainstream macroeconomic
theory, which assumes that people and businesses will want to borrow
money when interest rates are nearly zero. But monetary policy
simply stops working.
Since monetary policy stops working, a government has to resort to
fiscal policy -- a huge fiscal stimulus package. The purpose of this
is to keep the GDP from falling. The government does the opposite of
what the private sector is doing. The private sector is paying down
debt, refusing to borrow and spend. The government borrows and
spends huge amounts of money.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081224a.gif right "" "Richard Koo's presentation,
exhibit 6, shows Japan's GDP kept growing during the 1990s."#>
Koo addressed several issues that arise:
Who is going to lend all this money that the government will
be borrowing?
The answer to this question is mind-blowing: There is no problem
whatsoever, because the amount of fiscal stimulus is exactly equal to
the national savings generated by everyone paying down debt. In
other words, the savings of American people and businesses will pay
for the borrowing.
It's worth noting that recent events seem to support Koo's claims. He
gave this presentation in October. Since then, the yields on
Treasury bills have crashed to zero, as investors compete to lend
money to the government. So what he said would happen appears to be
happening already.
Won't the dollar weaken, become very inflationary?
Koo gave the following answer: The dollar would weaken, but since the
same thing is happening to countries around the world, the dollar
will remain at parity with other currencies. (This is not a fully
satisfactory answer for me.)
What's the best way for the government to spend money -- social
programs, infrastructure projects, or military/war/weapons?
Koo had previously said that tax cuts do not have the desired effect,
since people will not spend the tax cuts, and will simply use the
money to pay down debt. He didn't discuss social programs, but I
would assume that the result is the same.
Koo said that there's no macroeconomic difference, but he added that
the most effective spending program would be the military, since it
creates jobs, but produces products that "are useless."
Infrastructure projects, he said, aren't as effective because they
produce useful products. He said that he hates this conclusion.
I would add the following, from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics: One of the motivations for crisis wars is that when a man
can't feed himself and his family, then he will blame his enemies,
and he will have no objection to going to war. That's a
microeconomic view of how a financial crisis leads to war. What Koo
has done is clearly provide a macroeconomic view.
Koo notes that Europe needs to do a similar massive fiscal stimulus,
but won't be able to because individual countries are prevented by
the 1992 Maastricht treaty from spending more than 3% of GDP on
fiscal stimulus.
As long-time readers of this web site know, I've been saying since
2002 that we're headed for a 1930s style Great Depression. I've read
and commented on millions of words of stuff by people like Ben
Bernanke, Paul Krugman, and other mainstream economists, and, as I've
said many times, it's all crap. (In fact, during the course of his
presentation, Koo also said that Bernanke, Krugman and mainstream
macroeconomists were wrong.)
Koo's presentation is the first thing I've heard in years that's
causing me to reassess some conclusions. I'm going to have to think
about this for a few days or weeks, but these are my first thoughts:
I have always thought that the reason that the Japanese
economy came out of the 1990s deflationary spiral so unscathed is
because they were able to generate income by exporting to the US and
China, which were in bubbles. Koo didn't address this point, and
it's crucial.
The examples of fiscal stimulus given by Koo were after 1933 in
the US, and after 1997 in Japan. At those points, the deflationary
spiral had been going on for several years, and was already mostly
spent. It's not clear to me that big fiscal stimulus will work
nearly as well today, still very early in the deflationary spiral. In
today's political terminology, there aren't enough "shovel-ready"
projects available to fund, to offset the huge amounts of money lost
to the economy from paying off debt.
Koo's presentation addresses keeping up GDP during a "balance
sheet recession," but other things are unchanged -- and in many cases
he says as much. The massive fiscal stimulus won't stop
bankruptcies, won't stop the real estate crash, won't stop
foreclosures. It won't stop job losses and unemployment, but will
replace lost jobs with different "make-work" jobs.
And it won't stop a stock market crash. In particular, the Law
of Mean Reversion has not been repealed by anything that Koo said. No
fiscal stimulus will cause people to borrow and spend, and so people
won't be buying new cars or new iPods. On the other hand,
manufacturers of cheap, functional products will do well. This
means that many businesses will still go bankrupt, and/or their
stocks will still crash, while other businesses will have a chance to
grow. However, before you use this as a current investment strategy,
remember that in a stock market crash, even good stocks crash,
because people have to sell their good stocks to generate cash to pay
off debts and meet margin calls.
Nor has generational theory been repealed by anything that Koo
said. Koo made only a passing reference to generational concepts
when he said that "debt minimization" behavior lasts much longer than
necessary. It's a shame that he couldn't have done his analysis with
generational and system dynamics concepts in mind, since that would
have explained a lot more.
In fact, Koo's theory explain why stock prices kept falling after
the crash of 1929, until they had fallen 90% of their peak value by
1933. Just as people don't want to spend money on unnecessary
purchases, they also don't want to spend money on stock shares that
might lose value. We can expect the stock market to fall to Dow 3000
or lower -- that prediction is not affected by anything Koo
says.
We can also still expect a massive, worldwide generational panic
and crash -- An elemental force of nature, where millions or even
tens of millions of Boomers and Generation-Xers in countries around
the world, never having seen anything like this before, and not
having believed it was even possible, suddenly try to sell everything
in a mass panic. This will bring down computer systems for hours,
perhaps even for a day or two, as people watch tv in glazed horror as
their life savings disappear. This will seal the "debt minimization"
behavior for decades.
Nothing that Koo says repudiates the prediction that we're headed
for a Clash of Civilizations World War. To the contrary, Koo's
theory provides a macroeconomic justification for the correctness of
this prediction.
I have a feeling that I'm going to be commenting on these concepts
quite a bit in the next few weeks and months. For now, everyone
who's into economics is urged to invest 1½ hours in watching the video
of Koo's presentation.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081222 Growing Sunni-Shia cyberwar in Mideast defeats Ahmadinejad's agenda
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.head
Growing Sunni-Shia cyberwar in Mideast defeats Ahmadinejad's agenda
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.date
22-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.txt1
Sunni scholar Sheikh Yousef Al-Qaradawi is leading the anti-Shia,
anti-Iran drive
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081222.txt2
in Egypt and Saudi Arabia, triggering hostility and an internet
cyberwar between Sunnis and Shia.
According to numerous articles translated by <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org "MEMRI"#> (the Middle East Media Research
Insitute), the attack on Shia Islam and Iran is being led by Sunni
scholar Sheikh Dr. Yusuf Al-Qaradawi (Yousef Al-Qaradhawi), <#stdurl
http://www.iumsonline.net/english/topic_06b.shtml "Chairman"#> of the
Cairo-based International Union for Muslim Scholars.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48108 "a MEMRI
summary:"#>
"In an interview with the Saudi daily Al-Sharq
Al-Awsat, Al-Qaradhawi stated that rapprochement between the Shi'a
and Sunna was impossible and that the spreading of Shi'a in a
Sunni country was tantamount to an invasion of that country and
its society. He said: "If a [Sunni] society notices [attempts to]
spread the Shi'a within it, it will react with opposition and
hostility." About Iran, he said that it had imperialist
aspirations which went back to the ancient Persian era and the
Sassanid period, and that it spent millions or even billions on
spreading the Shi'a. Consequently, he said, anyone who embraced
the Shi'a became loyal to Iran rather than to his own country,
like the Shi'ites in Lebanon, who felt closer to Iran than to
their Lebanese brothers. ...
In an interview with Al-Watan, he reiterated that Shi'ite
activities in Sunni countries were backed by "a country with
strategic goals, which was enlisting the [Shi'ite] faith in order
to realize its desire to expand and enlarge its sphere of
influence..." He added: "I want to cry out and warn my people and
nation about the raging fire they may face unless they wake from
their drunken slumber... Anyone who doubts my words need only look
at what is happening in Egypt, Sudan, Tunisia, Algeria, Morocco,
and in other Muslim countries in Africa and Asia, including even
Palestine..."
Al-Qaradawi's anti-Iran drive has drawn adherents in Egypt, in Saudi
Arabia, and in other Arab countries, including support by hundreds of
of other Sunni clerics.
The tension began in 2007, when a Saudi hackers group attacked Shia
web sites. Shia hackers retaliated, starting a cyberwar over the
internet. According to <#stdurl
http://www.strategypage.com/htmw/htwin/articles/20081221.aspx "some
press reports,"#> the cyberwar was triggered by a contest by Iranian
officials to award prizes for attacking Israeli web sites. The
contest backfired when the hackers attacked Iranian web sites
instead.
The cyberwar <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48008 "started in
2007,"#> when groups of Saudi Sunni hackers started hacking Shia web
sites. At first, Iran's reaction was simply legal -- representatives
of the targeted web sites brought legal action against the hacker
groups in Saudi Arabian courts. By May, 2008, Shia hackers were
targeting Sunni web sites.
Hostility has extended well beyond web sites. In June, 2008, a
statement by 22 Saudi clerics accused Shia of <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48208 "heresy"#> and
trying to take over the Muslim world. The latter claim is certainly
true, as we'll discuss below.
"In their statement, the clerics wrote: "… Of all
ethnic groups in the [Muslim] nation, the Shi'ite community is the
nastiest - it is the most hostile and treacherous towards the
Sunnis… Islam and the Muslims are still suffering on account [of
the Shi'ites], who are constantly plotting to destroy [the Sunnis]
and their religion. [Moreover, the Shi'ites] grab every
opportunity to back the enemies of the Muslims, and if they have a
state of their own, they subjugate its Sunni residents and rule
over them, as is the case in Iran and Iraq. They sow internal
strife among the Muslims, along with all kinds of corruption and
destruction, and undermine the security of Muslim countries. This
has happened during several pilgrimages to Mecca and also to the
supporters of Badr Al-Din Al-Houthi in Yemen…"
In July, 85 Shia clerics <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48208 "responded"#> by
saying that those "who issued fatwas accusing others of heresy were
responsible for the appalling bloodshed in Saudi Arabia and the
Islamic world." The Shia clerics demanded that the Sunni clerics
"engage in self-scrutiny and examine the current situation of the
Shi'ites objectively and conscientiously."
Al-Qaradawi's statements became extremely strident in September, as
described by this <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48108 "MEMRI
translation:"#>
"In his September 8-9, 2008 interview with
Al-Masri Al-Yawm, Al-Qaradhawi was asked who posed a greater
danger to Islam - the Wahhabis or the Shi'ites. He replied:
"...The Shi'ites are Muslims, but they have strayed far [from the
truth]. The danger they pose lies in their attempt to infiltrate
Sunni society. They are [well] equipped for this [task], having
great wealth, estimated in the billions [of dollars], as well as a
legion of missionaries trained to spread the Shi'a in Sunni
countries... I recently discovered to my sorrow [that there are]
Shi'ite Egyptians. In past decades, the Shi'ites could not get
even one Egyptian [to embrace the Shi'a]. From the days of Salah
Al-Din Al-Ayyoubi [in the 12th century] to 20 years ago, there
wasn't a single Shi'ite in Egypt. Today they write in the papers
and appear on TV, and publicly profess their Shi'ism..."
In response to criticism evoked by his statements, Al-Qaradhawi
only reiterated his position. In a communiqué, he wrote: "I stand
by my statements about the Shi'ite attempts to infiltrate Sunni
societies. It is the duty [of the ulama] to come out against this
- for if we fail to do so, we betray the role that has been
entrusted to us and our obligation to the Muslim nation. My
warnings about this invasion are intended to open the eyes of the
nation to the dangers it is facing..."
The cyberwar has intensified since September, following Al-Qaradawi's
strident anti-Shia statements. The forms of hacking became more
stident as well. Sunni hackers defaced the web sites of Iraq's Grand
Ayatollah Ali al-Sistani and other prominent Shia leaders with
messages maligning and deriding the Shia faith and its leaders.
In return, Shia hackers attacked dozens of Sunni Wahhabi sites,
including those of prominent Sunni clerics, saying "this is only the
beginning" of the Shia attack, and quoting a Koranic verse:
"One who attacketh you, attack him in like manner as he attacked
you... [Koran 2:194]."
Al-Qaradawi's statements have split the Muslim community along
Sunni-Shia lines, but have also split the Muslim Sunni community
itself. Many Sunni clerics have criticized Al-Qaradawi's stridency,
and the leadership of Egypt's Muslim Brotherhood has even <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=IA48108 "renounced"#>
Al-Qaradawi's views on Iran and the Shia.
However, ordinary Sunni Muslims seem to be joining with Al-Qaradawi.
A group of 40 Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood members, all of them from
the media and academia, issued a statement strongly supporting
Al-Qaradawi's views. Human Rights Watch has accused Saudi authorities
of systematically discriminating against Shia. Saudi authorities have
been shutting Shia clerics out of Muslim conferences, and have even
shut down Shia mosques.
=inc ww2010.h2 growing "The growing Sunni - Shia conflict"
Iran's Ayatollah Khamenei, the Leader of the Islamic Revolution that
began in 1979, has been <#stdurl
http://www.presstv.ir/detail.aspx?id=78739§ionid=351020101
"warning against a Shia-Sunni rift."#> "We have intelligence that an
institution, supported by the global arrogance funds, the publication
of certain books which insult the beliefs of Sunnis or Shias." I
don't know what institution he's referring to (possibly the United
Nations), but I'm pretty sure that the "global arrogance" refers to
the US and/or Israel.
As I've written in my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "analysis of
Iran's strategy,"#> Iran would like to gain hegemony over the entire
Mideast. To this end, they've provided money to the Palestinians,
armed Hizbollah to fight Israel, supplied Shia terrorists in Iran
with materials for roadside bombs, and supplied Sunni terrorists in
Afghanistan with materials for roadside bombs. In addition, Iran's
president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who is a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e060822 "religious fanatic"#> and believes that the Mahdi is coming
soon to unite the world behind Shia Islam, has been making provocative
statements about wiping Israel off the map.
Thus, the Sunni-Shia conflict is a major defeat for Iran's agenda.
The hope that all Muslims will unite under Iranian hegemony is being
shown for crazy idea that it always was.
What I found most interesting in researching this Sunni-Shia conflict
is that the Sunni side is clearly offensive, while the Shia side is
clearly defensive (or, at least, reactive).
This is consistent with the differences between Iranians versus
Saudis and Egyptians from the point of view of Generational Dynamics.
Saudi Arabia and Egypt are in generational Crisis eras, and so are
"attracted toward" war. Survivors of the previous crisis wars have
almost all died, so the crisis wars' horrors are now forgotten. Iran
is in a generational Awakening era, just one generation past the
genocidal Iran/Iraq war of the 1980s, and so is "attracted away from"
war today.
<#inc ww2010.pic mideast5.gif center "" "Mideast: Red=mostly Sunni,
Green=mostly Shia, Yellow=conflict"#>
If you look at the above map, it will help you in understanding
what's going on in the world if you realize that the strip of
countries across the top -- Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, Iran and
Afghanistan -- are in or entering generational Awakening eras, having
had huge crisis wars in the 1970s-90s.
Most of the other countries, including Egypt, Israel, Saudi Arabia,
Pakistan and India, are in generational Crisis eras.
We've seen the results of these differences time and again, as I've
described many, many times on this web site, including some extremely
dramatic examples:
The summer 2006 Israeli/Hizbollah war in Lebanon was
fascinating from the point of view of generational theory. Israel, in
a generational Crisis era, panicked and fought the war in a "hot"
fashion, with maximum force. Hizbollah warriors, in a generational
Awakening era in Lebanon, fought the war in a "cool" fashion,
launching missiles and returning home to the arms of their wives.
(See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.060724hizbollah ""Israel/Lebanon war
forces Muslims to choose,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061223
""How Israel panicked in pursuing the summer Lebanon war with
Hizbollah.""#>)
Iraq is in a <#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 "generational
Awakening era,"#> and so a crisis civil war in Iraq is thus
impossible; if any civil war occurs, then it will fizzle quickly.
That's exactly what happened when Al-Qaeda in Iraq tried to incite a
civil war by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060223 "bombing an ancient
Shi'ite mosque"#> in February, 2006. However, it fizzled within a
year or so, and was stopped by President Bush's "surge," despite
widespread belief that the surge would be completely unsuccessful.
(See also: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 ""The Iraq war may be
related to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.""#>)
Afghanistan suffered a major genocidal civil war in the early
1990s, which makes them even less interested in war than the Iraqis.
When I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 ""Iraqi Sunnis are
turning against al-Qaeda in Iraq,""#> early in 2007, I noted
several sources that pointed out that Iraqis themselves were refusing
to become suicide bombers. The al-Qaeda instigators had to import
young men from Saudi Arabia and Jordan (crisis era countries) to take
this on.
The same phenomenon can be seen in Afghanistan. Northern Afghanistan
is largely aligned with Shia Muslims and with Iran. Southern
Afghanistan is inhabited by the Pashtun ethnic group, which stretches
into Pakistan. It's Pashtun Islamists that form the Taliban
terrorists.
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg right "" "Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) form a safe haven for
Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists striking Afghanistan.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
=// Jamestown link no longer works.
=// http://www.atimes.com/atimes/South_Asia/IG25Df03.html
According to a July, 2007, <#stdurl
http://www.jamestown.org/programs/gta/single/?tx_ttnews%5Btt_news%5D=4285&tx_ttnews%5BbackPid%5D=182&no_cache=1
"study by the Jamestown Foundation"#> entitled "The Taliban Fedayeen:
The World's Worst Suicide Bombers?":
"An analysis of the attacks carried out in the
last two years reveals a curious fact. In 43% of the bombings
conducted last year and in 26 of the 57 bombings traced in this
study up to June 15, the only death caused by the bombing was that
of the bomber himself. Astoundingly, approximately 90 suicide
bombers in this two year period succeeded in killing only
themselves. This number exceeds 100 when you factor in those who
succeeded in killing only one person in addition to themselves.
There was one period in the spring of 2006 (February 20 to June
21) when a stunning 26 of the 36 suicide bombers in Afghanistan
(72%) only killed themselves. This puts the kill average for
Afghan suicide bombers far below that of suicide bombers in other
theaters of action in the area (Israel, Chechnya, Iraq and the
Kurdish areas of Turkey). Such unusual bomber-to-victim death
statistics are, of course, heartening for both coalition
troops—who have described the Afghan suicide bombers as
"amateurs"—and the Afghan people—who are usually the victims of
the clumsy bombings.
These statistics also represent a uniquely Afghan phenomenon that
warrants investigation."
(The study goes on to guess at the reasons, but it never occurs to
them to relate it to the massive civil war of the 1990s. As I always
like to point out, Washington analysts never notice even the simplest
generational connections, even when they're completely obvious, as
this one is.)
Since that report was written, the situation in Afghanistan has
worsened, largely because of the influx of hundreds (or thousands) of
al-Qaeda linked terrorists from central Asia and the Arabian
peninsula. This influx has substantially complicated the Afghan war,
especially since al-Qaeda terrorists can use the FATA (Federally
Administered Tribal Areas) along the border between Pakistan and
Afghanistan, as safe havens and training grounds.
=inc ww2010.h2 model "The Iranian model for Sunni Islamists"
In the preceding paragraphs, I've described several examples of
Sunni-Shia conflict, but there's a common thread that runs through
all of it: It's really the Sunni Islamists, led by al-Qaeda, that are
the most aggressive and warlike at the present time. This is because
the Sunni countries in the region are largely in generational Crisis
eras, while the Shia countries are not.
And there's a special irony in the fact that much of the Sunni
Islamist strategy is inspired by the 1979 Islamic Revolution in Iran,
and the Iran/Iraq war that followed immediately.
There's little memory or knowledge of these events among Americans,
including (or especially) the politicians, analysts, journalists and
experts in Washington, but these events were momentous in the Muslim
world, as the latest chapter in the centuries-old wars between Sunnis
and Shia, and between Persians and Arabs.
What the Sunni Islamists are hoping for is a repeat of the 1979
Islamic Revolution, but this time for Sunni Islam. This was
al-Qaeda's goal in Iraq, but that goal has been largely defeated, as
the Iraqis themselves expelled al-Qaeda.
It's also their goal in Somalia, which is currently under attack by
Sunni Islamist extremists. Taking control of Somalia would be a
major victory, since it would provide another safe haven, like the
one in Pakistan's tribal regions. Control of Somalia would be a
huge victory for Sunni Islamists, since they could launch attacks
against the entire region, using Somalia as a base.
For Sunni Islamists, the big prize would be Pakistan itself. It's
widely believed that the al-Qaeda linked terrorist group,
Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), perpetrated the recent <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081130 "terrorist attack on Mumbai, India,"#> with the goal of
provoking a war between India and Pakistan. The fantasy hope would
be a Sunni-based Islamic revolution that would spread throughout both
countries. Even if it simply gave control of Pakistan to the
Islamist extremists, that would put nuclear weapons into the hands of
al-Qaeda.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're headed for a
Clash of Civilizations world war, with many components, including
India versus Pakistan and Israelis versus Palestinians.
What's really interesting is the question of how Iran will be
aligned. I've pointed out in the past that while Iran's leaders are
anti-American and anti-Israel, the Iranian people are very
pro-Western. They may not like having Americans in Iraq, but right
now Iranians, especially young Iranians, still like Americans more
than they like their own leaders, and have no desire for war with
Israel. As time goes on, it's becoming more and more apparent that
Iran will be aligned with the India, Russia, American and the west,
versus Pakistan, Sunni Muslims, China, and Bangladesh.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081219 Ten 'outrageous' predictions for 2009 from Saxo Bank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.head
Ten "outrageous" predictions for 2009 from Saxo Bank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.date
19-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.txt1
How many will come true?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081219.txt2
Copenhagen-based Saxo Bank has provided <#stdurl
http://www2.saxobank.com/Documents/pressreleases/Outrageous%20Predictions%202009%20final.pdf
"the following list"#> of "rare but high impact" predictions. Here
they are, with my comments:
"Saxo Bank’s Outrageous Claims for 2009:
1) There will be severe social unrest in Iran as lower oil prices
mean that the government will not be able to uphold the supply of
basic necessities."
I agree, but this is hardly a big deal. Iran is facing <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 "a growing generation gap,"#> as well as
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "numerous internal problems."#>
However, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081017 "Iran's stock markets"#> are
doing much better than stock markets in other countries.
"2) Crude [oil] will trade at $25 [per barrel] as
demand slows due to the worst global economic contraction since
the great Depression."
I agree that it will at least be close. This is an interesting one.
Oil was selling for $147 per barrel just a few months ago, boosted by
China's seemingly unending thirst for every drop of oil it could get.
By the Law of Mean Reversion, the price of oil had to crash, and
remain low for years, and that seems to be happening now.
There's an amusing twist to this situation. You may recall that last
summer, many ideological pundits were blaming the high oil prices on
"speculators." As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080608 "I explained at the
time,"#> that was impossible, since there was no evidence of hoarding
oil, and it would be necessary for millions of barrels of oil to be
hoarded to make any real difference in price.
Well, the amusing twist is that speculators are trying to hoard oil
today. Here's <#stdurl
http://www.oilvoice.com/n/Oil_Tankers_Camped_Out_in_Hope_of_OPEC_Slashing_Production/cceb80f6.aspx
"the story:"#>
"Oil Tankers Camped Out in Hope of OPEC
Slashing Production
According to Bermuda-based shipping company Frontline, owner of
one of the world’s largest fleets of oil tankers, between 20 and
25 oil supertankers have been chartered for floating storage over
the last few weeks – equivalent to something in the region of 50
million barrels of oil.
The host of very large crude carriers (VLCCs) are camped out at
various locations across the globe including: the U.S. Gulf of
Mexico, the North Sea, in India and also in Malaysia. Royal Dutch
Shell, BP and Koch Industries are among the companies thought to
be stock-piling reserves in hope of a Christmas bonus, if OPEC
price cuts send prices rising once again.
More sensational – yet unconfirmed – reports have estimated that
there are in the region of 300 vessels floating, like sitting
ducks, outside of the port of Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates
alone.
In addition several state oil companies, from countries such as
Iran, are thought to be behind the surplus storage activity. The
speculation has stemmed from three of Iran’s supertankers: Noah,
Dena, and Manah, having all been at, or near, the country’s Kharg
Island loading facility since before the beginning of December –
according to AISLive ship-tracking data. ...
The increased activity in tanker markets, according to Jens
Martin Jensen (acting Managing Director and Chief Executive
Officer of Frontline), can be directly attributed to the oil
market's contango structure –where near-term futures contracts are
cheaper than contracts further into the future. Such an upward
sloping forward curve provides producers with the incentive to sit
upon crude supplies so to secure higher anticipated returns in the
future."
So what the pundits were claiming the speculators were doing last
spring is actually what the speculators are doing today, hoping that
the price of oil will go back up. But the speculators are failing.
The real reason for the fall in the price of oil and other
commodities is the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081215 "collapse of world
wide transportation and trade"#>, and that's related to the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081128 "rapid collapse of the Chinese economy."#>
The price of oil is still plummeting, and may reach $25 per barrel,
as the Saxo Bank predicts.
Let's go on to the next prediction:
"3) S&P will hit 500 [roughly equivalent do a Dow
Industrials index of 5000] in 2009 because of falling earnings,
vaporizing housing equity and increased cost of funds in the
corporate sector."
As I've been saying since 2002, Generational Dynamics predicts a
stock market fall to the Dow 3000-4000 range, or lower, since the
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "stock market has been overpriced by
200%"#> until recently. However, the timing (end of 2009) cannot be
predicted.
"4) The EU is likely to crack down on excessive
government budget deficits in several member states, and Italy
could live up to previous threats and leave the ERM [European
Exchange Rate Mechanism] completely."
This is a political prediction, reflecting the weakness of Italy's
economy.
In 2004, I posted <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040815b "an article"#> on
how euro zone countries could withdraw from the euro, and return to
their national currencies, based on a report by JP Morgan. As far as
I know, that mechanism still holds today.
"5) The AUDJPY [Australian dollar to Japanese yen
exchange rate] will drop to 40. The decline in the commodities
markets will affect the Australian economy."
For the last couple of years, the Australian dollar versus Japanese
yen exchange rate was about AU$1 = 100 yen. Starting in August of
this year, the Australian dollar started collapsing, and is now at 60
yen. The Saxo Bank prediction is 40 yen.
Australia's problems are related to the falling commodities prices
and, once again, that's related to the collapse of worldwide
transportation and trade. In particular, Australian firm Rio Tinto,
the second largest mining firm in the world, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081215 "is laying off"#> 14,000 workers.
"6) EURUSD [euro to US dollar exchange rate]
will fall to 0.95 [$0.95 per euro] and then go to 1.30 [$1.30 per
euro] as European bank balances are under tremendous pressure
because of exposure to the faltering Eastern European markets and
intra-European economic tensions."
The exchange rate reached almost $1.60 per euro last year. Since
then, the dollar strengthened to $1.25 per euro, and has weakened
again to $1.40 per euro. The Saxo Bank prediction is that the dollar
will strengthen further against the euro.
This is counter-intuitive to a lot of pundits, who have been
predicting inflation or hyperinflation for the dollar.
Generational Dynamics is able to make broad predictions based on
generational trends, but specific exchange rate predictions are not
possible.
Several months ago, I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081027
""What's coming next: Understanding the deflationary
spiral,""#> in which I explained what's going on with
currencies, and why the dollar and the yen were getting stronger,
while the euro was getting weaker.
Pundits have been predicting that the US dollar would experience
inflation or even hyperinflation (like <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071221 "the Weimar republic experience,"#>) but that has never made
any sense, because of the collapse of the credit bubble.
The dollar and the yen have, in fact, been strengthening against
other currencies (the yen more than the dollar), which is what we'd
expect from the trend prediction. The Saxo Bank prediction says that
the trend prediction will continue.
"7) Chinese GDP growth drops to zero. The export
driven sectors in the Chinese economy will be hurt significantly
by the free-fall economic activity in the Global Trade and
especially of the US."
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081128 "rapid collapse of the Chinese
economy"#> makes this prediction almost a sure bet.
"8) Pre-In's First Out. Several of the Eastern
European currencies currently pegged or semi-pegged to the EUR
will be under increasing pressure due to capital outflows in
2009."
Eastern European countries are highly dependent on Russia for energy.
"9) Reuters/ Jefferies CRB Index to drop to 30%
to 150. The Commodity bubble is bursting, with speculative
excesses so large they have skewed the demand and supply
statistics."
Commodities prices are falling rapidly.
"10) 2009 will see the first Asian currencies to
be pegged to CNY. Asian economies will increasingly look towards
China to find new trade partners and scale down their hitherto
US-centric agenda."
Putting any long-term faith in China's economy is definitely
counter-trend. China's economy is collapsing rapidly, and will
continue to do so.
Furthermore, China is becoming increasingly politically unstable, and
is <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "approaching a civil war."#>
In the end, the ten "outrageous" Saxo Bank predictions aren't really
all that outrageous (except for the last), since most of them
generally follow trends predicted by Generational Dynamics for years.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
Also, for those interested in discussions of short-term technical
analysis, led by an international investment expert, check out the
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=78
"Chartists Forum"#> thread.
=eod
=// &&2 e081217 Fed's desperation move may be prompted by $50 billion Madoff swindle
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.head
Fed's desperation move may be prompted by $50 billion Madoff
swindle
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.date
17-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.txt1
On Tuesday, the Fed lowered interest rates to 0% and promised a flood
of money
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081217.txt2
on Tuesday, in the face of continually worsening economic news.
Most shocking was <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/drop-consumer-prices-most-since/story.aspx?guid={45513693-102D-4A67-8859-C73778BF4777}&dist=msr_19
"the 1.7% fall"#> of the seasonally adjusted Consumer Price Index
(CPI), indicating that the process of deflation was accelerating, the
biggest drop since 1947. On a non-seasonally adjusted basis, the CPI
fell by the biggest decline since 1932, the heart of the Great
Depression.
In response, the Fed lowered the Fed funds rate from 1% to an
effective value of 0% (specifying a target of 0-¼%).
An interest rate decrease is not going to do much to change the
current worldwide credit crisis, and so the Fed is promising more: To
flood the financial system with as much money as possible.
Here's an excerpt from the <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/monetary/20081216b.htm
"Fed statement:"#>
"The Federal Reserve will employ all available
tools to promote the resumption of sustainable economic growth and
to preserve price stability. In particular, the Committee
anticipates that weak economic conditions are likely to warrant
exceptionally low levels of the federal funds rate for some time.
The focus of the Committee's policy going forward will be to
support the functioning of financial markets and stimulate the
economy through open market operations and other measures that
sustain the size of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet at a high
level. As previously announced, over the next few quarters the
Federal Reserve will purchase large quantities of agency debt and
mortgage-backed securities to provide support to the mortgage and
housing markets, and it stands ready to expand its purchases of
agency debt and mortgage-backed securities as conditions warrant.
The Committee is also evaluating the potential benefits of
purchasing longer-term Treasury securities. Early next year, the
Federal Reserve will also implement the Term Asset-Backed
Securities Loan Facility to facilitate the extension of credit to
households and small businesses. The Federal Reserve will
continue to consider ways of using its balance sheet to further
support credit markets and economic activity."
These techniques, flooding the financial system with money, are
called "quantitative easing." These are techniques that are used
when interest rates have reached 0%, and can't go any longer.
I heard one pundit today say that there's no limit to the amount of
money that the Fed can create -- even one quadrillion dollars ($1,000
trillion). (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One, Two, Three
... Infinity.""#>)
I admit right now to finding this whole concept absolutely stunning,
but I'm also bemused because I can't see how it can possibly work.
And that's because there's been a generational change of attitude that
will not be reversed.
If quantitative easing is to work, then it has to use money that Fed
creates to replace money that was created by the massive real estate
and credit bubbles. How do you do that?
The credit bubble was created by massive fraud at all levels -- from
people lying on loan applications to lenders providing predatory
loans to banks creating worthless securities to ratings agencies and
insurance agencies giving these securities AAA ratings in return for
fat fees.
That fraudulent infrastructure is entirely gone now. There's no way
to grant loans to people lying on loan applications; there's no way
to provide predatory loans any more; no one would invest in worthless
mortgage-backed securities; ratings agencies and insurance agencies
have suddenly "gotten religion" for their own survival.
So the Fed can pour as much money into banks that it wants, but
there's no place for the money to go.
As I've said many times, the crisis was caused by a lethal
combination of stupid, greedy Boomers being led by destructive,
greedy Gen-Xers. The generational change is that a lot of lessons
have been learned, and the risk-seeking behavior that allowed the
bubbles to grow has been replaced by risk-averse behavior that is now
deeply embedded in both these generational groups.
The fond wish of policy makers is that if the Fed only puts enough
money out there, then people will become risk-seeking again. But
that's impossible: Are they really hoping for a lot of money to be
lent in new subprime mortgages that will never be repaid? Of course
not.
That's why quantitative easing will fail.
And incidentally, that's why Obama's massive stimulus package will
fail as well. The plan is to pour hundreds of billions of dollars
out into "shovel-ready" projects -- repairing roads and bridges, etc.
But those jobs all take special skills and special equipment that
can't be made available for months.
=inc ww2010.h2 law "Law of Diminishing Returns"
I've discussed the Law of Diminishing Returns several times in the
past, and a year ago I had <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107 "a lengthy
discussion of it"#> to explain the answer to the following question:
"If there's more than enough food in the world to
feed twice the world's population, then why are people
starving?"
Now I'm going to apply the same Law to the following question:
"Why do things like government stimulus packages
and Fed interest reductions and quantitative easing become less
and less effective as time goes on?"
The Law of Diminishing Returns says this: Suppose you have a process
that requires multiple resources, A, B, C, ..., and produces an
output X. Suppose that you keep adding more and more A to the
process, without adding any more B, C, .... Then the law says each
additional unit of A that you will be less and less effective in
producing more X.
In this case, the resource that's being added is money.
When the credit crisis began in August, 2007, then the Fed lowered
interest rates, and that seemed to solve the problem.
Each time the problem got worse, the Fed would do something more:
More aggressive interest rate reductions, small bailouts, bigger
bailouts, huge bailouts, etc., combined with a fiscal stimulus
package last summer.
As I wrote last month in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One,
Two, Three ... Infinity,""#>) each of these bailouts was bigger
than the last one, and seemed to be approaching infinity.
And now, as if to prove my point, we have the pundit that I quoted
above saying that we could even have a one quadrillion dollar bailout
if necessary.
But the Law of Diminishing Returns says that it won't do any good.
Each time the bailout got bigger, the effect got smaller, and lasted
less time. Now, as the bailout really does seem to be approaching
infinity, the amount of benefit appears to be approaching zero.
You know, I'm always applying these laws that I talk about all the
time:
The Law of Exponential Growth
The Law of Mean Reversion
The Law of Diminishing Returns
A lot of people think these laws don't matter. But what you're
seeing now is the Law of Diminishing Returns, in action, right before
your eyes.
=inc ww2010.h2 madoff "The $50 billion Bernard Madoff swindle"
This is being called the biggest Ponzi scheme (or pyramid scheme) in
history. Madoff was able to convince investors to let him invest as
much as $50 billion of their money.
And why not? 70 year old Madoff has been a financial manager since
1960. For a while, he was chairman of the Nasdaq Stock Market. He had
an unblemished record, and he always provided good returns to his
investors.
At some point, he began using one investor's money to pay off the
dividends of other investors. This worked fine, as long as he could
use his charm to convince more and more investors to invest more and
more money. Ponzi schemes always start falling apart when economic
conditions deteriorate, and people start asking for their money back,
and that's what happened to Madoff. Last week he was arrested for
fraud.
Many big institutions were victimized. <#stdurl
http://www.usatoday.com/money/markets/2008-12-15-wall-street-europe_N.htm
"Banks around the world"#> lost billions of dollars. Steven
Spielberg, real estate mogul Mort Zuckerman, and New Jersey Senator
Frank Lautenberg were victims.
But it's the small investors who are hurt the most. Many old people
simply trusted Madoff with the all their money, and now they've lost
everything and may be facing homelessness.
In fact, even when banks were hit, they won't be the ones to suffer:
In many cases, it's <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/markets/2008/12/15/santander-madoff-exposure-markets-equity-cx_vr_1215markets09.html
"the bank's clients"#> who will lose instead.
Strangely, the Jewish community may have been the hardest hit. Madoff
was a highly respected, leading Jewish financier and philanthropist,
and so many Jews trusted their money to him. This included many
friends who had known him for years.
=inc ww2010.h2 sec "The SEC gets blamed - boo hoo"
One of the most pathetic organizations in Washington is the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC was created in the
1930s to prevent another stock market bubble like the one in the
1920s, and they completely failed at that mission with the dot-com
bubble of the 1990s and the various more recent bubbles.
A few months ago, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080716 "SEC was
blaming"#> economic problems on "false rumors." What a pathetic
agency, to put out such garbage. They particularly blamed the
collapse Bear Stearns on such rumors. This, despite the fact that
Bear Stearns had been an industry leader in 2007 in creating
worthless securities and repeatedly lying to the public about their
value.
Now, with the Madoff scheme, the SEC actually investigated Madoff a
couple of years ago, but gave him a clean bill of health, even though
<#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/madoff-victims-threaten-legal-action-1192824.html
"there were numerous warning signs,"#> and there had been some
complaints filed with the SEC.
The lethal combination of incompetent Boomers and destructive
Gen-Xers also applied to regulatory agencies like the SEC. Just as
the investment banks that created the worthless mortgage-backed
securities were guilty of financial fraud, the SEC could well be
found guilty of commiting regulatory fraud, defrauding the public
with their stupidity.
=inc ww2010.h2 galbraith "Expect a flood of swindlers"
What you're seeing, Dear Reader, is just the beginning of the flood
of swindles and fraud that will be exposed in the next couple of
years.
There was a great deal of embezzlement and fraud leading to the Great
Depression of the 1930s. I've quoted this passage before, but it's
worth posting again. John Kenneth Galbraith described what happened --
and what will happen again -- in his 1954 book, The Great Crash -
1929, as follows:
"In many ways the effect of the crash on
embezzlement was more significant than on suicide. To the
economist embezzlement is the most interesting of crimes. Alone
among the various forms of larceny it has a time parameter.
Weeks, months, or years may elapse between the commission of the
crime and its discovery. (This is a period, incidentally, when
the embezzler has his gain and the man who has been embezzled,
oddly enough, feels no loss. There is a net increase in psychic
wealth.) At any given time there exists an inventory of
undiscovered embezzlement in -- or more precisely not in -- the
country's businesses and banks. This inventory -- it should
perhaps be called the bezzle -- amounts at any moment to many
millions of dollars. It also varies in size with the business
cycle. In good times people are relaxed, trusting, and money is
plentiful. But even though money is plentiful, there are always
many people who need more. Under these circumstances the rate of
embezzlement grows, the rate of discovery falls off, and the
bezzle increases rapidly. In depression all is reversed. Money
is watched with a narrow, suspicious eye. The man who handles it
is assumed to be dishonest until he proves himself otherwise.
Audits are penetrating and meticulous. Commercial morality is
enormously improved. The bezzle shrinks.
The stock market boom and the ensuing crash caused a traumatic
exaggeration of these normal relationships. To the normal needs
for money, for home, family and dissipation, was added, during the
boom, the new and overwhelming requirement for funds to play the
market or to meet margin calls. Money was exceptionally
plentiful. People were also exceptionally trusting. A bank
president who was himself trusting Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull was
obviously unlikely to suspect his lifelong friend the cashier. In
the late twenties the bezzle grew apace.
Just as the boom accelerated the rate of growth, so the crash
enormously advanced the rate of discovery. Within a few days,
something close to universal trust turned into something akin to
universal suspicion. Audits were ordered. Strained or
preoccupied behavior was noticed. Most important, the collapse
in stock values made irredeemable the position of the employee who
had embezzled to play the market. He now confessed.
After the first week or so of the crash, reports of defaulting
employees were a daily occurrence. They were far more common
than the suicides. On some days comparatively brief accounts
occupied a column or more in the Times. The amounts were
large and small, and they were reported from far and wide. ...
Each week during the autumn more such unfortunates were reveled
in their misery. Most of them were small men who had taken a
flier in the market and then become more deeply involved. Later
they had more impressive companions. It was the crash, and the
subsequent ruthless contraction of values which, in the end,
exposed the speculation by Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull with the
moey of other people. Should the American economy ever achieve
permanent full employment and prosperity, firms should look well
to their auditors. One of the uses of depression is the exposure
of what auditors fail to find. Bagehot once observed: "Every great
crisis reveals the excessive speculations of many houses which no
one before suspected." [pp. 132-35]
Galbraith's point was that there were many criminal activities going
on before the 1929 crash, but nobody cared, as long as everyone was
making money. But once the crash occurred, any irregularity was
viewed with suspicion and led to an investigation. These
investigations turned up many cases of embezzlement -- people who had
"temporarily borrowed" money that wasn't theirs to invest in the
stock market, and then got caught in the crash.
That's happening again. If you're one of the people who have
committed embezzlement or fraud, then it's time to put your affairs
in order, because you're going to get caught. A lot of others will
be caught as well.
I heard a pundit today describe why so many people were taken in by
Bernard Madoff:
"People didn't diversify their investments, there
was a stunning lack of due diligence, and a willingness of people
to suspend belief about consistent returns that others pointed out
were almost statistically impossible -- too good to be
true."
This raises a good point: Madoff's scheme was not the biggest swindle
in history. Far from it.
The biggest swindle in history was perpetrated by Bear Stearns and
other investment banks that created worthless mortgage-backed
securities, and sold them to hapless investors. The swindle was also
perpetrated by media like the Wall Street Journal and CNBC who, to
paraphrase the above quote, "showed a stunning lack of due diligence,
and a willingness to suspend belief about consistent returns that
others -- including this web site -- have pointed out were almost
statistically impossible -- too good to be true."
This swindle is still going on today.
=inc ww2010.h2 hedge "Hedge funds and a financial crash"
This brings us back to the Fed's interest rate cut to 0% on Tuesday.
What was the source of the panic that led them to do this?
$50 billion is effectively gone - disappeared - and that's a hell of
a lot money.
Hedge funds have been in a great deal of trouble anyway. They've
been losing money this year, as the market fell, and investors have
been getting nervous about losing their money. According to one
estimate I've read, of the 10,000 hedge funds in the world, about
3,000 were going to collapse in the next few months anyway.
The Madoff swindle makes the situation much worse. The $50 billion
loss will trigger other losses. A chain reaction has already begun
whose full extent won't be known for some time.
That's the kind of thing that is panicking the Fed. It's exactly
this kind of chain reaction that can cause a worldwide panic. In
fact, the next-to-last international generational financial crisis,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070209 "the Hamburg crisis of 1857 (panic of
1857),"#> was triggered by a small event -- an employee of the New
York branch of the Ohio Life Insurance and Trust Company was found to
have embezzled money.
Generational Dynamics predicts that in fact there will be such a
panic -- a worldwide panic that will be as memorable as the crash of
1929. There's no way to predict whether it will be triggered by the
Madoff swindle or by something else, it's coming with absolute
certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081215 World wide transportation and trade sink farther into deep freeze
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.head
World wide transportation and trade sink farther into deep freeze
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.date
15-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.txt1
Chinese officials were shocked this week to learn
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081215.txt2
that <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-12/10/content_10484786.htm
"exports in November had fallen"#> 10.4% from the previous month, and
were down 2.2% from November of last year.
Even more dramatic, Chinese imports were down an astounding 18%.
These figures illuminate the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081128 "rapid
collapse"#> of the Chinese economy. But more than that, they
illuminate the rapid collapse of the entire worldwide trade and
transportation mechanism.
Increasingly, for several years, the Chinese economy has been the
epicenter of the world's transportation and trade, importing much of
the world's mined copper, iron ore, lead and zinc. For example,
until recently, China consumed <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601086&sid=avr_tke3Qrvk&refer=news
"a quarter"#> of the world's copper. China would import parts and
other intermediate goods from other Asian countries in the region,
and would use all of these imported goods in their own factories,
manufacturing finished products for export to America and Europe.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081214a.gif center "" "Baltic Dry Index and price of
copper for 2004 to 14-Dec-2008
(Source: InvestmentTools.com)"#>
To many people, the biggest shock of all is the 90% collapse of the
Baltic Dry Index in the last six months or so, as shown on the
adjacent chart.
The Baltic Dry Index is a measure of shipping costs for cargoes in
"capesize" vessels -- vessels that are too large to fit through the
Suez or Panama canals, and so must go around the Cape of Good Hope or
Cape Horn. These vessels transport the huge cargoes of copper, iron
ore and other commodities that China has been importing.
Most analysts realized that the BDI was in a bubble, and that the
bubble would have to fall, but none of these analysts were expecting
the fall of over 90%, from a high of around 11,700 to it's current
value of 691.
Analysts had expected it to fall to its previous average, around the
3,000 to 4,000 level. But what we're seeing is the Law of Mean
Reversion in action. Some people have written to me, questioning
whether the Law of Mean Reversion is a "real law." The 90%+ collapse
of the BDI is an example. Instead of falling to its previous
average, the BDI has fallen well below, and will probably not return
to its previous average for several years.
Incidentally, the chart above contains a secret. It shows how the
price of copper has also collapsed, but only to its previous average.
By the Law of Mean Reversion, the price of copper is going to fall
much farther.
The chain reaction spreads far and wide. Rio Tinto, the second
largest mining firm in the world, will <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/business/news/rio-tinto-to-cut-14000-jobs-in-the-face-of-40bn-debt-1061456.html
"cut 14,000 jobs."#> As one company after another tanks and lays
people off, more companies are forced to do the same.
Last month, I quoted <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081027 "an interview
with Simon Rose, CEO Dahlman-Rose,"#> an expert on international
shipping and trade.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081214b.jpg right "" "Singapore golf course
(Source: Bloomberg tv)"#>
On Thursday, Rose appeared again on Bloomberg tv, bringing with him a
photo of a Singapore golf course. Here's my transcription of most of
the interview, in which he explains that the importance of the
picture is not the golf course, but what's in the background:
"In the background of every picture are a lot of
ships, laying in anchor, riding high in the water, with no
cargoes. And that's pretty much where we are. We've had a 4 day
rally in the Baltic Dry Index, and we're still off over 90% for
the year, so the relief of a 4-day rally is being seen in some of
the equities. But it's incredibly painful. And it's [indicative]
of what's going on in global trade.
There's an incredible amount of financial destruction and pain at
every level of the supply chain, whether it's a mine worker whose
digging a mineral out of the earth, or being laid off by Rio
Tinto, which is a direct corollary. The trains that take it to
the port. The ships that take it from the port to the smelter.
The smelter workers. There's just an incredible amount of
financial destruction right now, and no one could have foreseen
that this global calamity in terms of credit availability would
cause this.
There are two things to look at. There are letters of credit,
which were a major problem the last time we spoke, a month ago,
and they're starting to loosen up a little bit. You can more
products slightly more readily.
But the larger issue is project finance -- big projects that
require steel, require concrete. The financing just isn't there.
The financing market is still frozen for these large projects.
And until we see that start to loosen, these stimulus packages,
the dollars being talked about have to be spent. ...
There's about $500 billion worth of new builds [of new ships] on
order, $250 billion of capital roughly has been committed against
those new builds. A lot of that capital is being taken off the
table by banks, if they can -- they're just scrounging for the
money themselves. The $250 [billion] that's not committed
probably won't get committed.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081214c.jpg right "" "Simon Rose, CEO, Dahlman Rose
(Source: Bloomberg tv)"#>
So it's a real mess right now, and the problem from a ship
owner's perspective is, you thought you had a loan, a commitment
from a bank, is it really a commitment, can they take delivery of
a $150 million ship that might be worth a fraction of that today -
does that stress the credit agreement that you have with the bank.
It's just an absolute mess.
This is an industry that is in absolute chaos, and it's in chaos
not because of anything that the ship owners or the mineral people
or the steel mills could foresee. They were absolutely blindsided
by this."
Companies around the world have been blindsided.
And the problems aren't just hurting Asia. The same things are
happening to American domestic firms, as companies in industries
ranging from trucking to railroads to ocean shipping <#stdurl
http://www.memphisdailynews.com/editorial/Article.aspx?id=39905 "are
scaling back sharply."#> According to one analyst, 2008 "is going to
be the worst year for transportation demand in 30 years."
=inc ww2010.h2 neg "Negative interest rates versus public debt"
Beyond the transportation industry, a variety of economic indicators
are showing results that haven't been seen in decades.
Most people believe that interest rates can never go below zero. Why
would you ever pay someone to let him loan you some money?
But negative interest rates became a reality last week in the sale of
Treasury bills.
When the Treasury Dept. auctions off Treasury bills, investors
can bid on them, essentially as a very safe investment.
When the T-bills expire (say, after 3 or 6 months), the investors
redeem them to get their money back, plus interest. The amount of
money they get back is always the same, and so the interest rate (or
"yield") depends on the price they initially paid for them. The
higher the price at auction, the lower the yield.
In "normal" times, the yield is a little higher than the overnight
Fed Funds rate, which is currently set at 1%.
On Tuesday, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aJP3g3Yhzat0&refer=home
"interest rates went negative."#> Specifically, the Treasury sold
$27 billion of 3-month T-bills with a negative yield: -0.01%. $30
billion of 4-week T-bills were sold at 0% yield. This is the first
time that this has happened since 1929.
This is a measure of the increasing "risk aversion" of investors.
People (like CNBC anchors) who are fantasizing that someone in
Washington will wave a magic wand and make the credit crisis
disappear should understand what's going on. Investors are so
unwilling to invest or lend money that they're actually paying the US
Treasury to hold their money for them. It's like putting your money
into a safe deposit box, where you get no interest but also pay for
the box.
As I've said many times, what's important to Generational Dynamics is
changes in attitude and behavior of large masses of people. In the
past year, we've seen enormous changes in risk aversion among
investors, going from a willingness to invest in the stupidest things
to a reluctance to invest in anything that carries any risk at all.
That's why it's interesting, from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, that we're seeing more and more speculation of the the
possibility of a <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/12/12/50370/welcome-to-debt-central/
"default by the US Government."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g081214d.gif left "" "Public debt as percentage
of GDP
(Source: Financial Times)"#>
The reason for this increased concern is the exponential growth of
public debt. I first posted an earlier version of the following graph
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040617 "a 2004 article."#>
Here's an updated version of a graph that shows public debt as a
percentage of GDP. (The vertical bars indicate times of recession.)
As you can see, public debt has been growing steadily since the early
1950s. But if you look closely, you'll see that public debt was
beginning to level off in the early 1990s. But then, in 1995, it
turned sharply upward, and has been increasing ever since.
Of course, 1995 was the beginning of the dot-com bubble, and it was
also the point in time when the risk-averse survivors of the Great
Depression all retired or died, leaving behind the Boomers to run
things, and increase debt to uncontrolled levels. In the 2000s, the
Gen-Xers joined in the fun, and now the public debt is streaking into
the stratosphere, with no sign of stopping.
In the early days of this web site, I would get comments like the
following: "How can you ever be wrong? If there's no stock market
crash, then all you have to say is that it's still coming. You can
never be wrong."
My response was: "I'll be happy to admit I was wrong when the
exponential growth of balance of payments deficit and public debt
begin to level off and start falling. Unless that happens, a stock
market crash is coming with absolute certainty."
Now, many years later, the balance of payments deficit and public
debt are still growing exponentially, with no sign of stopping, and
no hope of stopping them.
A forum member has <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=1770#p1770
"pointed out"#> a <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/news/video?videoId=93713 "a recent video"#>
interview of 80 year old former Goldman Sachs Chairman John
Whitehead.
Whitehead lists a number of problems the country has, each of which
will require multi-trillion dollars of expense: the social security
and medicare bankruptcy, universal health insurance, infrastructure
(all our bridges and roads were build 50+ years ago), energy
independence, global warming, foreclosures, credit card defaults,
etc.
Nobody's talking about cutting any of these programs or any expenses,
which means that public debt will continue to grow exponentially,
until something makes it stop.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
You can listen to the clowns in Washington, including President-elect
Obama, and you won't hear a peep about cutting expenses to reduce the
level of public debt. Just the opposite -- all they talk about is
spending as much money as possible. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081125 ""One, Two, Three ... Infinity.""#>) I really have
to laugh when I hear any of these clowns talk about this stuff.
In fact, my mind was totally boggled in one of the Sunday morning
news shows when I heard one political pundit say -- and I'm not
joking -- "This financial crisis presents a historic opportunity for
Obama, because the ideological Republicans won't be able to stop him
from spending money on a variety of new programs," referring to list
of problems similar to Whitehead's above.
Can you believe this? This is what passes for "analysis" on these
shows. These journalists, politicians and pundits are the stupidest
bunch of clowns imaginable. And later, when the crisis comes,
they'll all be saying, "Gawrsh -- nobody could have seen THAT
coming."
Whitehead sees it coming. He was a teenager during the Great
Depression, and in the video he concludes that the current financial
crisis will be "a worse depression than the one in the 1930s." No
kidding!"
As I'm writing this, there's <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2008/12/12/60minutes/main4666112.shtml
"a segment"#> on CBS's 60 Minutes, with the title, "A Second
Mortgage Disaster On The Horizon?"
Apparently the clever geniuses at CBS news have just discovered about
adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs). These are mortgages that were
approved at very low "teaser" interest rates, sometimes as low as
1%. The great mass of these ARMs are going to reset in 2009 and
2010, and a homeowner's $1000 a month mortgage will suddenly go to
$4000 a month.
Well, I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070213 "writing about these"#>
mortgages for several years now, and so have a lot of bloggers.
When you listen to the 60 Minutes segment, you hear the
anchor, Scott Pelley, use that gee-whiz tone of voice when he says
stuff like, "Wow! I didn't know that was going to happen." Well, it's
nice that the geniuses at CBS News finally caught on to what a lot of
people were talking about years ago.
=inc ww2010.h2 world "The beginning of a new world"
The title of this article is "World wide transportation and trade sink
farther into deep freeze." I started this article by painting a
picture of increasing destitution around the world, as factories and
stores close, and people become jobless and homeless.
During the last two years, many people were speculating about a US
recession, and there was a big debate at all the big economics
conferences and among television economists about "decoupling."
According to this theory, other countries' economies had "decoupled"
from America's economy, so that a US recession would have no
noticeable effect on other economies.
This is one of those ideas that only a complete moron (or a
mainstream economist) could possibly believe, or even consider.
What's actually happened is that America and China, two civilizations
that have always been almost completely foreign to one another, are
now locked together, arm in arm, in a death spiral downward that will
leave both countries, and all of their neighbors, economically
devastated.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there is still one
more "shoe to drop" -- a massive, worldwide generational panic and
crash. I've described many times what I expect to see happen; here's
a summary: An elemental force of nature, where millions or even tens
of millions of Boomers and Generation-Xers in countries around the
world, never having seen anything like this before, and not having
believed it was even possible, suddenly try to sell everything in a
mass panic. This will bring down computer systems for hours, perhaps
even for a day or two, as people watch tv in glazed horror as their
life savings disappear.
I sometimes laugh when I hear a Generation-Xer complain about how
much his life sucks, or how miserable it's been. Most Xers have
never had a tough day in their lives, or worked a hard day in their
lives. They have no idea how easy their lives have been.
All of that is about to change. With transportation and trade going
into a deep freeze around the world, the earth is grinding to a halt.
And from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, once the earth
has ground to a halt, only one thing can get it moving again: A
massive world war, a Clash of Civilizations, the greatest war in
history.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081213 Nouriel Roubini predicts recession will end in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.head
Nouriel Roubini predicts recession will end in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.date
13-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.txt1
The magic elixer: President Obama's economic stimulus package
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081213.txt2
I've always had a mixed opinion of Nouriel Roubini and his <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "RGE Monitor blog."#> Roubini
is a <#stdurl http://pages.stern.nyu.edu/~nroubini/ "professor of
economics"#> and international business at the Stern School of
Business, New York University. He's world-renowned, not only because
he's a professor, but also because he's been economics adviser to
Presidents and other government officials.
He appears on television constantly, and is always portrayed as a
"bear" who predicted what was coming before anyone else did. In
particular, he <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070730b "bragged that he had
predicted a housing recession"#> in 2006, when it's been perfectly
obvious since 2004 that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040730b ""Real
estate is in an overpriced bubble all over the world.""#>
But OK, I've characterized Roubini's "12 steps to financial disaster"
as brilliant, and I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080413 "summarized
Roubini's 12 steps"#> in an article last April.
Roubini's 12 steps were REALLY grim. So what did Roubini say would
be the outcome? "A 1987 style stock market crash could occur leading
to further panic and severe financial and economic distress."
This totally absurd conclusion has always been completely baffling to
me. His 12 steps predict something really horrible, but in the end
he says that the result would only be a fairly mild recession.
Actually, when I saw different appearances on tv, he seems to change
his mind every day. Will there be a recession, or not? Will it be V
shaped or U shaped or L shaped? If you don't like his answer, then
wait a minute.
However, whatever Roubini says on any particular day, the formula is
always the same: "Unless the Administration does exactly what I say,
then the world is going to suffer systemic financial crisis." He's
got it both ways. If there's no crisis, then he can slide by; if
there is a crisis, he can claim that he predicted it, because they
didn't listen to him.
I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081011 "finally ended up calling him"#>
the "Paris Hilton of economics:" He always knows exactly how much leg
to show in order to keep himself in the headlines.
=inc ww2010.h2 new "A new Roubini tv interview"
<#inc ww2010.pic g081213.jpg right "" "Nouriel Roubini
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
On Friday, Nouriel Roubini gave a lengthy interview on Bloomberg. I
transcribed most of it, because I think it's important.
Roubini has become the most respected of the "bears." His opinions
are viewed with great respect, and as things have gotten worse, he's
increasingly viewed as the only analyst who got things right.
So this interview is very interesting because it provides a broad,
definitive summary of his views, including specific numerical
predictions.
If you don't feel like reading the entire interview, then skip to the
summary at the end.
Text in brackets [...] are questions from the anchor.
"[You've already said we're heading for a severe
recession. If the problems with the auto makers aren't resolved,
how much worse can it be?]
It could become more severe, definitely. I think that these auto
makers are systemically important. Directly and indirectly, a
couple of million jobs are related to the auto sector. If they
collapse, it's not just them. It's the auto dealers, the part
makers, there's a whole economy in the midwest that's related.
The financial consequences on the CDS market could be severe.
Let's think about this. We're providing almost $2 trillion
within TARP and liquidity support to financial institutions, some
of which were nearly insolvent. So providing $15-30 billion of
low-interest loans to auto makers seems to be fair, in my view.
We need to do something for an important part of the real
economy.
[what should be done for the real economy?]
Well, private demand is collapsing right now, consumption is
falling. Residential investment is still in free fall, and capex
[capital expenditure] spending by the corporate sector is
falling. And then if there's no private demand, either we need to
boost up demand coming from the public sector, through a major
fiscal stimulus by the government of the order of $500-700
billion."
This is where he names the "$500-700 billion" figure. This figure
has become the common wisdom, and it's apparently been accepted by
President-elect Obama's team as the size of the stimulus package that
will be passed by Congress and signed within a day or two after Obama
takes office on January 20.
I don't believe that anyone has developed any real justification for
this figure. It was probably chosen because it's as high as
possible, while still being less than $1 trillion, which would
frighten people.
Gosh, it was just a few months ago when we would have been talking
about a stimulus package in the tens of billions, rather than the
hundreds of billions, but these amounts have been growing
exponentially. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 ""One, Two,
Three ... Infinity.""#>)
<#inc ww2010.pic g081206.gif right "" "Unemployment: downward trend
is accelerating
(Source: WSJ)"#>
One thing's pretty sure: The $500-700 billion won't be enough. Obama
has said that he wants to create 2½ million jobs through public works
programs. But the economy lost over ½ million jobs in November, and
the downward trend is accelerating.
Now let's return to Roubini's interview, where he gives some specific
figures for his predictions:
"Otherwise, even if we help the financial system,
if the economy's going to tank in a severe recession because there
is no fiscal boost, whatever we do to help the financial system is
going to be undone.
Make a more severe recession, where credit losses [garbled sound]
so we need a major fiscal stimulus, like the one that the new
administration is planning to have.
[And how would you differentiate between a severe recession and a
depression? Is that off the table?]
I don't believe we're going to be in a severe depression, but this
is going to be the worst recession we've had in 50 years. It
started in December, 2007, and I expect it's not going to be over
until December of 2009, 24 months, 3 times as long as the previous
two."
Roubini has no idea how long the "recession" is going to be. Last
April, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080413 "Roubini predicted"#> a
"U-shaped" recession, lasting 12-18 months, with the following
incredible reasoning: "The last two recessions – in 1990-91 and 2001 –
lasted 8 months each and today the macro and financial conditions are
worse – relative to those two previous recessions."
So his estimate in April was derived by doubling the length of the
last two recessions.
Well, now he's increased his estimate to 24 months -- 3 times as long
as the last two recessions. Obviously he has no idea, and he's just
guessing.
Would anybody like to start a pool where we bet on the date when he
changes his prediction to 4 times as long as the last two recessions?
"And even the recovery could be so shallow in
2010-11, it's going to feel like a recession, even if we're out of
it.
So not a Great Depression, but you could have this global
stag-deflation -- a global recession and deflationary forces in
the economy 2009 into 2010. so it's severe, short of a
Depression, but very severe, by any standard.
[How severe - drop in GDP and rise in unemployment rate in the
US?]
I expect the GDP is going to be negative growth until the end of
2009, and the recovery in 2010 is going to be well below
potential. I see the unemployment rate peaking about 9% sometime
in the early part of 2010. And I see a cumulative falling output
from the peak until the bottom of about 4% -- it is the worst
we've had in the last 50 years. So by any standard, this is
going to be the worst recession the US has experienced since the
1950s. ...
[How will the global markets behave?]
Well I'm still bearish about US and global equity for a variety
of reasons. First of all, the macroeconomic news is going to be
much worse than expected. People are not yet pricing in a severe
global recession. Secondly, earning surprises are going to be on
the down side. I see earnings per share of S&P 500 firms next
year, [with earnings] between 50 and 60 [dollars per share], with
multiples that could range between 10 to 12 in a severe recession.
You could have the S&P [500 index] as low as 600, for example.
So, I'm bearish."
In this last paragraph, he predicts that the S&P 500 price/earnings
ratio will fall from its current level (around 18) to the 10-12 range,
before it bottoms out.
This is just slightly less airheaded a prediction than the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081204 "UBS AG analyst who predicts"#> a huge 53%
stock surge in 2009 based on a faulty reading of the P/E ratio.
As I've written many dozens of times on this web site, the historical
average of the P/E ratio is 14, and it's been way above historical
averages since 1995. By the Law of Mean Reversion, it must fall
below 5 for roughly an equally long period of time -- probably a
dozen years.
Another interesting thing is that Roubini is now saying that the S&P
500 index "could" fall to 600, which is roughly equivalent to 6000 in
the Dow Industrials.
It was just two months ago, in October, that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081011 "he predicted"#> that the Dow Industrials could fall as low as
7000, some time next year. Now he's changing his prediction to 6000.
Obviously he's just guessing, and has no idea.
Would anybody like to start a pool where we bet on the date when he
changes his prediction to 5000 for the Dow Industrials?
"Also you're going to have a number of other
financial shocks. There is still deleveraging by hedge funds and
other highly leveraged institutions.
A number of emerging market economies could get into a financial
crisis. So I think that the equities are going to fall another
20% before they're going to start to recover when there are
stronger signs of a global economic recovery towards the end of
2009. ...
It is [an unprecedented period], but this has been the worst
financial crisis since the Great Depression. The credit losses
are going to be close to $2 trillion. There's also a huge bubble
in housing and credit across the world in commodities and now
we're seeing the deleveraging process, and it's a severe
recession."
I can't imagine where he gets this $2 trillion for credit losses. The
bursting of the real estate bubble accounts for $5-10 trillion in
credit losses all by itself. My expectation is that there will be
tens of trillions of dollars of credit losses.
A member of the Generational Dynamics forum <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2&p=1725#p1725
"posted a message"#> pointing out a <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/28155366 "new video of Oppenheimer analyst
Meredith Whitney."#>
I always enjoy <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328 "watching Meredith
Whitney,"#> and I've quoted her a number of times.
One very interesting thing that Whitney says in the new video is
something I hadn't heard before: The "natural rate" of home ownership
is about 64%, but during the real estate bubble it shot up, and it's
now at 69%.
She says it will drop back down to 64-66%, but if 64% is the average,
then by the Law of Mean Reversion, it will actually drop down to
58-60% for a while. In fact, that's very likely to happen anyway, as
we enter the new Great Depression and have massive homelessness.
This drop in home ownership, combined with another 20-30% fall in
residential real estate prices, is huge, resulting in a credit loss
that's many times larger than Roubini's $2 trillion.
"It's going to be globally, therefore I see still
downside risk to a variety of risky assets -- equities, also
commodities, even credit. ...
[what's the bright spot?]
Well, the bright spot is that the policy makers now, at least in
the US, are realizing, this is very severe, and the monetary
policy and the fiscal policy response is going to be very
aggressive.
But it's not very aggressive all over the world. In Europe, the
ECB is behind the curve, the fiscal stimulus is too weak. And
therefore there's a concern that while the US may be stimulating
the growth rate through monetary and fiscal policy, other
countries are not doing as much."
This appears to be where he's leaving himself some wiggle room. When
it turns out that all his predictions were wrong, he'll be able to
say, "Well, other countries didn't do enough stimulus."
"I think the weakness in the dollar is going to
continue. Severe recession, monetary easing by the fed, interest
rates down to zero, quantitative easing, fiscal deficits -- still
large current account deficits -- those are all going to be
bearish for the dollar in 2009."
In other words, he's predicting an inflationary dollar in 2009, at
the same time that's he's predicting a "stag-deflation" above. These
predictions aren't necessarily contradictory, since he may be
predicting deflation domestically, and a weaker (inflationary) dollar
on the foreign exchange markets, but it really sounds as if he's
trying to have it both ways -- deflation and inflation. That way, he
can't be wrong.
"Well, in a scenario of a severe recession, in the
US and globally, commodity prices have already fallen about 30%
from their summer peak. But I see them falling by another 15-20%
before they bottom out, because there's going to be further
economic contraction in the US, slow down in the BRICs, in China,
all over the world. [Note: BRIC = Brazil, Russia, India, China.]
[Is there something fundamental about the US economy that has to
change that has made this cycle worse than others?]
Well, the excesses were really severe. Too much borrowing by the
housing sector, too much leveraging by the financial system, easy
money, easy credit, poor regulation and supervision.
We've gone through cycles of boom and bust in the US economy.
And every time there is a boom, and there is a bust and there is
easing, and there's another bubble in the economy. We have to
start growing in a way that's more sustainable, and less based on
asset and credit bubbles.
Could be manufacturing, it could be maybe investment in
alternative energies in renewable resources, probably those are
going to be growth sector for the US economy over time."
Once again, these final conclusions show that he's just guessing. He
really has no idea what's going to happen.
=inc ww2010.h2 summ "Summary of Roubini's predictions"
So, let's make a summary of all his predictions, in convenient list
that we can easily quote later:
$500-700 billion stimulus package will solve the
problem.
$15-30 billion in low-interest loans to auto makers should be
enough.
The worst recession in 50 years.
Recession will last 24 months, ending in December, 2009. (This
is a change from his April prediction that it would last only
12-18 months.)
Unemployment will peak at 9%, early in 2010.
Cumulative falling output - peak to trough - 4%, worst in 50
years.
S&P 500 price/earnings ratio to fall to 10-12.
S&P 500 index to fall to 600 (about 6000 in Dow Industrials).
(This is a change from an October prediction of a fall to 7000 in
2009.)
Equities will fall another 20%, start to recover at end of
2009.
Credit losses close to $2 trillion.
The bright spot is that policy makers are moving
aggressively.
Weaker dollar in 2009.
Commodity prices have already fallen 30% since summer, and
will fall another 15-20%.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is all wrong.
As I showed in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute
the 'real value' of the stock market,""#> the stock market has
been substantially overpriced since 1995, and MUST fall to well below
Dow 4000 (and probably much lower) for many years.
I used to think that Roubini knew what was going on, but was simply
hiding his conclusions in order to remain a popular tv guest.
But this interview has changed my mind. Roubini has gotten some
things right and other things wrong. He's changed his mind several
times, especially as his predictions proved to be too optimistic.
Most of his predictions, it now turns out, are guesses, with nothing
really to back them up except comparing today's recession to the 1991
and 2001 recessions. I used to think that he had a system view of
the global economy through time, but now it turns out that he's like
everyone else, believing that "history always begins this morning."
(For a description of the problems with mainstream economics
models, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and
the Failure of Macroeconomics Theory.""#>)
Journalist/economist Paul Krugman has gotten just about everything
wrong, and each mistake seems to make him even more popular, so much
so that he recently won the Nobel Prize in Economists, based on his
ideological hatred of George Bush.
Roubini seems to be following a similar path. Although he's less
ideological, it's obvious that he thinks that President Bush got
everything wrong, but that President Obama will get everything right.
Roubini himself has gotten a number of things wrong, and as he makes
more and more mistakes, and changes his forecasts, we can expect him
to become more and more popular, and more and more respected. By next
year, he may well be the next winner of the Nobel Prize for
Economics.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081210 Neil Howe calls Early Gen-Xers the 'dumbest generation'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.head
Neil Howe calls Early Gen-Xers the "dumbest generation"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.date
10-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.txt1
I disagree - Boomers are the dumbest generation.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081210.txt2
Neil Howe and his partner, the late <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b
"William A. Strauss,"#> were the founding fathers of generational
theory. It's their work, documented in their books
Generations and The Fourth Turning, on which
Generational Dynamics is based.
With Strauss gone, it's always a treat to read something new from
Howe, and his <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/12/05/AR2008120502601.html?hpid=opinionsbox1
"Sunday Washington Post article"#> provides a fresh
perspective on "early Generation-Xers," popularly known for many
years as <#stdurl
http://www.enquirer.com/editions/1999/11/12/loc_who_is_generation.html
"Generation Jones,"#> based on a 2000 book with that title by author
Jonathan Pontell.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
The people that we're talking about were born between the late 1950s
to the mid 1960s. Although Howe (and I) refer to them as "early
Gen-Xers," they actually include the last few birth years of the
Boomer generation.
He gives the following reasons for calling them the "dumbest
generation":
"Whatever you call them (I'll just call them early
Xers), the numbers are clear: Compared with every other birth
cohort, they have performed the worst on standardized exams,
acquired the fewest educational degrees and been the least
attracted to professional careers. In a word, they're the
dumbest."
Howe goes on to explain how they got that way:
"So what explains the smartness deficit (and the
related income gap) that has tracked these early Xers throughout
their lives? Some say it's demographic pressure. Early Xers were
born into large families at the tail end of the baby boom, with a
relatively large share of higher-order siblings (just as
first-wave boomers have a relatively large share of first-borns).
As they grew up, they got crowded out in the competition for
parental attention, good teachers and good colleges. Later on, by
the 1980s, they arrived too late to enter the most lucrative
professions and the cushiest corporations, by now glutted with
boomer yuppies. Their only alternative was to pioneer the
pragmatic, free-agent, low-credential lifestyle for which
Generation X has since become famous.
Yet sheer numbers aren't the whole story. The early Xers'
location in history also plays a large role. Quite simply, they
were children at a uniquely unfavorable moment -- a time when the
divorce rate accelerated, when the media image of children turned
demonic and when the "latch-key" lesson for kids stressed
self-reliance rather than trust in others. By the time they
entered middle and high school, classrooms were opened, standards
were lowered, and supervision had disappeared. Compared with
earlier- or later-born students at the same age, these kids were
assigned less homework, watched more TV and took more
drugs."
He concludes by pointing out how much we all need early Gen-Xers:
"Does America need to worry that this group is
taking over as our national leaders? Probably not. Early Xers have
certain strengths that many more learned people lack: They're
practical and resilient, they handle risk well, and they know how
to improvise when even the experts don't know the answer. As the
global economy craters, they won't keep leafing through a
textbook. They may be a little rough around the edges, but their
style usually gets the job done."
Now, long-time readers of this web site are very well aware that I
have never called Gen-Xers stupid or dumb. I reserve those names
mostly for Boomers.
No, I say that Gen-Xers (and I mostly mean Early Gen-Xers) are <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080129 "nihilistic, destructive, and
self-destructive."#> Take a look at any of the articles in the
"Related Articles" box above for more information.
I've been criticized for making these kinds of generalizations about
Gen-Xers, although I've posted plenty of evidence to support it.
I don't feel that I need to apologize for criticizing Gen-Xers, or
making these kinds of generalizations. For several years, I rarely
criticized anyone but Boomers on this web site -- for the dot-com
bubble, and for being unable to lead or govern, creating governmental
paralysis.
I only started criticizing Gen-Xers when I saw what disasters they
were causing.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070916b.jpg right "" "Despicable ad implying that
General Petraeus is a traitor.
(Source: Moveon.org)"#>
First were the leftist nutjobs in moveon.org and dailykos.com. These
people, along with the NY Times, NBC news, and other such
organizations, were committed to the defeat and humiliation of
America in Iraq. If these people had been listened to, we would have
an utter disaster on our hands. These people, who are overwhelmingly
Gen-Xers, are still much more dangerous to the country and to the
Barack Obama presidency than anyone on the right is. President-elect
Obama has wisely been avoiding these leftist nutjobs in his cabinet
appointments.
Then there's the worldwide financial crisis that we're experiencing.
Although Boomers were greedy and stupid, the massive fraud that
created the crisis <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "was engineered by
Gen-Xers,"#> specifically the Gen-Xers who assumed middle and high
level management positions in the 2000-2005 time frame -- i.e., the
Early Gen-Xers.
None of this indicates the Gen-Xers are stupid. My personal
impression of many Gen-Xers is that they're brilliant. The impending
collapse of the entire world financial system was engineered by these
people, and they couldn't have done that if they were stupid.
If they're "stupid," it's in a different sense -- and this is
something I've seen in many Gen-Xers. Gen-Xers are so full of hatred
for Boomers and Silents and Boomer and Silent values, that they
become destructive and self-destructive.
For example, Howe points out the early Gen-Xers do poorly in
standardized exams. Well, that wouldn't be because they're
intellectually stupid. It's because they're so self-destructive
that they're contemptuous of standardized tests, and either don't
take them or don't prepare for them.
No, it's Boomers who are really stupid. Boomers spent their entire
lives arguing with their parents -- starting with the massive
demonstrations and riots in the 1960s and 1970s. Boomers don't know
how to DO anything except argue. When a Boomer sees someone who has
actually DONE something, the visceral Boomer reaction is criticize
the accomplishment. (The visceral Gen-X reaction is to destroy the
accomplishment.)
In particular, Boomers have no idea how to manage or lead. Their
parents and grandparents took care of everything for them, and all
they did was criticize. Their parents told them what to do, and they
whined and argued, but in the end they did it.
Now that their parents are gone, Boomers are the senior managers in
organizations across the country, and they STILL have no idea how to
manage or lead. They're waiting for someone else to tell them what
to do.
And that's where the Gen-Xers, especially the Early Gen-Xers, come
in. A Gen-Xer may be subordinate to a Boomer, but the Boomer will
look to the Xer to tell him what to do. Thus, Xers are fullfilling
the role for Boomers that Silents used to fill.
And that brings us to the lethal combination that I keep talking
about. You have nihilistic, contemptuous, greedy Gen-Xers working for
stupid, compliant, greedy Boomers. The Xers reject all
accomplishments that came before, and the Boomers go along with them.
Finally, let's generalize this to other times and other countries.
Generation-X is the current American generation of the "Nomad"
generational archetype. America's previous Nomad generation was the
Lost Generation, born in the 1890s and 1900s decades.
(For information about generational eras and archetypes, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
As I wrote a couple of days ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081208
""'Liberation Hero' Robert Mugabe now destroys Zimbabwe with
cholera,""#> some of the world's bloodiest and most violent
dictators are Nomads -- in fact Early Nomads. These include Adolf
Hitler, Josef Stalin, Leon Trotsky, Osama bin Laden, Abu Musab
al-Zarqawi, Pol Pot, and Shamil Basayev (the guy who masterminded
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040904 "2004's Beslan school massacre,"#>
killing hundreds of children), and Zimbabwe's Robert Mugabe.
On the other hand, some of these world's great heroes, such as
Franklin D. Roosevelt, were also Early Nomads. Barack Obama is a
Early Nomad, but we'll have to wait and see whether he becomes one of
the world's heroes.
The destructiveness and self-destructiveness of Early Gen-Xers is
what makes them the "dumbest generation," as Neil Howe says.
However, they're "practical and resilient," as Howe says, and can be
brilliant when they're properly motivated. And we're going to need
all the brilliance we can get from them, as the country endures the
greatest financial crisis in history, and the greatest world war in
history.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=16&t=26 "Who's
to blame -- Generation-Xers or Boomers?"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081208 'Liberation Hero' Robert Mugabe now destroys Zimbabwe with cholera
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.head
'Liberation Hero' Robert Mugabe now destroys Zimbabwe with cholera
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.date
8-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.txt1
Adding to his record of mass torture, slaughter and economic
destruction,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081208.txt2
Zimbabwe's President Robert Mugabe has permitted the deadly bacterial
disease cholera to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601116&sid=a7keHMS16kcY&refer=africa
"attain epidemic proportions,"#> and spread throughout Zimbabwe, and
to several neighbor countries, Botswana, Zambia and South Africa.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right safrica 2
Cholera is a disease that's easily controlled and prevented with
proper sanitation measures, but over 600 people have died and some
13,000 have been infected. Mugabe has so destroyed Zimbabwe's health
and sanitation infrastructure that people are forced to drink unsafe
water and have no access to health care. Thousands of refugees are
pouring into South Africa and other neighboring countries, carrying
the disease with them.
As usual, Mugabe is blaming Britain, Europe and the US for the
cholera outbreak, claiming that it's all a plot to <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-12/07/content_10469373.htm
"drive him from power"#> -- as if the world could be so lucky.
This is reminiscent of South Africa's former president, Thabo Mbeki,
who <#stdurl http://www.nndb.com/people/134/000029047/ "refused to
allow distribution of AZT,"#> a drug that inhibits HIV/Aids, and
claimed that AZT actually causes Aids, and is a weapon of the
Western imperialist powers to control black African nations.
The cholera epidemic is only the latest of the savage, genocidal acts
of Zimbabwe's dictatorial President.
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "I described earlier this year"#>
in May, Mugabe's actions are mostly based on the historical enmity of
two tribes -- Mugabe's Shona tribe, and his enemies, the Ndebele
tribe. Genocidal warfare occurred between these two tribes in
previous generational crisis wars -- the Mfecane war that climaxed in
1828, the Matabele Wars that climaxed in 1897, and the Rhodesia civil
war, climaxing in 1979. It was the last war that gave Zimbabwe
independence, making Mugabe the President.
In 1983, to consolidate his hold on power, Mugbage launched
"Operation Gukurahundi" (The rain that washes away the chaff before
the spring rain). 20,000 people, almost all of them from the Ndebele
tribe, were tortured, raped and slaughtered.
As recently as the 1999, Zimbabwe was a breadbasket of Africa,
exporting up to 500,000 metric tons of surplus food. By 2003,
Zimbabwe was starving. What happened during those three years was a
Marxist socialist "land reform" program by Robert Mugabe that
confiscated 4,500 white-owned commercial farms and redistributed the
property to his own Shona ethnic group.
Since 2003, more and more Zimbabweans have been dying of starvation,
because Mugabe has destroyed the farm infrastructure.
And then there's inflation. Hyperinflation, to the tune of an
<#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/africa/12/06/zimbabwe.currency/
"official rate of inflation of 231 million percent."#> Zimbabwe is
about start printing 200 million dollar bills.
How can any person be like that?
Robert Mugabe, born in 1924, is in the Nomad generational archetype.
In America today, the generation in the Nomad archetype is the
Generation-Xers.
(For information about generational eras and archetypes, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
Remarkably, some of the world's worst dictators are early Nomads
(born 16-25 years after the end of the last crisis war), including
Adolf Hitler, Josef Stalin, Leon Trotsky, Osama bin Laden, Abu Musab
al-Zarqawi, Pol Pot, and Shamil Basayev (the guy who masterminded
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040904 "2004's Beslan school massacre,"#>
killing hundreds of children.) To this list, we can now add
Zimbabwe's Robert Mugabe.
On the other hand, some of the greatest heros have also been early
Nomads. Franklin D. Roosevelt, who led America to victory in WW II,
is an example. And President-elect Barack Obama is also an early
Nomad. The country will need his pragmatism and strength to lead us
through the financial collapse and world war that's coming soon.
But Mugabe is not like Roosevelt or Obama. He's more like Hitler or
Stalin or Pol Pot -- a leader with an almost psychotic willingness to
torture and kill people. There is evidently no limit to the amount
of destruction that he's willing to inflict on the people of his own
country.
And there's an unfortunate generational split among the black leaders
in southern Africa, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "I described in
May."#>
The older leaders, many of whom are early Nomads, have a shared
experience -- the "anti-colonial liberation struggles" of the 1950s
and 1960s that led to independence of nations that were formerly
European colonies. These leaders share a virulent hatred of Europe,
Britain and America -- a view that has also been <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427 "expressed by Reverend Jeremiah A.
Wright,"#> Obama's former pastor.
People in this older generation of southern African leaders refuse to
criticize Mugabe for just that reason -- that he's a "liberation
hero."
I've frequently described Gen-Xers and other Nomad generations as
being nihilistic, destructive and self-destructive. Just as in the
past you could see that with people like Hitler, today you can see it
with the policies of Robert Mugabe. And yes, I AM comparing Mugabe
to Hitler, in case you're not clear on that.
Thus, we have British and American officials calling on African
nations to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122869766586786891.html "bring about
the end of Mugabe's rule,"#> by military force if necessary. The
African leaders have always refused to do so, because Mugabe is a
"liberation hero."
This situation is REALLY serious, however. With cholera spreading to
other countries, it remains to be seen whether other black leaders
will actually take the necessary steps to get rid of Mugable. I
won't be holding my breath.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=80 "South
Africa, Zimbabwe and southern Africa"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081206 Disastrous employment figures cast a pall, but spur huge stock rally
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.head
Disastrous employment figures cast a pall, but spur huge stock
rally
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.date
6-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.txt1
In one of the worst job reports in history, 533,000 jobs disappeared
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081206.txt2
<#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/12/06/business/06markets.html?_r=1&hp "in
November,"#> twice as many as analysts had predicted.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081206.gif right "" "Unemployment: downward trend
is accelerating
(Source: WSJ)"#>
Employment has been declining at an accelerating rate since last
December, and there is no reason to believe that the accelerating
trend is ending.
Even Canada was not spared, losing <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601082&sid=ahzfNyJCXTQA&refer=canada
"three times as many jobs"#> as analysts had predicted.
In other disastrous news, car sales were <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a91kPEWlcOos&refer=home
"down almost 40%"#> last month, compared to the same month last year.
Cars are piling up in car dealer lots around the country and in
Detroit, and the inventory of unsold cars is growing more and more
rapidly. One of the auto makers blamed the low demand for new cars on
the fact that cars are more reliable than they used to be, and they
last a lot longer.
I was very saddened on Thursday and Friday, watching the Congressional
hearings on the proposed bailout of the Detroit auto makers, because
it was clear that everyone was stunned and overwhelmed by what was
happening. It was clear that a bailout is required to prevent a
monumental disaster, putting hundreds of thousands of people out of
work.
But it was also clear that nobody -- not the auto makers, not the
Democrats, not the Republicans -- had any idea at all what can be
done to improve the situation when the bailout runs out. Nobody said
it explicitly, but it was obvious to everyone that there are too many
car manufacturers, and too many car dealers. Whatever happens next,
eventually there'll be a bloodbath. "There has to be a complete
restructuring of the industry, or it's not going to survive," said
one Republican opponent of the bailout.
There's a real "edge of the cliff" feeling in Congress and among the
pundits. I could almost hear terror in some pundits' voices. I did
hear an occasional Pollyannaish remark, like:
There'll be more unemployment, but this month's report will
be the worst.
Car sales will remain low for a while, but the latest report will
be the worst.
President Obama's stimulus package will turn the economy
around.
But these remarks were rare.
But then, in the early afternoon, something happened. Something that
could only happen in that wonderful, wacky, fairy tale world of Wall
Street.
Investors decided that the news was so disastrously bad that it must
be good, and the stock markets surged. The reasoning was that now
all the bailouts would have to be approved, and besides, Obama would
take office on January 20, so it was time for the bubble to grow
again. The Dow Industrials went from down 400 to up 260. I watch
these things with the same fascination as if it were a massive
traffic accident and 100 car pileup. It's so gory that I can't take
my eyes off of it.
Nonetheless, there's now some talk of a compromise, and there may be
a temporary bailout for the auto industry next week.
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week.
In my previous article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081204 ""UBS AG
analyst predicts a huge 53% stock surge in 2009,""#> I posted
the table for the third quarter.
Now, the fourth quarter estimates are becoming available. Here's the
table:
Date 4Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Feb 6: 50.0%
Jul 1: 59.3% Start of previous (3rd) quarter
Oct 1: 46.7% Start of quarter
Dec 5: 10.0%
Isn't it fun to see the same thing happen, quarter after quarter?
Doesn't it give you confidence that the people at Thomson Reuters
have a clue what they're doing?
In other significant news, China's situation looks just as desperate
as America's. According to Zhou Tianyong, a leading Communist Party
scholar in Beijing, rising unemployment and the economic slowdown
could <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7766921.stm
"cause massive social turmoil in China."#> "The redistribution of
wealth through theft and robbery could dramatically increase and
menaces to social stability will grow," he said. "This is extremely
likely to create a reactive situation of mass-scale social turmoil."
As we wrote in 2005 in <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China
approaches Civil War,""#> China has been in an economic
bubble for decades, and economic problems would trigger a massive
civil war of a type that is common in China's history.
What appears to be happening is that the collapse of America's
economy is accelerating and, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081128
"things get desperately worse in China,"#> the collapse of China's
economy is accelerating at the same time.
The accelerating collapse of these two major economies is sure to be
destabilizing large populations throughout Asia in particular, as
tens of millions of people are thrown into poverty.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're headed for a
massive worldwide generational panic and financial crash, the first
one since 1929. It could happen next week, next month or later, but
with the accelerating collapse of these two economies, it appears to
be close.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081204 UBS AG analyst predicts a huge 53% stock surge in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.head
UBS AG analyst predicts a huge 53% stock surge in 2009
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.date
4-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.txt1
This 'analysis' is breathtaking in its sheer stupidity.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081204.txt2
According to a research note by UBS AG analyst David Bianco, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a0pWrGKepx1g&refer=home
"reported by Bloomberg,"#> the S&P 500 index will surge from its
current 870 to 1300 by the end of 2009. Presumably this also means
that the Dow Industrials index will surge from its current 8600 to
13,000.
According to Bianco, "The consensus outlook for 2009 is a full year of
gloom. We believe 2009 will bring signs of a dawn in confidence with
the first faint light appearing earlier than most investors expect."
Bianco <#stdurl
http://seekingalpha.com/article/109053-ubs-optimistic-about-s-ps-in-2009-on-both-sides-of-the-border
"opines further"#> that the various bailouts will restore confidence
in the markets, and then, "Once this happens, powerful positive
underlying economic forces such as the worldwide proliferation of
technology and globalization should make confidence shine again."
Whoo!
Unfortunately, Bianco's actual research note is not available (at
least to me), so I transcribed Bloomberg TV coverage of this story:
"A bullish call from UBS. Global stocks will be
able to withstand a recession and rebound in 2009, according to
the firm. Market strategist David Bianco says stocks will recover
as cheap valuations and government and government efforts to
restore confidence lure investors back into equities.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081203.jpg right "" "Top: Laura Lee, Bloomberg
reporter; bottom: slide displaying values for price/earnings ratio
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
The S&P 500 has taken a beating this year, down more than 40%,
right around that 860 level.
UBS predicts the index will recover those losses, rising about 53%
to (get this) 1300 by the end of 2009.
So how cheap are US stocks right now?
Well, the S&P 500 is valued at 11.3 times estimated earnings, on
average over the past 5 years, the index has traded at more than
19 times earnings. So a discount there.
It's not just the US stocks that could be poised for a
turnaround. UBS predicts the UK's FTSE 100 will rise almost 40% to
the 5800 level next year.
Now we should note that UBS is a lot more bullish on stocks than
a lot of Wall Street firms. Citigroup for one last month cut its
2009 forecast for the S&P 500 to 1000.
And UBS's prediction for the index this year hasn't fared so
well. Bianco predicted a gain of 16%. So the jury is still out,
but we are slowly hearing a bit more optimism, after what's been a
very tough year for equities."
Notice the screen shot above, showing the current estimated P/E as
11.3, and the average for the last 5 years as 19.5.
Now first off, where the hell did that 11.3 figure for the current
estimated P/E come from?
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
last Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe081128.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 28-Nov-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see for yourself, the current P/E index is around 19,
nowhere near 11.3. The average for the past 5 years is a little
above 19.5, but let's say 19.5 for the sake of argument.
The P/E index is computed by dividing the price for a share of stock
by the earnings per share for the stock. It's not rocket science.
So where did the 11.3 come from?
Well, actually I know where he got 11.3 from. He got it from
something called "forward earnings." He estimated that corporate
earnings will increase by 25-50% next year, and used that hugely
bloated figure to compute a P/E ratio of 11.3.
Now this guy probably earns a 6-figure salary, but he's a total
moron. The Bloomberg story gives his age as 33, meaning that he's at
the leading edge of the young Millennial generation. He works in New
York for a Swiss bank, but I'm willing to bet he's too dumb to be able
to pick out Switzerland on a map.
So let's make a list of all the mistakes he's made:
He computed the current P/E from bloated "forward
earnings."
The above P/E chart uses "trailing earnings," actual published
earnings for the preceding year. That's where the 19.5% average
comes from.
So he's using two COMPLETELY DIFFERENT definitions of P/E ratios
-- dividing by two different definitions of earnings to get the
results he wants.
He only computes the average for the last 5 years, a period when
there was a massive real estate, credit and stock market bubble. To
get valid results, he'd need to compute an average for the last
century or so, and then the average would be about 14, much lower than
the current P/E ratio of about 19.
In fact, what's really incredible is that this genius used circular
reasons:
He uses bloated earnings estimates for 2009, to get a phony
P/E ratio estimate.
The result: A bloated estimate for stock prices in
2009.
Have you heard of "first-in, first out" or FIFO? Well, this analyst
uses a different technique: Garbage-in, garbage-out, or GIGO.
I know, Dear Reader, that some of you criticize me for calling these
people idiots, but I just can't get over this. This has got to be
one of the stupidest analyses I've ever seen. How am I supposed to
describe it?
But I shouldn't just pick on this one analyst, because he's no
different from all the others.
Remember that UBS AG has lost the most of all the banks in Europe
from investments in near-worthless mortgage-backed securities. These
people aren't the sharpest knives in the drawer.
You may have noticed above that I said that the UBS must be assuming
that earnings growth next year will be 25-50%. Where did I get that
figure? It's been the same every quarter.
Here's an earnings growth estimate that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080206 "I posted in February:"#>
All of these turned out to be wrong. <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080608
"Q1 earnings fell 17.5%,"#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080811 "Q2
earnings fell 22.1%."#>
Long-time regular readers know that I tabulate these earnings
estimates from week to week. Here's the table for the third quarter
earnings growth estimates:
Date 3Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Mar 3: 25.0%
Apr 1: 17.3% Start of previous (2nd) quarter
Jul 1: 12.6% Start of quarter
Sep 5: 0.8%
Sep 12: -1.6%
Sep 19: -0.3%
Sep 26: -1.7% End of quarter
Oct 3: -4.8%
Oct 10: -7.8%
Oct 17: -9.1%
Oct 24: -11.0%
Oct 30: -23.8%
Nov 7: -13.9%
Nov 14: -18.4%
Nov 21: -18.5%
Nov 28: -18.7%
As you can see, earnings are not expected to grow 25% this quarter;
they're now expected to fall 18.7%, as actual earnings reports have
been coming in.
Returning now to price/earnings ratios, here's a graph that I first
posted a year ago in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to
compute the 'real value' of the stock market""#>:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
The historic average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing
earnings) is about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged
around 25, creating a huge bubble. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the
price/earnings ratio will fall well below 10 for a dozen years or so.
You can see that it's poised to fall quickly in the near future,
leading to a stock market crash. That's the correct analysis of P/E
ratios, not the garbage from UBS.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081203 Thailand government collapses, ending crippling riots from class war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.head
Thailand government collapses, ending crippling riots from class
war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0812
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.date
3-Dec-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.txt1
Bangkok's airports will open for the first time in a week on Friday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081203.txt2
after tens of thousands of young anti-government demonstrators agreed
to leave the airports, ending their occupation.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081202.jpg right "" "Top: PAD members camping out
in the airport. Middle: Protester getting a haircut at the airport.
Bottom: Ebullient protesters cheering at the court verdict (Source: BBC, The Age, Al Jazeera)"#>
The protesters agreed to leave the airports after Thailand's
constitutional court ruled that many government officials should
<#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/asia-pacific/2008/12/200812311321225139.html
"should be banned from politics"#> for five years. The banned
politicians include Somchai Wongsawat, the prime minister, as well as
numerous officials from the ruling People Power party (PPP). This
gives the demonstrators, the so-called People's Alliance for
Democracy (PAD), the political victory that they were seeking.
The occupation of the airports had <#stdurl
http://www.theage.com.au/world/yellow-revolution-a-carnival-ringed-by-menace-20081130-6ns0.html
"a carnival atmosphere,"#> with partying, food, and even people
giving haircuts.
I've been following this situation as an outsider for several years
now, and at times it's seemed almost hilarious.
Thaksin Shinawatra is a telecommunications mogul who was educated and
earned a fortune in the United States. He won an election as Prime
Minister in 2001. In office, he implemented a number of programs
that were favored by the large mass of rural voters in the northeast
of the country. Thaksin became very popular with the poor rural
voters in the north and northeast, but he angered the wealthier,
better educated elite population in the southern areas around
Bangkok.
=inc ww2010.mappic thailand.gif left "" Thailand
Since there are a lot more poor rural people than elite wealthy
people, Thaksin won reelection in 2005.
The army, siding with Thailand's elite, staged a bloodless coup in
2006, overthrowing the government. By the end of 2007, there are new
elections, and Thaksin's PPP easily won control of the Parliament,
and named a Thaksin ally as the new Prime Minister.
Thaksin himself wasn't twiddling his thumbs. He fled to London,
where he bought the Manchester City Football (soccer) Club, one of
the major sports clubs in Britain, much to the disgust of many of the
players and sports fans.
Eventually Thaksin was forced to give up the Club. He returned to
Thailand this year, where he was to face corruption charges, but he
was permitted to attend the Olympics games in Beijing, so he was able
to escape prosecution. It's thought that he's hiding in Hong Kong
right now.
Meanwhile, in December 2007, the PPP elected a new Prime Minister,
Samak Sundaravej.
Well, it turns out that Samak is also quite a good amateur cook, and
for many years he's hosted a televised cooking show. He kept on with
the cooking show after he became Prime Minister, causing a court in
September to remove him from office, because the cooking show
represented a conflict of interest with his job as Prime Minister.
You just can't make this stuff up.
And so in September the Parliament, still controlled by the PPP,
elected a new Prime Minister, Somchai Wongsawat.
That was about the time that the PAD started its organized protests,
occupying government buildings, often shutting the government down
completely. The kids demanded that Somchai resign as Prime Minister,
and he refused.
So early last week, the kids in the PAD shut down Bangkok's two
airports, also shutting down the country's tourist business, as well
as much of its export business. The occupation was crippling the
country's economy, but now the court has ruled that Somchai and other
PPP officials are to be banned from holding office. The kids have
decided to go home, so the airports can open again.
=inc ww2010.h2 love "Thailand's Summer of Love?"
News reports have been talking darkly of possible violence and
revolution, but this is clearly an Awakening era protest, with no
chance at all of sustained violence.
This situation has been going on for several months, and there's
nothing about it that seems dangerous or destabilizing. The news
reports describe these massive protests as having "a carnival
atmosphere." There are no calls for revolution, just a new election
to get rid of the current government leaders, who the demonstrators
claim are Thaksin proxies.
This reminds me of nothing so much as the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070612b "Summer of Love,"#> where tens of thousands of young people
poured into San Francisco in 1967 to protest the Vietnam War, and
launch a "Flower Power" cultural revolution.
(For information about generational Awakening eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#> For
information about America's Awakening era in the 1960s-70s, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 ""Iraq Today vs 1960s
America.""#> For information about the Summer of Love, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b ""Boomers commemorate the 40th
anniversary of the Summer of Love.""#>)
So Thailand's immediate crisis is finally resolved. But this isn't
the end of the class war. Conflicts between the rural north and the
elite south will continue, but they'll be political clashes during an
Awakening era.
There'll certainly be some violence, but in order to put it into
perspective, there was plenty of violence in America during the
1960s.
In August, 1963, Martin Luther King led a march on Washington in
which over 200,000 people participated. Later, President Kennedy was
assassinated, and so was King. There were numerous huge
demonstrations and violent riots throughout the country. There were
"long, hot summers," led by the Black Panthers, and there were
bombings and declarations of war against the government, led by the
Weather Underground. There was a huge violent battle at the
Democratic convention in 1968, and college kids were shot by state
troopers at Kent State in 1971. President Lyndon Johnson was driven
from office, and President Richard Nixon was forced to resign.
Contrast what's going on today in Bangkok to the violence that
occurred in Tibet last spring. Or contrast it to what's going on in
Nigeria, with <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE4AS2JI20081129
"hundreds of bodies piled up on the streets."#>
Nothing like that is going on in Bangkok. You have kids frolicking
with one another, and the police are "reluctant" to do more than ask
nicely for the protestors to stop. This is the epitome of an
Awakening era conflict.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "Generational history of Thailand"
In the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=74
""Thailand protests - will they escalate?""#>
thread of the Generational Dynamics forum, we've been debating what's
going on in Thailand.
One problem is that it's very hard to tell from history books when
Thailand had its last generational crisis war. It's been thought that
the last crisis war was World War II, since Thailand was occupied by
Japanese forces during World War II.
But reading the descriptions of what happened, it seems clear that the
Thai people did what they had to in order to keep from being overrun
by the Japanese, and no more. There was no "genocidal energy" on the
part of the Thai people in WW II, so that couldn't be the last crisis
war.
Usually when we do a generational history of a country, we start with
the crisis eras and crisis wars because they're so horrible that
they're the easiest to identify in history books. But that's not a
requirement. There are characteristics of other eras (Recovery Era,
Awakening Era, Unraveling Era) that allow us to identify those eras
first.
That's the case for Thailand today. Once we conclude that the recent
protests are Awakening era protests, there's only one clear choice for
Thailand's last crisis war: The Cambodian "killing fields" genocide in
the 1970s.
This may seem strange, because the Cambodian genocide didn't take
place on Thai soil. But that isn't a requirement for a crisis war;
for example, WW II was a crisis war for both the US and Canada, but
it didn't take place on North American soil at all, except for the
Pearl Harbor attack.
The Cambodian genocide did not take place on Thai soil, but it took
place on Thailand's doorstep. Thailand did not participate in the
genocide, but they politically supported the perpetrators, the Khmer
Rouge.
There's a great deal of shame in the aftermath of genocidal acts --
in fact, it's exactly this shame that unites survivors of a crisis
war -- both winners and losers -- in their determination that nothing
like that should ever happen again. This shame causes people in the
inter-crisis period to "forget" about their own roles in the
genocide.
The Cambodian genocide was one of the half dozen worst genocides of
the 20th century, with millions of people tortured, enslaved, starved
and killed. If the Thai people supported the perpetrators (Khmer
Rouge), then today they may feel that they were perpetrators as well.
Even without that, they may feel that they should have done something
to stop the genocide. Either way, it's not something that they can be
proud of. Thus, it's not surprising that it's almost impossible to
find mention of the Cambodian civil war in writings about Thailand's
history.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's necessary to do
a lot more historical research to determine not only previous crisis
wars in Thailand, but also the exact role of the Thai people in the
Cambodian genocide of the 1970s. In particular, with respect to the
current class war, it would be very interesting to understand whether
there was also a split among the Thai people in dealing with the
1970s genocide.
=inc ww2010.h2 watch "What to watch for"
Thaksin Shinawatra is a very colorful character, still alive and well
somewhere in Asia. He's reviled by the PAD and disliked by the army,
but he's considered a hero by the rural people who elected him. These
people are absolutely furious at the court decision that removed the
latest Prime Minister, Thaksin's ally. Thaksin's shadow hangs over
all of Thai politics, and it would not be surprising some day soon to
see his return to Thailand in some way.
The basic underlying class struggle is stronger than ever after the
recent episode. With the collapse of the current government, there
will have to be a new election. Thaksin's People Power Party has
been banned from politics by the court decision, but there's little
doubt that the same politicians will form a new party and win the
next election.
News reports have been saying that the PAD will not tolerate such an
event, and that they'll be back in full force if they see that
coming. However, it seems likely to me that after several weeks of
of occupying government buildings and airports, the kids are sick and
tired of sleeping on blankets, and glad to be back in their soft
beds.
The more important question is what the army will do in reaction to
another election victory by a party allied to Thaksin.
There won't be a civil war in a generational Awakening era, so soon
after the Cambodian genocide, but there have been plenty of
"bloodless coups" in Thailand, and it's possible that the army will
decide simply to abolish elections once and for all.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=74
"Thailand protests - will they escalate?"#> thread of the
Generational Dynamics forum.
Other topics being discussed in the forum include the following:
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=39
"You Have The Investing Advantage"#> - discussion of
stock market strategies.
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> - general investing discussion and
updates.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081130 After Mumbai's '26/11' nightmare finally ends, India - Pakistan relations face crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.head
After Mumbai's "26/11" nightmare finally ends, India -
Pakistan relations face crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.date
30-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.txt1
Enraged Mumbaikers are demanding action and change today,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081130.txt2
after 150 people were killed and hundreds more wounded in the
horrendous three day, 60-hour assault on the business and technology
center of India.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081129a.jpg right "" "The iconic Taj Mahal Palace
Hotel, prior to the terrorist attack"#>
Relieved that the worst is over, Mumbaikers are proud of their city:
"Mumbai stands tall" after the ordeal. There's particular pride that
the grand Taj Mahal Palace Hotel, a major landmark for all of India,
still stands.
True, many windows are broken and some floors are gutted. The
terrorists tossed grenades into room after room, hoping to burn the
entire structure down, and gain the notoriety of the terrorists who
brought about the collapse of the World Trade Center towers in New
York City on 9/11.
But the 26/11 attacks failed to do that. And that's what they're
calling it, incidentally: 26/11 for November 26. It's Mumbai's 9/11.
They're also proud of their fallen police heroes, those who had died
in the course of duty, saving the lives of hundreds of others. "They
died so that Mumbai might live."
Here's an <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5iGPCiWBgh8
"al-Jazeera video"#> of some of the scenes of battle:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081129b.jpg right "" "The CST Railway Station in
Mumbai, in the aftermath of the attack
(Source: outlookindia.com)"#>
There were 126 people killed, and 327 people injured. Although the
terrorists were supposedly targeting foreigners (Americans, British,
Israelis), the vast majority of casualties were Indians, inflicted at
the CST Railway Station, where one of the terrorists sprayed the crowd
with bullets, killing as many people as possible.
=inc ww2010.h2 rage "Horror turning to rage"
As relieved as Mumbaikers are the ordeal is ending, their pride in
their police heroes does not extend to their police leadership.
It resembles the criticism of FEMA after hurricane Katrina in 2005.
The criticism is that the police were totally unprepared -- had the
wrong equipment, and were caught completely by surprise.
Here is <#stdurl
http://www.outlookindia.com/full.asp?fodname=20081129&fname=raman&sid=1
"a typical commentary"#> by B. Raman, a former government official:
"The Mumbai Police, the NSG, the Army, the Navy,
the Air Force and the Mumbai Fire Brigade have confronted the
terrorists and handled the crisis in an exemplary manner, of which
the entire nation can be proud. Their performance has been as
exemplary as the crisis management of their counterparts in New
York after 9/11. About 20 officers of various ranks, including the
chief of the ATS, an additional Commissioner of Police of Mumbai,
and two young and intrepid officers of the NSG have died fighting
the terrorists.
The Government of Prime Minister Dr.Manmohan Singh and his
Congress (I) are back to their denial and cover-up mode. ...
I watched with shock and disbelief on TV, visuals of Hemant
Karkare trying different helmets and bullet-proof vests before
choosing one which suited his build. Here was the most threatened
officer of the Mumbai Police and the Government had not even given
him a protective gear tailor-made for him. This is a telling
instance of the casual way we handle counter-terrorism and we look
after our brave officers fighting terrorism."
Even worse, it turns out that <#stdurl
http://www.outlookindia.com/full.asp?fodname=20081129&fname=saikat&sid=1
"the CIA had warned"#> India's intelligence services in September of
a planned Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT) sea-borne attack on Mumbai, and other
sources had confirmed that intelligence. People are furious that
absolutely nothing was done to stop the terrorist attack, when this
level of detail was previously known.
=inc ww2010.h2 pak "Mounting crisis with Pakistan"
But mostly, Indian fury is growing towards Pakistan. The Pakistan
government is not being blamed for perpetrating the attack, but they
are being blamed for "coddling" LeT, doing nothing to arrest its
leaders and close down its training camps.
Pakistan's response is that India is jumping to conclusions, and that
India has plenty of its own home-grown terrorism. Here is <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\11\30\story_30-11-2008_pg3_2
"one commentary,"#> by a Pakistani defense analyst:
"Instead of speculating on the identity of those
responsible for the Mumbai attacks, there is a need to carefully
examine the evidence. Such a massive and coordinated operation is
beyond the capacity of an external group unless it has developed
strong links with a well-entrenched and powerful domestic group.
It could also be a combination of elements from the criminal
underworld of Mumbai and a violent group with a strong anti-India
agenda. Given the power and reach of the Mumbai underworld, this
combination cannot be ruled out.
It is interesting that Indian security agencies failed to detect
such a massive operation during its planning stage, but wasted
little time in fixing the blame on some Pakistani group. If they
knew who was responsible, why could they not pre-empt it?"
Despite the logic of that opinion, logic has little relevance to
anything going on today, anywhere.
An alarmed Pakistan President Asif Ali Zardari gave <#stdurl
http://ibnlive.in.com/news/india-pak-threatened-from-same-forces-zardari/79374-2.html
"an interview"#> to the Indian television station CNN-IBN. Recall
that Zardari has good reason to decry terrorism -- his own wife,
Benazir Bhutto, was killed by Sunni Islamist terrorists:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081129c.jpg right "" "Pakistan President Asif Ali Zardari
being interviewed live on Indian tv
(Source: CNN-IBN)"#>
"I am appalled, I am hurt, I am bleeding. Your
wound brings attention to my wound, it is also very recent. I
stand with the people of India. I stand with the leadership of
India. I am sorry that you are going through this. I can see this
on the TV. Today's infotech brings all the pain to us in our
bedrooms, in our homes. ...
As the President of Pakistan, let me assure you that if any
evidence points towards any individual or group in my part of the
country, I will take the strictest of action in the light of the
evidence and in front of the world. ...
Sir I'll deliver because I stand by my people. I am delivering for
Pakistan, I am delivering for the existence of Pakistan. I have a
personal threat, I have a threat from the same forces. They may
not be the same individuals but they are definitely the same
forces and the same mindset, so I am not standing to appease any
other people. I am trying to save my own nation. My country and
the future of my children, so therefore I am as committed as can
be."
=inc ww2010.pic g081127a.gif left "" "Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"
The next step will be that India will provide Pakistan with specific
evidence of the names and locations of LeT leaders and camps, and
they will be asked to conduct raids and arrests, and turn the
perpetrators over to India. Pakistan President Asif Ali Zardari has
promised to cooperate fully with India in arresting the perpetrators,
but how far this will go when words turn to action remains to be
seen.
Still, if it turns out that Pakistan's ISI (intelligence services)
had knowledge of a planned attack, and if Pakistan could have taken
action to stop the attack, then there could be a major crisis between
India and Pakistan.
One possible scenario is that the Indians could unilaterally attack
LeT camps on Pakistani soil, provoking a response from Pakistan's
army.
As things stand now, Pakistan is <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\11\30\story_30-11-2008_pg1_3
"threatening to pull troops"#> from Pakistan's western border, the
one with Afghanistan, and shift them to its eastern border, the one
with India, if tensions escalate on the border with India.
This is bringing full strength American diplomacy into the picture,
as Secretary of State Condoleeza Rice apparently spent Saturday
calling both sides to reduce tensions.
=inc ww2010.h2 watch "What to watch for"
There have been dozens of terrorist attacks by Islamist extremists
throughout the world, but if I had to name the top ones in terms of
international significance, they would include the following:
The 9/11 attack on New York on September 11, 2001.
The massive <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040909b "2002 bombing of a
night club in Bali, Indonesia,"#> that killed 202 people, mostly
Australian tourists.
The 7/7 <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050707b "London subway bombings"#>
of 2005.
It's too early to be sure, but to these I would now add the "26/11"
Mumbai attack to this list. This was a new direction for these kinds
of attacks. It was a "low-tech" attack in that it didn't require
sophisticated bombs. But it was a highly sophisticated attack
because of the complex logistics. Furthermore, by targeting
Americans, British and Israeli guests, it was guaranteed
international news coverage for many days.
In other words, it has to be considered a highly successful attack.
Al-Qaeda linked terrorist groups, including Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT),
embark on these attacks because their goal is to provoke a war -- a
war between Pakistan and India, a war between Muslims and infidels.
With billions of Muslims in the world, they believe that war is the
only way to create Muslim nations.
Their model is the 1979 Islamic Revolution in Iran, where a major war
defeated the existing US-backed Iranian government, and installed
hardline Muslim fundamentalists. They believe that they can repeat
that "success" in India, Pakistan, and other nations.
Thus, the main thing to watch for in the next few weeks is whether
tensions between India and Pakistan escalate critically, possibly
leading to armed skirmishes on their mutual border, or whether
tensions subside after a while.
Most interesting will be to watch the effect of the Mumbai bombings
on the elections taking place in India in the next few months, at the
state and national level. There has been an upsurge of <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081106 "'Hindutva' Hindu terrorist violence,"#> and
this Muslim terrorism may spark an upsurge in the Hindutva philosophy,
and a gain to the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).
Pakistan and India had a massively genocidal war between Muslims and
Hindus when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071112 "Partition occurred in
1947,"#> creating the two nations. From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the massively genocidal war
following the 1947 Partition is coming with absolute certainty. This
war will involve numerous ethnic groups, but underlying it will be
Sunni Muslims versus Hindus + Shia Muslims.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=72 "Mumbai
Shootings"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Other topics being discussed in the forum include the following:
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=74
"Thailand protests - will they escalate?"#>
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=39
"You Have The Investing Advantage"#> - discussion of
stock market strategies.
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> - other countries, where banks are still
safe.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081128 Rapid Chinese economic collapse spurs desperation measures
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.head
Rapid Chinese economic collapse spurs desperation measures
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.date
28-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.txt1
A new World Bank report shows rapid deterioration.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081128.txt2
Everyone was shocked on Wednesday when the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aQrG9UlthDHo
"China's central bank"#> lowered interest rates by more than 1% -- the
largest decrease since 1977, and the fourth interest rate decrease in
just two months.
This comes just two weeks after <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081111
"China announced a gargantuan stimulus package,"#> as unemployment
soars and social unrest grows.
China is following a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081125 "similar path to
the U.S.,"#> where each failing bailout attempt is followed shortly
after by a newer, larger bailout attempt, with absolutely no limit in
sight.
The huge, worldwide credit bubble boosted China's economy, just as it
boosted America's economy, and now that the credit bubble is leaking,
it's pushing China into the same "Great Depression" as the U.S.
=inc ww2010.h2 world "World Bank report"
A new <#stdurl http://go.worldbank.org/4Z57X7K3M0 "World Bank
report"#> on China's economy shows clearly how much the economy has
deteriorated. This deterioration has become extremely rapid in the
last few months, as the construction spree leading up the summer
Olympics games in Beijing has been winding down.
I've gone through the report and extracted some of the graphics,
which I'll discuss below.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081128a.gif center "" "China's slowing economy
(Source: World Bank)"#>
Figure 1 shows how economic growth has been slowing. (SOEs are
state-owned enterprises.) According to the report,
"China’s economy has slowed down considerably in
the first 10 months of 2008. GDP growth declined from 12.6 percent
year on year (yoy) in the second quarter of 2007 to 9 percent
(yoy) in the third quarter of 2008, with industrial value added
growth sliding even more steeply in October to 8.2 percent (yoy),
the first single digit growth since 2001 (Figure 1). Much of the
slowdown so far has come from weaker domestic demand."
Note particularly that the fall in growth accelerated in October.
What we're seeing is an accelerating collapse of China's economy,
with no reason to believe that the collapse is going to reverse or
even level off.
Figure 2 makes the point that China's economy depends on exports,
exports have been decreasing. According to the report,
"The economic impact in China of the
international turmoil is set to intensify. Export growth to the EU
started to weaken in August. Exports to emerging markets
(including non-Japan Asia)—the destination of over half of China’s
exports—still grew at 32 percent (yoy) in US$ terms in the third
quarter but these are set to weaken too. Looking ahead, prospects
are for a sharp reduction in export growth as the impact of the
international turmoil deepens in the US and Europe and it starts
to hit demand in many emerging markets. Recent indicators on
export orders from the purchasing managers’ index (PMI) point in
this direction."
A major theme of the report is the collapse of a Chinese real estate
bubble (although the report doesn't use the word "bubble").
A real estate bubble seems to be a part of the lead-up to every major
financial crash. When you have a credit bubble going on, creating a
lot of new money, then a lot of people believe that they can invest
in real estate as a safe investment. After all, "they're not making
any more real estate," and "the value of real estate never goes
down." Unfortunately, those old sayings are not true in a major
credit bubble crash, as the world has recently been discovering.
The most dramatic recent example of this was Japan's real estate
bubble of the 1980s. It's incredible, but at its peak, the value of
all real estate in Tokyo was greater than the value of all real
estate in the United States. That's how huge the bubble was. After
the 1990 crash, it was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 "only after 16
years,"#> that real estate prices finally bottomed out.
Now we see that China was also in a real estate bubble, especially in
the large eastern industrial cities, and that bubble is starting to
leak:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081128b.gif center "" "Investment in real estate is
slowing
(Source: World Bank)"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g081128c.gif center "" "China's real estate bubble
is leaking
(Source: World Bank)"#>
According to the report:
"The real estate sector—a key target of the
policy tightening—has seen a particularly pronounced slowdown.
The initiative to “cool off” the housing market included measures
that reduced demand—especially “speculative demand”—such as
tighter lending conditions for second houses with others that
reduced supply such as stricter land supply and credit policies
towards project developers. It appears that the demand side
measures had a more rapid impact. Housing sales growth started to
decline substantially and housing price increases moderated. The
price weakness is affecting most parts of the country, but it
seems to be more pronounced in large cities, especially those that
saw rapid increases in recent years. Since early 2008 housing
sales are falling (yoy) at an increasing rate, probably fueled
further by expectations of housing price declines, concerns about
overall economic prospects and China’s stock market decline
(Figure 6). As a result, new real estate construction has started
to weaken, with real estate investment growth now close to zero
(Figure 7). ...
Weakness in real estate construction has contributed to a sharp
slowdown in several “upstream” industries. The slowdown in steel
and cement gathered pace in October in part in response to large
inventory build ups (Figure 8). With these heavy industries
decelerating faster than other sectors, “physical indicators” such
as of freight volumes and electricity production have slowed
significantly more than overall economic activity."
The details of the collapse of the China's real estate bubble are
different from those for America's real estate bubble, but the
results are the same.
=inc ww2010.h2 debtor "Debtor nations vs creditor nations"
A lot of people make the point that China is a creditor nation and
America is a debtor nation, but during times of systemic financial
crisis, it really may not make much difference.
America was a creditor nation in the 1920s, but it made little
difference in the 1930s. This was described in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world.""#> Just because some Brazilian bank owes you some money
doesn't mean that you don't have stand in a soup line to eat.
Americans wasted their money by buying, among other things, Chinese
manufactured goods. The Chinese wasted their money by investing in,
among other things, a bubble stock market and American Treasuries.
One of these is called "consumption," and the other is called
"investment." But in the end, there's no difference. Your money is
gone. I'll leave it as an exercise to the reader to decide whether
people are "happier" if they waste their money on consumption or on
worthless investments.
Once the financial crisis is in full force, it makes no difference
whether you owe money or you're owed money; either way, you have no
money, and no credit is available.
The only thing that matters to an individual, creditor or debtor, is
whether he has a job or some form of steady income. In a
deflationary environment, even a very small income is enough to
survive. The ones who don't survive are the ones who have NO income
at all.
China is headed in that direction very quickly. The <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081120b "unemployment situation is 'grim'"#> and
getting grimmer. Millions of young migrant workers, who came from
rural areas to the big cities to make money to send back to their
families, are now out of a job, with no hope of employment. They're
headed back to their rural area towns.
For Chinese leaders, already worried about social unrest, this is
very significant. China's two previous massive crisis wars -- the
Taiping Rebellion of the 1850s-60s, and the Communist Revolution of
the 1930s-40s -- were both based on massive rebellions from rural
areas.
In 2005, I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China
approaches Civil War,""#> saying that a civil war is coming with
absolute certainty, when economic conditions are right. Those
conditions seem to be occurring right now.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=76 "China"#>
thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)Note: Much to my enormous shock and surprise, <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/11/28/opinion/28krugman.html "Paul
Krugman's Friday column"#> actually makes sense. It's the first
column of his that I've read that isn't loaded to the gills with
fatuous political and ideological garbage. Maybe he's had an
epiphany? =eod
=// &&2 e081127 Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Taiba suspected in terrorist attack on Mumbai (Bombay), India
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.head
Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Taiba suspected in terrorist
attack on Mumbai (Bombay), India
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.date
27-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.txt1
It's a "War on Mumbai" by an attack from the sea.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081127.txt2
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g081127a.gif right "" "Relation of Karachi and
Mumbai (Bombay)"#>
According to Indian intelligence sources, here's what happened: A
cargo ship left Karachi, and hijacked a sophisticated fishing
trawler, which docked near Mumbai. Three speedboats, laden with
weapons and supplies, and containing some 20-25 terrorists, left from
there and landed at different points in the Colaba fishing harbor in
the heart of Mumbai. They broke into smaller groups and went from
site to site, opening up indiscriminate gunfire with AK47s and hand
grenades, <#stdurl http://sify.com/news/fullstory.php?id=14807205
"killing and wounding hundreds of civilians."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g081127b.jpg left "" "Mumbai: Terror attack targets
(Source: CNN)"#>
There were attacks across the length and breadth of Mumbai (a city
that used to be known as Bombay).
The Taj Mahal Palace Hotel in Mumbai was the major site of the
attacks, but not the only site. There was an attack at the Oberei
Hotel, where there are 4-5 hostages on the 19th floor, and attacks at
the Camo Hospital, for women and children, the Metro Cinema, the CST
Railway Station, Cafe Leopold, and the US Consulate.
The terrorists were searching for people with US or British
passports, and took several of these people as hostage. About 15-30
hostages are still being held at various sites - the exact number is
not known.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g081127c.jpg right "" "Mumbai's Taj Mahal Palace Hotel
(Source: Times Online)"#>
"The Taj" hotel was built in 1903, and is one of the nation’s most
famous landmarks, an <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article5241795.ece
"iconic building"#> that encapsulated both the pomp and grandeur of
the British Raj and the enduring vibrancy of India’s film and
financial capital.
It was clearly the intent of the terrorists to completely destroy
this building, as they set of grenades with the intent of starting a
fire.
Take a quick look at the article on the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080922 "massive attack"#> on the Marriott Hotel in Islamabad in
September, and the picture of the devastation. This may have been the
inspiration for the attack on the Taj.
A little known group, the Deccan Mujahadeen, possibly named after the
Deccan Plateau in southern India, is claiming responsibility. But
intelligence sources say that this name was chosen as a red herring.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
The complexity and sophistication of this operation indicates that it
was well funded by a group that knew what it was doing. There are
three major groups that are being investigated:
Indian-based Hindu <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081106 "'Hindutva'
terrorist groups."#> These groups have been getting increasing
notice lately, but they're discounted in this attack because it seems
very clearly to be Islamist violence.
Indian-based Islamist terrorist groups, especially the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080730 "Indian Mujahideen"#> and the Students
Islamic Movement of India (Simi), linked to the main opposition
party, Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).
Pakistan-based Taliban terrorist groups linked with al-Qaeda,
especially Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT).
Right now, LeT is considered the most likely choice. LeT-related
groups, linked to al-Qaeda, have launched terrorist attacks through
the region, from Afghanistan to Kashmir. In this case, the terrorists
who have been captured speak a Pakistani variant of the Punjabi
language.
Al-Qaeda's hand seems very strong here. The demand for American and
British passports might have been a (successful) publicity stunt to
gain international attention, but it also feeds into al-Qaeda's
objective to trigger an international war between Muslims and the
Western "infidels."
As this is being written on Thursday morning ET, the Mumbai situation
is still ongoing. The Taj and Oberei hotels are still on fire, and
fresh gunfire and grenade explosions can still be heard from both
sites. There are still many people, including hostages, trapped in
both hotels.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=72 "Mumbai
Shootings"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.
Other hot topics being discussed in the forum include the following:
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=74
"Thailand protests - will they escalate?"#>
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=49 "Long
Term Downside Forecasts"#> - discussion of where the stock market is
going.
<#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> - other countries, where banks are still
safe.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081125 One, Two, Three ... Infinity
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.head
One, Two, Three ... Infinity
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.date
25-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.txt1
Watching the world spin out of control.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081125.txt2
Anyone who was interested in mathematics in the 1950s and 1960s has
probably read George Gamow's book, One, Two, Three ...
Infinity. That's the title that's been popping into my mind the
last few days, watching the process that's going on.
Last week, it seemed that the fervor for bailouts was <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081119 "finally subsiding."#> Half of the $700
billion bailout was going to be left for the Obama administration, and
the auto maker bailouts seemed to be foundering.
But that was last week, an eternity ago. And now, as eternity comes
to a close, the bailout amounts seem to be approaching infinity.
Even George Gamow would be amazed.
President-elect Barack Obama is leading the way. In <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/11/23/us/politics/23otext.html?ref=politics
"his radio address on Saturday,"#> he said:
"I have already directed my economic team to come
up with an Economic Recovery Plan that will mean 2.5 million more
jobs by January of 2011 — a plan big enough to meet the challenges
we face that I intend to sign soon after taking office. We’ll be
working out the details in the weeks ahead, but it will be a
two-year, nationwide effort to jumpstart job creation in America
and lay the foundation for a strong and growing economy. We’ll put
people back to work rebuilding our crumbling roads and bridges,
modernizing schools that are failing our children, and building
wind farms and solar panels; fuel-efficient cars and the
alternative energy technologies that can free us from our
dependence on foreign oil and keep our economy competitive in the
years ahead."
<#inc ww2010.pic g081124a.jpg right "" "How the $700 billion bailout
money is being spent
(Source: CNN)"#>
On Monday, Obama announced his star economic team -- and to show how
serious he is, there wasn't a single loony leftist in the lot. Obama
added the following:
"We have to make sure that the stimulus is
significant enough that it really gives a jolt to the economy,
that it is putting people back to work, that it is making
investments, that it is restoring some confidence in the business
community, that in fact their products and services are going to
have customers."
Obama's team is putting out that things will change overnight when
Obama takes office on January 20. His new team will "hit the ground
running" when he takes office. He and the Democratic party Congress
will cooperate to spend whatever money is necessary to "jump start"
the economy on January 21. There are no limits.
And the amounts seem to grow by the second. Last week, it was just
the $700 billion dollar stimulus package. But on Sunday, Senator
Charles Schumer (D-NY) <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/wtMostRead/idUSTRE4AM1F120081123 "put
out the word"#> that "I think it has to be deep. In my view it has to
be between five and seven hundred billion dollars."
And that's on top of the original $700 billion bailout. So within a
few days, the original $700 billion bailout has doubled. The
stimulus money will be spent on infrastructure projects -- schools,
roads, etc. -- and on unemployment insurance.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081124b.gif right "" "$1 trillion deficit
(Source: Boston Globe)"#>
And where is all this money coming from? Just counting what's been
planned so far, there's already <#stdurl
http://www.boston.com/news/nation/articles/2008/11/23/federal_deficit_could_top_1_trillion/
"a one trillion dollar deficit"#> in the current fiscal year. Now we
have the new $500-700 billion stimulus package will be on top of that
deficit, so the deficit is approaching $2 trillion.
There's no doubt everyone is scared. The <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/americasDealsNews/idUSTRE4AN0OI20081124
"bailout of Citibank"#> that was announced on Sunday is truly
staggering. Citibank received a $20 billion bailout just a couple of
months ago, and that was supposed to be the end of it. Now, Citi is
laying off 50,000 employees, and still needs another $25 billion
bailout, on top of the $20 billion.
And even that doesn't even come close to telling the whole story. In
addition to the new $25 billion bailout of Citibank, the Fed will
guarantee an additional $306 billion in loans and securities in Citi's
portfolio.
And not just for Citibank, but for other banks as well. On Monday the
US government said that it was <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=arEE1iClqDrk
"prepared to spend $7.7 trillion"#> to fight the credit crisis.
$7.7 trillion? Geez. A trillion here and a trillion there, and
pretty soon you're talking about real money.
Let's take a nostalgic trip back in time, way into the past -- to
October 14. The $700 billion bailout had just been announced a week
earlier, and on October 14 a new bailout was being announced --
countries around the world moved to guarantee all bank obligations of
every kind. I described it in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081014
""We're all Icelanders now, as markets rocket 10% around the
world.""#> Essentially, the world had turned into one huge hedge
fund.
The move to do that was spearheaded by the UK. That was also the day
when Paul Krugman won the Nobel Prize in economics because of his
hatred for George Bush. Here's what he said about the new bailout:
"Worthwhile British initiative
Ask, and you shall receive. I asked plaintively for policy makers,
at least once, to exceed expectations in this crisis instead of
falling short — and it seems that the eurozone governments have
delivered, more or less adopting the British plan.
And I should have given props to the British government, which
vastly exceeded expectations last week — and has effectively shown
the world the way forward."
Krugman made it clear that the new bailout would save the world, and
that the bailout was taken because of leadership by the UK. The US
didn't do it, according to Krugman, because of "ideology."
Well, it looks like Krugman was wrong. The bailout didn't save the
world after all. Has Krugman ever gotten anything right? It doesn't
matter -- getting things right is completely irrelevant to winning
the Nobel Prize, as long as you have the right ideology.
Today, just five weeks later, that bailout looks small and quaint,
compared to $7.7 trillion dollars.
Let's review, once again, the reasons why none of these bailout
measures will do any good at all.
Thanks to a lethal combination of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071121 "stupid Boomers and destructive Gen-Xers,"#> both morally
challenged, there were huge credit and real estate bubbles, creating
hundreds of trillions of dollars of new investments and new debt.
The new investments turn out to be worthless, but the new debt
remains, causing the massive bubble to leak a trillion or so dollars
every week. We've been in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081027 "a massive
deflationary spiral"#> for well over a year, and it's accelerating.
That's why the amount of money needed for the bailout is increasing so
rapidly. It was a $700 billion bailout in October, and now it's a
$7.7 trillion bailout. Soon it will be a $70 trillion bailout. One,
two, three ... infinity.
People have been pointing out some claims by Ben Bernanke in <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/BOARDDOCS/SPEECHES/2002/20021121/default.htm
"a 2002 speech"#> on avoiding deflation. In that speech, Bernanke
congratulated steps taken by President Franklin Roosevelt in 1933 and
1934. According to Bernanke, the same steps can be taken now to fix
the credit crisis.
This is just another example of why this great brain trust in
Washington has no clue about what's going on. Following the bubble
of the 1920s, the bubble had been leaking since 1929. By 1934, the
deflationary spiral was almost completely spent, and by that time the
economy would have improved whether or not the President did
anything. This is not particularly difficult to understand, except
by professional economists, who are incapable of understanding
anything except their computer models, and certainly not anything
related to generational theory.
There will be more bailouts attempted, but they will fail.
Everything will fail. This is a generational catastrophe, and cannot
be stopped any more than a ten mile high tsunami can be stopped.
It's time for people to realize that they should be preparing
themselves and their families for the worst, instead of just praying
for a huge miracle on January 20. Obama may be able to walk on
water, but even he can't stop the huge generational catastrophe
that's coming.
There's far worse to come. Expect a huge generational stock market
panic and crash, including the imploding of tens or hundreds of
trillions of dollars of CDSs and other credit derivatives, and the
collapse of 401Ks, hedge funds, and money market funds. Expect many,
many millions more of foreclosures, bankruptcies, and job losses. We
are headed for a financial disaster of massive proportions, and it's
time for people to stop lying to themselves and others about it.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081123 Generational split among Tibetans increases chances of conflict with China.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.head
Generational split among Tibetans increases chances of conflict
with China.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.date
23-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.txt1
Tibet's government in exile ended negotiations with China on
Saturday.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081123.txt2
Although this <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601091&sid=aoyBNv5NLCVk&refer=india
"severing of ties"#> would seem to be a minor event, it could spiral
into a significant confrontation, because of the extreme paranoia of
the Beijing government.
Frustrated from 30 years of failure from the Dalai Lama's
"middle way" approach, young Tibetan leaders have been
pushing their elders to <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/11/19/business/tibet.php "declare
Tibet's independence from China,"#> while the older leaders support a
more conciliatory approach toward Beijing.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080315b.gif right "" "Historic ethnic Tibet region
within western China Over the centuries, parts of Tibet were taken by
the Han Chinese, incorporated into separate provinces of Qinghai,
western Sichuan and northwestern Yunnan.
(Source: BBC)"#>
This generational confrontation took place at an extraordinary
meeting of over 500 Tibetan exiles in Dharamsala, India, the
headquarters of the exiled Tibetan leadership, led by the Dalai Lama.
The Dalai Lama called the meeting last month after <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081031 "he bluntly said that"#> he has "been
sincerely pursuing the middle way approach in dealing with China for
a long time now but there hasn't been any positive response from the
Chinese side." He added: "As far as I'm concerned I have given up."
In the end, the conference ended on Saturday with a re-affirmation of
the Dalai Lama's "middle way" approach, with a goal of autonomy of
Tibet within China. The small group of young people demanding
independence were outvoted.
As I always like to say, all of this shows Generational Dynamics in
action.
Tibet's last crisis war was the Tibetan rebellion against the Chinese
in the 1950s. There were riots last spring, timed to commemorate the
climax of the rebellions, when the Chinese crushed the rebellion on
March 10, 1959. At that time, hundreds of Tibetans, including the
Dalai Lama, fled to India, where they've lived in exile ever since.
These riots occurred across a centuries-old fault line between two
ethnic groups: the Tibetans themselves, and the Han, the principle
Chinese ethnic group. The Tibetans and the Han have fought numerous
crisis wars for centuries.
However, it's been only 49 years since the 1959 climax of the last
crisis war, and so Tibet is in a generational Unraveling era. That
means that last spring's demonstrations would have to fizzle before
too long. This is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080316 "what I predicted
last spring"#> when the demonstrations began, and that is in fact
exactly what happened.
This generational confrontation among the Tibetans is a further
predictable development. The elders, including the Dalai Lama
himself, who lived through and survived the bloody, genocidal
rebellions of the 1950s, have devoted their lives to making sure that
no such war should ever happen again. Thus, the "middle way" is
really a fairly standard attitude for people in a generational
"Artist" archetype, the survivors of a crisis war.
The younger generation is in the "Prophet" archetype (like America's
Boomers). They were born after the last crisis war, and they have no
such compunction about avoiding another war, and they do not fear a
greater level of confrontation. As years and decades go by, there
are fewer survivors of the crisis war remaining, and there are more
people in generations born after the war. So the level of
confrontation increases until it finally leads to a new crisis war.
In fact, the Han Chinese are already far more confrontational than
the Tibetans, a fact which probably neither side recognizes or
understands. For the Han Chinese, the last crisis war was the
Communist Revolution civil war, ending in 1949.
Earlier this year, we saw a very angry and paranoid Beijing
government reacting harshly to the Tibet demonstrations and to the
worldwide anti-China protests that preceded the Beijing Olympics.
Those protests ended, however, in the worldwide sympathy for the
Chinese people following the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080516 "horrible
Sichuan earthquake devastation"#> in May, beginning a period of
international good will directed at China.
Thus, the decisions by the Tibetan exiles to sever negotiations with
Beijing are liable to be far more significant on the Chinese side
than on the Tibetan side, because they might produce an overreaction.
The news from the Tibetan exiles comes on top of an increasingly
severe <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081120b "unemployment crisis,"#> as
millions of people, especially migrant workers, are thrown out of
their jobs by factory closures resulting from sharply reduced exports
because of the worldwide financial crisis.
The thing to watch for in the coming weeks is how the Beijing
government will handle all this. A new Tibetan crisis, on top of the
financial crisis, could cause Beijing's paranoia to return in full
force, resulting in miscalculations.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081121 Detroit auto makers are asked to produce survival plans, with markets in free fall
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.head
Detroit auto makers are asked to produce survival plans, with
markets in free fall
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.date
21-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.txt1
Generational theory asks the question: When will we see a panic?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081121.txt2
Congressional bickering caused the failure to pass a plan to provide
a $25 billion bailout of the three Detroit auto makers, at a time
when the stock market is in free fall and <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/feeds/ap/2008/11/20/ap5723739.html "jobless
claims are jumping unexpectedly to 16-year high."#>
In order to save the bailout, Democratic congressional leaders have
asked the companies to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aSPjPVBalDxw&refer=home
"submit viability plans by December 2."#> The plans are to lay out
precisely how the auto companies will change business practices to
survive on the $25 billion bailout.
That'll be a pretty good trick, since the auto companies cannot
survive on the $25 billion, and haven't even claimed that they can.
It'll be very interesting to see what work of fiction they come up
with.
=inc ww2010.pic g081120b.gif right "" "Market summary, 20-Nov-2008"
The continuing free fall of stock prices on Wall Street and in
markets around the world has politicians worried about being blamed
for inaction or the wrong action. The most important thing is to
make sure that someone else will be blamed.
As I've been saying since 2002, the country is headed for a new 1930s
style Great Depression, with a stock market collapse to the Dow
3000-4000 level or lower.
From the point of Generational Dynamics, there are actually two
separate but related things growing on here:
The stock market was overpriced by a factor of up to 250%,
and price/earnings ratios have been stratospherically high for 13
years, since 1995. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the P/E ratios have
to fall to 5 or lower for a similar period of 13 years. (See:
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market.""#>)
Generational theory predicts that there must be a "generational
panic," a day so traumatizing that it will be remembered for decades.
The last such day was in October, 1929, and we're overdue for another
one.
At it's close on Thursday, the Dow Industrials index was down 47%
from its high 11 months ago. This is roughly where the stock market
was after its 1929 peak. So the fall in stock prices this year has
been roughly the same as in 1929-1930.
The big difference is that we haven't yet had a major generational
panic.
Every day I keep asking myself whether this massive panic is in fact
a requirement of generational theory. And every day I keep reviewing
the reasons in my mind, and reach the conclusion that it must. A
massive panic is necessary to launch the next 70-90 year cycle, and
if it doesn't occur one day, then it's more likely to occur the next
day, until it occurs.
So we're still waiting for the generational panic and crash, and I've
described it this way several times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This might happen tomorrow, next week, next month or thereafter. We
can't predict when it will happen, but it's coming soon with
absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081120b Unrest grows in China as unemployment situation becomes "grim"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.head
Unrest grows in China as unemployment situation becomes
"grim"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.date
20-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.txt1
Labor unrest is becoming a "top concern" for China's
government,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120b.txt2
as China admits that <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/bizchina/2008-11/20/content_7224486.htm
"unemployment has become a "grim situation.""#>
There have been few mass protests so far, but Chinese leaders are
<#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7739245.stm "warning
of further protests."#>
Here's the situation as described by BBC's Singapore business reporter
Juliana Liu:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081120.jpg right "" " Juliana Liu, BBC's Singapore
business reporter
(Source: BBC)"#>
"As late as September, China's premiere Wen Jiabao
was saying just how resilient China would be, but things in the
last few weeks, two months, have changed so quickly that it's
taken everyone by surprise. I spent most of October in Guangdong
province, that's in southeast China -- this is really the heart of
China's economic miracle, what's propelled the country the last 30
years -- and there the pain is really very real. And from what
everyone was telling me there, you really started to see the
turning point in October. It was in October that employment
agencies tell me that they started to see a lot of people coming
in to apply for jobs, and that's exactly when factory bosses
stopped hiring workers.
The man in charge of one of China's biggest employment agencies
told me that his job at that time was normally very quiet, but
October-November what he was trying to do was simply prevent a
stampede at this employment agency, where thousands of people
could come in in a single day. ...
We did start to see factory closures at the beginning of the
year, because of the strengthening of the renminbi [currency].
But in the last few months we've started to see many more
factories going bankrupt, many more people being laid off.
I have to say there are no really good numbers on this. The best
estimate I've seen is that one million people have lost their jobs
in Guangdong province alone, and that 46,000 factories have closed
up. Again, the numbers don't tell the full scale of the story.
When we were in Guangdong, the pain was very real."
China is entering a generational Crisis era, and has been almost
coming apart at the seams for a few years. China is headed for
<#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "a secular civil war,"#> as I wrote
in 2005. In March, 2007, before the credit crisis had even begun,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070322 "Chinese premier Wen Jiabao"#> said
that China is "unsteady, unbalanced, uncoordinated and
unsustainable."
During the last six years, I've written some 1,500 articles for this
web site, describing where the world was going, based on generational
trends that are decades and centuries old. Many of those articles
were almost theoretical, describing things that would occur with near
100% certainty, but which seemed bizarre within the context of the
world at that time.
But in the last few weeks, the feeling has been increasing that we're
seeing massive events occurring, bringing about these generational
trends. The worldwide financial system is collapsing more and more
every day, pushing millions and tens of millions more people into
poverty and starvation, especially in densely crowded megacities
around the world. These large populations are becoming increasingly
restless, and increasingly facing a choice of starvation or war.
To understand what's going on in the world today, you have to go
beyond looking at individual statistics or political nonsense. You
have to look at the world as a huge system, with large components
that are now in motion and heading for collisions. It's like
watching a huge movie epic that ends in tragedy, except for the
unfortunate fact that the movie epic is actually real life.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081120 Markets fall to new lows as deflation tightens its grip
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.head
Markets fall to new lows as deflation tightens its grip
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.date
20-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.txt1
Fears grow of a Detroit auto maker bankruptcy.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081120.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g081119.gif left "" "Market summary, 19-Nov-2008"
For over a year, the markets have been following a continuing
downward trend. On Wednesday they reached a new low, as the Dow
Industrials index closed at its lowest level since March 31, 2003.
The economic news on Wednesday was terrible:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081119b.gif right "" "CPI fell by record amount in
October.
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
October's Consumer Price Index (CPI) <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/11/20/business/economy/20econ.html?hp
"fell by a record amount,"#> making the deflationary spiral obvious
enough that everyone should see it by now. I hope that there are no
more regular web site readers who are expecting hyperinflation. We are
now firmly in the grip of an inescapable deflationary spiral.
The Fed reported that a recovery isn't likely until
2010, rather than 2009.
The $25 billion auto maker bailout plan has apparently collapsed.
Congress will go home this week, and won't return until January 20.
Some pundits are claiming that at least one auto maker will go
bankrupt by then.
Housing construction starts <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=ayFpFXHa5bvU&refer=home
"fell to their lowest level"#> since record keeping began in
1959.
The economic news is scary and disastrous. But that's OK. President
Obama will save the world within a week or two, after he takes office
on January 20.
We're still waiting for the generational panic and crash that I've
described so many times. With the market now down 44% from it's peak,
I'm really amazed that the deadly chain reaction of imploding CDSs
hasn't begun by now, but it has to begin at some point.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081119 Bailout fever seems to be petering out as Paulson reiterates his claims of victory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.head
Bailout fever seems to be petering out as Paulson reiterates his
claims of victory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.date
19-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.txt1
With no immediate crises going on, politicians just settle for
rhetoric.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081119.txt2
What's interesting about what happened in Congress on Tuesday is that
almost nothing happened.
Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson lauded his achievements, but
lawmakers <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/wtMostRead/idUSN1825605820081118
"bickered with him"#> over the question of why he hasn't used the $700
billion bailout fund to end foreclosures.
Recall that the original proposal for the Troubled Asset Recovery
Program (TARP), the official name for the bailout, was to purchase
near-worthless mortgage-backed securities from financial
institutions. Then last week, Paulson <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081113
"reversed direction,"#> saying that he would use the money to bail out
banks directly.
Committee members who angry about not ending foreclosures had
apparently thought that purchasing worthless mortgage-backed
securities would mean the end of the foreclosure problem.
Anyway they argued about that for an hour or two.
They also argued about whether some of the $700 billion TARP money
should be used to bail out auto manufacturing firms.
In the afternoon, CEOs of GM, Chrysler and Ford came to Congress to
beg and plead for a bailout. The car people were almost in tears,
but the heartless lawmakers (both Republicans and some Democrats) were
looking for some sort of guarantee that the bailout money wouldn't
just go down the drain.
So they argued about that for an hour or two.
In fact, Paulson has spent $250 billion of TARP money, and <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/ousiv/idUSTRE4AH48P20081118 "plans to
leave the remaining $350 billion"#> unspent, to be used by the
incoming Obama administration.
In the play "Finian's Rainbow," the pot of gold at the end of the
rainbow finally turns into a pot of worthless dross. One gets the
feeling that the same thing has happened to the $700 billion bailout
pot.
Meanwhile, Gen-X President-elect Barack Obama <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/vcCandidateFeed2/idUSN18276285 "gave a
talk"#> on Tuesday to a bunch of environmentalists. He promised to
spend lots of money to reduce emissions to combat global warming.
He promised to implement the "cap and trade" scheme that's been a
total, absolutely failure in Europe.
As I wrote last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b
""UN Climate Change conference appears to be ending in
farce,""#> I explained that the "cap and trade" plan is scam.
The idea is to create a new class of near-worthless securities,
backed by "carbon credits," in the same way that near-worthless
securities were created from subprime mortgages.
The only good thing I can say about this buffoonery is that there
isn't a snowflake's chance in hell that anything will ever come of
sham; even a Democratic Congress will find it almost impossible to
endorse this scam in the midst of an ever-worsening financial crisis.
Meanwhile, the stock market has been continuing its general downward
trend that began in October 2007. It's now down 41% from its peak on
October 7, 2009.
On any day when the market goes higher, you hear shrieks of "Hooray!
We've reached a bottom."
Last week on Thursday, the market spiked up 6.7%, and Art Cashin, the
UBS floor manager at the stock exchange and devoted believer in the
"capitulation" theory, announced on Friday morning that capitulation
had arrived, and the market was going up again. Unfortunately, it
fell sharply on Friday and Monday, so he's had to back off. Tsk,
tsk. Well, it rose 1.8% on Tuesday, so let's see what he says on
Wednesday morning.
I used to write a web log entry on the economy and the stock market
almost every day, but there hasn't been much new lately. It's just
the same old bickering and arguing, one idiotic remark by analysts
and journalists and politicians after another, the long faces when the
market is down, the euphoric cries of "we've reached bottom" on days
when it goes up.
We haven't had a major financial crisis for a few weeks now, so it
shouldn't be too long now.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081117 A generational view of China's growing melamine food disaster
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.head
A generational view of China's growing melamine food disaster
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.date
17-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.txt1
On Thursday, the FDA issued a nationwide alert, banning Chinese dairy
products
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081117.txt2
and food and feed products manufactured in China <#stdurl
http://www.fda.gov/oc/opacom/hottopics/melamine.html "that contain
dairy ingredients."#>
This alert by the US Food and Drug Administration is <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article5152668.ece
"an extremely broad ban"#> because it covers goods from an entire
country, rather than from a single rogue manufacturer.
Even though this situation has barely made the news in America, the
size of this growing disaster in China is almost beyond
comprehension. Over the last few years, Chinese manufacturers of
milk products have been adding a chemical called melamine to their
products. Melamine is an industrial chemical used to make plastics
and fertilizer.
The advantage of adding melamine to food products is that it boosts
nitrogen levels in the food, and the higher nitrogen levels give the
appearance of higher protein levels, when standard tests are used.
The disadvantage of adding melamine to food products is that not only
is it not real protein, but it's actually poison. Melamine can cause
kidney stones and renal problems, and eventually death.
And that's what's happened -- to babies on baby formula. According
to Beijing's figures, some 54,000 babies have fallen ill and been
hospitalized with kidney stones and related problems. Beijing has
also claimed that only four babies have died from melamine poisoning,
but there is <#stdurl
http://www.google.com/hostednews/ap/article/ALeqM5iuYXfHqrztFttcU6-9uUttBq-MCAD94FHLGG0
"plenty of anecdotal evidence"#> that far more babies have died.
=inc ww2010.h2 spread "The spreading disaster"
There was an early warning of this disaster in 2007. Early in 2007,
it was found that dogs and cats were dying in America because pet
food imported from China had been contaminated with melamine. The
result was one of the largest pet food recalls in American history.
At first, China denied that any such thing had happened, and even
claimed that melamine could not harm pets. Finally, in May, 2007,
China said that it had <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2007/05/08/business/petfood.php "found
two Chinese companies guilty"#> of intentionally exporting
contaminated pet food ingredients to the United States.
Well, the problem was "contained," and it had been resolved by
finding the two guilty parties.
But it exploded into the news in China two months ago, on September
10, when China revealed that 14 babies had fallen ill from drinking
the same brand of milk powder, marketed by the Sanlu Group. It soon
turned out that the milk powder had been contaminated with melamine.
Once again, the problem was thought to be "contained," with only one
guilty company. Still, it was shocking that the same contaminant
that had been used with pet food was now found to be used with human
food.
In the last two months, the tentacles of this scandal have spread
throughout China and around the world. Here are <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7720404.stm "some
examples:"#>
Melamine was found in ordinary milk products from several
large firms.
Cadbury chocolates and White Rabbit candies, sold around the
world, have been recalled because they contain traces of melamine
from milk powder manufactured in China.
Hong Kong authorities found <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/China/JK14Ad01.html "melamine in eggs,"#>
because of tainted feed given to chickens. There have been subsequent
reports of melamine found in feed for pigs, cows and fish, prompting
fears that meat and meat products could be contaminated.
Vietnam and other countries have found that products imported
from <#stdurl
http://www.earthtimes.org/articles/show/241614,vietnam-finds-three-more-melamine-tainted-milk-products.html
"Australia are contaminated with melamine,"#> because they were
manufactured from products imported from China.
Even zoos are concerned. Two infant gorillas from Hangzhou
Wildlife Park were suffering from the <#stdurl
http://www.cibmagazine.com.cn/Features/Obizuary.asp?id=721&crying_over_spoiled_milk.html
"early stages of kidney stones,"#> after being nursed with milk
powder made by the Sanlu Group.
There seems to be no end to these revelations. Here's how <#stdurl
http://www.cibmagazine.com.cn/Features/Obizuary.asp?id=721&crying_over_spoiled_milk.html
"one Chinese analysis"#> describes it:
"The lessons to be learned are painful, but the
problems are systemic. The dairy farmers added melamine in order
to make more money. Many manufacturers turned a blind eye during
quality control, only caring about cutting costs. Local officials
covered up the scandal, keeping up appearances in order to protect
their own careers. Very little attention was paid to business
ethics, or to the harm they could be doing to consumers.
To avoid similar tragedies in the future, the Chinese authorities
have vowed to overhaul the chaotic industry and provide the
necessary help to affected farmers and some enterprises. However,
the most important thing should be to emphasize the importance of
business ethics, and to strictly punish those evil-doers. Only
then will public trust in China’s dairy sector begin to be
restored."
What's becoming increasingly clear is that the melamine problem is
becoming widespread and ubiquitous.
To realize how incredible this is, just imagine an American food
producer purposely contaminating food, resulting in the
hospitalization of even a few dozen babies. Think of how shocked
everyone would be, and what an enormous scandal there would be.
Now realize that in China it wasn't just one food producer, but many,
many food producers, supported by a wide variety of officials in
other organizations -- government agencies, testing agencies, other
manufacturers, and so forth.
=inc ww2010.h2 cmp "China's subprime crisis"
Astute long-term readers of this web site will have guessed by now
where this is going.
I've written frequently about the ubiquity of the deception and fraud
that occurred in the subprime crisis: Homeowners who lied on their
mortgage applications, and accepted mortgage loans they had no hope
of repaying; collusion of homebuilders and lenders to inflate the
market value of homes; lenders who praced "predatory lending"
practices; financial advisers who misled investors to get
commissions; investment banks that created fraudulent mortgage-backed
securities; ratings agencies that gave these securities AAA ratings;
"monoline" bond insurers that provided near-worthless insurance;
hedge fund, mutual fund, money market fund managers who sold these
worthless securities to investors; journalists, analysts, pundits and
politicians, supposed experts in finance, who lied and said everything
was ok; government regulators who banks to commit fraud by lying about
the values of their assets.
The same ubiquity applies to China's melamine scandal. The depth and
breadth of the criminal activities can only be explained
generationally.
On this web site, I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "written in
extensive detail"#> how it happened. In the 1990s, the risk-averse
generation of Great Depression survivors all retired. The arrogant,
incompetent Boomers took the senior management positions, and created
the dot-com bubble, which burst in 2000. After that, the nihilistic,
destructive Generation-Xers reached middle management positions, and
created the CDOs and other complex financial instruments that have
destroyed the world financial system.
China's melamine poisoning has reached into food products around the
world, just as the CDOs have reached into financial portfolios around
the world. The financial scandal is farther along than the melamine
scandal, and in the end, both may end up being equally destructive.
There's also a parallel with academic support for the activities,
according to an <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/China/JK14Ad01.html "Asia Times
analysis:"#>
"It's not just a few bad eggs. The trail of greed
and negligence that allowed melamine - a toxic industrial chemical
- to slip from modified animal fodder into the human food chain
has now led to some of China's top scientists - many of whom are
widely regarded to have put personal profit over the public safety
of billions.
Recent reports have found that China's top scientific research
body - the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) - "discovered" as
early as 1999 that adding melamine to food could boost its protein
levels. In turn, the reports allege that rogue biologists cashed
in on their chemical invention by promoting the sale of products
containing melamine - even charging for training in how to use
them - for years. ...
The prestigious, government-funded CAS was among the first to be
linked to the chemical.
Last month, Chinese bloggers exposed that as early as in 1999, a
CAS institution placed advertisements for an additive to cattle
feed called "DH Composite High-protein Fodder Supplement". The
advertisement claimed that the technology could be used to
manufacture "high protein fodder using organic nitrogen and
special catalysts".
The technology was sold by the Appliance Technology Institute of
CAS for 10,000 yuan (US$1,466) plus an extra 5,000 yuan ($700)
for training, according to the advertisement. The online ad was
soon posted on major websites and forums. Many believed that "DH
Composite High-protein Fodder Supplement" was based on melamine.
The CAS, however, was quick to deny the charge. Jiang Xiezhu,
spokesman of the CAS, told the media that an investigation
launched by the academy showed that the supplement "had nothing to
do with melamine". His explanation was that the advertised
technology could not produce the high temperature needed for the
production of melamine.
Few are convinced by the explanation, however, because the
investigation was done unilaterally by the CAS. Without an
independent observer, people began to doubt the objectivity of the
results. And while denying that "DH Composite High-protein Fodder
Supplement" is based on melamine, the spokesman also failed to
publicize its formula or ingredients.
The CAS also failed to mention who invented the technology. It
only said that the contact person named in the advertisement, Gao
Yinxiang, was not a scientist, implying that Gao was not the
inventor.
This is not true. In an interview with the Beijing Evening News,
Gao acknowledged taking part in the development of the product.
The Beijing Evening News later exposed Gao as a former director
of the Appliance Technology Institute of CAS, and a
biologist."
I won't quote any more - read the original article if you want more
details. The point is that there were a cadre of academics and
scientists like Gao Yinxiang who developed these poisonous products,
and they're now using sleazy lies and excuses to keep from being
identified.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080425.jpg right "" "Robert Engle and Joseph
Stiglitz, Nobel Prize winners in Economics
(Source: CNBC)"#>
The American equivalents of Gao include Robert Engle, 2003 Nobel
Prize Winner in Economics, and Joseph Stiglitz, 2001 Nobel Prize
Winner in Economics. I wrote about these two when they appeared on
CNBC in an article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant
Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble on 'the
news.'""#>
These two Nobel prize winners actually developed the theoretical
support for the CDOs and other financial instruments, but according
to Stiglitz, forgot to account for things like recessions and rising
interest rates.
I've seen Stiglitz in particular on numerous shows, pointing the
finger at everyone but himself. A couple of times I heard him blame
the whole subprime crisis on Bush's war in Iraq, which is exactly the
kind of stuff that the mainstream financial media loves to hear, even
though it makes as much sense as blaming it on the weather.
The melamine crimes have poisoned tens or hundreds of thousands of
people, including many babies, perpetrated by people who knew what
they were doing, but wanted to make money.
By the beginning of 2007, it was clear that the computer models that
supported the subprime securities were wrong, and that the models
were falling apart. This did not stop the deception and fraud, as
I've discussed many times. Instead, the deception and fraud actually
INCREASED, because the greedy Gen-Xers and compliant Boomers wanted
to continue to collect their fat commissions and bonuses.
The same kind of thing is also true of the melamine crimes. When the
pet food scandal broke in 2007, it was clear that there was a
problem, but the melamine contamination didn't stop. Instead, it
apparently increased and spread to more and more human food,
including milk for baby's formulas.
An <#stdurl
http://asiasentinel.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=171
"article with another analysis"#> describes the situation as follows:
"According to a recent report in the Nanfang
Daily, the addition of melamine into animal feed started about
five years ago in the aquatic farming industry and has since
spread into other agricultural products including poultry, milk,
biscuits and candies despite a ban imposed in June of 2007 after
large numbers of dogs and cats in the United States died after it
was added to pet foods imported from China. Some of China’s top
dairies have been embroiled in the scandal.
“The scale of the problem proved that it was clearly not an
isolated accident but a large-scale intentional activity to
deceive consumers for simple, basic, short-term profits,”
commented a spokesman of the World Health Organisation. He said
that this was one of the largest food safety events it has had to
deal with in recent years."
The people who perpetrated these crimes exhibited the same kinds of
behaviors as America's Gen-Xers and Boomers.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "China's generations and eras"
In order to make a better comparison, it's necessary to identify
China's generations. In generational theory, generations follow
well-defined archetypes: Heroes (like our World War II GI generation,
and the young Millennial generation), Artists (like our Silent
generation), Prophets (like our Boomers), and Nomads (like our
Generation-X).
(For information about American generations and eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics ""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#>)
In 2006, I developed a list of China's generations and eras, but I've
never posted it on this web site. Now seems like a good time to do
so. I believe that the time intervals for these eras are accurate,
but the names for the eras and generations are my own, and might be
improved upon by scholars.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1852-73: Taiping era (Crisis)"
This is the crisis period that triggered the unification of China
into a single country, rather than a group of independent provinces.
The major war was the Taiping Rebellion, but there were other revolts
in other parts of China. (This is an example of what's called
"merging timelines," when different regions with separate timelines
merge together into a single timeline.) The principal revolts were
the following:
1850-64 Taiping Rebellion (Eastern China)
1851-68 Nian Rebellion (Central China)
1855-73 Muslim (Panthay) rebellion in Yunnan (Southern China)
1862-73 Muslim revolt in Shaanxi and Gansu (Northwest China)
Humiliated Generation (Artists) - Growing up during this
enormous and bloody civil war, they missed their chance for the
fight. As adults, they and all of China were humiliated in 1895 in
the Sino-Japanese war.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1874-94: Self-strengthening era (Recovery/High)"
The Recovery era began with the “Self-Strengthening Movement," the
study of Western skills, government, technology and industry. China
had been humiliated in the Opium Wars of the 1840s, and it was argued
that China could become stronger by learning Western ways and
adapting them to Chinese culture. It was successful, and the next few
decades saw China advance far towards catching up with the rest of
the world in technology, finance and trade.
Revolutionary Generation (Prophets) - Remarkably, Taiping era
crisis did not dislodge the government of the Qing dynasty of the
Manchus, although the Manchus (from Manchuria), had governed China for
centuries. This generation first brought down the Manchus, in 1912,
and then led the Communist Revolution in the 1930s and 1940s.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1894-1918: Revolutionary Awakening (Awakening era)"
The Awakening era began with the first of many attempts to overthrow
the Qing dynasty by means of secret revolutionary societies. The
first was formed by Sun Yat-sen (1866-1925), who failed and was
forced to flee to Hawaii and the United States, but later returned
after the success of the 1911 revolution to become President of
China.
As soon as the 1894 revolution failed, China was defeated and
humiliated by the 1895 Sino-Japanese War. China was forced to sign a
treaty which ceded Korea, Taiwan and other territories to Japan, a
small neighbor on whom China had formerly looked on condescendingly.
The 1911 Chinese Revolution replaced the Qing Dynasty with a Republic
that lasted only two years, and was replaced in turn by a military
dictatorship.
The Awakening era ended with the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia and
the formation of the Communist International (Comintern) and its plan
to conquer the world.
??? Generation (Nomads) -
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1918-1934 Warlord Period (Unraveling era)"
There were massive student demonstrations in Tiananmen Square and
elsewhere on May 4, 1919, resulting in a student union of the Republic
of China. This became known as the "May 4 movement."
(Paragraph updated 2-June-2009)
The central government disintegrated, leaving power in the the hands
of small groups of militarists and their armies in constant battles
for power. This led to the formation of two power groups:
In 1921, the Communist Party was formed in Shanghai. Mao
Zedong (1893-1976) rose to prominence in the Party after a clash in
1925 with the KMT.
In 1922, Sun Yat-sen and Chiang Kai-shek (1887-1975) formed what
was to become the Nationalist party or KMT (Kuomintang
Party).
The two factions fought through an unraveling war until Mao and his
army were surrounded and faced with defeat in 1934.
Communist Generation (Heroes)
All the separate revolts and rebellions of the Taiping era were now
merged into a single civil war between the Mao and Chiang, resulting
in the victory of the Communist Revolution.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1934-49 Communist Revolution (Crisis era)"
Mao escaped the encirclement through the Long March, the longest
retreat in history, lasting a year. This began the civil war.
The two sides were forced to unify because of Japan's invasion,
especially after the "Rape of Nanjing" in December 1937.
The civil war resumed after WW II, forcing the nationalists onto
Formosa (Taiwan).
Preparatory Generation (Artists)
(Like our Silent generation). Led by the current president, Hu
Jintao, this generation has been preparing China for its greatest
challenge, all-out war with the U.S., Japan and India.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1949-1965 The People's Republic (Recovery/High era)"
Mao consolidated his power by executing millions of people in the
1950s. Mao said "Let a hundred flowers bloom," meaning that free
expression should be encouraged, but intellectuals who expressed
grievances were executed or sent off the work camps.
The worst was Mao's Great Leap Forward, 1958-60, during which some 20
to 30 million people died of starvation in a man-made famine. This
was a disaster of almost unimaginable proportions and created many
enemies for Mao.
Miserable Generation (Prophets)
(Like our Boomer generation) I call them the "Miserable Generation," a
name that I picked up several years ago in an article by a Chinese
author. They were starved by Mao's Great Leap Forward, and they got
no education, thanks to Mao's Great Cultural Revolution. They turned
into a political force after he 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre, and
now their Falun Gong movement is being violently suppressed.
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1965-89 Cultural Revolution (Awakening era)"
To retaliate against his enemies, Mao launched the Great Cultural
Revolution (1965-68) and formed the Red Guards, mostly young
students, to implement the assault on dissidents. They brought the
country to the verge of chaos, carrying out summary execution,
forcing tens of thousands from their homes or into labor camps.
Schools and universities were shut down for several years.
During this period, China developed a rapprochement with the United
States, joined the United Nations, instituted many educational and
government reforms, and launched the "Democracy Wall" movement. In
1980, China launched the "one-child" policy. By the end of the era,
Mao was openly criticized.
Tiananmen Generation (Nomads)
(Like our Generation-X.) Growing up in the aftermath of the chaos of
the cultural revolution, this generation formed the bulk of the
millions of students that crowded into Tiananmen Square in 1989, in a
generational echo of the May 4 Movement that began on May 4, 1919.
(See above)
(Paragraph updated 2-June-2009)
=inc ww2010.h2 era "1989-present Falun Gong era (Unraveling era)"
The era was launched by the Tiananmen Square massacre on June 4, 1989,
triggering the huge movement, followers of the Falun Gong. Their
leaders believe it to be the modern version of the God-Worshipper's
Society, a spiritual movement which launched the Taiping Rebellion,
and was a form of Christianity combined with Buddhism. By 1999 the
movement was so widespread that Beijing clamped down on it. It's
rumored that millions of adherents have been jailed.
(Paragraph updated 2-June-2009)
Today, China's social structure is unraveling rapidly, as can be seen
from the tens of thousands of regional rebellions each year, over 100
million migrant workers, high food prices, high rust belt
unemployment, addiction to a bubble economy, unraveling of Mao's
social structure and secessionist provinces.
Today, China has either already entered, or is about to enter, a
Crisis era.
One-child Generation (Heroes) - This generation bore the
brunt of the one-child policy which has created an enormous surplus
of young males, meaning that a large segment of this generation will
never get married. This generation almost has nothing to lose by
going to war -- against Beijing, against Japan, or against the U.S.
And they will be guided by the last Prophets - the Miserable
generation -- and supported by the last Nomads -- the Tiananmen
generation.
=inc ww2010.h2 mel "The melamine crimes"
Since the 1930s, the US has been the world leader in finance. The US
developed most of the laws and regulations for finance that are
followed around the world. Thus, the subprime crisis is a rejection
by younger generations of a major achievement of America's WW II
survivors, and expresses contempt for their values.
For China, a principal achievement of the last 70 years has been the
conquest of famine. With 2.4 billion people, the spectre of famine
is always close in China, but since the 1960s, China has been
successful in feeding its population. Thus, the melamine scandal is
a rejection by younger generations of a major achievement of China's
Communist Revolution survivors, and expresses contempt for their
values.
A lot more research into the melamine scandal is needed in order to
fully identify completely how it unfolded generationally. But this
article provides a first pass at showing how the melamine scandal is
very similar to America's subprime scandal, with the same kinds of
generational overtones.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081115 Rumors abound in Russia of a palace coup by Vladimir Putin
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.head
Rumors abound in Russia of a palace coup by Vladimir Putin
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.date
15-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.txt1
A new constitutional amendment leaves people wondering what he's
planning.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081115.txt2
The amendment to Russia's constitution, the first since the
constitution was adopted in 1993, is being rushed through the
Parliament at top speed.
The new law will <#stdurl
http://thescotsman.scotsman.com/world/New-rules-on-presidency-.4697551.jp
"extend the President's term of office"#> from four years to six
years, and the term of office of a member of parliament from four
years to five years.
The amendment was put forth by Russia current President, Dmitry
Medvedev, with the backing of former President and current Prime
Minister Vladimir Putin. The amendment easily passed its first vote
in the State Duma (the lower house of Russia's parliament), since
Putin's political party, the United Russia party, is in control of the
Duma. The Federation Council (the upper house) will approve it next
week.
The vote in the Duma was 388-58. The only major objecting group was,
ironically, the Communist Party.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081115.jpg right "" "Vladimir Putin
(Source: Telegraph)"#>
Putin served two terms as President, from 2000-2008, but was forced
to step down because of a constitutional limitation to no more than
two consecutive terms. Putin's hand-picked successor, Medvedev, won
the Presidency for a term running from 2008 to 2012. Putin became
Prime Minister, and the constitution will allow him to run for
President again in 2012, since the three terms won't be consecutive.
Both Medvedev and Putin claim that the amendment doesn't apply to
them. If that's true, then why are they pushing it, and why are they
pushing it at top speed to get it passed within just a few days?
The speed certainly is related to the scheduled November 20 national
meeting of Putin's United Russia party. <#stdurl
http://en.rian.ru/analysis/20081113/118297558.html "Rumors are
buzzing"#> that Medvedev will step down, leaving the way open from
Putin to become President again within a few weeks, after another
election. Then Putin could be President for two six-year terms, until
the 2020s.
This is all speculation right now, but if it happens, it will be
completely consistent with all the game-playing that's been going on
this year.
The United Russia party was formed last year to support Putin, who
had not previously been in any political party, and on December 2,
2007, United Russia <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071204 "won the Russian
Parliamentary election by a landslide."#>
Then Putin <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080418 "arranged a deal"#> so
that his ally Dmitry Medvedev. Medvedev would win the March 2
elections and become President, allowing Medvedev to appoint Putin
as Prime Minister.
The assumption has always been that Putin would run again in 2012,
but the worldwide economic crisis <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/russia/3448390/Vladimir-Putin-closes-in-on-presidency.html
"is forcing Putin to consolidate power"#> very quickly. It was only
ten days ago, on November 5, that Medvedev announced that he would be
proposing the new amendment. Now, the entire Russian political
landscape is apparently changing in the blink of an eye.
I've written about Putin many times, and about his rock-star cult
status in Russia. Did Putin arrange to have Alexander Litvinenko
poisoned with polonium? That's fine with the Russians. Did Putin
arrange to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041229 "nationalize Yukos and
other Russian companies"#> by the vilest means possible? The Russians
love it. Did Putin have journalists killed? Did Putin arrange for a
cyber attack on Estonia? That's great, according to the Russians.
And it was just a few months ago that Putin <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080423b "shut down an entire newspaper,"#> throwing all the employees
out on the street, for committing the crime of reporting rumors that
Putin was having an affair with a glamorous Olympic gymnast.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's impossible to
predict Putin's future. Any prediction about a single person could be
proven wrong by a simple traffic accident, for example. Generational
Dynamics predicts the attitudes and behaviors of large masses of
people, entire generations of people, as a group.
But what is clear is that the Russian people are looking for someone
to lead the country through its worsening crisis, and Putin is the
obvious choice. Russia is going through a major stock market <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081020 "crash,"#> triggered by the collapse in
price of its main export, oil, from a peak of $147 per barrel to a
new low this week of $55 per barrel. Russia has been coming apart at
the seams for two decades now, with increased xenophobia around the
country, and terrorist activity in the Caucasus provinces of Chechnya,
Dagestan and Ingushetia.
Putin was able to keep things under control by using
the vast wealth generated by oil sales, but now that control is
collapsing as the oil wealth collapses. According to
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/russia/3448390/Vladimir-Putin-closes-in-on-presidency.html
"some analyses,"#> Putin's domestic situation is so bad that he'll be
forced to manufacture an international crisis to unite the Russian
people behind him.
There is a parallel that we can draw here with Iran. President
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's desperate domestic situation causes him to
manufacture crises with Israel, with the US and with Europe. (For an
extensive analysis of Iran's strategy, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080405 ""China 'betrays' Iran, as internal problems in both
countries mount.""#>)
However, although Putin's and Ahmadinejad's strategies may be
similar, a Generational Dynamics analysis explains why they're having
and will continue to have very different results.
Iran is in a generational Awakening era, which means that the Iranian
people are "attracted away from" war. Ahmadinejad's attempts at
unifying the Iranian people behind him only backfire, because the
Iranian people, who are largely pro-American, blame him for making
Iran look foolish in the world.
But Russia is in a generational Crisis era, which means that the
Russian people are "attracted toward" war. That doesn't mean that
they want war, but it means that they'll choose confrontation over
conciliation and compromise, and that they'll support Putin in any
international crisis.
In particular, it's very likely that the Russian people will support
Putin in this palace coup, if it occurs. And those who believe that a
new Obama administration will mean the end of international crises
with Russia can expect those hopes to be dashed.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=18
"Russia"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081113 Treasury Secretary Paulson declares victory, then reverses direction.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.head
Treasury Secretary Paulson declares victory, then reverses
direction.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.date
13-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.txt1
Wall Street stock prices plummeted 5% on Wednesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081113.txt2
reflecting investor reaction to the move.
=inc ww2010.pic g081112.gif right "" "Market summary, 12-Nov-2008"
As I write this on Wednesday evening, Asian stock markets have also
fallen 5% on Thursday morning.
Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson <#stdurl
http://www.treas.gov/press/releases/hp1265.htm "began his press
conference"#> almost by declaring victory:
"The actions taken by Treasury, the Federal
Reserve and the FDIC in October have clearly helped stabilize our
financial system. Before we acted, we were at a tipping point.
Credit markets were largely frozen, denying financial
institutions, businesses and consumers access to vital funding and
credit. U.S. and European financial institutions were under
extreme pressure, and investor confidence in our system was
dangerously low."
Of course, investor confidence is still dangerously low. In fact,
the commentary by the tv analysts on Wednesday sounded almost as
gloomy as I do.
"We also acted quickly and in coordination with
colleagues around the world to stabilize the global financial
system. Going into the Annual IMF/World Bank meetings in early
October, I made clear that we would use the financial rescue
package granted by Congress to purchase equity directly from
financial institutions – the fastest and most productive means of
using our new authorities to stabilize our financial system. We
launched our capital purchase program the following week when we
announced that nine of the largest U.S. financial institutions,
holding approximately 55 percent of U.S. banking assets would sell
$125 billion in preferred stock to the Treasury. At the same time,
the FDIC announced it would temporarily guarantee all newly issued
senior unsecured debt of participating organizations for up to
three years. In addition, the FDIC provided an unlimited guarantee
on non-interest bearing transaction accounts that expires at the
end of next year.
As I assess where we are today, I believe we have taken the
necessary steps to prevent a broad systemic event. Both at home
and around the world we have already seen signs of improvement.
Our system is stronger and more stable than just a few weeks
ago."
Then Paulson dropped a bombshell: the $700 billion bailout money
would no longer be used to purchase toxic mortgage-backed securities.
The original plan was to use the $700 billion to purchase
near-worthless mortgage-backed securities, so that financial
institutions wouldn't be forced to write down their assets because of
mark-to-market rules. Apparently they will now have to do exactly
that. Perhaps Paulson is hoping that there are no more toxic
mortgage-back securities.
The reason for the change in direction is that it's now becoming
apparent that structured securities backed by consumer loans are just
as toxic as structured securities backed by mortgage loans.
So the new plan is to throw money at financial institutions that are
in trouble because of things like credit card loans, student loans and
auto loans.
Meanwhile, pressure is building to throw money at the automobile
companies. Democrats in Congress are demanding that some of the $700
billion be used to bail out the automobile companies.
We can expect more of these. If you're an employee of a company that
the Democrats favor, you might hope for a bailout; but if you're an
employee of a company that Republicans favor, expect to be out on the
street.
Here is <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2008/nov/13/harry-paulson-banking-rescue-mortgage
"the Guardian's summary"#> of where the money has gone:
"Of the US treasury's $700bn rescue fund, some
$250bn of the $350bn allocated by Congress has been earmarked for
capital injections into banks. Of this, $115bn has gone out of the
door. Paulson had planned to spend the rest buying "toxic assets"
from banks' balance sheets. But instead, it will go towards
further capital injections, securing non-bank institutions and
averting repossession for struggling homeowners. Another $40bn has
been given to stricken insurer AIG, leaving $60bn to dole out
before the treasury has to ask Congress for the final $350bn. This
year, 19 high street banks have collapsed in the US - more than in
the previous four years combined."
There is one major event that we're still waiting for, the
generational panic and crash, that I've described this way several
times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This might happen tomorrow, next week, next month or thereafter. We
can't predict when it will happen, but it's coming soon with
absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081111b In Flanders Fields
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.head
In Flanders Fields
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.date
11-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.txt1
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111b.txt2
(I posted this on Veterans Day / Remembrance Day / Armistice Day
two years ago. It's one of my favorites.)
<#inc ww2010.pic poppy.jpg center "" "Source:
http://marcoaliaslama.tripod.com/paint/index.album?i=16"#>
In Flanders Fields
By: Lieutenant Colonel John McCrae, MD (1872-1918)
Canadian Army
IN FLANDERS FIELDS the poppies blow
Between the crosses row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.
We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders fields.
Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be yours to hold it high.
If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders fields.
=eod
=// &&2 e081111 Panicked China announces gargantuan stimulus package, as AIG bailout is almost doubled
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.head
Panicked China announces gargantuan stimulus package, as AIG
bailout is almost doubled
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.date
11-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.txt1
This was another hugely historic day, though few people paid
attention.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081111.txt2
China announced a 4 trillion yuan stimulus package on Sunday.
This equals around $570 billion, and it's absolutely enormous,
representing 18% of the country's annual GDP of $3.3 trillion.
By contrast, America's $700 billion bailout represents 5% of the
country's $14 trillion GDP.
Here's <#stdurl http://english.gov.cn/2008-11/09/content_1143763.htm
"China's announcement:"#>
"China said on Sunday it will loosen credit
conditions, cut taxes and embark on a massive infrastructure
spending program in a wide-ranging effort to offset adverse global
economic conditions by boosting domestic demand.
A stimulus package estimated at 4 trillion yuan (about 570
billion U.S. dollars) will be spent over the next two years to
finance programs in 10 major areas, such as low-income housing,
rural infrastructure, water, electricity, transportation, the
environment, technological innovation and rebuilding from several
disasters, most notably the May 12 earthquake."
This is a desperate move, in response to an economy that's <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e081102 "increasingly in serious trouble."#>
But there were many more signs of desperation on Monday.
The US government announced a <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aoj_ojzEcu9w&refer=home
"$150 billion bailout"#> of just one company, American International
Group (AIG). This is an increase over <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080917 "the $85 billion bailout"#> announced just two short months
ago. That $150 billion for one company looks just as gargantuan as
China's bailout program by comparison.
Fannie Mae announced another enormous figure: a <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a.iQh4uHj3X8&refer=home
"record $29 billion quarterly loss,"#> many times higher than
expected. Fannie Mae has already received a $100 billion bailout,
and will now need more.
American Express has received permission from the Fed <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aMANIYqXWJjg&refer=home
"to become a bank holding company."#> This change in corporate
charter will permit the Fed to bail out American Express. (That
sounds like a good deal. Does anybody know of a way to turn the
Generational Dynamics web site into a bank holding company?)
Democratic leaders of Congress are discussing an enormous bailout
of General Motors, Ford, and Chrysler, as <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=a_O7AVz.ul_A&refer=us
"General Motors appears to be approaching bankruptcy."#>
Putting all of these together, it probably amounts to $1 trillion in
bailouts -- all in one day! That's truly historic!
And yet, it's hardly being noticed in the news. If there are any
news reports at all, they're at the level of the latest crop reports.
Once upon a time, long, long ago, any loosening in the Fed Funds rate
would be big news. But now, the world has become so blasé that a $1
trillion bailout hardly brings a nod.
Two things are obvious:
The bailouts are REALLY getting out of control.
The bailouts aren't working.
As I've explained numerous times, the collapsing credit bubble is
removing a few trillion dollars from the world every day, and there's
no possibility that any number of bailouts will work at all.
I'd like to explain why I believe that the Chinese bailout in
particular cannot possible work as intended. This is a very general
argument at a "system level," rather than focusing on specific details
of the Chinese economy.
Suppose you have an old desktop computer, and you want to speed it
up. So you buy a new, faster hard disk, and a new CPU that runs
twice as fast, you plug them into the system board, and away you go.
Unfortunately, the computer is barely faster at all. Why? Because
you have to speed up the whole system -- the data buses, the memory,
and so forth. It can almost be said that the system will be as fast
as its slowest component. Even worse, a speed mismatch between
different components may actually cause the system to run slower!
That's the problem with China's bailout. It targets certain
"components" of China's economy, but it creates mismatches that will
prevent the economy as a whole from benefiting. In fact, the
mismatches may cause a great deal of waste, making the situation
worse.
It's mind-boggling how long this process has gone on. Absolutely
nothing has worked, but each failure has only brought on a bigger
bailout and more failures. The dreaded massive failure -- a huge
collapse of the entire financial system -- has been avoided so far,
by targeting each bailout to a specific point of failure.
But as in China, the bailouts have made the entire financial system
diseased and distorted, guaranteeing that the massive failure will be
worse than it would have been if all the bailouts hadn't been tried.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081108 The spectre of deflation forces a historic change in economic theory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.head
The spectre of deflation forces a historic change in economic
theory
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.date
8-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.txt1
Economists are shocked that the fight against inflation is over.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081108.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 2
On Friday, I listened to a lengthy BBC segment on deflation, and how
shocked economists are that the fear of inflation has changed into a
fear of deflation in just a couple of months.
There was also a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/11/01/business/economy/01deflation.html?_r=1&hp&oref=slogin
"major NY Times article last weekend,"#> and a <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/business/article/0,8599,1857138,00.html
"Time Magazine article"#> on "The rising threat of deflation."
If you do an internet news search for the word "deflation," you'll now
find dozens of examples in the last few days.
It's been quite a surprise to me to see this. I've been writing
about deflation for years, and I've discussed how hyperinflation is
completely impossible in today's deflationary spiral environment.
But now, all of a sudden, economists are talking about deflation.
This is actually a major change in attitudes of economists. For
years, economists have considered inflation the only major challenge.
In fact, Bernanke is known to have believed (and perhaps still
believes) that deflation of a "fiat currency" is impossible.
Incredibly, he continued to believe this even after several years of
deflation in Japan.
It's really astonishing to see this. When I was growing up in the
1950s, no one ever worried much about inflation, but they were very
worried about a new Great Depression. That's because those people
grew up during the Great Depression of the 1930s, and that's what
they knew.
My mother's family had run a successful candy shop in Chicago in the
1920s, but in the 1930s the store went bankrupt. My mother managed
to go out and lie about knowing how to operate accounting equipment
and got a job as a bookkeeper. The $8 a week she earned allowed
the family to survive. Throughout my life, my mother was always
worried about a new Great Depression, well into the 1990s.
But today's economists believe that deflation is impossible, and that
the only thing to worry about is inflation. That's because those
people grew up during the ironically named Great Inflation of the
1970s.
As I've pointed out many times, mainstream economists and
macroeconomists are totally clueless as to why any of this happened.
They can't explain why inflation occurred in the 1970s, they can't
explain why, having occurred, it didn't cause a major asset bubble,
they can't explain why the panic of 1987 occurred, or why it happened
at exactly that time, they can't explain why the dot-com bubble began
in 1995, and why it began at exactly that time, they can't explain
why real estate or credit bubbles occurred (and some are even still
denying that there even was a bubble), and they have ABSOLUTELY NO
IDEA AT ALL how we got to where we are today. All they can do is
throw money at the problem, and they have ABSOLUTELY NO IDEA whether
that's going to work.
Long-time readers of this web site know what I'm going to say next --
that generational theory explains all of these things, as I've
written many, many times. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025
""System Dynamics and the Failure of Macroeconomics
Theory,""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081027 ""What's
coming next: Understanding the deflationary spiral,""#> for
example.)
In brief, the explanation is as follows: The real estate and credit
bubbles created hundreds of trillions of dollars of money that was
used for investments. Now, thanks to the leaking of these bubbles,
there are a few trillion fewer dollars in the world each week than
there were the previous week. As money becomes scarcer, it becomes
more valuable, causing deflation. This deflationary spiral will
continue for years, as the bubbles continue to collapse.
That's why the current change in attitudes of economists is so
significant: Because it represents the repudiation of decades of
mainstream economic "theory."
Accepting the fact that deflation is occurring is no trivial
decision, like picking out the color of your clothing for the day.
It's a major change in direction for mainstream economics, and it's a
complete refutation of much of economic theory as developed by Fed
Chairman Ben Bernanke and others.
They will literally have to change all their computer models, and
rewrite all their research papers and textbooks. This change in
economic thinking is truly historic.
As I said, I heard a lengthy segment on this subject on the BBC on
Friday. Below is my transcription from business editor Louise
Cooper.
I want to get into to this because it provides several examples of
faulty reasoning about what's going on today.
"What's interesting about this is the very rapid
change in expectations, from inflation to now deflation. And one
of the reasons has been commodity prices. We've seen truly
extraordinary falls in commodity prices. And I thought it would
be quite useful just to run through some of them.
So, first of all food, wheat. The price of wheat peaked in
February of this year at $470 a ton. It's now about halved to
$259 a ton. Oil, even more extraordinary. Peaked in July at
$147 a barrel, we're now below $60 a barrel. A truly
extraordinary selloff. And steel, even more extraordinary -- this
is looking at construction grade steel. A ton of it would have
cost you $1,125 in August of this year. Now it's costing you
$330 a ton. What about that -- just a third of the price, just a
couple of months ago.
It's that dramatic fall in commodity prices that is now leading
economists to say, "I think inflation is over." I don't know if
it's true, but that's what they're thinking."
So we have step 1 in the logic: "We know that we're in a deflationary
period because commodities prices are falling sharply."
This is the mirror logic to what we've been hearing for years -- that
we've been in an inflationary period because commodities prices were
high.
This has always been fairly shallow logic. In 2003-2004, I was
pointing out that we were obviously in a basically deflationary
period because interest rates were effectively close to zero. With
interest rates that low, we should expect to see massive inflation,
but instead we were seeing little inflation, and occasional
deflation.
Still, it's good that economists are finally beginning to recognize
that it's a deflationary environment, even if they arrived at that
conclusion through faulty logic.
Cooper was asked what caused the fall in commodities prices:
"I think what's happened is that the credit
crunch has been with us a bit over a year now, but I think in the
last few months we've seen an intensification -- and I won't list
how many banks have gone bankrupt or asked for money or been sold,
but there's a whole load of them, really peaking in the bankruptcy
of the American investment bank Lehman Brothers. And it seems
that all of that news is now feeding through quite dramatically
in terms of the economic effects, and all the data we're getting
from the economy is very bad, and that says that demand is going
to be bad in the future, recession is coming to the world, and
that has caused some of the big decreases in the price of
commodities."
Here's step 2 in the logic: "The credit crunch has caused bank
failures, bank failures are causing bad economic data, bad economic
data is causing a recession, and a recession is causing decreases in
the price of commodities."
This is nothing but a laundry list of troubles. What caused the
credit crunch? As I've said so many times, mainstream economics has
NO IDEA how we got where we are. Others say we got here because of
George Bush, even though that's not even possible.
Cooper was then asked what we can learn from Japan's experience with
deflation in the 1990s. She didn't answer the question, and said
something that makes no sense at all:
"Deflation is a very bad thing, and once you get
it, it's very difficult to get rid of it. The policy tools, once
you have deflation, are quite limited.
The problem is with deflation is that consumers, individuals and
businesses postpone buying things. Because why would you buy
something now, when you could buy it in six months or a year's
time for cheaper. Bearing in mind consumption makes up about 70%
of the economy in the UK and the US, that can have devastating
effects.
Now the latest IMF report says that deflation in Europe and the
States is just a little threat, but even a little threat of
something as bad as deflation can cause those in power many
sleepless nights."
Step 3 in the logic is total nonsense. "People will stop buying, in
anticipation of falling prices, and that will hurt consumption."
People have to eat, and so they don't stop buying food. Furthermore,
consumers, individuals and businesses have no way of being certain
that deflation will continue.
Ever since the personal computer came out in the early 1980s, it's
been a standing joke that whatever computer you buy today will be
obsolete within six months, because something cheaper and more
powerful will be available at that time.
And yet, consumers, individuals and businesses have bought huge
numbers of personal computers, because it's something they needed.
So this whole discussion of deflation reducing consumption is
nonsense. If anything, reduced prices should increase consumption.
So it isn't deflation that causes decreased consumption. What causes
decreased consumption is the lack of credit and liquidity.
Now I'd like to turn to a different segment in that same BBC
broadcast. In this segment, the economist David Parker at Stanford
University used Chaos Theory to explain why the current crisis was
not predicted:
"Economics based principally on the principles of
the Enlightenment, that if you study something long enough, you'll
get the answer. But very small events can trigger huge changes in
the economy.
We know that a bank problem can trigger a crisis, but usually
bank problems just trigger small crises. This time out, they've
triggered a whole hurricane. We didn't predict it and, in my
view, we couldn't have predicted it, because the world out there
is too complex."
This is such nonsense that it gives me a headache.
The standard example of chaotic events that everyone uses is the
butterfly flapping its wings in China, triggering a hurricane in
North America. Since most butterflies do NOT trigger hurricanes,
Parker's point would be that you can't predict which butterfly will
trigger a hurricane.
But that's not the issue.
When hurricane season approaches, you CAN in fact predict that there
will be hurricanes, with a very high probability. Whether you can
relate any hurricane to a particular butterfly is irrelevant.
Similarly, the current deflationary spiral could be predicted, and
WAS predicted repeatedly on this web site, based on the huge real
estate and credit bubbles. Every bubble has to burst, and that's VERY
predictable, even if there's no way to relate the bursting to some
particular banking problem.
Parker's claim is really very funny. If you believe him, then
NOTHING would be predictable, because it would all fall prey to
chaotic events. In fact, mainstream economics hasn't predicted or
explained any of the major economic events for decades, so if you're a
mainstream economist, then Parker's claim is a good excuse for why
you're always wrong.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081108.jpg center "" "The sinking boat is actually
a sculpture, in the Thames river in front of London's business
center.
(Source: time.com)"#>
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, all of this
economics chatter represents a historic passage, where economists are
realizing that mainstream theory is completely wrong. The theories are
wrong, the models are wrong, the results are wrong.
It'll be interesting to see where economists land. If they move in
the direction that I described in <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025
""System Dynamics and the Failure of Macroeconomics
Theory,""#> then they'll finally start to get some things right.
Unfortunately, that's not what's most likely to happen. What's most
likely to happen is that they'll update their models and theory to
take into account what happened in 2008. They'll finally start
considering deflation as a possibility, but they'll model it
incorrectly, so they'll be wrong again in 2009. As I always like to
say, economists are among the people who "believe that history always
begins this morning."
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081106 'Hindutva' terrorist violence against Muslims shocks Indians
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.head
"Hindutva" terrorist violence against Muslims shocks
Indians
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.date
6-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.txt1
A terrorist network linked to the assassination of Mahatma Gandhi
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081106.txt2
is threatening widespread anti-Muslim violence in India.
There was a suicide bombing in Malegaon in India on September 29,
2008, and Muslim Jihadists were immediately suspected.
However, Indians are now shocked to learn that evidence is pointing
to <#stdurl http://www.ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews=44581 "a
widespread terror network,"#> a Hindu Hindutva group that seeks
revenge against Muslims.
Even worse, this terrorist group <#stdurl
http://www.nation.com.pk/pakistan-news-newspaper-daily-english-online/Opinions/Columns/06-Nov-2008/Religious-fundamentalism-in-India
"has links"#> to India's major opposition party, the Hindu
nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). This party also has
suspected links to Hindu violence in Kashmir, as <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080806 "I wrote about three months ago."#>
The Hindu nationalist "Hindutva" movement began officially in 1923,
led by terrorist Veer Savarkar (Vinayak Damodar Savarkar), mostly as
a movement against British colonization.
By the 1940s, the Indian independence movement was being led by
Mahatma Gandhi. Gandhi is considered the founder of India, while
Muhammad Ali Jinnah is the founder of Pakistan. The two men had met
during WW II to plan for the coexistence of the two nations when the
time was right. Savarkar and other Hindu extremists were infuriated
that Gandhi was even meeting with Jinnah.
Of course, the planning of Gandhi and Jinnah didn't produce the
desired results. After Britain allowed Partition to go forward in
1947 (partitioning the Indian subcontinent into the independent
nations of India and Pakistan), there was a huge, bloody, genocidal
war between Hindus and Muslims.
The forced migration of 14 million people and the killing of perhaps
a million more makes the 1947 Partition of the Indian subcontinent
into two countries, separating Muslims from Hindus, one of the largest
mass migrations in history.
Gandhi himself was assassinated in 1948. Savarkar was acquitted of
participating, even though he was associated with the nationalist
Congress Party, whose members were found to be responsible.
The assassination of Gandhi caused a big backlash against violence
and nationalism in Indian society. This often happens after a crisis
war, as people realize in horror all the atrocities that were
committed. However, those feelings are missing from generations of
people born after the crisis war, and by the 1980s the nationalist,
pro-Hindutva BJP party was opposing Muslim jihadi movements.
Now, 60 years after Gandhi's death, the two sides are appearing as
terrorist groups. Muslim Jihadists have been recognized for years, and
various suicide bombings in India were always assumed to be caused by
various Jihadist groups. But the sudden realization that that
radical Hindu groups may also be conducting suicide bombings
targeting Muslims is shaking India's secular society.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition is coming with
absolute certainty. Both India and Pakistan are becoming
increasingly polarized between moderate and extremist groups, and
this polarization extends to Afghanistan, where Nato and American
forces are slowly but surely being drawn deeper into the conflict.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=4
"Afghanistan, Pakistan and India"#> thread of the Generational
Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081104 What to expect from a Barack Obama presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.head
What to expect from a Barack Obama presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.date
4-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.txt1
A landslide victory on Tuesday now seems all but certain.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081104.txt2
A number of people have asked me which candidate I favor for the
Presidency.
For reasons that I've stated many times, I consider both John McCain
and Barack Obama to be fine candidates, and I do not favor either one
over the other. It is impossible to predict which candidate will be
better able to handle the historic crises that are approaching.
However, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are
important, identifiable differences between the two, and on the eve
of the almost-certain election of Barack Obama, it seems worthwhile
to outline them.
A victory for McCain means "more of the same," as his opponents
claim, but not exactly as they mean. A victory for McCain means a
continuation of Boomer values, as they grew out of the 1960s. Thus,
a victory for McCain means a continuation of domestic and foreign
policies developed by President Carter, President Reagan, President
Bush (#41), President Clinton, and President Bush (#43).
And yes, I'm once again making the point that I've made many times
before that if Al Gore had been President after 9/11, we'd be in
exactly the same place today as we are.
A victory for Barack Obama -- combined with a substantial Democratic
Party victory in Congress -- means something quite different. It
means a sharp turn into a new, unknown direction and a new, unknown
set of values. People in Obama's generation reject Boomer values,
often simply BECAUSE they are Boomer values, and so whatever new
values the government adopts are going to be different and untested.
Obama partisans see "change" as an unmitigated benefit, but that's
far from true. It's going to be different, it's going to be a sharp
rejection of Boomer values, accomplishments and compromises, it's
going to provide some benefits, and it's going to provide disasters
in other areas. Exactly what that mix of benefit and disaster will
be cannot be predicted at this time.
That's not to say that an Obama victory is better or worse for the
United States than a McCain victory. The country is facing a
historic financial crisis and a new "Clash of Civilizations" world war
either way. But President Obama would be likely to over-react to
dangerous situations, simply because he'll be unable to resist
pressure from his own partisans. McCain is older and has the
credibility to say, "Let's wait a few days before doing anything,"
but that would be much harder for Obama.
I think it's worthwhile to address the charges of "anti-Americanism"
by Obama. And for this, I'd like to contrast Obama to the 2004
Democratic presidential candidate, John Kerry.
Obama was accused of being anti-American because of his close
relationship with <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427 "Reverend
Jeremiah Wright,"#> who is about as vitriolic a hater of this country
as anyone. Obama claims that he never knew of Wright's views, but
I've never believed that story for a moment.
In fact, Wright's hatred of America is part of the culture of <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "older-generation blacks in southern
Africa,"#> as I've described in writing about people like Zimbabwe's
Robert Mugabe and South Africa's Thabo Mbeki. Barack Obama was a
community organizer in a community that shared this southern African
view. In fact, Obama has never, as far as I know, explained his
reason for his celebrated opposition to the Iraq war in 2002, but I
feel fairly certain it's because of his cultural surroundings, where
America is hated, and its military is considered to be modern day
terrorists and Nazis.
Now, long-time readers may recall that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e040827b "I was bitterly critical of John Kerry in 2004,"#> because of
remarks he had made in 1971. In 1971, Kerry said that American
soldiers were committing war crimes "on a day-to-day basis with the
full awareness of officers at all levels of command." These
atrocities included rape, torture, and cutting off ears, heads and
limbs.
Kerry did not use the words "Nazis" and "terrorists," but it was
pretty clear to me that that's what he was saying.
I was wondering if Kerry still held those same views in 2004, but I
could never get an answer. Finally, in 2006, I did get an answer, as
I reported in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061103 ""John Kerry and
Seymour Hersh trash the armed forces.""#> Kerry said on a radio
show, "The American people rely on the truth. And when I came back
from Southeast Asia, I told the truth. And I'm proud that I stood up
and told the truth then, and I've told the truth about Iraq every
single step of the way."
So, in 2004, Kerry still retained his despicable previous views.
It's my opinion that if a Kerry presidency would have been an utter
disaster, because we would have had the War against Terror led by a
President who believed that his own armed forces were worse
terrorists and Nazis than al-Qaeda.
But here's the contrast between Kerry and Obama. Maybe Obama drank
the Reverend Wright kool-aid, maybe he didn't completely. But Obama
has totally rejected and repudiated both Reverend Wright and his
former anti-American views.
I've seen Obama on television several times now, including the
excellent interview by Bill O'Reilly. I feel personally comfortable
that Obama has never thoroughly shared Wright's vitriolic hatred, and
if he shared it at all, he's rejected it.
In other words, Obama has changed his mind, where Kerry did not.
Obama can't admit that he changed his mind, of course, so he made up
this cock and bull story about not knowing what Wright's views are. I
personally have no problem with his changing his mind, and I have no
doubt that Obama will be as patriotic and devoted a President as
McCain would be. Both men are dedicated to the success and survival
of America in the world crises to come.
Obama's partisans have the view, encouraged by Obama himself, that
things are going to "change," and that the economy and foreign
relations are going to improve overnight. In fact, I've been hearing
Obama make claims that things are going to start changing on
Wednesday, the day after the election. That'll be a pretty good
trick.
Unfortunately, a lot of people believe it, and they're going to be
bitterly disappointed.
Here are some things to watch for after an Obama victory:
A lot of people believe that an Obama Presidency with an
overwhelming Democratic Party majority in Congress will mean the end
of bickering and fighting, and that Congress will pass laws
immediately that will solve all the world's problems.
Don't hold your breath. The bickering is caused because the
government is now run by the Boomer generation and Generation-X, and
these people don't know how to lead and govern. Recall that
President Bush and a Republican Congress both won in 2004, and yet
Congress accomplished nothing in 2005.
In particular, for those who think that Obama will turn America into
a Socialist or Communist state, be reassured that nothing even
remotely close will occur.
A lot of people believe that Obama and the Congress will pass
more economic stimulus packages and more bailout packages, and that
will solve the economic problems, and restore the stock market
bubble. As we've written many times, this is impossible. Policies
that restrict free markets and free trade will be extremely
controversial. There will be a great deal of fury directed at Obama
over these policies, and his failure to solve the economic
crisis.
A lot of people -- around the world -- believe that Obama will
immediately improve America's relations with countries around the
world. This is the most dangerous area of all, because Obama's youth
and inexperience, combined with the enormous pressure from both the
left and right, will cause Obama to make dangerous mistakes in times
of pending crisis.
The above is my summary of what an Obama presidency will be like.
But as I've said many times before, there's no way to know whether
this presidency would be better or worse for the country than a
McCain presidency. The financial disaster and the world war are
coming anyway, and there's no way to predict whether McCain's caution
or Obama's over-reactions are better for what's coming. In fact,
we'll never know.
An Obama Presidency promises to be both exciting and scary. It'll be
fun to watch, except for the disasters.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=9&t=17
"Presidential Election"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081103 Markets enter another turbulent week, as effects of bailout are questioned
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.head
Markets enter another turbulent week, as effects of bailout are
questioned
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.date
3-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.txt1
Investors seemed very optimistic for the first time in weeks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081103.txt2
on Friday, according to Art Cashin, UBS floor manager for the New York
Stock Exchange. He <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/27455468
"described it this way,"#> completely contradicting remarks he's made
in the recent past: "It looks less and less likely that we’re going to
get a significant retest and/or break of the lows. This rally looks
like it might have some legs."
The market did close higher on Friday, which was the first time in
several weeks that the market went up two days in a row. So it took
only two days to turn Cashin from a hard-nosed analyst into a mushy
Pollyanna. It's not too hard, is it. These people are really
desperate for good news.
If you look at the recent past beyond just two days, you can see
something quite different. Here's how John O'Donoghue of Cowen and
Company, LLC, described it on Bloomberg tv: "But I'll tell you I've
been doing this a long time, and to see the dramatic moves in the last
5 or 10 minutes of every day, where nobody knows where we're going,
is quite disconcerting to say the least."
Playing the stock market today is the equivalent of playing a
roulette wheel. For the last several weeks, the major characteristic
of the stock market is a huge movement at the end of the day, often
several hundreds points one way or the other on the Dow within a few
minutes. This huge movement is caused by panic buying, but more often
by panic selling by hedge funds and mutual funds to meet margin calls
and collateral calls.
In this environment, all short-term indicators are totally
meaningless. I'm not exaggerating in the least when I say that no
one knows what's going to happen in the last half hour of the trading
day, since it appears to be completely random.
So betting on stocks today is more likely than not to be a losing
proposition in the very short run, but that doesn't even include the
expectation of a stock market crash. So for those who are considering
getting back into the stock market, unless you're addicted to
gambling -- in which case you should start going to Gamblers
Anonymous meetings -- do not under any circumstances get into the
market at this time, or in the foreseeable future.
Here's how a member of the Generational Dynamics forum sees the
current situation:
"I have traded the SPX futures market before,
spending an entire year doing nothing else back in the 1990's. I
don't know of any trade other than maybe timing some interday
options plays that doesn't promise anything short of total
financial destruction. The declines and advances going into the
close aren't about huge orders on either side, but instead I
believe about huge speads between bid and ask being put into the
system by the market makers, plus a premium being charged on
either side to be in or out of the market over night. I counted
the fade into the close when the market bottomed on October 10th
and I believe the last 23 minutes lost 438 points. It had just
rallied about 800 on a straight line in the prior 50 minutes. The
idea that anyone has the skills to get on either side of a move
like this is absurd. We are talking about a market full of air.
The close Friday bottomed out with 13 minutes left then rallied
about 150 points. There have been some hot trading days in the
past where a 150 point move would be considered huge, yet we are
seeing it in 10 minutes time over and over again. This is more
than oversold or overbought as the moves go in both directions.
This is about a lot of stock needing to move with no one on the
other side.
There is an absolute delusion out there that people are waiting to
get back in this market. They didn't get out. I doubt $150 billion
of public money got out of this market before the decline, about 2
or 3 days trading volume at best. The biggest problem facing the
market are almost zero bonds being issued right now worldwide. A
few investment grades and that is it. So, we are going to get this
market going again without any bond money? Money can't go in both
directions and it is clear the problem is a lack of capital in the
system, which portends toward more selling to reduce leverage
instead of a plunge back into stocks. We are looking at 3%
dividends and lower for the entire market while high grade bonds
in the top echelon of companies are returning around 7% or higher
from what I can deduce. We are a long way from a final bottom in
this market. If John is correct, we still have a generational
crash ahead of us or better yet, we have a group that just might
go down with the ship."
In fact, many analysts are expect a 20-30% market correction as part
of a "crash event" for a "capitulation," and Generational Dynamics
predicts that we do have a generational panic and stock market crash
ahead of us, as regular readers know.
The major question being debated by investors is whether the $700
billion bailout will work to end the credit crisis.
Once again, we hear a lot of mind-numbingly Pollyannaish statements
from commentators. One of the worst and most bizarre I've heard was
from CNN commentator Fareed Zakaria on Sunday afternoon. Here's what
he said:
"Before we get started, some thoughts on the
current economic crisis.
For the last few weeks, I've been something of a contrarian.
I've been making the case of optimism, relatively speaking. Yes,
we're in a deep financial crisis, yes a deep recession is on its
way, if not already here, but the world is not coming to an end.
And I feel this week there's a bit more evidence that things are
stabilizing. Look, capital is flowing into the banking system,
credit is beginning to thaw, stock markets are stabilizing
somewhat.
The next phase of the crisis has spread to emerging markets, but
even there, we're seeing a spirited response. The IMF has
suspended its usual bureaucratic delays, and very stringent
conditions, and it's putting together a loan package in excess of
$100 billion for countries like Pakistan, Ukraine, Brazil, and
Mexico.
Now, the reason that this crisis will not turn into a Great
Depression, fundamentally, is that the governments of the world
are throwing everything they have at it. And governments are
more powerful than markets. They can shut down stock trading,
nationalize banks, print money, whatever it takes. In the end,
the government will win.
The next phase of this struggle will begin next Tuesday, when
America will elect a new President. That person will have a
mandate to make big changes to the economy, to get it moving,
which means what, a large stimulus package, investments in energy,
support for homeowners, all of which will boost confidence. And
confidence produces economic activity. So be an optimist. It's
good for the economy."
This is exactly the airhead attitude that's gotten us into so much
trouble in the first place, and has continually been making the
problems worse.
Why will the government win? China is a country where the government
(the CCP or Chinese Communist Party) has almost complete control of
the economy. The CCP has been trying for years to cool down the
country's bubble economy, with no success whatsoever.
Until this year, when they're finally getting what they wished for,
except that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081102 "the Chinese economy is
crashing,"#> as the economic bubble collapse, and now the Chinese are
desperately trying measures to blow the bubble up again, which will
surely fail.
As I've said many times on this site, mainstream macroeconomics could
not predict or explain the dot-com bubble of the 1990s, the credit
bubble of the 2000s, the credit crisis, or how we got to where we are
today. Mainstream economics has been wrong time after time after
time.
So how the hell can Zakaria be so sure that governments even have the
vaguest idea what's going on, let alone how to fix it?
It's pretty obvious that Zakaria's views are the standard Obamamania
views. The reasoning goes like this: "Obama will win on Tuesday, and
the Democrats will win big in the Congressional races, so Obama will
be able to do what he wants, and he'll know what he wants to do, and
he'll do it, and everything will be wonderful and fine, because
President Obama will make it so."
This would be fun to watch if the consequences weren't so serious.
Incidentally, I've quoted Fareed Zakaria before, in a 2006 article
called <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061008 ""Learning-disabled
journalists and politicians continue to predict Iraq civil
war.""#> Zakaria was an ABC commentator at that time, and I
quoted him as saying, "If you look at the last 3-4 months, it's
absolutely clear that a civil war dynamic has set in. This is
happening. ... The trend is moving in the wrong direction on every
issue that relates to a building civil war."
Zakaria had been making similar predictions for years, but was
apparently too learning-disabled to realize that when you're wrong
week after week, then it's time to change your predictions.
Actually, Zakaria's new statement is so bizarre, I could hardly
believe it. He said, "And governments are more powerful than markets.
They can shut down stock trading, nationalize banks, print money,
whatever it takes. In the end, the government will win."
I've given hundreds of examples throughout history where governments
most certainly did lose. I can't imagine what Zakaria is thinking.
Commentators have been pleased during the past week, because Libor,
and other measures of interest rates for inter-bank lending, have
come down, indicating that banks are more willing to lend money to
one another.
However, that just means that the Fed is guaranteeing all interbank
loans. The Fed's new bailout problem is also guaranteeing some types
of commercial paper, and those forms of credit increased last week as
well.
But a <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/10/31/17683/artificial-markets-the-bailout-isnt-working/
"Financial Times analysis"#> finds that the bailout is having a
"negligible" effect on the market as a whole. For companies not on
the Fed's Christmas list, the credit freeze is as tight as ever.
According to the article, "If the objective - or rather, objectives -
of the world’s governments through their suite of emergency financial
measures is to sustainably normalise markets and stabilise the world
economy, then they are palpably failing." It points out that
even the portions of the program that appear to be succeeding will
fail again immediately as soon as the Fed bailout funds are
withdrawn.
As I wrote last week in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081027 ""What's
coming next: Understanding the deflationary spiral,""#> it's
actually not mathematically possible for the bailout to work. The
huge credit bubble of past years is now leaking quickly, probably at
the rate of $1-2 trillion per week, and the world's central banks
cannot possibly keep up with that loss.
And so, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, nothing has
particularly changed in the last few weeks. Ever since the credit
crisis began in August, 2007, we've seen the governments of the world
try everything they can, and we've seen pundits and commentators say
that the worst was over, and they've been wrong time after time after
time.
There is one major event that we're still waiting for, the
generational panic and crash, that I've described this way several
times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This might happen tomorrow, next week, next month or thereafter. We
can't predict when it will happen, but it's coming soon with
absolute certainty.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081102 China's economy slowing down significantly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.head
China's economy slowing down significantly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0811
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.date
2-Nov-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.txt1
Chinese society is at risk of increasing instability,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081102.txt2
as economic reports indicate that unemployment is surging.
China's President Hu Jintao is known to believe that the country's
most challenging problem is unemployment.
If that's so, then Hu is coming face to face with a nightmare.
It's a situation that is only going to get much worse in the next few
months. According to "conservative" estimates by the Dongguan City
Association of Enterprises with Foreign Investment, 9,000 of the
45,000 factories in the cities of Guangzhou, Dongguan, and Shenzhen —
the heart of China's industrial south — <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1855400,00.html "are
expected to close before the Chinese New Year"#> in late January.
That could mean up to 2.7 million workers facing unemployment, in a
region with tens of millions of migrant workers who depend on
employment to send money back to their families in poor rural areas.
New figures indicate that profits from China's state owned enterprises
(SOEs) <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-11/02/content_10294845.htm
"fell 9 percent through September,"#> after a 7.7 percent decline in
the first eight months from a year earlier.
This all coincides with trends that have been building to this point:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081102a.gif center "" "Baltic Dry Index and price of
copper for 2004 to 31-Oct-2008
(Source: InvestmentTools.com)"#>
The Chinese had been in a huge economic frenzy leading up to
the summer Olympics in Beijing, but economic activity started falling
off as summer approached. Activity has been trending down ever
since, and now appears to be accelerating downward.
The Chinese economic bubble has been highly correlated with the
Baltic Dry Index and the commodities bubble, as shown in the above
<#stdurl http://investmenttools.com/futures/bdi_baltic_dry_index.htm
"graph."#> The Baltic Dry Index tracks the costs of shipping dry bulk
goods, including commodities like copper and iron ore. The above
graph shows that the BDI and copper prices have been crashing at
historically fast rates, and that the crash continues.
Perhaps most ominous for many in the general population is the 69%
fall in the China Securities Index (CSI 300 Index) of stocks.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081102b.gif right "" "China Securities Index,
through November 1, 2008
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
I first <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070226 "wrote about the Chinese stock
market craze"#> in February, 2007, when it was at its peak. At that
time, there were 80.5 million open stock trading accounts, with 90,000
new accounts are opened every day, overwhelmingly "retail" accounts
for ordinary citizens. Millions of Chinese mortgaged their homes, and
borrowed money from any source available, including their family and
friends, in order to invest in the stock market.
That's great as long as the stock market bubble continued, but the
CSI 300 Index has been falling sharply for months now, and there must
be tens of millions of people who have lost most of their life
savings.
China's economic growth has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=ai75Uryhb2Oc&refer=home
"decelerated for five straight quarters."#> Signs of weakness span
property, industrial production, export orders.
Worried Chinese officials are taking desperate measures. Many of the
measures being taken are similar to those being taken in America by
the Fed. The Chinese central bank has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=ai75Uryhb2Oc&refer=home
"lowered interest rates this,"#> having already lowered rates on
September 15 and again on October 8. The government is increasing
public spending. And the thousands of manufacturing firms that have
been closed their doors are being encouraged to switch from
export-driven products to products that will be consumed by the
Chinese themselves.
What seems increasingly clear is that the Chinese economy itself is
crashing very quickly. From the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, this economic crash has been a long time coming. The
Chinese economy has been growing at double-digit rates since 1980s,
and no economy can continue at that rate. Furthermore, the economic
activity reached bubble-level frenzies in recent years, and now the
bubble is leaking increasingly rapidly.
The Chinese government is taking every desperate step it can to stop
the leaking from the bubble, and try to make it grow again, just as
American officials are trying every desperate measure possible to
stop the leaking of the credit bubble.
Both attempts are doomed to failure. No government is powerful
enough to stop these bubbles from leaking, once the leaking has
begun.
In the case of China, an economic crash is a very serious matter.
China has a long history of massive internal rebellions and civil
wars, creating bloodbaths that have slaughtered tens of millions of
people in a short period of time. As I described in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.china050116 ""China approaches Civil War,""#>
there was the White Lotus rebellion that began in 1795, the Taiping
rebellion that began in 1852, and the Communist Revolution that began
with Mao Zedong's genocidal Long March in 1934.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, China is now about
due for its next massive internal rebellion and civil war, and this
collapse of the Chinese economy is exactly what is needed to trigger a
new rebellion.
China's government has been out of the news for several months now,
ever since the massive devastation from the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080516 "Sichuan earthquake"#> caused worldwide public opinion to
change from hostility over the Tibetan rioting to sympathy. This
sympathy has lasted through the Olympics games, and continues to this
day.
However, new trouble in brewing in Tibet, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081031 "we recently reported."#> And there have been huge <#stdurl
http://www.etaiwannews.com/etn/news_content.php?id=776430 "anti-China
rallies in Taiwan,"#> following efforts by Taiwan President Ma
Ying-jeou to develop closer relations with China. These are the kinds
of things that cause the paranoic Chinese government to overreact.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, China is headed for
a massive new civil war with 100% certainty. The expectation is that
such a civil war will be redirected by the Chinese authorities into
hostilities against Japan and America, and that this will lead to a
new world war.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion,
as well as more frequent updates on these subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> and the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=3
"Geopolitical Topics"#> threads of the Generational Dynamics
forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081031 Dalai Lama hints at significant change of strategy for Tibet vs China
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.head
Dalai Lama hints at significant change of strategy for Tibet vs
China
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.date
31-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.txt1
A special strategy meeting for Tibetan exiles will occur in
mid-November.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081031.txt2
This little-reported story that may have important significance in a
few weeks.
The Dalai Lama is changing his position from one of preaching
conciliation, compromise and tolerance with China into something
that's a lot more confrontational.
The Tibetan spiritual leader shocked observers last weekend for his
unusually blunt statement.
On Saturday, the Dalai Lama <#stdurl
http://www.myfoxspokane.com/myfox/pages/News/Detail?contentId=7736132&version=1&locale=EN-US&layoutCode=TSTY&pageId=3.1.1
"told a public function"#> in his exile location, Dharmsala, India,
that he has "been sincerely pursuing the middle way approach in
dealing with China for a long time now but there hasn't been any
positive response from the Chinese side." He added: "As far as I'm
concerned I have given up."
In an interview on Thursday with the BBC, he made the following
bitter statement:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081030.jpg right "" "Dalai Lama describes his faith
in China's government.
(Source: BBC)"#>
"My faith in China's government has become tiny,
tiny, tiny.
Our main aim has been to improve conditions inside Tibet. That
has not happened. Now the suppression is much, much increased -
very, very tight control, something like military occupation -
like that. Sometimes I feel like the Tibetan people are passing
through a death sentence - something like that."
He's called an extraordinary mid-November meeting of Tibetan exile
leaders to discuss future strategy. One possible outcome, though far
from certain, would be a call for full Tibetan independence.
Ironically, this call for independence would do little to stir up the
Tibetans, since the Tibetans are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080316 "in
a generational Unraveling era."#> The most you could expect from the
Tibetans would be a few demonstrations, and perhaps some scattered
violence.
But the Chinese have the most nationalistic, paranoid government on
earth. It's quite possible that the Chinese Communist Party (CCP)
will take this change of strategy as a major threat, and will
overreact.
The Chinese DID overreact last March, with an <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080318b "extremely violent crackdown"#> on demonstrating Tibetan
monks. Worldwide attitudes towards the Chinese became increasing
angry and xenophobic until May, when a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080516 "massive earthquake in Sichuan province"#> created a period of
good will that lasted through the Olympics game in August.
It became clear in March that the fault line between Han Chinese and
Tibetans is very deep and full of hatred. This hatred exploded in
March, and the Dalai Lama's announced intention to change strategy
raises the possibility that it will explode again.
=eod
=// &&2 e081029 Stocks soar worldwide as corporate earnings plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.head
Stocks soar worldwide as corporate earnings plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.date
29-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.txt1
Panic buying pushes indexes up 10-11%.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081029.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g081028.gif right "" "Market summary, 28-Oct-2008"
The girls were all giggly today on CNBC and Bloomberg tv, as
investors poured money into the market, pushing the Dow Industrials
index back above 9,000 that really took off furiously in the last
hour of trading.
There was an 11% surge two Mondays ago, and since then there have
been several large falls. The volatility and wild swings seem to be
growing. I've been expecting these wild swings for some time, as
they occurred just prior to the 1929 crash.
There was plenty of bad news around on Tuesday.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/businessNews/idUSN2839825420081028
"one report,"#> U.S. consumer confidence has dived to the lowest
reading since the survey was started in 1967. According to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601068&sid=a22yrweGD74o&refer=home
"another report,"#> housing prices fell at the fastest pace on
record, as foreclosures continue to climb.
There was one piece of news which some might interpret as very good
news: <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&refer=home&sid=aKbsT.CRaT1Q
"Sales of long-term commercial paper"#> soared to a historic record
on Monday, as companies sold 1,511 issues totaling a record $67.1
billion of the debt due in more than 80 days, compared with a daily
average of 340 issues valued at $6.7 billion last week,
Commercial paper (CP) is the most common way for a corporation to lend
money to another corporation. The corporation issues CP notes,
and a purchaser loans money by purchasing the CP. Later, the
purchaser sells the CP back for cost plus interest.
Sales of commercial paper have plummeted since the credit crisis
began in August, 2007, since no one wanted to buy it. Thus, the Fed
began buying CP on Monday, as part of the $700 billion bailout. The
program was spectacularly successful, at least for one day, and
investors showed their pleasure on Tuesday. It remains to be see
whether the credit crisis continues to soften.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Crashing corporate earnings"
However, the long-term trend that I've been reporting on for a long
time took a nose-dive on Tuesday.
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week.
Actual earnings have been pouring in since mid-October. For a while,
it seemed that third quarter earnings growth estimates were
stabilizing around -10% (that is, 10% lower than third quarter
earnings for last year).
However, the estimate posted on Tuesday suddenly fell off a cliff:
Date 3Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Mar 3: 25.0%
Apr 1: 17.3% Start of previous (2nd) quarter
Jul 1: 12.6% Start of quarter
Sep 5: 0.8%
Sep 12: -1.6%
Sep 19: -0.3%
Sep 26: -1.7% End of quarter
Oct 3: -4.8%
Oct 10: -7.8%
Oct 15: -9.8% Wednesday
Oct 16: -10.3% Thursday
Oct 17: -9.1% Friday
Oct 20: -9.6% Monday
Oct 21: -9.9% Tuesday
Oct 22: -10.0% Wednesday
Oct 23: -10.9% Thursday
Oct 24: -11.0% Friday
Oct 27: -11.3% Monday
Oct 28: -23.8% Tuesday
Investors had been particularly hopeful that the third quarter would
be the end of the falling earnings. Third quarter earnings had
fallen in 2007, and so there was a lower base to build on this year.
Investors had hoped that, because of the lower base, earnings would
actually grow 25-50% above last year's depressed earnings.
But no such luck. In fact, earnings growth has been negative for
several quarters in a row now, and this quarter is turning out to be
among the worst.
As usual, a fall in earnings estimates means an increase of
price/earnings ratios estimates.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
last Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe081024.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 24-Oct-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see, the P/E ratio index was at 18 for several years,
which is well above the historical average of 14. In fact, the index
has been above average for 13 years, since 1995, and by the Law of
Mean Reversion, this means it has to be equally below average for
roughly the next 13 years.
Starting in March, however, the P/E index is spiked upward again, to
astronomical levels in the 20s. This was when first quarter actual
earnings were coming in. But investors believed that they should be
ignored; the common wisdom was that the credit crisis would be over
by the fall (i.e., now), and that earnings would grow in the third
and fourth quarter by 25% and 50%, respectively.
Because of that widely held belief, investors pushed the P/E index up
into the 20s. Finally,
It's only in the last three weeks that it came back down to 18. This
was thanks to the stock market losing 25% of its value in the last
three weeks.
Tuesday's events -- a 10.8% increase in the S&P index, and a fall in
earnings growth estimates to -23.8% -- will push the P/E index
temporarily into the astronomically high 20s again, until a new
collapse brings it down again.
The pundits don't see it that way, however. "This may be the sign of
a turnaround. Maybe people are coming out of the woodwork again, and
buying stocks." Idiots.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081027 What's coming next: Understanding the deflationary spiral
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.head
What's coming next: Understanding the deflationary spiral
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.date
27-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.txt1
Why are the dollar and the yen getting stronger, while the euro is
getting weaker?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081027.txt2
Investors and government officials worldwide are breathing easier
this weekend, because Wall Street didn't completely melt down on
Friday, as had been feared. Friday and Saturday may be the first
times they slept through the night for a week.
But they won't be sleeping well on Sunday night, or probably any
night this week.
Stock markets around the world have fallen very far from their recent
highs, most of which were reached late in 2007. Here's <#stdurl
http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/money_co/2008/10/heres-a-club-no.html
"list compiled by the LA Times:"#>
Iceland -88.7%
Russia -73.9%
Ireland -73.4%
Peru -73.2%
Vietnam -70.5%
China -69.8%
Poland -62.6%
Hong Kong -60.1%
Brazil -57.2%
Egypt -56.9%
Italy -55.2%
South Korea -54.5%
Turkey -58.5%
India -58.3%
Singapore -58.2%
Japan -58.1%
Mexico -48.3%
Germany -47.0%
Spain -46.4%
U.S.-S&P 500 -44.0%
Australia -43.3%
Great Britain -42.3%
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 2
There are other things going on, besides stock markets crashing all
around the world. Commodity prices are falling 50% or more, and the
Baltic Dry Index, which measures costs for shipping iron ore, copper,
and similar commodities, has fallen almost 90%.
To get a better picture of what's going on in the world, here's an
interview with Simon Rose, CEO Dahlman-Rose, who's been to
Singapore recently, and has had a view of international shipping
trade. This is my transcription from Bloomberg tv.
"Rose: I spent about a week in Singapore, a lot of
time in the port, no activity. No activity at all. They've ground
to a halt.
I can give you anecdotal information, and I can give you factual
information.
Q: Start with anecdotal information
Rose: Anecdotally, I spent two days driving around two of the
biggest ports in Asia, and saw very little activity. Very little.
Ships loading, unloading - very little activity.
Factually, the BDI [Baltic Dry Index] is down around 90% this
year, and it confirms what I saw with my own eyes.
It's really very simple. You can watch the BDI, you can watch
commodity prices, you can watch the stock market -- they all
depend on the credit market.
You cannot get credit to load a cargo and bring it from point A
to point B. Credit does not exist. 60 sovereign countries
cannot get a letter of credit to buy oil.
Q: Are we close to hitting bottom?
Rose: I think it's really simple. I take a leading economic
indicator from cab drivers. I asked the cab driver in Singapore
what the problem is. He said, "You don't lend money to people
who don't pay it back."
No one can buy anything, because there's no global trade right
now, and so until we unfreeze the credit markets, and people can
get a counterparty and help them buy oil, and deliver it from
point A to point B, there's not going to be a lot of commerce.
So, watch the credit market. A lot of people are focusing on
Libor.
I'm far less focused on Libor. You know why? The banks can
borrow from the central bank. They don't need to borrow from one
another.
So banks are borrowing from the central bank, but where's the new
credit? Banks are struggling to find the capacity to finance the
loans they've already promised, let alone new loans.
Q: Should investors be looking for bargains to buy shipping
stocks?
Rose: These companies have all been hit by a tsunami that was not
of their making. All of a sudden, they cannot get credit to load
ships. This is not the ship owners' fault. Our analyst
downgraded the group over the summer, based on the price of
commodities coming down, which was an indicator for him of ship
cargoes going down as well. He did a great job.
How do you figure out what the bottom is? Watch the credit
markets. When the credit markets open, there'll be enormous
buying opportunities. ... There's been huge wealth destruction,
as a result of the credit markets being seized. When the credit
markets open, then we'll have an idea of what real value is in
the marketplace."
We could point to many more individual national and global trends, in
areas like real estate and employment in countries around the world,
and generally they're all trending downward. All of them are
reinforcing each other, in a very broad picture of a worldwide economy
that's plunging downward with incredible momentum.
It's like a hundred-ton rock rolling downhill. There's nothing that
can stop it.
Certainly the $700 billion Washington bailout hasn't slowed it down
at all, and has had almost no noticeable effect whatsoever.
There's a very easy way to see this: If the bailout were easing the
credit crisis in any meaningful way, it would be touted by government
leaders around the globe, and it would be worldwide front page news.
Instead, all we've heard about is a barely significant fall in the
Libor interest rates, and even that's ending, as Libor is now inching
back up.
=inc ww2010.h2 bailout "Why didn't the bailout work?"
Starting in 1995 with the dot-com bubble, the world began creating
more money through the creation of bubbles. It's hard to measure
exactly how much money was created, but we can take some reasonable
guesses.
The dot-com bubble of the late 1990s probably created around $1
trillion in new money, through stock options, stock appreciation,
venture capital, and similar things. However, a lot of that $1
trillion was destroyed with the Nasdaq crash that began in the year
2000.
The dot-com bubble was an almost pure Boomer play. The major bubbles
formed when the Generation-Xers were filling middle-management
positions throughout the economy, in the early 2000s.
Fraud and deception took place at all levels. At the lowest level,
homebuyers lied on loan applications, builders, appraisers and
brokers lied about property values, and loan brokers lied about
verifying application claims. At upper levels, "financial engineers"
took the fraudulently created loans and securitized into
collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and other securities that have
turned out to be worthless. They took fat commissions to sell these
worthless securities, and they received cooperation from ratings
agencies who took fat commissions to give them phony AAA ratings, and
from "monoline" insurance agencies who took fat commissions to give
them phony insurance.
We can make some reasonable guesses that the real estate bubble
created about $5 trillion in new money, through inflated real estate
prices. The securitization process created $25 trillion in CDOs and
other near-worthless mortgage-backed securities.
Then we have the insurance contracts, the credit default swaps, or
CDSs. There are about $60 trillion of those in portfolios around the
world.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
Finally, we have other credit derivatives of various kinds. These
add up to about $1 quadrillion (1,000 trillion dollars), according to
the Bank of International Settlements (BIS).
And so, depending on what you count, the credit bubble has been
bloated with at least tens or hundreds of trillions of dollars in new
money, mostly in the form of bad securities.
Pieces of this credit bubble have been leaking. The real estate
bubble began deflating in 2005. CDOs and other mortgage-backed
securities began to be revalued early in 2007. By late 2007, the
stock market bubble began deflating. Early in 2008, there was the
Bear Stearns rescue, followed by a number of other financial services
bailouts, bankruptcies and mergers. In the last few months, the rate
of forced selling by hedge funds, and withdrawals from money market
and mutual funds has been increasing.
So we had a period of several years where the credit bubble grew to
hundreds of trillions of dollars, probably adding a few trillion
dollars per week, at the height of its growth.
Today, I would guess that the same credit bubble is deflating at the
rate of $1 trillion or more per week.
So now we have a $700 billion bailout, 7/10 of $1 trillion. That
amount of money disappears every three or four days.
So there isn't a snowflake's chance in hell that any bailout can
possibly keep up the leaking of the credit bubble. It is literally
impossible.
That's why every bailout must fail.
=inc ww2010.h2 more "Bernanke will do whatever is necessary"
A forum member claimed that there would be no stock market crash
because Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke would do whatever is necessary to
prevent it. He quoted from a <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/speeches/2002/20021121/default.htm#f19
"2002 Ben Bernanke speech"#> to prove his point:
"Although a policy of intervening to affect the
exchange value of the dollar is nowhere on the horizon today,
it's worth noting that there have been times when exchange rate
policy has been an effective weapon against deflation. A striking
example from U.S. history is Franklin Roosevelt's 40 percent
devaluation of the dollar against gold in 1933-34, enforced by a
program of gold purchases and domestic money creation. The
devaluation and the rapid increase in money supply it permitted
ended the U.S. deflation remarkably quickly. Indeed, consumer
price inflation in the United States, year on year, went from
-10.3 percent in 1932 to -5.1 percent in 1933 to 3.4 percent in
1934.17 The economy grew strongly, and by the way, 1934 was one of
the best years of the century for the stock market. If nothing
else, the episode illustrates that monetary actions can have
powerful effects on the economy, even when the nominal interest
rate is at or near zero, as was the case at the time of
Roosevelt's devaluation."
It really depresses me to read this speech, because it exhibits such
a shallow understanding of the 1930s Great Depression from a man who
is theoretically the world's leading expert on it.
The 1920s stock market bubble was smaller, by several orders of
magnitude, than the credit bubble that we have today, and so the
deflationary spiral that followed the 1929 crash was not as big as
the one we're facing.
Bernanke talks about inflationary measures that were taken in
1933-34. Well, that was 4-5 years after the deflationary spiral had
begun. By that time, the deflationary spiral had run its course, and
reflation would have begun no matter what FDR had done.
By contrast, Bernanke has opened the liquidity floodgates in this
past year, right at the beginning of the deflationary spiral, and it's
done almost nothing to stop the deflationary spiral today. Perhaps,
if he's lucky, President Obama can find a way to take credit for
reflating the currency when its time comes, around 2012-13.
Let Bernanke try anything he wants. It will accomplish nothing.
=inc ww2010.h2 dollar "Why is the dollar more valuable?"
A lot of people have been predicting that the current crisis is going
to make the dollar become worthless. Some have predicted
hyperinflation, along the lines of Germany in the early 1920s, or
Zimbabwe today.
But there was no deflating credit bubble in either of those two
cases. The reason that the dollar is becoming more valuable is
because there's less money in the world every day, and so the dollar
is becoming scarcer. As the dollar becomes scarcer, it becomes more
valuable.
I hear politicians and financial ideologues (especially from the
so-called "Austrian school") that apply 19th century concepts to the
current situation and conclude that the dollar will become worthless.
That might be true in the absence of a deflating credit bubble, but
it is not true today.
Thus, there should be no surprise at all that the dollar continues to
strengthen sharply against almost all currencies (except the yen),
and also continues to strengthen against "safe havens" like gold.
When I make statements like this, people accuse me of being
nationalistic. That has nothing to do with it. The strengthening of
the dollar has to do with only one thing: The leaking of the credit
bubble, resulting in a deflationary spiral that strengthens the value
of the dollar.
Here's a question from the forum:
"If money is scarcer, and on the basic laws of
supply and demand why does it not lead to inflation? The less
money there is the more expensive it will become leading to
inflation."
To understand this, you have to look at the dollar from the point of
view of another currency, like the euro or yen.
If you hold euros, and you want to buy dollars, and dollars are
getting scarcer and scarcer, then by the law of supply and demand the
price of dollars in euros is going to increase, which means that
dollars become more valuable relative to the euro.
Therefore, the exchange rate (euros per dollar) will go up, meaning
that it's the euro that's inflating relative to the dollar, while the
dollar is deflating relative to the euro.
Here's another question from the forum (paraphrased):
"You describe "falling prices" [deflation], but
here in the EU the situation is different.
Namely, 6 months ago the oil prices was double what they are
today ($140 per barrel, against $70 roughly today). But, at the
gas stations this nice reduction of prices - is NOT seen. The
reduction is about 20-25% (at most!)"
The deflationary spiral is caused by the deflating of the massive
credit bubble, and that was created by securitization of various
kinds of flaky investments. Depending on how you count it, the
credit bubble created tens or hundreds of trillions of dollars, or
even $1 quadrillion.
However, all of these securitizations -- CDOs, CDSs, etc. -- all of
them were denominated in dollars. Thus, the deflationary spiral now
applies only to the dollar. As the credit bubble collapses, there
are fewer and fewer dollars in the world, and dollars become more
valuable relative to other currencies.
Thus, as expected, we've seen the dollar strengthen sharply against
other currencies (except for the yen). In the case of the euro, the
exchange rate was close to $1.60 a few months ago, and is now close to
$1.30.
So there are two different things going on. The commodities prices,
as denominated in dollars, have been falling sharply. But with other
currencies weakening against the dollar, commodities prices
denominated in those currencies have been falling far less.
So if we just take some round numbers, the fall in the price of oil
in terms of the dollar is (1 - 70/140) = 50%.
In terms of the euro, it's 1 - (70/140 * (1.60/1.30)) = 38%.
That 38% is still a fairly large fall, and so you should have seen
reductions at the gas pump, but not as great as at dollar-denominated
gas pumps.
Beyond that, most countries charge fairly hefty tax rates for gas,
you might want to check whether tax rates have changed in your
country in the last few months.
Here's another reader question:
"I have a question about this. The Bretton Woods
agreements caused all foreign central banks now hold mostly
dollars in reserve. If the dollar becomes twice as valuable, then
does that mean that the central banks can issue twice as much
foreign currency?"
The easiest way to understand it is as follows: The dollar becomes
scarcer, and therefore more valuable. So if another central bank
wants its currently to maintain parity with the dollar, it would have
to make that currency equally valuable, by withdrawing the currency,
and making it scarcer. Of course, that would be politically
impossible.
Here's another comment posted by a forum member:
From: Peter Schiff
To: j8272@aol.com
Sent: Tue, 21 Oct 2008 4:28 pm
Subject: RE: Dollar discussion
I disagree in that the dollar is intrinsically worthless and will
approximate that value based on the policies we are
perusing.
"This is a response received from Peter Schiff regarding the
dollar's eventual decline. At some point the bubble in
treasuries will pop and the rest of the world will discontinue
financing the USA debt and unfunded liabilities."
This claim makes absolutely no sense at all.
The US owes China, Japan and other countries $5 trillion.
If those countries were to take actions to destroy the value of the
dollar, then the US would owe these countries nothing, since the
debts are denominated in dollars.
China, Japan and the other countries will look for ways to bail out
the US, just as the US bailed out many other countries in the past.
They will do this not because they give a sh-t about Americans, but
because they'll see it as the only way to save their own economies.
As a final point, you have to separate the fate of the US from the
fate of the dollar. The fact that the US is in debt does not mean
that the dollar becomes worthless.
If you haven't read the fascinating story of <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> then now is a good time to do so. It's the story of
what happened in 1930 and 1931, when the world's central bankers got
together to save the world from financial collapse.
However, when you read that story, and compare to the situation
today, remember that America was a creditor nation in 1931, but a
debtor nation today. The debtor nation in 1931 was Germany, and the
creditor nation today is China. Thus, we should expect China today
to act like America in 1931, and America today to act like Germany in
1931.
Central bankers in Britain, the US and France got together with a
plan to prevent the financial collapse of Germany by injecting huge
amounts of liquidity into the European banks. It worked for a while,
but not for long.
=inc ww2010.h2 yen "Why is the yen strengthening?"
If you look around the world at the major currencies, almost all of
them are weakening against the dollar. The major exception is the
Japanese yen, which is strengthening against almost every currency,
including the dollar. Why is that?
The answer is that the yen is still suffering from Japan's own
deflationary spiral. As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081019 "I wrote
recently,"#> there was a huge stock market bubble in Japan in the
1980s, beginning around 1984. There was also a huge real estate
bubble and, at its height, the total price of all property in Tokyo
was greater than the total price of all property in the entire United
States. That's how huge the Japanese bubble was.
Japan's generational stock market panic and crash occurred in 1990s,
and the yen went into a deflationary spiral that last 16 years. In
some ways, it's still continuing. So the yen is still on a roughly
deflationary path, although at the end of that path.
And so the dollar is strong because it's at the beginning of a
deflationary spiral, and the yen is strong because it's at the end of
a deflationary spiral. This is not true of other currencies, and so
other currencies are weakening against the dollar and the yen.
=inc ww2010.h2 euro "The euro and the Emerging Market Bubble"
The main problem with the euro currency is that it's so new.
The euro currency, which only really came into existence in 1999, has
not yet had enough time to gain stature as a full-fledged major
international currency. In fact, it's always been possible for any
individual euroland country to back out of the euro and return to its
national currency, as I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040815b "described
in 2004,"#> based on a Morgan Stanley report. (Can you imagine any US
state trying to back out of the dollar currency, and print its own
money?)
There's really no central control for the euro currency. Each
country still has its own central bank and its own policy for
printing euros, and some European countries (like Switzerland and
Britain) don't even use the euro as an official currency.
Now the euro is approaching an imminent crisis, according to <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/3260052/Europe-on-the-brink-of-currency-crisis-meltdown.html
"analysis by Ambrose Evans-Pritchard,"#> and there's a very
interesting reason why.
The Europeans like to brag that, although they've had problems with
investments in near-worthless mortgage-backed securities, they didn't
risk nearly as much as the Americans did in the real estate bubble.
Well, it turns out that there's a completely different bubble that
they did invest in: The Emerging Market Bubble.
While America invested $5 trillion in a real estate bubble, the
Europeans invested $4.7 trillion in bonds from emerging market
countries that will never repay the loans. These emerging market
countries are in Eastern Europe, Latin America, and Asia.
Now that many of the emerging market stock markets are crashing (see
list earlier in this article), the loss in value of these investments
is creating tensions within euroland.
Austria's banks, for example, are heavily invested in Hungary,
Ukraine, and Serbia -- countries that are close enough to bankruptcy
that they're appealing for help from the IMF.
Banks in Switzerland, Sweden, Britain and Spain have invested
astronomical amounts in Latin American bonds -- bonds that have
little or no chance of repayment, as countries like Argentina and
Brazil head for a freefall.
Because different euroland countries have different exposures, and
because different euroland countries can set different banking
interest rates, the opportunity exists for these interest rate
differences to widen significantly, allowing enormous opportunity for
exploitation by hedge funds.
Hans Redeker, currency chief at BNP Paribas, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/3260052/Europe-on-the-brink-of-currency-crisis-meltdown.html
"says that,"#> "The system is paralysed, and it is starting to look
like Black Wednesday in 1992. I’m afraid this is going to have a very
deflationary effect on the economy of Western Europe. It is almost
guaranteed that euroland money supply is about to implode."
=inc ww2010.h2 next "What's coming next"
The implosion of the euro is just one part of the massive event
that's about to occur. This is the "generational panic and crash,"
the first since 1929, and now apparently very close.
Here's how I've described it several times in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
In the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081024 "article I wrote about this"#>
last week, I quoted Nouriel Roubini, who is expecting officials to
have to shut down markets for a week or two, and I quoted Art Cashin,
who is expecting a "dramatic climax" within the next few days.
Cashin works for UBS AG as a floor manager, one of the old-timers on
the New York Stock Exchange floor. He probably talks to hundreds of
people a day, and reaches conclusions based on those conversations.
What he's sensing is that something very big is coming. I heard him
again when he was being interviewed late Friday, and he said that he's
expecting "something major, something that will be remembered for
generations."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, here's what to
expect for the near future:
A massive "generational panic and crash," such as has already
been described.
A continuing fall in the stock market and other markets for
several years, probably reaching as low as Dow 1500-2000.
A deflationary spiral that will make many goods much cheaper --
since few people will be able to afford to buy them at any
price.
A substantial increase in bankruptcies, foreclosures,
homelessness and starvation around the world, including the US.
Increased restlessness among starving populations around the
world, leading to a breakdown of civil order in many places, followed
by the path to world war.
A lot of the discussion going on in Washington these days is on the
question of what new regulations to develop in order to prevent this
disaster from ever happening again.
From the point of view of generational theory, this is a joke.
Nobody today would make try to securitize debt the way it was being
done just last year, and if they tried, no one would buy the
securities. People today are far more risk-averse, just as the
survivors of the Great Depression were.
The survivors of the Great Depression passed new laws and regulations
to make sure that nothing like the 1920s bubble would ever occur
again. In fact, preventing another stock market bubble was the
primary responsibility of the SEC, but nobody even cared when they
failed to prevent the dot-com bubble.
So let them pass all the new rules and regulations they want. Those
new rules and regulations would be irrelevant now, since no one would
dare practice the same credit abuse as before. After enough time has
passed, and people have forgotten the consequences of credit abuse,
then the new rules and regulations will be repealed or ignored as
"old-fashioned old people's laws."
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081024b Wall Street index futures frozen at "Limit Down" at 7 am Friday
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.head
Wall Street index futures frozen at "Limit Down" at 7 am
Friday
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.date
24-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.txt1
Stock markets in Asia and Europe are in free fall this morning,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024b.txt2
as forced selling is causing investors to <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/usMktRpt/idUKN2450366420081024
"liquidate their positions"#> to meet margin calls.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081024.jpg right "" "Wall Street index futures
frozen at "Limit down," early Friday morning
(Source: CNBC)"#>
By 7:00 am ET, Dow Jones futures had fall 550 points, S&P futures had
fallen 60 points, and Nasdaq futures had fallen 85 points. These
falls were the maximum allowed before a "limit down" is triggered,
making it impossible to continue trading.
The "limit down" will be in effect until the markets open in New York
at 9:30 am ET.
When the markets open, it's expected that stocks will continue to
fall, driving the index values even lower. According to one pundit,
expect the market indexes to fall in the first hour, and then settle
down for the rest of the day, possibly recovering the lost amounts.
The counter argument is that these sharp falls are being caused by
forced selling, causing a vicious cycle: Forced selling pushes stock
prices lower, this causes more margin calls for investors, especially
hedge funds, and more margin calls result in more forced selling.
Other stats of note: Gold fell below $700/ounce, to new 13-month low.
The dollar continues to strengthen sharply against the euro. Crude
oil continues to crash, currently at $63 per barrel.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081024 Roubini: The situation is 'sheer panic,' as hundreds of hedge funds are going bust
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.head
Roubini: The situation is "sheer panic," as hundreds of
hedge funds are going bust
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.date
24-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.txt1
Policy makers may need to close markets for one or two weeks.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081024.txt2
I've been sick for the last few days, but that's nothing compared to
how sick hedge fund investors must be feeling.
Emmanuel Roman, CEO of GLG, Europe's biggest hedge fund, can't be
feeling too well these days. Speaking at a hedge fund conference in
London on Thursday, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/3247878/Thousands-of-hedge-funds-to-close-says-GLG-chief.html
"Roman said that"#> 25-30% of the world's 8,000 hedge funds would
disappear "in a Darwinian process." He added, "This will go down in
the history books as one of the greatest fiascos of banking in 100
years."
Speaking at the same conference, New York University Professor
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=ax3ZRmJRccyo
"Nouriel Roubini agreed,"#> saying that, "We've reached a situation
of sheer panic. There will be massive dumping of assets'' [and]
hundreds of hedge funds are going to go bust.
Roubini added, "Systemic risk has become bigger and bigger. We're
seeing the beginning of a run on a big chunk of the hedge funds. ...
Don't be surprised if policy makers need to close down markets for a
week or two in coming days."
This scenario would be the generational panic and crash that
Generational Dynamics has been predicting for years. (See <#hreftext
ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational Dynamics
predictions""#> for more information about Generational Dynamics
predictions.)
As I've said many, many times, from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, if you go back through history, there are many small or
regional recessions. But since the 1600s there have been only five
major international financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328
"the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the
1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall
Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
It's now been 79 years since the last generational panic and crash,
so we're probably overdue for the next one.
What would one of these look like today? Here's how I've described
it in the past:
"A generational crash is an elemental force of
nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, not even believing it was possible, and
in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or
perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out
just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and
will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt."
This sounds a lot like the kind of thing that Roubini is predicting.
A lot of investors don't realize this, but my expectation for a major
"panic event" is similar to mainstream predictions of a "capitulation
event."
Art Cashin is a very well known (and, I'm told, well beloved)
analyst, working on the floor of the stock exchange. He appears
frequently on TV, and on Thursday morning he appeared on CNBC before
the market opened.
Art Cashin is a major proponent of the "capitulation" theory, and in
this interview, he gave details about what he expects:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081023.jpg right "" "Art Cashin, on floor of NY
Stock exchange.
(Source: CNBC)"#>
"Q: We're feeling the bottom again, Art. What's
going to happen?
Cashin: I would love for a little bit of an up move today - maybe
go up to 8750 or 8800 -- that would be a textbook Elliott Wave
move -- and then you'd get that big washout / selloff. I was
hoping for it by the end of this week, guess it's going to be
pushed into next week. A dramatic climax looks like it's very
near at hand here.
Q: Yikes! That could be scary. I guess if it was early
November, that's not much different than making a low in October,
is it Art?
Cashin: Well, in 1929, you made the low on November 4. I prefer
to keep them in October. ...
I'm looking for a climactic bottom, down from here obviously, and
that could carry through for several months [i.e., lead to a
rally for several months], and then maybe in May, we'll get to
know the full effect of the recession, and see how things look
then. ...
I don't want to scare anybody. You could get an overtrade, You
retest the original lows around 7850, you could go to 7400, you
could go to 7000, you could even overtrade that. But it will be
quick. Get your basket out, and be ready to catch the bargains
when they come your way."
As I've pointed out before, this is a major mainstream view, and to a
certain extent, it agrees with what I'm expecting (a generational
panic and crash, as described above). This is the kind of thing that
happened in 1987, and Cashin is expecting it to happen again.
When you drill down into the "capitulation" concept, you get
something that's very strange. There's a large, amorphous group of
investors who are slowly selling their stocks, bringing the market
down. At some point, this amorphous group will become completely
discouraged, they'll panic, sell off everything else, and
"capitulate." Once this amorphous group of investors have sold
everything off, then they won't push the market down any more, and
the market will go up again.
The problem is: Who are the investors in this amorphous group? All
the investors listen to these arguments on CNBC, so none of them is
going to simply give up and capitulate at any time. So who are the
pundits talking about with the capitulation message?
I'm trying to imagine what kind of person would see the market fall,
and would say, "I'm not going to take a chance on losing any more
money, so I'm going to get out of the market."
Generally speaking, the only person who might say that is someone
from the Silent generation (the generation that grew up during the
Great Depression). They were running things in 1987, and this is
exactly what happened. These Silent top-level managers simply decided
to get out of the market, all at one time, at a time when the market
was underpriced, and they ended up losing out in the rally.
But you can see where I'm going next -- the Silents are gone. I
can't imagine a Boomer or Gen-Xer saying, "I'm not going to take a
chance on losing any more money, so I'm going to get out of the
market." (The exception, of course, is Boomers and Gen-Xers who read
this web site.)
So this explains why there's a capitulation concept at all, why it
applied in 1987, and why it doesn't apply at all today.
And so, getting back to what Cashin said, he and I are expecting
roughly the same thing, a "panic event," but the differences in our
views have to do with the aftermath:
The Silent Generation led the selloff in 1987, and managed it
very carefully, based on their memories of the Great Depression, so
there really was no major emotional panic.
The Boomers and Gen-Xers today will be quite different, since
they have no previous experience. They'll experience total
panic, completely unlike the Silents in 1987.
Although a relief rally at some point is possible, the long-term
trend of the market will be to continue downward, for the next 3-4
years.
It's interesting that if you take all three people -- Nouriel
Roubini, Art Cashin, and myself -- we're all expecting some major,
cataclysmic event, but we all differ on the reasons for it, and what
will happen afterwards. And although I would be reluctant to name a
specific date for this event, it's clear that Roubini thinks it's
coming very soon, and Cashin expects it within the next week.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this will be one of
the major events in history. From Tulipomania in the 1600s to the
1929 crash, there have been a series of five generational panics and
crashes that will never be forgotten. We're now very close to the
sixth one.
(Comments: For reader comments, questions and discussion, as
well as more frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081020 Pakistan nears bankruptcy, as China refuses aid
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.head
Pakistan nears bankruptcy, as China refuses aid
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.date
20-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.txt1
Pakistan will forced to seek unpleasant help from the IMF,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081020.txt2
after <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/pakistan-reported-nearing-default-seek/story.aspx?guid={E84C5A75-9C7F-495E-96DE-1CEEF32A8C60}&dist=msr_1
"failing to get a hoped-for bailout"#> from China.
The country may need as much as $6 billion in foreign-currency
reserves, in order to meet scheduled repayments in dollar-denominated
bonds before February.
As recently as Thursday, the Financial Times <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/7fba8cda-9be3-11dd-ae76-000077b07658.html
"was reporting"#> that China had promised to save Pakistan from
default. The promise was expected to become a commitment during
Pakistan President Asif Ali Zardari's visit to Beijing at that time.
But when he returned Friday night, he had a promise from China to
build two nuclear power plants, but no commitment for the badly
needed aid.
Next, Zardari will have to turn to the International Monetary
Foundation (IMF) for a bailout, but this will be a bitter pill to
swallow because the IMF will impose onerous controls on spending and
governance in return for the money. These controls will be extremely
unpopular, and will be blamed on the U.S. The Taliban, which have
been conducting a series of terrorist acts throughout Pakistan, will
be emboldened to do more.
=inc ww2010.h2 china "China's failing economy"
It's quite possible that China is refusing to provide financial aid
to Pakistan because it cannot afford to. China's own economy may be
failing, now that the massive building bubble from
the Beijing Olympics has ended.
You never know in advance what event is going to trigger anxiety,
fear and even panic in the markets, but such an event occurred
earlier this week, when <#stdurl
http://www.news.com.au/heraldsun/story/0,21985,24503009-664,00.html
"the CEO of Rio Tinto"#> said that China's economy will "pause for
breath" in the next quarter. The remark spooked markets throughout
Asia, especially in the energy sector.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081019.gif right "" "Commodity prices
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
Rio Tinto is a giant multinational firm, one of the largest mining
companies in the world. It has seen sharp declines in prices for iron
ore, aluminum and copper in recent months, throwing the company into
financial distress.
It's attributing the fall in these commodities prices to the cooling
of China's economy.
This would not be a surprise to thousands of employees of toy
factories in southeast China.
Half of China's toy makers have declared bankruptcy recently, as it
became clear that sales to the U.S. and Europe are going to be
particularly slow this year. In one of the highest-profile examples,
a toy maker that sold to US giants Mattel and Disney <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5iEJY_CHU5CVmeh8D7EFNVjAzDfNg
"announced last week it had gone bust"#> due to the global economic
crisis, leaving up to 7,000 people jobless.
Some analysts see dire warning signs in China. Independent
Shanghai-based economist Andy Xie says that a property crash is
imminent because prices are too high and developers have borrowed
heavily and built too much.
In fact, malaise is affecting the entire Chinese economy, and many
analysts believe that the trouble goes deeper than just a
post-Olympics pause.
Whether it's <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/markets/article4959045.ece
"millions of tonnes of surplus coal"#> stacked up in ports, or Swiss
jewellers from Shanghai experiencing total despair, the signs of
collapse are growing.
A collapse of China's economy would affect all of Asia. Vietnam,
Cambodia, Thailand and other Asian countries supply materials and
unfinished goods to the Chinese, who finish them and ship them off to
the Americans and the Europeans. The knock-on effects have extended to
South Korea, whose currency, the won, crashed earlier this week, and
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aRfSD45FWyUk&refer=home
"has to be bailed out."#> So the reluctance of Americans and
Europeans to buy as many toys this year is having knock-on effects
throughout Asia.
And, of course, it means that Pakistan won't get aid from China.
=inc ww2010.h2 eeur "From Eastern Europe to Latin America"
Pakistan is not the only country seeking aid from the IMF to weather
the global credit crisis.
In Eastern Europe, Ukraine, Hungary, and Serbia are all <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/ambroseevans_pritchard/3204874/Crisis-spreads-to-Eastern-Europe-as-Ukraine-Hungary-and-Serbia-call-IMF.html
"in emergency talks with the IMF."#> The plunge in prices for
commodities like grain and steel, their chief exports, along with the
drying up of foreign investments, have brought these countries close
to default as well.
"This is turning serious," said Hans Redeker, currency chief at BNP
Paribas. "Countries in Eastern Europe have been living beyond means
for years and now they face a full-blown credit crunch. They are
going to have to cut back on imports and that will push the eurozone
deeper into recession. We think the next phase will be an attack on
the currency pegs in the Baltics and Bulgaria."
He points out that many other countries Argentina, Ecuador, the
Baltic States (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania), Romania, Bulgaria, and
Turkey are all flashing warning signs that are much worse than they
were a few months ago.
"The global credit crisis is spreading to the most leveraged
economies in the world," says an East Europe bank expert. "Iceland
was the canary. It was the first to need a helping hand from the IMF,
but all countries that have had asset bubbles and rely on foreign
funding are vulnerable."
=inc ww2010.h2 russia "Russia"
Russia has had <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/business/analysis-and-features/which-country-will-slither-down-the-slippery-slope-next-965956.html
"a major stock market crash"#> in the last month, requiring frequent
suspensions of trading.
This has been caused by the high-flying, big-spending Prime Minister
Vladimir Putin, who was counting on high prices for oil exports to
fund his projects. With the price of oil now down almost 50%, the
country is in serious trouble.
Meanwhile, hedge funds around the world are collapsing, thanks to the
fall in commodities prices, stock prices, and developing nations'
currencies. This forced selling creates a vicious cycle, where
stock prices fall, leading to more margin calls, leading to more
forced selling.
According to one expert, hedge funds "are not the sole culprit" for
<#stdurl
http://www.usatoday.com/money/markets/us/2008-10-19-hedge-funds-investing-markets_N.htm
"the selling vortex"#> that's going on. He says mutual funds,
pension funds and sovereign wealth funds also have been pulling money
out of the market.
It's this kind of forced selling cycle that caused the crash of 1929.
Experts today are hoping that the forced selling cycle will burn
itself out, and that things will return to "normal" (whatever that
is). But after many years to create the credit bubble, worth
hundreds of trillions of dollars, it's going to be a long time and a
huge deflationary spiral before anyone can talk about "normal" again.
(Comments: For reader comments and response, as well as more
frequent updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081019 A BBC interview with with another clueless economist
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.head
A BBC interview with with another clueless economist
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.date
19-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.txt1
The questions were penetrating, but NYU economist Mark Gertler evaded
them all.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081019.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g081019b.jpg right "" "Mark Gertler, New York
University professor of economics"#>
This interview with New York University professor of economics
<#stdurl http://www.nyu.edu/econ/user/gertlerm/ "Mark Gertler"#> is
significant because Gertler has worked closely with Fed chairman Ben
Bernanke for many years. Bernanke, of course, is considered the
world's leading expert on the Great Depression, so this interview
provides insight into Bernanke's theories and thinking.
It was the usual nonsense by an economist, but what was interesting
is that the interviewer, Owen Bennett-Jones, asked some very
difficult and pointed questions, much more penetrating than you ever
hear on CNBC or elsewhere in the mainstream media. The result is that
we have one more view into the shallowness of modern macroeconomics.
(The interview can be heard for a week by <#stdurl
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/programmes/the_interview.shtml
"going here,"#> or by <#stdurl
http://www.bbc.co.uk/mediaselector/check/worldservice/meta/tx/interview?nbram=1&nbwm=1&size=au&lang=en-ws&bgc=003399&ls=p1579
"clicking here."#>)
I'd like to quote three excerpts from the half-hour interview:
Owen Bennett-Jones: "Is this where
economics crosses with social science, and can we say that in 70,
80 years time this will happen again and people WON'T remember,
and people WILL feel overconfident, for precisely the same
reasons as they did this time. And that's part of the cycle,
actually."
This is a remarkable question in the mainstream media, for several
reasons:
It mentions the 70-80 year cycle, and raises the possibility
that Owen Bennett-Jones, the BBC interviewer, has read this web
site.
It mentions the Great Depression in comparison to today,
something that was completely forbidden in the mainstream media until
recently.
It is a far more pointed questions than you usually
hear.
Gertler's answer shows how completely oblivious he is to the question
being asked:
Mark Gertler: "Well, I guess in some sense
you have a point. What's happening now is similar to what
happened in the US for example in the late 80s, early 90s. There
was deregulation in banking, and we had instead of residential
mortgages it was commercial mortgages that got into trouble, we
had to go in and bail those out. It's just that at the time the
problem was contained in the commercial banks, which the fed
directly regulated.
This time, it's happened again, just 20 years later. The problem
is much more complex, and hopefully we'll learn from this bigger
crisis going forward to avoid the same situation. I guess it's up
to us as academics to kind of take the lead on this."
As usual, Gertler has no historical sense of what's going on.
He immediately goes back to the 1980s, as if it were relevant to what
happened in the 1930s.
Mainstream economics has a flat view of time. In their standard
models, every decade is pretty much like every other decade. 60 year
olds in one decade are the same as 60 year olds in another decade.
That these assumptions are totally absurd is completely obvious. 60
year olds in the 1980s, that is, people who lived through the Great
Depression, are going to have completely different attitudes and
behaviors towards money and spending than 60 year olds today. And
yet, as incredibly simple as this observation is, mainstream
macroeconomics is totally oblivious to it, as is Gertler, who
completely evades the question and gives a non-answer.
In the second interview excerpt, Bennett-Jones asks specifically about
the 1930s, and got an equally absurd answer:
Bennett-Jones: "How bad was the 30s,
and what actually happened? How bad did it get?"
Gertler: "Well, let me say the 30s - the behavior of the
real economy was much, much worse than it is now. There was a
recession in 1929-30, where output fell about 8-9%. The
situation completely deteriorated in 30-31. At this point, the US
central bank was frozen, it didn't respond, and the banking system
just collapsed."
The answer was so incredible, I could barely believe my ears. He
said that what happened was this: There was a recession in 1929-1930,
and the Fed didn't move fast enough to prevent bank failures in 1931.
I've heard economists say really dumb things before, and I've quoted
many of them on my web site, but this is really the limit.
To Gertler, there was no 1920s stock market and real estate bubble,
there was no 1929 crash. It was just an ordinary, run of the mill
recession that the Fed mismanaged.
When I was growing up and going to school in the 1950s, everyone
"knew" what caused the Great Depression: it was greed, it was everyone
buying on margin, and it was the bubble. Today, these economists
think that it was just a bad day at the beach. Do you see why I keep
calling these people morons?
It really is depressing and frightening that our nation's leaders and
experts know absolutely nothing about what's going on and what's
coming.
The third excerpt that I want to quote is actually a continuation of
the above. Gertler explains why everything is so much better today
than in the 1930s, and segues into Japan of the 1990s:
Gertler: "Unlike today, there was no
deposit insurance, there was no protection of financial systems,
so the banking sector collapsed, choked off the flow of funds to
many borrowers. There was a deflation of the price level, prices
fell around 10% a year. What this did was raise the real debt
burden of borrowers who were borrowing in normal terms. It made
it difficult for the borrowers who didn't rely on banks. It made
it difficult for them to get credit. so there was a total
collapse of the financial system, and at the trough, output fell
about 40%, the unemployment raised to 25%.
We are nowhere near that, and I expect us to get nowhere near
that. ...
The policy makers today have the tools and they're very attuned to
avoid what's now going to be a downturn to turn into a very
serious recession.
The fear is not the 1930s. The fear is a situation like Japan
where there'll be a prolonged period of stagnation. Japan
suffered a financial crisis that began in 1990, and led to slow
growth for nearly a decade. So what's going on now is to avoid
that situation."
Bennett-Jones: "What's the difference betweeen Japan and
America?"
Gertler: "The key difference is that the policymakers were
very, very slow to react. Essentially Japan went through a
situation where they continually bailed out financial
institutions, without forcing them to restructure."
Gertler's answer is always the same: It was just a recession, but the
central bankers didn't act fast enough to keep it from getting worse.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070219c.gif right "" "Nikkei 225 Index -- Tokyo
Stock Exchange -- 1984-2007 and 1914-2007."#>
Last year I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 "wrote an analysis"#> of
Japan's 1990 stock market crash, and the aftermath. If you look at
the adjoining graphs, which are from that analysis, you can see why
Gertler's response is naïve.
Note that there was a huge stock market bubble in Japan in the 1980s,
beginning around 1984. There was also a huge real estate bubble and,
at its height, the total price of all property in Tokyo was greater
than the total price of all property in the entire United States.
That's how huge the Japanese bubble was.
The top graph shows the Tokyo Stock Exchange's (TSE's) most recent
stock market crash. The crash began on January 4, 1990. The Nikkei
index had been 38915, and fell to a low of 7607 on December 31, 2003.
That's an 80% fall over a 13 year period.
However, this wasn't the TSE's first major stock market crash. The
TSE's previous major stock market crash occurred in 1919, as shown by
the lower graph. Then, 65 years later, the next stock market bubble
began in 1984.
Did you get that? Wall Street: Crash in 1929, new bubble in 1995, 66
years later; Tokyo Stock Exchange: Crash in 1919, new bubble in 1984,
65 years later. Once again, you can see Generational Dynamics in
action. A new bubble occurs as soon the generation of people who
lived through the last crash are gone.
But Gertler is totally oblivious to all of this, and of course
Bernanke is as well. Mainstream economists have a switch turned off
in their brains, making it impossible to understand the most obvious
and trivial things about generational theory. To them, all
generations are identical, and they'd believe in Martians before
they'd believe anything else.
=inc ww2010.h2 deflation "WSJ discovers deflation"
Mainstream financial reporters are generally so oblivious to what's
going on in the world that they almost always act like they've never
heard of the word "deflation."
In the past few years, there's been an explosive bubble in commodity
prices, thanks to surging demand in China's bubble economy. And yet,
the CPI (consumer price index) has increased only modestly in that
period. It never occurred to them to wonder why those commodity
increases didn't send the CPI to over 10%, as happened in the 1970s.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081019.gif right "" "Commodity prices
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
Now, with China's economy cooling, commodities demand on the margins
is crashing, and commodities prices are falling at the same time. And
suddenly <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122428776277746551.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"WSJ is dicovering deflation:"#>
"Falling prices in commodity markets have helped
ease inflation.
Fed officials generally consider price stability to be an
inflation rate between 1.5% and 2%. Their preferred measure of
core inflation, which excludes food and energy, stands above 2%
now, and is expected to remain above that mark as price increases
from earlier this year advance through the product pipeline.
The economic slowdown and declining commodity prices have eased
the nation's consumer inflation rate, which surged to 5.6% over
the summer. Annual inflation in the U.S. is likely to turn
negative for at least several months next year, on declining
energy and food prices.
With the unemployment rate rising rapidly and capital markets in
turmoil, "pretty much everything points toward deflation," said
Paul Ashworth, chief U.S. economist at Capital Economics. "The
only thing you can hope is that the prompt action of policy makers
can maybe head this off first."
The Japanese economy in the 1990s and the U.S. during the 1930s
illustrate how deflation can choke a weak economy and spiral out
of control. A sagging economy exerts downward pressure on prices
because of weak demand for labor and goods. Broad-based declines
-- particularly in a credit crisis, which can push asset prices
down sharply -- can also force down wages, preventing consumers
and, therefore, companies from paying their debts. Falling prices
also encourage businesses and consumers to save rather than spend,
because money would be worth more after prices decline. The
restrained spending, in turn, hurts the economy even more.
Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, in a speech as a Fed
governor in 2002, said deflation in the U.S. is "highly unlikely"
but added, "I would be imprudent to rule out the possibility
altogether." The reason, he said at the time, was the Fed "has
sufficient policy instruments to ensure that any deflation that
might occur would be both mild and brief."
As usual, there's no historical sense of what's going on. They
mention the deflation of the 1930s without wondering whether the
inflation of the 1970s and the deflation of today are part of the
same cycle.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these excerpts from
Mark Gertler and from the Wall Street Journal are important
because they demonstrate how oblivious mainstream economists and
reporters are to what's going on.
As I've said many times, mainstream economics did not predict and
cannot explain almost anything that's happened in the last 15 years
-- why the dot-com bubble occurred when it did and why it occurred at
all, why the credit and real estate bubbles occurred when they did,
and why they occurred at all, and how we got to where we are now.
The stupidity and idiocy of mainstream economists, financial
reporters, and Nobel prize winners is an important part of the fabric
of today's society that has led, in the past 15 years, to the
destruction of the world's financial system.
This weekend, I cleaned out most of my backlog of e-mail messages and
questions from web site readers, and most of them, along with my
responses, have been posted in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. For
those wishing further information, that thread will serve as a useful
resource.
Readers should also feel free to post their own responses and
discussions in any of the forum threads.
=eod
=// &&2 e081018 Warren Buffett joins the kool-aid crowd
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.head
Warren Buffett joins the kool-aid crowd
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.date
18-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.txt1
In his dotage, he seems determined to bankrupt himself.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081018.txt2
Warren Buffett is buying stocks again.
=inc ww2010.pic g081017.gif right "" "Market summary, 16,17-Oct-2008"
The news seemed to electrify the market for a few hours on Friday.
The markets fell sharply on Friday morning, after a big advance on
Thursday, but as knowledge of Buffett's article spread, investors
poured into the market, to the point where the Dow was 400 points up.
Somewhere along the line, investors must have actually read Buffett's
article, and decided, along with me, that what he wrote was nuts.
Buffett says that those who are holding cash (or cash equivalents,
like Treasuries) are making a big mistake. His <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/17/opinion/17buffett.html?em "NY
Times op-ed article"#> says the following:
"Today people who hold cash equivalents feel
comfortable. They shouldn’t. They have opted for a terrible
long-term asset, one that pays virtually nothing and is certain to
depreciate in value. Indeed, the policies that government will
follow in its efforts to alleviate the current crisis will
probably prove inflationary and therefore accelerate declines in
the real value of cash accounts.
Equities will almost certainly outperform cash over the next
decade, probably by a substantial degree. Those investors who
cling now to cash are betting they can efficiently time their move
away from it later. In waiting for the comfort of good news, they
are ignoring Wayne Gretzky’s advice: “I skate to where the puck is
going to be, not to where it has been.”"
How could he possibly have reached these conclusions? He doesn't
have the vaguest idea how the stock market will perform over the next
decade.
He gives examples of previous market advances, and they are truly
bizarre. They're so absurd that I'm going to list a couple of them:
He writes: "During the Depression, the Dow hit its low, 41, on
July 8, 1932. Economic conditions, though, kept deteriorating until
Franklin D. Roosevelt took office in March 1933. By that time, the
market had already advanced 30 percent."
Do you get this? He's saying that the market advanced 30% from July
1932 to March 1933, and therefore you should buy stocks today. What
does one have to do with the other? Does he forget that it had
already fallen 90% by July 1932?
He writes: "Again, in the early 1980s, the time to buy stocks was
when inflation raged and the economy was in the tank."
Is he nuts? Sure, the market went up in the 1980s, but that was
after a 16-year bear market that began in 1966. How does he know we
aren't about to have another 16-year bear market?
This is insane.
Once upon a time, Buffett had some sense. Here's what he wrote in
Berkshire Hathaway Inc.'s annual report for 2002 at <#stdurl
"www.berkshirehathaway.com/2002ar/impnote02.html"#>:
"We continue to do little in equities. ...
Despite three years of falling prices, which have significantly
improved the attractiveness of common stocks, we still find very
few that even mildly interest us. That dismal fact is testimony to
the insanity of valuations reached during The Great Bubble.
Unfortunately, the hangover may prove to be proportional to the
binge.
The aversion to equities that Charlie and I exhibit today is far
from congenital. We love owning common stocks – if they can be
purchased at attractive prices. In my 61 years of investing, 50 or
so years have offered that kind of opportunity. There will be
years like that again. Unless, however, we see a very high
probability of at least 10% pre-tax returns (which translate to
6½-7% after corporate tax), we will sit on the sidelines. With
short-term money returning less than 1% after-tax, sitting it out
is no fun. But occasionally successful investing requires
inactivity."
Now this is odd. He wrote this early in 2003, He says that
"short-term money" (i.e., cash equivalents) were paying less than 1%.
That's what he's warning people against today, but it was fine with
him in 2003.
Well then, where was the Dow in 2003? Well, the above report was
posted on the internet on March 6, 2003. On that day, the Dow was at
7674, after having fallen from a high of 11723 in 2000.
Today, the market is at 8852, having fallen from a high of 14164 a
year ago.
Furthermore, I doubt that anyone would argue with the claim that
after a series of bank failures, the economy today is much worse off
than it was in 2003.
How in the world could Buffett possibly conclude that the market is a
big buying opportunity today?
Actually, Buffett has been making a lot of bad decisions recently.
In 2006, when Buffett still seemed to have his marbles, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060521 "he said:"#>
"Speculators are like Cinderella at the ball
having a great time, but at midnight everything turns to pumpkins
and mice. As midnight approaches the party gets to be more fun,
and everyone thinks they'll get out before midnight. The problem
for Cinderella is that there are no clocks on the wall."
He changed enormously by May of this year, when <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080506b "he said,"#> "The worst of the crisis in
Wall Street is over."
That was before the collapse of AIG, Lehman brothers and various
other financial institutions.
But it's much worse.
This is the person who called derivatives "financial weapons of mass
destruction." In May 2007, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070507 "he
said this:"#>
"The introduction of derivatives has totally made
any regulation of margin requirements a joke. I believe we may
not know where exactly the danger begins and at what point it
becomes a super danger. We don't know when it will end precisely,
but ... at some point some very unpleasant things will happen in
markets."
And so, a lot of people (including me) were completely shocked when
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080506b "he announced"#> in May that first
quarter profits of Warren Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway fell by 64%
because of $2 billion in losses from investments in derivative
contracts -- some of the most irresponsible investments possible.
Buffett is saying and doing incredibly stupid things, and there's
little doubt in my mind that at age 78 he's really screwing things
up.
In his op-ed article on Friday, he writes:
"A simple rule dictates my buying: Be fearful when
others are greedy, and be greedy when others are fearful. And most
certainly, fear is now widespread, gripping even seasoned
investors."
Buffett violated his own rule when he got greedy while others were
also greedy, when he lost $2 billion in derivatives contracts that
later turned out to be disastrous.
Now he's telling people to get back into the stock market at a time
when doing so completely contradicts his own position in 2003.
Buffett is being neither greedy nor fearful. He's simply turned into
a whack job.
Actually, his op-ed piece provides a clue to his fantasizing. He
says that economic conditions deteriorated until President Roosevelt
took office, implying that they got better because of Roosevelt's
policies.
Then he says that the economy was in the tank in the early 1980s, when
President Reagan was in office.
Buffett is a open supporter and economic adviser of Barack Obama.
What I infer from Buffett's op-ed is that he believes that President
Obama will be a new FDR who will immediately improve the economy.
I've heard others say similar things, but this is a total fantasy.
FDR took office after 3 years of economic cratering after 1929, all of
which was blamed on Hoover. Whoever takes office in January will also
face 3-4 years of economic cratering, and is going to be presiding
over a national disaster.
This shows the danger of anyone getting too deep into the swamp of
politics. You start to believe your own lies, and assume that the
choice of President will actually make any difference to what's
coming.
In fact, shortly after Buffett made his statement that "the worst of
the crisis ... is over," a web site reader referred me to
<#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2005/05/01/news/old2.php
"an article"#> that had appeared in the New York Herald
Tribune on May 1, 1930:
"WASHINGTON: Attributing the Wall Street crash of
last fall to the "inexorable consequences of the destructive
forces of booms" and paying tribute to the American people for
their "unity of action in time of national emergency," President
Hoover addressed the United States Chamber of Commerce here
tonight [May 1]. "We have been passing through one of those great
economic storms which periodically bring hardship and suffering to
our people," said Mr. Hoover. "While the stock exchange crash
occurred only six months ago, I am convinced that we have now
passed the worst, and with continued unity and effort we shall
rapidly recover."
A lot of people who compare today's events to those of the Great
Depression think that George Bush will be the discredited "Hoover"
figure today. But if Obama listens to Buffett (and even if he
doesn't), then it's Obama who will be the new "Hoover."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the world is headed
for a major financial crisis and then a world war, and no power in
the world can stop it, even Warren Buffett.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081017 Stock markets in Iraq and Iran are surging.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.head
Stock markets in Iraq and Iran are surging.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.date
17-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.txt1
Iran's President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad says "it is the end of
capitalism."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081017.txt2
The Tehran stock market <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5j8gRQ7KFKUky5EJhbeBq7W7cLdNw
"has been unaffected by the credit crisis"#> that's affected other
stock markets around the world. This includes stock markets in
neighboring Gulf states.
But it doesn't include Iraq's stock market, which <#stdurl
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/27150517/ "soared 40% in September,"#> at
a time when other stock markets were crashing.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the reason is
simple: Both countries are in generational Awakening eras. The
bloody, genocidal Iran/Iraq war of the 1980s, and now a full
generation has passed.
The Iran/Iraq war devastated, destroyed and flattened both countries.
When the war ended, people in both countries started rebuilding.
Now, 25 years later, both countries' industries are really humming.
Instead of living off of credit, both countries are generating goods
and services. What a radical idea!
Contrast that with the United States where, in the last ten years,
tens of millions of manufacturing jobs have fled to China, and as
many service jobs have fled to India, and the principal business of
the country has been financial transactions and figuring out more
ways to create new debt and credit.
In the 1960s and 1970s, when the United States was in a generational
Awakening era, our industries were really humming. The Great
Depression had destroyed most existing businesses, and forced the
remaining ones to completely renew themselves. By the 1960s, they
were mature enough that they were really turning out products that
everyone wanted.
Mainstream economic models completely mishandle the birth and death
of businesses. The assumption (usually unstated) is that businesses
are born and die pretty much at the same rate in every decade. But
that isn't true. Almost every business died, in one way or another,
in the 1930s, and by the 1940s, almost all businesses were new.
Those businesses grew and thrived in the 1960s and 1970s.
Today, those businesses are old and mature. The employees used to
focus on producing the best products for the customer, but today the
employees focus on doing as little work as possible while maintaining
the most pleasant lifestyle. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.java080701
""Boomers and Gen-Xers: Dumbing down IT""#> for how this
works in the computer industry.)
That's generally true of all the countries that fought in WW II as a
crisis war. Their industries were all destroyed, and their
businesses have gone through a similar birth and death cycle as the
United States has.
Even China, for all its vaunted industrial strength, is unraveling.
Its economy depends on manufacturing goods for sale in the US, and
now the credit crisis in the US is also a credit crisis in China.
Of course, that isn't the way officials in Iraq and Iran look at the
situation.
Taha Abdul-Salam, the head of Iraq's stock market, says, "I believe
we're still far from what's happening in the world in the financial
markets. But in the end you must know we are part of this world. I
believe somehow we will have some problems."
At least he isn't too arrogant about what's going on. But that
description doesn't apply to Iran
Iran's President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who is known to believe in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 "the Mahdaviat of Shia Islam,"#> the
belief that the Mahdi is coming soon to save mankind.
Thus, it's not surprising that Ahmadinejad would see the financial
crisis as <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5j8gRQ7KFKUky5EJhbeBq7W7cLdNw "a
divine sign"#> that "the oppressors and the corrupt will be replaced
by the pious and believers," and that "an Islamic banking system will
help us survive the current economic crisis."
In <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/articles.cgi?Page=archives&Area=sd&ID=SP207008
"a recent sermon at Tehran University,"#> Ayatollah Ahmad Jannati
said, "We are happy that the U.S. economy has come across difficulty.
They are attesting unfavorable consequences of their conducts. They
are experiencing divine punishment. We are happy over that. The
unhappier they become, the happier we get, as they become happy as we
get unhappy."
We can't stop here without mentioning that while Ahmadinejad is
waiting around for the Mahdi, he has plenty of troubles of his own.
Those who remember America's Awakening era in the 1960s will recall
that it was peppered with mass riots and demonstrations, and even
violence and bombings.
Well, Ahmadinejad is beginning to have his own share of similar
activities, typical of what happens in any country's Awakening era.
Ahmadinejad has had <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071008 "student
protests,"#> and protests by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b "women
who wear loose headscarves."#>
So both Iran and Iraq are experiencing both the advantages and pains
of an Awakening era, as most of the rest of the world, in a
generational Crisis era, heads for a new world war.
=eod
=// &&2 e081016 Market selloff resumes savagely, as markets collapse around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.head
Market selloff resumes savagely, as markets collapse around the
world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.date
16-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.txt1
Commentary on Wednesday has been the most negative I've ever heard,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081016.txt2
although it's framed in terms of a "severe recession." Still, I
believe I've heard the words "1929" and "depression" more often
on Wednesday than I ever have (since I was in school in the 1950s).
=inc ww2010.pic g081015.gif right "" "Market summary, 15-Oct-2008"
Wall Street indexes fell sharply at the open, and continued to
fall throughout the day. Markets in Asia and Europe also fell
sharply, and as I write this on Wednesday evening ET, Tokyo's Nikkei
index has fallen another 11% in the last two hours.
The market seems to be reacting to the drunken orgy on Monday, where
the market went up 11%, following the incredible worldwide fantasy
bailout over the weekend. Now, the market seems to have resumed its
path for the preceding three weeks, where the market fell 25%.
A major problem is that interest rates are not falling fast enough.
This was apparent yesterday from the quote from Rick Santelli that I
posted yesterday.
On Tuesday afternoon, after the Fed auction, CNBC reporter Rick
Santelli reported that interest rates causing the credit crisis were
not easing, despite Monday's fantasy bailout announcement. He made the
point that interest rates for GSE bonds (bonds offered by Freddie Mac
and Fannie Mae) continue to be much higher than interest rates for US
government Treasury bills. Here are his words:
"Some of us are disappointed in the thaw, and I'll
tell you why. If the government is basically underwriting the
GSE's, and they've ramped up all of their coverage, like FDIC,
tell me why it is that the 3 and 6 month bill for the auction
today garnered a yield of .5 and 1.10 respectively?
Yet, when Freddie went to the market with 3 and 6 month bills,
their 3 month bill was at 1.95, and their 6 month was at 2.70.
This is living proof that, for whatever reason, we're not seeing
this money that's been thrown into the banking system do exactly
what it is we want it to do. And somebody at Treasury or Fed, or
the banking regulators, have to go pound some heads, because the
T-bill rate should be coming up, and the GSE rate should be
coming down, and it's NOT HAPPENING."
On Wednesday, the credit crisis still showed little or no sign of
easing. The news services tried to put the best face on it. Here's a
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aQtY8Trffwfs&refer=home
"a news story"#> from Wednesday morning:
"Libor for Dollars Drops as Central Banks Offer
Unlimited Cash
By Gavin Finch and Nate Hosoda
Oct. 15 (Bloomberg) -- Dollar money-market rates fell after the
European Central Bank, Bank of England and Swiss National Bank
offered lenders unlimited U.S. currency for the first time in a
coordinated effort to unlock credit markets.
The London interbank offered rate, or Libor, that banks charge
each other for three-month dollar loans dropped for a third day,
its longest sequence of declines in seven weeks, according to the
British Bankers' Association. It slid 9 basis points to 4.55
percent today. The comparable euro rate declined to 5.18 percent.
Asian rates also decreased."
That sounds pretty good, until you read several paragraphs later:
"While the cost of three-month dollar loans has
dropped in the wake of the measures, it's still 305 basis points
more than the Fed's target rate. The difference was a record 332
basis points on Oct. 10. It was 82 basis points on Sept. 15, the
day Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. filed for bankruptcy and 11
basis points on July 31, 2007, just before the start of the credit
squeeze."
And so, if you look at interest rate spreads in the past year (where
100 basis points equals 1%):
Date Basis points
--------------------- ------------
July 31, 2007 11
Sept 15, 2008 82
Oct 10 332
Oct 15 305
In other words, the Libor spread has fallen a tiny amount, compared
to where it was even just a month ago.
This is just one major cause of the huge pessimism among investors
that was evident on Wednesday.
This was buttressed by a slew of disastrous data: The U.S. retail
sales report revealed <#stdurl
http://www.businessweek.com/investor/content/oct2008/pi20081015_679094.htm
"big September sales declines,"#> and the U.S. Empire State
manufacturing index plunged the greatest amount in its history.
This afternoon, Ben Bernanke gave <#stdurl
http://federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20081015a.htm
"a speech,"#> in which he attempted to defend Fed policy, adding that
the recession is going to last a long time.
The market fell sharply after that speech. Well-known financier Mort
Zuckerman commented on Bloomberg television after the speech.
Zuckerman is normally a pretty upbeat guy, but on Wednesday
afternoon, he was bitter and angry:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081015b.jpg right "" "Mort Zuckerman
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
"I think that the economy is not only bad now, but
it's going to get worse. The fact is the credit crunch is not
over, and it's not going to be over.
What they just did for the banks is to make sure that no major
financial institution is going to fall down a trap door and
disappear in 72 hours, but it is not going to dramatically change
the credit crunch.
And so we're in for a very, very weak period in the economy, and
who knows how far that will go? Nobody knows, because there are
unknown factors in our economy that we've never had to deal with
before, one of them being plummeting house prices, which has a
good ways to go. They're off about 20% and may go down another
15%.
And another is these toxic securities and credit default swaps,
and nobody knows how bad they're going to be."
This is a real statement of despair, but it's realistic. I've been
commenting on the issue of real estate prices and mortgage-backed
securities (CDOs) for a long time, and I've mocked and ridiculed
analysts on CNBC, in WSJ and elsewhere, who said that the real estate
crash was near the bottom, or that the mortgage-backed securities was
a small, "contained" problem.
My thoughts go back to a year ago, when pundits were
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071025 "talking about a "kitchen
sink" quarter."#> This meant that corporations would take as
many writedowns as possible in the third quarter, so that they'd be
completely rid of them.
We heard the same thing every quarter since then. Even those who
thought that the problem would go on for a while longer were
absolutely certain that it would be over by now, near the end of
2008.
But you could hear the bitterness in Zuckerman's voice when he said
that falling home prices, toxic securities, and failing credit
default swaps will go on for an indefinite time. He expressed no
hope whatsoever.
He was asked, "Ben Bernanke, who's studied the Great Depression, says
that it won't happen again. Do you agree?"
"Well, we won't have a similar kind of depression.
We won't have the Treasury and the Federal Reserve not providing
the liquidity to the financial system. We won't have a balanced
budget - we're gonna have a huge deficit. We won't have trade
dropping because of Smoot Hawley and similar things like that.
But we have different things that may be just as serious. For
example, we their $52 trillion in credit default swaps out there
-- nobody knows how good they are.
When they came [to rescue] AIG, AIG thought they needed $40
billion to get out of the hole. The government said $85 billion.
They're already up to $121 billion. So who knows how bad it would
be?"
The AIG bailout is less than a month old, and it appears to be
spiraling out of control.
However, his answer is inconsistent. He says that the Fed will
continue providing liquidity, but he's already shown that the Fed
can't possibly provide enough liquidity to matter. The new
Depression will be much worse than the last one.
(For a description of the AIG bailout, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080917 ""The Fed will loan American International Group (AIG) an
$85 billion bridge loan.""#> For a discussion of credit default
swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b
""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble
on 'the news.'""#>)
"With Lehman Brothers, which was THE fundamental
mistake the Fed's made -- they now are apparently exposing the
financial world to $360 billion of losses on credit default swaps
that were guaranteeing Lehman papers.
So I don't know where this ends. Nobody knows where it
ends."
This is another fundamental mistake. He talks as if the crisis BEGAN
only five weeks ago when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080913 "Lehman
Brothers collapsed,"#> and he implies that if only that one mistake
hadn't been made, then we'd all be OK today. This is wishful
thinking.
These are dark days, and they're going to get darker very soon.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081015 Corporate earnings continue to plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.head
Corporate earnings continue to plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.date
15-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.txt1
Price/earnings ratio (P/E10 only) falls below average for first time
in 13 years.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081015.txt2
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week. Here's table as of the end of last week:
Date 3Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Mar 3: 25.0%
Apr 1: 17.3% Start of previous (2nd) quarter
Jul 1: 12.6% Start of quarter
Sep 5: 0.8%
Sep 12: -1.6%
Sep 19: -0.3%
Sep 26: -1.7% End of quarter
Oct 3: -4.8%
Oct 10: -7.8%
We're seeing a very familiar pattern -- the same pattern that we've
seen for the last four quarters. At the beginning, analysts expect
meteoric increases in earnings growth. The earnings estimates fall
as the quarter progresses. Once the quarter ends, and actual
earnings begin to be published, the earnings estimates plummet.
A fall in earnings estimates means an increase of price/earnings
ratios estimates.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
last Friday's version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe081010.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 10-Oct-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see, the P/E ratio index was at 18 for several years,
which is well above the historical average of 14. In fact, the index
has been above average for 13 years, since 1995, and by the Law of
Mean Reversion, this means it has to be equally below average for
roughly the next 13 years.
Starting in March, however, the P/E index is spiked upward again, to
astronomical levels in the 20s. This was when first quarter actual
earnings were coming in. But investors believed that they should be
ignored; the common wisdom was that the credit crisis would be over
by the fall (i.e., now), and that earnings would grow in the third
and fourth quarter by 25% and 50%, respectively.
Because of that widely held belief, investors pushed the P/E index up
into the 20s. It's only in the last three weeks that it came back
down to 18. This was thanks to the stock market losing 25% of its
value in the last three weeks.
However, Monday's drunken orgy, pushing the stock market up 11%, has
also pushed the P/E index up above 20 again. Those who claim to
believe that the market is going to rally this quarter, in the face
of falling corporate earnings and high P/E ratios, are going to be
disappointed.
=inc ww2010.h2 summ "Market Summary"
Asian and European markets were sharply higher last night. Wall
Street opened sharply higher, with the Dow up 400 points at one time.
But by 11 am, the Wall Street indexes turned around, and are now flat
or negative.
=inc ww2010.pic g081014.gif right "" "Market summary, 14-Oct-2008"
The pundits, who this morning were still grinning like idiots, as if
they'd just gotten laid, were talking about how and why everyone
should get back into the market. By the end of the day, the pundits
were far more serious, as the Dow fell to a 300 point loss, before
partially recovering.
At the very least, what this means is that the panic buying spree
that followed the latest worldwide insanity bailout is over, and
stoned, drunken investors are beginning to sober up and look at the
reality.
One sobering reality is that P/E indexes are still astronomically
high, and computer software is telling investors to "Sell! Sell!
Sell!"
Another sobering reality is that the market is still 35% down from
its high, and there is still a lot of deleveraging and forced selling
going on. In fact, investors are <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601213&sid=aTB_zifIPxIM&refer=home
"withdrawing money from money market funds"#> at record levels,
causing a potential chain reaction.
(Correction: A web site reader has pointed out the phrase "money
market funds" is incorrect in the above paragraph. The record
withdrawals are from stock and bond mutual funds, and those are not
money market funds.)
Nouriel Roubini provided another sobering reality. In <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=asxXHEAn1glc&refer=home
"a Bloomberg interview,"#> he said that the US would have the worst
recession in 40 years. "There are significant downside risks still
to the market and the economy," he said. "We're going to be surprised
by the severity of the recession and the severity of the financial
losses."
Nobel prize winning economist Paul Krugman spent the day <#stdurl
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/andy-borowitz/krugman-could-turn-into-m_b_134477.html
"texting Matt Damon."#> He did have a hard-hitting statement
<#stdurl
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2008/10/14/but-enough-about-that/
"in his blog,"#> however, saying that, "The policy outlook has
improved a lot.... But it’s way too soon to start counting chickens."
=inc ww2010.h2 pe10 "P/E10 drops below average for the first time since 1995"
According to Robert Shiller, in <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122368241652024977.html "a WSJ
interview,"#> the price/earnings index (P/E10) has fallen below
average for the first time since 1995.
Robert Shiller, whose 1999 book "Irrational Exuberance" predicted the
Nasdaq crash, and whose 2005 second edition predicted the real estate
bubble crash, has a <#stdurl www.econ.yale.edu/~shiller/data.htm "web
site"#> that provides the historical data that I and other
researchers use.
When I write about the "price/earnings ratio" or P/E ratio, I'm
usually referring to P/E1 -- the current price of a share of stock,
divided by the company's earnings per share for the previous year.
This is the version that's used in the chart that appears on the
bottom of this web site's home page.
Robert Shiller prefers to use the measure P/E10 -- the current price
of a share of stock, divided by the average of the company's earnings
for the previous 10 years.
I believe that P/E10 is a more meaningful measure, but I write about
P/E1 because it's easier for people to understand, and it makes the
same point: That P/E ratios have been way above average since 1995,
and by the Law of Mean Reversion, will have to fall to values way
below average for roughly the next 13 years. Either P/E1 or P/E10
can be used, as long as it's used consistently. The historical
average for P/E1 is about 14.1, and the historical average for P/E10
is about 16.3.
According to Robert Shiller, last week's bloodbath brought P/E10 down
to 15, which is below the historic average of 16.3.
In the Wall Street Journal interview with Shiller, he says he
"doesn't make predictions" and he's afraid that "it might go down a
lot more." He's being very diplomatic with the Journal, by not quoting
the Law of Mean Reversion, which says that it will certainly go down a
lot farther, and stay down for a long time.
So add P/E10 to the list of things that have been crashing in the
last weeks -- commodities, emerging market currencies, worldwide
stock prices, the Baltic Dry Index, various major financial
institutions -- and now add one more, P/E10.
This is a huge downward trend with a great deal of momentum. It's
like a ten thousand-pound boulder is rolling downhill, and you'd like
to stop the boulder, and start pushing it up the hill again. It
can't be done.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081014 We're all Icelanders now, as markets rocket 10% around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.head
We're all Icelanders now, as markets rocket 10% around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.date
14-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.txt1
The world is a much more dangerous place today than yesterday.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081014.txt2
Unfortunately I used up the phrase "Bailout of the World" to describe
the last major bailout announcement -- the one that preceded last
week's bloodbath. So what should I call this one? Bailout of the
Universe?
Countries around the world have been moving to guarantee all bank
deposits of whatever size. What's new this time is that countries
around the world are moving to guarantee all bank obligations.
So now every investment by every bank is backed by some country's
taxpayers. Essentially, the concepts of "bank" and "country" and
"hedge fund" have merged. Last week it was just Iceland. But now,
every country is also a bank and a hedge fund. In fact, the world
(or at least most Western countries) are one large investment bank /
hedge fund. So let's call this bailout plan the World Hedge Fund
bailout.
We don't have enough money to bail out all the foreclosed real
estate, but somehow we do have enough money to bail out all the
securities backed by foreclosed real estate. And any bank failure
immediately becomes a country failure.
These CDOs and CDSs that I've been writing about for years are much
huger than a government can handle. The US government perhaps has
one or two trillion dollars of resources, but the CDOs and CDSs are
exposures of tens or perhaps hundreds of trillions of dollars.
It was one thing when those obligations were on the books of banks
and other financial institutions, as well as investors. But now, all
those obligations are on the books of the US and other nations.
This has got to be the stupidest, most disastrous move in the history
of mankind.
You know, Dear Reader, I've been saying for years how astounded and
amazed I am at what's going on in the world, and what people are
doing, out of sheer stupidity.
But I've completely run out of superlatives. This can't possibly be
happening. Surely I'm dreaming this, or perhaps fallen asleep in a
very bad movie. This is a fucking disaster.
=inc ww2010.pic g081013.gif right "" "Market summary, 13-Oct-2008"
And just to show what a disaster it is, the European and New York
markets surged over 10% today on panic buying. As I'm writing this,
on Monday evening, the Nikkei is up 12.5%. I just saw some giddy
idiot on CNN, grinning from ear to ear, saying that the worst was
over, and people should start buying stocks now.
I actually heard someone describe this as "they've finally managed to
restore investor confidence." This emotional outburst of panic buying
is supposed to represent "investor confidence"? What superlative can
I use to respond to that?
Sure, go ahead folks. It's time to buy. Raid your kids' piggy banks
and your parents' retirement funds and get into the market. That's
what the "smart money" is doing. Why shouldn't you?
And then to add to the surreal and phantasmagoric quality of the day,
<#stdurl http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/10/14/business/14econ.php
"Paul Krugman got the Nobel Prize"#> in Economics.
A web site reader wrote this to me today:
"Headline: Nobel prize committee disses John
Xenakis on economic prize.
In a surprise announcement the Nobel committee decided NOT to
give John Xenakis the Nobel prize for economics. “While we do
believe his work has merit, it is far too simplistic and easily
understood by 90% of the world population. We prefer intricate and
complex analysis using arcane and irrelevant factoids that are
overblown and dissected ad nauseum, the covert purpose of which is
to seduce 17 year olds to mortgage their future to overpriced
universities with the hope that they too can achieve academic
stardom."(600,000 to one chance).
We have awarded the prize to Paul Krugman who retread a 19th
century principle, which is not the reason he got the prize. The
real reason is he hates George Bush and so do we. (ha ha)"
I got a big chuckle out of this. Thank you, Mary.
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081012 "wrote last week,"#> at least
Nouriel Roubini has done some brilliant work, and has at least
foreseen some of the current crisis before it happened. But Krugman
has done nothing. The guy's a macroeconomics idiot.
Ironically, the Nobel committee was too clever by half. They wanted
to stick it to President Bush, so they gave the prize to Krugman,
saying it was for some obscure work he did years ago. The result is
that they've damaged their own credibility, as well as Krugman's (both
of which were already pretty low anyway). All of the accounts of the
award mention Krugman's war against the Bush administration, and that
he's a Barack Obama supporter and adviser, and <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/10/14/business/14econ.php "one
article"#> accuses Krugman of having "pandered" to politics in his
economics. So even in the remote possibility that the Nobel
committee thought they were being politically neutral, nobody
believes it.
However, there's a very interesting by-product of the Krugman
selection: Krugman fully endorses the World Hedge Fund bailout plan.
Here's what he <#stdurl
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2008/10/12/worthwhile-british-initiative/
"wrote on his blog"#> last night, before learning of his award:
"Worthwhile British initiative
Ask, and you shall receive. I asked plaintively for policy makers,
at least once, to exceed expectations in this crisis instead of
falling short — and it seems that the eurozone governments have
delivered, more or less adopting the British plan.
And I should have given props to the British government, which
vastly exceeded expectations last week — and has effectively shown
the world the way forward."
What he means to imply by this is the following: Led by the UK, the
Europeans have taken steps that "exceed expectations," steps that the
US didn't take. On a BBC interview today, he indicated that the
reason that the US didn't take these steps earlier is because of
"ideology." He loves the fact that these governments are all going to
become banks (and hedge funds), and thinks that will save the world.
On the BBC interview, he compared today to 1931, saying that things
could easily slide into another Great Depression if the markets were
left to themselves, but now the governments have done exactly what
they need to do to prevent that.
He apparently doesn't have any idea that today is more comparable to
the time just before the 1929 crash.
Actually, Dear Reader, I suppose we have a little contest here.
Krugman and other economists think that this new plan will save the
world from the worst, leading to at most a recession.
I say that World Hedge Fund plan is a total, utter, fucking disaster,
and will make things much worse than they would have been otherwise.
I guess we'll have to see who's right. Actually, I'd be only too
happy if Krugman were right. But Generational Dynamics and
generational theory haven't been wrong yet, and I don't expect them to
be wrong this time.
And I haven't said this recently, but receiving Mary's message,
quoted earlier, has reminded me.
I don't get paid to write for this web site. I do it because (*)
it's an obsession; (*) I want to prove that Generational Dynamics is
a viable scholarly subject; (*) I'm saving people's lives.
When people write to me and I respond, or when I post something in
the new Generational Dynamics forum, which I usually do several times
a day, I never forget the fact that I have an enormous obligation to
my readers. Something that I write could literally mean life or
death in some cases. People who have been long-time web site readers
have prepared themselves for what's coming, and many of them will
survive because of me. I never forget this obligation for a second.
As usual, you can write to me using the "Comment" link at the top of
every page. Or you can write to me by using the "Forum" link at the
top of every page, and taking part in the forum discussion. I can't
always respond quickly, but I have still been keeping up with the
e-mail messages, and usually get back within a couple of weeks.
=eod
=// &&2 e081012 European leaders race the clock, while G-7 leaders make reassuring pronouncements
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.head
European leaders race the clock, while G-7 leaders make reassuring
pronouncements
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.date
12-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.txt1
Once again, officials are attempting to take action before Asian
markets open
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081012.txt2
on Monday morning (Sunday evening ET). This follows a familiar
pattern that's been going on for several weeks now, even though these
weekend meetings never seem to prevent the markets from getting
worse.
On Friday and Saturday, we had meetings of leaders of the G7 nations,
"united in their resolve to avert a global financial meltdown." They
<#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/News/Story/Story.aspx?guid={44FEA396-12FB-4643-AEDA-4E49E9055338}
"didn't come up with any solutions,"#> but they did issue statements
designed to project the image that they were accomplishing something.
(The Group of Seven (G7) includes the United
States, Japan, Germany, France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Canada.
The European Union is also a participant. The G20 includes those eight
and adds China, Brazil, Russia, India, Mexico, South Korea, Saudi
Arabia, Argentina, Australia, Indonesia, South Africa and Turkey.
Together, the G20 account for about 90% of global gross domestic
product.)
President Bush made <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/10/20081011-2.html "the
following remarks"#> on Saturday:
"[O]ur government will continue using all the
tools at our disposal to resolve this crisis. At our meeting,
Secretary Paulson and I described the bold actions the United
States has taken over the past few weeks. ...
I'm pleased that other G7 countries are making strong -- are
taking strong measures. Finance ministers and central bankers have
acted to provide new liquidity to markets, strengthen financial
institutions, protect citizens' savings, and ensure fairness and
integrity in the financial markets. ...
As our nations carry out this plan, we must ensure the actions of
one country do not contradict or undermine the actions of another.
In our interconnected world, no nation will gain by driving down
the fortunes of another. We're in this together. We will come
through it together."
I think it's really interesting that the emphasis is not on finding a
solution (there is none, anyway), but on avoiding the "every country
for itself" trend that has been increasing, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081006 "especially in Europe."#>
Exactly <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/feedarticle/7858712 "the same
sentiments"#> were expressed at a Sunday meeting in Paris of leaders
of 15 euroland countries. French President Nicolas Sarkozy said, "I
expect Europe to speak with a single voice."
And German Chancellor Angela Merkel said:
"The goal is to define a coordinated common
procedure for the euro zone that enables us in the next few days
to take national steps to stabilize the financial market, but
measures that do not discriminate against individual member
states. ...
I think that the meeting today will send a very important signal
to the markets."
Germany is planning its own <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122375258121026119.html?mod=article-outset-box
"€400 billion"#> bailout of its banking system. The UK is <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/News/Story/uk-banks-reportedly-may-unveil/story.aspx?guid={D68B5569-C014-4922-BD09-6EE2400C7FFB}
"expected to announce on Monday"#> a bailout of its banking system.
The Paris meeting of euroland countries <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aJEw0fSCuWpI "did
tentatively agree"#> to guarantee interbank loans, in order to end the
worldwide credit freeze caused by banks' fear of loaning money to one
another.
However, the agreement is not certain, and is likely to falter on
parochial grounds; for example, will an eastern European country be
required to help bail out a German or French bank? The question will
be decided at another meeting, scheduled for Wednesday.
The meetings of G-7 leaders and European leaders, in the end, didn't
accomplish anything except provide an opportunity for photo ops and
self-serving statements, just as is happening in the US political
campaign.
Listening to the Sunday morning news shows today gave me a headache.
I don't believe I heard anyone make any sense whatsoever. Pretty
much everyone took an ideological position, with the Republicans on
the defensive. Several people blamed Ronald Reagan and George Bush
for the current situation, but no one blamed Bill Clinton for the
dot-com bubble.
Of those who said things that weren't purely ideological,
they all followed the Nouriel Roubini formula: "Do exactly what I
tell you to do, or we'll have a major worldwide crisis." That way,
even though they have absolutely no idea what's going on, they've
covered their asses no matter what happens, and if there's a crisis,
they can blame it on the fact that no one listened to them.
What's really sickening is that no one gives a f--k what happens to
anyone else, as long as they're protected. "It's everyone's fault
but mine."
As always, there were the usual soothing words that people were
saying in 1929: "The fundamentals are sound." "This will pass soon."
"We've had recessions before."
The most amazing time in my life, and also the most sickening.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081011 There's never before been a day like this on Wall Street.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.head
There's never before been a day like this on Wall Street.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.date
11-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.txt1
Possible exception: One of the days just before or after the 1929
crash.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081011.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g081011.gif right "" "Market summary, 10-Oct-2008"
The Dow index fell 621 points within moments after the market opened
on Friday. In the next few minutes, it rallied by 688 points.
Several times, the Dow went up or down over 100 points within a few
minutes. In the last hour of trading alone, the Dow changed
direction 16 times. During just one commercial break on CNBC around
3:45 pm, the Dow went from +300 to -100. Never before in history has
the intraday high been more than 1000 points above the intraday low.
The Dow ended down 128 points.
The Dow has fallen 25% in the last three weeks alone. This would
cause huge amounts of forced selling anyway, even if we didn't know
that many hedge funds are liquidating.
And yet, I was shocked that one person after another called this good
news. CNN's Ali Velshi said that it meant that the market would
start going up again.
In the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics thread"#> of the Generational Dynamics forum, one
person wrote, "today was the most bullish day we've had so far during
the decline." Another wrote, "My best guess is that ... stocks will
rally for a few days, or maybe even a few weeks or months. " My best
guess is that you are correct this time and stocks will rally for a
few days, or maybe even a few weeks or months."
At a time when P/E ratios are at astronomical highs, and corporate
earnings keep falling, it's really hard for me to understand how
anyone could hold that belief.
And yet, analysts and pundits seem to have no idea what's going on.
International superstar Professor Nouriel Roubini says that Dow 7,000
is likely "sometime next year," though apparently not before then.
Actually, he <#stdurl
http://finance.yahoo.com/tech-ticker/article/91357/Roubini-Rate-Cuts-Reduce-Crash-Risk-But-Dow-7000-Likely-%27Sometime-Next-Year%27
"said that on Tuesday,"#> when the Dow was just beginning to fall
through 10,000. I wonder what he thinks on Friday, with the Dow near
8,000?
I'm getting increasingly bemused by Roubini. He's become the the
Paris Hilton of economics: He always knows exactly how much leg to
show in order to keep himself in the headlines.
His <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080413 "12 steps to financial
disaster"#> was actually quite brilliant, but when it comes to saying
what's going to happen, he seems to change his mind every day. Will
there be a recession, or not? Will it be V shaped or U shaped or L
shaped? If you don't like his answer, then wait a minute.
However, whatever Roubini says on any particular day, the formula is
always the same: "Unless the Administration does exactly what I say,
then the world is going to suffer systemic financial crisis." He's
got it both ways. If there's no crisis, then he can slide by; if
there is a crisis, he can claim that he predicted it, because they
didn't listen to him.
Paul Krugman is another Paris Hilton-like figure. In his <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/10/opinion/10krugman.html?_r=1&hp&oref=slogin
"latest column,"#> entitled "The Moment of Truth," he says the
following:
"They’d better do something soon — in fact,
they’d better announce a coordinated rescue plan this weekend — or
the world economy may well experience its worst slump since the
Great Depression."
Whew! I'm shaking from what a hard-hitting statement this is.
They'd better DO something or something MAY happen. Wow, you can
take that to the bank.
Actually, I heard Krugman being interviewed on Bloomberg tv on
Friday, and I really had to laugh when he was asked what's different
today from 1929? Here's what he said:
"Two things are different. We know the Great
Depression happened, and this actually gives us some urgency in
policy. And I think we do understand economics better than we did
75 years ago. I think we know something about what needs to be
done."
Boy, you could fool me. These economists have no idea why the
dot-com bubble occurred, why the real estate bubble occurred, why the
credit bubble occurred, why they all occurred at the time they did,
and how we got to where we are today. They have no idea whatsoever.
Mainstream economists know little more than they did in 1929.
(For further information on the failure of mainstream economics, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the
Failure of Macroeconomics Theory.""#>)
I have to mention the <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/10/s-500-crash-count.html
"latest column"#> by Michael "Mish" Shedlock. He applies Elliott
Wave analysis to the current situation, and evidently fails to find
any pattern that predicts what's going to happen.
Things like K-cycles and Elliott Wave analysis actually are valid,
but researchers always make the same mistake: they try to use them to
analyze generational crashes, and they're not valid for that purpose.
Generational cycles are completely independent of K-cycles and
Elliott wave cycles, and the fact that researchers don't take that
into account is why these tools never seem to work.
I mention this today because I want to make this point: That tools and
policies that work fine in "ordinary" times do not work at times of
generational crisis. In a generational Crisis era, the financial
crisis or war crisis is caused by massive generational behaviorial
changes that can't be stopped by any policy that would have worked
fine just a few years earlier.
This is something that the survivors of the Great Depression and
World War II understood, because they learned that lesson in the
1930s. But those people are all gone now, and today's Boomers and
Gen-Xers, including people like Roubini, Krugman, and Shedlock, have
to learn all over again.
I had to chuckle when I was listening to a radio talk show on Friday
with Krugman as a guest. A lady called into the show and asked, "Why
do you give all the air time to people who have been wrong over and
over again in the past few years? Why don't you find someone whose
predictions have been correct?"
Being right or wrong is completely irrelevant in today's society. If
people like Roubini, Krugman and Shedlock are wrong time after time,
they're still listened to because they're skillful at saying what
people want to hear, rather than what's true.
That's certainly not my skill, as I get shunned by the media, even
though every major <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions "Generational
Dynamics prediction"#> has been correct for the past six years.
The media are interested only in supporting their own political
biases; they're not interested in the truth.
So I will now once again state the truth, as I have so many times
before, about what's coming.
The Wall Street stock markets are now down 60% from their peak a year
ago. We're following the same cascading pattern as happened in the
1929 crash. But does that mean that the market is going to keep
falling, as it did in the 1930s, and reach below Dow 3000? Or will it
bottom out where it is now, around Dow 8000?
Certainly the "experts" don't expect it to go much lower, and neither
do the pundits that I hear on tv and read in the papers.
As I'm writing this, I just received an e-mail message informing me
that <#stdurl
http://www.frontlinethoughts.com/printarticle.asp?id=mwo101008
"John Mauldin's new column"#> is now available. I've criticized
Mauldin for being "muddled" in the past, and this column is no
exception. Here's what he says:
"This is not the end of the world. There are a
lot of very positive things happening in the US and the world.
Companies are creating new inventions. Much of the economy,
including health care, is moving along fine. I have lived through
two serious recessions (1973-74 and 1980-82), and the point is
that a free-market economy will find a way to eventually get back
to solid growth. Recessions are simply part of the business
cycle. Congress cannot repeal the business cycle. This will not be
the last recession of my life. I hope to live long enough to go
through 4 or 5 more.
Depressions are caused by governments making major policy
mistakes. And we have made some in the areas of not regulating
mortgage lending, allowing the five large investment banks to
increase their leverage to 30 or 40 to one in 2004 (what was the
SEC thinking?), and failing to oversee the rating agencies. That
is behind us. It will make a normal recession deeper and the
recovery longer, as I have been forecasting for some time.
But as I argue below, immediate actions must be taken by the
government to avoid a much deeper problem. To not take actions to
stem the credit crisis would be that major policy mistake which
would compound all the other mistakes. I think everyone knows the
seriousness of the problem and will act. Let's pray they
do."
I have nothing against John Mauldin, and I wouldn't be picking on him
if I hadn't just received this e-mail message. But this is typical
of the nonsense that all the pundits and analysts are using. He's
lived through the 1973-74 and 1980-82 recessions? That's nice, but
what could that possibly have to do with the deflationary spiral
that's going on today?
He criticizes government "policy mistakes," allowing investment banks
to increase their leverage. Well, did he say anything about that
when it was happening? Mauldin is an investment expert who boasts
that his clients all have at least $2 million in assets. He claims
to be able to be giving these people expert advice on where to
invest. Well, did he ever give these people expert advice about
avoiding investing in financial firms that have been over-leveraged?
I doubt it very much. He had no idea what was coming, just as he has
no idea today what's coming. (As I said, I have nothing against
Mauldin in particular; he's just like all the others.)
Of all of these experts I've quoted today, only Roubini has at least
foreseen some things before they happened, although he was late to the
game, and he's still playing his Paris Hilton act.
But in general, these experts and pundits and politicians and
journalists and analysts and college professors have no idea what's
going on, and when their so-called "predictions" are wrong, as they
are time after time after time, they simply blame someone else. "The
regulators should have stopped this." "The Administration should
have stopped it." "Congress should have stopped it." Pick your
favorite target. If you're an "expert" or even worse, a politician,
who's been wrong time after time after time, it's never the fault of
your own stupidity and short-sightedness. It's the fault of everyone
BUT yourself.
I listened to Fox News Channel's Bill O'Reilly on Friday night. Just
three days ago, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081008 "I heard him advise
everyone"#> to take a deep breath and not panic, essentially advising
his millions of viewers not to sell, because "The bottom will soon be
reached." Now he's claiming that he doesn't give investment advice,
and that everyone is at fault but him for not seeing this. Well, why
didn't he see it? He's always running various exposés of all kinds
of political and financial scams. Why didn't he ever run an exposé
of this one? Like all the other "experts," he never blames his own
stupidity and short-sightedness. It's the fault of everyone BUT
himself.
So let's get back to the truth that none of these "experts" ever
talks about:
The S&P 500 price/earnings ratio index is in the 20s, and corporate
earnings continue to fall, so the market is nowhere near a bottom.
Furthermore, the P/E ratio has been at historically high levels for
13 years -- since 1995 -- and so by the Law of Mean Reversion, the
P/E ratio will be at historically low levels for roughly the next 13
years.
That's what I've been saying for six years, and I've been right every
time, and it's really all the proof you need.
Now, I don't expect someone like Bill O'Reilly or CNBC anchor Maria
Bartiromo to understand something as mathematically deep,
sophisticated and complex as the computations for the price/earnings
ratio (i.e., you divide the price per share by the earnings per
share), since these people would have trouble figuring out how to add
two numbers together.
But Nouriel Roubini is a Professor of Economics at New York
University. Paul Krugman was a Professor of Economics at Princeton
University, the same place where Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke was head of
the Economics Department.
Now, do they even teach calculus in the economics departments of
these schools? Judging from what I hear from these "experts," I
wonder if you have to know any math at all to be a Professor of
Economics at Princeton University or New York University. It seems
that all you have to really study is sociology, because these
"experts" never seem to say much beyond sociological statements.
I've been analyzing this situation since 2002, which is when I first
noticed that we had to be headed for a new 1930s style Great
Depression. I've been posting all of these analyses on this web site
over the years, and I summarized them last year in the article,
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market.""#>
As I've noted before, the timeline for the past year has been
different from 1929, as you can see from my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia
"Dow Jones historical page."#> The timeline in 1929 was as follows:
3-Sep-1929: Market peaks
3-Sep to 23-Oct: Market falls 20% in six weeks.
24-Oct to 6-Nov: Generational crash - market falls 25% in 10
days.
6-Nov-1929 to 9-Sep-1930: Market is flat over the period of one
year.
9-Sep-1930 to 8-Jul-1932: Market keeps falling, to 10% of its
peak value.
The timeline so far today is as follows:
17-Aug-2007: Credit crisis begins, causing Fed to make
extraordinary interest rate reduction.
17-Aug to 9-Oct: Market rises, reaching peak of 14164.
10-Oct-2007 to 12-Sep-2008: Market falls 20% from its peak in 11
months, in a period of collapses of many financial institutions.
15-Sep to 10-Oct: Market falls 25% in three weeks, amid multiple
market crashes around the world, and significant worsening of the
credit crisis.
Now, first off, it's incredible and baffling to me that any experts
could now predict that the trend described in the above list could
suddenly be reversed, and the market will start going up. Obviously
this is trending toward an accelerating crash, and only an idiot
(which apparently includes most "experts") can miss it.
But the question I want to address is this: Have we somehow managed
to avoid the generational panic and crash that I keep talking about?
I've described many times what I expect to see happen; here's a
summary: An elemental force of nature, where millions or even tens of
millions of Boomers and Generation-Xers in countries around the world,
never having seen anything like this before, and not having believed
it was even possible, suddenly try to sell everything in a mass panic.
This will bring down computer systems for hours, perhaps even for a
day or two, as people watch tv in glazed horror as their life savings
disappear.
That's the kind of generational panic that occurred in 1929, and is
remembered as "the crash of 1929," and it was a year after the
generational panic that the market was 40% below its peak. But that
hasn't happened this time, even though the market has already fallen
40% from its peak value in the last year. So have we managed to
avoid it?
Generational theory says "absolutely not." This generational panic
MUST occur, if only to teach a lesson to the generations of "experts"
who keep saying stupid things. Generational panics are nature's way
of educating "experts" to what is really going on.
However, remarkably enough, this is actually a point of commonality
between me and mainstream pundits. Most of them are expecting some
sort of "panic event," like the panic of 1987, that will cause a
"capitulation," and the market will bottom out and start going up
again.
So in fact, most pundits and I are in agreement that some kind of
major panic is going to be occurring shortly. The pundits that I
hear are expecting it very soon, perhaps as early as next week.
However, this is in the "be careful what you wish for" category,
because my expectation is that it will proceed far differently than
the mainstream "experts" expect. Actually, this shouldn't surprise
anyone, since what happened on Friday didn't happen in 1987, and
hasn't happened at any time since 1929. My expectation is that the
market will continue its downward path, just as happened in
1930-1932.
There's no way to predict with certainty what's going to happen next
week, but I feel pretty safe making the following prediction: One way
or another, next week is going to be very rocky.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081010 Stock market is in free fall, as forced selling accelerates
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.head
Stock market is in free fall, as forced selling accelerates
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.date
10-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.txt1
A worldwide full scale panic may be in progress.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081010.txt2
The last hour of trading on Wall Street on Thursday was close to a
full scale panic.
=inc ww2010.pic g081009.gif right "" "Market summary, 9-Oct-2008"
At 3 pm, the Dow index was down 200 points.
At 3:30 pm, it was down 400 points.
At 4 pm, it was down 579 points.
At 4:07 pm, it was down 679 points.
Note that the market closed at 4 pm, but the post-closing final
settlements brought the Dow down another hundred points in 7 just
minutes on huge volume.
According to CNBC, the final rush was caused by forced selling by
hedge funds and money market funds, because people are pulling their
money out of these funds, and also forced selling by people required
to meet margin calls (when they had acquired their stocks on credit).
At this writing, on Thursday evening ET, the Asian markets are
falling sharply, as much as 5-12%.
Believe it or not, I still heard analysts today say that this is a
GOOD thing. "The stock market is oversold by ABSOLUTELY HISTORIC
proportions," said one. "You could see a thousand point pop any day
now!" Another said, "This must finally be capitulation, and the
market has reached a bottom."
These people use the word "confidence" at least once every ten
seconds. "The bailout hasn't restored confidence. We have to
restore confidence. What can the Fed do next to restore confidence?"
This market crash has never been about confidence. Corporate
earnings have been in a bubble for years, and now corporate earnings
have been falling, as I've been demonstrating for the last four
quarters. This has forced price/earnings ratios (also called
"valuations") up to astronomical levels, so that investors' computer
models began to say "Sell!" We'll get another earnings report on
Friday, so we'll see what comes next.
October 9, 2007, exactly one year ago, was the day on which the Dow
index reached its peak. Since then, the market has been falling
because of falling corporate earnings.
But now, especially in the last few days, something else is
happening.
Stock and bond mutual funds experienced the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a10POAxGqTZc&refer=home
"the greatest level of withdrawals"#> in history in September, and
the withdrawals are trending even higher in October. (Paragraph corrected - 15-Oct)
This has had a <#stdurl
http://blogs.wsj.com/marketbeat/2008/10/09/the-cp-market-keeps-getting-smaller/
"knock-on effect with commercial paper:"#>
"The U.S. commercial paper market shrank by $56.4
billion in the week ended Wednesday, the fourth consecutive week
of declines, according to data released by the Federal Reserve
Thursday. ...
In the past few weeks, the decline has been driven by money
market funds, which have been worried that the crisis among
financial institutions could result in significant losses in their
holdings. They have been hoarding their cash for fear of
redemptions. Money market funds are the largest buyers of
commercial paper, purchasing about a third of outstanding paper.
Retirement and pension funds, corporate treasuries and life
insurance companies are other buyers.
Investors have been reluctant to buy paper that matures past one
day and rates have been elevated. On Thursday, rates on
asset-backed commercial paper are quoted lower by about 100 basis
points, according to one trader at a primary dealer."
It's this freezing up of the commercial paper market that's caused
the greatest pain in the credit crunch. If an organization can't
borrow money by issuing commercial paper, then business around the
world freezes up, and that's what's happening.
The lack of money to invest is causing <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122349172479316123.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"investors to pull out of hedge funds."#>
"Investors can't redeem their money from hedge
funds at will; often they have quarterly windows when they can do
so. Many investors had until Sept. 30 to tell hedge funds they
wanted out. While the funds are typically not required to redeem
the money until the end of the year, the redemptions were greater
than some funds expected. That caused a scramble to raise cash to
pay the investors back. And one quick way to raise cash is often
to sell holdings of stock.
For larger investors like pension funds, their own money-raising
issues have forced more selling than they would have wanted.
"Pension funds are reducing stakes because they relied on
commercial paper for financing and that is frozen," said a person
familiar with several hedge funds that have had that
problem."
This is causing other knock-on effects.
The country of Iceland, which has been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080331 "acting like a hedge fund"#> for several years, is approaching
closer and closer to full scale bankruptcy, and the currency is
crashing.
As hedge funds unwind, they're forced to sell stocks and
liquidate other holdings, including metals and other commodities.
Copper, aluminum and nickel prices have fallen to three year lows,
and oil has fallen sharply as well. The only metal that's gained is
gold, which rose to $907 per ounce, but that's still well below its
high last year.
It's increasingly clear that a lot of forced selling has been going
on since the beginning of the credit crunch a year ago. A year ago,
the forced selling was just a trickle. Since then it's accelerated,
and today it appears to be an avalanche. At some point, and it can't
be too much longer now, the avalanche will accelerate further into a
full scale "panic event" that will be remembered for decades.
It's important to understand this, because the 1929 crash was not
caused by "loss of confidence," even though Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke
has spent his entire career believing that. It was caused by exactly
this kind of forced selling. It was a lot simpler then. Individual
investors buying stocks on margin were forced to sell to meet margin
calls. Forced selling lowers stock prices, which causes more margin
calls which causes more forced selling.
But this time, it's not just individual investors meeting margin
calls. You've got $60 trillion of interlocked credit default swaps
that will have to unwind, and there are other credit derivatives
totalling $1 quadrillion.
Thus, the generational panic and crash, when it comes, will be far
larger than anything that happened in 1929.
The puzzle, as I've mentioned before, is that the timeline is a
little different than it was in 1929. In 1929, there was a huge
panic that dropped the market 40%, and after that it kept falling to
10% of its peak value.
Today, a year after the credit crunch began, the market has already
fallen 40%, so a generational panic and crash might push the market
down another 10-20% pretty quickly. Despite the differing timelines,
in the end, though, it's reasonable to expect that the market will do
as it did in 1929, ending up at 10% of its peak value, or around Dow
1400, sometime around 2012.
As I'm writing this late Thursday evening ET, Asian markets are still
falling sharply, and Wall Street market futures for Friday morning
are indicating a sharp fall at the open. That doesn't mean that the
market will fall on Friday -- we could certainly have a big one-day
rally, as happened more than once after the crash of 1929.
But the most important news is the increase in forced selling. It's
creating a vicious cycle (forced selling depresses stock prices,
causing more margin calls, causing more forced selling) that has to
lead to full scale panic at some point, and that point can't be very
far off now.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081009 Desperate international intervention fails to calm markets.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.head
Desperate international intervention fails to calm markets.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.date
9-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.txt1
The remaining hope: The news is so bad that it must be over.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081009.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g081008a.gif left "" "Interest rate changes, Oct 8,
2008
(Source: AFP)"#>
Six central banks <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5gy7guScweqp9-M8J_fRj2I9wXw_w
"launched a coordinated effort"#> to provide a psychological boost to
investors by lowering short-term rates by a half-percentage point in
unison.
A year ago this would have been a historic effort, but now it's just
another day, and investors weren't particularly impressed.
=inc ww2010.pic g081008b.gif right "" "Market summary, 8-Oct-2008"
I had actually expected the markets to rally upward today, just based
on the wild oscillations that occurred in 1929. Panic buying is not
much different than panic selling.
However, the coordinated announcement must have seemed like such an
act of desperation, that an early rally didn't last long.
After another rocky day, major indexes fell 1-2%, with the Dow index
now at 65% of its peak value, exactly one year ago on October 9,
2007.
Around the world, things were bad. The Nikkei fell 9%, the greatest
plunge since 1987. In India, stocks fell sharply, below the key
11000 level. Iceland's currency continues to crash. Stocks fell
sharply in Brazil. And worldwide interbank lending rates continue at
historic highs.
If we count the "crash" as starting in August, 2007, which is when
the credit crunch started, then we're actually following the 1929
crash pretty closely.
With one big exception.
We haven't seen a major generational panic yet, where millions of
Boomers and Gen-Xers panic and try to sell everything.
Must such a panic occur? I believe it must. Generational theory
says so.
But this time it won't be just a stock market panic. It will stretch
much farther, into hedge funds, credit default swaps ($60 trillion)
and other credit derivatives ($1 quadrillion).
All the Fed interventions of the last years -- the TAFs and TARPs and
other stuff -- have been very successful it targeting specific points
of weakness.
If you imagine the global economy as a huge ballooon, then the Fed
interventions have targeted specific large holes in the balloon.
But there are thousands, perhaps millions, of tiny pinholes in the
balloon that have escaped the Fed's interventions, and so the balloon
as a whole has still be deflating. Even worse, as the balloon
contracts, the pinholes actually get larger -- the physical analogy
breaks down here, but the hedge funds that represent the pinholes
become more and more exposed as the market falls.
Pundits that I heard on Wednesday seemed to me to be
stunned, stupefied and exhausted. They've been parroting the same
super-optimistic words for over a year now, and those words have
proven wrong every time.
A lot of what I heard was downright mushy.
On the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2008/10/adjustment-process.html
"Calculated Risk blog,"#> we read,
"When I started this blog (Jan 2005), I was
concerned about excessive speculation in housing and extremely
loose lending practices. It appeared that housing starts and new
home sales would fall significantly. I forecast record
foreclosures and significant declines in home prices. Many of us
wondered who the eventual bagholders would be for all the bad
loans. I was also concerned about the extent of equity extraction
from homes (the home ATM), and I believed that the coming housing
bust would lead the economy into a recession.
This blog was a daily dose of doom and gloom! ...
I'm frequently asked if I'm more concerned today than I was in
2005. There are reasons for concern: the credit markets have
seized up, many financial institutions are insolvent, consumer
spending and investment in commercial real estate is starting to
decline, export growth appears to be slowing, the unemployment
rate is rising ... and the economy is clearly in a recession.
There are huge and scary downside risks today, but I'm actually
more sanguine now than I was in 2005. ...
It's easy to get caught up in the day to day financial crisis and
recession news - and this blog will continue to bring you the doom
and gloom of the worsening recession. But it's important to
remember that even though the adjustment process is painful,
progress is being made. ...
The financial crisis is worse today than in 1990, and there are
many problems ahead (like less consumer spending and business
investment), but I believe progress is being made."
With the news worse than ever, Calculated Risk apparently believes
that the worst is over.
Analyst Kevin Depew, quoted by blogger Michael "Mish" Shedlock,
<#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/10/short-term-eyes-on-spx-960.html
"was equally mushy:"#>
"Here is where we stand with the point and figure
bullish percent indicators for equities, based on Investors
Intelligence data.
NYSE Bullish Percent: Os (Negative) 9% - lowest since
1987
S&P 500 Bullish Percent: Os (Negative) 7.9% - exceeds 2002
and 1998 lows
Nasdaq Composite Bullish Percent: Os (Negative) 13.4% -
lowest since 1987
Nasdaq-100 Bullish Percent: Os (Negative) 4% - in 2001, this
indicator actually reached 0
Russell 2000 Bullish Percent: Os (Negative) 14.1% - equals
January low
NYSE High-Low Index: Os (Negative) 2.5%
Nasdaq High-Low: Os (Negative) 2.8%
It is easy to be bearish given the circumstances, but the fact of
the matter is these indicators are so washed out and so low that
the probabilities increasingly favor a sustainable rally. Given
the macro headwinds combined with approaching earnings season, it
is doubtful this is THE bottom, but we are nearing, or at, a low.
Keep in mind, these are probabilities. The market may simply
continue lower. Yesterday's action was not capitulation in the
traditional sense."
The message is the same: The news is sooooooooooo bad, that there's
nowhere to go but up.
This is the kind of nonsense I've been complaining about for years.
When the bubble was growing, good data meant that the stock market
was going up, while bad data meant that the Fed would lower interest
rates, so the stock market would go up.
Now Depew can't identify even one tiny piece of good news, and yet he
still concludes that the stock market is going up.
What's interesting is that data is irrelevant to these people. If
the data is bad then the stock market is going up, and if the data is
good then the stock market is going up. Therefore, data is
irrelevant.
These people are stunned, stupefied and exhausted, and have no idea
what's going on. And they seem incapable of learning. They've been
wrong almost every day for a year, and yet they continue to make the
same stupid mistake every day.
So, if I can summarize the things I've written about the last few
days, it's that investors and pundits are waiting for something to
happen. Some of them believe that the downward drift of the stock
market will just end, and the market will go up again. Others
believe that there's going to be a "crash event," and the market will
go up again. Either way, it'll be "capitulation," and the market
will go up again.
Generational Dynamics predicts something a little different: Yes,
there'll be a "crash event," but it will stun the world, just like
the one in 1929 did, and will be remembered throughout future
history. The only thing we can't predict is the date, but it can't
be too far off now.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081008 More convulsions on Wall street, as financial crisis spreads around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.head
More convulsions on Wall street, as financial crisis spreads around
the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.date
8-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.txt1
The country of Iceland is bankrupt (or almost bankrupt)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081008.txt2
according to <#stdurl
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/article/600/42/371508.htm "Prime
Minister Geir Haarde."#>
With the króna ("krona" or "crown") currency crashing, Iceland
apparently went begging from country to country for a bailout, and
Russia is looking favorably on a €4 billion loan to Iceland.
According to an Iceland official, "We have been calling for aid from
neighboring countries and have been turned down. This is looking like
the beginning of relations between Russia and Iceland."
There's an irony to that because Russia itself is in a downward
spiral.
Or, as the Telegraph's <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/markets/3148364/Russia-and-Brazil-crumble-as-commodity-prices-crash.html
"Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says:"#>
"Russia and Brazil crumble as commodity prices
crash
The entire complex of commodities and emerging market stocks,
bonds, and currencies is now in free-fall as the economic crisis
spreads like brushfire, threatening to draw every corner of the
globe into the vortex of recession. ...
The euro’s dramatic slide over the past two weeks has for the
first time exposed the instability of the twin-pillar system
holding up global finance. ...
There are fears that Russia could slip into a downward spiral if
oil drops to $50 a barrel, which is now the lower end of Merrill
Lynch’s forecast.
Moscow has become addicted to the oil bonanza, ratcheting up
spending so quickly that it may now need prices to stay above $90
to fund spending plans. Veteran analysts say they have seen this
movie before."
Evans-Pritchard appears to be the only mainstream journalist in the
world who appears to have any idea what's going on.
=inc ww2010.pic g081007a.gif right "" "Market summary, 7-Oct-2008"
Wall Street was convulsed on Tuesday, as the market
However, you'd barely even know there's a problem if you listen to
the pundits on tv.
As I'm typing this on Tuesday evening, I'm listening to two clowns on
tv listening to questions and delivering carefully scripted responses
that say less than nothing. Both of these guys are totally oblivious
to what's going on.
But that's OK. Fed Chairman gave <#stdurl
http://federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20081007a.htm "a
speech on Tuesday afternoon"#> that also said less than nothing.
But that's nothing compared to what I heard this afternoon.
Keep in mind that nobody has any idea what's going on. They either
can't or won't face the fact that the market has been in a bubble for
many years, and is now going to plummet for many years, by the Law of
Mean Reversion. You'd think that Ben Bernanke, at least, would
understand that, but I don't get the impression he has any idea
what's going on.
So here's what I heard on Bloomberg TV on Tuesday afternoon:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081007b.jpg right "" " Top: Scott Minerd of
Guggenheim Partners. Bottom: John O'Donoghue, Cowen and Company, LLC
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
Scott Minerd of Guggenheim Partners: On a
tactical basis, I think the market's getting close to a bottom.
Now it may be 800 on the S&P in the next week or two, but tehre's
a lot of seasonal pressure here. We're getting deeply oversold,
so I would look to put some money to work in equities. I might
not dive into financials aggressively, but I would certainly
dabble in financials.
And I think that in the longer term, maybe we get a rally off of
the bottom here in the order of 25% or so, and then we rethink
what the long term looks like.
I would like to see the market have a wholesale panic in the next
week or so. We keep having these days when we go down, then we
trade up, then we go down, then we trade up. I'd like to see us
close down 1000 Dow points, and then set a bottom.
Q: Man, I would not like to see that. John do you want to
see a wholesale panic?
John O'Donoghue, Cowen and Company, LLC: No, I've through
a lot of these and I don't like those too much. It's worse than
going to the dentist. But I will tell you this: The amount of
money that has been taken out of this marketplace prior to the
third quarter -- now here we are into the second full week of the
third quarter -- as opposed to the 25% drop that we had in 1987
-- this is more like Chinese water torture.
I think you'll probably come to the end of this probably in the
next week or so. It's just a matter of the selling becoming
exhausted, as opposed to - you're going to see this one big
swoop-down day. It's becoming quite disconcerting with the false
positives that you're seeing.
Q: There's so much cash on the sidelines.
Minerd: And that's why I think you'll get a pretty good
lift here - 20-25%. If you're a trader, and even a long-term
investor, you've got to start to consider putting your money to
work.
There's a really interesting bit of research done -- there's an
old saying, "Sell in May, go away, come again on Arbor Day."
Well, statistically, it's actually sell on Memorial Day, and buy
at the first game of the World Series. So I'm waiting for the
World Series.
There's been a lot of bottom-fishing, and I think we've got to
get those people discouraged.
Q: If you see us drop to 800 on the S&P in the next couple
of weeks, where to you see us at the end of the year?
Minerd: I think maybe at the end of the year we're up to
1000, maybe 1100."
You know, Dear Reader, there are many times when I've expressed
astonishment at what was going on. This was true throughout the
growth of the bubble, when I always expressed amazement that the
investors could possibly be making an enormous bubble even larger.
But I don't know how to express in words what I'm seeing and hearing
now. The conversation I quoted above is almost beyond belief in any
way possible.
What could these guys possibly be thinking? There is no possible way
that they could have the vaguest idea what they're talking about.
One is calling for a 1000 point fall in the Dow, after which (he
claims) the market will spring back with a 25% rally. The other one
says almost the same thing, but with a slower selloff in the next two
weeks.
They're just making this stuff up. It's pure fabrication. They have
absolutely no idea what's going to happen, so they pass themselves
off as experts and say stuff like that. Didn't it even occur to them
that on a day when a country like Iceland goes bankrupt, it might
mean something on Wall Street?
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
When I started talking about the Principle of Maximum Ruin several
years ago, I knew it was coming by analysis of previous generational
crashes, but I didn't know the exact mechanism.
Now that I see it happening, it's more like a cartoon than anything
else. These guys literally have no idea what they're talking about,
and they're making stuff up.
How can this be? How could we have come to this.
It's one thing for analysts to make these things up and talk about
them on a financial channel like Bloomberg TV.
It's another thing for a mainstream commentator to do the same thing:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081007c.jpg right "" "Bill O'Reilly
(Source: Fox News Channel)"#>
"More bad news today - Dow down more than 500
points. Just hang in there. Work hard, tough it out, don't
panic. The bottom will soon be reached."
There's a HUGE irony here. Last week, O'Reilly got into a huge
shouting match with Massachusetts congressman Barney Frank. The
tongue-lashing that Frank got was well-deserved, as he's one of the
worst hypocrites around. O'Reilly criticized Frank for saying
everything was OK, and allowing ordinary homeowners to be hurt.
But now look at what O'Reilly is doing. He's giving investment
advice to millions of viewers. He's telling them not to sell, and
he's telling them the market will reach bottom soon.
How could he possibly know that? Does he have a crystal ball?
Perhaps he prayed to God, and God gave him the information. (Though
I have to wonder if even God can predict chaotic events.)
Or, O'Reilly made it up. Having no idea what's going to happen, he
simply made up what he wants to happen.
So now when millions of people listen to him and take his advice,
they're going to lose their money. And O'Reilly will be to blame.
O'Reilly keeps saying how furious he is about what's going on. That
fury will now be directed at him. I hope he has his bunker picked
out.
These are truly incredible days, certainly the most incredible days
of my life. It's almost too much to believe what's going on.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081007 Markets plummet deeply around the world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.head
Markets plummet deeply around the world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.date
7-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.txt1
But Wall Street investors are giggling with glee.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081007.txt2
The European banking crisis continued on Monday as the country of
Iceland faced a financial meltdown, and <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financetopics/financialcrisis/3144756/Trading-in-Icelandic-banks-halted-pending-announcement.html
"suspended all trading in financial shares."#>
Last March, I wrote that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080331 "the country
of Iceland was close to financial default,"#> because for several
years, Iceland has been acting like a hedge fund, instead of a
country, and the króna ("krona" or "crown") currency was crashing.
The problems in Iceland set the stage for the day.
Overnight <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/065f8bfc-93cc-11dd-9a63-0000779fd18c.html
"inter bank lending rates rose sharply,"#> demonstrating that the
$700 billion <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081004 "bailout bill,"#> which
just became law, is not having the desired effect of motivating banks
to trust one another and lend money to one another.
Tokyo had already suffered its worst day in years. Russia <#stdurl
http://www.cleveland.com/world/index.ssf/2008/10/europe_governments_strive_to_a.html
"shut down its stock markets"#> 3 times, and finally ended 20% down,
its worst day in history. Throughout Latin America, stock markets had
big losses of as much as 17%.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081006a.gif center "" "World stock market indexes,
Sept 1 to Oct 6, 2008
(Source: AP/cleveland.com)"#>
In European markets, there was <#stdurl
http://www.theherald.co.uk/business/news/display.var.2457975.0.European_banks_trampled_in_sell_off_stampede.php
"a stampede to sell."#> Britain's FTSE lost 7%, the worst since the
Panic of 1987. Markets in Germany, Italy, France and Spain were down
4-5%.
Appearing on the NBC Today show on Monday morning, CNBC's <#stdurl
http://today.msnbc.msn.com/id/26184891/vp/27045406#27045406 "Jim
Cramer said"#> he expected as much as a 20% further decline in the
stock market and, "Whatever money you need for the next 5 years, take
it out of the stock market."
With regard to corporate earnings, he said, "The previous quarter,
the second quarter, was a bad quarter, but it will look good compared
to the coming quarter."
=inc ww2010.pic g081006b.gif right "" "Market summary, 6-Oct-2008"
So on Wall Street, there was a lot of anxiety, but there was also a
fair amount of glee, because pundits and investors felt that their
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081005 "fantasy "capitulation
event""#> might finally be occurring, meaning (in this fantasy)
that the market would now start going up again, and the bubble would
grow again.
The Dow Industrials index fell 800 points in the morning, to well
below 10,000 for the first time in years.
We interrupt this narrative for <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mc3U0ZkLDjE "a brief commercial
interruption"#> from 1999. I'm sure you'll enjoy it:
Now, back to our show.
In the afternoon, the market regained about 400 points, leaving a lot
of people scratching their heads, since there was no special news in
the afternoon.
There was a lively discussion on Monday in the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. One
person wrote,
"I could not be more pleased with what I saw today
from a traders perspective. We got a beautiful key reversal on
massive volume."
Another wrote:
"I had lunch with my co-workers today. Some of
them said waiting for some points to jump in the market and pick
up some bargains. I think some of these guys may regret not jump
into the market this afternoon by seeing the come back."
After the market closed, an analyst on the BBC was asked why the
market came back after such a disastrous fall. He said,
"That's a terrific question - we're trying to
figure that out ourselves. The pundits are saying that someone
with deep pockets came in and started buying, but we don't know
who. The stocks that are considered recession-proof -- McDonald's,
Pepsi, Coca-Cola -- led the comeback."
What's clear is that the Principle of Maximum Ruin is alive and well.
These people are going to lose a lot more money.
The Fed has expanded its liquidity program this morning. European
central banks are doing the same. They've already done so much, I
didn't think that was possible. But it's not helping. Investors have
finally caught on to the fact that the psychological boost of a
liquidity injection doesn't last more than a day or two.
It's been amazing to watch this, since I set up the Generational
Dynamics web site in 2002. I couldn't foresee the details of what
was going to happen, but I applied generational theory to the
situation, as well as well-established laws:
The Law of Exponential Growth
The Law of Mean Reversion
The Law of Diminishing Returns
I didn't make up these laws, but I've been applying them ruthlessly
for years, to predict what's happening now. And, not surprisingly,
the predictions derived from these laws have all turned out to be
brutally true.
And the fall has much farther to go. Here's Friday's version of the
graphic that appears on the bottom of the home page of this web site:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe081003.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 3-Oct-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see, P/E ratios (also called "valuations") are still at
really astronomical heights.
Incredibly, the P/E index hasn't even gotten as low as it was back
prior to March. It's been at astronomical levels since 1995, and now
appears to be the time when the Law of Mean Reversion is applying
itself. That means that it's going to be falling well below 10.
All this is lost on the pundits, however. Many of them see this
selloff as good news, because it's a "capitulation" event that will
cause the market to "snap back" quickly. There's just no limit to
the stupidity of these people.
One snap back that we are seeing is the snap back of the dollar,
especially against the euro. Those of you who have told me that the
dollar would become worthless can now begin to see why you were wrong.
The dollar is in a deflationary spiral, which makes it increasingly
valuable, while other currencies, including the euro, are collapsing.
I've received a lot of questions about this issue. It's true that
America is deeply in debt, inasmuch as we owe China, Japan and other
foreign countries far more money than we can ever pay back.
But that's not the issue. The dollar has been the reserve currency
since at least the 1930s, and there are huge amounts of dollars in
countries around the world.
In the case of Germany's Weimar Republic, which suffered <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071221 "hyper-inflation in the 1920s,"#> few people
outside of Germany owned marks. In the case of Zimbabwe today, no one
outside of Zimbabwe owns Zimbabwe dollars.
But there are huge amounts of dollars outside of America -- Europe,
China, the Mideast -- and all of those holders are as committed to
the value and integrity of the dollar as America is.
Forget about the dollar as an American currency. Think of the dollar
as a world currency. Even if America no longer had any dollars
whatsoever, the dollar would still be valuable on international
markets as a world currency.
People have accused me of being "nationalistic" when I write this
about the dollar, but that has absolutely nothing to do with it.
It's not nationalistic to say that the dollar has become an
international world currency, whose value no longer even depends on
how many dollars America has. America is just one holder of dollars,
among hundreds of other countries, and the value of the dollar is
determined by the collective value assigned to it by all those
hundreds of countries.
For that reason, the dollar will continue to strengthen against other
currencies, as the deflationary spiral continues.
The only other currency I'd be willing to bet on is the yen. Why?
Because Japan has already gone through a generational crash in 1990,
and they're a nation of survivors of that crash. I'd bet that if
there were a way to take a survey of Japanese mattresses, a lot of
them would be found to be stuffed with cash.
That means that cash is king. And you should take Jim Cramer's
advice: If you're going to need any money in the next five years,
then take it out of the stock market, and keep it in cash.
According to my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical
page,"#> the Dow Industrials index is now at 70% of its high on
October 9 of last year. That's putting an enormous strain on money
market funds, hedge funds, endowments, and everything else, and
because of high leveraging in the past, it may take just a few more
straws to break the camel's back.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081006 European integration is collapsing as banking crisis spreads rapidly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.head
European integration is collapsing as banking crisis spreads
rapidly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.date
6-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.txt1
In the so-called "European Union," it's every country for
itself now.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081006.txt2
The good news is that if you're rich, you can now shift your money
into a European bank, and be fully insured -- even for deposits in
the millions of euros.
The bad news is that Europe is in the midst of a rapidly spreading
bank crisis, and you can't be sure that the bank where you deposit
your money will be around much longer.
The crisis was heightened on Sunday when <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122319875395905445.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"a bailout plan"#> for Germany's Hypo Real Estate collapsed.
Ireland was heavily criticized earlier this week when its Parliament
voted to provide a $600 billion guarantee to all deposits, of whatever
size, in all Irish banks. The reason given was that the Irish feared
a run on Irish banks by panicky depositors afraid of losing their
money.
European leaders, led by German Chancellor Angela Merkel, accused
Ireland of a "going it alone" approach that ignored the needs of the
entire European Union. Some leaders accused Ireland of trying to
seduce depositors in other countries to move their funds to Irish
banks, risking a run on OTHER European banks. But by Thursday,
<#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2008/oct/03/europeanbanks.banking
"Greece had joined Ireland,"#> by guaranteeing all bank deposits in
Greek banks.
At a meeting of European leaders in Paris on Saturday to deal with
the banking crisis, many leaders wanted to take a hard-line position
that the banks must deal with their own problems. Hypo bank, in
particular, already <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/6bd3639c-90ba-11dd-8abb-0000779fd18c,dwp_uuid=70662e7c-3027-11da-ba9f-00000e2511c8.html
"had a rescue plan in place,"#> with $50 billion to be provided by
other banks.
The European leaders particularly rejected a US-like bank bailout,
mostly because it would be almost impossible to achieve. All
American banks are regulated in the same way, but euroland banks in
different countries operate under wildly different sets of
regulations. So any attempt at a uniform European response to the
banking crisis would immediately get bogged down in different details
in every different country.
So the European leaders on Saturday agreed that they didn't know what
they would do, but that they would do it together, en
famille.
But it took only one day for the entire non-agreement to collapse
completely. The other banks backed out of the rescue plan for Hypo
bank, and on Sunday a panicked German government, still led by the
same Angela Merkel, has <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/10/05/business/EU-Germany-Savings-Guaranteed.php
"guaranteed the savings in all German banks,"#>
As of Sunday evening, officials in Berlin are having frantic meetings
to rescue Hypo Bank before the European markets open, around 3 am ET.
However, the bigger picture is the weakness and continuing
disintegration of the European Union.
It seems like years ago, but actually it was only four months ago, in
June, when Europe was in chaos because <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080616 "Ireland rejected the Lisbon treaty,"#> which had been meant
to centralize the EU government. The Europeans would be nostalgic for
that kind of chaos right now.
The euro currency, which only really came into existence in 1999, has
never been considered entirely trustworthy. In fact, it's always
been possible for any individual euroland country to back out of the
euro and return to its national currency, as I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e040815b "described in 2004,"#> based on a Morgan Stanley report.
Ireland rejected the Lisbon Treaty, putting Europe into a state of
chaos as its hopes for a centralized government were dashed. And
now, Ireland has led the way to destroy any common European strategy
to deal with the world financial crisis.
Basically, the European Union exists only when everything is going
OK; the European Union starts to disintegrate whenever there are any
problems.
The events of the last week mean two things, both of which are
extremely bad news:
The parade of bank failures is going to continue, and
probably accelerate.
The countries of Europe will compete with one another, rather
than cooperate with one another. It's every country for itself,
now.
The deflationary spiral continues and accelerates.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081005 The origins of the hare-brained 'capitulation' fallacy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.head
The origins of the hare-brained "capitulation" fallacy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.date
5-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.txt1
It's based on a complete misreading of what happened in 1987.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081005.txt2
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e081001 "I described a few days ago,"#>
pundits, analysts and investors are actually all smiles these days
because they like what's happening on Wall Street.
They're hoping for "capitulation," where the markets sell off wildly,
and then the market starts going up again. This is exactly the mistake
that investors made in 1929, and it leads to what I've been calling
the "Principle of Maximum Ruin," where everyone gets back into the
market, only to lose money again -- the maximum number of people are
ruined to the maximum extent possible. In 1929, the markets fell for
four years - to 10% of their peak value, by 1933.
In this article, we're going to explain why investors have the
fantasy that a "capitulation event" will cause the market to rise
again.
The "capitulation" concept is a complete misreading of what happened
in 1987, in what I call the "False Panic of 1987."
To understand it, begin by looking closely at the following table,
with data from my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical
page,"#> which shows the lead-in to the Panic of 1987:
Date DJIA (Change) (% of 1987 high)
----------------- -------------- ----------------
Tue 1987-08-25 2722.42( +0.94%) (100% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-08-26 2701.85( -0.76%) ( 99% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-08-27 2675.06( -0.99%) ( 98% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-08-28 2639.35( -1.33%) ( 96% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-08-31 2662.95( +0.89%) ( 97% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-09-01 2610.97( -1.95%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-09-02 2602.04( -0.34%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-09-03 2599.49( -0.10%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-09-04 2561.38( -1.47%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Tue 1987-09-08 2545.12( -0.63%) ( 93% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-09-09 2549.27( +0.16%) ( 93% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-09-10 2576.05( +1.05%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-09-11 2608.74( +1.27%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-09-14 2613.04( +0.16%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-09-15 2566.58( -1.78%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-09-16 2530.19( -1.42%) ( 92% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-09-17 2527.90( -0.09%) ( 92% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-09-18 2524.64( -0.13%) ( 92% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-09-21 2492.82( -1.26%) ( 91% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-09-22 2568.05( +3.02%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-09-23 2585.67( +0.69%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-09-24 2566.42( -0.74%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-09-25 2570.17( +0.15%) ( 94% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-09-28 2601.50( +1.22%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-09-29 2590.57( -0.42%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-09-30 2596.28( +0.22%) ( 95% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-10-01 2639.20( +1.65%) ( 96% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-10-02 2640.99( +0.07%) ( 97% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-10-05 2640.18( -0.03%) ( 96% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-10-06 2548.63( -3.47%) ( 93% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-10-07 2551.08( +0.10%) ( 93% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-10-08 2516.64( -1.35%) ( 92% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-10-09 2482.21( -1.37%) ( 91% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
Mon 1987-10-12 2471.44( -0.43%) ( 90% of 87-08-25)
Tue 1987-10-13 2508.16( +1.49%) ( 92% of 87-08-25)
Wed 1987-10-14 2412.70( -3.81%) ( 88% of 87-08-25)
Thu 1987-10-15 2355.09( -2.39%) ( 86% of 87-08-25)
Fri 1987-10-16 2246.73( -4.60%) ( 82% of 87-08-25)
----------------------------------------------------
As you can see, on August 25, 1987, the Dow was at 2722, the high for
the year. At that point it started falling at the rate of a point or
two every day, and then on Friday, Oct 16, it fell 4.6%.
I actually have a personal memory of that weekend. The market had
fallen roughly from 2500 on Tuesday to 2200 on Friday, and it was
being discussed on television. My memory is of an old guy (who I now
realize must have been around 5-10 years old in 1929) saying the
following: "The market may fall a little more, but the next 300 point
move will be in an upward direction."
Then on Monday, October 19, the market fell 500 points, or 22.6%, all
in one day, to around 1700.
Now you can imagine the psychology at the time. The people in charge
were survivors of the 1929 crash. As I've described in conjunction
with the "58-year hypothesis," these are people 63+ years old who
realize that (1) the pattern from 25-Aug to to 19-Oct-1987 was almost
identical to the pattern 3-Sept to 28-Oct-1929. These people would
recognize the similarity, but younger people would be almost entirely
oblivious to it.
(I discussed the 58-year hypothesis in these articles: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 ""The Iraq war may be related to the
bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071019 ""Investors commemorate the false panic
of Monday, October 19, 1987.""#>)
The 1987 panic must have been pretty humiliating for the Silent
Generation senior managers who had led the panic. They had told the
younger people -- the Boomers and Generation-Xers -- that a crash was
coming, and no crash came.
Today, the Silent Generation is gone, and the Boomers and
Generation-Xers are running things. They learned completely different
lessons from what happened in 1987:
They learned there was no longer any danger of a stock market
crash, because the Fed could stop any crash at any time by injecting
liquidity into the banking system. (This worked fine in 1987, but
the same strategy has failed miserably under Ben Bernanke's Fed since
the credit crunch began in 2007.)
They learned that when everyone "capitulates," as they did on
October 28, 1987, then the market has reached a bottom, and starts
going up again.
The "capitulation" theory comes entirely from that event, and a
couple of similar but much smaller "capitulations" that have occurred
since then. In other words, the pundits and investors believe that
when we have another day like October 28, 1987, a "capitulation," then
the market will have truly reached bottom, and will start going up
again.
Those who believe in capitulation are missing some very big points:
The market in 1987 was underpriced. The market today is
overpriced by a factor of 200%. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock
market.""#>)
The cautious, risk-averse Silents were running things in 1987. In
particular, having lived through 1929, they could tell in their gut
that the 1987 panic was very different from the 1929 crash. Today,
the stupid Boomers and the nihilistic Gen-Xers are running things.
They have absolutely no idea what's going on, they believe the
stupidest things about the markets, and they're quickly entering a
state of sheer, utter panic. (See: <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025
""System Dynamics and the Failure of Macroeconomics
Theory""#>)
So it's good to understand that even people who disagree with me
about a coming stock market crash still agree that "something" is
going to happen -- something like the 22% plunge that happened on
28-Oct-1987. And this is important -- mainstream analysts agree with
me that this is what's going to happen.
So mainstream investors agree with me that some kind of panic event
is going to occur. Where we differ is what happens afterwards:
Mainstream investors believe that the market will bottom out
at that point, just as happened in 1987. To see that this belief is
silly, just understand that they believe that the stupid Boomers and
nihilistic Gen-Xers will act today just like the sensible Silents did
in 1987. That assumption is ridiculous on its face.
Generational Dynamics predicts that the market will continue to
fall for several years, as happened in 1929.
I realize that I just quoted the following a few days ago, but you
can't possibly read it too many times. It's from John Kenneth
Galbraith's 1954 book The Great Crash - 1929. It describes how
the "Principle of Maximum Ruin" played out in 1929:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune.
The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer the first margin
call presently got another and equally urgent one, and if he met
that there would still be another. In the end all the money he
had was extracted from him and lost. The man with the smart
money, who was safely out of the market when the first crash
came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ... The
bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who waited out
all of October and all of November, who saw the volume of trading
return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid as a
produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see their
value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the next
twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock market
was] remarkable." (p. 108)
This is what's about to happen again.
In fact, anyone with any sense at all can see that the market can't
start going up again, since corporate earnings are still falling.
As regular readers know, for the last few quarters I've been posting
the table of S&P 500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on
figures from <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. These tables
have shown sharp falls in corporate earnings estimates from week to
week.
I haven't posted such a table for a while, because there's been so
much going on with the various bailouts. However, the third quarter
ended last week, so this is a good time to catch up:
Date 3Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Mar 3: 25.0%
Apr 1: 17.3% Start of previous (2nd) quarter
Jul 1: 12.6% Start of quarter
Sep 5: 0.8%
Sep 12: -1.6%
Sep 19: -0.3%
Sep 26: -1.7% End of quarter
Oct 3: -4.8%
As you can see, the third quarter is proceeding just like the last
few quarters -- high hopes and high estimates of rising corporate
earnings are dashed as actual earnings come out.
The significance of this to the current article is that with the fall
of earnings, price/earnings ratios (valuations) are rising. They've
been at very high levels since March, and they continue to be at the
astronomic levels of 24-25.
What this means is that the market can't possibly start going up
again. The computerized trading programs target a valuation level of
around 18 (as I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080806b "explained many
times,"#> and even that level is way above the historical average.
The P/E ratios have nowhere to go now but down, so the hare-brained
"capitulation" fantasy can not and will not have anything like the
effect that people are dreaming of.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081004 The $700 billion bailout bill becomes law. Now what happens?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.head
The $700 billion bailout bill becomes law. Now what happens?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.date
4-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.txt1
We can learn some lessons from China.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081004.txt2
The political pressure to pass the Emergency Economic Stabilization
Act, which I call the Bailout of the World (BOTW), was enormous, even
though nobody could clearly state what the BOTW would do.
However, the tone of the statements from pundits and politicians has
changed a bit since a week ago. A week ago, they were always saying
something like, "The bailout will prevent the entire financial system
from melting down."
Now what they're saying is, "The bailout will make the recession less
bad."
And the recession is getting real. There's bad news every day, such
as <#stdurl http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/feedarticle/7842266
"plummeting manufacturing numbers"#> and <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/04/business/economy/04jobs.html?em
"plummeting employment numbers"#> in just the last couple of days.
We have some good indicators of how much the world economy is slowing
down.
<#inc ww2010.pic g081003a.gif right "" "Baltic Dry Index and price of
oil for 2004 to 3-Oct-2008
(Source: InvestmentTools.com)"#>
We hear talk about the real estate bubble and the credit bubble
collapsing, but this graph shows that lots of other bubbles are
collapsing as well.
=inc ww2010.h2 china "Collapse of Chinese economy bubble"
What it probably shows most clearly is that the Chinese economic
bubble is collapsing.
China's economy has been growing at over 10% a year since the early
1980s, and by the 2000s decade it's been clear that China's entire
economy was in a bubble. As I began discussing in 2004
(<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040819b "here,"#> and in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China approaches Civil
War""#>), China itself agreed that the economy was overheating
and had to be slowed down.
Starting in 2003, the Chinese tried to slow their economy down from
10% growth to 7% growth. They failed to do so in 2003, 2004, 2005,
2006 or 2007. I and a lot of other people speculated that the
continuing bubble was being caused by the frenzy leading up to the
Beijing Olympics, and that the Chinese economy would finally begin to
slow down once the Olympics games ended.
Actually, the slowdown began occurring earlier this year, and I
discussed it in June, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080613b
""Shanghai China stock market and Baltic Dry Index are crashing
sharply.""#>
I've frequently stated my belief that a major cause of the huge spike
in commodities prices in the last four years -- wheat, iron ore, oil,
and many others -- was caused by the accelerating bubble in the
Chinese economy. The prices of many of these "dry" goods is
reflected by the Baltic Dry Index.
Now the commodities bubble is leaking rapidly, and the graph above
shows that the BDI and the price of oil have fallen sharply, and in
unison. What I actually believe is that, with the excitement of the
Olympics over, the entire Chinese economy is in free fall. We'll see
in the next few weeks whether this last turns out to be true.
But now let's get back to the Bailout of the World plan.
The point I want to make is that the Chinese have totally failed,
over a period of many years, to slow down their overheated economy.
The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) had the power to do anything they
wanted. They could manipulate any macroeconomy variable they wanted.
They could manipulate interest rates, manipulate regulations,
manipulate import or export controls, manipulate business laws,
manipulate many import and export prices, and so forth. The CCP has
all the powers that the American government has, and many more. And
they don't have to go through Congress to get something changed; they
just do it.
And yet, they've totally lost control of their economy. They
couldn't slow it down when it was overheated, and now they can't
prevent it from slowing down much faster than they want.
So here's the question I want to ask:
If the CCP, with all the power that it has to regulate and
control the macroeconomics of the Chinese economy, could not control
the Chinese economy,
then how could anyone CONCEIVABLY think that the Bailout of the
World plan is going to do anything to control the American
economy?
The answer is that, as usual, the people in Washington are dreaming.
The BOTW plan will not have the desired consequences. In fact, the
American and Chinese economies are closely interlocked, and I believe
that both are plummeting quickly now.
Incidentally, a lot of people are making a mistake when they say,
"China is going to do well, because the Chinese people are savers,
while Americans are borrowers, and are deeply in debt."
Actually, the collapse of the Chinese economy's bubble is just as
disastrous as the collapse of America's real estate and credit
bubbles. The easiest way to see that is that the 1930s Great
Depression was disastrous to Americans, even though Americans had been
savers in the 1920s. Read <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The
bubble that broke the world""#> to understand how that happened.
=inc ww2010.h2 world "The world waits"
The bailout bill vote in the House of Representatives has been
worldwide news. People around the world have been following the vote
with rapt attention, as their economies run down. The concept is:
"The Americans did this to us with their worthless mortgage-based
securities, so now we expect American money to help us out."
That's going to be a good trick. The Fed and other central banks
have already injected a trillion dollars of liquidity, and things
have continually gotten worse, so it's hard to see how a few hundred
billion more is going to turn things around.
I hear comments from pundits and politicians like, "I feel people have
a positive view of the future," and "The economy is biased toward
growth." That's sort of true, but when they give examples, the
examples are always from the 1990s (the dot-com bubble) or 2003 (the
credit and real estate bubbles).
What they refuse to understand is how drastically people have
changed. The massive fraud and deception that was commonplace up
till the beginning of 2007 -- thanks to the lethal combination of the
stupidity of the Boomers and nihilism of the Generation-Xers -- has
now been reversed. Mutual trust has been replaced by mutual
suspicion. Mutual tolerance has been replaced by mutual
condemnation.
These are massive attitude and behavioral changes of generational
behavior. Everyone seems to expect that the Bailout of the World
bill will cause these massive attitude and behavioral changes to
reverse. Why would they believe that? Because they're thinking of
the Unraveling era, the 1990s, when the motto still was, "Whatever
feels good, do it."
=inc ww2010.h2 rumor "Buy on the rumor, sell on the news"
=inc ww2010.pic g081003b.gif right "" "Market summary, 3-Oct-2008"
I've heard this phrase, "Buy on the rumor, sell on the news," but
I've never been entirely sure what it means. It's something like
this: If there's a big event coming, then everyone buys. Then, when
the event actually occurs, the day traders sell, taking a profit,
leaving behind the poor schmucks who thought that buying was actually
a good idea.
Anyway, that's what happened on Friday.
The Dow went up 300 points as the House of Representatives vote
approached. Once the vote was completed, around 1:30 pm, the Dow fell
300 points quickly, and continued to fall.
Friday's stock market fall was a disaster all by itself. The Dow
index is now 28% below its peak last year in October, and is at the
lowest point since October, 2005.
Pundits and analysts had very long faces on Friday afternoon. I heard
words like "disappointing" and "disconcerting." The given causes
included Friday's disastrous employment report, and other poor
economic indicators.
The pundits have a new hope: A Fed interest rate cut on Monday or
Tuesday.
It seems that the only thing preventing a big plunge is for the Fed
to keep throwing things at the market. If $700 billion doesn't do
the trick, then it's hard for me, at least, to see how an interest
rate reduction is going to help much.
The deflationary spiral continues to accelerate. The amount of money
in the world is decreasing rapidly, fast enough so that the $700
billion can't keep up with it. Credit is becoming tighter, and
commercial interest rates continue to be at historically high
levels. It'll be interesting to see whether the $700 billion has
even a TEMPORARY effect.
The next that the pundits will be watching for is the reaction of the
Asian markets, as they open at around around 7 pm ET on Sunday
evening.
=inc ww2010.h2 comments "Comments from web site readers"
I strongly urge everyone who wants more frequent commentary and
discussion to visit the new Generational Dynamics forum, especially
the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics thread."#> I've been posting frequent commentary
in that thread, and others have been posting their own comments.
In fact, if you're wondering what to do with your money, I recommend
reading the entire thread, for lots of good ideas.
Here are some recent comments from visitors to the forum:
"I read your blog about the reader who can only
choose 1 money market for his 401K. [See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081003b ""Are your 401K funds safe?""#>]
First of all, he has been informed of what is in it. These
companies are required to send a prospectus periodically stating
what is in each money market fund and they do. If he threw it
away, that is his problem. I read mine and pulled my money out of
the fund in 2005 when there was still plenty of time to do it.
Ignorance is no excuse. If someone is too stupid to understand
the prospectus or too lazy to read it, then that person deserves
to lose their money, and frankly, I don't feel sorry for any of
these people."
This is a very hard opinion, but it's typical of how the attitudes of
the great mass of Americans are changing. As we've said, mutual trust
has been replaced by mutual suspicion, and mutual tolerance has been
replaced by mutual condemnation. This change will accelerate.
Another person had an idea for the person who can't get money out of
his 401K:
"There is one way out of the 401K debacle if you
think you are about to get screwed. 401Ks typically have a loan
option. You can take out perhaps up to 50% (the amount equal to
the IRS penalty) and hide that somewhere else. Of course you will
have to repay that loan... I wonder what the IRS will do if
people all of a sudden lost their entire 401K yet still had a loan
out (and then lost their job, too). Gives me a headache... Oh
well, if the crash happens I will find out. I took out a loan to
provide a downpayment on a house (saved me from mortgage
insurance, heh heh).
Actually, when I tried to find out about my money market fund it
was over a year ago, before all of this stuff started headlining
the news. They had no answers then and I'm sure if anything is
wrong they will certainly stonewall me now."
I honestly don't know if this idea will work for most people. If you
borrow money against your 401K, and then your 401K loses value, then
you still have to repay the loan, and your 401K has still lost its
value. But the situation may be different for each individual, so
check with your lawyer or financial adviser.
I've frequently mentioned the Principle of Maximum Ruin -- the
principle that, as in 1929, the coming crash will ruin the maximum
number of people to the maximum extent possible. Here's one person's
posting on this subject:
"I have to laugh when I think about recent
developments. The Principle of Maximum Ruin has to happen because
people will believe what they want to... because they have to
believe in it. They are so invested (emotionally and financially)
in their Pollyannaish outlook that they can't admit that a freight
train is about to hit them. I never thought in my wildest dreams
that I would witness such collective insanity. It's REALLY
mind-boggling."
The "panic crash" or "capitulation event" that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e081001 "we're headed for"#> will only accelerate the Principle of
Maximum Ruin. Don't expect the pundits, politicians, analysts and
bloggers to start saying, "Ohmigod! I've been wrong all these years,
and I now realize that we're the in the midst of a big crash."
Instead they'll say, "It's everybody's fault but mine, because the
Congress and Administration didn't take my advice. But now the worst
is over, and the market will go up again, especially if they take my
advice now."
So ordinary people will listen to this crap, will invest further in
the market, and will get further screwed, since the market is going
to continue to fall for several years. As the months go by, the
maximum number of people will be ruined to the maximum extent
possible -- the Principle of Maximum Ruin.
Incidentally, if you'd like to post something on the Generational
Dynamics forum, but you don't want to do it yourself, then send it to
me as a comment, and I'll post it for you.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e081003b Are your 401K funds safe?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.head
Are your 401K funds safe?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.date
3-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.txt1
I received the following question from a web site reader.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003b.txt2
I've carefully edited the text to hide identities, and protect the
guilty:
"Not trying to create a panic, but just don't like
being held hostage by dumb rules that could effect your nest egg.
If you are in the [company 401K plan], you can not remain an
employee and move your account balance to a roll-over IRA plan
outside the [company-sponsored plan]. If you currently believe
your retirement funds should now be protected in a money market
fund and not in a stock or bond fund during these times of
financial market stress, you have only one choice under the
company plan, one specific money market fund.
The problem here is the fund's makeup is only 12% of Government
backed treasuries. The other 88% of the holdings are potentially
high risk instruments if the financial market turns ugly. They
have a security blanket to back up the fund but it is not backed
up by the US Government. I spoke to a rep at [the investment
firm managing the fund] and he confirmed the fund holds NO
guarantee that your money will be safe from loss and could face a
situation where it can not maintain the $1.00 par value. The
only way an employee can roll their nest egg out to a safer plan
is to leave the company by separation (voluntarily or
involuntarily) or retirement."
I wrote back to him: You're going to be screwed. I strongly urge you
to find a loophole. Perhaps claim a medical emergency in your family
and withdraw the funds and take the tax penalty.
There are two things in your message that really raise red flags:
You can't shift to another money market fund, one that's 100%
backed by Treasuries. This should be easy as pie.
They won't tell you what securities the fund has invested in. Of
course this shouldn't be a problem.
Based on these two major red flags, I believe that your funds are
already frozen, meaning that even if you separated from the company,
they would make it difficult or impossible to withdraw or transfer
your funds.
Read the following articles from earlier this year for examples of
this practice: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 ""Wealthy
investors in auction rate securities can't get their money
out""#>; <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080303 ""Your money
market funds may be frozen without you knowing it""#>; and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 ""Investment bank UBS is now 'writing
down' clients' auction rate securities.""#>
If you have a lot of money in your retirement fund, all I can suggest
again is that you try to find a loophole.
If my suspicion is true, then both the investment bank and the
company are scared to death of panic withdrawals. If employees
discovered that their 401K savings are nearly worthless, there would
be a riot.
For that reason, you have some leverage. Get together with a couple
of other people, hire a lawyer, and make some demands, with the
threat of spreading the word that the money market funds are frozen.
Whatever you decide to do, you have little time.
=eod
=// &&2 e081003 The nutty bailout bill discussion
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.head
The nutty bailout bill discussion
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.date
3-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.txt1
As I listen to politicians on both sides of the $700 billion Bailout
of the World (BOTW) plan,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081003.txt2
I enjoy seeing how much they're sweating.
If you ask them whether $700 billion is the right amount, they say
they don't know. If you ask them whether the bill is going to work,
they say that they hope so, but they don't know.
The reason that they're sweating is not because they're necessarily
concerned whether the bailout plan will work, but only whether they'll
be blamed for whatever happens. You can almost hear the gears in
their minds grinding: "Which way should I vote to get reelected in
November?"
The result is that we're hearing some pretty nutty arguments.
One is the "mark to market" debate.
Under this proposal, the reason that we're in so much trouble is
because financial firms are required to provide "mark to market"
valuations of the securities that they manage. If only that nasty
requirement could be repealed, then banks could return to claiming
high values for mortgage-backed securities, and the crisis would end.
There are several problems with this proposal:
This proposal is a license to lie. I've written dozens of
times that sickening stench of corruption that's pervaded financial
and real estate institutions for the last few years. Those who wish
to repeal the mark to market requirements are essentially supporting
a return to that stench.
The specific proposal is to repeal the implementation of an
accounting rule, FASB 157, that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071014b "I
wrote about"#> last year in October when it was proposed, for
implementation on November 15, 2007. It was proposed because several
investment banks had already been forced to write down tens of
billions of dollars in mortgage-backed securities, and it was felt
desirable not to allow that to continue. Well, that answers the
question. There were massive asset writedowns BEFORE FASB 157 was
implemented, and so it's pretty clear that asset writedowns will
continue even if FASB 157 is repealed.
=inc ww2010.pic g081002a.gif right "" "Market summary, 2-Oct-2008"
So when a politician talks about repealing the mark to market rules,
it's not because doing so would actually change anything, but it
might get him votes.
A web site wrote to me today, recommending that I listen to <#stdurl
http://search.bloomberg.com/search?q=roubini+silent+run&site=wnews&client=wnews&proxystylesheet=wnews&output=xml_no_dtd&ie=UTF-8&oe=UTF-8&filter=p&getfields=wnnis&sort=date%3AD%3AS%3Ad1&submit.x=0&submit.y=0&submit=submit
"an interview with Nouriel Roubini."#> She wrote, "I really enjoyed
this interview. This clarifies a lot of the questions I am hearing
and discussions with friends about why this Paulson bailout plan is a
joke. It's more entertaining and informative than most Bloomberg
financial interviews because Dr. Nouriel Roubini appeals to basic
common sense. The fact that our government hasn't enlisted the
majority of economists who agree with Roubini for an alternative plan
to Paulson's plan, is a complete failure of leadership."
But all of these people -- journalists, pundits, college professors
-- are just screwing around. They're just saying things to cover
their asses when everything goes wrong.
These people are arguing about a plan that will have no effect at
all. It's as if there were a one-mile-high tsunami heading toward
land, and the bailout plan was to line the beaches with buckets, so
that people could scoop up the water and toss it back out into the
ocean. Bickering and arguing over the number of buckets on the beach
is irrelevant, since the tsunami is going to wash all the buckets
away anyway.
The above graphic shows that investors are not impressed with what's
going on in Congress. The Senate has approved the bailout bill, and
the House of Representatives will vote tomorrow.
The supporters of the bill say things like, "We have to supply some
liquidity to restart the banks, so that they can get back to normal
and start lending to each other again."
I can't imagine what these people are thinking. They must think that
the world financial system is like a motor on a lawn mower -- all you
have to do to get it going is give it a spin.
Well, what made the motor stop spinning in the first place?
The last few weeks have shown a steady downtrend in the stock market
indexes. The downward trend is the most similar to the time just
prior to the 1929 crash than I've seen so far.
But the real crash is the continuing in the credit markets.
Here's a graph that <#stdurl
http://www.bankstocks.com/AddComment.aspx?ArticleID=5412 "a
blogger"#> posted, courtesy of Barclay's bank:
<#inc ww2010.pic g081002b.jpg center "" "Credit market summary, 2004
to 2-Oct-2008"#>
The Libor/OIS and TED spread graphs show that interest rates get
worse and worse every day. This is the lawn mower engine that the
politicians want to restart with a gimmick. But the credit markets
are getting more and more locked up every day.
The reason is the same that I've given before: As the massive real
estate and credit bubbles deflate, the world's deflationary spiral is
getting deeper and deeper. Each day, there's far less money (US
dollars) in the world than the day before because of asset
writedowns, deleveraging, and so forth.
The real estate bubble increased the total price of real estate from
about $15 trillion to $22 trillion, so the leaking real estate bubble
will take back $7 trillion from the world.
Last week, I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080926 "quoted the Financial
Times"#> as saying that a partial deleveraging of investment banks
would $6 trillion in asset sales, and since those investments were
made on credit, that means $6 trillion less money in the world.
Extrapolating those figures, full deleveraging of investment banks
would come to $20-30 trillion.
And then we have the matter of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080604
"credit default swaps."#> There are $60 trillion of those in
portfolios around the world (including a lot of overlap with the
$20-30 trillion figure of the last paragraph), and these are all
going to unwind at some point, losing more tens of trillions of
dollars in the world. And I don't even want to think about that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080924 "one quadrillion dollars in credit
derivatives"#> that are around.
The point I'm making is that we're talking about numbers that are so
huge, $700 billion is tiny compared to it. That's what I meant
above, comparing the size of a few buckets to the size of a
one-mile-high tsunami.
If you're one of those who haven't prepared for what's coming, I
honestly doubt that you have much time left.
=eod
=// &&2 e081001 Pundits are all smiles, as they await a 'panic crash' or 'retail capitulation'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.head
Pundits are all smiles, as they await a "panic crash"
or "retail capitulation"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0810
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.date
1-Oct-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.txt1
Panic selling on Monday became panic buying on Tuesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e081001.txt2
as Wall Street recovered about half of what it had lost on Monday.
I received the following from a web site reader today:
=inc ww2010.pic g080930.gif right "" "Market summary, 30-Sep-2008"
"So how are you doing? I am sitting here watching
CNBC and the talk about fear in the markets, I do not see the real
fear I have been waiting for, fear where the people exit the
markets and the banks. The “follow the herd” has not happen yet, I
don’t know if we will be able to see the tipping point or there
will be a general panic from Main Street. There may be a couple of
days over the next couple months but the downturn now has turned
into severe downward spiral, I think October will be brutal. I
have been checking your site and blog, the only comment I have is
that the great depression will not happen again -- this time it
will be the Greater Depression!"
You're absolutely right. The "generational panic and crash" has not
yet happened, but it could happen any day now.
The people in Washington have no idea what's going on. They think
that the market is going down for psychological reasons, and that all
they have to do is "restore confidence."
But the evidence from 1929 refutes that. What is clear is that the
1929 crash was caused by forced selling -- people who had invested on
margin had to sell everything to meet margin calls, and selling
everything pushed prices down even farther. Investor psychology had
absolutely nothing to do with it. It boggles my mind that Ben
Bernanke, who is considered the world's greatest expert on the Great
Depression, doesn't understand that, and has said some unbelievably
dumb things over recent years.
I had previous written about <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "Nouriel Roubini's blog,"#>
<#stdurl http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> and the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated Risk blog"#> (with
Tanta), thinking that these people had begun to catch on to what's
going on.
These and other blogs have turned into nattering jokes. Shedlock is
on some weird crusade to stop the bailout, CalculatedRisk can't
decide whether or not there'll be a recession, and Roubini, who's
become an international television superstar, constantly flip-flops on
whether such-and-such a detail in the bailout plan is will PREVENT
systemic failure or CAUSE systemic failure. These people must be
getting along on their good looks, because it's certainly not their
brains.
What is it that makes these people, as well as Ben Bernanke and other
so-called "experts," such airheads? It must be Generation-X
perversion (even though they're not all Gen-Xers). All you have to do
is look at a couple of the graphs in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market,""#>
and you can see it right off. This isn't rocket science; it's
perfectly obvious to anyone who understands calculus. Don't any of
these bloggers know calculus?
There are actually lots of signs that a lot of forced selling is
already going on. The Lehman bankruptcy two weeks ago is apparently
having major chain reaction effects, according to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122266132599384845.html?mod=testMod
"a Wall Street Journal analysis."#> Pundits have been saying
that hedge funds are deleveraging like mad. And of course, banks
have been falling like dominoes, here and in Europe.
Furthermore, the credit markets were <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5gXJkHBkXwQWtPp4EaKg_ly_7cM_AD93HBUB80
"worse on Tuesday than Monday,"#> with interest rates at fresh
historically high levels.
One day soon there will be a generational panic and crash because
there MUST be.
Ironically -- and this is perhaps the craziest thing of all -- the
pundits are smiling today, because they believe that the end is in
sight. As incredible as it seems, they're all disappointed that we
haven't seen a "panic crash" or "retail capitulation" yet.
No, there's no sign of real fear on CNBC. They're waiting gleefully
for a "panic crash" and "retail capitulation."
That's where the markets sell off wildly, and then the bubble can
start again. They're hoping for that, so that the champagne parties
can come back.
Why would they ever think that? Why would they think that if a
"panic crash" occurs, then it will mean that the markets had reached
bottom and were going up again? Where did they ever get such an
idea?
They got it because that's what happened in 1987. The market fell
23% on on one day, October 19, 1987. That's the pattern they've been
studying and remembering, and that's the pattern that they expect to
repeat.
There are several major reasons why the 1987 pattern doesn't apply
today:
The senior financial managers in 1987 were from the
Silent Generation that survived the Great Depression. These
people where very cautious. It's true that they panicked in
1987, but they had lived through the 1929 crash, and they could
tell pretty quickly that things were different in 1987. Today's
senior managers are Boomers. They don't have any idea what's
going on, since they were born after the Great Depression
ended.
The stock market was actually underpriced in 1987 (see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real
value' of the stock market""#>). As of today, the market has
been way overpriced for 13 years, and the Law of Mean Reversion
applies today, where it didn't in 1987.
There is a huge real estate bubble, which wasn't the case in
1987, and its collapse today is accelerating. According to
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aEyKpTpk90C0&refer=home
"figures released on Tuesday,"#> house prices declined in July at
the fastest pace on record, signaling that the housing crash is
nowhere close to ending.
But for some reason that totally escapes me, these pundits and
bloggers are totally blind to what's going on.
It's really eerie to see what happened in 1929 being repeated, almost
as if everyone were reading from a script.
I've quoted the following paragraph from John Kenneth Galbraith's
1954 book The Great Crash - 1929, many times before, but it's a
like a mystical song that appears to be more and more meaningful, each
time you hear it:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune.
The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer the first margin
call presently got another and equally urgent one, and if he met
that there would still be another. In the end all the money he
had was extracted from him and lost. The man with the smart
money, who was safely out of the market when the first crash
came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ... The
bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who waited out
all of October and all of November, who saw the volume of trading
return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid as a
produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see their
value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the next
twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock market
was] remarkable." (p. 108)
That's why the comparison of today to 1987 is the same mistake that
investors in 1929 made, making a comparison to the panic of 1907.
Investors are making exactly the same mistake today, totally
oblivious to the generational changes that make everything different.
This is what leads to what I've been calling the "Principle of Maximum
Ruin," where everyone gets back into the market, only to lose money
again -- the maximum number of people are ruined to the maximum extent
possible. In 1929, the markets fell for four years - to 10% of their
peak value, by 1933.
So those hoping for a "panic crash" or "retail capitulation" are going
to get their wish. As usual, be careful what you wish for.
I had lunch recently with my boss and his boss. They were discussing
the stock market, and I said, "It's going to crash. Everyone will
lose everything." They both laughed. I guess I was lucky they
didn't call security.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e080929b Far-right victory in Austria stuns Europe and Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.head
Far-right victory in Austria stuns Europe and Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.date
29-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.txt1
Anyone who has seen "The Sound of Music"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929b.txt2
knows that Austria played a pivotal role in the development of the
European war in the 1930s.
Europe's major bank failures began in Austria in 1931, triggering mass
panic and bank failures throughout Central Europe. By the end of the
year, there were over 6 million unemployed, and the resulting social
tension gave rise to Communism and Naziism, and the rise to power of
Adolf Hitler.
And so deep memories were stirred on Sunday, when Austria's two
far-right parties, the Freedom Party and the Alliance for the Future
of Austria, together <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/farright-leader-claims-he-is-real-victor-in-austria-945990.html
"took nearly 29% of the vote"#> in the general elections.
The Social Democrats won the election with 30%. But they, and the
conservative People's Party, with 26%, suffered their worst results
since 1945, while the far right showed its greatest strength since
the end of World War II.
The coalition of the center parties, the Social Democrats and the
People's Party, had ruled until recently. But, like many governments
today, the Austrian government became paralyzed with bickering, and
they were forced to call a new election.
Heinz-Christian Strache, the leader of the Freedom Party, has been
accused of links to neo-Nazis, but he denies that. The Freedom Party
has <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSTRE48S5D520080929
"called for a halt to immigration"#> and a ministry for repatriating
foreigners. The election campaign targeted young people, and focused
on economic and income issues. It is also opposed to globalization
and to being part of the European Union.
In 2000, when the Freedom Party briefly became part of Austria's
governing coalition, Austria received sanctions from the European
Union, and Israel recalled its ambassador from Vienna.
Today, the reaction is expected to be less harsh, largely because
right-wing anti-immigrant parties have been <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/1c810cc0-8e87-11dd-9b46-0000779fd18c.html
"gaining in other European countries,"#> including Switzerland,
Netherlands, Belgium and Denmark.
However, an Israeli Ministry spokesman <#stdurl
http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3603718,00.html "said
that:"#>
"We are very concerned over the rise to power of
people who promote hatred of foreigners and Holocaust denial, and
befriend Neo-Nazis. We see it as a disturbing development and are
following the matter very closely."
The rise of the far right in Austria may or may not have great
significance, as it may simply be a protest vote against the
incompetence of the current government.
However, as the change in political direction coincides with the
continuing collapse of the world financial system, the fears of a
repeat of the events of the early 1930s are being stirred.
(Comments: For reader comments and discussion, see the
<#stdurl http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&t=28
"Austria thread"#> of the Generational Dynamics forum.)
=eod
=// &&2 e080929 Markets plummet 7-9% after unexpected rejection of bailout plan by Congress
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.head
Markets plummet 7-9% after unexpected rejection of bailout plan by
Congress
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.date
29-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.txt1
Banks in America and Europe are falling like dominoes, as credit
constructor tightens its grip.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080929.txt2
As of Monday morning, it was already clear that the promise of a
that the "Bailout of the World" (BOTW) plan would solve
everyone's problems.
In Europe, <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/feedarticle/7836493 "bank activity
was almost frozen,"#> as interbank lending interest rates (as measured
by the TED Spread and the Libor/OIS spread that I mentioned last week)
rose to historic highs.
Furthermore, on a weekend when America's <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/09/29/business/NA-US-Wachovia-FDIC-Role.php
"Wachovia bank failed"#> and had to be bailed out, European banks
seemed to be falling like dominoes, with <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2008/09/29/markets/dollar/?postversion=2008092915
"three banks failures in Europe:"#> Germany's Hypo Real Estate
Holding AG had to be bailed out, Britain's Bradford & Bingley was
nationalized, and and the Netherlands and Luxembourg partially
nationalized Dutch-Belgian banking giant Fortis NV with a $16.4
billion rescue. European stock markets fell 5%.
=inc ww2010.pic g080929.gif right "" "Market summary, 29-Sep-2008"
The big shock of the day came around 1:40 pm, when the votes started
coming in from the House of Representatives on the bailout bill, and
it became clear that the bill was going to lose. The Dow Industrials
index was already down 270 points, but it immediately fell another
350 points within just a few minutes. The index recovered slightly,
but then fell several hundred more points in the last few minutes of
the trading day.
I've gone into this detail because I want to emphasize the atmosphere
of total panic that was pervading the Wall Street atmosphere today.
The market indexes are now 25% from their October, 2007, highs. At
some point, the fall in share prices will trigger forced selling,
leading to a worldwide panic.
The Bailout of the World plan is, at its bottom, an expensive
psychological ploy to "restore confidence in the markets," but it
doesn't change the fundamentals enough to make any real difference.
It used to be that the Fed could lower interest rates 1/4% to get a
huge psychological boost among investors, but now even the promise of
$700 billion doesn't do the trick. Investors have decided, "Fool me
once, shame on you; fool me twice, shame on me."
Even so, pundits have been predicting what everyone will do next:
There will be another attempt at some point to pass the bailout bill;
the Fed will lower interest rates again. These are both quite
possible.
Pundits are expecting a continuing bloodbath on Tuesday, but in fact
it's equally probably that the stock indexes will rise, possibly by a
great deal.
What's going on are two sides of the same coin -- panic buying and
panic selling. Both of them are panic, and what's particularly
significant of the last few days is that the level of panic, whether
up or down, has been increasing.
It's worthwhile to take another look at what happened in 1929. If we
look at my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page,"#> we
can see what happened before the 1929 crash, some of which is
extracted here:
As you can see, the 1929 crash was not a huge 20-30% drop in one day.
There were several days of wild swings over many days, netting
sharply down. It's important to remember that the stock market
didn't just fall one or two days; it continued to fall for four
years, and from 1929-33 stocks had fallen 90%, to 10% of their peak
values.
Here's a comment from a web site reader:
"Is Purchasing $700 billion of Toxic Assets the
Best Way to Recapitalize the Financial System?
No! It is Rather a Disgrace and Rip-Off Benefitting only the
Shareholders and Unsecured Creditors of Banks
Read More Here: Link: <#stdurl http://www.rgemonitor.com/#>
Nouriel Roubini on Sep 28, 2008.
A recent IMF study of 42 systemic banking crises across the world
provides evidence on how different crises were resolved.
<#stdurl http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2008/wp08224.pdf#>
Government purchase of bad assets was the exception rather than
the rule. It was used only in Mexico, Japan, Bolivia, Czech
Republic, Jamaica, Malaysia, and Paraguay.
The Treasury plan is a disgrace: a bailout of reckless bankers,
lenders and investors that provides little direct debt relief to
borrowers and financially stressed households and that will come
at a very high cost to the US taxpayer. And the plan does nothing
to resolve the severe stress in money markets and interbank
markets that are now close to a systemic meltdown.
It is pathetic that Congress did not consult any of the many
professional economists that have presented - many on the RGE
Monitor Finance blog forum - alternative plans that were more
fair and efficient and less costly ways to resolve this crisis.
This is again a case of privatizing the gains and socializing the
losses; a bailout and socialism for the rich, the well-connected
and Wall Street. And it is a scandal that even Congressional
Democrats have fallen for this Treasury scam that does little to
resolve the debt burden of millions of distressed home
owners."
It doesn't make any difference whether they had talked to the
"professional economists" or not. Roubini, the IMF, and the others
still don't understand what's going on.
This collapse has been in play at least since the dot-com bubble
began in 1995. The bubble grew for 13 years, morphing into a real
estate bubble and a credit bubble, and now it's going to collapse for
many years.
The deflationary spiral is accelerating, and things are getting much
worse very quickly. I'm expecting a generational crash (the first
since 1929) pretty soon. Forced selling is picking up among hedge
funds, and it won't be long before it turns into total panic. So now
would not be a good time for anyone to make any monetary commitments.
It's worth remember again that we're waiting for a similar epochal
event -- the massive generational panic that will be remembered
forever. This must occur at some point. The last one occurred in
1929, and the next one is overdue. Millions or tens of millions of
investors around the world will panic and try to sell everything,
causing computer systems to crash or be clogged for hours, or perhaps
a day or two. This MUST happen, and it might happen this week, next
week, or in the weeks that follow, but it seems very close right now.
(Comments: For reader comments, as well as more frequent
updates on this subject, see the <#stdurl
http://generationaldynamics.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=14&t=2
"Financial Topics"#> thread of the Generational Dynamics forum. Read
the entire thread for discussions on how to protect your money.)
=eod
=// &&2 e080928 Washington officials to spend Sunday evening watching Asian markets
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.head
Washington officials to spend Sunday evening watching Asian
markets
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.date
28-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.txt1
The details of the $700 billion Bailout of the World (BOTW) plan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080928.txt2
are now being evaluated by investors around the world.
=// (<#stdurl http://money.cnn.com/2008/09/28/news/pdf/firstdraft.pdf
=// "Full text PDF."#>)
The <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=aLqw.IWnuCxM&refer=news
"fight is not yet over,"#> but there's a basic agreement in place.
According to the plans, it will be debated in Congress during the
week, and passed as a bill by the end of the week.
The American public is overwhelmingly opposed to the BOTW -- by
something like to 300 to 1, according to what I've heard.
The two Presidential candidates completely punted on this question
during the debates. Their scripted answers threaded the needle
between not endorsing anything so unpopular, and not rejecting
something that might save the world.
In fact, there's one overwhelming fear in Washington that's so great
that it overshadows everything else and makes everything else almost
irrelevant. It's not a great fear of economic meltdown: It almost
seems to be taken for granted that some kind of economic meltdown is
in the cards. No, the greatest fear for each of these Washington
officials is the fear of being blamed for the economic meltdown.
In listening to the commentary for the last few days about the BOTW,
the most telling thing that I've heard was the answer by Treasury
Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. to these questions: "Why are we in
such a rush? Why can't we do this in stages? Why do we have to
approve the entire $700 billion in just a couple of days?"
The answer: "We have to restore confidence to the markets, and we
need the full amount to do that, and we have only a couple of days to
do that before we face disaster." (This is paraphrasing, but that's
essentially what he said.)
As this weekend progresses, we've been faced with a familiar deadline:
The bailout agreement has to be reached by about 7 pm ET on Sunday,
because that's when the markets are opening Monday morning in Asia. 7
pm Sunday ET has been a do or die deadline for several recent
weekends.
And listening to the pundits this weekend, they're all going to be
holding their breath watching the markets on Sunday evening and
Monday morning.
"If it doesn't work, then we face disaster on Monday, but I don't
think that's going to happen," said one.
The phrase "doesn't work" means "doesn't restore confidence to stock
market investors."
There's an airhead quality to all this discussion. There's no
connection with anything real. It's not exactly like playing a move
in a chess game ("If I do this, he does that, then I do this.")
It's more like a big poker game: "I've lost every bet so far. This
time I'm going to go all in, and bet every penny I have on the next
turn of the card. I hope this works."
It's hard to overestimate how incredible this is, since it's not a
poker game. The prevailing view in Washington is that the fate of
the entire world economy hinges on the turn of a card, and I don't
think that there's anyone who even claims to have any idea which way
that card is going to turn.
And so, everyone in Washington is going to be paying rapt attention
to the markets on Monday, because you have to be a very nimble player
to avoid the greatest catastrophe of all -- being blamed.
=eod
=// &&2 e080927 North Korea resumes nuclear weapon development amidst generational succession struggle
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.head
North Korea resumes nuclear weapon development amidst generational
succession struggle
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.date
27-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.txt1
South Korea is considering retaliatory economic action,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080927.txt2
if North Korea goes ahead with its plans develop nuclear weapons.
South Korea has been providing massive food and energy aid to North
Korea, and is considering <#stdurl
http://english.chosun.com/w21data/html/news/200809/200809260006.html
"suspension of the energy aid."#> Foreign Minister Yu Myung-hwan
points out that a resumption of nuclear weapons development would
violate an existing 2006 UN Security Council resolution, and added,
"This is related to the 'action-for-action' principle. North Korea is
well aware of how we will react if it goes beyond the current
parameters."
The situation is viewed very gravely in South Korea, because the two
countries are technically still in a state of war, since the Korean
War armistice in 1953.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/09/26/AR2008092600738.html
"a statement"#> by Defense Minister Lee Sang-hee, following the North
Korean announcement, "North Korea maintains a vast military and
forward deploys more than 70 percent of its ground forces. It stands
ready to mount a surprise attack any time. It continues to develop
weapons of mass destruction such as nuclear, chemical and biological
weapons and missiles and is a grave threat to the stability, not only
of the Korean peninsula, but also the region."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080927.gif right "" "Defense Expenditures as a
percentage of GDP - top 25 countries, 2002. The US would rank #47 on
this chart.
(Source: Congressional Research Service)"#>
In fact, according to <#stdurl http://www.fas.org/man/crs/RL32209.pdf
"a study (PDF) by the Congressional Research Service,"#> North Korea
spends the highest percentage of its GDP of any country in the world
on military expenditures. This is despite the fact that the
country's Communist government is unable to feed its people,
resulting in frequent famine and starvation. In view of the
country's spending priorities, it's reasonable to conclude that the
country is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060719 "preparing for war,"#> and
it's reasonable to assume that war would be directed against both
South Korea and its hated enemy, Japan.
Concern has been heightened by the <#stdurl
http://english.chosun.com/w21data/html/news/200809/200809260015.html
"statements of a North Korean defector"#> that North Korean president
Kim Jong-il had used the disarmament negotiations as a ploy to get
international aid, and that he already had an inventory of nuclear
material and weapons.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/story/2008/09/26/ST2008092600020.html
"the typical punditry in Washington,"#> the North Koreans changed
their minds because the Americans were insisting on inspecting their
nuclear facilities. This is part of the hubris that assumes that
everything that happens anywhere in the world happens because
Washington does something or doesn't do something.
What's much more likely is that the sudden announcement was
precipitated by an ongoing succession struggle.
When Kim Jong-il <#stdurl
http://english.chosun.com/w21data/html/news/200809/200809100013.html
"failed to appear on September 9"#> at 60th anniversary celebrations
for the country, speculation about ill health began immediately.
It's now been 44 days since Kim has appeared in public, although
North Korean officials <#stdurl
http://english.chosun.com/w21data/html/news/200809/200809250007.html
"have angrily denied"#> that Kim is in ill health, and are bitterly
criticizing "speculation by ill-intentioned people." It's now widely
assumed that <#stdurl
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/nationworld/2008201476_nkorea25.html
"Kim has suffered a paralyzing stroke."#> This will be confirmed or
refuted on October 10, when Kim is expected to appear at another
major anniversary celebration.
<#inc ww2010.pic koreabb.jpg center "" "Prominent billboard in
Pyongyang, North Korea, 2003. The right-most frame shows a North
Korean spearing an American with a bayonet."#>
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right nkorea 2
A succession battle would <#stdurl
http://yaleglobal.yale.edu/display.article?id=11380 "throw the country
into enormous turmoil for a long time."#> The Kim family has ruled
North Korea since it declared independence in 1948, and speculation
centers on his children, as well as his fourth wife, Kim Ok, who
visited Washington in 1999.
It's also possible that the succession struggle is being dominated by
China, who will act to <#stdurl
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Korea/JI27Dg01.html "install a
China-friendly leader"#> in North Korea.
Kim Jong-il, born in 1941, is a survivor of WW II and the subsequent
war between North and South Korea. Like America's "Silent
generation," the children who grow up during a crisis war suffer a
kind of generational child abuse, and turn into reserved, indecisive
adults.
His children and his young fourth wife have no such inhibitions, and
are going to be far more confrontational and competitive. The new
announcement of the resumption of nuclear development is exactly the
kind of brinksmanship that one would expect of a more arrogant
younger post-war generation.
Even if Kim recovers his health, the current development signals a
new period of great international turmoil over North Korea's
intentions. If the defector's statements are true, then North Korea
could be ready to launch nuclear missiles at South Korea or Japan in
a fairly short time frame. And, as usual, what matters in these
situations is the perceptions rather than the truth. If the masses
of South Koreans or Japanese believe that North Korea is now
preparing for war, the probability of a miscalculation spiraling into
war becomes greater.
An <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,580370,00.html
"editorial from the German paper Süddeutsche Zeitung"#> describes the
situation as follows:
"The Stalinist dictatorship can only continue to
exist if the pressures from inside and outside are reasonably
equal. If the attention from outside were to disappear then the
regime would be eaten up by domestic problems. It always comes
down to a question of existence.
It seems that the country is now going through an important
transformation. The negotiated disarmament program is being
sacrificed and uranium enrichment is being restarted. North Korea
is making itself dangerous again, thus destroying the progress
achieved in negotiations over the past six years.
Why? There is no obvious answer to so much irrationalism and from
the outside it is hard to understand the motives. It is obvious
that the outrageous provocations have something to do with the
credible reports about the poor health of Kim Jong Il. If Kim is
really not recovering or is even already dead, then the North
Korea that will be unleashed on the world will be marked by power
struggles and wild survival tactics. The restarting of the nuclear
program would be a central part of any claim to power. Whoever has
the bomb has the power. The country is once again becoming one of
the world's problem cases."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there will be a
crisis war of Korean unification with near 100% certainty, and that
Japan will be pulled into this war. My expectation is that China
will be North Korea's ally in this war, especially because China is
already planning for a war with America over Taiwan.
=eod
=// &&2 e080926 Credit markets 'crash' as bank lending is frozen.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.head
Credit markets "crash" as bank lending is frozen.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.date
26-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.txt1
Officials are bitterly divided over the $700 billion Bailout of the
World (BOTW) plan,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080926.txt2
as meetings ran into the night on Thursday evening. The bailout plan
appeared to be in disarray, as leading Republicans
<#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122235295272975207.html
"proposed an alternative plan."#>
The original plan, advocated by Secretary of the Treasury Henry M.
Paulson Jr. and Federal Reserve chairman Ben Bernanke, gives the
Administration authority to pay up to $700 billion for near worthless
mortgage-back securities from financial institutions.
The theory is that, one day soon, the bubble will return, and the
government can sell those securities and make money. (Please stop. I
can't type when I have tears in my eyes from laughing so hard.)
The new plan, proposed by Alabama Sen. Richard Shelby, the ranking
Republican on the Senate Banking Committee, would authorize the the
Administration to loan $700 billion to financial institutions. Once
the bubble returns, they would pay back the loans with interest, and
the government would make money. (Once again, I can't stop
laughing.)
The real news on Thursday is that people are now speaking of a
"credit market crash." Banks simply are unwilling to lend money to
each other at interest rates the borrower can afford.
Yesterday I posted a graph of the TED spread, which has risen again
today. Here's a graph of the Libor-OIS spread <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/09/25/16327/what-price-risk/
"posted Thursday"#> on the FT site:
=inc ww2010.pic g080925.jpg center "" "Libor/OIS spread, 2002 - Sept 08"
Libor measures the interest rate for bank to bank lending for 3
months; OIS (Overnight Index Swaps) measures the interest rate for
overnight lending. Usually it's more risky to lend someone money for
3 months than for overnight, and so the interest rate is normally a
little higher.
The above graph shows that this difference in interest rate is
historically higher.
What all this means is that interbank lending is frozen. Bloomberg tv
referred to it several times as a "credit market crash." A <#stdurl
http://www.usnews.com/blogs/capital-commerce/2008/09/25/is-the-credit-crisis-a-myth.html
"US News article"#> uses the same words.
A <#stdurl
http://www.usatoday.com/money/economy/2008-09-25-fed-bank-lending_N.htm
"USA Today article"#> points out that many banks would now be
collapsing, if it weren't for massive lending by the Fed.
Today's explanation is the same as yesterday's explanation: The
leaking of the credit bubble is accelerating, the amount of money in
the world is disappearing more quickly. The deflationary spiral is
accelerating. The $700 billion from the Bail Out the World plan
wouldn't even begin to keep up.
There are some people who, after many months and years, are finally
beginning to understand this. The credit bubble was created by
"leveraging" -- using a little money to borrow a lot. This was done
by everyone: People bought homes with no money down, often lying
about their income, or they used credit cards to pay their living
expenses. And financial institutions would buy securities "on
margin," often paying on 2-5% of the cost, and borrowing the rest.
This means that they "leveraged" their money by 50 to 1 or 20 to 1.
Now everyone's talking about "deleveraging." Gillian Tett wrote a
<#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/62e23602-8906-11dd-a179-0000779fd18c.html
"Financial Times article"#> that summarizes this:
"A few years ago, senior officials at the Bank for
International Settlements started ringing alarm bells about the
scale of leverage that was quietly building up in the financial
system. Back then, though, it was fantastically hard to get
American policymakers - let alone bankers - to listen.
In the go-go days of the credit bubble, Washington policymakers
blithely assumed that the Western financial system had plenty of
capital to cope with any potential risks. Consequently, as one
former BIS official admits: "Worrying about leverage wasn't
fashionable at all - no one wanted to hear."
Fast-forward a couple of years and, my, how those Western
financiers are having to eat humble pie (even to the point of
accepting a helping hand from the once-ailing Japanese). After
all, the events of the past year have now made it patently -
horrifically - obvious that the Western banking system has become
dangerously undercapitalised in recent years, to the point where
even the Federal Reserve is having to shore up its
defences.
Moreover, it is now also clear that Western policymakers are
belatedly trying to correct this state of affairs. The days when
high leverage, mega bonuses and wacky instruments were equated
with financial virility have gone; instead a more humble,
back-to-basics and slim-line approach is what investors are
demanding. Thus, deleveraging is now all the rage - in whatever
form it might take."
So far, so good. Tett points out that deleveraging must now occur
for most firms. This is something that a lot of people are saying.
But she added the following interesting paragraph:
"Some industry analysts estimate, for example,
that if investment banks were to cut leverage ratios from 30
times (or recent levels) to 20 times, this would trigger $6,000bn
worth of asset sales, excluding likely deleveraging by hedge
funds too."
In other words, suppose that investment banks cut their leverage
ratios from 30 times to 20 times. That one action would cause $6
trillion dollars in assets to be sold, and since that money was
essentially "created" from credit, there would be $6 trillion dollars
less money in the world. And it would be much worse if the cut the
leverage ratios to 10 times, or 5 times, or (gasp!) two times.
And that doesn't even count hedge funds!
That's a good example of why money is disappearing in the world, and
also explains why the $700 billion Bail Out the World plan doesn't
have a snowflake's chance in hell of making much of a difference,
whether it passes or not.
Thursday also saw the biggest bank failure in history: <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=av8gIaGIF6EY&refer=home
"Washington Mutual Inc."#> has collapsed, and its assets will be
acquired by JP Morgan Chase & Co.
A web site reader posted the following question in the <#stdurl
http://GenerationalDynamics.com/forum "Generational Dynamics
forum"#>:
"What does "credit market crashing" mean? No more
credit cards? No more student loans? No more mortgages?"
The answer is that it means all of the above, if you don't have the
very highest credit rating, and even then, you'll be paying sky-high
interest rates. It's very hard to get credit now, but in a while
it'll be almost impossible.
So we have two very different pictures here: On the one hand, we have
the clown circus in Washington, with bickering politicians arguing
over a plan that can't possibly work. Why are the circus clowns
performing? Because they hope to get our votes in a couple of
months. What a sad, pathetic bunch.
When the credit bubble was expanding, there was plenty of money
around, and it was like a huge champagne party for the everyone from
consumers who lied to get loans to investment executives who lied to
investors that their mortgage-backed securities were "good as cash."
Now the champagne party is over, and a lot of people are going to be
hurt badly, undoubtedly including many people reading this web site,
unfortunately.
It's a very, very sad time. If you're nostalgic for the old days,
whether for the champagne party or for your long-lost youth, then take
a moment and relax, and <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imAc1aakP7M "listen to Judy Garland and
Mel Tormé"#> sing "The Party's Over" on the New Year's episode of the
Judy Garland Show:
Now you must wake up,
All dreams must end.
Take off your makeup,
The party's over.
It's all over, my friend.
=eod
=// &&2 e080925 Ben Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment is at the brink
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.head
Ben Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment is at the brink
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.date
25-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.txt1
Desperation sets in as credit markets continue to seize up.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080925.txt2
I've posted over 1,200 articles on this web site over the years, and
I've often expressed amazement about what's going on, but I think
that I can safely say that it all pales to insignificance compared to
what's been happening in Washington this week. The overwhelming
insanity leaves me breathless unless I can shut it out of my mind.
The phrase "rearranging the deck chairs on the Titanic" comes to
mind.
Things are being said and done this week that will go down in
history. Things have been said that will be repeated over and over,
like Herbert Hoover's "Prosperity is just around the corner," his
constant mantra as the country sank deeper and deeper into the Great
Depression.
There are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "many lists of
dumb-sounding statements"#> from officials speaking in 1929. How
about: "I see nothing in the present situation that is either
menacing or warrants pessimism... I have every confidence that there
will be a revival of activity in the spring, and that during this
coming year the country will make steady progress." - Andrew W.
Mellon, U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, December 31, 1929.
Today's Secretary of the Treasury, Henry M. Paulson Jr., joined Fed
chairman Ben Bernanke to testify before the Joint Economic Committee
of Congress on Wednesday.
Actually, it wasn't just testimony. Ben Bernanke was haggard,
grim-faced and ashen. His <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/testimony/bernanke20080924a.htm
"opening statement"#> was a desperate plea, begging Congress to
spend $700 billion to Bail out the World (BOTW), so that the world
could be saved:
"Notably, stresses in financial markets have been
high and have recently intensified significantly. If financial
conditions fail to improve for a protracted period, the
implications for the broader economy could be quite adverse. ...
While perhaps manageable in itself, Lehman's default was combined
with the unexpectedly rapid collapse of AIG, which together
contributed to the development last week of extraordinarily
turbulent conditions in global financial markets. These
conditions caused equity prices to fall sharply, the cost of
short-term credit--where available--to spike upward, and liquidity
to dry up in many markets. Losses at a large money market mutual
fund sparked extensive withdrawals from a number of such funds. A
marked increase in the demand for safe assets--a flight to
quality--sent the yield on Treasury bills down to a few
hundredths of a percent. By further reducing asset values and
potentially restricting the flow of credit to households and
businesses, these developments pose a direct threat to economic
growth. ...
Despite the efforts of the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, and
other agencies, global financial markets remain under
extraordinary stress. Action by the Congress is urgently required
to stabilize the situation and avert what otherwise could be very
serious consequences for our financial markets and for our
economy."
But the congressmen were very skeptical. They demanded answers to
questions that Bernanke couldn't answer: "Is $700 billion the actual
cost?" "What's so urgent that we have to pass this bill this week?"
"Suppose we pass the bill -- are you sure it will work?"
In fact, they made it clear that the public is VERY negative about
the BOTW bill. One pundit said that constituent calls to
congressmen were running 99 to 1 AGAINST the bill.
=inc ww2010.pic g080924b.gif right "" "TED spread, Feb 06 - Sept 09"
Meanwhile, the credit markets continue to seize up. One measure of
how bad things are is called <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/cbuilder?ticker1=.TEDSP%3AIND "the
"TED spread,""#> the difference between 3-month interest
rates for Treasury bills and European dollar bank loans. (TED =
Treasury vs Eurodollar).
As you can see from the graph, there were three previous crisis
points: August 2007, when the credit crisis began; December 2007,
when the Fed began its aggressive liquidity programs; and March 2008,
when Bear Stearns had to be rescued.
Now, in September, 2008, the credit crisis is worse than ever. We've
already had the nationalization of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the
bailout of AIG, the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, the acquisition of
Merrill Lynch by Bank of America, and several other related changes.
Wall Street is already unrecognizable from where it was just a month
ago, and the credit crisis is worse than ever.
The Bailout of the World (BOTW) is Ben Bernanke's last desperate
attempt to stave off a new Great Depression.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right experiment 3
I've criticized <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "many bizarre beliefs
and statements that Bernanke has said"#> before -- especially that the
1930s Great Depression could have been avoided if the Fed had lowered
interest rates sooner, or that jawboning affects the economy, but
fundamentals don't.
But the centerpiece of Ben Bernanke's life has been his Great
Historic Experiment, and the failure of the Great Historic Experiment
must be apparent, even to him.
The plea he made to Congress today was an act of desperation, on two
levels:
He's now aware that his proposed Bailout of the World (BOTW)
is not likely to succeed. He's pushing it only because he hopes that
if it passes, and if he crosses his fingers, then it will prevent an
international financial calamity (which it can't do anyway).
He's now seeing that it's probably not going to pass, anyway.
Congressmen are saying that the calls they're receiving are 99 to 1
opposed to the BOTW of the world.
He enjoys at least the consolation that he'll be able to blame
Congress for the disaster.
One more thing:
When I wrote my 2003 book, Generational Dynamics: Forecasting
America's Destiny, I never really understood how Congress could
have passed the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act in June 1930. The law was
opposed by President Hoover's administration and overwhelmingly by
economists at the time. But it was several months after the 1929
stock market crash, and Americans were blaming high unemployment on
foreigners stealing jobs away from Americans. The public demanded
that the law be passed. The Smoot-Hawley act didn't didn't help the
American economy, but it crippled imports from other countries,
especially silk from Japan. Japan was already suffering economically
anyway, but this act shut down its silk industry. It infuriated the
Japanese, who invaded Manchuria and China in subsequent years, and
bombed Pearl Harbor a few years after that.
Assuming that the current political trend continues -- if the BOTW
bill is delayed or watered down -- it will be seen as a disastrous
move by Congress, and may even be seen as the CAUSE of the crash, just
as many people see the Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act as the CAUSE of much of
the misery of the Great Depression.
On Wednesday evening, President Bush made a televised address to the
nation, outlining the danger and calling on Congress to pass the BOTW
bill. His speech contained warning language that hadn't been heard
publicly before. It's not clear yet whether the speech will spur the
public to support the BOTW bill, or whether it will cause people to
become even more anxious and panicky.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, of course, the BOTW
bill won't have any effect one way or the other, whether it's passed
or not. The financial calamity is coming.
=eod
=// &&2 e080924 Bickering Congressmen may delay the $800 B financial Bailout of The World (BOTW)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.head
Bickering Congressmen may delay the $800 B financial Bailout of
The World (BOTW)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.date
24-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.txt1
And we have some expert advice on preserving your savings.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080924.txt2
Democrats and Republicans voiced standard ideological objections to
the proposed Bailout of the World, and some of them <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/business/news/paulson-and-bernanke-savaged-over-bailout-plan-940479.html
"were very nasty."#>
The Democrats complained that the bailout helps the banks, but
doesn't help the man on the street, the average homeowner being
foreclosed.
=inc ww2010.pic g080923.jpg right "" "Sen Jim Bunning, (R) Kentucky"
The Republicans complained that the bailout gives too much power to
the Federal government, and to one person (Treasury Secretary Henry
Paulson).
Perhaps most vicious was was Republic senator Jim Bunning, who said,
"This massive bailout is not a solution; it is a financial socialism,
and it's un-American." Whew!
I admit to being fairly bemused, watching the Washington circus,
because the proposed $700 billion BOTW won't make any difference at
all to what's coming.
There are $6 trillion in money market funds, and the fear is that
people will panic and draw their money out. The size of the real
estate bubble is over $5 trillion.
And there are $62 trillion in credit default swaps. CDSs played a
prominent role in the previous rescue efforts -- for Bear Stearns,
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, AIG -- and now there's <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=ajXNMd45_cio
"pressure to regulate them."#>
A web site reader pointed out to me that, according to the latest
figures from the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), there are
not just $750 trillion in credit derivatives in portfolios around the
world, as I'd said, but there are now $1,000 trillion. It's nice to
know that the credit bubble is still expanding somewhere, but that's
$1 quadrillion.
When I was a kid, my friends and I were more comfortable dealing with
numbers than with girls, and so we got involved in various number
discussions. We learned the names of the large numbers -- hundreds,
thousands, millions, billions, trillions, quadrillions, quintillions,
sextillions, all the way up to vigintillions. (This is the American
system - the European system is a little different.)
We knew that many of these numbers were essentially imaginary. We
figured that there might be a million or billion of something. But
unless you count atoms and molecules, there was certainly nothing in
the trillions (this was the 1950s) or anything higher.
So today we have $1 quadrillion in credit derivatives, and that makes
my brain explode.
We've been debating this subject in the new <#stdurl
http://GenerationalDynamics.com/forum "Generational Dynamics
forum."#>.
One person suggested that these credit derivatives are imaginary, but
they're not. They are very real, and they're like tens of trillions
of time bombs that will be going off whenever there's a sufficiently
big "credit event." Maybe those credit derivatives are sufficiently
interlocked so that the explosion of one time bomb will cause a vast
chain reaction. Maybe those credit derivatives are so correlated that
there's one particular kind of credit event that will cause 10% of
them to explode at the same time.
The thing is, nobody has any idea. There are no measures, no
sensors, no devices that tell us the nature of this $1 quadrillion in
credit derivatives. They're like a huge ocean that's calm on the
outside, but may explode and drown everyone at any time.
So Congress is debating the BOTW -- for $700 billion. $700 billion is
0.07% of $1 quadrillion. It's like tossing a bucket of water into the
ocean. It makes no difference at all.
It's worth remembering that the world has been here before, from the
point of view of Generational Dynamics. If you go back through
history, there are many small or regional recessions. But since the
1600s there have been only five major international financial crises:
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the
South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French
monarchy in the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of
1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These massive generational crashes occur every 70-80 years. Each one
occurs when the survivors of the previous one are all gone, and so
they're spaced by the approximate length of a human lifetime. We're
overdue for the next one.
A web site reader sent me the following:
"Now I'm getting frantic e-mails and IMs from
people. They are panicking.
One just asked about how on Fox they are talking about "Credit
Swaps" and asked me if I knew anything about that! It's hit the
mainstream!
These are people around my age who are reasonably intelligent
professionals. They have IQs of maybe around 120 and have a few
hundred thousand in net worth.
They have all left themselves wide open to losses. They have
absolutely no idea what is going on. So they have come to me
because they don't trust anything they hear from the financial
industry and figure I can answer their questions (they admit
that). Once I answer them, they just go do whatever I tell them
to do. There's no hesitation.
They are telling me how much is in their accounts, exactly what it
is, and then asking me what to do with it. I have been warning
every one of these people for years and am finding out that they
never listened to or absorbed one thing I said! I guess only when
two lunkheads like Bernanke and Paulson go on TV and say that the
financial system is within days of collapse does it register that
oh my God, that's what I've been saying all along.
UNBELIEVABLE!!!"
I wrote back to ask him what advice he gave, so I could repost it,
and he sent me the following. This top-notch financial advice from
an expert:
"Question number one was from a guy who had a
$500,000 CD with JP Morgan and owned 5 Comex gold contracts
outright. He asked me if there was any possibility he could lose
the funds in his CD if JP Morgan went under and if there was any
way he could lose his gold contracts. Of course, you know the
answer to the first question. On the gold contracts, I told him
that he would not lose them in the event of a default, but that it
might take a long time to sort everything out. I told him to do
one of two things. Preferably, to get the warehouse receipts
endorsed to his name and then go pick them up from his broker or
have them Fed Ex the receipts out to him. Or at a minimum to make
sure that there is a statement from the broker specifying the
receipt numbers and serial numbers of all bars owned, not simply a
line item stating "5 Comex Gold" as Refco used to do.
Question number two was from a guy who had $250,000 in a Deferred
Compensation account. You might know that many people have these
types of accounts and that there are only certain options
available to them. I told him that "what you would want to do is
look at the money market funds offered and then pick a "treasury
only" money market fund if they have that option. Otherwise, look
at the prospectus for each fund offered and pick the one with the
least amount of junk paper in it. That would probably be the one
that pays the least interest. The other thing you might be able
to do is get into a short term US government bond fund with
maturities in the 2-5 year range or something like that."
Question number three was from someone who asked if they should go
to the bank and take out their cash and how to do it. I advised
them to call the bank and speak to someone who they are familiar
with about what they would like to do. I mentioned that any
withdrawal over $10,000 will likely trigger a SAR (Suspicious
Activity Report) and that will be on file in Federal government
database in Detroit for something like 7 years. I advised them to
speak with the rep at the bank to confirm that. I warned them not
to go to various branches and try to withdraw amounts less than
$10,000 in order to avoid an SAR as that is called "Structuring"
and is a federal crime. I told them that the bank would not
likely have the amount of cash on hand that they were looking to
withdraw or may not be wanting to give it up due to liquidity
concerns, but that perhaps the bank could order the cash and have
it available for pickup the next day. They aborted the
conversation before I was able to explain that Federal Reserve
notes are partially backed by junk now that the Fed has exchanged
their good collateral out through the TSLF, and that t-bills are
probably the better option. Although, at this late date I am not
really sure whether there would be enough time to establish a
treasury direct account and I do not really know whether having a
bank hold treasury bills is 100% safe. I think so but am just not
sure as I never considered that option."
As usual, it's impossible to predict the exact timing of the coming
crisis, but it seems very close now.
Once the full crisis is on, the attitude of the nation will change
dramatically. The Congressmen will stop bickering, and they'll be
only to happy to give plenty of power to someone -- the Secretary of
the Treasury or the Fed Chairman or the next President -- anyone they
think can end the crisis and stop the awful pain.
=eod
=// &&2 e080922 Islamabad Pakistan: Massive Taliban/al-Qaeda terrorist bombing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.head
Islamabad Pakistan: Massive Taliban/al-Qaeda terrorist bombing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.date
22-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.txt1
"Pakistan's 9/11" has left the country in a state of shock,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080922.txt2
reeling from <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/22/world/asia/22islamabad.html?_r=1&hp&oref=slogin
"the terrorist attack in Islamabad,"#> the nation's capital, on
Saturday evening. At least 53 people were killed, and 266 were
injured.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080921.jpg right "" "Islamabad Marriott Hotel,
before and after the terrorist bomb blast.
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
A huge truck bomb, carrying 600 kg (1300 pounds) of high-quality
explosives, exploded at the entrance to the Marriott Hotel. The bomb
left a vast crater, 40 feet wide and 25 feet deep, shattering windows
in buildings hundreds of yards away. It ruptured a gas pipeline,
triggering a huge blaze throughout the hotel.
The Pakistani Government <#stdurl
http://www.radioaustralia.net.au/news/stories/200809/s2370259.htm?tab=latest
"is blaming al Qaeda operatives"#> for the terrorist bombing.
The hotel was located a block or two away from the federal government
buildings in Islamabad.
The bombing occurred just hours after Asif Ali Zardari, widower of
Benazir Bhutto, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080908 "who won the election
for President"#> just days ago, gave his <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\09\21\story_21-9-2008_pg1_5
"maiden speech to Parliament,"#> in which he said that
Pakistan is passing through a critical phase and must root
out all forms of terrorism and extremism from its soil:
"We must root out terrorism and extremism wherever
and whenever they may rear their ugly heads....
Let everyone have an opportunity to make an informed judgment
about the risks to our beloved country and about how we should
move forward with responsibility and clarity of vision.”"
At 2 am Sunday morning, he gave another speech, this time to the
nation:
"Terrorism is an epidemic, a cancer inside
Pakistan that we will wipe out. ...
[I appeal to] all democratic forces to come forward and save
Pakistan.
We will not be afraid of these cowards. We will not fear these
cowardly attacks. Pakistan is a fearless and steadfast nation. We
Pakistanis believe that our death is in the hands of Allah and we
do not fear dying.
Death will come one day but Inshallah (god willing), we will
purify Pakistan of this cancer. The day will come when all these
people (terrorists) will bow before you."
The successful bombing is a tremendous shock to the Pakistani people.
It occurred in the heart of Islamabad - the equivalent would be an
explosion a block away from the White House in Washington. For that
reason, it's being called <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\09\21\story_21-9-2008_pg1_1
"Pakistan's 9/11."#>
It occurred at a time when <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/65efba34-87ff-11dd-b114-0000779fd18c,dwp_uuid=f39ffd26-4bb2-11da-997b-0000779e2340.html
"government meetings were in progress,"#> and the truck supposedly
had to pass through five or six security checkpoints to reach the
Marriott.
The Pakistanis are going through a process of increasing horror that
is very similar to the process Americans are going through over the
financial crisis.
Up until 2-3 weeks ago, most Americans were living in a dreamland of
denial, believing that the bubble (and their 401Ks) would begin to
grow again soon, and that people like me who said we were headed for
a financial meltdown were either crazy or motivated by some ideology
(though I've never been sure what ideology).
In the last two weeks, Americans have seen some major "terrorist
bombings" occur: The Fannie and Freddie nationalization, the Lehman
Brothers bankruptcy, the AIG bailout, and now the $800 billion
bailout being worked on over the weekend.
These "terrorist bombings" have frightened ordinary Americans, and
made them suddenly realize that their savings and their entire way of
life are at stake. This is causing an American "regeneracy" to begin
-- referring to the end of political bickering, and the restoration
of civic unity for the first time since the end of World War II.
(For information about the term "regeneracy," see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
Now let's return to Pakistan.
Up until a month ago, when Pervez Musharraf resigend as President,
the entire Pakistani population was in a state of total denial about
the suicide bombings that were going on. The "logic" was this: The
reason for the suicide bombings was that Musharraf was cooperating
with the Americans, and the suicide bombings were really targeted at
the Americans. And so, the fantasy reasoning continued, when
Musharraf goes, then the violence will disappear automatically.
Since then, there have been several "terrorist bombings". The
biggest until now occurred two days after the resignation in the town
of Wah, just outside of Islamabad. The Pakistani people are now
realizing that their entire way of life is at stake.
The reactions will be similar among government officials in Washington
and Islamabad:
Many officials will begin to realize that the worst can no
longer be prevented, others will remain in denial.
Everyone will be looking to cover their asses.
Each group will come up with some fantastical plan that they will
claim will solve the problem, but in fact will only make the problem
worse.
At some point, something so horrible will happen that a complete
regeneracy will occur, in both America and Pakistan, and then the
real crisis will begin.
=eod
=// &&2 e080921 Visit the new Generational Dynamics forum!!
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.head
Visit the new Generational Dynamics forum!!
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.date
21-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.txt1
Discuss world events and generational theory.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080921.txt2
I've been wanting to set up a Generational Dynamics forum for a long
time, and I now have.
I know a lot of people have wanted to be able to discuss the issues
of this forum with other people, and now you have a place to do it.
The forum address is <#stdurl
http://GenerationalDynamics.com/forum#>.
I'm hoping to have invited guests give e-lectures and possibly even
e-courses in the future.
I thank the ever-increasing number of readers of this web site for
continuing to visit, and I hope that this forum adds value for you.
You can still use the comment link at the top of the page to send me
an individual comment.
For all my online friends and acquaintances, I wish you the best as
we're apparently very close to entering a true crisis period. I hope
that this web site has helped you prepare for this day, and I hope
that this web site can continue to help you get through it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080920 Officials working to prevent 'a complete meltdown of the financial systems'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.head
Officials working to prevent "a complete meltdown of the
financial systems"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.date
20-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.txt1
Congress and administration officials are working through another
weekend
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080920.txt2
to try to find a way to prevent a systemic financial crisis.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/20/washington/19cnd-cong.html
"the NY Times story:"#>
"September 20, 2008
Congressional Leaders Stunned by Warnings
By DAVID M. HERSZENHORN
WASHINGTON — It was a room full of people who rarely hold their
tongues. But as the Fed chairman, Ben S. Bernanke, laid out the
potentially devastating ramifications of the financial crisis
before congressional leaders on Thursday night, there was a
stunned silence at first.
Mr. Bernanke and Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. had made
an urgent and unusual evening visit to Capitol Hill, and they
were gathered around a conference table in the offices of House
Speaker Nancy Pelosi.
“When you listened to him describe it you gulped," said Senator
Charles E. Schumer, Democrat of New York.
As Senator Christopher J. Dodd, Democrat of Connecticut and
chairman of the Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee, put
it Friday morning on the ABC program “Good Morning America,” the
congressional leaders were told “that we’re literally maybe days
away from a complete meltdown of our financial system, with all
the implications here at home and globally.”
Mr. Schumer added, “History was sort of hanging over it, like this
was a moment.”
When Mr. Schumer described the meeting as “somber,” Mr. Dodd cut
in. “Somber doesn’t begin to justify the words,” he said. “We have
never heard language like this.”
“What you heard last evening,” he added, “is one of those rare
moments, certainly rare in my experience here, is Democrats and
Republicans deciding we need to work together quickly.”
Although Mr. Schumer, Mr. Dodd and other participants declined to
repeat precisely what they were told by Mr. Bernanke and Mr.
Paulson, they said the two men described the financial system as
effectively bound in a knot that was being pulled tighter and
tighter by the day.
“You have the credit lines in America, which are the lifeblood of
the economy, frozen.” Mr. Schumer said. “That hasn’t happened
before. It’s a brave new world. You are in uncharted territory,
but the one thing you do know is you can’t leave them frozen or
the economy will just head south at a rapid rate.”
As he spoke, Mr. Schumer swooped his hand, to make the gesture of
a plummeting bird. “You know we’d be lucky ...” he said as his
voice trailed off. “Well, I’ll leave it at that.” ...
Lawmakers in both parties described the meeting in Ms. Pelosi’s
office on Thursday night with Mr. Paulson and Mr. Bernanke as
collaborative, and that they were prepared to put politics aside
to address the needs of the American people."
According to several commentators on Friday, a major issue being
address is a possible worldwide panic on money market funds.
Furthermore, the effects of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy are still
being felt.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there are three
important points:
I've written often about a concept from generational theory
known as the "regeneracy." It refers to a point in the generational
cycle where civic unity is regenerated for the first time since the
end of the previous crisis war (WW II in our case).
What we're seeing now is the first signs of the regeneracy. This
situation is so serious that political bickering has been sharply
reduced, though not yet eliminated. Once an actual panic occurs,
then the real regeneracy will occur.
(For information about the term "regeneracy," see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
The situation is also so serious that Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke,
Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr., and even President Bush are
no longer saying "the fundamentals are sound."
I don't know what they're going to try to do this weekend, but
there's nothing they can do to prevent a worldwide financial
meltdown. The huge credit bubble is leaking now, and nothing can
prevent a complete financial collapse. Maybe they'll figure out a
way to postpone the crisis again, but they can't stop it.
I'll repeat what I've been writing for the last six months:
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
Things must be very close now, and I could probably increase the "3%"
figure to about 10%.
A big sign of how close things are is the major "crash upward" in
several of the world's stock markets -- 6% in two days on Wall
Street, 8% in Europe, and 26% in Russia.
=eod
=// &&2 e080919 Government promises to buy bad debt to end the credit crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.head
Government promises to buy bad debt to end the credit crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.date
19-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.txt1
Stock markets stage huge comeback as giddy investors pile in.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080919.txt2
Exactly one year ago today, central bankers here and in Europe <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070919 "flooded the markets with liquidity,"#> far
in excess of what had been expected.
The results were spectacular. The credit crunch was brought to a
halt. The markets had been falling, but now they shot up 2½% in a
single day. They kept on going on, reaching a new high on October 9.
Do you remember what that massive monetary loosening was, Dear
Reader? The fed lowered the Fed Funds rate by a full ½ point, when
only ¼ point was expected. At the same time, the Bank of England
guaranteed that depositors in the faltering Northern Rock Bank would
be safe.
What was huge and massive a year ago now seems like a tiny baby step.
Since then, Northern Rock Bank has been nationalized. Several
American financial institutions have been rescued or nationalized as
well -- many in just the last two weeks!
=inc ww2010.pic g080918.gif right "" "Market summary, 18-Sep-2008"
On Thursday, government officials took two major new actions:
In a <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/09/18/business/EU-Central-Banks-Dollars.php
"coordinated effort among central bankers"#> around the world, the Fed
will make $180 billion in new liquidity available to central banks
around the world.
It's worth noting that the credit crunch is not in money generally,
but most specifically in US dollars. The Fed will make dollars
available to foreign banks, which can then lend the money to other
banks and businesses.
This is similar to actions taken by the Fed in the past, except that
it involves a much larger chunk of money.
A bunch of government officials got together on Thursday
afternoon to talk about a possible plan to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/19/business/economy/19cndecon.html
"recreate the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC),"#> a 1980s agency
that helped us get through the savings and loan bank crisis of that
time.
This new agency would buy up all those pesky near-worthless CDOs and
other mortgage-backed securities.
The first announcement didn't cause much of a stock market rally at
all. It was the second announcement that really caused the big
rally.
Did you get that, Dear Reader? The infusion of $180 billion of new
capital didn't have much effect, but the announcement that government
officials were going to have a meeting caused a huge market rally.
I've said this a million times, but it's worth saying again: What's
happening on Wall Street has absolutely nothing to do with reality.
=inc ww2010.h2 grow "The growing asset writedown problem"
The idea behind this new agency (the revival of the RTC) is that it
would restore the banking system by buying up all the outstanding
securities that had turned out to be worthless.
Does the US government have enough money to do that?
"Well of course it does," you might say. "The government can print
all the money it wants."
Well, that has certain practical difficulties. A few days ago, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080909 "we described"#> how the Fed was almost out
of money.
The Treasury Dept. could sell Treasury bills, or offer them in
exchange for near-worthless mortgage-back securities, but how much
are we talking about?
A new report published by Standard & Poors on Thursday (summarized on
the <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/09/18/16080/a-rising-tide-of-writedowns/
"FT Alpha site"#>) says that things are getting worse.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080918b.jpg center "" "Loss assumptions for
mortgage-backed securities by year they were issued (2005-2007)
(Source: S&P)"#>
What's interesting about the above chart is that it shows that
the loss assumptions are worse for securities issued in 2006 than for
securities issued in 2005, and worst of all for securities issued in
2007.
I've pointed this sort of thing out many times on this web site, and
it's very important. By 2006, and certainly by early 2007, it was
obvious that the assumptions underlying the creation of these
securities were fallacious. But instead of stopping the issuance of
faulty securities, the investment banks issued MORE of them, with
even MORE faulty terms. This is circumstantial evidence of massive
fraud.
But now turning to Thursday's S&P report:
"Aiming the analysis at a wider range of MBS
[mortgage-backed securities] that have lost value since summer
2007 expands the potential for write-downs to well over $500
billion. ...
The market is still searching for an equilibrium price on
trillions of dollars of structured securities, in particular at
the higher end of the ratings spectrum."
So according to S&P's report, there are trillions of dollars of more
bad news to come.
The Federal government's <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/07/11/AR2008071101987.html
"budget deficit is twice as big"#> as last year's deficit. The
deficit was just under $300 billion for the first 9 months of the
fiscal year, and raising that deficit by an additional trillion or
two is not politically feasible.
The word "trillions" may be misleading because it leads you to think
it might be just a few trillion. Keep in mind that there are $60
trillion dollars in credit default swaps outstanding, and there are
$700 trillion of credit derivatives outstanding.
There is simply no possibility that the federal government will
absorb all the losses endured by banks through worthless
mortgage-back securities.
=inc ww2010.h2 jaw "Jawboning"
That's what makes Thursday's huge rally so remarkable. It was based
on a meeting, a rumor, a plan, and an implied promise that can't
possibly be fulfilled. But that's standard for investors, isn't it.
As I've said, it's really clear that no one has any idea what's going
on or what's going to happen next. Look at all the historic events
that have occurred in the last few days -- they were all unthinkable
as of just a week or two ago.
Listening to pundits on Thursday, you hear statements like this:
"This was more of the same, but it's a LOT more of the same. The Fed
has to get ahead of the problem. By flooding this money into the
banking system, and taking these steps, people will begin to regain
confidence in the financial system again. This is the time to buy
stocks -- there are a lot of bargains out there, at prices we haven't
seen in years. A lot of people will be kicking themselves in a year
or two for not buying now, when prices are so low."
These are commonly held views, and they're absolutely incredible.
They say that fundamentals are completely irrelevant to the current
crisis. The only thing that matters, according to this view, is
"confidence," and that depends only on putting on a big circus in
Washington, with lots of jawboning.
I started criticizing this "jawboning as policy" concept in 2004. It
took me that long because I needed a very long time to realize that
government official like Ben Bernanke could actually hold this
moronic view.
Here's what I wrote at that time (17-Sep-04) in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040917 "Federal Reserve congratulates itself on
jawboning policy:"#>
"The Fed says it propelled the economy upward
merely by promising to keep interest rates low.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 2
The claims are based on a study led by Fed Governor Ben Bernanke.
The study found that merely by making statements that interest
rates would be kept low for a "considerable period," the Fed
changed public expectations so much that the values of stocks
increased from 2003 to 2004. The conclusion is that the Fed can
continue to use verbal statements to affect the economy
positively.
I cannot say how strongly I disagree with this conclusion. It
presumes that stock prices are based totally on emotions, and not
on fundamentals.
Maybe that does work once, for a few months, but could Bernanke
and the others possibly believe this strategy could ever
work again? The only reason it worked this time is because it's
never been used before. If it's ever tried again, people will
remember, and won't be fooled a second time. ...
What really bothers me about all this is that Fed governors
actually seem to believe this stuff.
I listen to high-priced analysts on TV all the time, and for them
there's never any bad news. When stocks go up it's good news
because stocks are going up; when stocks go down, it's good news
because prices are low and people can buy more stocks cheaply. If
these analysts were more balanced in their appraisals I might find
them more credible, but when it's good news all the time, my
conclusion is that they're in a serious state of denial.
Bernanke's report leads me to conclude that the Fed governors are
in denial too, if they really believe that they can continue to
get away with using a jawboning policy.
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040717 "we've previously said,"#> the
fundamentals are clear that we're in a period of long-term
deflation, and can expect prices to fall by 30% in the next few
years. Jawboning might postpone (and indeed has postponed) that
result, but the fundamentals will win out sooner or later."
In 2004 I was simply astonished, but today it infuriates me that our
Fed Chairman could believe such blithering nonsense, and is basing his
entire policy on it.
Thursday's announcements are just more of the same that we've been
getting for years. Say the right thing, do the right dance, have the
right ringmaster, and investors will "regain confidence," and start
expanding the bubble again. The journalists eat it up, the analysts
sagely agree. What a pathetic bunch of idiots running things.
=inc ww2010.h2 deflation "The inflation vs deflation debate"
There's still a lot of debate surrounding the question of whether
we're headed for a deflationary spiral versus whether we're headed
for hyperinflation.
Hopefully, those who still believe that we're headed for
hyperinflation will be able to see for themselves in the next few
days how impossible that is.
The Fed is now injecting $180 billion of new money into the banking
system. That should cause enormous amounts of hyperinflation right
there.
Instead, what you'll see is a continuing deflationary spiral.
The credit bubble created hundreds of trillions of dollars of new
money. The credit bubble is leaking now, and those trillions of
dollars are disappearing. The Fed is injecting $180 million, and
that's a tiny, paltry, drop-in-the-bucket sum compared to the leaking
of the credit bubble.
=inc ww2010.h2 panic "Panic selling"
On Thursday afternoon at about 4:30, CNBC reported "an astounding
headline" that total money market fund assets are down $169 billion
in the last week. This is based on a <#stdurl
http://www.ici.org/stats/latest/mm_09_18_08.html "a new report by the
Investment Company Institute."#>
This adds to other anecdotal evidence that panic selling is
increasing.
This has been happening on international markets as well. The
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/09/19/cnrussia119.xml
"worst hit is the Russian stock market,"#> whose index has fall 60%
in the past quarter. Panic selling has been so prevalent that
Russian President Dmitry Medvedev has had to shut down the stock
market for most of the week.
See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080918 ""Panic selling may be close,
as money market fund 'breaks the buck,'""#> for more information
on the consequences of panic selling.
=eod
=// &&2 e080918c Stories from all over about the Muslim world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.head
Stories from all over about the Muslim world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.date
18-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.txt1
The man with 86 wives, and a fatwa against Mickey Mouse.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918c.txt2
Saudi cleric Sheikh Muhammad Munajid is at it again.
=inc ww2010.pic g080917b.gif right "" "Mickey Mouse"
Last month, he was criticizing the Olympics games as impure because
there were bikini-clad women competing.
Now he says that <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/saudiarabia/2963744/Mickey-Mouse-must-die-says-Saudi-Arabian-cleric.html
"Mickey Mouse must die!"#>:
"The mouse is one of Satan's soldiers and is
steered by him.
If a mouse falls into a pot of food – if the food is solid, you
should chuck out the mouse and the food touching it, and if it is
liquid – you should chuck out the whole thing, because the mouse
is impure.
According to Islamic law, the mouse is a repulsive, corrupting
creature. How do you think children view mice today – after Tom
and Jerry?
Even creatures that are repulsive by nature, by logic, and
according to Islamic law have become wonderful and are loved by
children. Even mice.
Mickey Mouse has become an awesome character, even though
according to Islamic law, Mickey Mouse should be killed in all
cases."
But Mickey Mouse's troubles don't compare to the troubles of Mohammadu
Bello Abubakar, a Nigerian man with 86 wives and 170 children.
In the Quran, Mohammed limits the number of wives that a man can have
to 4. (Polygamy is absolutely essential in warring societies, since
a woman whose husband is killed in war still needs the protection of
a husband.)
So Abubakar <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7618396.stm
"was arrested,"#> and charged with "insulting religious creed" and
"unlawful marriages".
When I heard this story reported on the BBC, the (female) anchor said
that "a man can get into a great deal of trouble with 86 wives."
Abubakar was quoted as saying, "Only a real man could handle 86
wives. Other men would have difficulty handling even just 10 wives."
To which I would add: A lot of men get into trouble with just one
wife.
=eod
=// &&2 e080918b Web site readers and commentators express sadness, anxiety and anger
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.head
Web site readers express sadness, anxiety and anger
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.date
18-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.txt1
It's beginning to sink in.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918b.txt2
One reader wrote as follows:
"We really are living though a once in a lifetime
event, as you've been saying for a while now. Its no longer just
something the fringe doom and gloomers are talking about, its here
and now. Not many would have believed even a few months ago that
Lehman, Merrill, AIG, Fanny, Freddie, Bear Stearns - would all be
wiped out this year. And the year is not over. :-)"
Hell, the week isn't over yet!
"If I remember correctly, the Dow went from 300s
to 30s in the Great Depression. Is it possible that it could drop
to 1400 this time around?"
That's my expectation.
"I had to laugh ruefully about one of your
comments - the one where you say when the market starts to crash
you won't be able to make any changes simply due to the sheer
volume of people wanting to sell. Well the market fell Friday by
500 points as you well know. Down here in Houston I didn't find
out until Monday or Tuesday due to Hurricane Ike roaring through
and all local media coverage being given over to the hurricane.
Of course now I'm watching as the market dips another 300 points.
I'm wondering if my earlier thoughts about DOW 10000 being held
steady are correct and given what's happened over the past few
days if anyone has money available to maintain that level
anymore.
It's a weird feeling just sitting here and watching the market
crash. You can see it coming but there's not a blessed thing you
can do about it."
It's never too late to start preparing. Don't wait until you run out
of choices. Take steps today to preserve as much money as you can.
"I see Bill Fleckenstein on MSN Money has noticed
the S&P 500 earning ratio is now over 25 times earnings, how long
before the markets catch up and chaos insues. How long I think. I
continue to follow your blogs and thank you for doing such a good
job of watching to the world."
Amazing! An analyst who actually takes price/earnings ratios into
account! They'll probably have to fire him now.
This comes from someone in the Silent generation:
"OH, yes, the economic meltdown has become so
obvious even the talking heads are talking in terms of "once in a
century....in the past 80 years ...."
Brother, can you spare a dime?
I am SO glad I paid off the house and car and rental condo, moved
my account over to [a Federal Credit Union], and got a lot of the
major work done on the house, yard, and self before this hit. It's
a pity I am no longer up to such things as putting in vegetables
myself.
I've been advising people to seek out any genuine Senior Citizens
among their kinfolk and acquaintances and get their stories
before it's to late."
This is a sensational idea. If you have somebody in your life who's
70 years old or older, then get a tape recorder and go talk to that
person. Find out what you're going to be facing in the next few
years.
The following is from an old online friend, living in Florida:
"We're doing okay, hanging in there but running
out of liquid funds quickly."
Here's what I wrote in answer to a question from a web site reader
several months ago, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080718 ""More
questions from readers on finance and investing""#>:
Question from reader: "Picture yourself a 30
year old father of 3 kids under 5. There is a lot of love in my
household and not so much cynicism. What would be the best advice
you could give for our immediate future? Thanks for your reply."
Answer: "Picture a world where you're a 30 year old father
with 3 kids under 5, you've lost your job with no hope of getting
another job, so you and your family have to live for the
foreseeable future on what you have today. How would you change
your life?
You would save every penny, knowing that if you can save a dollar
today, then that dollar may save your life a year from now. You
would cut out every expense not necessary for survival - magazine
subscriptions, piano lessons for the kids, clothes, movies,
pizzas, wide-screen tvs, lights left on when nobody's around,
driving when you can take the bus, etc., etc.
The best advice I can give you is to speak to your family now,
tell them what's coming and why you have to save every penny, and
then follow through.
One more thing: Many people should start thinking about moving in
together. Two families sharing a home will save a lot of money.
If your rich cousins have a couple of extra bedrooms in their
mansion, ask them if you could live there. You'll both save a lot
of money."
I thank the ever-increasing number of readers of this web site. I
spend most of my spare time on this web site, but it's you that make
it all worth it.
The amount of e-mail has been increasing, but I'm still managing to
answer pretty much all of it, although sometimes it takes me longer
than it used to. As usual, you're invited to send me a comment or
question via the "COMMENT" link at the top of each page.
I'll end with the same message I've given many times: No politician
can stop what's coming, any more than they can stop a tsunami. You
can't stop what's coming, but you can prepare for it. Treasure the
time you have left, and use it to prepare yourself, your family, your
community and your nation.
Once again, my friends: Treasure the time you have left.
=eod
=// &&2 e080918 Panic selling may be close, as money market fund 'breaks the buck'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.head
Panic selling may be close, as money market fund "breaks the
buck"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.date
18-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.txt1
Ordinary people with 401Ks will start losing their investments.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080918.txt2
For the average man trying to raise a family and hoping that his 401K
and other investments are safe, the year-long credit crisis, with its
talk of "collateralized debt obligations" and "credit default swaps"
has been something that affected only major institutions, not him.
For him, the soothing words of government officials that "the
fundamentals are sound" and "nobody has lost money in an FDIC-insured
account in 50 years" have been all he needed to continue to trust
that the "system" is OK, and that he and his family are OK. In
particular, he felt that his money market funds are ok.
Now a money market fund has announced that it will "break the buck."
The value of its assets has fallen sharply, thanks to big investments
in the now bankrupt Lehman Brothers.
The Reserve Primary Fund, run by the New York-based Reserve
Management Corp., is <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aV6J69.AsH_0&refer=home
"reducing the value of its shares"#> from $1.00 per share to 97¢ per
share. This means that a person with a 401K who had $10,000 invested
yesterday has only $9,700 today. Actually, he can't get his money out
at all, so really he has no money today.
=inc ww2010.pic g080917.gif right "" "Market summary, 17-Sep-2008"
There's panic in the air. The soothing words of politicians are no
longer working. People no longer worry about whether they can earn ¼%
more interest; they're worried about losing their money.
Several commentators have said that there's anecdotal evidence that
people are already pulling money out of their money market funds, and
<#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/09/17/15992/wednesday-catastrophe-breaking-the-buck/
"S&P is keeping its eye on 9 other money market funds"#> that may be
close to the same decision, thanks to heavy investments in Lehman.
A lot of people where hoping that the bailouts of Fannie and Freddie,
and then of AIG would end the problems. I heard some total idiots
on CNBC Wednesday say that stock prices are poised to take off.
But, Dear Reader, nothing has changed. ABSOLUTE NOTHING. The real
estate bubble is still collapsing. Thanks to "resets" in adjustable
rate mortgages, the foreclosure rate will continue at least well into
2010. There's no question about this. Bailing out AIG has NOTHING
to do with that. And price/earnings ratios are still at astronomical
levels. Bailing out AIG has nothing to do with that either.
You have to understand, Dear Reader, that NOTHING has changed. This
cannot possibly get better. It MUST get worse, MUCH worse. It's a
mathematical certainty, no matter what the idiots on CNBC or in
Washington or on the campaign trail say.
As we've said many, many times, from the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, if you go back through history, there are many
small or regional recessions. But since the 1600s there have been
only five major international financial crises: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South
Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in
the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and
the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
I've described a generational crash as an elemental force of nature,
like a tsunami. There will be millions or even tens of millions of
Boomers and Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never
having seen anything like this before, and not having believed it was
even possible, suddenly in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell
all at once. It's impossible to predict the date when that will
happen, but it's going to happen with absolute certainty.
It's worth noting that at the end of Wednesday's trading session, the
Dow Industrials index was 26% below the high that occurred last
October, as you can see from my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones
historical page."#> At this depth, a massive panic becomes
increasingly likely.
=eod
=// &&2 e080917 The Fed will loan American International Group (AIG) an $85 billion bridge loan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.head
The Fed will loan American International Group (AIG) an $85
billion bridge loan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.date
17-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.txt1
In a stunning turn of events that is widely recognized as desperate,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080917.txt2
the US will become <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aMmlaCcX7giE&refer=home
"80% owner of American International Group (AIG) Inc.,"#> the world's
largest insurer, in return for an $85 billion loan.
The alternative was that AIG would declare bankruptcy. AIG stock
lost 21% on Tuesday alone, ending at $3 per share, down from $70 a
year ago.
Government officials felt that they had no choice, because of
"systemic risk."
AIG and its subsidiaries don't just provide insurance for cars and
homes. They also provide insurance for corporate defaults, in the
form of credit default swaps (CDSs).
The nationalization of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac 10 days ago caused
a "CDS event," as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080913 "I described"#>
last week. Last week's CDS event is causing interlocking CDSs to
unwind. That process is still ongoing, and it's final result is still
unknown.
(For a discussion of credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners
in Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
An AIG bankruptcy would cause a much large CDS unwinding. AIG is
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aMmlaCcX7giE&refer=home
"insuring $441 billion of fixed-income investments,"#> including
$57.8 billion in mortgage-backed securities.
There have already been $25 billion in CDS asset writedowns for AIG
in the last nine months, and there will be more. But if AIG were to
go bankrupt, then it would have cost OTHER companies some $180
billion dollars.
(As the old saying goes, a billion here and a billion there, and
pretty soon you're talking about real money.)
As regular readers of this web site know, we're less interested in
the specifics of actual events than we are in changes of behavior and
attitude. The Fed and the Treasury Dept. were widely praised a
couple of days ago, when they didn't bail out Lehman Bros., but let
the investment bank go bankrupt.
If you look at the hierarchy of financial organizations that are
crucial to the operating of a healthy worldwide financial system, you
have central banks (like the Fed or the European Central Bank or the
People's Bank of China) at the top of the heap. The next layer is
commercial banks, like Citibank and Bank of America; commercial banks
are highly regulated, but have always had access to central bank funds
in case of emergency. The next layer is investment banks, like Bear
Stearns and Lehman Brothers; the Fed arranged an orderly collapse of
Bear Stearns and received much criticism, in contrast to the praise
for allowing Lehman Brothers to simply go bankrupt.
Normally, an insurance company would be so many layers down that no
one would ever consider allowing the government to bail it out.
That's why Tuesday's actions are so stunning and breathtaking.
In order for Tuesday's actions to occur, the financial community, and
the public in general, must believe that the situation is so entirely
desperate that there's no choice.
Nonetheless, this decision will be widely debated.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we see the
acceleration of events. We first had Bear Stearns in March. The
past ten days have been incredible!! We make history every day! First
Fannie and Freddie, then Lehman, now AIG. Oh, and let's not forget
that Merrill Lynch is going out of existence -- it is being acquired
by Bank of America.
Compare this preceding paragraph with the following one, which I
wrote last year in <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble
that broke the world""#>:
"On May 11, 1931, the Credit-Anstalt bank of
Austria failed. This triggered mass panic and bank failures
throughout Central Europe, and generated a worldwide banking
crisis. On July 13, the German Danatbank failed. Foreign
investors in Germany quickly withdrew their capital from Germany,
heightening the crisis, leading to the complete collapse of the
German economy. By the end of the year, there were over 6 million
unemployed, and the resulting social tension gave rise to
Communism and Naziism."
This is the kind of thing that we're headed for. As usual, precise
dates cannot be predicted, but we seem to be accelerating in that
direction. If you haven't read <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009
""The bubble that broke the world,""#> you should do so
now.
=eod
=// &&2 e080916 Markets in total chaos on historic day.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.head
Markets in total chaos on historic day.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.date
16-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.txt1
The pictures tell the story.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080916.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080915.gif center "" "Market snapshot,
Monday, September 15, 2008"#>
Nobody knows what's going to happen next.
But there is one thing that will happen for sure at some point: A
massive generational panic and crash, when millions or even tens of
millions of Boomers and Generation-Xers in countries around the world,
never having seen anything like this before, and not having believed
it was even possible, suddenly try to sell everything in a mass
panic. This will bring down computer systems for hours, perhaps even
for a day or two, as people watch tv in glazed horror as their life
savings disappear.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080914 'Lipstick on a pig' continues to obscure critical issues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.head
"Lipstick on a pig" continues to obscure critical issues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.date
14-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.txt1
As McCain and Obama converge on the Iraq issue, Afghanistan is rarely
mentioned.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080914.txt2
Bob Schieffer on <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/sections/ftn/main3460.shtml "Face the
Nation"#> gave some Sunday morning advice to the candidates on
using farmyard animals in their campaign speeches:
"If you were watching the campaign this week, you
might have thought it was a debate over pigs that wear lipstick.
Now I never saw a pig wearing lipstick, nor do I know anyone who
has tried to put lipstick on a pig, or give one a manicure, for
that matter.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080914.jpg right "" "CBS's Bob Schieffer on Face
the Nation.
(Source: CBS)"#>
But if this campaign is going to be about animals in the news,
here are some helpful references that I offer to which ever side
wants them.
For example, if a candidate looks frazzled, describe him as
"looking like a horse that was rode hard and put away wet." I got
that one from a guy I used to work with here.
If it comes down to one of those "what if" situations, try the
old bullfrog parable that "if bullfrogs had side pockets, they'd
carry six-shooters, and wouldn't be afraid of snakes."
Or this one: "If the dog hadn't stopped to use the phone, he
would have caught the rabbit."
If a candidate gets stage fright during the coming debate, his
opponent may want to charge him with being "nervous as a cat in a
room full of rocking chairs."
Being from Alaska, Gov. Palin probably knows this one: "Unless
you're the lead dog pulling the sled, the scenery is the same
wherever you go." I have no idea how to use that one, but it
does present an interesting word picture.
I hope the candidates find these suggestions handy.
On the other hand, they may find my suggestions "about as useful
as socks on a rooster."
But no matter. I just think we need to get past this debate on
lipstick. It's just sooooo cosmetic."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080914b.jpg right "" "Newsweek cover, 15-Sept-2008
-- or is it 15-Sept-1968?
(Source: newsweek.com)"#>
So the lipstick debate continues to be <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080911 "a sign of the times."#> The debate all this past week has
just been a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080831 "rehash of the 1960s
"women's lib" debate."#>
I can't recall hearing the word "Afghanistan" on the Sunday morning
news shows (though I did see it appear on the bottom of the screen
scroll on CNN).
If any candidate spends even five minutes during the week
talking about Afghanistan, then that would be the most important five
minutes of the week.
In whatever brief remarks they ever make, when they talk about
Afghanistan, they're all generally extremely confrontational and
warlike.
As we head for a major war in that region, it's a shame that we end
up spending so much time talking about barnyard animals.
=eod
=// &&2 e080913 Investors are having another nail-biting weekend as Lehman heads off the cliff
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.head
Investors are having another nail-biting weekend as Lehman heads
off the cliff
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.date
13-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.txt1
The nominal deadline: 7 pm ET Sunday, when the Asian stock markets
open.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080913.txt2
In March, it was Bear Stearns. Last weekend, it was Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac.
This weekend it's Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080913.gif right "" "WSJ.com home page,
Friday, 12-Sep-2008, around 1 pm
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080910 "we wrote several days ago,"#> the
investment bank Lehman Brothers appeared close to collapse. Not only
that, but no one on Wall Street or in Washington had any idea at all
what's coming next.
There's a growing sense of panic on Wall Street and Washington, as
the financial system that's served since the Great Depression appears
to be crumbling. Last year I compared the financial system to <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071117 "a huge, bloated mansion,"#> where different
gables and rooms and other portions keep falling off into the ravine
below. Central bankers run around the mansion with hammers and nails
and glue, but pieces keep falling off, and the fear grows that the
entire mansion will collapse into the ravine.
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB122117886133526039.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"an article in Friday's WSJ:"#>
"A year into a credit crisis that started with
troubled mortgages to sketchy borrowers, the financial system is
reeling once again, casting a pall over a widening array of
financial institutions just days after history-making efforts by
policy makers to contain the problem.
With the share prices of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., Merrill
Lynch & Co. and other financial firms on a roller coaster, the
crisis could be entering a critical stage.
The Federal Reserve has already slashed interest rates to
counteract a deepening credit freeze and instituted its broadest
expansion of lending facilities since the Great Depression to keep
financial markets functioning. Over the weekend, the nation's two
main mortgage finance firms -- Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac -- were
placed under government control.
Federal officials and market players are struggling with the same
issues: Why haven't the steps taken so far calmed the system? What
can policy makers do next? Should the U.S. government let a big
institution fail rather than stage another potentially costly
bailout?"
Washington and Wall Street officials are getting desperate. On
Friday evening, the heads of major Wall Street firms were summoned to
a meeting by government officials from the Fed and Treasury Dept.
They said, in no uncertain terms, that Lehman must be rescued, through
sale of the company or some kind of orderly liquidation.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/13/business/13rescue.html "a NY Times
article:"#>
"Flanked by Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson
Jr. and Christopher Cox, the chairman of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, he gathered the executives in person to
impress on them the need to work together to resolve the current
crisis.
Mr. Geithner told the participants that an industry solution was
needed, no matter what, and that it was not about any individual
bank, according to two people briefed on the meeting but who did
not attend. They said he told them that if the industry failed to
solve the problem their individual banks might be next. ...
Policy makers fear its losses could ripple through the financial
industry at a time when banks and securities firms are trying to
overcome $500 billion in write-downs."
What's interesting is that game of "chicken" is being played:
"One observer briefed on the situation described
the session as a “game of chicken” between the government and the
heads of the major banks.
Bank of America and two British firms, Barclays and HSBC, have
expressed interest in bidding for Lehman Brothers, according to
people briefed on the situation. But they have indicated that
their bids are contingent upon receiving support from the
government, just as it did with the rescues of Bear Stearns, and
the government-sponsored agencies, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
But Mr. Paulson and Mr. Geithner made it clear to the company,
its potential suitors and to the meeting participants on Friday
that the government has no plans to put taxpayer money on the
line. The government is deeply worried that its actions have
created a moral hazard and the Federal Reserve does not want to
reach deeper into its coffers. Instead, Mr. Paulson and Mr.
Geithner insist that Wall Street needs to come up with an industry
solution to try to stabilize Lehman Brothers and calm the
markets.
Still, some of the other Wall Street banks, facing billions of
dollars in losses themselves, have resisted this approach. They
argue that Lehman Brothers overreached and brought its current
troubles on itself. If there are no bidders for Lehman Brothers,
these banks say they can collect their collateral and liquidate
the troubled firm’s assets. In this high-stake game, they may also
be trying to call the government’s bluff, knowing that if push
came to shove, it would provide financial support."
The tension and anxiety are palpable. I heard pundits describe the
situation as "scary."
The banks are demanding that the government backstop any deal, just
as the government has already backstopped the deals with Bear
Stearns, Fannie and Freddie.
The government is saying that this kind of backstopping has got to
stop because of "moral hazard." In this view, the problems have been
getting worse because the previous backstopping has encourage more
bad behavior among banks, who assume that they'll be bailed out.
Since nothing that either the banks or the government have tried is
working, they're essentially blaming each other for causing the
problems, and "struggling to understand" why nothing they do has
worked.
Maybe now is a good time to re-post the graph that I've posted many
times before.
As I've been saying hundreds of times since 2002, the stock market is
overpriced by a factor of more than 200%, as I described in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market,""#> indicating that we're entering a new
1930s style Great Depression. In 2002 I had no idea what scenario we
would follow to reach that point, but the end result has always been
certain with 100% probability.
Here's the first graph that I used in that article:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
The historic average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing
earnings) is about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged
around 25, creating a huge bubble. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the
price/earnings ratio will fall well below 10 for a dozen years or so.
You can see that it's poised to fall quickly in the near future,
leading to a stock market crash.
So when I see a sentence like, "Officials and market players are
struggling to understand why the steps taken so far haven't calmed
the system," I come away amazed. The above graph, and the article
that it's from, are not based on some fantastical computational
algorithms (like the ones that "financial engineers" used that got us
into the structured finance mess.) Nor is the above based on some
specific political ideology or some specific economics ideology (like
the "Austrian school" or "Keynesian economics" or "monetarist
economics."
This is a simple price/earnings computation (also called
"valuations") that Wall Street uses all the time. And anyone can
see, just by glancing at it, what's coming.
So why are these people "struggling to understand"? Are they total
morons?
=inc ww2010.h2 lies "Bad lies and Good lies"
There's a principle, in ethics and in law, that public figures who
might influence investors MUST tell the truth. Depending on how you
interpret this, public figures might include government officials,
corporate CEOs, financial journalists, financial analysts, and so
forth.
Unfortunately, with the breakdown in ethics that's occurred in the
last ten years, as Boomers and Gen-Xers have taken senior management
positions everywhere, the forces of political correctness have
decreed that certain lies are "good," and certain lies are "bad."
An example of a "bad lie" was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080716
"pointed out by the SEC in July:"#> "False rumors can lead to a loss
of confidence in our markets. ... During the week of March 10, 2008,
rumors spread about liquidity problems at Bear Stearns, which eroded
investor confidence in the firm, ... and a crisis of confidence
occurred late in the week."
And so, if someone anonymously posts a rumor -- and the rumor later
turns out to be false -- and the rumor was negative in nature, then
it's a "bad lie." Of course, the rumors they're talking about turned
out to be true.
On the other hand, if a corporate CEO or a government official says
something POSITIVE, rather than negative, then the rumor is a "good
lie," even if the rumor turns out to be false.
For some reason, a negative rumor posted anonymously by someone
deserves the harshest condemnation, even though only the stupidest
investor would ever believe an anonymous rumor. It's a "bad lie,"
even if it turns out to be the truth.
But a positive rumor, stated openly by public officials is a "good
lie," even though it causes thousands of investors to lose a great
deal of money.
That's how twisted everything is today.
And so, for example, several months ago, government officials told
the public that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were sound, and that the
public should invest in Fannie and Freddie stock as a good, solid,
long-term investment.
Unfortunately, those shares were wiped out last weekend, when Fannie
and Freddie were effectively nationalized.
So you might say, "Well, six months ago these government officials
didn't know what would happen. They weren't lying; they were simply
mistaken."
Ahhh, but the ethics are MUCH more complicated than that.
Because the same government officials who encouraged investors to buy
stock shares also were responsible for structuring the
nationalization effort in such a way that those stock shares would be
wiped out.
The reasoning is simple: People who buy stock shares own a part of
the company. They make money if the company does well, and they lose
money if the company is does poorly, or is nationalized.
This is the concept of "moral hazard" that everyone talks about. If
the government bails out the stock holders after bad behavior by the
company, then the government is encouraging more bad behavior.
In other words, if I sell you my car, telling you it's in great
shape, and you pay me, but then I smash it up as I'm delivering the
car to you, who's responsible for the smashup? You? Me? The car?
I think you would say that I owe you a refund, and it would make no
difference if I told you that I wasn't lying when I sold it to you.
At any rate, stock fund manager Bill Miller of Legg Mason Value Trust
<#stdurl
http://www.boston.com/business/markets/articles/2008/09/09/the_watchword_uncertainty/
"purchased 79 million shares"#> of Fannie and Freddie, at prices
ranging from $5 to $50 per share. By Tuesday, shares were selling at
88 cents each, and so investors in this mutual fund lost some 90% of
their investments.
By contrast, bond fund manager Bill Gross of Pimco Total Return
invested almost $100 billion in Fannie and Freddie bonds. The
nationalization was structured so that bond holders would be
protected, and so investors in his mutual fund gained some 20% on
their investments.
Can anyone tell me why the deal was structured so that one mutual
fund was wiped out, while the other made huge amounts of money? Why
is one "moral hazard," and the other isn't?
Was Bill Miller just being naïve when he believed government
officials who encouraged investors to purchase Fannie and Freddie
stock shares? Or was he swindled when those same government
officials actively reneged on their statements and pulled the plug on
stock shares?
So now we hear that these same people are "struggling to understand
why the steps taken so far haven't calmed the system." I said that
these people must be morons, but there's more.
These people say any crap that they want, with no regard for the
truth. The lie to themselves, to each other, and to the public.
And as I discussed in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b
""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble
on 'the news',""#> with respect to Joseph Stiglitz, 2001 Nobel
Prize Winner in Economics, not only do these guys say any crap that
comes into their head, not only do they lie to themselves, each other
and the public, they also think that all the rest of us are idiots.
Because if a Nobel Prize winner in economics can say such incredibly
stupid and inane things and get a Nobel prize, then obviously his
assessment of people as idiots must be correct.
As I've said many times on this web site, the stench of corruption
and fraud is beyond belief, and it constantly sickens me and
infuriates me. These people on Wall Street and in Washington and in
university economics departments are so depraved that it's almost
impossible not to throw up. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080620
""'Operation Malicious Mortgage' indicts 406 people including
Bear Stearns execs.""#>
The real "moral hazard" is listening to anything that these people
say.
=inc ww2010.h2 cds "Credit Default Swap (CDS) events"
Something happened last weekend that's never happened before: The
nationalization of Fannie and Freddie caused a "CDS event" involving
trillions of dollars of credit default swaps.
Recall that a CDS is a contract between two people, that acts like an
insurance policy. The insurance pays off if the company named in the
CDS (usually a completely unrelated third company) defaults on its
bonds.
If you have fire insurance on your home, then a "fire insurance
event" that triggers payment of the insurance is a fire in your home.
If you have a CDS for some company, then a "CDS event" triggers
payment of the insurance.
Well, the nationalization of Fannie and Freddie caused a "CDS event"
linked to Fannie's and Freddie's bonds. It <#stdurl
http://business.smh.com.au/business/credit-event-triggers-trilliondollar-debt-upheaval-20080909-4cyq.html
"potentially could trigger trillions of dollars in payments."#>
This is ironic, of course, because it's the stock holders that lost
95% of their investment. The nationalization protected the
bondholders with government guarantees, so bond holders actually
made money. So although trillions of dollars in CDS payments might
be theoretically possible, in actual practice the payoffs will be
very small, or nonexistent.
So there you go. The reason that the nationalization was structured
to protect bondholders is that they didn't want to trigger large CDS
payments. All that stuff about "moral hazard" was just more crap.
Moral hazard had nothing to do with it.
Question: How can you tell whether a government official, or
financial executive, or financial journalist or financial analyst or
financial commentator is lying? Answer: Watch to see whether his mouth
is moving.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
=inc ww2010.h2 next "Who's next after Lehman?"
Speculators are beginning to see a pattern here:
There are going to be more of these failures.
Share holders are going down the tubes in each case.
Therefore, the smart move is to short the stock, which speeds up
the failure.
One way to tell whether the market thinks that a company is close to
default is to watch the cost of credit default swaps (CDSs) that
insure the company's bonds.
Take American International Group (AIG) Inc., the largest
U.S. insurer, for example.
In May, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080519 "I wrote about AIG's sad
story."#> Last December, they had put on a spectacle bragging about
how clever they had been, avoiding the writedown disasters that had
struck Citibank, Merrill Lynch, and other companies. In May the
announced massive first quarter writedowns, and were silent about
whether there were more to come.
AIG has been suffering further losses, but <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a3PvUvU2pFaQ&refer=home
"Rodney Clark of S&P's ratings agency"#> says, "AIG has sufficient
capital and liquidity to meet its policy obligations and potential
collateral requirements, which are significantly greater than the
expected cash losses on the mortgage-related assets." Given the track
record of these agencies, this statement may be anywhere from a
near-truth to a total lie. History provides no reason to believe it
since, if it's a lie, it's a "good lie."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080913c.jpg right "" "CDS price index from Jan,
2007, to present
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
Still, the market apparently doesn't believe S&P. (I wonder why?)
We know this because the price of credit default swaps on AIG debt
has ballooned.
On Thursday, <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/credit-concerns-grip-high-grade-market/story.aspx?guid={63868543-C87C-40E0-85A0-809F300C2CF9}&dist=msr_3
"you could buy CDS insurance protection"#> on $10 million of AIG bonds
for $668,000 per year. On Friday, it had shot up to $764,000 per
year. For comparison, "normal" rates are about $100,000 per year.
Moving into the realm of banks, Washington Mutual (WaMu) Inc. has
also seen its CDS prices balloon. To protect $10 million of WaMu bonds
against default for 5 years, <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/credit-concerns-grip-high-grade-market/story.aspx?guid={63868543-C87C-40E0-85A0-809F300C2CF9}&dist=msr_3
"investors must pay about $4.15 million up front,"#> and $500,000
annually, to protect $10 million of WaMu bonds against default for
five years.
AIG and WaMu are now going through the same kind of shelling that
brought down Bear Stearns and Lehman. Whether these two companies
can survive much longer remains to be seen.
=inc ww2010.h2 worse "A worsening picture"
The Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology has, in summary,
two components: The first is a long term trend component that tells
you where you're going to end up, but doesn't tell you how you'll get
there, or how long it will take. The second is the collection of
short-term daily events that lead you to the final result. You use
the long-term trend component to guide your interpretation of the
short-term events. The result is a forecast with a very high
probability of success (usually 80-90% or more), in a time frame of a
few weeks or months.
Every analyst and pundit tries to make forecasts based on short-term
events. Their forecasts have only a 50-50 chance of being right,
because basically they're guesses. Generational Dynamics
predictions, based on analyses of short-term events, have a very high
probability of being right because the long-term generational trend
component provides guidance.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080913b.gif right "" "Government actions to calm the
markets
(Source: wsj.com)"#>
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about
these predictions.)
In this case, the long-term generational trend, which I first started
talking about in 2002, was that the stock market was overpriced by a
factor of 200%+ and that we would enter a new 1930s style Great
Depression, probably in the 2006-2007 time frame.
In August, 2007, I wrote,<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070817 ""The
nightmare is finally beginning.""#> Generational Dynamics is
based on changes in attitudes and behaviors of great masses of people,
entire generations of people. I observed that the "credit crunch" had
had a massive effect on the attitudes and behaviors of investors, and
so the long-term prediction was coming to pass. I expected to see
that within weeks or a few months.
Now, just over a year later, we see the daily events quickening. The
short-term trends and events are matching up more closely to the
long-term trend prediction. Here's what's happened since August,
2007:
The attitudes and confidence of government officials,
financial analysts, commentators and pundits, and officials are
significantly degraded from a year ago. To the point: The attitudes
of these people have been palpably trending downward for a year.
As you can see from the chart I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080905
"posted a week ago,"#> since the market peaked last year on October 9,
the market has been falling almost steadily. Every time it spikes up
a bit, the pundits say that the worst is over, and they're caught by
surprise again when the downward trend occurs again. By the Law of
Mean Reversion, the market MUST fall to Dow 4000 or below, and stay
there for years.
The credit crunch is continually worsening, as the deflationary
spiral continues to draw money out of the world, forcing different
institutions to compete for the smaller amount of liquidity
remaining. For example, the performance of many asset classes, such
as CDOs and CDSs, have <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/marketsNews/idUSL88956720080908
"trended increasingly negative"#> since the beginning of the
year. You can see this trend clearly in the CDS index graph that I
posted several paragraphs back.
The number of failures appears to be accelerating -- Bear
Stearns, Fannie and Freddie, Lehman Brothers, and possibly AIG and
Washington Mutual are next.
Here's how a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/14/weekinreview/14berenson.html "NY
Times article"#> describes it:
"A lot of smart people have tried to call the
bottom on Wall Street this year.
So far, they have all been wrong.
Since the financial crisis first hit in August 2007, markets — and
the financial industry — have gone through a series of swoons,
each more dizzying than the last. Last week, the crisis reached a
new pitch, as Lehman Brothers, the fourth-largest United States
investment bank, struggled to avoid joining Bear Stearns on the
trash heap, and Washington Mutual, the largest savings and loan,
saw its shares briefly fall below $2.
Now even Wall Street’s professional optimists have given up
predicting exactly when their industry might stabilize. One senior
executive at a top investment bank, speaking anonymously so he
could speak freely, recently observed that the crisis was entering
its “19th inning,” with no ending in sight."
If a story like this had appeared a year ago, the author would have
been called crazy. Today, these attitudes are the norm.
However, it's important to understand that these people, these
experts, haven't yet come to the point where they realize what's
going to happen. These people are "struggling to understand
why the steps taken so far haven't calmed the system" because they
don't really understand what's going on, or what a deflationary
spiral really means.
What's most significant is the learning curve of Fed chairman Ben
Bernanke himself. I've written several times about Ben Bernanke and
his <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080407 "Great Historic Experiment,"#> and
his belief that the 1930s Great Depression could have been avoided if
the Fed had simply lowered interest rates sooner.
Ben Bernanke is considered the world's leading expert on the Great
Depression, and his views that the 1930s Depression could have been
easily avoided have dominated university macroeconomics. Now the
conclusion of his life's work has been proven wrong, as one "fix"
after another has led only to a worse situation.
Here's an interesting excerpt from the same <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/14/weekinreview/14berenson.html "NY
Times article:"#>
"For Wall Street, the lesson has been sobering —
and unlikely to be forgotten for several years, said Dr. [Sung
Won] Sohn, the California State economist.
“The restraint in the credit markets will last quite some time,”
Dr. Sohn said. In the mortgage business, which saw the worst
excesses, loan practices may remain stricter for at least a
decade, he said. The results will be both positive and negative,
he said."
Sohn reflects a fairly standard and widely held view: That the credit
crunch will only last another year or so, and then it will take 10
years to get over it. This of course is a change from even a few
months ago, when it was widely believed that the credit crunch would
be over by now, and the economy would be in bubble mode again by the
end of this year.
But this is another attitude trend -- the length of time that
mainstream economists expect the economy to be affected by this. In
the last year, this estimate has gone from a few weeks to a few months
to ten years. At some point, they'll understand that this event will
affect the entire lifetimes of the survivors -- just as the 1930s
Great Depression did.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080911 Is the lipstick debate a sign of the times?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.head
Is the lipstick debate a sign of the times?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.date
11-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.txt1
All the talk about lipstick in the Presidential campaign debate
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080911.txt2
has motivated me to dig into my files, and find the following story
that originally appeared in the Wall Street Journal on
November 26, 2001, just a few weeks after 9/11:
"Rising Lipstick Sales May Mean Pouting Economy
By Emily Nelson
Lipstick sales are red hot. So why is no one smiling?
The reason is that women traditionally turn to lipstick when they
cut back on life's other luxuries. They see lipstick, which sells
for as little as $1.99 at a supermarket to $20-plus at a
department store, as a reasonable indulgence and pick-me-up when
they feel they can't afford a whole new outfit. "When lipstick
sales go up, people don't want to buy dresses," says Leonard
Lauder, chairman of Estée Lauder Cos.
Lauder's Leading Lipstick Index tracks lipstick sales across
Estée Lauder's many brands, which account for sales of
about half of all prestige cosmetics in the U.S. and include
Stila, Origins, Bobbi Brown, MAC and Prescriptives. Since the
Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, the index is up braodly, says Mr.
Lauder. The index also climbed during past recessions, such as in
1990.
MAC factories started running extra shifts to produce more
lipstick after Sept. 11. In the past three weeks, sales of MAC
lipstick, and lip gloss have grown 12% at stores open at least a
year, compared with the year earlier.
"It's like getting a haircut. It makes you immediately feel
better," says Meredith Foulke, a 21-year-old senior at Auburn
University who recently sprung for a sparkly "Sweet Cherry"
Clinique Liquid Lipstick, while shopping at Dillard's in Auburn,
Ala. This year, she doesn't plan on splurging for a new suede
handbag, she says, "but there's always lipstick."
Lipstick sales at mass retailers tracked by Information Resources
Inc., the market-research firm, rose 11% from August through
October compared with a year ago.
Sales of lipstick at Borghese Cosmetics Inc. are also up
12% since mid-September vs. last year, spurred on by saleswomen
wearing T-shirts emblazoned with the American flag and the words,
"love, peace and lipstick." Company executives in New York
designed the T-shirts after noticing shoppers buying lipsticks and
expressing "a sense of defiance that 'they' aren't going to
disrupt our lives and take away our simple pleasures," says
Georgette Mosbacher, the New York-based company's chief
executive.
Deep, bright lipstick shades, with names like "berry," "red
glorioso" and "vino divino," are now most popular, while pale,
neutral shades aren't selling as well, Ms. Mosbacher says. "This
is the case of wanting to brighten up ... [Lipstick] has always
made women feel good."
Lipstick, which dates to ancient Egypt along with makeup in
general, often reflects women's attitudes. During the 1920s, for
example, mass marketing of makeup in the U.S. took off, women got
the right to vote, and bright red lipstick was popular.
Other cosmetic items don't tent to benefit from the lipstick
effect. The high-margin prestige cosmetics that drive overall
sales are rarely discounted; more typically, stores offer free
gifts with a purchase. When upscale department store Bergdorf
Goodman, part of Neiman Marcus Group Inc., held a sale for
selected shoppers last month, it offered 30% off everything except
cosmetics.
Indeed, Borgheses's Ms. Mosbacher is lowering her overall sales
expectations for the year to a 9% to 12% increase, down from 15%
before Sept. 11. Estée Lauder also reduced its overall
sales expectations, saying its other business, particular
duty-free airport shops, is hurting.
Lipstick sales might be even higher, if not for brands that
promise to stay on longer, reducing the need to buy another
stick. Top-selling lipsticks include Cover Girl Outlast lipstick
and Max Factor Lipfinity, which claim to stay on for eight hours.
Both brands are owned by decidedly practical consumer-products
maker Proctor & Gamble Co.
An ad for Revlon's Absolutely Fabulous lipstick, shot last
spring, seems particularly appropriate with its hint of stock
market woes and lipstick-as-comfort-food tone. The ad shows a
woman in front of what looks like the New York Stock Exchange
trading floor, and it reads, "On a bad day, there's always
lipstick."
Wall Street Journal, Monday, November 26, 2001, pages B1,
B4"
So lipstick sales were a sign of recession in 2001. If that's true,
then what do "lipstick on pigs" debates mean about the significance
of the election campaign today?
=eod
=// &&2 e080910 Two days after Fannie/Freddie crisis, another crisis looms at Lehman
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.head
Two days after Fannie/Freddie crisis, another crisis looms at
Lehman
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.date
10-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.txt1
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. share prices fell a record 45 percent
on Thursday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080910.txt2
as rumors swirled that <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=aUi6ZCzRjB4U&refer=us
"the investment bank might collapse."#> Lehman is scheduled to
report third quarter earnings next week, but to prevent further
speculation, Lehman has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=aafiDCsx91HU&refer=us
"rescheduled the earnings announcement"#> to today (Wednesday).
Lehman will also announce "strategic initiatives" to remain afloat.
Tuesday's 45% fall in Lehman stock prices occurred on a day when Wall
Street stock indexes all fell 2½-3½%, pretty much reversing <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080909 "the euphoric, giddy gains of Monday."#>
Lehman has <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080819 "previously announced"#>
$8.2 billion in writedowns of assets in its portfolio -- mortgage-back
securities and other near-worthless securities. On Wednesday, Lehman
CEO Richard Fuld is expected to announce further asset writedowns, and
make rosy promises about the future.
The problem is that you'd have to be crazy to believe anything that
Fuld says about the future. As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080909 "I
wrote yesterday,"#> and many times before, open lying has become the
norm on Wall Street, increasingly as Generation-Xers and Boomers have
taken senior management positions over the last decade. If Fuld
believes that Lehman is about to fall off a cliff on Thursday, he'll
still make up a bunch of lies on Wednesday to claim that everything
is OK. Making up a bunch of lies is the norm these days.
Bear Stearns had to be rescued in March because a bankruptcy would
have caused an international systemic financial crisis, according to
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080407 "later testimony"#> by Ben Bernanke.
The crises appear to be coming faster and faster, now. There was the
Bear Stearns rescue in March, and then things seemed relatively calm
until the Fannie and Freddie bailout last week. Now we potentially
have a Lehman crisis.
It's not surprising that the crises are coming faster, since the
worldwide deflationary spiral is accelerating. There's less money in
the world than there was yesterday, and companies have to compete
with one another over what's left. It's the opposite of what
happened during the credit bubble, when the world was being flooded
with new money. Even stupid decisions were rewarded with riches.
Today, financial institutions are playing a kind "musical chairs"
game with liquidity: each time the music stops, the one without the
liquidity collapses.
The funny thing is that there's no way to know what's going on. Will
Lehman collapse tomorrow, Friday, next week, or not at all?
If Lehman goes down, will it cause a worldwide financial crisis - a
stock market crash?
I feel fairly certain that there isn't anyone in the world who knows,
or who even thinks he knows.
To say that we're in uncharted territory is an understatement.
Nobody has a clue what's going to happen next.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080909 Another stunning and historic bailout: Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.head
Another stunning and historic bailout: Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.date
9-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.txt1
Giddy investors are popping the champagne corks.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080909.txt2
As I listened to the pundits talk about the Fannie /Freddie bailout,
I was struck, as usual, by how narrow their discussions were.
As usual, pundits were talking about what happened TODAY -- stocks
were up 3% on Asian, European and North American markets, "proving"
that the problems were solved. These are people who believe that
"history always begins this morning." The closest any of them came
to a historical view is that some of them said, "See? They should
have done this five years ago when I said they should, and then there
wouldn't have been any credit crisis."
Har, har.
Returning to the world of reality, we see one emergency measure after
another being put forth by the US government (by the Fed or by the
Treasury Dept.) to handle the current crisis, with each new bailout
larger than the last one.
Can that continue? Does the US Government have infinite resources?
Here's an interesting graphic that Michael "Mish" Shedlock <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/08/cash-strapped-fdic-considers-tapping.html
"posted on his blog"#> last month:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080908.gif center "" "Analysis of reserves on and
off Fed's balance sheet (Source:
globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com from cumber.com)"#>
The different acronyms refer to different Fed programs to provide
money to banks caught in the credit crunch.
What it shows is that the Fed is running out of liquid assets. Almost
all of those other things are illiquid assets, mostly valued at phony
market prices. For example, the TAF refers to the <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/taf.htm "Fed's
"Term Auction Facility,""#> that allows banks to borrow
money from the Fed, posting as collateral mortgage-backed securities
that may be almost worthless.
So basically, the Fed has few arrows left in its quiver.
That leaves the Treasury. Theoretically this is a bottomless pit,
since the Treasury can "print money." Well, maybe it could print
money once upon a time, a century or two ago, but today Treasury
can't "print money." What it CAN do is borrow money by issuing
Treasury bonds, and selling them to anyone who'll buy them.
The Chinese particularly have been buying them, and we owe China an
incredibly large sum of money.
The Chinese have also been buying another kind of bond besides
Treasury bonds. Can you guess what, Dear Reader? Yes, they've been
buying Fannie and Freddie bonds, also called "GSE bonds." Fannie and
Freddie have been borrowing money like mad.
Normally, they borrow money so that they can lend it out again to
prospective homeowners who need a mortgage. It's a nice system, as
long as it keeps working. Well, it turns out that Fannie and Freddie
have been keeping bogus books, not taking into account the fact that
there are many, many foreclosures. And if those mortgage loans
aren't going to be repaid, then Fannie and Freddie won't get the
money they need to pay back the money that China and others lent them
by buying GSE Bonds.
And recently, <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/fbaa6fee-7560-11dd-ab30-0000779fd18c.html
"China has been cutting back on buying GSE bonds"#> because -- guess
what, Dear Readers -- yes, because the Chinese have figured out that
Fannie and Freddie were going to default on those bonds. Those clever
Chinese!
And so, the government is now bailing out Fannie and Freddie,
essentially by saying that GSE Bonds are backed by the full faith and
credit of the US Federal Government.
So now the GSE Bonds are JUST AS GOOD as the Treasury Bonds. And the
Chinese can buy GSE Bonds again. And if there's ever any problem
with those GSE Bonds and they default, why, the Treasury will pay to
back them up. And where will the Treasury get the money to back up
the defaulting GSE Bonds? Can you guess, Dear Reader? Why yes, you
got it -- Treasury will borrow the money from the Chinese by selling
more Treasury Bonds to the Chinese. Do you think those clever
Chinese have figured that out, too?
This stuff just leaves me breathless.
And there's another interesting wrinkle to all this. As I understand
it, the government is backing the GSE Bonds, but not Fannie and
Freddie stock. So if you're a poor schmuck in the stock market whose
broker told you that Fannie and Freddie stock was a "good as gold,"
guess what? You're screwed.
This is how fortunes are made. Bill Gross from Pimco invested
heavily in GSE Bonds, and then lobbied Washington hard to get this
kind of bailout. Bill Miller of Legg Mason <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/09/08/15692/fannie-freddie-a-tale-of-two-bills/
"invested heavily in Fannie and Freddie stocks,"#> and is facing
financial disaster.
And there's more: It appears that US <#stdurl
http://blogs.ft.com/gapperblog/2008/09/a-us-government-bail-out-of-foreign-investors/
"regional banks were heavily invested"#> in Fannie and Freddie
stocks, while foreign banks were more heavily invested in Fannie and
Freddie bonds. So the foreign banks will make out better than the US
regional banks in this bailout although, let's face it, it's all just
Chinese money anyway.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Third quarter earnings estimates"
For months, Treasury officials were claiming that Freddie and Fannie
were doing well, and would not be bailed out. No one really believed
that, but still, that's what the officials were saying.
Then on Monday, I saw Steve Liesman on CNBC <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/26606180 "interview Treasury Secretary Hank
Paulson."#> Here's one exchange:
"Liesman: I think we have to talk about some of
the charges out there about the politics relative to the timing.
Some people say, hey, wait a second, this followed the Republican
convention and it is very far from the election. Did that play a
role in when you decided to move?
Paulson: Oh, absolutely, no role. Steve, we have been working
around the clock for weeks. People say to me, you always do these
things on the weekends. We have been working every weekend. The
amount of work that has been done here by the Federal Reserve, the
OCC, FHFA, my team here at Treasury, we have been analyzing data,
looking at the situation, getting ready. And we moved as quickly
as we could move and as was appropriate. If we could have moved
quicker, we would have done that."
And so, guess what? When Treasury officials said that they weren't
planning any Fannie/Freddie bailout, they were lying. They were
working "around the clock for weeks," taking breaks only to tell the
public that they weren't doing anything.
Of course this is a "good lie," as opposed to other kinds of lies,
called "bad lies." But I tell you again, Dear Reader, you should not
believe anything about finance that any journalist, analyst,
executive, politician, or government official tells you. The norm
today, on the right and the left, is to lie openly. And it's ok
because everyone knows that everyone is lying (except for the people
who don't know, and therefore get screwed).
And that brings us to corporate earnings. This is a game we've been
playing for several quarters now. We keep track of the estimated
earnings growth for each quarter, and see how the estimate changes
from week to week.
Back <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080303 "in March,"#> Thomson Financial
was providing the following earnings growth estimates for 2008:
Period Earnings growth estimate as of 3-March (Thomson Financial)
------- --------------------------------------------
Q1 2008 2.6%
Q2 2008 3.5%
Q3 2008 20.0%
Q4 2008 50.0%
Actual <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080608 "Q1 earnings growth was
-17.5%."#> Actual <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080811 "Q2 earnings
growth was -22.1%."#>
We're now able to begin posting the table of third quarter S&P 500
average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters:
Date 3Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Mar 3: 25.0%
Apr 1: 17.3% Start of previous (2nd) quarter
Jul 1: 12.6% Start of quarter
Sep 5: 0.8%
We're playing the same game that we've been playing for several
quarters, with the same results. Each week, analysts give bloated
earnings estimates that they have to lower in the following weeks, as
actual earnings start coming in.
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080905.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 5-Sep-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As earnings estimates fall, price/earnings ratios go up, and they're
really skyrocketing these days, as shown in the above diagram, which
is Friday's version of the graphic that appears on the bottom of the
home page of this web site.
Investors pushed price/earnings ratios up because they actually
BELIEVED the 25% figure that was coming out in March.
Investors and pundits today just CAN'T BELIEVE that the bubble is
still leaking, and that the bubble isn't going to start growing
again. They are going to be shocked beyond belief.
On Monday, the Fannie and Freddie bailout caused investors to push up
stock market indexes by several percentage points in Asia, Europe and
North America. The reasoning is as follows: "The Fannie and Freddie
bailout is so huge that it must be the end of all the financial
problems." Doesn't that make sense to you, Dear Reader? It doesn't
to me either, but that's what investors are telling themselves.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080908 Asif Ali Zardari, widower of Benazir Bhutto, wins Pakistan presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.head
Asif Ali Zardari, widower of Benazir Bhutto, wins Pakistan
presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.date
8-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.txt1
The backdrop is Pakistan's fury over US armed forces assault into
Pakistan's tribal areas
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080908.txt2
As Pakistan's government continues to appear to disintegrate before
`our eyes, <#stdurl http://www.dawn.com/2008/09/07/top1.htm "the
Parliament elected Asif ali Zardari as President"#> by a large
majority.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080907.jpg left "" "President-elect Asif ali
Zardari, flanked by daughters Bakhtawar and Asifa, speaks to his party
colleagues and supporters at the Prime Minister's House on Saturday
evening.
(Source: dawn.com)"#>
Zardari's rise to power is nothing short of breathtaking. He married
the leader, Benazir Bhutto, of the Shia-based Pakistan's People's
Party (PPP) in the 1980s. When Bhutto became Prime Minister in
1988–1990 and again in 1993–1996, Zardari became embroiled in
numerous financial scandals, and was jailed from 1997-2004 on various
charges, including corruption and even murder. There was an almost
zero chance of his ever achieving high public office in Pakistan, but
that changed with the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071229 "assassination
of Benazir Bhutto"#> last December.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right pakistan 1
Zardari successfully formed a coalition with opposition leader Nawaz
Sharif, head of the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N) party. But
the coalition was united only as long as their common enemy,
then-President Pervez Musharraf, was in power. Once Musharraf <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080823 "resigned,"#> the coalition <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080826 "dissolved,"#> leaving the government in
chaos and the country rudderless.
=inc ww2010.h2 assaults "American-led ground assaults into Pakistan"
Saturday's election occurred against the backdrop of <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0904/p99s01-duts.html
"increasing Pakistani fury"#> against Americans for American-led Nato
ground assaults into Pakistan's tribal areas. The attacks occurred on
Wednesday morning in Taliban strongholds in North Waziristan.
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg left "" "Pakistan's tribal areas.
Nato ground assaults were made into North Waziristan.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
The occurrence of the Nato assault, which has not been confirmed by
Nato or Americans, is still widely believed in Pakistan, and is
causing sharp political conflicts.
The assault is considered to be <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,24308693-2703,00.html
"a major test for Zardari"#> and his new administration.
Thus, Zardari's first action, after becoming President on Saturday,
was to confirm the closing of the major supply route through Pakistan
for supplying the Nato forces. This route runs from the port of
Karachi, in the far south of Pakistan, to the outskirts of Peshawar
and through the Khyber Pass to the battlefields of Afghanistan.
However, that much now appears to be only half the story. According
to <#stdurl http://www.dawn.com/2008/09/07/top5.htm "news reports on
Sunday,"#> Pakistan's Ministry of Defence and Ministry of the Interior
were taking opposing positions on the closing of the Nato supply
route. It's now claimed that the closing of the Khyber Pass route was
only a "temporary disruption" caused by terrorist militant activity,
that only about 20 trucks were held up, and that now they're free to
go.
It's really hard to know what to make of this except that it's one
more sign of the total disintegration of the Pakistan government.
And that's not Zardari's only problem.
Suicide attacks are becoming commonplace. On Saturday, a <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/09/07/asia/pakistan.php "suicide
blast in Peshawar"#> killed 35 people.
Inflation is <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,24308693-2703,00.html
"rampant"#> and the economy is stagnating.
Even more significant is the increase in tensions between Sunni and
Shia groups. Kurram province in the tribal areas is now the scene of
<#stdurl http://www.hindu.com/2008/09/02/stories/2008090256971400.htm
"massive fighting between Sunni and Shia tribesmen."#> The clashes are
between the Shia Turi tribe and the Sunni Bangash tribe. The Bangash
tribe are allied with the Taliban and al-Qaeda, who triggered the
violence starting around April, 2007.
There are severe shortages of food and medicines in Kurram, and the
death toll in the last month has <#stdurl
http://www.thenews.com.pk/updates.asp?id=54435 "risen to 700."#>
It doesn't take rocket science to figure out how fragile Zardari's
government is. Even Zardari's life must be considered in danger as a
Shia leader, after his wife was killed last December by a Sunni
terrorist.
Zardari himself is well aware of the perception of that Pakistan is
disintegrating. In <#stdurl
http://www.thefrontierpost.com/News.aspx?ncat=ts&nid=2396 "his
acceptance speech on Saturday,"#> he said that the democratic process
needs total commitment from all political forces.
"Pakistan's democracy is being closely watched and there are
arguments being made about its inability to hold," said Zardari.
"It's a challenge, not only for me and for the democratic forces, but
also for the people of Pakistan. We have to prove wrong the perception
that Pakistan and democracy cannot go together. I want to tell all
those doubting our nation's commitment for a representative political
order, that ours is the nation that has made the biggest sacrifices
for the cause of democracy. Ours is the nation that has looked
dictatorship in its eyes.... Ours is the nation that braved the might
of the state, yet fought on the streets for their right to determine
their own destiny."
But few people believe that Zardari has the political and popular
strength to pull the country together. One opposition party, Awami
Tehrik, condemned <#stdurl http://www.dawn.com/2008/09/07/top17.htm
"atrocities unleashed by the Nato and American forces,"#> and said
that these barbaric actions were clear proof that the new government
was pursuing the imperialist policies of Musharraf government, and
that all the decisions were being taken in Washington.
Others talk about a <#stdurl
http://www.newspostonline.com/world-news/pak-presidential-polls-could-trigger-return-to-days-of-revenge-and-retribution-200809074426
"return to 'politics of revenge, retribution and blatant
self-interest'"#> of the 1990s.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we seem to be seeing
the major change in public opinion that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080823 "I've been describing."#>
Before the recent resignation of Pervez Musharraf as President, the
entire Pakistani population appeared to be in a state of total denial
about what was going on. The "logic" was this: The reason for the
suicide bombings was that Musharraf was cooperating with the
Americans, and the suicide bombings were really targeted at the
Americans. And so, the fantasy reasoning continued, when Musharraf
goes, then the violence will disappear automatically.
The euphoria surrounding Musharraf's resignation dissipated almost
immediately, thanks to several suicide bombing attacks immediately
following the resignation. The biggest occurred in the town of Wah,
just outside of Islamabad, Pakistan's capital. Two suicide bombers
simultaneously attacked two separate entrances of a large manufacturer
of munitions at shift change time. 70 people were killed.
What I believe is happening is that these terrorist attacks are now
causing the Pakistani people to panic, and are part of a continuing
"regeneracy." The term "regeneracy" is a term from generational
theory, and it refers to the point where a population's civic unity
is regenerated for the first time since the end of the previous
Crisis war.
(For information about the term "regeneracy," see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
In the case of Pakistan, the unity appears to be regenerating
separately on the Sunni and Shia sides of the population. This will
cause increasing political conflict on the two sides, leading to
armed conflict. There is already plenty of Shia vs Sunni violence
going on in Kurram, as we described. And in India, where the Hindus
historically have sided with Shia Muslims against Sunni Muslims,
protests and violence are continuing in the disputed Kashmir and
Jammu provinces.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition is coming with
absolute certainty. This war will involve numerous ethnic groups,
but underlying it will be Sunni Muslims versus Hindus + Shia Muslims.
=eod
=// &&2 e080907 On '60 Minutes,' Bob Woodward makes ridiculous claims about Iraq.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.head
On "60 Minutes," Bob Woodward makes ridiculous claims
about Iraq.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.date
7-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.txt1
He says the surge succeeded because of some magic new military
technique.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080907.txt2
Bob Woodward is a good reporter, and he became famous in the 1970s by
leading, along with Carl Bernstein, the reporting of the Watergate
coverup by President Richard Nixon. Woodward is such an admired icon
among the Boomer left that he can report almost anything he wants, and
his word isn't even questioned.
Woodward himself is extremely liberal, and I wouldn't be surprised if
he was completely in the tank for the election of Barack Obama. So
the publication of his new book The War Within: A Secret White
House History, 2006-2008, at this particular time has to be
assumed to be his contribution to Obama's election. The book is
published by Simon & Schuster, owned by CBS.
In his Sunday night <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2008/09/04/politics/washingtonpost/main4417823.shtml
"appearance on CBS's 60 Minutes,"#> he made a number of claims
about the Iraq war and "the surge":
"The book also says that the U.S. troop surge of
2007, in which President Bush sent nearly 30,000 additional U.S.
combat forces and support troops to Iraq, was not the primary
factor behind the steep drop in violence there during the past 16
months.
Rather, Woodward reports, "groundbreaking" new covert techniques,
beginning in 2007, had enabled U.S. military and intelligence
officials to locate, target and kill insurgent leaders and key
individuals in extremist groups such as al-Qaeda in Iraq.
Woodward does not disclose the code names of these covert programs
or provide much detail about them, saying in the book that White
House and other officials had cited national security concerns in
asking him to withhold specifics. But he quotes "several
authoritative sources" as saying that "85 to 90 percent of the
successful operations and 'actionable intelligence' had come from"
these breakthrough techniques."
This is so ridiculous that only Bob Woodward could publish it and
only liberal Boomer journalists and politicians could possibly believe
it.
First off, if there really is some huge breakthrough technology (say,
the army can now "beam" soldiers instantly from one place to another,
as in Star Trek), then Woodward's mere mention that he knows
about it is an act of treason.
It's far more likely that there's some much less revolutionary
technology or other he's talking about. Maybe it's a new
high-powered microphone that can pick up farawar conversations, or
maybe it's a more accurate firearm of some kind. More likely it's a
combination of several small incremental technology and technique
improvements. Who knows? If it saves American soldiers' lives, or
if it helps defeat al-Qaeda in Iraq, then it's worthwhile, and it's
worthwhile keeping it secret from an idiot like Bob Woodward.
But to claim, as Woodward does, that the surge was so successful only
because of this "groundbreaking" technique or technology is
unimaginably absurd. The American armed forces have had for years
far more advanced technology than anything that al-Qaeda in Iraq had,
and no additional increment was going to be enough to defeat the
entire al-Qaeda effort in Iraq.
And if it were, then why hasn't it annihilated the Taliban in
Afghanistan?
You know, come to think of it, that's a good question. If Woodward
wants to credit the surge's success to "groundbreaking" technique or
technology, then why isn't it working in Afghanistan, and if not,
then why do you assume that it worked in Iraq? During the next month
or so, he's going to be on one news show after another, interviewed by
reporters who are also completely in the tank for Obama. Do you think
a single one of them will ask that question?
Ironically, Woodward is absolutely correct in saying that the surge
"was not the primary factor behind the steep drop in violence there
during the past 16 months."
As I began writing in 2003, Iraq is in a generational Awakening era,
and so a civil war in Iraq is impossible, and terrorist attacks
against Iraqis are likely to backfire against the terrorists. That's
exactly what happened. As far as I know, I'm the only person in the
world, on the right or left, who has correctly and consistently
predicted what would happen in Iraq.
(For the original August, 2003, prediction, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.aug19 ""Terrorist suicide bombings in Iraq may backfire
against terrorists.""#> For a lengthy analysis of the Iraq war,
see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 ""The Iraq war may be
related to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.""#> For general
information on Generational Dynamics predictions, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major Generational Dynamics
predictions.""#>)
And this brings us to one more problem with Bob Woodward's claims.
He paints the surge as a complete gamble, pursued for purely
political reasons, opposed by almost everyone in the military.
I know that's ridiculous because it was in April, 2007, that I wrote
the lengthy analysis, <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 ""Iraqi
Sunnis are turning against al-Qaeda in Iraq.""#> When I wrote
that essay, it had already been clear for several months to soldiers
on the ground in Iraq that the war was beginning to turn against
al-Qaeda. The surge would speed things up and consolidate the
victories. The Administration knew all that long before I did, so
the surge was no gamble.
If Woodward had said: "The surge was not the primary factor behind
the steep drop in violence. The steep drop in violence occurred
because Iraq was in a generational Awakening era, and the Iraqis were
turning against the al-Qaeda invaders," then I'd have to agree with
him, and he could help Obama get elected by telling the truth. But
what he actually said was moronic, and totally typical of today's
liberal reporters.
=eod
=// &&2 e080905 Long-term negative market trends asserting themselves strongly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.head
Long-term negative market trends asserting themselves strongly
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.date
5-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.txt1
Stock and commodities prices plummet as worldwide foreclosures and
recessions worsen.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080905.txt2
Investors continue to say how puzzled they are that the stock market
keeps falling. On Thursday, when the Wall Street indexes fell 3%, I
heard one financial pundit say, "I can't understand why investors are
so pessimistic. Productivity numbers are up."
These are people whom I like to describe as "believing that history
always begins this morning."
On this web site, I look at the world from the point of view of
<#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 "systems dynamics"#> through time.
The world's political, social and financial trends all have to be
looked at as worldwide systems changing through time. Those who look
at only recent data might as well look at the thermometer to decide
whether it's going to snow next winter.
It was in 2002 and 2003 that I began telling people, and posting on
this web site, that we were entering a new 1930s style Great
Depression, probably by the 2006-2007 time frame. It was last year
in August that I wrote, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070817 ""The
nightmare is finally beginning.""#>
Frankly, I had expected the fall to occur more rapidly. I hadn't
counted on the super-aggressive actions by the Fed and central banks
around the world to postpone the inevitable.
These central bankers have been congratulating themselves and each
other for preventing a major collapse, but look at the Dow Jones
Industrial Average for the past year:
=inc ww2010.pic g080904.gif center "" "DJIA, 5-Sep-2007 to 4-Sep-2008"
Since the market peaked last year on October 9, the market has been
falling almost steadily. Every time it spikes up a bit, the pundits
say that the worst is over, and they're caught by surprise again when
the downward trend occurs again.
As I've said many times, this MUST happen with 100% certainty, since
the market is overpriced by a factor of over 200%, and has been
substantially overpriced since 1995. By the Law of Mean Reversion,
the market MUST fall to Dow 4000 or below, and stay there for years.
(For information on why the stock market is overpriced, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market.""#>)
=inc ww2010.h2 commodities "Commodities falling"
During the last year, we've seen many continuing trends. The
foreclosure rate continues to climb, and <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5iXg6U0_3aW77B0Bbd8T0oGjTiu8QD93049580
"home prices continue to fall."#> The asset writedowns by financial
institutions continue unabated.
But there has been a significant change within the last couple of
months: It appears that the commodities bubble is leaking, and may be
close to crashing.
Prices of oil, gold and other commodities have been falling sharply.
The Baltic Dry Index, which measures the demand for international
shipments of dry goods (such as iron ore) has also been falling
sharply.
Incidentally, blogger Michael "Mish" Shedlock <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/08/great-gold-silver-conspiracy-explained.html
"has been receiving hate mail"#> over his writings on gold.
Shedlock's only a kid, and I wish him the best, but he's got a
problem because he's been advising his readers to buy gold.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 3
Many other advisers and brokers are in the same situation. As <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070312b "I wrote"#> several times in the past, if
you're an economics expert, journalist, investment broker, mortgage
lender, analyst, regulator, pundit or politician, then I suggest that
you'd better have your underground bunker picked out, because people
are going to be coming after you. And if you're an ordinary person
who's embezzled or cheated, thinking nobody would bother to check,
then things are going to change, and all your past actions will be
scrutinized and audited.
=inc ww2010.h2 def "The continuing deflationary spiral"
As has been apparent for a long time now, the worldwide deflationary
spiral is really gripping everything. There's less money in the
world every day than there was the day before, and that decrease
appears to be accelerating. Money is being pulled out of the stock
markets, and now it's being pulled out of the commodity markets.
Banks are desperate for money. One bank, National City, is <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/4a296670-7a07-11dd-bb93-000077b07658,dwp_uuid=e8477cc4-c820-11db-b0dc-000b5df10621.html?nclick_check=1
"actually paying its customers $200"#> to close their home equity
credit lines.
(Incidentally, you should avoid closing any sources of credit at this
time, since it may be years before you can get new credit again.)
What's particularly significant is what's happening in China. The
entire country of China has been in an economic bubble for the last
few years, and it was only a matter of time before the bubble burst.
I've often speculated China's bubble might burst after the end of the
China Olympics games. Now that the games are over, that may well be
happening.
We're still waiting for the epochal event -- the massive generational
panic that will be remembered forever. This must occur at some
point. The last one occurred in 1929, and the next one is overdue.
A generational crash is an elemental force of nature, like a tsunami.
There will be millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, and not having believed it was even
possible, suddenly in a state of total mass panic, trying to sell all
at once.
Computer systems will crash or will be clogged for hours, or perhaps
even for a day or two. People who had hoped to get out just as the
collapse is occurring will be totally screwed, and will lose
everything. Brokers and other institutions will go bankrupt.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080904 Japanese government paralysis continues as Yasuo Fukuda steps down
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.head
Japanese government paralysis continues as Yasuo Fukuda steps down
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.date
4-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.txt1
This was the third Prime Minister to step down in three years.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080904.txt2
Prime Minister Yasuo Fukuda resigned on Monday <#stdurl
http://www.canada.com/topics/news/story.html?id=93666fc3-6e17-43fb-aced-e27465fb1cb0
"in an effort to break a political deadlock."#>
"If we are to prioritize the people's livelihoods, there cannot be a
political vacuum from political bargaining, or a lapse in policies.
We need a new team to carry out policies," Fukuda said. "I thought it
would be better for someone else to do the job than me."
Fukuda's unpopularity stems mostly from a worsening economy, but his
administration has been largely overshadowed by Japan's relations
with China and Korea.
The same was true of Fukuda's predecessors. Junichiro Koizumi's
relations with China were constantly strained by his <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e050425 "annual visits to the Yasukuni shrine."#>
The shrine honors 2.3 million war dead, including some who have been
declared as World War II war criminals.
When Koizumi stepped down in September, 2006, the new <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060927b "Prime Minister was Shinzo Abe."#> Abe was
the first PM to be elected from the generation born after World War II
(like America's Boomer generation), and he was considered to be young
and hawkish.
Abe's government was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070730 " brought to
collapse"#> within a year, mainly because of highly visible scandals
in national health and pension systems.
Abe's replacement was a surprise choice -- <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070924 "Yasuo Fukuda reverted to the older generation"#> of survivors
of World War II. Kids who grow up during a crisis war (like
America's Silent Generation) are distinguished by their willingness
to bring about compromise.
Fukuda was particularly skillful at compromise, and even <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080101 "developed a good relationship with
China,"#> thanks to a four-day "feel-good" trip to Beijing in January
of this year. However, that wasn't enough to save him, as problems
with the economy continued.
Still, Fukuda's resignation came as a surprise, especially since he
had reorganized his cabinet only a month ago. His new cabinet members
were <#stdurl
http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/dy/national/20080903TDY02308.htm
"particularly stunned."#>
The most likely candidate to replace Fukuda is Taro Aso, the
secretary-general of Fukuda's Liberal Democratic Party (LDP). Aso is
also from an older WW II survivor generation, but he's thought to be
more hawkish than Fukuda. South Koreans particularly expect <#stdurl
http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/news/opinon/2008/09/202_30499.html
"Korea-Japan relations to become tenser,"#> with Aso as PM. However,
Aso's ascension to PM is not yet certain.
A constant theme of this web site is that one country after another,
among those who fought in WW II as a crisis war, is becoming
paralyzed. We've seen in Japan before, and we've also seen Pakistan
disintegrating before our eyes, as well as paralysis in Israel,
Europe, France, and even, to some extent, in the United States.
Speaking of paralysis, Thailand's government has become frozen,
thanks to <#stdurl
http://www.bangkokpost.com/310808_Perspective/31Aug2008_pers005.php
"massive political protests in Bangkok"#> by groups determined to
bring down the government -- for the second time in two years.
This governmental paralysis comes about because the generations born
after the previous crisis war (WW II) do not know how to govern; in
fact, they can do little else besides bicker and argue.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is what will
lead to a Clash of Civilizations world war. The initial crisis might
occur in the Mideast, the Caucasus, the Indian subcontinent, or in
the Pacific, but governments in all of these regions will be
increasingly paralyzed until some major event forces them to react.
=eod
=// &&2 e080903 Consequences of Russia/Georgia conflict spread to southern Caucasus
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.head
Consequences of Russia/Georgia conflict spread to southern
Caucasus
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.date
3-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.txt1
Will "football diplomacy" save the day?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080903.txt2
Last February, when the West allowed <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223d
"Kosovo to secede from Serbia"#> over strong Russian objections,
Vladimir Putin, then President of Russia, was quoted as saying
something to the effect the West didn't understand what it was
unleashing with this move.
It appears that Putin's prediction was correct, although Russia and
Putin himself is responsible for at least some of the consequences.
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas3s.gif left "" "Troubled areas in Caucasus
region - including Dagestan, North Ossetia and Chechnya in Russia,
breakaway regions of Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia, and
Nagorno-Karabakh in Azerbaijan."#>
The Kosovo secession was used by the Russians as much of the
justification for the secession of the two provinces (Abkhazia and
South Ossetia) from Georgia.
And now, the issue of Nagorno-Karabakh is causing rising nationalist
feelings in the southern Caucasus nations -- Turkey, Armenia and
Azerbaijan.
These nations are sharply split along the Muslim / Orthodox fault
line. Turkey and Azerbaijan are Muslim nations, while Armenia,
through the Armenian Apostolic Church, is an Orthodox Christian nation
-- like Georgia and Russia.
For all of these nations, World War I and the period 1915-22 was a
crisis war. During this time, the Ottoman Empire, led by Turkey, was
destroyed, and massive ethnic and religious genocide occurred
throughout the entire northern and southern Caucasus.
Although genocide occurred on all sides, Of particular importance
today was the 1915 slaughter of hundreds of thousands of Armenians,
living with Turkey's borders. From the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, this was unambiguously an act of genocide,
though probably no worse than acts of genocide by other ethnic and
religious groups in the region.
However, this particular slaughter has been singled out to have
particular political significance almost a century later. The West
insists that Turkey's actions were genocidal -- and the West is
right. Turkey insists that it was an act of war similar to the acts
of war by other nations at the time -- and Turkey is right.
This was a generational Crisis war, and in generational Crisis wars,
genocide is committed by everyone.
From 1988 to 1994, Armenia and Azerbaijan fought a war over the
Nagorno-Karabakh enclave of Azerbaijan, which has a large Armenian
population. Armenia won the war, and gained control of about 15% of
Azerbaijani territory, creating <#stdurl
http://www.turkishdailynews.com.tr/article.php?enewsid=113639
"hundreds of thousands of Azerbaijani refugees."#> Both Azerbaijan and
Turkey closed their borders and imposed a blockade, closing off
Armenia's trade routes to Europe and Asia.
The southern Caucasus became frozen at that point. None of the three
countries has been willing to change the status quo. In
particular, the blockade continues.
Several major events are now shaking up the status quo:
The Russia-Georgia was has made all three south Caucausus
nations afraid that war will spread to them, for one reason or
another.
Russia's recognition of the independence of South Ossetia and
Abkhazia has given rise to the question of whether the
Nagorno-Karabakh enclave should similarly be given independence, for
very similar reasons. This has increased nationalist feelings on all
sides throughout the region.
Russia has imposed some trade sanctions on Turkey for allowing US
destroyers to enter the Black Sea to provide humanitarian aid to the
Georgians. <#stdurl http://en.apa.az/news.php?id=87824 "Turkey has
retaliated"#> by imposing some trade sanctions on Russia.
The most momentous event of all will come this Saturday,
September 6, when Turkey and Armenia play a championship football
(soccer) game in Yerevan, the capital of Armenia.
In recent weeks, anxious Turkish politicians have been proposing to
mediate the Russia-Georgia dispute, by introducing the "Caucasian
Stability and Cooperation Platform," a <#stdurl
http://www.todayszaman.com/tz-web/detaylar.do?load=detay&link=151898&bolum=102
"Turkish proposal to provide a process for resolving disputes."#>
The implication is that Turkey will reestablish diplomatic relations
with Armenia.
In fact, a change may take place this Saturday, as there is a
possibility that Turkish President Abdullah Gül will travel to Yerevan
to watch the football (soccer) match sitting alongside Armenian
President Serzh Sarksyan.
The possibility of the Turkish President going to Yerevan for any
reason is generating a great deal of controversy in Turkey. Leaders
in the opposition party are <#stdurl
http://www.hurriyet.com.tr/english/world/9802429.asp?gid=244&sz=38086
"forbidding their members"#> of Parliament from attending.
Other changes may be occurring. Azerbaijanis are very nervous about
Gül's planned trip to Yerevan, and some commentators claim that
Azerbaijan may be <#stdurl http://www.hetq.am/eng/politics/8326/
"planning war with Armenia."#>
Protest groups in Yerevan are mobilizing, in case Gül does go to the
football game on Saturday. The Armenian Revolutionary Federation
<#stdurl
http://www.armenialiberty.org/armeniareport/report/en/2008/09/1D237391-6555-4677-8B5A-2F0E506931E9.ASP
"will have thousands of demonstrators"#> on hand Saturday, demanding
independence for Nagorno-Karabakh.
This closes the circle with Kosovo, which was granted independence
from Serbia earlier this year. Serbia is an Orthodox country, Kosovo
is Muslim. Azerbaijan is Muslim, while Armenia and Nagorno-Karabakh
are Orthodox.
=inc ww2010.cf.cf080811 p right
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the Caucasus region
is quite possibly the most dangerous region of the world, because
it's the deepest into a generational Crisis era. Generational
Dynamics predicts that the entire region will re-fight the genocidal
wars across the Orthodox/Muslim fault line that have occurred so
frequently in previous centuries.
=eod
=// &&2 e080901 'Terminator' style robot reassembles itself being kicked into pieces
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.head
"Terminator" style robot reassembles itself after being
kicked into pieces
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0809
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.date
1-Sep-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.txt1
This is hilarious to watch.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080901.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic term3.jpg right "" "Robots Arnold Schwarzenegger and
Kristanna Loken in Terminator"#>
In the movie Terminator, and in the current television series,
Terminator: The Sarah Connor Chronicles, the world is invaded
by robots from the future. These robots can change shape and
appearance as necessary. And if you are lucky enough to "kill" one
of these robots, even if you dissolve them in acid, then they find a
way to pull themselves together and reassemble themselves.
The <#stdurl http://modlab.seas.upenn.edu/index.html "Modular
Robotics Lab (ModLab),"#> at the University of Pennsylvania is doing
research on "modular robots" that have similar properties. The
robots consist of small modules that can fit together in different
ways, and change configuration as necessary. They're sometimes even
able to repair themselves.
One of the projects is a robot that can reassemble itself after an
explosion.
The <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uIn-sMq8-Ls "following
video"#> shows the robot reassembling itself after being kicked to
pieces:
If you saw the <#hreftext ww2010.i.robot040709 "the 2004 movie I,
Robot,"#> then you may recall that intelligent robots were living
side by side with human beings. That was a movie, but the technology
will soon become quite real.
At some point, probably some time in the late 2020s, computers will
be intelligent enough so that they'll be responsible for their own
research and development as necessary to invent new, more powerful
versions of themselves (although time travel as in Terminator
will still be impossible).
<#inc ww2010.pic irobot1.jpg left "" "Robot from I, Robot"#>
At this point, known as the Singularity, computers will quickly become
so much more intelligent than humans that they'll displace humans as
the major "species" on earth. Whether the human race will survive long
after 2030 is not known, and is impossible to predict.
The development of a robot that can reassemble itself after an
explosion, or other catastrophic event, is just one more step on the
road to the Singularity.
=eod
=// &&2 e080831 Election debate continues to focus on 1960s issues
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.head
Presidential election debate continues to focus on 1960s issues
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.date
31-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.txt1
21st century issues are being totally ignored, so far.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080831.txt2
I love irony, and so I'm absolutely thrilled about the choice of
Alaska governor Sarah Palin as the Republican Vice Presidential
candidate:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080831.jpg right "" "Sarah Palin in photoshopped
Vogue magazine cover
(Source: Kodiak Konfidential blog)"#>
Republicans who were complaining about Barack Obama's lack of
experience now have to deal with their own VP candidate's lack of
experience.
Democratic feminists, who have been screaming about how
oppressive, battering males have been keeping women down, now have
the chance to vote for a strong woman for an office a heartbeat away
from the Presidency. (Just imagine: Sarah Palin vs Hillary Clinton
in the 2012 election!)
Gen-Xers and Millennials who hate Boomers and older people now
have Sarah Palin to vote for -- someone who is not only a young
Gen-Xer, but is a super-hot chick and a former beauty queen to boot.
(The Vogue magazine cover with the photoshopped picture of
Palin appeared on the <#stdurl
http://kodiakkonfidential.blogspot.com/2007/12/sarah-in-vogue.html
"Kodiak Konfidential blog,"#> after Vogue announced last
December that they were going to do a cover story on Palin. The
blogger says that he "proudly supports Barack Obama.")
Those in the loony left who, <#stdurl
http://www.newsweek.com/id/155117 "like Jacob Weisberg of
Newsweek and Slate,"#> claim that an election loss by
Barack Obama would mean that a U.S. is a racist nation, now have to
deal with the fact that voters can make history by voting for either
candidate.
Barack Obama is criticized as being too young and inexperienced,
so his VP pick is Joe Biden, an old Washington war horse. John
McCain is criticized as being old and out of touch, and so he picks a
young, attractive governor from the state farthest away from
Washington.
To me, as a person who dislikes politicians and was expecting to find
the campaign increasingly boring, this is all hilarious and extremely
enjoyable. I expect it to remain enjoyable until Palin gets boring
or until she starts making gaffes and flames out.
All the issues being argued about in this election are from the 1960s
generational Awakening era: feminism (women's lib), racism,
generational change. Even the Iraq war as an issue is a reflection
of the antiwar / Vietnam War debate.
(For information about generational Awakening eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#> For more information about the 1960s, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 ""Iraq Today vs 1960s
America.""#>)
There isn't a single bit of this that's at all relevant to what's
coming. What's important today are things like <#hreftext
ww2010.i.caucasus080817 "the gathering storm in the Caucasus,"#>
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080826 "the meltdown of the country of
Pakistan,"#> and the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080824 "accelerating
financial deflationary spiral."#> A crisis in any one of these areas
would be enough to instantly remove feminism, racism, and Iraq from
the public discussion, and there will be crises in all three areas.
Does it make any difference who's elected? It's hard to see how.
It's true that Palin and Obama have little real experience. And it's
true that I've called Biden <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070429 "the
stupidest man in the Senate,"#> with good reason: He wanted to stop
the Iraq "surge," and send 2200 American troops into Darfur. And
it's true that McCain has the most experience that's relevant to the
first two of the three issues listed above.
But these potential crises are all completely new, and unlike
anything that very few people alive today have ever seen before.
There is nothing in past experience that could prepare any of the
candidates for any of these crises, and so there's no predictable
effect that the election of either candidate could have on the
outcome of these crises.
Just as today's major political issues were leftovers from the 1960s
Awakening era, the major political issues of the 1960s were leftovers
from the WW II 1940s crisis era. The big issue in the 1960 election
was over how the US should respond to a Chinese attack on the
Taiwanese islands of Quemoy and Matsu. John Kennedy won in 1960, but
got into trouble on 1940s-type Crisis era issues -- the Bay of Pigs
disaster in Cuba, the Cuban missile crisis, the Vietnam war. The
Administrations of Kennedy, Johnson and Nixon all foundered because
they failed to recognize and deal with the new 1960s Awakening era
issues -- women's lib, racism, antiwar, etc. It didn't matter which
of Kennedy, Johnson or Nixon was elected -- they all made similar
mistakes, because none of them had any experience with the new
issues.
The same will be true today, no matter whether Obama, McCain, Palin
or Biden is President. They're all focused on the 1960s issues, and
none of them has a clue how to deal with the new Crisis era issues
that are right around the corner. Any one of them will make many
major mistakes, just as President Lincoln did in the Civil War, and
Franklin Roosevelt did in WW II. However, the good news is that our
enemies will also make many major mistakes, and at least we have the
hope that they'll make worse mistakes than we will.
=eod
=// &&2 e080829 China rebuffs Russia over Georgia invasion.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.head
China rebuffs Russia over Georgia invasion.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.date
29-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.txt1
What could the Russians possibly have been thinking?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080829.txt2
A couple of days ago I saw <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ae1fTHM1Ti4c&refer=home
"a news article"#> with the title, "Medvedev Seeks Support From China,
Allies on Georgia." My immediate reaction was that Medvedev will get
support on the Georgia invasion from China when pigs fly.
The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is the most paranoid group of
politicians on earth. They're afraid of secessionist movements by
the Tibetans in Tibet, by the Muslim Uighurs in Xinjiang, and by the
Taiwanese. They're also afraid of rebellions by their own people.
There was never a snowflake's chance in hell that China would support
the Russians in declaring the independence of the two Georgian
provinces, of Abkhazia and South Ossetia.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080828.jpg right "" "Shanghai Cooperation
Organization group meeting in Dushanbe, capital of Tajikistan.
(Source: Xinhua)"#>
The Russians had hoped that a meeting of leaders of several Asian
countries of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) would side
with Russians against the West. After all, it was to oppose Nato and
the west that the SCO was formed.
After the meeting ended, Russian President Dmitry Medvedev <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/russia/2638792/Dmitry-Medvedev-claims-diplomatic-victory-for-Russia.html
"claimed victory"#> by saying, "We are sure that the position of SCO
members will get an appropriate international response. I hope it will
serve as a serious signal for those who try to turn black into white
and justify the bloody adventure of the Georgian leadership."
Actually, the meeting was a <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/08/29/world/europe/29russia.html?em
"significant political rebuff"#> of Russia.
The statement issued by the SCO <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/russia-isolated-as-allies-withhold-support-911871.html
"insisted on the need"#> to preserve "the unity of a state and its
territorial integrity," and that "placing the emphasis exclusively on
the use of force has no prospects and hinders a comprehensive
settlement of local conflicts.
A web site reader wrote to me:
"I'm a British student living in Belgium. I have
been reading through your website and the draft of your new book
with great interest and I think you've more or less convinced me;
however I have one big problem with your prediction of a clash of
civilizations world war. In light of all its conflicts with the
EU and the US in the years since 1991, its growing ties to China
and its massive historical and cultural differences with Europe
and the West; is it not more likely that in any upcoming world
war Russia will be against us? I've looked down the list of
weblogs and couldn't find anything describing why they would be on
our side."
The differences between Russia and the West have always been purely
political. There is no visceral hatred or xenophobia between the
West and Russians. The Russians particularly love the Europeans.
Here's a graphic that I created several years ago. It's a tiny bit
out of date but it illustrates the points we want to make:
=inc ww2010.pic tlines.gif center "" "Major Crisis Wars"
This graphic shows some of the major crisis wars of the last
millennium. North America is the column on the left, Western Europe
is the column in the middle, and Eastern Europe is the column on the
right.
In the column on the right, you'll notice that I have three wars
displayed in grey: "Great Northern War v Sweden," "Napoleon invades
Russia," and "Hitler invades Russia." These are the three great wars
where Europeans invaded Russia. All three of those wars were
non-crisis wars for the Russians, but occurred during major crisis
wars for the Europeans (the War of the Spanish Succession, the
Napoleonic Wars, and World War II, respectively). And Russia won all
three of those wars in pretty much the same way: Let the invading
enemy go deep into Russia, where the frigid Russian defeated the
invaders. There was never a genocidal Russian attack on Europe. As
I said, Russians love Europeans.
Russians do not love the Chinese. Ever since Genghis Khan and the
Mongols swept through Western Asia in the 1200's, the Russians and
their Asian neighbors have not gotten along. The Mongols conquered
Turkey, the Caucasus, and much of Russia before being driven back.
Mongol descendants influenced or became part of the cultures of
several Sunni Muslim populations in the Mideast, as well as in China
itself. The Mongol invasions targeted the Russians and Hindus alike,
and so the Russians and Indians are viscerally allies against the
Mongol progeny in Pakistan and China.
Most people believe that China and Russia love each other because
they both had Communist Revolutions. Actually, they had different
kinds of Communist Revolutions and they didn't support one another.
The only thing they had in common was that their leaders, Josef
Stalin and Mao Zedong, join Adolf Hitler as the three most
bloodthirsty, genocidal psychopaths of the 20th century.
In fact, take a look at the <#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/center-for-the-study-of-intelligence/kent-csi/docs/v42i5a05p.htm
"1960s CIA intelligence report"#> on the Sino-Soviet split. Many
people in the intelligence field believed that China and Russia were
close to thermonuclear war at that time.
Of course, generational theory tells us that couldn't really have
happened, since neither country was in a generational Crisis era at
that time.
But BOTH countries are in generational Crisis eras today. Either of
their populations would happily exterminate the other's. They get
along politically only because they both wish to oppose the United
States and the West politically, but when they're forced to choose,
they'll choose to fight each other.
=eod
=// &&2 e080827 Moscow Times: 'Russia Adds 2 New Countries to Its Map'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.head
Moscow Times: "Russia Adds 2 New Countries to Its Map"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.date
27-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.txt1
Relations between Russia and the West became colder on Tuesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080827.txt2
when Russian President Dmitry Medvedev announced that he had signed a
decree recognizing the breakaway Georgian regions of South Ossetia and
Abkhazia as independent states.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080826.jpg right "" "Russian President Dmitry
Medvedev, announcing that he had signed the decree
(Source: Moscow Times)"#>
Medvedev <#stdurl http://www.moscowtimes.ru/article/600/42/370454.htm
"said that"#> it was necessary to protect the indigenous Ossetians
and Abkhazians from "genocide" by the Georgians. "This is not an easy
decision, but this is the only chance to save people's lives,"
Medvedev said.
President George W. Bush <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5iKjJgyJQXP-1ZYS1hK8DEyVrZn_w
"demanded that Russia reverse"#> its "irresponsible decision."
Similar statements came from several European leaders.
It's startling how quickly relations between Russia and the West have
deteriorated, in just three weeks.
What's become clear in these three weeks is that there isn't much
visceral hatred between Georgians and Russians. The Georgians are
furious that the Russians are occupying Georgian territory, but
there's no genocidal fury between these two ethnic groups.
What's also become clear, however, is that there is plenty of
genocidal fury between Georgians and Ossetians. These two ethnic
groups really hate each other, and either of them would gladly
exterminate the other.
The Russians see their role as keeping the Georgians and Ossetians
from killing each other, causing a war that would ignite the entire
Caucasus. The Russians still have a collective memory of the massive
civil wars of the 1920 that slaughtered tens of millions of people.
To the Russians, the Georgians and Ossetians are beginning to replay
those events. Thus the Russians see the need to play peacekeeper,
keeping their troops within Georgia proper, and now declaring South
Ossetia (and Abkhazia) to be separate nations.
For the West, the collective memory is very different -- of Hitler,
World War II, and Stalin. To the West, Russia is replaying those
events.
These collective memories don't come from politicians. They come
from hundreds of millions of people in the Russia and the West. It's
these collective memories from hundreds of millions of people that
are driving events in the Caucasus. That's why it makes no
difference how much political pressure the Russians and the West put
on each other; it's like trying to close a gate to stop a tsunami.
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas3s.gif left "" "Troubled areas in Caucasus
region - including Dagestan, North Ossetia and Chechnya in Russia,
and breakaway regions of Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia"#>
If you enjoy ridiculous political machinations, then you'll love the
current debate of so-called "international law" on this issue.
In February, the West allowed <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223d
"Kosovo to secede from Serbia."#> The Russians were strongly
opposed, citing "territorial integrity" of Serbia, while the West
called it a "special case."
Now the positions are reversed. It's the West that's citing
"territorial integrity" of Georgia, while the Russians are calling
this a "special case." So-called "international law" is just about
the silliest stuff around.
But this business of secessionist provinces is extremely serious
stuff. Remember that the American Civil War, an extremely bloody and
genocidal war, began when the South moved to secede from the United
States in 1861.
There are several regions shown in the Caucasus map above that are
secessionist problems. Chechnya, Ingushetia and Dagestan have Muslim
separatist movements that would like to see those provinces secede
from Russia. <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040812b "Nagorno-Karabakh in
Azerbaijan"#> is an Armenian enclave that the Armenians would like to
see secede.
In India, you have Kashmir, where there is a strong independence
movement among the Muslims. There's Tibet in China, there's Xinjiang
in China, and let's not forget possibly the most explosive one of all
-- Taiwan wants to secede from China.
Any of these situations could ignite a larger war, just as the
secession of the South launched the American Civil War.
This is the stuff of generational Crisis wars. As long as there were
people around who remembered the horrors of WW II, the populations
were willing to live happily, and avoid making trouble by trying to
secede. But now, with most of the world entering a generational
Crisis era, and with few WW II survivors still around, it's time for
people to learn their lessons again, as the world lurches toward the
Clash of Civilizations world war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080826 Pakistan's government coalition dissolves following dispute over Taliban
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.head
Pakistan's government coalition dissolves following dispute over
Taliban
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.date
26-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.txt1
As fighting rages in Pakistan's tribal areas,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080826.txt2
the coalition formed by the two parties that forced the resignation
of former President Pervez Musharraf has collapsed.
The collapse came after the government <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0825/p99s01-duts.html "banned the
Taliban group, Tehreek-e-Taleban Pakistan (TTP),"#> that claimed
responsibility for the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080823 "massive
suicide bombing attack"#> last Thursday at a large munitions factory
near Islamabad, the nation's capital.
It's not clear whether the "ban" will have any actual effect on TTP,
or whether it's simply symbolic.
But, as expected, last Thursday's terrorist attack has had a powerful
effect on Pakistani politicians and people, and is becoming a
"regeneracy" event.
(For information about the term "regeneracy," see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg right "" "Bajaur in Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) in the scene of
increasing warfare between the Taliban and Pakistan's army
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
Parliamentary leader Asif Zardari, widowed husband of the assassinated
Benazir Bhutto, and head of the Pakistan People's Party (PPP),
has acted indecisively toward the Taliban until now. Pakistan's
army, was entirely on its own in fighting a massive battle in
the Bajaur region of the tribal areas. Now the army is gaining
political support from Zardari, and this is a big change.
Nawaz Sharif, head of the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N) party,
<#stdurl http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20080825/ap_on_re_as/pakistan
"split with Zardari shortly thereafter,"#> blaming the split on
"unkept promises" by Zardari. However, as I've pointed out in the
past, Sharif is one of the group that tends to blame the terrorist
violence on Musharraf's relationship with America, fighting the war
on terror. Thus, it seems most likely to me that the differences in
attitude toward the Taliban are the main cause of the split, after
Thursday's terrorist attack.
Recall that Zardari is Shia Muslim, and that the father of his slain
wife, Benazir Bhutto, was one of the leading Shia figures in the early
days of Pakistan's independence. Sharif is Sunni Muslim, as are the
Taliban.
The Pakistan government is disintegrating right before our eyes, at a
time of maximum danger, when a major war is going on in Bajaur, and
rioting is increasing in Kashmir. As the regeneracy advances, the
days of easy compromise have ended, and positions on all sides will
continue to harden.
=eod
=// &&2 e080824 Money supply contracts dramatically, as credit markets continue to seize up.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.head
Money supply contracts dramatically, as credit markets continue to
seize up.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.date
24-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.txt1
Former IMF chief: Worst of global financial crisis is yet to come.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080824.txt2
I'm grateful to several web site readers this week who sent me
references to different articles and blog entries all saying the same
thing: That the amount of money in the world has been contracting
sharply in the last few months.
There have been three closely related stories in the past week:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080824a.gif right "" "UK housing price index
from mortgage lender Halifax
(Source: Telegraph)"#>
The "M3" measure of money has <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/08/19/cnusecon119.xml
"experienced the sharpest contraction in modern history,"#> according
to data compiled by Lombard Street Research. The figures from July
represent the biggest one-month fall since modern records began in
1959.
One or more <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/businessNews/idUSSP21695020080819 "big
banks are going to fail"#> before long, probably including Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac, according to Kenneth Rogoff, economics professor at
Harvard University and formerly the IMF's chief economist.
He told a financial conference on Tuesday: "The U.S. is not out of the
woods. I think the financial crisis is at the halfway point, perhaps.
I would even go further to say 'the worst is to come'. ... We're not
just going to see mid-sized banks go under in the next few months,
we're going to see a whopper, we're going to see a big one, one of the
big investment banks or big banks. ... We have to see more
consolidation in the financial sector before this is over. ...
Probably Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac -- despite what U.S. Treasury
Secretary Hank Paulson said -- these giant mortgage guarantee
agencies are not going to exist in their present form in a few
years."
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080819 "wrote last week,"#>
interest rates -- as measured by LIBOR, the London Interbank Offerred
Rate, the interest rates that banks charge one another -- have been
climbing dramatically. The problem has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a5B1EgdRFF4M&refer=home
"continued to worsen"#> in the last week.
These three news stories are all related to the same thing: That the
global financial system is in a deflationary spiral, and there is
less money in the world each day than there was the day before. One
web site reader put it this way: "Seems like deflation is right around
the corner despite persistent hysteria about inflation among the
general population."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 3
For those who wish to understand this better, please refer to the
accompanying list of "related articles." A good place to start is
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070910 ""Understanding deflation: Why
there's less money in the world today than a month ago.""#>
The collapse of M3 since February is one of the most dramatic pieces
of evidence yet of the deflationary spiral.
There's also plenty of anecdotal evidence about the worsening credit
squeeze. I recently spoke to an accountant who told me that American
Express has frozen the long-time accounts of three of her clients.
American Express is cutting off credit to its own customers.
M3 has become somewhat controversial, since the Federal Reserve
<#stdurl http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h6/discm3.htm
"announced in 2005"#> that it was discontinuing the computation and
reporting of M3. This has led to a number of conspiracy theories that
the Fed was hiding information from the public for dire reasons, even
though several private firms are now making their own M3 computations
available to the public. See <#stdurl shadowstats.com#> for a current
chart.
I look at the M3 question a little differently than most.
When I was studying economics in the 1970s, I learned that <#stdurl
http://invest-faq.com/articles/regul-fed-m123.html "M1, M2 and M3
meant the following:"#>
"M1 = Money that can be spent immediately.
Includes cash, checking accounts, and NOW accounts.
M2 = M1 + assets invested for the short term. These assets
include money-market accounts and money-market mutual funds.
M3 = M2 + big deposits. Big deposits include institutional
money-market funds and agreements among banks."
These definitions made sense in the 1970s when I was studying them,
as did concepts like the velocity of money. But when you're in a
credit bubble, as has been the case since 2002, they make no sense at
all.
For example, money in money market funds is counted in M2 and M3.
What about money in other kinds of funds that are "just as good" as
money market funds -- like funds backed by auction rate securities or
CDOs? What about funds backed by credit default swaps (CDSs) or other
credit derivatives?
Back in the 70s, when I was learning this stuff, there were clear
boundaries between different kinds of money. There were few credit
cards around, and most credit was clearly defined.
Today, there's no way in practice to distinguish between money and
credit. Money "created" by credit can be spent in exactly the same
way as printed money. If a bank has money provided by the Fed's
discount window, and another bank has money provided by depositors,
then it's money either way, and can be loaned to borrowers to spend.
Money created by the alchemy of CDOs or credit derivatives is still
money. You can't buy groceries with a CDO security, but you can use
the security as collateral for a loan of money that you can use to buy
groceries. And with $700 trillion in credit derivatives in the world,
there's no longer any real meaning to M3.
And so I don't view the Fed's discontinuance of publishing M3 figures
as a major international conspiracy to fool the public. I view it as
acquiescing to the obvious -- that M3 has no real meaning in a credit
bubble. Once the credit bubble has dissipated over the next few
years, then measuring M3 will make sense again, and the Fed will
probably start doing it again.
A web site reader asks the following about the recent news about the
collapse of M3:
"This plays well into your thesis I suspect. I
don't doubt that history repeats itself but what is interesting
to me is how it is playing out right now. As a test of the
robustness of your theory, what is the next thing to happen when
the gov't bails out freddie/fannie (which seems inevitable)? At
some point I figure the dollar value deflates (even more) as the
balance of financial power shifts elsewhere and the central bank
has to raise interest rates just to pay its enormous debt."
If I could reliably predict the "next thing to happen," I wouldn't
tell you guys -- I'd just use the information to become millionaire.
The best list of "next things to happen" was provided by Nouriel
Roubini's "12 steps to financial disaster" in the current financial
crisis. I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080413 "summarized Roubini's 12
steps"#> in an article last April. However, Roubini doesn't always
get it right. He didn't get the housing bubble until 2006, even
though it was obvious (and was discussed on this web site) in 2004.
By 2005, Alan Greenspan was mentioning it, but Roubini and other
mainstream economists ignored it.
This web site uses generational theory to make predictions based on
long-term trends. I was telling people in 2002 that we would be
entering a new 1930s-style Great Depression, and at that time I
didn't know what a "collateralized debt obligation" or an "auction
rate security" was. All I knew was that the stock market was
overpriced by a factor of over 200%, and that generational theory
showed we were overdue for a major stock market crisis.
(For an explanation of why the stock market is overpriced, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real
value' of the stock market.""#> For an explanation of why the
credit bubble didn't create massive inflation, see the discussion of
the "crusty old bureacracy theory" in <#hreftext ww2010.i.fed050324
""Greenspan to increase interest aggressively.""#>)
What we're seeing today is that the the world financial system is now
careening toward the fulfillment of the predictions made in 2002.
This had to happen. It could not be either caused nor prevented by
Alan Greenspan, George Bush, or anyone else. It was caused by <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "a lethal combination of incompetent
Boomers and nihilistic Gen-Xers:"#> The Gen-Xers created the financial
instruments necessary for the fraudulent activities leading to the
credit bubble, and Boomers who were supposed to be managing the
Gen-Xers instead encouraged the fraudulent activities so that they
could all make money.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080823 Pakistan government crisis deepens, following Musharraf's resignation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.head
Pakistan government crisis deepens, following Musharraf's
resignation
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.date
23-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.txt1
The government is completely rudderless as suicide bombers shock the
country.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080823.txt2
(My computer went down this week, leaving me way behind on a lot
of stuff -- both articles and e-mail. I hope to catch up in the next
few days.)
The fantasy among Pakistani people has been and continues to be that
all of Pakistan's troubles were caused by President Pervez
Musharraf's relationship with the United States in fighting the war
against the Taliban in Afghanistan. And so, the fantasy continued, as
soon as Musharraf was gone from the Presidency, Pakistan's troubles
would disappear. It would be change you can believe in, no matter
who replaced Musharraf.
Unfortunately, the Taliban aren't cooperating.
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg right "" "Bajaur in Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) in the scene of
increasing warfare between the Taliban and Pakistan's army
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
There have been several major terrorist attacks in Pakistan since
Monday. The latest occurred on Thursday, in the town of Wah, just
outside of Islamabad, Pakistan's capital. Two suicide bombers
simultaneously <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/08/22/world/asia/22pstan.html "attacked
two separate entrances"#> of a large manufacturer of munitions at
shift change time. 70 people were killed.
Earlier in the week, on Tuesday, a suicide bomber in the Swat Valley
in NorthWest Frontier Province (NWFP) killed 59 people in a hospital
emergency room, in an attack on Shiites. (The Taliban are Sunni
extremists, allied with al-Qaeda.)
At the end of the week, on Saturday, four people were killed in
<#stdurl http://edition.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/asiapcf/08/23/pakistan/
"two suicide bombings,"#> again in the Swat valley.
The Taliban have claimed responsibility for these attacks, saying that
it's in retaliation for the Pakistan army's military campaign against
the Taliban in the tribal regions.
According to BBC reporter Owen Bennett-Jones, the entire country is
in denial about what's going on. He describes a period of increasing
danger to the entire country, including new terrorist bombings, but
the people don't talk about it, the politicians don't talk about it,
and the media don't talk about it. The coalition government, having
control of the Parliament, and now having driven Musharraf out of
office, don't want to deal with the violence at all. According to
Bennett-Jones, the coalition government is simply telling the army to
do what it wants. The army is coming back and complaining that the
politicians have to do their part by educating the public about
what's going on.
In fact, political opinion in Pakistan appears <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\08\23\story_23-8-2008_pg3_1
"to be split on the Taliban/al-Qaeda question."#> Some groups,
including both the protesting lawyers and many Urdu-language
newspapers, are openly supporting al-Qaeda and the Taliban against the
Pakistani government.
In fact, the reinstatement of the country's Supreme Court justice,
who was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070318b "suspended by Musharraf"#>
early last year, remains a major source of political haggling in the
coalition government in Parliament.
So, with Parliament haggling over political trivia while the NWFT
burns with suicide bombings and warfare, I'm always reminded at times
like this of how when the Muslims were approaching the center of
Constantinople for the final conquest of the Byzantine Empire in 1453,
the people of the Senate were having a lengthy political debate about
whether angels were male or female.
At any rate, the Parliamentary coalition appears to be falling apart.
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080220 "victory of Musharraf's
opposition"#> in February caused a great deal of euphoria, as it was
believed that the new government would negotiate with the Taliban and
al-Qaeda and bring an end to the violence. Instead, violence has been
steadily increasing. Then it was hoped that the resignation of
Musharraf would end the violence, but the events of the last week
seemed to have dashed those hopes.
The two coalition leaders are:
Asif Zardari, widowed husband of the assassinated Benazir
Bhutto, and current head of the Pakistan People's Party (PPP), holding
about 85 seats in the Parliament.
Nawaz Sharif, head of the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N)
party, holding roughly 64 seats.
Zardari and Sharif hate each other, but they've been united in their
mutual hatred for Musharraf. But now that they've brought down
Musharraf, their differences have become more important, and this is
hindering their ability to name a candidate to replace Musharraf as
President.
As leader of the PPP, the party with the largest representation in
the government, Zardari is the logical choice. However, Sharif
doesn't want to give Zardari the full level of power that Musharraf
had, and wants Zardari to accept the presidency with less power. A
long-time correspondent of mine from Pakistan put it as follows:
"Just to add to your knowledge, a new president
will most likely be some one from Pakistan People Party (the
ruling Bhutto party headed by Asif Ali Zardari). You are right in
saying the new president will be some one younger and/or less
knowlegeble/competent than the existing one. BUT the reason
obviously will be Zardari's urge to maintain his control without
himself becoming the president (Zardari has a very poor image
even among PPP supporters). Yes the country, now, indeed seems
to be in trouble. Iam afraid your predictions months back are
proving right. I dont know if I should congratulate you on
that."
However, late Saturday, the news is that Zardari is agreeing to run
for President, although the details of the agreement with Sharif are
not yet known.
It may be that the events of the last week have brought Pakistan
close to a full regeneracy.
Recall that, in generational theory, the "regeneracy" is an event or
series of event that end the political bickering and unify the
country behind the leader. In a country where there are fault lines
between different ethnic or religious groups, the regeneracy
solidifies the unity of each of the groups. It's called the
"regeneracy" because civic unity is "regenerated" for the first time
since the end of the previous crisis war.
(For information about the term "regeneracy," see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
Among the Pakistani people, February's euphoria has now been
shattered, and more and more people are beginning to understand that
their country and their way of life is coming under attack. This
switch from euphoria to anxiety or panic among masses of people tends
to make people take extreme positions, and that can lead to a
regeneracy.
In fact, this does appear to be happening, according to <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\08\23\story_23-8-2008_pg3_1
"an editorial"#> in the Lahore-based Daily Times:
"Editorial: ‘Mind-forming’ effect of
terrorism
<#inc ww2010.pic g080823.jpg right "" ""Two suicide attacks kill
70 ..." -- Sabir Nazar
(Source: Daily Times)"#>
Two suicide bombers blew themselves up outside Pakistan’s main
army munitions factory at Wah on Thursday, killing 70 workers in
“the deadliest attack on a military installation in the country’s
history”. The Tehreek-e Taliban Pakistan (TTP) owned the attack,
its leader Maulvi Umar saying, “Our bombers carried out today’s
attack. It is in reaction to military operations in Swat and
Bajaur. Similar attacks will be carried out in other cities of
Pakistan including Lahore, Islamabad and Rawalpindi”.
Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani’s reaction was that Pakistan had
to “take the war on terror to extremists’ doorsteps because it
cannot be won on the defensive”. Mr Rehman Malik, adviser to the
prime minister on security, said, “Some foreign hands might be
involved in terror activities in DI Khan, Kurram Agency and Swat”.
On the other hand, the leader of Jama’at-e Islami, Qazi Hussain
Ahmad, asked the government to “pull out troops” from the Tribal
Areas and bring “relief” to the displaced persons of Bajaur,
Kurram and Waziristan.
Many Urdu newspapers have begun to reverse the incidence of
mobilisation in the Tribal Areas. Instead of saying that troops
have been sent to the Tribal Areas in response to terrorism, they
editorialise that suicide-bombing trouble in the big cities has
started after the troops were sent into the Tribal Areas.
Thereafter, some have squarely placed the blame on the policy of
following the “American diktat” in a negation of Pakistan’s
sovereignty. Most TV anchors on Thursday night followed the same
cue. On Thursday too, protesting lawyers in Lahore were seen
holding placards bearing pro-Al Qaeda slogans for the first time
since their protests for an “independent judiciary” began.
Clearly, the Pakistani mind is changing under pressure from the
Al Qaeda strategy of suicide bombing. In the same week, Al Qaeda
struck. ...
The Pakistani mind is turning pro-Al Qaeda in the same measure as
it is turning against the government in Pakistan. The fundamental
reason is the inability of the state to protect its citizens and
assert its writ on its territory. Past military strategies have
caused the state power to decline in relation to those that it
allowed to wage jihad. Unless the state fights back with all the
means at its disposal and defeats the terrorists, it will be
seriously endangered. And the final shock will come, not from Al
Qaeda, but from the economy which is slowly giving up the
function of sustaining Pakistan’s population."
Thus, from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we could be
seeing a major shift of public opinion in Pakistan. This could be
the reason why Zardari suddenly agreed to run for the Presidency, but
it also could mean that violent fault lines are close to some kind of
explosion.
Meanwhile, in the India-controlled portion of Kashmir, tens of
thousands of Muslims in <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/08/22/asia/kashmir.php "a new
generation of young Kashmiris are now demonstrating violently"#>
against the Indian government, demanding independence from India. As
of today, these growing demonstrations are India's problem. But with
events moving so quickly, something could happen at any time to make
them Pakistan's problem.
There's a tough contest going on these days between Pakistan and the
Caucasus over which is the most dangerous region in the world.
Today, with things in Georgia seeming to be settling down for the
time being, Pakistan is once again the winner.
=eod
=// &&2 e080819 Price/earnings ratios continue to surge as corporate earnings plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.head
Price/earnings ratios continue to surge as corporate earnings
plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.date
19-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.txt1
Second quarter earnings were disastrous.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080819.txt2
As regular readers know, I post the table of S&P 500 average corporate
earnings estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the final table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0% Start of quarter
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3% End of quarter
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Jul 25: -17.9%
Aug 1: -20.4%
Aug 8: -22.1%
Aug 15: -22.0%
You can see that, as the second quarter earnings season ends, and
actual earnings are available, earnings are 22% lower than they were
last year. We should start to have third quarter earnings estimates
next week.
A fall in earnings estimates means an increase of price/earnings
ratios estimates. Here's the Friday's version of the graphic that
appears on the bottom of the home page of this web site:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080815.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 15-Aug-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see, P/E ratios (also called "valuations") have returned to
really astronomical heights.
We're now "celebrating" the one-year anniversary of the worldwide
global credit crisis.
As a measure of that celebration, here's an interesting graph from a
<#stdurl
http://macroblog.typepad.com/macroblog/2008/08/what-the-fed-di.html
"blog at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080818.gif center "" "Libor - OIS spread, January
2007 to August 2008"#>
LIBOR is the London InterBank Offered rate. It represents the
interest rates that banks charge one another for 30 or 90 day loans.
The OIS is the Overnight Index Swap rate, and it represents the
interest rates that banks charge each other for overnight loans.
The difference (or "spread") between LIBOR and OIS measures the
willingness of banks to loan money to one another for more than
overnight. If I don't trust you, then I might still risk loaning you
money overnight, but for any longer period I'd charge a much higher
interest rate. The size of that interest rate is a measure of my
distrust.
Prior to August, 2007, the Libor-OIS spread was pretty much flat at 6
basis points (or a 0.06% interest rate difference). With the credit
crunch, the spread skyrocketed, reaching 110 basis points (1.10%
interest rate difference) on December 4. Now it's still much higher
than historical rates, meaning that the credit crunch is far from
over.
That shouldn't be surprising, because continually have to write down
more and more worthless assets. According to
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aSKLfqh2qd9o&refer=worldwide
"one analysis:"#>
"Banks' losses from the U.S. subprime crisis and
the ensuing credit crunch crossed the $500 billion mark as
writedowns spread to more asset types.
The writedowns and credit losses at more than 100 of the world's
biggest banks and securities firms rose after UBS AG reported
second-quarter earnings [on August 12], which included $6 billion
of charges on subprime-related assets."
The following table shows the asset writedowns and credit losses as
well as the capital raised in response. All numbers are in billions of
U.S. dollars. Check out your favorite bank:
Firm Writedown & Loss Capital Raised
Citigroup 55.1 49.1
Merrill Lynch 51.8 29.9
UBS 44.2 28.3
HSBC 27.4 3.9
Wachovia 22.5 11
Bank of America 21.2 20.7
IKB Deutsche 15.3 12.6
Royal Bank of Scotland 14.9 24.3
Washington Mutual 14.8 12.1
Morgan Stanley 14.4 5.6
JPMorgan Chase 14.3 7.9
Deutsche Bank 10.8 3.2
Credit Suisse 10.5 2.7
Wells Fargo 10 4.1
Barclays 9.1 18.6
Lehman Brothers 8.2 13.9
Credit Agricole 8 8.8
Fortis 7.4 7.2
HBOS 7.1 7.6
Societe Generale 6.8 9.8
Bayerische Landesbank 6.4 -
Canadian Imperial (CIBC) 6.3 2.8
Mizuho Financial Group 5.9 -
ING Groep 5.8 4.8
National City 5.4 8.9
Lloyds TSB 5 4.9
IndyMac 4.9 -
WestLB 4.7 7.5
Dresdner 4.1 -
BNP Paribas 4 -
LB Baden-Wuerttemberg 3.8 -
Goldman Sachs 3.8 0.6
E*Trade 3.6 2.4
Nomura Holdings 3.3 1.1
Natixis 3.3 6.7
Bear Stearns 3.2 -
HSH Nordbank 2.8 1.9
Landesbank Sachsen 2.6 -
UniCredit 2.6 -
Commerzbank 2.4 -
ABN Amro 2.3 -
DZ Bank 2 -
Bank of China 2 -
Fifth Third 1.9 2.6
Rabobank 1.7 -
Bank Hapoalim 1.7 2.4
Mitsubishi UFJ 1.6 1.5
Royal Bank of Canada 1.5 -
Marshall & Ilsley 1.4 -
Alliance & Leicester 1.4 -
U.S. Bancorp 1.3 -
Dexia 1.2 -
Caisse d'Epargne 1.2 -
Keycorp 1.2 1.7
Sovereign Bancorp 1 1.9
Hypo Real Estate 1 -
Gulf International 1 1
Sumitomo Mitsui 0.9 4.9
Sumitomo Trust 0.7 1
DBS Group 0.2 1.1
Other European banks 7.2 2.3
Other Asian banks 4.6 7.8
Other U.S. banks 2.9 1.9
Other Canadian banks 1.8 -
____ ____
TOTAL 501.1 352.9
As one online correspondent wrote, "I would compare the current
economy to a house of cards. Cards are being yanked out from the
bottom-it won't be much longer before the whole thing collapses."
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080818 A possible new alignment in Europe and Central Asia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.head
A possible new alignment in Europe and Central Asia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.date
18-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.txt1
Russian language blogs provide a complex and threatening picture.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080818.txt2
I'm grateful to a web site reader for sending me the following
message, that I received just as I was finishing up my article,
<#hreftext ww2010.i.caucasus080817 ""The gathering storm in the
Caucasus":"#>
"Reading through Russian language blogs (with some
very well informed participants), I have a feeling [that they
expect] some kind of overhaul in South Europe - Caucasus region -
Middle East politics. The main idea is to minimize US and NATO
influence by bringing together Turkey, Russia and Iran as major
players. Turkey military, traditionally West leaning and
anti-Islamic being promised to keep upper hand in new nationalist,
moderately religious, economically independent state, which
doesn't have to bow to EU anymore. Iran and Russia providing
energy for industry and markets for goods.
Whoever joins this union is accepted. Others, especially
financially and politically dependent on US and EU, will be
crippled by sanctions (energy supply infractions). All these new
pro-western. pro-liberal elites in the former USSR and Eastern
Europe are considered the main targets of Russian foreign
policies. With a serious economic crisis unfolding, the West going
to be less prone to back these small countries with funding.
First, Slovakia, Bulgaria, Serbia and Hungary will take different
approach. Others will follow or fall (Estonia and Latvia, but not
Lithuania). The Kurds, probably, will gain independence in North
Iraq, but not US-oriented. Israel will sign multiple peace
agreements, giving away [Golan Heights] and providing for
Palestinians better territorial conditions.
Important part: Given the relations with Azerbaijan and Central
Asia - all Muslim and turkish-like nations. Most unexpected
outcome - Much wider spread of moderate, Sunni Islam all over
Russia with support from Orthodox church and government
structures. Some politics see this as only choice to stop dying
off Russian population in Northern Russia."
This message provides a picture of a very complex Russian plan to
counter U.S. influence in Russia's backyard, and to punish East
European "élites" for siding with Europe and the U.S.
According to this message, based on postings by knowledgeable
Russians, Turkey, Russia and Iran form an anti-West alliance and use
their control of gas and oil supplies to gain hegemony over Western
allies.
There are a couple of very interesting things that particularly are
worthy of more research. First, we've frequently discussed radical
"Islamist" Sunni Islam -- al-Qaeda, the Taliban, Muslim Brotherhood,
Jemaah Islamiah in Indonesia, GSPC (Salafist Group for Preaching and
Combat in Northern Africa), and so forth.
However, Turkey and some central Asian countries are also Sunni
Muslim, but not allied with the al-Qaeda groups. According to the
message, these groups will ally with Russian Orthodox community.
The message closes by referring to what many see as a huge Russian
problem today: The negative growth of the Russian population.
What's missing from this analysis is the same thing that's missing
from Western analyses: The recognition of a coming world war.
Everyone is assuming that things will continue to evolve in the same
manner as before. Regular readers of this web site know that that
isn't going to happen.
The three nations forming this new alliance -- Turkey, Russia and Iran
-- are all countries that I would expect would be allied with the West
against China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and others in the coming Clash
of Civilizations world war. The exact nature and timing of these
alliances of course cannot be predicted, since they depend on chaotic
events that can't be predicted. But if this message is correct, then
it illuminates an important scenario that the world will be following
in the coming months.
=eod
=// &&2 e080815b 'The deal is done' for Pakistan's President Musharraf to resign
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.head
"The deal is done" for Pakistan's President Musharraf to
resign
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.date
15-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.txt1
Pakistan looks into the abyss.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815b.txt2
A week after <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080808 "being threatened with
impeachment,"#> Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf appears to be
close to resignation.
According <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\08\15\story_15-8-2008_pg1_1
"a front-page article"#> in Pakistan's prestigious Daily
Times, "The deal is done." Musharraf will be permitted to flee to
a foreign country.
Who will replace Musharraf? It will certainly be someone younger,
someone without anything close to the same negotiating skills
required to achieve peace with India. A younger President will have
to prove that he can stand up other foreign leaders, and he'll be far
more confrontational.
I heard one Pakistani official on the BBC get asked how any new
president would handle the violence going on in Pakistan's tribal
regions. His answer: "The fighting will stop by itself, since it's
Musharraf's presence that's causing the fighting."
Thus we see the crazy level of fantasy that many Pakistanis are
exhibiting as they go forward to get rid of the one person who had
held the country together for 8 years, and maintained peace with
India. That remark about the fighting stopping by itself is a very
familiar sounding kind of statement to me. In America, it would be a
nihilistic Gen-Xer with contempt for any accomplishment by anyone
older, and a willingness to destroy all such things. As I've said
many times, this nihilism and destruction backfires and turns into
self-destruction.
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg right "" "Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) form a safe haven for
Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
Pakistan seems well on the way to similar self-destruction. I've
heard nothing from the politicians who might replace Musharraf that
gives me anything remotely close to the feeling that these people
have a clue what's going on. Pakistan has enormous problems -- huge
economic problems, conflict in the tribal areas, and conflict in
Kashmir -- and the new President will be clueless about how to handle
them.
Fighting in the Bajaur between the Pakistan army facing Taliban and
al-Qaeda forces has gotten so bad that <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5hre3JBNjqo_lYte8yBgeyE3LkFSw
"135,000 residents have fled"#> to other regions.
Fighting has also been <#stdurl
http://in.reuters.com/article/topNews/idINIndia-35007320080814
"escalating in Kashmir and Jammu provinces,"#> mainly in the
Indian-administered region, as there are massive protests by both
Muslim and Hindu residents.
A new Pakistan president will have to deal with all of these
problems, and the chances are that a younger, clueless President will
be extremely confrontational and will over-react.
We now have two regions that are becoming increasingly dangerous and
unstable -- Pakistan and the Caucasus. From the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, a new world war will affect both of these
regions. It only remains to be seen where it will start.
=eod
=// &&2 e080815 Questions from readers on the conflict in Georgia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.head
Questions from readers on the conflict in Georgia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.date
15-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.txt1
Some technical issues about generational theory and the Caucasus.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080815.txt2
"Strange but you start the recital with no
mention of the Georgians striking first. Read the LA Times for the
true historical record. They refer to it as a military blunder.
One's dislike of Putins Russia (which I share) does not give us
license to rewrite the historical record."
I make no attempt to give every detail of every battle. Also, at the
time I wrote that article, there was no confirmation of any of
Russia's claims. Even today, the Russian claims of Georgian "ethnic
cleansing" have not been confirmed. However, for that particular
article, the most relevant fact is that the Russians are ACCUSING the
Georgians of "ethnic cleansing," and I did mention that, because that
perception is highly relevant to the article.
"The truth will prevail as events unfold. The
genocide, war crimes and violations of international law by
Georgian troops during their surprise attack will resolved in a
court of law. There are hundreds of civilian victims who are ready
to testify."
Well, we'll have to see how the investigations proceed. But I'm not
so sure that "the truth will prevail." As I'm always pointing out on
this web site, certain perceptions will prevail, but they may or may
not have anything to do with the truth.
"Had Georgia actually been part of the EU, I doubt
the conflict with Russia would have got even close to breaking
out."
This is an interesting point, but things are a lot more complicated
than that.
Georgia has been lobbying to become a member of the European Union
and/or NATO. It's widely believed that if Georgia had become a
member, then Russia would never have invaded Georgia, since that
would have forced a military response from Europe.
Therefore, goes the reasoning, let's admit Georgia to the EU or Nato,
to prevent a future conflict.
The problem with that reasoning is that it would probably backfire.
Depending on which side you favor, Georgian President Mikhael
Saakashvili either "stands up to the Russians" or "purposely provokes
the Russians." However, Saakashvili's actions are restrained because
he's a small, lone country. But if he could count on the backing of
EU or Nato, then he would be free to take far more provocative
actions. Sooner or later, he would do something so provocative that
the Russians would respond militarily anyway, and then there would be
a much larger war.
Remember that World War I began because of interlocking treaties.
Germany had no intention of going to war with France, but they were
forced to do so because of a treaty with Austria. If Georgia were
part of Nato, then a small war would spread to a big war very
quickly.
"[With regard to a bigger war between Georgia and
Russia] 5M vs. 116M: The Georgian-Russian war you refer to will
be very brief. Probably on par with the war against the Chechens.
But if it were expanded to include Ukrainian-Russian and
Baltc-Russian, then it gets more interesting."
The relative populations and power of the combatants does not
determine how long a war will last, or how savage and bloody it will
be. What matters most is whether or not it turns into a generational
Crisis war.
The 1960-70s American war with Vietnam was won by the North
Vietnamese, who had a smaller population than America, because it was
a Crisis war for the Vietnamese, but an Awakening era war for the
Americans. The Americans crippled themselves politically, as often
happens during an Awakening era war, while the Crisis era Vietnamese
fought savagely and ruthlessly.
Russia's 1990s war with the Chechens (people of Chechnya) was not a
Crisis war, because Chechnya was in a generational Unraveling era.
Chechnya's last crisis war was Stalin's massive relocation of Chechens
to Kazakhstan and Siberia, starting in 1944.
I don't want to go too deeply in the weeds here, because this is a
highly technical subject within generational theory, but in simplest
terms: Russia is a huge country, with many ethnic populations, and
it's possible for such a large country to have separate generational
timelines for the different populations. For the Russians and the
Georgians, the last Crisis war was the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution and
the subsequent series of civil wars in the 1920s. But for the
Chechens, the last Crisis war was Stalin's savage relocation of the
Chechens after WW II. So, in the 1990s, Chechnya was in a generational
Unraveling era, and so the Chechen war didn't spiral into a crisis
war. But a war today between Georgians and Russians is much more
likely to do so, because both countries are deep into generational
Crisis eras.
(For information about generational Awakening and Crisis eras, see
<#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
"It looks like the world war will have a different
line up than you have been proposing...."
I assume that you're referring to my previous statements that in the
coming Clash of Civilizations world war, Russia will be allied with
America and the West. That is still true, irrespective of any
Georgian-Russian conflict, should it occur.
Russia's crisis wars have ALWAYS been with the Asians -- the Mongols,
the Turks, the Muslims. One of the most interesting findings of
generational theory is that Russia has had three major wars with
Europeans, but they were all non-crisis wars. They were the Great
Northern War, 1700-1720, when Sweden invaded Russia; the Napoleonic
wars, when France invaded Russia in 1812; and World War II, when
Germany invaded Russia. All three of those wars were non-crisis wars
for the Russians, but occurred during major crisis wars for the
Europeans (the War of the Spanish Succession, the Napoleonic Wars, and
World War II, respectively). And Russia won all three of those wars in
pretty much the same way: Let the invading enemy go deep into Russia,
where the frigid Russian defeated the invaders.
Bringing this back to today, it's possible that Europe and America
will support Georgia in a civil war against Russia, but when
difficult choices have to be made in the Clash of Civilizations world
war, Russia and the West will side with India and Japan against China
and Pakistan.
=eod
=// &&2 e080814 Russia continues to tighten its grip on a humiliated Georgia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.head
Russia continues to tighten its grip on a humiliated Georgia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.date
14-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.txt1
It's still not known what Russia's final objectives are, though
there's no doubt in my mind.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080814.txt2
Theoretically, Russia and Georgia have agreed to a cease-fire in the
Russian invasion of Georgia, but Russia apparently isn't honoring it.
Russian soldiers are effectively <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/europe/article4526683.ece
"splitting the country in two,"#> by blocking critical points in
major highways. Russian bombers continue to attack Georgian cities,
and Russian troops <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5jxWSXsJwitQHhYrvd-DUbRfgQdEA "are
looting"#> and setting homes ablaze.
There's a lot of public debate about what are the intentions of
Russia and of Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin in Georgia.
But there's little doubt about it in my mind: Putin's intention is to
lay the groundwork for a complete takeover of Georgia in the near
future. All other stated intentions are pure subterfuge.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right yukos 2
Why am I so certain? Because I've been watching Putin for several
years now, particular during the 2004 takeover of oil giant Yukos.
In 2003, Yukos a privately owned Russian energy provider that
supplied 11.4% of all the oil in the whole world. But then Yukos CEO
Mikhail Khodorkovsky indicated that he was going to challenge Putin
politically -- the biggest mistake of his life. Khodorkovsky was
jailed on trumped-up political charges, and he's in jail to this day.
By the end of the year, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041229 "Yukos had
been dismantled and nationalized"#> by means of the vilest series of
steps imaginable.
It was in July, 2004, when I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040706b
""I wish we knew more about Putin's plans for Yukos,""#>
where I expressed my confusion about what Putin was doing.
By the end of the year, it was obvious that Putin had lied about his
intentions, and that he was willing to use any means available to him
to get what he wants, while still retaining personal deniability.
My conclusion was, and is, that Putin considers himself to be the new
Nicolai Lenin (Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov), the father of the 1917
Bolshevik Revolution. I've previously quoted this 1922 memo to the
Politburo on the destruction of the Russian Orthodox Church in order
to harvest the Church's wealth:
"We must pursue the removal of church property by
any means necessary in order to secure for ourselves a fund of
several hundred million gold rubles (do not forget the immense
wealth of some monasteries and lauras). Without this fund any
government work in general, any economic build-up in particular,
and any upholding of soviet principles in Genoa especially is
completely unthinkable. In order to get our hands on this fund of
several hundred million gold rubles (and perhaps even several
hundred billion), we must do whatever is necessary. But to do
this successfully is possible only now. All considerations
indicate that later on we will fail to do this, for no other time,
besides that of desperate famine, will give us such a mood among
the general mass of peasants that would ensure us the sympathy of
this group, or, at least, would ensure us the neutralization of
this group in the sense that victory in the struggle for the
removal of church property unquestionably and completely will be
on our side."
By the end of 2004, it was obvious that Putin was much more
politically subtle than Lenin, but just as ruthless.
Like Lenin, Putin has a secret police available to kill or jail
political enemies. Like Lenin, Putin is willing to use extortion and
fraud and violent force to take anything he wants.
It's also clear that the new President, Dmitry Medvedev, is simply
Putin's puppet. Putin is the one in charge.
There's something else. The Bolshevik Revolution was followed by an
extremely savage civil war, with mass executions and many atrocities.
And a major component of that civil war pitted Georgians against
Russians.
Thus, one thing that has become apparent in the last few days is that
we're seeing the beginning of the re-fighting of the Russian-Georgian
crisis war of the 1920s.
It's always been 100% certain that a new crisis war would begin in
the Caucasus. In the past, when I've talked about a major new
genocidal war in the Caucasus, I assumed that it would be along the
Orthodox / Muslim fault line, and would grow out of the existing
conflict in Chechnya and Dagestan. That conflict may revive, but the
epiphany I've had in the last week is that the major battle will be
between Georgians and Russians.
In the 1920s, Lenin died of a stroke in 1924, and in the subsequent
wars, Joseph Stalin -- a Georgian -- became the supreme dictator of
the Soviet Union, and remained so until his death in 1953. He
committed savage purges directed at Russians and Ukrainians, causing
tens of millions of deaths by execution and starvation.
When Putin accuses modern Georgians of "genocide" and "ethnic
cleansing," he may in fact be thinking of Joseph Stalin's genocide of
his political enemies in the 1920s and 1930s.
There is nothing that can stop this re-fighting of the war between
Georgians and Russians. There are only two important questions.
The first question is: How far will the West and the United States
get pulled into this war? America's involvement has already begun,
as indicated by a Wednesday afternoon
<#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/08/20080813.html
"statement by President Bush,"#> that included the following:
"I've also directed Secretary of Defense Bob Gates
to begin a humanitarian mission to the people of Georgia, headed
by the United States military. This mission will be vigorous and
ongoing. A U.S. C-17 aircraft with humanitarian supplies is on its
way. And in the days ahead we will use U.S. aircraft, as well as
naval forces, to deliver humanitarian and medical
supplies."
The second major question is whether the war between the Georgians
and the Russians will be the war that launches World War III -- the
Clash of Civilizations world war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080812 Russian invasion of Georgia continues, objective is not known
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.head
Russian invasion of Georgia continues, objective is not known
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.date
12-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.txt1
I'm raising the "Conflict Risk Index" for the Caucasus from
2 (medium risk) to 3 (high risk).
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080812.txt2
In 1956, student demonstrations against the government of
Hungary were were brutally repressed by a massive Soviet invasion
of Budapest and other areas of the country. Thousands died, and
hundreds of thousands became refugees.
In 1968, Czechoslovakia seemed headed for greater openness
and freedom, as the country "Destalinized" in a period known as
the "Prague Spring." On August 20, under Soviet orders, 200,000
soldiers poured into Czechoslovakia in an invasion that brought
the country back under Soviet control.
This kind of thing was standard operating procedure for the Soviets
after World War II.
World War II was particularly brutal for Soviets. Although it was a
generational non-crisis war for Russia (the previous crisis war was
the Bolshevik Revolution and the massive civil war of the 1920s), it
was a particularly brutal war, as Hitler's Germans attempted to
eradicate everyone in European Russia.
The "lessons learned" for the Soviets were to repress, quickly and
brutally, any neighboring country that might pose a threat. As Ukraine
and Georgia move towards joining the EU and Nato, some of Russia's
worst nightmares are being realized.
Now Russia is evidently applying these "lessons learned" to Georgia.
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas4d.jpg center "" "The Caucasus
(Source: Der Spiegel)"#>
The following <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5hV2N6fVKS5slf10A13Dj_uIdaZ4QD92GE8780
"has happened:"#>
Thousands of Russian soldiers and tanks have poured first into
South Ossetia, where they defeated the Georgian army.
Thousands of Russian soldiers and tanks have now entered
Abkhazia. Like South Ossetia, Abkhazia is a province of Georgia
whose people wish to secede from Georgia.
Russia's warships have blocked all of Georgia's ports in the
Black Sea.
The Russian army has been bombing military targets in Poti, Gori
and the airport south of Tblisi. However, hundreds of civilians have
been killed as well, and thousands of refugees have been fleeing to
safer regions.
Georgia claims that the Russian army has taken control of Gori,
effectively dividing the country into two separate parts.
Some bombs have hit near the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan oil pipeline,
which carries oil from the Caspian Sea to the West. However, no
damage was done.
It is not known whether Russia's objective is to overthrow the
Georgian government, replacing it with a Russian puppet
government.
It is not known whether Russia's objective is to gain complete
control of the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan oil pipeline. Russia already has
control of the gas pipeline that runs to Europe, and this would give
Russia control of the oil pipeline as well.
Late on Monday afternoon, President Bush made the following <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/08/20080811-1.html
"televised statement:"#>
"I just met with my national security team to
discuss the situation in Georgia.
I am deeply concerned by reports that Russian troops have moved
beyond the zone of conflict, attacked the Georgian town of Gori,
and are threatening the Georgia's -- Georgia's capital of Tbilisi.
There's evidence that Russian forces may soon begin bombing the
civilian airport in the capital city.
If these reports are accurate, these Russian actions would
represent a dramatic and brutal escalation of the conflict in
Georgia. And these actions would be inconsistent with assurances
we have received from Russia that its objectives were limited to
restoring the status quo in South Ossetia that existed before
fighting began on August the 6th.
It now appears that an effort may be underway to depose Russia's*
duly elected government. Russia has invaded a sovereign
neighboring state and threatens a democratic government elected by
its people. Such an action is unacceptable in the 21st century.
The Georgian government has accepted the elements of a peace
agreement that the Russian government previously said it would be
willing to accept: an immediate cease-fire, the withdrawal of
forces from the zone of conflict, a return to the military status
quo as of August 6th, and a commitment to refrain from using
force. There are representatives of the European Union and the
Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe currently in
Moscow seeking Russia's agreement to this peace plan.
Russia's government must respect Georgia's territorial integrity
and sovereignty. The Russian government must reverse the course it
appears to be on, and accept this peace agreement as a first step
toward resolving this conflict.
Russia's actions this week have raised serious questions about
its intentions in Georgia and the region. These actions have
substantially damaged Russia's standing in the world. And these
actions jeopardize Russians' relations -- Russia's relations with
the United States and Europe. It is time for Russia to be true to
its word and to act to end this crisis."
This is definitely a return to "Cold War rhetoric," strongly
condemning the Russians. But no military threats are made.
However, he does threaten to damage Russia's standing in the world
which, I'm sure, will leave Vladimir Putin quivering in his boots.
=inc ww2010.h2 russian "The Russian view"
A Generational Dynamics analysis of a war cannot be complete without
examining the war from both sides. Even when two sides fight in a
war, it's often a completely different war to them. This is similar
to a married couple arguing about sex, when he's really arguing about
money and she's really arguing about his mother.
The Russian view of the conflicting is breathtaking, as you'll see
from this <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R-Oj6vx8Q2Q "video
that presents the Russian view"#> of the conflict, accusing the
Georgians of committing ethnic cleansing:
I will only quote one portion of the 6:55 minute video.
At the 5 minute point in the video, they play a sound byte from
Georgian President Mikhael Saakashvili:
"This has happened before. Russians have brought
their tanks into Hungary in 1956 and Czechoslovakia in 1968, into
Afghanistan in 1979. I have to remind you of this in Stalin's
Russia."
And now, here's the incredible and amazing response from Russian
military analyst Evgeny Khruschchev:
"Well, it's very interesting, if he thinks that
Western citizens are totally oblivious or ignorant that Stalin
himself was Georgian for God's sake. Why the hell he would have
brought up the subject altogether. He was Georgian.
And it was Stalin and his KGB chief [Lavrenti] Beria, these two
Georgians, who mutilated all nations of the USSR, including
Russians, Georgians, and everybody else.
So I think that those who helped him [Saakashvili] to prepare this
speech, his speechwriters, were really just trip over.
The second important point, about Afghanistan. Please, give me a
BREAK! Myself as a Soviet Afghan war veteran, it was Brzezinski
junior, it was his brilliant information campaign to draw Soviet
Union into Afghanistan in Soviet times. And now, in effect, the
current Georgian president, he reminds me, [it was that person]
who managed to draw the Soviet Union into that conflict, which
was totally an internal affair, and he converted the Afghan civil
war into the biggest cold war battle, or proxy war between the
Soviet Union and the USSR [he probably meant "the US"]. And I
hope that those who run Saakashvili that they also remember that
he got his law degree in the United States, and I hope he will
not wind up as a ?? himself."
In other words, the Russians played no part in the Budapest and
Prague invasions, because Stalin was a Georgian!
In fact, Khruschchev actually sees the current invasion of Georgia as
getting even for Stalin's atrocities committed against the Russians!
And the Afghan war? Well, that's the fault of "Brzezinski junior,"
who conducted a disinformation campaign to suck the Soviets into the
Afghan war. Who's Brzezinski junior? I'm honestly not sure, but I
believe it has to be Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was President Jimmy
Carter's national security adviser at the time of the Soviet invasion
of Afghanistan. However, Brzezinski has children, and perhaps
Khruschchev was referring to one of them.
So the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan wasn't the Russian's fault
either! It was the Americans' fault!! Amazing!!
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "The danger in a crisis era"
At the time of the Budapest and Prague invasions, America and Western
Europe were in generational Recovery and Awakening eras. The
countries of Eastern Europe and the Caucasus, including Russia, had
all had crisis wars in the 1920-1945 period, so they were in
Awakening or Unraveling eras. In any case, from the point of view of
Generational Dynamics, it was very unlikely that any of those
invasions could have led to a wider war.
But that's not true today. All of these countries are now in a
generational Crisis era. Russian President Dmitry Medvedev and
Georgian President Mikhael Saakashvili are both young men, with
little fear of the consequences of their actions.
Thus, the danger of the current situation spiraling out of control
into a larger war is much higher today than it was at the time of the
previous invasions we discussed.
=inc ww2010.cf.cf071106 p left
The last time that I changed the Conflict Risk Graphic was last year
in November. I raised the Kashmir risk level from 2 (medium risk) to
3 (high risk). I did this because the Pervez Musharraf government in
Pakistan was becoming increasingly unstable, and the risk of all out
war between Pakistan and India within six months had gotten
considerably greater. The epicenter of such a war would be the
disputed regions of Kashmir and Jammu.
(Incidentally, I don't have time to write a complete article about
it, but the violence is Kashmir between Hindus and Sunni Muslims is
still getting much, much worse, following <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080806 "the article"#> that I wrote last week on the subject.)
It's now time to recognize that the Caucasus region is becoming
similarly unstable, thanks to the events of the last week.
Quite honestly, when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040904 "the 2004 Beslan
school massacre"#> occurred, I was surprised that it didn't lead to
wider violence. Since it didn't, I kept the conflict risk level at 2
(medium risk).
=inc ww2010.cf.cf080811 p right
But that's now in the past. As long as Russia is crushing a small
neighbor during a generational Crisis era, and another small
neighbor, Ukraine, is similarly threatened, anything can happen.
I am therefore going to raise the "Conflict Risk Level" for the
Caucasus from 2 (medium risk of war within 6 months) to 3 (high risk
of war within six months). The new graphic is as shown on the right.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the Caucasus
mountain region, which controls many valuable land routes connecting
the Caspian Sea to the Black Sea, has been the battlefield for many
crisis wars between the Orthodox Christian and Muslim civilizations,
and between different ethnic groups of the same or different religions
for many centuries. A new genocidal crisis war in the Caucasus is
coming with absolute certainty.
=eod
=// &&2 e080811b Georgia capitulates in South Ossetia as Russia expands war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.head
Georgia capitulates in South Ossetia as Russia expands war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.date
11-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.txt1
Russia's overreaction may lead to wider war.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811b.txt2
Georgia evidently <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=apjn7JAm9ZMU&refer=home
"capitulated in South Ossetia,"#> withdrawing its troops after four
days of fighting.
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas5.gif center "" "The Black Sea, Caucasus,
Caspian Sea region"#>
However, Russian soldiers and tanks continue to pour into South
Ossetia. Russian bombers continued to attack military targets
throughout Georgia, including an airport south of the capital,
Tblisi.
The city of Tskhinvali, the capital of South Ossetia, is being
described as <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/aug/11/georgia.russia3 "a
humanitarian disaster,"#> with a shortage of food and water, and
thousands of bodies littering the streets. Each side blames the
other, and accuses the other of genocide and ethnic cleansing.
Russia appears to be taking total control of South Ossetia. It is
not known whether Russia will claim that South Ossetia is now Russian
territory.
Russia also is moving tanks and soldiers into another secessionist
Georgia province, Abkhazia. It is not known whether Russia will also
claim that Abkhazia is now Russian territory.
Russia has blockaded Georgia's Black Sea ports by moving its Black Sea
fleet into Georgia's ports. The Russian fleet is normally stationed
in Sevastopol, which is in the Crimea, which is part of Ukraine.
As Georgia seems to be pretty much militarily defeated, and western
nations are refusing Georgia's request for military support, it seems
unlikely right now that the war will spread into a major regional
war.
However, Ukraine is taking Georgia's side in the fight, which is not
unexpected since leaders of both countries have said they wish to
join the European Union and NATO.
On Sunday, <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/08/10/europe/EU-Ukraine-Russia-Georgia.php
"Ukraine warned Russia"#> that it might bar Russian navy ships from
returning to their base in Sevastopol, because of their deployment to
Georgia's coast. Right now, this seems to be the only significant
possibility of a lead to a wider conflict.
However, it's really probably up to Russia right now, as Russia is
continuing to expand the war.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the Caucasus
mountain region, which controls many valuable land routes connecting
the Caspian Sea to the Black Sea, has been the battlefield for many
crisis wars between the Orthodox Christian and Muslim civilizations,
and between different ethnic groups of the same or different religions
for many centuries. A new genocidal crisis war in the Caucasus is
coming with absolute certainty.
=eod
=// &&2 e080811 As commodities plummet worldwide, the meaning is unclear.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.head
As commodities plummet worldwide, the meaning is unclear.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.date
11-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.txt1
We speculate on some possibilities.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080811.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g080810.gif right "" "Price of oil plummets"
Commodities -- oil, soybeans, gold, corn, etc. -- are suddenly
falling sharply in price. The dollar is significantly strengthened in
one day. And stocks surge on Wall Street.
The conventional view is that commodities were in a
speculator-induced bubble, and that now the bubble is ending. Prices
will return to "normal" in an orderly fashion, and many of the
problems caused by the commodities bubble will sort themselves out
fairly quickly.
That may well be what's happening, but let's speculate on something
far different.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what I watch for are
major shifts in public opinion, since these usually indicate an
important new generational viewpoint.
That's exactly what's going on, according to <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?view=DETAILS&grid=&xml=/money/2008/08/09/cndollar109.xml
"The Telegraph's Ambrose Evans-Pritchard:"#>
"US dollar rallies as extent of worldwide
recession becomes clearer
The psychology of global markets has shifted hugely over recent
days as it becomes clear that Europe, Australasia and parts of
Asia are sliding into recession.
The US dollar has launched its best rally in half a decade,
reflecting a recognition that half the world is in even worse
shape than the US. In fact, America is the only G7 country to eke
out modest growth this summer.
The US dollar index - currencies watched closely by traders -
smashed through resistance yesterday in the biggest one-day move
since the long dollar slide began seven years ago.
"This was highly significant. Perceptions have changed," said Ian
Stannard, currency strategist at BNP Paribas. ...
Commodities tumbled as hedge funds and financial investors
struggled to untangle themselves from crowded positions on the
futures markets. Brent crude fell $4 to under $114 a barrel, down
over 20pc since peaking in early July. The Baltic Dry Index has
now fallen every day for over three weeks, dropping 30pc on fears
that ship demand is fizzling out.
Copper fell to a six-month low on reports of rising inventories
in China and Europe. Lead, nickel and tin all dived in frantic
trading on the London Metal Exchange.
"We see a deep global recession," said Albert Edwards, chief
strategist at Société Générale.
"Growth prospects in the Eurozone, Japan and the UK have
deteriorated. Most now accept that recession has already begun in
all three," he said. Mr Edwards predicted a "collapse" in
emerging markets next. "You ain't seen nothing yet," he
said."
This article goes to the heart of the global financial system today.
I've written many times on the subject of deflation -- how the
country is in a deflationary spiral, and there's no danger whatsoever
of "hyperinflation," as many people fear.
Those who have worried about hyperinflation in the US often overlook
the important fact that, as bad off as the American economy is, it's
actually much better off than many foreign economies.
The huge international credit bubble has been almost entirely an
American dollar bubble. That's because the $750 trillion in credit
derivatives that have been created in the past few years have all
been denominated in dollars. As the bubble leaks, it reduces the
amount of money (in dollars) in the world, which actually makes the
dollar more valuable. Thus, the American dollar is in a deflationary
spiral around the world.
But that's not true, for example, of the euro. The volume of credit
derivatives denominated in euros is tiny compared to those in
dollars. Any inflationary tendency in US dollars is overwhelmed by
the deflationary spiral in US dollars, but an inflationary tendency
in euros would not be similarly deflated.
The sudden spike in the international value of the dollar currency
is, according to the article quoted above, not something based on the
American economy, but on something based on the other economies --
that they're deteriorating quickly, more quickly than the American
economy.
Thus, investors are pulling money out of non-dollar-denominated
assets. Thus, we've seen substantial plunges in stock market
indexes, particularly in Asia. Even China's Shanghai Stock Market,
which had finally seemed stable in the last month after falling 50%,
has now resumed its plunge in the last week.
Commodities prices are also denominated in dollars, and so the rapid
strengthening of the dollar last week means that commodity prices are
going to fall in price relative to the strengthened dollar.
This would seem to be good news -- and it is for any business that
purchases copper or oil as raw material. It's also good news if it
means that food prices will moderate. It also seems to be good news
for Wall Street -- money invested in foreign markets is now being
redirected into American stocks.
But it may be very bad news for numerous Asian economies. With stock
markets crashing, the fall in commodities prices may be caused by
financial crises in these countries -- not just recessions, as
Evans-Pritchard suggests, but full-fledged stock market crashes.
The speculation, then, is that the sudden strengthening of the
dollar, combined with a fall in commodities prices, is the sign of an
imminent global financial crisis. Presumably, we'll know within a
week or two which of the two views (mainstream or speculative) is in
play.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Corporate earnings"
As regular readers know, I post the table of S&P 500 average corporate
earnings estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0% Start of quarter
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3% End of quarter
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Jul 25: -17.9%
Aug 1: -20.4%
Aug 8: -22.1%
As you can see, second quarter earnings estimates have fallen by
another 8%, which means that price/earnings ratios will rise by 8%.
I don't know where the P/E ratio index will end up this week, but
stock prices surging and earnings plunging, it should be quite
dramatic.
=inc ww2010.h2 ars "Banks cave re auction rate securities"
I wrote on August 3 that New York's attorney general Andrew Cuomo was
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080803 "bringing fraud charges"#> against
several banks over auction rate securities.
(For a discussion of the hare-brained auction rate securities scheme,
see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 ""Investment bank UBS is now
'writing down' clients' auction rate securities.""#>)
It didn't take long to get a response. Swiss bank UBS AG, Citigroup
and Merrill Lynch have all <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/markets/2008/08/08/ubs-auction-closer-markets-equity-cx_vr_lal_0808markets36.html
"agreed to repurchase the near-worthless auction rate securities"#>
from retail customers, charities and small and mid-size businesses,
and to pay substantial fines.
What's interesting about this is how quickly these financial
institutions caved in to the accusations, agreeing to settle very
quickly. Why were they willing to settle very quickly?
Obviously it's because they knew they would be found guilty, but
there's more to it, according to some pundit conversations I heard on
CNBC last week. It seems that the brokers in each of these financial
institutions were pressuring their bosses to settle, because the
brokers themselves were afraid of being individual prosecuted, for
having lied to their customers.
Two months ago we had <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080620
""'Operation Malicious Mortgage' indicts 406 people including
Bear Stearns execs.""#> Now we have more a few more banks.
Last year in September, I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070902b "made a
list of people"#> who are currently being blamed, or soon will be
blamed, and who will be the subject of investigations, civil lawsuits
and possible prosecution. Let's take another look at that list, and
update it a little:
Individual homeowners who lied on applications to get a
mortgage.
Lenders who practiced "predatory lending" practices, like
offering low teaser rates. Mortgage brokers who recommended loans
with low teaser rates, took a big commission from the loan, and then
got out of town before the teaser rates ended.
Homebuilders and lenders or brokers who colluded with each other
to inflate the market value of a home in order to get a larger
mortgage and a larger commission for themselves.
Financial advisers who protected their own assets from a crash,
while telling clients that the stock market can only go up, so they
can keep getting commissions.
Individual people who "borrowed" money from the till at work,
expecting to pay it back as soon as their hedge funds paid off.
Ratings agencies (S&P, Fitch, Moody's) that gave CDOs and other
near-worthless
mortgage-backed securities AAA ratings, in return for a fat fee.
"Monoline" bond insurers (Ambac, MBIA, FGIC, and ACA) that
guaranteed CDOs and other near-worthless mortgage-backed securities,
in return for a fat fee.
Hedge fund, mutual fund, money market fund managers who sold
these worthless securities to investors, lying when they said they
were "as good as cash."
Journalists, analysts, pundits and politicians, who are
supposedly financial "experts," but who kept saying (and still keep
saying) that everything is ok.
Government regulators who have been openly encouraging banks to
commit fraud by telling them to delay, for as long as possible,
writing down the values of their near-worthless securities.
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "Brilliant Nobel Prize winners
in Economics"#> and other macroeconomics experts who were clever
enough to devise extremely complex structured financial instruments,
but too stupid to see that these financial instruments would default
if real estate prices ever leveled off.
Fed Chairmen (Alan Greenspan, Ben Bernanke).
We can now see that the deception and fraud were ubiquitous, occurred
in every financial, real estate and government organization, from
top-level management to bottom-level salesmen. Furthermore, it
occurred throughout the world.
What I really think is hilarious is that everyone I hear on tv is now
blaming the current situation on Alan Greenspan, because the Fed
lowered interest rates to near-zero in 2002-2003.
This is totally absurd. For one thing, it doesn't explain the
dot-com bubble and crash that occurred earlier. More important, to
say that brokers, salespeople, home buyers, etc., at every level, in
countries ALL AROUND THE WORLD, all committed fraud because of
something that Greenspan did is so ridiculous that it could never
possibly be believed by anyone except the macroeconomics and finance
experts we see on tv, and who, almost without exception, have their
heads up their asses.
The only <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "explanation of this mess
that makes any sense"#> is generational. The survivors of the 1930s
Great Depression would never have tolerated any of this fraud, but
they're dead and gone now. In their place are entire generations of
Boomers and Gen-Xers who willingly pursued fraudulent policies that
screwed everyone else for their own gain.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080810 Iraq's Shiite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr turns from arms to 'culture'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.head
Iraq's Shiite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr turns from arms to
"culture"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.date
10-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.txt1
This follows several Sunni "Tribal Awakenings"
to expel al-Qaeda.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080810.txt2
Shiite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr ordered most of his <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5gkx-3oYeFwuWKCusr2jrojs98w8wD92EA8UO0
"militiamen to disarm"#> on Friday, but said he will maintain "small
and limited" élite fighting units to resist Americans.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iraqcivil 1
According to an <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/em/-/2/hi/middle_east/7549643.stm "al-Sadr
spokesman,"#> al-Sadr is creating a cultural wing that will be part of
a complete reorganization of the Mehdi Army to "transform it into a
social organization" from a militia.
On the Sunni side in Iraq, the "Anbar Awakening" that drove most of
al-Qaeda out of Iraq is more and more being seen as one of series of
"Awakenings" that are uniting the Sunni tribes against the radical
Islamists. For example, the assassinated original founder of the
Anwar Awakening is being <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD201008 ""praised ...
as a martyr and as a true non-sectarian Iraqi patriot.""#>
"Iraqi and Arab progressives have long tended to
view the persistence of tribes and tribalism as a negative
phenomenon that is keeping the Middle East from developing modern
societal relations based on voluntarism and a modern political
system. ...
Recently, [Iraqi] liberals have begun to rethink this view of the
Iraqi tribes, and, in light of the successes of the tribal
Awakenings Councils, have begun to argue that the tribes can be a
force for progress and a positive alternative to Islamists.
Iraqi author Hussein Karkush wrote ... that the tribes are
relatively secular and that the Awakenings are essentially Iraqi
civil society's revolt against political Islam."
The Iraq situation has been a remarkable test case for the validity
of Generational Dynamics that's turned out to be incredibly
successful.
Many people describe this web site as "too negative," because it
focuses on the increasing danger of world war. That focus is quite
appropriate, inasmuch as most countries of the world, those that
fought in WW II as a crisis war, are in a generational Crisis era.
But from the point of view of validating generational theory, the
contrast between countries in Crisis and Awakenings eras has been
startling.
At the end of the 2006 war between Israel and Hizbollah, I wrote a
lengthy analysis in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060906 ""Aftermath
of Lebanese war: The winners and losers.""#> What was really
striking is how closely the Hizbollah warriors of Lebanon, a country
in a generational Awakening era, followed their precise generational
archetype.
In fact, if you want to say that many discussions on this web site
are "too negative," then you'd have to call the discussions of
Lebanon and Iraq as "extremely positive." In both cases, there were
widespread claims by pundits, analysts, politicians and journalists
that the countries were near or in civil war. In both cases, this web
site said that a civil war was impossible, because the country was in
a generational Awakening era, or that if anything like civil strife
broke out, it would fizzle quickly.
Today, we can look back at the last few years, and see that
generational theory has been remarkably successful in predicting
certain types of outcomes. In particular, the predictions that
Lebanon and Iraq would follow typical Awakening-era behaviors were
completely counter-intuitive, were completely opposed to the analyses
and predictions of pundits, analysts, politicians and journalists --
and were completely correct.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about
these predictions.)
On this web site, there are three kinds of discussions, and I phrases
like "according to generational theory" or "my expectation is" to
distinguish among them:
The facts are presented using the highest journalistic
standards, quoting only the most highly credible mainstream
sources.
Generational analyses are based entirely on generational theory,
irrespective of my opinion or the opinions of pundits and analysts.
Unlike generational analyses, the analyses by pundits, politicians,
analysts and journalists are wrong about 50% of the time. There is
no web site or analyst in the world with anything remotely close to
the predictive success of this web site over the past five
years.
My opinions and expectations, which a reader may or may not agree
with. I am not a disinterested observer of what's going on in the
world. This web site is highly personal to me. I've had many, many
sleepless nights because I could foresee what was coming. I
sympathize with the problems of web site readers who write to me,
because I'm in exactly the same boat.
The point is that this web site gives you the information you need to
know, and tells you how to evaluate it. In particular, you may
disagree with my opinion on something, but you can't disagree with
the Generational Dynamics analyses because of their success record.
Moqtada al-Sadr's recent announcement that he's disbanding his
militia, is a striking confirmation of that.
This is a good time to remind you that you can write to me with
comments and questions. You can write to me at <#stdurl
mailto:comments@GenerationalDynamics.com#>, or else use the "Comment"
link at the top of every page. It may take a few days or a couple of
weeks to get back to you, but so far I've been doing OK keeping up
with the e-mail messages.
=eod
=// &&2 e080809 Russia and Georgia are in a 'state of war'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.head
Russia and Georgia are in a "state of war"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.date
9-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.txt1
Russia pours tanks and soldiers into South Ossetia, as planes bomb
Georgia military targets.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080809.txt2
There are <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aUbmUMwZhd74&refer=home
"fears of all-out war between Russia and the Republic of Georgia"#> as
both sides are escalating the battle over South Ossetia. Furthermore,
Russia appears to be expanding the war, by bombing military targets in
Poti, on the Black Sea coast.
I've often referred to the Caucasus in the last few years. For web
site readers who weren't sure what I was talking about, here's a
great map from Der Spiegel that makes things clear:
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas4b.jpg center "" "The Caucasus
(Source: Der Spiegel)"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080808a.jpg right "" "Top: Russia's President Dmitri
Medvedev; Middle: Georgia's President Mikheil Saakashvili; Bottom:
Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin scolds American President George
Bush at Beijing Olympics.
(Source: BBC)"#>
Historically, the Caucasus mountain region, which controls many
valuable land routes connecting the Caspian Sea to the Black Sea, has
been the battlefield for many crisis wars between the Orthodox and
Muslim civilizations, and between different ethnic groups of the same
or different religions for many centuries. A war between Russian and
Islamist forces has been going on in Chechnya since 1994.
Georgia itself has been the object of rivalry between Russia, Turkey
and Iran (Persia) for many centuries. Russia took control in 1921,
but Georgia gained independence in 1992 following the collapse of the
Soviet Union. Former Soviet Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze
became Georgia's leader, but was overthrown by the "Rose Revolution"
in 2003, resulting in the Presidency of Mikheil Saakashvili, someone
who has not been to Russia's liking. Many Georgians accuse Russia of
imperialism, while Russia criticises Georgia of nationalism and
pursuing an anti-Russian foreign policy.
The current crisis comes during a long period of increasing tensions
between Georgia and Russia over the two of Georgia's breakaway
regions: Abkhazia and South Ossetia. Both regions have ethnic
Russian populations that are claiming to be part of Russia rather
than Georgia.
Russia has been conducting a diplomatic war with Georgia for several
years, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061004 "imposing harsh sanctions in
2006."#> By these sanctions, Russia stopped all railway, marine, air
and car communication with Georgia for a period, and even ended all
postal communication between the two countries, claiming a security
risk.
The populations of both Abkhazia and South Ossetia have become
increasingly restless over the years. This week, Georgia initiated a
police action in Tskhinvali, South Ossetia's capital. Russia
responded by pouring troops into South Ossetia, and by bombing
Georgian targets both in and out of South Ossetia.
Georgia is a close political ally of the United States, and Georgian
officials had expressed the desire to get closer to Europe and to
join Nato. This possibility is extremely threatening to Russia, and
explains the harsh response.
Neither side appears willing to back down, at the present time,
despite widespread international calls for peace talks.
Georgia's position is that it cannot allow Russia to annex
part of Georgia's territory in South Ossetia by force.
Russia's position is that it cannot allow Georgia to endanger
thousands of ethnic Russians living in South Ossetia.
I'd like to quote a portion of a <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,570893,00.html
"Spiegel article"#> on the conflict:
"Caucasus Violence Took Europe By Surprise
European diplomats have been trying to maintain peace in Georgia
with financial incentives and promises of partnership. But now
that bombs have started to fall, no one in Brussels, Berlin or
Paris quite knows what to do.
At 6 p.m. on Thursday, the mood in Brussels was still positive:
The crisis in the Caucasus appeared to be under control.
For days Georgian troops and fighters in South Ossetia had been
exchanging fire. And on Thursday morning, Russia -- which backs
the Ossetians and is present in the region with a 1,000-man
"peacekeeping" force -- openly warned that Georgia was preparing
to wage war.
But when chief European Union diplomat Javier Solana telephoned
with Mikhail Saakashvili on Thursday afternoon, the Georgian
president sought to calm him down, saying he had just called a
unilateral cease-fire. And, Saakashvili reportedly said, of course
he shared Solana's opinion that every possible step to stop the
violence should be taken, and that the problem could only be
solved at the negotiating table.
Of course.
A few hours later, though, heavy fighting broke out. Bombs fell
on civilians. A Georgian general spoke of "retaking" South
Ossetia. The developments caught Europe by surprise.
Helplessly, Solana said the European Commission and the French
government -- which is currently the rotating president of the
27-member club -- were "deeply concerned." German Foreign
Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier didn't miss the chance to call
the Georgian president from his vacation spot in the Alps around
noon on Friday to express his "concern." Just days earlier,
Steinmeier had visited Saakashvili, who had given him assurances
of his desire for peace. Of course, NATO General Secretary Jaap de
Hoop Scheffer didn't want to be missing from the list of senior
European officials expressing their "serious concern," either.
But the truth is that in Brussels -- both at the European Union
and NATO headquarters -- leading personalities are concerned
because no one actually knows what's going on. How did the
shooting start? Who escalated it? With what intention? There's
been a clueless shrugging of shoulders.
For some time now, relations between the EU, NATO and Georgia
have been steadily deepening. As the gateway to the Central Asian
oil and gas fields, the former Soviet nation has huge strategic
importance to Europe. Planned pipelines will pass through Georgia
to help reduce Europe's energy dependence on Russia. ...
The last time the Brussels emissary visited with Georgian Prime
Minister Vladimir Gurgenidze, the politician defined his country's
political course by saying: "We want free trade with you,
simplified visa procedures and EU membership."
But overnight, it appears, the country has fundamentally shifted
course.
Georgia may want to improve its strategic position ahead of the
coming peace negotiations, and take back a bridge or a hill here
or there. Or else the South Ossetians saw their chances of
independence slipping away after Russia signalled that it might
wash its hands of the whole problem. According to this theory, the
South Ossetians have decided to reach for their weapons and heat
up the war. But there may be some truth to a story by a journalist
who knows the region well that the new conflict is nothing but a
flare-up of "seasonal" violence.
NATO was also surprised by the fighting. Until very recently
(from July 5 to 30), around 1,000 American soldiers were on
maneuver in the region with the Fourth Infantry Brigade of the
Georgian army in a training mission called "Immediate Response
08." The goal was to train Georgians for a stint in Afghanistan,
where Tbilisi is soon set to send 400 soldiers."
There's one particular sentence I want to mention again: A Georgian
politician defines his country's political course by saying: "We want
free trade with [Russia]," but overnight the country fundamentally
shifted course. People who think that China and Taiwan will not go to
war because it's bad for business should understand that business
concerns dissolve instantly during a generational crisis era.
People who criticize me or Generational Dynamics should read the
above description, because it illuminates some important principles.
People tell me, "There's no war with China on the horizon." Or,
"There's no stock market crash on the horizon."
But that's the way these things always work. For reasons I've stated
many times, a war with China is absolutely certain, and a stock
market crash is absolutely certain.
When I started saying in 2002 that a stock market crash had to happen
because <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 "of generational reasons"#>
and because <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "stocks were overpriced by
over 200%,"#> I didn't know about CDOs or CDSs or that there would be
a crippling worldwide credit freeze starting in August, 2007. All I
knew was the final result.
I don't know how many times I've heard things like, "Where did this
credit crisis come from?" It was perfectly obvious since 2004 that
there's been a real estate bubble, but everyone was caught by
surprise when it leaked.
Now we're in the same kind of situation with the Caucasus.
I wrote an <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040824 "an analysis of the South
Ossetia situation"#> in 2004, and several additional articles since
then.
And so, when you read the above article excerpt that talks about how
"surprised" everyone is that this happened, you have to remember that
it's exactly the same kind of "surprise" that occurred over the
global financial crisis. The survivors of the Great Depression and
World War II would not have been "surprised" by any of this, and they
would have been prepared for it.
The Caucasus is a major crossroad of the world, bringing many
different ethnic and religious groups into close proximity, as they
try to pursue trade or expand their populations. It's not surprising
at all that there have been many genocidal wars in this region, nor
should it be any surprise to anyone that a new genocidal war in this
region is coming, with absolute certainty. It's only today's
leaders, born after World War II, who are "surprised" by everything,
and who don't have a clue what's going on in the world.
Unfortunately, there will be many more surprises to come.
=eod
=// &&2 e080808 Pakistan government combines chaos with paralysis as Musharraf is threatened with impeachment.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.head
Pakistan government combines chaos with paralysis as Musharraf is
threatened with impeachment.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.date
8-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.txt1
The army may have to step in.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080808.txt2
One of the major themes of this web site over the years has been the
increasing paralysis of one government after another, among those
countries that fought World War II as a crisis war.
The main example has been the United States itself. After WW II
ended, the survivors were united in the determination that nothing so
horrible should even happen again, and particularly should never
happen to their children.
To this end, the survivors did some great things -- they created the
United Nations, World Bank, Green Revolution, World Health
Organization, International Monetary Fund, and so forth. They
created these organizations and managed them for decades with one
purpose in mind: That their children and grandchildren would never
have to go through anything so horrible as World War II. Now all
those people are gone, and the people left behind have no idea what's
going on or what to do. They're unable to lead or govern. All they
know how to do is whine and complain, and wait until the next
disaster, the next world war, forces them to do great things as well.
The same thing has happened in country after country. Europe is
totally dysfunctional in its attempt to get a constitution adopted.
Israel's government has an approval rating of close to zero. The
Palestinians have split into two factions that are close to civil
war. Japan's government has gone from scandal to scandal.
In Pakistan, the last couple of years have seen the government go
down the same path.
Last July (2007), there was a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070712
"spectacular Red Mosque attack"#> in Islamabad, Pakistan's capital,
leading to a substantial weakening of President Pervez Musharraf.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
Then in December, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071229 "assassination
of Benazir Bhutto"#> threw the planned parliamentary elections into
chaos, and Musharraf's party <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080220 "was
crushed by opposition leaders"#> who were more interested in
vengeance and infighting than in governing. As a result, Pakistan's
government is completely <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080629 "paralyzed
and rudderless,"#> unable to cope with the country's substantial
problems.
What happened on Thursday is a further disaster for this country
already facing disaster.
The opposition leaders announced on Thursday that they would <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5iVDjfCSBad8udQBJ7i_yS7W-M3cQ
"seek the immediate impeachment"#> of Musharraf.
This means that the already dysfunctional government will be spending
weeks or months on this process. This is clearly a <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/opinion/main.jhtml?xml=/opinion/2008/08/08/do0802.xml
"move of political revenge,"#> and the entire country will suffer for
it.
It leaves an opening for the army to take over. The Pakistan army
has a history of government coups when things look really chaotic.
Musharraf himself came to power in 1999 through an army coup.
Meanwhile, India is <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\08\08\story_8-8-2008_pg7_5
"deploying 10,000 more troops"#> to the ongoing conflict in Kashmir.
The new troops will particularly target violent Hindu demonstrations.
And, in Pakistan's Swat Valley and in the FATA (tribal areas), the
Pakistan security forces are in <#stdurl
http://voanews.com/english/2008-08-07-voa5.cfm "a continuing major
conflict"#> with the Taliban.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition is coming with
absolute certainty. This war will involve numerous ethnic groups,
but underlying it will be Sunni Muslims versus Hindus + Shia Muslims.
=eod
=// &&2 e080806b Wall Street stock prices soar amid terrible earnings news
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.head
Wall Street stock prices soar amid terrible earnings news
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.date
6-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.txt1
A year after the global credit crisis began, investors are convinced
that it has to be over.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806b.txt2
Wall Street stock indexes spiked 3% in the last two days, despite the
<#stdurl http://www.nytimes.com/2008/08/07/business/07freddie.html?em
"shocking $821 million earnings loss"#> during the second quarter.
This was THREE TIMES worse than analysts expected. There is no way to
interpret this situation as anything but incredibly disastrous, but
investors weren't fazed, as the bought lots of stocks.
On top of this, the foreclosure rate keeps rising, and regional bank
failures are expected to increase substantially. Furthermore, second
quarter earnings estimates have notched a little bit lower, as
indicated by the following update, based on cumulative figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC earnings
central:"#>
Date 2Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0% Start of quarter
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3% End of quarter
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Jul 25: -17.9%
Aug 1: -20.4%
Aug 4: -20.4% Mon
Aug 5: -20.4% Tue
Aug 6: -20.5% Wed
What's going on? Why are investors ignoring what's going on?
As far as I can tell, investors simply can't believe that these
problems can possibly continue much long. The global credit crisis
began a year ago, and none of these people can believe that it will
go on. I've heard even normally cautious financial pundits say, "We
may have a bumpy ride for the next months, but the S&P and Dow
indexes will be up by the end of the year." This conclusion is not
based on a shred of evidence, except "nothing like this has happened
in my lifetime." And if there's going to be a major stock market
rally, these dim bulbs don't want to risk missing out.
I've quoted the following paragraph from John Kenneth Galbraith's
1954 book The Great Crash - 1929, a dozen times before, but
you can't read it too many times, where he contrasted the 1929 with
previous panics:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune.
The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer the first margin
call presently got another and equally urgent one, and if he met
that there would still be another. In the end all the money he
had was extracted from him and lost. The man with the smart
money, who was safely out of the market when the first crash
came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ... The
bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who waited out
all of October and all of November, who saw the volume of trading
return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid as a
produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see their
value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the next
twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock market
was] remarkable." (p. 108)
This is what's going on today. Today's financial managers, none of
whom have any personal memory of the Great Depression, simply cannot
bring themselves to believe that this can continue.
This leads to what I've been calling the Principle of Maximum Ruin.
Investors continue to lose money in the market, since they can't
believe that bad news will continue. The maximum number of investors
are ruined to the maximum extent possible - the Principle of Maximum
Ruin.
When I was watching cartoons on TV in the 1950s, there was always an
inviolable rule: What goes up, must come down. This rule needed no
proof; nothing else was conceivably possible.
Today's investors have an equally inviolable belief: What goes down
must come back up. This rule needs no proof; nothing else is
conceivably possible. The above quote from Galbraith's book shows
how the same inviolable belief was held by investors in 1929. The
rule needed no proof then either. Nonetheless, it turned out to be
disastrously wrong.
A fall in earnings estimates means an increase of price/earnings
ratios estimates. Here's the Friday's version of the graphic that
appears on the bottom of the home page of this web site:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080801.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 1-Aug-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
It now looks as if a new trend has been established. For two years,
investors had been tuning their buy/sell algorithms to maintain
price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations") of almost exactly 18.
But now they've re-tuned their computer software to target valuations
around 21.
I've written this recently, and a web site reader sent me the
following comment:
"Regarding your observation that the trading
programs appear to have reset their P/E multiple targets for 21 -
I've been watching the DJIA over the past few weeks wondering when
it was going to sink below 10,000 and it suddenly struck me today
as I looked at the index that the P/E multiple targets have
probably been reset to prevent that. A below 10,000 dip would be
a powerful psychological blow to the market and could lead to
full-blown panic selling. It seems like the Principal of Maximum
Ruin has been kicked into operation."
This comment goes much farther than I ever went -- the writer implies
that that "they" are actually conspiring to keep the market indexes
up.
Now, I almost always reject conspiracy theories as a matter of
course, but there's actually a precedent in this case to support the
conspirational theory.
In 1929, a banker consortium got together to support the market.
They believed that the market collapse was simply a matter of
"confidence," and they felt that the market bubble would start
growing again, if only they could restore confidence. That worked
for a day or two, but no longer. It was only years later that the
1920s stock market was recognized by everyone as a bubble.
Today it's widely believed that the only problem with the stock
market is a lack of confidence. 99 and 44/100% of the analysts,
journalists and politicians have ABSOLUTELY NO IDEA what's going on,
and think that just by jawboning, the market bubble can start growing
again.
Furthermore, there's an actual government-sponsored group that's been
set up to play the part that the informal banker consortium played in
1929.
The Plunge Protection Team (PPT) is the whimsical name used in
<#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/business/longterm/blackm/plunge.htm
"a 1997 Washington Post story."#>
The real name of the group is the "Working Group on Financial
Markets," and it's in the Treasury Dept. The working group
languished for several years, but was <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2006/10/30/ccview30.xml
"reactivated 1½ years ago"#> by Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson.
So I have to admit that the comment above might quite possibly be
correct. In my opinion, it's not possible for the P/E index to have
remained constant at 18 for two years, and now to have adjusted to 21
in the last month, without some coordination. I had assumed that the
coordination was unconscious, but now when I read the above comment,
and I think about what happened in 1929, I have to agree that there
may be some conscious coordination. It may have been informal, or
may have been done formally through the "PPT", but either way there
must be some conscious coordination.
Incidentally, if there is formal coordination, then it's against the
law -- it violates securities laws and antitrust laws. It was just
last month that the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080716 "SEC blamed the
stock market problems"#> on "false rumors." Conspiring to lower
stock prices is, of course, completely illegal and worthy of the
harshest punishment. But conspiring to keep stock prices up? Well,
that's such a good thing, that it must be ok.
It's thought that one of the reasons for the stock market surge is
that commodity prices have been falling, especially oil prices. Now,
I don't believe that there's been any conspiracy by speculators to
keep commodity prices up, and I don't believe that the current fall
is related to any action (or inaction) by speculators.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right baltic 2
The Baltic Dry Index, which measures the demand for ocean
transportation of dry goods, has been plunging for 18 weeks in a row.
The only reasonable explanation for all this is that demand for many
commodities has been falling, and that seems obviously to be caused
by a slowing of China's economy. This view is supported by the fact
that the Shanghai stock market has falled by over 50% since October,
2007.
In January, 2005, I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 ""China
approaches Civil War,""#> and the reasons given at that time
haven't changed. China has held off peasant unrest by the massive
economic bubble that the country has sustained for many years. If
commodity prices continue to fall, it will probably mean that China's
economy is entering a recession, and this will certain generate many
more peasant demonstrations and result. At some point, one of those
demonstrations will trigger a nationwide rebellion, and a civil war.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080806 Hindu vs Sunni Muslim violence increases sharply in Kashmir and Jammu
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.head
Hindu vs Sunni Muslim violence increases sharply in Kashmir and Jammu
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.date
6-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.txt1
The army in Indian Kashmir opened fire at hundreds of stone-throwing
Hindu protestors
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080806.txt2
on Wednesday, <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/08/06/asia/AS-Kashmir-Shrine-Protests.php
"killing one person."#> Thousands of other Hindu protesters also
clashed with police in other parts of Kashmir and Jammu.
<#inc ww2010.pic india5.gif right "" "Indian subcontinent, showing
the disputed regions of Kashmir and Jammu."#>
This comes as a reaction to a general increase in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080803b "violence by Sunni Islamists"#> (Taliban
and al-Qaeda) in the entire region, including Afghanistan and
northern Pakistan.
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080629 "a previous analysis,"#> we
described the almost total analysis of the Pakistan government. The
paralysis surged in January when a new and totally ineffective
parliament was elected.
The trigger for the violence in Kashmir and Jammu (K+J) was an
incident involving a Hindu shrine last month. Thousands of Muslims
protested against a plan to transfer some land to a Hindu shrine,
leading to violence and clashes with police. India reversed the plan
to transfer the land, and that led to the Hindu demonstrations and
violence.
Indian Prime Minister Manmohan <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article4474203.ece
"Singh met with opposition political leaders"#> to find a way to end the
violence. However, the main opposition party Hindu nationalist
Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), and it has been suggested that BJP
activists have been aiding the Hindu demonstrators in K+J.
Although we haven't discussed it much, India's government is becoming
similarly paralyzed. India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh is still
in power, but he recently came very close to losing a vote of
confidence in the Parliament, after losing some supporters. A
political split over the the violence in K+J would really expose the
paralysis of the Indian government.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massively genocidal war following the 1947 Partition is coming with
absolute certainty. This war will involve numerous ethnic groups,
but underlying it will be Sunni Muslims versus Hindus + Shia Muslims.
=eod
=// &&2 e080803b CIA accuses Pakistan's ISI of aiding in Indian embassy bombing in Kabul
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.head
CIA accuses Pakistan's ISI of aiding in Indian embassy bombing in
Kabul
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.date
3-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.txt1
The level of Afghanistan - Pakistan - India tension has substantially
increased
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803b.txt2
in just the last few days since I wrote my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080730 "lengthy analysis"#> of these three countries.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080802b.jpg left "" "India's Prime Minister Manmohan
Singh (R) and Pakistan's Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani shake hands
at SAARC meeting.
(Source: VOA)"#>
The principal new development is that the US is now <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2008-08-01-voa51.cfm "publicly
accusing Pakistan and its intelligence services"#> of assisting in the
bombing of the Indian embassy in Kabul last month, based on evidence
uncovered by the CIA.
US officials say that they've intercepted communications linking
Taliban militants with agents from Pakistan's Inter-Services
Intelligence (ISI) directorate and with the bombing.
On Saturday, there was a previously scheduled summit meeting of the
South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC). The
meeting was closely watched because the heads of government from
India, Pakistan and Afghanistan would all be present.
Afghan President Hamid Karzai <#stdurl
http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/health/karzai-attacks-pakistan-on-terror-links-at-saarc-summit_10079106.html
"attacked Pakistan harshly"#> for providing safe sanctuary to
terrorists. "It is because of the safe havens and sanctuary which
terrorists are getting in Pakistan, the country lost their great
leader Benazir Bhutto. Terrorism is a result of narrow minded
politics and institutional support."
India made similar accusations through its foreign minister, but
India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and Pakistan's Prime Minister
Yousaf Raza Gilani <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/world/2008-08/02/content_6899312.htm
"shook hands"#> at the SAARC meeting. The two Prime Ministers
<#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5hkOJF8o6CNREypG0Uh3k5rvE_wJA
"agreed to push ahead with the peace process."#>
Nonetheless, relations with Pakistan have taken a sharp downturn in
recent days, even just since my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080730
"recent analysis,"#> for several reasons:
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal2.jpg right "" "Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) form a safe haven for
Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
The CIA evidence of ISI involvement in the bombing of Kabul's
India embassy gives relations a particularly nasty turn. Even worse:
There are rumors that the CIA has evidence of ISI involvement in the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071229 "assassination of Benazir Bhutto."#>
Such evidence, if it materializes, would be explosive. (The charge is
plausible, because Bhutto was a well-known Shia, and the ISI is mostly
populated by Sunni Punjabis.)
The past few days have seen a <#stdurl
http://in.reuters.com/article/domesticNews/idINSP29329320080801
"serious escalation in Pakistan-India fighting"#> across the Line of
Control in Kashmir.
There has also been a <#stdurl
http://www.memri.org/bin/latestnews.cgi?ID=SD200208 "serious
escalation in fighting"#> between the Taliban and Pakistan's security
forces around Peshawar in the NorthWest Frontier Province. It's now
thought possible that the Taliban could soon take complete control of
the NWFP and turn it into a Sunni Sharia state.
The Bush administration has been demanding that Pakistan do much
more to control the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas), but
the Pakistan government can't control either Kashmir or NWFP, let
alone the FATA.
Now that al-Qaeda has been driven out of Iraq, young foreign
fighters from the Arabian peninsula and northern Africa have been
going to the FATA instead, substantially strengthening the terrorist
group. The "al-Qaeda" name has become a world-renowned <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071214 "terrorist brand name"#> for young al-Qaeda
terrorists around the world from southeast Asia through the Mideast to
northern Africa.
Al-Qaeda and Taliban have been increasingly successful in killing
NATO/American forces in Afghanistan using roadside bombs.
Violence in Afghanistan has reached its <#stdurl
http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/ISL257109.htm "worst level
since 2001"#> with more than 260 civilians killed in July alone.
NATO/American forces in Afghanistan are increasingly using
missile attacks to target Taliban/al-Qaeda in the FATA. This is
infuriating the Pakistanis.
Pakistanis are watching as anti-Pakistan rhetoric has entered the
US Presidential campaign. Barack Obama's so-called "antiwar" stance
in Iraq has forced him to compensate by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080725 "becoming increasingly threatening and militaristic"#>
towards Pakistan. In response, <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0730/p08s01-comv.html "John McCain has
also increased"#> his militaristic rhetoric.
All this occurs in the context of economies in the region close to
crisis. Thanks to global doubling of food prices in the last year,
as well as sharp increases in energy prices. These have pushed
millions of people into poverty, and created double-digit inflation
rates in Pakistan, India, and most other countries in Asia. Those
who worry about hyperinflation in America should understand that
hyperinflation is much more likely in other countries.
The Pakistan region is certainly the most dangerous and unstable in
the world right now. An ethnic or sectarian civil war within Pakistan
is very much a possibility, and this would quickly spread to India.
This would draw in the US, India and Russia fighting against Pakistan,
Bangladesh and China. The war could then spread to the Mideast and the
Caucasus.
=eod
=// &&2 e080803 Alan Greenspan calls this a "once in a century" liquidity crisis.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.head
Alan Greenspan calls this a "once in a century"
liquidity crisis.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.date
3-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.txt1
Says that the "big surprise" is the "impressive"
American economy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080803.txt2
holding up rather well.
Here's the first part of <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/25953040
"Alan Greenspan's interview,"#> when he appeared on CNBC on Thursday:
"Well, I think the big surprise at the moment is,
given the extraordinary pressures coming from the financial
sector, that the American economy is holding up rather well,
actually. And indeed if you look in a global context, it's even
more impressive.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080802a.jpg left "" "Former Fed chairman
Alan Greenspan
(Source: CNBC)"#>
One of the reasons, of course, is that fact that
when the crisis began, just about a year ago, the non-financial
corporate sector was in exceptionally good shape.
The balance sheets were such that borrowing requirements were
minimal, and indeed they've weathered, very significantly, much
of what has created huge problems in the financial system, and
only recently are they beginning to feel the pressures.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 3
The problem, unfortunately, is that the financial system has gone
a whole year now -- we've had huge amounts of liquidity engendered
by central banks, and it's getting increasingly evident that this
is a once in a century type of phenomenon.
It is not the standard liquidity crises that we have seen in the
past. It's verging on the issue of solvency, and the reason we
know this is basically we have seen that only when -- For example
in Britain, when Northern Rock was bailed out with sovereign
credit that the system stabilized. And we had a very major
problem prior to the Bear Stearns bailout, but once sovereign
credit was substituted for their credit, that too stabilized.
But, it's very clear from the spreads that we see in Libor, OIS
and credit default swaps for the financials, that we have not
gotten closure yet. And it's going to take a while.
It's essentially, fundamentally the price of homes in the United
States which are of course determining what the equity is in
homes here, and therefore, what the ultimate collateral of the
mortgage-backed securities is, pretty much around the world.
And we're still no where near the bottom of the home price thing,
and we're looking for that as the critical statistic that will
create a balance fundamentally in the economy.
And until then, I hope we can get a sufficiently stable stock
market because there is the fundamental source of capital from
which we get the ability to recapitalize a goodly part of the
financial system, which surely needs it."
At this point, CNBC anchor Maria Bartiromo made a typically CNBC-like
airhead remark: "And that's built on confidence." Like so many other
people, including supposedly brilliant Nobel prize winning economists
and central bankers, Bartiromo believes that fundamentals are
irrelevant to the stock market, and all that matters is that investors
have to just BELIEVE that everything's ok, and thing's will be ok.
Greenspan understands that the problem is much more serious. We're
in a massive deflationary spiral that leaves less money in the world
each day than there was the day before.
And by saying that "this is a once in a century type of phenomenon,"
he's acknowledging that it's comparable to the 1930s Great
Depression, though it's unclear to me whether or not he yet
understands that it's WORSE than the Great Depression.
However, he provides an explanation for one thing that's been puzzling
me: Why has the deflationary spiral affected only financial services
firms? It's true that investment banks and hedge funds were most
heavily invested in near-worthless CDOs and other mortgage backed
securities, but there should have at least a few casualties in other
industries.
He says that non-financial firms have solid balance sheets, and
didn't need to borrow. That's still puzzling, because financial
firms also had solid balance sheets prior to the credit crisis that
began a year ago.
At any rate, he expects other firms to be hit hard now, and we only
have to look at General Motors, whose stock is at 1950s levels and
which is close to bankruptcy, to see what he means.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Second quarter corporate earnings"
Every week or two I post the table of S&P 500 average corporate
earnings growth estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0% Start of quarter
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3% End of quarter
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Jul 25: -17.9%
Aug 1: -20.4%
As you can see, earnings estimates have taken another big hit in the
last week,
A fall in earnings estimates means an increase of price/earnings
ratios estimates. Here's the Friday's version of the graphic that
appears on the bottom of the home page of this web site:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080801.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 1-Aug-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
It now looks as if a new trend has been established. For two years,
investors had been tuning their buy/sell algorithms to maintain
price/earnings ratios (also called "valuations") of almost exactly 18.
But now they've re-tuned their computer software to target valuations
around 21.
This is a startling development, since it means investors are really
brain-dead about what's going on.
But it also means that the stock market is (21/18)-1 = 17% higher
than it would have been if investors hadn't made that algorithmic
adjustment. That is, the Dow Industrials would have been around 9700
if it hadn't been for this adjustment.
I'd have to guess that investors are VERY nervous about this
situation. After living with P/E = 18 for two years, being at P/E =
21 in the current environment would have to be considered very high
risk even by the most oblivious investors.
=inc ww2010.h2 ars "Fraud accusations for UBS and Citibank"
New York Attorney General Andrew Cuomo is about to charge Citibank
(actually, Citigroup Inc.) <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/ousiv/idUKWEN718420080802 "with fraud
related to auction rate securities."#>
Cuomo has already brought the same charges against UBS AG, and as
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080610 "I wrote"#> last month, there's a
"smoking gun" memo that provides solid evidence.
The banks are charged with having "repeatedly and persistently
committed fraud" by falsely representing to customers that
auction-rate debt was safe, liquid and the equivalent of cash.
(For a discussion of the hare-brained auction rate securities scheme,
see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 ""Investment bank UBS is now
'writing down' clients' auction rate securities.""#>)
As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080620 "said many times,"#> there's
no doubt that massive fraud has occurred on Wall Street because of
the circumstantial evidence.
The banks, ratings agencies and bond insurers who all colluded to
give AAA ratings to near-worthless CDOs and other mortgage-backed
securities might claim that they didn't realize what would happen in
2002, or 2003, or 2004, or 2005, or perhaps even 2006. But there can
be no question that they knew, or should have known, in 2007 that
their valuation models were broken. And yet, the rate of abuses
actually INCREASED in 2007.
In fact, I would argue that by the time 2007 came around, financial
professionals no longer even cared about their investors or about
honesty or about who got screwed. If you look at all the actions and
statements by financial executives in 2007, vastly many of which have
turned out to be disastrously wrong, you can see that they all had
one and only one purpose: Preserving their fat bonuses, fees and
commissions, irrespective of honesty or professionalism.
The accusations of fraud directed at Citi and UBS are related to
auction rate securities, but we should expect to see many more such
accusations, related to ARSs and also to mortgage-backed CDOs and
other securities.
=inc ww2010.h2 post "Accounting rule postponed a year"
Banks accused of fraud may have the perfect defense: "The regulators
told me to commit fraud."
That's the gist of a <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121745512133798467.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"a rule change by the Financial Accounting Standards Board"#> that
would postpone for one year a rule that would require banks to
declare worthless assets more quickly.
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080731 "we discussed recently"#> with
regard to the latest of Merrill Lynch's repeated asset writedowns,
financial institutions have been postponing as long as possible
having to admit that they have near-worthless assets in their
portfolios. Not admitting it is fraud, because investors in the bank
are fooled into thinking that the bank is worth more than it actually
is worth.
But fraud should be perfectly ok if everyone is doing it, and if
government officials tell you to do it, shouldn't it?
The FASB rule change says that it's perfectly ok to continue
perpetrating fraud for another year.
That should give Citi and UBS a perfect defense - the regulators are
urging banks to continue committing fraud. Quite honestly, I don't
see what possible justification Cuomo has for charging Citi and UBS
with fraud, when fraud is the current standard. Why should they be
singled out for selective prosecution when everybody's doing the same
thing and regulators are encouraging everyone to do the same thing.
It's especially ironic that Cuomo is the attorney general of New
York.
It was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080208 "New York Insurance
Superintendent Eric Dinallo"#> who spent several months earlier this
year helping the banks and "monoline" bond insurance to collude to
commit fraud. One of the major banks involved was Citi.
Now how on earth could Citi possibly be guilty in New York of any
similar fraud, if the New York Insurance Superintendent was openly and
publicly helping Citi to conspire to commit fraud. Shouldn't Dinallo
himself be charged with conspiring to commit fraud? There's hardly
any doubt that he did it -- just read any business newspaper in
February or March and see for yourself.
And, not surprisingly, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601009&sid=a4O4VjK.fX5Q&
"Citi was the major proponent"#> of postponing the FASB rule, so that
they could continue to mislead investors about the value of their
portfolio.
And the people on CNBC wonder why bankers no longer have any
credibility!
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080801b CNBC's Jim Cramer announces that the market has hit bottom.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.head
CNBC's Jim Cramer announces that the market has hit bottom.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.date
1-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.txt1
Pushing toy stuffed bears through a meat slicer,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801b.txt2
the screaming, peripatetic CNBC anchor <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/25932873 "Jim Cramer declared"#> that he "had
unbelievable guts to call a bottom," and said:
"I am indeed sticking my neck out right here,
right now, declaring emphatically that I believe the market will
not revisit the panicked lows it hit on July 15. and I think
anyone out there who’s waiting for that low to be breached is in
for a big disappointment and [they’re] missing a great deal of
upside.
Stop waiting, [and] buy the next dip because I think it might be
the last big one."
If you have a few minutes, listen to it yourself:
The first thing to note is that the reasons he gives are all based on
data for the last few days. That data could all change in the next
few days. People like Cramer believe that "history always begins
this morning," and that's why they always get things wrong.
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080731 "analysis by Oppenheimer's
Meredith Whitney"#> predicting imminent meltdown of over 25 financial
institutions at least uses 6-12 months of data.
And the analyses that I've been posting on this web site since 2003
all use decades of data. That's why they always turn out right.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about
these predictions.)
But for Cramer, a couple of days is all you need.
Let's take a look at some of the reasons he gives for a bottom:
"One is that the negativity is so bad we might be at the
point of total capitulation. The investors Intelligence Survey
reported a 30% bull-50% bear ratio. Fifty percent bearish! Who’s
left to sell? That kind of despair and disbelief has historically
been a sign, Cramer said, that the darkest part of night was
ending and dawn was near."
Do you get this? People he's talked to don't believe him.
Therefore, he must be right.
"Then there were the power moves yesterday by Merrill Lynch ,
whose newly issued stock is up more than 10% from its offering
price. Merrill showed the rest of the banks that they, too, can
unload all that bad paper, the CDOs, and cut a deal with the bond
issuers to repair a much-damaged, and very important, business
relationship. Now Lehman Brothers Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc ,
Citigroup Citigroup Inc and Wachovia Wachovia Corp can follow
suit."
In other words, every other bank can just follow Merrill's
example. Merrill is all right, since its stock went up for one
day(!!), and so every other bank would be OK.
Is there anyone except Cramer who doesn't see the flaw in this
reasoning? Even assuming that what Merrill did really worked,
the reason it worked is because they were the first. As other
banks join the fray, we can expect to see <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080731 "panicked selling,"#> so the other banks will get far less
than 22% of the nominal value of their assets.
"Also, plenty of companies have proved through recent
earnings reports that they’ve been able to handle the commodity
inflation that plagued the market for so long. How’d they do it?
Price increases. And now that raw costs have come down, Cramer’s
expecting a load of upside surprises because those price increases
will stay put. (Cramer said the decline in gold just serves to
verify the commodities crash.)"
Cramer is assuming that since the price of oil came down for a
few days, that the price of oil will continue to fall! He assumes
that oil will come down to below $110 per barrel, and he calls
that a "commodities crash." Others are predicting that oil will
spike to $200 per barrel. We'll see.
"The last piece of the puzzle is the housing bailout
President Bush signed into law this morning. Bank of America ,
Wells Fargo Wells Fargo & Co and all the other major banks can now
sell their bad mortgages to the Federal Housing Authority for 80
cents on the dollar. And despite what you think, that’s actually a
mark up, not a mark down, compared to what they’d be worth if the
FHA didn’t step in."
I don't know the details of this housing bill, but I do know that
there are trillions of dollars of "bad mortgages," and the number
is growing all the time as housing prices fall further. We'll
have to see how this one works out.
"Cramer’s predicting the rally continues Thursday thanks to
great after-the-bell earnings from The Walt Disney Co. and First
Solar First Solar Inc . And who knows what could happen after
Mastercard reports in the morning. “My bottom call isn’t gutsy,”
Cramer said. “I think it’s just a smart call that all the evidence
points toward.” “Bye, bye bear market,” he said. “Say hello to the
bull and don’t let the door hit you on the way out.”"
=inc ww2010.pic g080731a.gif right "" "Market summary, July 29-31, 2008"
Well, the last prediction is already wrong, as the market indexes were
sharply lower on Thursday.
So we can assume that Cramer's whole "call bottom" thing is a
colorful publicity stunt, with no rational justification whatsoever.
If you've been depending on Cramer to provide investment advice, you
might be better off flipping a coin.
=inc ww2010.h2 why "Why there won't be a rally"
Every few weeks, I post the reasons why a stock market rally is
almost impossible, and today is a good day to do so again. This is
the same argument that I've been using since 2003; only the data has
been updated, and the details have changed. Regular readers may wish
to switch to another blog.
First, and most important, corporate earnings keep falling. During
the bubble they were way above the historic average, and now the Law
of Mean Reversion is kicking in, and they'll be way below average for
a long time.
Every week or two I post the table of S&P 500 average corporate
earnings growth estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings growth estimate as of that date
------- -------------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0% Start of quarter
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3% End of quarter
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Jul 25: -17.9%
Jul 28: -17.8% Mon
Jul 29: -17.9% Tue
Jul 30: -17.9% Wed
Jul 31: -18.0% Thu
If earnings fall, then either stock prices have to fall, or
price/earnings ratios have to rise.
As usual, a fall in earnings estimates means an increase of
price/earnings ratios estimates. Here's the last Friday's version of
the graphic that appears on the bottom of the home page of this web
site:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080725.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 25-July-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
Price/earnings ratios have been astronomically high since 1995, and by
the Law of Mean Reversion, they'll have to be far below average (well
below 10) for an equivalent amount of time.
As you can see from the steadiness of P/E ratios (also called
"valuations") since 2005, investors followed a formulaic strategy that
kept the ratio at 18 for over two years. In March, P/E ratios jumped
to a stratospheric level of around 22-23, and in the last month, the
index has fallen to 21.
Putting these earnings and P/E figures together, in order for a rally
to occur, investors would have to be willing to push valuations back
up to 23 or 24.
Now, I'll admit that I was surprised when they went up to 23 after
the March crisis, but it's hard for me to believe that investors are
going to do that again. But this is the crux of the argument, and if
you believe that institutional investors will do that, then you
should expect a rally, and you should follow Jim Cramer's advice and
buy, buy, buy. But I don't think that will happen.
In fact, I think it's more likely that P/E ratios will fall again to
18, which means that stock prices will fall at least another 10-15%
for where they are today.
And if <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080731 "Oppenheimer analyst Meredith
Whitney's prediction"#> that 25 financial institutions will melt down
in the next two months, the plunge could go a lot deeper.
As I've been saying hundreds of times since 2002, the stock market is
overpriced by a factor of more than 200%, as I described in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market,""#> indicating that we're entering a new
1930s style Great Depression. In 2002 I had no idea what scenario we
would follow to reach that point, but the end result has always been
certain with 100% probability.
Here's the first graph that I used in that article:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
The historic average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing
earnings) is about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged
around 25, creating a huge bubble. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the
price/earnings ratio will fall well below 10 for a dozen years or so.
You can see that it's poised to fall quickly in the near future,
leading to a stock market crash.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080801 Depression-era chic: in fashions, what's old is new again.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.head
Depression-era chic: in fashions, what's old is new again.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0808
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.date
1-Aug-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.txt1
Even in a depression, women still want interesting clothing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080801.txt2
A thoughtful web site reader referred me to <#stdurl
http://www.nypost.com/seven/07282008/news/regionalnews/a_touch_of_crash_121893.htm
"this New York Post article:"#>
"Taking a cue from the grim economy, this fall's
fashions at Banana Republic, Gap and H&M are featuring a
distinctly Depression-era trend of cloche hats, pencil skirts,
conductor caps and baggy, vintage-style dresses.
One of the most popular styles appears to hark back to the
impish, newsboy getup of the 1930s: baggy trousers, caps,
pinstriped vests, oxford lace-up shoes and utilitarian handbags.
"We associate the newsboy look with urban poverty - street kids of
the 1930s," said Daniel James Cole, a professor at the Fashion
Institute of Technology.
"Given that we're in an unstable economy and an uncertain
political landscape, it's possible that a retro style has come
back as a way to connect with our heritage."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080731b.jpg center "" "Lower east sider Renee Finn
(left) eyes up a '30s-style hat at a Midtown Gap, while model Megan
(right) looks ready to peddle some newspapers in the Financial
District.
(Source: NY Post)"#>
=eod
=// &&2 e080731 Oppenheimer's Meredith Whitney predicts imminent meltdown of over 25 financial institutions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.head
Oppenheimer's Meredith Whitney predicts imminent meltdown of over
25 financial institutions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.date
31-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.txt1
The new Merrill Lynch asset writedowns are triggering a race to the
bottom.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080731.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080730a.jpg left "" "Meredith Whitney, director
of equity research at Oppenheimer
(Source: CNBC)"#>
In March, Meredith Whitney, Oppenheimer's executive director of
equity research, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328 "appearing on
CNBC,"#> said that banks have been trying to avoid having to write
down their assets for as long as they can avoid it. But the longer
they wait, the worse it is, because the mortgage-backed assets keep
falling as time goes on.
Whitney went much farther -- she predicted a full-scale panic when
banks finally are forced to mark these assets down. Because the
market will be loaded down with these securities from all sorts of
financial institutions, they really will be almost worthless.
Last Friday, National Australia Bank marked its CDOs down to 10% of
their original nominal value. In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080728
"writing about this markdown,"#> I noted that the extraordinary size
of the writedown might be the trigger that launches this panic.
On Monday, <#stdurl
http://biz.yahoo.com/bw/080728/20080728006329.html?.v=1 "Merrill Lynch
announced a large writedown of its CDOs"#> to 22% of a portion of
their CDO portfolio, originally valued at $30.1 billion, to $6.7
billion. They had already been written down to $11.1 billion during
the second quarter, so Monday's action represents an additional $4.4
billion writedown.
On Wednesday, Whitney appeared again on CNBC, and indicated that she
feels that her March prediction is in progress. In answer to the
question, "Who's next?", she answered:
"It's all the guys who got into bed with these
housing related assets, so it's Citi, UBS -- Merrill has taken
its writedown, but Citi and UBS have the greatest exposures --
Bank of America has some exposures to a lesser degree.
I think that Wachovia, not with the same exposures, will be in
the market soon. ...
Look, these institutions are not alone, because everyone was
involved in mortgages.
You know it's interesting ... how much of Wall Street banking
revenues really gravitated towards the mortgage market. I mean
these were lopsided business models. And because they're so
levered in the mortgage market, they have so much downside to the
mortgage market. And so I think we're going to see '25 plus'
institutions come back for capital inside of the next two
months."
These '25 plus' institutions, beginning with Citi and UBS, will be
coming to the capital markets within the next two months because
they'll be forced to write down their assets that are similar to
those held by Merrill.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080730c.jpg right "" "Meredith Whitney, director
of equity research at Oppenheimer
(Source: CNBC)"#>
When asked whether Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. would even survive,
she answered as follows, grinning:
"Ummm .... I-i-i-i ... I-i-i-i .... ummm .... I
think ... ummm ... I don't know. I don't know."
Ummmmm, I think we get the message. Lehman Brothers is now the
smallest Wall Street investment bank, ever since Bear Stearns
collapsed in March, and investors have been fearing a collapse ever
since.
When asked whether we've seen the worst of the credit crisis, she
answered as follows:
"I keep saying that we're less than 50% of the way
done, and it seems we've been at less than 50% for a really long
time. But what you know is that, capital today -- all the capital
that has been raised, hundreds of billions of dollars of capital,
has just plugged holes.
And the valuations and the assumptions that companies are using
and carrying assets, are still unrealistic.
The central root of all this issue is housing prices. House
prices continue to decline, and these assets are valued at really
aspirational values, so you're going to continue to be
writedowns, capital will continue to be raised, recapitalizations
by so many of the financial institutions, and the whole notion of
equity is really designed to fund growth. This equity is just
plugging holes. It's not funding any growth. And as a result,
there's less and less lending available. And that means that
there's more and more strain on businesses, and more and more
strain on the consumer."
Once again, Whitney is not directly answering the question, but she's
sending the message that there's much worse to come.
=inc ww2010.h2 motive "Merrill Lynch's motives"
The appearance of a panicked sale was described earlier in the day by
CNBC reporter Charlie Gasparino, who said the following about the
Merrill Lynch deal:
"I want to say this. There was no funding crisis
at Merrill Lynch, from what I understand. The stock went down 10%
on Monday, because there was all this talk about a possible
funding crisis - that wasn't true.
But what was going on, and what has been going on recently, not
just Monday, is growing trepidation among institutional clients
about this continued drip of bad news. You put both of those
things together, and from what I understand, sometime late last
week, they just decided, let's pull the trigger.
They had this hedge fund, this Lone Star fund, willing to do the
deal. They thought, OK, this is not the best deal -- this is
heavily financed, there's a lot of bells and whistles to this, but
we have the firm that's ready to do it, we could be the first out
of the box.
I think one of the things that Merrill was worried about - was
that if they weren't first out of the box, if they have to compete
for selling this stuff with maybe a Lehman Brothers or a Citi,
which holds similar assets, they wouldn't get as good a deal.
So they decided -- and from what I understand they worked the
entire weekend -- to pull the trigger, and they got it
done."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080730f.jpg right "" "CNBC's Charlie Gasparino
(Source: CNBC)"#>
There are a couple of interesting things about this statement.
The first is that it indicates that panicked selling was in play.
Panicked selling occurs when people sell as quickly as possible,
because they fear that prices are going to go even lower. That's
what happens in a stock market crash, and Gasparino is describing it
here in Merrill's case.
The second issue is one that nobody ever seems to mention these days
(except of course for me on this web site).
Question: What's missing from the reasons reported by Gasparino
for wanting to get the writedown out of the way?
Answer: What's missing is the reason that they should have
written down these assets right away because it's the honest thing to
do.
For those who aren't aware of it, banks are required to "mark to
market" their assets, so that there assets are always valuated at the
best possible price. There's no market for the CDOs, but there have
been enough writedowns in the last few months so that it should be
possible to determine that substantial writedowns must occur. Not
doing so is fraud, because investors in the bank are fooled into
thinking that the bank is worth more than it actually is worth. But
let's face it. Fraud is OK these days because everybody is doing it,
and because government officials are actively encouraging banks to do
it.
=inc ww2010.h2 cred "John Thain's credibility"
<#inc ww2010.pic g080730e.gif left "" "Merrill Lynch writedowns
(Source: econompicdata.blogspot.com)"#>
What did John Thain know, and when did he know it?
That's the question being asked by a lot of bloggers this week,
referring to John Thain, the CEO of Merrill Lynch.
There have been a lot of writedowns, as the adjoining diagram shows.
Each time a writedown occurs, there's a big announcement, and a
promise that there won't be any more.
Here's how <#stdurl
http://econompicdata.blogspot.com/2008/07/merrill-write-downs-to-date.html
"the EconomPicData blog describes"#> the situation:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080730d.jpg right "" "Merrill Lynch CEO John Thain
meets Minnie Mouse
(Source: ftalphaville.ft.com)"#>
October 5th, 2007: $5B: Merrill Lynch's chairman and chief
executive, Stan O'Neal, said market conditions have shown
improvement recently and are returning to more normal
levels.
October 24th, 2007: Revised to $7.9B: "In light of difficult
credit markets and additional analysis by management during our
quarter-end closing process, we re-examined our remaining CDO
positions with more conservative assumptions," he said in a
statement. "The result is a larger write-down of these assets than
initially anticipated."
January 17th, 2008: Another $11.5B: Calling the results
"clearly unacceptable," newly minted Chief Executive John Thain
said he was nevertheless encouraged by the company's recent steps
to strengthen its cash position. "Over the last few weeks we have
substantially strengthened the firm's liquidity and balance
sheet," Thain said
April 17th, 2008: Throw in $6.6B: "Despite this quarter's
loss, Merrill Lynch's underlying businesses produced solid results
in a difficult market environment," Chairman and CEO John Thain
said in a company statement.
July 18th, 2008: What’s another $9.4B: "So the strength of the
core franchise, very liquid and reducing risky assets, and
shrinking our balance sheet. Next point I want to make is that in
spite of this loss for the quarter we likely have in our last two
quarters more then replaced the capital that we’ve lost. So at the
end of the first quarter we replaced the capital that we lost, at
the end of the year we more then replaced the capital that we
lost", Chairman and CEO John Thain in Merrill Lynch's earnings
call transcript.
July 28th, 2008: And another $5.7B: John A. Thain, who has
struggled to turn Merrill around since becoming chief executive in
December, said the sale of the worrisome investments, known as
collateralized debt obligations, or C.D.O.’s, was “a significant
milestone in our risk reduction efforts.”
On the other hand, there's <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/ousiv/idUSN2930358920080729 "a Reuters
article"#> that says that Thain's credibility survives:
"Merrill Lynch & Co Inc's ... perennially
optimistic chief executive has made something of a habit of
promising not to issue common shares, only to raise capital weeks
later.
So far, though, investors seem to be cutting him a fair amount of
slack. In fact on Tuesday after John Thain's latest about-face,
Merrill's shares rose 7.9 percent.
But patience for the former Goldman Sachs and NYSE executive's
flip flops may wear thin, critics said.
"This may be the last time, or you could see more writedowns. You
just don't know," said Jim Huguet, co-chief executive at fund
manager Great Companies.
Merrill Lynch said on Monday it was raising $8.5 billion capital
after agreeing to sell toxic debt assets at a loss.
The share sale comes less than two weeks after Thain said on a
conference call with investors, "Right now, we believe we are in
a very comfortable spot in terms of our capital."
Thain has been making positive statements about the bank's capital
for months. In an April interview with Japan's Nihon Keizai
Shimbun, Thain said, "The goal is to maintain our current ratings.
No more capital raising; I'm sure we have enough capital."
I really have to laugh at this. How many flip-flops does a CEO have
to make before his credibility "wears thin" enough to be un-credible?
If Thain or any of these CEOs at least made a gesture to their
fiduciary, ethical and legal duties, by saying something like, "We
wrote down these assets for many reasons, one of which is that we owe
our investors and the public the truth" -- if one of them ever said
something like that, I'd be so shocked, I might actually believe him.
But these guys are exhibiting no ethics whatsoever. If they ever
tell the truth, it's because they have no choice or because they're
trapped or because they accidentally stumble into it.
For a lengthier discussion of (lack of) ethics, read, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080620 ""'Operation Malicious Mortgage'
indicts 406 people including Bear Stearns execs.""#>
=eod
=// &&2 e080730 India is on high alert as synchronized bombs strike two cities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.head
India is on high alert as synchronized bombs strike two cities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.date
30-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.txt1
Relations between India and Pakistan are coming under increased
strain
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080730.txt2
after terrorist bomb attacks in cities in India on Friday and
Saturday.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080727b.jpg right "" "India: Explosions strike
Bangalore on Friday, Ahmadabad on Saturday
(Source: Pakistan Daily Times)"#>
46 people were killed in the two attacks. The southern city of
Bangalore, a major Indian information technology (IT) hub was struck
on Friday.
On Saturday the city of Ahmedabad, near the Pakistan border, was
struck by an extremely sophisticated series of 17 synchronized bombs.
The first group of bombs exploded in a crowded marketplace, and the
second group exploded half an hour later at the crowded emergency
rooms of two nearby hospitals.
A little known group calling itself "Indian Mujahideen" <#stdurl
http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2008\07\27\story_27-7-2008_pg1_4
"has claimed credit"#> for the Ahmedabad bombings.
Although Indian Mujahideen is not a known terrorist group, it's
thought to be linked to one or all of the following:
the Students Islamic Movement of India (Simi), an Indian youth
group claiming the goal of converting all of India to Muslim Sharia
law.
The Pakistan-based group Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), a Kashmir
separatist group, claiming the goal of reuniting the
Indian-controlled portions of Kashmir and Jammu provinces with
Pakistan; and
Harkat-ul-Jihad-al-Islami (HuJI), a jihadist group based in
Bangladesh.
Many Indian analysts suspect the hand of Pakistani groups in these
and other terrorist bombings in India, and <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0728/p04s01-wosc.html "possibly even
Pakistan's government itself."#> According to one analyst, "The way in
which the attack in Ahmedabad took place – the multiplicity of the
bombs and the way in which they were coordinated – suggests a level of
expertise not yet associated with any Indian group. It is reasonable
to say this group has benefited from external involvement."
In fact, there's a kind of "attitudinal imbalance" on the
Kashmir/Jammu issue between Pakistan and India; namely, India is
satisfied with the status quo, and Pakistan isn't.
=inc ww2010.h2 kj "Kashmir and Jammu"
<#inc ww2010.pic india5.gif left "" "Indian subcontinent, showing the
disputed regions of Kashmir and Jammu."#>
Kashmir+Jammu (K+J) is an overwhelmingly Muslim area, but has been
disputed by both Pakistan and India since <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071112 "Partition occurred in 1947."#> At that time, the Indian
subcontinent was partitioned into two nations, India and Pakistan,
but Partition led immediately to a massively bloody genocidal crisis
war between Muslims and Hindus. K+J itself was partitioned by a
boundary known as the "Line of Control," but the status was never
settled.
In the years after Partition, it was the objective of both countries
to gain control of all of K+J. The Pakistanis claimed that it should
be Pakistani because the population was mostly Muslim, while the
Indians claimed it should be Indian for historical reasons.
The 1971 war between India and Pakistan changed things somewhat.
(Aside: Prior to 1971, Bangladesh was part of Pakistan, and was known
as East Pakistan. As a British colony, it was known as Bengal. The
1947 Partition also partitioned Bengal into (and here it's a bit
confusing) West Bengal, which became the easternmost
part of India, and East Bengal, which became East Pakistan.
The 1971 Pakistan-India was a non-crisis war in the east, between
Pakistan and India, but Bengal was always on a different generational
timeline, and the 1971 war was a generational crisis war for that
region. One consequence was that East Pakistan broke away from
Pakistan and became Bangladesh.)
Part of the agreement that ended the 1971 war was that the Line of
Control would become a permanent international boundary, according to
D. Suba Chandran in <#stdurl
http://www.acdis.uiuc.edu/Research/Kashmir/Kashmir.shtml "The Future
of Kashmir."#> In the aftermath, that was satisfactory to India, but
not to Pakistan, which insisted that the J+M people should determine
control of the entire regions.
Things came to a head in May 1998 with the <#stdurl
http://www.acdis.uiuc.edu/Research/OPs/Chandran/contents/chapter2.html
"Kargil conflict,"#> which was launched by Pakistan to gain some
territory. (Kargil is a district within Kashmir.) An additional
objective was to "internationalize" the conflict, gaining
international sympathy for Pakistan's desire for a vote by the K+J
people. The result was a humiliating defeat for Pakistan.
The Kargil conflict was launched just after Pakistan and India had
signed, in February 1998, the Lahore Declaration, a peace agreement
that provided a framework for resolving the K+J disputes. The
agreement turned out to be meaningless, and so one byproduct of the
Kargil conflict was that Indians are immediately suspicious of
Pakistani involvement in any terrorist act. This suspicion usually
focuses on Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency.
The suspicion applies to Afghanistan as well. Earlier this month, a
suicide bomber drove a car into crowds of people outside <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/kabul-suicide-bomber-kills-41-in-worst-attack-since-fall-of-taliban-862060.html
"the Indian embassy in Kabul."#> Afghan president Hamid Karzai said
that "outsiders" wanted to "damage good relations between Afghanistan
and India." There is no doubt that he was referring to Pakistan's
ISI. Pakistan has denied the charges, but Karzai canceled <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/news/asia/2008/07/20087158031534803.html
"a series of planned meetings"#> with Pakistan whose purpose had been
to reduce tension.
=inc ww2010.h2 shia "Sunni vs Shia"
Almost all contemporary analyses of the relationship between Pakistan
and India refer to it mainly as a conflict between Muslims versus
Hindus.
Actually, the truth is quite different, as I've discovered doing this
research. In fact, it's much more accurate to say that it's Sunni
Muslims versus Hindus and Shia Muslims.
Pakistan claims the entire K+J region, and points out that the
partitioning of Kashmir supposed to be temporary, and that the UN
Security Council mandated an election in 1951 to permit Kashmiri
self-determination. That election has never been held.
What is becoming increasingly significant, as illustrated by the
latest wave of bombings in India, is that the various Muslim groups
dissatisfied with the status quo in Kashmir are increasingly
linking up and working with one another.
For years, the conflict in Kashmir has been a proxy for the larger
conflict between Pakistan and India (i.e., between Muslims and
Hindus). However, it's increasingly the case that militant Taliban
terrorists now see the war in Afghanistan as an even more effective
proxy for the Pak-Indian conflict, with the additional advantage of
involving the United States and NATO. This became most apparent on
July 7 when a car bomb exploded in front of the Indian embassy in
Kabul, killing dozens.
When we talk about the Pak-Indian conflict as being between Muslims
and Hindus, that's not the whole story. The Taliban, al-Qaeda, and
the various terrorist organizations (SIMI, Lashkar, JuNI) are all
Sunni terrorist organizations.
There's a "politically correct" tendency at this point in a
generational Crisis era to assume that ethnic and religious
differences really don't matter the way they used to. Thus,
Palestinians and Israelis could live side by side in two states in
the Mideast; the English and the French really can live together in a
European Union; and Sunni and Shia Muslims are just two sides of the
same Muslim coin.
Sometimes this belief leads to total craziness, as when Iranian
leader Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, whose Shia Muslim beliefs are deep and
mystical, arranges to give money to terrorist Sunni organizations
like Hamas. His fantasy is that one day Iran will have hegemony over
all Muslims, Sunni and Shia, throughout the Mideast - a concept as
bizarre as Napoleon's belief that he could have ruled all of Europe,
or Hitler's belief that he could have ruled the world.
If you're trying to figure out what's going on in the world, you're
much more likely to be right if you assume that Sunni/Shia hatred
runs very deep, and that Sunni/Hindu hatred also runs very deep. And
when leaders of Sunni terrorist groups like al-Qaeda and the Taliban
refer to "infidels," they aren't just talking about Christians and
Jews -- they're also talking about Shiites, whom they consider to be
"not Muslim."
(As an aside, Iraq has been an exception, as I've described many
times. Sunni/Shia differences in Iraq run deep, but in their last
two crisis wars, the Great Iraqi Revolution of 1920 and the Iran/Iraq
war of the 1980s, Iraqi nationalism united the Iraqis, trumping the
Sunni/Shia differences.)
Sunni/Shia differences do run very deep in Pakistan and Afghanistan,
despite attempts by politically correct political leaders to pretend
that they don't exist. A bizarre example of this is the
assassination of Benazir Bhutto. When I was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071229 "trying to analyze"#> the consequences of the assassination
right after it happened, I read dozens of news articles, and I don't
recall that a single one mentioned that Bhutto came from a well-known
Shia Muslim family, which she did.
The Sunni terrorist group Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP or Taliban
Movement of Pakistan), has taken credit for the assassination of
Bhutto. There may be many reasons why TTP wanted to assassinate
Bhutto -- her links with the West are always given as a major reason
-- but Sunni hatred for Shias is certainly at the top of the list.
Shia militancy began to increase following Iran's Islamic Revolution
in 1979, and <#stdurl
http://www.satp.org/satporgtp/countries/pakistan/terroristoutfits/Ssp.htm
"this led to the creation"#> of Sipah-e-Sahaba Pakistan (SSP), an
anti-Shia Sunni terrorist group. That gave rise to Sipah-e-Muhammad
Pakistan (SMP), a Shia terrorist group.
=inc ww2010.h2 northern "The Taliban versus the Northern Alliance"
People with memories may recall than when the Afghanistan war began
after 9/11, it was a battle between the Taliban and the Northern
Alliance. For a lot of people (including me), it wasn't clear what
either of these groups were, except that the Taliban was harboring
Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda terrorists.
It's now possible to clarify the nature of these groups, starting
with the following map, which I've modified from a <#stdurl
http://www.columbia.edu/itc/mealac/pritchett/00maplinks/overview/ethnicmaps/pakistan_ethnic_PC.jpg
"map at columbia.edu"#>:
=inc ww2010.pic paketh.jpg center "" "Afghan-Pak-India ethnic map"
Let's touch on a few features of the above map:
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
The Punjabis (shown in brown) occupy eastern Pakistan and
western India. After Partition, the Hindus and Sikhs went to India,
and the Muslims went to Pakistan. The Punjabis in Pakistan are
mostly Sunni, but there are substantial Shia enclaves.
The Pashtuns (shown in green) occupy parts of Kashmir+Jammu in
Pakistan, as well as the Northwest Frontier Province (NWFP) and the
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). They occupy all of
central Afghanistan, and make up half the population of Afghanistan.
They are all Sunni Muslim. The Taliban are a Sunni Muslim terrorist
group drawn entirely from the Pashtuns. The Taliban have linked up
with al-Qaeda -- Arab Sunni terrorists pouring in from Saudi Arabia,
Jordan and North Africa. Al-Qaeda and the Taliban now have a safe
have in the FATA, from which they can launch terrorist attacks into
both Afghanistan and Pakistan.
The Hazaras are the largest of several Shia Muslim ethnic groups
in northern Afghanistan. They are linked to Iran.
The "Northern Alliance" consists of the Hazaras and other Shia
Muslim groups, combined with ethnic Turkmen, Uzbeks and Tajiks. (Note
the locations of Turmenistan, Uzbekistan and Tajikistan are noted on
the ethnic map, just north of Afghanistan.)
Recall that the Soviets invaded Afghanistan in the 1980s. That war
was largely fought by the Soviets versus the Pashtuns, with the US
supporting the Pashtuns against the Soviets. At that time,
Turmenistan, Uzbekistan and Tajikistan did not exist, but were part
of the Soviet Union.
<#inc ww2010.pic paktribal.jpg left "" "Pakistan's
Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) form a safe haven for
Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists.
(Source: cfr.org)"#>
After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, the ethnic groups in
Afghanistan realigned. In the massive, bloody Afghan civil war that
followed from 1992 to 1996, many Uzbek and Tajik fighters continued
with the Northern Alliance, but many Sunnis joined up with the
Pashtuns and the Taliban. The Taliban ruled Afghanistan until 9/11,
when the Afghan war began and the Taliban were defeated.
Today, the Pakistan FATA region has to be considered the terrorism
center of the world, thanks to the <#stdurl
http://www.cfr.org/publication/16782/as_afghanistan_roils_pakistan_draws_heat.html
"safe haven provided to Taliban and al-Qaeda terrorists."#>
The FATA region provides for terrorist training camps for terrorists
who act within both Afghanistan and Pakistan. The "al-Qaeda" name
has become <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214 "a brand name"#> for young
al-Qaeda terrorists around the world from southeast Asia through the
Mideast to northern Africa.
=inc ww2010.h2 ind "India vs Pakistan in Afghanistan"
When we talk about the conflict between Pakistan and India, we
usually refer to it as Muslim versus Hindu (and Sikh). Actually,
it's Sunni Muslim versus Hindu (and Sikh).
Hindus have a long historical relationship with Shia Muslims and, in
fact, some histories show that a large Hindu family <#stdurl
http://smma59.wordpress.com/2007/09/19/brahmins-fought-for-imam-hussain-in-the-battle-of-karbala/
"fought with the Persian Shias versus the Sunnis"#> in the seminal
battle of Karbala that created the Sunni/Shia split in 680 AD.
India sided with the Soviets in the 1980s Afghan war, with the result
that India lost all influence in Afghanistan when the Taliban took
over in 1996. However, after 9/11 and the defeat of the Taliban,
India <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/4187654.stm "has
worked hard"#> to regain influence in Afghanistan, providing more than
$500 million in assistance to Afghanistan.
For India, Afghanistan is an important strategic relationship, since
it provides a link to the Shia Muslim community and Iran. In
particular, India and Iran are proposing to build an the
Iran–Pakistan–India (IPI) gas pipeline, although the US considers
this proposal to be <#stdurl
http://www.heritage.org/Research/AsiaandthePacific/bg2139es.cfm "a
security risk to US interests."#>
For Pakistan, India's increasing involvement in Afghanistan is
somewhat threatening. Pakistan increasingly feels surrounded by its
former (and future) enemy, India. Relations between the Afghan and
Pakistan governments are becoming increasingly hostile. India and
Afghanistan are blaming numerous terrorist attacks in their countries
on Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency.
For its part, <#stdurl http://www.debka.org/headline.php?hid=5473
"Pakistan is accusing"#> India's Research and Analysis Wing (RAW) and
Israel’s Mossad of working together to plan terrorist attacks within
Pakistan. (To make clear what we're talking about, ISI, RAW and
Mossad are all intelligence agencies, like the CIA in America, or
Britain's MI5.)
=inc ww2010.h2 summ "Summary: The gathering storm"
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080721 "a previous article,"#> I promised
to do a complete analysis of the Afghan war. With this article, we're
about 2/3 of the way there.
What we see is a "gathering storm" of increasing tension and conflict
in the entire region.
Basically, the Sunni terrorists (Taliban and al-Qaeda) are
succeeding. They see the 1979 Iranian Shia Islamic Revolution as a
model for achieving a Sunni Sharia state in Pakistan by precipitating
a massive war (revolution).
Ironically, the success of the American forces in driving al-Qaeda in
Iraq out of Iraq has made Afghanistan and Pakistan far more dangerous
than they were. Thanks to the Anbar Awakening in Iraq, al-Qaeda had
no safe haven, and was eventually driven out by Iraq's own Sunnis.
This has caused a strategy change for al-Qaeda. The safe havens in
Pakistan's FATA give al-Qaeda the perfect home from which to pursue
their objectives.
One result is that foreign fighters -- Sunni terrorists from Arab
countries and North Africa -- have been <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/07/10/world/asia/10terror.html?_r=2&ref=world&oref=slogin&oref=slogin
"traveling to FATA and Afghanistan"#> to fight the jihad. This
is making al-Qaeda a much more powerful fighting force, and they're
becoming far more successful than they ever were in Iraq.
By linking up with the Taliban, al-Qaeda can provide guidance
to Sunni terrorist groups in Kashmir and India. In India, the recent
multi-city synchronized bomb attacks have put the entire country on
high alert, and keeps much of the urban population anxious and
nervous.
Kashmir has been relatively calm since a peace agreement was
signed in 2003, but violence has increased in recent weeks, and a
<#stdurl http://voanews.com/english/2008-07-29-voa19.cfm "news report
on Wednesday"#> indicates that there is currently "heavy fighting"
along the Line of Control in Kashmir.
Nowhere have al-Qaeda and the Taliban been more effective than in
Pakistan itself. The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070712 "spectacular
Red Mosque attack"#> that occurred in Islamabad, Pakistan's capital,
last July, had a chain reaction effect that led to a substantial
weakening of President Pervez Musharraf.
Then in December, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071229 "assassination
of Benazir Bhutto"#> has had a chain reaction effect that's left
Pakistan's government completely <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080629
"paralyzed and rudderless,"#> unable to cope with the country's
substantial problems.
(I had a chuckle at a BBC news report yesterday that said that
Washington can't figure out how the new government works. That's very
funny, because neither can the Pakistanis.)
Afghanistan has become increasingly as important as Kashmir as a
proxy for the war between India and Pakistan. Al-Qaeda's decision to
switch from attacking Americans in Iraq to attacking Americans in
Afghanistan is proving to be far more successful.
The most plausible scenario for a major war in this region is one
that begins with a Sunni vs Shia ethnic fighting within Pakistan
itself. With Pakistan and India in a generational Crisis era, such
fighting would quickly spread into a civil war and then an
international war -- and then a nuclear war, as both Pakistan and
India are nuclear powers.
Paradoxically, such a war would NOT spread in a meaningful way to
Afghanistan itself, because Afghanistan's last crisis war was recent
-- the 1992-96 civil war. Afghanistan is in a generational Recovery
era, and it's impossible for any Crisis war to start during a
Recovery era. If any war begins, it will fizzle before long.
However, Afghanistan's immunity to a crisis war wouldn't make much
difference. The United States and Russia would be quickly drawn into
such a regional fight, on the side of India, and China and Bangladesh
would be drawn in on the side of Pakistan.
=eod
=// &&2 e080728 National Australia Bank marks its CDOs down 90%
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.head
National Australia Bank marks its CDOs down 90%
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.date
28-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.txt1
Saying that soaring US mortgage defaults require preparing for a
"worst case scenario,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080728.txt2
the Melbourne-based National Australia Bank (NAB) Ltd., set aside
A$830 million (US$795 million) for credit market losses. This
followed a decision to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a2Amjoa8RfzY&refer=home
"write down its CDO portfolio,"#> nominally valued at A$1.2 billion
(US$1.15 billion), by 90%, to 10% of its nominal value.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
An <#stdurl
http://business.theage.com.au/business/banks-may-follow-nabs-defences-20080727-3lpv.html
"analysis by Credit Suisse"#> indicates that other Australian banks
may now be required to make similar writedowns of their US
mortgage-based assets.
This NAB action has the potential to be extremely significant.
This appears to be the next step in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328
"the scenario predicted by Oppenheimer analyst Meredith Whitney."#>
Speaking on CNBC, Whitney said that banks are trying to avoid having
to write down their assets for as long as they can avoid it. But the
longer they wait, the worse it is, because the mortgage-backed assets
keep falling as time goes on.
Whitney went much farther -- she predicted a full-scale panic when
banks finally are forced to mark these assets down. Because the
market will be loaded down with these securities from all sorts of
financial institutions, they really will be almost worthless.
The NAB writedown of 90% establishes a market value for the CDOs in
its portfolio. Other Australian banks may be forced to make similar
writedowns, through either public or regulatory pressure. That same
public or regulatory pressure may move to other countries, including
America, and force American banks to start making more aggressive
writedowns of their near-worthless mortgage-based assets. This could
create a domino effect which, over a period of weeks, might trigger
the panic that Whitney predicted.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080727 Obama continues to damage his candidacy with his Iraq policy.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.head
Obama continues to damage his candidacy with his Iraq policy.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.date
27-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.txt1
Obama is hurting himself by bobbing and weaving on the success of the
"surge."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080727.txt2
Some people have been accusing me of an "ideology" biased in support
of John McCain for President. So let me make clear that I do not
support either McCain or Barack Obama. My only "ideology" is the one
that has appeared on the home page of this web site for six years: I
am "pro-American."
I've taken no position on health care policy, immigration policy,
economic policy, trade policy, the New Yorker, or other "hot"
political issues. Most of what politicians of either party say on
these issues is fatuous political nonsense, and rarely even makes
sense, so I leave it to others to reach monumental conclusions.
My concern on this web site is the survival of the United States in
the coming financial crisis and "Clash of Civilizations" world war.
To that end, I expect American politicians to support America's
interests.
So in the 2004 presidential campaign, I thought it was outrageous
that John Kerry refused to repudiate his 1971 testimony to Congress,
in which he essentially accused the American armed forces in Vietnam
of being the equivalent of Nazi storm troopers, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040827b "committing atrocities and war crimes"#> on
a day to day basis, with the full awareness of officers at all levels
of command.
I was (and am) absolutely infuriated by those views, and I stated at
the time that unless he repudiates those views, then he's not
qualified to be President. How can the President lead America's war
against terror if he believes that the American soldiers are worse
than the terrorists?
Kerry has repeatedly whined that he was "swift-boated," referring to
political ads criticizing his actions while serving in Vietnam. He
claimed that the accusations were false, but what he never understood,
and still doesn't understand, is that the accusations were credible
because he refused to repudiate his 1971 testimony. In fact, in
2006, Kerry finally <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061103 "reaffirmed his
belief"#> that American soldiers in Vietnam were just a bunch of
torturers, rapists and murderers. Let us all be grateful that this
man never became President, and I'm still ashamed that a man with
those beliefs represents my state of Massachusetts in the Senate.
The point I'm making here is that Kerry shot himself in the foot by
refusing to repudiate his 1971 testimony, and now Obama is doing the
same by refusing to repudiate his earlier comments about the "surge"
in Iraq.
There are evidently many, many other people who feel the same way.
On Meet the Press on Sunday morning, where the entire show was
devoted to an interview with Obama, he bobbed and weaved about his
attitudes about the "surge" under questioning by Tom Brokaw.
Here's a brief excerpt from <#stdurl
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/25872804/ "the transcript:"#>
"MR. BROKAW: Do you believe that President Maliki
would be in a position to more or less endorse your timetable of
getting troops out within 16 months if it had not been for the
surge?
SEN. OBAMA: You know, we don't know, because in my earlier
statements--I mean, I know that there's that little snippet that
you ran, but there were also statements made during the course of
this debate in which I said there's no doubt that additional U.S.
troops could temporarily quell the violence. But unless we saw an
underlying change in the politics of the country, unless Sunni,
Shia, Kurd made different decisions, then we were going to have a
civil war and we could not stop a civil war simply with more
troops. Now, I, I..."
It went on in this vein for several more questions.
During this portion of the interview, there were several screens
displayed that showed how lacking in credibility Obama is:
=inc ww2010.pic g080727a.jpg center "" "Meet the Press screen shots"
What all of this shows is that Obama, who is doing so well on other
issues, is hurting himself badly on the issues surrounding his Iraq
policy.
In fact, Democrats have almost no credibility on Iraq. It's worth
remembering that John Kerry's position on the Iraq war in 2004 was
almost identical to George Bush's. The Democrats supported the war
in 2002 and 2003, when it was popular to do so, they started
equivocating in 2004 when they weren't sure what would be popular,
they opposed the war in 2006 and 2007 when it was popular to do so.
And now, after taking the politically expedient position at every
time in the last six years, now that the "surge" has succeeded, Obama
is claiming that he was right all along.
Let's excerpt another part of Obama's interview:
"SEN. OBAMA: Well, the--well, the--look, there's
no doubt, and I've said this repeatedly, that our troops make a
difference. If--you know, they do extraordinary work. The troops
that I met, they were proud of their work, they had made enormous
sacrifices, they had fought, they had helped to construct schools
and, and rebuilt the countryside. But, for example, in Anbar
Province, where we went to visit, the Sunni awakening took place
before the surge started, and tribal leaders made a decision that,
instead of fighting the Americans, we're going to work with the
Americans against al-Qaeda. That was a political decision that was
made that has made a huge difference in this entire
process."
We should note in passing that Obama is not making the same mistake
that Kerry made in saying that American soldiers are no better than a
bunch of torturers, rapists and murderers. He makes a point of
expressing his pride in America's soldiers every chance he gets.
However, the second part of his answer is an insult to everyone's
intelligence, since he's implying that the Anbar Awakening was part
of his calculation when he opposed the "surge." I don't think anyone
doubts that he was making a politically expedient decision at the
time.
In fact, at some level I find this response to be personally
insulting. In my 2003 article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.aug19
""Terrorist suicide bombings in Iraq may backfire against
terrorists,""#> I wrote that Iraq was in a generational
Awakening era, and that "During an awakening period, terrorist acts
cause masses of people to shrink from more violence." I said that,
"The massive bombings of the United Headquarters headquarters, oil
pipelines, and the Jordanian embassy may backfire against the
terrorists by causing the population, currently going through an
awakening period, to turn against the terrorists."
If you go back and read that article, you'll find that I was
absolutely right about what was going to happen in Iraq. I repeated
those predictions many times after 2003, even at times when they
seemed a fantasy. My Iraq predictions have been completely right,
over and over, and I don't know of anyone else in the world who has
gotten Iraq right. And that was only one of numerous predictions that
I got completely right, following the Generational Dynamics
forecasting methodologies.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about
these predictions.)
When I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 ""Iraqi Sunnis are
turning against al-Qaeda in Iraq,""#>, and again with <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070528 ""The 'Anbar Awakening' may be good
news in Iraq,""#> I was describing exactly this phenomenon. The
Anbar Awakening, which even used the generational word "Awakening,"
was the fulfillment of exactly what I predicted in 2003.
But the Democrats had no idea of this when they were voting on the
"surge." Here are some of the things that I wrote about at the time:
Both Republicans and Democrats, politicians, journalists and
analysts, in Washington and London, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070114b
"were abysmally ignorant"#> about even the simplest facts about Iraq.
This conclusion is based on research by the Congressional
Quarterly.
For example, Silvestre Reyes, a 5-term Democratic Congressman, who had
been on the House Intelligence Committee for five years, and was about
to become its Chairman, when asked whether al-Qaeda was a Sunni or
Shiite organization, said, "Predominantly — probably Shiite." This
was a leading Congressional expert, and yet could not possibly have
had a single clue about the Anbar Awakening.
Lawrence F. Kaplan, senior editor at the liberal, pro-Democratic
opinion magazine, The New Republic, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070502 "pointed out that Congressional leaders:"#> go out of their
way to avoid learning anything; make up any "facts" they want, since
they don't know anything; and couldn't care less what happens in
Iraq, since they just want votes. And so, according to a leading
pro-Democratic opinion magazine, this is what was going on at the
time that the Anbar Awakening was actually going on.
At the time that the Anbar Awakening was going on, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070424 "Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid"#> said:
"I believe myself that the Secretary of State,
Secretary of Defense and — you have to make your own decisions as
to what the President knows — that this war is lost and the surge
is not accomplishing anything as indicated by the extreme violence
in Iraq."
So we can be pretty sure that Senator Reid didn't know anything about
the Anbar Awakening when he stated his opinions about the
"surge."
I wrote many articles on this subject at the time, giving many more
examples of this type of stuff. And I said many times that it's an
absolute disgrace that these congressmen, as well as many other
politicians and journalists and analysts -- and web sites like
<#stdurl moveon.org#> and <#stdurl dailykos.com#> -- have committed
their careers and credibility to America's defeat and humiliation in
Iraq. These people were openly aiding and abetting the enemy, in a
manner that was close to being treasonous.
So now, here comes Senator Obama, saying that he was right all along
because of the Anbar Awakening. He must think that I and a lot of
other people were born yesterday to believe that crap.
As I've said many times, the coming financial and war crises will be
coming irrespective of who is President. Nobody can predict which of
McCain or Obama would be better able to ensure America's survival
during these crises. McCain would be steadier and Obama would be
likely to overreact, but even that observation doesn't indicate who
would be the better President. From the point of view of Generational
Dynamics, the choice of President has no PREDICTABLE effect on the
outcome of the financial crisis or the Clash of Civilizations world
war, and so I personally do not have any preference.
Based on the polls and what I've seen so far in the campaign, Senator
Obama has a very good chance of winning the Presidential election.
But if he loses, it will probably be because of his handling of the
Iraq issue.
In the screen shots of Sunday's Meet the Press above, there's
a quote from a USA Today editorial asking these questions:
"Why ... can't Obama bring himself to acknowledge the surge worked
better than he and other skeptics ... thought it would? What does
that stubbornness say about the kind of president he'd be?"
That's exactly the question I'm asking.
=eod
=// &&2 e080725 Barack Obama in Berlin calls for greater European militarism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.head
Barack Obama in Berlin calls for greater European militarism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.date
25-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.txt1
Obama enthralls huge German audience with a history-making speech.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080725.txt2
Europeans have little credibility these days, as was really apparent
in the bizarre aftermath to the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080616 "Irish
vote"#> against the Treaty of Lisbon. Europeans like to sit in their
easy chairs, enjoy their 35-hour work week, complain about the
"Anglo-Saxon model," make pompous statements about "global warming"
but do nothing about it, and make pompous statements about the wars in
Iraq and Afghanistan, but never live up to their own commitments.
The best way to get Europeans excited is to say something
anti-American. Europeans hated George Bush from the day he took
office, as they mocked his Western accent and cowboy hat. Not
surprisingly, they hate anything that Bush stands for, even if they
love the same quality in Barack Obama.
It's worthwhile remembering all this, if you want to understand the
European reaction to Barack Obama's speech in Berlin on Thursday.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080724d.jpg right "" "Barack Obama in Berlin
(Source: CNN)"#>
Why do the Europeans love Obama? The German newspaper <#stdurl
http://www.bild.de/BILD/news/politik/2008/07/24/barack-obama/warum-begeistert-er-uns-so.html
"Bild.de"#> tries to explain (English version <#stdurl
http://www.bild.de/BILD/news/bild-english/world-news/2008/07/24/barack-obama/obamania-grips-germany-ahead-of-berlin-speech.html
"here"#>):
"Germany has caught 'Obamania'!
Obama's speech in front of Berlin's Sieges Saule ('victory
column') memorial in the Tiergarten park has been was greatly
anticipated by Germans who see a hopeful future in the charismatic
candidate, not only for the US but for the whole world. But why
are so many Germans excited about the American Senator from
Illinois? BILD breaks down the reasons for Germany's 'Obamania':
He's young! ...
He's multicultural and modest! ...
He doesn't just talk, he preaches! ...
He stands for freedom!
Within 16 months, Obama wants to withdraw the US troops in Iraq,
a total of 4,125 soldiers. He wants to meet with the mullahs in
Tehran and close Guantánamo Bay. In short, he hopes to make the
world a better place. American publicist Roger Cohen said:
"Europeans see Obama as the good American."
He's not Bush! ...
Bush in Germany is considered by many as a warlord, Obama stands
for diplomacy."
This is what the Germans want to believe about Obama.
So here's a portion of <#stdurl
http://edition.cnn.com/2008/POLITICS/07/24/obama.words/
"Obama's speech:"#>
"Will we stand for the human rights of the
dissident in Burma, the blogger in Iran, or the voter in Zimbabwe?
Will we give meaning to the words "never again" in Darfur?
Will we acknowledge that there is no more powerful example than
the one each of our nations projects to the world? Will we reject
torture and stand for the rule of law? Will we welcome immigrants
from different lands, and shun discrimination against those who
don't look like us or worship like we do, and keep the promise of
equality and opportunity for all of our people?
People of Berlin - people of the world - this is our moment. This
is our time."
Guess what got the wildest applause? It was the anti-American
sentence, "Will we reject torture and stand for the rule of law?" No
surprise there.
Here's another portion of the speech:
"This is the moment when we must defeat terror and
dry up the well of extremism that supports it. This threat is real
and we cannot shrink from our responsibility to combat it. If we
could create NATO to face down the Soviet Union, we can join in a
new and global partnership to dismantle the networks that have
struck in Madrid and Amman; in London and Bali; in Washington and
New York. If we could win a battle of ideas against the
communists, we can stand with the vast majority of Muslims who
reject the extremism that leads to hate instead of hope.
This is the moment when we must renew our resolve to rout the
terrorists who threaten our security in Afghanistan, and the
traffickers who sell drugs on your streets. No one welcomes war.
I recognize the enormous difficulties in Afghanistan. But my
country and yours have a stake in seeing that NATO's first mission
beyond Europe's borders is a success. For the people of
Afghanistan, and for our shared security, the work must be done.
America cannot do this alone. The Afghan people need our troops
and your troops; our support and your support to defeat the
Taliban and al Qaeda, to develop their economy, and to help them
rebuild their nation. We have too much at stake to turn back now.
This is the moment when we must renew the goal of a world without
nuclear weapons. The two superpowers that faced each other across
the wall of this city came too close too often to destroying all
we have built and all that we love. With that wall gone, we need
not stand idly by and watch the further spread of the deadly atom.
It is time to secure all loose nuclear materials; to stop the
spread of nuclear weapons; and to reduce the arsenals from another
era. This is the moment to begin the work of seeking the peace of
a world without nuclear weapons."
This is NOT the message that the Germans wanted to hear, so there was
little or no applause.
The fight in Afghanistan is supposed to be a NATO fight. That means
that the Europeans should be participating. The Europeans do have
small contingents of troops in Afghanistan, but they're forbidden
from fighting. They teach schools and build roads and plant gardens,
but they don't fight the terrorists. That work is left to the
Americans, the British and the Canadians.
So Obama is chiding the Europeans for not wanting to fight the war on
terrorism in Afghanistan. He points out, indirectly, that al-Qaeda
in Afghanistan was responsible for the subway bombings in London and
Madrid, for the massive terrorist bombings in Indonesia and Lebanon,
and for the terrorist acts of 9/11. He's telling the Europeans that
they aren't doing their part, and until that happens, the terrorist
acts on their own cities are going to continue.
But the Europeans don't want to hear that. They don't want to hear
anything that implies a commitment on their part. They don't want
anything except to join in the whining about America and about George
Bush, the warlord.
The Europeans certainly don't hear that Obama is turning into quite a
warlord himself. He's been talking about a much larger commitment to
the war in Afghanistan, as I wrote last week in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080721 ""Barack Obama endorses growing
American troop force in Afghanistan.""#>
And when he says that it's necessary "to stop the spread of nuclear
weapons," he's talking about Iran. In an earlier speech in Israel,
Obama made it clear that President Obama would not tolerate nuclear
weapons in Iran. But that's not what the Europeans want to hear.
I'm now going to make a comparison now to Hitler, but I'm MOST
EMPHATICALLY NOT comparing Obama to Hitler. The comparison I'm
making is the reaction of the German people to Hitler, as compared to
the reaction of the German people to Obama.
Here's <#stdurl
http://www.historyplace.com/worldwar2/holocaust/h-threat.htm "a quote
from a speech"#> that Hitler gave in 1939:
"In the course of my life I have very often been a
prophet, and have usually been ridiculed for it. During the time
of my struggle for power it was in the first instance only the
Jewish race that received my prophecies with laughter when I said
that I would one day take over the leadership of the State, and
with it that of the whole nation, and that I would then among
other things settle the Jewish problem. Their laughter was
uproarious, but I think that for some time now they have been
laughing on the other side of their face. Today I will once more
be a prophet: if the international Jewish financiers in and
outside Europe should succeed in plunging the nations once more
into a world war, then the result will not be the Bolshevizing of
the earth, and thus the victory of Jewry, but the annihilation of
the Jewish race in Europe!"
One can imagine the cheers that Hitler received when he gave this
speech. Did those cheering people even know what they were cheering
at?
It's been one of the greatest enigmas of the last 65 years, how the
people of Germany could have voted for Hitler and cheered all his
speeches, knowing what he stood for. How was that possible?
We get a glimpse of it here, as we see Germans cheering wildly for a
Barack Obama that doesn't really exist, except in their minds. They
must have thought that Hitler was going to save the world, and now
they think that Obama is going to save the world.
But I'm unfair picking on the Germans. The Americans seem almost as
crazed about the great Obama in the sky as the Germans are. The
journalists can barely contain their enthusiasm. After Obama's
Berlin speech, CNN's lovely smitten anchor Kyra Philips could barely
contain her joy and enthusiasm, as she used the phrase "powerful
speech" about five times. I wonder if she even knew what the speech
was about? Or is she just happy that he isn't George Bush?
=eod
=// &&2 e080724 Accused Bosnian war criminal Radovan Karadzic captured
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.head
Accused Bosnian war criminal Radovan Karadzic captured
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.date
24-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.txt1
Hiding in plain sight, he grew a beard and posed as a new age guru
with a mistress.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080724.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080724a.jpg right "" "Top left: "Dr. Dragan
Dabic". Top right: Radovan Karadzic, mid-1990s.
Bottom: Karadzic with his girlfriend Mila.
(Source: FT/Daily Mail)"#>
Radovan Karadzic, the military commander responsible thousands of
deaths and numerous atrocities in the 1990s war in Bosnia, was
captured on Monday near Belgrade, in Serbia.
Karadzic, an Orthodox Christian Serb, is considered a war hero by
most Serbs for his military accomplishments in the war against
Bosnian Muslims in 1992-95. But for most of the Western world, he's
considered a war criminal, and has been indicted by a UN war crimes
tribunal on charges of genocide and crimes against humanity.
After the war ended, Karadzic went into hiding, where he was given
protection by those in the Serb population who knew who he was.
During the 13-year manhunt for Karadzic, he was thought to hiding
out in a farm somewhere where in Serbia where few would recognize
him.
As it turns out, the bloodthirsty murderer had changed professions
and become a new age health guru, taking the assumed name Dr. Dragan
Dabic, and disguising himself with a long, grey beard and glasses. He
lived for years in a Belgrade suburb <#stdurl
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/worldnews/article-1037448/Beast-Bosnias-secret-life-Karadzic-mistress-drank-red-wine-picture-Madhouse-bar.html
"with his mistress Mila,"#> and frequently hung out with her in
Madhouse bar, sitting unrecognized underneath a large wall picture of
himself from his war days.
=inc ww2010.h2 war "Bosnian War"
The Bosnian War was a 1990s re-fighting of World War I, along the
same Orthodox/Muslim religious fault line.
Historically, there is no greater hatred between two civilizations
than between Islam and Orthodox (Eastern) Christianity. There have
been major wars between Western Christianity and Orthodox
Christianity, and between Sunni and Shia Muslims, but not as deeply
penetrating as the wars between Orthodox Christianity and Islam.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, East Europe and West
Europe are on different generational timelines.
World War II was a generational Crisis war for Western Europe, with
England, France and Germany being the main protagonists.
For Eastern Europe, World War I was the Crisis war, and the Balkans
(the former Yugoslavia), Russia, Turkey (the Ottoman Empire) and the
Mideast were the main protagonists. England, France and Germany were
involved in WW I, but not as a crisis war.
(For information about generational Crisis wars, and the differences
between World Wars I and II, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.basics080622
""Basics of Generational Dynamics.""#>)
For the most part, the East European crisis wars have been between
two great civilizations: The Orthodox Christian civilization and the
Muslim civilization. These wars have been fought not only in the
Balkans, but also farther east in the Crimea and in the Caucasus.
World War I was triggered when a Serb high school student
assassinated Austrian Archduke Franz Ferdinand on June 28, 1914 in
Sarajevo. The spreading war led to the Bolshevik Revolution in
Russia, and the destruction of the Ottoman Empire.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the next Balkans war
began pretty much right on time -- in 1992, just 78 years after the
assassination of Archduke Ferdinand.
<#inc ww2010.pic milo.gif right "" "Slobodan Milosevic"#>
The Siege of Sarajevo was directed by Serbian president Slobodan
Milosevic, and was executed by his two generals, Ratko Mladic and
Radovan Karadzic.
The Orthodox Christian Serbs completely blockaded the city of
Sarajevo, allowing no one to get out, or any supplies to get in. They
then shelled the Muslim civilians in the city, and Serb soldiers went
from one neighborhood to another committing horrendous atrocities.
In her book, World on Fire, here's how author Amy Chua
describes the Bosnian war: "In the Serbian concentration camps of the
early 1990s, the women prisoners were raped over and over, many times
a day, often with broken bottles, often together with their daughters.
The men, if they were lucky, were beaten to death as their Serbian
guards sang national anthems; if they were not so fortunate, they were
castrated or, at gunpoint, forced to castrate their fellow prisoners,
sometimes with their own teeth. In all, thousands were tortured and
executed."
=// <#inc ww2010.pic g070226a.jpg left "" "File footage: Ratko
=// Mladic and Radovan Karadzic at a peace signing in 1995.
=// (Source: BBC)"#>
The Bosnian War climaxed when tens of thousands of Bosnian Muslims had
taken refuge in the Bosnian town of Srebrenica, supposedly a "United
Nations Safe Area." The Serbs massacred thousands of Muslim men in
what has become known as the Srebrenica massacre. (See <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e050712 ""Srebrenica massacre: Survivors
commemorate.""#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080724b.jpg left "" "Radovan Karadzic, center, with
his wife Ljiljana and Ratko Mladic
(Source: Times Online)"#>
Since the end of the war in 1995, Milosevic, Mladic and Karadzic have
all been charged with ethnic cleansing, genocide, crimes against
humanity, and war crimes.
Former Serb President Slobodan Milosovec was the first to be brought
to trial. The trial was never completed, as he was <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060314 "found dead in his cell"#> in March, 2006.
The capture of Radovan Karadzic brings another manhunt to a close,
but the search is still on for the remaining general, Ratko Mladic.
=inc ww2010.h2 crisis "The crisis war imperative"
There are all kinds of ironies going on in this situation.
The Bosnian War genocide occurred in the same general time frame as
the Rwanda genocide of 1994. United Nations officials have
repeatedly held commemorations and ceremonies, declaring "Never again
will we allow this to happen." But they always do.
In fact, the Bosnian War was only the most recent of a regular series
of East European / Mideast crisis wars between the Orthodox and Muslim
civilizations. Karadzic himself has said that he was avenging 1389,
referring to the Battle of Kosovo that ended in 1389. Since then, new
wars along the same fault lines have recurred with relentless
regularity: the Fall of Constantinople (1453), Ottoman conquest of
Syria and Egypt (1520), War with Habsburgs (1606), War with Holy
League (1699), War with Russia (1774), Crimean War (1856), World War
I (1922).
The following <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/word-on-the-street-i-cried-with-happiness-today-for-the-first-time-i-feel-like-the-war-has-ended-874848.html
"map from The Independent"#> shows the various ethnic and
religious fault lines in the Balkans:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080724c.jpg center "" "Balkans fault lines
(Source: Independent)"#>
Most people think that wars are somehow rational, driven by greedy or
obsessed politicians, inflicted on unwilling masses. If that were
true, then Karadzic wouldn't be considered a war hero by masses of
Serbs. Non-crisis wars are rational, but crisis wars are visceral,
and are as much part of the human DNA as sex is. The human race
could not have survived without sex, nor could it have survived
without massive, genocidal, bloody crisis wars.
After each war, there's a vow of "Never again" among the generations
of survivors. And as soon as those survivors are gone, replaced by
younger generations born after the war, a new, horrible war begins
again.
Here's what Telegraph reporter <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/portal/main.jhtml?xml=/portal/2008/07/24/ftbosnia124.xml
"Martin Bell wrote"#> yesterday, remembering the Bosnian war:
"And so began the most destructive war in Europe
since 1945. It was a war that would cost 97,000 lives; drive more
than two million people from their homes; and bring shame on the
United Nations and the Western democracies. ...
My ... thought was: this is bad, and it is bound to get worse - a
modern European city under siege by weapons mainly of First World
War vintage, hundreds of thousands of people at risk and the
world outside hardly cares. We should have needed no history
lessons concerning the repercussions of a first shot fired in
anger in Sarajevo.
Something else I found, as the front lines were established over
that summer, was that a war like this could be a thing of
spectacular beauty. It kept all hours. The Jewish cemetery,
between Muslim and Serb-held parts of the city, was fought over
day and night.
Parachute flares illuminated the ruins and added allure to
devastation. Tracer fire rose and fell in a perfect parabola like
a rain of molten hyphens. We caught it all on camera, and still no
one cared.
Civilians, it seemed to me, were not just caught in the crossfire
but were being deliberately targeted. There was a shortage of
bread, so the snipers targeted the bread queues. There was a
shortage of water, so they targeted the standpipes. ...
With the possible exception of Rwanda, it was the UN's darkest
hour in modern times."
It's interesting that Bell's commentary at least mentions a
connection between the Bosnian War and WW I, although he evidently
considers it to be nothing more than a coincidence.
But why would it be the "UN's darkest hour in modern times?" The
"killing fields of Cambodia" in the 1970s was a crisis war with some 8
million civilians killed. Why isn't that the UN's darkest hour? And
of course, there's the current Darfur crisis civil war. Isn't that
the UN's darkest hour in modern times?
In fact, the UN is completely irrelevant to these crisis wars. The
UN could no more stop a crisis war than it could stop a tsunami.
=inc ww2010.h2 refight "Refighting World Wars I and II"
Many of the great battles of World War I were refought in the 1980s
and 1990s -- as the Iran/Iraq war, the Syria-Lebanon war, the
Lebanese civil war, the Bosnian War, the Afghan war. But many other
great WW I battles -- the Russian civil war, the Armenian massacre,
the Mexican revolution -- have not yet been refought, and are still
awaiting the right trigger.
In the meanwhile, it's getting to the time where some of the great WW
II battles are due to be refought, especially Japan's invasion of
Manchuria and China, and China's own Communist Revolution (civil
war). Other battles of WW II might wait a few years to be refought,
but with the right trigger they could begin again today.
When a war is "refought," it isn't a duplicate war. Quite the
opposite, the new war appears sufficiently different that it catches
the world by surprise. But when you look beneath the surface, the
same old fault lines and hatreds are back. As Mark Twain said,
"History doesn't repeat itself, but it does rhyme."
As we approach the "Clash of Civilizations" world war, history is
about to rhyme again. Just as the Bosnian War wasn't a duplicate of
WW I, the new world war won't be a duplicate of WW II. The UN and
its politicians are completely irrelevant to this. The coming world
war is a ten-mile-high tsunami that was launched decades and even
centuries ago, and no politicians even have a clue that it's coming,
let alone know how to stop it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080723b Bad news: Continually falling earnings keep price/earnings ratios stratospheric
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.head
Bad news: Continually falling earnings keep price/earnings ratios
stratospheric
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.date
23-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.txt1
Good news: Disastrously low financial services earnings are still
"better than we feared"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723b.txt2
As regular readers know, every week or two I post the table of S&P
500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC
Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3%
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
Jul 18: -17.1%
Once again, earnings have taken a very big hit; during the last week,
earnings growth estimates went from -14.7% to -17.1%.
As usual, a fall in earnings estimates means an increase of
price/earnings ratios estimates. Here's the latest version of the
graphic that appears on the bottom of the home page of this web site.
Here's last Friday's version:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080718.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 18-July-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
Price/earnings ratios are maintaining a stratospheric level of 21 or
22, far above the already extremely high level of 18 that investors
have been targeting for the preceding four years. Assuming that
investors continue to follow the same formulas that they've been
following, market indexes will have to fall another 15% to bring P/E
ratios down to 18.
=inc ww2010.pic g080723a.gif right "" "Market summary, July 22,23, 2008"
However, that didn't happen on Tuesday or Wednesday. We said last
week that the short-term direction of the market would probably depend
on the actual earnings for financial services firms.
Well, those earnings have been pouring in, and they're absolutely
devastating -- often -40% or -50% compared to second quarter of last
year.
But guess what? Investors had been expecting -60% or -70%, and so
the actual earnings are better than expectations!! So investors have
concluded that the worst is over, and that it's time for the stock
market bubble to start growing again!
Listening to the babble on CNBC, all I can do is repeat my usual total
astonishment at the stupidity and obliviousness of the analysts,
journalists, investors and politicians.
I'm not the only one who's noticing it this time. The <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/07/23/14677/banks-post-losses-st
"Financial Times blog notes:"#> "Five of the largest US
financial institutions, led by Wachovia and Washington Mutual,
reported combined quarterly losses of more than $11bn but their shares
jumped an average of 14% on rising hopes that bank stocks have fallen
about as low as they can go."
In fact, here's <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/07/23/business/23bank.html?_r=1&hp&oref=slogin
"an article"#> from Wednesday's New York Times that would be
absolutely hilarious if it weren't describing a disaster:
"Can the bad news for banks get any worse?
After the last week brought another round of woeful quarterly
results from the industry, capped by news on Tuesday of
multibillion-dollar losses at the Wachovia Corporation and
Washington Mutual, that question is nagging banking executives and
their investors.
Kenneth D. Lewis, the chief executive of Bank of America,
insisted this week that the industry was turning the corner, after
his company reported a mere 41 percent drop in profit. Many
investors seem to see signs of hope in red ink that once would
have shocked them.
But it has now been a year since the credit crisis erupted, and,
so far, the optimists have been proven wrong time and again.
Skeptics say it could take years for banks to recover from the
worst financial crisis since the Depression. And even when things
do improve, the pessimists maintain, banks’ profits will be a
fraction of what they were before.
There are many reasons for caution. Home prices continue to
decline, and defaults are accelerating on a wide range of loans.
As lenders struggle, loans are becoming even more scarce for
hard-pressed consumers and companies. That, in turn, could slow
any recovery in the broader economy.
For now, at least, some investors seem to have become so inured to
the bad news that results that would have once been viewed as
disastrous are now seen as good, or even great. The sober phrase
often used on Wall Street to describe solid corporate results —
“better than expected” — has been replaced by “not as bad as
feared.”"
Even now, after all this time has passed, there's no hint here of any
understanding of the world global situation from a system point of
view, or how something that occurred decades ago could be affecting
us today. There's no grasp of the fact that the stock market is
overpriced by a factor of over 200%, as I described in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market.""#>
With these people at the New York Times or CNBC or Wall
Street Journal, history always begins this morning, and 99% of
the time they don't have the vaguest clue what's going on. At least
the Times finally acknowledges that they've been wrong over
and over again.
The Telegraph's Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, who says that the <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/07/15/ccspain115.xml
"European economic situation"#> is worse than America's, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?view=DETAILS&grid=A1YourView&xml=/money/2008/07/21/ccview121.xml
"now says,"#> "The global economy is at the point of maximum danger.
It feels like the summer of 1931. The world's two biggest financial
institutions [Fannie and Freddie] have had a heart attack. The global
currency system is breaking down. The policy doctrines that got us
into this mess are bankrupt. No world leader seems able to discern
the problem, let alone forge a solution."
And we might as well throw in the fact that the super-high prices for
energy and food have thrown the economies of Vietnam, Bangladesh and
Pakistan and other Asian countries into a near-crisis situation.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080723 Bad news: America is failing. Good news: America is too big to fail.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.head
Bad news: America is failing. Good news: America is too big to
fail.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.date
23-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.txt1
Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. is arduously pushing his
bailout plan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080723.txt2
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,"#>
the government sponsored entities (GSEs) that guarantee about half of
the mortgages on American homes, worth some $6 trillion.
Paulson is essentially <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/07/21/business/21bank.html?_r=1&ref=business&oref=slogin
"asking Congress for a "blank check""#> to do whatever is
necessary to keep the two companies afloat. "Congress understands how
important these institutions are," said Paulson.
The message is clear: Fannie and Freddie are too big to fail.
If they failed, it would be disastrous to the American mortgage
marketplace, and would trigger a severe chain reaction of bank
failures.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080722.gif right "" "Foreign holdings of
non-Treasury American securities
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
But there's another reason why they're too big to fail: Almost $1.5
trillion worth of Fannie and Freddie bonds are held by foreign
investors. If Fannie and Freddie failed, then foreign investors
would lose all faith in the credit quality of the entire US
government.
As I've said for several years, it's been clear for a long time that
the US government would never be able to redeem all the long-term
Treasury bonds that it's issued -- something like $9 trillion dollars
worth. However, last weekend's near failure of Fannie and Freddie
has made that fact obvious even to normally oblivious investors.
The bailout of Fannie and Freddie would essentially mean that the
$6 trillion of their debt would be added on to the US government's
debt, which would now owe $15 trillion.
This is causing investors to start asking for the first time: Is
America too big to fail.
An <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/07/20/business/20fail.php "article on
that subject"#> goes into a great deal of detail to explain why it
is:
"The logic for that assurance goes like this: The
American consumer has for decades served as the engine of world
commerce, using borrowed cash to snap up the accouterments of
modern living - clothes and computers and cars now manufactured,
in whole or in part, in factories from Asia to Latin America.
Eliminate the American wherewithal to shop, and the pain would
ripple out to multiple shores.
Globalization, in other words, allowed China and Japan to amass
the fortunes they have been lending to the United States."
The article blames globalization for the situation, and implies that
it's a rather new phenomenon to be in this situation.
In fact, that's not true. As we've said many, many times, from the
point of view of Generational Dynamics, if you go back through
history, there are many small or regional recessions. But since the
1600s there have been only five major international financial crises:
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the
South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French
monarchy in the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of
1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
So there's nothing new about the current situation. What's going to
happen next? We can look to the past to get an idea.
If you haven't read the fascinating story of <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> then now is a good time to do so. It's the story of
what happened in 1930 and 1931, when the world's central bankers got
together to save the world from financial collapse.
However, when you read that story, and compare to the situation
today, remember that America was a creditor nation in 1931, but a
debtor nation today. The debtor nation in 1931 was Germany, and the
creditor nation today is China. Thus, we should expect China today
to act like America in 1931, and America today to act like Germany in
1931.
Central bankers in Britain, the US and France got together with a
plan to prevent the financial collapse of Germany by injecting huge
amounts of liquidity into the European banks. It worked for a while,
but not for long.
On May 11, 1931, the Credit-Anstalt bank of Austria failed. This
triggered mass panic and bank failures throughout Central Europe, and
generated a worldwide banking crisis. On July 13, the German
Danatbank failed. Foreign investors in Germany quickly withdrew their
capital from Germany, heightening the crisis, leading to the complete
collapse of the German economy. By the end of the year, there were
over 6 million unemployed, and the resulting social tension gave rise
to Communism and Naziism.
The statement "America is too big to fail" is the first step in
repeating that process. Countries like China and Japan will realize
that America is never going to repay its debt anyway, and so they'll
cancel the debt, just as we canceled Germany's debt in 1931. But it
won't work for long. How that failure will affect America and world
remains to be seen.
=eod
=// &&2 e080721 Barack Obama endorses growing American troop force in Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.head
Barack Obama endorses growing American troop force in Afghanistan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.date
21-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.txt1
The loony left ironically forces Obama to change from
"anti-war" to "pro-war."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080721.txt2
I was shocked earlier this week when CNN International gave 45
minutes of its one-hour prime newscast to Senator Barack Obama's
speech to the NAACP. Senator John McCain's speech to the NAACP,
arguably a more important news story, got about 30 seconds coverage.
I guess I really shouldn't be surprised, after CNN practically turned
the network over to the Democrats in the 2006 Congressional campaign.
And now Obama is getting wall-to-wall <#stdurl
http://www.answers.com/topic/roadblock ""roadblock""#>
coverage on all news networks on his overseas trip.
Obama has overwhelmingly one-sided news coverage. He appears to have
the ability to get almost unlimited campaign funding. Almost
everyone under 45 adores him, and Generation-Xers particularly love
his contempt for and rejection of Boomer and Silent generation core
values.
So it seems increasingly more probable that Obama will be our
President next year, and increasingly more worthwhile for this web
site to analyze not only how his attitudes reflect, and are affected
by, public attitudes, but also how these attitudes will affect
American foreign policy under an Obama presidency.
=inc ww2010.h2 prowar "Obama becomes pro-war in Afghanistan"
Leading Democratic party figures including Obama, disgraced
themselves early in 2006 by committing themselves to America's
failure and humiliation in Iraq. Obama himself specifically said
that the "surge" would fail. Now that the surge has apparently been
spectacularly successful, these Democrats have to face up to their
positions.
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080708 "wrote several weeks ago,"#>
Obama was attempting to "refine" his position in Iraq, but the loony
left may harm him by forcing him to stick to his "immediate
withdrawal" policy, which is not sustainable.
This has in fact happened, and Obama has apparently abandoned any
attempt to "refine" his position on Iraq.
The thrust of the loony left in the Democratic Party might be
characterized as "anti-Bush," "anti-American," and sometimes even
"pro-terrorist." But the attitude was never really "anti-war," in
any meaningful sense, and that's becoming increasingly apparent as
Obama's policy towards Afghanistan becomes increasingly "pro-war."
This is the really ironic thing. As Obama is boxed into his
"immediate withdrawal" position by the loony left, he's becoming
increasingly strident and war-like in his policies toward
Afghanistan.
=inc ww2010.h2 face "Obama's interview on Face the Nation"
Obama summarized his opinions in an interview with CBS foreign
affairs correspondent Lara Logan in Kabul, broadcast on Sunday
morning on <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2008/07/20/ftn/main4275864.shtml "Face
the Nation:"#>
Obama: "For at least a year now, I have
called for two additional brigades, perhaps three. I think it's
very important that we unify command more effectively to
coordinate our military activities. But military alone is not
going to be enough.
"The Afghan government needs to do more. But we have to
understand that the situation is precarious and urgent here in
Afghanistan. And I believe this has to be our central focus, the
central front, on our battle against terrorism."
...
"The United States has to take a regional approach to the
problem. Just as we can't be myopic and focus only on Iraq, we
also can't think that we can solve the security problems here in
Afghanistan without engaging the Pakistan government."
Logan: "And how do you compel Pakistan to act?"
Obama: "Well, you know, I think that the U.S. government
provides an awful lot of aid to Pakistan, provides a lot of
military support to Pakistan. And to send a clear message to
Pakistan that this is important, to them as well as to us, I think
that message has not been sent."
Logan: "Under what circumstances would you authorize
unilateral U.S. action against targets inside tribal areas?"
Obama: "What I've said is that if we had actionable
intelligence against high-value al-Qaeda targets, and the
Pakistani government was unwilling to go after those targets, that
we should. My hope is that it doesn't come to that - that in fact,
the Pakistan government would recognize that if we had Osama bin
Laden in our sights that we should fire or we should capture
him."
Logan: "Isn't that the case now? I mean, do you really
think that if U.S. forces had Osama bin Laden in their sights and
the Pakistanis said 'No,' that they wouldn't fire or wouldn't go
after him?"
Obama: "I think actually this is current doctrine. There
was some dispute when I said this last August. Both the
administration and some of my opponents suggested, 'Well, you
know, you shouldn't go around saying that.' But I don't think
there's any doubt that that should be our policy."
Logan: "But [not going after him] is the current policy."
Obama: "I believe it is the current policy."
Logan: "So there's no change, then?"
Obama: "I don't think there's going to be a change there. I
think that in order for us to be successful, it's not going to be
enough just to engage in the occasional shot fired. We've got
training camps that are growing and multiplying."
Logan: "Would you take out all those training camps?"
Obama: "Well, I think that what we would like to see the
Pakistani government take out those training camps."
Logan: "And if they won't?"
Obama: "Well, I think that we've got to work with them so
they will."
Logan: "Would you consider unilateral U.S. action?"
Obama: "I will push Pakistan very hard to make sure that we
go after those training camps. I think it's absolutely vital to
the security interests for both the United States and Pakistan."
Logan: "You do have a situation seven years on into this
war where Osama bin Laden and all his lieutenants and all the
leaders of the Taliban, they're still there. They're inside
Pakistan."
...
Logan: "What would be a 'mission accomplished' for you in
Afghanistan?
Obama: "Well, a 'mission accomplished' would be that we
had stabilized Afghanistan, that the Afghan people are
experiencing rising standards of living, that we have made sure
that we are disabling al-Qaeda and the Taliban so that they can
longer attack Afghanistan, they can no longer engage in attacks
against targets of Pakistan, and they can't target the United
States or its allies."
Logan: "Losing is not an option?"
Obama: "Losing is not an option when it comes to al-Qaeda.
And it never has been. And that's why the fact that we engaged in
a war of choice when were not yet finished with that task was such
a mistake."
Logan: "Do you believe the war on terror can't be won if
Osama bin Laden is still alive and if he's still out there?"
Obama: "I think there would be enormous symbolic value in
us capturing or killing bin Laden, because I think he's still a
rallying point for Islamic extremists. But I don't think that by
itself is sufficient. I think that we are going to have to be
vigilante in dismantling these terrorist networks."
...
Logan: "Do you have any doubts?"
Obama: "Never."
When Obama says "Losing is not an option," he's talking a lot as
President Bush did before (and after) the 2003 Iraq ground invasion.
But why is he a little vague about those 2-3 brigades?
It seems that there's more to this story.
=inc ww2010.h2 face "Did Face the Nation doctor the interview?"
Like most mainstream news reporters these days, Face the
Nation moderator Bob Schieffer has been totally in the tank for
Obama for some time now. That's the only reason I can think of why
the most newsworthy part of the interview was cut out from the
presentation on his show.
The way that I know this is that those other parts are in a portion
of the interview that was broadcast earlier on CBS News Sunday
Morning. And the portions that were cut out are the portions
where Obama made the most strident remarks about Afghanistan.
The following is my transcript:
Obama: "Right now, our most important
strategic focus has to be to shut down al-Qaeda and the Taliban,
and prevent them from being able to project their chaos and
destruction to the far-flung corners of the globe, and that is
going to have to be our top priority."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080720a.jpg right "" "Unsmiling, sexy, sultry CBS
correspondent Lara Logan interviews rock star Senator Barack Obama
in Kabul.
(Source: CBS)"#>
Logan: "How deep is your commitment to that goal? How long
would you be prepared to keep US troops in Afghanistam?"
Obama: "We have to win in Afghanistan."
Logan: "So losing is not an option."
Obama: "Losing is not an option when it comes to al-Qaeda,
and it never has been."
Logan: "So what are the tangible changes that US troops on
the ground will experience under your presidency?"
Obama: "Well, if you've got two or three additional
brigades in Afghanistan, that's gonna obviously relieve the
pressure on the troops who are currently here, who have to cover a
huge amount of territory."
Logan: "So, two or three additional brigades won't make
that much difference."
Obama: "Actually, it can make a significant difference
here."
Logan: "And if those additional troops are not enough, then
what?"
Obama: "We're gonna keep on going until we make it work."
Logan: "Would you send more of them?"
Obama: "I think right now let's see if we can get those two
or three in."
I'm sure that if CBS were asked why this was left out of the
Schieffer version, they'd give some spin answer. But the tone of
this portion of the interview is far more warlike and strident than
the other parts, even though CBS News Sunday Morning is really
an entertainment show, while Face the Nation is supposed to be
a hard-news show.
At any rate, this portion of the interview makes it clear that Obama
is just as strident about Afghanistan as Bush was (and is) about
Iraq. Obama is just as "pro-war" as President Bush is, as
vice-president Dick Cheney is, Donald Rumsfeld is, as the neo-cons
are, etc., etc., except that he's "pro-war" about a different war, and
a far more dangerous war, and a war far more likely to escalate.
=inc ww2010.h2 logan "Logan and Obama"
There's a side story here, as well. The interviewer is Lara Logan.
Which of the following describe her?
A native of South Africa;
a top-notch foreign affairs reporter;
an experienced war correspondent in the Iraq war;
a hot babe;
a former swimsuit model;
involved in a sex scandal with a married federal contractor
(gossip and photos <#stdurl
http://www.nationalledger.com/artman/publish/article_272621550.shtml
"here"#> and <#stdurl http://a11news.com/296/laura-logan/
"here"#>);
pregnant, due in January;
All of the above.
The answer is "All of the above."
And now, Dear Reader, I'm sure you must be thinking, "Why in heaven's
name is this stuff in the story? Is this just another one of your
excuses to include a picture of a good-looking woman in the story?"
That may be one reason, but there's another reason, and it relates to
the entire point of this story.
Lara Logan is young, super good looking, caught having an affair with
a married colleague, pregnant, but still wants to be taken seriously
as a foreign affairs correspondent. She has to work twice as hard to
prove herself.
Bob Schieffer can doctor an interview tape and even be completely in
the tank for Obama, and get away with it, because everyone "knows"
that he's a hard-news, hard as nails, "unbiased" reporter.
But Logan can't get away with anything like that. She has to prove
that she can handle the tough assignments and stand up to everyone.
That's why she always had that weird, grim expression on her face
during the interview. If she once smiled at Obama, she would be
perceived as finding him sexy, and in the tank for him.
That's also why she asked Obama some very tough questions, and really
cornered him on Afghanistan. It wouldn't surprise me to learn that
Obama was surprised by the toughness of the questions, and perhaps
got word to Schieffer to leave the tough parts out of the Face the
Nation version of the interview.
Barack Obama has similar problems. He's young, he's a rock star, and
having an affair with the loony left. He's not pregnant, but he's
impregnated with their nihilistic, destructive view of the world, and
can't break free, and still wants to be taken seriously as a
Presidential candidate. He has to work hard to prove himself in
foreign affairs.
John McCain doesn't have to prove himself. Everyone knows that he's
a war hero, and that he's taken numerous trips abroad. If he took a
position that was "soft" on Iraq or Afghanistan, he could get away
with it, and no one would accuse him of being "soft."
But Obama can't get away with anything like that. He has to prove
that he can handle the tough situations and stand up to everyone.
That's why, after taking a weak position in Iraq, he has to
compensate by taking a "strong" position in Afghanistan.
So swimsuit model Logan and rock star Obama have a lot in common and
are very similar. Both want to advance in their careers. Both have
used their good looks to advance this far. But now they want to get
further ahead, and their good looks are perversely calling their
abilities into question.
Actually, Logan has already gotten her promotion, as reported in an
<#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/07/07/AR2008070702662.html
"effusive Washington Post story"#> that provides many details.
In April, she was promoted to CBS's chief foreign affairs
correspondent, and she now works in an office in Washington.
Obama is now looking for his own promotion -- to President. His trip
this weekend is intended to prepare him for that.
Logan and Obama have something additional in common: Although they
need to work hard to prove that there's more to them than their
youthful good looks, in both cases most of their adoring fans really
couldn't care less how much they know.
=inc ww2010.h2 war "The war in Iraq"
<#inc ww2010.pic g080720b.jpg right "" "Admiral Mike Mullen,
Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff
(Source: Fox)"#>
Admiral Michael Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, was
<#stdurl http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,386843,00.html
"interviewed at length on Fox News Sunday."#> He responded to the
"timetable" question for Iraq:
"WALLACE: But I'm asking you in the absence —
forget about Obama. Forget about the politics. If I were to say
to you, "Let's set a time line of getting all of our combat
troops out within two years," what do you think would be the
consequences of setting that kind of a time line?
MULLEN: I think the consequences could be very dangerous in that
regard. I'm convinced at this point in time that coming — making
reductions based on conditions on the ground are very important.
We've been able to do that. We've reduced five brigades in the
last several months. And again, if conditions continue to improve,
I would look to be able to make recommendations to President Bush
in the fall to continue those reductions.
WALLACE: Why dangerous to set a timetable now for what's going to
happen over the next two years?
MULLEN: When I have discussions with commanders on the ground,
basically — and I did a couple weeks ago — they are very, very
adamant about continuing progress, about making decisions based on
what's actually happening in the battle space, and I just think
that's prudent.
That's served us very well in — certainly, since the surge, which
has been very successful, and I think will continue to serve us
well based on the overall conditions that I see in Iraq right
now.
WALLACE: And why? What would happen if you don't do it as
condition-based? What if you sit there and say, "Right now,
timetable, two years, all combat troops out?" What's the
downside?
MULLEN: Well, it's hard to say exactly what would happen. I'd
worry about any kind of rapid movement out and creating
instability where we have stability.
We're engaged very much right now with the Iraqi people. The
Iraqi leadership is starting to generate the kind of political
progress that we need to make. The economy is starting to move in
the right direction. So all those things are moving in the right
direction.
And from the standpoint of moving forward, I think it's a pretty
good path right now."
Obama is going to continue to have a great deal of trouble dealing
with this question, thanks to his inability to stand up to the loony
left.
=inc ww2010.h2 war "The war in Afghanistan"
I'm currently working on a full analysis of the war in Afghanistan,
so I'll just briefly mention a couple of things here.
Obama's "two or three brigades" is modeled after the "surge" that
worked so well in Iraq. However, Afghanistan is quite different, and
a similar "surge" will not work in Afghanistan.
Afghanistan has much more complex ethnic and religious rivalries.
Their last crisis war, the extremely bloody and violent 1992-96 civil
war, involved multiple ethnic groups aligned largely as a war between
Sunnis and Shia in Afghanistan.
That was never true in Iraq. Historically, in crisis wars, Iraqis
have considered themselves to be Iraqis first, and Sunnis and Shia
second.
Iraq was infiltrated by Sunni al-Qaeda fighters, but they had no safe
haven, and were eventually expelled by the Iraqi Sunnis themselves.
Afghanistan has been infiltrated by Sunni al-Qaeda fighters, but they
have safe haven in the Pakistan tribal regions (FATA). Furthermore,
they're supported by the Sunni Pashtun/Taliban groups in the general
public in Afghanistan, who see them as their allies in opposing not
only the NATO forces, but also the Shia Hazara and related ethnic
groups in the north.
In many ways, the Afghan war is, like the conflict in Kashmir, part
of a larger proxy war between India and Pakistan. That proxy war is
only going to escalate. As the US itself escalates in Afghanistan,
it will eventually be pulled into the larger war, on the side of
India.
There's one more very interesting thing that Obama said in the above
interview. He referred to his previous statements that if he knew as
President where Osama bin Laden was hiding in Pakistan, and Pakistan
refused to do anything about it, he would send American forces into
Pakistan to kill him.
In Sunday's interview, he said: "I think actually this is current
doctrine. There was some dispute when I said this last August. Both
the administration and some of my opponents suggested, 'Well, you
know, you shouldn't go around saying that.' But I don't think there's
any doubt that that should be our policy."
Obama may be onto something here: There may well have been a de
facto change of policy since last August.
In August, Pakistan was still being led by a strong President Pervez
Musharraf. Any talk about US forces in Pakistan could be dealt with
directly and firmly.
But no more. Musharraf's power has been substantially eclipsed by
parliamentary elections. He's no longer head of the army, and the
army is now almost completely autonomous. The Pakistan government is
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080629 "paralyzed and rudderless,"#> unable
to cope with substantial problems. The strength of terror groups is
growing. There were <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601091&sid=aGHt5zKKSg_o&refer=india
"violent protests at the Karachi Stock Exchange"#> last week, as the
stock market appears to be crashing. The economy appears to be
crashing too, thanks to surging food and energy prices. There are
electricity shortages and even <#stdurl
http://www.commondreams.org/archive/2008/07/11/10302/ "a water
shortage."#>
And so, if Obama were President today, and ordered some kind of
invasion of Pakistan to go after bin Laden or other terrorists, who
in Pakistan would stand up to him? So things in Pakistan today
really are quite different than they were last August.
=inc ww2010.h2 over "Overreaction"
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it makes little
difference who is elected President. Either way, there will be a
major financial crisis, and a "Clash of Civilizations" world war.
The difference is that President McCain would be a lot more steady.
President Obama would be young and forced to prove himself, and so he
would overreact. We already see that in his warlike stance in
Afghanistan.
However, that doesn't necessarily mean that he would provoke a war
more quickly. The trend towards world war is based on huge
generational changes in countries around the world, not on the
actions of one country or one President.
The most that can happen is that a politician might say or do
something that triggers a war response. It's even possible that
historians looking back will say that the politician "caused" the
war. But in fact, it was coming anyway.
No politician can predictably speed up or slow down the financial and
war crises that are headed our way. All we can do is wait for them,
and use the time to prepare for them as well as we can.
=eod
=// &&2 e080718 More questions from readers on finance and investing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.head
More questions from readers on finance and investing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.date
18-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.txt1
Anxious readers wonder what's going on, what to do next.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080718.txt2
Last month's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080623 ""Questions from
readers on finance and investing""#> was only the beginning.
I'll try to answer these questions as well as I can, but remember
that we're headed for a crisis the nature of which is not fully
known. All of these answers could be affected by chaotic (in the
sense of Chaos Theory) events that can't be predicted, but these
answers are the best I can give, based on historical trends that I've
identified.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Where should I put my money?"
"It is rather amazing to me that the current
environment has very little to choose from in terms of a "safe
haven." Where do you put your "money?" Gold could tank, the
dollar could tank, the Euro could tank, banks could fail, the FDIC
insurance may not be large/good enough....Personally, I am debt
free and have a good chunk in cash and a bunch of freeze dried
food but still feel "unsafe" and "unsure," even though I have a
good grasp (maybe too good for my own good?) on what is going on
in this messed up financial landscape. Any thoughts on this would
be appreciated."
It looks like you're doing pretty well, but the question you raise is
a very difficult one. How do you prepare for a crisis, when you
don't know exactly what form the crisis will take?
My answer in the past has been: Cash, FDIC-insured bank accounts,
short-term Treasury bills. However, recent events call for
additional caution.
=inc ww2010.h2 fdic "FDIC-insured bank accounts"
Previously, I've suggested putting money into an FDIC-insured bank
account, because I made the following assumption: That once a
financial crisis occurred, there would still be some time before
there were numerous major bank failures. After all, after the 1929
crash, the bank failures didn't really begin in earnest until 1931.
However, last week we had the collapse of IndyMac Bank, against the
backdrop of the GSEs (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac) bailout. Furthermore,
there has been widespread publicity that the FDIC expects numerous
additional bank failures, and some analysts are predicting that they
may <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "number in the hundreds."#>
This has created an atmosphere of extreme anxiety among depositors in
general, despite the soothing words of government officials. We now
have to assume that a major bank panic could occur at any time.
Unfortunately, there's no way to predict the exact nature of that
panic: How soon the FDIC will run out of insurance money, and how
much additional funding the government will provide once that
happens.
If you keep your money in a bank, then you should at least diversify
-- <#stdurl
http://www.foxbusiness.com/story/markets/industries/finance/spread-money-banks-stay-fully-protected/
"spread it among two or three banks."#> If you have a safe in your
home, they you could also keep some in your home.
If you have more than $100,000 total in all your accounts in any one
bank, make sure that you take the time to check the FDIC insurance
rules at the following site: <#stdurl
http://www.fdic.gov/deposit/deposits/financial/examples.html#>
If you have anything different from a vanilla savings or checking
account, then there may be other issues.
The rules are complex for a <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121554111977536437.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"revocable or irrevocable trust."#>
Seniors with "reverse mortgages" may lose everything, depending
on how it's set up and whether it's insured. In the case of IndyMac,
the bank <#stdurl
http://www.huliq.com/63936/indymac-bank-failure-and-reverse-mortgages
"owns Financial Freedom"#> a large holder of reverse mortgages.
If you have an FDIC-insured bank account through a broker, then
you should still be OK, but <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/business/la-fi-bankqa12-2008jul12,0,6106224.story
"recovery of your funds"#> will be delayed.
Update: If you have more than $100,000 in the bank, consider
<#stdurl http://www.cdars.com/index.php "the Certificate of Deposit
Account Registry Service (CDARS)."#> This is a service offered by
2,000 banks and financial institutions, and provides FDIC insurance
protection for up to $50 million. Here's how it works, according to
<#stdurl http://www.cdars.com/how-cdars-works.php "the web site:"#>
"Financial institutions can offer CDARS because
they are members of a special network.
When you place a large deposit with a network member, that
institution uses CDARS to place your funds into certificates of
deposit issued by banks in the network. This occurs in increments
of less than $100,000 to ensure that both principal and interest
are eligible for full FDIC insurance.
Other network members do the same thing with their customers'
deposits. With the help of a sophisticated matching system,
network members exchange funds. This exchange occurs on a
dollar-for-dollar basis, so that the equivalent of your original
deposit comes back to your institution and effectively stays local
(meaning the full amount can support lending initiatives that
build a stronger local community). Alternatively, with your
consent, network members can receive fee income instead of
matching deposits. In either case, the full amount of your
original deposit becomes eligible for complete FDIC protection and
you receive just one regular statement detailing all your
holdings."
Like anything else, you should carefully research this option for
yourself before taking advantage of it.
(Update added 21-July)
=inc ww2010.h2 treas "Treasury bills"
For years, I've always recommended staying away from long-term (5,
10, 30 year) Treasury bonds. The reason is that there are trillions of
dollars worth of these bonds being held by foreign governments, and
with the balance of payments growing exponentially, it's been pretty
clear for a long time that those bonds will never be redeemed.
The bailout plan for the GSEs (Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) has now
made these risks much more visible to the international investor
community. The price of credit default swaps (CDSs) on US Treasuries
has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601039&refer=columnist_gilbert&sid=arWnu82MRqQk
"risen from 2 to 12 basis points."#> Translated into English, this
means that investors are beginning to "bet" that the US government is
going to default. As a practical matter, the US government could
lose its AAA rating.
The immediate cause is that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "the
planned bailout of the GSEs"#> is going to add trillions of dollars of
new obligations to the US government. As I said, it's been obvious
for years that the US government would default, but these new
obligations make it clear to a lot more people.
Of course the GSE bailout proposal is only a proposal - it still has
to be approved by Congress. But it will be a big problem either way.
Fannie and Freddie are "too big to fail," and so some kind of bailout
is required, but the proposed bailout is a problem.
In my opinion, based on trends that I see, short-term (6-12 months)
Treasury bills should still be safe investments for the near future.
But the GSE problems do add a level of risk that didn't exist before.
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080319b "wrote in March,"#> the
interest being paid on Treasury bills is so low right now, that they
probably are no longer worth the trouble for many people.
If you have enough money, however, then you may wish to include some
T-bills as part of your diversification plan, in addition to
spreading money around different banks.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Deflation and CPI"
"Thank you for your extremely informative
website. I'm just an average Joe trying to save my honest dollars.
One thing I'm not quite certain of is exactly what you mean by
deflation - or more precisely, what this deflation means to
me."
Based on long-term trends, I'm expecting the CPI (Consumer Price
Index) to fall, rather than increase. That means that things you buy
will become cheaper, rather than more expensive. In 2004, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040717 "I wrote"#> that I expect prices to fall by
30% by the 2010 time frame, and that still seems to be a reasonable
estimate, because of the financial crisis and deflationar spiral that
seems to be more and more imminent.
"Thank you John, your common-sense analyses and
straightforward explanations are truly one-of-a-kind. This makes
me feel a little bit more secure about my dollars, but I still
have my doubts about the security of US government debt (T-bills)
and insurance (FDIC). What I was thinking is that the Japanese
crash was like a generational reflection of the US in 1929 as
creditor nation, while the incipient crash of the US market is a
generational reflection of the Weimar republic as a debtor
nation. In reference to your 2004 article about deflation, I'd
say that you were absolutely right with the exception of
gasoline. As an average joe buying regular stuff from Wal-Mart and
the like, I'd say that prices for regular family stuff have
decreased significantly from 2002 to 2006, especially in durable
goods. Today it seems like prices are moving quickly back up,
however, but it could just be my perception. I guess that's not
the story that the CPI or the foreign exchange rate tells, but
that's why the macroeconomic data consistently confuses me as a
consumer. All that I can say is that I'm greatly more aware of the
world for having stumbled onto your site and thus I will continue
to learn as much as I can from it. Thank you again for such an
excellent resource."
As you suggest, the CPI and the foreign exchange rate are different
things. The CPI measures the rate of inflation internally within the
country, while the foreign exchange rate measures inflation on
international markets. The long-term trend that I described applies
only to the CPI.
I do not know of any long-term trend that indicates whether the
dollar's inflation rate internationally will be positive or negative
(the latter being deflation). In fact, it could go either way,
depending on chaotic events that can't be predicted.
The international value of the dollar depends not only on the dollar
but also on competing currencies. The euro may be worse off than the
dollar, for example, and in that case the dollar will become more
valuable relative to the euro.
Incidentally, you mention the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220
"Japanese crash of 1990."#> It took 16 years for Japan to recover from
that, and that provides an idea of how long it will take America to
recover.
For further historical insight into what life will be like in the
next couple of years, read the article on <#hreftext
ww2010.i.garrett071009 ""The bubble that broke the
world,""#> which describes how things changed in 1930 and 1931.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Gold"
"I know that you have been in the deflation camp
and feel that gold is a bad investment for that reason. Do you
thus disagree with the Bank of International Settlement's opinion
that "disorderly decline in the value of the dollar cannot be
ruled out"? Exchange rates and inflation/deflation are two
different animals. However, in the event of a disorderly decline
in the value of the dollar, it would be rather surprising to see
gold go down in price."
Gold is now overpriced by a factor of 2 or so, because it's in a
bubble, and when the bubble bursts, the value of gold will collapse.
However, that could change because of chaotic events that can't be
predicted. As you suggest, in the case of an international
emergency, such as a war or loss of faith in the dollar, then the
price of gold may spike up again. If you think that might be the
case, you might invest in gold, provided that you have the stomach to
sell quickly, once that hoped-for spike occurs. (Many people would
not do that, but would wait too long, until the price fell again.)
If you have enough money that you'd like to diversify even further
than we've suggested in the preceding paragraphs, and you're willing
to risk losing half your investment, then you may wish to purchase
some gold. But for most people, investing in gold doesn't make
sense.
Perhaps your situation is special. The issue for the next few years
is survival. Will owning gold (instead of cash) help you survive?
That's the decision you have to make.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Oil prices"
"I read on one of your postings in June of this
year that you believe speculators are not causing a big impact on
oil price because they wouldn't be able to house the oil...In 2000
the CFTC (Commodities Futures Trading Commission) deregulated
futures trading and as I understand it, this is what led to the
Enron scandal and now to some extent, the high price of oil. It
isn't required for futures contracts to be delivered, which is
what allows the speculation.
As you may already know, McCain's economic adviser Phil Gramm
(whose wife served on Enron's board ending sometime in the early
90's) had a hand in passing this legislation in 2000 and another
bill called the Gramm-leachey-biley act I believe, which
essentially repealed the Glass-Steagall Act.
Thanks for your diligent work on this site."
It is indeed possible to speculate on oil futures contracts, up to
the point where it's necessary to take delivery of the oil. At that
point, the price becomes real, and if there's been an artificially
high futures price, then the delivery price would be significantly
lower than the futures price, and apparently that hasn't been
happening.
I think a lot of the confusion today has to do with confusing prices
of futures contracts with prices of oil deliveries. One of them can
be targeted by speculators, but the other one is real, and both of
them seem to be in the $130s per barrel range.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Hari Seldon"
"John, I really enjoy the website and your
insights. Do you ever feel like that character from Isaac Asimov's
"Foundation" [science fiction] novels, Hari Seldon? He was mapping
out the future of universe, through what he called
"psychohistory."
Sort of, but Isaac Asimov's psychohistory (Hari Seldon) was proven to
be pretty much impossible in the 1960s and 1970s by the development
of Chaos Theory. On my web site, I try to carefully distinguish
between Generational Dynamics predictions (trend predictions) and
probabilistic predictions (depend on chaotic events).
I discussed the whole subject in <#hreftext ww2010.book2.forecast
""Chapter 4 - Chaos Theory and Generational Forecasting""#>
of my long languishing book, "Generational Dynamics for Historians."
It's a bit out of date now, but it covers the subject.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "How long will the crash last?"
"Could we reach bottom in a matter of several
months instead of years?"
The 1929 crash continued for three years. Could "modern technology"
make it occur more rapidly today?
This would require many institutions to collapse very rapidly. It
takes a long time period to build up an institution, and that time
period can't be sped up in most cases. Similarly, it takes a long
time to collapse an institution, and that time can't be sped up
either, although it will typically be a much shorter time period than
was spent building it up.
It's possible that major worldwide catastrophe -- such as a bird flu
pandemic that kills hundreds of millions of people -- would speed
things up a lot. That might bring about a bottom more quickly than
three years, but this depends on chaotic events that can't be
predicted.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Hiring a financial consultant"
"Thank you for all the research you put out on
Generational Dynamics. I just discovered it today, and I am
looking forward to digging into your articles further. I came
across your site after doing some research for money managers, and
then started reading your stock market predictions. With a bleak
outlook for the next several years, I was wondering if you have
any specific advice you could share. I am 25, and my father
recently passed away, and my mother and sister and looking to me
to help manage his assets, but I have very little experience. Is
there anyone or any firm you would recommend I get in touch
with?"
I'd suggest that you hire me as a consultant, but everything I can
say is already on my web site. Hopefully, the answers to the
last five or six questions will provide you with some guidance.
If you decide to hire someone, then you have to understand that they
have a conflict of interest. They make money only when you buy or
sell. They don't care whether you make money or lose money, since
they're just interested in their commission.
The winners in today's market are the ones that don't lose assets.
That's the best suggestion I can give you.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Don't spend a penny"
"Picture yourself a 30 year old father of 3 kids
under 5. There is a lot of love in my household and not so much
cynicism. What would be the best advice you could give for our
immediate future? Thanks for your reply."
Picture a world where you're a 30 year old father with 3 kids under
5, you've lost your job with no hope of getting another job, so you
and your family have to live for the foreseeable future on what you
have today. How would you change your life?
You would save every penny, knowing that if you can save a dollar
today, then that dollar may save your life a year from now. You would
cut out every expense not necessary for survival - magazine
subscriptions, piano lessons for the kids, clothes, movies, pizzas,
wide-screen tvs, lights left on when nobody's around, driving when you
can take the bus, etc., etc.
The best advice I can give you is to speak to your family now, tell
them what's coming and why you have to save every penny, and then
follow through.
One more thing: Many people should start thinking about moving in
together. Two families sharing a home will save a lot of money. If
your rich cousins have a couple of extra bedrooms in their mansion,
ask them if you could live there. You'll both save a lot of money.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Conclusions"
I wish I could give better answers to these financial questions, just
as I wish I could give a straight answer when people ask me where the
safest place is to live. Unfortunately, there are no certainties.
Actually, it's getting tougher and tougher for me to give answers to
these questions, because of the way things are changing.
For example, a year ago I could unhesitatingly advise people to put
their money into an FDIC-insured bank certificate of deposit. Today,
because of the events last week, there is some risk attached to that
advice.
All you can do is do your research and reach an educated conclusion
on the best way to increase your probability of survival.
Remember that as a reader of this web site, you have a huge advantage
over everybody else, because you know a lot about what's coming. If
you've been reading this web site since 2003, then you knew long
before other people did that there was a housing bubble, a credit
bubble, and a stock market bubble. And you knew long before anyone
else what was going to happen in Iraq, Darfur and other places in the
world. (See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information about
these and other predictions.)
And since you know a lot more than other people, you're able to make
much better decisions. Not only that, you're able to help other
people, family and friends whom you would like to see survive as well
as you do.
I thank the ever-increasing number of readers of this web site. I
spend most of my spare time on this web site, but it's you that make
it all worth it.
The amount of e-mail has been increasing, but I'm still managing to
answer pretty much all of it, although sometimes it takes me longer
than it used to. As usual, you're invited to send me a comment or
question via the "COMMENT" link at the top of each page.
I'll end with the same message I've given many times: No politician
can stop what's coming, any more than they can stop a tsunami. You
can't stop what's coming, but you can prepare for it. Treasure the
time you have left, and use it to prepare yourself, your family, your
community and your nation.
Hopefully, this posting will help you prepare.
=eod
=// &&2 e080716 SEC blames stock market problems on 'false rumors' and 'naked short selling'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.head
SEC blames stock market problems on "false rumors"
and "naked short selling"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.date
16-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.txt1
Meanwhile, disappointed pundits bemoan Wednesday's market rally.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080716.txt2
On Tuesday, July 15, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
issued <#stdurl http://www.sec.gov/rules/other/2008/34-58166.pdf
"Emergency order 34-58166 (PDF)"#> that begins as follows:
"False rumors can lead to a loss of confidence in
our markets. Such loss of confidence can lead to panic selling,
which may be further exacerbated by “naked” short selling. As a
result, the prices of securities may artificially and
unnecessarily decline well below the price level that would have
resulted from the normal price discovery process. If significant
financial institutions are involved, this chain of events can
threaten disruption of our markets.
The events preceding the sale of The Bear Stearns Companies Inc.
are illustrative of the market impact of rumors. During the week
of March 10, 2008, rumors spread about liquidity problems at Bear
Stearns, which eroded investor confidence in the firm. As Bear
Stearns’ stock price fell, its counterparties became concerned,
and a crisis of confidence occurred late in the week. In
particular, counterparties to Bear Stearns were unwilling to make
secured funding available to Bear Stearns on customary terms. In
light of the potentially systemic consequences of a failure of
Bear Stearns, the Federal Reserve took emergency action. ...
We intend these and similar actions to provide powerful
disincentives to those who might otherwise engage in illegal
market manipulation through the dissemination of false rumors and
thereby over time to diminish the effect of these activities on
our markets. In recent days, however, false rumors have continued
to threaten significant market disruption. For example, press
reports have described rumors regarding the unwillingness of key
counterparties to deal with certain financial institutions. There
also have been rumors that financial institutions are facing
liquidity problems.
As a result of these recent developments, the Commission has
concluded that there now exists a substantial threat of sudden and
excessive fluctuations of securities prices generally and
disruption in the functioning of the securities markets that could
threaten fair and orderly markets."
What a pathetic agency the SEC has become, publishing garbage like
this. The SEC was created in the 1930s. Its purpose was to prevent
any new stock market bubble like the 1920s stock market bubble, with
the intention of preventing anything like the 1929 stock market crash
from ever happening again.
The SEC totally failed to prevent the huge 1990s dot-com stock
market, and subsequently failed to prevent the even huger 2000s stock
market bubble based on the housing bubble and the credit bubble.
Having failed in its principal mission, the SEC is a total failure as
an agency, and is now reduced to issuing regulations that border on
gibberish.
Let's just make a few points:
Bear Stearns has been an industry leader in lying about the
viability of their business and in openly committing securities
fraud. If you have a few minutes, read what I wrote last year in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070624 ""Bear Stearns bails out
defaulting hedge funds, preventing broad market meltdown;""#> in
particular, look at the quote from John Succo. Also note the
follow-up: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070718 ""Bear Stearns
announces that its hedge funds are almost worthless.""#> And
don't forget about one more follow-up -- <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070902b ""Courts reject Bear Stearns hedge funds' bankruptcy
claims""#> -- about how Bear Stearns was trying to file for
bankruptcy in the Cayman Islands in order to prevent depositors from
reclaiming their deposits.
With a record like that, for the SEC to blame the Bear Stearns
meltdown on "false rumors" is so ridiculous as to be a total
joke.
This "false rumor" complaint only has to do with statements "that
can lead to panic selling." In other words, false rumors and lies are
bad only when the market is going down. There were plenty of false
rumors and lies that drove the stock market up during the housing and
credit bubbles, but those false rumors and lies are apparently
perfectly OK.
This is a continuation of the "Schumer drama," where Senator
Chuck Schumer is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "being blamed"#> for
the IndyMac Bank collapse, because he had said that the bank was in
trouble.
Back in 2004, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041010b "I was extremely
critical"#> of claims by Ben Bernanke that the Fed had been
incredibly successful in controlling the economy and the stock market
by means of their jawboning policy. Incredibly, there's a widespread
belief among mainstream macroeconomics experts that fundamentals don't
mean anything, and that the only things that matter are words. This
is mind-boggling in its stupidity, and this new SEC order is another
manifestation of this concept.
Let's repeat a couple of sentences from the emergency order:
"In recent days, however, false rumors have
continued to threaten significant market disruption. For example,
press reports have described rumors regarding the unwillingness of
key counterparties to deal with certain financial institutions.
There also have been rumors that financial institutions are
facing liquidity problems."
Are these people total morons? The reason for "significant market
disruption" is that corporate earnings have been tanking for almost a
year now. The reason for the "unwillingness ... to deal with certain
financial institutions" is because these financial institutions have
been writing down hundreds of billions of dollars of worthless assets
in their portfolios, after lying to assure everyone that there's no
problem. "False rumors" have nothing to do with the significant
market disruption.
There seems to be no limit to the insanity in today's financial
marketplace.
=inc ww2010.h2 anger "Anger"
I recently received the following message from a web site reader:
"The article about <#hreftext ww2010.i.java080701
"dumbing down IT"#> was very interesting. it did seem, however,
that the ranting almost got a little bitterness in it. I can
understand that. I'm a 30 year old IT director, and I get more
cynical everyday. What is the generational suggestion to guard my
caring heart against that? Prayer is the only answer I suppose.
Thanks for a great read."
Every now and then I get a complaint that I'm too "angry," and I can
only agree. You wouldn't believe how angry and cynical I am. I've
been writing for this web site for six years, and the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080620 "stench of corruption and fraud"#> -- from
politicians, journalists, analysts, financial management, government
regulators, and others -- has been overwhelming. After writing this
web site for six years, I don't know how I could be anything BUT angry
and bitter.
And now we have this garbage from the SEC saying that Bear Stearns
collapse -- which occurred after months of provable lying and fraud
by Bear Stearns, other financial companies, politicians, government
regulators, analysts and journalists -- was caused by "false rumors."
Let me apologize to those readers who are offended if they feel that
this particular weblog posting is an "angry rant." If it makes you
feel any better, I can assure you that the language that I'm using is
extremely subdued, compared to the language that I'd like to use.
In response to the person who wrote the message, I wish I had an
answer for your caring heart. All I can really do is repeat what I've
been saying for years, as this day has approached closer and closer:
No politician can stop what's coming, any more than they can stop a
tsunami. You can't stop what's coming, but you can prepare for it.
Treasure the time you have left, and use it to prepare yourself, your
family, your community and your nation.
I'll be posting an article tomorrow giving specific advice and
suggestions.
And now, back to our story.
=inc ww2010.h2 short "Short selling"
If you think that a stock price is going to go up, then you can buy
shares today and sell them later, thus making money if you were
right. That's called "going long" or "buying long."
If you think that a stock price is going to go down, then you can
sell shares today (even if you don't have any shares to sell) and buy
them back later, thus making money if you were right. That's called
"going short" or "short selling."
In the typical case, the short seller doesn't have any shares to
sell, and so he has to borrow some shares, paying a borrowing fee of
about 0.2% of value of the shares. (By the way, borrowing fees
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?view=DETAILS&grid=&xml=/money/2008/07/06/cnshort106.xml
"have been increasing recently"#> to as much as several percent,
because of increased demand for borrowed shares for short-selling.)
So, in a typical case, there are four people in a short sale: The
Trader who wants to short-sell, the Broker, the Lender who lends the
shares, and the Buyer who buys the lent shares.
The Trader tells the Broker that he wants to short-sell for, say,
three months. The Broker borrows some shares from the Lender, paying
a borrowing fee on behalf of the Trader. The Buyer buys the lent
shares, and the Broker puts the sale proceeds into an account on your
behalf. At the end of the three months (or at any time before), the
Trader can "cover his shorts" by purchasing shares to replace the ones
he borrowed. If he was right, then the shares he purchases will be
cheaper than the ones he sold, and he'll make money.
Short-selling is considered a perfectly acceptable practice, and has
been for centuries.
=inc ww2010.h2 naked "Naked short selling"
When a Trader and Broker execute a short-sale, they must obtain
shares to be sold. The Broker may already own such shares, and can
use those in the short sale, or the shares may be borrowed from a
Lender. The rule is that the shares must be obtained and settled
within three days.
If the shares are not provided within three days, it's called
"failure to deliver." If the Trader never had any intention of
providing shares, it's called "naked short selling."
Naked short sales are sometimes perfectly legal. For details, see
<#stdurl http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/keyregshoissues.htm "SEC
Regulation SHO,"#> which gives examples of short sales and naked
short sales that are legal.
However, naked short sales are illegal when their intent is to
manipulate the market by driving the prices of shares down. The way
this is supposed to work is that a large hedge fund registers a huge
short sale for a particular stock, with no intention of borrowing the
shares. The huge short sale looks like a sale to other investors,
who panic and sell their own shares, thus driving the price down.
The SEC's new emergency regulation prohibits even those naked short
sales that were formerly legal. However, this change only applies
for the rest of the month, and only to short trades involving a
specified list of financial institutions.
Apparently the intent is to see how this short term regulation works,
and that will determine whether the regulation will be extended.
Pundits have been going nuts over this regulation. CNBC's Jim Cramer
did a 5-minute on-air rant, waving around a piece of paper which he
claimed was the SEC regulation that said that naked short sales have
been illegal all along. However, that claim is wrong, as can be seen
by reading Regulation SHO, referenced above.
=inc ww2010.h2 nak2 "Is the market plunge caused by naked short sales?"
The SEC has failed to provide even a single credible example where
naked short sales have driven share prices down.
The SEC, which has totally failed in its primary mission, is now
looking for other people to blame. This is quite standard procedure,
especially for government officials.
In fact, after the market crashed in 1929, a lot of people blamed the
crash on short sellers. Here's a description from John Kenneth
Galbraith's 1954 book The Great Crash - 1929:
"The decline had run its course. However, the end
coincided with one last effort at reassurance. No one can say for
sure that it did no good. One part was the announcement by the
New York Stock Exchange of an investigation of short selling.
Inevitably in the preceding weeks there had been rumors of bear
raids on the market and of fortunes being made by the shorts. The
benign people known as "they," who once had put the market up,
were now a malign influence putting it down and making money out
of the common disaster. In the early days of the crash it was
widely believed that Jesse L. Livermore, a Bostonian with a large
and unquestionably exaggerated reputation for bear operations, was
heading a syndicate that was driving the market down. So
persistent did these rumors become that Livermore, whom few had
thought sensitive to public opinion, issued a formal denial that
he was involved in any deflationary plot. "What little business I
have done in the stock market," he said, "has always been as an
individual and will continue to be done on such basis." As early
as October 24 [Black Thursday in 1929], the Wall Street
Journal, then somewhat less reserved in its view of the world
than now, complained that "there has been a lot of short selling,
a lot of forced selling, and a lot of selling to make the market
look bad." Such suspicions the Exchange authorities now sought to
dispel. Nothing came of the study." (p. 136)
In the end, the new investigation into short sellers is just as
meaningless as the one in 1929. It allows government regulators to
project the appearance of doing something, but in reality they're
doing nothing.
=inc ww2010.h2 should "Should you try short-selling?"
Several people have criticized me for writing that short selling is
dangerous because brokers' escrow accounts would be in jeopardy
during a market crash that drover brokers into bankruptcy.
The situation that I envisioned was the following: The Trader (you)
initiate a short sale. The Broker borrows stock, and sells it to the
Buyer for, say, $100,000. The Broker keeps the $100,000. Now
suppose the market crashes and falls 40%. You purchase back the
shares for $60,000, and you've made $40,000. But suppose that the
Broker goes bankrupt. Then you might lose the $100,000, and you'll
end up still having to pay $60,000 to cover your short position.
A web site reader wrote to me as follows:
"That's not how it works. You keep confusing
brokerage funds with customer funds. The $100,000 belongs to the
customer, it goes into the customer's account, it is invested into
whatever the customer wants to invest it in, most likely a money
market fund. The money market fund most likely consists of US
Treasuries which have no default risk (because once again, the
government cannot technically go bankrupt, they are the ones that
spend (create) money into existence, money that is backed by
nothing)."
And so I put the question to an online correspondent into these
things. He replied that the $100,000 would go into a segregated
account that would be safe if the Broker went bankrupt during a
market crash.
He provided some very technical additional information about what
might happen if the market meltdown occurred while the short
transaction was still being processed:
"As far as your question, yes, in the event of a
market meltdown, any funds already present in a segregated futures
account prior to the meltdown are safe. As I understand it, the
funds are non interest bearing US dollars which are not dependent
on the integrity of any underlying financial instrument. What
would likely happen after any large and sudden financial meltdown
is that the short would have a credit due on their position that
would not be paid in normal fashion due to the fact that the
long accounts would not have sufficient funds to sweep in the
amount due....
Any trades consummated during the meltdown would work in the same
manner. The customer's margin would be wired directly into the
segregated account, but any profit on short positions taken during
the meltdown would be subject to sweeping the available money out
of the long accounts and there would likely be a shortfall in the
case of a severe multi sigma (we could say) type of meltdown.
As far as the brokerages, I seriously doubt what your
correspondent is saying is correct, but ... I know of no
brokerage that uses a treasury (t-bill) only money market account
as their default account for customer funds. Any of the default
money markets I have looked at are chock full of ABCP
[asset-backed commercial paper] and other junk."
So I think the moral to this story is that if you have a very, very
strong stomach, and you're willing to take some risks, then you might
make a lot of money short-selling across a stock market crash, but you
really have to know what you're doing. What's absolutely crucial is
that you have to keep track of your money ($100,000 in the above
example) and know where it is every minute. That money is the
greatest potential source of disaster in short-selling into a market
crash.
Incidentally, don't forget that short-selling can be disastrously
expensive even during a "normal" transaction while in a bear market.
The market today (Wednesday) rallied 2½%, and if you had shorted the
market, you would have lost a great deal of money.
=inc ww2010.h2 cap "The capitulation fantasy grows in importance"
=inc ww2010.pic g080716a.gif left "" "Market summary, 15,16-July-2008"
Pundits were happy on Tuesday, when the Dow Industrials fell 92
points, because they were sure that the market couldn't go much
lower, and that capitulation was near.
One <#stdurl
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20080715.WBmarkets20080715113806/WBStory/WBmarkets
"pundit wrote,"#> "Capitulation is nigh!":
"Panic is in the air. ...
"[S]ome capitulation activity has been accelerated and the
likelihood of an intermediate bottom forming today, tomorrow or
Thursday is now over 95 per cent."
As we've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "previously said,"#> the
capitulation concept is a fantasy. It supposedly will occur after
everyone sells off, giving up any hope that the market will go up
again. At that point, goes the fantasy, the market will go up again.
The logical paradox is that everyone is expecting capitulation to
occur after a couple of sharp market plunges, which will mean that
everyone's given up hope. But since everyone knows that that means
capitulation, everyone will expect the market to go up again, so
capitulation hasn't occurred after all. So capitulation can never
occur.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080716b.jpg right "" "CNBC's Sue Herrera points to
the word "Turmoil" in the Washington Post headline
(Source: CNBC)"#>
But what I found interesting on Wednesday is the pathetic desperation
in people's voices, asking each other, "Is this capitulation?"
Here's one of many examples, from CNBC anchor Sue Herrera:
"We obviously read all the newspapers every
morning, and this one caught our eye in a big way. I'm gonna hold
it up, because there's a key word here. This is the Washington
Post -- almost the entire front page is dedicated to the economy,
and I'll point you to the word, right here, which is "Turmoil."
an economy thrown into turmoil. Is that indeed the case? ...
If you look at the Washington Post and some of the magazines and
some of the headlines, we could be looking at a point of
capitulation. ...
This could really be a sign that we're near the bottom."
The capitulation fantasy is obviously growing, and is going to a major
feature in the attitudes of investors.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Corporate earnings"
I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080714 "wrote"#> the other day that the
latest earnings update had mysteriously not appeared on the <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> web site. Well, it did appear finally on Tuesday
afternoon, and here is the resulting table:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3%
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
Jul 11: -14.7%
As usual, corporate earnings estimates have fallen significantly for
another week. Once again, this will push price/earnings ratios up
higher, and that will cause formula-driven investors to sell off,
driving the stock market down further. Well, at least there's some
good news: That will make the "capitulation pundits" happy.
The second quarter earnings for financial services firms are starting
to come in. Wells Fargo came in higher than expected on Wednesday,
and that's one of the factors contributing to the Wall Street rally.
JP Morgan Chase & Co. will be reporting on Thursday morning, and
Merrill Lynch will be reporting late Thursday afternoon.
These financial service firm earnings will probably determine the
short-range direction of the market. If they're better than expected,
the market will go up, at least for a while; if they're as bad as
expected, or worse, the market should continue going down.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080715b The Top Ten signs that you have a bad bank.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.head
The Top Ten signs that you have a bad bank.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.date
15-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.txt1
Some advice from late night talk show host David Letterman.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715b.txt2
From the <#stdurl http://www.cbs.com/latenight/lateshow/ "Late Show
with David Letterman:"#> Now that IndyMac Bank has been closed, here
are the Top Ten signs that you have a bad bank:
=inc ww2010.pic g080714d.jpg right "" "David Letterman"
10. Teller asks, "How may I swindle you?"
9. Instead of Andrew Jackson, their $20 bills have a picture of
Tito Jackson.
8. They promise they'll have your money if you come back after
tonight's Keno drawing.
7. Interest paid not in money, but in Saltines.
6. ATM looks suspiciously like a Ms. Pac-Man machine.
5. Loan officer will approve your mortgage only if you let him
rub you.
4. Bank robbers leave with a sack of IOU's -- that how bad things
are, ladies and gentlemen.
3. Most banks are backed by the FDIC; your bank is backed by KFC.
2. They made $2 million loan to the Hillary Clinton campaign.
1. Manager giggles whenever he says, "Early withdrawal."
=eod
=// &&2 e080715 South Korea recalls its Ambassador to Japan over island dispute
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.head
South Korea recalls its Ambassador to Japan over island dispute
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.date
15-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.txt1
The Korean government warned it would "sternly deal" with
any Japanese claim
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080715.txt2
to <#stdurl
http://english.donga.com/srv/service.php3?bicode=050000&biid=2008071594818
"the disputed Dokdo islands."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080714c.gif right "" "The Dokdo/Takeshima islands,
located in the East Sea/Sea of Japan
(Source: BBC)"#>
Korea's foreign ministry said, "The Korean government makes it clear
once again that Dokdo is Korean territory, which is obvious when
referring to history, geography and international law. Again, we’ll
sternly deal with any attempt to undermine our sovereignty over the
islets."
Japan's Prime Minister Yasuo Fukuda <#stdurl
http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/dy/national/20080715TDY01304.htm "asked South
Korea to show more understanding,"#> and to act more calmly. "While
we're coming from different positions, we need to overcome these
differences and try to understand each other more deeply," Fukuda
said.
Japan <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7504933.stm "calls them the
Takeshima islands,"#> and says that the body of water they're located
in is called the Sea of Japan.
South Korea calls them the Dokdo islands, and says that the body
of water they're located in is called the East Sea.
Japan colonized Korea from 1905 until the end of World War II in
1945. In the subsequent international agreements settling the war,
the status of these islands was left to be settled at a future date.
Tsk, tsk. If they'd understood generational theory, they would have
realized that probably the only way the status would be determined is
through another crisis war, 60-70 years later.
In 2005, this issue caused <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050318 "street
protests in Seoul."#> Anti-Japanese feelings are deep in Korea, thanks
to the 50-year occupation, and also because Japanese soldiers used
Korean women as "comfort women" during World War II. Since then,
both sides have made an effort to calm the demonstrations and
rhetoric.
The issue flared up again because of a recent decision by the
Japanese to mention the dispute in a teacher's guide to middle-school
textbooks. The Korean Ambassador to Japan lodged a strong protest
with the Japanese Foreign Ministry, and was then "temporarily"
recalled home.
If you look at <#stdurl
http://www.mofa.go.jp/region/asia-paci/takeshima/index.html
"Japan's Foreign Ministry web site,"#> you'll find a wealth of
materials -- maps, histories, analyses, video presentations -- to
prove Japan's claim to the islands.
If you look at <#stdurl
http://www.mofat.go.kr/english/political/hotissues/dokdo/index.html
"South Korea's Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade web site,"#>
you'll find a similar collection of materials to prove South Korea's
claim to the islands.
Take a look at this <#stdurl
http://english.dokdohistory.com/flash/dok_main_1.swf "flash
presentation"#> on the Korean web site. It shows various photos of
the islands. It's two rocks sticking out of the sea. If you look
very, very closely, you'll see a tiny building that someone's built on
top of the right-hand rock. The Koreans put that building there to
establish their sovereignty.
The disputes contain a lot of nationalistic pride on both sides, but
really no one cares much about a couple of rocks. As usual, it's not
about anything but money. Whoever owns the islands also owns
<#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7504933.stm "rich
fishing grounds"#> surrounding them, as well as potential gas
reserves.
Surging food and oil prices are making populations in both countries
anxious and panicky, and neither side wants to lose these riches.
However, this dispute will not be settled except by means of a new
crisis war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080714 Investor and public anxiety levels are sky-high following weekend twin bailouts
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.head
Investor and public anxiety levels are sky-high following weekend
twin bailouts
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.date
14-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.txt1
300 more banks are thought likely to be facing failure,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080714.txt2
said <#stdurl http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/feedarticle/7649271
"according to RBC Capital Markets"#> analyst Gerard Cassidy, who had
in February estimated no more than 150.
Washington Mutual Inc. appears to be at the top of the list, along
with a number of smaller banks. "You have to look at companies with
the greatest exposure to the highest-risk assets, which include
construction loans and exotic mortgages," Cassidy said. "The final
nail in the coffin for any depository institution would be a funding
crisis where it is unable to gather deposits at reasonable cost, or
wholesale funding markets are cut off."
There were two bailouts over the weekend, following the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080712 "economic turmoil that occurred on
Friday."#> IndyMac Bancorp Inc. was nationalized by the FDIC, after
panicky depositors withdrew $1.3 billion in deposits.
In a separate action, unrelated the IndyMac action except that they
happened to occur on the same weekend, GSEs (government sponsored
entities) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which guarantee $6 trillion in
mortgages, was promised unlimited funding by the Fed and the Dept. of
Treasury, to prevent it from defaulting.
=inc ww2010.pic g080714b.gif left "" "Market summary, 14-July-2008"
Wall Street markets opened much higher on Monday morning, with the
Dow Industrials immediately gaining 170 points. By noon, however,
investors had lost confidence, and the market had turned negative,
and by 1 pm the market was well over 200 points below it's morning
high. It end the day net down 45 points, 22% below the October high.
=inc ww2010.h2 confidence "Crisis of confidence"
As I've said many times, the ups and downs of the stock market are
not important except insofar as they reflect the attitudes and
behaviors of the large masses of investors.
It used to be that I would write about the euphoria and insanity
of investors, as they pushed up the stock market indexes to ever
newer highs, making the stock market bubble larger and larger.
For the last few months, it's been the opposite. Now it's the
repeated lows that reflect changes in behaviors and attitudes -- for
both investors and ordinary people. The totally irrational euphoria
has been replaced by enormous anxiety. The "bad news is good news"
syndrome is gone altogether.
For ordinary people, CNN had hours of programming on Monday on the
economy. They referred to the stock market problems as a "crisis of
confidence," and they sought to reassure bank depositors that their
savings would be OK, even if their bank failed and the FDIC took
over. Still, the news video showing hundreds of people standing in
line to withdraw their deposits from IndyMac Bank in California really
set the tone.
CNBC gave me the impression of chaos. There were lots of incredibly
glum faces, but no one was saying much of anything except the usual
sound bytes about strong fundamentals.
One thing that really set the tone for me is the increase in blame
and finger-pointing, as evidenced by the fallout from Senator Charles
Schumer's June 26 remarks that IndyMac's lax lending standards left
it on the brink of failure. For the last three days there's <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aAYLeK3YAie4&refer=home
"been a spitball fight,"#> with regulators blaming Schumer for
sinking IndyMac, and Schumer blaming the regulators for not having
done their jobs.
On Monday afternoon, analyst Chris Thornberg at Beacon Economics
appeared on CNBC. He had said that the next batch of banks to fail
will be banks with exposures to builders' loans, since commercial
real estate is now failing in just the way residential real estate
has been failing. But Thornberg refused to name names, for fear that
he'd be blamed for anything that happened: "A lot of people are
blaming Chuck Schumer for this. The only thing that Chuck did was
point out what should have been obvious to investors in the first
place, and that was that IndyMac was in big, big trouble."
Politicians and analysts have not been known for their honesty and
openness for a long time now, but the Schumer drama is apparently
casting an enormous pall that will keep anybody from saying anything
negative. Do not, under any circumstances, believe any soothing
words that you hear or read from anyone in the mainstream media.
Another indicator of anxiety is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071103b "the
MarketPsych investor fear index,"#> which is computed by a
computerized analysis of news stories in business publications. The
index is computed essentially by counting the number of words in
these stories that reflect anxiety, versus the number that reflect
calm.
Here's Monday's version of the index:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080714a.gif center "" "MarketPsych Fear Index --
14-July-2007 to 14-July-2008
(Source: Marketpsych)"#>
As you can see from the above graph, the index spiked high last
August, when the global credit crisis began, and again in March, when
the Bear Stearns crisis occurred. As you can see on the far right of
the graph, in the last week, it's been spiking up again, higher than
ever, indicating extremely high investor anxiety. This matches the
chaos I saw on CNBC on Monday.
If I were to judge when the CNBC anchors appeared most anxious and
panicky of all, it was when they were discussing the announcements of
second quarter earnings for financial services firms. There was a
brief discussion of the fear that Citibank, Merrill Lynch, and others
will be announcing disastrous new asset writedowns. Other pundits
said, essentially, "Well, maybe the earnings announcements will be
better than expected."
On a related note, there's something strange to report. As regular
readers know, each week I depend on the <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> web site to tell me the latest estimate of S&P 500
corporate earnings growth, and I post a table showing how those
earnings estimates keep falling, week after week. The CNBC web page
is usually updated every Friday afternoon, but this week it hasn't
been updated at all, so far. Now, it's a good thing that I'm not a
paranoid person, or I would suspect that earnings estimates have
fallen so far that CNBC doesn't want to risk shocking people by
posting them. but since I'm not a paranoid person, I'm sure it's
just an oversight, caused by someone being on vacation or something.
(Update: The new stats appeared on Tuesday afternoon,
15-July.)
Actual second quarter earnings for financial services firms are going
to start pouring in within a couple more days. These will probably
determine the short-range direction of the market. If they're better
than expected, the market will go up, at least for a while; if
they're as bad as expected, or worse, the market should continue
going down.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080712 Economic turmoil increases as California's IndyMac Bank collapses
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.head
Economic turmoil increases as California's IndyMac Bank collapses
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.date
12-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.txt1
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are "insolvent"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080712.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g080712a.jpg right "" "Economic turmoil"
Government officials, including President George Bush, Treasury
Secretary Henry Paulson and Senator Christopher Dodd, were expressing
confidence in the soundness of the American economy on Friday, as the
bad news poured in. The problem is that, since the August 2007
beginning of the global credit crisis, there have been so many lies
about the soundness of the economy coming from government officials
and media sources like CNBC and the Wall Street Journal, that
fewer people are finding such reassurance credible.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=atrd9_l.GrL8&refer=us
"seized IndyMac Bancorp Inc."#> on Friday, after panicky customers
withdrew $1.3 billion in deposits in the past 11 days. This may be
the largest bank failure in US history, and the FDIC will pay an
estimated $4-8 billion to insured depositors. About another $1
billion in deposits are uninsured, and depositors may still be able
to recover half of those. The bank will reopen on Monday morning
under a new name, the IndyMac Federal Bank.
IndyMac has been a troubled bank for a while, but the current panic
is being blamed on Senator Charles Schumer, who said on June 26 that
IndyMac's lax lending standards left it on the brink of failure.
Senator Schumer was telling the truth, but he won't be saying
anything like that again any time soon. This little drama shows why
politicians, journalists and analysts simply cannot be trusted: If
they tell the truth, then they're blamed for the results. So they lie
about the soundness of the economy, so they won't be blamed for
anything. (I've actually had a couple of people write to me
suggesting that this web site might be causing people to panic and
that I might be to blame for economic problems, a concept to which I
can only react with ironic laughter.)
There was a lot more bad news on Friday as well. Stock prices for
<#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/8721ad5c-4fb5-11dd-b050-000077b07658.html
"Lehman Brothers investment bank fell 16%"#> on Friday, despite
reassurances from the Standard & Poor's ratings agency that Lehman
Brothers is financially sound. Lehman was once the largest U.S.
underwriter of mortgage bonds, and has lost nearly 78% of its market
value this year after reporting its first quarterly loss in its
history.
We can really see the "chickens coming home to roost" here. S&P
ratings has no credibility at all these days, after years of taking
fat fees in return for AAA ratings for CDOs and other mortgage-backed
securities that turned out to be worthless. Lehman Bros is now the
smallest Wall Street investment bank, ever since Bear Stearns
collapsed in March, and investors aren't taking any chances for fear
that it might collapse as well.
=inc ww2010.h2 insol "Insolvency of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac"
The biggest news on Friday was the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aFhgZrxPGD3M&refer=home
"20%+ plunge in stock share prices for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac."#>
Fannie and Freddie shares have both dropped more than 80 percent in
the last year, because of the housing crisis. The two are called
GSEs (Government Sponsored Enterprises), and they're responsible for
guaranteeing most home mortgages. They've guaranteed $6 trillion in
home mortgages, but the high foreclosure rate in the last year has
put both agencies into <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aefOxE9thfw8&refer=home
"technical insolvency,"#> according to former St. Louis Federal
Reserve president William Poole.
Should Fannie and Freddie be bailed out by the Federal government? It
depends on whom you believe -- and keep in mind that there are no
barriers to lying these days, among politicians, analysts and
journalists:
Everyone seems to be saying that Fannie and Freddie cannot be
allowed to default. With $6 trillion in mortgage guarantees in their
portfolio, a default would create a massive chain reaction that would
affect numerous financial institutions around the world.
There is talk of nationalizing Fannie and Freddie, just as
IndyMac bank has been nationalized. This would means that
shareholders would lose their entire remaining investments. However,
Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson said, "Today our primary focus is
supporting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in their current form as they
carry out their important mission," <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aFhgZrxPGD3M&refer=home
"signaling"#> the administration's intent to keep them as
shareholder-owned companies.
There is talk of making the Fed's discount window available to
Fannie and Freddie. What this means is as follows: The Fed has
always allowed highly regulated commercial banks to borrow money from
the Fed's discount window at the current "discount rate," which is
normally about ½% above the overnight Fed funds rate. However, after
Bear Stearns debacle in March, the Fed has opened the discount window
to unregulated investment banks, such as Lehman. The new proposal is
to open the discount window to borrowing from Fannie and Freddie as
well. Unfortunately, the Fed only has about $1 trillion in assets on
its books, and it's already loaned out half of that, so this proposal
could bankrupt the Fed.
There's talk of Congress passing a bailout law to fund Fannie and
Freddie. (This is what's known as "printing money.") This gets into
ideological issues. Thus, liberal NY Times economist Paul
Krugman <#stdurl
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2008/07/11/fannie-freddie-sweden-japan/
"writes:"#>
"[B]ig financial crises always end with an
expensive bailout of the banking system. It happened in Sweden, it
happened in Japan. Why should we be different? Except that in this
case banks proper took on very little of the risk; Fannie and
Freddie, on the other hand, took on a lot of it."
Others are philosophically opposed to the bailout on ideological
grounds, and some make a further point: $1.3 trillion in these GSE
bonds are <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/chinese-government-top-foreign-holder/story.aspx?guid=%7B347DF7BF-F0B7-48C9-A418-5A0B903D9F72%7D&dist=hppr
"held by foreign governments."#> The top five are: China, Japan, the
Cayman Islands, Luxembourg, and Belgium. Thus, bailing out the GSEs
would effectively subsidize these foreign governments (who have been
subsidizing our government for years).
=inc ww2010.h2 fdic "Bank failures and the FDIC"
You can take a look at the <#stdurl
http://www.fdic.gov/bank/individual/failed/banklist.html "FDIC's
failed bank list,"#> and notice that bank failures are relatively
rare:
There were 27 bank failures in 2000-2004, following the
dot-com bubble crash.
There were no bank failures whatsoever in 2005-2006, during
the height of the real estate and credit bubbles.
There were 3 bank failures in 2007.
There have been 5 bank failures so far in 2008.
These figures aren't so high, when compared to the almost 9,000
financial institutions whose deposits the FDIC insures.
However, that's about to change. In February, the Wall Street
Journal <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120398607404892133.html?mod=hpp_us_whats_news&apl=y&r=887335
"reported"#> that the FDIC was staffing up to handle the dozens of
additional bank failures expected later this year and next.
This was confirmed on Friday, when <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2008/07/11/news/companies/indymac_fdic/?postversion=2008071121
"FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair said"#> that IndyMac could be the biggest
bank failure in US history, and that there would be many more bank
failures. (Other news sources say that the FDIC has 90 banks on its
confidential watch list.) However, Bair adds, "There will be
increased failures, but it will be within range of what we can
handle. People should not worry." She <#stdurl
http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2008/jul/09/bernanke-calls-for-new-fed-power/
"added,"#> "Nobody's ever lost a penny of insured deposits."
The last statement is true, but somewhat disingenuous. The FDIC was
formed in 1933, after the last stock market crash, it's never been
severely tested since then.
Besides, what would Bair be saying if she were worried that
the FDIC was going to fail? The answer is that she would be saying
exactly what she did say.
=inc ww2010.h2 institutions "The collapse of Depression-era institutions"
I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080623 "recently wrote:"#> "Basically, if
a major banking crisis occurred, then the FDIC would run out of
money." I referred to an article I wrote last year, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070823c ""Is your bank deposit protected by
the FDIC?""#>
I received the following criticism from a web site reader:
"Why do you keep posting stuff like this? FDIC
is backed by the credit of the US government. For FDIC to run out
of money would be for the US Government to run out of money. You
know darn well that the US government can NEVER run out of money,
because they are the ones that make it! Our money is not backed
by anything. In case you haven't noticed we currently have a
<#stdurl http://www.treasurydirect.gov/NP/BPDLogin?application=np
"9+ TRILLION dollar debt."#> Why haven't we "run out" yet? And at
what point do you believe we will "run out"?
First off, I don't believe anything that government officials say
these days. In particular, the soothing words of FDIC Chairman Sheila
Bair would have been uttered no matter what the true situation was.
Second, the arithmetic doesn't add up. The FDIC has under $50
billion in its insurance fund, and it's losing $4-8 billion for just
IndyMac. There are 90 more banks on the watch list, and that could
eat through the entire fund very quickly.
Third, even that doesn't account for the chain reaction effect.
Those 90 banks on the watch list are those that are ALREADY in
trouble. If dozens of those banks are expected to fail, then many
other assets (bank bonds, credit default swaps) will also lose value,
leading to many more bank failures.
In fact, what we're seeing is the failure of one Depression-era
institution after another.
Let's start with the dot-com bubble of the late 1990s. The
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) was formed in the 1930s
specifically for the purpose of preventing any such bubble from
occurring. They had learned that the 1929 crash was the result of
the 1920s bubble, so they wanted to make absolutely certain that no
such bubble ever occurred again. The occurrence of the dot-com
bubble, and subsequently the housing and credit bubbles, are
testaments to the complete failure of the SEC.
The Federal National Mortgage Association, nicknamed Fannie Mae, was
created in 1938 in reaction to the massive homelessness of the Great
Depression, after so many people lost their homes through
foreclosure. Its purpose was to make sure that every American
family could live the American dream with his own home. In 1968,
Fannie Mae was made into a private, shareholder-owned agency, since
it was felt that it could make money on its own. However, it still
had special privileges as a GSE (government sponsored entity) that
made it a virtual monopoly. As a result, Congress created a
competitor in 1970 -- the Federal Home Mortgage Corporation, nicknamed
Freddie Mac.
Now Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are insolvent.
In 2004, Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040830
"gave a speech"#> warning the Baby Boomer generation not to count on
Social Security and Medicare. He advocated that policy changes be made
immediately to protect the Social Security and Medicare programs,
since the Boomer generation would begin retiring very soon. Well,
Congress did nothing, of course, and the Boomers are now retiring,
pushing those programs in the direction of insolvency.
People who say that there's no serious problem are only looking at
one problem at a time.
If the FDIC were the ONLY problem, then we'd be OK.
If Fannie and Freddie were the ONLY problems, then we'd be OK.
If Social Security and Medicare were the ONLY problems, then we'd be
OK.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080712b.gif right "" "UK housing price index
from mortgage lender Halifax
(Source: Telegraph)"#>
For that matter, if the US economy were the only one in trouble, then
perhaps things wouldn't be so bad.
But in the UK, the slide in housing prices is the <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/07/11/cnhousing111.xml
"worst since the Great Depression."#>
In Spain, government officials <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/07/11/cnspain111.xml
"have been shocked"#> by the intensity of the downturn now engulfing
the country. Car sales fell 31% in June, industrial production has
fallen 5.5% over the past year and the collapsing property sector is
shedding almost 100,000 jobs a month.
In France, industrial output fell 2.6% in May, and in Germany it was
down 2.4%.
China's stock markets are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080613b "crashing
big time,"#> and there are plenty of good reasons to believe that
China will have some sort of financial crisis once the Olympics games
end. In addition, the economies of many emerging markets are
collapsing, including Iceland, Vietnam, Russia and China. Soaring
food and oil prices are making thing worse everywhere.
Each one of these problems, when looked at in isolation, might be
solvable. But when you put everything together, you see a massive
slide into financial chaos in progress. The entire financial
structure built by the generations that survived the Great Depression
and World War II has been sabotaged by ignorant and destructive
Boomers and Generation-Xers.
The climax of my "bloated mansion" analogy appears to be getting
closer and closer each day. Here's how I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071117 "described it in November"#> of last year:
"Think of the world economy as a huge, enormous
bloated mansion made of wood, with all kinds of additions tacked
on all over the place. Think of the CDOs as millions of termites
that are eating away at the insides, so that another piece of the
mansion falls off into the ravine almost every day.
The Fed and other central banks have been running around the
mansion with hammers and glue and nails, patching things up as
fast as they can, trying to keep ahead of termites. They've been
pretty successful with their hammers and glue and nails in
postponing the inevitable, even bloating the mansion up a little
more, but they can't keep up with the termites.
[What's happening] is that the hammers and glue and nails aren't
working, and it won't be long now before the entire mansion
collapses into the ravine."
And so, the final answer to my web site reader's question is that
the printing presses can't possibly print fast enough to keep up with
all this.
Government institutions around the world made many promises after
World War II. They promised a world where everyone could eat,
everyone could survive, and everyone could have a decent life. All
of those promises are now coming into question. It will not be
possible for any but a small portion of those promises to be kept.
Which promises will be kept and which will be discarded? What kind
of triage process will be used?
It's impossible to predict with certainty, but some clues are
provided by Neil Howe and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "the late
William A. Strauss,"#> founding fathers of generational theory, on
whose theory Generational Dynamics was originally based. On page 258
of their book, The Fourth Turning, they describe historically
what happens when a major disaster (like the 1929 crash or the bombing
of Pearl Harbor) propels a society from a generational Unraveling era
into a generational Crisis era:
"Private life also transforms beyond prior
recognition. Now less important than the team, individuals are
expected to comply with the new Fourth Turning standards of
virtue. Family order strengthens, and personal violence and
behavior now face implacable public stigma, even punishment.
Winner-take-all arrangements give way to enforceable new
mechanisms of social sharing. Questions about who does what are
settled on grounds of survival, not fairness. This leads to a
renewed social division of labor by age and sex. In the realm of
public activity, elders are expected to step aside for the young,
women for men. When danger looms, children are expected to be
protected before parents, mothers before fathers. All social
arrangements are evaluated anew; pre-Crisis promises and
expectations count for little. Where the Unraveling had been an
era of fast-paced personal lives against a background of public
gridlock, in the Crisis the pace of daily life will seem to slow
down just as political and social change accelerates."
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080710b CNNMoney.com’s ‘Depression Comparisons Misguided’ shows that a depression is imminent
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.head
CNNMoney.com's 'Depression Comparisons Misguided' shows that a
depression is imminent
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.date
10-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.txt1
Guest article by Paul Lamont, President of Lamont Trading Advisors,
Inc.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710b.txt2
After reading CNNMoney.com Editor Paul La Monica’s <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/2008/05/28/markets/thebuzz/?postversion=2008052812
"piece on the comparisons to the Great Depression"#> we felt compelled
to respond. Unfortunately for Mr. La Monica, the article regurgitates
common beliefs about the Depression which conflict with historical
fact and basic economics. We hope to set things straight. We begin
with Mr. La Monica’s words:
“The unemployment rate skyrocketed during the
Depression, peaking at nearly 25% in 1933. The current
unemployment rate is just 5%. And that's only up from 4.5% a year
ago. Contrast that with the far more explosive spike at the
beginning of the Great Depression - from about 3% in 1929 to
nearly 8.7% in 1930, according to the U.S. Bureau of the
Census.”
These numbers are accurate. However Mr. La Monica’s use of a lagging
indicator for his strongest point is telling. The economy won’t
experience the highest unemployment numbers until it hits bottom. At
that point, his commentary would be too late to be of any use.
“Another hallmark of the Depression was deflation,
which is obviously not happening today. Wages are rising - albeit
by less than many would like.”
Once again we agree. Deflation was the hallmark of the Depression. But
deflation is evident by the fall in the general price level, not just
wages. Today a larger, more widely held asset class is falling in
value than coincided with the beginning of the Great Depression. Does
that mean it could be worse? The rise in wages is not good news
either. According to Murray Rothbard, real wages were increasing into
1931, “thereby greatly aggravating the unemployment problem as time
went on.” Perhaps this could cause the ‘explosive spike’ in
unemployment that Mr. La Monica first cites. He continues with a
description of how different it is today:
“The main fear is inflation in the cost of food
and oil. And there's reason to believe that inflation pressures
may eventually ease since there is a bit of a speculative bubble
going on in commodities. Plus, if the Federal Reserve can
stabilize the dollar, that could cool off the recent run-up in gas
and food costs.”
Inflation fears were the main concern during 1930-1933 as well. It was
given by investors as the ‘excuse’ for the U.S. corporate bond
sell-off. Simultaneously, the CPI was falling. A speculative commodity
bust (see chart below) and a rising U.S. dollar would also fit with
the onset of the Great Depression. Mr. La Monica’s analysis of today’s
environment could have been given in 1930.
=inc ww2010.pic g080710a.gif center "" "Commodity Index, 1910-40"
Mr. La Monica continues:
“Finally, there's the issue of the stock market.
I've taken a lot of flack for mentioning the bounceback in stocks
since many readers seem to think that what happens on Wall Street
does not affect Main Street.”
This is where similarities are even more exact.
=inc ww2010.pic g080710b.gif center "" "Dow Industrials, 1928-33"
As you can see from the chart above, after the initial Crash of 1929,
the DJIA bottomed out in November. Its ‘bounceback’ lasted until
April of 1930, (a typical .618 retracement, check your S&P500 chart
of the recent rally, yes same .618 rebound) at which time it was
generally accepted that the ‘worst was over.’ Even Hoover remarked in
a speech on December 5th that the worst was behind them (according to
Murray Rothbard, America’s Great Depression). What occurred next is
related to us by Frederick Lewis Allen in <#stdurl
http://xroads.virginia.edu/~HYPER/ALLEN/ch14.html
"Only Yesterday":#>
“During the first three months of 1930 a Little
Bull Market gave a very plausible imitation of the Big Bull
Market. Trading became as heavy as in the golden summer of 1929,
and the prices of the leading stocks actually regained more than
half the ground they had lost during the debacle. For a time it
seemed as if perhaps the hopeful prophets at Washington were
right and prosperity was coming once more and it would be well to
get in on the ground floor and make up those dismal losses of
1929. But in April this brief illusion began to sicken and die.
Business reaction had set in again. By the end of the sixty-day
period set for recovery by the President and his Secretary of
Commerce, commodity prices were going down, production indices
were going down, the stock market was taking a series of painful
tumbles, and hope deferred was making the American
heartsick.”
This ‘third leg of the bear market’ (1930 to 1933) was characterized
by the failure of the banking system to provide credit and money for
the proper functioning of the economy. With <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/weekend-edition-bank-failures-surge/story.aspx?guid=%7B2FCA4A0C-227D-48FE-B42C-8DDF75D838DA%7D
"bank failures currently looming,"#> we ignore history at our own
peril.
Mr. La Monica continues:
“Keep in mind that the Depression was kicked into
gear, if not necessarily caused, by the stock market crash of
October 1929… The Depression was a product of a one-time shock
that took years to recover from.”
Today’s credit markets have not recovered from this ‘one-time shock’
either. The main crash has already occurred in the value of real
estate loans held by financial institutions. Writedowns have already
totaled $380B. However rating agencies and financial guarantors have
allowed bankers to prevent realization of most of the losses and
subsequent forced increases in reserves. As <#stdurl
http://bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601206&sid=ahKOXy.Kublo&refer=realestate
"Warren Buffet recently stated,"#> “You've got a lot of leeway in
running a bank to not tell the truth for quite a while.” According to
Homer Hoyt in One Hundred Years of Land Values in Chicago;
“Real-estate loans, not failed stockbrokers’ accounts, were the
largest single element in the failure of 4,800 banks in the years from
1930 to 1933.” Mr. La Monica goes onto say:
“The massive plunge in the value of an asset, in
this case stocks, sent the economy spiraling into its most severe
downturn in history.”
Replace ‘stocks’ with ‘real estate’. Mr. La Monica then cites Chris
Probyn, chief economist of Global State Street Advisors, for the
reason ‘why today is different.’
“’But the Fed has cut interest rates. Congress has
responded aggressively with a fiscal stimulus package,’ Probyn
added.’ One of the problems in the Great Depression was that there
was no fiscal policy employed preemptively to stop it.’”
This is easily dismissed, because it is factually incorrect.
According to Murray Rothbard, before October 1929, the rediscount rate
was at 6%. It was lowered to 4% in November 1929, 2% by December 1930,
and finally 1.5% in mid-1931. At the same time, President Hoover
“increased expenditures by $130 million of which $50 million was new
construction.” State and local governments increased expenditures by
$700M. The Hoover Dam began construction in 1931. Despite
(relatively) greater fiscal stimulus as well as drastic rate cuts, the
fractional reserve banking system collapsed in 4 years. Why? Bankers
were unable or unwilling to lend, either because of continued losses
on real estate loans or because of a run on deposits. The
unavailability of credit and money caused the deflationary spiral of
the Great Depression.
=inc ww2010.h2 nothing "Nothing New Under The Sun"
Currently, the Federal Reserve is providing banks access to half of
its balance sheet as the lender of last resort. This is to keep the
banking system lending. However further mortgage downgrades,
financial guarantor failures or the complete use of the Federal
Reserve balance sheet could force banks into crises similar to that of
1930-33.
We don’t like the similarities either. But we also can’t ignore them.
Mr. La Monica’s article represents the current widespread belief that
is so commonly wrong at major market turning points.
Paul J. Lamont is President of <#stdurl www.LTAdvisors.net "Lamont
Trading Advisors, Inc.,"#> a registered investment advisor in the
State of Alabama.
=eod
=// &&2 e080710 Pundits and analysts are baffled by the market's performance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.head
Pundits and analysts are baffled by the market's performance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.date
10-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.txt1
They have some interesting fantasies, as well.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080710.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g080709a.gif left "" "Market summary, 9-July-2008"
The Dow Industrials fell another 2.08% on Wednesday. The index is
now at 78% of its October high.
These dreary plunges aren't going to continue long, according to some
analysts.
In fact, the analysts at Deutsche Bank AG, Lehman Brothers Holdings
Inc. and UBS AG say that things will really take off in the second
half of 2008. They say that the market indexes will <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aTjWQbjpkpxk&
"gain the most in 26 years!"#> Pop the champagne! The party is on
again!
<#inc ww2010.pic g080709b.jpg right "" "Ashwani Kaul, Thomson Reuters
director of research
(Source: CNBC)"#>
How can these analysts possible believe that kind of fantasy? Well,
it turns out that it depends on another fantasy that they believe in.
On Tuesday morning, Ashwani Kaul, director of research at Thomson
Reuters, was on CNBC talking about corporate earnings. He said that
they're now estimating that S&P 500 earnings for the second quarter
have fallen 13% from the second quarter of last year.
As regular readers know, I frequently post the estimated corporate
earnings for the most recent quarter, and show how the estimates keep
falling, week after week. Well, Mr. Kaul was kind enough to provide
one more data point.
With that, here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3%
Jul 3: -12.4%
Jul 8: -13.0%
As usual, the earnings estimates have fallen again in the 5 days
since the last estimates was posted on <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central."#> Lower earnings estimates mean high price/earnings ratios
(valuations), motivating investors to sell off their stock holdings.
That's why the market has been falling.
Well, Mr. Kaul was kind enough to go and give us his estimates for
the third and fourth quarters:
Wow! No wonder the pundits believe that the stock market is going to
take off like a rocket.
How do they justify this fantasy? Well, third quarter earnings last
year were pretty bad, and fourth quarter earnings were VERY bad. And
so, this year's quarterly earnings will grow 13% and 59%
respectively, because the growth results will be computed based on
last year's lowered earnings.
Now this is really interesting reasoning. I always talk about the
Law of Mean Reversion, meaning that earnings have been well above
average for many years, and so they'll have to be equally below
average for approximately the same number of years, so that the
historic average will be the same.
But these pundits have invented an entirely new law: The Law of
Bubble Reversion. According to their reasoning, the recent fall in
earnings growth was just a blip, and earnings will recover just as if
that blip hadn't happened. So earnings will be back in full bubble
mode.
The Law of Bubble Reversion. I like it! And the "Bubble Reversion"
concept goes so well with the hopes and dreams that the days of the
champagne parties will return again.
And why do they think that Bubble Reversion will occur, and push
earnings growth up to 59%? Well, that depends on yet a third
fantasy.
Kaul said it during his CNBC interview -- that the 13% and 59%
figures are computed under the assumption that the asset writedowns
are over.
Well, we've heard that before, haven't we. Do you remember, Dear
Reader, what <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071025 "I wrote on October 25"#>
of last year, just after Merrill Lynch had shocked Wall Street with a
massive $8.4 billion writedown?
Here's an excerpt from that article:
"At any rate, bubbly investors now have one less
hook on which to hang their hats.
In the "bad news is good news" frame of mind, investors have been
treating previous writedowns as a good thing. The phrase we've
been hearing was that the third quarter was a "kitchen sink"
quarter, meaning that financial institutions would get all their
writedowns out of the way in the third quarter, so that they could
go back to inflating the bubble in the fourth quarter.
This concept is no longer viable. It's now clear that, at best,
financial institutions have no idea how big their exposure is and,
at worst, they do know, but are fraudulently hiding it from the
public.
Either way, bubbly investors are now beginning to realize that
the "kitchen sink" concept doesn't work, and that there will be a
lot more writedowns in the quarters to come.
And with foreclosures surging and real estate prices falling,
it's increasingly clear that much worse is yet to come."
Remember that great phrase, "kitchen sink quarter?" Last year's
third quarter would be a kitchen sink quarter, when all the
writedowns would be taken, and the bubble could grow again.
Well, Dear Reader, we heard the same thing at the end of the fourth
quarter, at the end of the first quarter, and now again at the end of
the second quarter.
It's impossible on its face. Residential housing prices are still
falling, and foreclosures are still increasing, and are expected to
continue increasing into 2010. The asset writedowns are directly
linked to the increasing foreclosure rate, and so obviously the
writedowns are going to continue and increase.
I just have to take a breath here, before we go on to the next step.
You know, I've been writing for this web site for six years now, and
I've discussed so many unbelievably stupid things said and done by
analysts and reporters and politicians and government officials, and
yet each new example astonishes me just as much as the previous ones.
But of course it's much worse than stupidity. As I've outlined in
detail many times, these same analysts, reporters, politicians and
government officials have committed fraud or have been complicit in
fraud. Even today, certain government officials are encouraging and
helping banks to hide the true values of their assets, thus
defrauding investors who continue to buy stock shares in the banks.
The stench of corruption and fraud continues to be sickening, as it's
occurred throughout the finance industry, the real estate industry,
the IT industry, and probably every other industry as well. An
online correspondent has told me that she's seen massive fraud and
loss of ethics among lawyers and judges as well.
Anyway, back to our story.
We were saying that it's ridiculous on its face to assume that the
asset writedowns are over, but the ridiculousness has been confirmed
by a confidential study from hedge-fund firm Bridgewater Associates
Inc. The study was leaked to <#stdurl
http://www.sonntagszeitung.ch/home/artikel-detailseite/?newsid=32136
"a German language newspaper,"#> and their article was translated by
the <#stdurl
http://paul.kedrosky.com/archives/2008/07/06/banking_losses.html
"Infectious Greed blog by Paul Kedrosky:"#>
"Explosive Study: The banking crisis will be much
worse
Westport (USA) - The expected losses from the financial crisis
will reach $1600 billion [$1.6 trillion]. To-date financial
institutions have so far announced only $400 billion. The
pessimistic forecast comes from a confidential study by
Bridgewater Associates, the second largest hedge fund in the
world.
"We are facing an avalanche of bad assets," says the study. The
biggest losses were the U.S. credit banks before. "We have big
doubts that the financial institutions will be able to have
enough new capital in order to cover the losses," the authors
write.
Bridgewater Associates in financial circles enjoy a first-class
reputation, several central banks are among its customers.
"Bridgewater are on the pessimistic side," says George Magnus,
Senior Economic Adviser at UBS in London, "but they are
absolutely right."
Well, let's see. The credit crisis began last August, just after the
Bear Stearns writedowns began. That's 11 months. According to this
report, only 1/4 ($400 billion) of the total writedowns ($1.6
trillion) have yet occurred. That would seem to indicate that the
writedowns will go on for another 33 months, if the writedowns
continue at the same rate.
Actually, that's not what's going to happen. At some point there's
going to be total panic. That's the scenario that Oppenheimer
analyst Meredith Whitney predicted, as she <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080328 "laid out the template"#> for the coming financial crisis.
Anyway, anyone who's betting that those 13% and 59% growth figures
are going to come to pass are going to lose a lot of money.
=inc ww2010.h2 cap "The capitulation fantasy - a logical paradox"
There's one more fantasy to mention. It's something that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080308 "I wrote about a few months ago."#>
According to what the pundits keep saying, capitulation occurs when
investors lose all hope, and when they do, the market will go up
again. They talk about capitulation on CNBC every day. "Do you
think this is capitulation?" the anchor will ask the guest. The
guest usually answers, "No, I don't think it's capitulation yet."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080709c.jpg right "" "Carter Worth, Oppenheimer
chief market technician
(Source: CNBC)"#>
After the Wall Street markets closed on Wednesday, Oppenheimer's
chief market technician, Carter Worth, described why capitulation
hasn't yet occurred. He noted that the market had just gone down 236
points, but went UP 152 points for a big rally on Tuesday:
"The problem is not today. The problem is
yesterday. That's exactly what we don't need. We can't have
those kinds of rallies. It needs to go down 300 for the market,
next day down 300, next day up 20, then down 300. Then we'll get
this done. But the hope is alive. As long as the hope's alive,
the bear market's very much intact."
In other words, when the market goes down another 1200 points or so,
to approximately the Dow 10,000 level, then everyone will lose hope,
and the market will go up again.
This is insanity at so many levels, it's hard to know where to begin.
First of all, why would anyone lose hope? All the brokers, analysts
and investors watch CNBC, where they talk about capitulation all the
time. If the market suddenly went down to 10,000, all the girls on
CNBC would be squealing, "It's capitulation!!! It's capitulation!!!
That means the market is going up again!!!" Instead of losing hope,
everyone's going to believe that the worst is over, and the champagne
party will begin again.
Thus, we have a logical paradox. If capitulation occurs, then
everyone on CNBC will tell the world that it's occurred, and everyone
will assume that the market will start going up again, so
capitulation hasn't occurred. So capitulation can't possibly occur.
For some reason, this logical paradox doesn't occur to all these
anchors and guests and CNBC. I guess it's just another one of those
things that's so complex and abstract that only readers of this web
site are capable of understanding it.
If you look at my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical
page,"#> you can see how all this worked out after the 1929 crash.
The market kept falling until summer, 1932, when it reached 10% of
it's peak value in 1929.
But it didn't go straight down. The market rallied frequently during
those three years, sometimes a great deal or for a very long time.
Whenever one of those rallies occurred, President Hoover would say,
"The worst is over!" But somehow it never was. They didn't use the
word "capitulation," but it was the same thing.
As gruesome as it is for me to follow what's happening today, and
write about it almost every day, it's also incredibly fascinating to
see how the things that are happening today explain the mysteries of
what really happened in 1929.
I've quoted the following paragraph from John Kenneth Galbraith's
1954 book The Great Crash - 1929, where he contrasted the 1929
with previous panics, but I never really had a feel for what was
really going on. Now I do:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune."
(p. 108)
This is the capitulation concept in a nutshell. The same logical
paradox occurring today also occurred in 1929-1933. Maybe they
didn't use the word "capitulation," but they were expecting the same
thing: A few sharp market plunges, everyone would lose hope, and the
market would go up again. But everyone knew that the market was
supposed to go up again, so they never really lost hope. So the
market kept falling. I would guess that by summer 1933, when the
market had fallen 90% from its peak, people really DID lost hope.
We've discussed so many hopes, dreams and fantasies in this article,
that it's good to remember how we know that a crash is coming.
As I've been saying hundreds of times since 2002, the stock market is
overpriced by a factor of more than 200%, as I described in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market,""#> indicating that we're entering a new
1930s style Great Depression. In 2002 I had no idea what scenario we
would follow to reach that point, but the end result has always been
certain with 100% probability.
Here's the first graph that I used in that article:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
The historic average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing
earnings) is about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged
around 25, creating a huge bubble. By the Law of Mean Reversion, the
price/earnings ratio will fall well below 10 for a dozen years or so.
You can see that it's poised to fall quickly in the near future,
leading to a stock market crash.
Forget the CNBC fantasies. Forget the imaginary Law of Bubble
Reversion. Here's the reality.
Over the next couple of weeks, actual second quarter earnings for
financial services firms will be announced. These will probably
determine the short-range direction of the market.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080708 Obama 'refines' his Iraq position, reflecting major change
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.head
Obama "refines" his Iraq position, reflecting major
change
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.date
8-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.txt1
Expect a lot more "refinements" to come
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080708.txt2
Barack Obama insisted this week that <#stdurl
http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/chi-campaign-04-jul04,0,1857082.story
"he hasn't changed his position"#> on the Iraq war, only refined it.
Actually, it was a fairly dramatic change. He's previously demanded
that President Bush "bring the troops home NOW," then said that as
President he'd have them out in 2009, then within 16 months. And now
he's refining his 16 month claim.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080706b.jpg right "" "Ted Koppel on
This Week With George Stephanopoulos
(Source: ABC)"#>
According to veteran news reporter Ted Koppel, appearing on Sunday on
This Week With George Stephanopoulos, Obama will have to make
many more refinements:
George Stephanopoulos: "It does look as if
Barack Obama is in a double bind. If he does have a huge shift in
emphasis, people will say he's unprincipled, he's coming off his
positions. If he doesn't, he gets accusing of being out of touch,
not listening to what's going on, not watching what's going on on
the ground in Iraq."
Ted Koppel: "You know George, you said we were going to get
to the energy thing later. Let me suggest we get to the energy
thing right away.
I think Senator Obama's advisors have conveyed to him what I'm
sure he has known all along. And that is that US troops are in a
part of the world that produces -- not the majority -- but a huge
amount of oil and natural gas. We will have US troops in that
region for years to come, whether we want to or not. And I think
Senator Obama has come to that realization, has come to realize
that you cannot pull all the troops out of Iraq unless you put
them somewhere else.
You talked a little bit about Iran, and about the dangers in
Iran. This is not a time to be saying, "Yes, we're going to pull
all the US troops out of there, come what may."
Stephanopoulos: "He's always said there's going to be some
residual force in Iraq."
Koppel: "But I think people believed he was talking about
maybe 20, 30, 40,000. I think you're going to have 80-100,000
troops in there 3-5 years from now. ...
And with the price of oil going up to $4.50 a gallon, imagine
what would happen to the price of oil if we precipitously pulled
troops out of the Persian Gulf. It's not going to happen."
That's one of many reasons why removing the troops from the Persian
Gulf region could be disastrous. As I've said for many years, my
expectation is that the troops will remain in Iraq until we HAVE to
pull them out because of the Clash of Civilizations world war.
It's worth stopping a moment here, and comparing the political
process today to the political process that was going on in 2002,
prior to the Iraq ground invasion.
I've had about five people in the last month criticize me for
something that I've been saying for years, most recently in my
detailed <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 "Iraq war analysis"#> in
February: That if Al Gore had been President after 9/11, he certainly
would have pursued the same Iraq policy, and we'd be in the same place
as we are today.
I'll just briefly summarize the reasons again:
The Iraq war actually started in 1991, after Saddam invaded
Kuwait. The Clinton administration escalated the war with Operation
Provide Comfort in 1996 and Operation Northern Watch in December,
1998, bombing Iraq almost every day. This continued into the Bush
administration and into 2003.
The Iraq ground invasion was overwhelmingly supported by the
American people and by Congress because of fears over WMDs (weapons
of mass destruction). There's absolutely no reason to believe that
Gore would have resisted invading Iraq.
If, for some reason, President Gore had resisted an Iraq ground
war, the Republicans would have said: "Clinton-Gore has been in power
for 10 years. Clinton permitted the debasement of the oval office,
Clinton-Gore permitted 9/11 to happen, and now Gore wants to allow
WMD attacks on Americans. President Gore is the weakest President
since Herbert Hoover." President Gore would have been forced to go
ahead with the ground invasion.
If Gore had still resisted, he would have been defeated in 2004.
People who call themselves "antiwar" today have very short memories.
Overwhelmingly, they and the general public and the politicians
favored the Iraq war when they thought it was popular, they
equivocated (as John Kerry did in 2004) when they weren't sure, they
were opposed when it went poorly and became unpopular, and now, with
the war going well after the "surge," there's an embarrassed silence.
If Obama has difficulty dealing with the Iraq issue today, the
left-wing Democrats have no one to blame but themselves. They
disgraced themselves early in 2007 by committing their careers to
America's failure and humiliation. Democratic party sites like
MoveOn.org were populated by hard-left Gen-X nihilists almost
determined to destroy the Democratic party by trying to force
Congress into disastrous "antiwar" positions, such as ending all
funding for the Iraq war. Many of these positions were close to
treason. This continued even when the news showed signs of
improvement, as when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070528 "the "Anbar
Awakening""#> began taking effect.
Now the Democrats in general, and Obama in particular, have to live
those positions. They made huge bets that the "surge" would
completely fail, and that America would be humiliated in Iraq, and now
they have to answer for their bad judgment.
That's why Obama is now forced to "refine" his position. He was so
totally committed to American failure in Iraq that he's going to have
difficulty extricating himself.
Ironically, Obama's supposed allies on the left are going to make it
even more difficult for him. Obama is trying to "move to the center"
in order to win the votes of independent voters in the general
election, but his hard-left allies are trying to prevent him from
doing that.
Almost as shocking to them as his shifting position on Iraq is his new
support of the "FISA" bill, allowing warrantless telephone
wiretapping of foreign terrorists.
Thus, left-wing blogger Arianna Huffington said that <#stdurl
"http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/newstopics/uselection2008/barackobama/2253313/Barack-Obama's-shift-on-Iraq-draws-fire-from-the-Left.html"
"Obama's move to the center"#> was "Realstupidpolitik," and that
"Moving to the middle is for losers."
Similarly, MSNBC's nutjob Keith Olbermann, who has been as committed
as anyone to wanting America to be humiliated in Iraq, referred to
the "FISA" bill that Obama is now supporting as "fascism."
So now let's compare George Bush in 2002 with Barack Obama today.
In 2002, Bush moved toward the ground invasion of Iraq because he was
inclined to, and because the public overwhelmingly supported it. A
President Gore would have done exactly the same thing.
Today, Obama has to move towards the center. In the case of Iraq,
that means leaving the troops there as long as necessary to get the
job done.
Obama's disadvantage, compared to Bush in 2002, is that Obama has a
small cadre of hard-left activists determined to punish him for any
move toward the center. So Obama MUST move toward the center, but
the activists of his own party will make him pay for it.
Obama's success as a candidate this year is not dependent on having
the totally inflexible hard-left view of the Iraq war. He's
successful because Generation-Xers love his contempt for Boomer and
Silent generation values. And most young people (unless they have a
friend or family member there) couldn't find Iraq on a map, let alone
care what happens there.
If Obama had the same political freedom to follow the public mood
that Bush had in 2002, then Obama would "refine" his position suitably
and probably win without a problem. He may still win, but his
candidacy is being threatened by a small group of hard-left
nihilistic Generation-Xer activists. Those activists may cause him
to lose the election.
But win or lose, what happens in Iraq next year will not depend on
what Barack Obama or John McCain or any politician wants. It will
depend on the what the masses of people want, here and in the
Mideast, and the consequences will almost certainly not be what
anyone expects.
=eod
=// &&2 e080706 France/EU President Sarkozy is turning the screws on Ireland
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.head
France/EU President Sarkozy is turning the screws on Ireland
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.date
6-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.txt1
It's beginning to look like a bad situation comedy.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080706.txt2
French president Nicolas Sarkozy will not be deterred in getting the
"European project" completed.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080706.jpg right "" "Eiffel Tower with blue and
gold stars, symbolizing the EU colors"#>
Last week, when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080704 "he became EU
President for six months,"#> he signified his determination by
flaunting a dazzling "new" Eiffel Tower with blue and gold stars,
symbolizing the EU colors.
He's not going to let a little thing like the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080616 "Irish people's rejection"#> of the Lisbon Treaty stop him.
So Sarkozy is starting to "isolate" Ireland, to "pressure" Ireland,
or, as <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/europe/article4276247.ece
"the London Times puts it,"#> to turn the screws on Ireland.
Sarkozy will try to force Ireland to have a new referendum on the
Lisbon Treaty. This has a precedent: When Ireland rejected the Nice
Treaty in 2001, they held a new referendum in 2002 and it was
ratified.
But as we've said many times, it's the generations of World War II
survivors that generally favor European integration, because they
believe it will prevent another European war, and it's the post-war
generations that generally oppose European integration, because they
believe that it will harm them economically. Today there are far
fewer WW II survivors than there were in 2002, so the chances of a
new referendum leading to a ratification are slim indeed.
But that won't slow Sarkozy's determination. "If the perspective of a
second vote in Ireland has been raised it is because it has happened
before," he says, referring to the Treaty of Nice. "We need some kind
of vote to get out of the situation – in parliament or in a
referendum, I don’t know. But when democratic society says ‘no’, you
need a democratic solution."
All this is going to come to a head next weekend at an EU summit
meeting and on July 21 when Sarkozy visits Dublin. It's expected that
Sarkozy will be <#stdurl
http://www.sbpost.ie/post/pages/p/story.aspx-qqqt=GUEST+WRITER-qqqs=commentandanalysis-qqqid=34228-qqqx=1.asp
"applying a great deal of pressure"#> to Brian Cowen, the Taoiseach
(the Irish word for Prime Minister). And you can just imagine how
much the Irish people are going to love that.
Today, 18 of the 27 European Union member states have ratified the
Lisbon treaty. Germany, Italy, Spain, Sweden, Belgium and the
Netherlands are expected to ratify it in their respective Parliaments
without a problem. Poland and the Czech Republic have indicated that
they may not ratify it.
This means that Ireland isn't Sarkozy's only headache.
There's a real feeling of comedy about this, with Sarkozy running
around, demanding that everyone sign on, or else. Does Sarkozy
believe that that kind of threat will convince the Irish people to
ratify the treaty? He'll be lucky to get as many votes as last time.
Recent polls in many countries, including Britain and France, show
that support for the treaty is decreasing, and that's not surprising.
One web site reader from Paris wrote to me as follows:
"I was born in 1963, from the son of an Armenian
immigrant and a German mother. I am French and I had voted "no"
at the referendum [in 2005] about the European constitution. But I
had voted "no" because I really believe that it was not
democratic: the Commission being able to take decision without
control, and the list of sectors where this would have been
possible not clearly defined + an economic system described in the
constitution hence which could have been changed only by
revolution.
However if there was a new referendum with a simple question about
how to take decisions in the EU, I would vote "yes". I would
favor decisions to be taken by a 2/3 majority of the state
members, without ponderation by population size. But weeks after
the Irish referendum, our politicians only try to organize a new
referendum over there. Up to now I have only seen my idea in an
academic article.
Our politicians are not worth their wages/advantages."
This writer captures much of reason for opposition among the EU
people. <#stdurl http://europa.eu/lisbon_treaty/index_en.htm
"The Lisbon Treaty"#> is not an elegant document. Instead, it's a
patchwork quilt of rules and regulations, and it's practically
impossible to read.
Right now, many EU decisions require unanimous consent by all
members. Perhaps replacing this with a simple 2/3 requirement, as
the writer suggests, would be better than the current system, but
since that would give more political power to the small countries,
the large countries would undoubtedly find it unacceptable.
The "European project" is pretty much dead for now. After the Clash
of Civilizations world war it will be revived, and it will be
successful then. But today there's no chance.
It's not hard to see that this going to end badly. Sarkozy appears
to be getting crankier and crankier, and his opponents will become
more and more intransigent. The only real question is: How much
bitterness and acrimony will surface in next week's EU summit and in
EU summits to come.
=eod
=// &&2 e080705 The Dow Industrials in euros
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.head
The Dow Industrials in euros
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.date
5-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.txt1
If Americans have it bad, pity the Europeans.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080705.txt2
The following graph from the <#stdurl
http://www.aleablog.com/dow-jones-in-euros/ "Alea blog"#> shows the
Dow Industrials from the point of view of somebody investing euros in
Wall Street stocks:
=inc ww2010.pic g080705.png center "" "DJIA in euros, 2001-Present"
A European investor in Wall Street prior to 9/11 would have lost
almost 50% of his investment today, thanks to the falling value of
the dollar against the euro.
Such an investor would have lost almost 30% just since last summer.
Things may get worse for foreign investors.
In its <#stdurl http://www.bis.org/publ/arpdf/ar2008e.htm "annual
report,"#> published last week, the Bank of International Settlements
says that a disorderly decline in the value of the dollar cannot be
ruled out:
"Beyond these global risks to the inflation
outlook, the prospects for both growth and inflation in individual
regions will also be affected by exchange rate movements. One
source of concern is what might happen in the markets themselves.
Against the background of a still wide US current account deficit
and rising external debt levels, the decline in the effective
value of the US dollar has to date been remarkably orderly.
However, this need not be a guide to the future. Foreign investors
in US dollar assets have seen big losses measured in dollars, and
still bigger ones measured in their own currency. While unlikely,
indeed highly improbable for public sector investors, a sudden
rush for the exits cannot be ruled out completely."
Such a disorderly plunge would have serious consequences.
Even for traders who invest in dollars, the stock market has plunged
to 79% of its peak value in October. As we've <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080703 "written several times,"#> this is related
to the fall in corporate earnings since that time.
As regular readers know, every week or two I post the table of S&P
500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC
Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3%
Jul 3: -12.4%
As you can see, the downward trend continues for another week. Each
time earnings estimates fall, the price/earnings ratios (also called
"valuations") go up. They've been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080627
"pushed to stratospheric levels"#> since mid-March, but they've
started falling again in the last two weeks, accelerating the fall in
the stock markets. (If earnings estimates are falling AND investors'
target P/E ratios are falling, then the two factors multiply together
to cause an accelerated fall in the market.)
Over the next 2-3 weeks, actual second quarter earnings for financial
services firms will be announced. These will probably determine the
short-range direction of the market.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080704 Nicolas Sarkozy becomes EU president as Lisbon Treaty appears near collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.head
Nicolas Sarkozy becomes EU president as Lisbon Treaty appears near
collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.date
4-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.txt1
A new French/British acrimonious shouting match begins over the same
old issues.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080704.txt2
When <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070508 "Nicolas Sarkozy became
President"#> of France, he promised numerous advancements -- make
France important in Europe, improve the economy, solve immigration
problems, and solve the Mideast problem with a "Mediterranean Union."
Almost none of his program has been implemented, because of opposition
from labor unions and leftist organizations.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right eunion 2
Now Nicolas Sarkozy has become President of the European Union, as
France takes its turn in the rotating presidency. His term runs from
July 1 to the end of the year.
And when he became EU president, he <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/europe/7483486.stm "promised numerous
advancements"#> -- make the EU important in the world, improve the
economy, solve immigration problems, and solve the Mideast problem
with a "Mediterranean Union."
Making the EU important in the world was to be accomplished by
getting each of the 27 member countries to ratify the Lisbon Treaty.
This would be done by having each country's legislature ratify, thus
avoiding all that nastiness and unpleasantness that occurred after
referendums in France and the Netherlands rejected the European
Constitution in 2005. Let the politicians decide, not the people.
Sarkozy's plan came unglued last month. Ireland's constitution
required a referendum anyway, and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080616 "the
Irish voted 'No'."#>
Hoping to save the Lisbon Treaty, the energetic Sarkozy has been
pushing for other countries to continue the ratification process, so
that by the end of the year every country but Ireland would have
ratified it.
But the Irish rejection has brought out the "Euroskepticism" in other
countries.
The Czech Republic's president Vaclav Klaus pronounced the treaty
dead. Next, <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/jul/02/eu.poland "President Lech
Kaczynski of Poland"#> said, "For the time being the question of the
treaty is pointless." Even <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,563127,00.html
"German President Horst Köhler"#> is refusing to sign the treaty,
although Chancellor Angela Merkel favors it.
This is turning out to be a case study of the Generational Dynamics
principle that policies are set by large masses of people, entire
generations of people, and not by politicians.
It's not at all surprising that the "Europe project" is becoming less
and less popular.
As I wrote in <#hreftext ww2010.i.eu050601 "my own analysis of the
2005 French referendum vote,"#> which I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080616 "updated last month,"#> the vote was divided along
generational lines, with WW II survivors more often voting "yes," and
post-WW II generations voting "no." Since the WW II survivors are
dying out, there is less and less support for an EU Constitution, or
for its replacement, the Lisbon Treaty.
What's particularly interesting is that politicians and journalists
are suddenly noticing that ignoring the people's wishes simply isn't
working, no matter what the politicians want. For example, one German
<#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,563402,00.html
"newspaper say:"#> "Those who want a future for the European Union
have to stop trying to change the citizens. Instead they should change
the policy."
Another states it more clearly:
"The methods of achieving European integration
have been successful for 50 years but they have become worn out.
Many voters mistrust these methods, and quite a few simply reject
further integration. That may well be short-sighted but the
referenda in France, the Netherlands and now Ireland have shown it
to be a political fact. Whether Lisbon fails or is saved in the
end, one thing is certain: A public debate about the meaning and
the goals of the EU is long overdue."
This says that previous methods "have become worn out" and that
voters "mistrust" them. This isn't precisely right, since it implies
that people have been changing their minds. That's not true. It's
always been true that the WW II survivors favored European
integration, and those born after WW II did not.
Even Sarkozy's France is turning more and more against the European
project, as <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,563170,00.html
"only one in three people"#> still believes in it, down significantly
from 61 percent just five years ago.
Sarkozy says, "Europe worries people and, worse than that, I find,
little by little our fellow citizens are asking themselves if after
all the national level isn't better equipped to protect them than the
European level. We must therefore completely change our way of
building Europe."
This really is quite remarkable when you think about it -- just about
every politician in Europe is in favor of Europe integration, but
they can't get it done. The people, buffeted by "fear," "anxiety,"
and "miseducation," refuse to vote for it.
That's why I keep saying that major events are brought about by the
masses of people, not by politicians. World War II would have
occurred with or without Adolf Hitler. The Vietnam War would have
occurred with or without President Kennedy. The Iraq war would have
occurred with or without President Bush.
(Thursday's news is that Democratic presidential candidate Barack
Obama is changing his position on such issues as ending the Iraq war
and tapping into foreign phone calls of suspected terrorists. This
is no surprise. Whatever happens next year will have nothing to do
with whether Obama or McCain is elected.)
And now another ages-old issue is reasserting itself: The fault line
between the English and the French, which has led to multiple crisis
wars at least since 1066.
This conflict flared in 2005 after the French referendum rejected the
EU Constitution. There followed an <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050618
"acrimonious European Union summit meeting"#> in June 2005, where
British Prime Minister Tony Blair, Luxembourg Prime Minister
Jean-Claude Juncker and French President Jacques Chirac exchanged
vitriolic accusations over how the EU budget, especially the
agricultural subsidies for France, were to be divided among the EU
members. Under no circumstances would France compromise on its
agricultural subsidies.
Now the same conflict has arisen in a different way.
EU's trade commissioner is Peter Mandelson, and he's been
representing the EU in international trade talks at the World Trade
Organization (WTO), with intention of reducing tariffs and opening
markets worldwide. The EU's official position is that farm import
tariffs should be reduced, and that position is part of the
negotiations that Mandelson is pursuing.
Unfortunately, there are two problems. Sarkozy views that position
as threatening France's agricultural subsidy. And Peter Mandelson is
British, and used to be in Tony Blair's cabinet, and Sarkozy dislikes
him.
During the past two weeks, Sarkozy has been launching verbal attacks
at Mandelson. He <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601085&sid=aSWXPBXMdrkY&refer=europe
"accused Mandelson"#> of taking an incompetent position at the WTO
talks, and even blamed Mandelson for the Irish "No" vote on the
Lisbon Treaty referendum.
As the French like to say, "Plus ça change, plus c'est la même chose"
-- the more things change, the more they are the same.
The visceral dislike that the French and the English have for one
another is centuries old, and is not about to end. Sarkozy's attack
on Mandelson, particularly blaming him for the Irish "No," is
particularly nasty.
In fact, the French have not forgotten that there was an attempt at a
European "union" two centuries ago -- when Napoleon conquered all of
Europe. They've never forgiven the English for defeating Napoleon at
Waterloo, and ending that attempt at a unified Europe. Similarly,
Sarkozy won't hesitate to blame the British for the current failure
to form a unified Europe.
I'm going to take a wild guess here that Sarkozy is not going to
achieve his objectives as EU President for the next six months, just
has he hasn't really accomplished any of his objectives as French
President. In fact, the next six months can be expected to return to
the extreme acrimony of 2005. And by the way, neither the EU
Constitution nor the Lisbon Treaty will be ratified.
=eod
=// &&2 e080703 Stock markets continue downward trend as earnings fall further
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.head
Stock markets continue downward trend as earnings fall further
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.date
3-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.txt1
Price/earnings ratios have only begun to fall from stratosphere.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080703.txt2
"Investors keep selling into rallies" is the complaint from CNBC
commentator Bob Pisani. What this means, he explains, is that if the
stock market shows any signs of rallying, traders immediately sell in
order to make back some money they've lost. The Dow Industrials have
fallen 21% since their peak last October.
What pundits are praying for is "a series of good news stories, one
after the other." This would presumably make investors more
risk-averse again, and would allow the stock market bubble to expand
once more.
Pundits are blaming the current stock market plunge on the high price
of oil, now reaching $142-143 per barrel on international markets.
They point out that the price of oil has been highly correlated
(inversely) to the S&P index for the last few weeks.
But I don't believe that. The price of oil has been going up for a
long time now, and it's only very recently that investors even cared.
Investors don't care about anything long-range. They react to
today's news only. And lately, the news has been about oil prices.
Next week or next month, something else will be the news, and oil
prices will be forgotten.
However, there is one thing that investors do pay attention to:
Price/earnings ratios. And the way I know that is by looking at the
latest version of the graph that appears on the bottom of the home
page of this web site. Here's last Friday's version:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080627.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 27-June-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
The long range view from the above graph is this: The historical
average is 14, but it's been well above average since 1995, indicating
that we're <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "in a 13 year old stock
market bubble."#> By the Law of Mean Reversion, we can expect a
13-year long correction.
But there's also a short-range view. Note that the P/E ratio has
been around 18 for over two years until recently. This can't be a
chance happening. Whatever formula traders have been using, whether
it's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050811 "the "Fed Model""#> or
something closely related, traders must have been purposely keeping
the P/E ratio at 18.
There are two possible ways that this could have happened:
Strategy 1: Traders used actual earnings and earnings
estimates to arrive at an ideal market price for each individual stock
to keep the P/E ratio at 18.
Or, Strategy 2: traders assumed that earnings would keep rising at
the same rate as previously, and pushed up stock prices based on that
assumption.
Reading the above graphs indicates that probably there's a mix of
these two strategies.
It was mid-December when it first became clear that 4'th quarter
earnings growth was going to be sharply negative, and it was shortly
after that that the S&P 500 index started falling sharply as well.
That seems to indicate that Strategy 1 traders were actively selling,
just enough to keep the P/E ratio still near to 18.
However, it was three months later, in March, that it first became
clear that 1'st quarter earnings growth was ALSO going to be sharply
negative. This time Strategy 2 came into play. This was the time
when the Fed made the historic move of saving Bear Stearns from
bankruptcy, convincing many investors that the worst was over, and
the earnings would start rising again. Traders ignored the falling
earnings, and assumed that they would continue rising as they had in
the past, and P/E ratios began rising to stratospheric levels.
Now let's move ahead three months again, to June. (In case you
haven't noticed, we're always talking about the last month in the
quarter.) It was in June that it became apparent that 2'nd quarter
earnings growth would again be negative, dashing traders' hopes that
the worst was over. Since then, P/E ratios have been falling.
How far will they fall in the short run? This brings us back to the
"series of good news stories, one after the other," that I mentioned
above.
Second quarter earnings for banks and other financial services
industry companies will be announced in the next two weeks. If those
earnings beat expectations, then there may again be a short-term
rally. If earnings are at or below expectations, then the P/E ratio
should be expected to fall further, which means that stock prices
will fall further.
As regular readers know, every week or two I post the table of S&P
500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC
Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
Jun 27: -11.3%
As you can see, earnings estimates have continued to fall, week after
week. It will sure be a big surprise, especially to me, if all of a
sudden financial services companies start showing earnings growth.
With Wednesday's 1.46% fall in the Dow Industrials, the market has
now fallen to 79% of its peak in October. As can be seen on my
<#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page,"#> this was the
level at which the chain reaction leading to the 1929 crash began.
We can't be certain what level is necessary to trigger a new
generational crash today, but it seems likely to be somewhere around
the low to mid-70s%.
A generational crash is an elemental force of nature, like a tsunami.
You'll have millions or even tens of millions of Boomers and
Generation-Xers in countries around the world, never having seen
anything like this before, and in a state of total mass panic, trying
to sell all at once. Computer systems will crash or will be clogged
for hours (as has already happened to some systems, incidentally, on
February 28), or perhaps even for a day or two. People who had hoped
to get out just as the collapse is occurring will be totally screwed,
and will lose everything. Brokers and other institutions will go
bankrupt. People who went short hoping to make a fortune will find
that their brokers' escrow accounts are gone, and they'll be totally
screwed, and will lose everything.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080701b Wall Street Journal describes Iran's generational Awakening era
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.head
Wall Street Journal describes Iran's generational Awakening era
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.date
1-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.txt1
Young Iranians turn away from the Quran and go for self-help and New
Age.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701b.txt2
In <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121479169997914947.html?mod=hpp_us_pageone
"a page one article on Monday,"#> the Wall Street Journal uses
a gee-whiz tone to describe changes in Iranian society:
"TEHRAN, Iran -- When Hassan Bakhtiar couldn't
find a job last year, his mother told him to pray and read the
Quran.
Instead, the 25-year-old aerospace engineer dropped in on a
packed appearance by Alireza Azmandian, Iran's most famous
motivational speaker and self-help guru. Now, he meditates by
staring at a flickering candle and chants Mr. Azmandian's
inspirational catch phrases.
"Religion doesn't offer me answers any more," Mr. Bakhtiar says,
after listening to Mr. Azmandian at a public auditorium in a
shabby neighborhood of South Tehran. But, he says, "this seminar
changed my life."
The self-help craze -- long part of life in the Western world --
is taking the Islamic Republic by storm. Iran is one of the
world's youngest nations, with 70% of its 65 million under the age
of 30. There's widespread disenchantment among young people with
Iran's strict theocratic regime, which requires headscarves for
women and bans alcohol. And jobs are scarce.
In other Middle East countries with similar demographics, like
Egypt and Turkey, young people are increasingly turning back to
their Muslim identity for solace. But Iran's mostly well-educated
youth are more likely to seek other remedies -- such as self-help
seminars, New Age theories, meditation and yoga.
"The regime presumed it could mold the society into whatever shape
and form it wanted, but we are seeing the opposite take place,"
says sociologist Hamid Reza Jalalipour. The younger generation is
"turning away from conventional religion and tradition."
There are a few interesting things about this.
First, you could change "Quran" to "Bible" and change the people's
names to European names, and this could almost describe America in
the 1960s.
That's not surprising. Iran is in a generational Awakening era
today, just one generation past the genocidal Iran/Iraq crisis war of
the 1980s. America was in an <#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501
"Awakening era in the 1960s,"#> just one generation past the
genocidal World War II.
(For information about generational Awakening eras, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.basics080622 ""Basics of Generational
Dynamics.""#>)
The second interesting thing is the contrast to "other Middle East
countries with similar demographics, like Egypt and Turkey, [where]
young people are increasingly turning back to their Muslim identity
for solace."
Egypt and Turkey are in generational Crisis eras, and so they are
likely to be attracted to religion to differentiate themselves from
their potential enemies. Iran is in an Awakening era, where the
population is more likely to seek accommodation with their former
enemies, which usually means rejecting sharp religious differences.
Even more interesting is a certain fact about "Alireza Azmandian,
Iran's most famous motivational speaker and self-help guru":
"A father of three, with a Ph.D. in industrial
engineering from the University of Southern California, Mr.
Azmandian, 55, says he was drawn to the motivational-speaker
circuit when he was a graduate student in the U.S., after reading
a few self-help books and seeing how his own life improved. He
returned to Iran in 1995 to teach at Tehran University and bought
a small private office to promote positive thinking and
self-help."
In other words, if you do the math, Azmandian was in America around
1970, the height of America's Awakening era. So Azmandian has done
something that so many people would like to do, but can't: He's
recaptured the exciting days of his youth.
He learned about the excitement of Awakening eras when he was in
America, and then, 35 years later, he's a leading "self-help guru" in
Iran's Awakening era. What fun!
It's a shame that the Wall Street Journal reporters know
absolutely nothing about generational theory, or they would have been
able to put their article into better context. Once you understand
how an Awakening era works, then you can actually understand Iran's
international strategy, as I explained recently in my <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "comparative strategy of Iran and China,"#>
and earlier in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 ""Iran's President
Ahmadinejad is facing a growing 'generation gap.'""#>
What's the next stop for Iran's youth? I'll hope for <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "an Iranian Summer of Love."#> The
mullahs ought to love that!
=eod
=// &&2 e080701 Blogger Watch: Michael "Mish" Shedlock comes over to the dark side
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.head
Blogger Watch: Michael "Mish" Shedlock comes over to the
dark side
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0807
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.date
1-Jul-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.txt1
Referring to 1929, Shedlock now says, "History is about to
repeat."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080701.txt2
Over the last couple of years, I've been very critical of the
economic bloggers for refusing to face up to the consequences of
their own analyses. They would post blog entries telling of
disastrous economic data, but then talk only about nothing more
serious than a recession.
It was just a couple of months ago that I posted an article, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080413 ""Blogger watch: Hellasious at
SuddenDebt gets it right,""#> in which I was mocking <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog"#> for predicting nothing stronger
than "the U.S. slipping in and out of recession for a prolonged
period of time, perhaps 3-4 years or more."
=inc ww2010.pic g080701.jpg right "" "Michael "Mish" Shedlock"
But now, Shedlock apparently has had an epiphany. Not only is he
predicting a return to 1929, he's actually giving it a generational
twist. People who have said to me that I'm on "the dark side of the
road" should know that it's beginning to get crowded over here.
In his Monday posting, <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/06/deflationary-hurricanes-to-hit-us-and.html
"Deflationary Hurricanes to Hit U.S. and U.K.,"#> he says the
following:
"It will be hard for the US and UK to avoid a
depression.
What started as a tropical storm called "Subprime" has intensified
in magnitude to engulf Alt-A, HELOCs, credit cards, commercial
real estate, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, and the stock
market, just as baby boomers are headed for retirement.
If you prefer, you can think of this as Many Hurricanes, Many
Eyes. ...
Most do not even understand the nature of the storm that is about
to hit. ...
Property values are crashing, unemployment is rising, wages are
falling, global wage arbitrage is king, and most importantly Peak
Credit Has Arrived.
It is impossible to get inflation out of that mix. Berananke could
cut interest rates to zero tomorrow and it would not cause
inflation, at least as properly defined: a net expansion of money
and credit. Banks are strapped for cash. They cannot lend.
Businesses do not want to borrow. There is overcapacity
everywhere. The Shopping Center Economic Model Is History.
I struggle to see how anyone can get inflation out of that mix.
Last Thursday when the stock markets were in a freefall, I asked
Is The Inflation Scare Over Yet? Well, I guess it's not. ...
Ben Bernanke at the Fed, Mervyn King at the Bank of England, and
Jean-Claude Trichet at the ECB are not in control of what is about
to happen. When it comes to commodity prices, peak oil and
China's willingness to allow its economy to overheat are going to
be the driving forces. Trichet can hike all he wants and it will
not matter much to the price of oil. However, it may crush
individual economies in the EU. ...
Implications of Peak Credit
When it comes to the collapse in credit, the above Central Banks
are powerless to do a thing about it. This is to be expected now
that we are on the backside of Peak Credit.
The saturation point has been reached. It took decades but we
have finally arrived. None of the financial engineering jobs that
fueled this credit boom will ever be needed again. SIVs, Conduits,
Toggle Bonds, Covenant Lite loans are all dead for years, more
likely decades to come. Add to that liar loans, Pay Option Arms,
insane leverage, and numerous other ridiculous lending
arrangements. And if those things are not coming back, we do not
need Wall Street shills to securitize that garbage and pitch it to
unsuspecting suckers.
In addition to financial engineering jobs, there was a boom in
commercial real estate, home depots, remodeling companies,
landscaping, furniture, appliances, plumbing, heating, air
conditioning, restaurants, and even things like grass seed.
There is no source of jobs to replace what has been lost and what
will be lost. Discretionary spending is dead. Boomers about to
retire are about to get religion. Sadly, it's too late. Savings
they thought they had in their house, have now vanished into thin
air. It was all a mirage in the first place, but mountains of
credit has been extended on the basis of that mirage. Trillions of
dollars of imagined wealth has gone up in smoke. Trillions of
dollars more are about to.
Deflation Has Set In
It is amusing that in the face of this carnage, many are still
screaming inflation, stagflation, or even hyperinflation simply
because food and energy prices are rising. Deflation is here and
now in the US. Deflation is knocking on the door of the UK and
Eurozone. And there is nothing that can be done about it.
Can The Fed Print Its Way Out?
Some will insist that I am wrong, that the Fed can print. Well the
Fed can print, but the Fed cannot spend. In addition, the Fed
cannot give money away, nor would the Fed even if it could.
Finally, the Fed cannot force banks to lend or businesses or
consumers to borrow.
Bank credit is contracting with the Fed Funds rate at 2%. Bank
credit would not be going much of anywhere even at 0% in my
estimation. The reason is simple: banks are insolvent!
The Fed is like the powerless man behind the curtain in the Wizard
of Oz. Once peak credit sets in, all the Fed can do is bluff. The
notion of a helicopter drop is pure nonsense. ...
Attitudes Lead The Way
It took nearly 80 years for people to get as reckless as they did
in 1929. 80 years! Few are still alive that went through the
great depression. That is the nature of the game. People have to
forget what a depression is like to bring about the conditions
that cause them. And they did. And they made the same mistakes
over again, except larger.
The madness of crowds, however, can only go so far. A significant
reversal is now underway. The secular peak in consumption has
been reached. A reversal in attitudes towards consumption started
with houses, but it’s spreading to cars, boats, and even Starbucks
coffee. It will take a long time for attitudes to get back to
equilibrium. And attitudes, like pendulums, will not stop at
equilibrium once they get there.
The odds of a significant bout of inflation now are about the
same as they were in 1929. Next to none. History is about to
repeat."
What's particularly interesting about this is the generational twist
that he puts on it. (Do you suppose he's read this web site?) He
says that "People have to forget what a depression is like to bring
about the conditions that cause them." That's the heart of
generational theory.
Actually, the Great Depression is being mentioned more and more these
days. Incredibly, it was actually discussed for 10-15 seconds the
other day on CNBC, where all such talk is normally forbidden. And a
<#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/06/24/AR2008062400176.html?hpid=topnews
"Washington Post article on Friday"#> said that we have a
"housing slump more severe than any since the Great Depression."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, if you go back
through history, there are many small or regional recessions. But
since the 1600s there have been only five major international
financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637
Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the
bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall
Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080629 Pakistan is paralyzed as Tehrik-e-Taliban advances in NorthWest
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.head
Pakistan is paralyzed as Tehrik-e-Taliban advances in NorthWest
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.date
29-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.txt1
Pakistan army abandons negotiations for war to prevent imminent
takeover of Peshawar
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080629.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right pakistan 3
Pakistan has become <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/24/world/asia/24pstan.html?_r=1&partner=rssuserland&emc=rss&pagewanted=all&oref=slogin
"increasingly paralyzed"#> in the months since Pakistan's president
Pervez Musharraf was forced to give up much of his power last fall,
leading to elections in January that ended his monolithic leadership.
In its place is a fragmented government with multiple power centers.
Leadership has been replaced by incessant bickering, just as it has
in the United States Congress and in many countries around the world.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is precisely
what was to be expected. In America, the post-WW II Baby Boomer
generation never learned any leadership or governing skills, having
spent the 60s and 70s protesting and rioting against their parents.
Today they're the senior management in political, business and
educational institutions across the country, and are unable now to
develop the new skills necessary to lead. The middle managers in
Generation-X, frustrated by the lack of Boomer leadership, are taking
matters into their own hands. But they lack the experience and
wisdom of the Boomers, and are much more likely to handle complex
situations with simple solutions that backfire, sometimes leading to
disaster.
In Pakistan, since Musharaff was forced to resign his role as
commander in chief of Pakistan's armed forces, the military and the
intelligence services (ISI) have become essentially independent units
within Pakistan, pursuing their own policies, often maintaining
secrecy from civilian government officials.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif left "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
This became apparent last week when it was revealed that in February
the military and the ISI had <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/24/world/asia/24pstan.html?_r=1&partner=rssuserland&emc=rss&pagewanted=all&oref=slogin
"negotiated a secret peace agreement"#> with Sunni militants in
Pakistan's tribal regions that border Afghanistan.
This foolish policy has backfired. A terrorist group,
Tehrik-e-Taliban (Taliban in Pakistan), led by Baitullah Mehsud, has
used the time to gain strength in the region surrounding Peshawar,
threatening <#stdurl
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/LAC.20080628.PAKISTAN28/TPStory/TPInternational/Asia/
"complete takeover of the city."#>
This could lead to complete control of the Northwest Frontier Province
(NWFP), and to an ethnic civil war between the Pashtuns, centered in
NWFP, and the Punjabis, centered in Punjab province.
(For further information on the history of the 1947 Partition and the
relationships between Pakistan's ethnic groups, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071112 ""Tense Pakistani president Musharaff
calls for elections""#> from last year.)
For the United States and NATO forces fighting in Afghanistan, the
increasing strength of the Taliban poses significant problems. The
resurgence of Taliban strength in Afghanistan means that much of the
country is no longer under control of the government, headed by
President Hamid Karzai.
Furthermore, since Afghanistan is land-locked, the assault on
Peshawar <#stdurl
http://economictimes.indiatimes.com/News/PoliticsNation/Fall_of_Peshawar_to_militants_eminent_NYT_other_dailies/articleshow/3175600.cms
"threatens the major route for resupplying the NATO forces."#> This
supply route runs from the port of Karachi to the outskirts of
Peshawar and through the Khyber Pass to the battlefields of
Afghanistan.
The strategy pursued by the military and ISI has now changed. The
peace agreement with the Taliban has ended, and on Saturday Pakistan's
army <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7478987.stm "began
attacking the militants"#> around Peshawar. That battle is ongoing.
In a separate but possibly related story, thousands of Muslim
separatists in Indian Kashmir have been <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7479215.stm "protesting since
Monday"#> against India's plan to transfer some land to a Hindu
shrine. These protests have led to violence and clashes with police.
Kashmir is an predominantly Muslim area, but has been disputed by
both Pakistan and India since the UN partitioned it in 1947 into
Pakistani and Indian regions. Pakistan claims the entire region, and
points out the partition was supposed to be temporary, and that the UN
Security Council mandated an election in 1951 to permit Kashmiri
self-determination. That election has never been held, and there
have been constant clashes between Indian forces and Kashmiri
separatists who want the entire province to be part of Pakistan.
So Pakistan is in a continually deteriorating situation. The
government is split into factions and paralyzed, while significant
external problems with militants are growing. Pakistan may be close
to civil war, and that would inevitably lead to war (and then nuclear
war) with India.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a re-fighting of the
massive, bloody genocidal war that followed Partition in 1947 is
coming with absolute certainty. Exactly what will trigger this war
cannot be predicted, but the increasingly militancy that's facing a
paralyzed Pakistani government illuminates a number of different
scenarios.
=eod
=// &&2 e080627 Wall Street markets plunge 3% as corporate earnings show continued weakness
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.head
Wall Street markets plunge 3% on Thursday as corporate earnings
show continued weakness
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.date
27-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.txt1
Traders are hoping for a "mini-panic." Be careful what you
wish for.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080627.txt2
Ten days ago, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080618b "Royal Bank of
Scotland issued global stock crash alert,"#> saying, "A very nasty
period is soon to be upon us - be prepared."
The nasty period appeared to have already begun on Thursday, as the
Wall Street markets fell to their lowest levels since September,
2006. The month is now on track to be the worst June since the Great
Depression.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080627a.jpg right "" "David Buik, BGC Partners,
London
(Source: BBC)"#>
Financial analysts were generally very negative about the outlook
early Friday morning.
David Buik, of BGC Partners in London said:
"The trouble is that we're now six weeks without a
single solitary piece of good news. And if you have a plethora of
bad news... -- we're talking about inflation, lowering corporate
results, the cost of oil, the banks throwing rocks at each other,
uncertainty about their stability, are there going to be more
writedowns, lower growth endorsed today in the UK by the fact GDP
came in lower than we expected at 0.3% -- then investors get
really frightened. And when they're frightened, they just back
off."
There was none of the usual crazy optimism that's been so prevalent
in the past. In the past, we frequently heard, "It's good news that
things are so bad, because that means the worst is over, and the
market will go up again." Everyone is now very grim, and this is a
marked change.
On Friday morning, CNBC's Carl Quintanilla interviewed stock traders
Ben Lichtenstein of Tradersaudio.com and Jim Iuorio of TJM
Institutional Services:
Ben Lichtenstein: "Unfortunately this is not good
for John Q Public. I think we have a long way to go. I think that
the panic selling has yet to come in. I think this is a bad news
situation, the fundamentals are still very negative."
Jim Iuorio: "Things are so strong negatively now.... Yesterday,
there really was no huge panic at any one time. As traders, what
we look for is that sort of capitulation with people crawling all
over each other to get to the exits to signal the short-term
bottom, and we didn't really see that. It was kind of an orderly
break, even though it went on through the whole day.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080627b.jpg right "" "CNBC's Carl Quintanilla
(left) interviews stock traders Ben Lichtenstein (middle),
Tradersaudio.com, and Jim Iuorio, TJM Institutional Services
(Source: CNBC)"#>
It was just people concluding that it was either going to trade
sideways or negatively. Throughout the day, traders were getting
out. ... We haven't gotten to that big level yet, where
everyone's going to be pounding out."
Lichtenstein: "I really feel that the market still has a ways to
go. Rather than seeing the pressure of a high energy selloff,
we're seeing the lack of a buyer right now. And that is
concerning to me. I think that the markets are going to go a
little bit further till we clean it out and then head back up."
Iuorio: "There's a certain feel that happens -- it's unmistakable
-- when everybody really feels so distraught that everyone heads
out at the same time and the market gaps lower -- moves lower
real quickly. And that's when traders come in and that's when
traders come in and think, "They've blinked." Now it's time to
come in and we establish a short-term bottom. And we haven't seen
it yet, but we could real soon."
What's interesting about this is the desire and expectation of what
might be called a "mini-panic." We can try to match up this desire
with what happened just prior to the 1929 crash. If we look at my
<#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page,"#> we can see
what happened before the 1929 crash, some of which is extracted here:
Let's imagine that in 1929 there were traders just like Lichtenstein
and Iuorio, waiting for a "mini-panic," which would mean a market
bottom and a time to buy. What happened on 10/23/1929 would fit the
bill -- a sudden 6.33% market plunge. They might have taken that as
the mini-panic they were looking for.
Black Thursday came next. That was a very tumultuous day, with wide
swings up and down. Lichtenstein and Iuorio would have been expecting
an up market, so they would been on the "buy" side. Meanwhile, the
great unwashed masses, who didn't have such a sophisticated
understanding of why a mini-panic was such good news, were on the
"sell" side, and really sold off on Black Monday and Tuesday.
By that time, Lichtenstein and Iuorio and others like them would have
been convinced that things couldn't POSSIBLY get any worse, so they
pushed the market back up 18% by the end of the week. Unfortunately
for them, the market didn't start going up again to new bubble
heights, and kept falling until 1933, at which time it had fallen 90%
from it's 1929 high.
So these statements by Lichtenstein and Iuorio give us further
insight into what's going on, and why any coming stock market crash
is going to be accompanied by wild up and down swings that will fool
a lot of people, leading to the Principle of Maximum Ruin -- the
maximum number of people will be ruined to the maximum possible
extent.
The real problem is that the basic math hasn't changed, as I began
describing in 2002, and summarized last year in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market.""#> The stock market is overpriced by a factor of
well over 200%, and by the Law of Mean Reversion, a crash must occur.
Even if you ignore the possibility of a crash, a stock market rally
is almost impossible right now, because corporate earnings and
earnings estimates have been falling. Price/earnings ratios (also
called valuations) are being pushed to stratospheric levels again,
whether or not there's a crash. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080608
""Stock markets plunge on unemployment and historic oil price
spike""#> and: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080519
""Price/earnings stock index continues to surge higher and
higher.""#>
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080624 Boston area, Thur, June 26: 'Generational Issues in Managing IT Projects'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.head
Boston area, Thur, June 26: "Generational Issues in Managing
IT Projects"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.date
24-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.txt1
***** CORRECTION: JUNE 26 (THURSDAY THIS WEEK).
Invitation to attend a talk on GenX and Boomers in software
development projects
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080624.txt2
I'll be giving a talk on this subject on Thursday at 6 pm. Web site
readers in the area are invited to attend.
The talk is titled "Generational Issues in Managing IT Projects," and
I intend to focus on issues of software development project risks and
project ethics. I'll be emphasizing many of the issues that I
discuss on this web site.
If you're interested, the official announcement is below.
Meeting: Boston Tech
Professionals Group: Next Meeting Thursday, June 26, 6 pm
Speaker: John J. Xenakis
Topic: "Generational Issues in Managing IT Projects"
John Xenakis has been a successful IT consultant since the 1980s,
and has had almost 100 clients. He also writes for his web site,
<#stdurl GenerationalDynamics.com#> . He's seen IT project
disasters caused by generational differences, and he'll give some
specific examples.
John will also discuss how to address and bridge the gulf between
Boomers and Gen-Xers in very positive, cooperative ways, by helping
each person understand the other's view of the workplace and the
world. This is an essential practice for any manager who wants to
significantly reduce the risk of a project failure.
Red Sox Tickets:
A raffle will be held to win a set of 3 Red Sox tickets. Bring a
business card or a slip of paper to toss in to the jar to be
eligible for the raffle.
The game up for grabs is Monday July 28 at 7:15 PM - Sox vs. Angels
Details:
There are now 395 of us connected through the Boston Tech
Professionals Network.
Next Meeting: Our next group meeting is Thursday, June 26th
starting at 6:00 PM.
230 Third Ave, 1st Floor Atrium
Waltham MA 02451
RSVP for this Event
<#stdurl mailto:dennis.comeau@hudson.com?subject=Meetup%20RSVP#>
Note: Third Ave is right off exit 27A of 128. Building 230 is the
Schwartz Communications building (visible from 128), formerly the
Microsoft building, a quarter of a mile past the Waltham Westin
Hotel.
Plenty of free parking is available in the parking garage built in
to the building.
I'll get pizza and drinks from Bertuccis, so plan to have dinner
here.
Housekeeping:
If you have a colleague who would benefit from the group, please
forward them the invitation link:
<#stdurl http://www.linkedin.com/e/gis/45865/638AC12CA13B#>
You may attend even if you forget to RSVP.
=eod
=// &&2 e080623 Questions from readers on finance and investing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.head
Questions from readers on finance and investing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.date
23-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.txt1
On fraud, the FDIC, China, and other subjects.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080623.txt2
Normally I try to work the responses to the most common reader
comments and questions into regular web log articles, but there have
been a spate of financial and related questions lately, so it's time
to devote an article to them.
Almost every journalist, pundit, analyst, and advisor has some
financial stake in today's market, and their answers to financial
advice questions are influenced by what is most likely to make money
for themselves. I have nothing at stake except my own credibility, so
my answers will be a lot more cautious than answers by others.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "The stench of corruption"
"I have been working in the financial sector since
1970 but I have never seen before (not even at Drexel Burnham in
the late 1980s) the kind of extremely questionable practices,
cover-ups, fraudulent behavior, and lack of transparency (coming
so shortly after Enron blew up) by financial firms, the government
and its agencies. In fact, if I weren't an incorrigible optimist
who believes that what hasn't killed me yet (motorcycles, drinking
and smoking heavily and ...) makes me stronger I would fall into
a deep depression at the sight of the current financial
environment and the government's lies."
The stench of corruption and fraud is beyond belief. I would never
have believed it possible, even a few years ago.
I don't get depressed either. I just get more and more furious at
the utter stupidity of these people. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080620 ""'Operation Malicious Mortgage' indicts 406 people
including Bear Stearns execs""#>
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Are you bullish on America?"
"[You wrote in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080613b
"a recent article:"#>] "And I'm still bullish on America. I'm
underweight emerging markets, and I'm overweight US stocks."
How can you rectify this statement with predicting a 3%
probablity of a major crash each week? I think you are correct in
foreseeing a tragic market in the next year. If you are
overweight US stocks you should evaluate your reasoning for
that."
Thanks for pointing out the lack of clarity in this passage. I changed
the text so that it's clearer that the sentences you're quoting do not
represent my view.
If I owned stock after all I'd written on my web site, I wouldn't
have any credibility whatsoever. Hell, I wouldn't even have
credibility with myself. To be clear: I own no stocks.
On the other hand, I'm QUITE bullish on America doing well during the
coming financial crisis and Clash of Civilizations world war.
"If you must own stocks right now I recommend
..."
When the crash happens, even the "good" stocks will fail. That's
because investors having to meet margin calls will need to sell even
their "good" stocks to get cash.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "It's been a year since the credit crisis started"
"It`s been one year that the credit crisis started
and still no crash....Do you think you are wrong? No
depression...Why is it taking that long...No event a bear
market...The dow is down 12% from a all time high...Does look tome
like 1929...What do you think?"
The Fed has been very skillful in postponing a crash through narrowly
targeted injections of liquidity -- something that wasn't understood
or considered in 1929. There would have been a crash in October of
last year, if not for the aggressive actions of the Fed.
And in March of this year, a Bear Stearns bankruptcy would have
caused a worldwide crash if the Fed hadn't made a historic
intervention. There's no doubt about this - Ben Bernanke said so in
testifying before Congress.
Meanwhile, the underlying problems have been worsening, because the
credit and real estate bubbles have continued to lead, pulling
trillions of dollars out of the financial system. It's like high
blood pressure being a "hidden killer" -- it's invisible until one
day it kills you.
As for the stock market, it HAS to continue falling because corporate
earnings and earnings estimates have been falling. What people who
keep hoping for a rally don't understand is that price/earnings
ratios (also called valuations) are already being pushed to
stratospheric levels again, and that can't be sustained even if you
ignore the possibility of a crash. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080608 ""Stock markets plunge on unemployment and historic oil
price spike""#> and: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080519
""Price/earnings stock index continues to surge higher and
higher.""#>
As regular readers know, every week or two I post the table of S&P
500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC
Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters.
Here's the latest table for second quarter earnings:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Jun 13: -8.1%
Jun 20: -9.0%
As keeps happening, quarter after quarter, initial rosy earnings
estimates are proven wrong, as actual numbers come out, and the
estimates keep getting worse, week after week after week.
The basic mathematics hasn't changed in the six years that I've been
running this site. The stock market is overpriced by a factor of well
over 200%, and by the Law of Mean Reversion, a crash must occur. See:
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market.""#>
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "What's the best place to live?"
"Firstly, thanks for the regular and insightful
articles. I appreciate the effort you put into this website and
it's given me many things to think about. A question if you've
got time: I belong to the 'GenX' age group, am an American living
in Asia (China) and am wondering where might be the safest place
for me to consider settling down within the next few years. Do
you think my fears of returning to the US are exaggerated? Might
there be a somewhat safer place to call 'home'?"
Thanks for the compliments. I've been asked this question several
times before, and I wish that I could answer it, but there's really no
way to tell what regions of the world will be safer than others. My
guess is that the less populated areas will be safer than more
populated areas. I suppose that some place in the middle of Siberia
might be pretty safe. On the other hand, a farm in the middle of
Kansas might be pretty safe too.
The problem with China is that it's so densely populated and so
economically and socially unstable, that it must be very hard to find
a safe place there. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070322 ""China
is 'unsteady, unbalanced, uncoordinated and unsustainable.'""#>
One thing that I strongly suggest is that you obtain enough supplies
-- dried or canned food, water, medicines, etc. -- so that you and
your family can live without leaving your home for a few weeks. This
is useful in preparing for a flood, a war, or a bird flu pandemic.
On the American Red Cross web site, you'll see <#stdurl
http://www.redcross.org/services/disaster/0,1082,0_607_,00.html
"instructions for preparing your own survival kit."#> You can also
purchase a ready-made survival kit from the <#stdurl
http://www.redcrossstore.org/shopper/ProdList.aspx?LocationId=1
"Red Cross store."#> Costs: $30-70.
"Thank you for your reply. I am working in the
hospitality industry here in China. Would you have any idea
regarding a timeline as to if/when Sino US relations could sour to
the point of making it unpleasant/unsafe to continue to live in
this country."
It's impossible to predict this, and you can show this using the
concepts of Chaos Theory. Can you predict when the next hurricane
will occur? You've probably heard about the "butterfly effect" that
says that when a butterfly flaps its wings in China it might (or
might not) cause a chain reaction that leads to a hurricane in North
America. The same is true of starting a generational Crisis war.
Someone in Washington or Tokyo or Taipai might say something (or fail
to say something) that causes some kind of chain reaction of events
that leads to war. All we can say for certain is that the probability
of war increases with each passing day.
"One last question: if widespread conflict erupts
do you think the US would reinstate the draft in order to fill the
military's ranks?"
I think that this is almost an absolute certainty.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Why are the Chinese buying US dollars?"
"[According to one blogger,] the Chinese printing
presses are running like mad, selling Yuan (Renmimbi) to buy
dollars. This suppressed the value of the Yuan, kept Chinese
exports flowing and allowed China to maintain its currency peg.
These policies are also causing the Chinese economy to overheat,
and a significant factor behind the rise in commodity prices.
I'm pretty sure I have seen the same kind of analysis from you
but I don't understand some of basic principles, if they are even
correct: Why would the Chinese be buying US dollars when the
value of our dollar is going to complete shit?"
Here's a better way of saying it: What the Chinese do is turn out
huge amounts of manufactured goods, which they sell to the US to get
US dollars. Since the US is a debtor country, China then uses its
surplus dollars to purchase Treasury bonds. That's why China has
almost a trillion dollars worth of Treasuries in its vaults.
"2) How and why would China choose to suppress the
value of it's dollar by buying ours just to keep exports flowing
and how exactly would that "peg" China's currency to ours?"
For many years, the Chinese pegged the yuan to the dollar (8.2 yuan
to the dollar) at a fixed conversion rate. That way, they could keep
the yuan from appreciating as the dollar got weaker, and they could
keep selling their manufactured goods to the US at low prices.
This created a major frenzy in Washington in 2004-05, because
politicians were blaming the Chinese for the loss of manufacturing
jobs in America. Congress was threatening sanctions on China unless
China let the yuan appreciate. Finally they did, in 2006 I think.
See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050518 ""Stock market frenzy
follows Washington yuan-bashing""#> and: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050131 ""US dollar weakness and China's growing economic
strength dominate World Economic Forum.""#>
"I get that China might choose to do something
sort of shifty to increase it's exports, perhaps, but in the net
sum gain I don't see how they are benefiting here. I don't
understand why they would make those choices given that they could
just chose to not buy us dollars, let their currency float, and
perhaps fair just as well or better against our currency. What (do
you think) I am missing here?"
China's economic bubble depends on selling lots of stuff to the US.
If China revalued the yuan too much, then Chinese goods would become
more expensive in the US, which means we'd import less, which would
cause a recession in China.
This kind of stuff is typical of a generational Unraveling and Crisis
era, when everything goes crazy economically. That certainly
happened in the US with the dot-com bubble, then the housing and
credit bubbles. The craziness is the same but the symptoms are
different depending on whether you're a creditor or debtor nation.
Take another look at this for a perspective on what the US was like
when it was a creditor nation: <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009
""The bubble that broke the world.""#>
Right now, China's stock markets are crashing big time, and there are
plenty of good reasons to believe that China will have some sort of
financial crisis once the Olympics games end. See: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080613b ""Shanghai China stock market and
Baltic Dry Index are crashing sharply.""#>
Whether that will be a small financial crisis or a large one remains
to be seen.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Are FDIC-insured accounts safe?"
"So anyway, I have a modest sum of cash lying
around and I'd like to be able to feed and house my family within
the foreseeable future. Is there a single investment available on
this planet that is not as fickle as Wall Street and Washington
DC?"
The only investment I'd suggest are short-term Treasuries and
FDIC-insured certificates of deposit (CDs). Or cash.
"I was wondering if you think having money in
savings, even FDIC insured accounts is safe. If the financial
meltdown is severe enough, will the government be able to pay to
recover all those funds?"
Not completely, as I wrote about last year: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070823c ""Is your bank deposit protected by the FDIC?""#>
Basically, if a major banking crisis occurred, then the FDIC would
run out of money.
The question is how long you want to leave your money in the bank. My
guess is that there'll still be time to get it, once the banks start
failing, but not a lot of time, so you should be prepared to move
quickly. Also, larger accounts are likely to be frozen before
smaller accounts.
"In addition, I quite frankly don't trust
guarantees from the FDIC nor treasury, especially with the t-bill
cycle circumvented by more reliable currencies."
Once the crisis begins, there's no guarantee that promises made
before that time will be honored. See: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071206 ""Questions and answers about the 'credit
crunch'""#> and: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071221 ""Will
hyper-inflation make the dollar worthless (like the Weimar
republic)?""#>
Where to put money so it's safe is a big problem. Putting it into a
bank risks losing in case of bank failure. Keeping it in your home
risks robbery. Keeping it in a safe in your home risks the
possibility that in a major emergency you won't have time to get to
the safe. Obviously, the best solution depends on each person's
circumstances.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "Does ending the gold standard create a new paradigm?"
"I was looking at the DOW Jones chart you have
demonstrated being way above the long term mean. One thing I was
wondering if that since the dollar was removed from the gold
standard in 1971, if stock prices have been overinflated
significantly due to inflation, i.e. the change in 1971 have led
to a new paradigm. And when inflation is taken into account, maybe
the prices aren't really so far above trend.
For example, you can see that gold prices were steady until 1971
also. Perhaps stock prices have been growing more exponentially
because of inflation? Is there any possibility to this?"
There really isn't. Gold is just another commodity, so ending the
gold standard wouldn't have affected much beyond the commodities
markets. As far as stocks are concerned, ending the gold standard
probably affected the share prices for manufacturers of jewelry and
dental supplies, but I don't think it would affect much more. Also,
please note that inflation was taken into account in all my long-term
trend charts.
=inc ww2010.h2 xxx "What if the Bear Stearns crisis had happened on a Monday?"
"Just a couple thoughts I'm having after this
strange week. It seems like stocks are inching higher in the face
of bad news until they crash. To paraphrase Galbraith, people
think the worst is reasonably over, so those beliefs lead to a
rising market which tends to reinforce the view that the worst is
reasonably over until the catalyst comes."
I actually think that things are happening in a different order than
they happened in 1929.
In 1929, there was a panic, but then a post-crash three-year period
with a continuing bear market. I believe that we've already entered
what corresponds to the post-crash period, with the actual panic
delayed.
I'm reasonably certain that the panic would have occurred last
October if it hadn't been for such aggressive Fed intervention. And
I KNOW it would have occurred in March if the Fed hadn't intervened
so aggressively to save Bear Stearns.
In fact, if I understand you correctly, I think you're saying the
same thing, when you refer to Galbraith's remark, which applied to
the 1929 post-crash period.
"That's exactly how I see it. In fact, I remarked
to the mailman (when he mentioned that he was thinking about
buying back into the market with his retirement money) that
having the weekend to patch up Bear Stearns probably made the
difference between whether a panic would have already occurred or
whether it will occur later. If Bear Stearns had collapsed on
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday instead of Friday, there
would not have been enough time to patch it up and a panic would
have occurred. I agree there will still be a panic after this
secondary high is complete, whenever that is. After this panic
occurs, the vast majority will think the worst is over and buy (or
hold) stocks. But the worst will not be over and stocks will
continue to decline for a number of years. You know, after the
1929 crash, the low in the Dow Jones was 198 in November and the
Dow made a substantial recovery to 294 in April of 1930.
Therefore, those who know their market history will probably try
to buy a post crash low. It's my guess that there will be no
recovery after this upcoming crash and stocks will move lower for
years. That is how Maximum Ruin will be accomplished this
time."
What you're saying makes a lot of sense.
=eod
=// &&2 e080621 Israel conducts mock attack on Iran
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.head
Israel conducts mock attack on Iran
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.date
21-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.txt1
The rumor mill is predicting a real attack.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080621.txt2
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 2
Israel <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/jun/21/israel.iran
"conducted a large-scale military exercise"#> in the Mediterranean
earlier this month.
Israel sent 100 fighters 900 miles over the Mediterranean sea, along
with refuelling planes and helicopters. In a real attack on Iran's
Natanz nuclear plant, the 100 fighters would fly 900 miles in the
opposite direction.
Ever since the Iraq ground invasion in 2003, there have been constant
rumors that an American or Israeli attack on Iran is imminent. These
rumors have often been led by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061103
"Seymour Hersh,"#> who believes that the American armed forces are
like Nazis, and who has been making a career out of reporting that
such-and-such an Administration official told him that there's an
Iranian attack plan in the works. Over the years, I've received quite
a few web site reader questions expressing concern about an imminent
attack on Iran.
The concerns have never made sense. The "logic" was that President
Bush got up one morning and decided to invade Iraq, and therefore he
might get up one morning and decide to invade Iran. Actually the 2003
Iraq ground invasion was debated publicly for over a year, in
Congress, the United Nation, and in foreign capitals. No such debate
has been going on over Iran, so any comparison is vacuous.
So is it different this time? Should we take the new rumors about an
Israeli bombing of Iran seriously this time?
The <#stdurl http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/jun/21/israel.iran
"Pentagon says no."#> The exercise is "sabre-rattling," to scare
Iran. "If the Israelis were serious about it, no one would know about
it until after it has happened," said an official.
As I explained recently in my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405
"comparative strategy of Iran and China,"#> and earlier in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 ""Iran's President Ahmadinejad is
facing a growing 'generation gap,'""#> Iran's increasingly
unpopular government is using the nuclear issue to try to gain
domestic support. The idea is that if Iran can provoke some kind of
military action by the West against Iran, then the Iranians will be
unified as they were in the 1979 Islamic revolution.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this strategy is
doomed to fail. In 1979, Iran was in a generational Crisis era, and
the Islamic revolution DID unify the country. Today, Iran is in a
generational Awakening era, and the Iranian people, especially young
Iranians, would be much more likely to blame Ahmadinejad for having
provoked the attack.
Having said all that, the situation between Israel and Iran is very
dangerous.
Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert is far too unpopular and mired in
personal scandals to attempt to lead a war that would follow the
bombing of Iran. And the mess he made of the 2006 war against
Hizbollah in Lebanon gives him no credibility with the Israeli
people. An unprovoked attack against Iran would be an act of
desperation.
Iran's President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is, by contrast, a near-total
madman. His <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 "fundamentalist belief in
the Mahdaviat"#> -- the belief that the Shia Mahdi is coming soon to
save mankind -- combined with his determination to provoke the West,
make him a potentially lethal wild card.
The possibility exists that Ahmadinejad will do something so stupid
and so provocative that even Olmert will believe he has no choice but
to retaliate.
However, nothing like that appears to be imminent right now.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=eod
=// &&2 e080620 'Operation Malicious Mortgage' indicts 406 people including Bear Stearns execs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.head
'Operation Malicious Mortgage' indicts 406 people including Bear
Stearns execs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.date
20-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.txt1
All kinds of fraud by all kinds of people.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080620.txt2
In June of last year, Bear Stearns was forced to <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070624 "bail out two hedge funds"#> that were close
to default. The hedge funds had taken investors' money and used the
money to invest in CDOs (collateralized debt obligations) that had
large nominal values, but which nobody was willing to buy. Investors
wanting to withdraw cash from the hedge funds were causing problems,
since the hedge fund managers couldn't sell the CDOs to obtain cash.
A month later, Bear Stearns announced that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070718 "its hedge funds were almost worthless,"#> causing their
investors to lose billions of dollars.
According to an <#stdurl
http://www.fbi.gov/pressrel/pressrel08/mortgagefraud061908.htm "FBI
press release"#> (or get the <#stdurl
http://graphics8.nytimes.com/images/blogs/dealbook/cioffi_indictment.pdf
"entire indictment (PDF) here"#>), there was criminal activity
involved.
Two senior Bear Stearns hedge fund managers, Ralph Cioffi and Mathew
Tannin, are being charged with conspiracy, securities fraud and wire
fraud. Cioffi is also charged with insider trading.
According to the FBI, the managers believed in March 2007 that the
funds were in risk of collapse, but lied to investors to keep them
from withdrawing cash. The evidence also indicates that that they
lied about the level of their own personal investments in the hedge
funds.
In a separate action called "Operation Malicious Mortgage," 66 people
were arrested and 406 defendants were charged, in 144 mortgage fraud
cases across the country. Approximately $1.4 billion in losses were
inflicted by these mortgage fraud schemes. The people charged
included real-estate developers, brokers, agents, appraisers,
lenders, lawyers and "straw buyers."
Three types of mortgage fraud were targeted:
Lending fraud: "[M]ultiple loan transactions in which
industry professionals construct mortgage transactions based on gross
fraudulent misrepresentations about the borrower’s financial status,
such as overstating the borrower’s income or assets, using false or
fictitious employment records or inflating property values."
Foreclosure rescue scams: "[C]riminals who target
legitimate homeowners in dire financial circumstances and
fraudulently collect fees for foreclosure prevention services or
obtain ownership interests in residential properties."
Mortgage-related bankruptcy schemes: When done in
conjunction with other fraudulent schemes, "filing bankruptcy
petitions that automatically stay foreclosure."
In addition, <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/news/newsfeeds/articles/djf500/200806191537DOWJONESDJONLINE000910_FORTUNE5.htm
"there are many more to come,"#> according to FBI director Robert
Mueller.
About 19 companies, including some "pretty big" mortgage
lenders, investment banks, hedge funds, credit-rating agencies and
accounting firms, are still being looked at.
There are 1400 investigations now under way, involving everything
from accounting fraud to insider trading.
I would note that these investigations aren't targeting the many
homebuyers who lied on their mortgage loan applications to obtain a
mortgage that they would never be able to make the payments on.
=inc ww2010.h2 circ "Circumstantial evidence becomes hard evidence"
As I've said many times, there's no doubt that massive fraud has
occurred on Wall Street because of the circumstantial evidence.
The banks, ratings agencies and bond insurers who all colluded to
give AAA ratings to near-worthless CDOs and other mortgage-backed
securities might claim that they didn't realize what would happen in
2002, or 2003, or 2004, or 2005, or perhaps even 2006. But there can
be no question that they knew, or should have known, in 2007 that
their valuation models were broken. And yet, the rate of abuses
actually INCREASED in 2007.
In fact, I would argue that by the time 2007 came around, financial
professionals no longer even cared about their investors or about
honesty or about who got screwed. If you look at all the actions and
statements by financial executives in 2007, vastly many of which have
turned out to be disastrously wrong, you can see that they all had
one and only one purpose: Preserving their fat bonuses, fees and
commissions, irrespective of honesty or professionalism.
There's one very interesting thing about the Bear Stearns indictments:
The use of the date March, 2007. It's possible that March, 2007, will
be recognized as a major turning point, the time after which no
investment banker or financial engineer could credibly claim that
these mortgage-backed investments were still viable. Once March,
2007, had passed, every one of these professionals knew, or should
have known, that these investments were in trouble, and any positive
statements after that date might be considered as potentially
fraudulent.
=inc ww2010.h2 ubiquity "The ubiquity of fraud"
The breadth and depth of this fraud identified by the FBI indictment
is breathtaking. It's not just a single company, like Enron, nor a
narrow range of companies, like the S&L scandal. This has been
happening in all financial and real estate services companies, from
workers at the bottom to senior managers at the top.
Furthermore, after the Enron scandal, Congress passed the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which provided the most far-reaching reforms of
business practices since the 1930s. This act was supposed to make it
harder for companies to lie to investors, but as it turned out, it had
no effect whatsoever on the breadth and depth of mortgage fraud. This
goes to the heart of Generational Dynamics: Political decisions really
have nothing to do with the major great events of the world. It's
generational changes that propel history, and politicians can do no
more than stand by and watch.
As I've been saying for years on this web site, this can only be
explained generationally. This ubiquity of fraud would not have been
possible even ten years ago, and is made possible by the lethal
combination of the stupidity, blindness and easy corruptibility of
Boomers, combined with the nihilism and destructiveness of
Generation-Xers.
I would describe the generational situation in terms of "3 C's":
Collusion: Different Boomers and Gen-Xers collude
with another and support one another in deception and fraud.
Contempt: This is primarily from Generation-Xers, a
contempt for everything that came before, especially Boomer and
Silent generation values, and a nihilistic willingness to destroy
it.
Corruption: The result of the previous two -- people get
screwed, crimes are committed.
The result is a fourth C - Catastrophe - as we're seeing now in the
collapse of the world's global financial system, resulting in massive
homelessness, bankruptcies and starvation, and a spur to the coming
Clash of Civilizations world war.
(Incidentally, I'm developing an article about the same generational
3 C's when applied to the IT/software development industry. There's
no reason why this generational ubiquity of fraud should apply to
just one industry.)
So what happens next? To answer that, I'm going to repeat a passage
about what happened in 1929. John Kenneth Galbraith described what
happened -- and what will happen again -- in his 1954 book, The
Great Crash - 1929, as follows:
"In many ways the effect of the crash on
embezzlement was more significant than on suicide. To the
economist embezzlement is the most interesting of crimes. Alone
among the various forms of larceny it has a time parameter.
Weeks, months, or years may elapse between the commission of the
crime and its discovery. (This is a period, incidentally, when
the embezzler has his gain and the man who has been embezzled,
oddly enough, feels no loss. There is a net increase in psychic
wealth.) At any given time there exists an inventory of
undiscovered embezzlement in -- or more precisely not in -- the
country's businesses and banks. This inventory -- it should
perhaps be called the bezzle -- amounts at any moment to many
millions of dollars. It also varies in size with the business
cycle. In good times people are relaxed, trusting, and money is
plentiful. But even though money is plentiful, there are always
many people who need more. Under these circumstances the rate of
embezzlement grows, the rate of discovery falls off, and the
bezzle increases rapidly. In depression all is reversed. Money
is watched with a narrow, suspicious eye. The man who handles it
is assumed to be dishonest until he proves himself otherwise.
Audits are penetrating and meticulous. Commercial morality is
enormously improved. The bezzle shrinks.
The stock market boom and the ensuing crash caused a traumatic
exaggeration of these normal relationships. To the normal needs
for money, for home, family and dissipation, was added, during the
boom, the new and overwhelming requirement for funds to play the
market or to meet margin calls. Money was exceptionally
plentiful. People were also exceptionally trusting. A bank
president who was himself trusting Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull was
obviously unlikely to suspect his lifelong friend the cashier. In
the late twenties the bezzle grew apace.
Just as the boom accelerated the rate of growth, so the crash
enormously advanced the rate of discovery. Within a few days,
something close to universal trust turned into something akin to
universal suspicion. Audits were ordered. Strained or
preoccupied behavior was noticed. Most important, the collapse
in stock values made irredeemable the position of the employee who
had embezzled to play the market. He now confessed.
After the first week or so of the crash, reports of defaulting
employees were a daily occurrence. They were far more common
than the suicides. On some days comparatively brief accounts
occupied a column or more in the Times. The amounts were
large and small, and they were reported from far and wide. ...
Each week during the autumn more such unfortunates were reveled
in their misery. Most of them were small men who had taken a
flier in the market and then become more deeply involved. Later
they had more impressive companions. It was the crash, and the
subsequent ruthless contraction of values which, in the end,
exposed the speculation by Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull with the
moey of other people. Should the American economy ever achieve
permanent full employment and prosperity, firms should look well
to their auditors. One of the uses of depression is the exposure
of what auditors fail to find. Bagehot once observed: "Every great
crisis reveals the excessive speculations of many houses which no
one before suspected." [pp. 132-35]
And so, what happened in the 1920s has also been happening in the
2000s.
After all, it's been clear since 2004 that we're in a housing bubble
-- I said so on this site. There have also been numerous stories in
the press about nefarious mortgage practices, but nobody cared much
as long as everyone was making money.
But now the social culture is reversing dramatically. Most people
don't realize what's going on, unless they read the above excerpt by
Galbraith and absorb its consequences. Things are going to get
increasingly vicious. Everyone's accounts are going to be examined
and audited in detail. Things that were previously ignored will be
exposed. People who got away with fraud or embezzlement will be
found out after all. Financial advisors who protected themselves
while collecting fees and commissions from clients for making bad
investments will be come after with baseball bats and shovels.
What we're seeing now is a cultural shift that will last for
generations. Boomers will continue bickering with everyone until
they die, but Gen-Xers whose nihilism backfired will become
increasingly bitter, as the younger Millennial generation begins to
take over. It's the cycle of life being repeated, as it has many
times before.
=eod
=// &&2 e080618b Royal Bank of Scotland issues global stock crash alert
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.head
Royal Bank of Scotland issues global stock crash alert
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.date
18-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.txt1
"A very nasty period is soon to be upon us - be prepared,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618b.txt2
says the RBS research report to investors, according to
<#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/06/18/cnrbs118.xml
"an article in Wednesday's Telegraph."#>
The report advises clients to brace for a full-fledged crash in
global stock and credit markets over the next three months as
inflation paralyzes the major central banks. It warns that the S&P 500
index is likely to fall more than 300 points to around 1050 by
September, as "all the chickens come home to roost."
This would correspond roughly to a fall of 3000 points in the Dow
Jones Industrial Average, to around 9000.
The RBS report also warns that the contagion will spread across
Europe and emerging markets.
The report was written by Bob Janjuah, the bank's credit strategist.
"I do not think I can be much blunter. If you have to be in credit,
focus on quality, short durations, non-cyclical defensive names. Cash
is the key safe haven. This is about not losing your money, and not
losing your job," according to Janjuah, whose grim warnings last year
about the credit crisis proved all too accurate.
Janjuah's conclusions are based on highly technical considerations,
but an article by James Montier of Société Générale, <#stdurl
http://www.investorsinsight.com/blogs/john_mauldins_outside_the_box/archive/2008/06/16/the-road-to-revulsion.aspx
"appearing in John Mauldin's newsletter,"#> does a comparison of
today's financial marketplace to that of 1929.
This article also draws lessons from the huge Japanese real estate
bubble of the 1980s, and the subsequent real estate and stock market
crash of the 1990s.
You may recall that real estate prices were in a huge bubble in Japan
in the 1980s. The bubble was so huge that the total nominal value of
real estate in Tokyo alone, at the height of the bubble, was greater
than the value of all real estate in the U.S. at the time.
The following graph from Mauldin's report shows the path of Japanese
real estate prices following the crash:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080618.gif center "" "Changes in Japan's land prices
(% growth or decline) following 1990 crash (red line)
(Source: Mauldin)"#>
As you can see, following the 1990 stock market crash, Japanese real
estate prices kept falling sharply for 16 years, only starting to
increase again in 2006. I noted this in an article last year: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 ""Japan's real estate crash may
finally end after 16 years.""#>
Interestingly, the RBS research was pretty much ignored on the BBC
and other mainstream media, except for the Telegraph.
However, an <#stdurl
http://ftalphaville.ft.com/blog/2008/06/18/13864/cds-report-the-very-nasty-period-is-soon-to-be-upon-us-be-prepared/
"analysis by Financial Times"#> finds broad agreement with the
findings, though not with the timing:
"Mr Janjuah’s peers at other European banks agreed
it was inevitable that credit markets would deteriorate later in
the year, potentially quite dramatically, when large companies
started to default on their debt. However, most said that RBS was
a touch aggressive in forecasting that turmoil would strike as
soon as August.
“[The predictions] are pretty much in line with what we’d expect,”
said one strategist, “though we’re not so sure about the
timeframe.” He said many struggling companies would be able to
limp along into 2009 before falling apart."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, if you go back
through history, there are many small or regional recessions. But
since the 1600s there have been only five major international
financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637
Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the
bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080618 Chad and Sudan may be close to a declaration of war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.head
Chad and Sudan may be close to a declaration of war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.date
18-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.txt1
The peace agreement signed in March seems to be falling apart.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080618.txt2
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right darfur 2
Anti-government rebel forces in Chad an army post and several towns
in eastern Chad, near the border with Darfur. According to
<#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5izHrA5B7XoUoUy4mgt0e1G11iaAQ
"a Chad government statement,"#>
"After despatching columns of mercenaries to Chad
and failing to secure strategic areas, the Sudanese army took
matters in its own hands today and attacked Ade, backed up by
helicopters.
By openly engaging their troops and air force, Khartoum has
finally thrown off its mask, [and Chad's] response will be
sterner than Sudan is expecting."
<#inc ww2010.pic sudan2.gif left "" "Sudan and neighboring
countries. Sudan has three major regions: Northern Sudan, Southern
Sudan, and Darfur (Western Sudan)"#>
I've described the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070619 "history of the
Darfur war"#> several times, and why the United Nations will be
unable to stop it until it's run its course.
It became the focus of international attention in 2004, when millions
of Darfur refugees poured across the border into camps in Chad. As
the Darfur war spread into Chad, it began to include anti-Chad rebel
groups.
Chad and Sudan signed a peace agreement in March, much to the relief
of international officials.
The peace agreement lasted until a month ago, when some Darfur rebels
staged a dramatic attack on Khartoum, as I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080514 "described last month."#> The Sudan government blamed Chad
for instigating that attack, and ended diplomatic relations with
Chad. In response, Chad closed the border with Sudan. (I'm not sure
what "closing the border" means here, since it's a very long
unpatrolled border that anyone can cross at any time.)
Now the heat is rising one step farther, as Chad accuses Sudan of
instigating and supporting the rebel attacks in Chad and threatens a
counterattack.
Up until now, the Darfur war has been isolated within black Africa
(also called sub-Saharan Africa), with no danger of spreading into the
wider Western world. A war between Chad and Sudan might spread into
Libya and/or Egypt, and from there into the Mideast. There's no way
of predicting what event will trigger the Clash of Civilizations
world war, but a war between Chad and Sudan could possibly become
such a trigger.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=eod
=// &&2 e080616 Europe in 'chaos' as Ireland rejects Lisbon Treaty
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.head
Europe in 'chaos' as Ireland rejects Lisbon Treaty
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.date
16-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.txt1
The Europeans don't seem to have a clue about what's going on.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080616.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right eunion 2
European Union leaders appeared to be in a panicked state of
emotional denial on Friday, as it became clear that the Irish voters
had rejected the Lisbon Treaty by a referendum vote of 53.4% to
46.6%.
European Commission President <#stdurl
http://www.timesofmalta.com/articles/view/20080614/local/eu-treaty-still-alive-as-irish-say-no
"José Manuel Barroso said:"#>
"We recognise the Irish vote but ratification from
the other member states has to continue. The treaty is still
alive, Our position is very clear. Eighteen member states have
already ratified the Lisbon Treaty while one rejected it. We must
now continue with the ratification process in the other member
states while continuing in a collective way to find a solution on
how to move forward."
The problem with this idea is that the Lisbon Treaty was already a
big political stunt, and what Barroso is saying is, in effect, "Let's
look for another political stunt."
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080602 "I wrote"#> two weeks ago, the
Lisbon Treaty ratification effort is an attempt to get around the
rejection of the EU Constitution by France and the Netherlands in two
referendums in 2005. The EU politicians decided to draw up a new
version of the Constitution, the "Lisbon Treaty," and have it
ratified by the legislatures of the 27 member states, instead of
asking the hoi polloi what they think.
This political stunt has now failed because Ireland's constitution
required a referendum, and because the referendum has now been held
and delivered a "No." So Barroso is essentially look for a new
political stunt to bypass the Irish vote.
As I wrote last time, <#hreftext ww2010.i.eu050601 "my own analysis of
the 2005 French referendum vote"#> indicates that the vote is divided
along generational lines, with WW II survivors more often voting
"yes," and post-WW II generations voting "no." Since the WW II
survivors are dying out, there is going to be less and less support
for an EU Constitution - or for its replacement, the Lisbon Treaty.
In fact, that's true in Ireland. The Irish voted in 1991 on the
"Nice Treaty," a preliminary to the Constitution, and they voted it
down. However, the referendum had a very low turnout, so that held
another vote in 1992, and this time the vote was "yes," with a very
high turnout. That's why some people are suggesting that the Irish
might vote again.
But that won't work this time. In last week's Ireland vote, the
turnout was very high in the "no" vote, indicating that the mood of
the electorate has shifted since 2002 -- and that's because WW II
survivors have been dying off.
EU politicians are saying some desperate things.
The <#stdurl http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/06/15/europe/union.php
"German foreign minister"#> says, "Of course we have to take the
Irish referendum seriously. But a few million Irish cannot decide on
behalf of 495 million Europeans."
To this, the British foreign secretary said, "There is no question of
bulldozing or bamboozling or ignoring the Irish vote. The rules are
absolutely clear. If all 27 countries do not pass the Lisbon Treaty
it cannot pass into law." He added that a "two tier" Europe - with
some countries pressing ahead with greater integration and others
being left behind - was not "in our interests or going to happen."
This appears to be the first signs of bitter recriminations, such as
those that followed followed the 2005 French referendum vote.
If you want to see what's wrong with this whole thing, just take a
look at what a <#stdurl
http://www.timesofmalta.com/articles/view/20080614/local/eu-treaty-still-alive-as-irish-say-no
"member of Malta's parliament said:"#>
"It is bad news for Europe and bad news for Malta
as we now stand to lose our sixth seat in the European
Parliament.
There is no question that the Irish 'no' vote puts the entire
ratification process in trouble. Perhaps the time has come for
countries who want to take European integration forward to be able
to do so without being held hostage by recalcitrant countries.
Member states who did not want to go along should be free to do so
but why should they be able to stop all the rest from moving on.
Perhaps it is time for them to decide whether they want to stay
in the European Union."
Here we again see the bitter recriminations building, but note the
first sentence: "[W]e now stand to lose our sixth seat in the
European Parliament."
Everybody in Europe is measuring this by asking "What am I going to
get out of it?" Whether it's farm subsidies or parliamentary power,
no one particularly cares about the EU as a whole. It's always "Me,
me, me." That's true in the U.S. and other countries as well, as
political bickering takes the form of selfish concerns.
When the United States was formed out of the Revolutionary War
crisis, a lot of compromises were made, but everyone was desperate
for a solution, rather than risk another war with Britain. If
America had to vote today on the U.S. Constitution, it would never
pass. Certainly Senator Obama would object to many things in it, and
would never vote for it.
When Europeans <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070325 "signed the
"Treaty of Rome""#> in 1957, giving birth to the precursor
of the "United States of Europe," everyone was desperate to avoid
another massive war on European soil.
Today it's just "gimme what I want," with no sense of the importance
of the European Union as a whole, and what strategic role it will
play in the world.
That's why these people are babbling such idiocy. They don't know
what's going on in their own population, so they're pulling stunts to
avoid having to let them vote, and then they make ridiculous
statements. It would be fantastic to see a European say something
credible about where the world is going. Instead, they sit in their
easy chairs, enjoy their 35-hour work week, complain about the
"Anglo-Saxon model," make pompous statements about "global warming"
but do nothing about it, and make pompous statements about the wars
in Iraq and Afghanistan, but never live up to their own commitments.
No wonder they can't get anything ratified.
I'll just describe one analysis of the Ireland vote, as a further
illustration of how up-in-the-clouds these people are.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080615.gif left "" "Exit poll results from 1992 and
2005 French referendums on European Union"#>
This is <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/globalmacro-monitor/252783/thoughts_in_a_pub
"an analysis by economist Kevin O'Rourke,"#> appearing on Nouriel
Roubini's economics blog.
The adjoining graphic is taken from O'Rourke's posting. The table
shown actually uses the same exit poll figures that I used in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.eu050601 "my 2005 analysis."#>
Here are the figures that break the "No" vote down by age:
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
When you look at it this way, it's perfectly clear what's going on.
Between 1992 and 2005, the Gen-Xers and Boomers became far more
negative about the EU, while the Silents (WW II survivors) became
more positive.
And yet economist Kevin O'Rourke doesn't even look at any of this.
This is what I always complain about on this web site, because it
drives me crazy. It's what I was complaining about a month ago with
respect to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "the genius economists at
Princeton"#> If these high-paid economists at least looked at
generational breakdowns, and explained why they disagreed with their
importance, then I would be shocked. But this is evidently way too
abstract for them to consider. It's just mind-boggling.
So instead, O'Rourke writes mindless stuff about politics, poverty
and class, which is the only way these economists can think. He
looks ONLY at the "Profession" section of the exit poll figures, and
tries to base a political analysis on them. After a lengthy
analysis, he finally says, "My claim is simply that economic
interests were one factor among many, and should not be ignored."
Well, what about generational differences? Why are those being
ignored?
Anyway, the defeat of the Lisbon Treaty in Ireland, and the
politicians' reactions to it, show that Europeans are nowhere near
ready to accept the compromises require to form a union similar to
the United States. Once there's a new major European war, as part of
the Clash of Civilizations world war, then the Europeans will finally
be desperate enough to enact a real Constitution.
=eod
=// &&2 e080613b Shanghai China stock market and Baltic Dry Index are crashing sharply
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.head
Shanghai China stock market and Baltic Dry Index are crashing
sharply
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.date
13-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.txt1
Developing country economies all appear to be collapsing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080612a.gif right "" "Shanghai stock market index,
for two years ending June 11, 2008
(Source: MarketWatch)"#>
Shanghai's Stock Exchange index has fallen to new 14 month lows, as
can be seen from this <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/tools/quotes/intchart.asp?symb=XX:1801730&time=9&freq=1&comp=&compidx=aaaaa~0&compind=&uf=0&ma=&maval=&lf=1&lf2=&lf3=&type=2&size=1&txtstyle=&style=&submitted=true&intflavor=basic&origurl=/tools/quotes/intchart.asp
"graph."#>
Investors <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/feedarticle/7580574 "held a public
protest"#> outside the stock exchange building on Thursday,
representing millions of individual investors who have lost their life
savings. One slogan compares the stock market crash to the earthquake
carnage: "More than 100 million investors have been buried in the
ruins of the stock market by the earthquake in China's capital
markets. Most of them are dying."
I last mentioned the crashing Shanghai stock market in an <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080422 "April 22 posting,"#> but amazingly, it's
never even mentioned in the news. Nonetheless, it's a major
catastrophe for China.
I've mentioned many times that there's a good chance the China is
going to fall off a cliff economically, once the Beijing Olympics
games end in August, without knowing whether it's going to be a small
cliff or a large cliff. But with the Shanghai market in full-scale
crash mode, the evidence is mounting more and more that it's more
likely to be a large cliff.
There's very little news being reported about China for the past
several weeks, thanks to the devastating earthquake carnage. The
earthquake remains a continuing story, thanks to this incredibly
dramatic "quake lake" story: the rubble from earthquake landslides
blocked water flows, forming an enormous lake that threatened
millions of people with drowning if the rubble broke free. It's only
been in the last week that Chinese engineers managed to clear the
largest quake lake by creating a small channel through the rubble by
means of anti-tank weapons.
These incredibly dramatic stories have swamped all other news
coverage coming out of China, even Olympics coverage. And yet, the
earthquake can only have increased the damage to the Chinese economy
related to the stock market.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080612b.gif right "" "Baltic Dry Index,
for 200 days ending June 12, 2008
(Source: InvestmentTools.com)"#>
Another sign of devastating economic changes in China, this time with
a broader global significance, is the crash of the Baltic Dry Index,
as illustrated by the <#stdurl
http://investmenttools.com/futures/bdi_baltic_dry_index.htm
"adjoining graph."#> The BDI is a measure of the price of shipping
dry goods around the world, and its recent bubble prices have
correlated to the bubble growth of the Chinese economy, which has
been importing all kinds of raw materials from around the world.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/feeds/ap/2008/06/12/ap5110798.html "a published
analysis:"#>
"Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Natasha Boyden said in
an interview the significant drop was the result of Chinese iron
ore importers working through their stock piles of the commodity
instead of bringing more into the country. With the huge demand
for iron ore, steel and other commodities carried by drybulk ships
soaring, Boyden said Chinese importers turned to their own
supplies as ports clogged and drybulk rates skyrocketed.
But Fitzgerald noted that the Chinese only have about three to
four weeks worth of iron ore stockpiled. After its resources are
used up, Boyden said drybulk ships will again be in high demand to
deliver goods to the country.
"This (pull back) is merely temporary," she said. "Painful, but
temporary."
JPMorgan analyst Jonathan Chappell said in a client note that he
expects the Baltic Dry Index to continue to fall through the
third quarter, as the typically slow period will be compounded by
an expected lull in trading around the Beijing Olympics and
further draw downs of existing inventory by Chinese
steelmakers."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right baltic 2
These analyses support my own view that the Chinese economy will be
falling off a cliff after the Olympics games. In fact, this fall in
the BDI appears to indicate that Chinese manufacturers are already
severely cutting back, as the frenzied building activity in
preparation for the Olympics is already coming to an end.
According to an analyst interview on CNBC on Thursday afternoon, all
the emerging market countries are having serious economic troubles,
led by the BRIC (Brazil, Russia, India, China) countries.
According to Peter Stock, President & CEO, Stock Investment
Management:
"For some time we've discussed the cracks in the
emerging markets story here, starting with Iceland, Vietnam,
China. And the latest appears to be Russia. They're running with
a 15% inflation rate now, the ruble appears to be breaking out of
a band that it's been in for some time in order to combat that
inflation. Russia's been the recipient of a lot of hot money
flows, as a beneficiary of the carry trade. That story is
starting to pop up on my screen.
This week we had the Dong [the Vietnam currency] devalued in
Vietnam, stocks down 25 out of 26 days, India raised rates for the
first time in 15 months, China stocks remain in a swoon. It's
interesting, you know, nobody's really talking about that too much
- the stock market's off there about 10% in the past week. Last
time that happened, everybody headed for the hills.
[In response to the question: What's the worst case scenario?] I
use a pressure cooker analogy. All these emerging economies --
one by one they're being thrown into it. The pressure's
building, but unfortunately there's no policy release valve here.
The central banks, for whatever reason, are not acting quickly
and decisively enough, and appear to have no sign of willingness
to do it.
So that raises the risk to me of a crisis occurring in one of
these countries -- I'm not quite sure which one -- but I have my
guesses -- the obvious choice would be a Vietnam or somebody like
that. Then we go to the knock-on effect. I was front-row center
for the Asian contagion back in 1997, and frankly I don't want to
see that again.
The BRIC wall -- the bricks, one by one are coming down here --
they accounted for half of global growth last year. I'd avoid the
asset classes generally for emerging markets, and specifically the
BRICs. I mentioned DUG [the exchange-traded fund that bets against
oil] before - a good way to short oil. Oil's obviously been a big
beneficiary of global growth coming out of these areas. And I'm
still bullish on America. I'm underweight emerging markets, and
I'm overweight US stocks."
The above comment by Peter Stock describes what he sees is a
dangerous, growing problem in emerging markets outside the US,
although he sees no particular danger on Wall Street.
I keep <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080608 "talking about "tipping
points""#> on this web site -- spiking oil prices, spiking food
prices. In fact, the above interview on CNBC was followed immediately
by another story -- the disastrous summer corn crop, raising world
corn prices to yet another historic high.
What Peter Stock is describing is tipping points that are being
reached in all the emerging market countries. What he doesn't
understand is that, unlike what happened in 1997, a collapse in
emerging markets will also cause a collapse on Wall Street.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080613 Retail sales surge in May
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.head
Retail sales surge in May
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.date
13-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.txt1
Americans are still spending every penny they can get hold of.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080613.txt2
Economists were surprised on Thursday when <#stdurl
http://www.census.gov/marts/www/download/html/adv0805.html "Commerce
Dept. figures"#> showed that <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5iLEvyX9FwCjOgVTYPI8yvv3NwBKA
"retail sales in May were much higher"#> than expected.
Spending went up across every category -- electronics, appliances,
clothing, health care, food or general merchandise and sales rose.
People even ate out more.
For several months, economists have been saying that consumers would
stop buying. Consumers have been maxing out on credit and have been
using money from second mortgages on their homes. As those sources
are tapped out, consumers should stop spending, according to
economists.
Well, the tax rebate checks started going out in May, and economists
are attributing the spurt in retail sales to that. Previously,
economists had wondered whether consumers would spend their tax
rebates or use them to pay off some of their debt, but that question
has now apparently been answered.
And yet, economists are still puzzled, because retail spending had
begun increasing prior to the time that the tax rebate checks were
sent out. But apparently we even have an answer to that.
According to JP Morgan analyst Tom Lee, there's another possible
reason why <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/InvestmentOutlookMid08/idUSN1147055120080611
"consumer spending increased:"#>
"The record wave of foreclosures darkening the
U.S. housing market may actually be boosting consumer
spending....
Many owners are stuck with mortgages that exceed the value of
their homes after a double-digit national home price slump in the
last two years. Conventional wisdom says owners who are unable to
refinance or sell their homes are cash-starved and sharply curbing
spending.
But Lee said that as an increasing number of "under water"
homeowners return their keys to lenders and walk away from their
mortgages and properties the reverse is true.
"In a perverse way, people who are leaving homes are actually
helping the consumer spending picture," Lee told the Reuters
Investment Outlook Summit on New York.
"If you were under water in a mortgage, and then you walked away,
you literally stop paying the mortgage so your actual disposable
income goes up," he said."
This is another one of those moments when all I can do is shake my
head in disbelief.
At any rate, American consumers are apparently determined to tap every
penny they can get their hands on.
This is exactly the complete opposite of the behavior of people who
survived the Great Depression. For the most part, those survivors
spent their lives saving every penny they could. Today, people are
spending every penny they can.
People should be saving every penny. "Instead, there is gaiety and
gladness, killing of cattle and slaughtering of sheep, eating of meat
and drinking of wine: "Let us eat and drink [and be merry], for
tomorrow we die." [Isaiah 22:13]
This shows how the generational cycle works. Once a financial crisis
occurs, and we reenter a new 1930s style Great Depression, then
people will be furious with themselves for not having saved just a
small part of the money they're throwing away today, and they'll
change their behavior to save every penny for the rest of their
lives.
=eod
=// &&2 e080612 South Korea's government in crisis over beef imports from U.S.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.head
South Korea's government in crisis over beef imports from U.S.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.date
12-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.txt1
Hundreds of thousands of Koreans held candlelight demonstrations in
Seoul
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080612.txt2
on Tuesday, <#stdurl http://theseoultimes.com/ST/db/read.php?idx=6729
"the largest yet of the protests that began a month ago."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080611.jpg right "" "Hundreds of thousands of
Koreans hold candlelight demonstrations in Seoul
(Source: Seoul Times)"#>
The demonstration was dubbed "1 Million-People Candle-Light March" by
the organizers, and commemorated the "June 10th Uprising" that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070216 "occurred on June 10, 1987,"#> when the
people staged massive riots and brought down the military government
in favor of new elections.
The demonstrations were triggered shortly after Korea's new
President, Lee Myung-Bak, took office on February 25. Lee's approval
ratings were quite high, as he prepared to meet with George Bush at
Camp David on April 19.
Then the roof fell in. Just before the meeting, Lee agreed to lift a
five-year-old ban on American beef imports, first imposed in 2003
after a single case of mad cow disease was discovered in the United
States.
The <#stdurl http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/06/11/asia/seoul.php
"demonstrations began on May 2,"#> when hundreds of uniformed
schoolgirls held candles in downtown Seoul. The demonstrations kept
growing, and by this week, they became so huge that Lee's cabinet
offered to resign, putting the entire government into crisis.
The puzzling question is: What the heck is going on? Apparently no
one seriously believes that they'll get mad cow disease from American
beef, inasmuch as Americans eat American beef all the time. And
anyway, even if Korea imports American beef, no one has to buy it or
eat it.
The demonstrations don't even seem to be particularly anti-American.
As one <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article4106831.ece
"person commented online,"#> "This is why you never see any anti-US
slogans in these protests. The issue is really about Lee Myung Bak
and his policies."
So what are these huge demonstrations all about? No one seems to be
really certain.
=inc ww2010.h2 eu "From euphoria to panic"
Generational Dynamics studies the attitudes and behaviors of large
masses of people, entire generations of people. Any mass change in
behavior or attitudes always attracts my attention for study, and
that includes episodes of mass euphoria and mass panic. This
incident appears to include both.
Consider the following description <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/06/11/asia/seoul.php
"from a news story:"#>
"The scenes Tuesday illuminated the dramatic shift
in President Lee's political fortunes. When he was elected last
December, South Koreans hailed him as a long-awaited leader who
could salvage their country's alliance with the United States,
which was strained under Lee's left-leaning predecessor, Roh Moo
Hyun. ...
Aging South Koreans who fought alongside U.S. troops in the Korean
War in the early 1950s, took to the streets in joy. They trusted
Lee to save the country from what they called "leftist, anti-U.S.
and pro-North Korean elements," such as Roh.
On the eve of the meeting with Bush, Seoul agreed to lift a
five-year-old ban on American beef imports, first imposed in 2003
after a case of mad cow disease was discovered in the United
States. The gesture demonstrated Lee's eagerness to rebuild ties
with Washington.
He apparently did not anticipate the reaction at home, especially
among younger South Koreans, who had been watching him coldly.
"What he did was little different from an ancient Korean king
offering tribute to a Chinese emperor," said Kim Sook Yi, a
35-year-old homemaker who joined the Tuesday protest. "This time
we give a tribute to Washington? It's humiliating, bad for
education for Korean children."
The demonstrations that began on May 2, when hundreds of
uniformed schoolgirls held candles in downtown Seoul, quickly
snowballed. By this week, they became so huge that Lee's cabinet
offered to resign.
To many South Koreans, the beef dispute was not entirely about
health or science. Nor is it entirely about economics; U.S. beef
is half the price of Korean. Rather, it is the latest test of
whether their leaders can resist pressure from superpowers like
the United States, even if that pressure is legitimate, as is the
case in the beef dispute. South Korea had promised to lift the ban
once the World Organization for Animal Health ruled American beef
fit for consummation, as it did in September.
South Korea has built the world's 13th largest economy largely
through exports. Still, in a country that has been invaded by
bigger neighbors throughout its history, people harbor a deep
suspicion about big powers, even allies like the United States.
Koreans in their 40s remember a childhood song handed down from
their fathers and grandfathers: "Don't be cheated by the Soviets.
Don't trust the Americans. Or the Japanese will rise again."
Koreans still chafe at the fact that the United States and the
Soviet Union divided Korea into the Communist North and the
pro-U.S. South after liberating it from Japanese colonial rule at
the end of World War II.
Whether a South Korean leader can navigate such nationalistic
sentiment can make or break his career."
None of this makes much sense in rational terms, but it does describe
massive changes in generational attitudes:
Euphoria by older generations, dancing in the streets over
Lee's planned visit to George Bush.
An immediate panic-like reaction, especially by young people,
to lifting the beef import ban.
An old childhood song, dating back to the 1950s war, blaming
America for disloyalty,
This is a somewhat contradictory set of reactions to something that
really isn't that much of a big deal. Even if it was the first time
in a long time that a Korean head of state visited the American
president, it still doesn't deserve this kind of extremely emotional
reaction on all sides.
=inc ww2010.h2 58 "The 58 year hypothesis"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right 58year 2
The street demonstrations are commemorating the 21st anniversary of
1987 student uprising, as we said, but they're commemorating
something else as well:
It was 58 years ago in June, 1950, when the North Koreans attacked
Seoul. The world was shocked when the Russian-supplied North Korean
People's Army swept south and overwhelmed both South Korean and U.S.
forces stationed there, killing and imprisoning many civilians and
causing massive starvation.
I've discussed the "58 year hypothesis" several times on this web
site. Briefly, it goes as follows: If a disastrous national event
occurs, it particularly traumatizes the 5-10 year old children, who
remember its horrors for the rest of their lives. 58 years later,
when that group reaches age 63-68, and are in senior management
positions throughout the country, they cause a panic, often a "false
panic."
I don't claim to know exactly how it works, or how the various
generational interactions occur, but I do know that I now have
sufficiently many very clear examples of such panics that the 58-year
hypothesis has to be taken seriously. Some examples include the 1987
stock market panic (58 years after the 1929 crash), the 1976 swine
flu fiasco (58 years after the 1918 Spanish flu pandemic), and
Israel's 2006 panicked war on Hizbollah (58 years after the 1949
genocidal war between Jews and Arabs). There are a number of other
examples as well. What all of these examples have in common is an
almost totally irrational panic, triggered by some relatively
unimportant event.
What's going on today in Seoul seems to fit the 58-year hypothesis.
The dancing in the streets is odd, the over-reaction to lifting the
beef imports is odd, and the concern about the American betrayal is
odd. All of these concerns relate strongly to the June, 1950, North
Korean invasion. Even the beef issue relates to the starvation that
occurred in 1950.
For those interested in historical research, the 58 year hypothesis
is a potential source of many, many thesis topics. For those
inclined to such research, be sure to observe the methodological
proscriptions regarding "cherry-picking" that I discussed <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 "in a previous article."#>
=inc ww2010.h2 future "Future of South Korea"
As we approach the Clash of Civilizations world war, we've been
trying, on this web site, to identify which countries will be among
the American "Allies," and which countries will comprise the enemy
"Axis." We do this by looking at long-term trends in attitudes and
behaviors of the masses of people in each country.
Among the likely Allies we have Taiwan, Japan, India, Russia, Israel
and Britain. I still consider Iran a likely Western ally for reasons
I've stated before. Among the likely Axis countries, we'll have
China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Indonesia, Malaysia, and other Sunni
Muslim countries.
But what about South Korea? It's easy to identify trends in the
other countries, but it's very hard for South Korea.
This is a country with major conflicting loyalties:
The South Koreans are not particularly anti-American,
although there are some bitter feelings over <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070216 "unproven charges"#> related to the Kwangju massacre of
1980.
There is a bitterly hate-filled fault line between the Koreans
and the Japanese over the Japanese subjugation of Korea (1905-1945)
and the use of Korean "comfort women" in WW II, and the Japanese are
allied with America.
There is a very close emotional tie with North Korea for obvious
reasons -- many South Koreans have family members in the North.
The Koreans are ethnically close to the Chinese.
On the other hand, the South Koreans fear being attacked or
swallowed up or subjugated by the Communists in North Korea or
China.
This makes it very difficult to detect a trend one way or the other
for South Korea. If the people were forced to choose one side or the
other in a war, which side would it be? Based on the information I
have today, I don't see a clear direction, and it may actually still
be dependent on chaotic events that cannot be predicted. For
example, some incident involving Japan might push them towards China,
while a North Korean attack might push them toward the West.
=eod
=// &&2 e080611 Ben Bernanke is still the 'Man without Agony'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.head
Ben Bernanke is still the "Man without Agony"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.date
11-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.txt1
What was he thinking?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080611.txt2
In 2005, I wrote something called <#hreftext ww2010.i.051029bernanke
""Ben S. Bernanke: The man without agony.""#> I contrasted
Fed chairman Alan Greenspan with the man who would soon replace him.
I included numerous quotes from both men to contrast Bernanke's "What
me worry?" attitude toward economic bubbles with Greenspan's genuine
agony over the fact that his gut is telling him that we're headed for
a major financial crisis.
So I guess it shouldn't be too surprising that, in <#stdurl
http://federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/bernanke20080609a.htm "a
speech given on Monday"#> in Boston, Fed chairman Ben Bernanke said
the following:
"Before turning to those issues, however, I would
like to provide a brief update on the outlook for the economy and
policy, beginning with the prospects for growth. Despite the
unwelcome rise in the unemployment rate that was reported last
week, the recent incoming data, taken as a whole, have affected
the outlook for economic activity and employment only modestly.
Indeed, although activity during the current quarter is likely to
be weak, the risk that the economy has entered a substantial
downturn appears to have diminished over the past month or
so."
This statement is so Pollyannaish that even the normally bubbly
anchors on CNBC were incredulous.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080610b.jpg right "" "Keith Hennessey, director of
the National Economic Council, also assistant to the president for
economic policy
(Source: CNBC)"#>
On Tuesday morning, Keith Hennessey, director of the national
economic council, was a guest on CNBC and, as an Administration
member, he supported Bernanke's statement. He was asked to defend
the statement, given that, "Oil's up another 30% from where it was,
we've got Lehman Brothers, and hard to get a mortgage credit
tightness." His response:
"We always put a lot of stock in what Ben says.
Obviously the President has plenty of confidence in Ben. We also
think that he's right on the substance of it.
The downside risks do seem to be a little smaller than they were
a few months ago. ...
Part of it though is that more time is passed, and we haven't had
significant big negative surprises, we haven't had big shocks like
we had back in March. Obviously the Lehman news was not good.
You've had gradual price increases in oil.
But the more the time goes on and you don't have big negative
shocks, the more confidence gradually accumulates."
This statement reminds me of the old joke: A man jumps off a
50-story building. As he passes a window on the 20th floor, someone
yells at him: "How are you doing?" His response: "Everything's fine
so far!"
=eod
=// &&2 e080610 Lehman Brothers shocks Wall Street with more unexpected asset writedowns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.head
Lehman Brothers shocks Wall Street with more unexpected asset
writedowns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.date
10-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.txt1
And there may be a smoking gun showing that UBS AG committed fraud.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080610.txt2
Lehman Brothers was another investment bank that kept assuring us
that they'd been particularly clever in avoiding investments in CDOs
and other securities that later turned out to be worthless.
After Bear Stearns, Wall Street's smallest investment firm, imploded
in March because of investor panic, and the Fed had to step in and
prevent disaster. The historic Fed intervention prevented major
worldwide financial meltdown and crisis, as I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080427b "explained last month."#> This is not speculation -- Fed
chairman Ben Bernanke said as much in testimony before Congress.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080610a.jpg right "" "Don't they make a lovely
couple? Hedge fund manager David Einhorn and Lehman CFO Erin Callan.
(Source: NY Times and Lehman)"#>
Since the Bear Stearns implosion, attention immediately began to turn
to the next smallest investment firm, Lehman Brothers.
It turned into a personality battle of sorts. David Einhorn, who
runs the Greenlight Capital hedge fund, was loudly claiming that
<#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/04/business/04lehman.html?pagewanted=1&ei=5087&em&en=e6f6dd8fe6ee09a3&ex=1212724800
"Lehman was not valuing the assets"#> on its books, and was not
disclosing all the risks. On the other side was Lehman CFO Erin
Callan, who has been out front reassuring investors that Lehman was
OK.
In April, speculation got so bad that Lehman CEO Richard Fuld sought
to calm things by stating, "The worst of the impact on the
financial-services industry is behind us."
And so Wall Street was shocked, shocked on Monday, when
<#stdurl
http://www.lehman.com/press/qe/docs/060908_2q08_expected.pdf
"a Lehman press release (PDF)"#> announced:
"NEW YORK, June 9, 2008 – Lehman Brothers Holdings
Inc. (ticker symbol: LEH) announced today that continued
challenging market conditions will result in an expected net loss
of approximately $2.8 billion ... for the second quarter ended May
31, 2008....
Net revenues for the second quarter of fiscal 2008 reflect
negative mark to market adjustments and principal trading losses,
net of gains on certain debt liabilities. Additionally, the Firm
incurred losses on hedges this quarter, as gains from some hedging
activity were more than offset by other hedging losses. ...
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Richard S. Fuld, Jr. said, “I
am very disappointed in this quarter's results. Notwithstanding
the solid underlying performance of our client franchise, we had
our first-ever quarterly loss as a public company. However, with
our strengthened balance sheet and the improvement in the
financial markets since March, we are well-positioned to serve our
clients and execute our strategy.”"
The loss included a $4.1 billion asset writedown, mostly from CDOs
and other residential mortgage backed securities.
This is a preliminary announcement, with the actual earnings
announcement scheduled for June 16. Pundits are congratulating
Lehman for warning investors early, so they won't be surprised on
June 16.
But there's little doubt that Lehman was forced to make this
announcement. Investors were getting increasingly nervous, the stock
price was falling significantly, and there was increasing fear of a
Bear Stearns-type panic.
It's the same old story: Richard Fuld and Erin Callan materially
misrepresented the values of their assets for several months. Take
your pick: Either they were lying, or they had no idea what the values
of those assets are.
Either way, it means that nothing that any financial institution says
these days can be trusted.
As we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "posted in April,"#> Lehman
has $200 billion of Level-2 assets and $42 billion of Level-3 assets
on its books. These are the CDO and CDS type assets that can't be
market to market because there is no market.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
With Monday's announcement, Lehman has written down a total of $8
billion in assets of the $242 billion potential. In Monday's press
release, the company made no claim whatsoever that the writedowns are
over, and it can be assumed that they have a long way to go.
However, there's some uncertainty about this because Lehman also
announced that it had <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?view=DETAILS&grid=&xml=/money/2008/06/09/bcnlehman209.xml
"sold off $130 billion"#> in assets. If those assets turn out to be
from the $242 billion in Level-2 and Level-3 assets, then Lehman may
indeed dig itself out of this hole, albeit as a much smaller company.
=inc ww2010.h2 smoke "A smoking gun for UBS AG?"
As I've said often, there's no doubt that massive fraud occurred on
Wall Street around the creation of the CDOs and other mortgage-backed
securities. The circumstantial evidence is overwhelming. The Wall
Street firms might claim that they didn't realize what would happen
in 2002, or 2003, or 2004, or 2005, or perhaps even 2006, but there
can be no question that they knew, or should have known, in 2007 that
their valuation models were broken. And yet, the rate of abuses
actually INCREASED in 2007.
Now we may have an actual smoking gun, in the form of <#stdurl
http://www.boston.com/business/markets/articles/2008/06/09/wall_st_firm_told_only_some_about_risk/
"a letter"#> indicating that UBS warned some investors of problems,
but not others.
The problem was not with CDOs, but with the hare-brained <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 "auction rate securities (ARSs)"#> scheme,
which has created more trillions of dollars in worthless securities.
The letter indicates that UBS knew that the ARSs were in trouble as
early as December, but kept selling them to investors as late as
February.
=inc ww2010.h2 ambac "Effect of Ambac/MBIA downgrades will be widespread"
<#inc ww2010.pic g080221a.jpg right "" "Meredith Whitney, director
of equity research at Oppenheimer"#>
I've frequently quoted Oppenheimer's Meredith Whitney as the best and
most honest of the Wall Street analysts. And now, a <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080222 "prediction that she made in February"#> is
closer to coming true.
Part of the magic that allowed investment banks to turn CDOs and
other nearly worthless mortgage backed securities into "risk-free" AAA
rated securities was the "monoline" bond rating agencies, If you're an
investment bank issuing questionable bonds, then you buy insurance
from an insurer who promises to pay off the bonds if the issuer
defaults. That way the bonds are "doubly-protected" -- either the
bond will pay off or the insurance will pay off -- thus magically
earning an AAA rating.
The three largest bond insurers are MBIA Inc., Ambac Financial Group
Inc., and Financial Guaranty Insurance Co. (FGIC). Like any insurance
company, they're supposed to evaluate the risk of guaranteeing
insurance payouts, and then refuse to provide insurance if the risk
is too high. These bond insurers didn't do that. Instead, they
ignored the risk and charged fat fees to insure questionable
securities without questioning them. This is essentially fraud.
Once the massive writedowns of securities began last Fall, it became
pretty clear that the bond insurers had insured many bonds that were
turning out to be worthless and shouldn't have been insured. This
meant that the bond insurers themselves were on the road to
bankruptcy, since they wouldn't be able to pay off all the insurance
claims when the CDOs defaulted.
That fact threw into doubt the AAA ratings on corporate debt of the
bond insurers themselves. (Keep straight that there are two
different things here: The ratings on the bond insurers' own corporate
debt, and the ratings on the CDOs that they insure.)
The ratings agencies (Moody's, S&P, Fitch) <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080208 "have been playing a game,"#> stalling as long as possible,
keeping the ratings on CDOs and bond insurers' debt at AAA. This is
fraudulent, but it's OK because the government is openly encouraging
this kind of fraud.
In February, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080222 "Meredith Whitney
predicted"#> that Citibank, UBS and other banks would lose billions of
dollars more when the bond insurers lost their own AAA ratings.
This part of the game-playing now seems to be coming to an end. Fitch
has already downgraded MBIA and Ambac. Last week on Wednesday,
Moody's indicated that a downgrade was near. And on Thursday, June
5, Standard & Poor's <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/bondsNews/idUSN0963900120080609
"downgraded the ratings on MBIA and Ambac,"#> the two largest bond
insurers.
According to S&P:
"In our view, the impact of the downgrades on the
structured finance market is wide spread... [W]e expect the
deterioration of the creditworthiness and the resulting downgrades
of MBIA and Ambac, with recent downgrades of other monoline bond
insurers, to add to the pressures on certain broker-dealers' and
banks' financial performance."
Meredith Whitney was more specific. In a note to investors on
Monday, she <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aWzDAfdNmgOw
"wrote that"#> Citibank, Merrill Lynch, and UBS AG alone will suffer
$10 billion in additional writedowns.
However, the downgrades are expected to cause more widespread
"collateral damage." Hundreds of billions of dollars (notional
value) of CDOs and other mortgage-backed securities received AAA
ratings only because of insurance by MBIA and Ambac. All of these
ratings are now in jeopardy, and we can expected substantially more
writedowns from other institutions.
The thing to understand from all this is that the credit bubble that
was created in the early 2000s continues to leak faster and faster,
and the deflationary spiral is growing.
As was shown in the case of Bear Stearns, all of these investments
are interlocked in hedge funds, investment funds, and so forth. At
some point, a multi-billion dollar loss is going to trigger a chain
reaction and massive financial meltdown, as almost happened with Bear
Stearns.
And once again, the point is that there's no one left on Wall Street
who has any credibility at all. The ratings agencies stalled for
months before doing what they had to do, essentially committing fraud
in the process. That's the norm today on Wall Street, as everyone
covers up to avoid the inevitable.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080608 Stock markets plunge on unemployment and historic oil price spike
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.head
Stock markets plunge on unemployment and historic oil price spike
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.date
8-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.txt1
Are we near some kind of tipping point?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080608.txt2
The world's financial markets became extremely volatile last week,
with the greatest volatility occurring on Friday.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080608a.gif right "" "Economic indicators worsen
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
As the <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/07/business/07econ.html "adjoining
graphic"#> shows:
The unemployment rate, which has been steadily increasing
since early 2007, suddenly spiked from 5.0% to 5.5% in May, the
sharpest monthly spike in 22 years.
The global price of oil, which has been steadily increasing since
late 2006, suddenly spiked $10.75 to $138.54 per barrel, the sharpest
daily spike in history. Reports on Sunday indicate that the national
average price of gasoline now exceeds $4.00 per gallon for the first
time.
Panicky investors sent the Dow Industrials down $394.64 points,
now at 86% of the high reached on October 9, 2007.
Add to these statistics the following that I've discussed frequently:
The recent <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080424 "substantial
worldwide increases in food prices,"#> and
The incredible <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080519 "surge in the
price/earnings stock index."#>
With these dramatic moves beyond historical trend values, there's good
reason to wonder if we're reaching some kind of tipping point. Let's
explore that concept.
=inc ww2010.h2 tip "Stein's Law and the Tipping Point"
Back in 2002-04, when I was alone in the wilderness predicting a
stock market crash and a new 1930s style Great Depression, people who
stumbled on this site simply thought I was a nutcase. An argument
that was made to me frequently was the following: If you're wrong,
you'll never admit it, because all you have to do is claim that the
stock market crash simply hasn't happened yet.
Actually that was never true. My conclusions were based on long-term
trends that I described last year in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>
As I told people in 2003, I would be perfectly happy to admit I was
wrong if America's public debt started falling, or if the balance of
trade deficit started falling. Since both of these have continued to
grow exponentially, I haven't had any reason to change my mind.
The argument that I'm using is based on a semi-humorous law
formulated by the late economist Herb Stein:
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
In other words, if something isn't done to deflate the credit bubble
gradually, then it must stop growing for some other reason -- namely
a crash.
I've been using the phrase "tipping point" a lot in recent months
when referring to the meteoric rise in food prices. Rice prices have
tripled since January (though they've come down a little from their
highs in the last couple of weeks), and the price of food in general
has doubled in the last year. With more and more millions of people
foraging through garbage dumps just to find enough food to stay
alive, this situation cannot continue. (See Stein's Law.)
=inc ww2010.h2 commod "The commodities bubble"
Commodities like oil, wheat, rice and gold are definitely in a
bubble. That's easy to prove just by comparing today's prices to
the long term historical price trend for each of them.
But there are two distinct kinds of bubbles:
Bubbles caused by speculators who try to "corner the market"
in some commodity. They hoard quantities of the commodity, forcing
prices up, and then sell off the entire hoard at bubble prices.
Bubbles caused by a temporary supply/demand mismatch. In this
case, there may be a supply disruption (such as a war), or there may
be a rapid increase in demand, or both. The market will resolve this
problem in time by destroying demand and encouraging
suppliers.
When evaluating these, not all commodities are the same. It's easy
to hoard gold, since it takes up so little space, and so it's quite
possible that the current gold bubble is caused purely by
speculation.
But it's much harder to hoard food, and almost impossible to hoard
oil.
In 2004, I posted the article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040820
""Bear Stearns predicts oil prices will fall by almost
half.""#> At that time, oil was at $50/barrel, and Bear Stearns
(may it rest in peace) was predicting a fall to $25/barrel:
"[Bear Stearns'] reasoning is as follows: During
the last year, concerns about oil supplies have caused companies
to increase their own private inventories of oil. Indeed, U.S.
commercial inventories of crude oil are 5% above last year's
level, according to the Wall Street Journal.
Therefore, the Stearns reasoning continues, this almost
panic-like stocking up of oil inventories has created an "oil
bubble." Once the inventory build-up ends, according to Stearns'
research, the actual market fundamentals support only a $25 per
barrel price. Prices close to $25 would be maintained even if a
terrorist act caused a temporary supply shock, because of the
large inventories of oil on hand."
Well, the Bear Stearns prediction certainly didn't come to pass, did
it?
I've heard similar claims when oil went to $60 per barrel, then $70
per barrel, then $80 per barrel, but they've never turned out to be
true.
There are people today claiming that speculators are hoarding oil,
and that without speculators the price would fall to $90, $80 or even
$50 per barrel. The problem with that argument is that the hoarded
oil would have to be sitting somewhere, perhaps in a thousand huge
tankers, and there's no evidence of such hoarding. You can't hoard
oil the way you can hoard gold.
The same argument applies to rice, wheat, and other staples. It
might be possible for some speculator to rent some huge warehouses
and store grain in them, but these price surges have been going on
for a couple of years now, and if that were happening then it would
have been widely reported in the news by now.
I think it's quite possible that Friday's spike in oil prices was
caused by panic buying, and I think it's quite possible that some
part of the price of oil -- say $10-20 per barrel -- might be caused
by panic buying or speculation. In that case, the price of oil would
be about $115-120 per barrel without speculators, still very high. A
similar statement could be made about wheat and rice prices.
I can't prove this, but my intuition tells me that some sort of
tipping point has been reached -- perhaps a structural limit in the
markets that can't be cured in the short run. It might be that all
easily available land is used up, or perhaps the worldwide
transportation and shipping infrastructure is so overloaded that it's
locked up in some way, and can no longer expand in the short run. I
think that we're seeing <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107 "the Law of
Diminishing Returns"#> in action. In "normal" times, these situations
would be self-correcting in a few months, but some long-term
structural limitation is keeping the supply/demand mismatch from
clearing up.
The problem apparently is that demand appears to be increasing faster
than the supply can increase and faster than the markets can adjust.
China and India put hundreds (or is it thousands?) of new cars on the
roads every week, and these cars suck up gasoline. China puts two new
power plants on line every week. Power plants use coal, but use of
oil-based energy is going to increase along with the power plants.
In the case of food, we can be more certain of what's going on
because we have published statistics.
On the supply side, a United Nations food summit was held in Rome
last week and <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/04/world/04food.html "officials
announced that"#> resolving the food crisis would cost $30 billion per
year, essentially to spawn a new "Green Revolution", like the one
that was <#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628 "launched in 1948."#> That
Green Revolution didn't produce results for almost 20 years, and even
if the $30 billion per year could be found, the new Green Revolution
wouldn't produce results for at least ten years.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080608b.gif right "" "More meat-eating in developing
nations
(Source: csmonitor.com)"#>
On the demand side, there's the diversion of wheat for ethanol, but
more important is the fact that people in developing countries are
<#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0603/p12s01-wogn.html "eating
more meat."#> Feeding grain to a cow and then feeding the meat to a
human uses up considerably more grain than just feeding the grain
directly to the human. And there are close to 4 billion people in
China and India alone who are "moving up the food chain" and
consuming more meat, milk and maize.
And so, it seems much more likely than not that these price surges,
that have been going on for years already, are going to continue. In
the case of food, the United Nations has said as much.
This leads us back to:
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
What does Stein's Law mean if the oil and food bubbles cannot be
deflated slowly by policy in the short run? It means:
A financial crisis that will bring the increasing demands for
oil and food in China and India to a screeching halt.
A war crisis that will reduce the demand for food for many
reasons that needn't be outlined here.
The only question that's left is the timing. The recent spikes in
oil and food prices seem very compelling. Things cannot continue
this way much longer, although the exact timing cannot be predicted.
=inc ww2010.h2 safe "Safe deposit boxes"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 3
Just to repeat what I've said many times before: The global financial
system is in a deflationary spiral, which means that the amount of
money (i.e., the US dollar) in the world is decreasing every day, and
the value of this money is therefore increasing. We will see
deflation and NOT hyperinflation, as some people are predicting.
Thus, for most people, the best investment today is cash or short-term
T-bills or FDIC-insured bank certificates of deposit.
Gold is in a price bubble, and makes a very poor investment. Buying
gold today costs roughly $900 per ounce plus fees and commissions,
and the historical trend value of gold is $300-500 per ounce, which
is the amount your gold will be worth after the bubble bursts.
However, if you DO own gold, then you have a problem with how to
store it. For example, you can hide it at work or in your home, or
you can hide it in a bank safe deposit bank.
A recent <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/06/minyan-mailbag-how-safe-is-my-gold.html
"blog posting"#> by Michael "Mish" Shedlock is entitled "How safe is
my gold?" and describes problems with storing gold in bank safe
deposit boxes - that the contents are vulnerable to seizure by
government officials.
The article quotes <#stdurl
http://abcnews.go.com/GMA/story?id=4832471&page=1 "an ABC news
investigative article"#> entitled, "Not-So-Safe-Deposit Boxes: States
Seize Citizens' Property to Balance Their Budgets," and a <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/2066470/Safety-deposit-box-raids-yield-andpound1bn-of-drugs,-cash-and-guns.html
"a Telegraph"#> article titled "Safety deposit box raids yield
£1bn of drugs, cash and guns." Both of these articles describe
recent government raids of safe deposit boxes of perfectly innocent
people.
If any web site readers have thoughts about how to handle this safety
deposit box problem, send them along and I'll post them.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "The earnings game begins for the second quarter"
Regular readers know that every week or two I post the table of S&P
500 average corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC
Earnings Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. What this table
shows is that analysts' earnings estimates can't be trusted.
Here's the final version for first quarter earnings:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
Apr 11: -14.1%
Apr 18: -14.6%
Apr 25: -14.1%
May 2: -15.0%
May 9: -17.4%
May 16: -17.5%
May 23: -17.5%
May 30: -17.5%
On January 1, at the beginning of Q1, analysts were saying that Q1
earnings would be 5.7% higher than Q1 of last year. Those estimates
fell, week after week, and the final results are that earnings were
17.5% lower than Q1 of last year.
Now the earnings estimates for the second quarter are becoming
available, and we're starting to play the same game. Here's the
table so far:
Date 2Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Jan 1: +4.7%
Feb 6: +3.5%
Apr 1: -2.0%
Jun 6: -7.3%
Analysts started out a little more realistic this time. The first day
of the second quarter was April 1, and on that day analysts'
estimates were for 2% earnings negative growth.
By this past Friday, June 6, the earnings estimates had fallen to a
7.3% negative growth.
This continued fall in earnings estimates means that either
price/earnings ratios will continue to rise into even higher bubble
levels, or else the stock market will continue its downward path.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080605b American aid ships are ordered to leave Burma's (Myanmar's) waters
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.head
American aid ships are ordered to leave Burma's (Myanmar's) waters
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.date
5-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.txt1
Military junta is using cyclone devastation as cover for violent
campaign against Karen minority.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605b.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right burma 2
After more than one month after Cyclone Nargis struck Burma, the U.S.
has <#stdurl http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/06/04/asia/myanmar.php
"given up trying to provide aid."#> The American aid ships, loaded
with food, medicines, blankets, tents, and other supplies, have been
ordered to sail away from Burma, after repeated failures to gain
permission to deliver the aid to cyclone victims.
In <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/burmamyanmar/1975851/Myanmar-cyclone-Gordon-Brown-says-Burma-is-guilty-of-inhuman-action.html
"a letter from Nobel laureates"#> sent two weeks ago, the Myanmar
junta is accused of crimes against humanity. The letter also called
on the West to provide aid by force, without waiting any longer for
permission:
"By refusing aid, the Burmese regime has
effectively declared war on its own population and is committing
crimes against humanity. The UK, United States, and France have
the capacity to respond immediately. Please use your ships,
helicopters, and all other tools within your capacity to
immediately deliver humanitarian aid to the people of Burma. We
must wait no longer for permission from China and Burma's military
regime. The time to save 1.5 million lives is now."
Now there are new charges of crimes against humanity for a different
reason: The military junta is conducting a <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/06/04/asia/AS-GEN-Myanmar-Karen.php
"violent and brutal campaign, including killing and torture"#> against
the Karen ethnic group, according to Amnesty International.
The junta has forcibly relocated almost 150,000 Karen people after
burning their villages and destroying their crops.
This apparently answers the question of why the junta has been
refusing to allow foreign aid workers to enter the country. The
after-effects of Cyclone Nargis are being used as a cover-up for the
violence against the Karens.
Unfortunately, the situation in Burma is going to get even worse.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080604.jpg right "" "Burma's Irrawady Delta -
satellite view prior to Cyclone Nargis
(Source: CNN)"#>
The adjacent map shows the Irrawady delta as it appeared in a
satellite shot prior to the arrival of Cyclone Nargis. The region
indicated by the weatherperson shows large near-white areas. These
were the rice paddies, the rice bowl, where the nation's food was
grown. These areas were all flooded and washed away by the cyclone.
Burma has been running a rice surplus for two years, and was planning
to export rice this year. That's in the past. The rice harvest has
been lost. In addition, the livestock and equipment that were used
to plant and harvest rice have also been lost.
Food used to be plentiful in Burma, but now people are going to
starve, with little relief in sight.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is going to
have a HUGE impact on Burma, something that will be a great shock to
the military junta, who have completely misread the situation.
As I wrote last September in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070926
""Burma: Growing demonstrations by the '88 Generation' raise
fears of new slaughter,""#> Burma is in a generational
Unraveling era, its last Crisis war having been an ethnic civil war
climaxing in 1958. Large demonstrations are typical in Unraveling
Eras, but they fizzle out quickly, as happened last September. I
said at that time that a new crisis war would not occur at that time,
but would probably occur within ten years or so, as the survivors of
the previous crisis war disappear.
However, from the point of view of generational theory, the most
significant question is whether all of these psychotic actions by the
junta will speed up the timeline. This might happen, for example, if
the cyclone disproportionately killed older people, in the generation
of survivors of the civil war that ended in 1958.
The junta fears a repeat of the bloody, genocidal crisis civil war of
the 1950s. What they don't understand is that the actions they're
taking might actually speed up the schedule for a new crisis civil
war.
What is certain is that the Burmese people are infuriated by what's
happening. They are fully aware of the crimes that the junta has
committed, including the fact that aid ships from Europe and the U.S.
are leaving, taking away all the supplies they brought with them.
Whenever the civil war returns, as it must, the junta will learn that
their use of violence and torture to suppress rebellion has failed,
and that there will be a great deal of revenge-taking against the
junta and their supporters.
=eod
=// &&2 e080605 Questions for readers: Managing Boomers vs Generation-X in the workplace.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.head
Questions for readers: Managing Boomers vs Generation-X in the
workplace.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.date
5-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.txt1
Also an ethics question: When do you tell the boss that the project
is crashing and burning?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080605.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
Later this month, I'm giving a talk to a user group on
"Generational issues in managing IT projects." I specifically want
to focus on issues between Boomers and Gen-Xers. The title refers to
"IT projects" (i.e., software development projects), but the
generational issues should apply to any group of professionals in any
field.
Here's the way I currently see it:
Boomers have no trouble talking to one another.
Gen-Xers have no trouble talking to one another.
But Boomers, believing that their words are the Golden Truth of
the Universe, tend to cut Gen-Xers off in mid-sentence, usually in a
tone of voice indicating moral superiority.
And Gen-Xers, believing that Boomers are totally full of crap,
tend to treat everything that Boomers say with contempt, either
pandering to it if the job requires it, or else totally ignoring
it.
And I haven't even mentioned the totally separate issues
surrounding the younger Millennial generation, who are sick of
listening to Boomers and Gen-Xers bicker, and who believe that the
world owes them a living even if they don't actually get anything
done.
As I described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080523b ""Software
development projects for Moody's, Digimarc, Y2K, DEC further
illuminate Gen-X nihilism,""#> I consider this difference in
view to be the highest risk factor in a development project, if
management does not address it.
So how does management address it?
If you're a manager of a group of professionals from mixed
generations, how do you manage them to make sure that the project is
successfully completed?
If you're a Boomer, how should you deal with the fact that
Gen-Xers have a lot of good ideas and a lot of energy, and may
actually be smarter than you are?
If you're a Gen-Xer, how should you deal with the fact that
Boomers have a lot more experience than you, and may actually be
smarter than you are?
If you're a Millennial, how should you deal with the fact that
Gen-Xers and Boomers are annoyed with your sense of entitlement and
really would like you to get some work done?
I'm looking for real-life anecdotes, as well as opinions and
viewpoints on the general problem. Needless to say, anything of
yours that I use will be stripped of any personal identifying
information.
A separate but related issue is an ethical question I've recently
been posing to several people. This is based on personal experience.
In the 1990s, I was working under contract on a project at Fidelity
to develop telemarketing software. There were five of us working on
the project, each of us developing a different piece. My piece was
portfolio rebalancing -- the user interface where the client would
specify what percentage of his money was to go into each asset class,
and the back end algorithmic software that would generate the
buy/sell orders to bring his portfolio into balance. The other four
people were working on other pieces.
The idea is that we'd each spend three months working on our pieces,
and then we'd put them all together to have a complete working
system.
(As an aside, this is a common mistake that software development
managers make. They divide a software development project up into
components, assign people to work on each component, and assume that
the components will all work together at the end. This is a VERY
common mistake, and it's the main reason for that old saying, "The
first 95% of the project takes the first 95% of the time, and the
last 5% of the project takes the remaining 95% of the time.")
So I went in on a Sunday, and spent a couple of hours doing a little
mini-QA project. (QA = quality assurance.) I tested out each
component, and I tried to get them to work together. I identified 82
different bugs and issues, some trivial, some major. I put them all
into a memo, stating my opinion that the project would slip 3-6
months. On Monday, I gave the memo to my supervisor, who gave it to
his manager.
Well, the s--t hit the fan. The manager was absolutely off-the-wall
furious at me, and was screaming at me in his office. A couple of
weeks later I was fired, and a couple of months later the entire
project crashed and burned -- not at all to my surprise. A few
months after that, I ran into a consultant who had left the project
before I did. He told me that he had quit the project because he,
too, realized it was headed for disaster.
My point of view is that I was a consultant working for a boss whose
project was going to crash and burn, and that as a consultant I had a
moral and professional obligation to tell him that. I still feel that
way today, although of course I now realize that my view is typical
of the sense of "moral superiority" that many Boomers have.
Still, what other choice did I have? I've asked several people about
this, and one said that it would have been better for me to resign
and not tell anyone, just as the other consultant did. The
reasoning, I guess, is that it's not up to the consultant to disturb
the client's plan, even if it's wrong. At least I think that's the
reasoning. And also, when the last Shuttle disaster occurred, there
were stories coming out of Nasa employees who had warned of problems
but who had been ignored or fired.
Anyway, so I'm asking you readers this question as well: What should
I have done? More generally, when should a consultant or employee
tell his boss that the project is headed for disaster? What should
he do if he's afraid that he'll be fired just for saying so? And
what should a manager do when an employee gives him that news? In
your answers, does it make a difference if you're talking about a
telemarketing application program versus a project where lives are at
stake?
As in the previous question, I'm looking for philosophical opinions
and rants as well as real-life anecdotes. Anything I use will have
personal identifying information removed. You can write to me at
comments@GenerationalDynamics.com , or else use the "Comment" link at
the top of every page.
=eod
=// &&2 e080604 A clearer explanation of credit default swaps.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.head
A clearer explanation of credit default swaps.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.date
4-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.txt1
How credit default swaps (CDSs) present a systemic risk to the global
financial system
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080604.txt2
is explained in <#stdurl
http://www.prudentbear.com/index.php/BearsLairHome/33-BearLair/5079-exploding-innovations
"a recent article"#> by economics journalist Martin Hutchinson,
writing for The Bear's Lair.
You should read the entire article, but I'll just comment on a couple
of things about it.
"Under a CDS, one bank promises to pay another
bank money if a particular debt obligation of a third party
borrower defaults. The precise definition of “default”, the
mechanism for calculating the amount of money payable and the
extent to which the deal relates to general debts of the third
party or to one particular obligation all vary between CDS, as do
the maturity and amount. There is thus no easy mechanism whereby a
liquid securities market could be created in CDS, since the
differing terms of each transaction tend to make them
un-substitutable."
The point is that each CDS is a unique contract between two people
(two banks). Since these contracts aren't standardized, it's
impossible to be sure that any two of them have the same value.
Thus, they're not like stock shares in a corporate, where each share
is equal in value to any other. Therefore, it's difficult or
impossible to determine the values of an CDSs in an institution's
portfolio.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
"[In] a severe credit crisis, the potential losses
on credit derivatives may indeed approach ... 10% of $62.3
trillion or $6.23 trillion, several times the capital base of the
entire US banking system, more than the current total of Federal
government debt outstanding and about 40% of a year’s US Gross
Domestic Product. That would make a credit derivatives crash far
larger in monetary terms and somewhat larger in terms of the
economy than the Japanese banking problems of the 1990s, which
caused 13 years of recession in that country."
This is the crucial point. There are $62.3 trillion of these CDSs
out there. A 10% failure would not be surprising in case of a severe
credit crisis, and it would have catastrophic effects.
The most amusing paragraph is this one:
"It is clear what has led to the tottering and
bloated nature of the credit derivatives market: the perverse
incentives of Wall Street. Senior traders are rewarded with “drop
dead money” – amounts that enable them to leave the business at
any time, financially secure for life, with only the distant
threat of long-term imprisonment to deter them. Since the
financial services industry also works excessive hours, allowing
little time for reflection and intellectual stimulation, a high
proportion of its inmates become possessed with a monomaniacal
urge to accumulate the cherished “drop dead money.”
This is the contradiction. If senior traders faced even the
"distant threat of long-term imprisonment," then what they did is
already illegal, and it doesn't make any difference whether new laws
and regulations are implemented.
It never dawns on anyone to ask why so many people -- in every
organization, at every level -- committed some kind of fraud for
their own personal gain, or at least condoned such fraud. People in
my parents' generation would not have done this.
The housing bubble was caused by massive fraud throughout the entire
financial and real estate industries, from top to bottom, whether it
was homeowners lying on their applications, construction firms
colluding with appraisers and brokers to get kickbacks by
over-valuing homes, lenders who resold mortgages without checking any
of the claims, lenders who adopted predatory lending practices,
granting loans to people with no hope of making payments, investment
banks that securitized loans based on the assumption that real estate
prices would rise forever, ratings firms and monoline insurers that
took fat fees to lie about these potentially worthless securities.
The only possible explanation for such ubiquitous debauchery is
generational. There's no other way that it could have reached every
corner of every financial and real estate organization except in the
contemptuous attitudes of nihilistic Generation-Xers, perpetrating
fraud right under the noses of their stupid Boomer bosses, who
condone the crimes because they also gain. This lethal combination
of Gen-X nihilism, combined with Boomer stupidity is what got us
where we are.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.jsonline.com/story/index.aspx?id=757063
"an investigative story"#> from the The Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, a
case study in "liar loan" fraud in which one person after another
commits fraud:
"As housing prices were rising year after year,
lenders across the country had eased underwriting standards. As a
result, many homebuyers were able to secure high-interest loans
without disclosing such basic information as their employment,
income or assets. The real estate boom stalled, and many subprime
borrowers found themselves unable to refinance or sell their
homes.
In Medellin's case, the deal wouldn't have been possible without
the motley collection of individuals and firms eager to get a
piece of the 8.75% loan and the fees that went with it."
The article goes into a great deal of detail, but the bottom line is
this: There isn't a single person in the story who had any moral or
ethical standards. It was one crook after another.
I've gotten several e-mail messages in the last couple of weeks
asking me why I sometimes sound so "angry." I was asked, "Why are you
so angry today?"
Anyway, the reason I was "so angry" that day is because I'm angry
every day. The stench of corruption and fraud is overwhelming, and
the coming disaster will be the worst in history. After writing this
web site for six years, I don't know how I could be anything BUT
angry.
What I've discovered in the last couple of years has shocked me
beyond belief. The depth of financial debauchery is staggering. If
someone had told me even 2-3 years ago what I would find, I wouldn't
have believed it possible. I can hardly believe it's possible now,
but there's no doubt about it.
In Hannah Arendt's study of the Nazi Germany in the book, The
Origins of Totalitarianism (p. 335), she describes the enormous
level of corruption at the time, and how it was reflected in Bertolt
Brecht's play, The Three-Penny Opera [Dreigroschenoper], which
presented gangsters as respectable businessmen and respectable
businessmen as gangsters. The theme song for the play was "Erst
kommt das Fressen, dann kommt die Moral," best translated as
"First comes gluttony, then comes morality."
Today, financial institutions are openly avoiding providing realistic
market values for their CDO and CDS assets, and they're continuing to
defraud investors and the public. All we can do is hope that the
"distant threat of long-term imprisonment" turns into an immediate
threat, since we're in the same place today as Germany was in the
1930s: there's no difference between respectable businessmen and
gangsters.
=eod
=// &&2 e080602 Ireland may block Lisbon treaty for new European Union in June 12 vote
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.head
Ireland may block Lisbon treaty for new European Union in June 12 vote
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.keys
ireland, european union, france, united kingdom, germany, lisbon
treaty
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.date
2-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.txt1
Those opposed to ratification appear to be gaining ground,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080602.txt2
according to some news reports.
Here's <#stdurl
http://www.angus-reid.com/polls/view/irish_vote_on_lisbon_treaty_tight/
"the latest polling data:"#>
How would you vote in the referendum on the Lisbon Treaty?
--------------------------------------
| | May 21 | May 7 | Apr. 23 |
--------------------------------------
|Yes | 41% | 38% | 35% |
|No | 33% | 28% | 31% |
|Not sure | 26% | 34% | 34% |
--------------------------------------
Source: Red C / Sunday Business Post
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right eunion 2
The "Yes" vote is still ahead of the "No" vote by 41% to 33%, but
politicians are concerned that the "No" vote is increasing faster,
and that over one quarter of the polled voters still answer "Not
sure."
(When one choice in a poll is "politically correct" and the other
isn't, there's an inclination for those favoring the second choice to
say "Not sure," rather than admit they favor the choice that's not
"politically correct.")
The rejection of <#stdurl http://europa.eu/lisbon_treaty/index_en.htm
"the Lisbon Treaty"#> would be yet another major blow to the entire
"EU project" that was almost completely derailed in May, 2005, when
voters in France and the Netherlands voted "No" to ratifying the
proposed EU constitution. The Lisbon Treaty is an attempt to
accomplish, with a treaty, the main elements of the Constitution that
EU politicians believe are necessary for functioning of the EU
government.
That voting "Yes" is the politically correct choice is apparent by
the fact that all mainstream media outlets are evidently in the tank
for it.
Here's how <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/0,1518,556401,00.html
"Germany's Der Spiegel"#> describes the situation:
"The future of the European Union now hangs on how
the voters in this small country on the far western edge of Europe
vote on June 12. And with less than two weeks to go to polling
day, the referendum debate has been hijacked by issues that have
little to do with the Lisbon Treaty. While many have accused the
campaign against the treaty of being aggressive, populist and
misleading, the reality is that it has also been pretty
successful."
You can see from the wording how Ireland is described disdainfully as
"this small country on the far western edge of Europe," and how the
treaty's opponents are described as "aggressive, populist and
misleading."
An <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/europe/article4029543.ece
"article in Times Online"#> doesn't take sides, but describes
the negative effects of a "No" vote:
"Several politicians stand to be big losers if
Ireland votes “no”. Angela Merkel, the German Chancellor, has
staked her reputation on reviving the failed constitution. The
French President Nicolas Sarkozy is due to preside over the
appointment of the EU president and foreign minister when his
country assumes the rotating presidency for six months in July. A
“no” vote would potentially wreck his cherished EU presidency —
including plans to enhance European defence capabilities.
Perhaps the man with most to lose is José Manuel Barroso, the
European Commission President, whose claims to a second term rest
on implementation of the Lisbon treaty."
=inc ww2010.h2 rocky "The rocky road to an EU government"
Once upon a time, in the early 2000s, the "European Union project"
and the EU Constitution seemed like sure things. Everyone was in
favor of them, because they would create a unified country, just as
the United States had been unified in 1789 by its Constitution
(assuming that you forget about what happened in 1861).
The French referendum in May 2005 changed all that and shocked
everyone, when voters rejected the proposed EU constitution.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070325b.jpg left "" "June 2005: Jean-Claude
Juncker, Tony Blair, Jacques Chirac"#>
At an acrimonious European summit meeting in June 2005, British Prime
Minister Tony Blair, Luxembourg Prime Minister Jean-Claude Juncker and
French President Jacques Chirac exchanged vitriolic accusations over
how the EU budget, especially the agricultural subsidies, were to be
divided among the EU members. Six months later, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e051217 "Tony Blair caved,"#> and only that way
could an interim EU budget agreement be reached.
These events completely derailed the "EU project" plans, and sent EU
leaders back to the meeting rooms to figure out what to do next.
They initially decided on an education campaign so that voters would
accept the EU constitution next time.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "The generational factor"
European politicians, journalists and analysts are completely
oblivious to the generational factors controlling the "European
project," even though the generational factors are so obvious that
you'd have to be blind to miss them.
During the run-up to the 2005 French referendum, young people were
quoted as worrying that low-paid East European workers would come to
France and take all the jobs; the symbol adopted by opponents of the
constitution was the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050530b "low-paid
Polish plumber"#> who comes to France and steals a job away from a
well-paid French plumber.
But there was a different kind of opinion expressed by an elderly
French voter to a BBC reporter: "My grandfather fought in World War
I. My father fought in World Wars I and II. I fought in World War
II. And now, for 60 years, my children and grandchildren have lived
in peace. That's a good enough reason to me to vote 'yes' on the
Constitution."
Last year, a news report <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070325 "quoted a
50-year old man"#> as saying, "My parents had experienced two wars
before (the EU was founded). My father lost his brother. I have the
opportunity to live in peace here."
These quotes show anecdotally what the generational differences are.
Those who favor the EU project, usually older generations, see it as
a way of preserving peace; those who oppose it, usually younger
generations, see it as costing them money and jobs.
I've never seen a published analysis that acknowledged this obvious
fact, or its obvious consequence: That the EU project is becoming
less and less popular, as generations that survived World War II
disappear.
<#inc ww2010.pic g050531.gif right "" "Breakdown of French vote
by income, May 2005
(Source: WSJ)"#>
All the published analyses focus on income and class. Why did poor
people vote this way, and rich people vote that way? Why did upper
and lower classes differ? Magazine articles can go on for pages
discussing this stuff, and then reach sanctimonius conclusions about
why the upper classes are preying on the lower class. The adjoining
graphic, published on page 1 of the Wall Street Journal just
after the vote, is typical.
This is all total, utter nonsense. It's totally meaningless.
Many people go through periods in life when they're doing well
financially, and other times when they're in trouble financially.
But do their major political opinions change as their incomes go up
or down? I don't know anyone who's like that.
What DOES matter, as I've shown over and over and over and over on
this web site, is that whether you're rich or poor, upper or lower
class, it matters much less than what generation you were born into.
That's certainly true of attitudes towards the EU project, as I showed
in <#hreftext ww2010.i.eu050601 "my own analysis of the French
referendum vote."#> I was able to find an age-based breakdown of the
referendum exit polls, as well as the results of the 1992 vote on the
Maastricht treaty.
When you look at the age-based votes, you immediately see that the
split is between those who born during or before World War II versus
those born after. Older generations voted in favor of the
constitution (because they believe that it will bring peace), and
younger generations voted against it (because they believe it would
cost them money).
And that also explains the income graphic displayed above: Older
people make more money than younger people, and that's why people
with higher incomes are more likely to vote "Yes."
How stupid do all these politicians, journalists and analysts have to
be not to see something so obvious?
And once you realize what's going on, you also realize that the
Constitution is not going to be ratified by the people of Europe. The
more time goes on, the more opposition will grow, since there will be
more people from post-war generations. It's hardly more complicated
than that.
=inc ww2010.h2 workaround "The Parliamentary work-around"
When Nicolas Sarkozy <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070519 "took office as
President of France"#> in May of last year, he immediately flew off
to Berlin to meet German Chancellor Angela Merkel, to begin work on
one of his campaign promises: To lead the effort to develop a
"mini-treaty" that will provide some of the changes that Constitution
would have provided, but few enough changes so that a new referendum
can be avoided altogether.
It's a great idea: If the people refuse to vote in favor of what you
want, then find a way to get what you want without letting the people
vote.
The elements of the Constitution would be reworked into a treaty, and
the treaty would be ratified by the various parliaments of the 27 EU
member countries. Sarkozy hoped to get it all done by June of last
year.
That didn't happen, of course. Things moved more slowly in many
countries' legislatures. Only 14 EU nations' parliaments have
ratified the agreement to date, and it's hoped that 12 more will do so
by the end of this year.
That leaves Ireland. Sarkozy's grand plan may founder because
Ireland's Constitution does not permit simple parliamentary
ratification of this treaty. A referendum is required, and it's
scheduled for next week on Thursday, June 12.
=inc ww2010.h2 issues "The issues"
One theme that I keep coming back to on this web site is that, in
country after country that fought World War II as a crisis war, the
governments are becoming increasingly paralyzed.
Whether it's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080531 "South Africa"#>, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080324b "France"#>, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070131
"America"#>, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070924 "Japan"#>, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060317 "China"#>, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060504
"Europe"#> or Israel, the government is unable to do anything because
of internal bickering.
This current situation with the Lisbon Treaty is a good example of
why it happens.
After a crisis war, the survivors are all unified in their
determination that nothing so horrible should ever happen again. Very
often, this determination is stated as President Truman did in 1947
in his <#hreftext ww2010.i.awakening060919 "Truman Doctrine"#> as a
money issue: that no matter how much it costs to prevent another
crisis war the cost is far less than the cost of the crisis war
itself. This is part of the debate today over the Iraq war, as its
cost is measured against the cost of a full-scale world war.
About 60 years after the Crisis war ends, the generations of
survivors are almost all gone, and the post-war generations have no
such determination. They're worried more about costs than in
preventing a new world war. Since the old generation leaders can't
handle these attitudes, they become paralyzed.
The <#stdurl http://europa.eu/lisbon_treaty/full_text/index_en.htm
"full text of Lisbon treaty"#> is available online, if you care to
read it. But if you do, you'll be one of the very few who have done
so. It's long, it's boring, and it's just a laundry list of stuff.
That's why the Lisbon treaty is in trouble, according to
<#stdurl
http://www.independent.ie/opinion/letters/yes-side-has-yet-to-convince-on-treaty-1393062.html
"a letter to the editor:"#>
"We are hearing quite a few arguments against the
Lisbon Treaty -- such as the loss of our commissioner for at least
five out of 15 years, the primacy clause, and so on.
I have noticed that every time any 'Yes' campaigner is challenged
on any of the concerns raised, they simply deny that these issues
are a problem or contend that they don't exist at all.
[Ireland's foreign affairs minister Micheál] Martin especially has
become particularly fond of the phrase "That is simply not true".
I also notice that no concise reason for voting 'Yes' is being
communicated to the public, nor is any evidence being offered to
back up Government denials.
As a citizen, I believe it would be grossly irresponsible of me
to vote 'Yes' because a politician says it is "Good for Ireland,
Good for Europe".
Why is it good for Ireland?"
Since almost nobody has read the Lisbon Treaty, and few people know
what it's about, it's an easy target for various kinds of
accusations:
Ireland would be forced to repeal their anti-abortion
laws.
Ireland would forced to abandon their military neutrality
stance.
Ireland would be subject to additional taxes.
Ireland would lose various subsidies.
Ireland would be forced to increase its low corporate tax rates,
which have brought much business to the country.
Irish farmers would be hurt by increased foreign agricultural
imports.
Each of these issues has a response that begins with "That is simply
not true," as the above letter-writer describes, but the problem is
that there's no comparable list of benefits to Ireland if the treaty
is ratified. The question, "Why is it good for Ireland?" has never
clearly been answered.
Thus, the <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/01/world/europe/01irish.html
"New York Times reports"#> in its Sunday paper,
"European Bloc at Standstill Pending Vote in Ireland":
"Referendums are always dangerous, and almost all
countries decided not to have one on the Lisbon Treaty, which
requires the approval of all 27 member nations of the European
Union to come into force. But the Irish did not shy away, and the
prospect of how they might vote has caused jitters across many
capitals. ...
And with opinion polls showing much of the Irish electorate
undecided, the possibility that the Lisbon Treaty may be rejected
has sent unfamiliar tremors of fear through the ranks of Europe’s
top bureaucrats, who rarely have to trouble with voters.
This has brought a kind of unacknowledged but collective halt on
anything controversial, particularly if it might upset Irish
sensibilities."
=inc ww2010.h2 future "The future of the European Union"
I always like to say that great ideas are born and developed during
Awakening eras, and are either implemented or killed off by Crisis
wars, and that's certainly true of the European Union project.
England, France and Germany have had numerous bloody genocidal wars
with one another over the centuries, especially since 1066, and the
vitriolic arguments that occurred in the June, 2005, EU summit
meeting showed that the bitter feelings between France and
"Anglo-Saxon society" still exist.
It was on March 25, 1957, that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070325 "the
"Treaty of Rome" was signed,"#> giving birth to the
precursor of the "United States of Europe." The objective was
specifically to prevent yet another European war.
The European Union will almost certainly come into existence as a
powerful, unified nation, but not before there's another crisis war.
The younger generations today are too worried about costs, and not
worried enough about the next world war. All that will change when
the world war actually occurs, and tens or hundreds of millions of
Europeans are exterminated, as has happened so many times before.
After that, people will be willing to listen to reason.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the outcome of an
election depends on chaotic events that can't be predicted, and so
it's impossible to predict the outcome of the June 12 Irish referendum
on the Lisbon Treaty. But the trend is so clear that we can at least
say that history is on the side of rejecting the treaty, and that even
if the treaty is ratified, a lot of it will never be implemented.
=eod
=// &&2 e080601 'Lost tribe' found in Amazon forest on border of Peru and Brazil
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.head
"Lost tribe" found in Amazon forest on border of Peru and
Brazil
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.keys
peru, brazil
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0806
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.date
1-Jun-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.txt1
Aerial photos show them aiming bows and arrows at small plane taking
the photos.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080601.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080531.jpg right "" "Lost Brazilian tribe
preparing for battle with small airplane photographing them
(Source: CNN)"#>
A Brazilian government agency has released photographs of a "lost
tribe," <#stdurl
http://edition.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/americas/05/30/brazil.tribes/?imw=Y&iref=mpstoryemail
"an indigenous tribe thought to have had no contact"#> with the
outside world.
The group releasing the photos advocates for the rights of
"uncontacted people" to remain uncontacted. They released the photos
in order to protect the people from intrusion.
"These pictures are further evidence that uncontacted tribes really
do exist," said the group's director. "The world needs to wake up to
this, and ensure that their territory is protected in accordance with
international law. Otherwise, they will soon be made extinct."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the interesting
question is this: Why were the tribe members preparing for war against
the airplane?
Lost tribes have generational timelines, just like everyone else.
They have crisis wars, just like everyone else.
Maybe one day, centuries ago, a few people from this tribe went off
and built a camp in another valley, essentially creating a second
tribe. Maybe both tribes grew larger and larger, they had to compete
for resources, they had a genocidal crisis war, and one exterminated
the other. That's what happened in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080531
"mfecane in South Africa,"#> for example.
So what generational era is this lost tribe in? Recovery era?
Awakening era? Unraveling era? Are they in the middle of a crisis
war? Did they just finish such a war in the last few years?
Why are there so few people in the pictures? Are they the only
survivors of a recent genocidal war with the tribe from the next
valley? And by the way, where did they learn about bows and arrows?
In trying to guess where they might be on the generational timeline,
it's not hard to imagine a scenario that might work in any
generational era. For example, maybe their wives heard the plane
flying around, and demanded that the men go out and defend their
families.
My guess, based on the sparseness of the population and their
readiness for warfare, is that they're the survivors of a crisis war
in the last ten years, and that it substantially reduced their
population.
And that brings us to the issue of all the hand-wringing about not
disturbing this lost tribe.
Why not? Why shouldn't we intrude? Since they have bows and arrows,
they obviously have wars and war wounds, as well as various illnesses,
and don't we as human beings have a moral obligation to them to
provide them with modern medicine?
And hunting for food must be awfully dangerous, with the snakes,
spiders and stuff in the Amazon rain forest. If we provided them with
a McDonald's, then they could just eat there rather than having to
risk their lives to feed their familes.
And if we built a shopping center for the tribe, then the wives could
go shopping, which would make them happy, and then the wives would
make the husbands happy, so they wouldn't have to have as many wars.
Isn't that our moral obligation as human beings? Isn't that better
than letting them remain "uncontacted"?
Anyway, here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E_1GhIjn8fY
"an Al-Jazeera video"#> of a news story on the lost tribe:
=eod
=// &&2 e080531 South Africa will create 'temporary shelters' for migrants, not 'refugee camps'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.head
South Africa will create "temporary shelters" for migrants, not
"refugee camps"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.keys
south africa, zimbabwe, mfecane, zulus, xhosa
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.date
31-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.txt1
Tribal differences are reasserting themselves and destabilizing the
country.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080531.txt2
Xenophobic violence against immigrants, originating in last week in
Alexandria, a suburb of the capital city Johannesburg, has spread
east into the Zulu heartland of Durban and west into Cape Town since
then. Dozens of immigrants have been killed, and hundreds of have
been wounded. At first, refugees from Zimbabwe were particularly
targeted, but now any foreigner is targeted.
"It's war I tell you; it's South Africa versus Maputo [capital of
Mozambique]," <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a33iEgswBl14&refer=home
"says a 20-year-old South African"#> who roams around shanty towns
seeking foreigners. "We just ask them Zulu words that any South
African knows. If they get it wrong, we hit them."
Tens of thousands of immigrants have been forced to flee for their
lives from their homes and businesses, often with no time to collect
their belongings before their homes and businesses are looted and
destroyed. The immigrants collect outside of police stations and
armed forces bases as protection. The violence and looting are
generally perpetrated by young South Africans from the Zulu and Xhosa
tribes.
With immigrants seeking refuge at police stations, stadiums,
community centers, and other public buildings, South Africa's
government is facing a classic refugee crisis.
=inc ww2010.h2 ref "South Africa's refugee crisis"
South Africa's slogan is "Proudly South African," pointedly
proclaiming that the country is a melting pot of many ethnic groups,
but that ethnicity no longer matters. It's the same melting pot
concept that the United States has historically held.
Thus, the refugee crisis is not just a problem of violence, it's a
blow to South Africa's entire self-image.
On Wednesday, the <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7422887.stm "BBC reported plans for
seven refugee centers"#> across the country, taking up to 70,000
refugees. International aid agencies reacted quickly, saying that
South Africa didn't have the expertise to run large refugee centers.
The SA government issued a quick denial. Putting tens of thousands
of black refugees into large fenced-in areas not only violates the
"Proudly South African" melting pot self-image, but even brings back
memories of Apartheid, when white governments did similar things.
A statement <#stdurl
http://africa.reuters.com/wire/news/usnL28678576.html "issued by the
government"#> said in part, "Government has noted with concern media
reports that cabinet has taken a decision to establish refugee camps.
Government wish to put it on the record that cabinet has not taken
such a decision and that the reports are baseless and therefore not
true."
According to a statement by another official, "We are not setting up
refugee camps ... it is shelter for those who have been displaced.
Typically, refugee centres are long term, we are really looking for a
solution for the short-term." Thus, the government is planning
smaller short-term shelters.
And this is where South African officials are making an error --
they're assuming that this is a short term problem. They're assuming
that the people perpetrating the violence will get tired of it, and
that the violence will die off.
One <#stdurl http://www.slate.com/id/2192122?nav=wp "article"#>
compares the violence in South Africa today with the "xenophobic
violence" on Detroit streets in 1968, where businesses and homes were
looted and burned. The national guard and federal troops were
brought in, and there were several dozen deaths and hundreds of
injuries. The rioting ended within a few weeks, leading to the
assumption, by comparative history, that the violence in South Africa
today will end in a few weeks. This assumption is wrong.
1968 was the height of America's generational Awakening era.
Violence during an Awakening era is typically political in nature,
and fizzles after a while. That's what happened in Detroit in 1968.
South Africa today is in a generational Crisis era, 63 years after
the end of World War II. Xenophobia has been increasing in countries
around the world, especially between China and the West, and between
Christians and Muslims. So it shouldn't be surprising that it's
increasing in South Africa.
What typically happens in crisis eras is that violence increases in
spurts separated by pauses. Each new spurt is usually triggered by
some unpleasant shock or surprise, and is usually more genocidal than
the previous spurt.
There seems to be little doubt that things have gotten significantly
worse in South Africa than in even the recent past. One web site
reader pointed out to me, "We have very high violent crime levels here
in South Africa and as a result there has been high levels of white
emigration over the last 10 years. Half a million South Africans live
in London alone! So I tend to see the current violence against
foreigners as part of the overall ongoing violence."
And yet there are three significant differences between the recent
violence and previous violence:
The previous violence was generally related to crime, while
the current violence is clearly targeted to immigrants.
The current violence is much more gory and gruesome than previous
violence.
The current violence has had an explosive emotional effect on the
entire country, while the previous violence was "just"
crime.
The fact that the nature of South Africa's violence has changed only
recently is <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/reutersEdge/idUKNOA93176520080529
"described by one reporter,"#> based on his years of experiences:
"I only realised how serious the attacks were
when I saw a photograph of a man being burnt alive in a township
east of Johannesburg.
Having worked as a photographer in South Africa for more than 10
years, I was no stranger to violence: I had seen angry people
chanting slogans, blocking roads and destroying property.
But burning a man alive was evil and barbaric, a flashback to the
worst violence under apartheid when opponents of the white
minority government were shot and tortured by police and
informers were "necklaced" with burning tyres.
That photograph of the burnt man was not mine, but in the
following days I came face-to-face with this new brutality as
attacks on immigrants spread across Johannesburg and to other
cities. ... I've covered violence before but this was bad. I was
disappointed that my countrymen had turned against their brothers
and sisters from countries that had helped us during
apartheid."
This is typical of the progression of violence that occurs during
generational Crisis periods. What triggered the most recent change?
The following is my guess as to the shock that triggered the change
from "ordinary" violence to the current explosive violence:
For years, the government has been promising the poor Zulu and Xhosa
groups a better life -- better homes, better jobs, and end to
poverty. And the government has failed to deliver. Then the Zimbabwe
crisis occurred, resulting in a huge influx of millions of Zimbabwe
refugees. They were welcomed warmly by the South African government,
and to the Zulus and Xhosa, it may have seemed that the Zimbabwe
refugees were being treated better than they (the Zulus and Xhosa)
were.
Add to that the fact that SA's president Thabo Mbeki refused to
criticize his old pal Zimbabwe president Robert Mugabe, even though
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "Mugabe had single-handedly destroyed
his country."#> In the logic of genocide, all of this meant that
either "they must die or we'll die."
The point is that the violence is not going to just fizzle and die
off, as many people are expecting and hoping. There may be pauses
and truces, but it's very unlikely that the "short-term" refugee
shelters are going to disappear.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "Brief generational history of South Africa"
[Note: This is a rewrite of the similar section in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080521 "my previous article"#> on South Africa. I
am indebted to a web site reader from South Africa for providing a
great deal of relevant historical information, and correcting several
historical errors in my previous account.]
<#inc ww2010.pic afsouth2.gif right "" "Southern Africa, showing
colonial names in red"#>
South Africa has several different generational timelines, based on
ethnic groups:
Black tribes from central Africa migrated south during the
middle ages and became the Zulu and Xhosa (pron. KOH-suh)
tribes, living in northern and southern Natalia, respectively.
First the Dutch and later the British entered from Cape Town,
starting in the 1600s. As the whites moved eastward, they had
boundary wars, particularly with the Xhosa.
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "my recent article on
Zimbabwe,"#> I described how the Zulu tribe went from obscurity to
world renown thanks to one leader, Shaka, and the extremely bloody
and brutal war of extermination he led against other tribes in that
region. This war was Mfecane ("the crushing"), and it climaxed in
1828.
During Mfecane the Zulus and the Xhosa did fight, but the Xhosa
heartland was hilly country side not really suited to the Zulu methods
of attack. The real exterminations occurred in the plains of what
became the Orange Free State and Transvaal.
The great Zulu Empire lasted for decades, until it was destroyed by
the British in 1879 in the bloody Anglo-Zulu war. At the climax of
that crisis war, the Zulus were dispersed, and the Zulu nation
ended.
The Dutch settlers, mixing with French and German Protestants in
the 1600s, took on a unique identity, Afrikaner (also called Boer),
speaking a unique language, Afrikaans.
After the British took over the Cape Town region, the Afrikaners
moved north and east to form other colonies -- Transvaal, Orange Free
State, Natalia -- in a huge migration known as the Great Trek. The
Great Trek was successful largely because, by chance, it occurred
after Mfecane had exterminated the existing people, leaving few
survivors.
As we described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "the recent
article on Zimbabwe,"#> the Great Trek displaced the Ndebele tribe
members who had survived the Mfecane and drove them into what is now
Zimbabwe, where they became a market-dominant minority after crushing
the local Shona tribe. Recently, Mugabe, who is Shona, has been
violently targeted the Ndebele, forcing them back into South Africa
as refugees.
The Boer wars, starting in the 1890s and ending in 1902, were a
British conquest of the Afrikaners. This was a crisis war for the
Afrikaners, but a non-crisis war for the British.
On May 10, 1910, the Union of South Africa was created from the Cape
Colony, Natalia, Transvaal, and Orange Free State. South Africa
became an active part of the world community, and with the Afrikaner
and tribal (Zulu and Xhosa) timelines merging into common
generational Awakening and Unraveling eras, there were sharp political
divisions along racial lines. Both the Zulus and the Afrikaners
became extremely nationalistic, leading to the segregationist
Apartheid policy.
All of these different timelines merged in World War II. Different
political factions wished to side with the British or with the
Germans, or stay neutral. But since South Africa was part of the
British empire, it fought on the side of the Allies. South Africa's
fighting troops were all whites, but blacks served in non-fighting
roles like drivers and guard duties.
=inc ww2010.h2 end "The end of Apartheid"
The Apartheid policy came into full force after the war, and received
worldwide condemnation until it was finally dismantled in 1994.
It was Afrikaner FW De Klerk who is credited with taking the steps
that brought apartheid to an end. After being elected president in
1989, he released hundreds of black political prisoners from prison,
including the charismatic Nelson Mandela. Working together, De Klerk
and Mandela dismanted apartheid, and the two won the Nobel peace prize
in 1994, the year in which Mandela and the ANC won the presidency in
the newly democratic country.
In <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/africa/7427209.stm
"a recent interview,"#> De Klerk gave a very interesting answer to the
hypothetical question of whether another president could have ended
Apartheid 15-20 earlier than De Klerk did:
"I think that hypothetical question really is
hypothetical. I don't think any leader of the National Party
could have scrapped Apartheid even 15 years [before I did].
Because I sincerely believe that we benefited from a window of
opportunity which was opened when the Berlin Wall came down, and
when international expansion of Communism imploded. Until that
time, there was a real threat. Until that time, the ANC wasn't
just a liberation movement. It was in partnership with the USSR.
There were hundreds of thousands of Cuban troops in southern
Africa, and in that sense there was great truth in the fact that
South Africa was the target of expansionist Soviet Communism.
When that feel away, it helped me to take a quantum leap. Rather
than to abolish Apartheid step by step, rather than to negotiate
on the basis of giving a little bit here, giving a little bit
here, stretching it out, I could make that 180 degree turn. So
it's really a hypothetical questions."
The fact is that a number of Awakening climaxes occurred in this same
time frame -- the end of Apartheid, the fall of the Berlin wall in
1989, the Tiananmen Square massacre in 1989, the 1988 massacre of
demonstrating monks in Burma. De Klerk claims that the fall of the
Berlin Wall is linked to the end of Apartheid. Are all of these
linked together in some way? Generational theorists ought to
research this subject, in the same way that historians research the
connections between the different battles of World War II.
The end of Apartheid did not come easily. A particular problem was a
war between Mandela's Xhosa and the Zulus, led at that time by
Mangosuthu Buthelezi.
Today, 63 years after the end of World War II, South Africa is well
into a generational Crisis era. Old tribal hatreds left over from
Mfecane, something that occurred 180 years ago, are reasserting
themselves.
=inc ww2010.h2 pol "African National Congress politics"
The African National Congress (ANC), founded in 1912, was the leading
political force that brought about the end of Apartheid. As a
political party, it's won every election since Apartheid ended in
1994.
During South Africa's Awakening and Unraveling eras, in the
1960s-80s, almost all blacks throughout southern Africa were united in
the common goal of ending Apartheid, and the end of Apartheid
represents a significant Awakening climax. (In America's recent
history, the 1974 resignation of President Richard Nixon represents an
Awakening climax. For China, the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre was
an Awakening climax.)
Since 1994, however, those alliances have been under strain.
The ANC hero, Nelson Mandela, a Xhosa, became the first president of
the new democracy. The current president is Mandela's hand-picked
successor, Thabo Mbeki, another Xhosa.
The ANC was left <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7151108.stm "sharply divided"#> in
December 2007, when Mbeki lost a bruising battle for ANC leadership
with a Zulu, Jacob Zuma, the successor to Mangosuthu Buthelezi. Not
only did Zuma win the ANC presidency, but his preferred candidates for
senior ANC positions beat Mbeki's preferred candidates, all by the
same margin, about 60% to 40%.
What we're seeing here is the kind of pattern that's occurring around
the world, as governments of countries that fought in World War II as
crisis wars become increasingly paralyzed by internal bickering.
In the United States, bickering has paralyzed Congress for three
years, as I've described several times on this web site.
Within America's Democratic Party the internal strife has been
increasingly bitter. Since the 1970s, the Democratic Party has
supported the "politically correct" view on issues like "racial
equality" and "gender equality," among others. These two issues
represent major blocs competing for money and power. As long as there
was plenty of power and money to be had, the two blocs could
cooperate. But now that there's less money and power to be had, these
two blocs are becoming bitter enemies, as the Democratic party
realigns itself. And the bitterness will only get worse.
The same kind of thing is happening in South Africa, as the Zulu and
Xhosa power blocs that were united during Apartheid are now jockeying
against each other for power.
One bizarre symbol of all this is the Zulu song "Umshini Wami," or,
"Bring me my Machinegun." This was <#stdurl
http://www.news24.com/News24/South_Africa/Politics/0,,2-7-12_2242825,00.html
"a solidarity song"#> that originally appeared during the 1960s, sung
among groups fighting against apartheid.
The "politically correct" view is that this song is no longer
appropriate, since apartheid has ended, and so there's no longer
anyone to fight against. And yet, it's become the victory song of
Jacob Zuma and his power bloc, and it's also become a Zulu anthem, in
a country where tribal differences are supposed to have disappeared.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hscwpS0s2wc "a video"#>
of Zuma singing this song, complete with gyrating hips, at his victory
speech in December.
It gets even more bizarre when you realize that "Umshini Wami"
actually surfaced much earlier -- in February, 2006, <#stdurl
http://www.businessday.co.za/articles/opinion.aspx?ID=BD4A157620
"during the trial of Jacob Zuma"#> on charges of rape. It turns out
that the Zulu words "Umshini Wami" mean just "Bring me my Machine,"
and the "machine" that was a machine gun during the anti-apartheid
struggle now had an entirely different phallic significance during
the rape trial. The rape charges were dismissed, but Zuma is widely
condemned because he admitted to knowing that the woman had HIV/Aids
when they had consensual sex, but insisted it was OK because he took
a shower after having sex.
"Umshini Wami" was heard being sung last week by Zulus bashing
migrants near Johannesburg, which Zuma has strongly condemned.
"Umshini Wami" has also been heard at corruption trials of Zuma. Zuma
faces another corruption trial in a few months, but he's also
considered the favorite to be elected President in the next elections,
less than a year away. So we can expect to hear a great deal of
"Umshini Wami" in the next year.
As a reaction, the Afrikaners are popularizing their new song, "De la
Rey," telling the tale of Afrikaner general De la Rey during the Boer
war that ended in 1902. The British won that war, but De la Rey
inflicted a serious defeat on the British in one battle. Here's a
<#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UGh4lA1S7yc "music video"#>
of the song. The words are in Afrikaans, but at least you can make
out the words "De la Rey," sung over and over.
=inc ww2010.h2 future "The future of South Africa"
Those who expect South Africa to return to "normal" in the next few
months are going to be disappointed. South Africa has clearly
entered a generational Crisis era, and what we've seen recently
indicates that the country is becoming increasingly unstable.
Politically, the ANC is expected to win the next election, but that
could be derailed. The bickering of the old folks -- Mbeki and Zuma
-- is vulnerable to attack by a younger candidate. Just as rock star
Barack Obama has promised American voters "Change you can believe
in," without having the vaguest clue what that change will be, a
young new South African candidate could promise to unite the country
and end poverty, even though such promises could never be kept.
Beyond politics, the anti-migrant violence has crossed a line from
which South Africa will not return. The gory violence by Zulus and
Xhosa directed at migrants may have pauses, but it will only return
in worse form. Whether it will lead to some kind of full-fledged
civil war cannot be predicted.
One issue that cannot be overlooked is the strategic importance of
the southern African cape, including the Cape of Good Hope. As we
approach the Clash of Civilizations world war, South Africans are
going to play an important role, whether they want to or not. The
country's slogan is "Proudly South African," but this slogan may have
a completely different meaning before all this is over. It's hard to
see any future for South Africa that does not contain enormous
turmoil.
=eod
=// &&2 e080528 Taiwan / China relations thaw in wake of election and earthquake
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.head
Taiwan / China relations thaw in wake of election and earthquake
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.keys
china, taiwan, tibet, olympics
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.date
28-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.txt1
Taiwan's new President reiterated the "three noes" in his
inauguration speech
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080528.txt2
last week.
When Ma Ying-jeou and his Nationalist Party (KMT) <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080323 "overwhelmingly won the Taiwan
presidency"#> in March, it was with the "pro-China" campaign promise
to reduce tensions with Beijing and to improve business ties.
At that time, worldwide attitudes towards China were bad and getting
worse. The crackdown on Tibet had started, and Europeans would soon
be using the words <#hreftext ww2010.i.china080412 ""horrible
Chinese thugs""#> to refer to Chinese guards protecting the
Olympic torch.
However, worldwide sympathy for the Chinese people following the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080516 "horrible Sichuan earthquake
devastation"#> began a period of international good will directed at
China. The good will was bolstered by China's uncharacteristic
openness in dealing with the crisis. Human rights demonstrations
directed at the Chinese that were so prevalent around the world a
month ago have now all but disappeared.
In this atmosphere, relations between China and Taiwan have improved
enormously, and last week's inauguration speech by Taiwan's new
president Ma Ying-jeou has been greeted warmly by Beijing's leaders.
The following excerpts from <#stdurl
http://www.chinapost.com.tw/taiwan/national/national%20news/2008/05/21/157332/Full-text.htm
"Ma Ying-jeou's inauguration speech"#> describe Taiwan's relationship
with China:
"On the day of Taiwan's presidential election,
hundreds of millions of ethnic Chinese worldwide watched the
ballot count on TV and the Internet. Taiwan is the sole ethnic
Chinese society to complete a second democratic turnover of power.
Ethnic Chinese communities around the world have laid their hopes
on this crucial political experiment. By succeeding, we can make
unparalleled contributions to the democratic development of all
ethnic Chinese communities. This responsibility is ours to
fulfill. ...
As President of the Republic of China, my most solemn duty is to
safeguard the Constitution. ...
Taiwan has to be a respectable member of the global village.
Dignity, autonomy, pragmatism and flexibility should be Taiwan's
guiding principles when developing foreign relations. As a world
citizen, the Republic of China will accept its responsibilities in
promoting free trade, nonproliferation, anti-global warming
measures, counter-terrorism, humanitarian aid, and other global
commons. ...
I sincerely hope that the two sides of the Taiwan Strait can
seize this historic opportunity to achieve peace and
co-prosperity. Under the principle of "no unification, no
independence and no use of force," as Taiwan's mainstream public
opinion holds it, and under the framework of the ROC Constitution,
we will maintain the status quo in the Taiwan Strait. In 1992, the
two sides reached a consensus on "one China, respective
interpretations." Many rounds of negotiation were then completed,
spurring the development of cross-strait relations. I want to
reiterate that, based on the "1992 Consensus," negotiations
should resume at the earliest time possible. As proposed in the
Boao Forum on April 12 of this year, let's "face reality, pioneer
a new future, shelve controversies and pursue a win-win solution."
This will allow us to strike a balance as each pursues its own
interests. The normalization of economic and cultural relations is
the first step to a win-win solution. Accordingly, we are ready to
resume consultations. It is our expectation that, with the start
of direct charter flights on weekends and the arrival of mainland
tourists in early July this year, we will launch a new era of
cross-strait relations.
We will also enter consultations with mainland China over
Taiwan's international space and a possible cross-strait peace
accord. Taiwan doesn't just want security and prosperity. It wants
dignity. Only when Taiwan is no longer being isolated in the
international arena can cross-strait relations move forward with
confidence. We have taken note that Mr. Hu Jintao has recently
spoken on cross-strait relations three times: first, in a
conversation of March 26 with U.S. President George W. Bush on the
"1992 Consensus;" second, in his proposed "four continuations" on
April 12 at the Boao Forum; and third, on April 29 when he called
for "building mutual trust, shelving controversies, finding
commonalities despite differences, and creating together a win-win
solution" across the Taiwan Strait. His views are very much in
line with our own. Here I would like to call upon the two sides to
pursue reconciliation and truce in both cross-strait and
international arenas. We should help and respect each other in
international organizations and activities. In light of our
common Chinese heritage, people on both sides should do their
utmost to jointly contribute to the international community
without engaging in vicious competition and the waste of
resources. I firmly believe that Taiwan and mainland China are
open-minded enough to find a way to attain peace and
co-prosperity.
The Republic of China was reborn on Taiwan. During my presidency,
we will celebrate the 100th anniversary of the founding of the
Republic of China. This democratic republic, the very first in
Asia, spent a short 38 years on the Chinese mainland, but has
spent nearly 60 years in Taiwan. During these last six decades,
the destinies of the Republic of China and Taiwan have been
closely intertwined. Together, the two have experienced times good
and bad. On the jagged path toward democracy, the ROC has made
great strides. Dr. Sun Yat-sen's dream for a constitutional
democracy was not realized on the Chinese mainland, but today it
has taken root, blossomed and borne fruit in Taiwan."
Note the following points about Ma's speech:
Ma reiterated his "principle of three noes," as follows:
"No unification" - Taiwan will remain a separate entity,
not unified with China, which is what China wants.
"No independence" - Taiwan will not move towards independence,
as the previous administration under Chen Shui-bian and the
Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) had favored, infuriating
Beijing.
"No use of force" -- Ma states as a principle that China
should not use force to unify Taiwan with China.
Of course the "three noes" are binding on Taiwan, but not on China,
especially in the case of the last one.
Ma alternately refers to "Taiwan" and the "Republic of China."
Beijing views Taiwan as a province of China, and rejects the
"Republic of China" concept.
Ma refers to Taiwan's "unparalleled contributions to the
democratic development of all ethnic Chinese communities. This
responsibility is ours to fulfill." This contrasts the free
Taiwanese election with Beijing's unelected leaders.
Ma refers to the 1992 consensus as "one China, respective
interpretations." China's interpretation, of course, is that Taiwan
is a province of China; Taiwan's interpretation is that Taiwan and
China are part of the world's "ethnic Chinese communities."
Incidentally, the United States also has a "one China" policy,
meaning that some day, possibly in the far distant future, China and
Taiwan will be reunited. It's a brilliant political and diplomatic
achievement that all three countries can agree on "one China," with
each meaning something different by it, and with each knowing that
they all mean different things by it.
In closing, Ma refers to the common destiny of China and Taiwan,
and expresses hope that China too will one day be a
democracy.
Despite the fact that western media outlets are saying that there's a
new policy of détente between China and Taiwan, it's very difficult
to find any official Chinese commentary on the new Taiwanese
president. The <#stdurl http://www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/ "Chinese Foreign
Ministry web site"#> is completely silent on the subject. There's
very little on Xinhua's <#stdurl chinadaily.cn "China Daily web
site"#> or <#stdurl chinaview.cn "China View web site."#>
And that illustrates the point -- there are few people who believe
that anything has seriously changed.
Ma couldn't have gone any farther in accommodating China because
there's a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070322 "large and growing
population of Taiwanese"#> who consider themselves to be "Taiwanese,
not Chinese." This population has been growing larger and larger as
young Taiwan-born generations replace older generations that fled
from the mainland in 1949.
And Chinese officials won't go any farther in accommodating Taiwan
because "for China, one INCH of the territory is more valuable than
the LIVES of our people." With 1.5 billion people, people are a
commodity to China, while territory is invaluable.
In fact, pro-independence academics in Taiwan say that Beijing was
<#stdurl
http://www.taipeitimes.com/News/taiwan/archives/2008/05/23/2003412700
"not impressed at all by Ma's speech."#> According to one expert,
"What Beijing wants is for Ma to clarify what he means by ‘no
unification,’ since unification with Taiwan has always been and will
remain the top priority for the Chinese Communist Party."
They add that Beijing will no longer keep up pretenses once the
Beijing Olympic games end in August.
This is the view of a lot of people, including this writer.
The Dalai Lama <#stdurl
http://www.smh.com.au/news/world/tibetans-arrested-on-protest-march-to-china-border/2008/05/25/1211653847424.html
"said last week"#> that he's received information from a "military
source" in Tibet that Beijing has plans to flood the Tibet region
with ethnic Han Chinese once the Olympics games have ended. He
indicated that construction plans have already begun. This is an
uncomfirmed rumor at the present time.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, Taiwan and China are
headed for war with 100% probability. The current situation of
temporary good will is interesting, but it's like November in New
York City -- just because there's a heat wave doesn't mean that
winter isn't coming.
=eod
=// &&2 e080526 Decoration Day
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.head
Decoration Day
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.keys
decoration day
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.date
26-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.txt1
Go forth ye brave and gallant men ...
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080526.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080525.jpg center "" "Decoration Day parade, 1875,
Ames, Iowa"#>
Decoration Day
Go forth ye brave and gallant men,
Ye patriotic noble band,
Who shouldered arms and risked your lives
To save from foes our noble land.
Comrades that fell in that defence,
That in their graves now silent lie;
Their gallant deeds and honored names,
In patriot hearts will never die.
God has decked our land with flowers,
On heroes' graves should now be spread;
By living patriot hands that are,
Should be scattered o'er the dead.
Ne'er was wrote on history's page
More gallant deeds by heroes brave,
Who fought and bled in freedom's cause,
Our land and liberties to save.
Their deeds will still in memory live,
While time shall last or country stand,
And men are found truthful and brave,
And heaven smiles on freedom's land.
May peace reign o'er our happy land,
While nations live and time shall be,
And God be honored by all men,
Loved and adored on land and sea.
-- Frederick B. Hill.
<#stdurl
http://skyways.lib.ks.us/poetry/decorday.html
"Poets and Poetry of Kansas"#>
Edited by Thomas W. Herringshaw
(Chicago: American Publishers' Association. 1894)
Note: Memorial Day, originally called Decoration Day, is a day of
remembrance for those who have died in our nation's service.
Decoration Day was officially proclaimed on May 5th, 1868, by
President Ulysses Grant, to honor and decorate with flowers the graves
of fallen soldiers during the Civil War. Later on, this holiday came
to include fallen soldiers from any war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080525 Teen 'emo subculture' creating violent fault line in Mexico City
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.head
Teen "emo subculture" creating violent fault line in
Mexico City
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.keys
mexico, united kingdom, emo, punk rock, my chemical romance, hannah bond
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.date
25-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.txt1
The depressive 'emotive' music style is also being blamed for suicides
in Europe.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080525.txt2
In the Broadway play The Music Man, the parents of an 1890s
Iowa town learn that pool is an evil game and that, because of the
new pool table in town, "Libertine men and Scarlet women and
Rag-time, shameless music [will] grab your son and your daughter in
the arms of a jungle animal instinct!"
When I was growing up in the fifties, I read in the newspaper that
experts were saying that "Superman" comics, my favorite, were evil and
were causing kids to turn to a life of crime. That's when I first
began to realize that most "experts" are nuts.
After that it was rock 'n' roll that was evil, then 1970s TV crime
shows like Kojak, then porn, then video games. Last year, it was
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070318 "the TV show '24'."#>
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these cultural
artifacts are not causes of anything; rather, they're
signposts, showing the direction in which the culture or a
group within the culture is moving.
And so today, when we have European adults calling "emo" music the
work of the devil, and when we have groups of emo youths being beaten
and killed in Mexico City, it appears worthwhile to study the "emo"
phenomenon for what it tells us is happening in some teen
subcultures.
=inc ww2010.pic g080524a.jpg right "" "Emo band My Chemical Romance"
Emo music has been around since the 1980s. Its adherents describe it
as "emotive," and it's a subculture embodying a certain type of
music, a characteristically dark style of dress, and a totally
non-violent non-political attitude, not opposed to anything. Slit
wrists, claims of self-harm and suicide threats are characteristic of
some descriptions of this subculture.
Although emo music has been around since the early 1980s, it's only
become a phenomenon since 2002 with the emo band My Chemical Romance
(MCR) and their debut album I Brought You My Bullets You Brought Me
Your Love. No, I'm not joking. And here are <#stdurl
http://www.lyricsforall.com/display/lyric/956659053/2147416705/My+Chemical+Romance/This+Is+The+Best+Day+Ever/
"the lyrics"#> to the song, "This is the best day ever":
And we can run, from the backdrop of these gears and scalpels
At every hour goes the tick-tock bang of monitors as
They stared us down when we met in the emergency room
And in our beds, I could hear you breathe
with help from cold machines
Every hour, on the hour, they drew blood
Well I felt I couldn't take, another day inside this place
From silent dreams we never wake, and in this promise that we'll make
Starless eyes for heaven's sake, but I hear you anyway
Well I thought I heard you
Say I like you, we can get out
We don't have to stay, stay inside this place
Someday, this day, we kept falling down
Someday, this day, set the ferris wheel ablaze
You left my heart an open wound
And I love you for
This day, someday we kept falling down
One day, this day all we had to keep us safe
And if we never sleep again, it would never end
Well I thought I heard you say to me
We'll go so far, far as we can
And I just can't stay, one day we'll run away
MCR's most popular counterculture statement came in 2006 with their
album, "Welcome to the Black Parade," where the Black Parade is the
place you go when you die. Some of the lyrics are: "And we will send
you reeling from decimated dreams. Your misery and hate will kill us
all. So paint it black and take it back."
=inc ww2010.h2 hannah "Hannah Bond"
The "emo" subculture has burst into the consciousness of many
Europeans recently, thanks to the suicide in Kent, England, of Hannah
Bond, a 13-year-old emo fan, last September.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080524b.jpg right "" "Hannah Bond, before and after
adopting emo lifestyle
(Source: Daily Mail)"#>
In <#stdurl
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/article-566481/Why-child-safe-sinister-cult-emo.html
"an article"#> titled "Why no child is safe from the sinister cult of
emo," we learn that the number of children admitted to hospital due
to injuries inflicted on themselves has risen from 11,891 in 2002-3
to 15,955 in 2006-7. In both periods, there were more than three
times as many admissions of girls as of boys.
The above picture shows Hannah Bond both before and after adopting
the emo style of dress. In typical emo fashion, she's dyed her hair
black, allowing it to cover one eye, she wears black makeup and black
clothes, and she wears bracelets, presumably to cover up the
self-inflicted slits in her wrists.
It's easy enough to understand that emo music doesn't cause
teenage girls to commit suicide, but that it attracts teenage
girls who are already attracted to thoughts of suicide.
The questions that I can't answer are these: Are emo fans really more
likely to commit suicide than non-emo fans? (I suspect not.) Are
emo fans who slit their wrists really trying to kill themselves, or
are they just using it as a way to get attention or shock their
parents? (I suspect the latter.) Did Hannah Bond really intend to
go all the way and actually die, or was she only trying to shock her
parents with an attempted suicide? (We'll never know.)
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.h2 dev "Development of emo"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
In my article several months ago, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c
""The nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation
X,""#> I quoted the lyrics of several Gen-X popular songs, and
contrasted them with the music of previous decades -- the romantic
escapist music of the Great Depression and World War II eras, the
sweet "live, love, laugh and be happy" post-war love ballads, and the
protest music of the Awakening era Boomers.
As Gen-X music took hold in the late 1970s and 1980s, the protest
music morphed into counterculture "punk rock" music, with dark lyrics
mostly rejecting Boomer values, and often emphasizing themes of
violence, isolation, disillusionment and death. This was especially
apparent in the sub-genre <#stdurl
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deathrock deathrock.#>
Emo, which originally stood for "emotive hardcore," began in the
1980s as a punk rock sub-genre that stressed emotions and rejected
violence. As it's grown, it's adopted the same punk rock themes of
isolation, disillusionment and death, but in punk those themes are
turned outward in the form of violence, while in emo they're turned
inward.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
=inc ww2010.h2 mex "Urban tribes in Mexico City"
Here's how a recent BBC report described what's happening Mexico
City:
"The clothes, the hair, the look -- emos -- short
for "emotional." Young people big on feelings.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080524c.jpg right "" "Top 3 frames: Emos; bottom
frame: Punker.
(Source: BBC)"#>
Young emo teen boy: "Emos let their feelings lead them. We have
feelings of emotion, of happiness, sadness, or anger. We're not
just depressives like others say."
An idea that started two decades ago in the United States,
uniquely this is a worldwide youth movement that doesn't want to
change the world. Their mantra instead: Express, don't suppress,
your emotions.
Black is the emos' distinctive trademark look -- clothes, makeup,
hair -- asymmetric hair -- and usually falling over one eye.
Not punks rallying against an unseen establishment, but young
people drawn to a life that puts the individual first.
Now they're standing up for the right to be emotional. [Pictures
of emo demonstrations] But this time, it's for self-protection --
from the likes of these -- punks, goths, and rockers, who hate
what emos stand for, and the way they stand for it.
Rival tensions between teenagers, yes, but here in Mexico, the
animosity is turning violent in city centers across the country.
Look at this -- clashes in one central Mexican town -- this young
emo is cornered and beaten. They young man survives, but his
attacks run around looking for more emos.
Young teen boy: "I don't like them very much because they [don't]
want to look like punks and goths, and those cultures are much
more important. Emos have no idea about them."
In other cities, the emos have felt besieged, and here's why:
More aggression, more insults, from their jumping, shouting
opponents, all questioning what they say is the emos'
self-obsession and copycat style.
But in keeping with their passive view on life, emos we spoke to
say they're not frightened.
Young teen boy: "We're not aggressive. We do not bother anyone.
But people don't understand."
Individuals might not be concerned, but the police have had to
deploy hundreds of officers to protect them. With Mexico's
history of intolerance against anything strange or different, emo
numbers are large here, because there are so many people who feel
stifled by the conservative society they live in.
Emos -- the rebels with no cause but their own. Duncan Kennedy,
BBC news, in Mexico."
It's always fascinating to hear the always-politically-correct BBC
try to explain something, but this stuff doesn't make sense. People
don't bash each other's face in because they have different taste in
music, or they have different clothes. They do that because of ethnic
differences.
And that's evidently what's going on in Mexico. The different groups
-- the punks, the goths, etc. -- are calling themselves "urban
tribes." <#stdurl
http://www.exclaim.ca/articles/generalarticlesynopsfullart.aspx?csid1=120&csid2=844&fid1=30610
"Another news account"#> entitled "Mexico Declares War On Emo"
describes the situation as follows:
"Chances are if you aren’t emo, you hate emo. But
you likely don’t hate this straight-haired, massacre-lined
subculture as much as the Mexicans do. In recent weeks, a wave of
emo bashings has swept across Mexico, several news agencies have
reported, fuelled by punks, rockabillies, goths, metalheads and
basically anyone who’s not emo.
According to Daniel Hernandez, who’s been covering the anti-emo
riots on his blog Intersections, the violence began March 7, when
an estimated 800 young people poured into the Mexican city of
Queretaro’s main plaza “hunting” for emo kids to pummel. Then the
following weekend similar violence occurred in Mexico City at the
Glorieta de Insurgents, a central gathering space for emos.
Hernandez also reports that several anti-emo riots have now also
spread to various other Mexican cities. Via the Austin American
Statesmen, several postings on Mexican social-networking sites,
primarily organising spot for these “emo hunts,” have been dug up
and translated. One states: “I HATE EMOS!!! They are not even
people, they are so stupid, they cry over meaningless things… My
school is infested with them, I want to kill them all!”
Another says: “We’ve never seen all the urban tribes unite against
one single tribe before… Emos, their way of thinking is for crap,
if you are so depressed please do us all a favour and kill
yourselves!”
More recent reports state that the emos have begun to fight back
against the other “urban tribes” and organised marches in
Guadalajara and Mexico City, escalating the violence and leading
to increased police presence. Also, some Mexican newspapers, such
as El Porvenir, have called for government intervention to protect
the emos, writing, “It’s the responsibility of the authorities to
make sure the threats aren’t carried out and the aggressions are
punished.”
This theme was carried forward in <#stdurl
http://www.counterpunch.com/ross04082008.html "an article"#>
subtitled "Mexico City's Urban Tribes Go on the Warpath Against
Emos":
"Que Se Mueran Los Emos!" ("That The Emos Should
Die!") the "punketos" howled and the bottles began to fly. One
young man with an astonishing Mohawk whipped off his studded belt.
...
Halfway up a lamppost as the near-riot unfolded outside the Chopo
"tianguis" or bazaar where Mexico City's urban tribes have
gathered on Saturday mornings for 28 years, a ten year-old kid
flashed a finger and spat on the Emos below cringing behind a
phalanx of police and mindlessly chanting their own name--"Emo!
Emo!"--over and over again.
Who are these mysterious Emos and why have they been so violently
excluded from the ranks of an urban tribalism that knits the
city's counter-culture youth into a loose federation of
"punketos" (punks, both anarcho and otherwise), "darketos"
(darks), "Goticos" (Goths), "skatos" (lovers of ska music),
"metaleros" (ditto heavy metal), "ipoperos" (hiphoppers) and
"cholos" (gangbangers), amongst other colorful "bandas"? ...
Emos habitat is in comfortable middle and upper middle class
neighborhoods like Coyoacan and the Condesa and their musical
tastes are one notch above "fresa" (literally "strawberry", a
pejorative)--pop punk, post hardcore, and alternative rock. During
the altercation outside the Chopo bazaar, several Emos grasped
hand-written signs that read "I'm an Emo and so what?" ...
Spread anonymously on the Internet, the anti-Emo putsch soon
became national phenomena. 80 anti-Emos were rounded up by police
in the northern city of Durango. Anti-Emo demonstrations were
staged in the states of Puebla, Jalisco, and Sinaloa. There are
reportedly over a hundred anti-Emo videos now posted on YouTube
including one entitled "How To Kill An Emo." ...
Underlying the hostilities between the Emos and rival urban tribes
is the class divide which yawns wide in Mexico City. The Emos
spring from the loins of affluent families and are often enrolled
in private schools and the high school system of the National
Autonomous University (UNAM) in a country where only 17 per cent
of young people will have a chance to go to college."
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.h2 fault "Mexico's fault lines"
I've quoted several different news stories and articles at some
length, because I needed all of these sources to figure out what the
heck was going on.
Mexico's last crisis war was the Mexican Revolution, running from
1910-1922, so Mexico is deep into a generational Crisis era, and
overdue for a new crisis war.
Mexico is like other Latin American countries in that the major fault
lines are between the indigenous peoples ("Amerindians") and the
people of European ancestry. The indigenous peoples in Mexico are the
Mayans in the south and the Aztecs and Commancheros in the north. The
Europeans -- descendants of Spanish or French -- generally live in the
center, around Mexico City. During the Mexican Revolution of the
1910s, Pancho Villa (from the south) was the leader, along with
Emiliano Zapata, of the indigenous rebel insurgency groups.
What we infer from all of the sources that we quoted above is that
the split between the emos and the "urban tribes" is reopening the
fault line between market-dominant European descendants versus the
disadvantaged indigenous people.
This fault line has been growing anyway, with increased violent crime
from drug cartels, thanks to the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070208
"increases in the prices of tortillas"#> and other food items. The
rise in food prices has sparked numerous demonstrations in Mexico
City, as it has around the world, and the attacks on emos are just the
latest manifestation.
Generational Dynamics predicts that there'll be a new Mexican
Revolution along the European/indigenous fault line, and that it will
spread into the southwestern United States.
From the point of view of generational theory, the emo vs urban tribe
development is fascinating, since it illustrates how a cultural
artifact can be adapted as a tool to separate identity groups.
Identity groups are usually separated by things like skin color or
language, but the groups themselves may develop cultural differences
to further distinguish themselves -- that's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070603 "how new religions are created,"#> for example. The use of a
popular music form to distinguish identity groups shows how versatile
human beings are, even (or especially) when they're on the path to
total war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080523b Software development projects for Moody's, Digimarc, Y2K, DEC further illuminate Gen-X nihilism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.head
Software development projects for Moody's, Digimarc, Y2K, DEC
further illuminate Gen-X nihilism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.keys
moody's, digimarc, y2k, dec, generation-x, boomers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.date
23-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.txt1
As Boomers and Gen-Xers have taken charge, software development
standards have suffered.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523b.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
Yesterday's news that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080523 "Moody's
Investors Service is blaming their ratings errors on the computer,"#>
but may well be guilty of fraud anyway, is an archetypical example of
a computer disaster caused by the lethal combination of Gen-Xer
nihilism and Boomer stupidity. Moody's' computer software was
designed by Gen-Xers who "accidentally" allowed certain worthless
securities to be given AAA ratings. When this was discovered, upper
management did not tell investors; instead, they changed Moody's
methodology to match the computer bug, so that the AAA ratings
remained, and Moody's could continue to earn fat fees.
Recently, the news was that Digimarc Corp. was <#stdurl
http://portland.bizjournals.com/portland/stories/2008/03/24/daily4.html
"sellings its core license ID business"#> to L-1 Identity Solutions.
This news was hardly a surprise to me, because I was working for
Digimarc last year, and saw the most incredible thing with my own
eyes: How three Gen-Xer employees sabotaged and almost destroyed the
software development effort for Digimarc Corp.'s license id business.
Their contempt for their own company and its customers was nothing
like I'd ever seen before, and it was made possible by the passive
cooperation and incredible stupidity of the company's President and
upper management.
In 1994, I saw with my own eyes how Boomers were engineering the
destruction of Digital Equipment Corp., but that was nothing compared
to what I saw last year at Digimarc.
For years I've been describing the disastrous effects of Boomer
stupidity and Generation-X nihilism on the financial industry.
These recent news stories have motivated me to start working on an
article of things that I've personally seen and been part of: How
Boomer stupidity and Generation-X nihilism have caused disasters in
corporate IT (information technology) departments and software
development efforts.
I've been a computer consultant for almost thirty years, and I've had
close to 100 clients, so I've had the opportunity to see for myself
how software development standards that were used in the 1970s have
been degraded in the 80s, 90s, and 00s, causing huge software
disasters. In addition, as one-time Technology Editor and Boston
Bureau Chief for InformationWeek Magazine, and part-time
Technology Editor for CFO Magazine, I've had the opportunity
to report on software development disasters as a computer industry
journalist.
In my own experience, I saw a large development project at Northrop
Corp. almost fall apart, and a development project at Fidelity Corp.
completely fall apart, both because of Boomer stupidity.
In 1994, I saw with my own eyes how Digital Equipment Corp. -- the
entire company -- fell apart because of Boomer stupidity.
At another client, I saw a large multi-million dollar internet
infrastructure project collapse, because of Gen-X nihilism.
These examples from the IT industry parallel the destruction of the
financial industry. The symptoms are always the same: destructive,
nihilistic behavior by Generation-Xers, supported and condoned by
Boomer managers for their own gain or through their own stupidity.
=// Société Générale
It's my expectation that Moody's will not survive as a company in
anything like its current form, with anything like its current
management. Bear Stearns is not going to survive, and I would be
surprised if Citibank survived. In the IT field, Digital Equipment
Corp. did not survive, and it's highly doubtful that Digimarc will
survive.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070223c.jpg right "" "Israel's Defense Minister
Amir Peretz (right) looks through binoculars with the lens cap on. On
the left is the army's new Chief of Staff, Lt. Gen. Gabi Ashkenazi.
They're reviewing a military drill in the Golan Heights. (Feb 2007)
(Source: msnbc.com)"#>
What these managers are exhibiting is what I've been calling "lenscap
stupidity." This refers to a February, 2007, photo showing <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070224 "Israeli defense minister Amir Peretz"#>
spending a half-hour military briefing looking through binoculars with
the lenscap on. How stupid do you have to be to keep looking through
binoculars with the lenscap on?
Looking at facts through binoculars with the lenscap on has several
advantages. It lets you imagine any facts you want, and ignore any
facts you don't like. That's why the 2006 war with Hizbollah was so
disastrous for Israel -- what do you expect when the Defense Minister
looks at the war through binoculars with the lenscap on?
And that's why Digital Equipment Corp. and Bear Stearns collapsed, and
why Citibank and Digimarc are likely to collapse. A company cannot
survive, with or without Gen-Xers, when upper management looks at
facts through binoculars with the lenscap on.
Even if a company doesn't entirely disappear, there can be huge
losses. Bear Stearns had to be saved by the Fed, Moody's faces
criminal charges, and Digimarc was forced to sell off its license id
business to L-1 Identity Solutions.
In the next month, I'm going to write an article targeted to CFOs,
CEOs and CIOs on the degradation of software development standards
since the 1970s, and what must be done about it. Here's the
conclusion:
The failure to manage Gen-Xer nihilism and and Boomer stupidity is,
by far, the greatest risk factor in software development today.
Upper management must be aware of this issue, and must manage it, or
face additional software disasters.
=inc ww2010.h2 y2k "The successful Y2K project"
Something that motivated me to work on that article was a blog
comment critical of me and this web site that I accidentally
discovered while I was surfing.
This was in <#stdurl
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/2007772/posts "a blog entry
that appeared in April."#> In the comment section, one person posted
a link to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "an article on my web
site."#>
Another person, going by the handle "Zebra," posted an extremely
contemptuous response. The first paragraph of Zebra's response was
as follows:
"The people who are shrieking about the tens of
trillions of dollars of derivatives are either stupid of have an
agenda. I liken them to the Y2K doomsayers. Yes, there was a code
issue that required attention prior to the year 2000. Everyone
knew this and knew how to make the required changes. Of course, we
know about the horrible catastrophe that occurred on January 1,
2000 (sarcasm off)."
The Y2K problem was a massive software bug that was in trillions of
lines of computer code written in the 1970s. Dates were represented
in 6 digits: for example, 781023 stood for 1978-10-23. The problem
was that millions of computer programs would fail in the year 2000
(Y2K) because 001023 would be interpreted as 1900-10-23, rather than
2000-10-23.
I was heavily involved in Y2K in two different ways: as a software
systems developer, and as a technology journalist for
InformationWeek Magazine and CFO Magazine. So I was
very familiar with Y2K, and it was a huge deal.
This was a problem that was managed by people from the Boomer and
Silent generations. It was a HUGE worldwide problem, but it was
tackled successfully. Thousands of programmers around the world
worked to solve this problem, at a cost of hundreds of billions of
dollars. It was one of the greatest technical accomplishments in the
history of the world, comparable to the building of the pyramids.
So here we have "Zebra," who obviously knows nothing about the
situation, sarcastically referring to "Y2K doomsayers," and
criticizing them because no "horrible catastrophe" ever occurred.
Well, the reason that no horrible catastrophe ever occurred was
because THE Y2K PROJECT WAS SUCCESSFUL!!!!
This illuminates the problem. Like many Gen-Xers, Zebra is very
contemptuous of Boomers, and thinks they're full of crap. These
Gen-Xers complain that Boomers never accomplish anything. Well, they
accomplished the Y2K solution, but Zebra thinks Boomers are still full
of crap because there was no "horrible catastrophe."
If Zebra's peers had been in charge at that time, then there WOULD
have been a "horrible catastrophe," since people like Zebra are really
stupid. Fortunately, the Silents and the Boomers were in charge, and
we got the job done.
What this example actually shows is that it's people like Zebra who
are full of crap, not Boomers.
That was only part of Zebra's posting. Here's the next paragraph of
her message:
"The overwhelming majority of derivatives are used
to manage risk. While I agree that Level 3 asset accounting is
bizarre and easy to manipulate, value loss events associated with
writedowns typically trigger counterparty payments in the nature
of a margin call for a borrower against stocks to put the asset
values in balance with the associated liabilities according to the
contract formula."
Here Zebra shows as much ignorance as she did with respect to the Y2K
problem. She uses words like "overwhelming majority" and "typically"
to indicate that the problem is very small. What she's incapable of
grasping, however, is that there are $700 trillion of credit
derivatives around, and if the "overwhelming majority" -- say 90% --
are perfectly OK, then the other 10% are worth $70 trillion, while
the GDP of the entire world is only $45 trillion. A collapse of $70
trillion in credit derivatives is an incredible disaster. Even if
it's 1% -- or $7 trillion -- then the collapse of that volume of
credit derivatives is a worldwide financial crisis.
The next paragraph of her posting was this:
"To read the hysterical rants of some of
“the-sky-is-falling” crowd is amusing. I have never found a better
barometer of macroeconomic financial condition than the market. It
is speaking loudly now that the worst of the credit pinch is over
and that the worst of the excesses (particularly subprime
residential real estate mortgage lending) have been managed or
adequately reserved for (by a combination of asset writedowns and
new capital infusions). I am in agreement with those who see a
second half recovery, especially in financial stocks."
Zebra is apparently so dumb that she doesn't know that there have
been huge stock market crashes in the past, or she wouldn't have
said, "I have never found a better barometer of macroeconomic
financial condition than the market." Obviously, the market was
wrong just prior to the 1929 crash. What could she possibly have
been thinking?
Obviously she wasn't thinking, and that's the problem with Gen-Xers
when they engage in their favorite sport of hating Boomers.
It's Gen-Xers like Zebra who destroyed companies like Bear Stearns,
Citibank and Digimarc.
You know, Boomers are twenty years older than Gen-Xers, on the
average, and so have twenty years more experience and wisdom.
No one criticizes Boomers more than I do, and it's true that they
can't lead or govern and they make up facts. But it's not true that
they've done nothing. They've done a lot more than Gen-Xers have
done so far -- twenty years worth more.
Nihilistic Gen-Xers have caused a number of disasters in finance and
IT. Next year, Gen-Xers in Washington DC may cause disasters in
government, comparable to the Pearl Harbor disaster.
And so, I'll quote one more blog comment directed at me:
"Took a very quick look at your web site, less
then 3 seconds to be exact and it is clear to me that your main
goal for posting all that drivel and you mastery predictive powers
is to sell your book. You are in my view one of the snake oil
sales men of days gone by. TTFN, I ain't buying that
crap."
Well, anyone familiar with this web site knows that I provide it as a
public service, for those who wish to prepare for what's coming. I
sell about a dozen books at year, pretty much at cost, and anyway,
the entire text of the book can be read for free online.
But this is what passes for deep thought among many Gen-Xers. "3
seconds to be exact" -- that's all it took this person to conclude
that this Boomer was full of crap.
As I've said before, Boomers are bad, but Gen-Xers are worse. You
think that we're full of crap and that you'll be cleaning up after our
mistakes, but you'll actually be making one huge blunder after
another. Motivated by fury and anger at Boomers for doing nothing,
you'll rush in to "do something", and the things you do will be
disastrous -- lead to world war, lead to financial disaster. Your
generation's utter contempt for everything that came before you, and
your recklessly eager willingness to destroy it, will backfire on you
and lead you to desperation and self-destruction.
We're already seeing that with the disastrous results of the
"financial engineering" that was implemented by Xers under the nose
of Boomers, and I've also described it in disastrous software
projects in the computer industry. For Gen-Xers who even survive the
next 10 years, you'll come out of it bitter and angry. And it won't
be the Boomers who'll be blamed or remembered for these disasters.
You'll be blamed.
So I'm just going to say to Gen-Xers: Learn to think. If you're
reaching decisions in "three seconds, to be exact," then you aren't
thinking. Otherwise, you will be the victims of your own disasters.
=eod
=// &&2 e080523 Moody's blames 'the computer' for possible ratings fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.head
Moody's blames "the computer" for possible ratings fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.keys
moody's
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.date
23-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.txt1
A formerly undisclosed software bug is responsible for awarding AAA
ratings to worthless securities,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080523.txt2
according to the company.
An <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/0c82561a-2697-11dd-9c95-000077b07658.html
"investigation conducted by the Financial Times"#> has
revealed that:
Moody's Investors Service discovered in early 2007 that a
software bug in its ratings software had erroneously given
certain securities AAA ratings, when they should have been given
considerably lower ratings, according to Moody's own
methodologies.
The securities were "constant proportion debt obligations"
(CPDOs). These are more complex than CDOs, and they're backed by
corporate credit default swaps (CDSs), rather than
mortgage-backed securities (MBSs). You don't have to understand
this paragraph to follow the rest of this story, but if you're
interested you can find a discussion of the math behind CDOs in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#>
Moody's did not disclose the software bug, nor did it re-rate
the CPDOs.
Instead, it changed its methodologies so that the CPDOs could
still be rated AAA.
Documents discovered by the investigation appear to indicate
that Moody's officials were less motivated by a desire to tell
the truth, and more motivated by a desire to continue charging
fat fees in return for AAA ratings.
If these statements can be proved in court, they indicate clear fraud
on the part of Moody's.
Moody's issued <#stdurl
http://ir.moodys.com/releasedetail.cfm?ReleaseID=311726 "the following
press release"#> in response:
"Moody's recognizes the seriousness of questions
raised by today's Financial Times article concerning the
analytical models and methodologies used in our European
constant-proportion debt obligation (CPDO) ratings process. The
integrity of our ratings and rating methodologies is extremely
important; as such, when the questions were recently raised to us,
we retained the law firm of Sullivan & Cromwell and initiated a
thorough external review of our European CPDO ratings process.
Upon completion of the review, we will promptly take any
appropriate actions.
Moody's rated 44 European CPDO tranches, representing
approximately $4 billion in rated securities."
As I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080522b "said many times,"#> the
circumstantial evidence indicating fraud by banks, ratings agencies,
and "monoline" insurance agencies issuing worthless CDOs and CPDOs is
obvious: The issuance of CDOs accelerated in 2007, when it was
already undeniable that the real estate bubble was bursting, and the
AAA ratings clearly couldn't be sustained. And yet, banks continued
selling worthless securities, ratings agencies kept rating them AAA in
return for fat fees, and "monoline" insurance agencies kept insuring
them in return for fat fees.
But this investigation into Moody's Investors Service goes well beyond
circumstantial evidence into specific evidence of fraud. My
expectation is that there'll be a lot more such investigations, and a
lot more fraud discovered.
=eod
=// &&2 e080522b Loan delinquency rates rose sharply in the first quarter
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.head
Loan delinquency rates rose sharply in the first quarter
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.keys
real estate bubble, finance, credit bubble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.date
22-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.txt1
This applies to residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, and
credit cards
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522b.txt2
The Fed posted its <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/chargeoff/delallsa.htm
"updated statistical release on delinquency rates"#> yesterday. I
decided to comment on it because of another illuminating graphic
posted by <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2008/05/fed-delinquency-rates-rose-sharply-in.html
"the Calculated Risk blog:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080522.gif center "" "Loan delinquency rates --
first quarter 2008 -- residential mortgages, commercial mortgages,
credit cards
(Source: CalculatedRisk)"#>
Looking at this graphic, each of the three subgraphs tells a story of
its own:
Residential real estate (blue): What's striking is how
the loan delinquency rates started increasing late in 2004 -- longer
ago than I'd realized -- and really took off in 2006.
This is very significant because it's powerful circumstantial
evidence of fraud by investment banks, ratings agencies and the
"monoline" insurance agencies. These institutions all conspired to
collect billions of dollars in fees to create CDOs and other
securities that have turned out to be near-worthless.
Now they're claiming that they didn't know that would happen, but
their models all depended on the real estate bubble and on homeowners
paying off their mortgage loans. By 2007, it was undeniably and
abundantly clear that the delinquency rate was surging well beyond
the limits permitted by their computerized models, and yet 2007 was
the time when they were most aggressively selling these
near-worthless securities. The obvious implication from these
circumstantial facts is that they knew that they were selling
worthless securities, but they continued to do so anyway in order to
collect the fat commissions, bonuses and fees.
This is going to be a very big deal.
Commercial real estate (red): A lot of pundits are saying
today the kinds of things they used to say about residential real
estate -- that there's no problem, that commercial real estate is
built on solid business considerations, unlike the emotional
residential real estate market, that people have to have stores and
offices somewhere, etc., etc.
But this graph clearly shows that commercial delinquency rates really
took off early in 2006, and the the climb is accelerating. Thus,
commercial real estate problems are running about 1½ years behind
residential real estate problems.
Incidentally, you don't have to look at a computer screen to realize
this. Just drive around your neighborhood and look at the numbers of
vacancies in strip malls. In most parts of the country today, that
will tell you what the pundits should already know.
Another relevant fact is that this graph shows 12% delinquency rates
in 1991, much higher than for the other two categories. This is
where the business vs emotional part comes in. People don't like to
leave their homes because doing so messes up their families. But if
you own an office or a store as a business investments, and you're
losing money, then it's no problem at all to walk away. And so,
expect the commercial real estate delinquency rate to, once again,
surge much higher than the other two categories.
Credit cards (green): These delinquencies spurted early in
2006, but only really took off in mid-2007, so they're probably a
little behind commercial real estate delinquencies. But expect them
to increase sharply in the last half of 2008.
It's worthwhile emphasizing again -- pundits who say that the worst
is over are lying, most likely to cover up their own complicity. All
the credible trend evidence points to sharply worse problems in the
next year.
Yesterday I received a phone call from a web site reader. He was
born in 1960, putting him on the Boomer / Generation-X cusp, but he
was strongly influenced by his grandparents. They lived a very
affluent lifestyle in the 1920s, and lost everything after the 1929
crash. They warned him what to watch out for and, unlike most other
Boomers and Gen-Xers, he actually took their advice, and is now in a
good position financially, and is fully prepared to survive the
coming financial disaster. I wish there were more people like him.
He agreed with my descriptions of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121
"Boomer stupidity and Gen-Xer nihilism"#> -- how Gen-Xers perpetrated
all the fraud that we're seeing, but Boomers are just as much to blame
because they allowed the fraud to occur for their own benefit. The
current world financial situation is the result of the lethal
combination of Boomers being unable to govern or lead, and Gen-Xers
having total contempt for anything that came before them, and a
nihilistic desire to completely destroy it.
The Calculated Risk article quotes some commentary from Goldman Sachs
chief economist Jan Hatzius: Mortgage Credit Deterioration:
Broadening and Picking Up Speed:
"The Fed’s first-quarter report on loan performance
at commercial banks shows mortgage credit quality deteriorating at
an accelerating pace. ...
The rapid pace of deterioration is particularly significant
because the mortgage holdings of commercial banks appear to be
tilted toward higher-quality loans, with more prime and less
subprime. ...
The Fed data suggest that mortgage credit performance outside the
subprime sector is deteriorating rapidly. This reinforces our
long-standing view that the surge in mortgage defaults is much
broader than simply a reflection of poor underwriting standards in
specific subprime vintages. We don’t doubt that lax underwriting
standards were an important issue. But the main driver of the
defaults is the decline in home prices, the increase in negative
equity positions, and the resulting inability of borrowers who
encounter financial stress to sell or refinance their way out of
trouble. Although subprime borrowers are more likely to encounter
financial stress than prime borrowers—and the share of
negative-equity borrowers who will end up defaulting is therefore
much higher in the subprime sector—the qualitative outlook for the
trajectory of credit losses in the much larger prime market is not
all that different."
This Goldman Sachs opinion makes it clear that the worst is yet to
come. The only thing missing from this opinion is the usual
mainstream failure to explain that this situation arose because of the
stupidity of Boomers and the nihilism and destructiveness of
Gen-Xers.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080522 Oil prices are increasing by the minute
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.head
Oil prices are increasing by the minute
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.keys
oil prices, commodities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.date
22-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.txt1
On Thursday, oil went from $129 per barrel to $135 per barrel.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080522.txt2
It went from $134 to $135 in half an hour on Thursday evening in
Asian trading (Friday morning).
This is manic behavior by speculators.
Stein's Law: If something cannot go on forever, then it won't.
(Stein's law was formulated, in various wordings, by the late
economist Herb Stein.)
Something "different" is going to happen soon.
=eod
=// &&2 e080521 Now it's South Africa's turn: ethnic violence spreads through Johannesburg
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.head
Now it's South Africa's turn: ethnic violence spreads through
Johannesburg
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.keys
south africa, zimbabwe, mozambique, zulus, xhosa, rhodesia,
afrikaners, transvaal, natalia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.date
21-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.txt1
Mobs of mostly Zulu South Africans have attacked, raped and
slaughtered mostly Zimbabweans
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080521.txt2
during <#stdurl
http://news.scotsman.com/world/Violence-in-South-Africa-turns.4099226.jp
"several days of violence,"#> mostly in the poorer parts of
Johannesburg and suburbs.
Foreigners from Mozambique and Malawi have been targeted as well, but
foreigners from Zimbabwe have been special targets because up to 3
million have fled <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "the violence by
Zimbabwe's president Robert Mugabe."#> The refugees fleeing Mugabe
have been mostly from the Ndebele tribe, and the Zulu and Ndebele have
had long-standing enmities since the massive Mfecane regional war in
the 1820s. (Paragraph corrected - 21-May)
Update: The violence appears to be spreading into the Zulu
heartland. <#stdurl http://allafrica.com/stories/200805210868.html
"Migrant workers in Durban,"#> mostly from Zimbabwe, are being
attacked. (Paragraph added -
21-May)
However, the current situation has been exacerbated by the worldwide
meteoric rise in food and energy prices, which has increased poverty
substantially around the world in a very short period of time.
The violence has been extremely brutal. <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/homepageCrisis/idUSL19102501._CH_.2400
"Mobs armed with knives, clubs and jugs of gasoline"#> torched shacks
and beat migrant workers in Johannesburg squatter camps. At least 22
people have been killed. Hundreds have been wounded or raped.
This violence is extremely embarassing to African leaders, especially
in view of the ongoing war in Darfur, and the recent violence in Kenya
and Zimbabwe, because the violence feeds into the view of some people
that Africans are more violent and uncivilized than the rest of the
world. As I've written many times on this web site, Africans are no
different from the rest of the world in terms of wars and
generational timelines; but most of the rest of the world perpetrated
most of its violence in World War II, while African crisis wars have
been on different timelines.
Many South Africans are blaming South African president Thabo Mbeki
for the violence. Mbeki is an old pal of Robert Mugabe, and Mbeki has
refused to criticize <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "Mugabe's
violence and destruction of his own country."#> Thus, Mbeki is being
blamed for the refugee crisis that's triggering the current violence.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "Brief generational analysis of South Africa"
<#inc ww2010.pic afsouth2.gif right "" "Southern Africa, showing
colonial names in red"#>
South Africa has several different generational timelines, based on
ethnic groups:
The British colonists were on the United Kingdom generational
timeline.
The Zulus originally came from east of Transvaal. In <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "my recent article on Zimbabwe,"#> I
described how the Zulu tribe went from obscurity to world renown
thanks to one leader, Shaka, and the extremely bloody and brutal war
of extermination he led against other tribes in that region. This war
was the Mfecane ("the crushing"), and it climaxed in 1828.
The great Zulu Empire lasted for decades, until it was destroyed by
the British in 1879 in the bloody Anglo-Zulu war. At the climax of
that crisis war, the Zulus were dispersed, and the Zulu nation
ended.
The Dutch settlers, mixing with French and German Protestants in
the 1600s, took on a unique identity, Afrikaner, speaking a unique
language, Afrikaans.
The 1830s-40s crisis war with the British drove the Afrikaners (also
called Boers) to form other colonies -- Natalia, Transvaal, Orange
Free State -- in a huge migration known as the Great Trek.
As we described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "the recent article
on Zimbabwe,"#> the Great Trek displaced the Ndebele tribe members
who had survived the Mfecane and drove them into what is now
Zimbabwe, where they became a market-dominant minority after crushing
to local Shona tribe.
The Boer wars, starting in the 1890s and ending in 1902, were a
British conquest of the Afrikaners. This was a crisis war for the
Afrikaners, but a non-crisis war for the British.
On May 10, 1910, the Union of South Africa was created from the Cape
Colony, Natalia, Transvaal, and Orange Free State. South Africa became
an active part of the world community, and with the Afrikaner and
tribal (Zulu) timelines merging into common generational Awakening and
Unraveling eras, there were sharp political divisions along racial
lines. Both the Zulus and the Afrikaners became extremely
nationalistic.
All of these different timelines merged in World War II. Different
political factions wished to side with the British or with the
Germans, or stay neutral. But since South Africa was part of the
British empire, it fought on the side of the Allies. South Africa's
fighting troops were all whites, but blacks served in non-fighting
roles like drivers and guard duties.
Today, 63 years after the end of World War II, South Africa is well
into a generational Crisis era.
Recall that other countries where violence has recently broken out
are in different generational eras. When <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080102 "post-election tribal violence"#> broke out in Kenya on
January 1, I was able to predict that the violence would fizzle,
because only 49 years have passed since Kenya's last crisis war, the
Mau-Mau rebellion of 1959.
I had predicted the same thing when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070926
"violence broke out in Burma (Myanmar)"#> last September, because
only 50 years have passed since Burma's last crisis war, the ethnic
civil war that ended in 1958. In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080511 "an
article last week,"#> I discussed those concepts further, especially
how Cyclone Nargis might possibly have affected generational
relationships.
But for South Africa, there are no such ambiguities. However, the
fact that South Africa is in a generational Crisis era does not mean
that the current violence will surely escalate right away. It means
that South Africa is "attracted" to violence and civil war, and that
a civil war has a high probability of beginning soon, when the proper
triggering event occurs.
=eod
=// &&2 e080519 Price/earnings stock index continues to surge higher and higher
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.head
Price/earnings stock index continues to surge higher and higher
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.keys
price earnings ratio, earnings, finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.date
19-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.txt1
I can hardly believe my eyes:
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080519.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080516.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 16-May-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
The above is Friday's version of the graph that appears on this web
site's home page. The historical average is 14, but it's been well
above average since 1995, indicating that we're <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "in a 13 year old stock market bubble."#>
By the Law of Mean Reversion, we can expect a 13-year long
correction.
For the last couple of years, the P/E ratio has been holding steady
around 18, but in the last month it's been taking off again, and even
appears to be accelerating upward.
This is just incredible. Just when I think that Wall Street
investors have become so insane that they can't possibly get any
worse, they always find a way. The insanity is becoming
breathtakingly amazing. It's hard to find the words to describe it.
"Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." --
Friedrich Nietzsche
I used to think that was a joke, but it's incredibly true, and it's
now one of my favorite quotes.
A web site reader has called my attention to <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2005/05/01/news/old2.php "a quote by
President Herbert Hoover from May 1, 1930,"#> six months after the
1929 stock market crash:
"1930: The Worst Is Over
WASHINGTON: Attributing the Wall Street crash of last fall to the
"inexorable consequences of the destructive forces of booms" and
paying tribute to the American people for their "unity of action
in time of national emergency," President Hoover addressed the
United States Chamber of Commerce here tonight [May 1]. "We have
been passing through one of those great economic storms which
periodically bring hardship and suffering to our people," said Mr.
Hoover. "While the stock exchange crash occurred only six months
ago, I am convinced that we have now passed the worst, and with
continued unity and effort we shall rapidly recover."
The world was in a hypnotic fog in 1930, and they're in a hypnotic
fog today.
=inc ww2010.h2 other "Other people's money"
Actually, I'm going to discuss the REALLY cynical explanation.
Over the past five years, I've increasingly been discussing the high
levels of financial debauchery and depravity that gave rise to the
current situation.
At first I was just talking about it in terms of an occasional bit of
embezzlement by someone who'd lost some money. But I've been
documenting example after example, and the stench of corruption keeps
increasing. From homeowners lying on their applications to financial
institutions defrauding investors with faulty CDO securities, the
stench of corruption is pervasive, across all institutions, from top
to bottom.
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080518 "my previous article,"#> I
discussed how all mainstream economists since Greenspan was at the
Fed, including professors of economics and Nobel prize winners,
have all been talking sheer nonsense. And as my cynicism has
increased, I conclude that the same corruption that permeated
financial and real estate institutions also permeated university
economics departments.
Now we have a new mystery: Why the sudden and completely unexpected
surge in the price/earnings ratios? Are investors that stupid?
That explanation becomes increasingly suspect, as the number of
incredibly stupid people keeps growing. After all, there must be
SOMEONE who has some sense.
I've now become so cynical that I don't believe it's stupidity. I
believe that P/E ratios are going up so high again because investors
are investing other people's money in order to claim the commissions
and fees that go along with it. In other words, why assume that the
massive fraud stopped in 2007, when it's a perfectly reasonable
explanation for the insanity that's going on in 2008?
I'd be willing to bet someone a lunch that the investors that are
pushing up P/E ratios right now are investing other people's money,
but making bonuses, fees and commissions.
=inc ww2010.h2 falling "Earnings estimates continue to fall"
The reason that the price/earnings index is rising is because
corporate earnings estimates keep falling. Each week I post the table
of corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. Here's the latest version:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
Apr 11: -14.1%
Apr 18: -14.6%
Apr 25: -14.1%
May 2: -15.0%
May 9: -17.4%
May 16: -17.5%
According to the pundits, investors have been keeping the market in a
"trading range" for several weeks now, meaning that the major indexes
have been bouncing up and down within a fairly narrow range of values.
Pundits say that a "breakout" could happen at any time -- and it could
happen in either direction, up or down.
In this environment, what is extremely ominous for the market is this
amazing increase in price/earnings ratios that's come about in the
last couple of months, after holding steady for four years.
These sharply reduced earnings estimates, resulting in increased P/E
ratios, strongly suggest that the trading range "breakout" will be in
the downward direction. One can't say that for sure, of course,
because Wall Street investors are in a such a huge denial fantasy
that anything might happen. Still, even in this fantasyland world,
it's likely that investors will push P/E ratios down again, meaning
that stocks will fall.
=inc ww2010.h2 aig "American International Group (AIG)"
One of the reasons for the lowered earnings estimates was incredibly
bad news last week from American International Group (AIG), the
world's largest insurance company.
First, some brief history. Late last year, AIG was out front
bragging about how clever they were, having avoided the credit crunch
suffered by less sophisticated financial institutions. Here's how
CNBC's <#stdurl
http://www.bloggingstocks.com/2008/05/09/cramer-on-bloggingstocks-aigs-foolishness-puts-cataclysm-back/
"Jim Cramer described the situation:"#>
"AIG had been the biggest proponent of "super
senior," meaning they repeatedly said that their collateralized
debt obligation (CDO) exposure was of the kind that was
intelligent, measured and thoughtful. They talked endlessly about
how their due diligence made the difference and that unlike all of
the other buyers, they kicked the tires three times and never
bought the plain ol' CDOs. Then they brought in professors from
Wharton to be sure that even if all heck broke loose and they were
being too aggressive, they would be hedged.
They also were the first to give you the percentages of how much
could go bad and that even in the worst-case scenario, they were
overcapitalized. And, most important, they were insurers, no need
to mark to market, they can play it all out. ...
What they did buy -- they assured us in that big teach-in
dog-and-pony show in December -- was the extra-special nature of
their particular buys and that, unlike everyone else, risk
officers scrutinized every single piece of paper that went into
their super senior insurance, meaning only the top-top part of a
CDO-squared, the part where everything had to default ahead of it;
they made a point of how impossible that would be.
It was all nonsense. Every bit of it. It was all Enron, frankly,
unless they genuinely drank their own Kool-Aid about risk
management and extra-mile supervision."
The teach-in dog-and-pony show was in December.
In February, AIG said that inadequate internal controls, as
determined by its outside auditing firm PricewaterhouseCoopers, had
led to "material weakness" in financial reporting relating to <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080211 "the fair valuation of credit default swap
(CDS) portfolio obligations."#> The writedowns totaled around $6.2
billion. This was a complete shock to the financial community, in
view of AIG's previous statements.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs and
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#> For a discussion of
credit default swap (CDS) counterparty risk, see <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b ""Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in
Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news.'""#>)
Last week, AIG <#stdurl
http://www.thestreet.com/s/aig-battered-by-derivative-writedowns/newsanalysis/insurance/10415931.html?puc=aoljjc
"announced massive first quarter losses,"#> including an additional
$7.81 billion in asset writedowns. However, this bad news didn't
perturb investors much, because they've adopted the view that "the
more disastrous the news, the closer we are to the end."
But is AIG close to the end of its writedowns? They certainly aren't
saying so. That assertion is blatantly missing from <#stdurl
http://ir.aigcorporate.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=76115&p=irol-newsArticle&ID=1142489&highlight=
"AIG's press release."#> All it does is explain what happened so
far:
"Commenting on first quarter 2008 results, AIG
President and Chief Executive Officer Martin J. Sullivan said,
"AIG's results do not reflect the underlying strengths and
potential of AIG; rather they reflect the extremely adverse
external conditions affecting the spectrum of companies exposed to
the U.S. residential housing, credit and capital markets. ...
"While we anticipated a difficult trading environment, the
severity of the unrealized valuation losses and decline in value
of our investments were beyond our expectations. Current market
conditions also contributed to a significant decline in
partnership income compared to a record level in the first
quarter of 2007, as well as to declines in mutual fund income.
However, the underlying fundamentals of our core businesses remain
solid, and several performed quite well in the quarter, despite
the challenging environment many faced."
The interesting thing about this is that it evinces absolutely no
indication of what happened and why it happened. It's as if some
evil magician had waved a magic wand that made AIG's assets
worthless, and there's every indication that the magic wand will be
waved again at some unpredictable time, and more AIG assets will be
written down.
The other interesting thing is that these combined $14 billion
writedowns are in "credit default swap (CDS) portfolio obligations."
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "explained recently,"#> there
are $45 trillion in CDSs that form long "chains," where a default of
one firm could trigger a whole chain of additional defaults in other
firms.
AIG lost $14 billion, which is a heck of a lot of money. Here's my
guess as to what happened.
First, the rate of <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/money/property_and_mortgages/article3934130.ece
"housing foreclosures is soaring,"#> much faster than analysts had
predicted. California has just passed a milestone: There are now
<#stdurl
http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/laland/2008/05/foreclosure-flo.html
"over 1,000 foreclosures every day"#> in California. Can you imagine
that? Every day, 1,000 more families are turned out of their homes
because of a foreclosure.
We can pretty safely assume that the CDOs that are backed by these
foreclosed mortgages are themselves defaulting more and more, far
faster than analysts had predicted. In fact, we recently <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "posted some data"#> indicating that the
rate of CDO defaults is accelerating.
Therefore, we can pretty safely assume that the CDSs -- the credit
default swaps written as insurance on the CDOs -- are being called in
for payment. Something like that must be how AIG lost its $14
billion in "credit default swap (CDS) portfolio obligations."
And there's simply no reason at all to assume that there won't more
of these. In fact, it's certain there will be, with foreclosure
rates accelerating.
What would happen if AIG didn't have $14 billion to spare? In other
words, suppose that writedowns had driven AIG into bankruptcy? We
already know the answer to that question, because it's the same thing
that would have happened if Bear Stearns had been permitted to
default in March. According to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080407 "Fed
Chairman Ben Bernanke"#> testifying before Congress, there would
likely have been a major worldwide financial crisis if Bear had been
allowed to default.
With $45 trillion in CDSs outstanding in the world, and with real
estate foreclosures accelerating, it's only a matter of time before
some institution will go bankrupt because of CDO defaults. That will
be a memorable time.
And in this environment, we have investors pushing price/earnings
ratios up to stratospheric level.
As I've said, I keep trying to figure out what the hell is going on
in the world. What Wall Street is doing is absolutely beyond belief.
The craziness and insanity, the resistance to seeing what's going on
right before their eyes, can barely be grasped.
=inc ww2010.h2 valse "La Valse à Mille Temps"
I like to post this song every now and then, because it should be the
theme song for the utter craziness going on, as the world appears
increasingly to be spinning out of control.
It's a Jacques Brel song, "La Valse à Mille Temps" or "Carousel" in
the English version. Play <#stdurl
http://www.generationaldynamics.com/ww2010/carousel.mp3 "the MP3
version of the song"#> and sing along:
We're on a ferris wheel
A crazy ferris wheel
A wheel within a wheel
That suddenly reveals
The stars begin to reel
And down again around
And up again around
And up again around
So high above the ground
We feel we gotta yell
We're on a carousel
A crazy carousel.
(By the way, the above song is quite different from the original
French song by Jacques Brel. Check out <#stdurl
http://youtube.com/watch?v=qCit1RP3uys "this hilarious video"#> of
Jacques Brel himself singing "La Valse à Mille Temps," presented with
English subtitles.)
As before, I nominate "La Valse à Mille Temps" as the theme song for
these times, as the crazy carousel goes spinning out of control, and
we head for the greatest financial disaster in the history of the
world. LAH luh LAH luh.
=eod
=// http://youtube.com/v/qCit1RP3uys
=// &&2 e080518 WSJ's page one story on Bernanke's Princeton 'Bubble Laboratory' is almost incoherent
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.head
WSJ's page one story on Bernanke's Princeton
"Bubble Laboratory" is almost incoherent
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.keys
ben bernanke, finance, frederic s. mishkin
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.date
18-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.txt1
So is Thursday's speech on bubbles by Fed Governor Frederic S. Mishkin.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080518.txt2
There's barely a sentence in <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/public/article/SB121089412378097011-FFmV04y3UbiExIhWXW5XHa8Dplk_20080614.html?mod=tff_main_tff_top
"Friday's front page Wall Street Journal article"#> entitled,
"Bernanke's Bubble Laboratory: Princeton Protégés of Fed Chief Study
the Economics of Manias," that makes any sense at all.
Let's start with the first three paragraphs:
"First came the tech-stock bubble. Then there
were bubbles in housing and credit. Chinese stocks took off like a
rocket. Now, as prices soar on every material from oil to corn,
some suggest there's a bubble in commodities.
But how and why do bubbles form? Economists traditionally haven't
offered much insight. From World War II till the mid-1990s, there
weren't many U.S. investing manias for them to look at. The study
of bubbles was left to economic historians sifting through musty
records of 17th-century Dutch tulip-bulb prices and the like.
The dot-com boom began to change that. "You were seeing live, in
action, the unfolding of lots of examples of valuations
disconnecting from fundamentals," says Princeton economist
Harrison Hong. Now, the study of financial bubbles is hot."
I read stuff like this, and it makes me want to tear my hear out.
I don't even understand how somebody write these sentences -- "From
World War II till the mid-1990s, there weren't many U.S. investing
manias for them to look at. ... The dot-com boom began to change
that." -- and not even have the thought cross their minds, "Hmmmmm.
Maybe the reason that there weren't bubbles from WW II to the
mid-1990s is because the generations of survivors of the Great
Depression were in charge."
How dense to do you have to be not to see something so obvious -- or
at least ask the question and debate it?
And so, once again, we have <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "some
brilliant economics professors,"#> this time from Princeton, who
can't see the most obvious thing, right in front of their noses.
As I've said pointedly many times, mainstream economics and
macroeconomics have been a total failure in predicting or explaining
anything that's happened since the 1990s. Why did the dot-com bubble
happen at all? No explanation. Why did it begin in 1995, rather than
1985 or 2005? No explanation. The obvious, simple explanation is
that the early 1990s was the time when the generation of
risk-averse survivors of the Great Depression all retired, all at
once, but it never even crosses the minds of these people long enough
to even debate it. It's such a difficult, abstract concept to these
brilliant economics professors that they're totally oblivious to it.
=inc ww2010.h2 musty "Musty records"
And this sentence from the article is a real laugh: In order to study
bubbles, you have to look through "musty records of 17th-century Dutch
tulip-bulb prices and the like." This statement captures the contempt
that journalists, analysts, professors and economists have today for
anything that happened before they were born, as if the world were
created just for them.
Well, what about the 1920s stock market bubble mania? Are those
records too musty as well?
Lots of people have looked at those musty records. <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071011 "American Prospect's Robert
Kuttner"#> testified before Congress last year, comparing 2007 to
1929. Also last year, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070625 "Bank of
International Settlements did an analysis,"#> and predicted a coming
1930s style Depression. But I guess that kind of study is too musty
for these people.
To repeat what I've said before, if you go back through history, there
are many small or regional recessions. But since the 1600s there have
been only five major international financial crises: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South
Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in
the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and
the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
We're now overdue for the next generational crash, and it might occur
tomorrow, next week, next month, or next year.
=inc ww2010.h2 propter "Post hoc, ergo propter hoc"
Let's take another paragraph from the article:
"Bubbles don't spring from nowhere. They're
usually tied to a development with far-reaching effects:
electricity and autos in the 1920s, the Internet in the 1990s, the
growth of China and India. At the outset, a surge in the values of
related businesses and goods is often justified. But then it
detaches from reality."
This is about as silly a paragraph as you can imagine. How was
electricity "tied" to the 1920s bubble??? Where do they come up with
this stuff? (It turns out that technology is tied to something
completely different -- K-cycles -- as I explained in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the Failure of
Macroeconomics Theory.""#>)
This reasoning is a logical fallacy that has a name: Post hoc,
ergo propter hoc, which means, "After this, therefore because of
this." In other words, if B occurs after A, then the fallacy is to
conclude that A caused B.
Standard, mainstream economics, as practiced by standard, mainstream
professors of economics at Princeton and other places, is FULL of
Post hoc, ergo propter hoc fallacies. Economists say, "Hmm.
I don't understand why this recession occurred. Well, Congress did X
the year before, so that must be the cause." Or, "Hmm. I don't
understand why this real estate bubble occurred. Well, the Fed
reduced interest rates in 2003, and that must be the cause." Of
course, it never occurs to such people to wonder why other interest
rate reductions didn't cause real estate bubbles, but that's what a
logical fallacy entails.
In the article, the implication of the word "tied" is that the bubble
was caused by electricity and autos, or at least was caused by
something that gave rise to electricity and autos AND the bubble.
This connection is made simply because they both happened at the same
time.
=inc ww2010.h2 1960s "The Great Bubble of the 1960s-1970s"
Using this reasoning, one could argue that a huge bubble should have
occurred in the 1960s-70s. There were huge developments in mainframe
computers and minicomputers at that time, and almost every
organization was running part of its business with the aid of
computers. The Xerox machine was revolutionizing office procedures.
Countries in Europe and Asia were recovering from WW II, and their
economies were surging. America went off the gold standard. It was a
perfect time for a bubble, but of course the bubble never happened.
Why not?
The obvious reason is that the people running businesses and
financial institutions at that time were all Great Depression
survivors. But this possibility is never even suggested or debated.
That's absolutely incredible to me.
But that's the way mainstream economics works. When the economists
don't understand something, they say, "Gee, what was going on at the
same time, or just before? That must be the cause."
This is all that mainstream economics does, and that's why it's
always wrong. As I keep saying, mainstream economists didn't predict
and can't explain the 1990s bubble or anything significant that's
happened since then, including the current mess. Economists have
almost a 0% success record. They poke around like a blind man in a
room full of chairs, and every time they move, they trip and fall.
Let's take a look at another part of the article:
""The two most important characteristics of a
bubble," says [Princton economist] Wei Xiong, are: "People pay a
crazy price and people trade like crazy." ...
According to a model he developed with Mr. Scheinkman, investors
dogmatically believe they are right and those who differ are
wrong. And as one set of investors becomes less optimistic,
another takes its place. Investors figure they can always sell at
a higher price. That view leads to even more trading, and, at the
extreme, stock prices can go beyond any individual investor's
fundamental valuation."
I hope we didn't waste any taxpayer money developing a model that
says that "investors ... believe they are right and those who differ
are wrong."
This stuff tells you absolutely nothing why these bubbles occur.
Once again we have the situation where the totally obvious
explanation, the generational explanation, isn't even debated.
Instead, you come up with crap like the above. This is what we get
from Ben Bernanke's Princeton Department of Economics. It's really
sickening.
=inc ww2010.h2 speech "Speech by Fed Governor Frederic S. Mishkin"
"But," you may be thinking, "this is just a newspaper article. You're
being unfair criticizing the article about the speech, when you should
be looking at the actual sources.
Fair enough. Let's take a look at <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/mishkin20080515a.htm
"the actual speech,"#> given by Fed Governor Frederic S. Mishkin on
Thursday.
"Over the centuries, economies have periodically
been subject to asset price bubbles--pronounced increases in asset
prices that depart from fundamental values and eventually crash
resoundingly. Because economies often fare very poorly after a
bubble bursts, central bankers need to think hard about how they
should address such bubbles."
So far, so good.
"Financial history reveals the following typical
chain of events: Because of either exuberant expectations about
economic prospects or structural changes in financial markets, a
credit boom begins, increasing the demand for some assets and
thereby raising their prices.4 The rise in asset values, in turn,
encourages further lending against these assets, increasing
demand, and hence their prices, even more. This feedback loop can
generate a bubble, and the bubble can cause credit standards to
ease as lenders become less concerned about the ability of the
borrowers to repay loans and instead rely on further appreciation
of the asset to shield themselves from losses.
At some point, however, the bubble bursts. The collapse in asset
prices then leads to a reversal of the feedback loop in which
loans go sour, lenders cut back on credit supply, the demand for
the assets declines further, and prices drop even more. The
resulting loan losses and declines in asset prices erode the
balance sheets at financial institutions, further diminishing
credit and investment across a broad range of assets. The decline
in lending depresses business and household spending, which
weakens economic activity and increases macroeconomic risk in
credit markets.5 In the extreme, the interaction between asset
prices and the health of financial institutions following the
collapse of an asset price bubble can endanger the operation of
the financial system as a whole."
Here we already see the major problem in the thinking of mainstream
economists.
What he describes here is very important, the "feedback loop" that
occurs when a credit bubble to be formed:
Exuberant expectations lead to
Increasing demand for some assets, leading to
Rise in asset values, encouraging
Further lending against these assets, leading to
Increasing demand, and
Higher prices,
And so forth.
This "feedback loop" generates a bubble, with the following results:
Lenders are less concerned about borrowers' ability to repay
loans; and
Lenders rely on further appreciation of the asset.
This is all true, but it's about the silliest stuff imaginable. It's
like saying that what happens when it's raining is that water drops
fall onto things, with the result that things get wet. That's about
as deep as it gets with these mainstream economists.
These are all things that happen before and during a bubble, but he's
implying (sort of) that they cause the bubble, which is a
Post hoc, ergo propter hoc fallacy. And if he's not
really assigning cause, then he's simply stating a collection of
useless facts.
I'm going to raise the same question I asked earlier: Why was there
no bubble in the 1960s and 1970s? I seem to vaguely recall some
exuberant expectations in the computer field. And economists are
always referring to "The Great Inflation of the 1970s," so there was
plenty of asset appreciation. Why was there no bubble? Why was
there no feedback loop? Why didn't lenders become less concerned
about borrowers' ability to repay loans?
In fact, why were there no important bubbles at all from 1945 to
1995? If you've been studying economics your whole life, and you're
a professor of economics, and you're a Fed governor, and you're a
respected economist around the world, then why don't you answer the
question? Why were there no bubbles until 1995, and then there was
the dot-com bubble and the housing and credit bubbles? What answers
do your macroeconomic models give you?
Once again, the obvious answer is that all the risk-averse Great
Depression survivors retired in the early 90s, and were replaced in
senior management positions by risk-seeking Boomers. But this is
waaaaaaay too abstract and difficult for the world class mainstream
economists to debate or even think about.
Do you wonder, Dear Reader, why I say I feel like tearing my hair
out?
=inc ww2010.h2 reg "Regulating bubbles"
Continuing with Mishkin's speech, Mishkin says that "asset price
bubbles can be hard to identify." Maybe some are, but the dot-com
bubble was obviously a bubble in 1996 when Alan Greenspan made his
"irrational exuberance" statement. So Mishkin is making excuses here.
It's actually quite easy to identify the major bubbles, and I'll
explain how later in this article.
Mishkin gives these reasons why raising interest rates, and other
monetary tools, are not effective policies when a bubble is
identified:
"Second, even if asset price bubbles could be
identified, the effect of interest rates on asset price bubbles is
highly uncertain. Although some theoretical models suggest that
raising interest rates can diminish the acceleration of asset
prices, raising interest rates may be very ineffective in
restraining the bubble, because market participants expect such
high rates of return from buying bubble-driven assets.12 Other
research and historical examples (which I will discuss later) have
suggested that raising interest rates may cause a bubble to burst
more severely, thereby increasing the damage to the economy.13
Another way of saying this is that bubbles are departures from
normal behavior, and it is unrealistic to expect that the usual
tools of monetary policy will be effective in abnormal conditions.
The bottom line is that we do not know the effects of monetary
policy actions on asset price bubbles."
This is a very interesting paragraph when you understand that bubbles
are caused by generational changes. When risk-seeking generations
(like the Boomers and Gen-Xers) come into power, Fed interest rates
are just part of the noise that these people ignore. If you're lying
on your mortgage loan application, or if you're defrauding the public
with worthless CDOs, then it makes no difference at all what the Fed
funds rate is. So Mishkin is certainly correct that monetary or Fed
policy will have no impact whatsoever on a generational bubble.
Instead, Mishkin recommends the adoption of regulations to "prevent
future feedback loops." He says:
"More generally, our approach to regulation should
favor policies that will help prevent future feedback loops
between asset price bubbles and credit supply. A few broad
principles are helpful in thinking about what such policies should
look like. First, regulations should be designed with an eye
toward fixing market failures. Second, regulations should be
designed so as not to exacerbate the interaction between asset
price bubbles and credit provision. For example, research has
shown that the rise in asset values that accompanies a boom
results in higher capital buffers at financial institutions,
supporting further lending in the context of an unchanging
benchmark for capital adequacy; in the bust, the value of this
capital can drop precipitously, possibly even necessitating a cut
in lending."
This paragraph contains another logical fallacy, circular reasoning.
He's already described the feedback loop with high asset prices and
increased credit, but then he refers to research that finds that
banks have more money to lend at such times. They would need more
money anyway to increase credit.
In other words, Mishkin really has nothing to offer for regulation
proposals.
It's been clear for years that economists don't have a clue about
regulating bubbles. There were plenty of regulations enacted in the
1930s, but as the Boomers took charge, they were all repealed or
ignored. The amount of fraud occurring in the real estate and credit
bubbles was massive and pervasive, and occurred at every level.
That fraud is still occurring (see below), and so new regulations are
useless, and probably harmful.
=inc ww2010.h2 ident "Identifying bubbles"
Economists these days are likely to say that it's impossible to
identify a bubble. And yet, I knew in 2002 we were in a stock market
bubble, and I knew in 2004 we were in a real estate and credit
bubble. If it's so hard to identify a bubble, then how the hell did
I know? And Alan Greenspan knew that there was a stock market bubble
in 1996 when he made his "irrational exuberance" speech. How did he
know?
The parts of Mishkin's speech that I quoted so far are merely
vacuous, but when it comes to the subject of identifying bubbles,
Mishkin should be a standup comedian.
Consider the following from the speech:
"Earlier, I pointed out that a bubble could be
hard to identify. Indeed, I think this is especially true of
bubbles in the stock market. Central banks or government officials
are unlikely to have an informational advantage over market
participants. If a central bank were able to identify bubbles in
the stock market, wouldn't market participants be able to do so as
well? If so, then a bubble would be unlikely to develop, because
market participants would know that prices were getting out of
line with fundamentals."
This is a hilarious argument. Mishkin says that central bankers are
no more able to detect bubbles than ordinary investors are. Well,
Greenspan saw the dot-com bubble in 1996, and he saw the real estate
and credit bubbles in 2004-2005, but "the market participants" didn't
do so. This is just another dumb statement.
Anyway, it's very easy to detect a stock market bubble, as I showed
in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real
value' of the stock market.""#>
The steps for determining a bubble are as follows:
Obtain historical prices for as many decades or centuries
into the past as possible.
Determine the long-term trend (linear or exponential).
Determine whether current prices are substantially above the
trend values, applying the Law of Mean Reversion.
You can apply this kind of analysis directly to the stock market
values themselves, as I showed in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>
But in that article, I actually started with something easier to
see, the S&P Price Earnings index, with the following graph, which
I've posted many times before:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c-2.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871-2007"#>
Now, can Mishkin or anyone else possibly look at this graph and say,
"Duh! I have no idea whether we're in a stock market bubble."? It's
utter nonsense.
The above graph is modified from the one you've seen before -- a web
site reader modified my graph to fill in the purple and green colors.
He wrote to me as follows:
"If we talk about [mean reversion], I think we
can also say that the area above the historic average line will
equal the area below the historic average line over time. How
much green will we need to balance out the purple on the attached
graph? Truly ominous. Thanks for sharing the your
insight."
This is exactly what the Law of Mean Reversion means. The historic
average of the P/E1 (price divided by one-year trailing earnings) is
about 14. From 1995 to the present, it's averaged around 25. You
don't have to be a Fed Governor or a Princeton professor of economics
to see that there's a bubble. Why is it that I can see it, and my web
site reader can see it, but Bernanke and Mishkin can't see it?
=inc ww2010.h2 last "Is Greenspan the last economist?"
You know, back in 2004-2005 I was commenting on all of Greenspan's
speeches. I agreed with some things, disagreed with other things, but
his speeches always made sense and contained real content. But I've
heard barely a single coherent statement from any economist since
Greenspan. This speech by Mishkin was ridiculous, and the recent
statements by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427b "economics Nobel Prize
winner Joseph Stiglitz"#> verged on total absurdity.
Alan Greenspan said some remarkable things as Fed chairman.
Actually, they didn't seem remarkable at the time, but compared to
what we've been hearing lately, they're incredible.
Well, admittedly Greenspan used circular reasoning when he <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e041020 "discussed the housing bubble in 2004,"#>
but at least he recognized the possible existence of a housing bubble
-- something that no one else fathomed throughout 2005 and 2006.
And then there was Greenspan's <#hreftext ww2010.i.greenspan050206
"incredible reversal of opinion in February 2005."#> That was quite
possibly the most significant speech of this entire decade, and yet
I've never seen a single article (except on this web site) mention it,
or a single commentator comment on it.
Greenspan had previously said that after making his "irrational
exuberance" remark in 1996, he and the Fed had decided not to deal
with the bubble, but to wait until the bubble burst, and then deal
with its consequences -- by lowering interest rates to near-zero. In
2004, he expressed satisfaction with this strategy and concluded
"that our strategy of addressing the bubble's consequences, rather
than the bubble itself, has been successful."
During 2004, he began to express increasing concern, and in February
2005, he reversed himself completely with the statement, "The dramatic
advances over the past decade in virtually all measures of
globalisation have resulted in an international economic environment
with little relevant historical precedent." He didn't predict a
crash at that time, but he repudiated his previous reasoning and
said, in essence, that he had no idea what was going on in the world.
Can you imagine Ben Bernanke admitting to any such reversal of
opinion? Can you imagine any of these other mainstream economists
doing it? None of them has the spine.
By August 2005, Greenspan <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050830 "discussed
the danger of risk aversion,"#> when he said: "Any onset of increased
investor caution elevates risk premiums and, as a consequence, lowers
asset values and promotes the liquidation of the debt that supported
higher asset prices. This is the reason that history has not dealt
kindly with the aftermath of protracted periods of low risk
premiums."
This is exactly what happened what happened with the credit crunch in
August of last year. Do you remember how everyone was caught by
surprise by the credit crunch? And yet, Greenspan specifically
predicted it two years earlier.
In December 2005, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e051204 "Greenspan gave a
harsh doom and gloom speech,"#> predicting many of the economic
problems we're seeing now.
Even after leaving the Fed, Greenspan has often spoken out. For
example, in September 2007, he <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070927
"admitted that macroeconomic forecasting is a failure,"#> which is
something that I've been saying for a long time, for much the same
reasons that Greenspan gave.
The point I'm making here is that Greenspan said things of substance,
whether I agreed with him or not -- but they had substance. His
reasoning was powerful, and made economic sense.
But no one since then is anything like that. Whether it's Bernanke
or Mishkin or Stiglitz or any of the others I've commented on, they
say things that are hopelessly ridiculous. Why is that? Is there
something in the water that's making economists increasingly stupid?
=inc ww2010.h2 wrong "What's wrong with mainstream economists?"
How is it possible that these economists are saying such stupid
things?
I'm becoming increasingly convinced that they must be hiding their
own complicity in what happened, and possibly committed fraudulent
acts themselves.
It's already become very well-known how much fraud occurred in the
financial and real estate industries already.
The housing bubble was caused by massive fraud throughout the entire
financial and real estate industries, from top to bottom, whether it
was homeowners lying on their applications, construction firms
colluding with appraisers and brokers to get kickbacks by
over-valuing homes, lenders who resold mortgages without checking any
of the claims, lenders who adopted predatory lending practices,
granting loans to people with no hope of making payments, investment
banks that securitized loans based on the assumption that real estate
prices would rise forever, ratings firms and monoline insurers that
took fat fees to lie about these potentially worthless securities.
This fraud, this depravity, permeated EVERY financial institution at
EVERY level, almost without any exception. Is it possible that the
same amount of fraud didn't also permeate university Economics
departments?
These professors of economics were smart enough to become professors
of economics, and to understand the complex financial models that
were being developed, but today they're too stupid to say anything
coherent about them.
Writing for this web site, and writing about this massive fraud, has
not only sickened me, but has made me about the most cynical person
on earth. These economists can't possibly be as stupid as their
statements, so they must be lying to cover up their own complicity
and fraud.
Incidentally, let's be clear about this: The worst fraud occurred in
2007, when everybody already knew that these CDOs were becoming
worthless. This realization only caused the financial institutions
to speed up their activities, before it might be too late for the
managers to get their fat bonuses.
And the fraud is continuing today, and is being encouraged by
government regulators. Thanks to false statements by financial
institution executives, worthless assets are still on the books at
high valuations, defrauding investors who count on these valuations
to decide whether to invest in the financial institution's stock.
And government regulators are specifically saying that financial
institutions should not write down their assets until they have to.
That's why this whole business about new regulations is nonsense.
And it's why we might as well assume that university economics
departments are participating in the fraud as much as everyone else
is.
=inc ww2010.h2 greenspeak " 'Greenspeak' and 'Lenscap stupidity' "
There's one other point relevant to this discussion, and that's the
"Greenspeak" or "Fed speak" joke that journalists and analysts make,
and that Greenspan himself <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070918 "has
mentioned."#>
According to this view, Greenspan was impossible to understand
because he used convoluted language. This whole subject is totally
ridiculous. Maybe while he's talking you can't understand what he's
saying, but anyone can read his speeches over and over again, as I've
done, and understand everything that he's saying. For hotshot
financial reporters at the Wall Street Journal or the New
York Times or on CNBC to say that they can't figure out what
Greenspan is saying is simply an admission of their own stupidity.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070223c.jpg right "" "Israel's Defense Minister
Amir Peretz (right) looks through binoculars with the lens cap on. On
the left is the army's new Chief of Staff, Lt. Gen. Gabi Ashkenazi.
They're reviewing a military drill in the Golan Heights. (Feb 2007)
(Source: msnbc.com)"#>
What these financial reporters and analysts are exhibiting is what
I've been calling "lenscap stupidity." This refers to a February,
2007, photo showing <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070224
"Israeli defense minister Amir Peretz"#> spending a half-hour
military briefing looking through binoculars with the lenscap on.
How stupid do you have to be to keep looking through binoculars with
the lenscap on?
And remember, this was the guy in charge of the armed forces during
Israel's disastrous 2006 war with Lebanon. No wonder Israel
panicked, went to war with no plan, and stumbled from one strategy to
another. The Defense Minister was looking at the war through
binoculars with the lenscap on.
Looking at facts through binoculars with the lenscap on has several
advantages. It lets you imagine any facts you want, and ignore any
facts you want.
The same lenscap stupidity is exhibited by Greg Ip at the Wall
Street Journal, by Steve Lieseman at CNBC, and by economists like
Mishkin and Stiglitz. The reason that they say such moronic things
is that they're looking at the facts through binoculars with the
lenscap on.
I guess what I'm coming to realize is this: Love him or hate him,
Alan Greenspan is the last economist in recent times who actually
looks at the facts. He seems to be the last economist not to exhibit
lenscap stupidity.
And that probably also means that he's the last major economist not
to have participated in fraudulent activities himself.
=inc ww2010.h2 more "More on the stock market bubble"
The P/E ratio graph that appears several paragraphs back in this
article is the simplest and most obvious proof that we're in a stock
market bubble, and that there's going to be a crash. That's just a
straightforward P/E ratio graph, and the reason you never see it in
the newspapers or on CNBC is because it's too frightening for people
with lenscap stupidity.
But while we're on the subject of how you can detect whether there's
a stock market bubble, I want to display again a graph that I used
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "in an article last November:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g071120.gif center "" "Dow Industrials since 1950
showing 'generational moods'"#>
This graph shows the Dow Industrials since 1950, with a (blue) trend
line computed back to the 1890s. For the complete discussion of this
graph, see the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "original article."#>
The first thing to notice is that the Law of Mean Reversion applies,
and the Dow will have to fall well below the blue line for a long
time to maintain the same average. That alone means that we've been
in a huge bubble since 1995, and that there's a huge crash coming.
But I want to dwell for a moment for the two points labeled on the
graph as "Points of inflection." When I started looking at this
subject in 2002, I noticed the sharp corner in the curve that
occurred in 1995, and I knew that this had to be extremely
significant. Things in nature tend to be continuous, and this corner
was a discontinuity in the first and second derivatives of the moving
averages. Later, the second point of inflection in 2003 became
apparent.
These discontinuities must be explained. In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071121 "my original article,"#> I gave a generational explanation of
these points of inflection.
Mainstream economics can't explain anything about bubbles, so
macroeconomic theory is useless in explaining these points of
inflection. And the Princeton "bubble laboratory" is completely on
the wrong track -- they can't even explain something simple, like why
there were no bubbles in the 1960s-70s, let alone something more
sophisticated like these points of inflection.
So this article is written to some future macroeconomics researcher,
in a less fraudulent generation, who actually wants to figure out why
bubbles occur, and what can be done about them. The key is to
<#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 "incorporate System Dynamics into
macroeconomic models,"#> and to study such things as those points of
inflection. This is way beyond the capabilities of the current
generation of researchers.
In the meantime, we'll just have to watch mainstream economists
blunder from one policy to the next and one theory to the next, and
suffer the consequences as they make the coming financial crisis even
worse than it might have been.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080516b How inflammatory was President Bush's speech to Israel's Knesset?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.head
How inflammatory was President Bush's speech to Israel's Knesset?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.keys
israel, gaza, west bank, lebanon, iraq, egypt, iran, china
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.date
16-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.txt1
The speech may have touched some nerves among the Palestinians, and
changed American policy.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516b.txt2
To people in Washington, everything that happens in the world is
about them. That's why President George Bush's speech to the Israeli
Knesset on Thursday is being interpreted by Washington in terms of
its significance to the Presidential campaign. The people in
Washington are pretty much oblivious to what's happening in the
Mideast anyway, so it probably doesn't matter. We'll come back to
that later.
What surprised me as I watched the speech live was that it appeared
to me to be delivering a fairly inflammatory message to the
Palestinians, and appears to have signaled a significant change in
American policy.
President Bush spent the earlier part of the day obviously enjoying
the Jerusalem ceremonies celebrating the 60th anniversary of the
creation of the state of Israel, following the partitioning of
Palestine by the United Nations in 1948.
In <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/05/20080515-1.html "the
actual speech,"#> he said the following:
"Shalom. Laura and I are thrilled to be back in
Israel. We have been deeply moved by the celebrations of the past
two days. And this afternoon, I am honored to stand before one of
the world's great democratic assemblies and convey the wishes of
the American people with these words: Yom Ha'atzmaut Sameach. ...
We gather to mark a momentous occasion. Sixty years ago in Tel
Aviv, David Ben-Gurion proclaimed Israel's independence, founded
on the "natural right of the Jewish people to be masters of their
own fate." What followed was more than the establishment of a new
country. It was the redemption of an ancient promise given to
Abraham and Moses and David -- a homeland for the chosen people
Eretz Yisrael.
Eleven minutes later, on the orders of President Harry Truman,
the United States was proud to be the first nation to recognize
Israel's independence. And on this landmark anniversary, America
is proud to be Israel's closest ally and best friend in the
world."
He went on to make it sound almost as if Americans had been
supporting Israel since the 1620s. Nothing like that is true, of
course. As I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.awakening060919 "in an
article in 2006,"#> America considered itself to be a Protestant
nation before World War II, sometimes to the exclusion of Jews and
Catholics. It was the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, and later Hitler's
attempted extermination of the Jews, that finally led Americans to
conclude that "to be a Protestant, a Catholic, or a Jew are today the
alternative ways of being an American."
The change in American policy, which apparently no one in
politics-obsessed Washington even picked up on, comes from the
following text of <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/05/20080515-1.html "the
speech:"#>
"The fundamental insight, that freedom yields
peace, is the great lesson of the 20th century. Now our task is to
apply it to the 21st. Nowhere is this work more urgent than here
in the Middle East. We must stand with the reformers working to
break the old patterns of tyranny and despair. We must give voice
to millions of ordinary people who dream of a better life in a
free society. We must confront the moral relativism that views all
forms of government as equally acceptable and thereby consigns
whole societies to slavery. Above all, we must have faith in our
values and ourselves and confidently pursue the expansion of
liberty as the path to a peaceful future.
That future will be a dramatic departure from the Middle East of
today. So as we mark 60 years from Israel's founding, let us try
to envision the region 60 years from now. This vision is not going
to arrive easily or overnight; it will encounter violent
resistance. But if we and future Presidents and future Knessets
maintain our resolve and have faith in our ideals, here is the
Middle East that we can see:
Israel will be celebrating the 120th anniversary as one of the
world's great democracies, a secure and flourishing homeland for
the Jewish people. The Palestinian people will have the homeland
they have long dreamed of and deserved -- a democratic state that
is governed by law, and respects human rights, and rejects terror.
From Cairo to Riyadh to Baghdad and Beirut, people will live in
free and independent societies, where a desire for peace is
reinforced by ties of diplomacy and tourism and trade. Iran and
Syria will be peaceful nations, with today's oppression a distant
memory and where people are free to speak their minds and develop
their God-given talents. Al Qaeda and Hezbollah and Hamas will be
defeated, as Muslims across the region recognize the emptiness of
the terrorists' vision and the injustice of their cause."
Well, isn't that special? First off, freedom most certainly does not
yield peace. This web site has demonstrated over and over that
genocidal crisis wars occur at regular intervals whether countries
are free or not.
What's really shocking though is that Bush is talking about a
Palestinian state 60 years from now. As of just a few days ago, the
official US policy was a Palestinian state by the end of the year,
before Bush leaves office.
Not only that, but get this sentence: "This vision is not going to
arrive easily or overnight; it will encounter violent resistance."
Is Bush predicting a Mideast war? Sounds like it to me.
Bush announced the Mideast Roadmap to Peace in May, 2003. I wrote my
first major predictive article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01
""Mideast Roadmap - Will it bring peace?""#> I said that
the Roadmap would fail, and that the disappearance of Yasser Arafat
and Ariel Sharon, when it occurs, would be part of a major
generational change that would lead to a new genocidal war between
Jews and Arabs, re-fighting the war between Jews and Arabs that
followed the partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the state
of Israel in the late 1940s.
Since that time, Yasser Arafat and Ariel Sharon have both
disappeared, and the Mideast has been sliding into greater and
greater chaos. Still, neither the Israelis nor the Palestinians have
really crossed the line to provoke what might turn into all-out war.
President Bush's Roadmap to Peace has been part of the fabric
that's kept both Palestinians and Israels hoping that a peaceful
solution is near. If Bush is abandoning the Roadmap for 60 years,
then he's also abandoning a lot of hope.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is important
because there's no way to predict what effects this speech will have.
Generational Dynamics is concerned with the behaviors and attitudes
of large masses of people, and Bush's obvious warm embrace of Israel
and abandonment of the Roadmap could well have a significant effect.
But what will it be?
What effect does President Bush's speech have, especially on the
Palestinians, who at the same time are commemorating the 60th
anniversary of "al-Naqba" -- the catastrophe. Was the speech as
inflammatory to the Palestinians as it appeared to me to be? Will
President Bush's speech have any effect that will either speed up or
slow down the Palestinians and Israelis on the road to full-scale
war? We'll have to wait and see.
Finally, I'd like to comment on the part of Bush's speech that caused
the political firestorm:
"And that is why the founding charter of Hamas
calls for the "elimination" of Israel. And that is why the
followers of Hezbollah chant "Death to Israel, Death to America!"
That is why Osama bin Laden teaches that "the killing of Jews and
Americans is one of the biggest duties." And that is why the
President of Iran dreams of returning the Middle East to the
Middle Ages and calls for Israel to be wiped off the map.
There are good and decent people who cannot fathom the darkness
in these men and try to explain away their words. It's natural,
but it is deadly wrong. As witnesses to evil in the past, we carry
a solemn responsibility to take these words seriously. Jews and
Americans have seen the consequences of disregarding the words of
leaders who espouse hatred. And that is a mistake the world must
not repeat in the 21st century.
Some seem to believe that we should negotiate with the terrorists
and radicals, as if some ingenious argument will persuade them
they have been wrong all along. We have heard this foolish
delusion before. As Nazi tanks crossed into Poland in 1939, an
American senator declared: "Lord, if I could only have talked to
Hitler, all this might have been avoided." We have an obligation
to call this what it is -- the false comfort of appeasement, which
has been repeatedly discredited by history."
The Senator that President Bush was referring to was William Edgar
Borah. Borah was in the Missionary Generation, the generation born
right after the end of the Civil War, and so in the same generational
archetype as today's Boomers, born right after WW II. Borah was just
as certain as today's Boomers that his "politically correct" views
were the absolute Golden Truth of the Universe.
Borah was a leading isolationist. He opposed involvement in what
became World War I, he opposed U.S. membership in the League of
Nations, and he favored neutrality with respect to what became World
War II. He died in 1940, well before the Pearl Harbor attack that
pulled America into the war.
However, I'm always nervous when President Bush or someone else
compares Iranian President Ahmadinejad to Hitler. Hitler came to
power in Germany during a generational Crisis era, and had the support
of the masses of German people. Ahmadinejad came to power in Iran
during a generational Awakening era, and he's become extremely
unpopular, especially with young people.
I wrote a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 "detailed strategy analysis
of Iran"#> last year, and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "an analysis
of the Iran-China relationship"#> earlier this year. The thrust is
that Ahmadinejad is trying to provoke hostile action against Iran by
Americans or Israelis in order to regenerate the unity that Iran felt
after the Islamic Revolution of 1979. Of course that kind of unity
only occurs during and immediately after a crisis war, but
Ahmadinejad doesn't know that.
Ahmadinejad talks like Hitler. He probably considers Hitler to be
his hero. Maybe he even aspires to be another Hitler, or to have the
evil greatness of Hitler. But he's no more than a tintype Hitler, and
never will be. Ahmadinejad is a loser who will even fail at being
evil.
=eod
=// &&2 e080516 Sichuan earthquake devastation opens a period of good will with China, in contrast to Burma
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.head
Sichuan earthquake devastation opens a period of good will with
China, in contrast to Burma
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.keys
china, earthquake, burma, japan, taiwan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.date
16-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.txt1
China's sudden openness draws friendship and sympathy from Taiwan,
Japan and elsewhere.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080516.txt2
In a remarkable turnaround from standard paranoic Chinese Communist
Party (CCP) policy, China is being completely open about the recovery
efforts after the massive May 12 earthquake in Sichuan province.
The situation is horrific. Almost entire populations from towns
around the quake zone have been wiped out, and the buildings leveled.
There are some 30,000 people trapped under buildings. Government
sources indicate that there could be 50,000 deaths or more, with over
100,000 injuries. Hundreds of children were buried in schools, while
adults were killed in their workplaces and homes. People who survive
stand outside of collapsed buildings hoping that workers can save
family members trapped inside.
China has mobilized 130,000 troops to perform rescue and recovery
work in the quake zone. However, not enough equipment is available,
and so Chinese government officials have appealed to the public to
donate basic equipment -- hammers, cranes, shovels, and rubber boats
-- according to the BBC.
What has surprised observers is China's total openness about the
situation. China has always been highly secretive about natural
disasters in the past, but that's all changed now. International news
organizations are permitted to travel freely in the disaster area,
and produce live reports for their audiences. Furthermore, the
censors aren't blocking the bad news from reaching the Chinese
people, and Chinese reporters are free to report everything.
What's most unexpected is that, after initially <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080512 "requesting cash-only foreign aid,"#>
China is accepting other forms of aid for the relief operation.
A 60-member Japanese rescue team is <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aRjZBC3FDeE8&refer=home
"headed for the quake region"#> to help Chinese workers; Taiwanese and
Russian planes are delivering supplies to the region, in contrast to
previous policy; and Russian rescuers and medics will be helping out
as well.
=inc ww2010.h2 Burma "Contrast to Burma (Myanmar)"
This is all in very sharp contrast to what's been happening since the
May 3 cyclone Nargis disaster in Burma.
Although no foreign aid workers or news reporters are allowed in the
Irrawaddy delta, the BBC has been quite effective in getting the story
out.
Wreckage and bodies are strewn everywhere. Hundreds of thousands of
people, isolated in thousands of villages in the delta, are facing
famine and disease. There's no fresh water and no food. People are
starving, and desperate for aid, but most are getting no aid at all.
2.5 million people need aid, and most aren't getting it. Meanwhile,
supplies and aid workers are in Thailand, on the border of Burma,
unable to reach the starving people because Burma's military junta
won't permit it. The few supplies that Burma allows into the country
are hoarded by the army, and little of it is apparently reaching the
victims.
The junta and their families, incidentally, have lavish lifestyles in
sumptious palaces.
There's little doubt in my mind that when the relief effort ends, the
Burmese military junta is going to be accused, either formally or
informally, with criminal genocide.
When I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080511 "wrote about this a few days
ago,"#> I indicated that it seemed likely that China would also
receive a good deal of blame for the Burma genocide, since China has
supported Burma's isolationist policies, and that would be one more
issue that would human rights demonstrators would use against China.
However that's at least partially changed now, thanks to China's
almost total openness in the Sichuan earthquake disaster.
In fact, there's now a great deal of international good will directed
at the Chinese government, among both the Chinese people and people
outside of China.
One <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/opinions/2008/05/14/china-party-quake-oped-cz_gae_0514party.html
"commentator described the situation"#> this way:
"But outside of China's borders, the Sichuan quake
has radically altered the storyline of the 2008 Olympics, which
has been until now one of escalating tensions. An ugly year has
been redefined by its ugliest, saddest moment, and China's most
ardent critics know that it is time to put differences aside.
China's most vocal supporters, its nationalist netizens, are aware
of this, too. As one blogger posted on the Sina.com portal, "So
many disasters have happened in China in 2008. This is a special
moment. We should unite together to deal with the emergency, not
put energy and strength into criticizing the government."
An earthquake doesn't change what happened in Tibet, nor does it
erase any sins, real or imagined, in connection with Darfur, but
it does place the Chinese people and their fates front and center
in the world's consciousness. That is the mandate of this
catastrophe, and regardless of its political implications for the
Communist Party, this mandate will surely be felt when the
Olympics begin on Aug. 8."
For the time being, China's crackdown in Tibet is forgotten, the
human rights demonstrations are forgotten, the threats of war over
Taiwan are forgotten.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is all
fascinating because there's no way to predict what effects these twin
disasters will have. Generational Dynamics is concerned with the
behaviors and attitudes of large masses of people, and there's little
doubt that the twin disasters will have a marked effect. But what
will it be?
Will this era of good feeling last through the summer Olympics? Will
there be some kind of violent backlash in Burma? Will either
disaster have an effect that either speeds up or slows down the march
toward the Clash of Civilizations world war?
By studying these kinds of things, we can add to the generational
theory and present it on this web site, which is the only web site in
the world that tells how the world works.
=eod
=// &&2 e080514 Sudan's Darfur war expands as Khartoum comes under attack by rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.head
Sudan's Darfur war expands as Khartoum comes under attack by
rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.keys
sudan, darfur, egypt, chad
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.date
14-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.txt1
What were they thinking? everyone's asking. But it DOES make sense.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080514.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic sudan2.gif left "" "Sudan and neighboring
countries. Sudan has three major regions: Northern Sudan, Southern
Sudan, and Darfur (Western Sudan)"#>
Last week, a long convoy of "rebels" from the Justice and Equality
Movement (JEM) traveled in pickup trucks from Darfur towards Sudan's
capital, Khartoum. Sudan's army received some intelligence about the
convoy on Thursday, but were still caught completely by surprise on
Saturday, May 10, when the rebels attacked Omdurman, an élite suburb
of Khartoum. In the ensuing battle, 400 rebels were killed, <#stdurl
http://www.sudantribune.com/spip.php?article27124 "according to
Sudanese sources,"#> and so were 100 members of the Sudanese security
forces. In addition, there were numerous deaths among civilians.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right darfur 2
Sudan blamed the attack on neighboring Chad, and has <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/may/12/sudan "ended diplomatic
relations"#> with Chad. Chad denied the claim, and responded by
closing its border with Sudan, and suspending economic ties.
Sudan and Chad had signed a mutual non-agression treaty on March 13,
in a ceremony that brought smiles of relief from attending officials
from the U.N. and other countries. Unfortunately, the treaty has
turned out to be a worthless piece of paper.
The JEM attack has brought a "what were they thinking?" attitude from
observers and journalists, with the <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/05/12/world/africa/12sudan.html?em&ex=1210737600&en=c752033d37de2c7d&ei=5087%0A
"the NY Times calling it"#> a "quixotic attack."
The article quotes one analyst as asking, "What was JEM trying to do?
It’s hard to imagine they thought they could capture the capital with
50 to 100 cars." Another analyst referred to the attack as
"suicidal."
But from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the attacks
makes plenty of sense, because it brings Khartoum and northern Sudan
into play in the Darfur war. JEM would view the "Arabs" as having
been sitting fat and happy in Khartoum, directing the war from afar,
but not paying any consequences, and making Khartoum suffer some
consequences will have a significant effect.
Generational Dynamics concerns itself with the attitudes and
behaviors of large masses of people, entire generations people.
Saturday's attack is panicking many people in Khartoum, and this
cannot help but have a significant effect. <#stdurl
http://www.sudantribune.com/spip.php?article27124 "One report"#> says
that the capitals "false sense of safety" has been burst, and quotes a
resident as saying, "So if they [the Sudanese army] already knew that
rebels were advancing why did they not stop them? They were willing to
put our lives at risk? This could have been a blood bath."
=inc ww2010.h2 hist "Brief generational history of Sudan"
Sudan's name in Arabic means "land of the blacks," which gives an
idea of the Arab view of the nature of Sudan.
For the purposes of Generational Dynamics, it's easiest to view Sudan
as three separate regions, on three separate generational timelines:
Northern Sudan, containing Khartoum, is the élite "white Arab
Muslim" region (although many residents are poor and black). This
region's last crisis war was WW II, and it has largely escaped being
drawn into recent crisis wars in the other two regions.
Southern Sudan is dominated by "black Africans" who are Christian
or hold indigenous beliefs (animism). A civil war began in this
region in 1983. It continued until <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/3211002.stm "a peace deal was signed
in 2005"#> between the two parties - the Sudan government and the
rebel Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).
Darfur (western Sudan) is dominated by "black Africans" who are
mostly Muslim. Darfur means "land of the Fur," referring to the tribe
of that name. However other tribes, including the Massaleet and
Zagawa, also live in Darfur.
I've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070619 "discussed the generational
history"#> of the Darfur war several times on this web site. It's
worth reviewing because the media is totally oblivious to this
history:
1970s: Low-level violence. The Darfur conflict began
in the 1970s as minor land disagreements between farmers and camel
herders. In the 1970s, there were plenty of "elders" from the
generations of survivors of the previous crisis war that could settle
disagreements quickly. This is a familiar scenario in many countries,
including the disagreements between farmers and cowboys in America's
midwest in the 1800s. In pre-1980s Darfur, camel and cattle herds
would often destroy farmer's crops, but the incidents were
sufficiently limited that traditional local leaders on both sides
would normally resolve disagreements.
1983-85: Drought. Things changed in 1983-85 because of a
natural disaster -- a drought and famine that ran from 1983-1985.
Both farmers and herders were forced to travel to regions with water,
and that brought the two sides into closer contact. It also lessened
the role of local leaders, with the result that both farmers and
herders began to turn to Khartoum for help.
1987: Outside agitators. Violence between herders and
farmers is of little interest to the outside world, but in 1987 the
nature and importance of the violence changed, thanks to outside
agitators, Libyan leader Muammar Qaddafi representing "Arabs," and
the SPLA (see Southern Sudan above) representing "Africans." The
Darfurians had formerly been distinguished only by tribal
identifications, but in the late 1980s the herders and farmers were
distinguished ethnically as Arabs and non-Arab indigenous Africans,
respectively. They even began to receive identifications as "white"
and "black," respectively, even though there was little difference in
skin color. The "Arab" identity served later to identify this group
of Darfurians with the élite group running the government in
Khartoum, who think of themselves as "Arab." This relationship
became important later with the formation of the Janjaweed militia.
This mere change from simple tribal identification changed the nature
of the conflict from a "tribal" conflict to an an international
conflict between Arabs and Africans.
1990s: Police action. The SPLA from the southern war
tried to radicalize the Darfur farmers, and get them to join the war.
However, Darfur was still in a generational Unraveling era, and so
the Darfurians resisted any such involvement. Khartoum just wanted
to keep Darfur under control, and adopted an "out of sight, out of
mind" treatment of Darfur.
Specifically, they armed the Arab herders as the Janjaweed militias,
authorizing them to police the Darfur region.
February 26, 2003: The Regeneracy. We've discussed the
regeneracy many times with respect to something that today Americans
are "waiting for": An event or series of events that will end the
political bickering and regenerate civic unity for the first time
since the end of World War II. It might be a new terrorist attack on
American soil, or it might be a major military reversal overseas.
For the Darfur farmers, the regeneracy occurred in April 2002. The
young men of one ("African") farmer village in central Darfur
complained to the district authorities that they were being harassed
by a herder ("Arab") militia group. Instead of getting help, the
young men were jailed, and so was a lawyer who tried to represent
them. This seemingly minor act was a huge jolt to the farmer
population.
For the Arab herders and the Janjaweed, the regeneracy occurred on
February 26, 2003, when the Darfur Liberation Front attacked a police
station to take back their lost weapons from the time of the arrest.
Once again, this was a relatively minor event, but it infuriated and
panicked the Janjaweed militias and the Arabs in Khartoum.
2003: Crisis war begins. In retaliation, the Sudan
government launched a military campaign in Darfur. Government
aircraft would bomb villages, after which the Arab Janjaweed militia
would ride in on camels and horses to slaughter, rape and steal. There
were and are millions of refugees.
June 2004: The world notices. In June, 2004, shortly
after the 10-year commemoration of the 1994 Rwanda genocide, where UN
Secretary-General Kofi Annan said, "Never again," the UN called on the
world to stop the Darfur genocide. I wrote an article called, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040628 ""Darfur genocide: The UN is completely
irrelevant,""#> saying that it was a generational Crisis and
would not be stopped until it had run its course.
2004-Present: Crisis war grows. Not only did the genocide
not stop, but it spread. Refugees from Darfur poured west into Chad
and south into Central African Republic (CAR), and linked up with
local rebel groups opposing the government in both countries. Chad
blamed Sudan for rebel attacks on Chad's government, starting in 2006.
Chad and Sudan signed a peace agreement on March 13, 2008, at a big
ceremony with invited officials around the world, since the worry
about a war between Chad and Sudan was presumably ended.
On May 10, 2008, Darfur African "rebels" in the Justice and
Equality Movement (JEM) attacked Omdurman, an élite suburb of
Khartoum, resulting in a bloody battle in which civilians were
killed. The attack caught the Sudan government completely by
surprise. The Sudan government blamed Chad, and ended diplomatic
relations.
=inc ww2010.h2 attack "Aftermath of the attack on Khartoum"
We cannot read the mind of the JEM leaders who took perpetrated the
attack, but looking at the generational history that we've presented,
it's clear that the attack was anything but "quixotic."
We've seen the concept of "regeneracy" applied in two different
places: the arrest of the Darfur Africans (farmers) by the Janjaweed
militia in April 2002, and the Africans' attack on the police station
on February 26, 2003. The first of these two events served to cause
a regeneracy of civic unity among the "Africans," while the second did
the same among the "Arabs" (the Janjaweed militia).
Although not enough time has passed to be certain, it seems likely
that the May 10 attack on Khartoum will serve to trigger a regeneracy
of civic unity among the residents of Khartoum and Northern Sudan.
If this happens, and we probably will know in a few weeks, it would
be a highly significant change to the war.
Generational Dynamics examines the attitudes and behaviors of large
masses of people, entire generations of people, and a regeneracy in
Khartoum would have an enormous effect, probably including some of
the following:
Increased xenophobia in Khartoum, directed against the
Africans and against Chad.
A demand that "something be done" to protect Khartoum from the
rebels.
A slide toward war between Sudan and Chad.
It may or may not have been the objective of the JEM leaders to bring
about this kind of outcome, but since we seem to have no idea what
other outcome they were intending, something like this was probably
their intention.
What makes this situation particularly significant is that it changes
the nature of the Darfur war itself with respect to the rest of the
world.
Up until now, the Darfur war was isolated within the African
continent, in particular black Africa (also called sub-Saharan
Africa). The involvement of Khartoum and Northern Sudan in the
Darfur war is certainly bound to be noticed by the Egyptians.
Egypt's government is being challenged by the Muslim Brotherhood, a
70-year-old radical Islamist group that spawned Hamas and Osama bin
Laden. A conflict between rebels and the Sudan government in
Khartoum could provoke a similar conflict within Egypt, and the two
conflicts could become linked.
This is only a possibility, of course, far from a certainty. But
it's the kind of thing that happens to countries in generational
Crisis eras, as we approach the Clash of Civilizations world war. At
any rate, after the May 10 attack, we can no longer be absolutely
certain that the Darfur civil war is an isolated conflict that will
never spread to the Mideast. As far as the Mideast is concerned,
Darfur and Khartoum are now in play.
=eod
=// &&2 e080512 China requests foreign assistance for earthquake relief - cash only
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.head
China requests foreign assistance for earthquake relief - cash
only
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.keys
china, burma, earthquake
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.date
12-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.txt1
It's likely that tens of thousands of people were killed on Monday
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080512.txt2
by <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/FEDABF20-9424-4147-A2A9-DC7CE38A1E7C.htm
"an earthquake in China's Sichuan province."#> About 9,000 deaths
have been reported so far. Dozens of students were killed in the
collapse of a middle school, and hundreds more students were buried
alive.
The quake was extremely potent, measuring 7.9 on the Richter scale,
and was clearly felt 930 miles away in Beijing. Sichuan province's
capital city, Chengdu, has over 10 million people, and was only 57
miles away from the quake's epicenter, and so the casualty count is
expected to rise sharply by the time everything is cleaned up.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080512.jpg right "" "Jaime Florcruz, reporting from
Beijing
(Source: CNN)"#>
Offers of assistance are already pouring in. The U.K. Foreign
Secretary said that <#stdurl
http://ukpress.google.com/article/ALeqM5iSm5aKT-F-fW_k9NLyR4F1X2v5Lg
"Britain "stands ready""#> to help China deal with "the loss
of life and devastation in China."
In fact, CNN's Beijing news correspondent, Jaime Florcruz, reports
that China is welcoming foreign assistance:
"The Chinese are now saying that they're hoping
that they can get foreign aid. They say they welcome foreign
assistance. However, they prefer that it be sent in cash instead
of in relief goods, because they are finding it hard to deliver
them to the most needy places."
By requesting cash only, the Chinese are apparently taking a cue from
their pals in the Burma (Myanmar) military junta, who are <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080511 "preventing most foreign aid"#> from
reaching the victims of cyclone Nargis.
Aw heck, let's just borrow $10 billion or so from the Chinese, and
then give it back to them as foreign assistance to earthquake
victims.
=eod
=// &&2 e080511 Burma (Myanmar) junta is turning a natural disaster into a criminal catastrophe
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.head
Burma (Myanmar) junta is turning a natural disaster into a
criminal catastrophe
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.keys
burma, nargis, thailand, tibet, china
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.date
11-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.txt1
Could it affect the Beijing summer Olympics?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080511.txt2
Cyclone Nargis came ashore in Burma (Myanmar) on Saturday, May 3,
bringing along a 12-ft high tidal wave that washed over the lowland
rice paddies up to 20-25 miles inland in the Irrawaddy delta, killing
up to 100,000 people:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080511a.jpg center "" "Burma - path of cyclone
Nargis. Incredibly, its path was the full length of the most
vulnerable regions of the country.
(Source: Der Spiegel)"#>
Rangoon (Yangon) is a city of 6 million people, and is Burma's
largest city and former capital. There, <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,552626,00.html "tree
trunks flew through the air,"#> light poles snapped in two, and
windows were smashed in most buildings.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right burma 2
The fertile Irrawaddy delta region is extremely densely populated.
It has (or had) only 5% of Burma's landmass, but almost 50% of its
population. Some 60 delta cities and towns, with millions of
residents, were washed over by the tidal wave, and disappeared
completely, leaving the landscape littered with bodies.
Millions of refugees and residents are packed into cities and towns
on higher ground with no available food, and with drinking water
polluted by the storm. Infectious diseases are beginning to spread,
and the charity <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=axR0bzrcB8K4&refer=home
"Oxfam is saying"#> that as many as 1.5 millions lives are threatened
in a potential "public health catastrophe."
I've dwelled on these morbid facts because of the impression those
facts are making on the entire international community. If a "public
health catastrophe" does occur, then the Burma junta will be held
responsible, and that could even extend as far as saying that they're
criminally guilty of genocide.
The facts on the ground are horrific, but from the point of view of
Generational Dynamics the important issue is what effect they'll have
on the attitudes and behaviors of the large masses of people in
countries around the world.
Within Burma itself, there will undoubtedly be a great deal of anger.
The obvious comparison is to the anger that followed the flooding of
New Orleans by hurricane Katrina -- and in that case there was a lot
of property damage, but not a huge loss of life.
Nonetheless, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080508 "I wrote a few days
ago,"#> Burma is about halfway into a generational Unraveling era,
and any violence that begins would probably fizzle out fairly
quickly. The only thing that would change that is if the cyclone had
somehow been fairly selective in the delta in killing most people over
45, thus destroying the generational constellation that existed
before the cyclone. There is some evidence that <#stdurl
http://www.canada.com/montrealgazette/story.html?id=10f4b0ec-2d74-4fa0-a346-43b7ba42e65f
"most of the dead are children and elderly,"#> leaving mostly young
adults as the survivors behind. However, it's unlikely that will be
enough to spur more than brief violence, if any.
Outside of Burma, the anger is likely to grow as well, and it seems to
me that there's a good chance that the Burma junta will be charged
with genocide. Let's take a look at some of the charges that will be
brought:
The junta was <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,24897,23658868-601,00.html
"informed 48 hours in advance"#> of landfall of the strength of the
cyclone and the fact that it would strike the delta. The junta ignored
the warning, when it could have warned its own citizens, allowing many
of them to escape to higher ground and secure shelters.
Worldwide aid groups would like to have had its assessment teams
in the stricken region within a day after the cyclone, and had aid
flooding into Burma within 2 days after the cyclone.
The junta refused to approve the visas of the assessment teams, and
the supplies ended up in Bangkok airport, because the junta refused
to allow them to be shipped in.
Later in the week, the junta permitted some food, water and
medicines to be flown in, but the Burma military confiscated it,
leading to the perfectly reasonable suspicion that the military will
keep the supplies for itself, or will distribute it only to political
supporters.
The military junta has continued to insist that any aid entering
Burma be distributed by the military.
As of Sunday, eight days after the cyclone, <#stdurl
http://www.canada.com/montrealgazette/story.html?id=10f4b0ec-2d74-4fa0-a346-43b7ba42e65f
"only a trickle of aid"#> has been allowed into the country and no
experienced disaster relief workers have been allowed to enter.
The junta has refused to permit international news organizations
to report what's going on, raising the suspicion that the size of the
disaster is being hidden. Nonetheless, international news
organizations, including CNN and the BBC, have been sneaking
reporters into the country for surreptious reports on the
carnage.
In a move of grotesque political theatre, the junta continued
with plans to <#stdurl
http://www.bangkokpost.com/breaking_news/breakingnews.php?id=127601
"hold a previously planned referendum vote"#> on a new constitution
that would give the junta unlimited political power and unlimited
longevity. The sham referendum was held on Saturday, and the vote was
"nearly 100%" for the military.
Nobody is openly accusing the junta of much right now, because the
hope is that they'll allow more humanitarian aid in. But once the
immediate crisis is over, the level of condemnation will be enormous,
especially if the number of deaths keeps rising.
The tsunami that struck southeast Asia in 2004 caused 220,000 deaths.
The number of deaths was held down by the quick humanitarian response
from America, Europe, other countries, and numerous humanitarian
agencies.
Because of the Burmese military junta's purposeful actions,
continuing to this day, the junta will be accused of criminal
genocide by many human rights groups, and probably by many
governments. In fact, it would surprise me if exactly that charge is
not brought by the U.S. Congress and the European Parliament.
But let's face it: Nobody really much cares what the Burmese military
is accused of. That would be off the front pages very quickly.
The problem is that China is supporting Burma's refusal to allow aid
in. China has a policy of "no interference in the internal affairs
of another country." China thus rejects international criticism of
its own crackdown in Tibet,
Sudan's genocidal actions in Darfur,
and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080504 "Robert Mugabe's beating and
torture"#> of political opponents in Zimbabwe
as "interference in the internal affairs" of those governments, and
not to be permitted. China has repeatedly blocked U.N. Security
Council actions condemning violence or genocide in other countries
because doing so would "interfere in the internal affairs" of another
country.
If a humanitarian catastrophe develops in Burma, with the
deaths of a million people or more, then China will receive a good
deal of blame.
This week, <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5g_E2ffr4g5K1KJPlBP_1dZNBt-2gD90INAV00
"Beijing blocked a proposal"#> to even have the Security Council
briefed on the Burma situation. "We should take full consideration of
Myanmar's willingness and sovereignty," Foreign Ministry spokesman Qin
Gang said.
If Burma's junta is charged with criminal genocide by blocking aid
from reaching cyclone victims, and if China is suspected of having
helped Burma block the aid, then China's opponents will have another
human rights accusation to wield.
Such accusations could take place prior to or during the summer
Olympics, creating a new embarassment for China, and increasing
nationalism among the Chinese public.
From time to time, I like to emphasize the role of Chaos Theory in
Generational Dynamics. Most people have heard of the concept that a
butterfly flapping its wings in China might (or might not) cause a
chain of events that would lead to a hurricane in North America.
Well, perhaps some butterfly somewhere flapped its wings and caused
cyclone Nargis to blow over Burma. In the worst case scenario we
outlined, there might be over a million deaths, charges of genocide
for the Burma government, and charges of complicity in genocide for
the Chinese government, just as the summer Olympics is approaching.
A little butterfly's flapping wing may be the cause of all that. And
yet, "cause" is the wrong word. The right word is "trigger."
Generational Dynamics identifies trends that must occur sooner or
later, when the right trigger occurs. Thus, the butterfly may have
triggered the charges of complicity in genocide for the Chinese
government, at the time of the Olympics.
Well, I must be in a weird mood today to have written this somewhat
whimsical description of one set of possible consequences of cyclone
Nargis. Undoubtedly Burma's ruling military junta is hoping that the
furor over the cyclone will just die down and go away. That COULD
happen, provided that they abandon their intransigient blocking of
foreign aid. As things stand now, it looks like a heck of a lot of
people are going to die, and they will be blamed for it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080509 Hizbollah appears to be staging a coup in Lebanon
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.head
Hizbollah appears to be staging a coup in Lebanon
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.keys
lebanon, hizbollah, israel, gaza, west bank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.date
9-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.txt1
As street gunfights spread, observers fear total civil war - which is
impossible.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080509.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lebanon 1
Hizbollah gunmen <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5ivtXsk2ittN7NWiF2KlN_IW3XJyw
"seized control of pro-government areas of west Beirut"#> on Friday,
after several days of street gunfights. Observers claim that the
battles push the nation "dangerously close" to all-out civil war
between Shia groups, led by Hizbollah, and Sunni groups, led by the
government.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a civil war in
Lebanon is impossible at this time, because the country is in a
generational Awakening era. The situation is similar to the "civil
war" issue in Iraq for the last few years: any violence that appears
to be a civil war will fizzle fairly quickly, and dissolve into
strident political battles.
Still, the mere threats of a new civil war that might be like the
bloody civil war that occurred in the 1980s form a major part of the
political fabric in Lebanon today.
Thus, we get ultra-dramatic reports like <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article3890104.ece
"the following from Times Online:"#>
"Gunbattles erupted on the streets of Beirut
yesterday as a general strike turned into a violent confrontation
between the Government and the opposition, led by the militant
Shia group Hezbollah.
The rattle of automatic weapons and the crump of exploding
rocket-propelled grenades echoed around the streets of the
Lebanese capital as thick plumes of smoke rose from barricades of
burning tyres.
In scenes grimly redolent of the 1975-1990 civil war, gunmen were
seen inching down empty streets and firing rifles at windows to a
backdrop of burning cars. ...
But it was overshadowed by the worsening crisis between the
Western-backed Government and Hezbollah, which many Lebanese fear
is about to reach a showdown after 16 months of political
gridlock.
“This is a turning point. There can be no more cohabitation
between the Government and the opposition. All trust is gone,”
said Amal Saad Ghorayeb, a Lebanese political analyst and expert
on Hezbollah."
But in fact, this analysis is all wrong. The most likely continuing
scenario is that the political gridlock WILL continue, and there WILL
continue to be "cohabitation." In a scenario where Hizbollah takes
over the government, the political battles and sporadic street
fights would continue, except that the roles of government and
opposition would be reversed.
The event triggering the current crisis was certainly startling to
me. On Tuesday, the government demanded that Hizbollah shut down its
telecommunications network, and Hizbollah Secretary General Hassan
Nasrallah called this demand an "act of war" against Hizbollah.
I get the impression that this telecommunications network is
extremely sophisticated. Hizbollah used it in the summer 2006 war
with Israel to maintain communications among dispersed Hizbollah
forces, and provide real-time intelligence on Israeli activities.
Recently, Hizbollah has been using the network capabilities to monitor
port and airport activities, as well as some roadways.
From the point of view of the rest of the world, what's most
important about the political battles in Lebanon is their effect
outside of Lebanon, especially among the Palestinians and Israelis.
We can only guess at the impact: A political gain for Hizbollah would
make the Israelis more nervous than they already are, and would
strengthen Iran's prestige; but a political loss for Lebanon's Sunnis
would probably weaken Hamas.
It was 60 years ago this week that the state of Israel was created,
following the partitioning of Palestine by the United Nations.
There's an Alice in Wonderland feeling to Israel's 60th
anniversary. Today's frightened Israelis are celebrating the May 8
anniversary, but are wondering what kind of future they'll have. But
if you go through the looking glass, there you find the Palestinians,
many of whom are contemplating war with Israel, commemorating the
60th anniversary of Al Naqba - "Catastrophe Day" - next week on May
15.
=eod
=// &&2 e080508b Georgia: 'Very close' to war with Russia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.head
Georgia: "Very close" to war with Russia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.keys
georgia, russia, caucasus, abkhazia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.date
8-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.txt1
EU and American officials are expressing alarm at the escalating
tensions in the Caucasus region.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic caucas3.gif right "" "The Caucasus Mountains run
from the Black Sea to the Caspian Sea"#>
Russia is deploying several hundred toops into Abkhazia, the
recessionist province of Georgia. These troops are in addition to
the 1500 or so already deployed.
Georgia has several thousand troops deployed on the border of
Abkhazia.
Both sides claim that they are not preparing for war, but there are
many possible miscalculations on either side that could trigger a
military confrontation.
The Abkhazians form a distinct ethnic group that differs from the
Georgians, and the Abkhazians take pride in the Kingdom of
Abkhazia that existed from roughly 830 to 1020 AD. In the millennium
since then, power and control was passed around -- sometimes the
Abkhazians controlled the region, sometimes the Georgians, sometimes
the Russians. So it's not surprising that the Abkhazians today don't
easily accept domination by the Georgians. In fact, the Abkhazians
were opposed to the breakup of the Soviet Union, while the Georgians
favored it.
On the other hand, Georgia insists that Abkhazia is part of Georgia,
not part of Russia.
Two other provinces, South Ossetia and Ajaria, have also indicated
that they want to secede from Georgia. The secession of Abkhazia
would set a precedent for the secession of other other two provinces
as well.
Russia points out that a precedent has already been set: It was set
in February of this year, when the Europe and the West supported the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223d "secession of Kosovo from
Russian-backed Serbia"#> in the Balkans.
The following <#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofuQmWpFW9Q
"3-minute video from Russia Today"#> presents mostly the Russian view
of the situation, but also contains statements from Georgian
officials:
The Caucasus mountain region is one of the most dangerous regions in
the world, and has been the site of many genocidal crisis wars.
<#inc ww2010.pic eeur.gif left "" "Eastern Europe / Western Asia,
showing major Orthodox/Muslim fault line regions: Balkans, Crimea,
and Caucasus (mountains). Not shown: Muslim Bosnia, east of Serbia
in Balkans."#>
There are many ethnic groups in this region, but possibly even more
important than that is that the Caucasus is one of the major fault
line borders between the Orthodox and Muslim civilizations.
People who are new to this web site may be unaware that Eastern
Europe is very different from Western Europe, and is (generally
speaking) on a completely different generational timeline. World War
I was a crisis war for Eastern Europe (but not Western Europe), while
World War II was a crisis war for Western Europe (but not Eastern
Europe).
Second, Western Christianity is very different from Orthodox
Christianity, which is centered in Greece and Russia. Most important
is that the greatest and bloodiest wars fought over the last
millennium have been between the Orthodox and Muslim civilizations.
The map above shows the three major regions on the Orthodox/Muslim
fault line: The Balkans, the Crimea, and the Caucasus.
The Caucasus has enormous strategic importance for many reasons, not
the least of which is that oil pipelines run through it from Russia
to the Black Sea.
Other trouble spots in this region include the following: Russia's
ten year old war with Chechnya, which has spilled over into
Ingushetia and Dagestan; Georgia's conflicts with three separatist
provinces, South Ossetia, Abkhazia and Ajaria; and Armenia's claim to
the Nagorno-Karabakh region of Azerbaijan.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the Caucasus is one
of the most dangerous regions on earth, and Generational Dynamics
predicts that the Clash of Civilizations World War will have a major
component in the Caucasus region.
=eod
=// &&2 e080508 Cyclone Nargis could trigger violence in Burma (Myanmar)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.head
Cyclone Nargis could trigger violence in Burma (Myanmar)
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.keys
burma, nargis, china
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.date
8-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.txt1
Burmese generals are placing obstacles in the way of international
aid.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080508.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080507.jpg left "" "Burma - Satellite photo before
(April 15) and after (May 5) Cyclone Nargis
(Source: BBC)"#>
The <#stdurl
http://www.scopical.com.au/articles/News/World/5383/Burma-deaths-expected-to-top-100,000:-US
"statistics from last week's Cyclone Nargis"#> are staggering: Over
100,000 deaths, and a further 70,000 people missing, up to 40% of them
children. These figures challenge the 2004 tsunami that killed
220,000 people in Southeast Asia.
The cyclone itself cause less damage than <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,24897,23658868-601,00.html
"the storm surge it generated."#> The 120 mile per hour winds
created a 12-ft high tidal wave that that swept away entire villages,
often killing everyone, up to 20-25 miles inland.
=inc ww2010.mappic burma.gif right "" Burma
The satellite photos above show Burma below and after the cyclone.
The tidal waves washed over the low-lying rice paddies in southern
Burma.
Much of the rice crop, which was due shortly to be harvested, was
lost. This is a disaster all by itself. The price of rice has
already <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080424 "more than doubled"#> in the
last year, increasing 50% just since January. The loss of much of
Burma's rice crop has <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/business/7387251.stm "caused
worldwide rice prices to increase every day"#> since the cyclone, up
2.4%.
The United States, Europe, Australia and other countries are trying to
launch a massive aid program, such as the one that occurred after the
2004 tsunami.
Unfortunately, Burma's military junta is <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/05/06/opinion/edburma.php "placing
roadblocks in the way of aid,"#> by preventing humanitarian
organizations from reaching the people who are starving.
People <#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,24897,23658868-601,00.html
"in helicopters"#> over the affected region "saw the dead bodies from
the helicopters, so it's quite overwhelming. The impact of the
disaster could be worse than the tsunami because it is compounded by
the limited availability of resources on top of the transport
constraints."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 left burma 2
This situation has the potential for allowing mass starvation, as
well as water-borne infectious disease from wells polluted by the
tidal wave.
This comes after Burma was <#stdurl
http://www.scopical.com.au/articles/News/World/5383/Burma-deaths-expected-to-top-100,000:-US
"warned 48 hours in advance"#> of the coming cyclone, and did nothing
to prepare the people for it.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this disaster, as
horrific as it is, has little chance of causing any fundamental
changes in Burma's repressive, dictatorial society.
Last year, when the massive protests broke out in Burma, I wrote in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070926 ""Burma: Growing demonstrations
by the '88 Generation' raise fears of new slaughter""#> that
any protests and demonstrations would fizzle quickly, because Burma
is in a generational Unraveling era. And that's exactly what
happened, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071002 "was apparent within a
few weeks."#>
One could hope that this disaster might bring a change to the
violently repressive regime, but that's extremely unlikely until
around 2018-2020, because of Burma's current position on its
generational timeline.
The only way that something could change is if the cyclone caused
some kind of generational catastrophe. For example, imagine that it
was mostly people 45 years and older who were killed, and younger,
stronger people were able to escape. Since it's the survivors of the
previous crisis war that inhibit the next crisis war, the
disappearance of those people in a catastrophe could cause unexpected
violence.
However, that kind of thing is very unlikely. However much further
suffering Burma's military junta inflicts on the people, they'll
continue to tolerate it for another decade or so.
=eod
=// &&2 e080506b Price/earnings ratios continue to surge on lower corporate earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.head
Price/earnings ratios continue to surge on lower corporate
earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.keys
price earnings ratio, earnings, finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.date
6-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.txt1
The dramatic trend that began last month gathers strength.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506b.txt2
In a story that's becoming increasingly familiar, airheaded investors
are pushing up stock prices despite falling corporate earnings. The
reason appears to be the conviction, despite mountains of evidence to
the contrary, that the credit crisis is over and the credit bubble is
returning.
The result is that investors, who had been holding price/earnings
ratios fairly constant for four years, have suddenly pushed them
sharply upward. It's an amazing development.
Here's last Friday's version of the graph that appears on the bottom
of this web site's home page:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080502.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 2-May-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
After years of keeping the price/earnings ratio constant at 18, the
ratio has been shooting up each week for the last 3 weeks, and has
now reached 22.
(May 18 - Correction)
Now, in these bubblehead days, that doesn't seem so high, but the
historic average is around 14, and the index has been well above
average since the dot-com bubble began in 1995. By the Law of Mean
Reversion, the index is going to fall to about 5 for a number of
years, once the credit bubble fully bursts. Instead, the index is
rising again, meaning that the fall is going to be even worse.
<#stdurl http://www.pantheon.org/articles/i/icarus.html "Icarus"#> is
flying closer and closer to the sun.
The reason that the price/earnings index is rising is because
corporate earnings estimates keep falling. Each week I post the table
of corporate earnings estimates, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. Here's the latest version:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
Apr 11: -14.1%
Apr 18: -14.6%
Apr 25: -14.1%
May 2: -15.0%
I said last week not to be surprised if the first quarter earnings
estimates start falling again, and they seem to be doing so, though
not far. Still, the fall in earnings estimates, combined with last
week's increase in stock prices, has pushed up price/earnings ratios
to the highest value since 2004, a truly remarkable development.
The last few days, the euphoria among investors has been palpable.
Investors experienced a big gush of endorphins on Friday, when the
monthly unemployment report revealed that the economy had <#stdurl
http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/html/businesstechnology/2004388279_webjobs02.html
"lost "only" 20,000 jobs in April,"#> when economists had
predicted a lost of 80,000 jobs.
Another factor, the Microsoft/Yahoo merger, was highly euphoric to
investors, because it appeared to signal a return to the time when
the credit bubble was being boosted by merger and acquisition (M&A)
activity. The collapse of that merger over the weekend certainly must
have depressed investors, perhaps explaining Monday's selloff.
A lot of the euphoria is based on the widespread belief the financial
crisis is over. This view was buttressed by Thursday's
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080501 "report from the Bank of England,"#>
even though the conclusion is contradicted by the bank's own data.
I'm not the only one who's noticed this insanity. A <#stdurl
http://www.prudentbear.com/index.php/GuestCommentaryHome/37-Guest/5063-analysing-equity-analysts
"commentary by credit derivatives expert Satyajit Das"#> contains the
following chart that shows how market data is interpreted by today's
analysts:
Market Analyst Call
------ ------------------------
Weak data Fed eases, stocks rally.
Strong data Strong economy, stocks rally.
Consensus data Lower volatility, stocks rally.
Bank loses
$8 billion Bad news all out of the way, stocks rally.
Oil price up Good for energy producers, stocks rally.
Oil price down Good for consumers, stocks rally.
US dollar down Good for exporters, stocks rally.
US dollar up Lower inflation, stocks rally.
Inflation up Good for commodities and asset prices, stocks rally.
Inflation down Fed eases, stocks rally.
Climate change Soft commodities up, stocks rally.
World ends Good for disaster recovery companies, stocks rally.
According to Das, most analysts seem to share Eleanor Roosevelt’s view
that: "The future belongs to those who believe in the beauty of their
dreams."
Incidentally, I've written about Satyajit Das's views before, in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071001 "an article posted last October."#>
What really surprises and shocks me is that Warren Buffett has joined
the kool-aid crowd.
"The worst of the crisis in Wall Street is over," said Warren Buffett
to CNBC and <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=a9qMR2tesBU8 "to
Bloomberg."#>
This is a big change since 2006, when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060521
"he said:"#>
"Speculators are like Cinderella at the ball
having a great time, but at midnight everything turns to pumpkins
and mice. As midnight approaches the party gets to be more fun,
and everyone thinks they'll get out before midnight. The problem
for Cinderella is that there are no clocks on the wall."
It's an even bigger change than Buffett's <#hreftext
ww2010.i.greenspan040706 "attitude in 2003,"#> when Buffett said that
stocks were significantly overpriced -- with the Dow Industrials index
at 8,000!
Even more startling was Friday's announcement that first quarter
profits of Warren Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway fell by 64% because of
$2 billion in <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/business/business-berkshire-results.html?_r=3&oref=slogin&oref=slogin&oref=slogin
"losses from investments in derivative contracts."#>
This is the person who called derivatives "financial weapons of mass
destruction." It was only a year ago, in May 2007, when <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070507 "he said this:"#>
"The introduction of derivatives has totally made
any regulation of margin requirements a joke. I believe we may
not know where exactly the danger begins and at what point it
becomes a super danger. We don't know when it will end precisely,
but ... at some point some very unpleasant things will happen in
markets."
Even worse, <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/opinions/2008/05/05/buffett-derivatives-danger-oped-cx_ptp_0506buffett.html
"according to one commentator,"#> Buffett invested in derivatives "in
one of the most simplistic and historically dangerous, indeed
devastating, ways."
And so, Warren Buffett used to have a lot of common sense. I don't
know how to interpret these recent announcements except to wonder if
Buffett has completely lost his mind.
Here's a little black humor.
You may recall that in August of last year, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070819 "depositers mobbed Countrywide Bank"#> in California to
withdraw their deposits, in the face of rumors of bankruptcy.
Countrywide Bank was owned by Countrywide Financial Corp., the biggest
home-loan company in the nation. Countrywide had practiced the most
dangerous and simplistic mortgage lending practices, and was in
serious trouble.
In January, in a move that I called <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080113
""throwing good money after bad,""#> Bank of America
announced that it would acquire Countrywide.
Well now Bank of America appears to be changing its mind, at least
according to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=akJyPTzQOcM0&refer=home
"some rumors."#> According to one analyst, "Countrywide's loan
portfolio has deteriorated so rapidly that Countrywide currently has
negative equity and the acquisition will be a drag on Bank of
America's earnings."
Did you get the words "negative equity"? That means that Countrywide
is now worth less than nothing. Theoretically, the stockholders
should PAY YOU to take it off their hands.
How could Countrywide be worth less than nothing? Well, we can
figure out what happened. Countrywide's standard practice was to
offer 100% loans to home buyers, and now the vast majority of those
homes are losing value. Therefore, the loan-to-value (LTV) ratios are
now greater than 100%.
In other words, it you put together all the homes in Countrywide's
entire loan portfolio into a big pile, then the total value of all
those homes is smaller than the amount of money that Countrywide
borrowed in order to make all those 100% loans. Putting it all
together, Countrywide is worth less than nothing.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080506a.jpg right "" "Martin Feldstein, president of
the National Bureau of Economic Research
(Source: CNBC)"#>
On Tuesday morning CNBC interviewed Martin Feldstein, president of the
National Bureau of Economic Research, who said the following:
"I'll tell you what worries me. We saw house
prices overshoot by 60% relative to costs of building and relative
to rents. I worry about the possibilty that they will keep
falling, that they will spiral downwards, in the same way that
they went much too high, they could go much too low. And if that
happens, then we're going to see individuals feeling a lot poorer,
cutting back on their spending, defaulting on mortgages, and we're
going to see the holders of those mortgages see those assets,
their capital being cut, and therefore their ability to make loans
being cut."
In other words, Feldstein is predicting a panic, causing housing
prices to fall much farther than they would have if there had never
been a housing bubble. In fact, that's exactly what the data says is
going to happen, as I said a week ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080430b ""Home prices fall by the most on record.""#>
But then Feldstein went on to say that regulators should prevent this
from happening:
"So I think that there is a role to prevent this
kind of downward overshooting in house prices. Prices have to fall
somewhat from where they are today. But I think the danger is we
have so many loan to value ratios greater than 100%, and those
individuals are going to have a very strong temptation to simply
turn in the keys and walk away. Because there's nobody to
negotiate with. These mortgages have been securitized to a point
where they cannot simply sit across the table from their mortgage
originator from their bank and work it out."
I can't imagine why Feldstein believes that any regulator could
possibly stop this downward spiral. As far as I know, no regulator
has ever been able to stop a panic.
And so, putting all this together, we have giddy investors pushing
price/earnings ratios up at a time when the news keeps getting worse.
These are truly interesting times.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080506 Annual progress report on the Generational Dynamics web site.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.head
Annual progress report on the Generational Dynamics web site.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.keys
web site, country studies,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.date
6-May-2008
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.txt1
Generational Dynamics web site traffic is growing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080506.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic gd0804.gif right "" "Generational Dynamics web site
-- average daily web pages and distinct user sessions -- not
including search engine requests -- August 2003 to April 2008"#>
During the last year, the traffic to this web site has been growing
steadily.
The adjoining graph shows that traffic to this web site has almost
doubled in the last year. It was almost zero in 2003.
Based on this data and on web site log files, I estimate that there
are about 5 or 6 thousand regular readers who check in once a day or
once every few days, though of course I don't know who you are. An
average person coming to this site reads 3.1 pages during his visit.
Incidentally, I have no idea what caused that bump up in mid-2005, or
the bump down in mid-2007.
The web site now has over 1,000 articles, totalling more than 1.7
million words. These articles contain specific Generational Dynamics
predictions, all of which are true or are trending true. None has
been proven false.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information.)
I've also recently added the "Country Studies" section of the web
site, something that's been a dream of mine for a long time. The
information for each country is already pretty useful, since it
contains pointers to a number of other resources, but what I'd really
like to accomplish is a generational history of each country. I'll
be working on those this year.
<#hreftext ww2010.cs.index "(Click here for Index to Generational
Dynamics Country Studies)"#>
The country analyses that I've posted in the web log articles have
been getting increasingly precise. As I look back at some of the
things I wrote in 2003 and 2004, the predictions were right on
target, but a lot of the text had rough edges. During the last year,
in analyses of Japan, Pakistan, Iran, China, Malaysia, Burma, Kenya,
Zimbabwe, and other countries, the generational histories and analyses
have become much more nuanced.
This is all thanks to the fact that generational theory itself has
advanced quite a bit in the last year, with a better understanding of
Awakening and Unraveling eras. We also saw the discovery of a number
of examples of the mind-blowing <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080423
"58-year hypothesis,"#> which shows how catastrophic events that occur
to a generation of children reverberate in policy 58 years later, when
those children reach age 63 and above.
I'm really quite excited about what I've accomplished in developing
generational theory to this extent. I've accomplished things that,
ten years ago, I would have insisted were mathematically impossible.
I've been working on this obsessively now for six years, and it's a
large complex subject. If I were to teach a college course on it, it
would take a couple of semesters to go through all the basics, and
then there would be all kinds of possibilities for further research
at the undergraduate or graduate level. It's also an
interdisciplinary subject, involving history, mathematics, economics,
macroeconomics, system dynamics, chaos theory, complexity theory, and
even the theory of evolution. I just wish that the news weren't so
bad.
Applying new developments in generational theory to today's world,
we've been able to show where suicide bombers come from and how
al-Qaeda motivates them. Al-Qaeda's major tool is the internet,
which permits radical Islamist terrorists in Pakistan's tribal areas
to develop "Prophet/Hero" relationships with young Muslims around the
world, directing them to commit "altruistic suicide" through
bombings.
And lastly, we can't forget the deepening financial crisis. This is
one of the few web sites in the world that's told you exactly what's
going on. And it's the ONLY web site in the world that has, since
2003, accurately told you what's coming.
In fact, when you put together the financial and country analyses,
this is the only web site in the world that tells you comprehensively
what's going on in the world and what's coming. I truly believe that
this web site provides a public service unlike anything else in the
world, and I take my obligation to provide you with accurate,
credible information and predictions very seriously.
As I said above, I know that there are a lot of you reading this web
site regularly, though I don't know who you are. But I do know
something about you, based on the e-mail messages I get.
The people who read this web site regularly want to know what's going
on in the world so that they can prepare for it.
As I always say: You can't stop what's coming, any more than you can
stop a tsunami, but you can prepare for it by running to higher
ground. Treasure the time you have left and use it to prepare
yourself, your family, your community and your nation.
I'm looking at different alternatives for how to permit publicly
posted comments and debate. One issue is that you have to deal with
abusers, haters, nutjobs, viagra salesmen, porn merchants, trolls,
spammers, and other undesirables. You'd be amazed by how many of
these I get already from the "Comment" page on this web site. It
doesn't matter now since I simply delete them, but if they were posted
automatically it would be a problem.
In the meantime, I still encourage people to send me comments by
e-mail or the "Comment" page. I'm still managing to keep up with all
e-mail questions sent to me, though it sometimes takes a few days for
me to get back with a response, depending on volume of e-mail. So if
you have a question or comment or correction or complaint, by all
means send me an e-mail message, or use the "Comment" link at the top
of this page.
=eod
=// &&2 e080505 Bird flu spreading rapidly through birds in South Korea
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.head
Bird flu spreading rapidly through birds in South Korea
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.keys
bird flu, south korea, russia, japan, india, bangladesh
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.date
5-May-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.txt1
Despite the culling (killing) of over 5 million birds last month,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080505.txt2
highly pathenogenic (HP) H5N1 bird flu
<#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5go06gplzbTyrV2okjsYzP4pqkiRw
"continues to spread in South Korea,"#> and has reached six of the
nine provinces. At the beginning of April, reported outbreaks had
reached record levels.
Although not widespread, HP H5N1 bird flu has also <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601101&sid=aY04hFO_XRiE&refer=japan
"been found in Japan,"#> and also in the <#stdurl
http://sify.com/news/fullstory.php?id=14649968 "far eastern region of
Russia."#> What's significant about these findings is their
proximity to Alaska.
H5N1 has been confirmed in South Korea in three of the last five
seasons. What's different this year is that H5N1 is being found
<#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/News/05020801/H5N1_Japan_Alaska.html
"for the first time in late spring, when birds are migrating to the
north."#> This raises the possibility that H5N1 will migrate across
into Alaska, from where it can spread south into Canada and the
United States.
It was the 2005-2006 season that bird flu spread like wildfire across
Asia, into the Europe, the Mideast and Africa. It was expected that
it would soon <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060303 "spread to North America
via the Atlantic flyways,"#> but miraculously that apparently hasn't
happened.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service isn't taking any chances though,
and ten Alaskan villages are taking part in <#stdurl
http://thetundradrums.com/news/show/2132 "an effort to collect 3,000
swab samples"#> from birds, in order to identify any HP H5N1 before
it has a chance to spread.
Taking swab samples in this way, and culling birds from regions where
bird flu might spread, is the best method available for preventing
the further spread of bird flu.
However, this is not what's happened in eastern India. In January, I
posted and article saying that bird flu was spreading rapidly through
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080123 "birds in West Bengal in eastern
India."#>
Now, three months later, West Bengal is <#stdurl
http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/india-news/bengal-yet-to-overcome-bird-flu-menace_10044369.html
"still plagued with spreading of bird flu."#>
Although almost 5 million birds have been culled, the U.N.'s Food and
Agriculture Organisation (FAO) is criticizing West Bengal for not
taking appropriate precautionary measures.
It seems that a large section of the rural population of West Bengal
is <#stdurl
http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/india-news/bengal-yet-to-overcome-bird-flu-menace_10044369.html
"dependent on poultry farming to earn their livelihood,"#> and so
they resist culling or cooperating with the government. This is a
particular problem at a time when global food prices are
skyrocketing. The same is true in the neighboring country of
Bangladesh.
This permits the virus to continue spreading, and it's now been found
in <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5h3N8y8djQsE35GyKLngu-l9V4TLg "in
another Indian province, Tripura."#>
This kind of uncontrolled spread among birds is the kind of
environment that's most likely to give rise to a genetic change that
allows H5N1 to pass easily from human to human. That would give rise
to a worldwide bird flu pandemic.
As I always have in the past, I once again remind the reader that it's
impossible to predict when a particular mutation will permit easy
human-to-human transmission, which would result in a worldwide
pandemic. This could happen next week, next month, next year, or
thereafter.
Once again, as I always say, you and your family should prepare
immediately for a possible pandemic. If human to human transmission
became public next week on Monday, then by Tuesday all the shelves in
grocery stores would be bare. If you stock up on food now, then
you'll be sure to have what you need. Even if you think that you can
beat the crowds to the grocery store, you should still stock up in
advance. If you get your canned food after the panic begins, then
you're depriving somebody else of food. But if you stock up in
advance, then the shelves will be restocked, and you won't deprive
someone else of food.
I once again strongly urge my readers to prepare for an H5N1 pandemic
or for any kind of emergency (think of hurricane Katrina) by stocking
up on food and water and currency and batteries for the entire
household to live on for 2-3 months. This may cost a thousand
dollars per person, but it's not wasted money since you can always eat
the food later if no emergency occurs. Get canned or dried food that
can last a long time in storage, and get a large container for
storing water. Keep in mind that stored water becomes impure with
time, so you'll also need some purifying tablets or bleach to kill
bacteria in the water when the time comes. Finally, get whatever
medicines you'll need to take care of yourself and your family for a
long period of time.
=eod
=// &&2 e080504 Zimbabwe's 'Liberation Hero' president Robert Mugabe continues to destroy his country
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.head
Zimbabwe's "Liberation Hero" president Robert Mugabe
continues to destroy his country
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.keys
zimbabwe, robert mugabe, china, russia, south africa, zulus,
mfecane, rhodesia, kenya
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.date
4-May-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.txt1
With a 150000% inflation rate, torture, and destruction of property,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080504.txt2
this once-wealthy country has become a case study in dictatorship
through destruction and terror, reducing this moderately wealthy
country to one of the poorest in the world.
=inc ww2010.mappic zimbabwe.gif right "" Zimbabwe
Robert Mugabe's story as president of Zimbabwe is one of the most
incredible stories on the planet, because his destruction of the
country has been so thorough and so rapid.
Zimbabwe has been a major international story for the last month
because <#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0505/p04s02-woaf.html
"presidential and parliamentary elections were held on March 29,"#>
and it's widely believed that the opposition party won the election,
ending Mugabe's 29 year hold on the presidency. However, Mugabe
directed that all ballots be impounded, leading many to believe he was
arranging to change the election results.
It was only Friday, several weeks after the election, that the
official election results were released. According to the official
results, the opposition candidate, Morgan Tsvangirai, won a plurality
of the votes in the 3-party race, but did not win a majority. This
means that a runoff election is required.
At this writing, Tsvangirai and his Movement for Democratic Change
(MDC) party are still deciding whether to even participate in the
runoff election. Opposition party officials have been tortured and
jailed since March 29, and it's widely believed that Mugabe will rig
the runoff election to guarantee victory for himself.
Although foreign media reporters from BBC, CNN and other
international news organizations are forbidden to even enter
Zimbabwe, surreptitious reports have been leaking out. Here's
<#stdurl http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PtQVIN7_15c "an al-Jazeera
video"#> of a news report about Mugabe's political opponents who have
become victims of beating and torture.
Depending on your political point of view, the current political
struggle over the March 29 elections in Zimbabwe is based on (a) a
violent dictator desperately trying to hold on to power; or (b)
intervention by imperialist colonial Western powers in the internal
affairs of Zimbabwe.
I'm personally heavily on the side of (a), but from the point of view
of Generational Dynamics, what's going on now is a continuation of a
tribal fault line struggle between the market-dominant minority
Ndebele tribe and the disadvantaged majority Shona tribe. The fault
line was established in 1837, in a crisis war where the Ndebele
massacred the Shona in what is now Zimbabwe.
To make matters worse, the two sides are aligned with international
fault line powers, and have been so since the 1950s. The Shona have
been aligned with the Chinese communists, while the Ndebele were
first aligned with the Russian communists, and now the West in
general.
Generally speaking, the alignments are as follows:
Robert Mugabe is leader of the <#stdurl
http://www.zanupfpub.co.zw/ "Zimbabwe African National Union -
Patriotic Front (ZANU-PF)"#> party, aligned with the Shona (82%), the
disadvantaged majority ethnic group. Outside of Zimbabwe, Mugabe is
aligned with the Pan Africanist Congress and with China.
Morgan Tsvangirai is the leader of the opposition <#stdurl
http://www.mdc.co.zw/ "Movement for Democratic Change (MDC),"#>
aligned with the Ndebele (14%), the formerly market-dominant minority
ethnic group, which is generally aligned with the West. MDC has its
roots in the Zimbabwe African People's Union (ZAPU), which was
aligned with communist Russia prior to the collapse of the Soviet
Union, as well as with Nelson Mandela’s African National
Congress.
And so, Mugabe's drive to remain in power goes beyond personal
ambitions: It's a desire of the Shona to remain in power, versus the
Ndebele. It's an ethnic issue, not a personal issue.
=inc ww2010.h2 destruct "Mugabe's destruction of Zimbabwe"
As recently as the 1999, Zimbabwe was a breadbasket of Africa,
exporting up to 500,000 metric tons of surplus food. By 2003,
Zimbabwe was so starved that it <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB107222367912472400,00.html "had to
receive 500,000 metric tons"#> in food aid from the U.N.'s World Food
Program.
What happened during those three years was a Marxist socialist "land
reform" program by Robert Mugabe that confiscated 4,500 white-owned
commercial farms and redistributed the property to loyal supporters
of his Zanu-PF party -- i.e., members of his own Shona ethnic group.
Many of the new owners were inexperienced in running large farms, and
food production fell dramatically, as only a few hundred of the
confiscated farms continued to function normally. Harvests of food
staples plummeted by as much as 90%, livestock herds dwindled and
production of the main cash crop, tobacco, slumped badly.
The results have been dramatic, and show how it's possible for one
person to destroy a country single-handledly. A formerly well-fed
country now has rampant 80% poverty, and the inflation rate has gone
from 700% to 1000% to 10000%, and now it's at 150000% and still
rising. Tony Hall, who was the U.S. ambassador to the U.N.'s Food
and Agriculture Organization and the WFP said that Mugabe "has
committed crimes against humanity."
As a side issue, what has been a disaster for Zimbabwe has been a
boon for Nigeria. The white farmers whose land was confiscated in
Zimbabwe <#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0502/p04s01-woaf.html
"were wooed by Nigeria to settle there."#> Thousands of acres of
formerly unused Nigeria land is now being tilled by farmers who left
Zimbabwe.
=inc ww2010.h2 awaken "Zimbabwe's violent Awakening era"
The yin and yang of generational theory are Crisis wars and Awakening
eras. Historians study wars a great deal, but Awakening eras as a
critical passage through which all societies throughout history must
pass are a relatively new discovery, and are a crux of generational
theory. For example, see my article on <#hreftext
ww2010.i.awakening060919 "William G. McLoughlin and American
Awakenings"#> to see how important they've been to American society.
And so each time we have an opportunity to study an Awakening era
that presents unique features, it gives us an opportunity to add to
generational theory.
The characteristic feature that unites all Awakening eras is what in
the 1960s we used to call the "generation gap." The protests and
demonstrations that go on during an Awakening era are never really
protests against policies (war, racism, whatever) so much as they are
protests by the young against their parents' beliefs, or against their
parents themselves.
Zimbabwe's war of independence ended in 1979, and so the Awakening
began roughly in the late 1990s. Why haven't there been student
riots and demonstrations?
In fact, people in the media, most of whom think that all Africans
are uncivilized tribal warriors as a way of life, have been asking
exactly this question, as illustrated by <#stdurl
http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/chi-zimbabwe-election_thursmay01,0,90096.story
"this news story:"#>
"Absence of street fury in Zimbabwe puzzles
analysts
JOHANNESBURG - Suspiciously delayed poll results, army trucks
fanning out through villages, police ransacking opposition party
offices, and reports of torched huts and broken-limbed
civilians—such has been the ugly face of democracy for nearly a
decade in Zimbabwe, and by now most political experts have given
up asking whether millions of Zimbabweans will ever reach a
violent breaking point.
Indeed, even as fresh reports of government brutality seep out of
Zimbabwe in the wake of the still-unresolved March presidential
election, there are virtually no reports of unrest on the
streets.
A call for a mass protest two weeks ago by the opposition Movement
for Democratic Change, which claims it won the vote, fizzled as
usual. Hungry citizens queued obediently for bread in the capital,
Harare, last week even as cops rounded up hundreds of opposition
activists. ...
This deep well of stoicism — or, as some critics sneer, passivity
— in Zimbabwe's victimized population has for years been a source
of puzzlement to many Africa analysts, humanitarian workers and
foreign journalists, who contrast Zimbabweans' seemingly
inexhaustible acceptance of suffering with deadly explosions of
electoral fury elsewhere in Africa, most recently in Kenya. ...
"This is the single greatest mystery of Zimbabwe," marveled a
Western diplomat in Harare who spoke on condition of anonymity
because of the sensitivity of the issue. "In most other countries
there would've been riots and violence years ago. But not here.
These people are just too nice."
I really have to laugh at this hilarious story. The comparison with
Kenya is absurd -- Kenya is entering a generational Crisis era, while
Zimbabwe is in a generational Awakening era. To compare the two in
any way makes no sense at all. You would expect bloody violence
during a Crisis era, but not during an Awakening era.
But still, why haven't there been the political street demonstrations
characteristic of an Awakening era?
Well, we know that any government can stop most such protests through
torture and violence. How big would <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b
"America's 1967 summer of love"#> have been, if police were rounding
up demonstrating teens, torturing them and jailing them?
Mugabe came to power after the crisis war ended in 1979, and
initially worked to reconcile opposing factions. However, when
Ndebele dissidents began to surface, Mugabe sent his army on a
"pacification campaign" directed at Ndebele opponents, resulting in
tens of thousands of deaths in 1983 and 1984. Mugabe maintained
control throughout the 1980s and 1990s through torture and jailing of
political opponents.
The beginning of Zimbabwe's generational Awakening era was signaled
in 1999 by the formation of the Movement for Democratic Change (MDC),
the major opposition party to Mugabe's ZANU-PF.
According to the <#stdurl http://www.mdc.co.zw/history.asp "MDC web
site:"#> "The Movement for Democratic Change (MDC) is a Zimbabwean
political party. It was founded in 1999 ... as a political party
opposing the government that had failed to represent people and the
deterioration of Zimbabwe's economy and official corruption had
reached alarming levels proportions, which gave birth to general
dissatisfaction and unrest among the working people of Zimbabwe. The
MDC was formed from a broad coalition of civic society which includes
business, church, women's groups, students, human rights and civic
groups, individuals including the impoverished rural and urban
population."
This is exactly the kind of organization that typifies a generational
Awakening era in any country.
And so, media complaints of no Keyna-like "unrest in the streets," or
wide-eyed claims that Zimbabwe's people are are "too nice" to riot are
silly. The "generation gap" is being channeled through the MDC, and
widespread rioting and demonstrations are being held back by
government beatings and torture. Zimbabwe is precisely following the
same generational script that every other country follows, but with
specifics adapted to its own needs.
There is still "one more shoe" to drop, however. An Awakening era is
a political clash between the generation of survivors of the previous
Crisis war versus the young people born after the Crisis war. There
will have to be an Awakening era "climax" - an event that signals the
victory of one generation over the other.
Typically the younger generation "wins," as when President Nixon was
forced to resign in 1974. When the older generation "wins," as with
China's Tiananmen Square massacre in 1989, it signals years of
repressed turmoil, culiminating decades later with a new Crisis civil
war.
However, those who are expecting a Kenya-like near term civil war in
the short term between Ndebele and Shona ethnic groups are going to
be disappointed for a long time to come.
=inc ww2010.h2 sadc "Generational split in Southern African Community"
The generational split within Zimbabwe is reflected in a much larger
generational split throughout the countries of southern Africa, in
the members of the Southern African Development Community (SADC).
The older leaders have a shared experience -- the "anti-colonial
liberation struggles" of the 1950s and 1960s that led to independence
of nations that were formerly European colonies -- and many refuse to
criticize Mugabe for just that reason.
This includes most prominently South Africa's current president,
Thabo Mbeki. He's been officially selected as a Zimbabwe "mediator"
by the SADC, but he's received international criticism for refusing
to criticize any of Mugabe's actions, despite the devastation that
Mugabe has dealt to his country. But as a major figure in the
liberation struggles, he will always ardently support his comrade
Mugabe.
Younger African presidents, such as Zambian President Levy Mwanawasa,
Botswana's Ian Khama and Tanzania's Jakaya Kikwete, have <#stdurl
http://www.africasia.com/services/news/newsitem.php?area=africa&item=080504014009.asbpibj2.php
"argued within the SADC for intervening in Zimbabwe."#> They point
out that Zimbabwe is an embarassment to all of Africa, and the
economic devastation and resulting refugee crisis is harming the
entire region.
It's also worth remembering for a moment that Mbeki has been
something of a nutcase when it comes to HIV/Aids. For years he
<#stdurl http://www.nndb.com/people/134/000029047/ "refused to allow
distribution of AZT,"#> a drug that inhibits HIV, and claimed that
AZT causes AIDS. The implication was that the same white
imperialist colonial powers that imposed apartheid were now using
AIDS to control black African nations. (A similar view has also been
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080427 "expressed by Reverend Jeremiah A.
Wright."#>) Mbeki's crazy policy has done almost as much damage to
Zimbabwe as Mugabe has, as millions of children have been orphaned by
AIDS.
=inc ww2010.h2 history "Brief generational history of Zimbabwe"
=inc ww2010.pic afsouth.jpg right "" "Southern Africa"
The southern portion of Africa in the first decades of the 1800s was
a region in great turmoil, with many different populations competing
for resources.
Among the indigenous populations, the Zulus were an obscure tribe in
the Transvaal, the northern portion of what is now South Africa. The
Zulus went from obscurity to world renown as a result of Shaka, born
in 1787, who became the tribal chief in the early 1800s, and who took
the Zulu from being a tribe to being an empire.
In a massive war known as the Mfecane ("the crushing"), Shaka
revolutionized tribal warfare with new kinds of spears and warfare
techniques, resulting in the deaths of millions of indigenous
Africans, by the time the war climaxed in 1828. Shaka's Zulu Empire
left behind vast uninhabited regions by obliterating the populations
that used to live there.
Into those newly uninhabited regions came the European settlers --
Boers and Afrikaners, from Holland and neighboring countries, and the
British. In the 1830s, tens of thousands of Boers began moving north
into the Transvaal, in what became known as the Great Trek.
The Ndebele tribe had already tried to establish itself in the
Transvaal. Those who had survived the Mfecane had fled to this
region, where they clashed with the Boers. The Ndebele spears were
no match for the Boers' guns, and the Ndebele were massacred again,
and were forced to the north, in what is now Zimbabwe, where they in
turn massacred the Shona tribe already living there.
After a generational Crisis war, there's always a period of recovery,
followed by an Awakening era of mostly non-violent political clashes,
followed eventually by an Unraveling era where many previous societal
conventions and rules break down. The Unraveling era is often
characterized by desperate political measures to avoid another war,
like the previous Crisis war.
=inc ww2010.h2 rhodes "Cecil Rhodes and Rhodesia"
The Mfecane was still in the memories of the old-timers in the 1880s
when large lodes of gold and diamonds were being found in the
Transvaal. During this period, major clashes were avoided, as the
British, the Boers, the Zulus, the Shona, the Ndebele and other groups
signed treaties to establish boundaries, form governments, and share
the wealth.
In the 1880s, entrepreneur Cecil Rhodes established two major
companies, De Beers Consolidated Mines and Gold Fields of South
Africa. These companies dominated the export of diamonds and gold.
In 1890, Rhodes made an agreement with the Ndebele allowing him to
expand north, creating the British colony of Rhodesia, with Harare as
its capital. However two problems arose.
First, improvements in transport permitted thousands more Europeans
to migrate to Rhodesia.
And second, the young Shona and Ndebele, with no personal memory of
the horrors of the Mfecane, began demanding expulsion of the
Europeans. These changes led to the genocidal Matabele Wars
(1893-97). These wars were fought not only between Europeans and
Africans, but also between Shona and Ndebele. Rhodes had no trouble
defeating both tribes, and by 1897 he had complete control of the
region, with two colonies: Northern Rhodesia, which later became
Zambia, and (Southern) Rhodesia, which later became Zimbabwe.
Once again, the end of the Crisis war brought several decades of
political wrangling. By the 1950s, the Unraveling era compromises
were becoming unacceptable to both Europeans and indigenous tribes.
=inc ww2010.h2 liberation "Liberation"
In 1957, a young Robert Mugabe was among the blacks (Ndebele and
Shona) forming the Zimbabwe African People's Union (ZAPU). However,
even though all blacks were opposed to the apartheid government,
ethnic politics caused a split in ZAPU, and in 1963 Mugabe formed the
Shona-based Zimbabwe African National Union (ZANU).
By this time, Rhodesia was in a generational Crisis era and, as I've
described many times on this web site, xenophobia plays a big part in
such eras. Thus, the all-black ZAPU and ZANU parties, the latter led
by Robert Mugabe, came to be opposed by the white supremist Rhodesian
Front party, led by Ian Smith. Smith became Prime Minister of
Rhodesia in 1964, and arrested Mugabe, imprisoning him for ten years.
A guerrilla war against the Ian Smith government began, and continued
in 1976, when the Ndebele ZANU and Shona ZAPU forces joined together
to form a Patriotic Front (PF). The civil war climaxed in 1979, when
Ian Smith was forced to end apartheid. In the aftermath, Mugabe and
ZANU won a resounding electoral victory over the ZAPU party.
The following is a <#stdurl
http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/IRIN/dac326bcfb2f217d55f7d29978945f3c.htm
"Reuters description"#> of what happened in 1983:
"Operation Gukurahundi (The rain that washes away
the chaff before the spring rain)
In 1983, the North Korean-trained 5th Brigade, under the command
of Lt Col Perence Shire, once known as the "Black Jesus", but
currently the commander of Zimbabwe's air force, was the vanguard
unit in a campaign against alleged dissidents that has also become
known as the Matabeleland Massacres. At least 20,000 people were
killed in the operation. The target of Gukurahundi was members of
the rival liberation movement, ZAPU, led by Joshua Nkomo and drawn
mainly from Zimbabwe's Ndebele people in the southwest of the
country. There were numerous accounts of children murdered, women
raped and killed, and homesteads razed. Regarding the deaths of
civilians, Mugabe reportedly said in April 1983: "We eradicate
them. We don't differentiate when we fight because we can't tell
who is a dissident and who is not." Unlike other army units, the
5th Brigade, comprised of Shona-speaking people, reported directly
to Mugabe."
Nonetheless, an attempt was made at reconciliation, and in 1987 the
two parties merged to form ZANU-PF. However, this didn't end
Mugabe's oppression of Ndebele people, resulting in the formation of
the new opposition party, the Movement for Democratic Change (MDC) in
1999, as previously described.
=inc ww2010.h2 future "The future of Zimbabwe"
As I've said, those who expect Zimbabwe to follow Kenya's path are
going to be disappointed, because Kenya is entering a generational
Crisis era, while Zimbabwe is in the midst of an Awakening era.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the next thing to
watch for is who will "win" the Awakening era climax.
Reading today's headlines from Zimbabwe, you would think that Mugabe
is going to crush his political opposition and force younger leaders
to conform to his policies. The model would be the Chinese Communist
Party's (CCP's) massacre at Tiananmen Square in 1989.
But Mugabe is 84 years old. His violent oppression is much more
personal than the CCP's government policies. The death of Mugabe,
which can't be too far off, would completely change the political
situation, and may make an MDC victory possible in the next
presidential election.
Overshadowing all of this is international relations, especially
China's policies in Africa. China is clearly siding with Africa's
"old guard," including Mugabe. But China is also being very careful
not to stir up unnecessary controversy prior to the Beijing summer
Olympics.
In the end, what happens in Zimbabwe may depend less on what happens
in Mugabe's election and more on how China behaves in the next year.
=eod
=// &&2 e080501 Bank of England says that the financial crisis is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.head
Bank of England says that the financial crisis is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.keys
united kingdom, finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0805
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.date
1-May-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.txt1
According to the Bank's new "Financial Stability Report,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080501.txt2
credit fears have been overstated, and banks have overstated their
exposure to mortgage-linked investments.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/news/2008/031.htm
"the Bank of England's report:"#>
"Rising US sub-prime mortgage defaults were the
trigger for an inevitable and broad-based repricing of risk and
deleveraging by banks and other financial market participants.
This process is proving even more prolonged and difficult than
anticipated. Banks have been unable to sell or secure funding on
assets in which markets have closed. That has increased
uncertainty about banks’ financial positions, contributing to
continued stress in money markets and tighter credit
availability. In these conditions, adverse news and rumours can
lead to a sudden loss of market confidence, as was shown by the
collapse of Bear Stearns in mid-March.
An adjustment in both the price and quantity of risk-taking was
clearly needed after an extended credit boom and was bound to
have costs. But estimates implied by prices in some credit markets
are likely to overstate significantly the losses that will
ultimately be felt by the financial system and the economy as a
whole, as they appear to include unusually large discounts for
illiquidity and uncertainty. In effect, risk premia in some
markets have swung from being unusually low to temporarily too
high relative to credit fundamentals. That may be contributing to
the delay in the return of confidence and risk-taking.
The most likely path ahead is that confidence and risk appetite
turn gradually as market participants recognise that some assets
look cheap on a fundamentals basis."
There's a great deal of irony in these conclusions.
First off, if you look at the <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/7375881.stm "BBC story"#> on the
report, the headline is "Bank says credit fears overstated," and the
story quotes a business analyst as saying, "Financial institutions
are currently assuming that losses on sub-prime will be on a scale
without any precedent. The Bank of England thinks their fears are
exaggerated. It now believes that the market price of sub-prime
investment products overstates likely future losses on sub-prime
lending by about 100%."
However, the ironic part of the BBC story is that, as of this writing,
there is a sidebar right next to the above analyst quote, providing
links to related stories. Here's the text of that sidebar this
morning:
GLOBAL CREDIT CRUNCH
LATEST NEWS
'Tough conditions' hit Barclays
Credit Suisse bank loses billions
RBS sets out £12bn rights issue
Citigroup sees second giant loss
Write-downs add to Merrill woes
Brown 'standing firm' on economy
G7 passes plan to ease credit woe
IMF slashes world growth forecast
<#inc ww2010.pic g080501a.gif "right" "" "Financial market liquidity.
Liquidity collapsed with the credit crunch that began in August, 2007
(Source: Bank of England)"#>
Next, if you look into the details of <#stdurl
http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/news/2008/031.htm "the
Bank of England's report,"#> you find the adjoining graph. This
graph of the "liquidity index" points to the heart of the problem:
That banks are still unwilling to lend money, and that the trend is,
if anything, accelerating.
So how does the BoE conclude, "The most likely path ahead is that
confidence and risk appetite turn gradually as market participants
recognise that some assets look cheap on a fundamentals basis"?
The answer is obvious: The BoE report ignores the trend and resorts
to wishful thinking.
Actually, the report itself contains warnings of more serious
scenarios, but you have to dig deep into the report to find them:
"But there is a risk of a more severe scenario.
Although the most likely outcome is that markets recover over
time, there is a possibility that the current disruption to the
financial system continues for a more prolonged period. Table 3.A
shows the Bank’s assessment of changes in the probability and
impact of financial stability tail risks. ...
There is some risk of events over the past six months repeating
themselves. Asset prices and financial market activity might
persist at low levels, prompting further risk reduction by banks
and other market participants. Such actions could generate
significant selling pressure, leading to further falls in asset
prices, and potentially disrupting wider market functioning.
Amplifying mechanisms in financial markets could reduce asset
prices further.(1) These factors have increased concerns about the
vulnerability of the financial system to high risk premia,
compared to the assessment in the October 2007 Report, when
uncertainty in risk pricing was seen as a greater threat."
What the BoE is concerned about is a "self-fulfilling prophecy." The
fear is that banks and investors will be too fearful of the future,
and remain as risk-averse as they've become since August, as a
result of which the fears will come true.
The problem is there's no way to stop that from happening. As I've
said many times, investors are shifting from a historic, secular
risk-ignoring attitude to a historic, secular risk-averse attitude.
Furthermore, that's a generational shift that will last for decades.
Like many analysts, the Bank of England is assuming that the credit
bubble was "normal," and what's happening now is "abnormal," and that
with a few nice words and a little encouragement, investors will
return to the credit bubble.
But that's clearly impossible, as anyone can see from the liquidity
graph above. You can see the huge liquidity bubble that lasted from
2002 through August 2007 right on the graph. Now the liquidity bubble
has collapsed, and by the Law of Mean Reversion, the liquidity level
is going to have to remain low for a long time, for roughly as many
years as liquidity was way above average.
And so it's absolutely certain that the Bank of England's optimistic
conclusions are simply wrong.
In particular, <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "the stock market is
still way overpriced"#> by a factor of close to 250%, same as in
1929.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080430b Home prices fall by the most on record
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.head
Home prices fall by the most on record
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.keys
housing bubble, finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.date
30-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.txt1
The housing news continues to get worse and worse.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430b.txt2
I don't report on the latest housing news the way I used to because
it's always the same -- prices fall, sales fall, inventories grow,
foreclosures are surging. You don't need me to tell you what's going
on -- it's in the news practically every day.
People who first said that there wasn't a housing bubble, then said
that housing prices wouldn't fall, then said that they wouldn't fall
far, then said that the fall in prices was over, then said that the
fall in prices was over, then said that the fall in prices was over,
etc., etc. -- all of those people were wrong, time after time.
On Tuesday morning, the new <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/portal/site/sp/en/us/page.topic/indices_csmahp/0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0.html
"Case-Shiller home price indexes"#> were released, showing declines in
all 20 cities in the survey. Prices have fallen 12.7% in the last
year.
The reason I wanted to cover this is because the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2008/04/case-shiller-home-prices-fall-sharply.html
"Calculated Risk blog"#> posted a very revealing graph of the
situation:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080429e.gif center "" "Case-Shiller index
results for February, 2008
(Source: CalculatedRisk)"#>
There are several interesting things about this graph. (And by
"interesting," I mean "depressing.")
First, you can see by the shapes of the curves that prices are in
free fall, and there's no sign whatsoever of leveling off.
Furthermore, even in the best case scenario that you could hope for
-- that next month the curves start leveling off (go through a point
of inflection), forming a new "U", they would still continue falling
for several months until the bottom of the "U" was reached. And that's
the most optimistic scenario. The more likely scenario is that prices
will keep falling for at least a couple of years.
Last, there was never much of a bubble in Denver and Cleveland, as
you can see from the graph, but prices are still falling sharply, as
if there HAD been a bubble. This shows that price plunges are going to
far overshoot the long term trend line, and end up much lower than if
a bubble had never occurred. (This result would be predicted anyway
by the Law of Mean Reversion that I talk about all the time.)
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080430 Food crisis suddenly becomes a top media issue
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.head
Food crisis suddenly becomes a top media issue
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.keys
food prices, haiti, green revolution, world bank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.date
30-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.txt1
Is Al Gore planning a new movie, perhaps "An Inconvenient
Famine"?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080430.txt2
We're now into the second week of major mainstream media news
coverage of the food crisis. After eight years of steadily rising
food prices, it's about time.
Here's how <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,547198,00.html
"one news story"#> described the situation in Haiti:
"On the roof of the former prison, enterprising
women prepare something that looks like biscuits and is even
called by that name. The key ingredient, yellow clay, is trucked
in from the nearby mountains. The clay is combined with salt and
vegetable fat to make dough, which is then dried in the sun.
For many Haitians, the mud biscuits are their only food. They
taste of fat, suck the moisture out of the mouth and leave behind
an aftertaste of dirt. They often cause diarrhea, but they help to
numb the pangs of hunger. "I'm hoping one day I'll have enough
food to eat, so I can stop eating these," Marie Noël, who survives
with her seven children on the dirt cakes, told the Associated
Press.
The clay to make 100 of the biscuits costs $5 (€3.15) and has
risen by $1.50 (€0.95), or about 40 percent, within one year. The
same is true of staple foods. Nevertheless, the same amount of
money buys more of the mud cakes than bread or corn tortillas. A
daily bowl of rice is almost unaffordable.
The shortages triggered revolts in Haiti last week. A crowd of
hungry citizens marched through Port-au-Prince, throwing stones
and bottles and chanting, "We are hungry!" in front of the
presidential palace. Tires were burned, and people died. It was
yet another of the rebellions that are beginning to occur with
increasing frequency worldwide, but which are still only a
harbinger of what is yet to come."
Unrest is increasingly breaking out around the world, as illustrated
in this <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,grossbild-1149977-547198,00.html
"map from Der Spiegel:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080429a.jpg center "" "Food crisis: Map of riots and
export bans
(Source: Spiegel)"#>
The above map shows the increasing number of countries that are
limiting food exports, and the increasing number of places where food
riots and other unrest are taking place.
For some time now, I've been making fun of the global warming
"crisis" as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b "big farce,"#> whose
major purpose was to give organizers the chance to take jet planes to
vacation spots like Bali and run air conditioners all day, while they
sit around and whine about not having the chance to get rich over
"carbon credits." The whole thing is a joke.
Unlike global warming, the food crisis is an actual, real worldwide
crisis.
The United Nations held <#stdurl
http://appablog.wordpress.com/2008/04/29/global-food-crisis-un-bilingual-transcript-of-statements-by-secretary-general-heads-of-concerned-agencies-and-response-to-questions-at-press-conference-on-global-food-crisis/
"a food crisis conference"#> on Monday and Tuesday, but they didn't
hold it in Bali. They held it at the United Nations offices in Bern,
Switzerland.
Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon said the following:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080429b.jpg right "" "Ban Ki-Moon, UN Secretary
General
(Source: BBC)"#>
"Today, I would like to inform you about the
outcome of our discussions concerning the dramatic escalation of
food prices worldwide, which has evolved into what we believe is
an unprecedented challenge of global proportions that has become
a crisis for the most vulnerable. This has multiple causes, which
includes escalating energy prices, lack of investment in
agriculture over the past years, increasing demand,
trade-distorting subsidies and recurrent bad weather. This crisis
has multiple effects, with its most serious impact on the most
vulnerable in the poorest countries. We see mounting hunger and
increasing evidence of malnutrition, which has severely strained
the capacities of humanitarian agencies to meet humanitarian
needs, especially as promised funding has not yet materialized.
...
We have agreed on a series of concrete measures that need to be
taken in the short, medium and long terms. The first and
immediate priority issue that we all agreed was that we must feed
the hungry. The CEB calls upon the international community, and
in particular developed countries, to urgently and fully fund the
emergency requirement of $755 million for the World Food
Programme, and honour outstanding pledges.
Without full funding of these emergency requirements, we risk
again the spectre of widespread hunger, malnutrition, and social
unrest on an unprecedented scale. We anticipate that additional
funding will be required."
Here we see the first problem. Ban and the U.N. don't have a
snowflake's chance in hell of getting that money. As Ban suggests, a
number of countries (not the U.S.) have even not honored their
outstanding pledges, and it's highly doubtful that they'll honor them
AND pledge even more money.
Ban used the word "unprecedented" twice in the above quote. He said
it was "an unprecedented challenge of global proportions," and that
"we risk again the spectre of widespread hunger, malnutrition, and
social unrest on an unprecedented scale."
Wrong, wrong, wrong. There is nothing unprecedented about this.
This happened before WW II and before WW I. It happens before and
during almost every major war, and is part of the complex of factors
that lead to war. Fat and happy people don't need to go to war;
starving people have no choice. This problem is VERY precedented.
As an example, read the account of the 1943 famine in India, in my
November article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107 ""UN expert
calls biofuels a 'crime against humanity.'""#>
It always surprises me how many people still vastly underestimate the
seriousness of this problem. Several web site readers over the years
have suggested that new food technologies like hydroponics will solve
any food shortage problem. Maybe they will ... some day, but there's
no technology that will help in the short to medium term.
Other people believe that the food crisis is simply a bubble, and
that the bubble will burst by natural means before long.
In support of this, a web site reader on Tuesday referred me to
<#stdurl http://hussmanfunds.com/wmc/wmc080428.htm "an article by John
P. Hussman,"#> president of Hussman Investment Trust:
"As for agricultural commodities, what we are
observing is probably not a Malthusian breakpoint, but what I'd
call “speculative hoarding.” Essentially, as the prices of
commodities rise, particularly in developing nations, there is a
tendency to save in the form of real goods. We've observed this
historically in various countries as hoarding of every form of
physical output, even spoons and other household items. ...
In effect, we are observing a version of tulip-mania with
foodstuffs. I would expect that prices will reach a speculative
peak, probably within a few months, and then most probably plummet
with very little in the way of relief rallies. That is a fairly
predictable dynamic once commodity price movements reach the
parabolic stage that they have entered lately. Still, it's not
clear how high that parabola will ascend, because as the slope
goes vertical, small differences in the exact point of the bust
will lead to substantial differences in the price at the high. But
the world has more arable land and more capacity to bring it into
use within months and years than should cause near-term concern
about a Malthusian breakpoint."
There are several problems with this analysis. For one thing, food
prices have been increasing faster than inflation since 2000, and
have really skyrocketed since 2004 -- but any evidence of speculators
or hoarding has only surfaced within the last year. Furthermore,
food stocks and inventories have been going down every year.
But a more important flaw is the reasoning that there's plenty of
"arable land" that can be brought into use. There's much more to the
problem than the single dimension of arable land.
We'll come back to this, but first, some people are calling for a new
"Green Revolution" to repeat the success of the <#hreftext
ww2010.i.food040628 "Green Revolution"#> that was launced by the
Rockefeller Foundation in 1948, and which revolutioned agriculture in
India and other countries in the 1960s.
Just reading the above paragraph, you can see what an unrealistic
idea that was. It took 20 years to implement that last Green
Revolution. The current emergency may cause an explosion in less
than 20 weeks.
The new Green Revolution is supposed to target Africa. At the UN
conference, World Bank president Robert Zoellick responded to the
calls for a new Green Revolution:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080429c.jpg right "" "Robert Zoellick, World Bank
president
(Source: BBC)"#>
"[W]hile one talks about a green revolution for
Africa, one has to distinguish it from the green revolution in
South Asia [of the 1960s] because the circumstances are different.
So it really has to focus all along the value chain: property
rights; seeds; fertilizers; irrigation systems; markets; roads, so
people can be able to get their food to markets. And that’s [where
we're in] the process of working with FAO and IFAD and
others."
Now we can get back to Hussman's argument about "arable land."
That's only a small part of the problem. Zoellick has listed a
number of problems that have to be solved before the food crisis can
be resolved in Africa.
Solving all of these problems would require the coordination of many
countries and agencies, in a world where governments of one country
after another are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080324b "becoming
increasingly paralyzed."#>
Once again, there isn't a snowflake's chance in hell that this new
"Green Revolution" program will be put into effect.
I have mixed emotions about Hussman's argument that food prices are
going to fall when the commodities bubble bursts, because it belongs
in the "be careful what you wish for" category.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080429d.jpg left "" "Shanty town in Mumbai
(Bombay) India
(Source: BBC)"#>
The prices of wheat, rice, and other staples WILL fall from their
high bubble prices -- but only as part of the general deflationary
spiral that the world will be facing.
At that point, however, many people in the world will starve, because
food distribution systems will collapse in many parts of the world.
The picture above shows a shanty town in Mumbai (Bombay) India. There
are probably thousands of these around the world today, many of them
packed into cities of millions of people, with no local farmland. The
collapse of the commodities bubble will mean that food prices will
collapse, but the deflationary spiral will mean that food
distribution systems that normally deliver food to shanty towns like
this one will not be in operation.
=eod
=// &&2 e080429 Yasser Arafat in 2002: We used to call Jews our cousins
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.head
Yasser Arafat in 2002: "We used to call Jews our cousins"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.keys
yasser arafat, israel, gaza, west bank, russia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.date
29-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.txt1
In an interview replayed on CNN on Sunday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080429.txt2
originally <#stdurl
http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0804/27/le.01.html
"broadcast on May 12, 2002,"#> the late Palestinian leader Yasser
Arafat expressed great affection for the Jews:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080428.jpg right "" "Yasser Arafat, May 12, 2002
(Source: CNN)"#>
"When I was a small boy, I used to play side by
side -- I was living with my uncle in Jerusalem, my uncle Aria
(ph), and I used to go -- as a small boy to play with the Jews in
the Jewish quarter, and they used to come to play with me in my
area. You forgot this? I don't forget. I was a small boy, but it's
still in my mind. Historically, we were living together. We never
-- do you know that until now we don't call them Jews? Do you know
what we call them? Our cousins. Still, it is a popular pronounce
(ph). We never say Jews. We say he is one of our cousins. Because
historically, we are cousins."
Western governments considered Yasser Arafat to be a terrorist.
Was Arafat playing to the cameras? Probably.
But were Arafat's emotions genuine? I believe so.
Arafat was born in 1930, so when he talks about playing with Jews as
a small boy, he's talking about something like 1935. That was long
before WW II, and long before the partitioning of Palestine.
In fact, Jews and Arabs did get along for centuries. Things began to
change because of anti-Semitism in Russia and Europe that caused
Jewish migration to the Palestine area. The migration turned into a
flood in the 1930s, when Hitler came to power.
The violence began with rock-throwing, and only became full-scale
genocidal warfare between Arabs and Jews when Palestine was
partitioned and the state of Israel was created in 1948.
Arafat lived survived that horrible war and, like almost all
survivors of generational Crisis wars, vowed that he would do
anything possible to make sure that nothing like that ever happens
again. The same was true of Ariel Sharon, Israel's Prime Minister
and Arafat's counterpart.
A year after the interview, on May 1, 2003, the Mideast Roadmap to
Peace was announced by the Bush administration and other Western
governments. It called for side-by-side Jewish and Palestinian
states by 2005. Obviously that never happened.
When the plan was announced, <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 "I wrote the
following:"#>
"There's an incredible irony going on in the
Mideast today, in that the leaders of two opposing sides are,
respectively, Ariel Sharon and Yassir Arafat.
These two men hate each other, but they're the ones cooperating
with each other (consciously or not) to prevent a major Mideast
conflagration. Both of them remember the wars of the 1940s, and
neither of them wants to see anything like that happen again. And
it won't happen again, as long as both of these men are in
charge.
The disappearance of these two men will be part of an overall
generational change in the Mideast that will lead to a major
conflagration within a few years. It's possible that the
disappearance of Arafat alone will trigger a war, just as the
election of Lincoln ignited the American Civil War. (It's
currently American policy to get rid of Arafat. My response is
this: Be careful what you wish for.)"
Seeing this old Arafat interview again brings back memories of what
was happening in 2003. The West was furious at Arafat, blaming him
for preventing blocking any peace plan from being implemented. In
those days, the common wisdom was that when Arafat was gone from the
scene, then a peace plan would go forward.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, that's total
nonsense. Arafat wasn't blocking a peace plan. Arafat was keeping
the younger Palestinian generations from exploding. Yes, Arafat was
a terrorist, but from his point of view, an occasional terrorist act
was the lesser evil, compared to a full-scale genocidal war,
refighting the war of the late 1940s.
<#inc ww2010.pic g041111.gif right "" "New York Post front
page, 11-Nov-2004"#>
Arafat died in November, 2004, and the West rejoiced, believing that
the Roadmap to Peace could finally be implemented. Instead, things
have gone from bad to worse in the Palestinian territories,
especially Gaza. Violent deaths are a daily occurrence, as are
missiles launched from Gaza into Israeli towns.
Few people today would doubt that the Mideast is sliding toward a
major war. The death of Yasser Arafat, the man who called Jews his
"cousins," had exactly the opposite effect that Western governments
expected. That's why I wrote in my May 1, 2003, article quoted above:
"Be careful what you wish for."
=eod
=// &&2 e080427b Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble on 'the news'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.head
Brilliant Nobel Prize winners in Economics blame credit bubble on
"the news"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.date
27-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.txt1
Meanwhile, the deflationary spiral is in progress, but hyperinflation
is not.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427b.txt2
On Friday morning, I listened on CNBC to a discussion with two Nobel
Prize winners in Economics give their explanations of what went wrong
with financial instruments that led to the credit bubble that's now
bursting.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080425.jpg right "" "Robert Engle and Joseph
Stiglitz, Nobel Prize winners in Economics
(Source: CNBC)"#>
The two were Robert Engle, 2003 Nobel Prize Winner in Economics, and
Joseph Stiglitz, 2001 Nobel Prize Winner in Economics.
According to the program discussion, it was Engle who developed the
mathematical models that were used by the financial engineers to
develop the CDOs and related instruments that created the credit
bubble.
The credit bubble created tens of trillions of dollars of securities
(CDOs or collateralized debt obligations), backed by mortgage-based
securities, on the assumption that the housing bubble would continue
forever. The math behind these CDOs was based on numerous false
assumptions, as I explained in <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A
primer on financial engineering and structured finance.""#> (In
addition, the same mindset that created the fraudulent CDOs also
invented the hare-brained <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 "auction
rate securities"#> scheme, which has created in more trillions of
dollars in worthless securities.)
And so, the issue under discussion was whether it was Engle's
model that's to blame for the credit bubble and the current financial
crisis.
This question was addressed to Stiglitz: "Is it a case of financial
innovation gone awry? Is it a matter that regulators couldn't keep up
with it fast enough? Was the model a force for good, and just
misused?" Stiglitz' reply:
"I think part of the problem is that when they
studied these models in business schools, they only got part of
the message. ... They got some of the message, but not the whole
story.
One of the things that's really quite striking is that they
believed that they were creating new financial instruments, these
new financial instruments were going to change the world, and yet,
in estimating the risk, they had to use previous data, data from
the world before they changed it.
So there was inherently a logical inconsistency in what they were
doing."
This is a point that I've made numerous times, and discussed at
length two years ago in <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System
Dynamics and the Failure of Macroeconomics Theory.""#>
Stiglitz is saying that in this one case, economists tried to apply
old financial models to new financial instruments, and the
assumptions in the old models failed.
When I discuss this concept, however, I state it differently: In
EVERY case, economists' macroeconomics models are always wrong,
because they're ALWAYS based on old data, and the models don't take
into account generational changes. By modifying the models to
incorporate System Dynamics as applied to generational flow, the
models would be much more accurate.
Stiglitz went on to discuss the issue of "correlative risk." This is
also an issue that I touched on in <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123
""A primer on financial engineering and structured
finance.""#> The problem, in a nutshell, is that if everyone is
using exactly the same model, doing exactly the same things, then one
person making a mistake means that EVERYONE is making the same
mistakes. In that case, mistakes correlate with one another, rather
than occurring randomly:
"One of the problems of that was that they were
all using similar models, that was creating systemic correlative
risk, and they underestimated the degree of the correlation.
So for example, big events like housing prices going down -- they
felt you had to diversify, because you only own -- you had a
portfolio of 1000 houses. How could 1000 houses all have
problems?
Well, the answer is, if the housing market collapsed, if
unemployment increases, if interest rates rise, a very large
fraction of all of these are going to have problems.
They simply didn't take into account these kinds of correlative
risk, and the extent to which these correlations might actually
be increased by the fact that they were all using similar
models."
Now what does this guy think -- that we're all idiots - which is what
we'd have to be to believe this drivel.
He's saying that these brilliant Gen-X financial engineers all went
to business school, all learned these complex mathematical models,
then went into the financial industry and applied these models,
creating CDOs and other complex financial instruments.
But ohhhhh, they forgot that unemployment might increase!! Duh!!
And ohhhhh, they forgot that interest rates might rise!! Duh!!
And ohhhhh, they forgot that the housing bubble might burst!! Duh!!
Does Nobel Prize winner Stiglitz really believe this? Does he really
think the rest of us believe it?
At that point, the following question was posed to Professor Engle:
"If everyone is using the same model, does that make it a less
effective model? What do you think to that?" Here's his response:
"I think the main driver of volatility and
correlation is actually the news. It's not the way we use the
instruments - I think that's important, but it's a secondary
effect -- and what really happened in this case to make the
correlation so high across the regions of the country, as Joe just
described, is that it was a macroeconomic event. That is, the
economy slowed down."
Ohhh, now I get it. It's "the news" that's the problem. These
financial geniuses created these CDOs and other financial
instruments.
But ohhhhh, they forgot that the economy might slow down!! Duh!!
This is the kind of airheaded discussion that's become the norm among
today's economists, even Nobel Prize winning economics. It's total
gibberish, but that's OK by today's standards.
It's easy to see why Stiglitz and Engle are puzzled. It's the
unspoken question in all of these discussions: How could massive,
pervasive credit fraud have occurred throughout the entire financial
and real estate industry? How could EVERYBODY in these industries,
from top to bottom, all be so willing to practice such corruption and
fraud, screwing investors and the general public for their own gain?
This is the question that they don't even try to answer.
Just as they never try to answer why the dot-com bubble occurred in
the late 1990s. Why did the dot-com bubble occur at all, and why did
it begin in 1995 rather than some other year, say 1985 or 2005? They
don't try to answer that, even though the answer is completely
obvious: 1995 was the time when all the survivors of the Great
Depression were replaced, in senior management positions, with people
who were born after the Great Depression. It's as simple as that,
but none of the great geniuses even think of it.
And now, what about the credit bubble? Stiglitz and Engle are trying
to figure out how the corruption and fraud could have been so
pervasive, and why no regulators stopped it. So they had to grasp at
something that affects everything, and they picked interest rates and
unemployment. Well then, why didn't the same thing happen the last
time interest rates rose and unemployment rose?
It makes no sense at all, but they never consider the obvious
solution: There is one thing that's changed for every company of
every type to people at every level, and that's generational changes.
That's the one and only explanation that even makes sense, and yet
it's never even suggested or discussed. Apparently it's too abstract
for even Nobel Prize winners to grasp.
=inc ww2010.h2 cdos "Surging defaults in CDOs"
Also on Friday, CNBC economist Steve Lieseman presented some data
about the surging default rate for CDOs. In addition to be very
significant by itself, this data refutes the claims of Stiglitz and
Engle.
If you've been following the financial news or this web site for the
last year, then you know that many financial institutions -- Merrill
Lynch, Citibank, Bear Stearns, etc. -- have been "writing down"
assets in their portfolio. This means that these securities were on
the books at an inflated estimated nominal value computed by a
computer model. It had to be done this way because there was no
market in which to buy and sell these assets. As the housing bubble
began to burst, financial institutions -- completely against their
will -- were forced to re-value or "write down" these securities more
realistically.
The original inflated values were set by computer models that assumed
that the CDOs were AAA rated, meaning that the probability of default
is much higher than assumed. As the probability of default rose, the
CDOs become worth less.
However, the writedowns were made without the CDOs actually
defaulting. The re-valuing was done based on new assumptions that
the CDOs had a much greater chance of defaulting than previously
assumed.
Well now the CDOs are starting to default -- in high volume.
According to the data presented by Lieseman:
As of a few days ago, $140 billion in CDOs have
defaulted.
As of Friday, $179 billion in CDOs have defaulted. That's $39
billion more in a few days, indicating that the rate of CDO defaults
is accelerating.
Of the CDOs created prior to 2006, almost none have
defaulted.
Of the CDOs that were created in 2006, 15% of them have defaulted,
totalling $65 billion.
Of the CDOs that were created in 2007, 33% of them have
defaulted, totalling $112 billion.
Lieseman explained this increasing default trend by saying, "As
the market began to dry up, lending standards got looser and
looser."
Lieseman somehow concluded that this was "good news" (everything is
always "good news" on CNBC), but in fact these figures not only show
that Stiglitz and Engle are wrong, they also show that the most
cynical explanation is the correct one.
The innocence explanation that banks are giving for creating
worthless CDOs and selling them to people is that they didn't
understand that they were going to be worthless. Stiglitz and Engle
supported this innocence explanation by saying that these poor
financial engineers couldn't possibly have foreseen such things as the
bursting of the housing bubble or a rise in interest rates.
But by 2007, it was perfectly clear that the housing bubble had
burst, and that interest rates were rising. So by Stiglitz' and
Engle's reasoning, the financial engineers should immediately have
realized that their models were wrong, and the banks should have
immediately stopped creating and selling CDOs.
But that's not what happened. What happened, as I've said before and
has been confirmed by these new figures, is that the banks continued
to create these faulty CDOs and sell them to investors.
In other words, putting Stiglitz' and Engle's reasoning together with
Lieseman's figures, the only possible explanation is massive fraud by
the banks.
And that doesn't surprise me at all, and shouldn't surprise any
regular reader of this web site.
Recently, in the article <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080130 ""FBI
joins SEC into wide-ranging investigation into mortgage-lending
industry.""#> we provided a lengthy list of all the actors in
the housing and credit bubbles, and the kinds of fraud they
perpetrated at all levels. It ran from homeowners who lied on their
applications to brokers who lied about home values to lenders who
adopted "predatory" lending practices to investment banks that
created fraudulent CDOs and other mortgage-backed securities to
ratings agencies that gave them AAA ratings in return for fat fees to
"monoline" bond insurers that insured them for fat fees. The list is
almost endless.
What Lieseman's figures show is that all these forms of fraud
actually INCREASED as time went on. I've said this before, but
Lieseman's figures prove it.
Economists like Stiglitz and Engle look at this massive, pervasive
fraud, and have NO IDEA what's going on. How could so many people
been involved? They have no explanation, and they grasp at straws.
I've given a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "complete explanation of
the credit bubble"#> in generational terms, showing how the Boomers
first caused the dot-com bubble, and then how the Boomer/Gen-X
interaction caused the credit bubble and the massive fraud. That's
the only explanation that actually makes sense, unlike the ones given
by Stiglitz and Engle.
And what I've also said before is that the stench is sickening. We're
talking about huge numbers of people who defrauded poor people,
investors and the general public for their own personal gain. We're
talking about a financial industry culture, led by Boomers who were
willing to overlook fraud for personal gain, and perpetrated by
nihilistic, destructive, and self-destructive Generation-Xers who were
willing to perpetrate any fraud, screw any person or group of people,
for their own personal gain.
It's no wonder that Stiglitz and Engle and other mainstream
economists are spouting nonsense to explain what happened. Even if
they know what happened, they can't admit it because they'd be
admitting their own complicity.
=inc ww2010.h2 cred "Credibility and earnings"
The current financial crisis has gone through several stages. First
it was the finance and real estate industries defrauding investors
and the public, with analysts and journalists saying that we're in a
new modern world where prosperity would last forever.
Then, when the credit crisis began in August, there was a swing to
risk aversion, as asset writedowns showed that financial institutions
had been consistently lying to investors and the public.
Since then, we've had commercial banks, investment banks, ratings
agencies, "monoline" insurers, analysts, journalists and government
officials and regulators lying about what was coming.
The cycle has repeated over and over: Someone would say that
everything was all right, and then the next day some earnings figures
or other data would prove they'd been lying. Then they'd say that
everything was all right, and the data would get even worse. And the
cycle would repeat.
What's happened in the last couple of months is really ugly: The
lying gets worse each time the news gets worse. Even worse than that
is that investors are adopting the attitude that the news is so bad
that it can't get any worse, and so it has to get better.
These people should have no credibility left at all, after everything
they've said has turned out to be wrong, time after time. And yet,
they seem to believe and support one another until the data proves
them wrong. It's a variation of "honor among thieves."
An obvious example is the table of corporate earnings estimates that
I've been posting, based on figures from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central"#> supplied by Thomson Reuters. Here's the latest version:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
Apr 11: -14.1%
Apr 18: -14.6%
Apr 25: -14.1%
On January 1, the beginning of the first quarter, analysts estimate
earnings growth of 5.7%. Those estimates have fallen almost every
week since then, apparently leveling off around -14-15%. Don't be
surprised if this estimate falls even further.
How can anyone possibly believe anything that analysts at Thomson
Reuters, or ANY analysts, say at this point? And yet, investors
appear to be mesmerized by estimates that earnings will grow 25-50%
in the third and fourth quarters. How dumb do they have to be to
believe that?
The situation that we have today is that the same financial managers,
financial engineers, analysts, regulators and journalists who created
and supported the housing and credit bubbles, through either their
own stupidity or their own dishonesty or their own corruption or
their own criminality are now continuing with exactly the same
stupidity, dishonesty, corruption and criminality, because to do
otherwise would be to admit to their own part in the growing financial
crisis.
Amid all this stench of corruption, these people should have no
credibility left whatsoever. Instead, they cling to credibility by
supporting one another's corruption, watching as the news gets worse
and worse, hoping for the day when they'll find someone besides
themselves to take all the blame.
=inc ww2010.h2 cred "Credibility and asset writedowns"
Are asset writedowns almost at an end? The banks, analysts and
journalists are saying that they are, but they haven't gotten this
right since the beginning, so we have to assume that they're being
stupid, dishonest or corrupt, as they have been all along.
In fact, some figures published this week indicate that there's still
a long way to go.
Let's begin with <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601208&sid=an2o_RDeA.9A&refer=finance
"a table of all the asset writedowns so far"#> (as of April 1) -- and
keep in mind that in each case, the institution had said just a few
days earlier that everything was perfectly fine:
Firm Writedown Credit Loss Total
----------------------- --------- ----------- -----
UBS 38 38
Merrill Lynch 25.1 25.1
Citigroup 21.4 2.5 23.9
HSBC 3 9.4 12.4
Morgan Stanley 11.7 11.7
IKB Deutsche 9 9
Bank of America 7.3 0.9 8.2
Deutsche Bank 7.4 7.4
Credit Agricole 6.5 6.5
Credit Suisse 6.3 6.3
Washington Mutual 0.3 5.5 5.8
JPMorgan Chase 2.9 2.1 5
Wachovia 2.9 2 4.9
Canadian Imperial (CIBC) 4 4
Societe Generale 3.8 3.8
Mizuho Financial Group 3.4 3.4
Lehman Brothers 3.3 3.3
Barclays 3.2 3.2
Royal Bank of Scotland 3.1 3.1
Goldman Sachs 3 3
Dresdner 2.7 2.7
Bear Stearns 2.6 2.6
ABN Amro 2.4 2.4
Fortis 2.3 2.3
Natixis 1.9 1.9
HSH Nordbank 1.7 1.7
Wells Fargo 0.3 1.4 1.7
BNP Paribas 1.3 0.3 1.6
DZ Bank 1.5 1.5
National City 0.4 1 1.4
Bank of China 1.3 1.3
Bayerische Landesbank 1.3 1.3
Caisse d'Epargne 1.3 1.3
LB Baden-Wuerttemberg 1.3 1.3
Nomura Holdings 1 1
Sumitomo Mitsui 1 1
Gulf International 1 1
European banks not 8.4 8.4
listed above
Asian banks not 4 0.7 4.7
listed above
Canadian banks 2.4 0.1 2.5
excluding CIBC
----------------------- --------- ----------- -----
TOTALS 206 25.8 231.8
And so, that's a total of $232 billion in asset writedowns, as of
April 1.
What should we make of this list? Is this the end of the writedowns?
Are institutions finally being honest, and confessing to everything,
as investors seem to believe?
Actually, there's every reason to believe the opposite:
Any manager who admits to a writedown of assets under his
control will probably lose his bonus, his fat fees, and possibly his
job.
Any company that admits to a writedown of assets risks being
forced to lay off employees.
Any company that admits to a writedown of assets risks a "run" on
their remaining "good" assets, as happened to Bear Stearns.
Any rating company that re-rates worthless CDOs from their
meaningless AAA rating to junk status risks forcing all of the last
three outcomes in the companies with those CDOs in their
portfolios.
And so there's no motivation whatsoever to hurry up and write down
assets, and there are HUGE motivations NOT to do so unless absolutely
forced to. So there's ABSOLUTELY NO REASON to believe that the asset
writedowns are anywhere close to completion.
Also, notice the following peculiarity: Recall from the figures above
the Steve Lieseman provided that $179 billion in CDOs have ALREADY
DEFAULTED. As Lieseman discussed when he presented these figures on
CNBC, there's absolutely no way to correlate the defaulted CDOs with
the writedowns in the list above. The banks are simply keeping all
that information top secret. If $179 billion have already defaulted,
you can be sure that there will be a lot more than $232 billion in
writedowns to come.
One question that we might ask ourselves is this: How much are the
assets in institution portfolios that MIGHT have to be written down
in the future? It turns out that we know at least some of the answer
to that question, thanks to new data that was posted last week.
But first we have to review some definitions. Last October, I
described a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071014b "new accounting rule,
FASB Statement 157."#> This rule describes three categories of assets
that an institution might have in its portfolios, and three different
methods for determining their market values. Here are the three
categories:
Level 1 - "Marking to Market."
Valuations are based on "quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities." Prices appear on computer
screens.
Assets in this category: Publicly traded stocks, listed futures
and options, government and agency bonds, and mutual funds.
Level 2 - "Marking to Matrix."
Valuations are based on "observable market data" for similar or
comparable assets, such as dealer-pricing services based on
surveys or other market bids and offers. Fewer screen prices.
Assets in this category: Emerging-market government bonds, some
infrequently traded corporate and municipal bonds, structured
notes, some mortgage and asset-backed securities, and some
derivatives that don't trade publicly.
Level 3 - "Marking to Model."[[Called "Marking to
Myth" by Warren Buffett.]]
Valuations are based on management's best judgment, and involve
management's "own assumptions about the assumptions market
participants would use in pricing the asset." The process can
employ pricing models based on estimates of future cash flows or
other formulas.
Assets in this category: Some real-estate and private-equity
investments, certain loan commitments, some long-term options,
and less easily tradable asset-backed bonds.
Most CDOs and asset-backed securities are in the Level-2 category,
and some are Level-3.
What's been happening since August is that as Level-2 assets either
default or get written down, a chain reaction is created. These
writedowns and defaults become "observable market data," and so by
the "mark-to-matrix" rules, similar securities held by the same
institution or other institutions must be written to comparable
prices.
The new FASB Statement 157 accounting rules became effective on
November 15, and now, five months later, the size of the assets in
these categories has become public for some major institutions.
Bennet Sedacca on the <#stdurl
http://www.minyanville.com/articles/MER-GS-C-jpm-bac-Fed/index/a/16812
"Minyanville web site"#> posted the following table of Level-2 and
Level-3 assets for the eight largest holders in the U.S.:
Institution Level 2 Level 3
and ticker Assets Assets
------------------------- -------------- ------------
1) JP Morgan (JPM) 1,093,059,020 71,290,000
2) Citibank (C) 933,639,030 133,435,000
3) Bank of America (BAC) 781,805,030 31,470,000
4) Merrill Lynch (MER) 768,073,010 41,449,000
5) Goldman Sachs (GS) 620,985,970 96,386,000
6) Bear Stearns (BSC) 332,979,010 37,350,000
7) Morgan Stanley (MS) 304,052,010 78,168,000
8) Lehman Brothers (LEH) 199,830,990 42,508,000
------------------------- -------------- ------------
Totals 5,034,424,070 460,766,000
Putting all this together, here's what we know:
These and similar institutions have so far declared just $231
billion in writedowns.
There have been $179 billion in CDO defaults within these and
similar institutions, and CDO defaults are accelerating.
There are $5.5 TRILLION in Level-2/3 assets being held by just
the eight largest holders.
These institutions are maintaining absolutely secrecy about the
nature of holdings in each of these categories, except when forced to
reveal information.
Regulators, such as New York Insurance Superintendent Eric
Dinallo and US Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson, are actively
encouraging institutions to avoid writing down for as long as they
can get away with it, even though such delays amount to fraud.
These institutions have repeatedly lied, have absolutely no
credibility, and are highly motivated to lie for as long as
possible.
You can make your own judgment, but my judgment is that hundreds of
billions of dollars or trillions of dollars of additional writedowns
are being hidden by financial institutions, either inadvertently, or
purposely, in order to mislead investors and the public.
And judging from the reactions of investors and the financial press,
who are saying that the worst is over, the financial institutions'
mendacity is being rewarded.
=inc ww2010.h2 cds "Credit default swaps (CDSs) and counterparty risk"
Little is known by anybody about the real structure of all of the the
$700 trillion worth of credit derivatives in financial portfolios of
institutions around the world, since they're totally unregulated.
One segment of those credit derivatives, the credit default swaps
(CDSs) segment, totalling $45 trillion, is becoming better
understood.
In particular, it's becoming clearer that the marketplace is creating
long "chains" of CDSs that pose serious systemic risk to the global
economy.
In general terms, here's how these chains are created:
Let's suppose that the year is 2006, and I decide to invest
$1 million in these wonderful new CDOs that are all the rage. I can
expect to get 20% per year return on my investment.
But I'm still nervous that the CDOs might default, and I'll lose
my $1 million investment.
And so I sign an "insurance" contract with you. I'll pay you
$100,000, and in return, you promise to pay me my $1 million if the
CDOs default. That contract is called a "credit default swap," or
CDS. You and I both know that these CDOs are as "good as gold," so
we're both happy.
But then you get a little nervous, and decide you'd like some
insurance yourself. You find someone, call him B, who's willing to
sign a CDS with you. You pay him $90,000, and he'll promise to pay
YOU $1 million if MY CDOs default.
Now you're happy because you've made a dandy little $10,000, and you
sold all the risk the someone else. And B is happy, because he's
made $90,000, and he knows that my CDOs are as "good as gold."
However, B's wife gets a little nervous, and insists that he
protect himself with some insurance. So B signs a CDS with C. B
will pay C $85,000, and C promises to pay B $1 million in case my
CDOs default.
And so now B has netted $5,000, and he has no risk, because now C has
all the risk.
The above process continues through D, E, F, G, H, I, J and
K.
Now you may think that the above example is fanciful, but as I
understand what's going on, it is not fanciful. In fact, it's become
standard practice among investment banks and hedge funds to offload
risk in exactly this way. Hedge funds in particular have created
tens of trillions of dollars of CDSs in order to offload risk with
one another. The "monoline" bond insurers have acted as
counterparties to many of these CDSs, in return for fat fees.
Now you can see the meaning of the phrase "counterparty risk." I've
signed a CDS with you, and if my CDOs default, I'll expect you to pay
me $1 million.
You think you're OK, even if you don't have $1 million to spare,
because you've signed a CDS with another counterparty, B, who'll have
to pay you the $1 million that you have to pay me. The counterparty
chain goes through C, D, E, and so forth and, like any chain, it's
only as strong as its weakest link.
With tens of trillions of dollars CDSs intertwined through investment
funds and hedge funds, there is a great deal of fear that any large
bankruptcy will cause a chain reaction that will cause multiple
bankruptcies.
It was exactly this kind of CDS counterparty chain reaction risk that
Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke was talking about when he <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080407 "testified before Congress"#> to explain why
the Fed saved Bear Steans from bankruptcy in March. Bear Stearns was
going to go bankrupt within 24 hours, which would have caused a
systemic calamity to the global economy.
At the end of the most interesting part of the testimony, Senator
Bunning asked, "What's going to happen if a Merrill or a Lehman or
someone like that is next?" He never got an answer to that question,
but there's no doubt that the correct answer is a financial calamity.
=inc ww2010.h2 deflation "Inflation or deflation?"
I'm getting one or two questions each week from web site readers
either asking about or disagreeing with my discussion of deflation
and the deflationary spiral we're headed for.
Here's a recent message from a web site reader:
"I do read a lot of other blogs and sites regarding
economic news. <#stdurl
http://www.prudentbear.com/index.php/archive_menu?art_id=5044 "One
that I just read"#> was discussing the 'deflation or inflation'
question. It basically forcasts inflation.
Now... I think that you are of the opinion that a deflationary
cycle is coming. The article above suggests that inflation will
happen becasue currencies are no longer tied to gold and so
governments can just print more and more money.
There certainly seems to be two camps of thought on this issue,
both camps having there fair share of people without vested or
biased interests. I'm confused as to how these two camps could
have such different views."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right deflation 3
So I'll summarize the discussion again here, and leave anyone wanting
more to read the "related articles" in the sidebar. Also, although
mainstream economists talk about nothing but inflation, I would point
out that I've been right a lot more often than mainstream economists
in the last six years.
First, let's discuss the "gold standard" which, until 1971, pegged
the value of gold at $35 per ounce. The argument being made by some
(but not by Bernanke and other policy makers) is that the government
could not "print money" in the 1930s because the dollar was pegged to
gold, but could "print money" as much as it wanted today, making the
dollar worthless, and pushing the economy into hyperinflation.
Supporters of this view also use the term "fiat currency" to describe
the dollar today, not pegged to gold, as opposed to the dollar before
1971.
This argument about the gold standard is completely irrelevant to the
discussion in just about every possible way:
Nobody has any idea how to enforce a gold standard with
central bank policy. If the Fed lowers interest rates by 1%, what
effect does that have on the price of gold? No one has any
idea.
So the Fed in the 1930s could have done anything it wanted, since
there's no way to say, "Doing such-and-such violates the gold
standard." The Fed had no restrictions on it at all from the gold
standard.
Furthermore, even if there HAD been some restriction, the
Congress would simply have removed the restriction or repealed the
gold standard entirely. They would not have allowed millions of
people to starve and go homeless just because of some technical
requirement that could be easily removed or ignored.
Finally, the Fed DOES have restrictions on it -- the size of
<#stdurl http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/Current "the Fed
balance sheet."#> The Fed has roughly $1 trillion dollars available to
it to it today, with or without the gold standard.
=// http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20080424/
With regard to gold, I'm going to repeat a warning that I've posted
several times before: The price of gold has been in the $300-500 per
ounce range since the 1970s, except for the bubble in the early 1980s
and the bubble going on today. The price of gold will almost
certainly fall to the $300-500 range again, once the bubble bursts,
even if it spikes briefly upward again. Gold is way overpriced today,
and represents a very poor investment for most people.
As for the potential of hyperinflation, just consider the figures
that have been given in this article: Hundreds of trillions of
dollars in credit derivatives in institutional portfolios around the
world; tens of trillions in credit default swaps (CDSs); over $5
trillion in CDOs and other "Level-2/3" assets. Add in at least $5
trillion as the size of the housing bubble, and additional trillions
of dollars for bubbles in consumer debt.
All of that money is disappearing, as the credit bubble implodes.
Are CDSs "real" money? Yes they are, in a very real sense. It's
true that you can't go into the grocery story and purchase a quart of
milk with a CDS, but you CAN (or at least COULD until last August)
use those CDSs to purchase stock shares or other marketable
securities.
When the Fed saved Bear Stearns from bankruptcy, it was not by
"printing money." In fact, all the various actions taken by the Fed
in recent weeks have been to permit commercial and investment banks
to exchange their worthless CDOs for Treasury bills.
When a bank thus gets rid of its CDOs, it no longer has to write them
down according to mark-to-market rules. Those worthless CDOs are
then in the Fed's portfolio, where they will sit until either the
bank has to take them back, or until the Fed can find another way to
get rid of them.
So the real danger is not hyperinflation. The real danger is that
the Fed itself will go bankrupt, when it becomes evident that those
CDOs really are near-worthless.
And that's certain to happen, according to
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328 "an analysis by Oppenheimer analyst
Meredith Whitney."#> Here's what she said, describing the actions of
commercial banks:
"[T]hese banks have got themselves into trouble,
are going to get themselves into trouble prospectively, because
they refuse to sell these assets, because they think the market is
bid too low.
Well the problem is that each month that they wait, the asset
values go lower, and then when the ratings agencies downgrade
these assets, they're required to carry even more capital against
those assets. ...
There are a couple of things that go on. So you have people that
refuse to sell assets.... So if banks don't want to sell these
assets, the longer they wait to sell these assets, the values
decline.
But then when, all of a sudden, banks decide TO sell all these
assets, there'll be a supply jam on the market driving prices
down even lower, so there'll be more write downs. And ultimately,
I think these financials will sell assets at well below today's
market prices."
Whitney said that a month ago, and we can see that her predictions
about falling asset prices have been coming true. This is indicated
by the surging defaults in CDOs that we discussed earlier.
But now many of those near-worthless assets are in the Fed's
portfolio, rather than in the banks' portfolios. So the real danger
is not some kind of hyperinflation. The real danger is the total
collapse and bankruptcy of the Federal Reserve, as the value of its
assets become worthless. This will create a massive chain reaction,
resulting in the collapse of tens of trillions of dollars worth of
CDOs, CDSs, auction rate securities, and other near-worthless
securities, the detritus of the burst credit bubble.
As I've been saying for years, the credit bubble has to burst. It's
already leaking, and it's leaking faster and faster. At some point,
the chain reaction just described will begin. This won't cause
hyperinflation, because the Fed has only a tiny amount of money
available to it, compared to the massive money losses that will
occur. Those massive losses will create the deflationary spiral that
I've described.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080427 Reverend Jeremiah Wright defends his anti-Americanism.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.head
Reverend Jeremiah Wright defends his anti-Americanism.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.keys
reverend jeremiah wright, canada
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.date
27-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.txt1
Appearing on PBS on "Bill Moyers' Journal,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080427.txt2
Reverend Jeremiah A. Wright Jr. was given a full hour to explain his
numerous well-publicized anti-American remarks, including his
accusations that America is rooted in terrorism, that the 9/11
attacks were "the chickens coming home to roost" for America's crimes,
and that the US government created the Aids/Hiv virus as a weapon to
exterminate blacks.
The one-hour interview appeared on PBS's Bill Moyers'
Journal on Friday evening, and is being repeated during the next
few days.
Listening to Wright, I was reminded how easy it is for hate-filled
racist bigots to have no trouble cherry-picking "facts" to justify
their prejudices. Hitler never had any trouble justifying his hatred
of Jews, the Ku Klux Klan never had any trouble justifying their
hatred of blacks, and Wright had no trouble justifying his hatred of
America. These people are all of the same cloth.
Whenever I hear <#stdurl http://youtube.com/watch?v=hZ38N8OUg3Q
"Reverend Wright screaming"#> "God damn America! God damn America!
God damn America!", I feel the need to take a shower. However, that
option isn't always available.
So for those of you who feel the same way, I offer you the following
<#stdurl http://youtube.com/watch?v=6TpDH6DuMek "video of Canadian
singer Celine Dion"#> to serve as a very effective antidote:
=eod
=// &&2 e080425 More e-mail troubles - please use alternate gmail address.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.head
More e-mail troubles - please use alternate gmail address.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.keys
web site
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.date
25-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.txt1
Web.com (Interland) is bouncing e-mail messages again.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080425.txt2
=inc ww2010.bugcomment right
If you've sent me an email message in the last week, then it's
possible that I haven't received it.
Right at this moment (Friday morning) all e-mail messages to
generationaldynamics.com are being bounced, because of problems on
their systems. This apparently has happened off and on for the last
week.
If you send me an e-mail message, please copy it to the following
gmail account that I've set up: <#stdurl mailto:jxenakis123@gmail.com
jxenakis123@gmail.com#> . That way, I'll get it one way or the
other.
Also, you can use one of the "Comment" forms, such as the one on the
right.
=eod
=// &&2 e080424 Food rationing comes to the United States
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.head
Food rationing comes to the United States
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.keys
malthus effect, food prices, haiti, food rationing, thailand, egypt,
china, india, vietnam, egypt, thailand, music video
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.date
24-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.txt1
After years of price rises, mainstream media is finally recognizing
there's a problem.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080424.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right foodprices 3
It has been a mystery to me for years how the world could possibly be
so oblivious to the growing problem of food scarcity and higher food
prices. I first wrote about this in 2004 in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.food040628 ""Green revolution vs the Malthus
effect,""#> and the mystery has been growing since then as the
problem has gotten worse every year. Food prices have been growing
faster than inflation since 2000, and started spiking rapidly by
2007.
The "Malthus Effect" is a term that I coined for the phenomenon that
population grows faster than the food supply, resulting in genocidal
wars. Thomas Roberts Malthus first wrote about this in 1798, but he
made a mistake in concluding that food scarcity and rising food prices
would cause famine. What I call the "Malthus effect" corrects this
error by concluding that food scarcity and rising food prices would
cause genocidal war, as populations compete for scarce resources.
It's somewhat of a cultural breakthrough that this past week, BBC,
CNN, CNBC and other major media channels finally devoted a great deal
of air time to the worldwide food crisis.
What really has caught everyone's attention is that major warehouse
clubs Sam's Club and Costco are in the process of <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2008/apr/24/food.usa "limiting
sales of rice,"#> and considering <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a8eTi39MS7Vc&refer=home
"the same for flour"#> and for some oils.
The motivation for rationing is that large purchasers, especially
restaurant chains, are hoarding large quantities of rice because the
price keeps on increasing. The world price of rice has more than
doubled in the last year, and increased 47% just this year. Prices
are expected to continue increasing at least until 2009. And so
large purchasers are hoarding to save money, resulting in rationing.
In fact, food scarcity and food prices are creating destabilization
all of the world. Haiti's government fell last week because of
rising food prices, and rice-producing countries, including China,
India, Vietnam and Egypt, have been limiting or forbidding exports.
The world's largest rice exporter, Thailand, is also considering
export bans to prevent internal shortages. The <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601080&sid=a44yoyVwfXpY&refer=asia
"World bank is warning"#> that if Thailand reduces exports, then
panic buying may be triggered throughout Asia.
World Vision International, which provides food relief in 35
countries, said it can no longer provide rations to 1.5 million of the
poor people it fed last year because of soaring costs.
This is affecting everyone in the world, creating pools of hunger and
starvation in many different places.
If the situation is so bad that the United States, the best-fed
country in the world, is forced to resort to food rationing, then you
can just imagine what must be happening in the developing world.
It's only a matter of time before one of those pools of people turns
into a hungry mob, and then an angry mob.
Reggae isn't my favorite kind of music, but this <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F5kAxuye5xY "video of Bob Marley's
"Them Belly Full""#> is really great, and carries an
important message:
Them belly full but we hungry
A hungry mob is an angry mob
A rain a fall but the dirt it tough
A yot a yook but the yood no 'nough
You're gonna dance to Jah music, dance
We're gonna dance to Jah music, dance
Forget your troubles and dance
Forget your sorrows and dance
Forget your sickness and dance
Forget your weakness and dance
Cost of living get so high
Rich and poor they start to cry
Now the weak must get strong
They say, oh what a tribulation
Them belly full but we hungry
A hungry mob is an angry mob
A rain a fall but the dirt it tough
A pot a yook but the yood no 'nough
We're gonna chuck to Jah music, chuckin'
We're gonna chuck to Jah music, chuckin'
Chuckin', chuckin', chuckin', chuckin'
Belly full but them hungry
A hungry mob is an angry mob
A rain a fall but the dirt it tough
A pot a cook but the food no 'nough
A hungry man is an angry man
A rain a fall but the dirt it tough
A pot a yook but the yood no 'nough
A rain a fall but the dirt it tough
A pot a cook but the yood no 'nough
=eod
=// &&2 e080423b Putin angrily denies divorce rumors and shuts down newspaper reporting them
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.head
Putin angrily denies divorce rumors and shuts down newspaper
reporting them
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.keys
vladimir putin, russia, italy, silvio berlusconi
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.date
23-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.txt1
He denies the 'erotic fantasy' reports of an affair with Alina
Kabaeva
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080423a.jpg right "" "Russian journalist Natalia
Melikova asked the sensitive question about Putin and Kabaeva. At
bottom, Berlusconi responds with a gesture pretending to shoot
Melikova, with Putin looking on.
(Source: Telegraph)"#>
The Moscow newspaper Moskovski Korrespondent <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/europe/article3779901.ece
"was forced to shut down,"#> and its editor, Grigori Nekhoroshev, was
forced to resign, in retaliation for printing rumors that Putin had
divorced his wife, and was going to marry rhythmical gymnast Alina
Kabaeva, a superstar and gold medal winner at the 2004 Olympics in
Athens. (See my article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080418
""Vladimir Putin finds a way to retain power in Russia""#>
for more details about the rumors.)
"Our director came to the newsroom and told us we were being shut
down," said the shaken editor Nekhoroshev. "As far as the story is
concerned I’ve full faith in my correspondents."
Several hours earlier, at a press conference in Sardinia with the
Italian Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi, Russian journalist Natalia
Melikova asked Putin about the rumors.
Berlusconi immediately <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2008/04/18/wputin318.xml
"gestured at Melikova,"#> pretending to be shooting her with a gun.
There's little doubt that Berlusconi was joking, but the joke isn't
so funny when you consider that other Russian journalists who
displeased the Kremlin ended up with bullets in them.
At the press conference, Putin derided the “snotty noses and erotic
fantasies” of the journalists reporting the rumors, which he denied,
saying: "There is not a word of truth in this story. Politicians
live in glass houses, everyone wants to know how they live, but there
are limits and there is a private life and these limits should be
respected. ... Other publications of a similar nature have in the past
mentioned similar stories about me and women entertainers and
attractive young girls and it will come as no surprise to you that I
don't like them."
Melikova reportedly was reduced to tears by the incident at the press
conference, but later said, "I saw Berlusconi's gesture and I know he
has a reputation as being a joker. I hope there are no consequences."
I suspect that Melikova has learned her lesson.
But there were consequences for Moskovski Korrespondent, and its
editor, as the paper was shut down just a few hours after the press
conference.
=eod
=// &&2 e080423 China and Taiwan: Understanding two different war paradigms
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.head
China and Taiwan: Understanding two different war paradigms
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.keys
crisis wars, regeneracy, humphrey hawksley, china, taiwan, barack
obama, anthony kuhn, israel, hizbollah, lebanon, iraq, rwanda,
darfur, sudan, strauss and howe, fourth turning
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.date
23-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.txt1
None of Obama, Clinton or McCain have any idea of this.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080423.txt2
Last month, in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080323 "my article on Ma
Ying-jeou's presidential victory in Taiwan,"#> I quoted a BBC report
by BBC correspondent Humphrey Hawksley claiming that China has
decided that economic development with Taiwan is so important that
"unification" of Taiwan with China has become irrelevant.
I was very critical of this view, and so I was extremely flattered
last week to receive an e-mail message from Mr. Hawksley himself
pointing out <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/04/03/opinion/edhawks.php "an IHT.com
article"#> in which he expands his thoughts in much greater detail:
"After decades as a flashpoint for war, the
Taiwan-China conflict is, in effect, no more.
High-level conferences did not bring peace. Nor has one side
battered the other into submission. Time, pragmatism and
compromise produced a win-win formula that could serve as an
example elsewhere - the Middle East, the Balkans, Tibet. It's
already being replicated between the U.S. and China.
China and Taiwan have each become so irreplaceable to the global
supply chain that the benefits of the status quo, coupled with
increased living standards, far outweigh those of causing
trouble.
The information-technology sector alone gives an idea of how
easily a China-Taiwan conflict could paralyze world consumer
markets. Between them, China and Taiwan control much of the
computer Internet market.
On a wider scale, economic links between China and Taiwan continue
to grow. More than 50,000 Taiwanese companies operate in China.
Taiwanese overall investment there is at least $150 billion, with
more from Taiwanese-owned offshore companies. China-Taiwan annual
trade is more than $100 billion, and products of this alliance
involve supply chains from dozens of other countries.
Add China's reliance on exports to the United States and its
billions of dollars of U.S. debt, and the scenario of all this
suddenly unraveling becomes unthinkable, conjuring up a Cold War
comparison of a "mutually assured destruction" through economic
instead of nuclear strikes. The difference is that bankers and
economists, not generals, call the shots.
In recent years this economic reality has increasingly loomed
over Chinese and American policymaking, paving the way for a
permanent peace. "Beijing made a decision in the summer of 2002
that the economic development of China was more important than the
unification of the motherland," explained Chong-pin Lin, president
of the Foundation for International and Cross-Strait Studies. "And
that was inter-related to another principle of placing cooperation
with Washington higher than conflict with Washington." ...
For its part, the United States since 2003 has taken the side of
China whenever Taiwan makes rumbling noises on the issue of
independence. This inconsistency between America's claim to a
global democratic mission and its warning to Taiwanese voters not
to upset the Chinese apple cart is another example of the changing
paradigm. "America is praising the people of Iraq for going to the
polls yet at the same time condemning us for having a vote to
express our desire to be part of the international community,"
notes Bi-khim Hsiao, international affairs spokesman for Taiwan's
defeated Democratic Progressive Party. ...
The United States could eliminate this inconsistency by using the
very model that it fostered - "China-Taiwan supply-chain
diplomacy" - to motivate other conflict zones towards peace.
One crucial marker is the link between economic performance and
political maturity. According to the Taiwan Institute of Economic
Research, it was only possible to begin dismantling Taiwan's
dictatorship in the mid-1980s when the per capita GDP had reached
$5,000. David S. Hong, the president of the institute, suggests
that China will not be ready for such a transformation until per
capita GDP reaches $15,000, perhaps more than a generation from
now. At present the GDP is about $2,000, against Taiwan's
$17,000.
Both the Chinese government and Tibetan activists could learn from
the Taiwan example. At present, decades of Chinese investment and
economic growth in Tibet have had scant effect on Tibetans who
cling to their culture and religion even if that means less
material improvement. China, too, remains determined to preserve
its control over Tibet no matter what the economic cost may be.
It's a lose-lose situation. ...
Humphrey Hawksley is a BBC correspondent. His latest book
"Security Breach," is due out in August. Reprinted with permission
from YaleGlobal."
At its heart, this is the "war is bad for business" argument, which
can be used to prove that no major war can ever occur -- until it
does.
Practically every major war in history was conducted by belligerents
that were doing business with each other.
For example, England and France have had robust commercial ties, ever
since the French Normans and William the Conqueror conquered England
in 1066. And yet, those commercial ties meant nothing in one major
war after another.
The problem is that these major wars ("generational Crisis wars," as
I refer to them) almost never make sense in retrospect. How could
Japan have POSSIBLY decided to bomb Pearl Harbor, when the US was
many times larger than Japan, and clearly would win the subsequent
war? In the American civil war, how could the South POSSIBLY have
decided to initiate war, when the North was three times larger than
the South? It was easy to prove that neither of these wars could
ever possibly occur -- until they did.
So the "war is bad for business" argument may challenge the
motivation of SOME wars, but it clearly is completely irrelevant for
many of the major wars of history.
=inc ww2010.h2 crisis "Crisis wars vs non-crisis wars"
I refer to this distinction frequently on this web site, but the
current debate over China and Taiwan makes it appropriate to look at
it a little differently.
These are two completely different war paradigms, reflecting two
completely different ways that wars can begin. Few people grasp
this distinction, even though it's crucial to understanding where the
world is going today.
We've actually had two recent wars that illustrate this clear
distinction:
The 2003 Iraq ground invasion illustrates the "non-crisis
war" paradigm. The Iraq invasion was discussed and debated for an
entire year before it occurred -- in the US Congress, in the United
Nations Security Council, and endlessly in the media. Specific
reasons were given for the planned invasion -- Iraq's refusal to allow
UN inspectors, Iraq's history of using WMDs and intelligence that
WMDs were still under development. Furthermore, economic arguments
were brought to bear -- oil revenues could be used to benefit Iraqi
people, rather than the Iraqi government élite.
Many of these arguments turned out to be wrong later, but that's not
my point. My point is that this war was pursued in a methodical,
rational manner, following months of debate. Even today, pursuit of
war is still being debated -- in Congress, in the media, in the
United Nations. This was illustrated by the "surge" scenario, which
was pursued in conjunction with methodical, rational worldwide
debate.
The 2006 war between Israel and Lebanon illustrates the "crisis
war" paradigm. That war as initiated by Israel when Hizbollah took
two Israeli soldiers hostage.
There was no lengthy international debate prior to the beginning of
this war. To the contrary, this war was unthinkable before it
happened. Prior to summer 2006, almost nobody even contemplated the
possibility that Hizbollah would be showering Israel with missiles,
and Israel would be bombing and destroying Lebanon's infrastructure.
To say that such a war was "bad for business" is a vast
understatement.
Once again, contrast this with the Iraq war just described, where it
was debated endlessly before it happened, and various endgame
scenarios were laid out by different parties supporting or opposing
the war. There were no endgame scenarios laid out for the
Israel-Lebanon war, because almost no one thought that such a war was
even conceivable.
And yet, Israel panicked, miscalculated, and attacked Hizbollah and
Lebanon within four hours after the kidnapping of two soldiers --
with no plan, no clear objectives. Once the war began, Israel
blundered from one objective to another, one plan to another. The
entire <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 "war was pursued through
improvisation."#>
First, Israel would just pursue the war through air power. Then
they'd need just a few ground forces. Then they'd need a few more
ground forces. Finally there was a large Israeli army in Lebanon. If
you'd like to refresh your memory about what happened, read <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 ""How Israel panicked in pursuing the
summer Lebanon war with Hizbollah""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070504 ""Israeli governnment in crisis after report on war with
Hizbollah.""#>
What about international debate? There was indeed a great deal of
international debate in the United Nations Security Council and in
the world media -- but it only began well after the war started. And
then what all the debate was about was how to create an international
force that would sit "between" the Israeli and Hizbollah forces, so
that the war could stop. Once again this contrasts with the Iraq war
-- there was never any discussion of an international force to go
between the American and Iraqi armed forces.
The fact is that when those two Israeli soldiers were kidnapped,
nothing else mattered. NOTHING. Israel's prime minister Ehud Olmert
didn't ask, "How will this military action affect sales of Israeli
bagels to Lebanese grocery stores?" All such reasons instantly
dissolved into irrelevance. "War is bad for business" was not even a
momentary consideration. Even though the Lebanon war was impossible
before it happened, it happened anyway. And now, two years later,
the two Israeli soldiers are still being held hostage by Hizbollah.
That's the flaw in the "war is bad for business" argument about China
and Taiwan.
You have to understand this distinction if you want to understand
where the world is going today. People don't think in terms of the
"crisis war paradigm," because they've rarely seen anything like it
since World War II ended, and when it occurs, it's considered an
aberration.
The 1994 Rwanda genocide is an excellent example of a Crisis war, and
the international community is still totally baffled as to what
happened and why. They have NO IDEA what caused that genocide to
occur.
And now we have the Darfur genocide. When it received worldwide
attention in 2004, I predicted that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e040628 "the UN would not stop the genocide,"#> because it was a
Crisis war, and crisis wars have to run their course. That's exactly
what happened, and now, four years later, the Darfur war appears to
be no closer to a conclusion than it did in 2004.
That's why I say that politicians, journalists, analysts and
historians have no idea about these two different war paradigms, even
when they're perfectly obvious. The wars in Rwanda, Darfur, and
Lebanon were launched as Crisis wars, and it never occurs to anyone
that exactly the same thing could happen with China and Taiwan.
Furthermore, the generational aspect of this is all-important. These
Crisis wars can only be launched during generational Crisis eras --
those periods of time beginning 55-60 years after the end of the last
Crisis war, when all the survivors are disappearing (retiring or
dying), all at once. As long as the survivors of the previous Crisis
war are alive and in charge, they make it their life's goal to
prevent anything to so horrible from happening again. When the
survivors die off, the younger post-war generations have NO IDEA
what's coming.
It's worth emphasizing this point more. People who lived during
World War II, even as children, saw this kind of irrational, panicky
warfare over and over. WW II was not just one war -- it was many
wars being fought simultaneously, and each one of these component
wars was shocking in its own way. People who lived through that
recognize those kinds of panicky emotions, and they spend their lives
preventing that kind of war from happening again.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
The survivor generations are so successful in preventing that kind of
panicky war that the younger generations are completely unprepared
for it. The US has had several non-crisis wars -- the Korean War,
the Vietnam War, the 1991 Gulf War -- all fought in the "non-crisis
war paradigm." Today's Boomers and Gen-Xers have never experienced
anything remotely like a Crisis war.
And when they occur in other nations, they're considered aberrations.
According to this reasoning, the Rwanda and Darfur wars are caused by
tribal juices, and the Iran/Iraq war are caused by Arab war
proclivities. This is nonsense. Crisis wars happen in all nations,
though on different timelines.
That's exactly how these crisis wars begin, and how war with China
will begin. Perhaps it will begin with an incident in Taiwan. Or
perhaps it will begin with an <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050716
"incident with Japan over the Senkaku / Diaoyu Islands."#> Or, perhaps
it will begin within China itself. One web site reader recently wrote
to me that it's most likely to begin within central Asia. The
scenario can't be predicted, but the final result is certain.
In discussing the Iraq and Lebanon wars above, I glossed over a
couple of important points that I'd like to mention now:
Although the 2003 Iraq war was launched in the "non-crisis
war paradigm," there was an element of panic that played a part: The
2003 invasion occurred 58 years after the nuclear bombing of
Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945, and according to the "58 year
hypothesis," the 2003 invasion was driven by officials 63-68 years
old, who <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 "panicked because they have
vivid childhood memories"#> of the bombing. However, although America
is in a generational Crisis era, Iraq is NOT. Iraq is in a
generational Awakening era, just one generation past the genocidal
Iran/Iraq Crisis war, and so the 2003 Iraq invasion didn't spread into
a wider war.
Similarly, although Israel is in a generational Crisis era,
Lebanon is in a generational Awakening era (just like Iraq), just one
generation following the genocidal Lebanese civil war of the 1980s.
If Lebanon had been in a Crisis era, then Hizbollah would have
crossed into Israel and killed Israelis in their homes, leading to a
much wider escalating war that would probably have engulfed the
region.
For those students of generational theory who wish to understand what
happens in a Crisis war, I cannot emphasize too strongly how valuable
it is to study the 2006 Israel/Lebanon war.
When I wrote about <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060906 "the winners and
losers"#> of the Lebanon war, I contrasted the war styles of the two
parties. Both sides followed their generational scripts almost to
the letter.
Israel fought in a typical crisis era panicky "hot" war style,
furiously bombing infrastructure, calling up new reserves every day,
confronting Hizbollah terrorists on their own soil, and feeling very
anxious about the U.N. peace deal after the war. In fact, the "58
year hypothesis" also applies to the Israeli situation -- it occurred
58 years after the 1948 partitioning of Palestine and creation of the
state of Israel.
If Hizbollah had fought in a "hot" style, they would have crossed the
border into Israel and killed Israelis in their own homes.
Instead, Hizbollah fought the war in a "cool," methodical non-crisis
war style. They launched missiles from their home soil, retreating
to their homes or to bunkers as needed. They methodically goaded
Israeli into supplanting their air-only war with a ground war,
requiring thousands of Israeli soldiers to fight on Lebanese soil.
The goaded the Israelis into destroying Lebanese infrastructure, and
killing Lebanese civilians, including women and children.
The contrast could not have been sharper, and clearly illuminates
some of the major differences between crisis and non-crisis
wars.
In the case of China and the United States today, the "war is bad for
business" argument would have applied ten years ago, when there were
plenty of survivors around from the two Crisis wars -- World War II
for America, and Mao's Communist Revolution for China.
The level of anxiety and paranoia between China and the West is
growing daily, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080416 "I wrote last
week,"#> in conjunction with Tibet and the Olympics torch protests.
The West is becoming increasingly suspicious about China, and China
is becoming increasingly furious with the West. As I wrote, there's
plenty of anti-Chinese bigotry in the West, and the Chinese have good
reason to be angry about it, but the problem is that the Chinese are
increasingly crossing the line into paranoia, claiming that Western
governments and media are purposely campaigning against China. This
is exactly the kind of atmosphere that can lead to panic and a
military intervention that spirals out of control into a full-fledged
Crisis war.
In addition, the 58-year hypothesis fully applies to this situation,
since Mao's Communist Revolution ended 59 years ago, in 1949, in the
massive bloodbath that led millions of Chinese to flee to the island
of Formosa (Taiwan).
Applying the 58 year hypothesis to China today is speculation, and so
let's speculate. The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) Central Committee
is made up of people in exactly the age group we're talking about --
roughly 63 years old and older, who remember that final bloodbath
from their childhood. When these men and women talk to one another,
they have a visceral connection with one another, not wanting that
bloodbath to be repeated; when they talk to younger people, the
younger people can barely figure out what they're talking about.
That's the muscle behind the 58-year hypothesis.
In other words, the people in the CCP Central Committee may decide
that time is not on their side. They may reach the conclusion that
if they don't recover Taiwan quickly, then there'll be a negative
outcome. What negative outcome? Here are some possibilities:
By delaying for even a couple of years, Taiwan may be able to
get away with simply declaring independence.
By waiting, the Taiwan separatists may link up with the Tibetan
(Buddhist) separatists and the Xinjiang (Muslim) separatists to create
a national rebellion that would repeat the 1948 bloodbath.
By waiting, the vacillation may strengthen the forces within
China that want to end the decades-long rule of the CCP, and the
Communist Party may dissolve, in the same way that the Russian
Communist Party dissolved in 1991, with the collapse of the Soviet
Union.
By waiting until a new American president takes office, who (they
believe) will extricate American forces from Iraq, Americans will
have a larger armed force available to defend Taiwan from a Chinese
attack.
Once the Beijing Olympics games end in August, China is going to be a
very different place. All the fantasies, hopes and dreams that
accompanied the Olympics plans will be over, replaced by a reality
that things are worse than ever -- economically and politically. The
Central Committee, already in fear of their own people, will become
even more paranoid.
It's speculative, but quite possible, that the people within the
Central Committee will panic over one, two, three or all four of the
above potential outcomes, and decide to launch some kind of overnight
assault on Taiwan, "while there's still time." This would lead to
threats and counter-threats that would quickly spiral into full scale
war.
And as I said, that's only one possible war trigger. A panicky,
paranoic CCP may launch military action with Japan, in central Asia,
or within China itself.
And with the Shanghai stock market in the midst of a <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080422 "full-scale stock market crash,"#> fury
directed at America and the West is going to skyrocket.
And there is nothing, ABSOLUTELY NOTHING, about these scenarios that
would make the "war is bad for business" argument relevant.
=inc ww2010.h2 naive "Political naïveté"
As I wrote over a year ago in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123
""Barack Obama to Boomers: Drop dead!""#> Obama has made
his dislike for Boomers very clear. Obama supporters last week were
<#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/18/opinion/18brooks.html?em&ex=1208750400&en=34d002f8eb6da2e7&ei=5087%0A
"severely criticizing debate journalists"#> for asking Obama
embarassing questions, but as a Boomer I'd frankly like to hear his
answer to the question of why he hates Boomers so much.
And so some <#stdurl
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/mayhill-fowler/obama-says-no-to-foreign_b_95357.html
"remarks about foreign policy"#> made a few weeks ago struck a chord
with me. Here's what he said at a fundraiser in San Francisco on
what he's looking for in a running mate:
"I would like somebody who knows about a bunch of
stuff that I'm not as expert on. I think a lot of people assume
that might be some sort of military thing to make me look more
Commander-in-Chief-like. Ironically, this is an area -- foreign
policy is the area where I am probably most confident that I know
more and understand the world better than Senator Clinton or
Senator McCain.
It's ironic because this is supposedly the place where experience
is most needed to be Commander-in-Chief. Experience in Washington
is not knowledge of the world. This I know. When Senator Clinton
brags 'I've met leaders from eighty countries' -- I know what
those trips are like! I've been on them. You go from the airport
to the embassy. There's a group of children who do native dance.
You meet with the CIA station chief and the embassy and they give
you a briefing. You go take a tour of a plant that [with] the
assistance of USAID has started something. And then--you go."
You do that in eighty countries--you don't know those eighty
countries. So when I speak about having lived in Indonesia for
four years, having family that is impoverished in small villages
in Africa--knowing the leaders is not important--what I know is
the people. ...
"I traveled to Pakistan when I was in college--I knew what Sunni
and Shia was [sic] before I joined the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee. ...
"Nobody is entirely prepared for being Commander-in-Chief. The
question is when the 3 AM phone call comes do you have somebody
who has the judgment, the temperament to ask the right questions,
to weigh the costs and benefits of military action, who insists
on good intelligence, who is not going to be swayed by the
short-term politics. By most criteria, I've passed those tests
and my two opponents have not."
What really bothers me about this is its total rejection of anything
that he didn't think of, especially by Boomers. In extreme
situations, Generation-Xers adopt a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080129 "a
nihilistic, destructive"#> attitude, with the philosophy of ignoring
or destroying everything that came before, in order to rebuild the
world from a blank slate. Obama is not at that point, despite his
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 "extremely contemptuous remarks about
Boomers,"#> but his remarks about foreign policy are similar.
Most young people (and many older people) are attracted to Obama for
that very reason -- his semi-nihilistic rejection of everything that
came before as representing "change." Youth and inexperience do not
guarantee the kind of change that's always welcome. President John
Kennedy was the first of his generation, and was recognized as a
youthful new leader heralding change. Kennedy's first major foreign
policy forays -- the Bay of Pigs disaster and the Cuban Missile
Crisis -- might have led to nuclear war with Russia if the 1960s had
been a generational Crisis era, which it wasn't. A comparable
mistake by a President Obama might well trigger a war, for which the
United States might be blamed.
I've reserved these remarks about Obama for this article on the two
different war paradigms, and how they apply to China and Taiwan,
because this gives me the opportunity to add that none of the three
major candidates is really prepared for what's coming.
Humphrey Hawksley's well-articulated article using the "war is bad
for business" argument to prove that a war with China over Taiwan is
virtually impossible represents a mindset that's held by practically
every Boomer and Gen-Xer today, including almost everyone in
Washington. Only John McCain might possibly have a better sense,
having experienced WW II as a child. But overwhelmingly, Washington
and the nation will be totally unprepared for a panicky military
action by the Chinese, just as they were similarly unprepared for the
Pearl Harbor attack.
A <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/22/books/22kaku.html?_r=1&oref=slogin
"New York Times article"#> about two Democratic supporters
claims that the desire for change is so great that the party capturing
the White House in 2008 has "a historic opportunity to become the
majority party for at least four more decades."
That may or may not be true, but what I found interesting about the
article is that the Democrats "have relied heavily in this volume on
the work of William Strauss and Neil Howe, who in books like
“Generations” (1991) and “Millennials Rising” (2000) have articulated
a theory of generational change and who are acknowledged in these
pages as key inspirations. Much of the methodology and terminology
used here comes directly from the writings of Mr. Strauss and Mr.
Howe, as do many of the qualities ascribed to specific generations
like the Baby Boomers and the Millennials."
This paragraph is very interesting to me, because Neil Howe and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "the late William A. Strauss"#> are the
founding fathers of generational theory, and it's their theory on
which Generational Dynamics was originally based.
And what's MOST interesting about the preceding paragraph is that it
mentions two of Strauss and Howe's books, but completely skips over
the one that came between them, the 1997 book The Fourth
Turning. It's that book, in fact, that forms the heart of their
exposition of generational theory, and provides the foundations for
the <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions "Generational Dynamics
forecasting methodology"#> that I developed since 2003. In fact, it
was that book that made Strauss and Howe famous, because it predicted
that something like the 9/11 attacks would occur around the year
2005.
Well, why did these Democratic strategists mention two of Strauss and
Howe's books, the ones that focus on personality characteristics of
modern generations, but fail to mention the one that's really of
greatest importance to America? My answer is that they prefer to
remain oblivious to the Crisis era dangers, just like everyone else
in Washington.
While I'm on this subject, it has been occasionally mentioned in the
Fourth Turning forum that Newt Gingrich was friends with Strauss and
Howe. Gingrich has frequently expressed the public opinion that we're
currently in the middle of World War III. Did he form that opinion
from the authors' theory as described in The Fourth Turning?
Has he seen this web site? Or did he form that opinion in another
way?
Perhaps all these mysteries will be resolved one day. Right now,
America has no direction, and is hoping for "change." Generational
theory tells us that "change" will come, but not from Obama or from
any elected president. Change will come with the "regeneracy," a
generational theory concept so named because some event -- perhaps a
terrorist attack on American soil or perhaps severe military defeat
of some kind -- will be so horrible that political bickering will
end, and civic unity will be "regenerated" for the first time since
the end of World War II.
That event may occur before the election, in which case it will be
the dominant issue in the election, or it may come after the
election, in which case the new president will have to deal with it.
I'd like to quote one more news story, a <#stdurl
http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=89839467
""Reporter's Notebook""#> story by National Public Radio
reporter Anthony Kuhn:
"Controversy, Not Crisis, Was Expected in China
NPR.org, April 22, 2008 · We foreign correspondents in China knew
this was going to be a historic year, especially with the
Olympics. I did not expect the run-up to the games to be free of
controversy.
But I did not foresee that the unrest in Tibet and
Olympics-related protests would turn into a national crisis of
sorts for China. That crisis has now triggered a sharp
nationalistic response and made this a defining moment that will
affect how young Chinese perceive the West and vice versa.
Rather than an affirming patriotism, this backlash often
manifests itself as an intolerant nationalism, as illustrated by
two recent news items. In the case of Duke University freshman
Grace Wang, pro-China protesters and Internet users labeled her a
traitor — and hounded her parents in China into hiding — merely
for refusing to stand with them, for communicating with the
pro-Tibet students, and urging dialogue between the two camps.
Paralympic fencer Jin Jing [see <#hreftext ww2010.i.china080412
"my article discussing Jin Jing"#> - JX], meanwhile, was hailed a
national hero for defending the Olympic flame against protesters
in Paris, only to be cursed as a turncoat when she refused to
support a boycott of the French retail store Carrefour. Many
Chinese have been dismayed by the irrationality of the Carrefour
boycott, in light of the fact that it is a Sino-French joint
venture which employs mostly Chinese people and sells mostly
Chinese products.
It is, however, an easy target. And that can be said of the
foreign media as well. Several of my colleagues have had their
pictures and contacts posted on the Internet. Many of us have
received death threats and hate mail. One or two have fled the
country for security reasons. Others are just despondent at being
the target of ill will from the population of our host
country."
Kuhn is describing his personal shock and surprise at the "backlash"
and "intolerant nationalism" that has been engendered in the Chinese
by the recent events related to Tibet and the Olympics. Kuhn expects
these feelings of "intolerant nationalism" to dissipate once the
Olympics games are over, because that's what's happened his entire
life. But it's different now, because this is a generational Crisis
era, and wasn't before. You can be certain that the "intolerant
nationalism" will only continue to increase, until it leads to some
panicky violent confrontation, and you can be certain that
intolerance towards the Chinese will grow in the West, as well.
That's why it really doesn't matter which of the three -- Obama,
Clinton or McCain -- gets elected President. Whoever he or she is, the
new President will face the greatest danger in America's history, and
will have a unified country behind him to face that danger. At that
time, the sweet, wonderful kids in the new "greatest generation" will
march off to war when asked, with no complaints and no fear, to save
America and the West, as has happened before.
=eod
=// &&2 e080422 Investors back in full bubble mode, after concluding that the crisis is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.head
Investors back in full bubble mode, after concluding that the
crisis is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.keys
finance, china, shanghai stock market, food prices
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.date
22-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.txt1
However, the fundamentals haven't changed.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080422.txt2
There's a great deal that's bizarre in today's global financial
system, but it's hard to beat what happened on Friday.
Early in the morning the "Dow futures" were flat, indicating that the
stock market would probably be flat when it opened at 9:30 am.
But at 6:30 am Citigroup announced really terrible earnings and
additional writedowns of assets. The news was awful. So what
happened? The Dow futures rose by 200 points, and the day with the
market up almost 2%. It was truly astonishing.
One financial pundit after another said the same thing: The 'credit
crunch' is over. The credit crisis is over. The assets writedowns
are almost over.
The sudden and dramatic change that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080415 "I
wrote about"#> last week is continuing.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
the April 18 version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080418.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 18-Apr-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As of last week, the p/e ratio index had suddenly spiked up to its
highest value since 2005. That trend has continued for another week,
as you can see from the region circled in red. The p/e ratio has
spiked up further, to the highest value since 2004.
This is an absolutely incredible new trend. I'd say that it's
"unbelievable," but so many "unbelievable" things have happened in
the last two years, especially in the last six months, that
"unbelievable" is the new norm.
Furthermore, this should really be big news. You'd think a sudden
spike in p/e ratios to the highest value in four years would be worth
a headline or two, but I've heard not a peep.
Each week I think that the craziness can't get any worse, but somehow
it always does.
=inc ww2010.h2 bet "Betting the bank"
I've written several times about Ben Bernanke and his <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080407 "Great Historic Experiment,"#> and his
belief that the 1930s Great Depression could have been avoided if the
Fed had simply lowered interest rates sooner. I've written many
times that this view doesn't make sense, but I won't go into that
again here.
What has surprised me these last six months, since the credit crunch
began in August, was how far the Fed was willing to go. The Fed
seems to be willing to "bet the bank" that it can prevent a systemic
financial crisis (what I would call a generational panic and crash).
On Monday, the Bank of England joined the club by <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601102&sid=aw62c2iFV54E&refer=uk
"announcing its own plan,"#> similar to the Fed's.
There are now so many of these plans, offered by the Fed, the Bank of
England and the European Central Bank (ECB), that it's almost
impossible to keep all the details straight. But there's no need to
understand the details because they all have the same major purpose:
Allow financial institutions to continue to lie about the values of
their assets.
What the credit bubble did is that it created tens of trillions of
dollars of securities (CDOs or collateralized debt obligations),
backed by mortgage-based securities, on the assumption that the
housing bubble would continue forever. The math behind these CDOs
was based on numerous false assumptions, as I explained in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial engineering and
structured finance.""#> In addition, the same mindset that
created the fraudulent CDOs also invented the hare-brained <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 "auction rate securities"#> scheme, which
has created in more trillions of dollars in worthless securities.
Financial institutions around the world have the worthless assets on
their books, and various accounting rules have been forcing them them
"write down" their values from their inflated nominal values to more
realistic market values. This is a problem since many of them are
worthless.
So, the banks, various agencies, and the government have been coming
up with one scheme after another to allow banks to keep the phony
inflated nominal values on their books. The first really major
example was the<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071015
"Master-Liquidity Enhancement Conduit, or M-LEC,"#> dreamed up last
October. It was essentially a way for banks to commit fraud,
sanctioned by the government.
These and other schemes have not prevented the forced writedown of
many bank assets, now totalling something in the neighborhood of $500
billion.
Now, keeping in mind that some tens or hundreds of TRILLIONS of
dollars of these phony securities were created in the credit bubble,
it's pretty clear that the writedowns have a long way to go.
Even worse, there's a domino effect. When one institution is forced
to write down its worthless assets, it has to sell off some of its
"good" assets to meet reserve requirements, and that pushes down the
the prices for the "good" assets, which can force another institution
into panic selling.
This was the issue six weeks ago when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080407
"Bear Stearns was on the verge of bankruptcy."#> The Fed arranged to
save the company because it might have caused exactly this kind of
chain reaction.
Since then the Fed and other central banks have decided to "bet the
banks" that they can stop this chain reaction. They've set up
programs whereby commercial banks, and now even investment banks,
can trade in their "bad" assets for "good" assets from the Fed. They
can turn in their CDOs, and get Treasury bills in return.
The "good news" is that the assets don't have to be written down any
more, since they're on the Fed's balance sheet, rather than the bank's
balance sheet. The bad news is that the Fed's balance sheet is being
loaded up with worthless assets.
And now, thanks to Monday's announcement, the same thing will be
happening with the Bank of England.
This cannot possibly work for long, as you can see just from the
numbers. The Fed has about $1 trillion on its balance sheet, and the
Bank of England has about $100 billion. That's a drop in the bucket
compared to the hundreds of trillions of dollars in vulnerable credit
derivatives that were created during the credit bubble. So all these
actions can do is postpone the inevitable.
=inc ww2010.h2 neg "Negative Fed funds rate"
I've had questions from readers and seen discussions about the fact
that <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/markets/feeds/afx/2008/04/18/afx4906929.html
"the Fed funds rate"#> is now effectively negative.
That is, the Fed funds rate is supposed to be at 2.25%, but the Fed
is unable to maintain that interest rate, and in fact this interest
rate is now effectively negative.
A lot of people believe that negative interest rates are impossible.
Actually, that's simply not true. There is no such restriction.
In this case, I don't know the details of what's going on, but I can
provide a conceptual explanation. Treasury bills are issued by the
Treasury Dept. to financial institutions. The Fed can purchase these
Treasury bills from these financial institutions.
In "normal" times, the Fed can control interbank interest rates --
the amount of interest that one bank charges to lend money to another
bank -- through the use of "open market operations," as I explained
in my August article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070827
""Bernanke's historic experiment takes center stage.""#>
In essence, a bank can lend money to the Fed by purchasing a Treasury
bill from the Fed. When the T-bill expires, the Fed has to buy it
back, with interest. That's in "normal" times, when the Fed funds
rate is positive.
But these days, the credit crunch is keeping banks from wanting to
lend money to banks at all, or at anything but the very highest
interest rates. And so the normal "open market operations" are not
working at all. In fact, T-bills are becoming as scarce as hen's
teeth, as financial institutions are forced to provide these
instruments to fulfill some contract.
Now, if T-bills are scarce, then the price goes up, and if the price
goes up high enough, then interest rates are effectively negative.
There are many parties involved in the buying and selling of T-bills,
and I don't have a clear idea of how these various sales are carried
out, and so the above is just a conceptual explanation. What all this
shows is that the Fed's monetary policy doesn't have much effect these
days, as it does in "normal" times.
=inc ww2010.h2 libor "The LIBOR controversy"
Libor -- the London Interbank Offering Rate -- is an international
bank to bank lending interest rates. Libor is determined each day by
the British Bankers Association (BBA) by doing a daily survey of
banks, asking them what interest rates they're charging each other.
A scandal broke out last week, when it was thought that banks were
lying to the BBA about what interest rates they were paying. They
were apparently understating the interest rates, in order to avoid
embarrasment. If this was true, it would mean that the Libor rate
was no longer credible.
On Wednesday of last week, the BBA announced that it would <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/telecomm/idUSL1692036820080416
"investigate whether banks were distorting the Libor rate,"#> and
would punish any offenders. As soon as that announcement was made,
the Libor rate spiked up to new highs.
The Libor rate is used by many financial institutions to set other
prices, including the interest rate for home mortgages. So an
increase in the Libor rate is expected to have wide fallout.
=inc ww2010.h2 shanghai "Shanghai"
<#inc ww2010.pic g080421a.gif right "" "Shanghai stock market index,
for five years ending April 21, 2008
(Source: MarketWatch)"#>
I have to mention the continuing crash of the Shanghai stock market,
as can be seen from this <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/tools/quotes/intchart.asp?symb=XX:1801730&time=12&freq=1&comp=&compidx=aaaaa~0&compind=&uf=0&ma=&maval=&lf=1&lf2=&lf3=&type=2&size=1&txtstyle=&style=&submitted=true&intflavor=basic&origurl=/tools/quotes/intchart.asp
"graph."#>
The Shanghai stock market has <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aUKS7BbA5DHE&refer=home
"fallen 50% from its October high."#>
This is turning into a full-scale stock market crash, with
devastating consequences for the Chinese economy. At the very least,
it raises many concerns about what's going to happen to China once
the Olympics games end in August. What I don't understand is why this
stock market crash isn't a major international news story.
Another thing that's affecting China and other countries around the
world is the never-ending surge in food prices. There are more and
more food riots occurring around the world, as you can see for
yourself by typing "food riots" into Google news. It's been obvious
for years that food prices have been surging, and I've been writing
about it since 2004. It's only in the last week or two that I've
begun to see news coverage about the food price problem, but the
world is still mostly oblivious to it, and its enormous dangers.
For investors, there's nothing to worry about. The credit crisis is
over, asset writedowns are over, the stock market will start rising
again without limit, and the world is a wonderful place.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080420 Generational Dynamics Country Studies -- 'beta' version is now online
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.head
Generational Dynamics Country Studies -- "beta" version
is now online
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.date
20-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.txt1
Useful information for 267 different countries is now available.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080420.txt2
<#hreftext ww2010.cs.index "Click here for Index to Generational
Dynamics Country Studies"#>
This is something I've been wanting to do for a long time. When it's
finished, it will contain generational information for all countries,
including crisis wars, generational timelines, and generational
histories, as well as a cross-reference to related articles on this
web site.
Actually, it's already the best "first stop" if you want to research
a particular country, because there are already links to many other
resources for each country. You can go to the country page, and
quickly click on 5 or 6 other resources, bringing them up in
different tabs of your browser.
Here's what's currently available for each country:
Country map, country flag.
Links to other resources: CIA Fact Book, State Department, BBC
Country Profiles, online searches, Wikipedia, Library of Congress
histories.
List of generational Crisis Wars.
Additional links will be added, and more generational information
will be provided, as time permits.
As usual, suggestions from web site readers are welcome. I'd
particularly like to hear about other country resources that can be
linked to.
<#hreftext ww2010.cs.index "Click here for Index to Generational
Dynamics Country Studies"#>
=eod
=// &&2 e080418 Vladimir Putin finds a way to retain power in Russia.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.head
Vladimir Putin finds a way to retain power in Russia.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.keys
russia, putin, medvedev
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.date
18-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.txt1
In a major power shift within the Russian government,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080418.txt2
Russian president Vladimir Putin will assume <#stdurl
http://mnweekly.ru/news/20080417/55324516.html "TWO powerful roles"#> when
he steps down as President on May 7: He'll become both Prime Minister
and head of the United Russia party.
On Tuesday, in a surprise to westerners, Putin accepted the
invitation to head the United Russia party, even though he isn't even
a member of the party.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080417a.jpg center "" "Vladimir Putin accepts United
Russia leadership role. The sign reads, "We will win
together!"
(Source: kommersant.com)"#>
There's an enormous of game-playing going on here. Putin was elected
President twice and could not run for a third term, according to the
Russian constitution. He arranged a deal so that his ally Dmitry
Medvedev. Medvedev would win the March 2 elections and become
President, and then Medvedev would appoint Putin as Prime Minister.
That change is scheduled for May 7, when Medvedev will take over the
President's office in the Kremlin, and Putin will move down the street
to the Russian White House to take the Prime Minister's office.
Putin does not belong to any political party, since it's considered
poor practice for elected officials to belong to political parties.
However, the United Russia party was formed to support Putin, and on
December 2, United Russia won <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071204 "won the
Russian Parliamentary election by a landslide."#>
So Putin is going to head the United Russia party, even though he's
not a party member. And since the United Russia party controls more
than two-thirds of the Russia Duma, Putin has the votes to change the
constitution. In many ways, Putin will have more power than the
newly elected President Medvedev.
Putin has rock-star status in Russia. Did Putin arrange to have
Alexander Litvinenko poisoned with polonium? That's fine with the
Russians. Did Putin arrange to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041229
"nationalize Yukos and other Russian companies"#> by the vilest means
possible? The Russians love it. Did Putin have journalists killed?
Did Putin arrange for a cyber attack on Estonia? That's great,
according to the Russians. Putin helped Russia recover from 1998
financial collapse, and Russians want him to continue his policies.
So it's not surprising that the Russians will tolerate any method
that Putin chooses to use to keep himself in power.
But what about Dmitry Medvedev? Is he just a pawn, theoretically the
head of government, but ready to do anything Putin wishes? He says
that he isn't.
Russian analysts think that this is GREAT. (Remember that
journalists who disagree with Putin occasionally are found full of
bullet holes.) According to <#stdurl
http://www.russiatoday.ru/news/news/23492 "an analysis by a Russian TV
anchor,"#> "For the first time ever we will have a prime minister who
will be the head of a party. The mechanism of political power is
becoming something new. As president Putin said this will allow
better co-operation between the executive and legislative powers."
Western <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/04/16/europe/russia.php "analysts
aren't so sure."#> So far, Medvedev is not saying anything that
disagrees with Putin's policies. But what happens when the two men
disagree? Will President Medvedev get his way, as Putin used to do
when Putin was President? Or will Putin smash him down. My bet's on
the latter.
Western analysts point out that Russia is not the kind of country
where the leaders compromise with one another. Russia has a long
tradition of having one leader -- a Tsar, a dictator, or Putin.
There is no national culture in support of a two-leader government.
In the weeks and months to come, we may see a major
constitutional crisis in Russia, as the two leaders clash.
But barring some threat to his physical survival, it's pretty clear
that Putin will the the one to lead Russia into the Clash of
Civilizations world war.
But enough about politics. It's time for the evening's
entertainment.
You may recall that last month when I wrote about <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080324b "French President Nicolas Sarkozy's
political situation,"#> I concluded with a little something about his
whirlwind romance and sudden marriage to singer and supermodel Carla
Bruni.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080417b.jpg right "" "Alina Kabaeva relaxes after a
tough day at rhythmical gymnastics
(Source: pravda.ru)"#>
Well, no self-respecting Russian leader is going to allow himself to
be outdone by a mere French leader.
Pravda is reporting rumors that Putin has divorced his wife and
<#stdurl
http://english.pravda.ru/russia/kremlin/17-04-2008/104931-putin_kabaeva-0
"will marry rhythmical gymnast Alina Kabaeva,"#> a superstar and gold
medal winner at the 2004 Olympics in Athens. According to the
rumors, Putin divorced his wife in February, and will marry Alina on
June 15.
Pravda is also providing a <#stdurl
http://english.pravda.ru/photo/report/kabaeva-608 "Photo gallery:
Alina Kabaeva, the most flexible body of Russia."#>
And so, who won - Sarkozy or Putin? Who's sexier -- Carla Bruni or
Alina Kabaeva?
We'll let you decide. To help you, here's <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mam9dYyXv6s "a video"#> of Alina's 2004
award-winning performance. This video is absolutely breathtaking.
=eod
=// &&2 e080416 Australia: Chinese call for a 'people's army' to protect Olympics torch
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.head
Chinese call for a "people's army" to protect
Olympics torch in Australia
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.keys
china, australia, tibet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.date
16-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.txt1
Call is to protect torch from "splittists", "scum"
and "running dogs"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080416.txt2
Xenophobic and angry rhetoric between China and the West continued to
increase this week, as security plans took shape for the Asian leg of
the Olympics torch relay.
Thousands of "patriotic Chinese" are expected to <#stdurl
http://www.smh.com.au/news/beijing2008/china-calls-for-a-peoples-army-to-march-on-canberra-to-defendtorch/2008/04/15/1208025190049.html
"rally in Canberra on April 24"#> when the Olympic torch arrives. The
mass campaign is being organized by student leaders in Sydney,
Melbourne and Canberra, with the cooperation of the Chinese embassy.
The organizers promise peaceful, non-violent actions.
On its face, there's nothing particularly alarming about this
situation.
The problem is that a pattern of overreaction is developing on both
sides, especially the Chinese side, and this leads to concerns the
rally will turn violent.
As I wrote several days ago in <#hreftext ww2010.i.china080412
""Chinese embarrassment and anger grows over Tibet and
Olympics,""#> the Chinese have plenty of reason to be angry.
When the torch was in London and Paris, Chinese security guards were
called "horrible Chinese thugs" by London's Daily Mail, and
China's beloved fencing star, Jin Jing, was approached and threatened
by a Tibetan separatist. There's an enormous amount of anti-Chinese
bigotry in the West.
However, the problem is that the attitudes of many Chinese have
exceeded mere anger, and are crossing the line into paranoia, blaming
the Western media and Western governments for PURPOSELY attacking
China, just at a time that should be their greatest triumph, the
summer Olympics. Thus, the planned rally could indeed break out into
violence.
The feelings of xenophobia and paranoia are not all one-sided. A new
Harris poll has found that <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/0,1518,547492,00.html
"Europeans increasingly see China as the greatest threat to world
stability"#> and security. Those crazy Europeans used to say that the
United States was the greatest threat, but that's changed now. The
number of respondents saying that China was the biggest threat has
been increasing; it's at 35% now, it was 19% in 2007, and only 12% in
2006.
Actually this poll is very interesting for another reason. Naming
the US as the world's greatest threat was never anything more than
fatuous political nonsense, but the selection of China represents
real anxieties and fears, and indicates a substantial change in
behaviors and attitudes by the Europeans.
So what we see growing quickly is increased paranoia and nationalism
on all sides -- exactly the emotions likely to lead to miscalculation
and a surprise confrontation that escalates quickly into full-scale
war.
Here's the schedule of the torch relays in Asia:
April 16 - Islamabad, Pakistan
April 17 - New Delhi, India
April 19 - Bangkok, Thailand
April 21 - Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
April 22 - Jakarta, Indonesia
April 24 - Canberra, Australia
April 26 - Nagano, Japan
April 27 - Seoul, South Korea
April 28 - Pyongyang, North Korea
April 29 - Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Vietnam
May 2 : May 8 - China
May 8 - Beijing Olympics opening ceremony
Already, Pakistan and India have announced altered routes for their
legs of the relay, in order to keep demonstrators at bay, and Japan
has canceled a big torch-related event. Such things infuriate the
Chinese, because they see it as intentional efforts by the Western
press and Western governments to humiliate the Chinese.
The situation is this: Tibetan separatists are trying to provoke a
confrontation. Paranoic, nationalistic Chinese officials are
inclined to overreact. Anger and nationalism are increasing on all
sides. The situation is ripe for a major international incident.
How major will depend on how much the Chinese overreact to the
Tibetan separatists and other human rights accusers.
The most critical time, in my opinion, will be the weeks and months
following the end of the Olympics. It seems quite likely that (a)
some incident will occur that raises Chinese nationalist feelings;
(b) the Chinese will overreact, creating an even larger incident,
provoking nationalistic feelings in the West; and (c) the Chinese
will view the whole thing as an intentional act by the West for
ruining the Olympics for China.
Thus, it's possible that the Olympics will end with the furiously
angry Chinese blaming the West for some perceived intentional wrong.
If this were a generational Awakening or Unraveling era, then those
feelings of anger, paranoia and nationalism would die down and fizzle
out. But in fact we're in a generational Crisis era, 63 years after
the end of WW II, and that makes all the difference.
The feelings of anger, paranoia and nationalism will not die down.
They will continue to increase. Whether those feelings lead to
violent confrontation right away, or whether they have to build for a
while first, there is no doubt that China and the West are headed for
a major crisis war. The exact timing cannot be predicted, but from
the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the end result is 100%
certain.
=eod
=// &&2 e080415 Price/earnings ratios spike upward dramatically, portending stock market correction
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.head
Price/earnings ratios spike upward dramatically, portending stock
market correction
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.keys
finance, p/e ratio
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.date
15-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.txt1
First quarter corporate earnings estimates fell again, driving up P/E
ratios.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080415.txt2
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
the April 11 version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080411.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 11-Apr-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see from the region circled in red, the p/e ratio has
spiked upward to its highest value since 2005. This is a sudden and
unexpected change.
For the past couple of years, p/e ratios (also called "valuations")
have remained close to 18. This indicates that investors have all
been following the same formulas in deciding whether to buy or sell
stocks, and that stock prices have gone up or down as corporate
earnings estimates have gone up or down.
That link was suddenly broken in the last couple of weeks. Corporate
earnings estimates have fallen dramatically recently (see below), but
investors have been keeping stock prices fairly steady.
Why aren't investors selling off? The answer appears to be that
investors have concluded that the "credit crunch" and "asset
writedowns" are pretty much over.
<#inc ww2010.pic g061229b.jpg right "" "Jack Bouroudijian of Brewer
Investment Group gushes over stock market (29-Dec-06)
(Source: CNBC)"#>
One of the most gushing spokemen for this point of view is CNBC
contributor Jack Bouroudijian, appearing on Monday morning, when he
said the following:
"You know, it's all behind us, guys. We are in
the 9th inning of this game. The credit story is now a thing of
the past, in my mind. ...
I talk to portfolio managers that have been sitting on hordes of
cash. We're talking about piles of cash, whether it be in
London, whether it be in Singapore. They're waiting for the right
moment for that money to get invested in this country, in our
markets. And remember, our markets are more than just US
equities. These are global corporations, headquartered in the US.
They're waiting for the right moment, they're starting to trickle
in. ...
The economic seizure that we just went through ... over the last
six months -- that is what I'm talking about. It took a few
months to work through the SEIZE in the market.
What we're looking at now is the situation where the economy is
working its way through all of that, and now it's a question
right now of whether you have the GUTS to be buying this market
right now, instead of selling.
The credit crunch was nothing more than a seizure of the entire
credit markets. That had to be worked out."
It's hard to see why any part of this is anything but wishful
thinking on Bouroudijian's part. In fact, Bouroudijian was saying
all this on Monday morning just at the time that Wachovia was
announcing a large new asset writedown, and much lower than expected
first quarter earnings.
Still, Bouroudijian's outlandish statements appear to be widely held
among investors, and many of them are expecting stock market bubble
to start growing again.
In fact, the upward spike in price/earnings ratios really portends a
further plummeting of the stock market, if we believe the trends of
the last 2-3 years. Once investors realize that the lower earnings
are for real, they'll presumably all go back to following the same
formula as ever, and drive stock prices down again.
Finally, let's update our table of corporate earnings estimates.
Each week, we add a line to the table indicating the estimates of
first quarter corporate earnings as of that week.
Here's the summary from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"Earnings Central Stats As of Friday, April 11th:
32 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q1, 71.88%
have beaten estimates, 9.38% were in-line, and 18.75% have missed.
(Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in first-quarter
2008, combining actual numbers for companies that have reported,
and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to -14.1% from
-12.2% due in part to lower earnings from General Electric and
downward revisions to the Financials.
On January 1st, the estimated growth rate for Q1 was 5.7%. (Data
provided by Thomson Financial)"
This allows us to add one more line to our table, as follows:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
Apr 11: -14.1%
We're in the familiar pattern of continually falling earnings
estimates. The only thing that hasn't happened is that investors
haven't pushed stock prices down to follow the earnings down. That
will presumably happen soon.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what we're expecting
is a generational panic and stock market crash, the first since 1929.
This is indicated by the following historical p/e ratio chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
P/E ratios have been historically above average since 1995, and by the
Principle of Mean Reversion, will have to fall to historically below
average values for a roughly equal amount of time. Several times in
the last century, and as recently as 1982, P/E ratios have fallen to
the 5-6 level, and that kind of fall seems to be imminent again.
A generational panic and crash is an event that will make history.
It's impossible to predict exactly when it will happen, and it's
folly to even guess, but that doesn't seem to prevent me from wanting
to try to guess anyway. Actually, all I want to do is make one
observation: That the the 1929 crash occurred on October 24, in the
third week of the quarter. Nobody has convincingly identified any
event that triggered the 1929 crash, but one possibility that's
occurred to me is that the announcement of lower corporate earnings
for the third quarter of 1929 was the trigger. I haven't checked
this out, and I don't even know where I'd find those earnings
figures, but if earnings announcements were lower than expected, it
would make sense that the panic was triggered by that.
That's just a guess, however. Beyond that, I just use a kind of
"safe harbor" statement by saying that I've estimated that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability of a major financial
crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and crash) in any given
week from now on is about 3%. The probability of a crisis some time
in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this estimate.
Investors appear to be anything but panicked right now, especially in
view of the sudden and unexpected upward spike in price/earnings
ratios. It's almost as if investors are holding their collective
breaths, waiting to see what will happen next, hoping the next couple
of weeks will bring higher than expected first quarter earnings
reports. Unless earnings reports are unexpectedly high, the
continuing fall in earnings estimates portends a fall in the stock
market indexes, irrespective of when a panic occurs.
=eod
=// &&2 e080413 Blogger watch: Hellasious at SuddenDebt gets it right
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.head
Blogger watch: Hellasious at SuddenDebt gets it right
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.keys
sudden debt, calculated risk, michael mish shedlock, nouriel roubini
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.date
13-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.txt1
Roubini and the others just play around with alphabet soup.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080413.txt2
Over the last couple of years, I've been very critical of the
economic bloggers for refusing to face up to the consequences of
their own analyses. They would post blog entries telling of
disastrous economic data, and then conclude with something like "This
might lead us to a recession if we're not super-extra careful." Any
comparison to the 1929 crash and the 1930s Great Depression is
verboten.
The best and most sophisticated of the economic bloggers, in my
opinion, is <#stdurl http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/ "the Sudden Debt
blog,"#> hosted by "Hellasious." Whereas the other economic bloggers
are like weather forecasters who look out the window and predict
whether or not it's raining, Hellasious has posted very sophisticated
analyses of the macroeconomics of the credit bubble and the
derivatives market that really make clear how a major worldwide
financial crisis cannot be avoided.
So, a year ago I posted a question to him, asking him what he
believed the outcome would be, and whether he foresaw a crash, as in
1929. He responded by predicting something similar to the Panic of
1893. This was a very odd response, and it may well have been a
joke.
At any rate, last month Hellasious changed his position. In a March
12 posting called <#stdurl
http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/2008/03/history-rhymes-in-slow-motion.html
""History Rhymes in Slow Motion,""#> he predicted that the
current outcome "won't likely be any different" from the crash of
1929. Here's what he wrote:
"The repeated attempts by the Fed to arrest the
credit contraction and prevent equity markets from going into a
tailspin look to me like a repeat of what happened in October
1929, albeit in extra-slow motion. As an avid student of market
history (... "it rhymes"), I highly recommend the careful reading
of Galbraith's The Great Crash of 1929.
Within it are described concerted attempts to forestall the
inevitable. As the market swooned in late September and early
October 1929, "great men" from Morgan and National City Bank were
sent to walk the floor of the New York Stock Exchange. They made a
grand show of providing money at the broker call-loan post (margin
funds) and supporting a variety of blue chips like Steel and Radio
with repeated buy orders.
Their actions cheered speculators, who ramped up prices sharply
for a few days. But when conditions worsened once again, the
"great men" had to give up in order to protect their own
institutions.
This time the "action" is taking weeks rather than days to play
out, because:
* The "great men" have been replaced by the
Fed, which has more resources at its disposal and less
inhibitions to using them. It has no shareholders or
depositors to protect (except for millions of taxpayers, but
that's too amorphous a group) and the man at the helm is
stubbornly certain he is following the right course.
* Markets are far more diverse and complex today than the
simple stocks, bonds and trusts of 1929. While the overall
leverage may in fact be far greater today, there are also more
dominoes at play, i.e. more products (e.g. derivatives) and
more players (e.g. all sorts of funds). Starting as always
with the "bad debt" domino, it takes more time now for the
whole series of them to drop before the final "equity" domino
is hit a decisive blow.
* After 25 years of successful Fed action that averted or
contained financial crises, its abilities have become an
article of faith with most speculators, investors and - most
unfortunately - politicians. This past performance has
created widespread complacency; time and again I hear the same
adage from "sophisticated" market participants: "They won't
let it get out of hand". The Greenspan put has morphed into
the Bernanke put, even though conditions are far more
dangerous now.
To summarize, events are proceeding more or less along the same
path as 1929 but with more fits and starts. The experience is
akin to watching a football game entirely in slow motion - it may
take a while to get to the end, but the outcome won't likely be
any different."
I jokingly posted a response saying, "Congratulations and welcome to
the 'dark side' of the street. I used to be alone over here, but
these days I think you'll find that you're in the company of quite a
few old friends."
=inc ww2010.h2 steps "Roubini's 12 steps to financial disaster"
Unfortunately, the other economic bloggers are simply stonewalling
on the consequences of their own analyses.
The master at this stonewalling is Nouriel Roubini at his <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini "RGE Monitor blog."#> Roubini
is a <#stdurl http://pages.stern.nyu.edu/~nroubini/ "professor of
economics"#> and international business at the Stern School of
Business, New York University. He's world-renowned, not only because
he's a professor, but also because he's been economics adviser to
Presidents and other government officials.
Last July I was joking about his <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070730b
"bragging that he had predicted a housing recession"#> a year earlier,
when this was obvious much earlier.
As early as 2004, I had written that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040730b
""Real estate is in an overpriced bubble all over the
world,""#> and in August, 2005, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050830
"I quoted Alan Greenspan"#> as saying:
"To some extent, those higher [stock and housing]
values may be reflecting the increased flexibility and resilience
of our economy. But what [investors] perceive as newly abundant
liquidity can readily disappear. Any onset of increased investor
caution elevates risk premiums and, as a consequence, lowers
asset values and promotes the liquidation of the debt that
supported higher asset prices. This is the reason that history
has not dealt kindly with the aftermath of protracted periods of
low risk premiums."
There's a lot of finger pointing at Alan Greenspan going on these
days, but in fact he called these dangers long before any of these
economic bloggers did (though not before I did). So it's silly for
any of these economic bloggers to brag about making early calls on
these problems, when the problems were already evident years before.
However, Roubini did post a brilliant column on February 5 of this
year, called <#stdurl http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini/242290/
""The Rising Risk of a Systemic Financial Meltdown: The Twelve
Steps to Financial Disaster.""#> His column laid out 12
different dimensions of the global economy that were seriously
failing, potentially resulting in a "systemic financial meltdown." In
brief, the 12 steps are as follows:
The "worst housing recessing in US history" shows no sign of
bottoming out.
Losses from the financial system "from the subprime disaster,"
especially writedowns of mortgage-backed assets are continuing.
Other forms of unsecured consumer debt, including credit cards,
auto loans, student loans, are also increasing.
The "monoline" bond insurers, such as MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial
Group are collapsing.
There's an impending meltdown in commercial real estate loans,
similar to the meltdown of residential loans that we've been
seeing.
There's an expected collapse of "some large regional or even
national bank that is very exposed to mortgages, residential and
commercial."
The collapse of the leveraged loan market, while good in that it
ends financing of "very risky and reckless" leverage buyouts (LBOs),
has left these very high risk loans on bank balance sheets.
"Once a severe recession is underway a massive wave of corporate
defaults will take place."
The "shadow banking system," composed of SIVs, conduits, money
market funds, monolines, investment banks, hedge funds and other
non-bank financial institutions, will get into serious trouble.
(Since writing this column, Bear Stearns has collapsed.)
US and foreign stock markets "will start pricing a severe US
recession," leading to "a cascading fall in equity markets."
A "worsening credit crunch" will lead to a much worse "dry-up of
liquidity in a variety of financial markets."
A "vicious circle of losses, capital reduction, credit
contraction, forced liquidation and fire sales of assets at below
fundamental prices will ensue leading to a cascading and mounting
cycle of losses and further credit contraction." He adds, "A near
global economic recession will ensue as the financial and credit
losses and the credit crunch spread around the world. Panic, fire
sales, cascading fall in asset prices will exacerbate the financial
and real economic distress as a number of large and systemically
important financial institutions go bankrupt."
Wow! This is REALLY grim stuff. So what does Roubini think will be
the outcome? "A 1987 style stock market crash could occur leading to
further panic and severe financial and economic distress."
You've GOT to be kidding! As I explained in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics and the Failure of
Macroeconomics Theory""#> and in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market,""#>
the "false panic of 1987" was fairly brief because the stock market
was already underpriced, while the stock market today is overpriced
by a factor of almost 250%, same as in 1929.
=inc ww2010.h2 alphabet "Alphabet Soup"
Last week, on April 7, Professor Roubini wrote a new column, <#stdurl
http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini/252460/ ""The US
Recession: V or U or W or L-Shaped?""#> where he introduced what
might be called the "alphabet soup recession analysis."
He begins by saying, "Now that there is no doubt that the US is
experiencing a recession, the debate is moving towards the length,
size and depth of such a recession. Will it be a short and shallow
recession or a longer and deeper one?"
This is totally bizarre. In his "12 steps" posting, he talked about
"panic, fire sales, cascading fall in asset prices" and "real economic
distress as a number of large and systemically important financial
institutions go bankrupt." How can he even debate whether this will
be a "short and shallow" recession?
He described four different scenarios for the coming US recession,
based on four letters of the alphabet:
V-shaped recession: Short and shallow.
U-shaped recession: Longer and deeper recession, lasting
around 18 months.
W-shaped recession: A double-dip recession. Like "U",
except that the tax rebate will lead to temporary economic
growth.
L-shaped recession: A "protracted period of economic
stagnation like the one experienced by Japan in the 1990s after the
bursting of its housing and equity bubble."
Roubini rejects the L-shaped recession, because "both monetary and
fiscal stimulus have started in earnest early on," while they were
delayed in Japan. He rejects the W-shaped recession because he
doesn't believe that the tax rebate will be sufficiently effective.
He settles on the U-shaped recession, 12-18 months long, based on the
following incredible reasoning: "The last two recessions – in 1990-91
and 2001 – lasted 8 months each and today the macro and financial
conditions are worse – relative to those two previous recessions."
This reasoning is so bizarre I can barely even address it. How does
he arrive at 12-18 months? By comparing it to two previous
recessions that had ALMOST NOTHING in common with what's happening
today. This is an economics professor who (like Ben Bernanke) has
absolutely no grasp of the macroeconomics of a credit bubble, and
what the bursting of the credit bubble means.
The other economic bloggers picked up on this "alphabet soup"
discussion.
The <#stdurl http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated
Risk blog"#>, in an April 7 posting entitled <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/2008/04/roubini-on-shape-of-recession.html
"Roubini on Shape of Recession,"#> says that Roubini is too gloomy.
He doesn't use the phrase "W-shaped," but he does say that a
"double-dip" is possible. He says that his optimism is based on his
belief that he doesn't foresee the severe job losses that Roubini
sees, based on the most recent manufacturing employment data.
In <#stdurl http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> in an April 8 posting entitled
<#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/04/case-for-l-shaped-recession.html
"Case for an 'L' Shaped Recession,"#> Shedlock says that Roubini and
CalculatedRisk are not gloomy enough. Shedlock says, "More likely to
me is something like an "L" or a "WW" kind of scenario with the U.S.
slipping in and out of recession for a prolonged period of time,
perhaps 3-4 years or more." He says that economic conditions are worse
than Roubini is saying.
I can only shake my head in bewilderment at all these analyses which
are, to repeat, the same as a weather forecaster looking out the
window and "predicting" whether or not it's raining. There's no
recognition of trends, there's no understanding of the global
financial system as an integrated system, and there's no attempt to
grasp what the bursting of the credit bubble means. It's all just
guesswork.
The only one of the major economics bloggers who's getting it right
was Hellasious at the Sudden Debt blog.
In an April 9 article, entitled <#stdurl
http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/2008/04/b.html ""a + b =
\""#>, he writes:
"As even optimistic analysts now believe that a
recession is upon us, the debate has shifted to its "lettering":
will it be a quickie in-and-out (V), a more prolonged (U), a
double-dip (W), or a Japanese version (L) ? My opinion is somewhat
different and is not described by a letter, but the - aptly named
- slash (\). To wit, I believe we are in for many years of
painfully slow contraction, akin to a maddening Chinese
drip-drip-drip torture.
The reasons for this view are:
(a) The elements dragging down the economy are deeply-rooted and
fundamental. Huge debt, low earned income, zero saving rate,
resource depletion and climate change cannot be reversed by a
"mild purgative" recession. If left completely unattended, the
economy would go into a tailspin (|).
But, at the same time:
(b) Monetary, fiscal and political authorities, steeped as they
are in decades of Keynesian and central banking traditions, will
be confident of their abilities to cure the economic cycle's
weakness. They will keep applying their customary medicines to
stop the decline, with some temporary success. If that was all,
the economy would go into a flat-line ( _ ) or a slight uptrend
(/).
But because of (a), this slowdown virus will prove far too
resilient against the usual treatments designed to combat the
common economic flu, and the decline will resume until a
completely different set of doctors take over and prescribe the
necessary radical treatment.
Symbolically, then: a + b = \"
Unlike the other bloggers' analyses, this one actually makes sense
from the point of view of generational theory. He says that the
problems are "deeply rooted and fundamental," and talks about
officials "steeped ... in decades of Keynesian and central banking
traditions," and "confident of their abilities" to fix any problem.
Those are the people in the Boomer generation, born after WW II, who
have no idea what they're doing.
He says that the decline will continue "until a completely different
set of doctors take over and prescribe the necessary radical
treatment." Those doctors will be like Congress in the 1930s, trying
to figure out what happened, and passing new laws to keep it from
happening again. By then, it will be too late for a lot of people.
=inc ww2010.h2 journalists "The economics journalists"
I'll just briefly mention the economics journalists. They stay out
of these debates, except sometimes to say something like, "Über-bear
Nouriel Roubini is worried about a recession."
There are two categories of economics journalists:
The Pollyanna journalists. These people, like everyone on
CNBC, and Grep Ip at the Wall Street Journal, always spin
everything in the most positive way, so that they won't be blamed if
there's a fall in the market.
The political journalists. These are like Paul Krugman (on the
left) at the New York Times, and Larry Kudlow (on the right)
at CNBC. These people put political spin on economics news, and
usually end up with stuff that's close to gibberish.
A lot of this stuff is really funny, and I frequently make fun of it
on this web site. My favorite is still the day in January when two
investment counselors came on CNBC. They said investors are panicking
and selling their stocks, and added that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080125 "people with brain disorders make better investors,"#> because
they don't get so emotional. People like these are just good, clean
fun.
But something happened this week that really infuriated me.
On April 10, in an event carried by CNBC, Fed chairman Ben Bernanke
was answering audience questions on the economy. Then somebody asked
a question about whether today's financial conditions are similar to
those in 1929, leading to the Great Depression.
The question was, "In the press there have been a number of reports
that this has been the most severe economic dislocation since the
Depression. As a scholar of the Depression, could you comment on some
of the significant similarities and differences ...." At that point,
the plug was pulled, and CNBC immediately cut to a commercial break.
Now, one could argue that they were planning to go to a break at that
time anyway, but what I believe is that the CNBC producers heard the
word "Depression" and freaked out.
CNBC's Pollyanna policies have been richly amusing in the past, but
when they actually allow those policies to affect a live news event,
they're crossing a line. This behavior is absolutely outrageous.
Here's <#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15840232?video=708732748 "a
link to the video"#> of the 7:25 minute segment. The offending
question occurred at the 7:00 point. Judge it for yourself.
=eod
=// &&2 e080409 Food panics and riots spread around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.head
Food panics and riots spread around the world
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.keys
food prices, haiti, cameroon, philippines, india, china, hong kong
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.date
9-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.txt1
The unending sharp price wheat, corn and rice prices are
destabilizing nations.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080409.txt2
Food panic is <#stdurl
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/03/AR2008040304054.html
"spreading around the world,"#> especially in the developing world,
thanks to unending increasing in grain prices.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right foodprices 3
In Haiti, at least 5 people have been killed in food riots.
Hungry Haitians <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5geZrL5OB_kHM3gx_HW4bPRSgT3YwD8VU0BUG0
"stormed the presidential palace Tuesday"#> to demand the resignation
of President Rene Preval over soaring food prices and U.N.
peacekeepers battled rioters with rubber bullets and tear gas.
Food riots have been spreading across Africa. <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5h_LVXXaYZG6NfdLfnDGb1mDTJGGw
"Forty people died during price riots in Cameroon"#> in February.
Strikes and deadly riots have also occurred in Ivory Coast,
Mauritania, Senegal and Burkina Faso.
In the Philippines, <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/consumer_goods/article3701347.ece
"any farmer caught hoarding rice"#> risks spending the rest of his
life in jail for the crime of “economic sabotage”.
India, which normally exports 4 million tons annually, <#stdurl
http://english.people.com.cn/90001/90778/90858/90863/6387017.html#
"imposed a ban on non-basmati rice exports"#> to ensure that the
country will have enough rice to feed its more than 1 billion
people. Vietnam and Cambodia have also announced partial bans on
rice exports.
In Hong Kong, which is almost entirely dependent on imported
food, food panics have created rows of bare, empty shelves throughout
the city. <#stdurl
http://www.bangkokpost.com/breaking_news/breakingnews.php?id=126968
"Thailand has attempted to ease the anxiety"#> by guaranteeing food
shipments.
If you want to see a lot more examples, just type "food prices" or
"food riots" into Google news.
I first started writing about rising food prices in 2004, with
<#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628 ""Food: Green revolution v
Malthus effect.""#> In 2005, I wrote <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050810 "an article"#> that showed that food prices had been falling
for decades, but had started to rise much faster than inflation in
the year 2000.
What has happened since then has been nothing short of amazing. Food
prices really started shooting up fast in 2005, even faster in 2006,
faster in 2007, and now in 2008 they're going off the charts.
I November, I wrote that we must be <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107
"close to a 'tipping point,'"#> because food prices seemed to be
accelerating. Now, we appear to be right at that tipping point.
Economies throughout Asia <#stdurl
http://www.gulf-times.com/site/topics/article.asp?cu_no=2&item_no=211913&version=1&template_id=40&parent_id=22
"are being hard-hit by the price rises."#> Worldwide wheat prices
have almost doubled in the last year. Rice prices have increased 20%
just this year alone.
What is most amazing to me about all this is how oblivious almost
everyone is to this problem. The Haiti food riots got a little
coverage on the BBC, and a <#stdurl
http://go.worldbank.org/KRFPZ4OU30 "recent speech by World Bank
president Robert B. Zoellick"#> got a little coverage, but basically
this problem is being ignored (except, of course, by the people who
are actually starving).
Food prices began rising in 2000, and have been accelerating since
2004 and 2005. I've written about the reasons many times, and here's
a summary of the reasons:
Generally speaking, the population is growing faster than the
production of food, which means that even if the immediate problem
could be solved, the bottom line is that the problem must get worse.
The population explosion problem has been severely exacerbated by the
success of modern medicine, and the reduction of the infant mortality
rate, from 40-50% in the early 1800s to 1-2% today. This has created
huge masses of young people in many places around the world, ready to
go to war if they have no way to feed themselves and their
children.
Even worse, the growing population has taken over farmland around
the world, reducing food production even more. Generally speaking,
Brazil is the only country where the amount of farmland has been
steadily increasing for years -- because they've been cutting down
the rain forest.
More affluent middle classes in many countries, especially India
and China, have been changing their diets to eat less grain and eat
more meat. The problem is that it takes more grain to feed a cow than
it does to feed a human.
Crops like corn and sugar cane are being diverted away from food
processing to biofuels production, supposedly to alleviate "global
warming."
The Green Revolution, which WW II survivors considered a major
imperative to avoid a new world war, reached its peak in the 1960s
and 1970s, but has languished since then. There's almost no effort
of this type today, and even the earlier technology advances are
petering out as aging equipment doesn't get replaced.
Many "modern" agricultural techniques require the use of a lot
more water, resulting in water shortages in many nations, including
some regions of the United States. Thus, the price of water has been
surging as well.
As local agricultural efforts become less effective, for all the
above reasons, it's been increasingly necessary to transport food
from country to country and from continent to continent. This has
caused distribution costs to surge, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071107
"thanks to the Law of Diminishing Returns."#>
Distribution becomes particularly critical when large masses of
people, sometimes tens of millions of people, are packed together
into huge "megacities," with no access to farmland. Families in
poverty in those cities often survive by foraging in large garbage
dumps for scraps of food left over by people who can afford to buy
food. With worldwide food prices increasing, more and more millions
of people are thrown into poverty each month, and are forced to forage
in these dumps. Distributing food to the these crowded megacities
requires multiple transportation links, and is extremely
expensive.
All of these problems are being exacerbated by the worldwide
credit crunch, which is making it increasingly difficult to borrow
money to pay for food.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, many of the
above issues occur because the WW II survivors, who were very aware
of the enormous dangers of allowing people to go unfed, have mostly
died off, and younger generations are oblivious, believing that
there's always plenty of food. It never ceases to amaze me how anyone
can possibly believe this, and yet I've received a number of comments
and questions from web site readers expressing exactly this view.
Today's post-war generations are going to have to learn some very
harsh lessons about this before too much longer.
Many people pooh-pooh the famous Essay on Population written
by Thomas Roberts Malthus in 1798. This essay made the point that
population grows faster than food production. People claim that
Malthus has been proven wrong because there have never been the
massive famines and deaths from starvation that Malthus predicted.
Malthus' error was in predicting that food scarcity would produce
famines. That's wrong. Intelligent human beings don't simply lie
down and die quietly when they can't feed their families. That's not
what they do.
When intelligent human beings can't feed their families, they go to
war. That is what I've called the <#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628
""Malthus effect.""#>
The rhetoric is familiar -- "those greedy black/white people," "those
greedy tall/short people," "those greedy speculators," "those greedy
Muslims/Christians/Jews," "those greedy capitalists," "those greedy
Communists," "those greedy immoral idolaters," etc., etc. Whatever
the reason is, it amounts to one group identifying another group from
whom food will be demanded, on pain of war.
Dear Reader, the rise in food prices which has been going on for eight
years now is truly historic, and will have historic consequences.
As more and more people in the world are forced into poverty and
starvation because of the Malthus Effect, the political state of the
world is becoming increasingly unstable. Generational Dynamics
predicts that we're headed for a new "clash of civilizations" world
war, and it will happen sooner rather than later.
=eod
=// &&2 e080408 Investors have gone beyond 'Bad news is good news.'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.head
Investors have gone beyond "Bad news is good news."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.date
8-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.txt1
Now it's, "The news is so disastrous, the worst must be
over."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080408.txt2
The news this past week was indeed disastrous:
The Swiss banking giant <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/04/01/business/ubs.php "UBS AG wrote
down a staggering $19 billion"#> in additional assets. Deutsche Bank
announced an additional $4 billion writedown.
Bankruptcy filings <#stdurl
http://www.stltoday.com/stltoday/business/stories.nsf/0/21AA70228CCB20A586257422000AC402?OpenDocument
"are soaring,"#> as the economy degrades.
Corporate earnings continue to fall rapidly. (See below).
The unemployment statistics released on Friday are devastating.
The economy <#stdurl
http://money.cnn.com/news/newsfeeds/articles/newstex/IBD-0001-24278330.htm
"lost 80,000 jobs in February,"#> the worst decline since 2002.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the economy GAINED 241,000 jobs.
In the first quarter of 2008, the economy LOST 232,000
jobs.
The UBS writedown, announced early morning (Wall Street time) on
Tuesday of last week, should have caused sensible investors to sell
stocks and put the cash under their mattresses. But investors are
not being sensible.
Most dramatic is what happened on Tuesday, April 1, right after the
devastating UBS announcement: Wall Street markets rocketed up 3-4%.
The reasoning that I heard several times was this: "The UBS writedown
was so big and so unexpected that it's clear it's a 'kitchen sink'
writedown. They must have taken every possible writedown in the most
conservative way. That means it's the end of it. The worst is over.
In fact, the end of all the writedowns is in sight."
The implication of this bizarre reasoning is that if the UBS
writedown had been less severe, then it would have been worse news,
since it would have meant that there are more writedowns to come.
Instead, the news was SO bad that it can't possibly get any worse,
and so the worst must be over.
Do you think I'm joking, Dear Reader? I assure you that I am not.
The inmates are in control of the asylum.
Here's what Fritz Meyer, senior market strategist at AIM Investments,
said on Monday morning on CNBC:
"I thought the market scored a very impressive
victory last week, and that was because Tuesday's huge move was on
what normally is considered to be very bad news for these
financial institutions, UBS and Lehman. And when you finally see
that, when you finally see the market trading higher on what
should be bad news, it has typically marked a pretty important
inflection, and so that's the way I viewed it."
Well, that's an interesting way to view it.
A similar view on Monday morning was that of contributor
Jack Bouroudjian, CNBC's resident fanatic Pollyanna. He was asked
whether he thought Friday was a good day for the stock market -- the
Dow had lost only 16 points, despite the devastating unemployment
report. His amazing response:
"It felt like a great day, didn't it? One thing
that we said when that number came out, if you remember, that had
this number come out a couple of months ago we would have seen
those futures down significantly, it would have been a disaster,
it would have been one of those 400 point down days for the Dow.
But something seems to have happened -- there's been a shift over
the course of the last week or so. We are starting to see money
that's on the sidelines starting to come into market. And the
real key for me is what happens with some of these European fund
managers that I've been talking to."
Bouroudjian is stating the obvious: That all the bad news "felt like
a great day." Why is that? Because the news was so bad, that the
worst must be over. Since the worst is over, it feels good.
Now let me once again repeat a quote from John Kenneth Galbraith's
1954 book The Great Crash - 1929:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
was that having happened they were over. The worst was reasonably
recognizable as such. The singular feature of the great crash of
1929 was that the worst continued to worsen. What looked one day
like the end proved on the next day to have been only the
beginning. Nothing could have been more ingeniously designed to
maximize the suffering, and also to insure that as few as possible
escaped the common misfortune." (p. 108)
This is EXACTLY what's happening now.
The first time that I read this paragraph several years ago, I didn't
really grasp what was going on, but now we can see it day after day.
"What looked one day like the end proved on the next day to have been
only the beginning." It's almost as if Meyer and Bouroudjian, the
two people quoted above, were just copying their lines from
Galbraith. What an INCREDIBLE situation!! These people are
following the 1929 script as if it had just been written!
If you have a few minutes, take a look at my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia
"Dow Jones historical page."#> Look at what happened around the time
of the 1929 crash, some of which is extracted here:
Notice that the crash didn't just happen, and then everything went
down from there. Notice that instead, the market spiked +6.23% just
two weeks before Black Thursday, and it spiked +12.34% just two days
after Black Monday.
If you go to the <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical
page,"#> you'll see that the market went down almost continually until
mid-1932, until it was down to just 10% of its peak value (on
3-Sep-29). But along the way, there were many days when the market
spiked upward.
That's what's already happening, and that's what's going to be
happening for the next 3-4 years. And those are the days when people
like Meyer and Bouroudjian are going to go on CNBC and say that we're
seeing a "pretty important inflection," and that it "feels good."
Those are the days that people will say, "The market's finally going
up again. Let me pour more of my savings into the market so that I
can make all my money back." That's when politicians will say,
"Prosperity is just around the corner."
That's what I've been calling the Principle of Maximum Ruin. As
Galbraith says, "Nothing could have been more ingeniously designed to
maximize the suffering, and also to insure that as few as possible
escaped the common misfortune." As in 1929, the market will ruin the
maximum number of people to the maximum extent possible.
Let's not fool around. The news last week was disastrous, and there's
absolutely no reason, except in the minds of those with financial
sexual fantasies, to believe that the news will get any better.
As I've been saying for years, and summarized in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market,""#> the market is overpriced by almost 250%, same
as in 1929. It has nowhere to go but down, and it will go down, to
the Dow 3000 range or lower. If it spikes up for one day or for one
week, it still has to go down because it's way overpriced.
Finally, let's update our table of corporate earnings estimates.
Each week, we add a line to the table indicating the estimates of
first quarter corporate earnings as of that week.
Here's the summary from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"Earnings Central Stats, as of Friday, April 4th:
28 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q1, 75.00%
have beaten estimates, 10.71% were in-line, and 14.29% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in first-quarter
2008, combining actual numbers for companies that have reported,
and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to -12.2% from
-9.3%.
On January 1st, the estimated growth rate for Q1 was 5.7%. (Data
provided by Thomson Financial)"
This allows us to add one more line to our table, as follows:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
Apr 4: -12.2%
And here's a late flash: Monday is the first big day for
announcements of actual first quarter earnings, and <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a27j1BgavXwY&refer=home
"Alcoa Corp. announced a 54% FALL in earnings,"#> well below
analysts' expectations.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080407 Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke defends his Great Historic Experiment before Congress
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.head
Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke defends his Great Historic Experiment
before Congress
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.keys
finance, ben bernanke, bear stearns, timothy geithner, alan greenspan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.date
7-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.txt1
The Fed-led rescue of Bear Stearns last week was closely questioned
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080407.txt2
by <#stdurl
http://federalreserve.gov/newsevents/testimony/bernanke20080403a.htm
"the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs"#> on
Thursday.
The questioners wanted to know why Bear Stearns was "bailed out,"
when foreclosed homeowners have not been bailed out.
The response from Fed chairman Ben Bernanke made the following
points:
The rescue of Bear Stearns was not a "bailout," since the
company is evaporating, many employees are being laid off, and the
shareholders have lost huge amounts of money. No other company would
want to be "bailed out" in this way.
On Wednesday, March 12, Bear Stearns appeared to be OK, having
$12 billion in a "liquidity pool" (cash or cash-equivalent assets) on
hand. This was more than enough to meet regulatory requirements, and
more than enough to meet the normal demands of business.
There was a "run on the bank" on Wednesday and Thursday, with
investors redeeming investment shares for cash. By Thursday, the
liquidity pool had fallen to just $2 billion.
On Thursday, March 13, Bear notified the SEC that it would
declare bankruptcy on Friday morning.
The Treasury Dept. and the Fed were not concerned about the
shareholders, according to Bernanke, but to "systemic risk" to the
entire financial system. Bear is intricately interlocked in the
global financial system, with thousands of investors and
counterparties. Treasury and the Fed feared that a Bear bankruptcy
would create a chain reaction, resulting in many more bankruptcies,
and a meltdown of the entire system.
Treasury and the Fed were convinced that such a meltdown would
occur on the morning of Monday, March 17, unless a rescue could be
engineered by the opening of the Asian markets on Sunday evening
ET.
The plan may not be perfect, according to Bernanke, but it had to
be put together in two days, where normally such a plan would require
weeks.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080405a.jpg right "" "Sen Jim Bunning, (R) Kentucky,
questioning at Senate Banking Committee"#>
What I found to be the most interesting interchange in the hearings
occurred when the questioner was Republican senator Jim Bunning of
Kentucky, and Fed chairman Ben Bernanke responded (my transcript):
"Bunning: How did we get to the point that
the failure of one firm can get us to the edge of collapse - all
our financial markets. We know that the Fed did not do their job
in regulating lending practices, supervising the risks banks were
taking on. But how do you let the entire financial system become
so fragile that it cannot tolerate one failure?
Bernanke: Well, one response Senator, is that this has been
a long time in the making. There was a substantial credit boom
that peaked last summer. That credit boom, which was driven by
international factors that I could go into if you like, involved
substantial increase in risk-taking, a lot of financial
innovation, some of which turned out not to work so well,
deterioration in underwriting standards, and essentially a
letting down of the guard.
Supervisors made many efforts to address these problems. We were
not successful obviously in preventing the excesses.
Starting in August, triggered by, but not, I would say,
fundamentally caused by the subprime crisis, there was a sudden
rethinking of the amount of risk that people were willing to take,
there was a major retrenchment in the markets.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080405b.jpg right "" "Fed chairman Ben Bernanke,
testifying at Senate Banking Committee"#>
Now, in contrast to last year when investors were willing to lend
against quite risky assets, now even the safest assets find
difficulty in getting financed. And so financial conditions have
become much more fragile, much more uncertain. There's a great
deal of distrust of counterparties, of the valuation of assets.
And there's a very strong aversion of taking risk -- of even
liquidity risk, as opposed to credit risk.
As I mentioned earlier, under more robust conditions, under more
normal conditions, we might have come to a very different
decision, with respect to Bear Stearns. We felt that, given the
context, given the fact that financial conditions are already
creating a slowdown in our economy, that the risk was too
great."
Bernanke here exhibits the same things that I've criticized in him
for years. This is the person considered the world's greatest expert
in macroeconomics, but he obviously has no idea what's really going
on.
My first major criticism of Bernanke came in September, 2004, in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040917 ""Federal Reserve congratulates
itself on jawboning policy,""#> and discussed at greater length
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041010b "the next month."#>
Bernanke was expressing the view that economic problems can be solved
or contained by the wording used in written statements issued by the
Fed. Bernanke apparently believes that the Fed can use verbal
statements, even misleading verbal statements, to affect the
economy -- stock prices, interest rates (bond prices), and so forth --
in the long run!
I can't overstate how incredulous I was and am at these statements.
To say that verbal statements are controlling, and underlying
fundamentals are irrelevant, is a statement so naïve that I'd expect
it more from a teenager than from the Fed chairman.
As I've been pointing out for years, the fundamentals are that
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "the 'real value' of the stock
market"#> is around Dow 5000, meaning that it's overpriced by roughly
250%. In addition, price/earnings ratios have been way above their
historical averages since 1995, and so by the Principle of Mean
Reversion, they'll have to far below average for a roughly equivalent
period of time. As I've been saying since 2002, these fundamentals
indicate that there must be a stock market crash to below Dow 4000,
and that we're entering a new 1930s style Great Depression. In 2002,
I estimated that this would probably happen in the 2006-2007 time
frame. I thought we were close to it when the "credit crunch"
triggered a worldwide financial crisis in August, 2007, and that
crisis continues to this time, when a generational panic appears to be
getting closer.
However, Bernanke continues to be completely unaware of these
fundamentals. He doesn't explain what he means by "under more normal
conditions," but he's clearly giving the impression that he means the
time prior to August -- that is, the time of the credit bubble. That
time was not normal, by any means.
Bernanke's "jawboning" policy, as explained in 2004, has been a total
failure, obviously. The fundamentals have taken over. Does Bernanke
believe that his jawboning concept is fundamentally wrong? Or does
he believe that he simply hasn't been clever enough in his jawboning?
He appears to believe the latter, and he certainly doesn't give any
evidence that he understands the former.
Furthermore, as I wrote last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070818
""Ben Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070827 ""Bernanke's historic experiment takes
center stage,""#> Bernanke is now putting into effect his master
plan for avoiding another Great Depression. He is an expert on the
1930s Great Depression, and he has stated throughout his career that
the 1930s Great Depression could have been avoided if the Fed had
injected more liquidity into the financial system. This theory is
based on a fundamental assumption that deflation is IMPOSSIBLE,
because the central bank can prevent deflation by injecting
liquidity. Bernanke held to that belief even in the 2000s, after
almost a decade of deflation in the Japanese economy, following the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070220 "Tokyo Stock Exchange's generational
panic and crash"#> that occurred in 1990.
Bernanke shows no evidence that he understands why this view is
wrong, and how the credit bubble created tens or hundreds of
trillions of dollars in new money that's now disappearing in the
credit crunch, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071206 "leading to a
deflationary spiral."#>
Or maybe he has changed his views, and does understand this stuff
now. Who knows? Maybe he's even read this web site. At any rate,
he wouldn't want to say anything at this time, for fear of being
identified throughout future history as the person who triggered the
panic and the greatest financial disaster in world history.
There IS one thing that has changed about Bernanke: he's no longer
<#hreftext ww2010.i.051029bernanke "The man without agony,"#> which
is how I described him in 2005. You can tell from his demeanor that
he's FULL of agony these days.
Quite apart from Bernanke's lack of grasp of fundamentals, I was
actually quite impressed with Bernanke's performance this week. He
obviously had gotten almost no sleep at all, but still gave a very
impressive political performance in front of the Senate committee.
The most important aspect of this political performance was his
graceful refusal to take any political or ideological positions. He
was asked several times to comment on the Administration's tax
proposals, and his pointed response was always that tax policy is up
to the Congress.
He even stared down Massachusetts senator Ted Kennedy, who came in
for a few minutes to demand, in his usual fulminating style, tax
recommendations from Bernanke. Bernanke refused, and Kennedy stomped
off.
=inc ww2010.h2 Geithner "Rising star Timothy Geithner"
Although Ben Bernanke was the star of the Senate hearing, the rising
star was New York Federal Reserve President Timothy Geithner.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080405c.jpg right "" "Timothy Geithner, New York
Federal Reserve President, testifying at Senate Banking Committee"#>
Geithner's grasp of fundamentals is no better than Bernanke's, but
Geithner was able to promulgate his views very forcefully, staring
down Senators, and sliding past inconsistencies very smoothly.
After Bernanke finished the testimony quoted above, Bunning asked if
any of the other panelists had a different opinion. Geithner
responded, leading to a confrontation between the two:
"Geithner: I don't have a different
opinion, but let me just underscore -- in a market-oriented
financial system, where people are free to fail, make mistakes,
lose money, [[Bunning: I thought so]], make imprudent
choices, any system designed that way is inherently vulnerable to
the risk that a sharp loss of confidence in economic activity
induces a dynamic, like we're experiencing now. This happens
rarely, but it does happen. It happens across all different types
of financial systems over time. But you're exactly right, and I
think it is the critical objective for policy, the challenge for
policy is to make the system strong enough so that it can
withstand even the failure of large institutions.
But no system, in a situation this fragile, economically, is
going to be able to withstand that easily, meaning withstand the
risk of default by major debt easily.
What produced this is a very complicated mix of factors. I don't
think anybody understands it yet. But we have to spend a lot of
time and effort trying to figure out how to get a better handle
on this stuff, and there's a lot of people who are going to be
part of that, because it's very important that we try to make the
system less vulnerable to this in the future.
Bunning: There were an awful lot of red flags. Not just in
the last six weeks. Not just in the last month. But in a year or
two before, that we were having some problems in our mortgage
markets.
We were having mortgages made that shouldn't be made. That the
mortgage brokers were soliciting people into mortgages that they
couldn't afford, and finally they knew were doomed to failure.
Nobody was watching the store, so it was eventually going to
happen.
It just happened to be Bear Stearns who got a hold of all these
things in one week. And the crisis occurred when everyone said,
watch out for Bear Stearns because they're not going to wind up
this week anywhere but in bankruptcy. I mean that's what they
came and told the Fed. Am I wrong? Didn't they come and tell
you that they were going to go belly up, and they asked for help?
Geithner: Senator, let me just step back for one sec, and
go back a bit.
The people at this table, and the supervisors and regulators,
took a lot of actions over several years to try to make the
system less vulnerable to this kind of event.
Bunning: I'm sorry, I've been here too long to try to
convince me of that.
Geithner: I'm not claiming to be trying to convince you,
but I just want to ...
Bunning: You're not going to be able to convince me because
the red flags have been waving long before you showed up at that
table. [Q looked away in disgust, and there was a long pause.]
Geithner: Should I try ... Could I just go through a few
important things for the record?
Bunning: Certainly, go ahead.
Geithner: We did, working with the SEC, and the other
major supervisors, the other major institutions around the world,
a series of very important things, beginning in 2004, in
particular, focused on exactly the set of risks that are so
pronounced today.
These things focused on strengthening ...
Bunning: The problems go before 2004.
Geithner: I, I ...
Bunning: It goes back to 2000, 2002, and on down.
Geithner: I'm not claiming that people were wise and
all-knowing, or that we did everything that could have been done.
But I just want to underscore the fact that we took a series of
actions that tried to make the system more resilient to this kind
of stress, and those things have made a lot of difference.
The system would have been more fragile without those things. As
the Chairman said, they did not achieve enough traction in areas
where we would have liked them to achieve more, and we are going
to be very focused on how to deal with those things in the
future, but it's going to require a very comprehensive effort,
because we don't have the incentives in the system, aligned with
...
Bunning: You've talked me out of my time, but the biggest
problem with that is that I get the last say. What's going to
happen if a Merrill or a Lehman or someone like that is
next?"
This question was left unanswered, although I would have loved to
hear Geithner's answer. I doubt that he'd have any answer beyond
"everything will be fine."
=inc ww2010.h2 shallow "Shallow reasoning"
All in all, this testimony shows what an incredibly shallow
understanding of what's going on these people have. Geithner talks
about stuff the Fed did since 2004, and Bunning replies
(paraphrasing), "You're full of crap. This problem began in 2002. By
2004, it was already too late."
It's just incredible how shallow this reasoning is, although this is
just a reflection of how shallow mainstream macroeconomics is.
Let's mention again that mainstream macroeconomics has not gotten
anything right at least since 1995. It doesn't predict or explain
the dot-com bubble of the late 1990s, it doesn't predict or explain
the global collapse in interest rates in the early 2000s (Alan
Greenspan's "conundrum"), and it certainly didn't predict anything
that's going on now. Mainstream macroeconomics has been completely
baffled by the credit crunch, since it began in August, and has no
explanation other than Bernanke's, that there was "a sudden rethinking
of the amount of risk that people were willing to take." Mainstream
macroeconomics did not predict or explain when that "rethinking"
occurred, other than Alan Greenspan laying the blame on <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080329 "animal spirits."#>
The fashionable explanation of what's happening today is that it was
caused by Alan Greenspan, who lowered interest rates too much,
causing the housing and credit bubbles and the subprime crisis.
This doesn't even make sense, as the housing and credit bubbles were
worldwide, and occurred through Europe and Asia, even including
China. Other than by pure guesswork and wishful thinking, there's no
rational way to connect all these things together.
The housing bubble was caused by massive fraud throughout the entire
financial and real estate industries, from top to bottom, whether it
was homeowners lying on their applications, construction firms
colluding with appraisers and brokers to get kickbacks by over-valuing
homes, lenders who resold mortgages without checking any of the
claims, lenders who adopted predatory lending practices, granting
loans to people with no hope of making payments, investment banks that
securitized loans based on the assumption that real estate prices
would rise forever, ratings firms and monoline insurers that took fat
fees to lie about these potentially worthless securities.
How is it possible that this rot, this blight, this depravity, this
debauchery permeated EVERY financial institution at EVERY level,
without almost any exception? This debauchery was caused by the Alan
Greenspan's low Fed Funds rate? That simply doesn't make sense.
It's astonishing to me that these people at the Senate hearing argued
whether the problem began in 2004 or 2001, and none of them even
thought to consider the problem of the dot-com bubble of the late
1990s. Is it possible that these people are so clueless that they
think that the dot-com bubble is totally unrelated to the credit
bubble? Could they possibly believe that two major bubbles occurring
in close succession have nothing to do with one another? Apparently
so. The stupidity of these people is monumental.
And why did the dot-com bubble begin in 1995 rather than, say, 1990 or
2000? Did the Fed cause that too? That question wasn't even
broached.
There's only one credible explanation for all of this: The Great
Depression survivors all retired in the early 90s, and when the
oblivious Boomers took over as senior managers, they ignored all those
"old rules" about credit and created the dot-com bubble. Then,
nihilistic Generation-X reached their 40s in the early 2000s, and
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "created the fraudulent financial
engineering models"#> and structures that are disintegrating today
around the world.
I think that it's funny that Alan Greenspan last year blamed the
housing bubble on the fall of the Berlin Wall, and now he's blaming
the credit crisis on "animal spirits." However, he did not cause and
could not have caused, the problems we're seeing today. Those
problems were caused by the massive corruption, depravity and
debauchery that permeated every level of every institution of the
financial industry. If this corruption had occurred in only a few
institutions, then some other explanation might be possible; but the
corruption was spread through EVERY financial institution, from top
to bottom, and that can ONLY have a generational explanation.
Let's make a list of some of the major things that the people at the
Senate hearing were completely clueless about:
As described above, they made no connection between the
dot-com bubble and the credit bubble. They gave a faulty explanation
of the credit bubble, but NO explanation of the dot-com bubble.
They made no connection between the credit bubble and the Great
Depression. (Specifically, this is that the survivors of the Great
Depression were extremely risk-averse, but their children repeated
the same abusive credit practices that led to the Great Depression.)
The only time that the Great Depression was mentioned was in a
sentence like, "Let's do something so there won't be another Great
Depression."
They made no reference to previous generational international
panics and crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637
Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the
bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall Street crash.
They made no reference to how CDOs were used to securitize debt,
and how similar techniques were used in previous international panics
and crises: tulip futures, shares in South Sea company, "assignats"
based on lands confiscated from French clergy, railway shares in
1857, and stock shares and foreign bonds in 1929.
They made no reference to the question of whether it was even
politically possible to control the subprime crisis through
regulation. Suppose, for the sake of argument, that the Fed or the
SEC had tried to stop subprime mortgages in 2003-2005. Here's what
we would have heard:
Subprime loans are making it possible for poor people to own
homes.
These new regulations are going to benefit rich people, while
devastating poor people.
These new regulations are going to benefit white people, while
devastating blacks.
That's why the entire discussion at the hearing was fatuous nonsense.
Senator Bunning was in high dudgeon in demanding something in 2002
that was politically impossible at the time, and that he himself would
probably have opposed at the time, and Bernanke and Geithner made
irrelevant excuses.
=inc ww2010.h2 instability "How stability creates instability"
Finally I want to return to two important sentences in Geithner's
testimony:
"But I just want to underscore the fact that we
took a series of actions [since 2004] that tried to make the
system more resilient to this kind of stress, and those things
have made a lot of difference. The system would have been more
fragile without those things."
Well, if the system has become increasingly unstable since 2004,
especially in the last year, then how could he claim that the system
is more resilient?
When the credit crunch began last August, I really expected a major
chain reaction and crisis within two or three months, as I wrote at
the time. I've been amazed, since then, in watching the wide variety
of awe-inspiring measures that the Fed has taken, often in
conjunction with other central banks around the world, to stave off
immediate disaster.
The problem is that none of these measures does anything to fix the
problem (which can't be fixed anyway). Each of these measures is a
stopgap that fixes one particular problem. Meanwhile, the entire
system is degrading further each week, and each crisis is always
worse than the preceding one. Eventually one of stopgap measures
must fail.
Bernanke himself seemed to be hinting at this during the hearing when
he expressed his own amazement at how quickly Bear Stearns melted
down, from being a solid company on Wednesday, March 12, to be on the
verge of bankruptcy 24 hours later.
It doesn't take much imagination to see that the same thing could
happen in a more widespread manner, and could affect several
financial firms simultaneously, with no hope of a "quick fix" as
happened in the Bear Stearns case. Bunning hinted at this when he
asked his final question: "What's going to happen if a Merrill or a
Lehman or someone like that is next?"
This illustrates the principle of how stability breeds instability.
Geithner claims that actions taken since 2004 have made the system
less fragile, but all he's done is postpone the inevitable, almost
certainly making the inevitable result worse.
At some point, the credit bubble had to burst. All the Fed can do is
try to keep it from bursting right away.
Once again, I quote the following passage from John Kenneth Galbraith
in his 1954 book, The Great Crash - 1929:
"A bubble can easily be punctured. But to incise
it with a needle so that it subsides gradually is a task of no
small delicacy. Among those who sensed what was happening in early
1929, there was some hope but no confidence that the boom could be
made to subside. The real choice was between an immediate and
deliberately engineered collapse and a more serious disaster
later on. Someone would certainly be blamed for the ultimate
collapse when it came. There was no question whatever as to who
would be blamed should the boom be deliberately deflated. (For
nearly a decade the Federal Reserve authorities had been denying
their responsibility for the deflation of 1920-21.) The eventual
disaster also had the inestimable advantage of allowing a few
more days, weeks, months of life. One may doubt if at any time
in early 1929 the problem was ever framed in terms of quite such
stark alternatives. But however disguised or evaded, these were
the choices which haunted every serious conference on what to do
about the market." (p. 25)
This is all that the hearing's about. There's one thing that I do
wonder about: How many of the participants in this hearing understood
what a farce it was, but were just playing along for political
purposes, versus the rest, who were there because they actually
believed that something useful was going on? Enquiring minds want to
know.
There will be more hearings, and more proposed laws, and more
regulations, and they'll all be as completely irrelevant as
Thursday's meeting was.
It's obvious that these people have no idea what's going on, and that
these meetings have only one purpose, as even the participants
probably know: Determining who's going to be blamed for what happens.
Right now, the person most likely to be blamed is Ben Bernanke. He's
the expert on macroeconomics in general, and on the 1930s Great
Depression in particular. My guess is that he's not getting much
sleep any of these days, and that he's probably going through a
severe clinical depression (I'm not joking!).
However, his demeanor these days, and the aggressiveness of his
actions as Fed chairman, are really quite impressive. He is pursuing
his "Great Historic Experiment." It's completely failed so far, and
has no chance of succeeding, but if he can pursue his Experiment
convincingly enough, then when the axe falls, he may manage to have
it land on Alan Greenspan's neck instead of his own.
=eod
=// &&2 e080406 Pakistan's tribal areas have become the world nerve center for al-Qaeda terrorism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.head
Pakistan's tribal areas have become the world nerve center for
al-Qaeda terrorism
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.keys
pakistan, al-qaeda, china, xinjiang, tibet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.date
6-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.txt1
Al-Qaeda now has "free reign" and "safe haven" in
this region.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080406.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif right "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
Pakistan's Federally Administered Tribal Area (FATA) has played an
increasingly important role in the spread of al-Qaeda's terrorism
throughout the world.
FATA is now the location of al-Qaeda's leadership, including
Osama bin Laden.
Terrorist attacks in Pakistan's Swat Valley, as well as other
terrorist acts, probably including the assassination of Benazir
Bhutto, are <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071230 "being launched from
FATA."#> The same is true of terrorist attacks on coalition forces
in Afghanistan. It's the FATA region that makes Pakistan the most
dangerous country in the world.
Terrorist attacks among <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080405 "the
Muslim ethnic group, the Uighurs, in China's Xinjiang province,"#> are
also being launched from FATA.
Terrorist attacks in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070413 "Algiers and
Casablanca,"#> in other North African sites, and in numerous European
cities, are being coordinated through FATA.
As has become apparent since the 2005 London subway bombings, the
UK is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061113 "flooded with Islamic terrorists
and sympathizers."#> Many of them are British-born third generation
Pakistanis who have developed a generational "Hero/Prophet"
relationship with Islamist clerics in al-Qaeda, communicating over
the internet.
According to CIA director General Michael Hayden, <#stdurl
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/23866794/ "appearing on Meet the
Press"#> on Sunday, March 30:
"But it's very clear to us that al-Qaeda has been
able, over the past 18 months or so, to establish a safe haven
along the Afghanistan-Pakistan border area that they have not
enjoyed before, that they are bringing operatives into that
region for training, operatives that, a phrase I would use, Tim,
wouldn't attract your attention if they were going through the
customs line at Dulles [airport] with you when you're coming back
from overseas."
The following is the portion of the interview dealing with the
Pakistan question:
Al-Qaeda's goal has been, and continues to be, to trigger a war in
some nation, creating an Islamic state, as happened in Iran in 1979.
They've failed to do so in Iraq and Saudi Arabia, and they're still
actively trying in Pakistan and Afghanistan. Their control of
Pakistan's FATA is a major stepping stone in the achievement of that
goal.
The FATA region is administered by Pakistan, but is not controlled by
Pakistan. In 2006, Pakistan's president Pervez Musharraf made a deal
with the FATA tribal lords, where Pakistan's regular armed forces
would withdraw, leaving the FATA groups to police themselves. Hayden
was asked whether this agreement was a mistake for Musharraf:
"Absolutely disastrous. All right? And then, and
then, and, look, to be fair to President Musharraf, in different
times and in different circumstances, all of us would think that
what he had, what he had decided to do was wise, was patient, was,
was what you need to do over the long term. The problem was what
was happening over the short term. He, he was, in fact, pulling
forces and the writ of the Pakistani government back from the
tribal region, and al-Qaeda and the Taliban were having more and
more free reign there. And so, again, the overall objective, you
know, in the easier military hand--more economic, cultural,
political integration, investment, worked for the long term, it's
inarguable. But what it turned into since September of '06, when
Governor Aurakzai signed that peace agreement in north Waziristan
is what I referred to a minute ago. It created that safe
haven."
This answer is interesting from the point of view of Generational
Dynamics he says that "in different times," the agreement might have
worked. Those "different times" would be a different generational
era, not the generational Crisis era of present day Pakistan.
This is another example, among several that I've noted on this web
site, where politicians have made substantial policy errors that they
would not have made if they understood generational theory.
=eod
=// &&2 e080405 China 'betrays' Iran, as internal problems in both countries mount
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.head
China "betrays" Iran, as internal problems in both countries
mount
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.keys
china, iran, united nations, pakistan, israel, mahmoud ahmadinejad,
china strategy, iran strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.date
5-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.txt1
Diplomats say that China has provided Iran's nuclear weapons plans to
the UN.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080405.txt2
In a surprising move, China appears to be cooperating with the UN's
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in its investigation of
Iran's nuclear development plans, and <#stdurl
http://news.scotsman.com/world/Surprise-as-China-gives-IAEA.3942324.jp
"has provided it with Iran's nuclear plans."#> The exact nature of
the information hasn't been made public, but it's believed to be
related to the development of nuclear weapons and associated missile
delivery systems.
China's change of heart may have occurred because China was caught
red-handed. Documents confiscated from Iran in February by the IAEA
indicate China was supplying Iran with <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2008/04/02/wiran102.xml
"information on manufacturing nuclear-armed weapons."#>
Several web site readers have written to me expressing concern that
the Bush administration is about to invade Iran. These fears have
been fostered by Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, as well as by
paranoic journalists, led by Seymour Hersh, who <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061103 "believes that the American armed forces are
Nazi thugs."#> Hersh, in particular, has been building a career for
several years out of predicting an imminent American invasion of
Iran.
This story of China's supposed "betrayal" of Iran gives us an
opportunity to do a generational analysis of the relationship between
China and Iran.
On this web site, I've done generational analyses of the strategies
of different countries. In this case, we'll be attempting a
comparative strategy. This exercise is of theoretical interest to
generational theory because Iran is in a generational Awakening era,
while China is entering a generational Crisis era.
In particular, we want to speculate on Iran's place in the coming
world realignment. Readers may have noticed that I talk about a new
"axis," consisting of China, Pakistan, Bangladesh and North Korea,
versus the "allies," America, the UK, Russia, India and Japan, but
that Iran is conspicuously missing from both the "axis" and "allies"
list. We'll explore the meaning of China's "betrayal" of Iran on
that question.
We will focus on the following four issues:
China's strategy
Iran's strategy
Iran's relationship with China
Iran's relationship with America and the West
=inc ww2010.h2 China "China's strategy"
China is entering a generational Crisis era, and has been almost
coming apart at the seams for a few years. China is headed for
<#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "a secular civil war,"#> as I wrote
in 2005. In March, 2007, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070322 "Chinese
premier Wen Jiabao"#> said that China is "unsteady, unbalanced,
uncoordinated and unsustainable."
It's hard to overestimate the increasing severity of China's internal
problems in recent weeks and months:
China has a growing problem: There are tens of thousands of
regional "mass incidents" every year. If there were even ONE such
incident in the US, it would be international news, but China has
thousands of them every month. The people in the Chinese Communist
Party (CCP) are terrified of their own people, and are the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080323 "most paranoid leaders"#> in the world
today.
The CCP's recent vicious military crackdown on <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080318b "pro-Tibet secessionist demonstrators"#> is
garnering worldwide criticism on human rights grounds, increasing the
CCP's paranoia.
This comes on top of international human rights pressure on China
for supplying weapons to Sudan, which is fighting the Darfur civil
war. This pressure increased substantially when
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223c "Steven Spielberg resigned"#> from
the Beijing Olympics committee, citing China's human rights
violations in Darfur.
China's worst nightmare is that the social unrest in Tibet will
spread to other provinces and other causes. The riots and
demonstrations in China's southwestern border province, Tibet, have
inspired some riots and demonstrations in China's northwestern border
province, Xinjiang, by the Muslim ethnic group, the Uighurs. The
Uighurs are also demanding the secession of Xinjiang province, forcing
another CCP crackdown, and more international criticism.
Taiwan, the most internationally visible secessionist issue for
China, has not yet fully reacted to the Tibet crackdown. However,
the entire Taiwanese independence movement was launched by Beijing's
1989 Tiananmen Square massacre, and it seems likely that the Tibetan
crackdown will further fuel forces advocating Taiwanese independence
from China.
Shanghai's stock market appears to be crashing, as can be seen
from this <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/tools/quotes/intchart.asp?symb=XX:1801730&time=12&freq=1&comp=&compidx=aaaaa~0&compind=&uf=0&ma=&maval=&lf=1&lf2=&lf3=&type=2&size=1&txtstyle=&style=&submitted=true&intflavor=basic&origurl=/tools/quotes/intchart.asp
"graph:"#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080403a.gif right "" "Shanghai stock market index,
for five years ending April 2, 2008
(Source: MarketWatch)"#>
This is potentially a very explosive issue in China. Tens of
millions of people have mortgaged their homes, borrowed money from
friends and relatives, and invested every penny they could get hold
of in the stock market, in order to take advantage of the bubble.
Now they're watching their assets disappear.
Shanghai's stock market bubble appeared <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070226 "close to bursting"#> a year ago, and a brief tumble caused a
mini-panic on Wall Street on February 27. The Shanghai market
recovered and the bubble resumed, but now the market has fallen almost
50% from its peak, late in 2007.
Prices for wheat and rice have been skyrocketing in China, as
they have in the rest of the world. The CCP is well aware that
hungry people are liable to turn violently against the
government.
There have suicide bombings and other terrorist acts in Xinjiang
province (mentioned above) in support of the Uighurs. These
terrorists are being trained by al-Qaeda in the Pakistan tribal
regions, just like the European suicide bombers.
China has always been very closely allied with Pakistan, almost since
its founding, but President Pervez Musharraf's fight against al-Qaeda
terrorism is supported by both the West and China.
All of this is taking place in the context of the Beijing summer
Olympics, which has taken on monstrously symbolic importance in
China. The CCP had hoped to have a flawless experience, but human
rights groups are continuing to humiliate the Chinese in every way
possible.
China's major adversary in central Asia is India, and China is
closely allied with Pakistan because of their common enmity to
India.
Iran's potential development of nuclear weapons is not considered
to be good news by China's ally, Pakistan. Thus, China's "betrayal"
of Iran can just as easily be interpreted as siding with Pakistan,
which is a much more important ally than Iran.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 3
Everything in China is geared toward the summer Olympics games. When
the games end, there will be an enormous letdown. We will have to see
how China reacts to the above list of crises at a time when it no
longer cares what the world thinks.
As the world approaches the Clash of Civilizations world war, China
is going to be allied with Pakistan and Bangladesh against India and
Russia in central Asia. It's very hard to see how Iran fits into
that picture.
=inc ww2010.h2 Iran "Iran's strategy"
Unlike China, which is in a generational Crisis era, Iran is in a
generational Awakening era, since only one generation has passed
since the genocidal Islamic Revolution in 1979, followed by the
Iran/Iraq war in the 1980s. This means that Iran's "mood" is
significantly different from China's "mood," which would make it very
hard for them to understand each other's motivations.
As we described last year, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070702
""Iran's President Ahmadinejad is facing a growing 'generation
gap,'""#> as he pursues an Awakening era strategy:
Iran's 1979 Islamic Revolution is seen as a major event
throughout the Muslim world. Although it was a Shia/Persian
phenomenon, al-Qaeda and other Sunni Islamists see it as a model to
follow. Thus, al-Qaeda is trying to foment a similar revolution in
Pakistan, Somalia, and other countries, as well as in China's
Xinjiang province, having failed to do so in Iraq and (so far) in
Gaza.
Just at the time that Sunni terrorist groups are coming together
on the Iranian Islamic Revolution model, Iran itself is deeply split
along generational lines. (That is, there's a "generation gap," like
<#hreftext ww2010.i.sixties040501 "America in the 1960s."#>)
The older generation, the survivors of the Islamic Revolution,
generally favor hardline Islamic law, believing that it's the way to
avoid another genocidal war.
The younger generation, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071008 "especially
college students,"#> are demonstrating and rebelling against the
government of President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad. Demonstrations
particularly target the rapidly deteriorating economic conditions, as
well as the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b "police raids on women
with loose headscarves."#>
Ahmadinejad and the hardline Islamic mullahs are trying
desperately to restore the national unity that prevailed after the
Islamic Revolution. (This is actually impossible in an Awakening
era. That kind of national unity exists only during and after a
generational Crisis war.)
In order to achieve this objective, they've adopted the strategy of
provoking an external attack from the US or Israel.
Thus, Ahmadinejad has made a series of provocative statements
about destroying Israel. He's also provided funding for terrorist
groups -- anti-American militias in Iraq, Hizbollah in Lebanon, Hamas
in Gaza, and the Taliban in Afghanistan.
Israel's summer 2006 war in Lebanon versus Hizbollah was
enormously humiliating to Ahmadinejad, because the Hizbollah
"warriors" looked like idiots, shooting off missiles and then running
back to their wives. Many Iranians are furious with Ahmadinejad
because he spent so much money on Hizbollah while Iran's economic
situation has become disastrous.
The Iranian people are pleased that Iran is going ahead with
nuclear technology, but they blame Ahmadinejad for mishandling the
situation internationally, resulting in United Nations Security
Council sanctions against Iran.
Ahmadinejad <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 "strongly believes in
the Mahdaviat"#> -- the belief that the Shia Mahdi is coming to save
mankind. This is a fundamentalist belief similar to the Christian
belief in the imminent second coming of Christ, or the Buddhist
belief that Maitreya will come soon.
Thus, Ahmadinejad's view of his role is to bring about a major
Mideast war that will destroy Israel and drive the US away, after
which Iran will become the governmental and spiritual leader of the
entire region.
The best that can be said about Ahmadinejad's policies is that
they've been irrational. There is absolutely no way that the Sunni
Arabs or Taliban will ever permit themselves to be governed by Shia
Iran. Hamas is willing to take Iran's money and Iran's weapons, but
when choices must be made, Hamas will never choose Iran as their
leaders. In other words, Ahmadinejad is simply wasting his money.
Nonetheless, Iran remains a dangerous wild card in the Mideast, as
Ahmadinejad becomes about as unpopular in Iran today as Richard Nixon
was in the 1960s and 1970s America.
=inc ww2010.h2 relate "Iran's relationship with China"
Comparing the strategies of two countries that are at different
points in the generational timeline has been an interesting exercise
from a theoretical point of view, because it illustrates how
incongruous the "moods" of the two different countries are.
Iran has what might be called a "young" mood, just one
generation past the end of their last crisis war, indicating a
generational Awakening era. A country renews itself after a crisis
war, so the description as "young" is apt. President Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad is a new generation leader, and has to prove that he can
boldly lead the country and aggressively apply the "lessons
learned" from the last crisis war. As a country, Iran has no
fear.
China has what might be called an "old" mood, three generations
past the end of their last crisis war, the Communist Revolution that
brought Mao Zedong to power. All the "lessons learned" have now
unraveled and, as a country, China is paranoid and anxious, ready to
panic at any time.
If you read through the strategies of China and Iran in the previous
sections, it very quickly becomes clear that they have almost no
strategic goals in common -- except a general wish to oppose the
United States ("the enemy of my enemy is my friend").
The contrast between Iran and China can be demonstrated by both
countries' relationship with Pakistan:
Fearless Iran is funding al-Qaeda in Pakistan's tribal areas,
hoping that any regional war will leave Iran as the regional
superpower.
Anxious, paranoid China is allied with Pakistan's government and its
effort to oppose al-Qaeda in Pakistan's tribal areas, for fear of
terrorist acts in China's Xinjiang province.
Now add a potential Iranian nuclear weapon into this mix, and you
really see the problem: Iran would like to have nuclear capabilities
in order to be a regional superpower, and paranoid China would fear
that Iran will give nuclear weapons to al-Qaeda terrorists.
So, China didn't really "betray" Iran, because there are really no
common interests to betray. China was willing to support Iran's
nuclear development as long as doing so simply annoyed the West, but
that support stops when China's own interests are at risk.
=inc ww2010.h2 relate "Iran's relationship with America and the West"
Whenever I've talked about Iran on this web site, I've always
mentioned how the country is an internal contradiction. The
government and mullahs are anti-American and anti-Israel, while the
people, especially the young people, are much more pro-Western, and
really don't have anything against Israel. In fact, young Iranians
are probably much more politically opposed to the Iranian government
than to the American government.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, when I analyze any
country, I always have to focus on the attitudes and behaviors of the
great masses of people, not on the attitudes of a small group of
politicians. And so I have to conclude that since young Iranians are
generally pro-Western, it follows that Iran is going to be
pro-Western when a choice is forced upon them. This is not a sure
thing at this point, but the trend is definitely in that direction.
As the "Clash of Civilizations" world war approaches, and Iran is
forced to choose sides, their initial choice will be to stay out of
it as long as possible. This means that they'll avoid the use of
their own army, and they'll try to keep the war off Iranian soil. If
a choice is forced, I think it's more likely to be an alignment with
the West.
What about the original question: Is America about to attack Iran?
I read the same news stories that everyone else does, and I see no
evidence of it. If there were any preparations going on, the New
York Times and the BBC would be all over it.
When writing about China in the preceding sections, I used words like
"paranoia," "anxiety" and "panic" in describing China's mood.
The same words can be used to describe America's mood and Israel's
mood. On the one hand, you have the paranoic reporters talking about
an imminent invasion. On the other hand, you have the possibility
that anxiety and panic will lead to some kind of bombing attack on
Iran's nuclear facilities, just as panic led Israel to declare war on
Hizbollah in Lebanon in 2006.
We can't predict the actions of individual politicians, so the most
we can say is this: The reasons given by those reporters who are
claiming that an attack is imminent are completely wrong; if an
attack does occur, it will be a panicked reaction to Iran's perceived
nuclear buildup.
That's speculation. What is certain, however, is that China's
so-called "betrayal" of Iran reveals cracks in their relationship
that will not be healed any time soon.
=eod
=// &&2 e080401 The new Iraqi 'civil war' fizzles out, as expected
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.head
The new Iraqi "civil war" fizzles out, as expected
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.keys
iraq, predictions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0804
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.date
1-Apr-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.txt1
Radical Shia cleric Moqtada al-Sadr called for a cease-fire on
Sunday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080401.txt2
bringing <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idUSL2423186320080331 "calm
to most of the streets of Basra"#> in southern Iraq.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iraqcivil 3
The BBC really played up the violence last week, with frequent
comments about the danger of increasing violence, a new "explosion"
into a return to sectarian violence and possible civil war.
As I've been saying since 2003, Iraq is in a generational Awakening
era, just one generation past the genocidal Iran/Iraq war of the
1980s, and so a civil war at this time is impossible or, if one
begins, then it fizzles quickly. That's what happened again last
week.
Pundits are really puzzled about what happened. The violence has
been portrayed as pitting the Iraqi army, with Prime Minister Nouri
al-Maliki at its head, versus the Shia al-Mahdi army, with radical
Shia cleric Moqtada al-Sadr at its head.
According to the pundits, al-Sadr's army was beating the Iraqi army
hands down. It was a totally uneven battle. And yet, al-Sadr is the
one who sued for peace. The pundits are wondering, "What's going
on?"
This gets to the heart of what an Awakening era is. A year ago, in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.iraq070401 ""Iraqi Sunnis are turning
against al-Qaeda in Iraq,""#> I explained at length, quoting
numerous sources, that Iraqis did not want to fight, and that Sunni
Iraqis were turning against al-Qaeda in Iraq, which was essentially an
invading force of terrorists. Of course, we now know that the Sunni
Iraqis have thrown out al-Qaeda in Iraq in the "Anbar Awakening" that
accompanied the "surge" in American forces.
So it shouldn't be very strange that we're now seeing the same thing
on the Shia side. What you have are young 20-25 year old kids,
unemployed and living in slums, joining the Shia militias because
they can hardly wait to go out there and kill someone. But then you
have their 40 year old mothers. Their mothers lived through the
horrors of the Iran/Iraq war, and they're absolutely sick of war.
They're telling their sons, "Look, your father was tortured and
killed in that war. My brother, your uncle, was burned to death. I
don't want you getting tortured and killed. Stay out of it."
That's the kind of thing that happens during an Awakening era, and
it's why there are so few serious wars fought during those eras.
As if to prove my point, here's <#stdurl
http://www.upi.com/International_Security/Emerging_Threats/Briefing/2008/03/31/basra_fight_turns_political/2811/print_view/
"an article on the ceasefire:"#>
"Basra fight turns political, Published:
March 31, 2008 at 3:34 PM
BAGHDAD, March 31 (UPI) -- A Sadrist lawmaker said the Iraqi
curfew enacted to quell recent violence created a humanitarian
disaster amid inter-political wrangling over the shaky truce.
Falah Shinishel with the Sadrist Movement said residents in Basra
and Baghdad under the curfew suffered from a "dire shortage" of
food and medicine and blamed the Iraqi government for continuing
the curfew "for unrealistic reasons," Voices of Iraq said Monday.
The spokesman for the Iraqi government, Ali al-Dabbagh, said
intelligence suggesting militants were planning a large-scale
operation against residential areas prompted a decision to impose
an extended curfew on vehicle traffic, though the government
lifted the general curfew.
"Terrorist groups are trying to exploit the current situation,
and target the residential (areas)," Dabbagh told VOI. ...
Do you get it? Al-Sadr's militias might have won. Instead, the
Iraqi government won the war by enforcing a curfew!! Why fight a war,
when all you have to do is declare a curfew? That's what happens in
an Awakening era. Question: Why don't they just call a curfew in
Darfur? Answer: Because it couldn't possibly work there, because
that's a Crisis war.
I said there would be no civil war in Iraq, and there was no civil
war in Iraq. I said that the Darfur civil war was unstoppable, and
the Darfur civil war has been unstoppable. In country after country,
and region after region -- Iraq, Iran, Sudan (Darfur), Israel, Gaza,
Lebanon, Japan, Burma, Kenya, China / Tibet, etc. -- I've made
predictions that have come true or are trending true - none has been
shown to be false. In the past five years, I've written two books and
posted 981 articles on this web site, all of which can still be read
by anyone who wants to go back and check what I've said. No pundit
would ever challenge people to do that, but I do.
You know, Dear Reader, the sheer absurdity of what's going on is
never lost on me. I sit here obsessively, alone in my apartment, in
front of my computer, usually late in the evening, and use this
apparently god-like power to decide what's going to happen in
finances and in countries around the world -- Kenya, Lebanon, Iraq,
etc. -- and everything I predict comes true, and I'm the only person
in the world doing this. (A couple of years ago, someone in a forum
suggested that I was actually CONTROLLING world events. I had a good
laugh over that.)
Government officials, high-paid analysts, highly respected
journalists, politicians and pundits have no idea what's going on in
the world -- or at least when they make predictions, their
predictions turn out to be wrong half the time. They don't seem to
have a god-like power like I have.
There's no god-like power, of course. It's a good thing I'm not a
religious person, because if I were I'd really be confused about
what's going on. But I know that it's all generational analysis that
I'm always explaining on this web site. Once I do a thorough
generational analysis of a country, I know a great deal about what's
going to happen there. And it's getting so easy for me, now after my
two books and 981 articles. Iraq, Iran, Kenya, Burma, whatever -- at
this point I can read a news story or intelligence report about
what's happening in any country that I've analyzed, and I immediately
can tell whether the news story is significant or not, and what it's
probably going to lead to. Other people have to guess or scratch
their heads, but I seem to know right away.
If I could get a sponsor interested, within a year I could create a
computerized "world model" that would have highly predictive
capabilities about any country or region in the world. This product
would have plenty of applications in commerce and government, but
whenever I propose it to anyone I just get blown off.
This latest Iraq situation has really affected me. When the Basra
violence broke out last week, I immediately knew that the mainstream
media would play it up, that the mainstream media would be wrong, and
that the violence would fizzle before too long. That's what
happened. It's gotten so easy for me. Everything I predict comes
true, and I'm the only person in the world doing this. There's
barely a moment that goes by when I don't just shake my head and ask
myself, what the hell is going on? How the hell is this happening?
It's absurd and scary.
The traffic to this web site has been growing recently, and based on
the web logs, I estimate that I now have well over 5,000 regular
readers.
I know from the e-mail messages that I get that many of you are
anxious and scared about what's going on in the world, and you come
to this web site because it's the only one that tells you what's
actually going on, so that you can prepare for it. Nobody in 2003
would have told you that we're headed for a new Great Depression, but
I did on this web site. Nobody in 2003 would have told you that the
Mideast peace plan would fail, and that a new genocidal war between
Arabs and Jews is certain, but I did on this web site. Over and over
again, people who want to prepare for what's coming have turned to
this web site to get some guidance.
(See <#hreftext ww2010.i.predictions ""List of major
Generational Dynamics predictions""#> for more information.)
As I always like to say, you can't stop what's coming, any more than
you can stop a tsunami. You can't stop it, but you can prepare for
it. Treasure the time that you have left, and use it to prepare
yourself, your family, your community and your nation.
I want you to know, Dear Reader, that when I first began this web
site in 2002, it was an interesting experiment, but today I take my
responsibility to this web site very seriously. Mainstream
journalists, analysts and politicians have massive conflicts of
interest, and often will lose their jobs unless they always say that
things will be better or unless they support some political position.
=inc ww2010.bugcomment left
I have no conflicts of interest whatsoever, except to maintain my own
credibility. And that's why I always adhere strictly to the
Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology that I've developed,
and which has never failed me yet.
However, one reason I went into all of this is because I want to make
a point to those of you who are scared to death about what's coming:
I'm just as scared as you are, probably more scared. It's just that I
handle being scared differently from you. I handle it by obsessively
posting Generational Dynamics predictions on my web site, which is not
something that other people do.
As always, I thank the ever growing readership of this web site. I'm
still keeping up with answering e-mail comments and questions, though
it sometimes takes me a few days to get back. If you have any
questions or comments, you can use e-mail or one of the little
"Comment" forms. Also, it's not hard to find my phone number on my
web site if you look for it. I'm not inviting a million calls, and I
don't have anything to offer but an ear and a little counsel, but
that resource is available to you if you want it. We're really all
in this together.
=eod
=// &&2 e080331 Country of Iceland may be close to financial default
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.head
Country of Iceland may be close to financial default
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.keys
finance, iceland
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.date
31-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.txt1
In an emergency move, Iceland's central bank raised interest rates to
15%.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080331.txt2
Iceland's central bank raised interest rates by 1.25% this week to a
record 15%, in an effort to support the country's crashing currency.
The <#stdurl http://www.guardian.co.uk/feedarticle?id=7419173
"statistics are grim."#> The króna ("krona" or "crown") currency has
fallen in value over 30% since January 1 against the euro, over 3% on
Friday alone. And inflation has jumped sharply in March to 8.7% from
February's 6.8%.
How will raising the interest rate to 15% help the situation? That's
because, in the words of Iceland's critics, for the past few years,
Iceland has been acting like a hedge fund, instead of a country.
I actually wrote about this early in 2006, with an article entitled
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060227 ""Sudden collapse of Iceland
krona portends bursting of 'carry trade' bubble.""#>
At that time, there was some fear that the international "carry
trade" was going to crash. After writing that article, I learned
that those in the international carry trade are ALWAYS in fear that
it's about to crash, so I dropped the subject.
However, this time the fear isn't over the international carry trade,
but over <#stdurl http://www.guardian.co.uk/feedarticle?id=7418753
"possible failure of Iceland's banks."#>
It used to be that Iceland made most of its income from fishing. But
in the last decade, Iceland got into the carry trade business.
Iceland's central bank sent interest rates so high -- over 10% -- in
order to encourage foreign investors to borrow money from Japan (where
the interest rate is close to 0%), and then invest it in Iceland.
In any other country, setting interest rates so high would cause a
deep recession, because businesses would not be able to borrow money
at those high rates. But Iceland got away with it, because foreign
investors would invest in Iceland to take advantage of the high
rates.
In other words, it was just another way to abuse credit and make
money in the credit bubble. On this web site we've discussed all
kinds of abuses -- collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and lately
auction-rate securities (ARSs).
Now we have this additional scheme to make money in the credit bubble
-- turning the country into a hedge fund and take advantage of the
carry trade.
Now that the credit bubble is deflating, there's a credit crunch,
where everyone is hoarding cash.
And so, Iceland's scheme is falling prey to the credit crunch for
exactly the same reasons that CDOs and ARSs are failing -- because
"cash" means "dollars" or "euros" or "yen," but does not mean
Icelandic króna. Many investors now consider the króna to be as
risky as subprime mortgage loans. Money is pouring out of Iceland,
and the value of the currency is falling rapidly.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080330.gif right "" "Credit default swap (CDS)
spreads on Icelandic bank bonds
(Source: FT.com)"#>
And so the Iceland central bank has raised the interest rate to 15%
in a desperate move to attract investors back.
Will it work? Lots of people don't think so. The <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/162ac164-fb6a-11dc-8c3e-000077b07658.html
"interest spread on credit default swaps"#> (contracts that "bet" that
a company or, in this case, a country, will default) has been been
surging so high that it means that investors are essentially betting
that Iceland's banks WILL default.
Well, the Fed saved Bear Stearns from default and bankruptcy. Maybe
the Fed (or the European Central Bank) will save Iceland from default
and bankruptcy. We should soon know.
=eod
=// &&2 e080329 Investment bank UBS is now 'writing down' clients' auction rate securities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.head
Investment bank UBS is now "writing down" clients' auction
rate securities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.keys
finance, auction rate securities, ubs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.date
29-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.txt1
From individual investors to tech firms, people are losing their
money.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080329.txt2
Last month, investors were told that they <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080221 "couldn't get their money out"#> of funds that they'd
invested in -- funds backed by auction-rate securities (ARSs) that
they'd been told were as "good as cash," but which paid slightly
higher interest rates than standard money market funds.
Now, UBS AG is telling investors that it's marking down the values of
those investments. On Friday, according to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120672890827072299.html "an article
in the Wall Street Journal,"#> UBS began notifying investors
that it will begin marking down the values of the securities in
investors' accounts.
The markdowns will range from about 5% to more than 20% of the
principal, depending on the securities.
Oh wait, there's good news: "The losses won't be realized immediately,
as investors are currently unable to sell the securities for lack of a
market," according to the article.
So, your investments have been marked down, but that's OK because you
still can't get your money out anyway.
=inc ww2010.h2 tech "High-tech firms"
In related news, high tech firms such as hand-held-device maker Palm
Inc., internet-service provider EarthLink Inc. and internet
job-search company Monster Worldwide Inc. are <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120666247023070263.html "being forced
to acknowledge substantial asset writedowns."#>
High-tech firms are particularly vulnerable, because they often keep
a lot of cash on hand to make deals with. Auction-rate securities
have been an attractive investment vehicle because they pay better
interest rates than cash and because they're "as liquid as cash," a
claim that's now turning out to be false. Starting next month, the
list of companies disclosing large ARS holdings "is going to grow
pretty quickly," according to an analyst, and many of these firms are
going to be forced to write down significant portions of their
assets.
If this prediction is true, then we'll see a huge ominous new twist
in the credit crisis. For months we've been seeing large asset
writedowns by numerous financial institutions. A spate of writedowns
from high-tech firms would show that the "subprime virus" is now
spreading rapidly outside of the financial community into the larger
corporate arena, as well as to individual investors. From the point
of view of Generational Dynamics, this change must come sooner or
later anyway, but it will be a shock to the public when it happens.
=inc ww2010.h2 ars "Auction-rate securities (ARSs)"
Interestingly, these assets being written down are not always CDOs or
other mortgage-backed securities. More and more, the problems are
with auction-rate securities (ARSs), which are "a whole nother
thing."
Generally speaking, when you make a long-term investment, you can
expect a higher yield (interest rate) than with a short-term
investment, since a long-term investment carries a higher risk of
default.
In the 1980s, investment brokers started using a trick. A
municipality or a corporation would issue long-term bonds, and
normally would have to pay high interest rates to investors in the
bonds. But investment brokers converted the long-term bond into a
series of short-term securities. Thus, a 10-year bond might be split
up into 120 one-month securities. Since one-month securities
normally pay much lower yields than 10-year bonds, the municipality
or corporation would have much lower interest rates.
The only problem is that while a 10-year bond has to be sold only
once, the one-month securities have to be sold over and over again,
each month. So the investment brokers would hold monthly auctions,
allowing investors to bid on the short-term securities. (In actual
practice, these auctions might be held every 7 days, every 28 days,
or every 35 days.) Since the yield (interest rate) on these
short-term securities can change every time there's an auction,
they're called "auction rate securities," or ARSs.
You know, I heard of this scheme some years ago, but I never paid
much attention to it because it's so hare-brained that I thought it
was a scam. It wouldn't be so bad if it were used sparingly, but like
every other conceivable form of credit, it was abused during the
credit bubble. It now turns out that hundreds of billions and
perhaps trillions of dollars have been invested in ARSs. This
hare-brained scheme has become the norm, much to my surprise.
I will say this for ARSs: They aren't based on massive fraud and
corruption, the way that CDOs and mortgage-based securities are. The
auction-rate securities are based on sheer, utter stupidity, the
stupidity of people in the Boomer generation and Generation-X who
think that if something makes money today, then it will make money
forever. The stupidity is monumental, but it's just stupidity, not
fraud. (However, it IS fraud if the broker tells the investor that
they're "as good as cash.")
As long as the credit bubble was expanding, and there was plenty of
money around, the investment banks were willing to guarantee the
weekly or monthly auctions, in the sense that if there were no
bidders for the ARSs, then banks would purchase them. But now with
the deflating credit bubble and the credit crunch, investment banks
are hoarding money and are unwilling to guarantee ARSs when the
auctions fail. With most of these auctions failing nowadays, the
ARSs can't be sold for cash, and so investors in ARS-backed funds
can't get their money out.
This is affecting a LOT of people. If you'd like to get a feel for
it, take a look at this <#stdurl
http://www.bloggingstocks.com/2008/02/27/when-the-collapsed-auction-rate-securities-ars-market-gets-per/
"February 27 BloggingStocks blog entry."#> It had over 800 comments,
mostly from people telling their sad stories. Here's the first of
the comments, from someone named Mike Rubin:
"I have a substantial amount of cash in Morgan
Stanley and at my broker's suggestion put a lot of it in various
Muni ARS. When things started looking dicey I called and was
assured that none of my holdings were insured my AMBAC or MBIA or
in student loan instruments so not to worry. Two days later
things froze up. I was told that the senior partners were meeting
to figure out what to advise or do. My broker tried to be helpful.
I was offered a loan against my holdings if needed. Happily I did
not need the cash and actually got higher rates as many of the
instruments reset to penalty rates. I then was asked if I would
be willing to buy some of the instruments from other of their
clients who needed the cash. Things have evened out now but from
this episode one should definitely take away a sense of how
tenuous our security in general really is and just how much of it
is based on simply confidence in the system."
Mike Rubin was lucky -- at least at that time (Feb. 28) -- because he
hadn't really lost anything -- yet. But I'll bet that he's in a lot
worse trouble today, unless he's been able to sell his ARSs in the
meantime to some "greater fool."
=inc ww2010.h2 spiral "The worsening deflationary spiral"
This auction-rate security crisis is just the latest manifestation of
the growing deflationary spiral. The credit bubble, which created
hundreds of trillions of dollars in new "money" (mostly in the form of
credit derivatives), is now deflating. Consumer and commercial credit
is disappearing, as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080206 "the deflationary
spiral accelerates,"#> and the credit crunch worsens.
Banks are hoarding cash, because they're hiding the fact that more
asset writedowns are coming, and they'll need that cash when the
writedowns actually occur. In a scenario laid out by Oppenheimer
analyst Meredith Whitney, this could <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328
"trigger a forced selling panic,"#> as the market is flooded with near
worthless CDOs and other mortgage-backed securities. And now we have
to add ARSs to that mix of worthless securities.
The Fed can see this coming as well, and has been launching one new
program after another to inject liquidity into the places in the
system where it's needed most.
The Fed has provided some <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-03/29/content_7877820.htm
"$260 billion in short-term loans to banks"#> through a series of
auctions beginning in December, and will hold two more auctions in
April, offering another $100 billion. These measures, along with its
hand in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080317 "saving Bear Stearns from
bankruptcy,"#> have been getting increasingly desperate. Each new
intervention requires more ammunition than the last one, and each has
a diminishing salutary effect.
The climax of my "bloated mansion" analogy appears to be getting
closer and closer each day. Here's how I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071117 "described it in November:"#>
"Think of the world economy as a huge, enormous
bloated mansion made of wood, with all kinds of additions tacked
on all over the place. Think of the CDOs as millions of termites
that are eating away at the insides, so that another piece of the
mansion falls off into the ravine almost every day.
The Fed and other central banks have been running around the
mansion with hammers and glue and nails, patching things up as
fast as they can, trying to keep ahead of termites. They've been
pretty successful with their hammers and glue and nails in
postponing the inevitable, even bloating the mansion up a little
more, but they can't keep up with the termites.
[What's happening] is that the hammers and glue and nails aren't
working, and it won't be long now before the entire mansion
collapses into the ravine."
As each week goes by, you can just feel that Fed chairman Ben
Bernanke is running around the mansion faster and faster, using up
his supply of nails and glue, in the hope that that internal rot can
be "contained," but it never can because the credit bubble engulfed
the entire world when it was growing.
The credit bubble created hundreds of trillions of dollars in new
money, mostly in the form of credit derivatives, in a huge Ponzi
scheme or pyramid scheme. Now that the bubble is deflating, all that
money is unwinding, and there's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070910 "less
money in the world each month"#> than there was the month before.
The Fed has <#stdurl
http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/Current/ "a few hundred
billion dollars at its disposal."#> It does not have anything close
to the hundreds of trillions of dollars that would be required to
reflate the credit bubble, or avoid a huge financial crisis.
All in all, the Fed has been using its available assets very
cleverly. It's managed to keep the mansion together with nails and
glue at the the most critical structures, but it's a losing battle.
I'm amazed that the Fed has been so successful thus far.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "Corporate earnings estimates plummet again"
As regular readers know, we've been keeping a running track of the
analysts' estimates of corporate earnings. For the fourth quarter,
analysts estimated 11.5% growth at the beginning of the quarter, but
that became a -25.2% (i.e., a 25.2% fall) when actual earnings were
announced.
Now we're seeing the same thing in the first quarter. Here's the
latest summary from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, March 28th:
23 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q1, 73.91%
have beaten estimates, 13.04% were in-line, and 13.04% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in first-quarter
2008, combining actual numbers for companies that have reported,
and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to -9.3% from
-7.9%, mostly due to downwared revisions in the Financials
sector.
On January 1st, the estimated growth rate for Q1 was 5.7%. (Data
provided by Thomson Financial)"
So we can update our tracking table as follows:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
Mar 28: -9.3%
And we can <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080328 "expect further
reductions"#> when the first quarter ends next week.
=inc ww2010.h2 mood "The public mood"
I'm hearing all kinds of ridiculous things these days.
Long time readers may recall that in 2006, former Fed chairman Alan
Greenspan blamed the housing bubble on <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061025
"the fall of the Berlin Wall."#>
Greenspan, who is trying to save his own legacy, has just written a
<#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/edbdbcf6-f360-11dc-b6bc-0000779fd2ac.html
"commentary in Financial Times"#> blaming the credit crisis on
"animal spirits."
He says that existing macroeconomic models are simply failing --
which is exactly what I've been saying for years. But instead of
trying to work "animal spirits" into the macroeconomics models, it
would work better if they worked System Dynamics into the models, as
I described in <#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 ""System Dynamics
and the Failure of Macroeconomics Theory.""#>
If you're looking around for more silliness beyond "animal spirits,"
it's hard to beat the two "investment advisors" that I quoted in
January as saying that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080125 "people with
brain disorders make better investors."#>
Here's some more silliness in the public mood:
On Friday morning, I was listening to a BBC financial report on how
there are far fewer mergers and acquisitions this year than in
previous years, and I was startled to hear the following statement:
"As the credit crunch takes hold, there's an
inevitable slide in the number of mergers and acquisitions, the
fuel of the financial markets."
This is an incredible statement. Mergers and acquisitions don't
actually PRODUCE anything. They're simply financial transactions
that generate enormous fees for investment brokers. Since most of
these deals were leveraged, they were a big part of the "creation" of
money during the credit bubble.
We've actually gotten to the point where financial reporters are
putting forth the view that financial transactions are the "fuel of
the financial markets."
Hey, folks, the fuel of the financial markets are businesses that
produce things. JP Morgan doesn't produce things, but General Motors
does.
This once again shows how different generational attitudes are. The
generations of people who lived through the Great Depression would
not have thought that financial paperwork was the fuel of the
financial markets. People born after WW II have little understanding
of the connection between production and income.
What's funny is that all of this will be "obvious" once the financial
crisis begins. "Of COURSE companies like General Motors, not mergers
and acquisitions, are the fuel of the financial markets. Of COURSE
auction-rate securities violate the rules of the universe, and can't
work forever. Of COURSE there was a huge stock market bubble based
on credit. It's so OBVIOUS, why on earth didn't we see all this
before???"
You'll be hearing that a lot.
You'll also be hearing this a lot: "Why oh why didn't I just save a
few hundred dollars instead of spending everything. If I had, then
I'd be OK now."
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080328 Meredith Whitney lays out the template for financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.head
Meredith Whitney lays out the template for financial crisis
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.keys
finance, meredith whitney, maria bartiromo
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.date
28-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.txt1
The Oppenheimer analyst says to expect reduced earnings expectations
next week.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080328.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080327a.jpg left "" "Meredith Whitney
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Meredith Whitney is executive director of equity research at
Oppenheimer and Co. She's also a Cassandra, predicting very troubled
times ahead, but unlike most Cassandras, she's actually believed by
some people.
I last quoted Whitney in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080222 "an article
last month,"#> an article that's worth reading just for the pictures -
she's a real babe.
But she's also just about the only analyst who ever appears on CNBC
who tells exactly what's going on, which makes her very unusual. She
made some calls last year about Citibank that got her a great deal of
verbal abuse -- until they came true. So she's respected by a lot of
people, albeit reluctantly.
Appearing again on CNBC on Thursday, she was interviewed by anchor
Maria Bartiromo. In her interview, she essentially accused many
banks of (a) fraud and (b) unmitigated stupidity -- although those
words weren't used.
She also provides an explanation for why estimated earnings keep
falling. I recently posted this table:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
And earlier I posted a similar table for the fourth quarter. In both
cases, the corporate earnings estimates kept falling, week after
week. As we'll see below, Whitney expects a big drop in earnings
estimates next week.
Bartiromo began by asking her about a report that she published on
November 11, 2007, on the ratings agencies:
"From my perspective, that was the single most
important report that we wrote last year. This was two weeks
after I downgraded Citigroup, and the focus of this report was on
the interconnected relationship between the rating agencies and
the bank regulators.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080327b.jpg right "" "Meredith Whitney often closes
her eyes when she talks, as if she doesn't want to see other people's
reactions to the bad news
(Source: CNBC)"#>
What I basically said was, after $100 billion in securities had
been downgraded in the month of October, that would impact what
the regulators would require the banks to maintain on their
balance sheets, with respect to those downgraded securities.
So that the capital ratios would look far worse than anyone had
imagined, worse expectations than anyone had. And as a result,
there would be more of a broad-based round of capital raised, and
that's in fact what's happened. ...
The point of my note today was that in the month of February, 3½
times, or $370 billion in securities were downgraded in the month
of February. So first quarter earnings are going to put even more
pressure on capital ratios, beyond all these charges that I
expect."
So here's what's going on. Regular readers of this web site know
that banks and financial institutions have been forced to write down
billions of dollars in assets that they have in their portfolios.
These are CDOs and other mortgage-backed securities that are
nominally worth one value, but may be almost worthless on the open
market.
So that's bad enough, but it causes another big problem for the
banks: Regulators require banks to keep certain amounts of cash (or
cash-equivalent securities) on hand to handle emergencies. These
amounts of cash are called "capital ratios." What Whitney is saying
is that once these writedowns occurred, they no longer had enough
cash on hand, and had to go out and raise capital, thus affecting
their earnings significantly.
She concludes by pointing out that the size of the writedowns was
3½ times as large in February as it was in October, so banks are in
an even worse situation today.
Whitney goes on to explain what banks are doing wrong:
"Well, the fact that I've spoken about this a lot.
If you are truly marking assets to market, then just sell them -
you should be indifferent. But these banks have got themselves
into trouble, are going to get themselves into trouble
prospectively, because they refuse to sell these assets, because
they think the market is bid too low.
Well the problem is that each month that they wait, the asset
values go lower, and then when the ratings agencies downgrade
these assets, they're required to carry even more capital against
those assets.
And capital clearly in short supply in the financials right now.
...
There are a couple of things that go on. So you have people that
refuse to sell assets.... So if banks don't want to sell these
assets, the longer they wait to sell these assets, the values
decline.
But then when, all of a sudden, banks decide TO sell all these
assets, there'll be a supply jam on the market driving prices
down even lower, so there'll be more write downs. And ultimately,
I think these financials will sell assets at well below today's
market prices. ...
So I am playing catch-up with the banks that are playing catch-up
with the credit markets, and I think if everyone just took their
poison -- or their medicine, so to speak -- it would be easier on
all of us analysts."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080327c.jpg right "" "Maria Bartiromo
interviews Meredith Whitney
(Source: CNBC)"#>
This is actually very explosive stuff -- although neither of the
women indicated that it was.
What Whitney is saying is that banks are trying to avoid having to
write down their assets for as long as they can avoid it. But the
longer they wait, the worse it is, because the mortgage-backed assets
keep falling as time goes on.
But Whitney goes much farther -- she's predicting a full-scale panic
when banks finally are forced to mark these assets down. Because the
market will be loaded down with these securities from all sorts of
financial institutions, they really will be almost worthless.
Just to provide context, as I've said before, the stock market panic
of 1929 was caused when investors, who had purchased stocks on credit
(margin), were forced to sell their good stocks to meet margin calls
on their bad stocks. That forced selling caused share prices to fall
even further, resulting in more margin calls to investors, resulting
in more forced selling, until there was a full-scale panic.
Bartiromo has no clue about this, of course, but it's disturbing that
Whitney doesn't seem to realize the full impact of what she's saying
either.
She says that the banks should just "take their medicine," to which
my response is, be careful what you wish for.
By the way, when she says that banks are stalling, she's essentially
accusing them of defrauding the public, by pretending that their
assets are worth more than they really are.
Bartiromo asks Whitney whether earnings estimates will come down next
week:
"Not a doubt in my mind. Analysts typically like
to wait until the end of the quarter -- [Monday, March 31] -- to
put their estimate revisions out. I think it's pretty clear
what's going on with this quarter, so why wait?
In February I cut [my earnings estimates] aggressively because I
thought that the loss expectations for on-balance-sheet loans
would be far higher than anyone expected. And at that time, I was
30% below the street. Going into yesterday, I was the HIGH on the
street.
So these earnings estimates are being revised down dramatically
on a consistent basis. So I don't think we're anywhere
close."
This reflects the "earnings estimates" tables that I keep posting.
She points out that earnings estimates have been falling steadily,
and they'll fall even more next week.
Bartiromo asks whether the stock market will decline further:
"When the Bear Stearns news went down, I believe it was the 17th
of March, I hoped that the stocks would go down to the levels
where you could start getting interested in long term values. But
the stocks didn't go down that much.
And what I had said at the time, what I had believed is -- this
is an agony of incrementalism, where we have all these write
downs are ultimately going to be, so we'll have a protracted
environment where you have to continue to bolster up
reserves."
Here's where Whitney is wrong. She thinks that all these writedowns
will occur over a period of months, everyone will "take their
medicine," and then things will be back to "normal." What she
doesn't understand is that she's laid out a very explosive panicked
selling scenario.
Finally, Bartiromo asks Whitney whether she'd buy financial stocks
(like banks) right now:
"Even the financials that I like, I don't like.
There are some great companies out there, but they're all going to
get cheaper."
So the net of all this is that next week is going to be a very rocky
week, after the first quarter ends, and actual earnings start pouring
in.
Whether this results in panic selling at some point, as Whitney
indicates it will, remains to be seen.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080325 Many investors believe that the subprime crisis worst is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.head
Many investors believe that the subprime crisis worst is over
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.date
25-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.txt1
The reasoning is incredibly shallow.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080325.txt2
On Tuesday morning, one of Wall Street's top financial analysts said
that he's changed his "bearish" opinion, and now believes that the
worst of the subprime crisis is over for the stock market.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080325.jpg right "" "Bob Doll, BlackRock Inc.
global CIO of equities
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Bob Doll, global CIO of equities at investment management firm
BlackRock Inc., appeared on CNBC and explained the reasoning. Other
pundits said that they agreed with his reasoning, one saying that
"there's an 80%-90% chance that stocks have bottomed out, and will
start to go up."
Another pundit said, "This is the greatest buying opportunity for
stocks we've seen in a long time."
This is like saying, "We've had a week of sunny weather, and so it
will be sunny for the next few months." Or, it's like saying, "I've
been winning at the roulette wheel for a while, and that means that
I'll keep on winning."
I was amazed by how shallow the reasoning was. This is a guy who's
known as "the trillion dollar man," and yet he was completely
ignorant of the simplest fundamentals. It makes you wonder whether
he's simply an out and out liar, saying whatever he has to, so that
he won't lose his clients.
CNBC anchor Becky Quick asked him how he felt about stocks now:
"A lot better than I've felt in a while, Becky.
No one rings the bell at the bottom, but I think I hear a bell
ringing.
Here's the list. Last week, failure of Bear Stearns, opening up
of the borrowing window of the Fed to non-bank institutions, Fed
cut 75 basis points, easing of capital restrictions for Fannie
and Freddie [quasi-governmental mortgage lenders], Bush
administration willing to talk about housing relief, largest daily
gain of stocks in 5 years, sharp correction in commodity prices,
and it was only a four day week."
Doll is echoing something that I've heard frequently in the last few
days: "The federal government is fully on board in doing everything
possible to fix this problem. They're throwing everything but the
kitchen sink at the problem, and will keep on doing so until it gets
solved."
This is the principle reason for optimism, but it's based only on
things that have happened in the last week! This is the reasoning of
people who believe that "history always begins this morning."
Bob Doll continued as follows:
"I think with valuation levels where they are,
with sentiment where it is, where policy being aggressive,
creative and bold, I'm not sure were going to get a whole lot news
coming our way to give us a chance to buy at these sorts of
prices."
Now here's where Doll is probably lying. By "valuation levels," he's
referring to the price/earnings ratio, and he's saying (by inference)
that valuation levels are low, and that therefore investors will be
motivated to buy stocks at these prices.
Either this "trillion dollar man" is lying, or else he doesn't know
what he's talking about.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
the March 20 version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080320.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 20-Mar-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
As you can see from this chart, "valuation levels" have been fairly
constant, around 18, since early in 2006. This can't be a
coincidence, and it means that most investors are following the same
formula, and keeping the price/earnings ratio constant. Surely Doll
must know this, so when he implies that valuations are lower, he must
be lying.
Why, you may ask (especially if you're new to this web site), are
valuation levels constant, if stock prices have been falling so
sharply during the last few months? If prices have been falling,
then shouldn't price/earnings ratios also be falling?
The answer is that they would, except that corporate earnings have
also been falling sharply.
Regular readers of this web site saw what happened with estimates of
fourth quarter earnings. On October 1, at the beginning of the
quarter, the official estimates were that 4Q earnings would GROW
11.5%. These estimates kept falling, week after week, as shown in
the following table:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
Feb 1: -20.7%
Feb 8: -20.2%
Feb 15: -21.1%
Feb 22: -21.0%
Feb 29: -25.2%
By the end of February, when almost all ACTUAL 4Q earnings had been
reported, earnings had FALLEN 25.2%.
Now we're playing the same game with first quarter earnings.
Here's the summary from Friday from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central:"#>
"As of Friday, March 21st:
14 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q1, 85.71%
have beaten estimates, 7.14% were in-line, and 7.14% have missed.
(Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in first-quarter
2008, combining actual numbers for companies that have reported,
and estimates for companies yet to report, stands at -7.9%.
On January 1st, the estimated growth rate for Q1 was 5.7%. (Data
provided by Thomson Financial)"
So now we can update our table of first quarter earnings estimates:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
Mar 14: -7.8%
Mar 21: -7.9%
March 21 in this table corresponds (roughly) to December 21 in the
previous quarter, and so we're on pretty much the same path in the
first quarter as we were in the fourth quarter.
Apparently investors are very well aware of this, because they've
been keeping price/earnings ratios steady at 18. How could Doll
possibly not know this?
Next, Doll addressed the question of asset writedowns. Regular
readers know that Citibank, Merrill Lynch, and many other banks have
lost tens of billions of dollars, after being forced to "write down"
the value of CDOs and other mortgage-backed assets in their
portfolios.
"That's why we're down the amount that we were.
As you've heard me say before, markets hate uncertainty. And when
we have no clue what the number is in terms of the writeoffs,
that's when markets get the shivers. When we start to zero in on
a number, even if it's a big number, that certainty is preferred
to the uncertainty, and I think we're starting to get there.
We're not there yet, but we're a lot farther along. ...
There's a light at the end of the tunnel, meaning that we're
beginning to get our arms around the magnitude of the problem.
Six months ago, three months ago, it was a big black hole. No one
had any clue how big the writeoffs were going to be. Now we're
beginning to get some handle, but ... a lot of it is still to be
written off."
So there you have it. Based on the events of the last week, ignoring
all the trends that have been established since August and earlier,
all problems are solved, and now the bubble can start growing again.
It is truly astonishing to me.
For six years, I've been saying, based on fundamentals, that the
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "stock market is overpriced by a
factor of almost 250%,"#> and that we're entering a new 1930s style
Great Depression. Those fundamentals have not changed in the last
week, or in the last six years.
To repeat what I've said before, if you go back through history, there
are many small or regional recessions. But since the 1600s there have
been only five major international financial crises: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South
Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in
the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and
the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
We're now overdue for the next generational crash, and it might occur
tomorrow, next week, next month, or next year.
In case you've forgotten, here's the historical graph of
price/earnings ratios:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
Once again, this is NOT rocket science. You can just look at this
graph and see that we're close to the edge of a huge cliff that will
bring P/E ratios down to the 5-7 range over a three year period,
which will bring the stock market down to the Dow 4000 range or
below.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080324b Sarkozy government becomes paralyzed after defeat in municipal elections
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.head
Sarkozy government becomes paralyzed after defeat in municipal
elections
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.keys
nicolas sarkozy, carla bruni, france, japan, israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.date
24-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.txt1
Socialists gain power across France, leaving economic reforms in doubt.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324b.txt2
Last May, after French president Nicolas Sarkozy's <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070508 "euphoric victory over Socialist candidate
Ségolène Royal,"#> I posted a list of the campaign promises that he
made:
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right sarko 3
He would put the country back to work, particularly by
eliminating the enforced 35-hour workweek.
He would solve the problem of illegal immigration.
He would be fair to everyone, including the surburban youth that
rioted in 2005.
He would make France a leader in the new European Union.
He would make France a leader in resolving Middle Eastern
problems, by means of a "Mediterranean Union," similar to the
European Union.
I joked that, after that, he would turn water into wine for the
nationwide party.
`
Now, ten months later, Sarkozy has accomplished almost nothing -- a
minor change to overtime laws, and little else. Sarkozy's approval
rating, which was at 65% last July, is now at 38%.
Last week, the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601100&sid=aSBBnd4WgY7k&refer=germany
"leftists won a major victory"#> against Sarkozy's center-right
coalition by taking more than 30 cities and large towns, including a
landslide victory in Paris. Under France's legislative system, this
defeat severely limits Sarkozy's ability to implement reforms.
France's government is quickly sinking into the paralysis quagmire
that's affecting all countries that fought in WW II as a crisis war:
The US Congress has barely accomplished anything since 2004,
when first Republicans and then Democrats were in conrol. They're so
incompetent, they <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070131
"couldn't even pass a Congressional pay raise."#>
In September, Japan
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070924 "elected Prime Minister Yasuo
Fukuda,"#> after a year of scandal and government paralysis under a
younger Prime Minister.
China's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060317 "People's National
Congress was paralyzed by ideology,"#> and could not stop from making
a "historic error," in failing to agree on a plan to end the country's
mass riots.
Even mainstream media are noticing that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060504 "European governments are paralyzed,"#>
unable to accomplish anything either as individual countries, or in
the European Union as a whole.
Israel became paralyzed when Ehud Olmert took over after Ariel
Sharon went into a coma, with the people increasingly fearful of
Palestinian and Hizbollan missiles.
The reason for this paralysis is that the generations that survived
WW II are gone now. Those people did some great things -- they created
the United Nations, World Bank, Green Revolution, World Health
Organization, International Monetary Fund, and so forth. They
created these organizations and managed them for decades with one
purpose in mind: That their children and grandchildren would never
have to go through anything so horrible as World War II. Now all those
people are gone, and the people left behind have no idea what's going
on or what to do. They're unable to lead or govern. All they know
how to do is whine and complain, and wait until the next disaster, the
next world war, forces them to do great things as well.
However, Sarkozy's image problems go beyond paralysis.
Many French people are now tut-tutting disapprovingly over Sarko's
whirlwind romance and sudden marriage to singer and supermodel Carla
Bruni.
For a long time, the two were inseparable, almost joined at the hip,
as they traveled from country to country so that Sarkozy could
fulfill his duties as President of France. It seemed sexy and
romantic at first, but as it went on for months, the French people
finally decided that it was just tacky, and they've given Sarkozy the
name President Bling-bling.
Sarkozy is now <#stdurl
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/europe/sarkozy-to-sober-up-after-local-election-losses-796726.html
"taking steps to 'sober up' after the elections,"#> in an effort to
regain Presidential stature and the confidence of French citizens.
If you'd like to see "more" of Carla Bruni, you'll find plenty of
opportunities to do so on the Internet.
For this article, we've selected <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qkVkyeUbsKA "a very pretty song"#>
that she sings in English. The title is, "Nobody Knows You when
You're Down and Out," and the words reflect very real feelings of a
great many people today:
"Once I lived the life of a millionaire,
Spending all my money, just didn't care,
Took all my friends out for a mighty good time,
Buying bootleg whisky, champagne and wine.
Then I began to fall so low;
Lost all my good friends, had no place to go.
If I get my hands on a dollar again,
I'm gonna hang on to it till that eagle grins.
Nobody knows you when you're down and out,
In your pocket, not one penny;
And all the friends, you don't have any.
If you get back on your feet again
That's when you find you long lost friend
It's mighty strange, without any doubt
Nobody knows you when you're down and out."
=eod
=// &&2 e080324 Palestinian opinion shifts toward greater confrontation with Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.head
Palestinian opinion shifts toward greater confrontation with
Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.keys
israel, gaza, west bank, shikaki
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.date
24-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.txt1
A Khalil Shikaki poll shows increasing acceptance of violence against
Israel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080324.txt2
in the Palestinian territories. The poll was conducted by Shikaki's
<#stdurl http://www.pcpsr.org "Palestinian Center for Policy and
Survey Research."#>
Shikaki <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/03/19/world/middleeast/19mideast.html
"told the NY Times"#> that he was shocked because the survey
showed greater support for violence than ever before, and that, for
the first time, a majority favored an end to negotiations and the
shooting of rockets at Israel. According to Shikaki,
"There is real reason to be concerned. The anger
that this poll is registering is about equal to that at the very
height of the second intifada. I am very worried about what is
coming."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gaza 3
Here's are the <#stdurl
http://www.pcpsr.org/survey/polls/2008/p27epressrelease.html "main
findings from the poll:"#>
"Findings indicate that a major shift, in Hamas’s
favor, had occurred during the last three months with about 10%
of the population shifting their attitudes and perceptions.
The change included increased popularity of Hamas and its
leadership, increased support for its positions and legitimacy,
and greater satisfaction with its performance.
These changes might have been the result of several political
developments
starting with the breaching of the Rafah border with Egypt
during the last week of January and first week of February,
followed by the Israeli military incursion into the Gaza
Strip
leading to a large number of Palestinian causalities and
an increase in the number of rockets launched from the Gaza
Strip against Israeli towns such as Sderot and Ashkelon,
the two suicide attacks in Dimona and Jerusalem leading to the
death of nine Israelis, and
ending with the failure of the Annapolis process in positively
affecting daily life of Palestinians in the West Bank, in stopping
Israeli settlement activities, or in producing progress in final
status negotiations.
These developments managed to present Hamas as successful in
breaking the siege and as a victim of Israeli attacks.
These also presented Palestinian President Abbas and his Fateh
faction as impotent, unable to change the bitter reality in the
West Bank or ending Israeli occupation through diplomacy."
As regular readers of this web site know, this is the kind of
attitude change that I've been watching for, for several years.
In 2003, when I wrote <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Mideast Roadmap
- Will it bring peace?""#> I said that the Roadmap would fail,
and that the death of Yasser Arafat, when it occurs, would be part of
a major generational change that would lead to a new genocidal war
between Jews and Arabs, re-fighting the war between Jews and Arabs
that followed the partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the
state of Israel in the late 1940s.
Arafat <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041114 "died in November, 2004,"#>
and Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e060105 "went into a coma in January, 2006."#> These two men
cooperated (consciously or unconsciously) in prevent a new genocidal
war between Jews and Arabs, but now, with both of them gone,
generational forces are taking over, and there is no way to prevent a
new war.
Still, I've never yet seen the requisite fury and hatred from the
Palestinians toward the Jews that would signal that such a war is
getting close. (Nor have I seen it on the Jewish side, either.)
This is only one poll, of course. It indicates not a massive change
in attitude, but an incremental change in attitude. But it's a
significant change and, even more important, it represents a trend
that may well be unstoppable.
=eod
=// &&2 e080323 Nationalist Party (KMT) candidate Ma Ying-jeou overwhelmingly wins Taiwan presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.head
Nationalist Party (KMT) candidate Ma Ying-jeou overwhelmingly
wins Taiwan presidency
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.keys
taiwan, china, ma ying-jeou, humphrey hawksley
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.date
23-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.txt1
In a major change of political direction,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080323.txt2
Taiwan's voters elected Ma Ying-jeou <#stdurl
http://edition.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/asiapcf/03/22/taiwan.elections "by
the largest margin of victory"#> in the history of Taiwan's
presidential races.
Ma's Nationalist Party (or Kuomintang party or KMT) candidacy
defeated Frank Hsieh of the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), the
party of outgoing president Chen Shui-bian.
Voters shrugged off <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080321 "concerns about
China's violent crackdown in Tibet,"#> and the fear that China would
crack down similarly on Taiwan, focusing instead on Taiwan's economic
troubles, and the economic advantages of greater trade opportunities
with the mainland.
Voters also rejected referendums that would have called on the
government to try to gain Taiwan's admission to the United Nations
separate from China. (The two countries' officials names are
"Republic of China" or ROC, and "People's Republic of China" or PRC,
respectively.)
The Central Election Commission also said two referendums calling on
the government to work for the island's entry into the United Nations
failed. China had warned that the referendums threatened stability in
the region.
=inc ww2010.h2 again "What's old is new again"
Ma's victory, and his desire for closer relations with China, closes
a circle that's almost a century old. After the (Awakening era)
Chinese Revolution of 1911, the political chaos led, in the 1920s, to
the Nationalist government led by Chiang Kai-shek. Challenging
Chiang was the Communist faction, based on Russia's recent Bolshevik
revolution, and led by Mao Zedong. Mao's "Long March" in 1934
launched the civil war between the two factions. The civil war ended
in 1949, with Chiang's Nationalists fleeing to the offshore island of
Formosa which, together with some other islands, form the province or
nation (depending on your point of view) of Taiwan.
Communist China and Communist Russia (in the form of the Soviet
Union) never got along very well, and never really had much in
common, except for each having slaughtered tens of millions of
people, and in the 1960s there was international concern that they
two countries were close to nuclear war with each other. (Such a
war, if it had occurred, would have been a non-crisis war for both
nations, and most likely have ended quickly, with no use of nuclear
weapons, following great political opposition to the war in both
countries.)
Nonetheless, as the two major "Communist" countries of the world,
China and the Soviet Union felt a kind of kinship that was completely
shattered by the momentous events of 1989 and after:
The 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre established a generational
"victory" of the older Maoists versus the young post-war
demonstrators.
This event launched the Falun Gong movement in China, as a way
for the post-war generations to continue their protest, without
directly challenging the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). This
movement grew to millions of people by the year 1999, when the CCP
declared it illegal.
This event also launched the "Wild Lily Rebellion" in Taiwan, a
separatist movement calling for an end to the "one China policy," and
full Taiwanese independence from China. This movement grew into the
Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), that won the Presidential
elections in 2000 and 2004, defeating the KMT that had governed
continuously from 1950 to 2000.
In the midst of all this, the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, and
the Soviet Communist Party was dissolved. The was an enormous shock
to the folks over at the CCP, who had previously believed that they
were politically invulnerable.
Things came to a head when Taiwan's DPP won the Presidency in March,
2000. A shocked CCP clamped down on the Falun Gong in April, 2000,
brutally repressing it. Falun Gong advocates claim that thousands of
Chinese have been jail or executed, simply for practicing meditation
exercises.
The CCP are the most paranoid people on earth today -- afraid of the
Tibetans, the Falun Gong followers, and the people of Taiwan -- and
even afraid of their own people, who have tens of thousands of
anti-CPP demonstrations every year.
=inc ww2010.h2 ma "Ma Ying-jeou"
Beijing has never ceased to express its continuing contempt for the
DPP, and has openly stated that it favored the victory of KMT
candidate Ma Ying-jeou.
That's why Ma's victory brings a circle to a close. The Nationalists
and the Communists were allies in the 1920s. Then they split apart
and fought a war, and became each other's hated enemy. But now
they're back together again, promoting peace and harmony and
cooperative economic development.
Ma Ying-jeou was born in Hong Kong in 1950 -- his parents were in the
midst of fleeing to Taiwan, but had to pause in Hong Kong to give
birth. Ma is Harvard educated, and speaks English well.
The irony aside, the question arises whether this means a détente in
Taiwan / China relations. Ma is certainly not going to make it easy
for Beijing. His "pro-China" campaign stressed closer business ties
with China, but no peace treaty with China until <#stdurl
http://canadianpress.google.com/article/ALeqM5i1DwSx-SGKQj7NvagKsPFlkTQYbA
"Beijing dismantles its arsenal of missiles"#> aimed at targets in
Taiwan.
=inc ww2010.h2 euphoria "Election euphoria"
One of the interesting things about Ma is that when you read the
recent news profiles about him, some of them describe him as
"charismatic," and others describe him as definitely "not
charismatic." I guess it depends on chemistry and politics.
But his promises of change do seem to have gotten him elected on a
wave of euphoria similar to the euphoria that's been surrounding
Barack Obama in America. Such waves of euphoria always quickly
dissolve within a few weeks or months, as the promised changes don't
materialize, leaving an electorate that feels angry and betrayed, and
looking for someone to blame.
One of the most bizarre signs of that euphoria was contained in a BBC
pre-election report on Friday, describing a ferry service running
across the Straits of Taiwan between the Chinese town of Xiamin, and
the Taiwan island of Jinmen. Here's the final portion of the report
(my transcription):
"In the booming [Taiwanese] capital Taipei, China
might be on everyone's minds, but not so much as an enemy, but as
vital to making money and trade. Past grievances are irrelevant
against the needs to get on with life.
And those in the know say that China decided some years back that
it would not be taking military action over Taiwan, no matter
what.
Chong-pin Lin, Foundation on Cross-Strait Studies: "Beijing made
the decision in summer of 2002 thinking that the economic
development of China is more important then unification of the
so-called 'motherland.'"
No one's actually announced that, but well there are regular
direct ferries between Jinmen and Xiamin in what was once a flash
point for global conflict.
Humphrey Hawksley, BBC News on the outlying Taiwanese island of
Jinmen.
Now, I'm used to hearing bizarre things on the BBC, but this really
tops the list. "People in the know"???? Who are they? Is Lin
Chong-pin one of those people? It turns out that he's a supporter of
the hated (by China) DPP party, so how would he ever get to be "in
the know?"
This is exactly the kind of airhead expectation that's been occurring
in places around the world, as the world enters a generation crisis
era, 62 years after the end of World War II.
The Chinese have repeatedly threatened the United States with war over
Taiwan, and have repeatedly threatened to invade Taiwan itself, and
that's not going to change. China continues to accelerate <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080306 "its massive military buildup,"#> preparing
for war against Taiwan and the United States, and that's not going to
change either.
Meanwhile, here are two "reality checks":
China is pouring heavily armed forces into Tibetan regions of
western China.
The U.S. has <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/wtMostRead/idUSPEK33204820080322
"moved two aircraft carriers"#> into the region for "training
exercises."
Here's <#stdurl
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2008/03/20080322-4.html
"President Bush's statement"#> on the election results:
"I congratulate the people of Taiwan on the
successful conclusion of their March 22 presidential election.
Once again, Taiwan has demonstrated the strength and vitality of
its democracy. I also congratulate Mr. Ma Ying-jeou on his
victory.
Taiwan is a beacon of democracy to Asia and the world. I am
confident that the election and the democratic process it
represents will advance Taiwan as a prosperous, secure, and
well-governed society.
It falls to Taiwan and Beijing to build the essential foundations
for peace and stability by pursuing dialogue through all available
means and refraining from unilateral steps that would alter the
cross-Strait situation. I believe the election provides a fresh
opportunity for both sides to reach out and engage one another in
peacefully resolving their differences.
The maintenance of peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait and
the welfare of the people on Taiwan remain of profound importance
to the United States. We will continue to maintain close
unofficial ties with the people on Taiwan through the American
Institute in Taiwan in accordance with our long standing one China
policy, our three Joint Communiqués with the People's Republic of
China, and the Taiwan Relations Act."
What many people don't understand, except for the readers of this web
site, is that a war over Taiwan could begin as early as tomorrow, if
just one of these three parties miscalculates, panics and overreacts
to something. Generational Dynamics predicts that there will be such a
war next week, next month, next year, or thereafter, but it is coming
with absolute certainty.
=eod
=// &&2 e080321 China's crackdown on Tibet is swaying the Taiwan presidential election
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.head
China's crackdown on Tibet is swaying the Taiwan presidential
election
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.keys
china, tibet, taiwan, tiananmen square massacre, ma ying-jeou
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.date
21-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.txt1
Ugly memories of the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre are being
revived.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080321.txt2
In generational theory, China's 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre is an
example of an "Awakening climax" -- an event so profound that it
resolutely settles the "generation gap" political battles of the
recent or ongoing Awakening era in favor of either the old generation
of crisis war survivors, or the young generation of rebels.
In America's Awakening era, it was the resignation of Richard Nixon
that signaled a victory of the Boomer generation over the WW II GI
generation.
In China, the Tiananmen Square massacre firmly established Mao
Zedong's generation as the political victors over the young
generation, and today the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is mostly led
by Maoists in their 70s.
The people of Taiwan, watching the Tiananmen Square massacre from
across the Taiwan Straits in 1989, were absolutely horrified.
Up to that time, the unchallenged assumption was that Taiwan would
eventually reunite with China (the so-called "One China policy").
There was essentially only one political party, the Kuomintang Party
(KMT).
But the Tiananmen Square massacre gave rise in Taiwan to a student
movement called the "Wild Lily rebellion," formed to demand political
reform in Taiwan, and to develop a unique Taiwanese identity different
from that of China.
This rebellion evolved rather quickly into the new Democratic
Progressive Party (DPP). DPP chairman Chen Shui-bian became Taiwan's
president in 2000, and was <#hreftext ww2010.i.taiwan040411 "reelected
in 2004 in a wild election battle."#>
Beijing's CCP has never tired of expressing contempt and hatred for
Chen Shui-bian and his DPP party, but they've lived with it by
issuing one threat of war after another if the Taiwan government
makes any moves at all towards an independent Taiwan.
One of the moves that most infuriated the Taiwanese was <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e050308 "China's "Anti-Secession" law,"#>
which commits China to forcibly repatriating Taiwan to China.
In August 2006, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060818 "Sha Zukang, the
Chinese ambassador to the U.N., furiously and harshly threatened the
U.S. over Taiwan."#> He was literally screaming in an interview with
a BBC reporter:
"The moment that Taiwan declares independence,
supported by whomever, China will have no choice but to [use]
whatever means available to my government. Nobody should have
any illusions on that. ...
It's not a matter of how big Taiwan is, but for China, one INCH
of the territory is more valuable than the LIVES of our people."
[With regard to the U.S.'s constant criticism of China's rapid
militarization:] It's better for the U.S. to shut up, keep
quiet. That's much, much better. China's population is 6 times
or 5 times the United States. Why blame China? No. forget it.
It's high time to shut up. It's a nation's sovereign right to do
what is good for them. But don't tell us what's good for China.
Thank you very much."
And so it was with a measure of some relief to Beijing to see that Ma
Ying-jeou, the KMT Presidential candidate, had a substantial
double-digit lead over Frank Hsieh, the DPP candidate, according to
polls in advance of the planned election on Saturday, March 22.
But now Ma's lead as fallen sharply, as Hsieh has been using the
Tibet violence to bring back memories of Tiananmen Square.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/03/21/world/asia/21taiwan.html?ref=world
"the NY Times:"#>
"Mainland Chinese officials loathe Taiwan’s
current president, Chen Shui-bian, and his party, the Democratic
Progressive Party, for pursuing greater political separation from
the mainland.
Beijing authorities have been wary of the party’s candidate,
Frank Hsieh, even though Mr. Hsieh has repeatedly voiced much
more willingness than President Chen to allow more Taiwanese
investment on the mainland and more cross-straits transportation
links.
Mr. Hsieh and his party, with help from President Chen’s
ministers, have moved swiftly to turn Tibet into a central issue
in the campaign. They contend that Tibet’s fate is an example of
Taiwan’s future if it does not stand up to Beijing.
“What has happened in Tibet in the past three decades, and what
is going on now, is a warning to us,” said Shieh Jhy-wey, the
minister of information and a Democratic Progressive Party
hard-liner toward Beijing. “We don’t want to have the same fate as
Tibet.”
Mr. Hsieh abruptly turned a campaign rally in Taipei on Wednesday
night into a candlelight vigil for Tibetans who have been killed,
injured or detained during the Chinese crackdown. Party activists
unfurled a huge Tibetan flag and Tibetan students sang a Tibetan
anthem."
Ma has been resorting to damage control. A recent statement by Prime
Minister Wen Jiabao of China suggesting that Taiwan's future is with
China, Ma condemned what he described as a, “ruthless, irrational,
arrogant, foolish and self-righteous comment.”
The extremely paranoid Beijing CCP officials have their backs to the
wall right now. They will not tolerate any sign of secession, from
either Tibet or Taiwan, and there are signs that they're already
overreacting in Tibet. This is only increasing secessionist desires
in both places.
But as much as Beijing would like to clamp down even harder, they're
restricted from doing so for fear of an international boycott of the
summer Olympics. This would be an enormous humiliation.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the US and China are
headed for war over Taiwan. The only question is timing.
A victory by Ma on Saturday would do a lot to reduce tensions for a
while. A victory by Hsieh would substantially increase tensions.
The worst case scenario for Beijing on Saturday would be a victory
for Hsieh, accompanied by a "YES" vote on a referendum that calls on
Taiwan to join the United Nations as a member separate from China.
Even worse, the Tibet situation could become even more violent.
In this worst case scenario, Beijing may well take some kind of
action once the Olympics games end.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's fascinating
about this situation is how the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre is
reverberating forward through history, bouncing like a ball from
Beijing to Taiwan to Tibet to Washington and back again. China has
been trying to erase memories of the massacre ever since it occurred,
and now it's up in their face at precisely the time they want it
least -- the 2008 Beijing Summer Olympics.
=eod
=// &&2 e080320 Commodities prices fall as stock market experiences wild swings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.head
Commodities prices fall as stock market experiences wild swings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.keys
finance, commodities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.date
20-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.txt1
Remember ages ago (i.e., last week) when things looked
"normal"?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080320.txt2
The stock market has exhibited extreme volatility and wild swings
during the last few days, amid unprecedented events -- several hedge
fund failures, a major investment bank failure and historic Fed
interventions.
Commodities investors have begun to express caution as <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aXOEU06uFV00&refer=home
"prices suddenly collapsed on Wednesday,"#> breaking a very long
period of bubble-like increases:
"Corn futures for May delivery fell the 20-cent
maximum allowed by the Chicago Board of Trade, or 3.7 percent, to
$5.2725 a bushel, the biggest percentage drop since Jan. 23.
Most-active futures before today had gained 37 percent in the past
year, reaching a record $5.795 on March 11 on rising demand for
corn-based ethanol and livestock feed.
Soybean futures for May delivery fell 50 cents, or 3.6 percent,
to $12.57 a bushel in Chicago. The exchange's limit for gains or
losses in soybeans is 50 cents. The price has fallen 21 percent
since reaching a record $15.8625 on March 3. Still, most-active
futures have risen 66 percent in the past year after U.S. farmers
planted the fewest acres in 12 years.
Gold futures in New York plunged $59, or 5.9 percent, to $945.30
an ounce, the most since June 2006, after the Federal Reserve cut
U.S. borrowing costs less than investors expected yesterday. Gold
reached a record $1,033.90 on March 17. Crude oil fell as much as
4.5 percent to $104.48 a barrel in New York. The most-active
contract reached a record $111.80 on March 17."
There have been "waves of selling," according to the article, as
hedge funds that have used leverage to purchase large commodities
positions are now deleveraging, in advance of a possible bubble
collapse.
Many investors are pulling out the market into the safety of Treasury
bills, causing the yield on 3-month Treasuries to fall to 0.47% from
0.79% a day earlier, and 6-month Treasuries to fall to 1.1% from 1.24%
a day earlier.
Pundits on CNBC were saying that they've never before seen anything
like what's going on now -- especially the wild swings in all markets.
A web site reader wrote to me that she's lost a fair amount of money
on her futures contracts in the last two days because of "Bernanke's
clever fixes."
I admire people with such strong stomachs that they're even ABLE to
deal with these kinds situations. This is not for the faint of
heart.
I continue to strongly advise against getting into the short or
futures markets.
Keep in mind that there may be a major financial crisis at any time,
causing a domino effect of bankruptcies. In that case, investors
could lose their escrow accounts or be unable to collect from
counterparties.
Right now, about the only thing that makes sense is cash.
There is a little bit of good news in this: With commodity prices
falling, the cost of wheat, corn and soybeans is falling, which may
mean that a few million more people in the world may be able to
afford to eat, at least for a while.
=eod
=// &&2 e080319b Treasury Bills are now hardly worth the trouble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.head
Treasury Bills are now hardly worth the trouble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.keys
finance, advice
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.date
19-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.txt1
After the Fed's Tuesday action, lowering the Fed Funds rate
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319b.txt2
by ¾% to 2¼%, the yield on 3-month Treasury bills is now 0.79%, and
on 6-month T-bills it's now 1.24%.
I've suggested short-term T-bills in the past as a perfectly safe
investment vehicle for those who feel that they MUST be earning
interest, and so would like to avoid just keeping cash.
But with T-bill interest rates so low, it may not be worth the
trouble. It's even worse if you purchase T-bills through a broker
who charges a fee. However, if you still wish to consider T-bills,
you can get them online with no fee from <#stdurl
http://treasurydirect.gov#> .
The other alternative you can consider is getting a bank CD
(Certificate of Deposit). Many banks are now providing above-market
yields, because they're anxious to get customers. As usual, though,
make sure that the bank is FDIC insured, and that you carefully
follow all the rules, especially if you're depositing more than
$100,000.
=eod
=// &&2 e080319 E-mail unavailable on Tuesday
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.head
E-mail unavailable on Tuesday
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.keys
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.date
19-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.txt1
I was bombed with thousands of spam messages on Tuesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080319.txt2
and so my e-mail service was effectively shut down for a while. If
you sent me a comment on Tuesday, I may or may not have gotten it, so
you may wish to resend it.
This is a good time to remind you that you can write to me with
comments and questions.
The web site traffic has been growing substantially, but fortunately
for me, the rate of messages has been growing more slowly. And so,
it may take a few days to get back to you, but so far I've been doing
OK keeping up with the e-mail messages. Use either an e-mail message,
or the "Comment" link at the top of this page.
If you want to have a more open debate, you can do so in the <#stdurl
http://www.fourthturning.com/forum/showthread.php?goto=newpost&t=1236
""Objections to Generational Dynamics" thread"#> of the
Fourth Turning forum.
Thanks to all my web site readers for coming back every day.
I know that a lot of people are in a great deal of pain these days,
because things are happening that mainstream politicians, analysts
and journalists have been oblivious to. This is the only web site in
the world that's been telling you what's coming, and it's the only
web site in the world that's been right every time. I'm glad that
I've been able to help so many people prepare for the future.
Once again, if I can respond to any questions or comments, please
feel free to direct them to me.
=eod
=// &&2 e080318b China's problems mount, as Tibet violence is linked to summer Olympics
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.head
China's problems mount, as Tibet violence is linked to summer
Olympics
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.keys
china, tibet, tibet strategy, china strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.date
18-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.txt1
Violence has spread well beyond the borders of Tibet itself.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080315b.gif right "" "Historic ethnic Tibet region
within western China
(Source: BBC)"#>
After a week of rioting, Chinese security forces have clamped down
and <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-tibet18mar18,0,1887075.story
"restored calm to Lhasa,"#> the capital of what China calls the Tibet
Autonomous Region (TAR). Officials have demanded that all rioters
turn themselves in to the police, and have warned that any further
rioting will have severe consequences.
However, China's troubles are far from over. Rioting is increasing
in historic ethnic provinces -- Qinghai, Sichuan and Yunnan.
Rioting is increasing in Dharamsala, India, where the Dalai Lama and
exiled Tibetans have been living since the 1959 Chinese clampdown.
There's also rioting among Tibetans in Kathmandu, Nepal.
Although the violence in Tibet has not spiraled out of control, it's
clear that the ethnic fault line between the Tibetans and Chinese is
overwhelmingly hate-filled, especially on the Tibetan side. Tibetans
in Lhasa have targeted Chinese businesses and committed abominations
on Chinese people.
For decades, the Chinese authorities have done one thing after
another to <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/03/17/asia/beijing.php
"infuriate the Tibetans."#>
They've forced rural Tibetans to move to the cities.
According to the Chinese, the intention was to improve their standard
of living, which is probably true. According to the Tibetans, their
intention was to weaken Tibetan culture and merge it with Chinese
culture, and that's probably true too.
They've relocated millions of Chinese families into Tibet, in
order to dilute the Tibetan population. However, this has created a
two-tier society in Tibet, with the market-dominant Chinese
controlling many of the businesses, while the disadvantaged Tibetans
live in poverty.
In a move of unmitigated gall, the Chinese have claimed for
themselves the right to choose the next Dalai Lama, after the current
one (now in his 70s) dies. What could Beijing possibly be
thinking?
In response, the current Dalai Lama has announced his intention to
appoint his own successor, without waiting for his own death,
Government employees are forced to publicly denounce the Dalai
Lama, who is Buddhism's "Living Buddha."
Zhang Qingli was appointed Communist Party secretary of the TAR,
said last year, "The Communist Party is like the parent to the Tibetan
people, and it is always considerate about what the children need. ...
The Central Party Committee is the real Buddha for Tibetans." What
could Beijing possibly be thinking?
It doesn't take a rocket scientist to see that this is going to end
badly. The only question is the time frame.
The Tibetans believe that this time is their best chance. With the
Beijing Olympics only a few months away, Tibetans see this as the
best time to reach their goal of a separate nation of Tibet.
The Chinese would never consider that, of course, since that would
imply that Taiwan could also secede. So you can see that the Tibetan
and Chinese positions can never be reconciled without a war.
The situation is of theoretical interest to Generational Dynamics
because of the differing generational timelines. The Tibetans' last
crisis war climaxed in 1959, while the Chinese' last crisis war
climaxed in 1949. It's possible for an identity group to have a
crisis war a few years "early," especially if they're attacked by
another identity group already in a crisis era. This doesn't seem
likely in the TAR itself, but something like it is quite possible in
the areas Qinghai, Sichuan and Yunnan where the Tibetans and the
Chinese Han intermingle and compete for resources. This is something
to watch for and evaluate.
The greatest chance for violence is Chinese overreaction. The
Chinese Communist Party (CCP) are probably the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080306 "most paranoid group of people on earth"#> these days, and
they see the Tibetan rioting as a Great Tibetan Conspiracy to
humiliate the Chinese in the Olympics. There's some truth to that
claim, of course, but not to the massive extent that the CCP fears.
If the CCP would only "cool it," then the riots would mostly fizzle,
and prove only a minor embarrassment in the summer. Instead, the CCP
is making the situation much worse than necessary.
Even worse for the Chinese is that <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/7300157.stm "countries around
the world"#> are linking the Tibet situation to the Olympics and
calling for Chinese restraint. The Chinese are especially being
warned not to repeat the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre.
The paranoid CCP officials are facing potential humiliation on
several fronts. The Tibet situation will undoubtedly continue; the
Darfur human rights criticisms will continue, especially since <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080223c "Steven Spielberg resigned"#>; and Taiwan is
holding Presidential elections on March 22, including a referendum on
Taiwan joining the United Nations separately from China. The
temptation for the Chinese to overreact must be great.
And once the Olympics games have ended, then the CCP will have no
further motivation to hold back. Beijing is probably already
preparing action plans, possibly with military components, to be put
into effect as soon as the games end.
=eod
=// &&2 e080318 What should you do with your retirement fund now?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.head
What should you do with your retirement fund now?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.keys
finance, advice
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.date
18-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.txt1
According to Suze Orman, most people are too scared to do anything.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080318.txt2
Appearing on CNBC late Monday afternoon, well-known financial advisor
Suze Orman (who, incidentally, sounds exactly the same as her
Saturday Night Live parody) answers the question of what "every day
investors" are doing and should be doing:
"Here's what everybody is thinking - they don't
know what to do, they don't know who to listen to, they don't know
who to believe, and why should they?
<#inc ww2010.pic g080317b.jpg right "" "Suze Orman
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Nobody's been telling them the truth. They hear someone go on
television last week and say, ohhh, Bear Stearns is fine, and
then all of a sudden they've seen millions of dollars go down the
tube.
But what's happening, Dylan, in my estimation, with really the
people out there, the every day people, which are MY people that
I'm talking to, they are so afraid, they are really taking their
head and sticking it in the sand. They're not opening up their
statements, they're not looking at what they have, they don't
want to pay attention now because they don't know what to do, and
things like today only make it worse for the common person on the
street. ...
And where do they own [their] stock? Most people own stock in a
401K or a retirement plan. Normal, every day people don't even
think really that they open up an account at a brokerage firm and
besides their retirement account, they don't know that you buy
stock outside a retirement account. Most people think that the
only place and the only way that they invest is with their
retirement accounts, so in their retirement accounts, are they
looking at their 401K statements? No. Are they looking at the
IRA statements, Roth IRA statements, SEP IRA ra statements? No.
So they're just keeping plodding along or, worse, they've just
stopped doing anything."
Orman then went on to recommend that "every day investors" should
open their IRA statements and make sure they understand what's in
their accounts. And then they should invest ONLY in good, solid
stocks.
People who followed her advice at any time since October 2006 would
be underwater today, since the Dow Industrials are now at their
lowest since October, 2006.
Orman is an investment counselor. If she ever told people to sell
all their stocks, then she would lose all her clients, and she would
never be invited to speak on television. All of these people have a
built-in conflict of interest -- their income depends on lying, if
necessary, to say that stocks will continue to go up.
One reason that I've been right about everything for six years is
that I have no such conflict of interest. I neither make nor lose
money if the markets don't do as I predict, so I have nothing to lose
by telling the truth. I have nothing at stake except my own
credibility.
The collapse of Bear Stearns is very ominous, and portends bad times
ahead. We're in a deflationary spiral that's accelerating, and can't
be stopped by the Fed or any politicians. If you've put off selling
your stocks, then you've already lost a lot of money, and unless you
do so now, you're going to lose a lot more.
I've written several articles suggesting plans. One of the most
recent, from last month, is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080203
""Readers comment: Gold prices and where you should put your
money.""#>
Now is the time to take action, before things get a lot worse.
=eod
=// &&2 e080317b Investors fear a 'chain reaction' in stock market.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.head
Investors fear a "chain reaction" in stock market.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.keys
finance, bear stearns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.date
17-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.txt1
After Bear Stearns collapses in three days, who will be next?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317b.txt2
A year ago, in January, 2007, Bear Stearns shares were selling for
$171. At the beginning of 2008, they were selling for $85. A week
ago it ws $30/share. On Sunday, Bear signed a deal to be acquired by
JP Morgan Chase at $2.00 per share.
The Fed and the financial community were putting enormous pressure on
both companies to avoid a Bear bankruptcy. The reason is not the
obvious one (that investors would lose money). The reason is that
many hundreds of small investment firms use Bear as a bank to clear
their transactions, and those hundreds of banks would be unable to do
business if Bear went bankrupt.
The analog to this is if, hypothetically, a large internet firm like
Comcast went bankrupt. It's true that, in such a case, the investors
would lose a lot of money, of course. But the worst effect to the
public would be that all its customers would instantly lose their
internet service.
So it's not that Bear was "too big to be allowed to fail," so much as
a need to keep it providing services to its customers.
The problem is that Bear has a huge portfolio of CDOs with high
notional values, but completely unknown "mark to market" values,
since there IS no market for these CDOs.
Any company acquiring Bear would want to know the values of Bear's
assets in order to decide what to bid. Are Bear's assets worth $171
per share? Or are Bear's assets worthless? The answer to that
question could not be determined.
And as we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080317 "wrote last night,"#> there
was a panicked desperation for Bear to be acquired before the Asian
markets opened on Monday morning, which would be early Sunday evening
in New York. The fear was that if Bear remained on the verge of
bankruptcy, investors in the Asian markets might panic, and that
would spread to Europe and North America on Monday.
What it came down to was that nobody wanted to bid on Bear under
these conditions, according to reporting this morning on CNBC.
On Monday morning, the debate centered around two views:
The "bull" view is that JP Morgan got an incredible deal.
Even if the CDO portfolio can be valuated, they still will turn out
to have SOME value, and it may be a lot more than currently expected.
Recall that these CDOs are worth far less than their notional values
because they're backed by subprime mortgage loans to homeowners who
are simply walking away from their homes. The "glass half empty"
view is that these CDOs are near worthless because many people aren't
making their mortgage payments. The "glass half full" view is that
many people ARE making their mortgage payments, and so these CDOs may
be worth more than expected. This is the concept on which the "bull"
view of the situation is based.
Unfortunately, the "glass half full" view has a flaw in it. The way
that CDOs are set up, it's possible for even AAA rated CDOs to be
literally worthless. In the case of "CDOs-squared," it's not only
probable, but likely.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs, and
why even AAA rated CDOs might be literally worthless, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial engineering and
structured finance.""#>)
The "bear" (no pun intended) view is that Bear Stearns is only
the first of many similar such failures. This is the "cockroach
theory" -- if you see one cockroach, then you know that there are a
lot more somewhere. After all, Bear was just doing what every other
financial institution was doing -- investing in high-risk CDOs while
the housing bubble was growing. If Bear's portfolio is worth only a
small fraction of its notional value, then the same must be true of
many other financial institutions. This problem is exacerbated by
`the fact that it was only on Wednesday of last week that Bear's CEO
was saying that Bear was in no danger whatsoever. (See<#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080315 ""A historic day in Ben Bernanke's
Great Historic Experiment.""#>) So even if other financial
institutions say that they're OK, they can't be believed.
The "bear" point of view was summarized by CNBC pundit Rick Santelli,
speaking from the floor of the Chicago Board of Trade:
"I think that a chain reaction has begun and I
think the Fed is going to do everything it can to escort all the
players down the proper path to keep counterparties at least
involved in the game.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080317a.jpg right "" "CNBC's Rick Santelli,
speaking from the floor of the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT)
(Source: CNBC)"#>
But I do think that the feeling on this floor is that the
adjustment is afoot.
The thing that everybody has dreaded with the reversal of the
credit crunch, the pricing of derivatives, the liquidation of
collateral -- we are now in it, and we need to pay attention.
The Fed, naturally, according to traders, can't stop the process.
They can only be there to insert liquidity. Overnight LIBOR is
up big, as one would expect. Fed funds looking for a massive
ease tomorrow, and that's chapter two.
Do you keep doing two things. The new things that they're forced
to do that will help the liquidation, and do you keep liquifying,
which is killing the dollar, and doing them no imminent good.
That's the debate for the next 24 hours."
(Just a word of explanation: When Santelli says "Fed funds looking
for a massive ease tomorrow," he's referring to the value of <#stdurl
http://www.clevelandfed.org/Research/policy/fedfunds/index.cfm
"options on the Fed funds futures."#> Santelli is saying that
investors are expecting the Fed to perform a "massive ease" in the
Fed funds rate on Tuesday, when the Fed has a regularly scheduled
meeting.)
For those readers who are trying to decide whether the "bull" view or
the "bear" view will prevail, I would make the following point: The
"bull" point of view has been wrong every time since August, and
almost every time since the housing bubble started leaking two years
ago. We've heard, "there's no housing bubble," then "housing prices
have bottomed," then "housing prices have bottomed" again (and
again), then the "subprime crisis is contained to suprime mortgages,"
then "the subprime crisis is contained to mortgages," then "the
subprime crisis will be over after this quarter" (multiple quarters).
Every time, there's always a form of spin that says that the bad news
is temporary, or that the bad news is really good news.
I'm always struck by how these investors always seem to believe that
"history always begins this morning." They look at one data value or
one part of the financial system, and have no concept of how the
different parts of the world financial system are interlinked into
one huge heavily interconnected system. They also have no idea how
events propogate through that system, and how things that happened
years or decades ago are still propogating through the system today.
As I've been saying hundreds of times since 2002, the stock market is
overpriced by a factor of close to 250%, as I described in <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value' of the
stock market,""#> indicating that we're entering a new 1930s
style Great Depression. In 2002 I had no idea what scenario we would
follow to reach that point, but the end result has always been
certain with 100% probability.
Here's the first graph that I used in that article:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
Have you ever seen anything like this graph in any financial
publication? P/E ratios, or "valuations," are standard tools used by
investors. But no one will publish it because it's about as close to
a mathematical proof as you could hope for that we're headed for a
major stock market crash. This graph shows that P/E ratios regularly
fall to the 5-10 range, and that we're on the edge for another such
collapse.
Now here's the thing: Over the years, I've gotten many personal
remarks and e-mail messages about my "Great Depression" prediction,
and I've been called all sorts of names.
But not one single person has ever challenged that graph (or its
similar predecessors). No one says to me, "You haven't accurately
graphed the P/E ratio index - you've drawn the graph wrong." No one
says to me, "You've drawn the graph right, but here's why you're
interpreting it incorrectly."
Instead, what I see all the time in financial publications, and hear
all the time in CNBC is totally incorrect interpretations of the P/E
ratio, calling stock valuations "cheap" at the current inflated
value. Many of these people apparently <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071129 "don't even know how to compute a P/E value."#> (Hint: It's
price per share divided by last year's earnings per share. Duh!)
Why investment managers with six and seven figure salaries can't
understand P/E ratios is beyond me.
I'm certainly not the only person who's understood this. In his March
2003 newsletter to his Berkshire Hathaway investors, <#hreftext
ww2010.i.greenspan040706 "Warren Buffett said that stocks were still
significantly overpriced"#> at that time -- and at that time, the Dow
Industrials were at 8000!
And one day in 2005, I was watching Neil Cavuto's money show on FNC,
where famous "bear" <#stdurl http://www.prudentbear.com/ "David W.
Tice"#> was appearing as a guest. He was asked where the market was
going and he said, "Oh, it's going to fall below 4000." Cavuto shut
him off instantly. Pundits like Cavuto don't even want to HEAR
something like that.
To repeat what I've said before, if you go back through history, there
are many small or regional recessions. But since the 1600s there have
been only five major international financial crises: <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the 1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South
Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s, the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in
the 1789, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and
the 1929 Wall Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
We're now overdue for the next generational crash, and it might occur
tomorrow, next week, next month, or next year.
The collapse of Bear Stearns is VERY ominous, because it portends a
chain reaction that will cause forced selling among many other firms.
=inc ww2010.pic g080225b.gif right "" "You're entering the Twilight Zone"
Here's a final note from <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NzlG28B-R8Y "The Twilight Zone:"#>
Some pundits on CNBC are hoping for a 500 point collapse in the Dow
Industrials. Why? Because that would be a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080308 "stock market capitulation signal,"#> meaning that the market
had bottomed, and would start going up again (meaning that the credit
and housing bubbles would have to start reflating, which is
impossible).
My response to this is as follows: Be careful what you wish for.
=eod
=// &&2 e080317 Fed approves desperation measures to deter worldwide bank failures
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.head
Fed approves desperation measures to deter worldwide bank failures
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.keys
finance, bear stearns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.date
17-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.txt1
Near-bankrupt Bear Stearns has been sold off to JP Morgan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080317.txt2
at a small fraction of its former value as of just a week ago.
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a.kwMtvHsOL0&refer=home
"JP Morgan Chase will acquire Bear Stearns at $2 per share."#> Last
week, Bear Stearns shares were trading at $30.
At the same time on Sunday, the Fed cut the discount rate in an
emergency move. A reduction in the discount rate makes it cheaper
for banks to borrow money from the Fed.
All of this happened in a feverish meetings with officials from Bear
Stearns, JP Morgan, the Treasury Dept., and the Fed. The goal was to
get a deal signed by early evening, beforel the Asian stock markets
opened, for fear that there would be a major correction.
The reasoning was that if a deal wasn't made right away, then Bear
would go bankrupt, causing a domino effect that would unravel other
markets and cause other bankruptcies.
I personally don't see how the final result makes much difference --
Bear would probably have been worth $2 per share in bankruptcy
anyway. At this writing on Sunday evening ET, the Nikkei is already
down 4%, and Dow Industrials futures are down over 200 points.
Perhaps the Fed or someone else can pull something new out of the hat
on Monday morning, as has happened so many times since the credit
crunch began last August. Each new "something" was bigger and more
aggressive than the last "something," and each one has been less and
less effective. Right now, the situation looks quite ominous.
=eod
=// &&2 e080316 China crushes protests by Buddhist monks in Tibet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.head
China crushes protests by Buddhist monks in Tibet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.keys
china, tibet, india, tibet strategy, burma, myanmar
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.date
16-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.txt1
The Dalai Lama, exiled in India since 1959, called for calm.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080316.txt2
Thousands of protesters, led by Buddhist monks, <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/asia/article3559355.ece
"filled the streets of Lhasa,"#> the capital of Tibet, this week.
Tibetans threw stones and set fires, particularly targeting Chinese
businesses and properties. Tibet is a "secessionist" province of
China, and Chinese troops responded, and dozens of Tibetans were
killed.
Tibet's last crisis war was the Tibetan rebellion against the Chinese
in the 1950s. This week's riots were timed to commemorate the climax
of the rebellions, when the Chinese crushed the rebellion on March 10,
1959. At that time, hundreds of Tibetans, including the Dalai Lama,
fled to India, where they've lived in exile ever since.
The current riots are occurring across a centuries-old fault line
between two ethnic groups: the Tibetans themselves, and the Han, the
principle Chinese ethnic group. The Tibetans and the Han have fought
numerous crisis wars for centuries.
<#inc ww2010.pic chinagdp.jpg center "" "China and its provinces
(Source: The Economist)"#>
However, it's been only 49 years since the 1959 climax of the last
crisis war, and so Tibet is in a generational Unraveling era. That
means that the demonstrations will fizzle before too much longer.
However, recall that a similar situation existed when there were
similar demonstrations in Burma (Myanmar) last year in October, when
Burmese civilians, led by Buddhist monks, demonstrated against the
Chinese-supported government. Burma's last crisis war climaxed in
1958, and so Burma was also in a generational Unraveling era. And
so, as expected, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071002 "the Burma
demonstrations fizzled."#> However, the Burmese demonstrations fizzled
only after a violent reaction from the Burmese government.
Recall also that Burma's "88 generation" had
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070926 "massive student demonstrations"#> on
8/8/88, demonstrations that were brutally suppressed by the Burmese
government at the time.
Tibet had similar mass demonstrations a few months later, with a
similar bloodbath, in early March, 1989, a month before the Tiananmen
Square massacre.
Since the 1989 Tibet demonstrations, China has been forcibly
relocating large segments of the Tibet population, in order to weaken
Tibetan culture. At the same time, China has relocated millions of
Han families into Tibet, in order to dilute the Tibetan population.
The Han form a market-dominant majority in Tibet, contrasted to the
disadvantaged Tibetans. This is the surest way for China to have
created a hate-filled fault line between Tibetans and Han, and that's
why the rioters have been targeting Han businesses and properties.
(This paragraph was added on March
16.)
Returning now to the present, it's quite possible that the Chinese
will overreact in Tibet in the current demonstrations. But whether
they overreact or not, it's too early along the generational timeline
for the demonstrations to spiral into full-scale war between Tibetans
and Han, and so the demonstrations won't last long.
Beijing may well overreact, for three different reasons:
Eastern China is in a generational Crisis era. This is one
of those situations where a single country is large enough to have
more than one generational timeline. It's especially to be expected
in this case, where there's a sharp ethnic difference between the
Tibetan and Han ethnic groups.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080315b.gif right "" "Historic ethnic Tibet region
within western China
(Source: BBC)"#>
The adjoining map shows the historical region occupied by Tibetans.
Over the centuries, parts of Tibet were taken by the Han Chinese,
incorporated into separate provinces of Qinghai, western Sichuan and
northwestern Yunnan.
This map also shows the location of Dharamsala, India, where the
exiled Tibetans, including the Dalai Lama, live.
From Beijing's point of view, the <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116
"real danger of civil war"#> is in eastern China, not in Tibet.
Beijing is aware of this.
Beijing actually has three major secessionist provinces: Tibet,
Xinjiang (a principally Muslim province), and Taiwan. A threatened
rebellion in any one of these provinces could spark a simlar rebellion
in the other two.
2008 is supposed to be the "Year of China," with the Olympics
games coming to Beijing this summer. China wants everything to be
perfect, but is now being repeatedly embarrassed by human rights
issues, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223c "first in Darfur,"#> and now
in Tibet. China will want the Tibet demonstrations to end quickly,
and be forgotten by the summer.
Last October's Burmese uprising has almost completely disappeared
from the world's news pages today.
The situation in Tibet should end exactly the same way --
disappearing from the news pages within a few weeks. If it ends
differently, it will be because it triggers something in China,
rather than in Tibet itself. This remains to be seen.
=eod
=// &&2 e080315b A Hippie Fashion Guide
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.head
A Hippie Fashion Guide
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.keys
sixties
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.date
15-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.txt1
For those who think that today's kids are not different from 1960s
kids,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315b.txt2
I stumbled across this <#stdurl
http://www.lib.virginia.edu/cgi-bin/imgload.cgi/130 "Hippy Fashion
Guide,"#> from the 1967 book, The Hippy¹s Handbook by Ruth
Bronsteen, while I was surfing:
=inc ww2010.pic g080315a.jpg center "" "Hippy Fashion Guide"
Hippies started appearing in the early 1960s as part of the Awakening
Era. The above was published in 1967, the year of the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070612b "Summer of Love."#>
=eod
=// &&2 e080315 A historic day in Ben Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.head
A historic day in Ben Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.keys
finance, ben bernanke, bear stearns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.date
15-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.txt1
In its biggest move yet, the Fed bails out a collapsing Bear Stearns.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080315.txt2
What's most important about Friday's events is investors' reactions
to it. But first, let's start with a few details.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080314a.gif left "" "Intraday Dow Industrials
chart and final results for Friday, March 14, 2008"#>
After a 9:15 am vote by the Fed Board of Governors on Friday, the Fed
invoked a Great Depression law that permits the Fed to loan money to
a non-bank in return for sufficient collateral, and last used only in
the 1960s. By 9:35 am, the Fed had announced that it was loaning an
unspecified amount to Bear Stearns, but since Bear isn't a bank, JP
Morgan Chase would be used as a conduit.
(Bear Stearns is an "investment bank," not a "bank." Ironically,
Bear would be qualified to borrow directly from the Fed under the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080312 "new program announced on Tuesday,"#>
but that doesn't take effect until March 27. Because this situation
was considered an emergency, an arrangement was made to perform the
loan through JP Morgan.)
Bank bailouts are becoming increasingly necessary. Britain has had
to <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/economics/article3542777.ece
"nationalized the Northern Rock bank"#> to keep it from failing, and
many of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080225b "Germany's public banks are
near collapse,"#> and are begin bailed out.
As I've described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070818 ""Ben
Bernanke's Great Historic Experiment""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070827 ""Bernanke's historic experiment takes
center stage,""#> Bernanke believes that the 1930s Great
Depression could have been avoided if the Fed had simply injected
more liquidity into the financial system. Actually, I can't be sure
that's what he believes any more, but he certainly USED to believe
that.
Unfortunately, there's no way to reflate the huge, leaking credit and
housing bubbles, no matter what the Fed does, as regular readers of
this web site already know.
The Bear Stearns announcement sent shock waves through the investor
community. The markets had moved up at the 9:30 am open, but quickly
tumbled after the announcement.
Let's start taking a look at investor reaction, as reported on CNBC.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080314b.jpg right "" "Alan Schwartz, Bear Stearns
CEO, on Wednesday, saying that Bear Stearns was fine.
(Source: BBC)"#>
The context was that Bear Stearns' CEO, Alan Schwartz, had appeared
on CNBC two days earlier, responding to rumors that Bear was having a
liquidity crisis. At that time, he said:
"We finished the year, and we reported that we
had $17 billion of cash sitting at the parent company as a
liquidity cushion. As the year has gone on, since year end, that
liquidity cushion has been virtually unchanged, ... The markets
have certainly gotten worse, but our liquidity position has not
changed at all, our balance sheet has not weakened at all,"
Investors were in a good mood on Friday morning. A day earlier,
Standard & Poors had issued a statement expressing the opinion that
the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aOb6jcVDSReY&refer=home
"writedown of CDOs by financial institutions"#> was half over,
meaning that there was light at the end of the tunnel. And early
Friday morning, there had been a favorable inflation report.
After the breaking news about Bear, these two favorable events were
wiped out of investors' minds.
In particular, the statement by the Bear CEO once again made it clear
that Wall Street executives could not be trusted -- saying one thing
on Wednesday, and turning out to be dead wrong on Friday.
The CNBC anchors were very discouraged, because they had been hoping
for an "up" day on the markets. Here's what Mark Haynes said:
"One thing that really strikes me is the
similarity between a whole bunch of markets here. People never
dreamed that the decline in the dollar would go on as long as it
has. They never dreamed that the decline in real estate would go
on as long as it has. They never dreamed that the decline in
financials would go on as long as it has. That's also contributing
to the crisis atmosphere. ... Another thing, people never imagined
that oil would continued to climb for as long as it has."
This is what has been frustrating investors. The expectation is
enormous that the credit crunch will be over in a year, and that the
market will "find a bottom" almost any day now. So whenever there's
any good news, investors think, "Aha! This is it! I'd better buy
now, to make some money on the way up."
But that never lasts more than a day or so, because something goes
wrong, and as Haynes was saying, it's always something different each
time.
A few minutes later, the CNBC pundit Ron Insana came on and said the
following:
"I find this interesting. You were saying that
nobody dreamed that we would be in this position over a period of
time. I think some people as early as last June had nightmares
about this scenario. They may not have had dreams about it, but
if you go back as far as last February, when we had these first
hint of troubles in subprime, then by June it became fairly
apparent that what we thought was just a passing phase in the
credit markets was something more permanent, something more
ominous.
We had the subprime problem, we went immediately into a real
estate recession, CDOs, SIVs, Muni bonds, credit default swaps,
the dollar, financial firms, the big runup in commodities -- all
was emblematic of systemic risk in the United States. And people
would not acknowledge that. They gave a variety of different
reasons for all this stuff happening, but when you have the
amount of leverage, the amount of credit, the number of
derivatives in exotic financials, that have been created in the
last five years, that are imploding in value now, that still
remain something bigger than most people know, and usually, as
several people have said, result in trouble in one or more
financial institutions."
This is a very interesting list, because Insana was basically showing
Haynes just how oblivious he and other investors were. That's what
this whole web site is all about -- the things I write about on this
web site are perfectly obvious, but nobody wants to believe them, so
they believe their fantasies, and are shocked when their fantasies
don't come true.
I'd go farther back than Insana, though. It's been perfectly obvious
since 2002 that we were headed for a major stock market panic and
crash, for the reasons given in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
""How to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>
Ron Insana is much better than most of the pundits. On a scale of
one to ten, most of the pundits are a 1, but Insana is at least a 5.
He doesn't get a 10, however, because he didn't realize the danger
years earlier, and also because of what he said next, when Haynes
asked him, "What's the total - I mean, I've seen REALLY scary numbers
thrown around about how much unregulated, questionably rated debt, in
the TRILLIONS." (This is funny. Haynes has absolutely no idea
what's going on at all.)
Insana responded with "scary" numbers that I've referred to on this
web site several times:
"Let me put it in the aggregate globally. There's
about 500 to 750 trillion dollars of credit derivatives -- this is
the notional value, the face value [Mark Haynes saying "Oh, my
God" in the background] -- of credit derivatives worldwide.
That compares to $50 trillion in global GDP. Now, people who
defend derivative structures as not being as risky, because that
notional value doesn't represent the value at risk -- pick
whatever percentage you want of that $750 trillion, let's say it's
½ of 1% that could go bad. It's still $3¾ trillion, and that's on
the low side, against $50 trillion in GDP. You're talking about
8% of global GDP in terms of a debt structure that could go bad.
That would have serious implications - it already has -- for the
global economy. This is playing itself out - people are
describing this as a "whack-a-mole" environment - as soon as you
get past one problem -- it's Carlyle the other day - now you've
got Bear Stearns - and you've got counterparty risk - you've got
all these other considerations...."
This phrase, "whack-a-mole" environment is a good one. It captures
the concept of one problem after another that Haynes was referring to
earlier.
(Incidentally, I just saw Gillian Tett of the Financial Times
talking on the BBC. I've quoted her stuff quite often. She really
knows what's going on, and isn't afraid to say it. On a scale of 1
to 10, she may be close to a 10. Contrast her with Grep Ip of the
Wall Street Journal, and you really have a really smart woman
and a really dumb man.)
What all of this does is relate to the analogy I've been using of the
world financial system being a huge, bloated mansion, parts of which
keep falling off into the ravine. Soon, the entire mansion will
collapse and crash into the ravine. There's no way to stop this.
That's why it's so disappointing to hear what Insana said next:
"The Fed, eventually, having already done some
dramatic things, I think, is going to have to be the buyer of last
resort, and provide a permanent solution to this liquidity problem
by buying bad debts from primary lenders and banks, and monetize
this debt in such a way that the credit markets start functioning
again. It's an extreme view, but if you know Ben Bernanke's
thinking on this, and even Alan Greenspan's for that matter, the
Fed's job, at the end of the day, is to prevent a catastrophe, and
I think at this juncture, that's the only way they can do
it."
If the Fed tries this, they may be able to keep the mansion together
for a few more days or weeks, but it will only make things worse when
the final crash comes. It's discouraging that Insana doesn't
understand that.
But this shows how poor the level of understanding is among experts
who are supposed to know what's going on.
Let's have one more quote from CNBC on Friday, to show further the
attitudes of investors. It's a conversation between reporters David
Faber and Bob Pisani. The subject of the conversation was: How could
Bear Stearns say on Wednesday that everything was OK, and then be
near-collapse on Friday morning?
"Faber: On Wednesday afternoon, they
started to get a sense [of what was happening], but it was
Thursday afternoon, after speaking with people who knew exactly
what went on, that they really realized they had a problem. It
happens that quickly. We've talked about that. It's a typical run
on the bank, where people say, "We're done." And whether it was
rooted in truth or not, it doesn't matter, it becomes a
self-fulfilling prophecy.
Pisani: The worry down here [in the NY Stock Exchange] is
-- what's going to prevent this from spreading to somebody else --
let's name another broker down there, name another bank, that this
could potentially spread to, and you can see the whole .... The
question is, when the rumor becomes reality, where do you stop it?
At what point can you come out and sufficiently calm people's
nerves?"
This is exactly the point. This new Bear Stearns debacle is, once
again, reinforcing the idea that everyone on Wall Street is a liar.
And even if Bear's CEO Alan Schwartz WASN'T lying on Wednesday, and it
just "happened" -- which would indicate a fairly severe panic among
Bear's creditors -- then it's just as bad, because statements by Wall
Street execs can't be trusted anyway. So, either way, anything can
happen at any time, and no one can feel confident about anything.
Last Friday, when I quoted an analyst as saying that the bond market
had become "utterly unhinged," I described the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080308 "Fed's new program of liquidity injections"#> as
"desperation."
Since last Friday, the hedge fund firm Carlyle Capital Corp. has
completely collapsed, and now Bear Stearns is close to collapse. This
is a manifestation of the "utterly unhinged" bond market, and it shows
that the Fed's policies are doing nothing at all.
In fact, things are clearly much worse today than they were a week
ago. The Carlyle collapse came in slow motion. We said that by the
"cockroach theory" -- there's never just one cockroach -- there would
be other hedge fund collapses, and the Bear Stearns collapse occurred
within a 24 hour period, amid signs of panic.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's very
interesting to understand how investors' attitudes are evolving.
There's no longer any "bad news is good news" hopefulness. There's a
dread, an anxiety, because nothing is going right. A lot of ordinary
investors have been the farm on stocks continuing to go up, and
they're getting very panicky as stocks keep falling.
There are certain more hedge fund collapse to come. The UK
investment banks may be even more vulnerable than American banks,
according to <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?view=DETAILS&grid=&xml=/money/2008/03/15/cnbear315.xml
"a Telegraph article:"#>
"Bear Stearns crisis could hit UK banks
Funding costs for British banks are expected to soar in the wake
of Bear Stearns' near-collapse, worsening the credit crunch and
potentially pushing up the cost of lending.
Credit spreads for UK banks widened yesterday, providing clear
evidence that they are now judged to be higher risk.
Fears are also growing that some banks may have large exposures
to Bear Stearns that could prove very costly.
There are further concerns that, as Bear is forced to unwind its
positions, banks will have to revalue their assets - leading to
more write-downs.
British lenders such as Alliance & Leicester and Bradford &
Bingley are already struggling with high funding costs and the
knock-on effect from Bear could lead to further liquidity
problems, analysts said. A&L has already put the cost of the
credit crunch on its funding at £150m."
And so, the coming stock market panic and crash might well be
triggered from Europe, rather than America.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the last
generational panic and crash occurred in 1929, and we're now overdue
for the next one. It might occur tomorrow, next week, next month, or
next year.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080314 Los Angeles Tent City keeps growing, despite attempts to limit it
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.head
Los Angeles Tent City keeps growing, despite attempts to limit it
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.keys
housing bubble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.date
14-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.txt1
A Tent City for 20 people that was formed last summer in Ontario,
California,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080314.txt2
just east of Los Angeles, has now <#stdurl
http://www.knbc.com/news/15566246/detail.html "grown to hundreds of
residents,"#> including families with children.
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g080313a.jpg right "" "Tent City in Ontario,
California, has grown to hundreds of homeless people.
(Source: BBC)"#>
"It just dumb-founded me to see how many people were out here with
nowhere to live, and they have nothing and they're trying to get on
their feet," said Linda Parker. "I thought I was as low as I could go,
but they're showing me I can go lower by taking what we have left."
The residents are getting help from volunteers. A nearby church is
providing food, and other necessities are being provided by relief
agencies.
Ontario city officials are now taking steps to limit and reduce the
size of the tent city. Specifically, they're going to require that
anyone living there must have a connection to the city, such as
having lived there before.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
<#inc ww2010.pic g080313b.jpg left "" "Homeless Tent City resident
points out the home where he and his family used to live, before he
lost his home to foreclosure.
(Source: BBC)"#>
On Thursday, <#stdurl
http://www.sbsun.com/ci_8561869?source=most_emailed "the Mayor told a
crowd of homeless providers and volunteers"#> that those who have ties
to Ontario may stay at the camp, but all others must leave by March
24.
Wristbands will be issued to those permitted to stay, so that they
can be identified.
After the exodus of out-of-towners, perimeter fencing will go up, a
food service area and fire pits will be created, and rules will be
enforced.
The city will issue a maximum of 170 permits to the remaining local
homeless adults, and the area will be subject to new rules, including
no pets, no one under 18, assigned spaces and no entry from 10 p.m. to
6 a.m.
In a related story, hundreds of people in Boca Raton, Florida, mostly
mothers with children, stood in line for up to eight hours, <#stdurl
http://www.palmbeachpost.com/localnews/content/south/epaper/2008/03/12/0312vouchers.html
"hoping to get a housing voucher application."#> When there weren't
enough vouchers, the police tried to disperse the crowd, but the
crowd surged forward. People fell down and some were trampled. Two
people were arrested and six to eight people hospitalized for
exhaustion.
These two stories are rare enough now, but with foreclosures surging
across the country, they won't be rare much longer.
Cities and towns need to start planning for this problem in advance.
For more information, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cities080302
""Cities and towns need to start helping themselves.""#>
=eod
=// &&2 e080312b NY Governor Elliot Spitzer: A Generation-Xer gets his comeuppance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.head
NY Governor Elliot Spitzer: A Generation-Xer gets his comeuppance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.keys
generation-x, elliot spitzer
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.date
12-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.txt1
Rarely has someone's fall from grace been met with so much glee.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080311a.jpg right "" "A grim-faced Silda Spitzer
stands by her man, Elliott Spitzer, as a prop at Monday's press
conference. Spitzer's three daughters were not present."#>
Like so many of the stories on this web site, this is so incredible
it wouldn't even make believable fiction.
And it's not like NY Governor Elliott Spitzer simply gave in to
momentary lust, or just needed to see a prostitute because his wife
wouldn't do what he wanted in bed. Sins of the flesh are
understandable, sometimes even forgiveable.
According to the complaint (<#stdurl
http://www.newsday.com/news/local/wire/newyork/ny-bc-ny--spitzer-excerpts0310mar10,0,4433644.story
"excerpts"#> here, full <#stdurl
http://i.cdn.turner.com/cnn/2008/images/03/10/spitzer.complaint.pdf
"PDF file"#> here), Spitzer illegally laundered money through
overseas shell corporations to obtain the services of prostitutes who
charged several thousand dollars per hour(!!!). He was "Client #9" of
an international prostitution ring that obtained beautiful girls for
wealthy men. He paid for these girls' travel expenses from New York
to Washington, which itself is a federal crime (transporting a female
across state lines for sex). This has been going on for six years.
Spitzer's hypocrisy and recklessness is astounding. He was using the
services of an international prostitution ring at the same time that,
as Attorney General, he was prosecuting prostitution rings and
sending people like himself to jail.
He set himself up as a paragon of virtue and justice, and used his
tremendous power as AG as a tool of extortion to jail people who were
committing lesser crimes than he was.
Here's an example of one person he targeted, which <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120519359147125705.html "a WSJ
editorial"#> says demonstrates the extortionary tactics regularly used
by Spitzer:
Spitzer went on national television to accuse AIG founder
Maurice "Hank" Greenberg (born 1925) of fraud and illegal behavior,
before Greenberg even knew what he was alleged to have done.
Spitzer practiced extortion against the board of AIG by
threatening to indict the entire corporation unless they fired
Greenberg.
When John C. Whitehead (born 1922) wrote a letter to the editor
titled "Mr. Spitzer has gone too far," Spitzer told Whitehead: "Mr.
Whitehead, it's now a war between us and you've fired the first shot.
I will be coming after you. You will pay the price. This is only the
beginning and you will pay dearly for what you have done. You will
wish you had never written that letter."
In the end, Spitzer never even charged Greenberg, and never
apologized.
And so you have this superstar Attorney General, declaring himself to
be morally superior to everyone, using extortionary methods to attack
and destroy people who, in the end, he never even charges, while he's
committing the same kinds of crimes he was prosecuting others for.
And the sheer arrogance of it all: The complaint makes it clear that
the girls knew that they were having sex with the Governor of New York
-- it HAD to leak out sooner or later. But in Spitzer's mind, he was
immune.
This is the contempt for the system that we've seen in Generation-X
in other areas, especially the financial system.
(Update: I've received several questions about whether
Spitzer, born in 1959, is a Boomer or a Gen-Xer. I consider people
born in 1958 or 1959 or later to be Gen-Xers, although other people,
including Strauss and Howe, put the cutoff at 1961. So I consider
Spitzer to be an Xer, but in order to calm the waters, I'll concede
that a Boomer might also have done what Spitzer did.) (This paragraph was added on March 12.)
As I discussed in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The
nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation X,""#> and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080129 ""Reader comments on the Nihilism of
Generation-X,""#> this is a generation whose contempt for the
world financial system has destroyed it, bringing us to the edge of a
worldwide financial crisis.
If you doubt the generational explanation, then you have to come up
with another explanation for how some version of securities fraud
occurred in almost every financial investment firm in North America
and Europe. The pervasiveness of this fraud cannot be explained in
any other way than the contempt of an entire generation for anything
that came before them, and a reckless willingness to destroy it.
That's exactly the Elliott Spitzer attitude. To him, the entire
criminal justice system was set up by people in older generations,
people much stupider than he is. He would be able to manipulate the
system so that he could prosecute and destroy anyone he chooses,
while at the same time he could commit crimes at will, and remain
immune to prosecution.
As Gen-Xers are learning, and will learn much more, these attitudes
backfire. The reckless destruction of any system set up by people
who came before them amounts to self-destruction.
The WSJ editorial referenced above said the following:
"Eliot Spitzer's self-destructive inability to
recognize any limit on his compulsions was never more evident
than his staff's enlistment of the New York State Police in a
campaign to discredit the state's Senate Majority Leader, Joseph
Bruno. On any level, it was nuts. Somehow, Team Spitzer thought
they could get by with it."
This phrase, "self-destructive inability to recognize any limit on
his compulsions" describes many Gen-Xers in positions of power.
Boomers are just as much as fault as Gen-Xers, but for a different
reason: Boomers let Gen-Xers commit fraud or perform other compulsive
acts because the Boomers stood to gain as much from the Xers' acts as
the Xer perpetrators. But there's a difference: Boomers are
destructive only through inaction, while Gen-Xers are actively
nihilistic, destructive, and self-destructive.
Gen-Xers ought to take serious note of Elliott Spitzer's comeuppance,
because the worst retribution is yet to come.
=eod
=// &&2 e080312 Fed makes massive move to shore up mortgage market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.head
Fed makes massive move to shore up mortgage market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.date
12-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.txt1
Markets around the world surged 3-4%, following Tuesday's
announcement
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080312.txt2
by the Fed that it would loan up to $200 billion to investment banks
that use mortgage-backed securities as collateral.
(Update: A web site reader points out that it's important to
say that the Fed is providing $200 billion in Treasury bills, not
$200 billion in cash, in exchange for mortgage-backed securities as
collateral. This means that there's no addition of liquidity to the
financial system, since the Fed is swapping asset for asset.) (This paragraph was added on March 13.)
<#inc ww2010.pic g080311b.gif right "" "Intraday Dow Industrials
chart and final results for Tuesday, March 11, 2008"#>
The purpose of this move is to effect a rifle-shot target on the
"credit crunch," which is thought to be blamed on forced writedowns
of mortgage-backed CDOs. According to this reasoning, if the Fed can
find a magic bullet that ends the forced writedowns, then the credit
crunch will end, and the leaking credit and stock market bubbles will
start reflating.
The announcement was made at 8:30 am ET on Tuesday, and European
markets immediately responded. The Dow Industrials gained 384 points
at the 9:30 am opening, the second largest opening gain in Wall
Street history. By the time the market had closed, all three indexes
had gained almost 4%.
Here are the remarks of some of pundits and analysts:
"This this is the day the market turns around."
"The Fed really means it this time.
"This is the first time I've felt that the Fed was on top of
this problem."
"History will look back on today as the day that the market
turned around and went up again."
"The Fed has pumped massive amounts of liquidity into the
mortgage market."
"Fed exhibited its most intense and unique intervention in this
economy yet."
"This won't be just a one-day pop; this will cause the market to
go up for many days in a row."
"This is the best day for stocks in years."
Well, what do you think? Is the euphoria justified? Is March 11,
2008, destined to go down in history? Is this the day that the world
financial crisis finally melts away?
Anyone who's read this web site for more than a few days already
knows that this is impossible. The massive credit bubble is
deflating, and can't reflate. The world financial system is entering
a deflationary spiral in which trillions of dollars in money will
disappear as credit markets continue to retrench.
I've been constantly surprised by wide variety of desperate attempts
that have been made to reflate the credit bubble.
Whether it's <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071015 "Citibank's
mind-boggling Master-Liquidity Enhancement Conduit (M-LEC),"#> or the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080226 "bond insurers' fraudulent AAA
ratings,"#> or the Fed's increasingly dramatic liquidity-injection
stalling maneuvers, all they do is distort the financial system even
more, and make sure that the unavoidable crisis will be even worse.
It's almost like a vaudeville show -- each act has to be good, and
each act has to top the act before it. How many more acts does the
Fed have, before we reach the Grand Finale?
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the last
generational panic and crash occurred in 1929, and we're now overdue
for the next one. It might occur tomorrow, next week, next month, or
next year.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080311 Malaysia government in crisis after 'Sons of the Soil' turn against their leader
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.head
Malaysia government in crisis after 'Sons of the Soil' turn
against their leader
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.keys
malaysia, malaysia strategy, china, india, singapore, singapore
strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.date
11-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.txt1
Malaysia's stock market fell 10% on Monday on panic selling,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080311.txt2
<#stdurl
http://www.thaindian.com/newsportal/world-news/malaysian-stock-market-crashes-after-poll-results_10025925.html
"reacting to the stunning"#> strength shown by opposition parties in
Saturday's elections.
Following 1969's ethnic violence involving Malaysia's three main
ethnic groups -- the indigenous Muslim Malays, the Chinese, and the
mostly Hindu Tamil Indians -- Malaysians got behind a single party,
the National Front Coalition Party (also called Barisan Nasional or
BN) that has won a 2/3 majority of the seats in Parliament in every
election since then -- until Saturday's election.
Abdullah Ahmad Badawi, who has been Prime Minister since 2003, still
theoretically holds enough seats to remain in power, but there is
growing pressure on him to step down. If he does, then the future of
his development projects is also in doubt. This fear caused foreign
investors to pull out of Malaysian markets, leading to the panic
selling.
Abdullah's Barisan Nasional (BN) coalition won a landslide victory in
2004, winning 199 of 219 seats -- a 91% majority. That election was
characterized by the same kind of euphoria we saw in America
following the 2006 Democratic party congressional victory, and that
we're <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080225 "seeing now"#> over Barack
Obama. This kind of euphoria is a kind of generational
manic-depressive disorder, and when the manic hopes aren't realized,
there's often an angry reaction from the public, as happened <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070114 "in January, 2007."#>
In Abdullah's case, the economic gains that he promised in 2004
simply have not been realized. Abdullah himself is Malay, the
indigenous ethnic group making up 60% of the population. It was
considered important for him to win at least 67% of the seats because
(a) the BN has won at least that much in every election since the
1969 race riots, and (b) it was necessary to prove that Abdullah was
being supported by all three major ethnic groups, not just the Malays
alone.
Instead, Abdullah got about 51% on Saturday, indicating that even the
Malays are abandoning him, blaming him for the economy's poor
performance since 2004.
Let's look at a brief history of Malaysia, and start with a current
map:
=inc ww2010.mappic malaysia.gif center "" Malaysia
Different portions of Southeast Asia have been colonies of the
Portuguese, the Dutch the Spanish and the British since the 1600s, but
by the 1900s, Malaya (as it was then known) became a British
protectorate. Malaya's last crisis war was WW II, when the Japanese
attacked and defeated the British in Malaya and Singapore, occupying
them until the end of the war.
Malaysia is in two parts: The Peninsular portion, extending
down from Thailand, and the Borneo territories, on the northern part
of the island of Borneo, with Indonesia occupying the southern
portion. The capital city is Kuala Lumpur.
Singapore, the island city-state at the southern point of the
Peninsula, was once part of Malaysia, but was expelled in 1965
because of agitation by its majority Chinese population.
As you look at the above map, note the "South China Sea" label. That
entire region, and all the islands therein, are being claimed by
Beijing as territory belonging to China, as we discussed in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080306 ""China continues massive military
expansion / announces 18% budget increases.""#>
The history of the three major ethnic groups is as follows:
The indigenous Malays (61%) are Muslims and are referred to
as Bhumiputra or "Bhumis," which means "Sons of the Soil." After the
massive race riots of 1969, which were largely fought between the
wealthy Chinese and the poverty-stricken Malays, the Malays were
given "affirmative action" benefits in the areas of education, housing
and job preferences. These benefits are being challenged today by
other groups, especially the Indians.
The Chinese (24%) today are a wealthy market-dominant minority,
mostly the descendants of rich merchants who came to Malaya in the
early 1900s. During the World War II occupation, the Japanese
treated their war enemy, the Chinese, with appalling brutality, and
<#stdurl http://www.aseanfocus.com/publications/history_malaysia.html
"presented themselves as respectful"#> of Islam and of Malay
culture.
After the war, the Chinese reasserted themselves as Communist
terrorists, linked to Mao Zedong's Chinese Communist Party (CCP) that
had just taken control of mainland China. The violence resulted in a
state of emergency (known as "The Emergency"). As is typical in a
generational Recovery era, following a crisis war, the violence
fizzled out, compromises were reached, and the independent Federation
of Malaya was created in 1957.
The Indians (7%) are mostly Hindu Tamils. They mostly came to
Malaya in the early 1900s from the Tamil Nadu region, the southern
province of India. They originally came to be plantation workers,
and today their descendants are balking at the "Sons of the Soil"
advantages provided to Malays.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080310.jpg right "" "K. Krishna, Malaysian --
ethnically Indian, opposition supporter
(Source: BBC)"#>
Here's the attitude of K. Krishna, a 32 year old Indian born and
raised in Malaysia, claiming that the government has discriminated
against her for in favor of the Bhumiputra:
"We are born here. Our parents were born here.
Our grandparents were born here. Why are we not "Bhumis" here?
All the ethnic groups fought for independence -- Malay, Chinese,
Indian -- all three of them fought for it.
There's agreement there must be equality for the three of us.
Why are they denying us?"
The Federation of Malaya was formed in 1948, at the beginning of
"The Emergency," and became independent of Britain in 1957, and
included Singapore. It became Malaysia in 1961. According to
<#stdurl http://www.aseanfocus.com/publications/history_malaysia.html
"one account:"#>
"The new nation was a delicate exercise in ethnic
arithmetic. The non-Chinese majorities of the Borneo states
helped balance the inclusion of the predominantly Chinese
Singapore, but Singapore entered Malaysia with many
constitutional, political and administrative issues left
unresolved. Tensions escalated and in August 1965 [leaders of
Malaysia and Singapore] signed a separation
agreement."
Other accounts refer to race riots in Singapore in 1964, resulting in
the latter's expulsion from Malaysia.
The race riots of 1969 were a major turning point. Elections
were held on May 10, 1969, and political parties were along ethnic
lines. The pro-Communist Chinese Democratic Action Party (DAP) did
very well opposing the pro-Malay United Malays National Organisation
(UMNO). Thousands of Chinese held a victory parade in Kuala Lumpur,
taunting the Malays. This triggered a wave of violence on May 13,
there and in other regions as well, with hundreds of deaths.
Generational analysis. Superficially, this story seems
almost identical to the story of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080102 "the
recent ethnic violence in Kenya."#> The representative of the
market-dominant Kikuyu tribe won the December 30 Presidential
election, and the disadvantaged Luo tribe reacted violently to Kikuyu
victory celebrations.
The big difference is that these two events occurred at very
different points on the generational timeline. The Kenya incident
occurred at the end of a generational Unraveling area, 52 years after
the end of the previous crisis war. At that point, ethnic violence
is UNLIKELY to spiral into genocidal violence, but is certain to do
so within a few years, as the country approaches a generational
Crisis era.
The 1969 Malaysia incident occurred in the midst of a generational
Awakening era. These riots are best compared to America's race riots
during the "long hot summers" of the late 1960s. A spiral into
genocidal violence at this time is literally impossible, but there
are always major political implications.
Today, Malaysia is well into a generational Crisis era, and new
ethnic violence could well spiral into a full-scale civil war.
The 1969 race riots did indeed have major political implications:
the National Front Coalition Party (or Barisan Nasional or BN) was
formed to represent ALL ethnic groups. And a New Economic Policy (NEP)
was instituted. This was a kind of "affirmative action" program put
into place for the indigenous Malay groups, giving them preferences
for education, jobs and housing, as described above. (Similarly,
America's 1960s race riots led to "affirmative action" programs for
blacks.)
Just as "affirmative action" programs in America are meeting
greater political resistance today, as America enters a Crisis era,
the same thing is happening in Malaysia, as minority ethnic groups
object to the preferences given to Malays. The "multidiversity"
trends of the Awakening era are abandoned as survival becomes the
driving issue, causing ethnic groups to reassert themselves.
The hardline Pan-Malayan Islamic Party (PAS) won in four northern
Peninsular provinces, adjoining Thailand. We've met PAS before, when
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e051005 "we were discussing Islamist
terrorism in southern Thailand."#> Southern Thailand once was part of
Malaya, and its people are Muslim Malays. Thus, the Malays in
Thailand are thought to be linking up with PAS in Malayasia, and also
with the terrorist group Jemaah Islamiyah in Indonesia.
=inc ww2010.pic malay2b.jpg center "" "Malaysia provinces"
Jemaah Islamiyah is responsible for several major terrorist attacks
in Indonesia, including the massive night club bombing in Bali.
Jemaah Islamiyah is led by Malaysians Azahari Husin and Noordin
Mohamed Top, the two most wanted men in Asia.
The Chinese and left-leaning Democratic Action Party (DAP) has
had a strong pro-Communist history and strong links to Beijing since
Chinese violence of the 1950s "Emergency" described earlier. DAP won
in the province of Penang, which has a majority of Chinese
voters.
The biggest losers in the election may have been the Indians, who
have virtually no Parliamentary representation after the
election.
=// Anwar bin Ibrahim
The pro-Malay PAS and the pro-Chinese DAP parties cooperated with
one another in opposition to Abdullah's National Front Coalition
Party. These two ethnic groups have been enemies in the past, and it
remains to be seen how long this alliance will last.
The Saturday elections are being described as a "political tsunami,"
recalling the real tsunami that struck Southeast Asia in 2005. The
1969 race riots fizzled fairly quickly, since Malaysia was in a
generational Awakening era; if race riots begin today, then they may
very well spiral out of control. So far, however, everyone is
behaving, and there are no major signs of violence. A lot will
depend on whether the euphoria of Saturday's election turns to anger
and vengeance and, if so, where the desire for vengeance is directed.
=eod
=// &&2 e080309 First quarter corporate earnings growth estimates start falling
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.head
First quarter corporate earnings growth estimates start falling
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.keys
finance, earnings, law of mean reversion, credit crunch
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.date
9-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.txt1
It's time to place your bets, ladies and gentlemen:
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080309.txt2
where will it end up?
Recall that we've been following the official analyst estimates of
fourth quarter corporate earnings. The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080303 "last time that we looked at them,"#> a few days ago, they
were at -25.2% -- that is, 25.2% lower than last year. At the
beginning of the quarter (on October 1), the experts had estimated
that they would GROW by 11.5%, but we watched these estimates fall,
week after week after week.
Well, now we're ready to start following the earnings growth
estimates for the first quarter of 2008.
<#inc ww2010.pic g071023.gif right "" "Quarterly S&P 500 earnings
growth, 2000-present, with estimates for Q4 and for 2008 -- as of
October 23, 2007."#>
Let's begin with the adjoining graph, that I originally posted last
year on October 23.
At that time, the asset writedowns were just starting. Analysts had
predicted double-digit earnings growth for the 3rd quarter, but by
October 23 it was clear that earnings growth was going to fall
sharply.
Asset writedowns -- the kind that we've been hearing over and over
again -- were just beginning, and they were bring earnings down.
Bubbly financial analysts were saying that the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071025 "third quarter would be a "kitchen sink" quarter."#>
What they meant is that financial institutions would pack all their
writedowns and any other losses into the third quarter report, so that
they could go back to double-digit earnings growth in the fourth
quarter.
As you can see from the above graph, that's what they were expecting.
The graph shows that earnings growth for the 4th and 1st quarters
were estimated at that time to be around 10%.
And so, we start from there: The 1st quarter earnings estimate as of
October 23 was 10%.
And now, the CNBC earnings central page has change from 4Q earnings
to 1Q earnings. Here's summary from Friday, March 7, from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, March 7th: ...
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in first-quarter
2008, combining actual numbers for companies that have reported,
and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to -4.3% from
-1.1%, due in part to downward estimate revisions from Citigroup
and AIG.
On January 1st, the estimated growth rate for Q1 was 5.7%. (Data
provided by Thomson Financial)"
This summary provides us with three different numbers, the estimates
as of January 1, the estimates as of a week ago, and the estimates as
of Friday. We can put this into a table:
Date 1Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 23: +10.0%
Jan 1: +5.7%
Feb 6: +2.6%
Feb 29: -1.1%
Mar 7: -4.3%
So what do you think, Dear Reader? Do you think it will stabilize at
around -4 or -5%? Or do you think it will fall to -25.5% like last
quarter? Or maybe even lower? Ya places yer bets and ya takes yer
chances.
Analysts are still fantasizing that earnings growth will return to
double-digit values. However, earnings have been growing much faster
than average for the last 12 years, and so by the Law of Mean
Reversion, their growth will have to be equally below average for
roughly the next 12 years.
Now here's something interesting.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
the March 7 version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080307.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 7-Mar-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
The top part of the above chart provides the P/E ratio, and the
bottom part of the chart provides the S&P 500-stock Index.
Now, notice the following:
The P/E ratio since early in 2006 has remained almost
constant, oscillating closely around a value of 18.
Since 2006, the S&P index has swung violently up and down, and
has fallen sharply recently.
When you put these two facts together, what you see is that investors
are following a formula: They're buying or selling based entirely on
earnings, keeping the P/E ratio at 18. Putting it another way: The
P/E ratio is remaining constant; therefore, P goes up when E goes up,
and P goes down when E goes down.
And so, when you look at it that way, the S&P graph is actually the
same as the graph for corporate earnings, when the scale is adjusted.
Well, I think this is a remarkable fact, and it's even obvious, but
you never hear anyone talk about it.
Nor does anyone talk about the fact that earnings evidently are
continuing to fall, and this means that the stock market is going to
continue falling.
The Law of Mean Reversion applies to earnings, as we've said, and
indicates that earnings are going to remain below average for many
years.
But the same Law of Mean Reversion also applies to the P/E ratio
index, and I explained in <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How
to compute the 'real value' of the stock market.""#>
During the bubble days, we had a double-bubble: bubble earnings
combined with bubble P/E ratios. Now we have a double-trouble
bubble-bursting. Earnings are falling, but P/E ratios are also going
to fall sharply, probably to the 0-5 range. This portends a 90% stock
market collapse (same as 1929-33) to the Dow 1500 range.
It remains a puzzle when all of this is going to happen. I've given
up trying to estimate a date, Now I just use a kind of "safe harbor"
by saying that I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221
"the probability of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock
market panic and crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%.
The probability of a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%,
according to this estimate.
Having established this safe harbor, it still remains a subject of
endless fascination to try to at least guess what the triggering
event will be for this generational panic and crash, the first since
1929. It's folly to try to predict any chaotic event (in the sense
of Chaos Theory), but it's irresistible. And don't we all
occasionally do some things that are folly but irresistible?
What I've been particularly watching for, as I've said a number of
times, the thing that triggered the 1929 crash: A domino effect,
where market losses lead to margin calls, which lead to forced
selling of stocks to get cash to meet the margin calls, which causes
more market losses, in a vicious circle.
As I described in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080308 "the article I
posted yesterday,"#> there appears to be something different
happening this time: This vicious circle is already occurring in the
bond market, a result of the "credit crunch" that began last August.
With Wall Street markets now at 73 week lows, with markets in Asia
and Europe also falling sharply, we may be very close to a stock
market panic and crash. But the underlying driving force appears, at
this time, to be a slow-motion panic, already in progress, in the
"utterly unhinged" bond market.
The Wall Street Journal has posted <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120493794786721151.html?mod=hps_us_whats_news
"an article"#> headlined, "March may be quite cruel," which indicates
that this bond market panic is going to get a lot worse in March:
"Some ailing companies are bracing for their own
March madness.
It is the time of year when companies, as some deal makers say,
"open the kimono," revealing to lenders year-end audits, budget
projections or income-statement forecasts. These often give
lenders an early glimpse of trouble ahead, a warning that a loan
agreement could be violated or that a borrower will need more
credit.
This year's meetings are likely to be a lot more tense than in
recent years, bankers say. Credit and patience are in short
supply, as banks try to husband capital and jettison
underperforming loans.
"We are hearing from lenders who are wondering how much they
should push a reluctant client to restructure. They are asking,
'Should I push to liquidate it now so I lose X, because if I wait
six months I might lose 2X,'" said Vince Lambiase, managing
director with Michigan-based restructuring firm BBK.
In the past week, jumbo-mortgage lender Thornburg Mortgage Inc. of
New Mexico was pushed to the brink of a bankruptcy filing after
lenders demanded $270 million in margin calls. Margin calls force
borrowers to repay loans or put up more collateral to secure
them.
Likewise, a growing number of lenders will this month push
borrowers to choose among several painful options -- such as
seeking a bidder to buy all or some of the company, undertaking a
massive restructuring or finding an investor to inject more
capital. If those choices don't work, that could mean new
bankruptcy filings.
Sometimes called line-renewal season, March marks more than the
start of college basketball's frantic championship tournament. It
is the third-busiest month for corporate-bankruptcy filings over
the past 16 years, according to research firm BankruptcyData.com.
December and January rank higher. ...
The tightening of credit by once-patient lenders is why Standard
& Poor's and Moody's Investors Service have projected corporate
defaults to grow fivefold or more from the record lows of 2007.
Moody's on Tuesday estimated about $48 billion in
speculative-grade corporate bank loans will mature between now
and 2010, the majority of that next year and the year after.
Moody's predicts corporate default rates to jump to 5.3% in 2008,
up from less than 1% in 2007."
This analysis indicates that the "credit crunch" anxieties are going
to get much worse during March -- as has already been the case so far
in March anyway. Perhaps my 3% estimate should be increased to 4%,
5% or 6% for each of the remaining weeks of March. Referring back to
my description in the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the article
where I described the 3% estimate,"#> at 6%, that would equal the
probability of tossing four coins in the air simultaneously, and
having all four coins come up heads.
In any event, the important concept is that this bubble-leaking
process is not reversible. This is a "wasting process," meaning that
it's gradually destroying what's left of the world financial system.
People who hope that some "bottom" will be reached, the bubble will
start reflating, and the health of the world financial system will be
instantly restored are dreaming.
I've used an analogy of a bloated mansion several times in the past.
Here's how I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071117 "described it in
November:"#>
"Think of the world economy as a huge, enormous
bloated mansion made of wood, with all kinds of additions tacked
on all over the place. Think of the CDOs as millions of termites
that are eating away at the insides, so that another piece of the
mansion falls off into the ravine almost every day.
The Fed and other central banks have been running around the
mansion with hammers and glue and nails, patching things up as
fast as they can, trying to keep ahead of termites. They've been
pretty successful with their hammers and glue and nails in
postponing the inevitable, even bloating the mansion up a little
more, but they can't keep up with the termites.
[What's happening] is that the hammers and glue and nails aren't
working, and it won't be long now before the entire mansion
collapses into the ravine."
A web site reader has commented on this analogy with respect to a
technical argument having to do with yield curve steepening (which
occurs when long-term interest rates grow while short-term interest
rates decrease):
"I see a psychological dynamic now that is similar
to what you are seeing where analysts and investors are trying to
find reasons that "this isn't really happening." An example of
another theory out there is that the yield curve is steepening
and there will be "balance sheet repair" going on from here on
out.
It reminds me of your mansion analogy, except for the belief that
the outcome will be a brand new mansion that cannot possibly
collapse. What they don't understand is that, if we use the
mansion analogy, this "balance sheet repair" is being
accomplished by pilfering material from other rooms in the
mansion to remodel one room and that the whole mansion will
collapse into the ravine anyway."
Of course there WILL be a brand new mansion -- but not right away.
When the bloated mansion collapsed in 1929, it took almost 25 years
to rebuild that mansion and create a shiny, brand new world financial
system. That financial system was made up of many new and important
innovations -- new public averseness to abusing credit, new
regulations like Glass-Steagall Act, new agencies like the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC), even new worldwide organizations like
the Bank of International Settlements, the World Bank and the
International Monetary Fund.
But all the advantages of these major innovations have been wiped
away by generational changes. Young generations, born after World
War II, have no averseness to abusing credit; 1930s regulations
have been either ignored or repealed; the SEC has totally failed in
its primary function of preventing a new 1920s-like bubble; and world
organizations like the World Bank and IMF are mired in scandal and
bureaucracy.
We can look back 15 years and ask, "How is America different today
than it was in 1993?" We can point to many differences, but those are
minor compared to the major continuities that have continued during
that period.
Today we're facing major discontinuities -- a devastating worldwide
financial crisis, causing massive poverty, unemployment,
starvation and homelessness, and a devastating new world war that
will kill 2-3 billion of the 6.5 billion in the world's population
today. Looking 15 years ahead from now, the world in 2023 will be a
completely different place with almost no resemblance at all to the
world of 2008.
=eod
=// &&2 e080308 Fed expands liquidity injections as bond market becomes 'utterly unhinged'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.head
Fed expands liquidity injections as bond market becomes
"utterly unhinged"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.keys
finance, ben bernanke, credit crunch, housing bubble,
credit default swaps, john kenneth galbraith
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.date
8-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.txt1
With foreclosures surging and jobs disappearing, anxiety is
increasing.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080308.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080308a.gif right "" "Intraday Dow Industrials
chart and final results for Friday, March 7, 2008"#>
Stock markets around the world plummeted on Friday, with Wall Street
falling to 52 week lows (actually, 73 weeks for the Dow Industrials),
as the leaking credit and housing bubbles generated several new rounds
of bad news:
The total number of (non-farm) jobs in the United States
<#stdurl http://www.reuters.com/article/newsOne/idUSN0731799020080307
"fell by 63,000 in February,"#> after falling by 22,000 in January.
Even Pollyanna economists are now saying, "Ummmm, I guess that means
we're in a recession after all." Actually, this job report is really
devastating, and signals a serious downturn. Ironically, the
unemployment rate fell to 4.8% from 4.9% because so many people have
given up looking for a job and have left the job market.
The number of foreclosures has <#stdurl
http://www.latimes.com/business/la-fi-foreclose7mar07,1,3818444.story
"reached the highest level in decades."#> And as I described in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.cities080302 ""Cities and towns need to start
helping themselves,""#> the wave of foreclosures has hardly
begun, and will get much worse during the next 18 months. Today, 6%
of all mortgages are delinquent, and 2% are in foreclosure.
The saga of the "autoline" bond insurers continues. This
situation has been just "a few days" away from resolution for a couple
of months now. I'm not even going to try to summarize what's been
going on; you just need to remember that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080226 "the last time I wrote about them,"#> I compared what's going
on to entering the Twilight Zone.
The credit crunch is getting steadily worse, though it doesn't
make the headlines that it used to. It's almost impossible to sell
debt securities, and when you can it's at substantially higher
interest rates than before.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a6YQBSTD2Rgg&refer=home
"one news story:"#>
"The markets have become ``utterly unhinged,''
William O'Donnell, a UBS AG government bond strategist in
Stamford, Connecticut, wrote in a note to clients today. A lack of
liquidity has ``led to stunning air-pockets in price levels.''
Investors are realizing that banks have little room to make new
investments amid rising losses and a flood of unwanted assets,
said Scott Simon, head of mortgage-backed bonds at Pacific
Investment Management Co. The world's top banks have reported more
than $181 billion in asset writedowns and losses, been stuck with
$160 billion of leveraged buyout loans, and bailed out $159
billion of structured investment vehicles.
``Everything is telling you the financial system is broken,''
Simon, whose Newport Beach, California-based unit of Allianz SE
manages the world's largest bond fund, said in a telephone
interview today. ``Everybody's in de-levering mode.''"
<#stdurl
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,23331864-36375,00.html
"New waves of risk aversion"#> are sweeping the credit markets, and
it's spreading to all kinds of lending.
Financial analysts and pundits keep saying things like, "This is
crazy. Why is everybody so afraid? This will pass in a few months,
and things will be back to normal."
It amazes me to hear things like this. It's not just risk aversion:
It's credibility. Every major bank, every major financial
institution has been lying for months -- about the CDOs in their
portfolios, about giving AAA ratings in return for fat fees, and so
forth. The deception and fraud has been almost universal, to the
point where the stench is almost unbearable.
Why on God's Green Earth would anyone believe anything that any
financial institution says today? How stupid would you have to be to
believe something that Citibank or Merrill Lynch tells you today?
Nobody believes a liar, even when he's telling the truth.
In mid-December, the Fed and several international central banks
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071213 "announced a plan to end the
"credit crunch.""#> Central banks around the world
announced a new "Term Auction Facility (TAF)" program that would
allow banks to use whatever securities they have in their porfolios
as collateral to bid for dollars at low interest rates.
On Friday, the <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20602007&sid=aBVn4I_PKh9k&refer=rates
"TAF program substantially expanded."#> The intent is to permit banks
to obtain enough cash so that they would be willing to lend money out
again, bringing interest rates down.
The original TAF program worked pretty well for a while, reducing the
impact of the credit crunch for the holiday season and year-end
closing, but obviously it didn't work for much longer, since interest
rates are back up again. This TAF expansion looks like a move of
desperation, and it remains to be seen whether it helps the situation
at all.
The fear is that banks will take advantage of the expanded TAF to
obtain additional cash, but they'll hoard it, just as they've been
hoarding the other cash they have available. Why? Because they have
no idea how much their assets are worth, since asset-backed
securities like CDOs have continued melting down. And because they
have no confidence that if they lend to someone else, they'll be able
to get their money back. And because they may have to repay loans of
their own.
Remember that even money market funds are being frozen these days,
often unbeknowst to the investors until they actually try to extract
money, because <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080303 "the auctions used for
auction rate securities"#> are failing. So banks are holding on to
every cent possible.
=inc ww2010.h2 margin "Margin calls and forced selling"
There's a problem that's been going on for a few months now, and has
been getting much worse recently, so it's worth describing.
In 1929, the crash occurred because of forced selling of stocks by
investors who needed to meet margin calls. That is, brokers loaned
money to investors to purchase stocks, using the purchased stocks as
collateral for the loans. Once the market fell about 20% from its
peak, brokers were making margin calls, meaning that investors had to
come up with cash to pay off the loans, and the only way they could do
that is to sell off their stocks. As each day's sales pushed the
stock market lower, more stocks had to be sold to meet margin calls,
leading to extremely heavy sell volume and a stock market crash.
This time, as of Friday, the market closed 17% down from its peak on
October 9, but there haven't been any news stories of forced selling
of stocks (although that may happen at any time).
Instead, we're seeing story after story of forced selling of bonds
and securities.
Let's take a look at one particular example, the hedge fund firm
Carlyle Capital Corp., which has missed several margin calls this
week. Here are <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aTMUlkdyC9.8&refer=home
"some excerpts from the story:"#>
"Carlyle Fund Gets Default Notice After Margin
Calls
March 6 (Bloomberg) -- Carlyle Group's publicly traded mortgage
bond fund failed to pay margin calls, prompting creditors to seek
immediate repayment, as the burning subprime mortgage market
scorches investors in even the highest-rated debt. The stock fell
58 percent.
Carlyle Capital Corp. missed four of seven margin calls yesterday
totaling more than $37 million, the Amsterdam-listed fund said
today in a statement. The company expects to get at least one more
notice of default related to the margin calls.
Started by David Rubenstein in 1987, Carlyle expanded its
mortgage investments last year, selling $300 million of shares in
Carlyle Capital. The fund used loans to buy about $22 billion of
AAA rated mortgage debt issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,
securities that Carlyle says have the ``implied guarantee'' of the
U.S. government. Even those bonds have slumped, leading to the
failure of hedge funds led by Peloton Partners LLP.
``The credit crisis is spilling over to the next asset class,
agency bonds,'' said Philip Gisdakis, senior credit strategist at
UniCredit SpA in Munich. ``There's never just one cockroach. If
you see one highly leveraged hedge fund going bust, then there's
another on the way.''"
Let's take a look at what's been going on in this case.
Carlyle sold "$300 million of shares" in its hedge fund last
year. That means that investors gave Carlyle $300 million in cash to
invest in other things. That would be like you putting money in the
bank or investing in a money market fund or some other investment.
You hope to get your money back when you need it, plus some interest
or profit or dividend.
"The fund used loans to buy about $22 billion of AAA rated
mortgage debt." And so, doing a little math, you get that Carlyle
bought $22 billion in securities, paid $300 million in cash, and
borrowed $21.7 billion in loans to complete the purchase.
Since the housing bubble had previously still been growing, they
expected the $22 billion in mortgage-backed securities to increase in
value -- say to $24 billion. In that case, the investors who had
invested $300 million might hope to get perhaps $325 million back, or
an 8.3% gain on their investment.
Instead, the housing bubble started leaking, and the $22 billion
in securities started FALLING in value, rather than increasing.
The banks that had loaned Carlyle $21.7 billion to purchase the
securities saw that their collateral was diminishing, and made margin
calls demanding $37 million in cash.
Now, this problem didn't just start last week. It started in August
with the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070817 "nightmare credit crunch"#>
that has been driving events. Let's take a look at a couple more
paragraphs from the story:
"The Carlyle fund sold $900 million of assets in
August and received a $100 million loan facility from parent
Carlyle Group. Since then, Carlyle Capital has sold almost $1
billion of non- residential mortgage-backed securities to cut debt
and also received a $150 million credit line from Carlyle Group.
It didn't say how much of that credit line it had used.
Carlyle said in today's statement that margin prices requested
for securities weren't ``representative of the underlying
recoverable value'' of the notes. ``Unfortunately, this
disconnect has created instability and variability in our repo
financing arrangements,'' [Carlyle fund CEO John] Stomber
said."
So the Carlyle fund has been pretty desperate since August, and has
been trying to get hold of cash any way it can, in order to meet
margin calls.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080308b.gif right "" "Index prices of
high-quality ABX-HE-AAA- 07-2 credit derivatives and
lower-quality ABX-HE-A 07-2 credit derivatives from Sept 4,
2007, to March 7, 2008
(Source: Markit.com)"#>
You're seeing the meaning of "leverage." When you use $300 million
to purchase $22 billion in securities, then you stand to make
astronomical amounts of money if the value of the securities goes up.
But -- and this is the big but -- if the value of the securities goes
down, then you lose astronomical amounts of money.
But what about the last paragraph in the quote above -- where Stomber
is whining that the margin call was unfair because the assumed values
of the securities weren't "representative of [their] underlying
recoverable value." How do you determine today's value those
securities that Carlyle purchased for $22 billion?
Actually, I'm not sure exactly what index is being used to valuate
those securities, but it's probably the ABX index, which measures the
values of mortgage derivatives, or something like it. We used to
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071031b "write about the ABX index"#> all
the time, when it was the new and fashionable thing to do. But the
ABX index is really old news now. But even though it's gone off the
radar screen, it's still been out there -- falling and falling and
falling, as you can see from the above graph.
And when this index falls, then the valuation of the mortgage
derivatives in people's portfolios also falls an equivalent amount.
Notice that this is quite different from stocks. If you have stocks
in your portfolio, then it's easy to get a current valuation for them
-- just look at their current share prices on the stock exchange.
But these mortgage derivatives that Carlyle invested in have no stock
market. Carlyle has to find a "mark to market" value for them, and
the only way to get a market value for them is to use an index like
ABX which, itself, is based on estimates provided by other financial
institutions. So Stomber is complaining that the ABX index (or
whatever index he's using) is being unfairly computed. Well, that's
the only thing he CAN say, isn't it?
The securities that Carlyle had invested in are not stocks
(obviously). They are credit derivatives known as "credit default
swaps (CDSs)." These are insurance policies that someone might buy
if they're afraid that some company might go bankrupt and default on
its debt bonds. But what's really weird and bizarre is that the CDSs
themselves become securities that can be bought and sold.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#>)
There are some $750 trillion in credit derivatives in portfolios
around the world, of which some $50-100 trillion are CDSs.
These CDSs are now falling in value, and have been doing so ever
since the the credit crunch began in August. Since many of these
financial firms obtained these CDSs on margin, they've been facing
margin calls. They have to come up with cash to meet the margin
calls, and often they have to sell off the CDSs at fire sale prices
to get the necessary cash. This pushes the ABX and other indexes
down, causing more losses and more margin calls and more forced
selling.
=inc ww2010.h2 CDS "Collapsing credit default swaps (CDSs)"
The above example involved mortgage-backed securities, and we all
know that anything involving the housing market these days is
suspect.
But the problem is not "contained" to the mortgage market. It's
spread all over the place, including to commercial debt. This is
what we've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080222 "previously described"#> as
the "subprime virus," spreading from place to place, including
corporate bonds.
In <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601009&sid=aWl_spgXiGIc&refer=bond
"an article"#> entitled "Credit Swaps Thwart Fed's Ease as Debt Costs
Surge," the writer describes how even the strongest corporations are
being hit by the subprime virus, thanks to the collapse of CDSs.
General Electric Co. (GE), one of the strongest corporations in
America, has to pay $17 million dollars more on its debt than a year
ago.
The article gives all the details, which you can read there if you
want. Here we'll just give a few highlights.
As CDOs started failing last year, banks purchased CDSs as a
hedge.
These commercial CDSs are based on the <#stdurl
http://www.markit.com/information/products/category/indices/cdx.html
"CDX index,"#> which is similar to the ABX index, but for commercial
bonds.
The high volume of these purchases started driving the cost of
these CDSs higher.
Since we're talking about illiquid securities, they're valued by
means of an index that's applied across a broad spectrum of corporate
entities. Valuations for individual CDS contracts for specific
corporations (like GE) are computed using the index and other
factors, feeding that data into a very complex mathematical valuation
models -- known as "correlation models" -- implemented on someone's
desktop computer, probably as an Excel macro.
Now here's the stunner - you're not going to believe this:
"Banks bought more contracts on indexes containing
GE's swaps after CDO pricing models broke down, sending the
so-called default correlation to more than 100 percent last month
from 60 percent in July....
The programs, which computed the value of the highest-rated
portions of CDOs, implied that all companies in the CDX index
would default if just one did....
So-called correlation models used to value them have become
unreliable in the fallout from the U.S. subprime mortgage crisis.
Last month some showed the odds of a default by an investment-
grade company spreading to others exceeded 100 percent -- a
mathematical impossibility...."
Did you get that? The bottom line is that these models "compute"
that the probability of GE default is greater than 100% -- which is
indeed a mathematical impossibility.
Speaking as a mathematician and a programmer, it's astounding to
me that these models can compute impossible results. That means that
(a) they weren't written properly; (b) they weren't tested properly,
or at all; and (c) they were wrong about everything. That is, if the
formulas could be so wrong that they compute a probability greater
than 100%, then the formulas must be wrong in other cases as well,
possibly all cases.
At any rate, now you can see why people are saying that the market
has become "utterly unhinged."
And so, you can see why John Stomber of the Carlyle fund was
whining that the ABX valuations were unfair. He was saying that the
particular mortgage derivatives he invested in were based on debt of
of quasi-governmental mortgage lenders, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,
and that therefore a different set of rules should apply.
But you can't say in the middle of a baseball game that it's
unfair for you to be allowed only three strikes and you're out. You
can't change the rules in the middle of the game. If the Carlyle
fund had made money under the rules, Stomber wouldn't be complaining.
In fact, nobody complains when everyone's making money in a bubble,
but everyone complains when they start losing money after the bubble
starts bursting. That's why it's so dangerous to invest in a
bubble.
And so we have a few hedge funds in trouble, and we have some
corporate debt in trouble, and we have <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080303
"many money market funds with frozen funds,"#> without the investors
even knowing it.
Then there's the "cockroach theory," as quoted by one financial
analyst in the story above: "There's never just one cockroach. If you
see one highly leveraged hedge fund going bust, then there's another
on the way." That's how the domino effect works, and that's how the
vicious deflationary spiral works.
The point I'm making is this: This cycle of "losses -> margin calls
-> forced selling -> losses -> margin calls -> forced selling ..."
occurred with stocks in the 1929 crash. So far we haven't seen it
with stocks.
But we HAVE seen it with CDSs. And we're seeing it more and more, as
the tens of trillions of dollars of these continue to unravel.
And so it's possible that the initial panic that we'll see won't be a
stock market crash, but a bond market crash or, more specifically, a
CDS "market" panic and crash. In fact, that panic may already be in
progress, but without a public market like the NY Stock Exchange, it
might happen in slow motion.
However, that's a distinction without a difference, because a stock
market crash would immediately follow any significant panic in CDSs.
Furthermore, with the Dow Industrials at 52 weeks lows (17% below
their highs), a stock market panic might begin soon anyway.
=inc ww2010.h2 capitulation "Capitulation"
The magic word that I always hear on CNBC is "capitulation." A
typical conversation on CNBC might be where one pundit or journalist
or analyst says to another, "That looks like capitulation!" "Wow, is
it really capituation?" "Yes, it might be, but we can't be sure
yet." "Wow. Well, if it is, then the stock market will start going
up again."
I'm not entirely certain what "capitulation" is supposed to mean.
It's something like this: The market is generally going down (a bear
market), but it will reach bottom when everybody capitulates (gives
up) and decides that it's never going to go up again. That's when it
goes up again.
If you're like me, then you couldn't read the above paragraph without
laughing, just as I couldn't write it without laughing, but that's
the fantasy world that these people on CNBC live in.
At any rate, regular readers of this web site know that this
"capitulation" concept is impossible, since it would mean reflating
the housing and credit bubbles.
After the 1929 crash, the market didn't start rising again until
1933, so I suppose we can call that "capitulation." At any rate, it
took four years then, and it's a long way off today.
Financial analysts, pundits and journalists are saying, with great
authority, that no matter what happens now, things will be back to
normal in a year or so. The rationale is that the only people who
are really being hurt are those who have made leveraged buys and are
facing forced selling to meet margin calls. According to this
reasoning, if you can make non-leveraged buys of stocks and
securities and just hold on to them, then you'll be ok in a year or
so. Apparently there are still quite a few investors doing that.
John Kenneth Galbraith's 1954 book The Great Crash - 1929,
contrasted the 1929 with previous panics:
"A common feature of all these earlier troubles
[previous panics] was that having happened they were over. The
worst was reasonably recognizable as such. The singular feature
of the great crash of 1929 was that the worst continued to
worsen. What looked one day like the end proved on the next day
to have been only the beginning. Nothing could have been more
ingeniously designed to maximize the suffering, and also to
insure that as few as possible escaped the common misfortune."
(p. 108)
Galbraith shows what happened after the initial crash on October 24,
1929: "In the first week the slaughter had been of the innocents," in
the second week it was "the well-to-do and the wealthy" who were
slaughtered (p. 113), and then more and more people were sucked into
ruin during the years that followed.
"The fortunate speculator who had funds to answer
the first margin call presently got another and equally urgent
one, and if he met that there would still be another. In the end
all the money he had was extracted from him and lost. The man
with the smart money, who was safely out of the market when the
first crash came, naturally went back in to pick up bargains. ...
The bargains then suffered a ruinous fall. Even the man who
waited out all of October and all of November, who saw the volume
of trading return to normal and saw Wall Street become as placid
as a produce market, and who then bought common stocks would see
their value drop to a third or fourth of the purchase price in the
next twenty-four months. ... The ruthlessness of [the stock
market was] remarkable." (p. 109)
Many times, I've used the phrase "Principle of Maximum Ruin" to refer
to Galbraith's observation that the 1929 crash was "ingeniously
designed" to ruin the maximum number of people to the maximum extent
possible.
At the time that I made up that phrase, I really didn't completely
understand how it would pan out. It's really incredible to see the
Principle of Maximum Ruin in action. I can't stop shaking my head in
astonishment.
=eod
=// &&2 e080306 China continues massive military expansion as it announces 18% budget increases
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.head
China continues massive military expansion as it announces 18%
military budget increases
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.keys
china, china military, taiwan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.date
6-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.txt1
This comes as a new Pentagon report documents China's military
buildup.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080306.txt2
China has been announcing double-digit military budget increases
since the 1990s, and now has announced another one, with <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/asia-pacific/country_profiles/1286033.stm
"a surge of nearly 18% in increased funding"#> for 2008.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080305a.gif right "" "China's announced military
spending versus Pentagon's low and high actual estimates
(Source: BBC)"#>
Even so, Chinese secrecy is so great that US government
officials believe that their military budget is substantially higher
than announced, as shown on the adjoining graph.
The increase was announced just a day after the Pentagon released its
<#stdurl http://www.defenselink.mil/news/newsarticle.aspx?id=49162
"2008 Annual Report on Military Power of China."#> The report
documents China's development of new weaponry, including leading edge
high-tech weaponry, and criticizes China for a "lack of transparency"
in explaining its strategy in such aggressive military development.
In such circumstances, China always exhibits what might in America be
called Boomer paranoia. In the all-too-scrutable Chinese way of
thinking, it's OK to keep threatening war over Taiwan and to budget
huge military increases, but you're a warmonger if you say that "China
is threatening war over Taiwan and budgeting huge military increases.
Here are <#stdurl http://www.fmprc.gov.cn/eng/xwfw/s2510/t412304.htm
"the comments of the Chinese Foreign Ministry"#> on the Pentagon
report:
"Stirring up the so-called "Chinese military
threat", the Annual Report on China's Military Power(2008) issued
by the US Department of Defence is a severe distortion of facts,
an interference in China's internal affairs, and a violation of
norms governing international relations. China is resolutely
against this report, and has made solemn representations to the
US. China has been unswervingly following the path of peaceful
development and adopting a national defence policy which is
defensive in nature. China remains to be a staunch force for peace
and stability in Asia-Pacific and the world at large, instead of a
threat to any countries. We urge the US to give up the Cold War
mentality and have a correct understanding of China and China's
development, reverse its erroneous act of issuing such reports,
and take concrete actions to contribute to our mutual trust and
constructive cooperation. We request the US to honor its
commitment to abiding by the One China policy, the three China-US
Joint Communiques, and opposing Taiwan independence. The US
should stop selling Taiwan weapons, cut its military ties with the
latter, refrain from sending erroneous messages to Taiwan
separatist forces and work with China to safeguard peace and
stability across the Taiwan Strait as well as the overall interest
of bilateral relations.
As for the issue of hacking, China's position is very clear.
China follows a path of peaceful development, and unswervingly
adopts a national defence policy which is defensive in nature.
China would never do anything to harm sovereignty or security of
other countries. We are strongly dissatisfied with the groundless
accusation from the US. As a matter of fact, cyber crime is a
common challenge facing all countries in the world. China also
falls victim to hacking. We would like to work with other
countries to jointly respond to this issue. We demand the US side
to present compelling evidence for its accusation so that we can
carry out cooperation in this regard."
In response to a follow-up question on whether China pays civilians
to hack American computers, he said, "I can assure you responsibly
that the Chinese Government never does such kind of thing."
The above is really an incredibly paranoid statement, and though it
was given in response to a question at a press conference, it's a
prepared statement representing official China policy.
If you want to read an even more incredible statement, look at the
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070301b "truly hysterical statements"#> by
the Foreign Ministry a year ago.
To me, this is really incredibly ominous. It's an exhibition of
paranoia that's so extreme, it could take any form whatsoever --
including total panic and launching a pre-emptive war to recapture
Taiwan.
At times like this, I'm reminded of Friedrich Nietzsche, the German
philosopher, who lived through the Franco-Prussian war and the
extremely bloody Paris Commune civil war in 1871, and saw incredible
craziness and said, "Insanity in individuals is something rare - but
in groups, parties, nations and epochs, it is the rule." In the case
of China, you have 1.5 billion people exhibiting paranoid insanity,
and it doesn't bode well for the world.
Earlier this week, on Tuesday, President Jintao Hu <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-03/04/content_7716775.htm
"made the statement that"#> the "Taiwan independence" activities have
become "the biggest menace to national sovereignty and territorial
integrity, the biggest obstacle to the development of cross-Strait
relations, and the biggest threat to peace and stability in the Taiwan
Straits."
There will be a Presidential election on Taiwan on March 22 and, at
the same time, there will be a referendum on whether Taiwan wants to
join the United Nations as a separate entity from China. Beijing
bitterly opposes any such more in the U.N. but, more than that, they
even oppose allowing such a referendum in Taiwan. There's no telling
how Beijing will react if the referendum vote is "Yes."
Still, this paranoia is actually a reduction from the norm. The
Chinese have actually been toning down the rhetoric lately, as they
prepare for their <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080223c "big sweet 16
coming out party,"#> the summer Olympic games in Beijing. My
expectation is that the rhetoric is going to get much more hostile
once the Olympic games are over.
Here are some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://www.defenselink.mil/news/newsarticle.aspx?id=49162 "the
Pentagon report,"#> and some comments:
"In December 2007, China announced the elevation of Hainan
Province’s Xisha Islands office to a county-level office named
“Sansha City,” which would hold administrative jurisdiction over the
Paracel and Spratly island groups, and Macclesfield Bank – claims
disputed by Brunei, the Philippines, Malaysia, Taiwan, and Vietnam. A
PRC [People's Republic of China] spokesperson asserted that China has
“indisputable sovereignty” and effective jurisdiction over the islands
of the South China Sea “and the adjacent waterways.” In reaction to
China’s declaration, hundreds of Vietnamese protesters demonstrated
outside the Chinese embassy in Hanoi."
The following map from the report will give you a picture of what's
going on here:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080305b.jpg center "" "Map showing China's claim
to numerous disputed islands.
(Source: Pentagon)"#>
In the map above on the left, notice the red line -- China is
essentially demanding that everything in the South China Sea belongs
to China, and you can see from the map that there are numerous other
countries surrounding the South China Sea that would dispute China's
claims. Of course, China also claims Taiwan. The map to the right
shows disputed regions in central Asia that China claims.
Here's another map from the report, showing China's vital sea lanes:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080305c.jpg center "" "Map showing China's
dependence on vital sea lanes
(Source: Pentagon)"#>
If China is exhibiting paranoid insanity over some islands in the
South China Sea, you can imagine their paranoia over the vital sea
lanes on which they depend.
"China describes operating under “informatized” conditions and
improving “integrated joint operations” capabilities as the primary
objectives for the PLA’s [People's Liberation Army's] build-up.
Informatized conditions are operating environments characterized by
communications jamming, electronic surveillance, and precision
weaponry. “Integrated joint operations” is the PLA’s term for
multi-service, combined arms operations."
"China has the most active ballistic missile program in the world.
It is developing and testing offensive missiles, forming additional
missile units, qualitatively upgrading certain missile systems, and
developing methods to counter ballistic missile defenses."
China is now capable of using its missile technology to strike
most parts of North America, as the following map shows:
<#inc ww2010.pic g080305d.jpg center "" "Map showing the worldwide
reach of China's medium and intercontinental range ballistic missiles
(Source: Pentagon)"#>
What all this reminds me of is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050716 "a
statement made by General Zhu Chenghu,"#> a top-level officer in
China's People's Liberation Army (PLA) that threatened America with
nuclear war if America interfered with Taiwan. Speaking to a group of
foreign journalists, General Zhu said,
"If the Americans are determined to interfere
[then] we will be determined to respond. We . . . will prepare
ourselves for the destruction of all of the cities east of Xian.
Of course the Americans will have to be prepared that hundreds
... of cities will be destroyed by the Chinese."
Note that Xian is a city in central China. China is prepared to have
half the country destroyed by nuclear weapons, rather than give up
Taiwan, and will retaliate with intercontinental ballistic missiles.
When General Zhu made this statement in 2005, it was pooh-poohed as
being beyond the capability of China. But it isn't beyond China's
capabilities today.
"China is also working on a new submarine- launched ballistic
missile, the JL-2, for deployment aboard new ... nuclear-powered
ballistic missile submarines (SSBN). The JL-2 is expected to reach
initial operational capability (IOC) between 2009-2010."
"China is developing a multi-dimensional program to limit or
prevent the use of space-based assets by its potential adversaries
during times of crisis or conflict. Although China’s commercial space
program certainly has utility for non-military research, it
demonstrates space launch and control capabilities that have direct
military application."
In December 2006, in a test clearly targeting the United States,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070119 "China successfully tested an
anti-satellite weapon"#> by blowing one of its own aging satellites
out of the sky. It's believed that, in case of war, China could use
this technology to destroy 50-100 American satellites within a few
hours. This is an important feature of China's "acupuncture"
strategy.
"China expects to replace all foreign-produced satellites in its
inventory with indigenously produced sun-synchronous and
geo-stationary models by 2010, with life expectancies of 5 and 15
years, respectively."
"China’s leaders remain silent about the military applications of
China’s space programs and counterspace activities."
"Cyberwarfare Capabilities: In the past year, numerous computer
networks around the world, including those owned by the U.S.
Government, were subject to intrusions that appear to have originated
within the PRC. These intrusions require many of the skills and
capabilities that would also be required for computer network attack.
Although it is unclear if these intrusions were conducted by, or with
the endorsement of, the PLA or other elements of the PRC government,
developing capabilities for cyberwarfare is consistent with
authoritative PLA writings on this subject.
Hans Elmar Remberg, Vice President of the German Office for the
Protection of the Constitution (Germany’s domestic intelligence
agency), publicly accused China of sponsoring computer network
intrusions “almost daily.” Remberg stated, “across the world the PRC
is intensively gathering political, military, corporate-strategic and
scientific information in order to bridge their technological
gaps as quickly as possible.” Referring to reports of PRC
infiltration of computer networks of the German government, German
Chancellor Angela Merkel said “we must together respect a set of game
rules.” Similarly, in September 2007, French Secretary-General of
National Defense Francis Delon confirmed that government information
systems had been the target of attacks from the PRC."
We noted earlier in this article that China's extreme paranoia could
lead it to panic and launch pre-emptive war for not reason at all.
The Pentagon report supports this view as follows:
"Potential for Miscalculation
As PLA modernization progresses, three misperceptions could lead
to miscalculation or crisis. First, other countries could
underestimate the extent to which PLA forces have improved.
Second, China’s leaders could overestimate the proficiency of
their forces by assuming new systems are fully operational,
adeptly operated, adequately maintained, and well integrated with
existing or other new capabilities. Third, China’s leaders may
underestimate the effects of their decisions on the security
perceptions and responses of other regional actors."
This shows how dangerous the situation is, and how war with China
could begin at any time.
People are always telling me that we would never bother to go to war
with China over Taiwan. One person even sent me a poll that showed
that the American people really don't care about Taiwan.
This shouldn't be a surprise, since most Americans these days
probably couldn't find China on a map, let alone Taiwan.
Nonetheless, we could be at war with China over Taiwan at any time.
Young people in Taiwan increasingly want independence from China, and
the old generations that remember life on the Chinese mainland are
mostly dead and gone now. Taiwan could do something on any day that
would be seen as a move toward independence by the paranoid officials
in Beijing. They would then launch a pre-emptive war on Taiwan.
Would the U.S. go to war to defend Taiwan? There is no question
about it. It would not be put to a vote of the American people. It
would not be put to a vote in Congress. The confrontation would
begin within hours, and the war would be on before most Americans
even learned how to spell "Taiwan."
=eod
=// &&2 e080304 Regulators attempt to formulate new laws to prevent the subprime crisis.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.head
Regulators attempt to formulate new laws to prevent the subprime
crisis.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.date
4-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.txt1
This is truly closing the barn door after the horses have escaped.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080304.txt2
The nominal reasons for implementing new regulations is to prevent
anything like the "subprime mortgage crisis" from ever occurring
again.
Examples of some of the new regulations being proposed are as
follows:
It's been discovered that you can be a home appraiser with no
qualifications whatsoever. It's also been discovered that fraudulent
appraisals were an important component of the subprime crisis.
Therefore, new regulations are being proposed to license
appraisers.
Bond insurers (like Ambac, MBIA, FGIC) originally provided
insurance only for municipal bonds. They got into trouble when they
expanded their businesses to provide insurance for CDOs and other
faulty mortgage-backed securities. So new regulations are being
proposed making it illegal to insure CDOs.
Somebody has discovered that, omigod!, CDOs are too complex. And
so new regulations are being proposed requiring investment banks
issuing CDO securities to explain them better.
What makes these so laughable is that many of these kinds of
regulations were put in place in the 1930s by the survivors of the
crash of 1929 and the Great Depression. Those people were determined
that credit would never be abused again, the way it had been in the
1920s. So they created new agencies, like the SEC (Securities and
Exchange Commission), to prevent anything like the 1920s stock market
bubble from occurring again. And they created new laws, like the
Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, that mandated two different kinds of
banks: Investment banks that could issue securities, and commercial
banks that could lend money. (Savings banks that offered homeowner
mortgages were another category.)
Well, the stock market bubble of the late 1990s was just as bad as
the 1920s bubble, and so the SEC has already completely failed in its
primary responsibility. And the Glass-Steagall Act was repealed in
1999, allowing any bank to do any damn thing it pleases, giving rise
to the incredible abuses that we've been seeing.
Well, you know how people think. These are "old people's laws."
These laws are for people who drive Model T Fords, or who use phrases
like "back in ought-five." They aren't for today's ultra-modern
world where we know so much more and carry iPods.
The third set of proposed regulations described above are to require
banks to make CDOs easy to understand.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080303b.jpg right "" "Warren Buffett being
interviewed by CNBC anchor Becky Quick
(Source: CNBC)"#>
On Monday morning, Warren Buffett was interviewed on CNBC. Buffett
was born in 1930, and so he remembers the horrors of the Great
Depression from his childhood. Several years ago, he referred to
credit derivatives as "weapons of mass financial destruction."
He was asked on Monday morning about derivatives. Here's what he
said, according to <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/23450957/site/14081545/ "CNBC's transcript:"#>
QUICK: But we're going to start off with a
question about derivatives, because Joe, you brought this up
earlier. You were talking about those comments that Mr. Buffett's
made in the past about these being weapons of financial mass
destruction. And Warren, you said you had a couple other thoughts
on derivatives.
BUFFETT: Well, you know, the ways you get into trouble in markets
is doing things you don't understand, and then doing them with a
lot of borrowed money. And derivatives combine those things.
And--but the really important illustration that has never gotten
picked up on much was that a couple of years ago Freddie and
Fannie got into big trouble, billions and billions and billions of
dollars of--that they had to restate. Now, Freddie and Fannie had
auditors like everybody else, but they also had a government
agency called OFHEO that had 200 people in it whose sole job was
to oversee Freddie and Fannie. Two hundred people going to work
every day, and those people did not pick up at all on all of these
problems that Freddie and Fannie had. I mean, they were looking at
complex financial instruments, you know, all kinds of swaptions
and all that sort of thing. The auditors didn't pick up on it, but
more important, 200 full-time--they didn't have to think about
General Motors, they didn't have to think about AT&T. They had two
companies to think about. And they issued a report later on
telling about the failing of all--everybody else.
QUICK: Mm-hmm.
BUFFETT: But it shows you--when things get that complex, you're
going to have a lot of problems. And CDO squared--I figured out,
on a CDO squared you had to read 750,000 pages to understand the
instruments that were underneath it.
QUICK: Oh, my gosh.
BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, you start with the RMB, that's the
residential mortgage-backed securities, and that would have [50]
tranches. And then you'd take--and that would be a 300-page
document--you'd take a tranche from each one of that and create a
CDO, 50 of those times three--300, you know, it becomes 15,000.
Then you take a CDO squared with 50 more, and now you're up to
750,000 pages.
QUICK: You have to read through it.
BUFFETT: And the mind can't comprehend that. What people did
comprehend was that the fees were terrific in selling them to the
people.
For those who believe that Buffett is exaggerating, he certainly is
not. Take a look at my article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123
""A primer on financial engineering and structured
finance,""#> and go through the math again, and understand that
instead of a couple of tranches there can be up to 50 tranches.
Nothing illustrates the power of generational change than this
attempt to use regulations to prevent another subprime crisis. These
regulations are worthless because when the time comes for such
regulations to work, the new generations of people will simply ignore
them.
This is part of the cycle of generational crashes.
If you go back through history, there are many small or regional
recessions. But since the 1600s there have been only five major
international financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the
1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s,
the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall
Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash. After each of these generational
crashes, the survivors impose new rules or laws to make sure that it
never happens again. As soon as those survivors are dead, the new
generations ignore the rules, thinking that they're just for "old
people," and a new generational crash occurs.
We're now overdue for the next generational crash, and it might occur
tomorrow, next week, next month, or next year.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080303 Your money market funds may be frozen without you knowing it
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.head
Your money market funds may be frozen without you knowing it
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.keys
finance, advice, earnings, auction rate securities
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.date
3-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.txt1
Many people don't know that they've invested in auction-rate
securities.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080303.txt2
According to a report on CNBC on Monday morning, many people have
invested in auction-rate securities (ARSs) without even realizing it.
In my new analysis article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.cities080302
""Cities and towns need to start helping themselves,""#> I
describe how the abusive use of ARSs has been one of the factors in
the continuing collapse of the municipal bond market. (Read this
article if you're interested in how you can help your city or town
avoid the worst.)
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 ""Wealthy investors in auction
rate securities can't get their money out,""#> I described how
wealthy sophisticated investors in these ARSs are now unable to get
their money out in order to pay their tax bills and other
obligations.
But now it turns out that ordinary investors in money market funds may
have their money frozen -- and they may not even know it, since
nobody's telling them anything until they try to make a withdrawal.
This is according to James Stewart, SmartMoney's editor at large,
being interviewed on CNBC on Monday morning. Stewart was shocked to
discover last week that his own money, in a Merrill Lynch fund, is
now frozen. Here's what he said (my transcription):
"These were sold as a money market equivalent.
... They were sold as ready cash -- something
that was always liquid - you could get your money out very easily.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080303a.jpg right "" "James Stewart, SmartMoney's
editor at large
(Source: CNBC)"#>
In return you got a low interest rate, but it was better than pure
cash.
And so I woke up the other day reading about these so-called
failed auctions, and discovered that these [securities] had hit my
portfolio -- and in fact they are completely illiquid -- I can't
get the cash out, and neither can anybody else. ...
This is a $330 billion market -- and I think that there are a lot
of people out there who have these things, sitting in their
account, who probably don't even realize that they're frozen.
These things come in a variety of packages. ... Mine is a
tax-free version - I think many of them are - the funds [selling
the auction-rate securities] had bought tax-free municipal bonds
[which are tax-free in the sense that the investor doesn't have to
pay income tax on the interest earned].
Then, to determine the interest rate, they would [run an auction]
every week. Essentially they would re-sell shares in the
portfolio every week, so you got no real interest rate exposure.
There was no interest rate risk, because the interest rate was
being reset every week.
Now, for the issuers it was great because you paid a short-term
tax-free rate and then you got a long-term bond out of it, so it
was the best of both worlds for everyone involved.
But putting aside the technicalities, to me here, what's so
appalling is that they were sold to people as a money market
fund. This is not like reaching for super-high yield, or taking
on known risk. They were sold by all the big firms as a
money-market equivalent and now, when they auctions have gone bad
... suddenly they're failing because there's trouble in the
municipal [bond] market. [These big firms] won't step up to the
plate and honor this commitment. They will not make these funds
available. The big firms are offering their clients margin loans
to the amount [that they're owed.] In other words, ... it's like
they're asking you to pay interest to get your own money.
[[And so, what's happening is that the big firms, like Merrill
Lynch, won't give you your money, but they're willing to loan you
an equivalent amount, and you'll have to pay interest on those
loans. - JX]]
Now, I think this is outrageous. This goes to the integrity of
Wall Street. How can you trust any of these firms again when they
say, OK, buy this, for this reason, it's very liquid, when they
have fundamentally betrayed you in a situation like this.
[[I have to laugh at this. These investment banks have been
lying to us for months, perhaps years, selling CDOs and other
faulty securities long after it was already obvious that the
securities were faulty. And the ratings agencies gave them AAA
debt ratings, and the bond insurers gave them AAA level bond
insurance. All of these people have been lying for a long period
of time, and nobody believes anything they say any more, and now
Stewart is suddenly outraged because these liars have betrayed
HIM. What did he expect? - JX]]
[On having written books about being betrayed.] I have. But
I've written about rogues, I've written about criminals, some of
them highly respected, very wealthy, unexpected, but nonetheless
individual wrong-doers. These are the biggest blue-chip gold
names on Wall Street who are refusing to honor these commitments
to their clients, and I think it's really a very serious issue of
trust.
Merrill Lynch happens to be where I have my account, and they sold
me these securities -- but I don't really want to single out
Merrill Lynch because everybody [has been doing it]."
There's another laugh here. What he doesn't understand, is that this
is a generational issue. It isn't just the big investment firms that
did this. It was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "the Generation-Xers
in those firms,"#> translating their hatred and contempt for Boomers
into massive fraud. And their Boomer managers were just as bad,
letting the Xers commit this fraud, because both Xers and Boomers
made tons of money.
For those of you web site readers who can't believe a generational
explanation like this, you tell me, how is it possible that this kind
of fraud occurred in almost every financial institution -- banks,
ratings agencies, insurers? What other possible explanation is there,
except a generational explanation?
Incidentally, much to my own surprise, fourth quarter corporate
earnings estimates have continued to fall sharply. I thought that
they had leveled off around -21%, and that we'd be done with fourth
quarter estimates. But I was shocked to read the following summary
from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, February 29th:
486 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4,
63.37% have beaten estimates, 11.11% were in-line, and 25.51% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in
fourth-quarter 2007, combining actual numbers for companies that
have reported, and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to
-25.2%.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
Feb 1: -20.7%
Feb 8: -20.2%
Feb 15: -21.1%
Feb 22: -21.0%
Feb 29: -25.2%
And so, the 4Q earnings estimates have taken another substantial fall
in just the last week, which was totally unexpected, even by me.
Now my astute web site readers may have the following question
forming in their minds: "Hey, it's almost the end of the first
quarter, and you're still talking about fourth quarter estimates.
Where's the table for 1Q corporate earnings estimates?"
Well damn, you took the words right out of my mouth. And the answer
is, I can't find any first quarter estimates. (If any web site
reader knows where I can find them, please let me know.)
Here's what I think is going on. Recall the following table, that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080206 "I posted about a month ago:"#>
These figures are from Thomson Financial, the same group that
provides the Q4 estimates above. When I posted this last table, I
described it as "absurd" and a "fantasy."
Well, my guess is that in the last month, even the high-priced
financial geniuses at Thomson Financial realized that this table is a
fantasy. Obviously they've been made total fools of in the 4Q
figures, where they didn't just make one wrong estimate, but where
EVERY estimate since October has turned out to be ridiculous.
So my guess is that they've stopped issuing official 1Q estimates,
until they see how bad 4Q ends up, which we may not know even yet.
As I've said before, if you think of the world economy as a big
bloated mansion, then a piece of that mansion is falling off into the
ravine every day. Before long the entire mansion will collapse into
the ravine.
Well, the freezing up of the ARSs, and the consequent collapse of the
muncipal bond market and the freezing of many so-called "liquid"
money market funds is another few rooms and gables of the mansion
sliding off into the ravine.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080301 Violence in Gaza escalates significantly as Israel contemplates an invasion
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.head
Violence in Gaza escalates significantly as Israel contemplates an
invasion
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.keys
israel, gaza, lebanon, west bank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0803
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.date
1-Mar-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.txt1
American warships are off the Lebanon coast to promote "regional
stability."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080301.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gaza 3
Israeli air strikes have killed 32 Palestinians in the last couple of
days. There are presumably many Hamas militants among the 30, but
there were also four Palestinian children.
At the same time, the massive rocket barrages from Gaza have grown
much larger, hundreds every day, and are reaching further into Israel.
One person has been killed, and several people have been wounded,
including two Israeli children.
Some top Israeli officials are <#stdurl
http://www.jta.org/cgi-bin/iowa/breaking/107274.html "calling for
"massive intervention" in Gaza."#> Matan Vilnai, the deputy
defense minister called for a "catastrophic" response, and a top
Knesset chairman says that Israel should reoccupy parts of Gaza and
topple the Hamas government.
The rhetoric has been going over the top. Vilnai's word for
"catastrophic" is the <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2008/mar/01/israelandthepalestinians1
"same Hebrew word"#> that refers to the 1940s Holocaust, and
Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas said that <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5hh-9TDbg0aa65PZLTwd6ObqUJkiw "the
deaths of 32 Palestinians"#> is already "more than a Holocaust."
Whatever the rhetoric, the IDF (Israeli Defense Forces) do appear to
be massing on the border with Gaza for some kind of major intervention
in Gaza, but whether it's a pinpoint invasion or a full-scale
occupation is not yet known.
=inc ww2010.h2 warship "US warships and Lebanon"
In a surprise related development, three US warships <#stdurl
http://www.metimes.com/International/2008/02/29/uss_cole_gives_the_jitters_to_lebanon/6218/
"left Malta for Lebanon"#> on Tuesday, and are remaining off the
Lebanese coast in international waters.
The reasons given by the Pentagon include a "concern about the
situation in Lebanon" and support for "regional stability." Lebanon's
political crisis, that we <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071126 "last wrote
about"#> in November, has not abated, and the country has not yet
found a way to select a new President. The US warships are seen by
Hizbollah and some Lebanese political groups as being directed at them
and Syria.
However, according to <#stdurl
http://www.debka.org/headline.php?hid=5064 "an article by Debka,"#>
which has contacts within Israeli intelligence but often gets things
wrong, the US warships are there in anticipation of an Israeli ground
action -- not only into Gaza (directed at Hamas), but also into
southern Lebanon (directed at Hizbollah). Debka adds that there's
another front as well: "The quarrel between Saudi King Abdullah and
Syrian president Bashar Assad, which is nearing boiling point,
threatens to be fought out in Lebanon, their main bone of contention.
Both are sending quantities of arms and ammo to the Lebanese militias
under their respective wings."
=inc ww2010.h2 2006 "Memories of 2006"
In 2006, the kidnapping of two Israeli soldiers near the Lebanon
border caused the Israelis to panic and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061223 "and launch the war against Hizbollah within four hours,"#>
with no plan and no objectives.
The extreme state of anxiety that caused Israel to panic in 2006
still exists, because of the increasingly relentless barrage of
rockets from Gaza into Israeli cities.
Thus today, calls by Israeli politicians for an overwhelming
"catastrophic" response by the IDF are being tempered by fears of
another panicked disaster.
News reports that I've read indicate that most analysts today believe
that some kind of IDF response is coming soon, because the Israeli
public will not tolerate the current situation much longer.
=inc ww2010.h2 gd "Generational Dynamics perspective"
=inc ww2010.pic mideast4.jpg left "" "The Mideast"
My first major Generational Dynamics prediction on this web site was
in the May 1, 2003, article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Mideast
Roadmap - Will it bring peace?""#> In that article, I said that
the Roadmap would fail, and that the deaths of Yasser Arafat and
Ariel Sharon would be part of a generational change that would lead
to all out war between Arabs and Jews, re-fighting the genocidal war
that occurred in 1948 after the partitioning of Palestine and the
creation of the state of Israel. Last month, in the article, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080117 ""Violence continues in Gaza as Israel
kills 18 to stop rocket attacks,""#> I summarized all the events
that have occurred since then.
I recently was engaged in a discussion with some online
correspondents on how the coming Mideast war would "start."
There's some semantic confusion here about what we mean by "starting
a war." That concept is very fluid, and can change retroactively.
For example, it's possible that historians, looking back at this
decade, may decide that the Mideast war began in Lebanon in 2006, or
even that the World War began on 9/11/2001.
But from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, I mean something
quite specific by the start of war -- it's a point of time defined in
generational theory and known as the "regeneracy." The regeneracy is
the point in time where an event, or series of events (like the Pearl
Harbor attack and the Bataan death march in World War II or the
Battle of Bull Run in the Civil War) unify a country or society behind
its leader, and the survival of the country and its way of life
become the highest priority, higher than the value of an individual
life. This change opens the door to genocidal acts, since an
individual human life has little value any more.
When a country goes through a crisis war (like WW II for the US), the
survivors are very unified. But for children born after the war
(like Baby Boomers after WW II), the austere rules imposed by the
survivors become unbearable, and they rebel, creating a "generation
gap" and an Awakening era (60s-70s in US). By the time another
generation after that has been born and grown, all the austere rules
have unraveled (1990s), and individual rights are all that matter,
creating a social and civil climate of political bickering. The
regeneracy is the point where the political bickering ends, and the
people unite behind their leader. It's called the "regeneracy"
because civic unity is regenerated for the first time since the end
of the previous crisis war.
So from the point of view of Generational Dynamics, I'm trying to
figure out where the regeneracy is coming from in the Mideast, and
how it will lead to the renewed war between Jews and Arabs.
The regeneracy can't come from Lebanon, Syria, Iraq or Iran, because
those countries are still in generational Awakening eras. (The last
crisis war for each occurred in the 1980s: The Lebanon/Syria war, the
Lebanese civil war, and the Iran/Iraq war.)
The regeneracy could come from the Palestinians, who are in a
generational Crisis era, but here's where the semantic confusion
occurs. It's true that the Gazans could launch a few thousand
missiles, but that's what Hizbollah did in 2006, as part of a war
that fizzled. A militant group within Gaza shooting off missiles
into Israel is a terrible thing, but it's nothing like what the
Gazans would do when a real crisis war begins.
That's why I keep saying that I'm waiting for signs that the
Palestinians get so furious that they're ready to smash through the
security wall and start killing Israelis in their homes. Until that
fury grows to the point where an ordinary Gazan is ready, willing and
able to do that, there is no regeneracy from the Gazan side.
Other countries in the region are in generational Crisis eras.
Egypt, Jordan and Saudi Arabia are in Crisis eras, but their current
governments are pro-Western, and so a massive attack from any of
these countries at this time will not happen. However, if a
palace coup occurred in any of these countries, then any one of these
countries might follow with a massive attack on Israel of the kind
that we're describing.
And so, absent a coup or some similar chaotic earthquake in the Arab
world, the only place I can see a genocidal war being launched right
now is from Israel. They've already panicked and done it once -- in
2006 in Lebanon. That war fizzled because Lebanon is in a
generational Awakening era and is highly war-averse, in reaction to
the Sabra and Shatila massacre; if Lebanon had been in a generational
Crisis era, then the Israeli invasion would most likely have spiraled
into a full-fledged crisis war, but not in a Lebanese Awakening era.
But the point is that Israel could panic and do something like that
again, even though the Israeli government has learned severe lessons
from the 2006 experience, and doesn't want to see a repeat.
However, some kind of massive attack by Israel could be triggered by
some chaotic shock/surprise event that's currently unknown, or even
by too long a continuation of the current barrage of rockets.
For Generational Dynamics, this would lead to an interesting
situation: Israel would say that some other country or group started
the war (depending on the triggering event), but from the Generational
Dynamics point of view (and depending on the triggering event) it
would be Israel that panicked and started the genocidal crisis war.
Thus, it's possible that Generational Dynamics may hold a different
view on the question of who started the war than historians and
politicians do.
And so we're in a familiar situation with Generational Dynamics
predictions: We know what the final destination is, but we don't know
how we're going to get there -- although in this case, we've done
some analysis to at least eliminate a few possibilities.
However, the final destination is 100% certain: There WILL be a new
massively genocidal crisis war between Jews and Arabs. There's no
way to predict what will trigger it or when it will begin, but with
the violence escalating on both sides in the Gaza / Israeli dispute,
and with US warships waiting off the coast of Lebanon, it could begin
soon.
=eod
=// &&2 e080229 Victoria's Secret changes from 'too sexy' to 'ultra-feminine'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.head
Victoria's Secret changes from "too sexy" to
"ultra-feminine"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.keys
victorias secret, gender issues
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.date
29-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.txt1
Yes, this story DOES have a generational angle.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080229.txt2
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g080229.jpg right "" "One of the more demure
pictures from the Victoria's Secret web site. It's a "Kate Fit
bootcut pant," and it's "ultra-low rise for an ultra-sexy
you." A bargain at $69.50."#>
Sales have been plunging at Victoria's Secret stores, and <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5geQdu3yAjTR1gWbmHi9QRewbpExQD8V46IPG0
"CEO Sharen Turney said that a change is coming:"#>
"We've so much gotten off our heritage ... too
sexy, and we use the word sexy a lot and really have forgotten the
ultra feminine. ... I feel so strongly about us getting back to
our heritage and really thinking in terms of ultra feminine and
not just the word sexy and becoming much more relevant to our
customer. ... We will also reinvent the sleepwear business and
focus on product quality. Our assortment will return to an ultra
feminine lingerie brand to meet her needs and expectation."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this is just one
more indication of the sharp change in gender attitudes and roles
that the country is experiencing as it enters a generational Crisis
era.
The 1990s was a generational Unraveling era, and during such eras,
"anything goes." Individual rights are paramount, and any political
speech or sexuality or lifestyle is considered acceptable. While
open sexuality is considered radical and progressive during an
Awakening era (like America in 1960-70s), it's considered the norm in
an Unraveling era, and generates a backlash during a Crisis era.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gender 2
I've described all this many times on this web site. In <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 ""Iran's President Ahmadinejad facing
a growing 'generation gap,'""#> I described how Iran, which is
currently in a generational Awakening era, is experiencing the same
kind of gender conflict that America experienced in the 1960s.
In America in recent years, there have been many, many signs of women
returning to stereotypical female gender roles, which some feminists
are viewing with horror, saying <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041011
""'It's going to be the 1950s all over again.'""#>
I remember being really startled, just after 9/11, when newspaper
articles said that women were being attracted to "manly men" again,
and when firemen and policemen were being praised as heroes for their
willingness to run back into burning buildings to save people. When I
was growing up in the 1950s, if you had asked a boy what he wanted to
be when he grew up, it's quite likely that he would have said
"fireman" or "policeman" -- and a girl would have anwered "a mother."
Those sentiments disappeared pretty much completely in the 1960s, but
suddenly were returning after 9/11.
The same story is occurring all the time. Whether it's <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e040924 "CBS being fined $550,000"#> because Janet
Jackson had bared her breast on MTV's SuperBowl halftime show on CBS,
or <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041011 "educated women choosing to stay
home with the kids,"#> or Cokie Roberts complaining that Hillary
Clinton has been <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080225 "pushed out of the
way"#> by a "cute young man [who] comes in and says a bunch of sweet
nothings," the story is the same: men and women are returning to
their stereotypical gender roles.
This isn't the first time this has happened. America's previous
generational Unraveling era was the 1920s "flapper" era, when female
sexuality was as open and accepted as in the 1990s. It began to
change as America entered a generational Crisis era in the 1930s, when
open sexuality began to be criticized and questioned.
A sign of that transition is Cole Porter's title song from the 1934
show Anything Goes! Some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://www.metrolyrics.com/anything-goes-lyrics-ella-fitzgerald.html
=// http://www.geocities.com/lyricalmusings/lyrics/anything_goes.htm
"the song's lyrics"#> are as follows:
"Times have changed,
And we've often rewound the clock
Since the Puritans got a shock,
When they landed on Plymouth Rock.
If today,
Any shock they should try to stem,
'Stead of landing on Plymouth Rock,
Plymouth Rock would land on them!
In olden days a glimpse of stocking
Was looked on as something shocking,
But now God knows,
Anything goes!
Good authors too who once knew better words
Now only use four-letter words
Writing prose,
Anything goes!
The world has gone mad today
And good's bad today,
And black's white today,
And day's night today,
When most guys today
That women prize today
Are just silly gigolos
So tho I'm not a great romancer
I know that I'm bound to answer when you propose
Anything goes!
When grandmama whose age is eighty
In night clubs is getting matey with gigolos,
Anything Goes!
When mothers pack and leave poor father
Because they decide they'd rather be tennis pros,
Anything Goes!
If driving fast cars you like,
If low bars you like,
If old hymns you like,
If bare limbs you like,
If Mae West you like,
Or me undressed you like,
Why nobody will oppose.
When every night the set that's smart is
Intruding in nudist parties in studios,
Anything goes!
If saying your prayers you like,
If green pears you like
If old chairs you like,
If back stairs you like,
If love affairs you like
With young bears you like,
Why nobody will oppose!
Just think of those shocks you've got
And those knocks you've got
And those blues you've got
From those news you've got
And those pains you've got
(If any brains you've got)
From those little radios.
So Missus R., with all her trimmin's,
Can broadcast a bed from Simmons
'Cause Franklin knows
Anything goes!"
The last verse is a reference to a "shocking" <#stdurl
http://www.simmons.com/company.cfm "publicity campaign"#> by Simmons
Bedding Company featuring Eleanor Roosevelt, just before her husband,
Franklin Roosevelt, became President.
And here's <#stdurl http://youtube.com/watch?v=vzYNbImbSr8 "a video"#>
from a 2007 production of Anything Goes! with absolutely
fantastically mind-blowing choreography:
The 1934 song "Anything Goes!" represents a transitional time in
American attitudes towards sex. If, up to that point, good authors
who "once knew better words now only use four-letter words" is true,
then things had already changed dramatically by 1939 when Clark
Gable's "I don't give a damn!" in the 1939 movie Gone with the
Wind caused a scandal.
America is in a similar transitional time now, and Victoria's
Secret's own transition is a microcosm. The "in your face" sexuality
of the store is hurting sales because a new generation of young women
is rebelling against the sexual attitudes of their older sisters and
mothers. While young women of the 1960s complained about having to
wear their mothers' girdles, young women of today don't want to see
their mothers' negligées, at least not in public. Instead of "very
sexy," Victoria's Secret is now talking about being "ultra-feminine."
My expectation is that the Victoria's Secret transition is far from
complete. My expectation is that young women will see even the
"ultra-feminine" message as being unacceptable, unless it's
accompanied by a great deal more modesty. I'm not saying that women
are going back to sleeping in ankle-length breeches, but I am saying
that a retrenchment in open sexuality is in progress, and will
continue for many years.
=eod
=// &&2 e080227 In Kenya, Kofi Annan's mediation talks collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.head
In Kenya, Kofi Annan's mediation talks collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.keys
kenya, kofi annan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.date
27-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.txt1
Condoleezza Rice promises to take action, but exactly what is she
threatening?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080227.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right kenya 3
As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080102 "I described"#> when the violence
first broke out, Kenya's last generational Crisis war was the Mau-Mau
rebellion that ended in 1956.
Today, 52 years later, there are still a number of "elder" leaders
around, aged 57 and above, who still remember the utter horror of the
Mau-Mau rebellion, and will do anything possible to keep anything
similar from happening again. Their children and grandchildren,
however, don't feel so strongly.
Former UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan has been meeting with the
"elders," and they're willing to look for a compromise, but they'll
be killed by their younger supporters if the compromise goes too far.
Annan's effort never had a chance, as we've said. Kenya is UNLIKELY
to spiral into a full-fledged ethnic civil war at this time, but in
the next 5-6 years, when these aforementioned "elders" all disappear,
a full-fledged ethnic war is a certainty.
So now <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7265733.stm "Kofi
Annan's mediation talks have collapsed."#>
Kofi Annan, you'll recall, considers the US to be the fount of most
of the evil in the world. He condemned the US for intervening in
Iraq, and condemns the US even more for <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061212 "NOT interfering in Darfur."#>
And now, Annan has one more failure to add to his resumé. He was
mired in the mud of Saddam Hussein's money-for-oil scandal, and he
whined for years about the Darfur civil war while it only got worse.
Has he really ever accomplished anything except to pontificate?
Well, what's really shocking is the <#stdurl
http://www.state.gov/secretary/rm/2008/02/101291.htm "statement by US
Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice."#> It goes through several
paragraphs of diplomatic boilerplate, and then concludes:
"I want to emphasize that the future of our
relationship with both sides and their legitimacy hinges on their
cooperation to achieve this political solution. In that regard, we
are exploring a wide range of possible actions. We will draw our
own conclusions about who is responsible for lack of progress and
take necessary steps. We will also exert leadership with the
United Nations, the African Union, the European Union, and others
to ensure that the political solution the Kenyan people deserve is
achieved."
What "necessary steps" are we going to take? Omigod, we're not going
to send in American troops, are we? I know that President Bush has
been making some vague statements expressing sorrow that we didn't
send troops into Darfur. He isn't looking to salve his guilty
conscience in Kenya, is he?
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's going to
happen in Kenya is perfectly clear. There's a major fault line
between ethnic groups -- The Kikuyus and their allies versus the Luos
and their allies. The low-level violence we've been seeing will
continue for weeks or months or years until something triggers the
new genocidal crisis war that we've been referencing. Then there'll
be massive slaughter between these ethnic groups. Probably one side
will win, and the other side will come close to being exterminated.
That's absolutely certain; only the exact dates are in doubt, although
it's pretty certain within 5-10 years.
But all this is going to happen with or without Kofi Annan, with or
without American troops. It's already "in the cards," as they say.
In that time frame, the "clash of civilizations" world war will be in
full swing. We'll be dealing with our own wars of extermination.
Let's hope that we don't get mired in a Kenya quagmire before then.
=eod
=// &&2 e080226b UN World Food Program to institute food rationing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.head
UN World Food Program to institute food rationing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.keys
food prices, united nations, morocco, yemen, mexico, guinea,
mauritania, senegal, uzbekistan. pakistan russia, indonesia, india
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.date
26-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.txt1
Surging food prices are causing food riots around the world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226b.txt2
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right foodprices 3
It will be no surprise to the regular readers of this web site that
there's a real emergency going on in the world, and I'm not referring
to the fad "emergencies" like <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071214b
"climate change."#>
Food prices around the world continue to surge uncontrollably.
Overall, prices of food are up 40% in the last year. This may not
mean much to most Americans, since food is a relatively small part of
the American budget. But in places where average earnings are less
than a dollar a day, this throws more people into starvation.
UPDATE: After this article was posted, wheat prices have hit
fresh highs. Wheat on the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT) <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/7264239.stm "rose the maximum 90
cents allowed"#> to $11.99 a bushel. (The 30 cent limit that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080209 "I mentioned recently"#> has been increased
to 90 cents.) And <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/7ffd2110-e40c-11dc-8799-0000779fd2ac.html
"Financial Times reports"#> that prices of top-quality wheat
jumped 25 per cent on Monday in Kazakhstan, a central Asian country
that's one of the world's largest exporters of wheat.
(This paragraph added on Feb 26.)
The United Nations World Food Program (WFP) is responsible for
distributing food to world regions hit by war, natural disaster, or
poverty.
However, food prices have been rising so rapidly, that the WFP's
<#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/in_depth/7262830.stm "budget
requirements have been rising"#> by tens of millions of dollars PER
WEEK.
According to the WFP's <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5jB6xw_imtTTup5OWlbYEWXQJl1vA
"Josette Sheeran,"#> we're "seeing a new face of hunger in which
people are being priced out of the food market" with hunger now
"affecting a wide range of countries", pointing to Indonesia, Yemen
and Mexico in particular.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2008/feb/26/food.unitednations
"news reports,"#> food riots have broken out in Morocco, Yemen,
Mexico, Guinea, Mauritania, Senegal and Uzbekistan. Pakistan has
reintroduced rationing for the first time in two decades. Russia has
frozen the price of milk, bread, eggs and cooking oil for six months.
Thailand is also planning a freeze on food staples. After protests
around Indonesia, Jakarta has increased public food subsidies. India
has banned the export of rice except the high-quality basmati
variety.
There's little doubt that this can go on much longer. One of the
features of the modern world is the success of modern medicine, and
the reduction of the infant mortality rate, from 40-50% in the early
1800s to 1-2% today. This has created huge masses of young people
around the world, often packed into huge "megacities," each containing
tens of millions of people with no access to farmland. Families in
poverty in those cities often survive by foraging in large garbage
dumps for scraps of food left over by people who can afford to buy
food. With the worldwide price of wheat doubling in the last year,
and other food prices increasing as well, there are probably tens of
millions more people in the world each month who have to forage
through garbage dumps. Each month, more and more men are unable to
feed themselves and their families, and their only choice for
survival will be either mass rebellion or to join the army and go to
war.
What never ceases to amaze me is how little attention this problem
gets. We've just spent the weekend listening to the most bilious
nonsense about whether it's plagiarism to quote someone who quoted
the words, "We hold these truths to be self-evident." Can you think
of a more moronic and fatuous debate?
But not a word about what is undoubtedly the greatest emergency in
the world today -- the increasing starvation of millions of people,
and the resulting instability.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the world is headed
for a "clash of civilizations" world war, with absolutely certainty,
and it's just possible that it will be launched somewhere because a
"tipping point" was passed in the growing price of food.
=eod
=// &&2 e080226 Investors euphoric as bond insurers' AAA ratings are re-affirmed
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.head
Investors euphoric as bond insurers' AAA ratings are re-affirmed
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.keys
finance, monolines
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.date
26-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.txt1
You could've knocked me over with a feather.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080226.txt2
=inc ww2010.pic g080225a.gif right "" "Unlock this door"
Boomers reading this web site may recall hearing <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NzlG28B-R8Y "the following on
television"#> many times during their youth: "You unlock this door
with the key of imagination. Beyond it is another dimension. A
dimension of sound. A dimension of sight. A dimension of mind. You're
moving into a land of both shadow and substance of things and ideas.
You've just crossed over into the Twilight Zone."
On Monday, S&P Ratings re-affirmed the AAA rating of "monoline" bond
insurers MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial Group. Investors became so
euphoric that they pushed the stock market up 189 points in the Dow
Industrials.
I went to the S&P web site, and found <#stdurl
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/portal/site/sp/en/us/page.article/2,1,2,0,1203880516131.html
"the statement explaining their reasoning."#> It contains this
text on MBIA:
"The ratings on MBIA Insurance Corp. ... were
affirmed and removed from CreditWatch Negative; the outlook was
changed to negative. In our view, MBIA's success in accessing $2.6
billion of additional claims-paying resources is a strong
statement of management's ability to address the concerns relating
to the capital adequacy of the company. It is also a strong
statement by investors of their understanding of MBIA's franchise
value and business practices. To further improve the company's
claims-paying resources, management is pursuing alternatives to
reshaping the insured portfolio through reinsurance transactions.
We believe management is likely to succeed in implementing their
reinsurance strategy.
However, the reversion back to a negative outlook is warranted in
light of the absolute size of stress scenario losses relative to
the adjusted capital cushion, as well as the uncertainty
surrounding a possible reconfiguration of the company. In our
view, several factors--the viability of the resulting corporate
structure, investor acceptance, the effect on the company's
franchise value, and the potential for disadvantaging any group of
policyholders with regard to the availability of claims-paying
resources--will require further assessment."
This is a pretty mealy-mouthed statement. They're saying (my
paraphrase):
"MBIA obtained $2.6 billion of financing, which
they can use to pay out claims on the tens of billions of dollars
in CDOs that it insures, based on some assumptions that we've put
together. If that isn't enough money, we think that MBIA can get
some more money, so we're going to let them keep their AAA
rating. But we're not sure that MBIA will really be able to get
enough more money, so we're saying they have a 'negative outlook.'
So we're covered, no matter what happens. Ha, ha."
We have to look at motivations here. S&P, along with other bond
ratings agencies, took fat fees from bond issuers in return for
giving AAA ratings on the CDOs, and did so long after it was clear
that these CDOs were seriously flawed. They essentially lied for
months. There's no reason to assume that they wouldn't lie now, if
they felt that lying would be to their advantage.
MBIA, along with other bond insurers, took fat fees from bond issuers
in return for insuring CDOs in order to give them AAA ratings, and
did so long after it was clear that these CDOs were seriously flawed.
They essentially lied for months. There's no reason to assume that
they wouldn't lie now, if they felt that lying would be to their
advantage.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
mortgage-backed securities, and how they get AAA ratings from
"monoline" bond insurers, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A
primer on financial engineering and structured finance.""#>)
We're now in the middle of a huge political battle, headed by <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "New York Insurance Superintendent Eric
Dinallo,"#> to arrange a bailout of the bond insurers. This bailout
involves money from the banks whose CDOs are in danger of losing
their insurance and a signoff from the ratings agencies that they
won't downgrade the insurers' AAA ratings.
If the bailout doesn't work, then it's widely believed that the stock
markets will fall sharply, and whoever didn't cooperate in Dinallo's
scheme would receive all the blame.
So the banks are willing to spend a few billion on financing MBIA and
the others, because they're going to lose at least that much anyway,
writing down CDOs in their portfolios. And the ratings agencies are
willing to sign on, because otherwise they'll be blamed.
Everyone has major conflicts of interest, and no one has any
credibility.
But let's look at this in another way.
Suppose that you own a house, and you have a homeowner's insurance
policy that protects you against things like fires and robberies and
other stuff that homeowner's policies are supposed to cover.
And suppose that your house is worth $200,000. (Let's assume these
are normal times, and there's no deflating housing bubble, so the
$200,000 is a real number.)
OK. One day you read in the newspaper that your insurance company
is in some financial trouble, and they've lost their AAA rating.
So now your house is worth only $50,000.
Huh??? Is your house worth $200K or $50K? Why should your insurance
company's problem mean that your home's value has fallen by 75%? That
makes no sense at all.
But that's what we're talking about with these bond insurers. This
is all part of the magic and alchemy that was dreamed up by the
Generation-X genius "financial engineers" who set all this stuff up.
Let's use round numbers. There are, say, $60 billion of at-risk
CDOs in the portfolios of various banks. They're all AAA rated,
because a bond insurer has insured them against default.
Suddenly the bond insurer's rating goes down. The CDOs are now worth
only $15 billion.
Huh??? Are these CDOs worth $60 billion or $15 billion? How can they
fall in value by 75% just because the bond insurer loses its rating?
So now, someone gives the bond insurer $3 billion in credit. By
magic, the CDOs go from $15 billion in value back to $60 billion in
value.
=inc ww2010.pic g080225b.gif right "" "You're entering the Twilight Zone"
<#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NzlG28B-R8Y
"DOO do DOO do
DOO do DOO do"#>
Let's look at one more aspect of this, by going back to the $200,000
house that's worth only $50,000 when the insurance company gets into
financial trouble. How could that ever be possible?
(This and subsequent paragraphs were added
on Feb 26.)
There's only one way it could be possible: The only reason your house
was ever worth $200K is that you expect it to burn down, so that you
can collect the insurance. Your house is worth four times as much
if it burns down than if it stays up.
Translate that reasoning into the CDO case, and you see what's going
on. You have $60 billion in CDOs, but they're worth only $15 billion
when your bond insurance company gets into trouble. How could that
ever be possible?
There's only one way it could be possible: The only reason that the
CDOs were ever worth $60 billion is because you expect them to
default, and the owners can collect the insurance.
Taking that reasoning a step further, if the industry is expecting
$500 billion in additional CDO writedowns that can be avoided only if
the bond insurers retain their AAA ratings, that can only mean one
thing: That the $500 billion is going to come from payouts by the
bond insurers. There's no other possibility.
When S&P reaffirmed MBIA's rating on Monday, they didn't follow that
reasoning. Instead, they assumed that only a small fraction of the
CDOs would default. That's why S&P's action is essentially
fraudulent. But these financial institutions have been committing
fraud with CDOs for a long time now, and so this is nothing new. The
only really new thing is that the government, in the form of New York
Insurance Superintendent Eric Dinallo, is fully involved in the
fraud.
I've quoted the passage below before, but it's worth doing again.
This is from John Kenneth Galbraith in his 1954 book, The Great
Crash - 1929:
"A bubble can easily be punctured. But to incise
it with a needle so that it subsides gradually is a task of no
small delicacy. Among those who sensed what was happening in early
1929, there was some hope but no confidence that the boom could be
made to subside. The real choice was between an immediate and
deliberately engineered collapse and a more serious disaster
later on. Someone would certainly be blamed for the ultimate
collapse when it came. There was no question whatever as to who
would be blamed should the boom be deliberately deflated. (For
nearly a decade the Federal Reserve authorities had been denying
their responsibility for the deflation of 1920-21.) The eventual
disaster also had the inestimable advantage of allowing a few
more days, weeks, months of life. One may doubt if at any time
in early 1929 the problem was ever framed in terms of quite such
stark alternatives. But however disguised or evaded, these were
the choices which haunted every serious conference on what to do
about the market." (p. 25)
Galbraith's paragraph describe's precisely what's going on now with
Dinallo's working sessions, and in meeting rooms in banks around the
world.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080225b Der Spiegel: Germany's public banks are near collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.head
Der Spiegel: Germany's public banks are near collapse
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.keys
finance, germany, austria, credit-anstalt bank, datanbank
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.date
25-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.txt1
The "subprime virus" is spreading rapidly through Europe
now.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225b.txt2
These days, when pundits refer to a bank as "going to the
confessional," they mean that the bank is making its latest
announcement of how many billions of dollars it's losing because it
has to write down worthless or near-worthless CDOs in its asset
portfolio. Some banks and financial institutions have been to the
confessional several times.
But in fact very few banks been to the confessional. Most have been
sitting on their assets, waiting until either the problem goes away,
or until someone sticks a gun to their backs.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080224c.jpg right "" "German bank IKB - a
bottomless barrel
(Source: Spiegel)"#>
That's what's happening to many of Germany's state-owned banks right
now. The result is that these banks are turning to Angela Merkel's
German federal government for bailouts.
The most dramatic situation is at Düsseldorf-based IKB Deutsche
Industriebank AG. It began requiring bailouts with the international
"credit crunch" financial crisis that began last August, and has has
required one additional bailout after another, with a <#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/0,1518,535245,00.html
"€1.5 billion ($2.2 billion)"#> approved just last week. And there's
no guarantee that further bailouts won't be required.
Another state-owned bank, <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/885424de-e345-11dc-803f-0000779fd2ac.html
"WestLB, has received a €5 billion ($7.4 billion) rescue package."#>
Sachsen LB has received €2.73 billion in loan guarantees from the
states, as well as €14 billion from other state-owned banks. Nordbank
needs €1 billion, while BayernLB just reported a €1.9 billion
writedown, as a result of infection by the subprime virus.
Where did these German banks obtain all these CDO securities that
were supposed to make them rich? Why, they obtained them from Swiss
banking giant UBS AG, which itself has been to the confessional
several times, has had to take a whopping $18.4 billion in
writedowns.
Germany's Nordbank, for example, purchased some $15.6 billion worth
of CDOs from UBS six years ago, as a low-risk high-yield investment.
On Saturday, <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article3422325.ece
"Nordbank announced that it was suing UBS,"#> claiming that the
investment had a much higher risk than UBS let on.
So let me get this straight. The guys at Nordbank (which,
incidentally, is worth about €207 billion in assets), were so dumb
that they let those sharp cookies at UBS snooker them into buying
$15.6 billion of CDOs that are now turning out to be near-worthless.
It's nice to know that, as we head for a time when great masses of
people are going to be unemployed, bankrupt and homeless, that
Nordbank's lawyers and UBS's lawyers are going to have plenty of
money to spend on their yachts and mistresses.
Unfortunately, German bankers are still fooling themselves, if we're
to believe <#stdurl http://www.euro2day.gr/articlesfna/59112144/ "the
words of Rainer Skierka at Bank Sarasin."#> He referred to a recent
announcement by Credit Suisse of massive further writedowns and said,
"Credit Suisse was seen as transparent and more credible than other
(banks). This has now all disappeared and it has lost substantial
credibility over recent days."
But then he says that for other banks, there's only one problem left:
"The only problem is the monoline insurers and what implications
(weakness in that sector) might have for banks," he said.
This is a common fantasy that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "we've
mentioned before."#> The "monoline" bond insurers are part of the
alchemy that gave near-worthless CDOs their AAA ratings.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
mortgage-backed securities, and how they get AAA ratings from
"monoline" bond insurers, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A
primer on financial engineering and structured finance.""#>)
So the fantasy is that all these bailouts of all these banks can be
avoided, if only the bond insurers are bailed out first. Then the
bond insurers can work their magic again, and near-worthless CDOs in
everyone's portfolios would suddenly get back their old bubble value,
and the bubble can start growing again.
Incidentally, there's presumably been a high-profile working session
going on all weekend, headed by New York Insurance Superintendent Eric
Dinallo, who's trying to get everyone to agree to a bailout of the
bond insurers. There are all sorts of screwy ideas on the table, but
since the intention is to find a way to get the bubble to start
growing again, they're all mathematically impossible.
As of this writing on Sunday evening, the <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120390107241589455.html "Wall Street
Journal is reporting"#> that Ambac, the second-largest of the bond
insurers, has obtained $3 billion in financing, allowing it to
continue in business at least on the municipal bond side of its
business, with the CDO side of its business still in doubt.
However, that's far from enough to reflate the credit bubble that's
now leaking like mad.
So that leaves the German public banks left in their state of crisis.
<#stdurl
http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/0,1518,536635,00.html
"According to Der Spiegel:"#>
"If an industry giant like WestLB were forced to
its knees -- which almost happened two weeks ago -- at least two
other state-owned banks and a dozen savings and loan associations
would crumple along with it. The member banks of the German
Savings Banks Finance Group (Sparkassen-Finanzgruppe) are closely
interlinked, and they are required to vouch for each other -- as
long as they are in a position to do so, that is. The failure of a
major state-owned bank like WestLB would also inevitably affect
corporate customers, even forcing some into bankruptcy.
It is a nightmare scenario that the government financial
supervisory authority now believes is increasingly likely.
Germany's public-sector banks speculated far more heavily than
private banks in American subprime mortgage securities. Now these
banks' beleaguered executives are calling on the government to
bail them out from a disaster of their own making. ...
In other words, [the argument went,] WestLB failure would deeply
jeopardize Köln-Bonner Sparkasse, as well as at least three other
savings banks in North Rhine-Westphalia.
If that happened, the corporate customers of the affected banks
could end up without access to their money for weeks, possibly
even months. Despite the fact that the customers' deposits are in
fact guaranteed, any bank insolvency is preceded by a moratorium
on all bank transactions. This ... would only lead to further
bankruptcies, especially since the remaining savings banks in
North Rhine-Westphalia, as their association presidents conceded,
would have trouble satisfying the regional economy's liquidity
requirements, because they already have a total of €43 billion in
WestLB loans on their books. Furthermore, many of these banks also
invested in American subprime mortgage securities, which they too
would have to write off. The Westphalia-Lippe savings bank
association, for instance, invested €100 million in the securities
that triggered the worldwide financial crisis.
The officials involved painted grim scenarios. What would happen
if customers were to withdraw their deposits from the savings
banks en masse? And what if the insolvency of WestLB led to
difficulties at two other state-owned banks, HSH Nordbank and
BayernLB? How would that affect Bavaria and Hamburg, where the
banks are headquartered? Would the public-sector banking system
even be capable of surviving the failure of three state-owned
banks? Could this in fact lead to the collapse of the entire
economy, which would affect growth rates, unemployment and,
ultimately, the well-being of society for many years to come? In
the end, the participants were so drained that they agreed to a
compromise.
Six months ago, BaFin president Jochen Sanio was heavily
criticized when he warned of the "worst financial crisis since
1931." But now many politicians are convinced that the situation
is far more serious than they had assumed until now."
The date 1931 is as symbolic to German financiers as 1929 is to
Americans, as described in <#hreftext ww2010.i.garrett071009
""The bubble that broke the world.""#>
On May 11, 1931, the Credit-Anstalt bank of Austria failed. This
triggered mass panic and bank failures throughout Central Europe, and
generated a worldwide banking crisis. On July 13, the German
Danatbank failed. Foreign investors in Germany quickly withdrew their
capital from Germany, heightening the crisis, leading to the complete
collapse of the German economy. By the end of the year, there were
over 6 million unemployed, and the resulting social tension gave rise
to Communism and Naziism.
And so, there are many justified fears about what's going on in
Germany today. The German public banks are heavily interlocked with
one another, and are required to support each other when one is in
trouble. I don't know the history of German banking, but I'd be
willing to bet that this interlocking scheme was put into place in
order to avoid another disaster like the one in 1931.
If a bank is in trouble, its peer banks are supposed to help out,
rather than allow a bank to fail, with the resulting public panic.
But how is that supposed to work when all (or most) of the public
banks are failing? What if they all got infected by the "subprime
virus," because they all invested heavily in AAA rated high-yield CDO
securities? How can they bail each other out, when they ALL need
bailing out?
That's the situation facing Germany today; that's why the federal
government is being forced to provide bailout money to the banks; and
that's why everybody in Germany's financial community is scared to
death.
=eod
=// &&2 e080225 ABC's Cokie Roberts conveys the frustration of feminists over Barack Obama
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.head
ABC's Cokie Roberts conveys the frustration of feminists over
Barack Obama
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.keys
barack obama, gender issues
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.date
25-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.txt1
Obama himself is an empty vessel waiting to be filled.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080225.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080224a.jpg right "" ""Obama Girl"
is selected as randomly chosen questioner on a Saturday Night
Live skit mocking the press's adoration of Barack Obama. Her
"question" turns out to be her song, "I've got a crush
on Obama."
(Source: NBC)"#>
I always say on this web site that Generational Dynamics is concerned
with the attitudes and behaviors of large masses of people, entire
generations of people. The attitudes and behaviors of politicians
are irrelevant, except insofar as they reflect the attitudes of the
great masses of people.
The rise of Barack Obama surely fits this category. There's been a
huge surge in support for Obama among Democrats, and even among some
Republicans. This support has translated into historically high
campaign contributions from tens of millions of people. That a major
change is going on is without question.
And it's pretty clearly a generational change. As I wrote a year ago
in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 ""Barack Obama to Boomers:
Drop dead!""#> Obama has captured the enthusiasm of
Generation-Xers by capturing and expressing their hatred for the
Boomer generation. According to Obama:
"[Americans should turn to Generation-X] after
the campus culture wars between freaks and straights, and after
young people had given up on what überboomer Hillary Rodham
Clinton called in a 1969 commencement address a search for 'a
more immediate, ecstatic and penetrating mode of living.' ...
In the back and forth between Clinton and Gingrich, and in the
elections of 2000 and 2004. I sometimes felt as if I were
watching the psychodrama of the baby boom generation — a tale
rooted in old grudges and revenge plots hatched on a handful of
college campuses long ago — played out on the national
stage."
On ABC's news interview show, This Week With George
Stephanopoulos, on Sunday morning, Boomer feminist commentator
Cokie Roberts expressed her frustration with Obama's success:
"What happened [to Hillary Clinton]? Wisconsin
happened. She lost too much in Wisconsin, and she lost too many
groups that had been with her. The only group she still has is
white women, and I do think that there's some possibility that
you will see a sort-of reaction among white women.
I had the opportunity to interview Billie Jean King this week,
and she said, "You know, I feel that everything I've worked for
all of my life is going out the window."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080224b.jpg right "" "Cokie Roberts saying
"cute young man" on This Week With George
Stephanopoulos
(Source: ABC)"#>
And there is that sense. I mean, here is this woman, she's
worked hard, she's done it all the way you're supposed to do it,
and then this cute young man comes in and says a bunch of
sweet nothings, and pushes you out of the way. And a lot of women
are looking at that and saying, "There goes my life."
Well, that's the way life is. Roberts' characterization of the
battle between an older woman and a "cute young man" misses the mark,
insofar as she believes that this is a man versus woman issue. It's
not a gender issue. It's not a feminist issue. Gender and feminism
are irrelevant. It's a generational issue.
For decades, Gen-Xers have been living in the shadows of the Boomer
generation, and have developed enormous fury at and hatred for the
Boomers. Now it's the Xers' turn, and they'll brush the Boomers
aside. A collection of frustrated feminist politicians will have
nothing to say about it.
There's a piece missing from the Obama campaign and Obama himself: A
political philosophy, especially a foreign policy philosophy.
On this web site, I've frequently expressed contempt for Washington
politicians on the left and right for not knowing basic facts about
what's going on in the world.
This is certainly true of Obama. His remarks about unilateral
withdrawal from Iraq are irresponsible, and his remarks about
pre-emptive American attacks on Pakistan soil are extremely dangerous.
These remarks show that he has no "antiwar" philosophy, and in fact no
philosophy at all.
President George Bush has admitted many times that he had no real
political philosophy until 9/11, after which he devoted his
Administration to the war against terror.
Assuming that Obama becomes President, what political philosophy will
he adopt? He doesn't know -- right now he's an empty vessel. And
his enthusiastic, euphoric supporters don't know either -- except
that they believe that he's going to "bring change," although they
don't really know whether the change will be good or bad.
The "change" that feminists are seeing is particularly ironic. I've
never really understood what even feminists believed that they wanted
for women in the workplace, since in my decades in the computer
industry I've never, except for once or twice, seen any woman who was
willing to put in the long hours in the workplace that many men put in
as a matter of course. As I wrote in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041011
""'It's going to be the 1950s all over again,'""#> young
women themselves, even well-to-do well-educated young college women,
are choosing more and more to stay at home with the kids, much to the
horror of Boomer feminists.
So it's been clear now for some years that Gen-X women have little
use for Boomer feminism, just as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121
"Gen-X financial engineers"#> have little use for credit restraint
that was practiced by Boomers' predecessors.
What will happen now if a Gen-Xer becomes President? In what ways
will his contempt for Boomers be expressed? Will his naïveté lead us
to war more quickly, or will his youthful earnestness calm
international fears for a while? And when the "clash of
civilizations" world war comes, as it must, will he panic and lead the
nation initially to disaster -- as Franklin Roosevelt and Abraham
Lincoln did initially in WW II and the Civil War, respectively -- or
will his responses be more measured?
If and when Obama takes office, what we're most likely to see is a
repeat of the public manic-depressive behavior that followed the
Democratic Congressional election victory in 2006. That election was
to "bring change" as well. A couple of weeks later, Donald Rumsfeld
resigned, and the journalist David Gergen described in giddy terms,
"This is the best moment we've had in over three years." The
giddiness didn't last though, as could be seen when the new Congress
came to town, and it was apparent that "change" wasn't going to
happen. NBC newsman Chris Matthews spoke for the left when he launched
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070114 "an ignorant and vitriolic screaming
rant"#> against President Bush.
After the 2006 elections, the desire to effect change, no matter what
change, no matter how irresponsible, was blocked by President Bush.
If Obama takes office with the Democratic party in control of
Congress, then public demands for "change" may cause a young
President, anxious to prove his toughness, to panic and do something
dangerous. That's what happened with President Kennedy and the Bay
of Pigs disaster, for example.
The desire for change, led by Gen-Xers, that's now sweeping the
nation will affect the character of our response to the massive world
war that coming, but we have no way of knowing what form that
response will take.
My death waits like an old rouée
So confident I'll go her way
Harvesting the passing time
My death waits like a princess
At the funeral of my youth
Crying for the passing time
My death waits like a wicked witch
At the torching of our wedding
Laughing at the passing time
But whatever lies behind the door
And what's waiting for me there,
Angel or devil, I don't care,
For in front of that door, there is you.
-- From Jacques Brel, La Mort
Whoever is our next President, whether Barack Obama or someone else,
we won't know what's behind the door until he (or she) opens it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080223d Anti-western violence grows in Serbia over Kosovo independence
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.head
Anti-western violence grows in Serbia over Kosovo independence
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.keys
serbia, kosovo, world war i
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.date
23-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.txt1
Russia hints at using force on the side of Serbia.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223d.txt2
A couple of days ago, I commented on <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080220
"the secession of Kosovo from Serbia"#> as something that would
certainly not bring peace to the region.
Now violence <#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/europe/02/22/serbia.kosovo/?iref=hpmostpop
"has been breaking out in Serbia,"#> demonstrating against Kosovo's
independence. The American embassy in Belgrade, the capital of
Serbia, was attacked and burned by a mob on Thursday, in protest of
the US recognition of Kosovo's independence.
There have been massive demonstrations in the city of Mitrovica, a
city that's now in Kosovo, but has a very large Serbian population.
Analysts have expressed concern that the violence will spiral out of
control spontaneously into a new Balkans war. This is, of course,
completely impossible: This region just had a crisis war in the
1990s, and is now in a generational Recovery era (also called a High
or Austerity era). So a major war of this type is completely
impossible.
But it's well to review some of the thoughts that are going through
people's minds.
It was June 28, 1914, that terrorists from Belgrade assassinated
Austrian Archduke Francis Ferdinand, triggering the Great War and the
massive slaughter of tens of millions of people. Germany got pulled
into the war against its will, because of mutual defense treaty with
Austria; it fought half-heartedly, and was forced to capitulate
mainly because of political protests in Berlin. France got pulled in
because it was allied with Russia and was attacked by Germany.
America got pulled in because of an alliance with the UK. This was a
non-crisis war for all of these countries.
This was a real crisis war for Russia and Turkey (the Ottoman
Empire), the two main representatives of the Orthodox and Muslim
civilizations at the time, and was the continuation of their
long-held mutual genocidal hatred. The war led to the destruction of
both countries, as Russia's Bolshevik Revolution ended six centuries
of Tsarist rule, and the destruction of the Ottoman Empire ended six
centuries of Muslim unity and a caliphate in Istanbul.
Now let's move back to today. The Balkan states have already had
their next crisis war, in the 1990s, about 70 years after the end of
World I. Russia and Turkey have not. They are both deep in a
generational Crisis era. They are both increasingly xenophobic.
Old religious practices are reasserting themselves, as the Kremlin is
getting closer to the Russian Orthodox Church, and Islamists have
replaced secular politicians in the Turkish government.
New violence in the Balkans is bound to fizzle out if it's allowed
to. That's most definitely not the biggest danger now.
The biggest danger now is that Russia (which identifies with Orthodox
Serbia) or Turkey (which identifies with Muslim Kosovo) may decide to
intervene. A confrontation between Russia and Turkey in the
Balkans could quickly spread into a confrontation surrounding the
Black Sea.
The following map highlights the Black Sea region, and the three
traditional battle regions -- the Balkans, the Crimea and the
Caucasus -- where the Orthodox and the Muslims have had their crisis
wars:
<#inc ww2010.pic blacksea.gif center "" "Black Sea region,
highlighting the Balkans, the Crimea and the Caucasus"#>
That's why the most ominous portion of the Serb / Kosovo story is the
following:
"Also Friday, Russia -- which has not recognized
Kosovo's sovereignty -- said it has not ruled out using force to
resolve the dispute over the territory if NATO forces breach the
terms of their U.N. mandate.
"If the EU works out a single position or if NATO steps beyond
its mandate in Kosovo, these organizations will be in conflict
with the U.N., and then I think we will also begin operating under
the assumption that in order to be respected, one needs to use
force," Moscow's ambassador to NATO Dmitry Rogozin said, in
comments carried by Russia's Interfax news agency."
Exactly what kind of force was not specified, but that's the real
danger in what's going on today in Serbia and the newly independent
Kosovo.
=eod
=// &&2 e080223c China walks Olympics / Darfur tightrope after Steven Spielberg resigns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.head
China walks Olympics / Darfur tightrope after Steven Spielberg
resigns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.keys
china, darfur, sudan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.date
23-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.txt1
Steven Spielberg's resignation earlier this week as artistic adviser
to the 2008 Olympics
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223c.txt2
scheduled this summer in Beijing has <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2008-02/22/content_6477656.htm
"clearly shocked Chinese officials."#> Spielberg's reason for
resigning is that China is not doing enough to resolve the genocidal
situation in Darfur. A particular issue is China's sales of weapons
to the Sudan government, considered the aggressor in the war of
genocide.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right darfur 1
I've previously said that the Olympics event has become as important
to Beijing as a sweet 16 coming-out party for a teenage girl, and
everything that happens seems to confirm that view. According to
various news reports in recent months, China has:
China has been virtually mute on threats against Taiwan.
China has experimented with shutting down motor traffic around
Beijing for the entire Olympics period, in order to reduce air
pollution.
China has moved millions of people around Beijing out of their
homes to make way for new construction that will change the city's
appearance.
China has been training pretty young girls on how to be
spectators -- not cheerleaders, but SPECTATORS. These girls will be
placed in the audience, and at appropriate times, they'll jump up,
start screaming excitedly, and wave their arms in the air.
China has been "playing nice" with Japan.
China is avoiding any major public military maneuvers.
China has wooed prominent Westerners, like Oscar-winning film
director Steven Spielberg, to serve as advisers.
There have been numerous international complaints directed at Beijing
over its failure to help with Darfur. I admit to enjoy a fair amount
of Schadenfreude over this, because China has always been a
cheerleader for international protests against America, and now
they're getting a taste of what they put out.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080222.jpg right "" "Liu Guijin, China's special
envoy to Darfur
(Source: BBC)"#>
Spielberg's resignation has been such a shock that they've actually
let Liu Guijin, China's special envoy to Darfur, give <#stdurl
http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2008-02/22/content_6476982.htm "a
press conference in London,"#> explaining how much China has done to
resolve the Darfur issue.
Normally the Chinese don't allow their diplomatic representatives to
speak publicly, for fear that they'll say something "wrong," as in
2006, when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060818 "Sha Zukang, the Chinese
ambassador to the U.N.,"#> started screaming anti-US threats about
Taiwan to a BBC reporter.
So Liu Guijin's press conference, and his subsequent interview with
the BBC is a very big deal. Here's what he said to the BBC (my
transcription):
"We made it clear that we are against the
sanctions or embargoes or pressures on the Darfur issue of Sudan,
because we think that cannot solve the problems. We are rather
advocating softer measures to solve the problem. That is
negotiations and dialogue and positive engagement, and China has
played an active role in trying to bring a fundamental and
long-term solution to the Darfur issue. And China has been active
in trying to bring the different sides together for talk, for
negotiations, among themselves.
We have never threatened the government of Sudan with anything.
We have never imposed anything. We have never forced them to do
anything. We give them advice. We engage them. We try to
persuade them."
This is an amusing illustration of China's diplomatic problems. He
might have said, "We give them advice. We engage them. We try to
persuade them. We supply them with weapons." But he left that last
part out.
In fact the whole concept is hilarious. There are millions of people
fighting each other to the death in Darfur. Is Liu really saying
that sending a few people in for a friendly chat is going to change
anything? As I've said many times, nothing can stop the genocide in
Darfur, until it's run its course.
"We are not going to force anything on them. We
are not going to exert pressures. We are not going to threaten
them with sanctions or embargoes.
Just as equal partners, as friends, we give them advice for the
better, for the good of the sovereign government. ...
The non-interference in the internal affairs of a sovereign
country is the cornerstone abd basis of the Chinese diplomatic
policy.
And the Chinese government's active engagement with regard to the
Darfur issue does not mean that we have changed this policy, or
that we are going to change this policy.
Because China, as a responsible member and one of the five
permanent members of the Security Council, we have been asked, and
we feel, that it is necessary for us to show more responsibility
to play a more active role in finding settlements of international
crises."
China's walking a tightrope here. China knows that if they criticize
human rights in Darfur or anywhere else, then the international
community will point out massive human rights violations in China
(like being thrown in jail for years and tortured for uttering the
words "falun gong").
Something's really building to a crescendo in Beijing. Almost every
resource in China is focused on the summer Olympics. Once the
Olympics games are over, China is going to have a letdown. We'll
have to see how that letdown affects policy.
=eod
=// &&2 e080223b The BBC zings America for not sending troops to Darfur
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.head
The BBC zings America for not sending troops to Darfur
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.keys
darfur, sudan, bbc
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.date
23-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.txt1
Which do they want - intervention or non-intervention?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223b.txt2
In reporting on President Bush's trip to Liberia, the last stop on
his 5-nation tour of Africa, reporter Laura Trevelyan said this:
"For a President whose foreign policy has been
DEFINED by military action in Afghanistan and Iraq, the tight
focus of this trip has been on its humanitarian legacy. combating
aids and malaria.
By going to Rwanda, George Bush was able to underscore what the US
is doing in Darfur, a conflict that HE calls a genocide. America's
been criticized for wringing its hands over the killings in the
west of Sudan, while being unwilling to send in troops."
In these two sentences, one spoken right after the other,
Trevelyan manages to zing the US twice, and in completely
contradictory ways, without feeling any embarrassment about it.
The first sentence provides a negative slant to America's
military intervention in Afghanistan and Iraq.
The second sentences provides a negative slant to America's
non-military intervention in Darfur.
I guess that this is what we have to expect, being Policemen of the
World and all, but it would be nice if the BBC could tone down its
hatred for America, especially its President.
=eod
=// &&2 e080223 Turkey invades PKK Kurd region of northern Iraq
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.head
Turkey invades PKK Kurd region of northern Iraq
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.keys
turkey, iraq, iran, coming of the mahdi, iran, mahmoud ahmadinejad,
generation gap
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.date
23-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.txt1
Iraq is unfazed, and al-Sadr extends his cease-fire for six months.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080223.txt2
Reportedly 10,000 Turkish troops <#stdurl
http://www.dw-world.de/dw/article/0,2144,3143907,00.html
"crossed into Iraq"#> on Thursday to destroy rebel Kurdish (PKK)
bases in the extremely rugged mountainous region of northern Iraq.
The Turks say that it's a "limited operation," and that the troops
will return to Turkey in the "shortest time possible."
According to <#stdurl
http://www.hurriyet.com.tr/english/8288308.asp?gid=74&sz=24625
"security sources in Turkey:"#>
"The ground operation started after Turkish
warplanes and artillery bombed suspected PKK targets on Thursday,
the military said on its Web site. The operation is expected to
last 15 days, CNN Turk reported, citing security sources.
TV channels and news agencies reported 10,000 troops were taking
part in the cross-border offensive and the Turkish troops entered
10 km inside the Iraqi border. But CNN Turk reported 3,000 troops
from special forces take part in the operation, citing security
sources. Reports say the operation focused on the Hakurk region of
northern Iraq.
The operation is expected to last 15 days, CNN Turk reported,
citing security sources. ...
[In related news], Turkish President Abdullah Gul called Iraqi
President Jalal Talabani on the phone on Thursday and informed
him about the cross-border ground operation launched by Turkish
Armed Forces (TSK) against terrorist organization (in the north
of Iraq). Presidency press center stated on Friday that Gul
briefed Talabani about the target of ground operation which TSK
initiated on Thursday."
As usual, when analyzing a situation like this, it's necessary to
sort out the individual generational timelines of each of the
countries involved.
Turkey is well into a generational Crisis era, and so this situation
could be dangerous if Turkey's military involvement spirals out of
control.
However, Iraq is in a generational Awakening era, as
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080217 "we've said a zillion times"#>
on this web site to explain why a civil war in Iraq was and is
impossible. Thus, Iraq is UNLIKELY to mount a military response to
Turkey's invasion, which means that the situation as a whole is
unlikely to spiral out of control.
The most likely outcome from this incursion is that, at some point,
Turkey will complete its operations in the northern Iraq mountains,
and then withdraw, succumbing to mounting international pressure.
This scenario could be thwarted if the effort to clear out the PKK
terrorists ends up in a "Vietnam-like quagmire," but even then a
spiraling war seems unlikely.
As if to emphasize the fact that Iraq is in a generational Awakening
era, the Shi'ite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr has extended his Mahdi
militia's ceasefire for another six months. His previous ceasefire
was set to expire, but in <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/ap/2008/02/22/africa/ME-GEN-Iraq-Sadr-Text.php
"a statement Friday"#> addressed to his own Mahdi army militia
fighters, he says the following:
"I am only ordering the good and eliminating evil.
If you are the same then I am with you and among you ... I
established this army of faith only so that it would be as the
sinless (the Shiite imams) would want. And that is difficult. So
anyone who sees in himself the endurance, the will, the strength,
the ability, the authorization, the activeness ... then let him
ask for what follows, implement it and believe in it.
Whoever applies this is truly in the (Mahdi) Army and is among
those who will bring victory for the Imam (Mahdi) after his
appearance, God willing. So I will give you another opportunity to
gain wholeness, just as I have given it to myself before you. So I
extend the freezing of the Mahdi Army until the 15th of Shaaban
(mid-August.) You have my thanks and appreciation for your
understanding and your patience, as well as your holy struggle and
your continuing to rebel against infidels and your love of faith,
the believers, Islam, Muslims, Iraqis and Iraq.
In conclusion, I say: God ... make the members of the Mahdi Army
the best followers of the prophets ... make them satisfactory to
you ... make them the best of believers."
I discussed the coming of the Mahdi two years ago in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060822 ""Iran and Ahmadinejad are waiting for
the Mahdi,""#> something that's roughly equivalent to waiting
for the second coming of Christ in the Christian religion.
Al-Sadr is thus tying belief in the Mahdi to his statement to his
militia to extend the ceasefire in the war against the infidels (the
Sunnis and the Americans).
This hints at the kind of "generation gap" that he's dealing with:
His young warriors want to fight the infidels, but the warriors'
parents, who survived the bloody and genocidal Iran/Iraq war of the
1980s, don't want any part of a new war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080222b Merrill Lynch: Home prices to fall by 25% through 2009.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.head
Merrill Lynch: Home prices to fall by 25% through 2009.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.keys
finance, housing bubble
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.date
22-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.txt1
According to a statement read on CNBC on Friday morning,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222b.txt2
Merrill Lynch is downgrading mortgage-finance firms Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac, because "The weakening macro trends add legitimacy to
fears that these two companies are going to witness additional
financial stress because they're highly leveraged."
What's interesting about this is that the <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120369439432285915.html "the WSJ
report"#> simply says that Merrill Lynch "is taking a bearish view,"
without mentioning the 25% figure. I guess they didn't want to
frighten people.
So I slogged through the Merrill Lynch <#stdurl ml.com "site"#> to
find the actual report. It compares the current housing downturn to
the 1991 housing downturn. Here's what it says (HPD = housing price
declines, CME = Chicago Mercantile Exchange):
Housing market overhang will fuel added
pressure
"The ML Economics team forecasts that home prices will decline
roughly 25% through 2009 nationally, above the current market
expectations of about 20%. To put this in perspective, the
peak-to-trough HPD in the Case-Shiller Composite Index was -8.3%
in the early 1990’s. A handful of large markets experienced double
digit declines during this period, including Los Angeles (-27%),
San Diego (-17%), Boston (-17%), New York (-15%) and San Francisco
(-12%), which we think could be bested as prices revert to
historical support levels on HH income. Thus, the de-leveraging
process could lead to a more protracted downturn for housing
beyond current expectations.
The housing market remains oversupplied, with 9.6 months supply of
new homes, the highest level since January 1991 and 9.6 months of
existing homes, only slightly below the record high of 10.7 months
established in October 2007. We think the combination of sharp
price declines and a contraction in supply will be necessary to
correct the supply-demand imbalance. CME composite real estate
futures contracts currently reflect assumptions of a
peak-to-trough decline of about 19%, with the trough expected in
late 2008, suggesting significant additional downside from current
expectations.
Accelerating HPD and tighter guidelines will likely intensify the
deterioration in credit trends, with delinquencies and
foreclosures, already at high levels, rising significantly for the
foreseeable future, in our view. Reduced borrower equity from
continued weakness in the housing market and stricter credit
standards will inhibit the ability of marginal borrowers to escape
from their onerous mortgage debt."
This really is devastating news to those who have been praying for a
quick recovery, and it means that the "subprime virus" is going to
continue spreading and affecting everything. It's also totally
consistent with the recent <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080222 "recent
remarks of Meredith Whitney,"#> and with other analysts who have been
predicting a mere 20% housing price decline.
One financial type came onto CNBC a few minutes later, and said,
almost hysterically, "That's not going to happen."
Why? he was asked.
"Because that would mean that the total value of housing in the US
would go from $20 trillion to $15 trillion, and nobody's going to let
that happen." Perhaps he thinks that the Hand of God will reach down
and reflate the bubble.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the housing price
decline should be quite a bit larger than 25%, as we enter a new
1930s style Great Depression.
=eod
=// &&2 e080222 'Subprime virus' spreading rapidly to corporate bonds
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.head
"Subprime virus" spreading rapidly to corporate bonds
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.keys
cdos, meredith whitney, earnings, maria bartiromo
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.date
22-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.txt1
Investors are increasingly aware that they have no idea what's going
to hit them.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080222.txt2
As you may recall, Fitch Ratings is one of the bond rating companies
(along with Standard & Poor's and Moody's Investors Service) that are
being blamed for being at the hard of the current credit crisis,
because they took fat fees from mortgage-backed CDO issuers in return
for giving the CDOs an AAA rating. Now, to save face, they're
re-rating many of these mortgage-backed investments, and the results
are increasingly gloomy.
On Thursday, Fitch released <#stdurl
http://www.fitchratings.com/corporate/events/press_releases_detail.cfm?pr_id=406699
"a statement on life insurance companies."#>
Now, perhaps you hadn't thought of this before, but when you buy life
insurance, you send money each month to the insurance company, and
the insurance company invests that money, so that it can pay out when
you kick the bucket. And, like any other investor, life insurance
companies have been looking for ways to get higher returns for their
investments, and up till the middle of last year, that meant
investing in mortgage-backed CDOs.
Well, now Fitch is taking a look at the investments of life insurance
companies, and they've been found to be "problematic," although Fitch
doesn't want to panic anyone, so they're calling the problems
"manageable."
Here's what the statement says:
"[Fitch] continues to believe that the U.S. life
insurance industry's investment exposure to problematic subprime
and Alt-A residential mortgage collateral is manageable. However,
Fitch notes that there has been significant deterioration in
subprime mortgage performance in the second half of 2007, which
has led to a material decline in market valuations, particularly
in the fourth quarter of 2007, and increased downgrade activity.
...
Fitch estimates unrealized mark-to-market losses on subprime and
Alt-A related investments held by U.S. life insurers to be in the
$7 billion to $8 billion range, which equates to approximately 13%
of exposure and 3% of aggregate industry statutory capital.
Further, Fitch expects the industry to report realized losses of
between $2 billion and $3 billion (GAAP) in the fourth quarter of
2007.
While Fitch expects further deterioration in the performance of
subprime residential mortgages, particularly for 2006 and 2007
vintage years, our analysis suggests that the industry is well
positioned to withstand current market volatility given its focus
on high investment grade securities, relatively stable liability
profile and positive cash flow. Despite the significant
deterioration of subprime mortgage markets and increased credit
risk in other fixed income markets, Fitch views the U.S. life
insurance industry as well capitalized. ...
Several companies are being more closely monitored due to either
significant CDO exposure or more significant investment in
subprime RMBS with 2006 and 2007 vintages or exposures outside
the insurance group."
There are several things to take away from Fitch's statement:
Since Fitch has lied in the past and been overly optimistic
about the future, the "manageable" part may be another lie. The
problem is that these ratings agencies have lied so many times, that
there's no way in hell to tell when they're telling the truth any
more. That means that your life insurance policy may end up not
paying anything out when you die.
At a minimum, the CDO writedowns are going to total $7-8
billion. I keep emphasizing on this web site that the credit bubble
is deflating, and that there's less money in the world every day than
there was the day before. This one situation alone has destroyed at
least $7-8 billion, assuming that Fitch hasn't underestimated the
damage. Furthermore, because of leveraging, that means that $35-40
billion in credit will also be unavailable. So this situation alone
leaves $50 billion less money in the world today than there was
yesterday.
Every time Fitch or anyone else looks at a new industry -- the
life insurance industry in this case -- they discover that
investments in subprime CDOs have been made. Investors from
everywhere poured their money into them until mid-2007, and now
they're turning out to be worthless or near-worthless. So there's a
long way to go to unravel this mess -- I estimate about 10-15 years,
not the 1-2 months that some people are spewing.
In fact, almost no corporation today is above suspicion.
This is the conclusion from <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article_print/SB120363174262884069.html
"a Wall Street Journal article"#> to appear on Friday. It
says that investors are increasingly concerned that many more
corporations are going to default on their bond obligations.
How do we know that? Because the costs of "credit default
swaps" (CDSs), the insurance you buy when you want to be sure that
bond obligations WON'T default, is skyrocketing.
According to the article,
"The global financial squeeze is spreading to
investments linked to the corporate-debt market, slamming the
value of contracts that provide insurance against defaults and
marking one of the first times that the debt of major companies
has been affected by the turmoil.
Bonds issued by major corporations have been a rare bright spot in
the battered credit markets -- few investors believe these
companies will go bust even if there is a serious recession.
In recent days, investors in credit-default swaps, which act as
insurance policies against defaults, have grown increasingly
gloomy because of worries about the global economy and the
possibility of problems in the market.
The losses are tracked by several indexes, which track the cost
of buying insurance on bonds issued by 125 big companies. Two of
the indexes are at records and have doubled since the start of the
year, meaning investors who sold this insurance suffered losses.
The worry is that the indexes' moves could prove to be
self-fulfilling prophecies, causing heavy losses for investors and
making it even harder for people and companies to borrow money.
Adding to the anxiety: Analysts can only guess at the volume of
investments tied to the indexes, who is holding them and what it
would take to trigger a full-scale sell-off.
"You don't know when it is going to happen; you don't know how
much it is going to be," said Michael Hampden-Turner, a credit
strategist at Citigroup Inc. in London. That "makes everybody
really nervous."
The article adds that the cost of insuring $10 million in bonds has
risen to $152,000, up from $80,970 at the beginning of the year.
"Even in the absence of greater defaults, the
moves in the indexes can cause a great deal of havoc, triggering a
downward spiral in which the forced unraveling of complex
investment products drives ever-larger losses for investors and
rises in the cost of insurance, which in turn could ultimately
drive up borrowing costs for companies all over the world.
"It is a kind of vicious circle," said Demetrio Salorio, deputy
head of debt capital markets for Société Générale in
London."
This kind of interlocking collapse is exactly the kind of thing that
I've been talking about. It was the cause of the initial 1929 panic
collapse, and it's expected to happen again.
I've estimated that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080221 "the probability
of a major financial crisis"#> (generational stock market panic and
crash) in any given week from now on is about 3%. The probability of
a crisis some time in the next 52 weeks is 75%, according to this
estimate.
The heart of the ongoing discussion is the fate of the bond insurers
(MBIA, Ambec, FGIC, ACA -- also called "monolines") that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080208 "I've discussed at length."#>
<#inc ww2010.pic g080221a.jpg right "" "Beauty and brains -- Meredith
Whitney, director of equity research at Oppenheimer
(Source: Telegraph)"#>
Meredith Whitney, an analyst at Oppenheimer, occupies a very special
place in investors' hearts these days. She <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/01/30/bcnmere130.xml
"published a research note in October"#> predicting that Citibank
(actually, Citigroup) would not be able to pay a dividend to
investors.
Now, you'll recall that the stock markets peaked on October 9, 2007,
and have been generally falling ever since. Well, Whitney's being
blamed for that, for costing the world $369 billion in lost stock
market values. I can just imagine, based on my own experiences, how
much abuse and anger have been directed at her.
Well, she appears to be like me in the sense that she keeps on making
predictions that are certain to come true, but upset people. It's an
obsession with me - maybe it is with her too.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080221b.jpg left "" "Meredith Whitney
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Anyway, she's now predicting that Citibank, along with Merrill Lynch
and UBS, <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/01/30/bcnmere130.xml
"will be among the hardest hit banks"#> in the world when the bond
insurers lose their AAA ratings.
In an interview on Thursday afternoon on CNBC, she detailed the
reasons as follows (my transcription):
"Believe it or not it's Citi [that will be the
worst hit], because Citi has earnings problems. They've got
balance sheet constraints, they have further CDO writedowns,
they've got exposure to the monolines [bond insurers], and they
have the single largest concentration of exposure to high LTV
(loan to value) mortgages which -- now that house prices have
declined --- over $50 billion exposure to 90+% LTV mortgages are
likely under water. So they'll have the highest severity of losses
with respect to those mortgages, and I estimate that Citi's
anywhere between $6-12 billion under-reserved because of those
exposures. There's no place to hide for Citi."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080221c.jpg right "" "Bob Diamond, Barclays
President
(Source: CNBC)"#>
There was an interesting exchange during this interview, in which
Whitney essentially ridiculed a bank president who was saying that
the worst might soon be over.
The interviewer, Maria Bartiromo, replayed a byte from an interview
a couple of days earlier, who commented on whether the stock market
might start going up again:
"If in the next couple of weeks we can get real
clarity around whether the situation around monolines [bond
insurers] is serious or not serious, or just some clarity around
what will the financial impact be, and I think a little bit more
clarity in terms of, has the Fed's bold and early action been
enough to make us think about the economy in mid-year as we see
growth back in the economy or recession. I think if those three
things come online over the next couple of months, we could be
looking more optimistically toward the second half of this
year."
Whitney's response was to make the point that, essentially, nobody
knows what's going on, and nobody knows how long the housing collapse
will last -- something that many people (including me) believe will
take years. And if nobody knows then, in particular, the ratings
agencies don't know how much the bond insurers (monolines) will have
to write down their own CDO assets. If they write down their own
assets, then they won't have money to pay off insurance policies
(just like the life insurance policies we discussed earlier):
"And for any of the rating agencies to understand
how much capital the monolines actually need would be like the
rating agencies understanding what the end of this housing market
decline is actually going to look like. So anyone at the rating
agency who can do that should be paid like John Paulson [hedge
fund manager] last year, right?
There's no way they could do it, and for Bob Diamond to have such
confidence, you know that's terrific for him, but he's a very
small minority who speak with such confidence, because even when
the most seasoned veteran lenders, guys like Jamie Dimon [James
"Jamie" L. Dimon - CEO of JPMorgan Chase & Co.], guys like Al
Kelly at American Express, guys like Ken Lewis [Kenneth D. Lewis
, CEO and President of Bank of America], have been so shocked and
so uprooted by the sudden and dramatic rise in loss rates -- even
from the 3rd quarter to December -- even from November to
December -- that their guidance is basically thrown out the
window. And this is a micromanager like Jamie Dimon - so if he
doesn't have control over things, it's amazing that anyone would.
So hat's off to [Bob] Diamond -- I'm impressed that he has such
boldness, because the people that I've talked to have never seen
it this bad."
Note that these other financiers "have been so shocked and so uprooted
by the sudden and dramatic rise in loss rates ... even from November
to December -- that their guidance is basically thrown out the
window."
This is a really critical point. People who have been listening to
the various bank CEOs and Presidents who have been predicting that
things would soon be all right are now, according to Whitney, in a
state of shock.
Recall the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings estimates
that people have been making, starting from the beginning of the
fourth quarter:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
Feb 1: -20.7%
Feb 8: -20.2%
Feb 15: -21.1%
This is an incredible table, because it indicates that these banks
were expecting earnings to GROW by 11.5% at the beginning of the
quarter, and yet they ended up FALLING by 21.1%. Whitney's point is
that all previous guidance estimates have been thrown out the window,
and that Bob Diamond it talking complete nonsense, something that
should be no surprise at all to regular readers of this web site.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080221d.jpg right "" "Shell-shocked Maria Bartiromo
interviews Meredith Whitney
(Source: CNBC)"#>
As a side point to this interview, it's worth noting that Maria
Bartiromo herself seemed to be somewhat shell-shocked. As I've
pointed out several times, Bartiromo likes to be happy and perky and
jolly and Pollyannaish, and doesn't like people who break her mood.
But she seemed really disturbed by this interview, and asked Whitney
whether the market would sell off further. Whitney's response:
"I think that the best case scenario is 15%
downside in the financials; the worst case scenario is 50%
downside in the financials."
So Whitney is not pulling any punches, and I'll bet that a lot of
people are really pissed off at her (again) today.
But it's not Whitney's fault that the "subprime virus" is quickly
spreading into everything. As they like to say in those 1950s horror
movies, "Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeek!! No one is safe!!!" And, indeed, no one
is. The subprime flu is going to get you unless you protect yourself
as quickly as possible.
=eod
=// &&2 e080221 Wealthy investors in auction rate securities can't get their money out
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.head
Wealthy investors in auction rate securities can't get their money
out
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.keys
finance, advice, auction rate securities, monolines, earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.date
21-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.txt1
Closed end funds seem to be like a roach motel: You can check in,
but you can't check out
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080221.txt2
I've been mentioning these arcane, obscure "auction rate securities"
for a few days now -- in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080218
""Pundits are now referring to a spreading 'subprime
virus'""#> and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080214 ""'Credit
crunch' domino effect is now affecting student loans.""#>
The situation appears to be worsening significantly, according to a
report by Steve Lieseman on CNBC on Wednesday morning.
As you read this, just get a sense of it, and don't worry about the
technical details of what the different kinds of funds and securities
are. Just remember that we're talking about the "safest" AAA rated
securities -- supposedly as safe as cash -- securities that your
pension fund, your college's endowment, your mom's money market fund
or your employer might have invested in, because they're so "safe."
Here's my transcription of the report:
"CNBC has learned that investors with some $60
billion dollars worth of short-term cash-equivalent securities --
they're being told by Wall Street: "Take a hike"
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g080220a.jpg right "" "Auction rate preferred
securities
(Source: CNBC)"#>
=// Slide: Auction rate preferred. (*) Loans to closed-end funds. (*)
=// Interest rates reset every 7-28 days. (*) Marketed as "cash
=// equivalents"; (*) Investors told they can't have their money.
Major investment banks telling some of their richest investors
that so-called "auction-rate preferred securities" -- they can't
have their money back, and that the investors can't even sell the
securities at a loss because there's no secondary market.
They're in the financial equivalent of limbo here.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic g080220b.jpg right "" "One Investor's Plight
(Source: CNBC)"#>
=// Slide: One Investor's Plight: (*) Owns $2 million of Auction Rate
=// Preferred; (*) Issued by Blackrock, Gabelli, Calamos, Pimco; (*)
=// Sold by advisor at Oppenheimer; (*) "I'm being told basically that
=// I can't have my money."
CNBC spoke with one investor in Miami Beach who has $2 million of
these securities with closed end funds run by Blackrock, Gabelli,
Calamos and Pimco. She says she can't withdraw her money to
purchase a house she's contracted to buy, and she risks losing her
$190,000 deposit if she walks away. She's told she can't have her
money back.
Other investors can't withdraw to make hefty tax payments that
are coming due.
These securities are sold at auctions in $25,000 units to wealthy
investors and institutions. They expire every 7 to 28 days, at
which point a new auction is held, but lately, the auctions are
failing as part of the broader credit crunch. Not enough buyers
are showing up, but more importantly, because the big investment
banks -- they act as lead managers on these deals -- they're
refusing to perform the role they've played for 25 years, and
provide liquidity to the markets when they're out of balance.
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
<#inc ww2010.pic g080220c.jpg right "" "How Preferreds Work
(Source: CNBC)"#>
=// Slide: How Preferreds Work. (*) Used by closed-end funds to buy
=// muni bonds; (*) Usually Triple A rated; (*) Tax-free interest of 3
=// to 4%; (*) When auction fails, rate resets 50 bp high.
The funds from these auctions are used by closed-end funds. They
lever up and they buy muni bonds. The auction rate preferreds
are usually triple A rated -- a lot of good that's doing people
now. They pay a tax-free interest rate of 3 and 4%. When the
auction fails, they only reset a little bit higher.
I talked to Mario Gabelli [chairman of Gabelli Funds] by phone.
He would not comment on the record but he asked me to give the
broker of the investor we talked to his number. He called the
broker, hoping that something could be worked out, without
offering anything specific.
A Blackrock executive says, "These are unprecedented times in the
industry." He held out little hope for investors.
The closed end funds are in a bind. Wall Street is getting a
black eye from some of its best customers. But if they pay off
the preferred holders, they risk hurting the holders of the
common shares in the closed funds.
Here is a note: These are not regulated money market funds. They
[who?] cannot buy these securities. ...
Before I came on air, about 15 minutes ago, Mario Gabelli calls
me back again from the gym. He says that on our behest Gabelli
has issued a statement. And the statement says that "the board
of directors on this Gabelli equity trust has authorized the fund
and advisors to explore alternatives, including the repurchase of
these preferred in a secondary market. But since there are so
many legal loopholes to navigate, it's going to take time."
Becky: The people in these funds are people who tend to be very
conservative investors. These are people who are not looking for
anything but to be in the safest securities, and the question is,
were they marketed to these people as that.
Lieseman: I've spent 2½ days trying to understand these
securities. They are the most messed up securities. There is no
contingency plan for the failure of the auction. If the auction
fails they simply hold your money, try to redo the auction
again."
Here's part of the text of Gabelli's statement <#stdurl
http://www.gabelli.com/Gab_pdf/PRs/GAB_021908arp.pdf "(PDF)"#>, as it
currently appears on <#stdurl http://www.gabelli.com/closed.html
"their web site:"#>
"The holders of the ARPs [Adjustable Rate
Preferreds] are not necessarily common shareholders of the Equity
Trust, but they are utilizing these preferreds to accommodate
their own financial needs and may be experiencing unexpected
illiquidity.
The Board of Directors of the Equity Trust has authorized the Fund
and its Adviser to examine and explore all alternatives including
the possibility of repurchasing a portion of these preferreds if
a secondary market develops.
Since there are many legal hoops and regulatory hurdles to
navigate in order to provide liquidity, and since a secondary
market for ARPs may be in the process of being developed, we are
only able to move as quickly as legal counsel provides the
necessary guideposts, the Board approves the appropriate measures,
and the market opportunities develop."
Those who would like to understand more of the nitty-gritty details
can find more information at these locations:
<#stdurl http://www.sec.gov/answers/mfclose.htm "Closed
end funds"#>
<#stdurl
http://www.allbusiness.com/business-planning/business-structures-corporations-stock/3779142-1.html
"Common versus preferred shares"#>
The point is that these were AAA rated securities, meaning that any
investor or corporation or investment fund could feel completely safe
in purchasing them. They were as good as cash. Of course US
Treasuries are the safest of all, but the AAA rated securities are
also as safe -- because they're AAA rated, right? -- and often pay a
good, solid ½-1% more interest than Treasuries. That makes them
worthwhile, doesn't it?
As usual, pundits and analysts, who believe that "history always
begins this morning," have no idea what's going on. "What's wrong
with these investors," they seem to be saying. "Why won't they
attend these auctions and bid on the auction-rate securities? Why
don't they know that they're still safe?"
A big part of the reason, as I've previously said, is that investors
don't believe these pundits and analysts any more, because the
pundits have always said that it was safe to ignore any bad news that
comes along. As I wrote recently, the moral to the Aesop's Fable "The
boy who cried wolf" is that "Nobody believes a liar, even when he's
telling the truth."
However, there is a big picture here, as I've been saying for several
years: There's been a mammoth worldwide liquidity and credit bubble,
and now it's deflating, leaving less money in the world each day, as
we head for a new 1930s style Great Depression. I didn't know
several years ago that one part of the scenario would be that "auction
rate securities" would be frozen -- hell, I never even heard of them
until a couple of weeks ago. But I knew that the bubble would
deflate, and that little chunks of the world economy would collapse,
one after the other, until the whole thing collapses in a generational
panic and stock market crash, the first since 1929.
When I first pointed this out to people in 2002, I was treated like
an idiot, even though it's easy to prove, then and now, that the
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 "stock market is way overpriced."#>
But nobody's calling me that now. Everything that I predicted is
coming true, for the reasons that I predicted.
Another thing going on is the soap-opera drama of the "bailout" of the
bond insurers (MBIA, Ambac, FGIC, ACA) that I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080208 "recently discussed at length."#> It has been the Sisyphean
task of New York Insurance Superintendent Eric Dinallo to arrange
this bailout, but every time he proposes something new, it collapses
and he has to start over again. (King Sisyphus of Greek mythology was
sent to Hades and condemned forever to roll a huge boulder up a hill,
only to have it roll down again on nearing the top.)
However, calling it a Sisyphean task may be giving Dinallo way too
much credit. As far as I can tell, Dinallo is simply sitting at the
bottom of the hill, not moving the boulder up the hill at all, but
always telling everyone that it's near the top and will reach the top
within a day or two. In other words, he's just stalling, holding off
the inevitable failure of the bailout. It's easy to understand why
he would stall -- an announcement that the bailout has failed
inevitably means hundreds of billions of dollars in more writedowns
by banks of near-worthless CDOs, and the stock market will fall still
further, and guess who'll be blamed? Dinallo.
Speaking of the stock market, I used to talk about the euphoric mood
of the investors, describing it as "Good news is good news because
it's good news; and bad news is good news because it means that the
Fed will lower interest rates, so it's still good news."
Then I described periods where investors adopted an anxious, panicky
mood, where "even good news is bad news," because good news can't be
trusted. This has generally been the mood since December, as the
market fell almost continuously, reaching a recent bottom on January
22, as you can tell from my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones
historical page."#>
Since then, the Dow Industrials index has remained in the low to
middle 12000s, as if investors are shell-shocked and are just waiting
for something to happen. And they are. The optimists are waiting for
someone that they trust (i.e., not a proven liar) to say the "credit
crunch" problems have been solved. The pessimists (like me and anyone
else who knows what's going on) are waiting for the bond insurer
bailout to fail.
If the optimists are right, then the Dow will jump up past 13,000,
and the bubble will start growing again.
If the pessimists are right then, according to various pundits, the
market will crash through the January 22 low (Dow 11971.19) and fall
a lot lower.
There is one very big, very specific change that I've noticed in the
opinions of pundits and analysts lately: Finally, almost everyone
seems to realize that lower Fed interest rates are not going to solve
the credit crisis, or keep the "subprime virus" from spreading.
That's not to say that they expect the Fed to stop lowering -- some
pundits (I believe Lieseman is one) say that the Fed will continue
lowering the Fed Funds Rate until it reaches 0%.
This may seem shocking, but it's what the Bank of Japan did for their
funds rate in the 1990s. Even today, the BOJ funds rate is only ½%!
So I agree that the Fed Funds rate will go a lot lower.
But it won't do any good, because the amount of liquidity that the
Fed can inject into the financial system is tiny compared to the
amount of liquidity being lost every day as the credit bubble
deflates. So the sharp fall in the Fed Funds Rate will do no good
whatsoever to stop the ravaging deflation (and certainly will not
cause "hyperinflation," a nonsense concept that web site readers keep
writing to me about to explain their purchases of gold at
astronomically high bubble prices of nearly $1000/oz, plus
commissions.)
But the point is that investors finally seem to realize this, where
they didn't several months or even several weeks ago. They
understand that oil prices at $100/barrel don't seem to push the
markets down much, and 1-2% Fed Funds Rate decreases don't seem to
push the markets up much.
Estimates of fourth quarter earnings have finally stabilized (after
falling a little lower again). Here's the summary from Friday from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, February 15th:
414 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4,
62.08% have beaten estimates, 11.84% were in-line, and 26.09% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in
fourth-quarter 2007, combining actual numbers for companies that
have reported, and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to
-21.1%.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
At this point, 414 companies out of 500 have reported actual
earnings, so we don't expect much change any more in the 4Q earnings
estimates. Soon we'll be seeing estimates for 1Q earnings, and the
fun can start again.
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
Feb 1: -20.7%
Feb 8: -20.2%
Feb 15: -21.1%
Despite falling a little farther, the earnings estimates are finally
relatively flat, and not likely to cause further concern.
Right now, the only thing that matters (apparently) to investors is
the bond insurer bailout. There's a huge amount of tension over this
issue and, barring a surprise, things will be on hold until that
issue is settled -- or until investors conclude that Dinallo has no
real plan and is just stalling.
People are always asking me to name a specific date when a financial
crisis might occur. The market is overdue for a generational panic
and crash, but I usually avoid the specific date by saying something
like, "It might happen next week, next month or next year, but it's
happening with absolute certainty, and probably sooner than later."
That wording conveys a sense of urgency without specifying an exact
date.
A web site reader recently asked me about a prediction being made on
another web site that a major financial crisis will occur in October
of this year.
Unfortunately, it's not possible to predict a financial crisis eight
months in advance. This is provable from Chaos Theory. If the
October prediction turns out to be right, it will be by pure luck.
There's no methodological way to reliably arrive at such a prediction
and, as I said, this is provable from Chaos Theory.
What I've tried to do in the Generational Dynamics forecasting
methodology is to match historical patterns to present day situations,
knowing that the long-term trend (a generational stock market panic
and crash, and a 1930s style Great Depression) are 100% certain.
But it's like a weather forecaster predicting the date of the next
hurricane. He knows that a hurricane is coming some day, but he
doesn't know when. In fact, Chaos Theory was originally invented in
the 1960s to provide a mathematical framework around the discovery
that it's impossible to predict the weather more than a few days in
advance. The same theory applies to a wide variety of other
situations as well, including this one.
The only thing that weather forecasters can do is prepare models
that identify certain patterns that, in the past, have preceded
hurricanes. As soon as one of these patterns appears, then they
can say that "the probability of a hurricane next week is around
50%." As the patterns get more and more definite, it's possible
to adjust that percentage. Once the hurricane is bearing down on
the Florida keys, you can be pretty accurate, but even then,
there's a question of where the hurricane will make landfall.
And so, we have all this turmoil going on in the financial markets.
What's the probability of a financial crisis next week? I consider
it to be pretty high -- perhaps as high as 3%. That may not seem
high, but in "normal" times it would be more like 0.0000001%.
Furthermore, as various indicators (wheat prices, trade deficit,
corporate earnings, home sales, etc.) continue to deteriorate, that
3% will remain steady or grow higher.
So what does that mean in practical terms?
Here's how you can get a feel for it. Get a pair of dice, and roll
them. The probability of getting snake eyes (1+1) is just under 3%.
So roll your dice over and over. Each roll corresponds to one week of
waiting. See how many rolls it takes to get snake eyes. If you get
snake eyes on the first roll, then your model predicts a financial
crisis in one week. If you get snake eyes on the 50th roll, then your
model predicts a financial crisis in 50 weeks, or almost a full year.
(If you don't have any dice around, then just use 5 ordinary coins.
Toss all five in the air, and see if they come up all heads. Count
how many times you have to toss the 5 coins before they come up all
heads, and that's the number of weeks that your model predicts when a
financial crisis will occur.)
Perhaps that will give you a better feeling for how this works.
While you're waiting, take a moment and shed a tear for those
multi-million dollar investors who can't get their money out of
closed-end funds using auction-rate securities. They thought that
those investments were as safe as cash, but they didn't want to
invest in US Treasuries because the funds paid ½% higher interest
rates. Now they've gotten infected with the bird flu ... errr ... I
mean the subprime virus, and they can no longer get their money out.
Weep for their misfortune.
=eod
=// &&2 e080220 Review of recent international stories - Pakistan / Kosovo / Cuba
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.head
Review of recent international stories
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.keys
pakistan, kosovo, cuba, india, orthodox christianity, china,
georgia, tibet, xinjiang, yugoslavia, cuba, iran, cuba strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.date
20-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.txt1
Pakistan, Kosovo and Cuba in the news
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080220.txt2
It's time again for a summary of all the important international
stories that I've been neglecting while I've been focusing on the
deteriorating financial situation.
=inc ww2010.h2 pak "Musharraf's party defeated in Pakistan elections"
<#inc ww2010.pic g080219.jpg right "" "Pakistan election - provisional
results
(Source: BBC)"#>
Musharraf's party appears to have been routed in a low-turnout
election on Monday.
Widely reported fears about election rigging and election day
violence appear to be unfounded.
Provisional election results:
Pakistan People's Party (PPP): 85. This is the party of the
assassinated former leader, Benazir Bhutto. The PPP's main support
is in Sindh province, among the Shia Muslim Sindhi ethnic group.
The Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML or PML-N): 64. This is the
party of another opposition leader, former President Nawaz Sharif,
whom Musharraf overthrew in 1999. Sharif is a conservative Sunni
Muslim and is ethnically Punjabi, the most powerful ethnic group in
Pakistan.
The Pakistan Muslim League-Quaid (PML-Q): 37. This is President
Pervez Musharraf's party, which suffered a major defeat in this
election.
<#inc ww2010.pic pakfata2.gif left "" "Official map of Pakistan, with
the addition of the FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas),
highlighting Swat Valley
(Source: pakistan.gov.pk)"#>
The radical Islamist parties did very poorly.
Since no party has a parliamentary majority, the choice of Prime
Minister will depend on formation of coalitions. Ethnically, the two
opposition parties, PML and PPP, are very far apart, and it's unclear
whether they can be completed united by their common hatred of
Musharraf.
It's possible that the PML will form a government with Musharraf's
PML-Q party. These developments have yet to unfold.
Musharraf claims that he won't step down as President, but if the
opposition parties unite against him, he may be forced to.
=inc ww2010.cf.cf071106 p right
Six weeks ago, I raised the "conflict risk level" for Kashmir from 2
(medium risk of war within 6 months) to 3 (high risk of war within six
months), to reflect the increasing chances of war between Pakistan and
India. The period of greatest danger is approaching now. A change in
government could derail the détente reached between Musharraf and
India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, destabilizing the region.
=inc ww2010.h2 kosovo "Kosovo declares independence and roils international politics"
Historically, there is no greater hatred between two civilizations
than between Islam and Orthodox (Eastern) Christianity. There have
been major wars between Western Christianity and Orthodox
Christianity, but not as deeply penetrating as the wars between
Orthodox Christianity and Islam. The three most common geographical
regions for these wars have been the Caucusus, the Crimea, and the
Balkans.
Yugoslavia was formed out of the Balkans after WW I, and it was
controlled after WW II by bloody Communist dictator Marshall Josip
Tito. Yugoslavia collapsed in 1990 with the collapse of the Soviet
Union, and split up into individual states along ethnic lines --
largely Catholic Croatia, largely Orthodox Christian Serbia, and
largely Muslim Bosnia and Albania. A bloody war broke up, leading
to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050712 "the 1995 Srebrenica massacre."#>
History has identified the Serbs as the group guilty of genocide in
the Balkan wars of the 1990s. Because of that view, it has been felt
by many that the Serbian province of Kosovo should be permitted to
secede and become a separate country.
The Serbs are mostly Orthodox Christian, and the people of Kosovo are
mostly Muslim Albanians, so this secession is politically correct.
Not everyone is happy about this, however.
China has several provinces -- Taiwan, and its western provinces of
(Buddhist) Tibet and (Muslim) Xinjiang -- that <#hreftext
ww2010.i.china050116 "would like to secede from China."#> China says
that it's a mistake to let Kosovo secede from Serbia.
Georgia has two provinces -- Abkhazia and South Ossetia -- that would
like to secede from Georgia and become part of Russia again. So
Georgia is opposed to the secession of Kosovo.
You'd think that Russia would favor the secession, but quite the
opposite. Like Serbia, Russia is an Orthodox country, and is closely
aligned with Serbia. The Russians are saying that <#stdurl
http://www.thetimes.co.za/News/Article.aspx?id=709359 "the Balkans
will become unstable again"#> if Kosovo secedes. I don't doubt that
they're right -- they had to work with Tito all those decades, and
they know how unstable Yugoslavia can be unless controlled by a
murderous dictator.
Four major European Union nations -- Britain, France, Italy and
Germany -- have endorsed the secession.
However, Spain, which has militant Basque separates, opposes the
move. So do Romania, which has a significant Hungarian minority, and
Cyprus, which is divided between Greek and Turkish populations.
This is really bizarre when you think about it. It's as if Kansas
supported the secession, but California opposed it because it has a
large Latino population. But the United States does speak with one
voice when it comes to foreign policy.
But not so the European "Union," which has a different foreign policy
for each nation.
Incidentally, President Bush has supported the independence of Kosovo
from the beginning, because: "History will prove this to be a correct
move, to bring peace to the Balkans. This strategy has been a long
time coming ... The US supports this move because we believe it will
bring peace. And now it is up to all of us to help the Kosovars to
realise their peace."
And so, President Bush, does that now mean that we should have let
the South secede after all?
That's a fantasy, of course. There'll never be peace in the Balkans,
with or without Kosovo independence, because it's on the
Orthdox-Muslim fault line.
=inc ww2010.h2 fidel "Fidel Castro steps down as Cuba's President"
Cuba's last crisis war was the Cuban Revolution, 1956-59, that
brought Fidel Castro's Communish to power. The BBC, New York Times,
and other élite mainstream media have always treated Castro as
something of a hero, even though he's a butcher and anyone who opposes
him is imprisoned. They treat life in Cuba as a Socialist Paradise,
even though thousands of Cubans each year risk their lives to reach
asylum in the United States.
In my opinion, the most interesting thing going on right now in Cuba
is the sudden appearance of public student protests. We know this
because some videos of student confrontations have been smuggled out
of Cuba. Here's part of <#stdurl
http://www.cnn.com/2008/WORLD/americas/02/07/cuba.videos/ "the CNN
report on the confrontations:"#>
"During a meeting between Ricardo Alarcon -- the
president of the National Assembly -- and students at the
University of Computer Science, the young people voiced some of
the concerns many Cubans share in private, but don't often air
publicly.
"It seems to us a revolution cannot advance without a plan,"
Eliecer Avila said, standing at a microphone. "I'm sure it exists,
we just want to know what it is."
He asked about restrictions to Internet access and why workers
are paid in Cuban pesos but have to buy many basic goods in
another currency that is 25 times as expensive -- the "convertible
peso" that foreign tourists are required to use.
"That means a worker has to work two or three days to buy a
toothbrush," he said. ...
When asked why there are restrictions on Cubans traveling abroad,
Alarcon said: "I wish all the Cubans could go out and get to know
the world outside."
"I think it would be the end of the ideological battle in this
country. When the people see how things really are, what's real,
how other people live," he said.
Asked why Cubans aren't allowed to enter the island's tourist
hotels freely, Alarcon told students about his times in New York,
as Cuba's ambassador to the United Nations.
"How many times did they kick us out of a store?" he asked.
"Because by the Latino accent and the color of our hair they
realized we weren't Anglo-Saxons and shouldn't be in the store?"
Another video obtained by CNN shows a recent meeting held to
explain a new tax on Cubans working for foreign companies.
The unpopular proposal drew open jeers and mocking laughter,
something officials here aren't used to. While the questions and
complaints on the video are nothing new, it is unusual to hear
them voiced so openly."
With Cuba's crisis war ending in 1959, the Awakening era would have
begun around 1975-1980. Normally such periods are characterized by a
"generation gap," leading to strident student demonstrations
objecting to austere rules laid down by the old heroes of the crisis
war.
It would be an interesting social and historical student to determine
exactly what form those protests took under Fidel's oppressive
regime.
We know what's happened in Iran: Student leaders and a student
newspaper editor who criticized Ahmadinejad's policies were jailed,
even though Ahmadinejad has previously praised such students as
symbols of Iran's freedom. These include students who <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070317 "led anti-Ahmadinejad demonstrations at
Amir-Kabir University"#> on December 7, 2006, where Ahmadinejad was
speaking.
Comparatively speaking, Iran has more freedom than Cuba, and Iran has
managed to suppress almost all dissent. Butcher Fidel has
undoubtedly been even more effective.
Once the charismatic Fidel is off the stage, my expectation is that
the protests will begin to grow, and Cuba will enter a politically
chaotic period. We may see that soon.
=eod
=// &&2 e080218b Riots sweep across Denmark as Mohammed cartoon controversy is revived
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.head
Arson, vandalism and riots sweep across Denmark as Mohammed
cartoon controversy is revived
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.keys
denmark, mohammed cartoons, iran, denmark strategy, germany, sweden
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.date
18-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.txt1
Muslim governments around the world are condemning Danish officials,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218b.txt2
demanding that Mohammed be respected and that Muslims in Denmark be
treated with respect as well. Iran's government has said that it
<#stdurl
http://www2.irna.ir/en/news/view/menu-236/0802175763171723.htm "may
sever ties with Denmark."#>
Either by coincidence, or purposely, perhaps desiring to be ironic,
the producers of the CBS news magazine 60 Minutes ran <#stdurl
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2008/02/14/60minutes/main3833797.shtml
"a segment on Sunday evening"#> addressing the question of why the
Danes are, according to <#stdurl
http://www.bmj.com/cgi/reprint/333/7582/1289 "a recent study,"#> the
happiest people in Europe:
"60 Minutes asked Danish newspaper columnist
Sebastian Dorset what he thought about Denmark's number one
status.
"If you didn't tell me about the survey I wouldn't believe that
Denmark was the happiest place. Because everybody complains all
the time," Dorset says.
"But I find it fascinating that you say people complain. But there
is a real sense of contentment here," [Morley] Safer remarks.
"Yeah," Dorset agrees.
Dorset says that contentment may stem from the fact that Denmark
is almost totally homogenous, has no large disparities of wealth,
and has had very little national turmoil for more than a half
century. "We have very little violence. We have very little
murders. So people are, feel very safe," he says.
He says people feel secure. "[A] knife stabbing makes the front
page every time. Yeah, I don't think that happens in America very
often," Dorset says."
Even more enjoyable than the above broadcast is <#stdurl
http://youtube.com/watch?v=eEwdroXuL8A
"this video"#> of the song "Wonderful wonderful Copenhagen" from
Danny Kaye's 1953 movie, "Hans Christian Andersen":
The 50-year record of "little national turmoil" has been broken this
week, as Denmark has seven nights of rioting and vandalism in
Copenhagen and other Danish cities, with bands of youths setting fire
to cars, buses and schools.
Putting together several newspaper accounts, here's what appears to
have happened:
Last week, three men were arrested in Copenhagen for
allegedly planning to <#stdurl
http://story.malaysiasun.com/index.php/ct/9/cid/b8de8e630faf3631/id/328268/cs/1/
"murder cartoonist Kurt Westergaard."#>
Westergaard was the cartoonist who drew the cartoons, featuring
Mohammed, that touched off <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060131b
"worldwide Muslim demonstrations"#> and boycotts of Danish goods two
years ago. The cartoons, which had appeared in September 2005, were
considered blasphemous and offensive by Muslims around the world. In
one of the cartoons, Mohammed is wearing a turban shaped like a bomb
with its fuse lit. In another, Mohammed is telling suicide bombers to
slow down, saying, "Stop, stop, we're running out of virgins."
On Wednesday, the day after the three men were arrested, <#stdurl
http://story.malaysiasun.com/index.php/ct/9/cid/b8de8e630faf3631/id/328268/cs/1/
"as a gesture of solidarity with the cartoonist,"#> 11 Danish papers
reprinted his now famous drawing depicting Mohammed with a bomb in
his turban.
The riots <#stdurl
http://www.dw-world.de/dw/article/0,2144,3130954,00.html "had already
broken out"#> before the new publication of the cartoons.
The riots are thought to be connected to new regulations allowing
police to conduct random searches for weapons in parts of Copenhagen
without probable cause. According to one peaceful demonstrator,
"When police choose to stop everyone with Arab features or the wrong
skin color while they let other people pass by, it's not about a
specific effort anymore. It's about racism."
The combination of all of these events occurring almost
simultaneously last weekend provided the fuel for the unrest.
<#stdurl
http://in.reuters.com/article/worldNews/idINIndia-31995320080217
"Dozens of fires were set,"#> and hundreds of cars and schools were
vandalized.
=inc ww2010.mappic denmark.gif right "" Denmark
It's interesting that Denmark has had little social strife since
World War II.
Denmark's role in World War II is still considered controversial.
Nazi Germany conquered Denmark in 1940, but allowed Denmark to remain
neutral in exchange for returning German Jews to Germany. Danish
manufacturers profited from trade with Germany, and some Jews were
sent to Germany, but a robust underground movement saved many other
Jews, helping them to flee to Sweden.
Still, the ambivalence felt by Danes must have weighed heavily on
many hearts in the decades after WW II, and undoubtedly contributed
to the tolerance and integration of the small (2%) Muslim population
within the mostly Christian population.
So it's not surprising that xenophobia is only increasing now, in a
generational Crisis era, 63 years after the end of WW II. At this
time, there are few people left who remember the horrors of the
German occupation, and with population growth, there must be a
competition for jobs and other resources.
The revival of the Mohammed cartoons is quite remarkable. The
publication of these cartoons caused an extreme worldwide Muslim
backlash two years ago. The boycotts of Danish goods did a great
deal of harm to Danish businesses. You would think that newspaper
editors would have the sense not to provoke such a backlash again.
But you know how it is with those arrogant, narcissistic Boomers.
They want to prove a point of principle, and so the Mohammed cartoons
just have to be printed again, no matter what the consequences.
It will be interesting to see whether the anti-Danish Muslim
demonstrations will be as potent this time as they were last time, or
whether they'll fizzle.
But the problems within Denmark itself go well beyond the cartoon
controversy. The 60 Minutes broadcast gave as one reason for
Danish happiness the fact that the Danish population is "almost
totally homogeneous."
Well that's true. Its population is 95% Evangelical Lutheran, 3%
other Christian (includes Protestant and Roman Catholic), and 2%
Muslim, according to <#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/da.html
"The CIA World Factbook."#>
Being 98% Christian does make Denmark "almost totally homogeneous,"
but the other 2% can't be ignored, and they are the ones demanding to
be heard right now.
=eod
=// &&2 e080218 Pundits are now referring to a spreading 'subprime virus'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.head
Pundits are now referring to a spreading "subprime
virus"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.keys
finance, auction rate securities, municipal bonds, india
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.date
18-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.txt1
Each week, the virus spreads to more banks and investors around the
world.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080218.txt2
I used an analogy several times last year. Here's how I <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071117 "described it in November:"#>
"Think of the world economy as a huge, enormous
bloated mansion made of wood, with all kinds of additions tacked
on all over the place. Think of the CDOs as millions of termites
that are eating away at the insides, so that another piece of the
mansion falls off into the ravine almost every day.
The Fed and other central banks have been running around the
mansion with hammers and glue and nails, patching things up as
fast as they can, trying to keep ahead of termites. They've been
pretty successful with their hammers and glue and nails in
postponing the inevitable, even bloating the mansion up a little
more, but they can't keep up with the termites.
[What's happening] is that the hammers and glue and nails aren't
working, and it won't be long now before the entire mansion
collapses into the ravine."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080217a.jpg right "" "Cartoon depiction of the
"subprime virus" destroying a bank by removing its
supporting pillars.
(Source: livemint.com)"#>
The mainstream media, along with various analysts and financiers, are
now using a similar kind of analogy: They're comparing the subprime
crisis to a bird flu pandemic that's spreading around the world.
The comparisons can be quite imaginative. A recent <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120164502595426485.html "WSJ opinion
piece by Charlie McCreevy,"#> EU commissioner for the internal market
and services, begins as follows:
Curing the Subprime Virus
In the new Will Smith movie "I Am Legend," the central character
finds himself seemingly alone in New York, struggling to find a
cure to a virus that has infected the world. Judging by some of
the reactions to the current financial market turmoil, there are
those in the U.S. who think that they are in a similar situation,
dealing with a crisis that has decimated Wall Street. The
difference, though, is that they are not fighting this crisis
alone.
As our intrinsically interconnected economies show, no one can
remain immune to shocks in any part of the globe. The virus
launched by the underpricing of risk has spread with extraordinary
speed across the Atlantic. Very few people saw that a majority of
the mortgage-backed securities engineered in the U.S. were in the
hands of EU financial institutions. The critical point, though, is
that rather than work alone in our separate laboratories, the
subprime mess shows why we have to work together and find global
solutions."
McCreevy's opinion is well supported by other European officials, who
claim that <#stdurl
http://www.iht.com/articles/2008/02/10/business/global.php "Europe has
become fully infected"#> by the virus:
Damage to European economies may prove deeper
than officials acknowledge
"The extent of Europe's infection from the U.S. subprime mortgage
virus is becoming clearer....
But there are growing signs that the credit crisis and U.S.
slowdown have hit Europe deeper than policy makers seem willing to
acknowledge. Hopes that the euro zone can remain partly insulated
from a U.S. housing bust and recession are receding. ...
Any suggestion that Europe was weathering a U.S.-focused downturn
seemed wide of the mark.
While attention largely centered on a plunge in confidence among
U.S. service firms in January, German, Spanish and Italian service
sectors also recorded their first contraction in years.
Financial markets are waking up also to the idea that it may be
dangerous to use the relatively robust ECB economic forecasts as
anything other than an interest rate pointer.
"The market is becoming aware that the crisis in the United States
will indeed have an adverse impact on growth in Europe," said Heino
Ruland, strategist at FrankfurtFinanz in Germany.
European stock markets have had one of their worst January
performances on record and entered bear market territory in the
course of that month. The FTSEurofirst lost another 4 percent last
week.
"We now see a deterioration in the euro area," said Luca Paolini,
strategist at Credit Suisse. "If anything, the risks are higher in
the euro area than in the U.S. - where expectations are already
very low. And you still don't have a policy response from the
ECB."
The ECB president, Jean-Claude Trichet, acknowledged the
darkening economic horizon after the bank left interest rates
unchanged again at 4 percent on Thursday, even as the Bank of
England cut its benchmark rate again by a quarter of a percentage
point.
"If I take all the data, they confirm risks lie to the downside,"
Trichet said at a news conference."
The "subprime virus" analogy has also spread to an opinion column in
the <#stdurl
http://www.scmp.com/portal/site/SCMP/menuitem.2af62ecb329d3d7733492d9253a0a0a0/?vgnextoid=7073f473ef197110VgnVCM100000360a0a0aRCRD&ss=Your+Money&s=Business
"Hong Kong's South China Morning Post,"#> which has this:
"A virus that kills its host quickly is generally
a failure. Once the host dies, the virus has trouble spreading.
A host that is moving around - interacting with and breathing on
other hosts - is much more useful than one that is dead. A host
that is not even aware that it is carrying a virus is even
better.
The subprime loan market looked for a while to be a very
effective virus. It spread rapidly from bank to bank, making each
host a little sick, but not ill enough to prevent it from passing
on the subprime assets to a bunch of other banks.
If fact, before any banks even realised they were carrying
anything infectious, they had virtually all been contaminated.
And now it looks as if the subprime virus is about to demonstrate
that it is actually too effective, since it has started killing
off its hosts. One or two of them have succumbed, and more will
soon follow.
Quarantines are now in place, and no one in their right mind will
be engaging in any activity where they are likely to be exposed to
the contagion. But it's a little too late.
And where do viruses come from? The ones that give us the flu and
other illnesses have been around forever and simply evolve into
one form or another. But this doesn't seem to be a great
explanation for the subprime virus. The subprime virus was created
by people. Imagine the evil computer hacker who creates a virus to
be distributed over the internet or through e-mail.
Picture a bunch of guys in jeans and dirty T-shirts, sitting
around late at night staring at their computer screens, coming up
with ideas to effectively infiltrate the world's biggest financial
institutions, with no concern for the impact they may have on
everyone else. Now replace jeans and T-shirts with pinstripe suits
and you have the answer: investment bankers.
No computer hacker has ever made anywhere near as much money as
the investment bankers who invented the subprime virus, nor have
they ever done anything like the harm that these guys did.
Computer hackers are punished, and so will the investment
bankers.
Some of them will receive only small bonuses this year, perhaps
in the mere hundreds of thousands. Some of them may not be able
to buy a new car. And some may even have to forgo the skiing
holidays they had planned, at least until the end of the peak
season."
This business about bonuses is a good point, because one can see
story after story about how the people who perpetrated the fraud that
caused the credit bubble are being very careful to make sure the
funding stays in place for their bonuses.
I recently posted a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121b "murder-suicide
story,"#> where a subprime mortgage executive of a bankrupt company
bashed his wife's head in, and them jumped off a bridge to his death.
I quoted the following astonishing paragraph from one of the news
accounts:
"On Tuesday, the company filed a petition in
bankruptcy court to pay $1 million in bonuses to Buczynski, two
other senior officers, and Fieldstone's remaining workers so that
the company could wind down its affairs and shutter the
business."
These guys are up to their necks in wholesale corruption, but the
one part of the whole mess that the perpetrators have inoculated
against the subprime virus are their own bonuses, rewards and other
perks.
Here's a little anecdote that someone posted online in December of
last year:
"My son works at a hedge fund. They lost $100
million in August, $500 million in October. This month the loss
will be about $1.3 billion. All these losses are being kept off
the books. He is green under the ears so can't give me much other
information, but he does know this -- there WILL be bonuses this
year, and no layoffs are on the horizon. The world no longer
makes sense."
And a recent <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/money/main.jhtml?xml=/money/2008/02/14/bcnbonus214.xml
"article in the Telegraph"#> starts with a headline that I'm
sure is supposed to as ironic as are allowed in news headlines:
City bonuses weather the credit crisis
"City bonuses in London were not affected as strongly by the
credit crisis as first predicted, according to London-based
employment monitor Morgan McKinley.
From a survey of 220 financial services professionals in the
capital, 80pc said they received a similar or higher bonus last
month, than in January last year, while 70pc said their bonus
either matched or exceeded their expectations. ...
He said: "Following on from a record bonus round in 2006/2007,
speculation surrounding this year's bonuses was enormous,
particularly given the significant volumes of write-downs by banks
in the last quarter of the year. ...
The average salary in the sector rose 5pc in January, to £53,246
(over $100,000)."
Whew! I'm glad the financial execs aren't suffering at least!
The same can't be said of many cities and towns, as municipal bonds
are being attacked by a particularly virulent strain of the subprime
virus, according to <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/1/d51d8884-da42-11dc-9bb9-0000779fd2ac,dwp_uuid=e8477cc4-c820-11db-b0dc-000b5df10621.html
"the Financial Times:"#>
"The subprime virus has mutated. It has now
infected the municipal bond market. The same issues that roiled
the asset-backed commercial paper market in the autumn are
cropping up again. Liquidity risk turns out to be a bigger problem
than credit-focused investors had reckoned with. And liquidity
risk can be fatal. Look at what happened to structured investment
vehicles, a market that shrivelled away.
Municipal issuers tap the capital markets in several ways and all
of them now look under varying degrees of stress. Auction rate
securities, a $330bn market according to JPMorgan Chase, have
coupons that reset periodically at auctions. Now a few are
failing, in part because of jitters around the insurers that
support the credit ratings of municipal debt. There has to be a
good chance that this type of funding vehicle, like SIVs, will
lose its raison d’être.
What are the implications? First, issuers will have to dig deeper
in their pockets. When auctions fail, some of them face resets on
their coupons, inflicting varying degrees of pain on budgets. Then
they have the continuing headache of restructuring their debt.
Converting it into some form of structured debt could be tough
since that is likely to require funding commitments from banks.
Meanwhile, the rating agencies are likely to start worrying about
the increased debt servicing load the issuers could face."
The above is a story about "auction-rate securities," an arcane
investment vehicle that few people ever heard of. They have that name
because the interest rates investors bid on the opportunity to invest
in them, and the investor who demands the lowest interest rate wins
the auction bid.
These are the same auction-rate securities that are used by student
loan companies. I discussed these a few days ago in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080214 ""'Credit crunch' domino effect is now
affecting student loans.""#>
The problem is: Nobody wants to bid on them any more, thanks to
contagion from the "subprime virus." Now, municipal borrowers will
have to pay much higher interest rates to fund their schools and
hospitals, and those rates will be passed on to local taxpayers.
Local taxpayers were, of course, the first to get the subprime virus,
when they purchased or refinanced their homes using subprime
mortgages; now they get to suffer a new round of the virus.
In the above article, I described through the mechanism of Step 1
through Step 4 how the "subprime virus" spread from a formerly
obscure bond insurer (Ambac) to a very visible student loan
organization in Michigan.
According to an <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/02/15/business/15place.html "article in
the NY Times,"#> the problem is getting more serious by the day
(or perhaps I should say, "the flu victims are getting sicker every
day"):
New Trouble in Auction-Rate Securities
"SOME well-heeled investors got a big jolt from Goldman Sachs
this week: Goldman, the most celebrated bank on Wall Street,
refused to let them withdraw money from investments that they had
considered as safe as cash.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080217b.jpg right "" "Types of auction-rate
securities
(Source: NY Times)"#>
The investments at issue are so-called auction-rate securities,
instruments at the center of the latest squeeze in the credit
markets.
Goldman, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch and other banks have been
telling investors the market for these securities is frozen — and
so is their cash.
The banks typically pitch these securities to corporations and
wealthy individuals as safe alternatives to cash, investors said.
The bonds are, in fact, long-term securities. But the banks hold
weekly or monthly auctions to set the interest rates and give
holders the option of selling the securities.
Only this week almost 1,000 of these auctions failed. The banks
also refused to support the auctions, leaving many investors
wondering when they will get their money back.
“Investors have lost confidence in the liquidity of these
instruments,” said G. David MacEwen, the chief investment officer
for fixed income at American Century Investments, a mutual fund
company. “These types of instruments depend on new investors
showing up to own the securities.”
The $330 billion auction-rate market is dominated by
municipalities and other tax-exempt institutions like the Port
Authority of New York and New Jersey, which had issued some
auction securities and had its interest rate soar to 20 percent on
Wednesday. Closed-end mutual funds, student loan companies and
corporations also issue such securities."
Notice that the situation described in the above article is very
serious, because it means that the subprime virus is spreading from
these banks to their clients -- corporations and wealthy individuals.
These examples show how the credit crisis is spreading, not just from
bank to bank, but from banks to all investors. No corporation and no
investor is safe these days, except those whose assets are in cash or
US Treasuries.
India has been hard hit by the credit crisis, and <#stdurl
http://www.livemint.com/2008/02/12231116/No-light-at-end-of-tunnel-as-y.html
"downbeat article"#> in an Indian investors' publication highlights
the anxiety:
"No light at end of tunnel as yet
"The developed markets have seen a full-blown credit crunch since
August. Even exceptional intervention by the US Federal Reserve
has done little to ease the situation
It’s now a full year since the first cracks appeared in the US
subprime mortgage market. ...
A lot has happened since then. The first reactions to what has
now come to be known as the subprime crisis were pretty hopeful:
it was seen as a problem in one corner of a huge global financial
system.
But later revelations showed how the subprime virus has spread
from one bank to another because of fancy derivatives. The
developed markets have seen a full-blown credit crunch since
August, and even exceptional intervention and interest rate
cutting by the US Federal Reserve has done little to ease the
situation. Some of the world’s best-known banks have seen profits
tumble; the Chinese government has rescued many of them.
One year later, the US stands on the brink of recession and most
other major economies face the prospect of lower growth this year.
The problem has proved to be far more serious than what most
believed a year ago.
The passage of a year has done little to improve matters. There
is still little clarity about how deep the rot in the Western
banking system is. The US Federal Reserve had initially estimated
the potential subprime losses at $100 billion. That has proved to
be way off the mark. The write-downs by banks till now have
already topped the $150 billion mark. This week, the G-7 group of
rich nations said credit-related losses could touch $400 billion.
If losses do indeed cross $400 billion, a lot of banking capital
will be at risk. And this will affect the ability of banks to
lend, leading to an even worse credit crunch. The worst prognosis
is that the US could eventually slip into a Japanese-style
deflationary spiral, with contracting asset prices and a wobbly
banking system.
It is hard to say whether the darkest fears will prove to be true.
But there is little doubt that the credit crisis has punctured
several oversized egos in the financial system. While the calls
for heavy government regulation of banks are a bit overdone, the
events of the past few months have shown that banks are fragile
institutions which need to be handled with care.
Else, their problems can pull down entire economies. It’s clearly
too early to write off the entire Western banking system. But the
past year has provided sobering lessons."
Sobering lessons indeed, but lessons that politicians, journalists,
financiers, analysts, brokers and pundits have not yet fully learned.
And so, I guess perhaps I should change my "termites in a mansion"
analogy that I began this article with.
"Think of the world economy as a huge, enormous,
bloated hospital-city, with all kinds of research labs and
workrooms and clean rooms and executive apartments. Think of the
CDOs as trillions of "subprime virus cells" that have begun to
infect people, so that another room in the hospital-city becomes
infected each day.
The "financial virus engineers" have been working in the research
labs to manipulate the virus cells to make money from them. They
found ways to make make money and inoculate themselves, so they'd
be safe, but their efforts freed the virus to spread faster
throughout the hospital to other people, who become extremely
sick, vomiting all over the place.
The Fed and other central banks have been running around the
hospital with Tamiflu and disinfectant spray, trying to stop the
spread of the virus. They've been pretty successful with their
disinfectant spray and Tamiflu, postponing the inevitable, even
allowing the "financial virus engineers" to collect their
year-end bonuses, but they can't keep up with the virus.
Now <#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/News/02170801/Startled_Experts_H274Y.html
"influenza experts have been startled to discover"#> that the
"subprime virus" is mutating, and developing a resistance to
Tamiflu, something that they had previously thought was
impossible.
And so, what's happening is that the disinfectant spray isn't
working on the subprime virus, and the Tamiflu isn't working
either because the subprime virus has developed a resistance to
it, and it won't be long now before everyone in the hospital
becomes deadly sick from the subprime virus -- except for the
"financial virus engineers" and their friends, who inoculated
themselves, and now sit around in the executive apartments having
parties with call girls."
Naaah. I like the analogy about the termites better. However, that
stuff about the <#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/News/02170801/Startled_Experts_H274Y.html
"bird flu virus becoming resistant to Tamiflu"#> appears to be true.
=eod
=// &&2 e080217 The Iraq war may be related to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.head
The Iraq war may be related to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.keys
iraq, world war ii, hiroshima and nagasaki, predictions, sixties,
58 year hypothesis, spanish flu epidemic, strauss and howe, israel,
panic of 1987
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.date
17-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.txt1
On the first anniversary of the successful "surge"
strategy,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080217.txt2
we explore a generational theory that provides a completely different
explanation of the 2003 ground invasion of Iraq, tying it to the
use of nuclear weapons that ended World War II.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iraqcivil 3
The "surge" began on February 14, 2007. At that time, Baghdad and
the region surrounding it was a virtual war zone, littered with
bodies every day from suicide bombers, roadside bombs, and death
squads.
Journalists, analysts, politicians, and pundits were all predicting
the worst. Many Democrats, and pro-Democratic Party media, including
the NY Times and NBC News, were openly declaring the situation a
civil war, essentially aligning themselves in support of the
terrorists and against America. NBC News was the most grossly
disgusting, led by vitriolic headliners like Chris Matthews and Keith
Olbermann, committing all its resources to advocating American
failure and supporting the terrorists, even making <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061129 "a big theatrical announcement"#> the
previous November that it would then and forever call the Iraq war a
"civil war."
Even those who supported the "surge" and were hoping it would be
successful, felt an enormous anxiety that the whole thing could
collapse into civil war at any moment.
Except it wasn't a civil war, as is now apparent to almost everyone
except the real nutcases. Violence has not been eliminated, but it's
down sharply to the level that might occur in an American city. And
Iraq itself <#stdurl
http://www.turkishdailynews.com.tr/article.php?enewsid=96602 "has
become increasingly stable."#>
You can take almost every article and every analysis written in
Washington about Iraq in the past five years, and stack them up into
a big pile, and you wouldn't have anything but a big pile of garbage.
There's barely a bit of common sense in any of them, whether coming
from the left or the right. The "think tanks" were no better than
tankheads.
So I'm not going to be shy about pointing out (again!) that I may be
the only person in the world who got Iraq right. I've been writing
articles about Iraq since 2003, containing analyses and predictions
that were counterintuitive and not shared by other people, and these
analyses and predictions all turned out to be right. You can see for
yourself by clicking on any of the articles in the sidebar to the
right. The Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology has never
failed me. Every Generational Dynamics prediction that I've posted
on this subject and others has either turned our right or is trending
right; not a single one has been shown to be wrong.
I'm not a psychic, and I have no special powers. The way that I was
able to predict in 2003 what would happen in Iraq and be right is
because of one simple fact that nobody seems to grasp, no matter how
many times I write about it: Iraq is in a generational Awakening
era, just one generation past the end of the 1980s genocidal
Iran/Iraq war, and so it's like America in the 1960s, just one
generation past World War II.
The way I could be certain all these years that Iraq was not having a
civil war is because it was acting like America in the 1960s, where
there wasn't a civil war.
There are still "anti-war" politicians who are claiming that the surge
has failed because Iraq hasn't achieved the same political stability
as the United States. That's laughable when you consider that
Congress is unable to get anything done, but even more so when you
realize how unstable the United State was in the 1960s, with three
failed presidencies:
President John Kennedy walked into the Cuban Bay of Pigs
disaster, and risked thermonuclear war in the Cuban Missile crisis.
He faced Martin Luther King's massive march on Washington in 1963,
and he was assassinated in 1964. While he was President, he was
called by his radical enemies as a "filthy capitalist racist fascist
warmonger pig."
President Lyndon Johnson is accused of lying about his
justifications for Vietnam war escalations ("Gulf of Tonkin
resolution"). He was the target of massive demonstrations across the
country, led by the massive Watts riot in 1965, followed up by many
"long, hot summers." The 1968 Democratic convention in Chicago was
the scene of massive rioting and destruction. Johnson was forced
from office by massive student protests. While he was President, he
was called by his radical enemies as a "filthy capitalist racist
fascist warmonger pig."
President Richard Nixon was the target of massive student
protests across the country. He was blamed for the Kent State
shootings, and he was driven from office through real threats of
impeachment. While he was President, he was called by his radical
enemies as a "filthy capitalist racist fascist warmonger
pig."
The 1968 Broadway play Hair captures the contempt students
felt by lowering their pants on stage and "mooning" their GI
Generation hero parents. The lyrics of the
song "Let the Sunshine in" express contempt for their mothers'
clothing and perfume and their fathers' paper-pushing and lies:
We starve-look at one another
Short of breath
Walking proudly in our winter coats
Wearing smells from laboratories
Facing a dying nation
Of moving paper fantasy
Listening for the new told lies
With supreme visions of lonely tunes
Singing
Our space songs on a spider web sitar
Life is around you and in you
Answer for Timothy Leary, deary
Take a moment and watch that song as presented in the <#stdurl
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0079261/ "1979 movie Hair,"#> about
Claude, who comes to New York to join the hippies, but gets drafted
and sent to Vietnam instead. This is a <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhNrqc6yvTU "really great video,"#>
well worth a few minutes of your time:
Now, expand your mind a little, and transplant those thoughts and
sounds and smells from New York City in 1967 to Baghdad in 2007,
making the necessary adjustments for language and scenery. Where
Claude's parents were worried about a Communist invasion, Iraqi Shia
were worried that the Sunnis would use chemical weapons on them
again, as they'd done to the Kurds in 1998, and Iraqi Sunnis
translated American support for the Shia into a defeat at the hands
of Iran.
Just try to make that transformation in your mind -- try it as mental
exercise. If you succeed, then you'll begin to understand how I knew
all these years that there was no civil war in Iraq.
That mental exercise actually is easy compared to the mental exercise
that you're going to have to try now, but this one is about why we
invaded Iraq in 2003 in the first place.
This is only a hypothesis. But there is an increasing amount of
evidence to support it, in the form of other similar things that have
happened throughout history, but have never been linked together.
=inc ww2010.h2 history "Brief history of Iraq war"
First, let's look at some facts about Iraq that are mostly forgotten
in today political maelstrom:
Overwhelmingly, the American people favored the Iraq ground
war. Congress overwhelmingly favored it.
It wasn't an overnight decision. It was debated in the press
starting early in 2002, and throughout the year in Congress and the
United Nations.
Most people today who say they "always" were against the war have
very convenient memories. I've asked people who claim this to show
me something that they wrote, online or in a letter, in 2002 where
they said they opposed the war, and almost no one can.
The Iraq war did not begin in 2003. It began in 1990, when
Iraq invaded Kuwait, and America came to Kuwait's defense. The
Clinton administration escalated the war with Operation Provide
Comfort in 1996 and Operation Northern Watch in December, 1998. The
latter phase began in earnest in December, 1998, when Saddam expelled
the U.N. weapons inspectors. The Clinton/Gore administration
immediately <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/library/world/mideast/081399iraq-conflict.html
"began furiously bombing Iraq,"#> and that bombing continued on almost
a daily basis, into the next administration.
There is no credible evidence that President Bush lied at any
time about WMDs (weapons of mass destruction) in Iraq. What he
claimed was bad intelligence that was believed by every country in the
world.
If Al Gore had been President after 9/11, he certainly would have
pursued the same Iraq policy, and we'd be in the same place as we are
today. If, for some reason, President Gore had resisted an Iraq
ground war, the Republicans would have said: "Clinton-Gore has been
in power for 10 years. Clinton permitted the debasement of the oval
office, Clinton-Gore permitted 9/11 to happen, and now Gore wants to
allow WMD (weapons of mass destruction) attacks on Americans." If
Gore had still resisted, he would have been defeated in 2004.
However, there's really no evidence at all that he would have
resisted invading Iraq.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, it's not surprising
that the American people would overwhelmingly favor a non-crisis war
when they think it can be won easily, and then turn against the war
when it becomes difficult. That's just human nature.
For Generational Dynamics, the interesting question is: Why did
Americans suddenly so overwhelmingly support the Iraq war in 2003?
Generational Dynamics concerns itself with the attitudes and
behaviors of large masses of people, entire generations of people.
The actions and behaviors of politicians are of little interest,
except insofar as they reflect the attitudes of the people.
There's little doubt in my mind that this was not driven by President
Bush; it was driven by the American people, who were panicked over
the possibility of Saddam Hussein using his WMDs to attack American
interests, or even American soil.
What I'm saying is that the American people panicked over the
possibility of WMDs. And in this article I'm exploring the reasons
WHY they panicked.
=inc ww2010.h2 58year "The 58 Year Hypothesis"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right 58year 2
The first time you hear this hypothesis it almost seems fantastical.
So instead of simply stating it, I'm going to try to present it in a
way that (I hope) will be credible to most readers. This is the
thought experiment, the mental challenge that I mentioned earlier.
First, suppose that you're a child, between 5 and 10 years old.
You're living a happy life, playing with your trucks and dolls and
your playmates, learning to read, write and compute percentages.
You have a happy, idyllic life, with nice parents, living in a nice
house. Everyone is happy. You're happy, your little friends are
happy. Your parents are happy. This is the way life is supposed to
be -- because you've never seen it any other way. Remember, you're
only 5 to 10 years old.
Then something horrible happens -- a national event that's so terrible
and so unexpected that it changes your life completely. It causes
deaths around you or starvation around you. Your parents talk
about it all the time. Your teachers talk about it all the time.
It's an event that's SO TRAUMATIC to you that you will remember it
vividly for the rest of your life. You'll even have nightmares
about it for decades. It affects everything and all your
relationships for all time.
And not just you. This is an important point: it's not just you.
EVERY person around your age goes through the same trauma. It's a
national event, and so EVERY child was affected by it in the same
way, and EVERYBODY in that age group suffers the same trauma
throughout their lives.
What are examples of these horrible events? We'll consider four of
them:
The Spanish flu epidemic of 1918 that kills tens of millions
of people, including some of your friends and perhaps people in your
family.
The stock market crash of 1929, leading to the Great Depression
and the horrors of massive unemployment, massive bankruptcies,
massive homelessness and massive starvation, perhaps affecting your
own family.
The genocidal war between Jews and Arabs in Palestine in 1948.
For this example, we'll assume that you're a young Jewish child, 5 to
10 years old, and that you experienced the massive deaths and
destruction all around you at that time.
The use of nuclear weapons on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945.
Not exactly a traumatic event for you (unless you're Japanese), but
in the context of the horrors of WW II, enough to cause you to fear
nuclear weapons for the rest of your life.
So now let's go back. You're a young child, 5 to 10 years old, when
something so horrible happens that it traumatizes you for life. You
never forget it, and you never want it to happen again.
And so, you go through life, from one adventure to another, getting
older and older. And so do all the other people who were kids at the
same time that you were.
Now let's move ahead to the time 58 years after the traumatic event.
When the original event occurred, you were 5 to 10 years old. Now,
58 years later, you're 63-68 years old.
Something strange happens. You have conversations with other people
around the same age. That might include your wife, or your pals on
the golf range or board room. But you really begin to wonder: Can
it happen again?
There's the realization that all the people younger than you and your
friends don't even care. They don't think about it at all. They're
oblivious to the danger. They were born after it happened, or were
too young to know what was going on. It's your group of 63-68 year
olds that even realize that there's a danger; younger people don't.
Neil Howe and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "William A.
Strauss,"#> the founding fathers of generational theory, described
the characteristics of an event that can alter generational attitudes
and behaviors: They say that such an event must be
"foreseeable but poorly foreseen."
Well, that's what you see. Something happens to make you fear that
the event is going to happen again. The same anxiety grips all the
other 63-68 year olds across the country.
Maybe the anxiety is well-founded, maybe it isn't, but the people in
your age group panic, and the panic spreads to younger people who are
influenced by your concerns.
That's the 58-year hypothesis: That 58 years after a traumatic
national event such as we've described, the 63-68 year olds, fearing
a recurrence, cause a panic to occur. If the danger isn't real, then
we refer to it as a "false panic." Whether or not a panic is "false"
may not be known for several years, until the danger can be fully
analyzed.
Now let's return to each of the four examples above, and look at what
happened in each case, 58 years later:
The Spanish Flu epidemic occurred in 1918. In 1976, 58 years
later, the "swine flu" panic occurred. The public became hysterical
over the possibility of a new flu pandemic. Responding to public
demands, the government prepared millions of doses of swine flu
vaccine. The pandemic amounted to nothing, and the whole thing was a
political fiasco.
Today, in 2008, the younger generations have no fear at all of a bird
flu pandemic, something that's a real possibility.
The stock market crash occurred in 1929. In 1987, 58 years
later, the "false panic of 1987" occurred. The market fell 25% in
one day, but recovered quickly, because the market was underpriced at
that time.
Today, the younger generations have no fear of a new stock market
panic and crash, which is a real possibility because the market is
overpriced by a factor of almost 250%.
The genocidal Jewish/Arab war occurred in 1948. In 2006, 58
years later, the kidnapping of two Israeli soldiers near the Lebanon
border caused the Israelis to panic and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061223 "and launch the war against Hizbollah within four hours,"#>
with no plan and no objectives.
America used weapons of mass destruction on Hiroshima and Nagasaki
in 1945, bringing WW II to an immediate end, and causing widespread
fear that weapons of mass destruction would one day be used on
Americans. In 2003, 58 years later, Americans panicked over weapons
of mass destruction in Iraq, and launched a ground invasion.
Today, the younger generations have no fear of weapons of mass
destruction, and have turned against the war.
Most people, including myself, have assumed that the 2003 ground
invasion of Iraq was triggered by 9/11. The 58-year hypothesis
provides an alternate explanation, indicating that it would have
occurred anyway, even if the 9/11 attacks hadn't occurred.
=inc ww2010.h2 methodology "Methodology for identifying 58 year examples"
The 58 year hypothesis really is pretty mind-blowing, because you
can't grasp it unless you can go into the minds of a specific set of
people -- the 63-68 year olds who experienced a national disaster in
their youth. Anyone younger would have no emotional connection to
the event, other than dry historical facts and a contagious sense of
panic urged by their elders.
It's still a hypothesis, although the body of evidence supporting it
in the form of additional examples is growing. I'll list more
examples in some other article.
For college students who are interested in historical research,
there's plenty to be done here -- determining additional examples.
However, I have to indicate a HUGE METHODOLOGICAL WARNING: Beware of
cherry-picking.
Take the first example above -- the 1918 Spanish Flu epidemic causing
the false swine flu panic in 1976. That's 58 years later, so it
appears to support the hypothesis -- but more has to be proven.
Suppose that false flu panics happened in other years, say 1960,
1965, 1971, 1976, 1981 and 1985. They you can't just pick the 1976
date because it appears 58 years later, and claim that it supports
the hypothesis, because it doesn't in that case. You can't ignore
similar cases in other years. You can't "cherry pick" the years and
events that make the hypothesis work.
In this case, there were no such other false flu panics. The only
major flu fiasco of this kind that occurred in the last century, as
far as I know, was the swine flu panic of 1976. Since there are no
other similar dates around, it's fair to claim that you're not
cherry-picking, and the 1976 date provides genuine support for the
58-year hypothesis.
Similarly, there was no other false panic like the false panic of
1987, and there was no other panicked war like Israel's attack on
Hizbollah in 2006, and so that isn't cherry picking either. (In the
latter case, you'd have to do more research to verify that other
Israeli wars were much better planned than the 2006 war, something
that few people would doubt anyway.)
With regard to the 2003 ground invasion of Iraq, were there similar
events in other years? The Afghan invasion had nothing to do with
WMDs. Neither did the original Iraq war in 1991.
The only previous war that appears to be similar was the 1962 Cuban
missile crisis. That crisis was based on a panic that was
remarkably similar to the panic that led to the 2003 Iraq invasion.
The previous Bay of Pigs disaster had been based on faulty
intelligence from the CIA, and the Cuban missiles probably could not
even have reached American soil at that time.
However, the Cuban missile crisis occurred 41 years prior to the 2003
invasion of Iraq, and those events were far enough apart so that
there's really no danger of cherry-picking.
The Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology has worked far
better than I ever imagined when I started.
The 58-year hypothesis, if it can be verified, adds a very powerful
tool to the forecasting toolbox. It's particularly interesting that
it can be applied to explain the ground invasion of Iraq.
=eod
=// &&2 e080214 'Credit crunch' domino effect is now affecting student loans.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.head
'Credit crunch' domino effect is now affecting student loans.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.keys
finance, credit crunch, student loans, monolines, bond ratings
agencies, auction rate securities, municipal bonds
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.date
14-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.txt1
College-bound students may have problems in the fall.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080214.txt2
Quick review of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080208 "the major actors:"#>
Fitch, Moody's and S&P are the ratings agencies. Banks issue
bonds (securities) and pay the ratings agencies a fee to give these
securities AAA ratings.
Ambac, MBIA, FGIC, and ACA are bond insurers. Banks buy bond
insurance to guarantee that investors in their AAA rated bonds will
always get paid, either by the bond issuer or by insurance.
It's now turning out that the ratings agencies took fat fees from the
banks to give AAA ratings to many, many CDOs and other bonds that are
turning out to be near worthless. And it turns out that bond
insurers took fat fees to insure many, many of these same bonds, and
can't afford to pay off the insurance on them.
Now let's take a look at the domino effect that's going to keep your
son or daughter from going to college in the fall:
=inc ww2010.h2 step1 "Step 1: Fitch downgrades some Ambac assets"
On January 18, 2008, Fitch Ratings issued <#stdurl
http://www.fitchratings.com/corporate/login/setSessionVars.cfm?userIdParam=jxenakis&SCRIPT_NAME=/corporate/events/press_releases_detail.cfm&QUERY_STRING=pr_id=402259
"a press release"#> saying that it was lowering the rating on many
Ambac's assets (not the securities that Ambac insures, but the assets
that Ambac owns for itself):
"The decision to downgrade the IFS rating by two
notches, coupled with the continuation of the Negative Rating
Watch, reflects the significant uncertainty with respect to the
company's franchise, business model and strategic direction;
uncertain capital markets and the impact of Ambac's recent
decisions on future financial flexibility; the company's future
capital strategy; ultimate loss levels in its insured portfolio;
and the challenges in the financial guaranty market
overall."
This could happen to any company these days, and it usually means
that the company tried to make a lot of money by investing in
mortgage-backed securities that were turned into near-worthless CDOs.
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
mortgage-backed securities, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A
primer on financial engineering and structured finance.""#>)
=inc ww2010.h2 step2 "Step 2: Fitch downgrades some bonds insured by Ambac"
Once Ambac's assets were downgraded, it meant that Ambac could no
longer guarantee that it will be able to pay off on all its insurance
policies.
CDOs insured by Ambac have been purchased by all kinds of
organizations around the world. Many of those CDOs would have had
BBB or CCC ratings without Ambac's insurance. But with Ambac's
insurance, they received AAA ratings, since they're doubly protected:
The bond investor would receive payment from the bond or payment from
the insurance policy.
But if Ambac's ability to pay insurance was degraded, then the bonds
insured by Ambac were degraded as well. And that's what happened.
On January 18, 2008, Fitch Ratings issued <#stdurl
http://www.fitchratings.com/corporate/events/press_releases_detail.cfm?pr_id=402289&origin=home
"a second press release"#> saying that it would downgrade the ratings
on many "reinsurance transactions" insured by Ambac:
"Fitch Ratings downgrades 420 classes of
asset-backed securities (ABS) Additionally, the ratings remain on
Rating Watch Negative by Fitch. This action follows Fitch's
downgrade of the ratings on Ambac Financial Group, Inc. and its
affiliated entities (Ambac)."
The press release then included a very long list of downgraded
contracts from many different types of organizations. It's quite a
list, and I wish I could include all of it.
But here's a taste of the organizations affected: Ballantyne Re,
Babcock & Brown Air Funding, Capital One Auto Finance Trust, Hertz
Vehicle Financing, AmeriCredit Automobile.
The largest group of organizations on the list had names like: Access
to Loans for Learning Student Loan Corp., Alaska Student Loan Corp.,
CollegeInvest, Connecticut Higher Education Supplemental Loan
Authority, Michigan Higher Education Student Loan Authority.
In fact, there are similar names of student loan organizations from
Maine, Iowa, Massachusetts, Missouri, New Jersey, North Dakota, Texas,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Utah, Ohio and Vermont.
And so, what's apparent is that a lot of student loans were in
trouble.
=inc ww2010.h2 step3 "Step 3: Student loan bond auctions fail"
These student loan corporations do the same sorts of things student
loans that mortgage lenders did with mortgage loans.
The student loan lenders bundled then together, divided them into
tranches, and sold them to investors through auctions. Since they're
sold through competitive bidding at auctions, and since the interest
rate depends on the amount the bidder pays, they're called
"auction-rate securities." With the money obtained from investors at
these auctions, the lenders could then offer more student loans.
Well, disaster struck the week before last.
What happens if you give an auction and no one shows up? That's what
happened when the lenders tried to auction off their student loan
securities. In most cases, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a6qATskoX79Y&refer=home
"there were no bids."#> Nobody was willing to buy them.
And why would anyone want to buy them? They may turn out to be
worthless. Fitch Ratings had just downgraded many of these
securities (see Step 2 above), and there's no way to know how much to
bid for them, since there's no way to know whether or not they'll
turn out to be near-worthless.
And so, many student loan lenders have no way to sell off their old
student loan securities, and so they have no way to get money for new
student loans. That's how the 'credit crunch' works.
=inc ww2010.h2 step4 "Step 4: Michigan freezes student loan program"
Notice in the list in "Step 2" above, the name "Michigan Higher
Education Student Loan Authority" appeared as one of the
organizations whose securities had been downgraded. Actually, it
appeared many times on the Fitch press release, listing many of
Michigan's securities.
On Monday, <#stdurl
http://www.michigan.gov/mistudentaid/0,1607,7-128-38170_38175_38900---,00.html
"the following announcement"#> appeared on the Michigan student loan
web site:
"The Michigan Alternative Student Loan (MI-LOAN®)
Program is offered by the State of Michigan, through the Michigan
Higher Education Student Loan Authority (MHESLA), for the
exclusive use of students who are attending Michigan
degree-granting colleges and universities. This alternative loan
program is intended to help students bridge the gap between
college costs and traditional federal financial aid resources.
Due to the current and unprecedented capital markets disruption,
there is not sufficient available capital to continue making
MI-LOANs. After considerable analysis and significant efforts to
secure sufficient MI-LOAN capital to make new MI-LOANS, the
difficult decision to temporarily suspend MI-LOANs had to be made.
Therefore, the MI-LOAN Program will be temporarily suspended at
the close of business on Friday, February 15, 2008. When
conditions warrant and funds become available, the MI-LOAN Program
will be reinstated.
This temporary suspension will not affect any MI-LOANs for which
school certifications have been received as of February 15, 2008,
and those loans will continue to be disbursed in accordance with
current MI-LOAN procedures. As the school certification process
takes time, new MI-LOAN applications will not be accepted online
after the close of business on Wednesday, February 13,
2008."
So far, only Michigan has made this kind of announcement. It remains
to be seen whether other states will follow suit.
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120287550746064755.html "a WSJ
article,"#>
"The credit crunch that has so far caused more
than $100 billion of losses for big Wall Street investment firms
now extends to students in Michigan, and it could soon hit many
other borrowers, ranging from California museums to the
prestigious Deerfield Academy prep school in Massachusetts. ...
In the past few days, problems have mounted for many borrowers as
an obscure -- but important -- corner of the credit market called
auction-rate securities has gone into a deep freeze.
Borrowers ranging from student-loan authorities to municipalities
to big bond funds depend on this market to raise money for making
loans and funding projects. They do so by selling securities whose
interest rates are reset every week as they change hands in
auctions....
Moody's Investors Service estimates the size of this market at
$325 billion to $360 billion.
In recent days, the money managers and other investors who
typically buy auction-rate securities have been balking, out of
fear the credit turmoil is spreading. The remaining bidders have
commanded higher interest rates from borrowers including
Deerfield, San Francisco's de Young Museum, New York's Carnegie
Hall and many others. ...
Meantime, many investors who hold the securities would like to
sell them but can't. Of roughly $20 billion in such securities
auctioned yesterday, half -- or about $10 billion -- failed to
generate enough demand from money managers to sell, according to
one trading executive at a top dealer. That pushed up borrowing
costs for the issuers to levels ranging from 4.6% to 18%, as their
interest rates reset to "penalty" rates that kick in when an
auction fails."
Take particular note of the last sentence above: "pushed up borrowing
rates ... to levels ranging from 4.6% to 18%." These are HUGE
interest rates for investors, at a time when Treasury bills pay
around 3% or so.
This increase in securities interest rates (or "spreads") is not
particularly visible to the public view, but it's something that's
getting worse, and is another example of something that could reach a
"tipping point" very soon.
In this article, we've used the mechanisms of Steps 1 through 4 to
illustrate the domino effect, or chain reaction, that's beginning to
occur more and more. A failure in one area triggers a failure in
another area.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're going to see a
lot more of these situations, as the massive credit bubble keeps
leaking, and the "credit crunch" worsens. Generational Dynamics
predicts that we'll see a generational stock market panic and
crash, and a new 1930s style Great Depression.
If you're a parent hoping to send your kids to college in the fall
with a student loan, then you may wish to take this situation into
account, and apply for more loans than you had planned to. Better
yet, line up a rich uncle who'd like to pay for the education of his
nieces and nephews.
=eod
=// &&2 e080213b Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson: 'The worst is just beginning - we all know that'
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.head
Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson: "The worst is just beginning -
we all know that"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.keys
finance, alan greenspan, henry paulson
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.date
13-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.txt1
Who is this guy, and what have they done with Hank?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213b.txt2
In an effort to cushion the blow of the surging foreclosure rate,
Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson, along with a group of banks called
the "Hope Coalition," <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=az.e27ptjVuI&refer=home
"announced an agreement"#> to offer 30-day freezes on foreclosures.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080212.jpg right "" "Treasury Secretary Henry
Paulson (right) and
secretary of housing Alphonso Jackson
(Source: Bloomberg)"#>
The announced program would start with a letter to homeowners more
than 90 days delinquent. The letter lays out procedures to qualify
for a "pause"in the foreclosure process. The homeowner has 10 days to
respond so the lender is able to weigh payment options.
Subprime, Alt-A and prime borrowers are eligible, according to the
plan. Subprime mortgages are made to borrowers with poor credit or
high debt. Alt-A loans are for borrowers who want atypical terms,
such as proof-of-income waivers or investment- property collateral,
without sufficient compensating attributes, such as larger down
payments. Securitized loans, those packaged and sold to investors,
would also qualify.
It was just a month ago that Paulson was refusing to consider a
bailout plan on foreclosures. However, the housing data is
deteriorating so rapidly that he's been forced to change his opinion
dramatically.
In response to a journalist's question, Paulson said that the worst
was to come. You can <#stdurl
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ETQj3a221EQ
"watch it here:"#>
Here's my transcript:
Question: "Sir, is the worst over? Will
2008 have fewer foreclosures and some rising prices compared with
'07?"
Paulson: "Well, I would say this. In terms of subprime and
the resets, the worst isn't over - the worst is just beginning.
We all know that.
We all know there's close to 1.8 million 2 million adjustable
rate mortgages where the rate is gonna be reset, and the ones that
are going to be reset over the next couple of years are that
vintage of mortgages where there are the most lax underwriting
procedures.
So this is the biggest challenge, and this is why this is so
important.
And I've also said that the housing correction, what's going on
in the housing marekt, this is not over, it's going to take
longer, and that is why we have said we have a diverse economy in
the US. It's been growing in the face of the housing correction
that's been going on for some time. Growth has slowed down
significantly. And we said that we think the economy is going to
continue to grow but the risks are to the downside.
That's why we're working so hard right now at IRS to speed up the
process so we'll be getting these stimulus checks out and to
individuals as early as the beginning of May."
At another point, Paulson said the following:
"That is modeled on a program that was put in
place during the Depression. We have many institutions that are
now in place that weren't there" to help in the 1930s, while the
unemployment rate is now 4.9 percent, compared with 25 percent
back then.
Regular readers of this web site are well aware, as perhaps Paulson
is by now as well, that the country will soon be entering a new 1930s
style Great Depression.
This foreclosure program will have no major effect, though it may
help a few people. Or, it may simply give those who obtained their
homes fraudulently a little while longer to enjoy their fraud.
It's amazing how far we've come. It's been obvious since 2004 that
we're in a housing bubble, at least to readers of this web site.
Actually, even Fed chairman Alan Greenspan in 2004 said, in a
statement exhibiting a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041020 "bizarre form
of circular reasoning,"#> that there may be a housing bubble, but if
there was it's OK, since it lets people use refinancing to pay off
their credit card debt -- which was also increasing.
However, that statement was unique. Few people admitted that there
was a housing bubble. Then when the housing bubble started leaking
late in 2005, few people admitted it. As the bubble started leaking,
almost everyone said that the bottom had been reached.
For years, journalists, pundits, analysts and politicians have been
completely wrong. Only this web site has been right: All the
predictions on this web site have come true or are coming true. You
can see it before your eyes.
Now, with housing deteriorating so rapidly, even Treasury Secretary
Paulson is saying so. This is an incredible change of attitude.
It's the first REAL admission from the administration that things are
going from bad to MUCH WORSE, and that it will continue.
For those people who have criticized Generational Dynamics or this
web site or me, you now have to face the fact that almost EVERYONE
ELSE has been wrong, and this web site has been right -- for years,
time after time. There's no web site or pundit or analyst in the
world with the predictive success of this web site.
The point I want to make is readers of this web site have a big
advantage over most other people: You know what's coming. You can't
stop what's coming, but you can prepare for it. Most people have no
idea what's coming, and won't prepare. But you can.
Now is the time to put your affairs in order. If you're underwater
in your mortgage, then decide whether you're going to "walk away" or
take some other action. If you've embezzled money, then go talk to a
lawyer right away.
Don't assume that the economy will save you, because it's only going
to get a lot worse. This is something that you know for sure, that
few other people do. Take advantage of this knowledge to save
yourself and your family.
=eod
=// &&2 e080213 An invitation to contribute to this web site
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.head
An invitation to contribute to this web site
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.keys
web site, predictions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.date
13-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.txt1
If you "get" this web site, and would like to write
an article for it,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080213.txt2
then please send me a message with your ideas or an outline.
This could be a one-time thing, or if things work out you could
contribute something every day.
This web site now has over 5000 regular readers, and I'd like to
expand the content if possible.
I've been kicking around what the "rules," if any, would be for other
contributors to this web site. Basically I'm open to anything, but
the following thoughts apply:
Prime Directive: Your contributions should make the web
site and Generational Dynamics look good. Save your "Xenakis is a
psychopath" screed for your own blog.
I'd particularly like views from "different places": other
countries, other occupations, other generations, other genders, other
centuries. Does anyone on Mars read this web site?
An article may discuss a specific disagreement with a specific
theoretical or practical aspect of Generational Dynamics, if that
subject is of interest, but as a general rule, your use of
generational theory should agree with the theory as already presented
here. It's VERY IMPORTANT to avoid confusing the reader.
Probably the most important aspect of the preceding paragraph is
this: It's a fundamental principle of generational theory that it
provides no guide whatsoever to politics: It doesn't tell you who's
going to win the election, and even tells you that it makes no
difference who wins the election. Why you love Bush or hate Bush is
utterly, totally irrelevant to what's coming. Nothing that Bush or
his successor does or does not do, says or does not say, has any
PREDICTABLE effect on the great events to come.
Criticisms of religions or ethnic groups or countries (including
America) may be OK, PROVIDED THAT they're done dispassionately. This
is a tricky business, and will be judged carefully. It's OK to
criticize Islamist terrorists, but not Muslims. If you criticize
Islam, you'd better also criticize Christianity or Judaism in a
similar manner designed to enlighten people about the fundamental
differences. I am the final, unappealable judge of what "hate
speech" is, and it will be rejected.
I will review and possibly edit any contribution prior to
posting.
On the other hand, if you're a free spirit who just wants to talk
about life, in the framework of generations, then that should be
fine. As I said, I'm open to anything, subject to a few concerns that
I'm listing here.
What are some of the topics that you might want to write about?
Here are some examples:
How the generational attitudes in your country differ from
those in America and other Western countries.
"How to survive the coming depression."
Social and gender issues: How are we "returning to the 1950s"?
Is your country close to war or close to some other huge
change?
What's the future of the Mideast? Of Pakistan? Of China?
I always say, "Treasure the time you have left, and use it to
prepare yourself, your family, your community, or your nation." How
do you prepare your community and your nation?
Interesting stories by or about people who remember the 1929
crash, the Great Depression, World War II, and the 1950s. How is life
different now?
A generational analysis of some country or some current or
historical event.
How can generational theory make polls and polling more accurate
and relevant?
How the Boomers did or didn't change America.
For Gen-Xers, what's it been like living in the shadow of
Boomers?
For Millennials, the next "greatest generation," what's your view
of your future?
How have music, fashion and the arts evolved since WW II, as
generations change?
How have religions -- Islam, Christianity, Judaism, Buddhism,
Hinduism, Taoism, etc. -- evolved since WW II?
The above list is mostly America-centric, but similar contributions
from the point of view of other countries would be particularly
welcome.
Most articles on this web site contain predictions. Some predictions
are absolutely certain trend predictions, and some are probabilistic
predictions that depend on chaotic events.
Try to make your article relevant to the reader by telling how what
you're describing will affect him, or how it will affect the world.
For convenience, here's a brief list of the major predictions that
have appeared on this web site since 2003, and the year of first
appearance:
Macro economy (2003): Deflation, rather than inflation,
would dominate, and prices would fall by about 30% by 2010.
Macro economy (2003): We're entering a new 1930s style
Great Depression, and the stock market will fall to Dow 4000 or
lower.
Palestine/Israel (2003): The "Roadmap to Peace" would fail.
Once Yasser Arafat disappeared, the region would descend into chaos,
leading to a new genocidal war between Jews and Arabs.
Iraq (2003): There would be no civil war and no
anti-American uprising.
Iran (2003): Pro-American and pro-Western student
demonstrations (like America in the 60s) would continue
America (2003): Unlike the 60s, there would be almost no
student antiwar demonstrations, and any that start would fizzle
quickly.
America (2004): Men and women would return to
stereotypical gender roles, with women focused increasingly on the
children.
America (2004): Politicians will resort to bitter fighting,
and become less and less able to get anything done.
Darfur (2004): The UN would be completely irrelevant, and
would have no effect on the Darfur conflict. It will continue until
it's run its course.
China (2004): China is headed for a major internal civil
war, as well as a war with the U.S. over Taiwan with absolute
certainty.
Lebanon (2005): Despite widespread fear following many
assassinations, there will be NO new civil war in Lebanon.
Lebanon (2006, as war began): Israel would fight an
aggressive "existential war," while Hizbollah would fight
half-heartedly.
Burma / Myanmar (2007): The new burst of violence would
fizzle soon, and would not spiral into a civil war.
Kenya (2008): The new burst of violence is UNLIKELY to
spiral into war right away, although a major civil war is almost
certain within ten years.
Europe (2004): The proposed Constitution would NOT be
approved. There will be a new European war, one component of which
will probably be France versus Britain.
World (2003): A new "Clash of Civilizations" world
war.
Anyone interested is invited to write to me with suggestions,
questions, or actual articles.
If you have a "hot topic," but don't think it's relevant to
generational theory, ask me and perhaps I can suggest a way of
angling it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080211 AIG announcement puts money market funds at risk
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.head
AIG announcement puts money market funds at risk
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.keys
finance, money market funds, AIG, gold, advice
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.date
11-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.txt1
American International Group disclosed that inadequate internal
controls,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080211.txt2
as determined by its <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/rbssFinancialServicesAndRealEstateNews/idUSN1163185520080211
"outside auditing firm PricewaterhouseCoopers,"#> had led to "material
weakness" in financial reporting relating to the fair valuation of
credit default swap (CDS) portfolio obligations of its subsidiary AIG
Financial Products Corp.
CNBC has been reporting that writedowns are expected to total around
$6.2 billion.
AIG had previously claimed that it had managed to escape the major
problems that other financial institutions had encountered, forcing
them to write down tens or hundreds of billions of dollars CDOs and
securities. Monday's news throws this claim into doubt.
To understand the importance of this story, you have to understand
the relationship between AIG and its subsidiary, AIG Financial
Products Corp., and that's best <#stdurl
http://www.aig.com/AIG-Financial-Products-Corp_20_20258.html
"explained on the AIG web site"#> as follows:
"AIG Financial Products Corp. (AIG-FP) is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of American International Group, Inc.,
world leaders in insurance and financial services. Founded in
1987, AIG-FP was one of the first companies focused principally on
the derivatives markets in the United States. AIG-FP is active in
a full spectrum of OTC derivative and structured products markets,
including commodities, credit, energy, equities, foreign exchange,
and rates. ...
As leading participants in the capital and derivatives markets,
we provide clients with corporate finance, investment, and
financial risk management solutions.
Unlike many financial institutions, we act as principal in nearly
all of our transactions, including acting as a principal investor
in the energy and infrastructure sectors. All of AIG-FP's payment
obligations are guaranteed by our parent, American International
Group, Inc.
Our clients include many of the world's top corporations,
investment managers, pension funds, banks, investment banks,
sovereigns, hedge funds, foundations and endowments, as well as
select high-net-worth individuals."
And now, according to AIG's <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/News/Story/american-international-group-expand-disclosures/story.aspx?guid=%7BF5DA5818%2DF83D%2D4878%2DA741%2D08F772622C4F%7D
"Monday announcement:"#>
"American International Group Inc. said Monday
that it has decided to clarify and expand its disclosures relating
to the methodology and data inputs used to determine the fair
values of the super senior credit default swap portfolio related
to the multi-sector collateralized debt obligations of its AIG
Financial Products and AIG Trading Group units."
Putting these statements together, you can see that the AAA rated
"super senior CDS portfolio" has been feeding into the AAA rated
"multi-sector CDOs," providing funding to "investment managers,
pension funds, banks, investment banks, sovereigns, hedge funds,
foundations and endowments, as well as select high-net-worth
individuals."
(For those interested in the math behind the creation of CDOs from
CDSs, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance.""#>)
<#inc ww2010.pic g080211.jpg right "" "Peter Yastro, market
strategist at MF Global
(Source: CNBC)"#>
According to Peter Yastrow, market strategist at MF Global, speaking
on CNBC:
"What's scary about today -- and I think that
people need to understand this -- a lot of people have money in
cash, and on the sidelines in money markets, and we all assume
that those investments are 100% safe, and I'm afraid that there's
going to be more than hand-wringing if people find out that the
money they have in cash is actually at risk."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this kind of news,
far from being surprising, MUST continue, as the humongous credit
bubble deflates.
As I explained in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071221 ""Will
hyper-inflation make the dollar worthless (like the Weimar
republic)?","#> and in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071206
""Questions and answers about the 'credit crunch,'""#>
we're entering a harsh deflationary spiral, as the amount of money in
the world contracts. The reason that it contracts is because the
leveraged use of credit during the creation of the bubble created
hundreds of trillions of dollars in credit derivatives in new
securities. These securities, which are massively interlocked in
many obscure ways, are newly created money, in the sense that they
could be used as collateral or to make investments.
It's worth remembering that the world GDP is $45 trillion, and all
the world's stock markets hold about $60 trillion in assets. This is
small compared to the $700 trillion is credit derivatives.
Now that these securities transactions are unwinding, the amount of
money in the world is decreasing. This AIG announcement is part of
that, and will reduce the amount of money in the world by $6.4
billion -- not counting the effects on other funds.
As the markdown process continues, the writedowns will affect mutual
funds, investment trusts, hedge funds, savings banks, pension funds,
college endowments, money market funds, insurance companies, and any
other institution with money -- possibly including institutions that
hold YOUR money.
It's getting harder and harder to identify places where it's safe to
keep money, as discussed last week in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080203
""Readers comment: Gold prices and where you should put your
money.""#> I've seen some reports, though I can't verify their
credibility, that hundreds of regional bank failures are expected in
the last half of this year, thanks to follow-on effects of the
"subprime" crisis.
One issue with fund managers like Fidelity and Merrill is that their
accounts are not insured. The funds may be worthless if Fidelity and
Merrill themselves go under.
If your money is in a 401K held by one of these funds managers, one
solution might be to transfer your money out of the funds and into
specific assets -- Treasuries and bank CDs (certificates of deposit)
-- that the fund managers are merely holding for you. You would own
the actual assets, and you'd be protected.
One web site reader recently wrote to me as follows:
" Regarding holding treasury bonds and bills in
Fidelity retirement accounts: I do this myself and it is a
relatively straightforward process. Go to your Fidelity account
online, choose "Trade Fixed Income", choose "Search Inventory",
then choose "US Treasury, Auction." You'll see the list of
treasury instruments being auctioned this week. (I do this on a
Sunday for the upcoming week. The instruments shown depend on the
day of the week.) Click the "Trade" link next to the maturity of
instrument you are interested in, and enter the number of $1000
units you want to purchase.
Then when the auction occurs, Fidelity buys the instrument for you
- with no fee charged - and you are then holding the actual
Treasury instrument in your account rather than only a Fidelity
treasury money market fund.
As I read somewhere recently, in the upcoming financial debacle if
you can simply hold onto your money you will win. Yes, the
Treasuries pay less than the inflation rate. But in these very
dangerous and uncertain times, I am willing to pay that penalty in
order to have my money in one of the relatively safe investment
vehicles. I think that those who insist on chasing some yield at
this time will simply lose principal."
That's very good advice. These are excellent philosophies if you
want to survive what's coming.
This same reader indicated that he disagrees with me about buying
gold:
"I am also a believer in a much higher gold price.
Gold is not simply a commodity like other commodities, and in
times of financial catastrophe people are going to be desperate
for safe havens. The value of the dollar will be destroyed by a
Congress with no sense of fiscal responsibility at all. And
arguments that the dollar has been stable for two centuries hold
no weight because the dollar was good as gold then, and hasn't
been since 1971. We've had 36 years of a pure fiat currency
regime and it's about due to collapse. Gold and other real assets
will be the only viable way to protect your savings. That's why
I'm currently 50/50 treasuries and gold and am prepared to go
entirely to gold as circumstances demand. I don't know how high
gold may go, but I do feel I know that Congress will show no
restraint whatsoever when people start to demand relief. They
will destroy the value of the dollar before they exercise
financial restraint, because that is what the increasingly
desperate electorate will demand of them."
Here I must strongly disagree with the writer. The dollar will NOT
be destroyed, except in world war scenarios where the US itself is
effectively destroyed. In any likely scenario, the dollar will remain
the strongest and most valuable currency on the planet.
The writer refers to the "a Congress with no sense of fiscal
responsiblity at all." Even if that were true, it would make no
difference at all.
Congress today is talking about a $150 billion "stimulus package."
That's peanuts. We've already had hundreds of billions of dollars
taken out of the economy through CDO writedowns, so this "stimulus
package" won't even compensate for the CDO writedowns. And that
leaves the trillions of dollars in deleveraging knock-on effects
completely untouched.
I have to repeat that we're being hit with a 10-mile high tsunami,
and the only tools that the Fed and Congress have are one-foot high
flood walls. The tsunami is going to wash over everything, and
nothing else is relevant. The only thing that you can do is prepare
by running to higher ground.
With regard to gold, here is my opinion on what's going to happen:
Gold has been surging to $1000/oz as part of the commodities
bubble. As long as the commodities bubble keeps growing, gold will
increase.
The "real" value of gold is around $500/oz. As soon as the bubble
bursts, gold will fall, and will probably overshoot, going down to the
$300-400/oz range.
Gold may spike up higher in the case of a major war scenario, but
even here the price may fall sharply a little while later, when it
becomes clear that the US dollar is still valuable. Betting that gold
will go up and stay up is a VERY HIGH RISK strategy, only for
risk-seeking people with plenty of money to invest.
It's very hard for me to see any justification buying gold at the
current bubble prices. When the bubble bursts, and gold falls below
$500, then gold may again be a worthwhile investment.
However, if you DO buy gold, make sure that you take possession of
the actual metal. Gold-backed funds may become as worthless as other
funds.
=eod
=// &&2 e080209 Wheat price rises blocked by commodities market price increase limits
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.head
Wheat price rises blocked by commodities market price increase
limits
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.keys
food prices, commodities, wheat prices
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.date
9-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.txt1
American wheat stockpiles are lowest since just after World War II.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080209.txt2
I've been writing about skyrocketing world food prices since 2004,
emphasizing their effects in creating new and worsening pockets of
starvation, especially in large mega-cities around the world. I've
described how it is that a man who can't feed himself and his family
has little to lose by killing others for food or by joining the army
to wage war.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080209.gif right "" "Wheat prices 2003-Present
(Source: prudentbear.com)"#>
Each time there's a price increase in food, there's always a
politician somewhere who calls it a temporary problem, saying that
food prices will soon be falling again.
And yet, they haven't. The price of food had been generally falling
for decades, thanks to the <#hreftext ww2010.i.food040628 "Green
Revolution."#> But around 2000, all that changed, and prices started
rising. By 2004, the price rises were clearly beginning to
accelerate, and the rate of acceleration has been increasing since
then.
Just a few years ago, wheat used to cost $3.50 per bushel on world
markets. The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071223b "last time I wrote
about wheat prices,"#> the cost had surged to over the milestone
price of $10/bushel.
Prices pulled back by a few cents briefly, but that was only
temporary.
Last week, the price of wheat rose so rapidly that trading had to be
stopped because the exchange limit on price increases had been
reached. That happened EVERY DAY this past week. The limit is 30¢
per bushel per day, so the price rose $1.50 this week alone to $10.93
per bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT). The price of wheat
has more than doubled in the last year.
Starting next week, the CBOT is doubling its daily price limits to
60¢ per bushel per day.
According to the <#stdurl
http://usda.mannlib.cornell.edu/MannUsda/viewDocumentInfo.do?documentID=1194
"Feb 28 USDA report."#> US stockpiles of wheat are falling, and are
down 40% from a year ago.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right foodprices 3
These are the lowest stockpiles of wheat since just after World War
II, when America was exporting wheat around the world to prevent
post-war starvation. (When I was in school in the 1950s, I recall my
teachers saying with pride that "America is the bread basket of the
world.")
According to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601081&sid=aUZnQiEJjxuA&refer=australia
"analyses quoted by Bloomberg,"#> there are several reasons why the
price of wheat keeps rising unstoppably:
"We had the early frost last year and drought pretty much
worldwide, and we kept demand at a rapid pace, so our stocks started
to dwindle."
Last year, bad weather damaged crops from several of the world's
biggest producers.
U.S. wheat yields were hurt by a freeze, followed by excessive
rainfall, and then drought hurt production in Canada and Australia.
Harvest of spring wheat was limited after drought hurt plants last
year in the northern Plains and in Canada.
Rising food consumption in China.
India, the world's second-largest consumer of the grain, may
import 68 percent more [68%!!!!!] this year.
Increased demand for corn and soybeans used to make alternative
fuels also are eroding global crop supplies.
"We are seeing a demand curve largely from Asia and augmented by
the biofuel discussion," said Monsanto Co. Chief Executive Officer
Hugh Grant. "I don't think we have seen this since the 1940s, when
there was a global rebuilding effort after World War II."
The survivors of World War II were very well aware of how dangerous
it is to let people starve anywhere in the world. Starving people do
not negotiate.
More and more, I find myself using the phrase "tipping point" in
these articles. The continuing downward trend in stock share prices
will soon be a tipping point that will trigger a chain reaction of
hedge fund bankruptcies.
And this incredible never-ending, ever fast speedup in surging food
prices cannot simply cannot go on much longer. It wouldn't surprise
me to learn that there tens of millions more people each month
foraging through garbage dumps, hoping to find something to feed
their wives and children. In this case, the tipping point will occur
when prices go so high that a war can't be prevented.
For the most part, today's Boomers and Gen-Xers don't have a clue
about what's going on. They'll learn soon enough.
=eod
=// &&2 e080208 Bond insurer 'bailout' appears near crisis point
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.head
Bond insurer 'bailout' appears near crisis point
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.keys
finance, monolines
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.date
8-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.txt1
Federal and New York state regulators feud over who'll get credit for
"saving the market,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080208.txt2
according to reporting by CNBC's Charlie Gasparino.
The problem of the "bond insurers" (also called "monolines") has been
simmering for months, but because of its complexity I've only
mentioned it a time or two, particularly in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080118 ""The collapse of the bond insurers, ACA, Ambac and
MBIA.""#>
The bond insurance firms are part of the alchemy that financial
engineers used to transform low-rated, highly risky CDOs and other
structured securities into top-rate "risk-free" AAA rated securities.
If you're an investment bank issuing questionable bonds, then you buy
insurance from an insurer who promises to pay off the bonds if the
issuer defaults. That way the bonds are "doubly-protected" -- either
the bond will pay off or the insurance will pay off -- thus magically
earning an AAA rating.
(For those interested in the math behind bond insurers and other
structured finance games, see <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A
primer on financial engineering and structured finance.""#>)
However, the bond insurers lose a lot of their magic power if their
own ratings get lowered, and that's what's being threatened by the
ratings agencies, Standard & Poor's, Moody's Investors Service and
Fitch Ratings.
There's a great fear of a devastating chain reaction if the bond
insurers lose their AAA ratings. If so, then all the bonds that
they've insured also lose their AAA ratings. There are two main
categories of bonds that would be affected:
$2.4 trillion in CDOs and other mortgage-backed securities
that are turning out to be worthless or near-worthless. Many of these
securities are still retaining AAA ratings because of the bond
insurance. But if the bond insurers lose their ratings, then a lot
more of these CDOs will lose their rates, and banks will be forced to
write them down.
$2 trillion in muncipal bonds. These are issued by city and town
governments. They're normally pretty safe from default because the
city or town can tax its citizens if necessary to pay them off.
Still, many of them have AAA ratings only because of bond insurance.
Many mutual funds and money market funds and other "safe" funds are
backed by municipal bonds, but if the munis are downgraded, then the
mutual funds and money market funds will have to start selling them
off.
In both of these cases, the resulting sales and downgrades will have
a domino effect on other investment funds and hedge funds, forcing
additional selloffs and downgrades.
During the last couple of months, there's been a huge drama being
played out in the financial world. Here are the actors:
The bond insurers. They say, "We're fine. We're great.
Don't worry about us. Just leave us alone and go on with your life."
MBIA has taken the additional steps of <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=av3DxR4N0FgU&refer=home
"raising capital on its own"#> to protect its rating.
The state regulators. New York Insurance Superintendent Eric
Dinallo has been trying to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=av3DxR4N0FgU&refer=home
"organize a deal"#> to get the large banks to bail out the bond
insurers. Under the proposals being discussed, the banks would loan
money to the insurers and would also purchase part ownership in the
insurers. This could create a wonderful conflict of interest
situation, where a bank is issuing bonds, the bank is insuring the
bonds with a bond insurer, and the bank owns the insurer, so that the
bank is insuring itself. What fun.
The federal regulators. The Treasury Dept. and the Federal
Reserve are joining in the negotiations.
The banks. They're getting their arms twisted to participate in
this bailout. They really can't afford it, after losing so much in
writedowns.
The ratings agencies. Now here's where the real games are being
played. They've been threatening to downgrade the ratings on the
bond insurers for weeks, but it's always coming "next week." They're
stalling because they don't want to be blamed for causing a chain
reaction that would harm the markets. However, the ratings agencies
have so little credibility left that they may have no choice other
than to act soon.
It wasn't so long ago that all of these actors were well respected
organizations, but no more. They've all lied and prevaricated and
defrauded the public so many times, that they have almost no respect
remaining. As I wrote recently, the moral to the Aesop's Fable "The
boy who cried wolf" is "Nobody believes a liar, even when he's
telling the truth." Nobody knows when any of these organizations are
telling the truth anymore, or are just covering their asses.
So now we come to next scene of this dramatic real-time farce.
On Friday afternoon, CNBC's Charlie Gasparino reported the following:
He's spoken to many Wall Street bond trading professionals
and "sophisticated people in the bond market," and "I can't find a
single person who thinks that these bailouts are going to work." He
adds, "The whole thing could blow up any time now."
The ratings agencies have reached a tacit agreement with
Dinallo's office to hold off on downgrading the insurers' ratings to
see if a bailout agreement can be reached. However, according to
Gasparino, that tacit agreement expires within the NEXT WEEK.
(This paragraph was corrected on Feb 10)
People in Dinallo's office are telling him that they're
"cautiously optimistic" that the whole thing will be settled next
week.
It's possible that only a partial bailout will succeed -- namely,
only municipal bonds will remain insured, and could retain their AAA
rating. CDOs and other shaky bonds will lose their insurance, and
would have their own ratings downgrading.
Incredibly, according to Gasparino, there is a turf war developing
between the State and Federal regulators over who will get credit for
"saving the market" if there's a deal.
Just as incredibly, Gasparino concludes from this development
that it's a sign that the bailout is succeeding. "One of the ways you
know this thing is going to happen is that they're starting to fight
over credit," he says.
Well, who knows? Maybe the regulators have something in their bag of
tricks that will lead to some agreement. But there's another, much
more likely explanation.
It's much more likely that the State and Fed regulators are both
convinced that the bailout will be a spectacular failure, and the
supposed "fight over credit" is really a disguised "fight over
blame." What each side is saying is: "Let's do this my way, or it
will fail." That way, each side can blame the other for failure.
How bad will it be if the bond insurers lose their AAA ratings?
There have been a wide range of opinions expressed.
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120243252718052391.html "a Wall
Street Journal article,"#>
"The financial crisis plaguing municipal-bond
insurers has some people wondering what the world would look like
without them. The answer: maybe not as bad as you would think.
... Municipal bonds don't default much. Municipal bonds with a
double-B rating from credit-rating services have a cumulative
average 10-year default rate of 1.74% since 1970. That is much
lower than double-B-rated corporate bonds, which have a 29.93%
10-year cumulative default rate during the same period, according
to research compiled by research firm Municipal Market
Advisors."
This has led a number of analysts to conclude that municipal bonds
don't really need insurance, and that they'll get along fine without
insurance, if there's no bond insurer bailout.
But analysts aren't nearly so sanguine for the other part of the
market, the structured finance securities like CDOs.
Josef Ackermann, chief executive of Deutsche Bank, said that bond
insurer downgrades could have a <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article3330743.ece
"big knock-on effect:"#> "It could be a tsunami-like event comparable to
sub-prime."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're overdue for a
generational panic and crash, the first since 1929. What's really
amazing is how investor attitudes have changed in the last year. A
year ago, when the stock market bubble was still growing, the markets
would go up almost every day, whether the news was bad or good. Tens
of trillions of dollars of interlocking securities were built up on
the assumption that the market would keep going up. Now the market
has been on a general down trend, ever since December, with the market
going down almost every day, whether the news is good or bad. This
past week was the worst week for Wall Street since 2003. At some point
a "tipping point" will be reached. It will trigger a domino effect
that will cause multiple fund failures and forced selling. It's
impossible to predict when that will occur, or whether bond insurers'
ratings downgrades will have anything to do with it, but if the market
continues its steady fall, then it should happen in the near future.
=eod
=// &&2 e080206 Both consumer and commercial credit is disappearing as deflationary spiral accelerates
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.head
Both consumer and commercial credit is disappearing as
deflationary spiral accelerates
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.keys
finance, credit bubble, advice, earnings, aesops fables, alan
greenspan
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.date
6-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.txt1
Wall Street markets plummet 3% on Tuesday, as service sector
contracts sharply.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080206.txt2
A bad omen occurred around 8:45 am on Tuesday. The Institute for
Supply Management (ISM) was supposed to release a report at 10 am.
But suddenly they announced that they would release it at 8:55 am
instead, because it had leaked. Even before the report was released,
investors seemed to know that it would be bad news, and market
futures began to fall.
=inc ww2010.h2 ism "ISM non-manufacturing business activity index"
The report was worse than anyone expected. The "Non-manufacturing
business activity index" was 41.9, much lower than the value 53,
which is what economists had predicted.
Non-manufacturing busines activity refers to what is otherwise called
the "service sector." It consists of everything from restaurants and
banks to contractors, travel agencies and airlines.
(To add to the confusion, the ISM is introducing a brand new index
with this report, the "Non-Manufacturing Index," or NMI. If you look
at the <#stdurl
http://www.ism.ws/ISMReport/NonMfgROB.cfm?navItemNumber=12943 "the
actual report,"#> then you see NMI = 44.6% headlined. But economists
are interested in only one component, the index they've been working
with for a long time, the Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index,
which was at 41.9% in January.)
According to <#stdurl
http://www.ism.ws/ISMReport/NonMfgROB.cfm?navItemNumber=12943 "the
actual report"#>:
Business Activity
"ISM's Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index in January
registered 41.9 percent, indicating a significant contraction in
business activity in January from the seasonally adjusted 54.4
percent registered in December. This is the first contraction in
the non-manufacturing sector since March 2003, when the index
registered 46.3 percent, and the lowest Business Activity Index
since registering 40 percent in October 2001. Two industries
reported increased business activity, and 14 industries reported
decreased activity for the month of January. Two industries
reported no change from December. Comments from respondents
include: "Pervasive economic weakness"; "Less customer demand,
stiffer competition"; and "Fewer job orders, fewer inquiries about
our capabilities."
The industries reporting growth of business activity in January
are: Utilities and Educational Services. The industries reporting
decreased business activity in January are: Arts, Entertainment &
Recreation; Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
Accommodation & Food Services; Health Care & Social Assistance;
Transportation & Warehousing; Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
Management of Companies and Support Services; Construction;
Wholesale Trade; Finance & Insurance; Information; Retail Trade;
Public Administration; and Professional, Scientific & Technical
Services."
The report includes the following quotes from survey respondents:
"Recession fears taking hold as cost containment
strategies have been dusted off from 2002." (Finance &
Insurance)
"Business [is] slow as normal after holiday rush."
(Management of Companies & Support Services)
"Oil increases affecting delivery costs and the costs of
goods." (Retail Trade)
"Business is tough coming into Q1 after a very tough,
unprofitable Q4. Competitive pricing is driving rates to
unreasonable levels as competition is over fleeted." (Real
Estate, Rental & Leasing)
"... business activity is currently lower than normal at this
time." (Wholesale Trade)
Economists found the report devastating. According to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aGaC.HuMjA7w&refer=home
"one economist quoted by Bloomberg,"#> "This is a stunning fall. If
accurate, it's dire news on the economy."
=inc ww2010.h2 gd "Generational Dynamics and service sector"
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this development is
significant.
I've been predicting a deflationary environment since 2003, and the
initial explanation I gave was from my book, called the "crusty
old bureaucracy" theory. I came up with this name because I had read
some newspaper column describing some company as having a "crusty old
bureaucracy."
According to this concept, there's a generational cycle in businesses,
where bureaucracy sets in, and the products become gradually obsolete,
and that this happens on a national basis. In the extreme, once
enough businesses are producing obsolete products, inflation can't
increase because no one will want the products at any price. The only
way to fix the problem is through massive business bankruptcies and a
new set of businesses.
In the case of American business, practically all of the old
businesses went bankrupt during the 1930s Great Depression, and those
that survived completely renewed themselves so much that they were
new "lean and mean" businesses again.
During the intervening years, every organization -- business,
government, education, etc. -- began to develop a bureaucracy of
people and departments that were no longer "lean and mean." By the
2000s, most businesses were bogged down with a very heavy
bureaucracy. These organizations could only produce products that
nobody really wanted anymore.
When I was writing about this in 2003, it was well known that tens or
perhaps hundreds of thousands of manufacturing jobs had fled or were
fleeing to China. I expected that trend to continue, and the economy
to spiral downward.
That didn't happen, and what I hadn't anticipated was the "second
bubble," the huge credit bubble that was created by financial
engineering and structured credit. This huge bubble created an
enormous amount of liquidity, and the US economy was able to generate
a lot of new service sector jobs.
In most cases, service sector jobs can start up more cheaply than
manufacturing jobs. Manufacturing jobs usually require someone to
build a factory; service jobs use products that were manufactured by
someone else, so you can hire someone without building anything in
advance. So service jobs just require money, and there was plenty of
that around, thanks to the credit bubble.
So in 2003 I didn't foresee the enormous growth of the service
sector, but I was right about the manufacturing sector. Today, about
90% of all American jobs are service jobs. The manufacturing sector
has effectively been destroyed, thanks to the development of the
crusty old bureaucracy in many businesses.
Now that the credit bubble is leaking very quickly, we're beginning
to see the deflationary spiral that I was expecting in 2003. I would
expect service jobs to start disappearing fairly quickly in the
months ahead.
=inc ww2010.h2 credit "The collapse of the credit bubble"
The huge credit bubble that began growing in 2003 is now deflating,
and appears to be deflating more and more quickly.
The result is that it's getting harder to get credit every day.
There are many ways to measure this -- for example, banks are
toughening up their lending standards.
This became startling a few days ago, when Citibank actually
cancelled the credit cards of many customers of Egg, a UK online
bank. Citibank had acquired Egg plc a year ago in order to expand
into new markets.
But last week, Citibank <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/money/borrowing/article3303975.ece
"sent out an unexpected warning"#> to 161,000 of the 2.1 million Egg
credit card users saying that it will end their agreements in 35 days
time, because they have a "higher than acceptable risk profile."
A lot of people are really pissed off about this for several reasons,
not least of which is the fact that many of the canceled customers
had perfectly high credit ratings. Many of them, apparently, either
didn't use the card much or else paid off their monthly bills in
full, which meant that Citibank could not make much profit on them.
If you want to get a feel for the anger of many customers, read the
reader comments to <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/money/borrowing/article3294727.ece
"this Times Online article"#> on the subject.
An <#stdurl http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120217434152042887.html
"article in WSJ"#> says that banks are making it much tougher to get
and keep credit cards, and suggests the following for "How to avoid
getting squeezed":
Boost your credit score, as issuers are raising minimum
score requirements.
Aim to pay down balances and limit applications for new
credit cards.
Maintain several cards with high limits, so if one issuer
raises fees, you have other options.
Quite honestly, it's hard for me to see how much good this advice
will do, given that Citibank canceled cards for people with perfectly
good credit ratings.
Another sign that credit is disappearing is that
<#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aCk0Qr1f2Eew
"the CDO market is almost frozen."#> These CDOs were the means by
which banks expanded credit in the past. But with all the writedowns
of CDOs, no one wants to buy them any more, so the market no longer
exists, for all practical purposes.
On Tuesday morning, CNBC reporter David Faber gave a report on the
credit markets as follows:
"Here it is February 5, and we're still talking
about credit. It has been a lot of months, hasn't it? And it
continues to be very similar in terms of news flow, and the
conversation, and the concerns.
This morning, any number of different data points that you could
cite as a reason why the markets are yet again focused on that
area.
I will get to highly leveraged transactions in a moment, but it's
like Sallie Mae getting downgraded by S&P to one notch above
junk.
It's a report from Goldman Sachs - their institutional portal
this morning saying "Credit is too tight to mention."
Specifically on the real estate side, the residential /
commercial real estate markets painted by the report is
unequivocally much bleaker -- both the demographics, the supply of
real estate credit stand at their worst point since they started
this series in the early 90s.
It is these kinds of small but significant data points that we
get.
Europe credit blew out yet again today -- or at least is in the
process of having a difficult time of things.
And then you get more specific kinds of reports about some of the
deals out there.
For example, Harrahs, which had closed a couple of weeks ago --
the banks had hoped to sell as much as $14 billion in debt that
financed the transaction -- they haven't been able to. That's not
a surprise, of course, given the reluctance of the banks to really
take significant hits on what are really likely to be money good
deals -- but an unwillingness of people in the credit markets to
pay anything near par for these names.
So you've got Harrahs sitting on the books of all these banks.
That in turn of course has people concerned about the likes of
ClearChannel communications, a company I've reported on many
times. Why? Because of all the banks that are financing that
huge "go-private." As I reported last week, the principals in the
deal remain very positive on its prospects, but they are
concerned that the banks are going to panic to such an extent
that there is even the possibility that they might try any way
they can to get out.
And if you're a bank, of course you're going to consider it. You
don't want to fund any of these deals. Why would you? You know
you're going to have to mark them down the minute they hit your
books. You know that you're going to be unable to sell any of
them.
The latest names also that is now going to be concerned about is
BCE Inc. Some reports in the Canadian press late yesterday really
just questioning how it is that the banks are going to be able to
step up to finance a deal that they know they're going to have to
keep on their books.
That of course the biggest leveraged buyout more or less of all
time, I think topping TXU.
That's where we stand yet again, Erin. It's the same old story.
Frankly it continues to worsen."
So this collapse of credit isn't just happening in one place, say
real estate. It's happening to consumers, to small businesses, and
to large businesses alike.
=inc ww2010.h2 earnings "The collapse of corporate earnings"
The fall in the growth rate of
corporate earnings for the fourth quarter of last year
has been enormous. The fall finally appears to be leveling off at
-20% to -21%.
Here's the summary from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, February 1st:
282 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4, 59%
have beaten estimates, 14% were in-line, and 27% have missed.
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in
fourth-quarter 2007, combining actual numbers for companies that
have reported, and estimates for companies yet to report, stands
at -20.7%.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
Feb 1: -20.7%
In other words, at the beginning of 4Q, Thomson Financial was
predicting that earnings would grow by 11.5%. That turned out to be
a complete fantasy. As time went on, and actual results came in, the
estimate fell sharply, now at a 20.7% loss.
The fantasy continues. According to a report on CNBC on Tuesday
afternoon, Thomson Financial has provided its estimates for earnings
growth in 2008. Here are the results:
This is so absurd that I don't even think many of the CNBC reporters
believe it's possible, except for the Pollyannas.
=inc ww2010.h2 pollyanna "The Pollyanna factor"
Late Tuesday afternoon, Maria Bartiromo squawked, "What's going on?
We've known all of this bad news for a long time!"
She was referring to the bad news, such as the ISM report and the
earnings reports, that were evidently driving the market down. She
was making the point that there had already been hints of reduced
service sector activity and lower earnings. So why, she wondered,
was the market falling now? Since it was old news, the bubble should
be growing again.
The answer is that it's related to the old Aesop's fable about the
boy who cried "wolf." The first time he cried "wolf" as a joke
everyone ran to save him from the wolf. The same thing happened the
second time he cried "wolf," But then one day a real wolf showed up.
He cried "wolf," but nobody came to save him because they thought he
was trying to fool them again. Aesop's moral is, "Nobody believes a
liar, even when he's telling the truth."
Well, maybe that news was old news, but whenever bad news comes up on
CNBC, the Pollyannas like Maria Bartiromo and Dennis Kneale simply
say that it's irrelevant, a one-time thing that will disappear.
The first time Maria cries, "Ignore the bad news," people run to buy,
because they believe her. The second time Maria cries, "Ignore the
bad news," people run to buy, because they believe her. But the
third time Maria says "Ignore the bad news," they think she's trying
to fool them again, so they sell. You see, Maria, nobody believes a
liar, even when she's telling the truth.
Even now, there are still airhead pundits saying that everything's
OK. "It's beginning to feel like 1991 again," one of the them said.
Now, I don't care if it's an analyst, a journalist, a blogger, a
pundit, a politician, a college professor, a Nobel prize winner, or
anything else, but if someone says that the macro economy today is
like 2001 or like 1991 or like 1982 or like l974 or like 1962, then I
tell you, Dear Reader, that guy has his head up his a--.
What's going on today in the macro economy doesn't remotely resemble
anything that's happened since 1929.
=inc ww2010.h2 market "The market"
The market rose last week, after the Fed's huge two-part interest
rate cut, and after everyone became euphoric over the possible
Microsoft leveraged buyout of Yahoo. It seemed like the punch bowl
was back, and it was time to party on.
Instead, we're now resuming the downward trend that began in
December.
Investors are hoping against hope that the Fed will save them -- by
cutting interest rates again, so that liquidity will return and
credit will return and leveraged buyouts will return, and so forth.
One thing that I didn't fully understand in 2003 that is fully
apparent today is that the Fed has absolutely nothing to do with
what's going on now.
The Fed can cut interest rates to zero, and it won't stop the
deflationary spiral we're in. In fact, that's what Japan did in the
1990s -- interest rates were set literally to zero, and the
deflationary spiral continued, and even today many prices are still
falling.
In December, I posted an article called <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e071221 ""Will hyper-inflation make the dollar worthless (like
the Weimar republic)?""#> in which I explained why there will
NOT be hyper-inflation, but rather deflation.
I've received many questions about that article, and I promised to
write an update answering the questions, and it's still on my todo
list, and I've even started it, but it isn't done yet, and I'm sorry,
but it will get done.
In the meantime, let me address a point that several people asked. It
was something like the following: "The Fed will print lots of money,
and the dollar will become worthless."
First, the amount of currency in circulation is a very small part of
the total money supply. It's so small that it's almost irrelevant.
The Fed injects money into the financial system by creating credit by
lowering interest rates.
What I didn't understand in 2003 is how little effect the Fed really
has. The Fed can inject a few hundred billion dollars into the
financial system, or maybe even a trillion or two.
But what really made me see the light was when I realized that there
are some $700 trillion dollars of credit derivatives in the world
today in various portfolios. Now, that's money too, in the sense
that it can be used as collateral or to make investments.
The point is that the trillion or two that the Fed commands is almost
nothing compared to the amount of money in the world. Alan Greenspan
didn't cause the credit bubble; he had nothing to do with it. He
couldn't have created it because the Fed can't control a $700
trillion total. Similarly, Ben Bernanke can't control it either.
The deflationary spiral we're in today is progressing and can't be
stopped. Every day that $700 trillion comes down a little, as
various securities get written down, or as companies or banks go
bankrupt, or as credit cards get canceled. That's where the
deflation is coming from, and it can't be stopped because it's too
big to be stopped. As I always like to say, you can't stop a
tsunami.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're headed to a
new stock market panic and crash, triggering a new 1930s style Great
Depression. It's impossible to predict the exact date, but unless
the markets somehow reverse themselves quickly, the spiral will be
reaching full speed before long.
=eod
=// &&2 e080205b Moody's and other rating agencies made big money overrating CDOs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.head
Moody's and other rating agencies made big money overrating CDOs
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.keys
finance, ratings agencies, monolines
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.date
5-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.txt1
No direct evidence of negligence or fraud yet, but a huge conflict of
interest,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205b.txt2
according to CNBC's reporter Charlie Gasparino on Tuesday.
Gasparino went through publicly available information and found the
following:
"The margins in rating CDOs were much higher than
anything else out there. The profit margins for rating a CDO for
a typical bond rater was three times higher than it was to rate,
say, a municipal bond."
Bond rating agencies, like Standard & Poor's, Moody's Investors
Service and Fitch Ratings, do not just sit by themselves and
publish ratings of bonds. The companies issuing the bonds pay
the rating agencies to do the ratings. A bond issuer can choose
whichever rating agency he wants, and can select the ratings
agency that's most likely to provide a high rating. So there's a
big incentive for ratings agencies to overrate.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080205a.jpg right "" "Charlie Gasparino (top) and
Vince Farrell
(Source: CNBC)"#>
So a ratings agency makes money by getting issuers to pay them to
compute ratings. For CDOs and other structured finance bonds,
they make THREE TIMES MORE than for "ordinary" bonds.
"In 2006 - that's the last year we have publicly available
information for -- Moody's derived nearly 50% of its revenues
from the structured finance area.
That means that the amount of revenue from structured finance
nearly doubled over a 10-year period. I should point out that in
1998 you made as much money from corporate finance - that's
rating plain old vanilla corporate bonds -- as you did from
structured finance."
Because of the huge fees that ratings agencies can charge to rate
CDOs, structured finance is responsible for half the company's
revenues. Moody's CANNOT AFFORD to lose the CDO business, and so
it CAN'T RISK even losing a customer, which means it has to
provide high ratings to keep the customer happy.
There's "a pretty interesting sentence" from Moody's 10-K
filing for 2007: "Increasingly complex collateralized debt
obligations ('CDO's) have been introduced, which should continue
to support growth."
Gasparino adds: "What they're talking about is their own growth in
revenues. ... This was a huge growth area for bond rating
companies. We forget that bond rating companies make money by
rating these complex products, and it may have been one of the
reasons why they didn't catch it sooner."
And so we have a pretty damning picture: Moody's was charging
extremely fat fees to provide high ratings to CDOs that turned
out to be near-worthless, was deriving half its revenue from it,
and was expecting this business to be a major growth area,
because of the increasing complexity of the CDOs
themselves.
In the discussion that followed, commentator Vince Farrell of Scotsman
Capital Management said:
"What these ratings agencies did is absolutely
deplorable. They took the issuers' money and gave them a good
rating back. I can understand how the complexity of this thing
can throw you, but there were very smart people who were
scratching their head at the time, saying, "How do you take triple
B subprime stuff, and through financial alchemy, turn it into
triple A stuff. It just doesn't make any sense. And now they're
paying the price. I think this story is going to play out over a
long period of time. I think there was negligence here."
And Gasparino responded:
"I have no direct evident of negligence. But
there is clearly one issue here that not even the people at S&P,
Moody's, the bond raters talk about, and that's the conflict of
interest, where you have the issuers -- municipalities,
corporations, companies -- and in this case when you package
together these CDOs, it's like Bear Stearns and Merrill Lynch
paying the rating agencies to rate the bond. Whenever you have
that sort of disincentive -- why would Moody's want to piss off
Bear Stearns, when Bear Stearns is essentially pitting Moody's
against other bond rating agencies? That's one of the incentives
to give higher ratings.
On top of that, these numbers show that structured finance was a
HUGE moneymaker for these guys. These guys needed structure
finance to make bucks."
To which Farrel replied, "These guys all marched off the cliff
together. It's unbelievable."
This is just one more of many examples of retribution closing in on
various of the scam artists in the "subprime" scandal. I've said
repeatedly that all of these financial engineers might be able to
claim that they didn't know what they were doing in 2002, or 2003, or
2004, or 2005, but by 2006 they must have known that the were
defrauding investors and the public. By 2007, when Moody's was
projecting this kind of fraud as a "growth" business, there is no
plausible excuse whatsoever.
These rating agencies made huge amounts of money by issuing
fraudulent ratings. The "marched off the cliff together," as Farrell
says, and now retribution is getting closer.
=eod
=// &&2 e080205 Suicide bombing in Israel blamed on the Gaza border opening
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.head
Suicide bombing in Israel blamed on the Gaza border opening
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.keys
suicide bombers, israel, gaza, egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.date
5-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.txt1
Although Egypt finally closed the border on Sunday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080205.txt2
it was apparently not soon enough to prevent the first Palestinian
suicide bombing in a year in Israel.
On Monday, a Palestinian <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0205/p12s01-wome.html "suicide bomber
blew himself up"#> at a shopping area in Dimona, in the south of
Israel, near the Egyptian border.
There were actually two suicide bombers, but one was injured and
knocked down by the first bomb. A lady went over to help him and
discovered his suicide vest. She screamed to everyone to run, and as
the man moved his hand apparently to detonate his explosives, the
police shot and killed him.
The bombing took place in Dimona, near the site of Israel's top secret
nuclear reactor. It's not known whether this was a factor in the
terrorist choice of Dimona as site of the bombing.
Israel is blaming the successful suicide bombing on <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080126 "Egypt's failure to keep the border
closed"#> between Gaza and Egypt. However, the BBC said that someone
from Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigades claimed that the border crossing was
not used.
Israelis were fearful and furious over the attack.
Palestinians in Gaza celebrated with dancing and free candy. The
Palestinian terrorist group, Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigades, claimed
responsibility. Palestinian TV showed a video, recorded two weeks
earlier, of the two suicide bombers praying and preparing for their
attack. The two were identified as heroic martyrs.
Egypt's re-sealing of the Gaza border crossing is almost certain to
cause additional conflict. Thousands of Palestinians have been using
it each day to cross into Egypt for shopping or to visit relatives,
and to cross back. Closing it again will cause unrest with the
Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt as well as with the Palestinians in Gaza.
As in the past, the important thing to be watching for is whether
these incidents so infuriate one of the parties (Israel,
Palestinians, Muslim Brotherhood) that a serious war is threatened.
Nothing like that appears to be the case so far, but tensions are
growing.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, this region is
headed for a new war between Arabs and Jews, re-fighting the
genocidal 1949 crisis war that followed the partitioning of Palestine
and the creation of the state of Israel. It's impossible to predict
whether that war will begin next month, next year, or thereafter, but
it's coming with mathematical certainty.
=eod
=// &&2 e080204 Blogger watch: Mish Shedlock goes gloomy, while John Mauldin gets muddled.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.head
Blogger watch: Mish Shedlock goes gloomy, while John Mauldin gets
muddled.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.keys
finance, michael mish shedlock, john mauldin, nouriel roubini, alan
greenspan, ben bernanke, pe ratios, john kenneth galbraith, great
depression
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.date
4-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.txt1
The word "Depression" is creeping into mainstream media.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080204.txt2
Any regular reader of this web site is aware how critical I am of
mainstream pundits, analysts and politicians. Journalists like Greg
Ip at the Wall St. Journal have no idea what's going on.
Economists like CNBC's Steve Lieseman or the NY Times' Paul
Krugman talk pablum from mainstream economics, even though it
<#hreftext ww2010.i.macro061025 "hasn't predicted or explained
anything"#> that's happened in the last 10-15 years -- it doesn't
explain why the bubble started in 1995 (as opposed to 1990 or 2000 or
at all), it doesn't explain how we got to where we are now, and it
provides no clue about what's coming next.
The bloggers -- <#stdurl http://www.rgemonitor.com/blog/roubini
"Nouriel Roubini's blog,"#> <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/ "Michael
("Mish") Shedlock's blog,"#> the <#stdurl
http://calculatedrisk.blogspot.com/ "Calculated Risk blog"#> (with
Tanta), the <#stdurl http://suddendebt.blogspot.com/ "Sudden Debt
blog,"#> the <#stdurl http://www.minyanville.com/ "MinyanVille
blog,"#> and others -- often pull the facts together, but fail to draw
the right conclusions, for fear of getting people mad at them.
All of these people post analyses of things going on -- the latest
jobs reports, the latest currency exchange rates, real estate
foreclosure rates, interest rates, housing inventories, etc. They
paint dark pictures of what's going on, but they never say what's
coming next. Do they believe that we can get out of this mess? They
never say that. Do they believe that there's going to be another
1930s style Great Depression? They NEVER say that.
Then you have the Fed chairmen -- Alan Greenspan and Ben Bernanke.
They seem to have no idea what's going on either, but there's a
suspicion that they're aware of what's coming, but don't want to say
anything.
Today's situation is absolutely identical to what happened in 1929, as
described by John Kenneth Galbraith in his 1954 book, The Great
Crash - 1929, as follows:
"A bubble can easily be punctured. But to incise
it with a needle so that it subsides gradually is a task of no
small delicacy. Among those who sensed what was happening in early
1929, there was some hope but no confidence that the boom could be
made to subside. The real choice was between an immediate and
deliberately engineered collapse and a more serious disaster
later on. Someone would certainly be blamed for the ultimate
collapse when it came. There was no question whatever as to who
would be blamed should the boom be deliberately deflated. (For
nearly a decade the Federal Reserve authorities had been denying
their responsibility for the deflation of 1920-21.) The eventual
disaster also had the inestimable advantage of allowing a few
more days, weeks, months of life. One may doubt if at any time
in early 1929 the problem was ever framed in terms of quite such
stark alternatives. But however disguised or evaded, these were
the choices which haunted every serious conference on what to do
about the market." (p. 25)
This could describe what's happening today as easily as it describes
the time prior to October, 1929.
=inc ww2010.h2 shedlock "Michael "Mish" Shedlock"
And so it's worth noting that one blogger, <#stdurl
http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com/2008/01/crash-course-for-bernanke.html
"Michael ("Mish") Shedlock,"#> has apparently decided to
throw caution to wind and speak the word that dare not be spoken -
"Depression."
Now admittedly he isn't as forthright as we are, choosing instead to
make his claims by indirection, but his implications leave no doubt
that he's predicting a depression.
He quotes <#stdurl
http://www.marketwatch.com/news/story/great-fiscal-stimulus-package-/story.aspx?guid=%7BD3B850E5%2DE05D%2D40DA%2DA630%2D42B3CB838AE9%7D
"a recent article"#> about a 1929 "fiscal stimulus" package that
President Herbert Hoover got passed to save the economy, and
concludes, "Like the fiscal stimulus of 1929 the Fiscal 'Stimulus' Of
2008 Is Doomed To Fail."
Shedlock points to the following similarities between 1929 and 2008:
In the 20's, there was a massive overexpansion of
manufacturing capacity. Today there is a massive overexpansion of
productive capacity in China and a massive overexpansion of
retail stores in the US.
In the late 1920s, bank credit propelled a massive real
estate boom in New York City, in Florida, and throughout the
country. We now have the biggest housing bubble in history.
In late 20’s credit was expanding at a rapid pace but there
was no need for additional productive capacity. Today GDP is
rapidly falling but credit is still rising (for now).
In 1929 there was no pent up demand for manufactured goods,
especially autos. Today there is no pent up demand for homes,
restaurants, retail stores, strip malls, autos, trucks, or
anything else.
Shedlock adds a quote by Ludwig von Mises: "There is no means of
avoiding the final collapse of a boom brought about by credit (debt)
expansion. The alternative is only whether the crisis should come
sooner as the result of a voluntary abandonment of further credit
(debt) expansion, or later as a final and total catastrophe of the
currency system involved."
Shedlock refers to an <#stdurl
http://www.foreignpolicy.com/story/cms.php?story_id=3272 "article by
Ben Bernanke,"#> in written 2000, called "A crash course for central
bankers." In that article, Bernanke explains how the Fed could have
avoided the 1930s Great Depression by lowering interest rates faster.
Shedlock says, "Final analysis will show that Bernanke can change
interest rates but not attitudes, and attitudes are far more
important. Indeed, changes in attitudes will render all of Bernanke's
academic theories about the Great Depression meaningless."
(Shedlock reaches the same conclusion that I did last year in my
lengthy analysis, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070827 ""Bernanke's
historic experiment takes center stage.""#> Note that
Shedlock's "changes in attitudes" are the attitude changes in Boomers
and Generation-Xers, as they go from stupidity and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c "nihilism"#> to anxiety and panic.)
Shedlock concludes,
"Greenspan had the wind of consumers' willingness
and ability to go deeper in debt at his back. Bernanke has the
wind of boomers fearing retirement in the midst of falling home
prices and impaired bank balance sheets blowing stiffly in his
face. There is no cure for what ails us other than time and price.
And with the aforementioned attitude changes, the biggest, most
reckless, global credit expansion experiment the world has ever
seen is coming to an end. Central banks are powerless to do
anything about it."
Shedlock might have mentioned that Gen-Xers are getting even more
panicked than Boomers are.
=inc ww2010.h2 mauldin "John Mauldin"
While Shedlock takes a professorial approach in his blog, John
Mauldin runs an investment advisory service. In his newsletters, he
likes to brag about enjoying $5-10 cups of coffee from Starbucks, and
the fact that his target investor has $2 million or more in assets.
In <#stdurl http://www.frontlinethoughts.com/article.asp?id=mwo020108
"last week's newsletter,"#> Mauldin he responds to what he says are
"lots of questions" about a possible recession and depression.
Now, Mauldin would not have very many $2 million clients if he were
saying a depression was coming. On the other hand, he tries to give
an analytic answer to his client's question. His conclusion is that
the economy will "muddle through" for a couple of years, but since
he's being pulled in both these directions, his whole column ends up
being just muddled.
I'm actually not critizing Mauldin too much, because his newsletter
is actually much more advanced than typical investment advice
newsletters.
He responds to the following question:
"What are the differences between the current
state of the economy from that of the 1930s that would allow us to
have a 'muddle through' instead of a deflationary depression?
There seem to be many technical and fundamental similarities. We
westerners having been living above our means for a long time and
something is going to have to give. If history repeats itself then
the cure to our addiction requires us to go 'cold turkey' with a
deflationary depression. Is there hope that perhaps we could have
room-temp turkey instead?" - Dr. John E.
He begins with this:
"First, I have already lived through 5 recessions.
And every one was different in nature and cause. It is likely most
of my readers, all except the youngest, have lived through at
least 2 recessions, although the last two were rather mild, for
reasons we will go into later. And this next recession, if we have
one (and I think we are already in one) will be different than the
past recessions.
But the operative words are "lived through." The US economy will
come through this recession and enter a new period of growth, just
as we have in the past. As will, by the way, the European economy,
which I also think will encounter a recession. Again, recessions
are a normal part of the business cycle. Congress can't repeal
them, and central banks can only fight them, but not prevent them
entirely."
I don't think Mauldin intended it, but he's captured exactly the
reason why Generational Dynamics works the way it does. He's old
enough to have lived through 5 recessions, but not old enough to have
lived through the Great Depression. So he has no idea what's going
on.
What's fascinating though is his section, "It is All About
Valuations," where he gets into price/earnings ratios.
I really want to go into Mauldin's arguments, because they're
fascinating, and his reasoning, while slippery, appears to be unique
to him.
But first, we have to take another look at my own P/E chart that I
frequently post:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings Ratio
(P/E1) 1871-2007"#>
Now, nobody ever prints a long-term P/E chart like this one (except
for that shocking NY Times article that <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070823 "I wrote about last August"#>), because it's
way too frightening for the tender intercourse of the mainstream
media. Somebody could look at the above graph and actually figure out
what's coming, and the mainstream media-ites wouldn't want that.
As this chart shows, the P/E ratio is poised to fall to 5, as it has
several times in the last century, most recently in 1982. In order
to do that, stock prices will have to fall by a factor of 3, pushing
the Dow Industrials down to around 4000. Furthermore, since P/E
ratios have been well above average for 12 years, they'll have to
stay below average for an equivalent length of time -- that's the
Principle of Mean Reversion.
Here's how Mauldin treats all the above points:
"Markets go from high valuations to low valuations
back to high valuations, as nauseum. You can measure it in price
to book or price to earnings or whatever metric you want. The
affect is the same. There has never been a time where markets
started out from high valuations that they did not eventually end
up with lower valuations. These cycles lasted on average for 17
years, with the shortest being 13 years (so far).
And this is important. There has never been a time when
valuations dropped to the mean and then went back up again without
visiting a much lower valuation. Never. Not one time. Zip.
We are now back to the mean P/E ratio. Now maybe this time it is
different. But those are dangerous words."
I'm not sure what 17-year cycles he's talking about; if you look that
above graph, you'll see that the major cycles (labeled with bottoms
at 5.31, 5.82 and 6.79 on the graph) occurred at roughly 31-year
intervals. (The next bottom would thus be in 2012, meaning that it
would have to start falling about now.)
Presumably Mauldin is referring to some sub-cycles, but it's
confusing that he missed the major cycles.
However, Mauldin does hint at the Principle of Mean Reversion when he
says, "There has never been a time when valuations dropped to the mean
and then went back up again without visiting a much lower valuation."
That's the crucial point, and he should be applauded for emphasizing
it.
"P/Es are now in the 15 range. But I contend they
will go lower. How can we get to the low P/E ratios that have
prevailed in all previous cycles?
Either one of two ways. The market can drift sideways for a long
time while earnings continue to grow, or the market can drop
enough to get us to lower valuations. ...
If the stock market were to drop 20%, then the P/E ratio gets to
12, assuming earnings don't fall. Of course, they will, but they
are also likely to rebound as quickly as they did after the last
recession."
With this, Mauldin begins to go wrong, but since he's trying hard,
let's analyze his argument.
He says that there are two ways that P/E ratios can reach their
previous lows: (1) A flat stock market, awaiting a return to earnings
growth; or (2) A sharp fall in the stock market index. The way he
describes it, neither possibility will be particularly bad.
Unfortunately, this argument is completely off the rails. Let's take
a look at the problems:
He seems to be saying that the P/E ratio need only make a
quick trip down to its 1982 level (6.79), and then it can pop up
again, but that's not what the Principle of Mean Reversion says. The
P/E ratio has to drop down to a low level, say 5 or even lower, and
then STAY THERE FOR A LONG TIME to compensate for the 12 years it was
above average. Mauldin completely misses that point.
However, when Mauldin says that there are "two ways," he is
making the following point: The bigger the stock market crash (i.e.,
the lower the P/E ratios go), the shorter its duration.
He says that earnings will fall, but "they will rebound as
quickly as they did after the last recession." Boy, this is total
wishful thinking. The last recession occurred in 2001-2002, and then
the economy got swept up into the housing bubble, the credit bubble,
the liquidity bubble and a new stock market bubble. There will NOT
be a new bubble. The Principle of Mean Reversion applies to earnings
growth as well as P/E ratios. Earnings are going to stay low for a
very, very long time.
Now here's an interesting thought:
"Why don't we just hit the mean P/E ratio and just
bounce back on up? It is mostly psychology, and I spent a great
deal of time in my book and in this letter trying to demonstrate
the reasons behind these cycles. But in a nutshell, if you
disappoint the market once, you get a small reaction. Disappoint
investors again and the reaction is more pronounced, and don't
even go there a third or fourth time.
Recessions produce earnings disappointments for a variety of
reasons: reduced consumer spending, higher marginal cost of sales
ratios, reduced business investment, etc. I think we are in for a
few quarters of disappointment."
This is really silly. This is why mainstream economics has been a
total failure for so many years at predicting or explaining anything.
If you don't understand what's going on, then blame it on investor
psychology. Utter nonsense. You might as well blame it on the man in
the moon.
The question is: "Why don't we just hit the mean P/E ratio and just
bounce back on up?" Well then it wouldn't be the "mean" would it?
The word "mean" means the same as "average." The Principle of Mean
Reversion says that, over the long haul, the average stays the same.
Well, if you always bounced back up when you got to the average, then
it would always be above average. This P/E ratio would fit in quite
well in <#stdurl http://prairiehome.publicradio.org/about/podcast/
"Lake Wobegon,"#> where "all the women are strong, all the men are
good looking, and all the children are above average."
The Principle of Mean Reversion says that if P/E ratios are above
average for a while, then they have to be below average for an
equivalent period of time, in order to maintain the long term
average.
Mauldin says,
"As I said in my annual forecast, I expect to turn
modestly bullish on the stock market when this recession has
played its course, and seriously bullish when valuations get
lower. I am looking forward to it. It is more fun to be bullish.
You get invited to more parties."
I can sympathize with this. I don't get invited to too many parties
either.
=inc ww2010.h2 barber "Carolyn Barber, a woman from the 1930s"
People like Shedlock and Mauldin, born after World War II, really
have no idea what's coming. Here's are some excerpts from <#stdurl
http://www.redbluffdailynews.com/opinion/ci_8150618 "an article"#> in
the Red Bluffs (CA) Daily News, written by Carolyn Barber, born
in the 1930s, with a wholly different way of looking at things:
Carolyn Barber: The most spoken words of the
present, 2/2/2008
Certain words become popular during ongoing generations.
One such word is paradigm. In the 1970s - '80s, every
conversation centered on paradigm change. ...
A word being heard frequently these past few weeks is the R word.
Sometimes we address words that are uncomfortable with recognition
of only the first letter of the word.
I am wondering how many of us can readily identify the R word of
current repetitive use. No, it isn't a double word like rebel
rouser or rat fink.
The word most readily used and somewhat ominous to those who hear
it today is recession.
The media use the word daily as do the politicians who are
currently seeking possible remedies for the economy in the United
States and in the world.
To a multitude of people, old and young, who have been visiting
the local grocery stores and other basic needs establishments,
the noticeable raise in prices has held their attention for more
than a few weeks.
The word recession hit real people over a year ago in the form of
challenging already lightly filled pocketbooks. These people
already live on a tight budget and are daily faced with hard
decisions on what to cut back on or to completely eliminate from
their waning budgets. Some have resorted to making their groceries
last a little longer, a need to enforced diet or filling their gas
tanks for many less miles which means eliminating even short
pleasure trips. ...
The dictionary speaks of it as being a short cycle. This
recession, sometimes defined as just a little slide back, is hard
to accept as small with the large numbers of repossessed homes on
auction blocks everywhere.
Those that have lived through previous recessions see the
prediction of a short business cycle as a frivolous presumption.
A remnant of the populace remember the economic crisis and the
period of low business activity in the U.S. and other countries
beginning with the stock market crash in October of 1929 and
continuing to the 1930s. What occurred at that time in history was
the Great Depression.
Some of us, born in the 1930s can remember stories of the
depression (coming after the recession) told by their parents,
their grandparents and aunts and uncles.
Thoughts of buying a home in those times was squashed by the fact
that many families in the years of depression lost all that they
previously owned.
My maternal grandparents had to leave their home and property in
Nebraska and Grandpa Field's good job and migrate to the mountains
of Colorado to find new employment.
Their young children had to seek jobs of any sort to help maintain
the meager income of the total family. Possessions were left
behind and were either sold or passed on to neighbors.
My sweet, grandmother, Elsie Fields, mourned over having to leave
her precious pump organ, an item that drew the family together as
she played and sang the favorite song of each child.
My parents started married life in a two room apartment situated
over a pool hall; the residents of these small coal oil heated
apartments shared a common bathroom. They also shared food and
reused coffee grounds over and over until they could pool their
monies to buy additional rations.
I was born in such an apartment, my uncle and aunt's was chosen
for the birth, it being better furnished and more presentable to
the attending doctor. People helped others through the remaining
ravages of the Great Depression. What lesson can we learn from
history? Perhaps it is not to take the word recession too lightly.
Perhaps it means that we can plan ahead and ward off a full
depression. Perhaps by all working together some of the sacrifices
will not be those that bring us down to a depression of the mind
and soul."
Ms. Barber makes a proposal when she asks: "What lesson can we learn
from history? Perhaps it is not to take the word recession too
lightly. Perhaps it means that we can plan ahead and ward off a full
depression. Perhaps by all working together some of the sacrifices
will not be those that bring us down to a depression of the mind and
soul."
This is actually a question that I've asked myself many times in the
last few years, only I asked it in a different way: Suppose that in
1996, instead of just talking about "irrational exuberance," Alan
Greenspan announced that, "I've been studying generational theory,
and I've concluded that the current irrational exuberance is the
first part of a huge bubble that's going to lead to a new Great
Depression. I ask everyone: Please control yourselves."
Or, suppose that around 2001-2002, President Bush learned about
generational theory, and concluded that the country was headed for a
new Great Recession. What could he have done to prevent the bubble
from happening?
Generational Dynamics tells us the answer: Greenspan would have
changed nothing, except possibly to get himself fired, and President
Bush could have done nothing either.
The power of generational attitudes is too great. You can't stop
them any more than you can stop a tsunami. Imagine either Alan
Greenspan or George Bush telling Boomers or Gen-Xers that they
shouldn't do things that might risk a bubble. You could hear the
laughter all the way to the moon.
And so Ms. Barber's plea that we help each other so that a Depression
can be avoided will have no effect. It's already in the cards. It's
been in the cards for decades. It's 100% certain.
That's why I always tell people on this web site: You can't stop
what's coming, but you can prepare for it. Treasure the time you
have left, and use the time to prepare yourself, your family, your
community and your nation.
=eod
=// &&2 e080203 Readers comment: Gold prices and where you should put your money.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.head
Readers comment: Gold prices and where you should put your money.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.keys
finance, gold, money market funds, advice
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.date
3-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.txt1
What do you do if you're afraid that your 401K isn't safe?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080203.txt2
In a recent article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080128e ""Fidelity
Investments salesman admits that money market funds are not
safe,""#> I described the answers that a web site reader got
when he called his Fidelity Investments salesman and asked, "If
Fidelity goes bankrupt, then will my money be protected?"
The answer was "No" in every cases, except the case where you own
Treasury bonds and Fidelity is holding them for you. But if you've
invested in a money market fund, even one backed by Treasury bonds,
then they're not safe.
I received several comments from web site readers. These are the
most interesting.
Two months ago, I provided a number of additional suggestions in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071206 ""Questions and answers about the
'credit crunch.'""#> Some of that information is repeated here.
=inc ww2010.h2 gold "Is gold overpriced?"
I wrote that one choice is owning "Actual physical gold, if you're
into taking risks, since gold is currently way overpriced."
"John - Gold is not overpriced as you will soon
see (think inflation adjusted). All the best."
I'll be waiting.
"Hi, Is that your opinion that "Gold is currently
way overpriced?". If you were a financial blog, I'd accept that.
=inc ww2010.pic goldbars.jpg right "" "Gold bars"
If you want to know what's happening with gold please let me know
and I'll send you so much information you will espouse only one
investment to protect against doom and gloom. Gold will be going
to 1000 pretty soon...and then 1600 this year. By next year it
will be at 2500, EVEN then gold will be severely UNDER Priced, it
would only then equal the 850$ reached in 1980 in real
terms."
Wait ... don't tell me ... let me guess ... you sell gold. Right?
And you mean that if I rename this web log the "Generational Dynamics
Financial Blog," then you'd change your mind? Weird.
"I have tried to find out without bothering you
but cannot find material to justify your comment on gold being
overpriced could you please help me out with this. I understand
that in an deflation its price could collapse but we are in an
inflationary climate. And in your opinion overpriced against what
measure?
I understand gold has appreciated quickly as of late, and at
these parabolic rises, a decline is inevitable and will possibly
be ugly, do you mean it in the context of a coming economic
collapse and great depression."
There's been a huge commodity bubble in the last five years. Gold
has gone from something like $400/oz to almost $1000/oz. Copper went
from $2000/ton to $8000/ton, though I think it may be down a bit now.
Oil went from $30/barrel to $100/barrel, though it's down a little
now. Wheat went from $2.50/bushel to $10/bushel, though it's down a
little now.
It's possible that the commodity bubble will grow even larger, but
sooner or later it will burst.
When this commodity bubble bursts, all of these commodity prices will
collapse. There's no reason that I'm aware of that the same thing
won't happen to gold. Gold is not magic, though many people believe
it is. If it were magic, then I would have magic teeth.
If there's a war, then gold may or may not spike for a while,
depending on how the war goes. That's a very high risk assumption
and, in my opinion, does not make gold a good investment at this
time.
But if you do decide to buy gold, make sure that you take possession
of actual physical gold, since any gold-based securities are liable
to end up being worthless.
"If you look at the current financial situation
and how Ben Bernacke is handling the situation, I guess we go for
global meltdown.
For me the best thing to do to protect yourself is to buy
physical gold. Gold is something that is been used as money since
the last 6000 years.
I guess gold will survive; dollar, euro, yen is only
paper..."
Yes, gold has survived a long time, but some paper currencies (like
the dollar and pound) have survived at least a few centuries of war.
Keep in mind that in the case of some national or regional
emergency, you can't eat gold, and you may not be able to sell gold.
So if you invest in gold, make sure that there will be other options
available to you.
"For more risk, you could also consider many ETFs.
You can bet on anything from Gold, grain, oil or other commodity
prices rising, to indexes like the S&P500 or Nasdaq100 declining,
there are even ETFs that double the inverse of these indexes (such
as QID and SMN). You can bet on a decline in oil stocks via DUG
(or bet on a rise via DIG). Obviously if your timing is bad, you
could lose a lot of money.
If you are going to buy physical gold or silver, expect to pay
extremely high commissions on both sides (buying and if you ever
want to sell) which can give you an instant loss of as much as
20% right off the bat (10% to buy, and another 10 in the future
when you sell). Buying the gold ETF (GLD) may make more sense for
some people if you really want to buy gold but don't want to pay
high upfront costs or be at risk of theft."
If gold were relatively cheap right now, then it might make sense to
purchase gold, with the expectation that gold prices would increase.
But with gold prices so high because of the commodities bubble,
buying gold and paying a high commission as well makes no sense at
all, as this reader indicates.
However, I can't recommend purchasing ETFs (exchange-traded funds),
which seem to me to be the worst choice. You still pay the bubble
price, but don't have the protection of having possession of actual
gold.
For those who are curious about ETFs, here's <#stdurl
http://activequote.fidelity.com/etf/sponsor.phtml?which=all
"the complete list"#> of ETFs sold by Fidelity.
Finally, who are you going to believe, gold salesmen or Indian
housewives?
<#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/f0a43d06-c49d-11dc-a474-0000779fd2ac.html
"From Financial Times:"#> "Could Indian housewives
be calling the top of the gold market? Many are selling unwanted
jewellery into a surging recycling market and deferring all but
essential purchases of the precious metal, commodity traders,
economists and jewellers said yesterday.
India is the world's largest consumer of the precious metal and
the apparent sell-signal from its value-savvy householders may
prove unsettling for global investors hoping that gold will
continue to be a safe haven in volatile markets.
"Demand for gold is virtually zero," said Suresh Hundia, president
of the Bombay Bullion Association. "People are taking profits and
selling their gold back to jewellers for 2.5-3 per cent less than
international market prices."
=inc ww2010.h2 401k "What to do with your 401K?"
"I recently inquired of you your thoughts about my
401k, which happens to be with Fidelity. I believe you suggested
to find a holding that was insured by the FDIC. Well after
checking my options, I found NONE of Fidelities funds that I can
choose are insured. After reading the last article from a reader
who questioned Fidelity, I feel like I am screwed. Would you
suggest withdrawing my holdings altogether? I know the tax
ramifications would be large, but that beats losing all my money.
I am a novice when it comes to knowledge of the legalities of
401k's and 457 plans. Is it even an option to take all my money
out???"
Whether you can take your money out is a technical question for which
you'll need professional advice about your situation.
However, the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080128e "answer given by the
Fidelity salesman"#> appears to provide some clues.
He said, "If you own actual government Treasuries that they're
holding for you, then you're protected. But if you subscribe to a
money market fund, even when it's backed by government Treasuries,
then you're not protected at all."
What that says to me is that you should transfer your money out of
the money market funds into actual Treasury bonds that you own.
A friend, who has an account with Merrill Lynch, told me that they
offered him another option: Transfer your funds into an FDIC-insured
CDs (Certificates of Deposit) in your name.
What these two solutions have in common is that the actual underlying
assets (Treasuries or CDs) are owned by YOU, the investor, rather
than by the securities firm. The firm is simply holding your assets
for you. Some firms may offer this for other classes of assets as
well, possibly even gold.
Incidentally, you don't have to go through a firm like Fidelity or
Merrill to make these investments. You can get a CD from your local
bank, and you can purchase Treasuries online at
<#stdurl http://www.treasurydirect.gov/#> .
However, make sure that you have some money in the form of cash that
you can access quickly, so that you can survive an emergency.
If any more web site readers have discovered other solutions to this
problem, please let me know and I'll post them.
=inc ww2010.h2 mattress "Stuffing cash into your mattress"
I actually was joking when I suggested stuffing cash into your
mattress, but so that no one will take it seriously, here are some
suggestions from a web site reader:
"About mattress comments... this is generally my
current approach, keeping physical cash (although I do use my bank
as a vehicle for certain funds, like paying rent and bills through
checks or debit cards, depositing the amount I need when I recieve
bills). However, as the financial situation of certain individuals
becomes desperate, a spike in non-violent theft crimes may be
expected to increase out of desperation (i.e. burglary). The
mattress idea is so cliche that any knowledgeable crook would look
there first. I'd suggest finding more creative ways to hide cash -
places that a criminal in a hurry wouldn't bother to look (hidden
in old magazines, in the fridge, maybe inside couch cushions with
zippers on them, in the pocket of an old pair of pants that is
never worn anymore, and so forth.)"
These are all good ideas.
If you live in a house with a basement with stone or brick walls, you
might consider the following, which I've heard of in the past: Loosen
one of the stones, hide your money behind it, and replace it, making
sure to camouflage the result.
=inc ww2010.h2 fdic "FDIC - Federally insured bank accounts"
"FDIC: I'm sorry but I wouldn't hang my hat on
any type of Federal Insurance guarantees, especially when a
depression, as you say, is around the corner."
As I wrote last year in <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070823c ""Is
your bank deposit protected by the FDIC?","#> there are a lot of
reasons for concern:
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) has only $50 billion
of assets in its Deposit Insurance Fund, while the amounts insured
come to $6.5 trillion in almost 9,000 institutions and 95,000 offices.
So that $47 billion in the Deposit Insurance Fund won't go very far if
banks start failing.
However, for most people, placing your money into an FDIC-insured
bank account is still the safest choice. A stock market panic and
crash or other financial crisis will probably not begin with a mass
of bank failures, and so the FDIC assets will be fine for a while.
Once a major financial crisis occurs, then it will be possible to
evaluate the new situation, and possibly withdraw money at that time.
However, make sure that you understand all the rules. There are
limits to the amount of money you have insured.
There are ways to get around those rules, as one web site reader
suggests:
"You can sock away an unlimited amount of FDIC
insured cash just by creating as many accounts as you need at
multiple banks if you need to. Examples of how to max out your
insured accounts at one bank can be found here: <#stdurl
http://www.fdic.gov/deposit/deposits/financial/examples.html#>
Best CD rates: <#stdurl http://www.fatwallet.com/t/52/682884/#>
Keep in mind that there are a lot of myths about FDIC payouts if
the bank fails - the truth is that payouts are made quickly,
within a few days in most cases, your money will not be tied up
for months or years."
Certainly if you have more than $100,000 on deposit, be certain to
check the rules very carefully to make sure that you're insured.
=eod
=// &&2 e080202c Catastrophic snow storm could potentially destabilize Chinese government
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.head
Catastrophic snow storm could potentially destabilize Chinese
government
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.keys
china
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.date
2-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.txt1
Xinhua: People are "dark, cold and hungry in dead cities,"
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202c.txt2
especially in <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-02/01/content_7547456.htm
"hard-hit Hunan province in southeast China."#>
Even worse, tens of millions of migrant workers, who can visit their
families only once a year, during the lunar new year celebrations,
will instead spend their holidays stranded in train stations.
According to CNN, there are over a million stranded would-be
passengers in Beijing train station alone.
The snow storm, the worst since 1954, has created a national crisis.
It's delayed <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=a8bJl7m14ko0&refer=home
"food and coal transports,"#> causing power outages and significant
new food price increases in half of China's provinces.
According to China's official Xinhua news agency, Chinese
meteorologists <#stdurl
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2008-02/02/content_7551399.htm
"blame the snowstorm on La Niña."#> It has hit 19 provinces in
southern and central China, has killed more than 60 people and forced
nearly 1.8 million people to relocate over the past three weeks,
inflicting economic losses of about 53.9 billion yuan (US $7.5).
News reports indicate that this snow storm is a monumental crisis of
historic proportions, with enormous destruction, including the caving
in of many homes and buildings. And the snow is expected to continue
for another week.
Many of those stranded are migrant workers. There are well over 100
million migrant workers in China. Most of them come from rural
areas, where the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) has confiscated small
farms and turned them over to government-controlled agricultural
conglomerates. Young people were forced to move to large cities to
become temporary workers, sending money back to their families.
<#inc ww2010.pic chinagdp.jpg center "" "China and its provinces
(Source: The Economist)"#>
Migrants and other disadvantaged groups are already infuriated at the
huge income disparities versus the CCP élite. They would form a
powerful core group of protesters leading a rebellion against the
CCP, in a country with <#hreftext ww2010.i.china050116 "a repeated
history of exactly that kind of rebellion."#> And ironically, the
hardest hit province, Hunan, is precisely where previous national
rebellions (the Taiping Rebellion and Mao Zedong's "long march") have
originated.
That a snow storm would trigger such a rebellion is pure speculation,
of course. The reason for the speculation is that we all saw what
happened in terms of a huge political backlash against the American
government following the Katrina disaster in 2005 -- and that
disaster affected only a small region of the country. The size of
that backlash caught me by surprise, and it's reasonable to believe
it can happen elsewhere.
The snow storm apparently has caused a similar amount of devastation
in China, but in a much larger region. Between the widespread
destruction from the storm, combined with the widespread fury by
migrants stuck in train stations rather than visiting their families,
some sort of colossal anti-CCP backlash is all but certain. Whether it
ends up being just a political backlash or something more violent
remains to be seen.
=eod
=// &&2 e080202b Feds open criminal fraud investigation against investment bank UBS AG
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.head
Feds open criminal fraud investigation against investment bank UBS AG
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.keys
finance, ubs ag, hannah arendt, threepenny opera
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.date
2-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.txt1
The allegation: UBS "mismarked" CDOs to defraud investors
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202b.txt2
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120191503643937097.html "a Wall
Street Journal article,"#> Federal criminal prosecutors and the
SEC are investigating whether Swiss bank UBS AG, Europe's largest
bank, intentionally misled investors by overpricing mortgage-backed
securities (CDOs):
"The SEC, deepening its own set of investigations
into whether Wall Street firms improperly mispriced mortgage
securities, recently upgraded probes of UBS and Merrill Lynch &
Co. into formal investigations, people familiar with the matter
say. ...
The investigations could raise the stakes for Wall Street in the
multiple probes examining whether financial firms deliberately
misvalued, or "mismarked," massive holdings of mortgage
securities. ...
There is also a broader effort by the Justice Department to look
into whether there was fraud in originating, packaging and
selling mortgage-related products. The Federal Bureau of
Investigation has said it has <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080130
"opened criminal inquires"#> into 14 companies as part of an
investigation of the subprime-mortgage crisis. The FBI wouldn't
identify the companies under investigation. ...
In its investigations, the SEC also is delving into whether Wall
Street firms placed higher values on securities they own than
those they placed in customer holdings, the people say. The SEC
previously has said it has opened roughly three dozen
investigations tied to the downturn of the subprime market, which
primarily is tied to borrowers with poor credit histories.
In the SEC's UBS investigation, the agency is examining, among
other things, a situation last year in which a trader at a
now-defunct hedge fund of UBS's Dillon Read unit was confronted
and then ousted after he valued mortgage securities at prices
below the value assigned to the same securities elsewhere at UBS.
In late October, the SEC interviewed the Dillon Read trader
following a front-page article in The Wall Street Journal
detailing the incident, according to a person close to the
situation. The SEC has issued subpoenas in the UBS probe since,
according to a person familiar with the matter."
It's worth taking a moment to discuss the implications of this as a
criminal investigation.
The article that I wrote last night, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080202
""Massachusetts sues Merrill Lynch for fraud,""#> refers to
a civil action. This means that nobody goes to jail, but it's
much easier to prove, since the standard of proof is a "preponderance
of evidence."
Now we're hearing more and more about criminal investigations. If
the prosecutors win a criminal case, then the defendants can go to
jail, but the standard of proof is much higher: The evidence has to
prove the allegations "beyond a reasonable doubt."
Those of you who are nostalgic for the 90s will recall that O.J.
Simpson was acquitted of murder in criminal court, where the standard
of proof was very high, but was found responsible for murder in civil
court, where the standard of proof was low.
We can expect UBS AG and other targets of criminal complaints to
mount a strong defense against these criminal charges. We can
imagine the argument in court to go something like the following:
UBS: "Hey look, we're the real victims
here. After all, we've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080131 "lost $14
billion"#> ourselves, writing down CDOs in our own portfolio.
If we were intentionally deceiving investors, then we wouldn't
have had these CDOs ourselves."
Prosecutor: "That doesn't prove anything except that you
had motive to defraud investors, since you wanted to recoup some
of your own losses by selling the worthless securities to
someone else.
You people are the expert. Your financial engineers created
these CDOs, and your salesmen sold them. You must have known
what you were doing, but you did it anyway because you were
making billions of dollars in fees and commissions.
It's been obvious since 2005 that we were in a housing bubble,
and in 2006 that the bubble was deflating.
In fact, you kept selling these CDOs well into the middle of
2007, at a time when your experts must have known that the sales
were fraudulent."
UBS: "Well, if it was so obvious, then how come Federal
regulators didn't say so? If we're guilty of fraud, then so are
the Federal regulators, the ratings agencies, the bond insurers,
and lots of other banks who were doing to same thing we
were."
Now, there you see the problem. The massive "subprime" fraud that's
been going on has not been perpetrated by one bank or one small group
of people. It was condoned and encouraged by government "oversight"
agencies who didn't want to spoil the party. It was condoned and
encouraged by these VERY SAME prosecutors who, through their
inaction, permitted the obviously fraudulent activities to continue.
It's still being continued by government officials who condone and
encourage various bailouts and other mechanisms to permit banks to
continue to "mismark" worthless CDOs by means of phony market sales.
The fraud was perpetrated by an entire generation -- the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080129 "nihilistic, self-destructive
Generation-X,"#> under the noses of their equally guilty Boomer
bosses, who exhibited "Lenscap Stupidity" by letting the fraud
continue because they were all making so darn much money.
So that's going to be the problem for prosecutors: They're just as
guilty as the people that they're prosecuting.
In Hannah Arendt's monumental study of the Nazi Germany in the book,
The Origins of Totalitarianism (p. 335), she describes the
enormous level of corruption at the time, and how it was reflected in
Bertolt Brecht's play, The Three-Penny Opera
[Dreigroschenoper], which presented gangsters as respectable
businessmen and respectable businessmen as gangsters.
The theme song for the play was "Erst kommt das Fressen, dann
kommt die Moral." I've been struggling for some time now to
capture the meaning of this sentence, using my inadequate knowledge of
German, supplanted by various online dictionaries and translators.
There's apparently an "official" translation of this phrase as "A
hungry man has no conscience," but that translation is far too benign
to match Brecht's cynicism. The people we're talking about were
never hungry.
A word for word literal translation is the following: "First people
gorge themselves, then comes the morality." That makes more sense,
and we might simplify the translation further as: "First comes
gluttony, then comes morality."
That is indeed what we're seeing today. The same generations of
people who benefited from the massive fraud at all levels of the real
estate bubble are now the same people who are calling for
retribution. There are winners and losers in the mortgage fraud. The
winners want to keep the bubble going, and are willing to commit
fraud to do so. Once a winner becomes a loser by losing everything
-- and only then -- he wants to punish the winners.
The massive fraud that has been taking place is matched today by the
massive lenscap stupidity of people in denial. Investors are hoping
against hope that the champagne party will return to the stock market,
and the bubble will grow again. Cities and towns all over the
country are holding useless Finance Committee meetings, completely
oblivious to the fact that falling real estate prices and rising
unemployment will soon cut their local budgets by 50% or more.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there's no question
at all of what's coming: A generational stock market panic and crash,
leading to a new 1930s style Great Depression. It might happen next
week, next month or next year -- predicting the exact date is
impossible, since it depends on chaotic events -- but it's coming
with absolute certainty, and it will be made much worse by the
continuing gorging by massive numbers of people in denial.
Afterwards, there'll be plenty of morality to deal with.
=eod
=// &&2 e080202 Massachusetts sues Merrill Lynch for fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.head
Massachusetts sues Merrill Lynch for fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.keys
finance, merrill lynch
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.date
2-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.txt1
After Springfield, Mass., lost 91% of its $13.9 investment in
near-worthless CDOs.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080202.txt2
According to the <#stdurl
http://www.sec.state.ma.us/sct/sctml/mlidx.htm "complaint filed by
Sec'y of State William Galvin:"#>
"This Complaint is focused on Merrill Lynch's
sale, through agents Kipper and Choy, of certain esoteric
financial instruments known as Collateral Debt Obligations
("CDOs") to the City of Springfield, Massachusetts, which were
unsuitable for the City and which, within months ater the sale,
became illiquid and lost almost all of their market value. ...
In November 2006, the City of Springfield hired Merrill Lynch ...
to invest its surplus cash. The City ... hired Carl Kipper and
Manuel Choy. ... The accounts ... were not discretionary
accounts. It was understood that Merrill was supposed to invest
only in safe money-market-like investments authorized by City
personnel that would protect the City's principal.
However, in April and June of 2007, Kipper and Choy invested
approximately $14,000,000 of the City's money into three CDOs,
the "Centre Square CDO", the "South Cost Funding V CDO" and the
"Tabs CDO". ...
The largest position was $12,600,000 in the Centre Square CDO,
which had been underwritten by Merrill Lynch. Merrill Lynch
received underwriting fees in connection with underwriting the
CDO and remarketing fees in connection with selling pieces of it.
The City did not authorize these specific CDO purchases in
advance. Kipper and Choy were, apparently, verbally instructed
to pick instruments that yielded more than Merrill's money market
account as long as the products were triple-A rated by the major
credit rating agencies ....
At the time of the sale, Kipper and Choy did not discuss the
risks of owning CDOs with the City, even though those risks were
well known to Merrill Lynch. The basic fact that these
instruments were CDOs was not even disclosed to the city until
months after the sale. These instruments appeared on the City's
account statements through June 2007 as "Centre Square Ltd." ....
In July 2007, the exact same investments quietly began to appear
on the account statements as "Centre Square CVO PVT" .... At the
time of the sales, Kipper and Choy did not look at the disclosure
documents for these CDOs. Nor did they make any attempt to
understand what these CDOs were collateralized with. Nor did
they evaluate the liquidity and other risks inherent in
purchasing the CDOs or discuss the nature of the CDOs or the
risks associated with owning them with City officials. ...
Within months after Merrill's sales of these CDOs to the City,
the auction market for them began to dry up and their market
value began to plummet. For example, the Centre Square CDO had
been purchased in late April 2007. By august 2007, it was listed
on the City's account statements as having an "estimated market
value" of only 84 percent of its purchase price. By Spetember,
it was down to 50 percent; by October it was down to 30 percent;
and by December 2007, it was down to 5 percent. ... The City
requested that these CDOs be sold, but City officials were
informed that the auctions had failed and that there were no
buyers. ...
The CDOs that Merrill sold to the City of Springfield were not
the conservative, principal protected instruments that the City
had sought when it opened its accounts with Merrill Lynch. ...
The Centre Square CDO was a highly complex instrument that,
according to its Offering Circular, should only be sold to
sophisticated investors. ...
Merrill's underwriting fees earned in connection with the Centre
Square CDO were in excess of $10,000,000."
Even before this suit was filed, Merrill <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aWDg3LJPr.D4&refer=home
"had already agreed to reimburse Springfield"#> for its losses.
Massachusetts is suing for additional fines, and to force Merrill to
end its fraudulent practices. Merrill did, in fact, announce that it
would <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601103&sid=ahgmE7Ip.I4w&refer=us
"terminate almost all of its CDO business."#>
It's hard to know what to make of some of this, but Merrill seems
to be doing all it can to avoid being sued, and Galvin seems to be
determined to push the suit forward.
It's easy to understand why Merrill doesn't want to be sued. If it
can settle out of court, then other cases are unaffected. But if
Merrill's conduct is found fraudulent by a court, then Merrill will
be forced to settle up with the many other municipal governments
around the country that have similarly been defrauded.
But it's also hard to understand why Galvin wants to go ahead with
the suit -- for exactly the same reason that Merrill doesn't want to
go through it.
Of course Merrill is guilty of fraud. I started talking about fraud
a year ago, when I wrote, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070206 ""As
housing collapses, subprime mortgage loan officers may held
accountable for fraud""#>
Last year in June, I started discussing the "mark to market scam" in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070624 ""Bear Stearns bails out
defaulting hedge funds, preventing broad market meltdown""#>
I mention this because the "mark to market scam" is still going on,
and it goes to the heart of all the fraud that's going on.
All of these financial firms are doing business with CDOs at nominal
value, when their real market value is typically 10 or 20 cents on
the dollar. By law, these CDOs must be "marked to market" under a
wide variety of conditions. Any investor purchasing these CDOs
believing that their real value is the nominal value, or who uses
them as collateral at their nominal value, is participating in fraud.
So government officials and financial firms at all levels are doing
everything possible to perpetuate the fraud, for fear that forcing
too many writedowns will crash the stock market.
So Galvin is taking a step that will force a writedown of many more
billions of dollars in these near-worthless CDOs. I wouldn't be
surprised if someone from the Fed or the Administration gives Galvin
a call and asks him to cool it for a while.
I've been writing about this stuff for a long time now, and the
stench is really getting to me. I'm no investigative reporter
turning over rocks that no one else has looked at. This activity is
going on in the full view of the public. There's fraud at all
levels, most disgustingly at state and federal government levels in
full view of the public.
And what's worse is that these activities are just causing more harm.
The bubbles are already leaking like mad, and they cannot be stopped
from bursting completely. Every action to delay the inevitable only
makes the inevitable worse.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're seeing the
Principle of Maximum Ruin in full force. Every effort will be made
to waste every remaining bit of money to keep the bubble from
collapsing, until finally no one has any money left. The Principle
of Maximum Ruin says that the maximum number of people will be ruined
to the maximum extent possible. That's what's going on now, and
apparently will continue.
=eod
=// &&2 e080201 Kenya settles into low-level violence on the way to Rwanda
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.head
Kenya settles into low-level violence on the way to Rwanda
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.keys
kenya, ethnic cleansing
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0802
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.date
1-Feb-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.txt1
So far, it's "ethnic cleansing," but not genocide,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080201.txt2
according to Jendayi Frazer, the top American diplomat for Kenya.
It's an interesting distinction.
She was describing the situation where one tribe, the Kalenjins, were
"cleansing" a region of a different tribe, the Kikuyus.
=inc ww2010.mappic kenya.gif right "" Kenya
She <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/kenya/story/0,,2249481,00.html?gusrc=rss&feed=networkfront
"said that it was NOT genocide"#> because:
"The aim originally was not to kill, it was to
cleanse, it was to push them [Kikuyus] out of the region. It was
clear ethnic cleansing in the Rift Valley."
In other words, if the Kalenjins were killing the Kikuyus, that would
be genocide. But apparently the modus operandi is to say:
"You have 24 hours to get out of town if you want to avoid being
killed," which means that the region is cleansed of the other tribe,
even though they aren't killed.
(Incidentally, the State Dept. has backed off from the "ethnic
cleansing" claim. Read <#stdurl
http://www.state.gov/r/pa/prs/dpb/2008/jan/99865.htm "the amusing
contretemps"#> between a reporter and the State Dept. spokesman.)
In fact, there are <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0129/p01s04-woaf.html
"a number of news reports"#> that confirm what's going on:
"They came at night by the hundreds, shooting
villagers with arrows and attacking them with knives, hatchets,
and farm tools. The killings were a warning to the rest of the
village: Leave now, or die.
"These people were our neighbors, I knew them, but what I have
seen is something that I cannot explain," says Julia Muthoni, an
elderly widow who found refuge in the city of Nakuru. "The problem
is that we Kikuyus are being targeted because we voted for the
reelection of President Mwai Kibaki. Even before the election,
they were threatening us saying that whether Kibaki wins or not,
Kikuyus are going to be evicted."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right kenya 3
Although there are many ethnic groups (tribes) in Kenya, there are
two major protagonists in the current violence: the market-dominant
Kikuyu tribe, whose leader, Mwai Kibaki, won the Presidential
election that triggered the violence; and the disadvantaged Luo
tribe, whose political leader, Raila Odinga, was the opposition
leader who lost the election to Kibaki. Many other tribes, including
the Kalenjins, are aligning themselves with the Luos against the
market-dominant Kikuyus.
The ethnic violence was started, according to many sources, by
youthful activists in the Orange Democratic Movement (ODM), an
anti-government Luo ally supporting Odinga for President.
Now, according to <#stdurl
http://allafrica.com/stories/200801281649.html "a recent human rights
study,"#> there are four kinds of violence going on in Kenya:
Disorganised and spontaneous protest at the disputed
presidential results;
A resurgence of decades-old tribal-based militia activity. The
most feared militia are the Mungiki, aligned with the Kikuyus.
Opposing the Mungiki are the Chinkororo, aligned with another tribe,
the Kisii, who are opposing the Kikuyus.
Disproportionate use of force by the police and the another group,
General Service Unit (GSU). The GSU are <#stdurl
http://allafrica.com/stories/200801240967.html "Kenya's paramilitary
police,"#> chartered to protect government officials from rioters.
Since the government is controlled by the Kikuyus, the GSU usually
side with them.
Revenge attacks, sparked by the forced evictions described
above.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, all these kinds of
violence, short of all-out genocidal civil war, is called "low-level
violence," even though those living in Kenya would doubtless not call
it "low-level." Still, the amount of violence has been tapering off,
and even the gruesome "ethnic cleansing" events fall short of
genocidal violence, since the lives of the enemy are spared.
This is consistent with what I was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080102
"predicting weeks ago,"#> just after the violence started.
Kenya's last crisis war was the "Mau-Mau Rebellion," an independence
war largely fought by the Kikuyus against the British colonial
government, climaxing in 1956. 51 years have passed since the climax
of the last crisis war, making the current era a generational
"Unraveling" era. At this point, 51 years after the climax of the
last crisis war, Kenya is just entering the place on the generational
timeline where a new crisis civil war becomes increasingly POSSIBLE,
but is still UNLIKELY. As the timeline approaches and passes the
58-year point, a new crisis civil war becomes almost unavoidable.
So we see this low-level violence continuing, and will continue until
some new shock or surprise triggers a "regeneracy," at which point a
full-scale genocidal crisis civil war will begin.
Fortunately for all of us, the UN is rushing in to save the
situation.
UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon has warned of an impending
catastrophe unless the two political leaders, Kibaki and Odinga,
resolve the crisis.
On Thursday, France's Foreign Minister Bernard Kouchner <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7221282.stm "appealed to the UN
Security Council"#> to stop the violence in Kenya, and prevent a slide
into "deadly ethnic conflict."
The dreaded word on everybody's lips is "Rwanda." In 1994, close to
one million people in the market-dominant Tutsi ethnic group in
Rwanda were slaughtered, tortured, raped and dismembered by people in
the disadvantaged Hutu ethnic group. That slaughter took only three
months.
The UN was blamed by many for not "stopping the violence" in Rwanda.
Early in 2004, the UN held a 10-year commemoration of the Rwanda
genocide, and the Secretary General at that time, Kofi Annan,
promised "Never again."
It was just a couple of months later, in June 2004, that Annan called
for the UN to stop the genocide in Darfur. As I said at the time,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040628 "the UN is completely irrelevant."#>
Now Kofi Annan, you'll recall, considers the US to be the fount of
most of the evil in the world. He condemned the US for intervening
in Iraq, and condemns the US even more for <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061212 "NOT interfering in Darfur."#>
Today, in 2008, the Darfur genocide is still going on. Somehow, the
UN has remained irrelevant all these years.
So now we're talking about having the UN run in and stop another
potentially genocidal situation. Kofi Annan is the mediator who's
been working with both sides for the last couple of weeks.
"The world saw a ray of light this week that may help Kenya avoid a
violent abyss," says <#stdurl
http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0131/p08s01-comv.html "one bit of
punditry."#> "Mediator Kofi Annan got the two political rivals in
this tragedy to sign onto negotiations."
Everyone's hoping that Annan will get the two leaders to come to some
sort of agreement to stop the violence. Yes sir, all Kibaki and
Odinga have to do is sit down and sign an agreement, and it'll be all
over. Yes sir.
Actually, Annan will probably succeed in getting the two sides to
sign some kind of interim "cooling off period" agreement.
These days, this kind of peace agreement is almost a compulsory
part of the foreplay leading up to full-scale genocidal civil war.
That's certainly what happened in Rwanda. In 1993, the UN sponsored
a peace treaty between the Tutsis and the Hutus called the Arusha
Accords. It created an interim government that was supposed to make
everyone happy. Instead, it infuriated the Hutus. Then, on April 6,
1994, a plane crash killed the Rwandan president, a Hutu. Next
morning, a Hutu leader announced over the radio, "Cut down the tall
trees." It was some sort of prearranged signal, and, on cue, each
Hutu did something like the following: Picked up a machete, went to
the Tutsi home next door, or down the street, murdered and dismembered
the man and children, raped the wife and then murdered and dismembered
her. Close to a million Tutsis were tortured, raped and murdered in a
three month period.
So now, let's return to the land of Kofi Annan, plying his trade,
convincing the two political leaders to sign on to negotiations to
stop the violence. I guess Annan didn't learn from what happened in
1993, when a UN sponsored agreement, the Arusha Accords, actually
made things worse.
What are these people thinking? Can anyone possibly believe this
fairy tale?
If Raila Odinga ever signed an agreement with Mwai Kibaki to stop the
violence, the first thing that would happen is that their own
supporters, the Luos and Kikuyus, respectively, would kill them for
their betrayal.
On this web site, I always say, repeatedly, over and over, that
what's important is the behaviors and attitudes of large masses of
people, entire generations of people. The behaviors and attitudes of
politicians, especially in the United Nations, are totally
irrelevant, except insofar as they reflect the attitudes of their
constituents.
The violence in Kenya is not coming from Odinga and Kibaki. They
have no control over it whatsoever. They did not cause it, they
could not cause it, and they cannot stop it. They can't make it get
better or worse except accidentally.
The violence will spiral into full-scale crisis civil war when the
appropriate trigger occurs. What will the trigger be? There's no
way to predict. It will be some chaotic event (in the sense of Chaos
Theory). Just as a butterfly flapping its wings in China might (or
might not) trigger a chain reaction that will cause a hurricane in
America, someone will say or do something, probably something
completely minor and unexpected, that will trigger full scale civil
war in Kenya. It can't be predicted, it can't be forced, and it
can't be stopped.
I do want to draw a parallel, however, to the world financial
situation -- something that I may expand upon further in the days to
come.
When the "credit crunch" caused an international financial crisis in
August, the world's central banks sprang into action to head off
disaster. The Fed, the European Central Bank (ECB), and the Bank of
England (BoE) all took various steps -- bailouts, auctions, interest
rate adjustments -- to target the credit crunch with fresh liquidity
to end the crisis.
However, the credit crunch was not the problem, but a symptom. The
problem is that the real estate bubble, the stock market bubble, the
credit bubble, and other bubbles are now all leaking like mad. There
isn't enough money in the world to stop the leaking, but the central
banks do not hesitate to try one thing after another to deal with one
of the symptoms.
The same kind of thing is now happening in Kenya. Once the violence
began, the UN sprang into action with human rights studies and with
Security Council discussions and with Kofi Annan mediations.
In both the Kenya situation and the finance situation, the underlying
fundamentals leading to the crisis not only are not being cured, but
actually are getting worse as generational changes continue. Once
the crisis actually begins, someone will be blamed -- perhaps Kofi
Annan for not getting an agreement, perhaps Ben Bernanke for lowering
interest rates too fast or two slow.
In fact, the underlying causes can only be determined by looking back
in history, decades or even centuries, to learn how historic
cataclysms created generational waves striking us now, just as an
ocean earthquake can create a tsunami that can't be stopped.
So, Kenya is well on its way on the road to Rwanda. In a few years,
that'll be clear.
=eod
=// &&2 e080131 Another turbulent day by "investors who think that history always begins this morning."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.head
Another turbulent day by "investors who think that history
always begins this morning."
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.keys
finance, ben bernanke
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.date
31-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.txt1
The Fed's super-aggressive rate cutting strategy failed to satisfy
investors
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080131.txt2
on Wednesday.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080130.gif right "" "Intraday Dow Industrials
chart and final results for Wednesday, January 30, 2008"#>
The Dow Industrials had been down around 50 points all day until 2:15
pm, when the Fed announced a new ½% interest rate cut, on top of
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080122 "last week's emergency ¾% interest
rate cut."#> Taken together, this was one of the most aggressive
interest rate cuts in the Fed's history.
Fed chairman Ben Bernanke has a long record of believing that the
1930s Great Depression could have been avoided if the Fed had been
more aggressive in cutting interest rates, and now we're seeing <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070827 ""Bernanke's historic
experiment""#> in action.
Investors immediately switched from a depressive state to a manic
state, pushing the Dow Industrials up almost 250 points.
(I wish to thank the web site reader who informed me that some
political pundits are using the phrase, "These are people who think
that history always begins this morning." I adapted that phrase in
the title of this posting, even though investors could more
accurately be described as people "who think that history always
begins five minutes ago.")
Alas, shortly after 2 pm, history began again, as Fitch Ratings
announced that <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ammRn_kOiinw&refer=home
"it would downgrade the rating"#> of the world's fourth largest bond
insurer Financial Guaranty Insurance Co. (FGIC). Of the three
largest bond insurers, MBIA Inc. and Ambac Financial Group Inc. are
also being threatened with a downgrade, while ACA Capital Holdings
has already been downgraded. I described this last week in <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080118 ""The collapse of the bond insurers,
ACA, Ambac and MBIA.""#> (Also, see <#hreftext
ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial engineering and
structured finance,""#> to learn how bond insurers magically
transform low-rated securities into AAA rated securities.)
This came on top of bad news hours earlier: The <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/markets/feeds/afx/2008/01/30/afx4592574.html
"fourth quarter GDP figures"#> indicated that the US economy had
slowed more dramatically than expected, indicating a severe
contraction and a likely recession.
This came on top of more bad news from Europe: Swiss bank UBS AG,
Europe's largest bank, announced that it have to <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/bondsNews/idUSN3019217820080130 "write
down $4 billion more in securities"#> tied to the US mortgage
meldown. Recall that UBS already <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071212
"wrote down $10 billion in securities"#> a month ago.
Shortly after 2 pm, the Dow Industrials started falling like a stone,
giving back the 250 points it had gained after the Fed rate cut.
I know that regular web site readers are really sick and tired of
seeing the following chart over and over, but look again at the
following graph of P/E ratios back to 1871 that I first posted in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the 'real value'
of the stock market""#> last August:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings Ratio
(P/E1) 1871-2007"#>
As this graph shows, the historical P/E ratio averages around 14, and
has gotten as low as 5-6 several times in the last century, most
recently in 1982. It experienced an enormous spike, starting in 1995,
and is now clearly poised to fall again to the 5-6 range. This would
push market prices well below the Dow 4000 range.
If you believe that "history always begins this morning," then the
above chart is completely useless to you. But if you want to know
what's really going on in the world, then you have do what
Generational Dynamics does -- look at the world as a large, complex
system where things that are happening today have causes that are
decades or sometimes centuries old, propagated forward through
the flow of generations.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're overdue for a
new generational stock market panic and crash, followed by a 1930s
style Great Depression. This is absolutely certain, though the exact
date can't be predicted -- tomorrow, next week or next year. But
it's been clear since the August "credit crunch," and particularly in
the last few weeks, that the international financial structure is
crumbling faster and faster, as one huge bubble after another
continues to deflate.
=eod
=// &&2 e080130 FBI joins SEC into wide-ranging investigation into mortgage-lending industry
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.head
FBI joins SEC into wide-ranging investigation into
mortgage-lending industry
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.date
30-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.txt1
The widespread fraud against investors and the public is getting more
scrutiny.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080130.txt2
As we've <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080128b "been discussing a great
deal recently,"#> it's increasingly important that crimes like fraud
have been THE RULE in the real estate industry in the last few years
of the real estate bubble, rather than the exception.
We might break down the actors into these groups:
Consumers who lied on their mortgage loan applications.
Retail service providers: Housing contractors, housing
inspectors, real estate appraisers, real estate brokers, mortgage
brokers, mortgage lenders, savings banks.
Securities firms and investment banks that create and trade in
high-priced securities created by "financial engineers." These
securities are now burning out to be near worthless.
Watchdog and oversight service providers: Ratings agencies,
"monoline" bond insurers, and <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080128b "due
diligence firms."#>
The following notes apply to the above list:
The people in these groups might argue that they acted
innocently in 2002-2005, but they cannot argue that in 2006 and 2007,
when the abuses actually accelerated and got worse.
At the bottom of the pyramid, there were two kinds of fraud. The
first kind were consumers who lied in order to get title to a home
they otherwise couldn't afford. But more important were people who
lied in order to get title to a home that they could "flip" within a
few months to obtain a net gain. Very often, these people lied about
income and assets, when in fact they had virtually no income or
assets. Very often, these people did not even make the FIRST
mortgage payment, since their intention was only to "flip." Sometimes
the consumer told the truth, but the mortgage broker changed the
income figures on the loan application to higher figures without even
telling the consumer.
The second type of fraud at the bottom of the pyramid was lying
about the value of a property. In the extreme case, the building
contractor, appraiser, mortgage lender, and even the home purchaser
would add tens of thousands of dollars to the appraised value of a
home, in order to get a higher mortgage loan. Afterwards, they would
split the extra money among themselves, and just leave the property
to go into foreclosure.
At all service levels above the bottom, the general technique
was the same: Perform a service fraudulently in order to obtain fat
fees and commissions. Whether it's fraudulent approval of "liar
loan" mortgage applications, fraudulent creation of high-priced but
near-worthless securities, or fraudulent approvals by ratings and due
diligence agencies, you're dealing with with a world where A loans
money to or invests in B, and the deal is consumated by C, who has no
relationship to A or B, and no "skin" in the game, but gets a fat fee
or commission no matter what he does.
What's really remarkable about this world is that the same
debauched standards are practiced by lenders and borrowers alike --
in fact by everyone in the game -- because no one cares if loans can
be paid off, as long as they get their fees and
commissions.
Up until now, any investigations by the FBI or SEC have focused on
the lower levels, mainly retail service provides.
Now the FBI has indicated that it <#stdurl
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2008/jan/30/subprimecrisis.creditcrunch?gusrc=rss&feed=networkfront
"opened criminal investigations into fourteen companies,"#> including
some of the world's largest banks.
The possible charges include accounting fraud, improperly securing
loans and insider trading during the sub-prime mortgage scandal.
The FBI did not name the companies, but Bear Stearns, Goldman Sachs
and Morgan Stanley have all announced that they are targets of the
inquiries.
The FBI has been warning for years that <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/01/30/business/30fbi.html?_r=1&oref=slogin
"mortgage fraud is a significant and growing problem."#> In the 2006
fiscal year, it documented 35,600 suspicious-activity reports related
to mortgage fraud, up from 22,000 the year before and as few as 7,000
in 2003.
As the financial crisis deepens, we can expect these first few
criminal investigations to turn into a torrent.
=eod
=// &&2 e080129 Reader comments on the Nihilism of Generation-X
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.head
Reader comments on the Nihilism of Generation-X
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.keys
nihilism, generation-x, boomers, china, sun tzu, gender issues,
regeneracy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.date
29-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.txt1
Who's more at fault for our problems - Gen-Xers or Boomers?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080129.txt2
My recent article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c ""The
nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation X,""#> brought
several comments from web site readers. I'm going to answer the most
interesting comments here.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
"As an Xer, I actually enjoyed reading your
perspective on this.
I found your computer industry experiences enlightening. Thanks
for sharing that. I read The Soul of a New Machine 25
years ago and enjoyed it immensely, as it described the kind of
workplace where real work got accomplished and rewarded by real
managers. As you point out, such an environment no longer exists
anywhere due to the generational configuration that is present.
And a good question to ask would be: What generation was not
present in the workforce at that time? The Xers, of course, so
that does validate your point to some extent.
I dropped out of the workforce 5 years ago, as it appeared that
things were getting and would continue to get worse, much worse,
as the Xers were beginning to move into management slots and the
rest of the Silents got pushed out by the Boomers. That turned
out to be the case in my former workplace and I got a lot of
phone calls for 2 or 3 years after I left. Leaving was for the
best.
As far as Xer managers go, it's also been my experience that they
are particularly insidious as managers, even worse than the worst
of the Boomers. The Boomers will promote the most incompetent
and despicable Xers they can find, as they are only comfortable
supervising individuals who are even more incompetent and
despicable than they are, and there are plenty of Xers to pick
from who fit that description. This then feeds the fury and/or
fears of the remaining competent employees, particularly the
Xers. The best Xer employees don't want or even bother to aim
for promotions anymore. ...
Anyway, your article helped me see the dynamic that is really
present. The Xers are just as much to blame, maybe more. But
the sad fact is that the Xers who have power are a more
despicable subset of Xers as a whole.
This description of Boomer managers is consistent with the stereotype
-- true for the most part -- that Boomers are incompetent boobs who
are easily led.
Through the 60s-90s, the Boomers were never able to do anything other
than to complain and criticize, and allowed the Silents to lead and
take care of everything. Since the Silents pretty much retired in
the 1990s, Boomers were still unable to do anything other than
complain and criticize, but they still were promoted into senior
management positions. Without Silents to make the major strategic
decisions, became dependent on the opinions of others, and Gen-Xers
filled that gap.
You say that, "The Boomers will promote the most incompetent and
despicable Xers they can find, as they are only comfortable
supervising individuals who are even more incompetent and despicable
than they are, and there are plenty of Xers to pick from who fit that
description."
What you're describing is a generational variant of Gresham's Law,
which says that "Bad money drives out good money." In this case,
"Bad Gen-Xers drive out good Gen-Xers." The bad Gen-Xers, who are
the most dishonest, nihilistic and destructive, are the ones best
able to convince the malleable Boomers to promote them.
That's why it seems that to a lot of people that Gen-Xers are ALL
bad. Of course that's not true, but what happens is that the bad
Xers seem to rise to the top in this era of Lenscap Stupidity by the
Boomer senior management. For example, not all Gen-Xers are like
nihilistic, destructive, self-destructive groups at MoveOn.org, but
that group still has inordinate visibility because of the weakness of
the Boomers leading the Democrats.
"A few years ago, I worked with a guy who was a
Silent/Boomer, born in 1943. He was sort of a mix of both. We
became friends. The only reason we were friends was that we both
hated the Boomer managers we worked for, especially one born in
1947.
Anyway, he had come up with several terms to describe what the
Boomers do. The first was "false lighting," which he sort of
described as creating a derogatory and incorrect impression of
an individual and trying to highlight that as much as possible.
The second was "questioning motives," which meant that the
Boomer managers tended to focus on behavioral stuff that they
could arbitrarily distort and mischaracterize, rather than work
performance."
Those two phrases capture what Boomers do: criticize and complain.
However, I'd have to add that that I've found that Boomers DO
appreciate work performance, even though they don't demand it, and
often don't understand it.
The Xer managers are more likely to ignore, denigrate and sabotage
work performance.
"Among those Boomers who want the system to
collapse there are those who already got their goodies, yet think
the system is somehow immoral, and wish it would end.
And among Xers who yearn for collapse, there are those who are
frustrated that they didn't get theirs, and see a collapse as a
leveling of the playing field.
There are, of course, the two additional cases, Boomers who don't
get much out of the system, and Xers who have done well already,
and who therefore share the views of the other generation in the
previous case."
I don't see this as the most important distinction.
One could argue, for example, that I would "want the system to
collapse" because I haven't gotten my "goodies." I would strongly
disagree with that characterization, but even if it were true, I
would never do anything to bring about the collapse. Boomers are
complainers and talkers, but not doers. Boomers are not destructive,
except through inaction.
Xers who yearn for collapse are doers, not talkers, and would
actively take forceful steps to bring about that collapse and
destruction. In fact, that's how the meaning of "nihilism" came to
mean collapse and destruction of everything, as the "Gen-Xers" of the
day in the Bolshevik Revolution destroyed every Tsarist instution,
leading to the bloody deaths of tens of millions. Today, They've
already destroyed the world financial system. That's the difference
between Xer Nihilism and Boomer stupidity, and it's the point that I
was addressing in the original article.
"There was never a declaration of war on Iraq
passed by Congress. In addition, we have already met the
objectives set out by Pres. Bush in this conflict. Saddam Hussein
is dead, buried and his gov't is no more. What we are in now is
an occupation which is draining our treasury by the day. ...
Somehow, no one in our administration ever read Sun-Tzu.
That's all in the hand that was dealt to us. Remember that we're not
just a country - we're <#hreftext ww2010.i.awakening060919 "policemen
of the world."#> Like it or not, that's our duty and our destiny,
and we have no choice but to fulfill it.
I can assure you that everyone in the administration is familiar with
Sun Tzu. In fact, when Chinese president Hu Jintao visited President
Bush in Washington almost two years ago, he brought a gift with him:
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060501 "A silk copy of the Art of
War."#>
"You posted <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121b "an
article"#> about how an Xer woman had apparently brought false
domestic violence charges against her Boomer husband and in
response he had killed her by smashing her head and then he
committed suicide. My guess is that in many cases Boomer
feminist lawyers suggest such things to "get even" with Boomer
men. The same kind of dynamics play out in the workplace when
incompetent Boomer women who have been promoted under affirmative
action programs make decisions to promote Xer women who then carry
out similar false, sadistic and hateful actions in the workplace.
That's what most of the phone calls I received for 2 or 3 years
after I left were about now that I think more about it."
I spent over ten years doing research on gender issues, and I've
heard stories of that type over and over. At the time I did that
research, I didn't realize that it was a Gen-Xer vs Boomer issue, but
now that's a lot clearer.
There are many excellent women managers and senior managers -- I've
worked for many of them in my career.
But as in other areas, Gresham's Law applies, and the bad Gen-Xers
drive out the good Gen-Xers, and many woman have been promoted to
positions where they're totally incompetent in order to meet a gender
quota. The absolute worst is college "women's studies programs,"
where the only qualification to be a professor is, as far as I can
tell, the knowledge of a 5th grader combined with an estrogen-based
hatred of men.
Working for a competent woman manager can be a joy; working for
incompetent woman manager can be a hell worse than death. And if you
don't believe that, just ask any woman working for one.
"I find your overall thought-process compelling
and even applicable to my life. I wanted to respond to your
article about the Nihilism of Generation X (of which I am firmly a
member, being born in the mid 1970's) stating that was an unfair
depiction of my generation as a whole. But then the French
trading catastrophe came to light, and upon re-reading your
article, I have to concede you are on to something. Just please
don't paint every member of a generational group with the same
brush--there are leaders that will emerge from each generation to
clean up the mess. I thank you for mentioning Eisenhower as an
example, and when the time comes (i.e. after the huge mess is
made), I hope Generation X can step up to the plate and produce a
leader as solid as he.
I have no doubt that you will produce such a leader, though if you
don't, then the country won't survive. Your generation may produce
some villains, but it will also produce what will go down in history
as the greatest leaders of the time.
"This subprime crisis in general has the capacity
to bring this country and the worldwide economy to its knees as
you have explained much on your website. However, in order for it
to do so, it needs to cause a true panic that has thus far been
avoided (albeit narrowly). I suspect the "drunken euphoria" you
alluded to previously and the overall ignorance of very real risks
in the markets are due in large part to lenscap stupidity. To put
it bluntly, Boomers would just as soon stick their heads in the
sand about risks to their retirement money, which would not
survive a prolonged downturn at this point, and this will prevent
a real panic from taking hold as long as Boomers are still in
their high-paying jobs and continue to put money away into 401(k)
and the likes. If anything, their propensity to stick their
heads in the sand (because in their minds, the return to
austerism they had to endure in their childhood years is too
painful to face) will keep them plowing money into the markets
regardless of risk levels."
That's absolutely not true. Everything will change overnight with
the "regeneracy."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're already seeing
the first signs of the "regeneracy." This word is used in
generational theory to refer to a time when the country suffers an
enormous shock, the political bickering stops, and the country unifies
around its leader. It's called the "regeneracy" because it's the time
in the generational cycle when national and societal unity is
regenerated, and the country is unified once more.
There are, unfortunately, many enormous shocks yet to come -- a major
stock market crash, and some kind of military disaster, perhaps a
terrorist event on American soil or a military disaster overseas.
These catalysts will completely move the country toward a unified
goal of survival, and preservation of the American way of life, and we
will be led into the Clash of Civilizations world war.
"While you're right in an academic sense that the
subprime crisis should cause a crisis, I am not totally
sold on the fact this will be the pivotal event to cause the
generational crisis you refer to. While the risks are still
there, the crisis may indeed unfold quickly. But if it does not,
the stage will be set for a stock market bubble to rival that of
the late 1990's to last 2, 3, maybe 4 years. It could be that
bubble bursting sometime between 2012 and 2016, as outlined in
Robert Kiyosaki's book "Rich Dad Prophecy", that causes the real
unraveling to take place. Right now, our Boomer-led government
can borrow more money to bail everyone out to keep people's heads
in the sand (i.e. get re-elected). But when the tide of money
flows into Social Security changes next decade, our government
won't have the ability to do this so will have to let the
unravelling take place no matter how painful it is."
There isn't a snowflake's chance in hell of anything like this
happening.
It's not the subprime crisis that's causing the
financial crisis; that's just a symptom.
The underlying cause is the totally debauched, depraved and abusive
use of credit, as implemented by Gen-Xer "financial engineers" who,
with full knowledge of what they were doing, defrauded investors and
the public, creating enormous credit, real estate and stock market
bubbles that are now leaking like mad.
This fraud was made possible by the "Lenscap Stupidity" of Boomer
senior managers, who went along with the fraud so that they could
benefit as well.
What you don't understand is that it's the constellation of
generations that's driving this. You have vicious Gen-Xers with no
adult supervision from their Boomer managers. This combination is
lethal.
Even if there were no bubble today, the bubble would now be created
by this generational constellation.
So it's not the subprime crisis that's causing disaster; and even the
bubbles themselves are not the root cause. The root cause is the
lethal combination of nihilistic, destructive Gen-Xers and stupid,
greedy Boomers.
"I think your ideas have a lot of merit to them,
but if subprime turns out to not be the straw to break the camel's
back, I hope your repeated warnings that it would be will not
discredit your ideas overall."
Think of the coming disaster as a 20-mile high tsunami heading for
us, launched decades ago, about to wash over the entire country.
There is nothing that can stop it. All you can do is prepare for it.
Don't worry about me; worry about yourself.
"According to Strauss and Howe, we should see a
boomer in the white house this year. Clinton, Edwards, Romney,
Huckabee,Thompson and Guliani fit the bill. However, we could
see a Silent or X-er in the WH in the form of McCain or Obama.
Who do you see taking the oath of office on 1/20/09?"
I don't think it really matters, since events will be driving
policies, rather than vice versa. If I had to choose who I was most
comfortable with, given that I know what's coming, I would think the
best choices are McCain or Clinton. Either one would hopefully
provide some adult supervision to keep the Xers from making too many
impulsive decisions. On the other hand, maybe an Obama would be more
decisive. How's that for a wishy-washy response?
"Thank you for your response to my inquiry. I
believe and feel in my gut that we are facing major changes in the
near future. If the US Govt does keep its promises, they will be
paid in virtually worthless or near worthless dollars. I do not
count on these promises for my own future, because I am skeptical
and have been for a long long time, but I feel bad for people who
do. I love my country but the government is wasteful, full of
liars and ignorant on many levels. I just don't understand how
some of these govt officials live with themselves and how they
keep getting away with such stupidness. I'm probably showing my
GenX attitude too much, so I'll just say Thanks again for your
work and I look forward to reading your website posts
daily."
And what's more, it's not just our government, but governments around
the world, in all the countries that fought in WW II as a crisis war.
The survivors of WW II did some great things -- they created the
United Nations, World Bank, Green Revolution, World Health
Organization, International Monetary Fund, and so forth. They created
these organizations and managed them for decades with one purpose in
mind: That their children and grandchildren would never have to go
through anything so horrible as World War II.
Now all those people are gone, and the people left behind have no
idea what's going on or what to do. The result will be massive,
brutal, and bloody. I estimate that some 1-3 billion people will be
killed. After it's all over, then there will be a new generation of
survivors who'll do some great things, and the cycle will start all
over again.
Unfortunately, it turns out that that's what life is all about.
"While you, rightly so ( and I am a proud X-er),
speak of our negative tendencies, X-er's do have some good
qualities to them. As you well know, we are survivors and
pragmatists to the core which will come in handy as this crisis
get worse."
The survival of the country and its way of life depends on you and
your generation. You'll be responsible for every victory and every
disaster. I hope you succeed in everything you do.
=eod
=// &&2 e080128e Fidelity Investments salesman admits that money market funds are not safe
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.head
Fidelity Investments salesman admits that money market funds are
not safe
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.keys
finance, finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.date
28-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.txt1
A web site reader called Fidelity and asked.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128e.txt2
The question was: "If Fidelity goes bankrupt, then will my money be
protected?"
Here's the answer that the web site reader relayed to me:
"If you own actual government Treasuries that they're holding
for you, then you're protected."
"But if you subscribe to a money market fund, even when it's
backed by government Treasuries, then you're not protected at all."
THIS NEGATES THE BELIEFS OF MANY INVESTORS WHO THOUGHT THEY WERE
SAFE.
"And besides, you have nothing to worry about, since all of
Fidelity's assets are insured." Here, the salesman is referring to
protection from bond insurers -- ACA, Ambac, MBIA -- that are
currently close to total collapse.
As far as I can tell, the only safe places to put your money today
are as follows:
Cash, preferably stuffed into your mattress.
FDIC-protected bank account or certificate of deposit, provided
that you follow the FDIC rules.
Government Treasuries, provided that you own them outright.
Actual physical gold, if you're into taking risks, since gold is
currently way overpriced.
For the unsophisticated investor, there are no securities today that
appear to be safe.
If any other web site readers have information of this type, please
let me know and I'll post it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080128d European hedge funds are suspending redemptions.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.head
European hedge funds are suspending redemptions.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.keys
finance, hedge funds
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.date
28-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.txt1
This is very ominous.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128d.txt2
According to a <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article3256253.ece
"a news report,"#> ten European hedge funds have suspended
redemptions, to keep from collapsing. In other words, investors are
no longer permitted to take their money out. The emergency was
apparently triggered by last week's stock market volatility, which
was the worst in Europe.
In the worst case scenario, the hedge funds will be worthless, and
investors will lose their entire investments, as happened last July
when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070718 "Bear Stearns announced that its
hedge funds were almost worthless."#>
Here's the story:
"A raft of European hedge funds have been forced
to introduce emergency measures to protect their businesses from
collapsing in the wake of the turmoil in financial markets.
Up to 10 European hedge funds have suspended redemptions after
investors clamoured for their cash when the managers made severe
losses.
A London prime broker told The Sunday Times that even before last
week’s extreme gyrations, nearly two-thirds of London-based hedge
funds had lost between 4% and 10% of their value. A “significant
number” had lost much more, he said.
The manager of one of Britain’s biggest hedge funds said: “It’s been
an extraordinary week. Even in the crash of 1987 I don’t remember so
much carnage.”
Experts warned that the problems among hedge funds were likely to
cause more disruption in the markets, especially if many are forced to
liquidate positions.
This is exactly the kind of situation that I've been warning about,
since it could lead to a full-scale stock market panic and crash.
Unless the stock market bubble starts growing again (which I consider
to be very unlikely, though I've been surprised before), there will
be additional hedge fund failures.
However, at the time that I'm writing this (about 12:45 am ET), Asian
markets are down sharply, with the Nikkei index down 3.1%. Wall
Street index futures are down about 0.75%. It's possible that the
overall collapse is accelerating. Beware.
=eod
=// &&2 e080128c Fourth quarter corporate earnings continue to fall as the global credit markets unravel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.head
Fourth quarter corporate earnings continue to fall as the global
credit markets unravel
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.keys
finance, earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.date
28-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.txt1
Stock market volatility was sky high on Wall Street last week,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128c.txt2
as <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080124b "a 5% intraday surge on
Wednesday"#> wiped out the market losses at other times in the week.
The "fundamentals" continued to go from bad to worse.
Fourth quarter corporate earnings estimates have continued to
plummet, though at least they seem finally to be leveling off. Here's
the summary from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
" As of Friday, January 25th:
160 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4, 59%
have beaten estimates, 14% were in-line, and 28% have missed.
The blended earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in
fourth-quarter 2007, combining actual numbers for companies that
have reported, and estimates for companies yet to report, fell to
-20.5%.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
Jan 25: -20.5%
So, at the beginning of 4Q (on October 1), the estimate was that
earnings would grow by 11.5%. Today, the estimate is that they'll
fall by 20%. After 12 years of bubble earnings, the Law of Mean
Reversion is beginning to take hold, and we should expect to see low
earnings for years to come.
The news in the credit markets is getting uglier and uglier.
Each Week, Prudent Bear's Doug Nolan posts a <#stdurl
http://www.prudentbear.com/index.php/CreditBubbleBulletinHome "Credit
Bubble Bulletin,"#> using news stories to provide a lengthy summary
of the week's news in the global financial markets. Here are portions
of a few of the news stories that he quoted this week (unfortunately,
Nolan doesn't give links):
Reuters: A government-brokered rescue plan for U.S. bond
insurers of about $15 billion came under fire on Friday, with analysts
saying the ailing insurers may need as much as $200 billion to remain
viable.
Financial Times: Until a few months ago, "counterparty risk" was
something that only worried professional risk managers at major banks.
With the world awash with cheap debt, booming asset prices and the
lowest default rate in a generation, the possibility that one's
trading partners would not honour their financial commitments seemed
remote. But recent weeks have seen an unfamiliar item taking chunks
out of banks' balance sheets - counterparty risk is back."
Financial Times: The last thing the world's banks needed right now
was a rogue trading scandal. ... The revelation ... is likely to
undermine further investors' fragile faith in large banks' ability to
manage complex trading risks.
Bloomberg: The $230 billion backlog of high-risk, high-yield debt
that banks planned to sell has stopped shrinking, and probably will
hinder lending to new borrowers, Bank of America Corp.
Bloomberg: The extra yield over benchmark Treasuries that
investors demand to own top-rated commercial mortgage-backed
securities rose this week by the most ever, according to a Morgan
Stanley index.
Bloomberg: American International Group Inc., the world's biggest
insurer by assets, will bail out its Nightingale Finance structured
investment vehicle, according to Moody's. AIG Financial Products Corp
will either buy the SIV's $2.2 billion of senior debt or replace it
with loans.
Bloomberg: Banks worldwide may need to raise as much as $143
billion of additional reserves to satisfy regulators if bond insurer
rating cuts trigger downgrades for the securities they guarantee,
Barclays Capital analysts said. ... The estimates are based on
banks’ holdings of the outstanding $820 billion of structured
securities covered by bond insurers, the report said.
Bloomberg: U.S. municipal bonds are headed for their first weekly
decline this year on concerns the loss of top ratings at two bond
insurers will lead more investors to unwind structured trades by
selling long-term debt. "Liquidity is out of the market, bidders are
pulling away. Without liquidity, you've got a real problem.
Bloomberg (Martin Z. Braun): Yields on some tax-exempt
floating-rate bonds have more than doubled in the past week on
concern by money-market investors that the credit standing of insurers
backing the debt will weaken further.
Financial Times: Municipal borrowers in the US are increasingly
issuing bonds without seeking guarantees from beleaguered insurers
MBIA and Ambac, highlighting the risks of a collapse of their bond
insurance business model unless confidence is restored.
Financial Times: Companies across the globe are putting
multibillion-dollar deals on ice as the rout in equity markets makes
it almost impossible to put a value on takeover targets. Several big
transactions.
Financial Times: So far, most of the rout in the debt markets has
been linked to the US subprime mortgage debacle. Increasingly,
however, many hedge funds are betting there is far worse to come for
the corporate debt market as well. Hedge fund managers and the trading
desks of some of the savviest firms on Wall Street are expecting a
severe downturn in the corporate debt market. A number of trades have
been made on the assumption that, when things go wrong, corporate
creditors will receive far less than 100 cents on the dollar, and the
more junior their debt, the less they will get back.
The Wall Street Journal: Hybrid securities have in the past been
an easy source of capital for cash-strapped financial institutions.
But that has all changed. Risk premiums on these securities,
sandwiched between bank loans and common stock in a company capital
structure, have risen across the board as investors rethink the
aggressive terms and conditions under which they lent to these once
credit-healthy borrowers.
Bloomberg: U.K. mortgage approvals declined an annual 38% to the
lowest in at least a decade in December as higher interest rates
discouraged people from buying homes.
San Francisco Chronicle: Foreclosures and default notices
skyrocketed to record peaks in California and the Bay Area in the
fourth quarter of 2007. Lenders repossessed 31,676 residences in
California in the October-November-December period, according to
DataQuick. That was a dramatic 421.2% increase from 6,078 in the
year-ago quarter. In the Bay Area, foreclosures rose an equally
stunning 482.5% to 4,573 in the fourth quarter. "Foreclosure activity
is closely tied to a decline in home values," DataQuick President
Marshall Prentice said. "It was the most foreclosures since DataQuick
began tracking them in 1988 and more than double the previous peak of
15,418 foreclosures in the third quarter of 1996." Mortgage default
notices, sent by lenders when homeowners are several months behind on
payments, also hit record highs. Statewide, lenders sent 81,550
default notices, up 114.6% from 37,994 in the fourth quarter of 2006.
It was the most defaults since DataQuick began tracking them in
1992.
Investors are in a trigger-happy emotional state, and the market has
been on a general downward trend since December. If the market
continues to fall, it will cause insolvency in a large hedge fund or
financial institution, triggering a domino effect that will cause a
generational panic and crash.
From the point of view of Generation Dynamics, the market is overdue
for a generational panic and crash, although the exact time cannot be
prediction. With the stock market <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820
"overpriced by almost 250% (same as in 1929),"#> we're headed with
absolutely certainly for a generational stock market panic and crash,
leading to a new 1930s style Great Depression.
=eod
=// &&2 e080128b Noose tightens on banks and rating agencies, as mortgage evaluator provides evidence of fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.head
Noose tightens on banks and rating agencies, as mortgage evaluator
provides evidence of fraud
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.keys
finance, ratings agencies, monolines, john kenneth galbraith
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.date
28-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.txt1
Clayton Holdings, a company that analyzed thousands of mortgage loans
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128b.txt2
for investment banks, said <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/businessNews/idUSN2362909020080127 "in
a statement on Saturday,"#> that it had "entered into a cooperation
agreement" with the office of Attorney General Andrew Cuomo and would
tell what it knows about how Wall Street sold mortgage investments
despite warnings from Clayton that the underlying home loans did not
meet quality standards.
There is widespread belief (by me and many other people) that
"financial engineers" and others in investments banks did not defraud
the public "by accident," but knew that they were performing
fraudulent acts -- maybe not in 2002 or 2003, but certainly by
2005-2007. These fraudulent acts were designed and perpetrated by
Generation-Xers, under the noses of senior management Boomers who
chose to close their eyes to the fraud for their own gain.
What we've been hearing for over a year was that "Duh, we're victims
too. We didn't know that there was anything wrong with CDOs of CDOs
of CDOs."
The evidence is mounting that, as early as 2005, investment banks
took pro-active steps to deceive the public and to hide their
fraudulent activities from the public.
One of the keys to exposing that fraud will be organizations that
were supposed to be "watching over" and auditing these kinds of
financial transactions in one way or another. We've discussed several
kinds of these agencies on this web site in the past:
Ratings agencies -- the major ones are Standard & Poor's,
Moody's Investors Service and Fitch Ratings -- are responsible for
providing investments ratings of new securities, such as
mortgage-backed CDOs, in return for fat fees from the banks. In my
recent article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on
financial engineering and structured finance""#> I explained how
these securities are created, how the ratings are assigned, and how
the assumptions going into those ratings turn out to be wrong. It's
possible that the assigned ratings were "honest mistakes" in
2002-2005, but it's unlikely that they were in 2006. It's absolutely
impossible that these ratings agencies didn't know by 2007 that their
computer models were wrong, and yet the fraudulent ratings continued
through August, 2007. It was only after June 30, when <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070630 "Bloomberg news accused"#> the ratings
agencies of purposing "masking losses," that the ratings agencies even
began to talk about providing more realistic ratings.
Bond insurance agencies -- the major ones are ACA Capital Holdings
Inc., MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial Group -- are responsible for
providing "insurance" to low-rated securities in order give them an
AAA rating, in return for fat fees from the banks. In my recent
article, <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123 ""A primer on financial
engineering and structured finance""#> how these insurers provide
AAA ratings, and what went wrong. Like the ratings agencies, these
companies continued to overlook problems well into 2007, much longer
than they should have.
Now we're looking at a third kind of "watchdog" firm. Clayton
Holdings is a due-diligence firm that reviewed thousands of mortgage
loans for compliance to lending standards. According to company
president Keith Johnson, their reports of non-compliance were ignored
by investment banks. "In some cases we felt that we were potted
plants."
The new agreement with the Attorney General grants criminal immunity
to Clayton, though there is no evidence so far that Clayton did
anything wrong.
But an <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/01/27/business/27subprime.html "an
analysis by the NY Times"#> indicates that the noose is
tightening around the necks of both banks and ratings agencies:
"As part of the deal, Clayton has told the
prosecutors that starting in 2005, it saw a significant
deterioration of lending standards and a parallel jump in lending
exceptions. In an another sign that the industry was becoming less
careful, some investment banks directed Clayton to halve the
sample of loans it evaluated in each portfolio, a person familiar
with the investigation said.
The mortgage business boomed from 2002 to 2006, generating
lucrative fees for mortgage brokers, lenders, credit rating
firms, investment banks and many investors. Investment banks began
buying billions of dollars of more risky loans made to borrowers
with blemished, or subprime, credit histories and packaging them
into securities [CDOs] that paid high interest. ...
It is unclear how many lending exceptions are contained in the $1
trillion subprime mortgage market, but industry participants cite
figures ranging from about 50 percent to 80 percent for some loan
portfolios they examined."
These figures are absolutely staggering. They indicate that
non-compliance in mortgage loans was THE RULE rather than the
exception in 2005-2007. Furthermore, Clayton's claims indicate that
investment banks were taking pro-active steps to IGNORE
non-compliance.
That's why these mortgage-based securities are almost worthless. If
only 5-10% of the underlying mortgage loans had been non-complying,
then there would probably be no problem. But when 50-80% of the
loans are non-complying, then it's almost impossible that CDOs backed
by these mortgages will have any value. (To understand this better,
take a look at the section "How the 'cascade rule' works" in my
article on <#hreftext ww2010.i.cdo080123#cascade "article on
financial engineering."#>)
Furthermore, did you follow this point about "halving the sample of
loans?" This is incredible. Each non-complying loan that Clayton
found had to be reclassified as risky. Therefore, Clayton was
instructed to evaluate only half as many loans in each portfolio, so
that only half as many loans would have to be reclassified as risky:
"Investment banks hired companies like Clayton to
evaluate a sample, say 20 percent, of the loans. The review was
supposed to determine whether the loans complied with the law and
met the lending standards that the mortgage companies said they
were using. Loans that did not were classified as exceptions.
As demand for the loans surged, mortgage companies were in a
strong enough position to stipulate that investment banks have
Clayton and other consultants look at fewer loans. The lenders
wanted the due diligence to find fewer exceptions, which were
sold at a discount, the person familiar with the investigation
said."
All of this makes it 100% clear that the investment banks were
defrauding the public and investors, and that they KNEW that they
were defrauding the public and investors. The "Duh, I didn't know"
excuse is eliminated.
Now let's turn to the ratings agencies.
According to the article, "Investment rating firms like Moody’s and
Fitch have said that they were deprived of [information on
non-compliance] before they gave the securities the top rating,
triple-A."
But the article continues:
"The investment banks then pooled the mortgages
into securities, often by blending loans from different lenders.
Information on those mixed pools was then delivered to the rating
agencies, which assigned the securities a score. Pension funds and
other big investors bought them because they had triple-A
ratings.
But investment banks did not give the rating agencies their due
diligence reports, and it appears that the agencies did not
demand them, people familiar with Mr. Cuomo’s investigation said.
In January 2007, Clayton briefed at least one credit rating
agency about the exception reports it was producing, the person
involved in the agreement said, but the credit firm did not ask to
see the reports. ...
Chris Atkins, a spokesman for Standard & Poor’s, said the firm was
not responsible for verifying information provided to it by the
issuers of securities. It is customary for rating agencies to
accept the information they are provided by issuers of
securities.
In November, Fitch Ratings published a detailed review of 45
loans in an effort to identify what went wrong as mortgages were
turned into securities. It found extensive inaccuracies and fraud.
The firm noted that many of the problems would have been easy to
identify by looking at loan applications, appraisals and credit
reports — but it appears that such review was either never done
or ignored. Fitch now says that it will no longer rate subprime
mortgage securities unless it is provided access to loan
files."
In my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c "recent article on Boomers and
Gen-Xers,"#> I used the phrase "Lenscap Stupidity," alluding to a
Boomer government official who was briefed for half an hour while
looking through binoculars with the lenscap still on. The third
paragraph above is a perfect example: The ratings agencies knew that
the news was bad, and they refused to hear it.
It's very convenient for S&P to say that they simply accept the
information provided by the rating agencies without questioning it,
and it was only in November that they learned of "extensive
inaccuracies and fraud," but if the prosecutor determines that they
"must have known" or "should have known" anyway, and the jury agrees,
then fraud will be found.
One thing is clear: That there has been an enormous amount of crime
committed, by people at many level -- ordinary people applying for
mortgages, credit rating firms, housing contractors, housing
inspectors, real estate appraisers, real estate brokers, mortgage
brokers, mortgage lenders, savings banks, investment banks, ratings
agencies, bond insurers, and we're looking at due diligence firms.
(This paragraph updated on 30-Jan.)
When combined with the Société Générale fraud, you can see that
there's a lot of fraud going on, and a lot of prosecution going on.
This is not unexpected, because it's all happened before. In fact,
the next-to-last international generational financial crisis, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070209 "the Hamburg crisis of 1857 (panic of
1857),"#> was triggered by a small event -- an employee of the New
York branch of the Ohio Life Insurance and Trust Company was found to
have embezzled money.
There was a great deal of embezzlement leading up to the last
generational financial crisis. I've quoted this passage before, but
it's worth posting again. John Kenneth Galbraith described what
happened -- and what will happen again -- in his 1954 book, The
Great Crash - 1929, as follows:
"In many ways the effect of the crash on
embezzlement was more significant than on suicide. To the
economist embezzlement is the most interesting of crimes. Alone
among the various forms of larceny it has a time parameter.
Weeks, months, or years may elapse between the commission of the
crime and its discovery. (This is a period, incidentally, when
the embezzler has his gain and the man who has been embezzled,
oddly enough, feels no loss. There is a net increase in psychic
wealth.) At any given time there exists an inventory of
undiscovered embezzlement in -- or more precisely not in -- the
country's businesses and banks. This inventory -- it should
perhaps be called the bezzle -- amounts at any moment to many
millions of dollars. It also varies in size with the business
cycle. In good times people are relaxed, trusting, and money is
plentiful. But even though money is plentiful, there are always
many people who need more. Under these circumstances the rate of
embezzlement grows, the rate of discovery falls off, and the
bezzle increases rapidly. In depression all is reversed. Money
is watched with a narrow, suspicious eye. The man who handles it
is assumed to be dishonest until he proves himself otherwise.
Audits are penetrating and meticulous. Commercial morality is
enormously improved. The bezzle shrinks.
The stock market boom and the ensuing crash caused a traumatic
exaggeration of these normal relationships. To the normal needs
for money, for home, family and dissipation, was added, during the
boom, the new and overwhelming requirement for funds to play the
market or to meet margin calls. Money was exceptionally
plentiful. People were also exceptionally trusting. A bank
president who was himself trusting Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull was
obviously unlikely to suspect his lifelong friend the cashier. In
the late twenties the bezzle grew apace.
Just as the boom accelerated the rate of growth, so the crash
enormously advanced the rate of discovery. Within a few days,
something close to universal trust turned into something akin to
universal suspicion. Audits were ordered. Strained or
preoccupied behavior was noticed. Most important, the collapse
in stock values made irredeemable the position of the employee who
had embezzled to play the market. He now confessed.
After the first week or so of the crash, reports of defaulting
employees were a daily occurrence. They were far more common
than the suicides. On some days comparatively brief accounts
occupied a column or more in the Times. The amounts were
large and small, and they were reported from far and wide. ...
Each week during the autumn more such unfortunates were reveled
in their misery. Most of them were small men who had taken a
flier in the market and then become more deeply involved. Later
they had more impressive companions. It was the crash, and the
subsequent ruthless contraction of values which, in the end,
exposed the speculation by Kreuger, Hopson, and Insull with the
moey of other people. Should the American economy ever achieve
permanent full employment and prosperity, firms should look well
to their auditors. One of the uses of depression is the exposure
of what auditors fail to find. Bagehot once observed: "Every great
crisis reveals the excessive speculations of many houses which no
one before suspected." [pp. 132-35]
Galbraith's point was that there were many criminal activities going
on before the 1929 crash, but nobody cared, as long as everyone was
making money. But once the crash occurred, any irregularity was
viewed with suspicion and led to an investigation. These
investigations turned up many cases of embezzlement -- people who had
"temporarily borrowed" money that wasn't theirs to invest in the
stock market, and then got caught in the crash.
That's happening again. If you're one of the people who have
committed embezzlement or fraud, then it's time to put your affairs
in order, because you're going to get caught.
=eod
=// &&2 e080128 Historic Société Générale fraud shocks world financial system
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.head
Historic Société Générale fraud shocks world financial system
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.keys
finance, societe generale, ben bernanke
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.date
28-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.txt1
Did a "rogue trader" snooker Ben Bernanke and the Fed?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080128.txt2
The details are still coming out, but <#stdurl
http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/industry_sectors/banking_and_finance/article3257468.ece
"the bare facts"#> are these:
France's second-largest bank, Société Générale (SocGen), has
lost $7.2 billion through fraudulent falsification of bank records and
computer fraud. These are the biggest losses in banking
history.
Jérôme Kerviel, a 31 year old Gen-Xer with an "enthusiasm for
finance," joined SocGen in 2000, where he was able to learn how all
the bank's computer systems worked, including the programs that
detected possibly fraudulent actions.
In 2004, Kerviel became a full-fledged trader and market maker,
earning a salary of about $130,000 per year.
"The bank alleges that he hacked into other traders’ systems and
set up deals using their accounts; that he created a fictitious client
so that he could trade as if setting up deals on its behalf; that he
circumvented limits to the size of trades; and that he defeated
credit control checks that should have picked up rogue trades,
especially those that put the bank’s own money at risk.
Kerviel was apparently able to unpick or switch off all these checks.
In addition, he master-minded a way of covering his trading. He
apparently created fictitious trades designed to neutralise the big
bets he was making so that the bank’s systems appeared to show that
everything was in balance. In banking-speak, his positions were
outwardly 'hedged'."
Kerviel began these activities last year. As far as is known, he
didn't attempt to make any money from these transactions; perhaps he
was treating the SocGen trading system as a giant video game. His
trades made money in the up market that ran through December.
When the market started falling in December, he made larger and
larger trades to cover his losses.
By Friday, January 18, when the fraud began unraveling, SocGen's
open trades totalled €50 billion ($73 billion), which exceeded the
market capitalization of the entire bank.
On Monday, January 21, after a weekend of panicky meetings by
SocGen's senior management, the bank started liquidating all of
Kerviel's trades. Wall Street was closed was closed on Monday, but the
Asian markets and then the European markets fell sharply on Monday.
As SocGen unraveled its positions, it was forced to sell its $73
billion in holdings into that market, and ended up losing $7.4
billion.
By coincidence, SocGen had planned, at the same time, to announce
some $3.5 billion in writedowns of faulty mortgage-based assets,
hoping to start 2008 with a clean slate. That's not going to happen
now. Instead, SocGen is being forced to seek investors to bail them
out.
Fearing a market rout, on Tuesday the Fed announced
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080122 "a ¾% emergency interest rate cut"#>
at 8:20 am. The Fed later reveals that it knew nothing about the
SocGen fraud prior to interest rate cut.
On Thursday, January 24, at 0700 GMT (2 am ET), finally makes a
statement about the $7.2 billion fraud.
=inc ww2010.h2 snooker "Was the Fed snookered?"
The reasoning behind the claim that SocGen snookered the Fed is as
follows:
The European market rout on Monday was at least partially
caused by the massive SocGen selloffs of the Kerviel's
positions.
If the Fed had known what SocGen was doing on Monday, then it
would have taken that into account and not announced the emergency
rate cut on Tuesday.
However, SocGen did not announce the fraud until
Thursday.
Frankly, I believe that this reasoning is completely backwards. If
SocGen had revealed the $7.2 billion fraud on Monday, it might well
have triggered an even larger selloff on Tuesday by panicky
investors. At any rate, Chaos Theory tells us that it's impossible
to predict the effects of one particular financial event on another
particular financial event.
However, there are broader questions being asked about the SocGen
fraud, and whether SocGen is covering something up.
The hard-core conspiracy theorists are suggesting that SocGen's
senior management knew what Kerviel was doing all the time, and that
they wanted him to do it to cover up the $3.5 billion writedown of
mortgage-based securities. Before Kerviel was taken into police
custody on Saturday, there were some pundits suggesting that Kerviel
would never be found because he didn't exist, and was just a made-up
name proffered by SocGen execs.
If we go beyond the tinfoil hat conspiracy theories, there is the
following real question: How is it possible that Kerviel was acting
alone, as SocGen claims, and yet was able to place fraudulent trades
for many months, without being caught either by SocGen's computer
systems or by its human auditors?
Even if Kerviel spent four years working in the back office, the
reasoning goes, SocGen's auditing systems are far too robust and
complex for one person to fool for very long.
Once again, I find this reasoning to be backwards.
In fact, it's quite possible that a single person, like Kerviel,
might have understood the "soul" of SocGen's systems, but extremely
unlikely that two people could have, and then agree to cooperate on
this major fraud. I don't see how it's likely that more than one
person, acting alone, could have pulled this off.
When I refer to the "soul" of computer systems, I'm not getting
mystical. Over the years, I've reviewed hundreds of software
programs, and as a consultant worked on dozens of large computer
systems, and unless a computer system is dysfunctional, then it has a
"soul," an internal flow, an internal consistency, an internal
philosophy that ties it all together.
(This concept of a "soul" in computer systems is not unique with me.
A web site reader recently reminded me of Tracy Kidder's 1981
Pulitzer prize winning book, The Soul of a New Machine, on the
development of a new computer at Data General.)
It's unusual for even the programmers working on the system to
understand its "soul." When I've worked on these large systems as a
consultant for a few months, I've found that it's not unusual to have
to explain to them how their own software works. Typically, what
happens is that the original system architects, designers and
programmers understand its "soul," but when they leave and are
replaced by new programmers, the new ones may understand how the
components work individually, but they generally never grasp the
"soul" of the system as a whole. And as for management -- they
really never understand a software system, except in gross functional
terms.
Now, I'm sorry if the last couple of paragraphs seemed a little too
mystical, since there's nothing mystical about it. It's simply that
computer systems become so large and so complex, that they're too
large to be fully grasped. It's like a person living in a beautiful
mansion who understands what each room is for, but only the architect
understands entire home as an entire system or unit.
So the point is that, based on the facts that have been released so
far, here's what I consider to be the most likely scenario:
Jérôme Kerviel joined the SocGen's back office in 2000, and spent
four years learning SocGen's computer systems and procedures -- and
he had the skill to understand the "soul" of these systems better than
anyone else there. He understood the systems so well, that he
understood its rhythms, its strengths and its weaknesses. When the
time came, he was able to exploit his knowledge.
That's why I say that I would be surprised if it turns out that he
had an accomplice. There really couldn't have been someone else as
knowledgeable as Kerviel working with Kerviel, or the accomplice
would already be known to the authorities.
So, in my opinion, the critics of SocGen who suspect an accomplice
are likely to be wrong.
But the critics who suspect that other banks may be susceptible to
the same problems. There are other programmers in other banks who
understand the "soul" of those computer systems too. And if they
decide to become "rogue traders" also, then we may hear a lot more
about these kinds of fraud.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, none of this is
surprising. In my recent article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c
""The nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation
X,""#> I showed how the destructiveness of today's Generation-X,
combined with the "Lenscap Stupidity" of the Boomer generation, makes
this kind of fraud almost the norm, more than at any time since the
1920s.
In fact, in August <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120121518942714779.html "there was a
similar incident"#> at Crédit Agricole, one of Société Générale's
competitors, but costing a mere €230 million. So we haven't heard
the last of this.
=eod
=// &&2 e080126 Egypt's failure to close the Gaza border further destabilizes the region.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.head
Egypt's failure to close the Gaza border further destabilizes the
region.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.keys
egypt, gaza, israel, chaos theory, darfur, sudan, iran, iraq, lebanon,
syria, burma, kenya, jordan, west bank, saudi arabia, egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.date
26-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.txt1
Changing events brings Israelis, Palestinians and Egyptians into
further confrontation and conflict.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080126.txt2
I'll begin with a concept that I haven't discussed in a while -- the
concept of "chaotic attractors" in Chaos Theory. I used to refer to
this all the time, but haven't recently. But now, the concept really
fits the situation in Gaza.
Imagine that you're in the ocean, watching all the individual
molecules of water swirl around you. Those molecules are going in
random directions, and even if you could identify the individual
molecules, you'd have no way of predicting where any individual
molecule was going to go next. The movement of any particular
molecule cannot be predicted at all, and yet those molecules form
waves in a reasonably predictable pattern. You could, if you wanted,
make reasonable predictions about the size of those waves, and how
frequently new waves would reach the shore.
The waves are an example of a "cyclic attractor" in a chaotic system.
The motion of the individual molecules appears almost completely
random, and yet the entire collection of molecules is "attracted" to
the cyclic wave patterns.
As another example, imagine you're in a blizzard, surrounded by
falling snowflakes. Although the motion of each individual snowflake
cannot be predicted, the mass of snowflakes are "attracted" to
certain snowdrift patterns. If you recorded those snowdrift patterns
historically, then you could make make a reasonable prediction about
where snowdrifts would form in the next blizzard.
Generational Dynamics uses this concept of "chaotic attractor" as one
of the many tools in its toolchest for making predictions and
forecasts. In this forecasting methodology, the individual
"snowflakes" are the millions of individual political acts that occur
around the world every day. The chaotic attractors are the cyclic
trends determined by generational flow over a period of decades or
centuries.
An important part of the methodology is being able to distinguish the
snowflakes from the snowdrifts, or the chaotic events from the
trends. This is where everybody else goes wrong, and it's a major
part of the Generational Dynamics forecasting methodology. Things
like elections cannot be predicted. (The only time I tried was in
<#hreftext ww2010.i.bush040824 ""Does history favor George Bush
or John Kerry?""#> during the 2004 election, which really was
quite unsatisfactory.) You also can't predict the results of
particular battles or campaigns.
There are many attitudes and behaviors that are cyclic as generations
change, many of them identified in the 1980s by Neil Howe and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "William A. Strauss,"#> the founding
fathers of generational theory. These are the kinds of things that
can be predicted by Generational Dynamics forecasting, as applied to
large masses of people or entire generations: attitudes toward
gender roles, family, parents, and protection of children; willingness
to negotiate with, confront, fight or slaughter enemy groups;
risk-seeking vs risk-averse vs panicky behavior; political
compromise vs political confrontation; tendency to commit crimes or
abuse drugs.
I use this concept all the time (usually without mentioning it) on
this web site. In analyzing a particular country, I determine what
the long-term generational trends are, in order to determine what the
chaotic attractors are. In the six years I've been doing this,
having analyzed literally hundreds of places and times in history,
I've gotten a pretty good intuitive feel for what they are, and can
usually explain the reasoning behind the intuition.
Furthermore, one thing I didn't fully realize when I developed this
methodology in 2003 is that these chaotic attractors are VERY
POWERFUL, much more powerful than I would have guessed at the time.
That's why I've been able to claim that every one of the hundreds of
Generational Dynamics predictions on this web site has turned out to
be right or is trending right, and that not a single one has turned
out wrong. Time has proven that predictions made along the lines of
chaotic attractors invariably turn out right. This never ceases to
amaze me, and ten years ago I would have thought that what I'm doing
today was mathematically impossible.
So, to summarize previous examples of this:
Darfur is in the middle of a Crisis civil war in a
generational Crisis era, so it's heavily "attracted" toward genocidal
war. That's why <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071005 "the UN has no chance
whatsoever of stopping it"#> until it reaches its own explosive
climax, as I originally predicted in 2004.
Iran, Iraq, Lebanon and Syria are in generational Awakening eras,
and so they're "attracted away" from war. That's why, for example, I
could always insist that the Iraq war was never a civil war, and
never could be a civil war, and it's how I knew it had to be a war
between Iraqis and foreign (al-Qaeda) invaders -- all of which <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071031 "turned out to be exactly right."#>
Burma and Kenya are in generational Unraveling eras. That's why
I could predict that the low-level violence would not spiral into
full-scale genocidal civil war until a few more years have
passed.
Israel, Jordan, the Palestinian terroritories, Saudi Arabia and
Egypt are all entering or in generational Crisis eras. That means
that they're "attracted to" war. The politicians may try to
negotiate and find compromises, but the people they represent are
becoming increasingly confrontational.
A very interesting special case was the 2006 Lebanon war between
the Israelis (in a generational Crisis era) and the Hizbollah
militants (in an Awakening era). <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060906 "As
predicted,"#> the Israelis fought the war in a "hot" confrontational
manner, while Hizbollah militants fought it in a "cool" passive
manner, shooting off missiles each day and returning home to their
families. There's little doubt that if Lebanon had also been in a
generational Crisis era, the war would have spiraled into full-scale
warfare.
So now let's turn to what is supposed to be the main subject of this
article: The situation in Gaza.
And remember that this region is in a generational Crisis era, so the
people are "attracted" to confrontation and war to solve problems.
The <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080124 "opening up of the border"#>
between Gaza and Egypt is a critical turning point in the in the
attitudes and behaviors of the Gazans -- as indicated by the fact that
hundreds of thousands of Gazans rushed through the open border, and
many have no intention of returning. According to one UN estimate,
half of the entire population of Gaza has been to the opening.
We can argue about what caused what -- did the opening of the border
change the attitudes of the Gazans, or did the changing attitudes of
the Gazans cause Hamas to put into effect their plan to blast through
the border? We can't be sure, but at the very least, the opening of
the border triggered changes in attitude and behavior that were
building in the Gazan people anyway.
Since the Gazans are entering or in a Crisis era, as we try to
examine the various future scenarios, we should expect the Gazans to
be "attracted to" the more confrontational scenarios to be selected by
the Gazans. The Gazans are headed for genocidal war, but they're not
there yet. On a scale of 1 to 10 of completely compromising mood to a
completely genocidal mood, they're probably at 7 or 8. So it's not
surprising that they prevented Egypt from closing the border again on
Friday, but it's also not surprising that there were no bloody,
violent confrontations.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080125b.jpg right "" "Bulldozer defeats Egyptians
(Source: timesonline.co.uk)"#>
The <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article3250017.ece
"scene on Friday was very dramatic."#> The Egyptians announced to
the Palestinians in Egypt that it was time to go home. Egyptian
soldiers moved to close the border. They were stopped by huge mobs
of Gazans blocking the way, and then a yellow bulldozer, operated by
Hamas militants, came and smashed several more holes through the
barrier. The Egyptian soldiers finally retreated.
You can watch <#stdurl http://youtube.com/watch?v=jpdCTbiweA4 "the
dramatic BBC report"#> as it appeared live. Watch for the sudden
appearance of the bulldozer:
(Once the above video finishes, a menu appears allowing you to select
subsequent reports.)
As we said, this event marks a critical turning point in the
attitudes and behaviors of Gazans. But it might also mark a major
change in attitudes among numerous other actors in the region:
This has been described as a major humiliation for Egypt.
Egypt has promised Israel that it would close the border within a few
days, but it's hard to see how without a bloody confrontation that
would cause an Arab backlash against Egypt. One way or another,
Egypt is going to forced to change policy.
The terrorist group Muslim Brotherhood <#stdurl
http://www.jpost.com/servlet/Satellite?cid=1201070794000&pagename=JPost%2FJPArticle%2FShowFull
"has been holding demonstrations"#> in Cairo (Egypt). The Muslim
Brotherhood is a major enemy of the President Hosni Mubarak and the
Egyptian government, so these demonstrations are creating political
problems. In fact, Muslim Brotherhood demonstrations are occurring
throughout the Mideast - at numerous cities in Egypt, as well as in
Jordan and Bahrain. In fact, Muslim Brotherhood has close ties to
Hamas.
Surprisingly, some Israelis are calling this incident a "blessing
in disguise." They would like to <#stdurl
http://www.nationalpost.com/most_popular/story.html?id=263559
"completely disconnect from Gaza altogether,"#> and turn control of
Gaza over to Egypt, leaving Egypt the responsibility of feeding the
Gazans. In some versions of this proposal, Gaza then becomes part of
Egypt, and Israel and the Palestinian Authority can go ahead with the
"Roadmap to Peace," but with a Palestinian state consisting of just
the West Bank.
Hamas has gained an enormous amount of leverage. Ever since
the entire Mideast was stunned last June by
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070622 "Hamas' unexpected takeover"#> of
Gaza, Hamas has not been recognized as the official government of
Gaza by the Palestinian Authority, by Egypt, by Israel or by the
West. Now Egypt may be forced to negotiation with Hamas, in effect
giving official recognition to the takeover.
It's worth remembering that, since the 1970s, Egypt and America have
kept their troops out of the Palestine region, so that they wouldn't
be drawn into a war between Jews and Arabs. Now that safeguard is
ending.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we have several
large masses of people (Gazans, Egyptians, West Bank Palestinians,
Israelis), all in a generational Crisis era, almost all not
explicitly wanting war but not willing to compromise on basic
intentions and objectives. Ten years ago, these groups would have
been "attracted to" negotiation and compromise over war. But today,
with populations consisting of younger generations, these groups are
"attracted to" confrontation and conflict over negotiation and
compromise. That's the assumption you should make, if you're trying
to predict what each of these groups will do.
As I've predicted since 2003, the Palestine region is headed, with
absolutely certainty, to a new war between Arabs and Jews, refighting
the bloody, violent 1949 war that followed the partitioning of
Palestine and the creation of the state of Israel. As I wrote in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080117 "my analysis a couple of weeks
ago,"#> there has hardly been a day since Yasser Arafat's death when
Gaza hasn't descended even further into chaos than the day before,
The events of the last week are certain to mean that this trend will
continue.
=eod
=// &&2 e080125 Do people with brain disorders make better investors?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.head
Do people with brain disorders make better investors?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.keys
finance, price earnings ratio
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.date
25-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.txt1
More bizarre claims from pundits who can't even figure out
price/earnings ratios.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080125.txt2
One hears so many bizarre things from the bubble cheerleaders at CNBC
that it's almost a notable event when someone says something
sensible.
However, what I heard on Friday morning really takes bizarreness to
the level of being freakish.
The premise is this: The stock market increases of the last few years
that pushed stocks well into historically high bubble territory are
really "normal," and the recent downtrend in the markets is because
investors are being too "emotional."
The best investors, according to these people, are those with certain
brain disorders that make them unemotional. Sometimes one just can't
believe one's ears, and one wonders just what brain disorders the
speakers have.
Both speakers were "consultants" to investors. I infer from their
remarks that their advice is most often, "Buy! Buy! Buy!" Let's see
how they explain themselves.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080125a.jpg right "" "James Grubman (top) and
Darrin Farrow
(Source: CNBC)"#>
One speaker was James Grubman, a "psychologist and consultant to
families of wealth, and an adjunct professor in the financial
planning program with McCallum graduate school of business at Bentley
College." (Incidentally, I've been an "adjunct professor" a few times
in math and computer subjects, and what it means is that they bring
you in part-time to teach a course or two.)
The second speaker was Darrin Farrow, president of Pension Builders &
Consultants. (Unfortunately for him and a lot of people, he's
apparently on the road to changing from a "pension builder" to a
"pension destroyer.")
Grubman: A lot of investors are really
reacting to panic and fear that is feeding on itself, and so this
is a time when understanding what your risk tolerance is and being
able to tolerate some of the anxiety about the markets is really
very important to keep your head about you.
Farrow: I think we're finding herd mentality taking place.
If you look at the fundamentals, the P/E's are very fair. If you
look at 2007, the S&P had a P/E of under 16, which means the
fundamentals are strong - the market may be undervalued. But
because we tend to be more emotional when we buy and sell stocks,
the subprime fears and the unknown are making people sell stocks.
Whereas, conversely in 1999, when you had the technology forming,
you had P/Es upwards in the 30s and 40s. People were buying
because it felt good, but you look at the fundamentals, they
should have been selling. So unfortunately, people pay more
attention to how they feel than the fundamentals, which is what
they should be paying attention to.
[[This stuff about P/Es, or price/earnings ratios, is total,
utter, blithering nonsense, as we'll describe below, from a
person who earns a living by advising other people how to invest.
His clients would be better off with a dart board.]]
Unfortunately 80% of buying decisions are based on emotions, and
our emotion directly contradicts the fundamentals of prudent
investing.
Grubman: There's some interesting research that shows that
people who actually have too little emotion because of brain
disorders sometimes do better at investing, because they're not
tossed around by how they're feeling. We also know from certain
research in behaviorial finance that people feel losses much more
strongly -- 2½ times more strongly -- than they're happy about
gains. So a drop in the market of 1000 points would have to be
matched on the upside by almost 2500 points to have the same level
of emotion. We really hate to lose money.
[On outsourcing the management of one's portfolio.] Well, many
wealthy investors and high net worth investors do do that by
using wealth managers, and I've been talking to many of the
wealth managers that I consult to in the past week, checking with
them. And they're actually finding that their clients are not
calling as much, but I find that the advisors themselves are more
nervous for their clients' money.
[[This is an interesting touch. "If your advisor tells you to
sell, then he's just being emotional. Hire me as your consultant
and advisor instead, and I'll tell you to buy."]]Farrow: [On being less emotional about investing.] I think
passive management is probably the route to go. Active managers,
even portfolio managers, tend to buy into emotion and the same
fears and overconfidence that the lay person does. Passive
management, index investing is where they should be
looking.
Let's start with the S&P Price/Earnings index.
There's a price/earnings ratio chart at the bottom of this web site's
home page, and it gets updated automatically every Friday. Here's
the January 18 version of the chart:
<#inc ww2010.pic pe080118.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings ratio
and S&P 500-stock Index as of 18-Jan-2008.
(Source: MarketGauge ® by DataView, LLC)"#>
Now, Farrow says,
"If you look at the fundamentals, the P/E's are
very fair. If you look at 2007, the S&P had a P/E of under 16,
which means the fundamentals are strong - the market may be
undervalued."
Well no, this is nonsense in several different ways:
If you look at 2007, you can see that the P/E ratio was
around 18 most of the year, and above 19 near the end of the year. If
it got as low as 16 during the year, it was only briefly.
If you look at the labeling on the graph, added by the provider,
you'll see that "Stocks are Expensive" applies to the entire period
of the graph. In fact, stocks have been overpriced for a dozen years.
So to say that the "market may be undervalued" is blithering
nonsense. The market has been way overvalued for a long time.
This is what confounds me and infuriates me about these guys.
Understanding P/E ratios isn't exactly rocket science (you divide
stock price by earnings per share). But these people make 6 and 7
digit incomes advising people where to invest money, but they're too
stupid to understand how P/E ratios work. Or maybe they're not
stupid -- maybe they're liars who are misrepresenting the situation
in order to get fat commissions from their clients.
That highlights the problem with guys like Farrow. If his "expert"
opinion is to "Buy! Buy! Buy!", then he stands to make a lot more
money then if he told clients to sell. These people are not honest,
because their income depends so heavily on what they say.
And so Darrin Farrow, president of Pension Builders & Consultants, if
you have to read this and you're inclined to send me an e-mail
message, then perhaps you could tell me why you're misrepresenting P/E
ratios: Are you a moron or a crook? Enquiring minds want to
know!
Now let's go on to another portion of Farrow's statement:
"Whereas, conversely in 1999, when you had the
technology forming, you had P/Es upwards in the 30s and 40s.
People were buying because it felt good, but you look at the
fundamentals, they should have been selling."
This is about as silly as you can get. If you look at the above
graph, then by his reasoning, you should have been selling throughout
the whole period, perhaps only buying again near the beginning of
2005.
Well, he can't be that stupid. This is a pretty clear indication that
Farrow is simply a liar, a person who makes up facts in order to get
fat commissions from his wealthy clients. This is the same thing
that's become common these days -- from investment banks, hedge
funds, ratings agencies, or bond insurers. It's perfectly OK to
defraud your clients or the public, as long as you can get a fat
commission for doing so.
As I've said many times, if you really want to look at
"fundamentals," then you can look that the following graph of P/E
ratios back to 1871:
<#inc ww2010.pic g070818c.gif center "" "S&P 500 Price/Earnings
Ratio (P/E1) 1871 to August 2007"#>
As this graph shows, the historical P/E ratio averages around 14, and
has gotten as low as 5-6 several times in the last century, most
recently in 1982. It experienced an enormous spike, starting in 1995,
and is now clearly poised to fall again to the 5-6 range. This would
push market prices well below the Dow 4000 range.
Finally, let's take another look at Grubman's comment:
"There's some interesting research that shows
that people who actually have too little emotion because of brain
disorders sometimes do better at investing, because they're not
tossed around by how they're feeling."
This comment about brain disorders is absolutely hilarious.
What's interesting about this is that these two people are lying
through their teeth because their incomes depend on it, which means
that they're operating totally on emotions, not on fundamentals.
I guess the moral to this story is the following: If you're going to
pay a consultant to give you advice about investments, then make sure
the consultant has a brain disorder.
=eod
=// &&2 e080124b Large US banks are pressured to bail out bond insurers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.head
Large US banks are pressured to bail out bond insurers
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.keys
finance, monolines
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.date
24-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.txt1
The news drives an explosive 600 point (5%) spike in the Dow
Industrials,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124b.txt2
from the intraday low of 11675 to close at 12270, almost 300 points
or 2½% above the open.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080123c.png left "" "DJIA, January 23, 2008
(Source: Yahoo)"#>
The surge came when <#stdurl
http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/107a1c0c-c9eb-11dc-b5dc-000077b07658.html
"Financial Times reported"#> that the largest US banks are
under pressure from New York State insurance regulators to provide as
much as $15 billion to bail out bond insurers, the largest of which
are MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial Group.
The effect on investors was electric.
The markets had opened sharply lower, falling as much as 300 points
(Dow Industrials) when the news was announced. Markets spiked
immediately, continuing to a 600 point surge, to close 300 points
above the open, for close to a 3% gain.
Ebullient pundits predicted that the market had "found a bottom."
However, the highly emotional swings, during a general down trend, is
part of the 1929 pattern that led to a crash.
If you look at my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones
historical page,"#> and check out what happened on Monday, October 7,
1929 (1929-10-07) -- notice that the market went up 6.32% on that one
day alone. You can just imagine the euphoria and laughter of investors
on that day. And the stock market continued to gain throughout that
entire week, but crashed two weeks later.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, generational stock
market panic and crash is overdue, and must happen, since the stock
market is overpriced by a factor of almost 250% (like 1929). It might
happen next week, next month or next year, but the patterns that have
occurred since January 1 indicate that it might be close.
=eod
=// &&2 e080124 In dramatic scene, 60,000 Gazans pour into Egypt through holes blasted through border wall
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.head
In dramatic scene, 60,000 Gazans pour into Egypt through holes
blasted through border wall
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.keys
israel, gaza, egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.date
24-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.txt1
Euphoric Gazans go shopping, bring back food, fuel and fertilizer.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080124.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080123a.jpg right "" "Gazans pour through hole
blasted in border wall with Egypt.
(Source: BBC)"#>
According to <#stdurl
http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/middle_east/article3238615.ece
"reporting by the UK Times Online,"#> the destruction of the
border wall separating Gaza from Egypt at Rajaf was the culmination
of six months of clandestine work by Hamas militants, cutting through
the metal fence and laying explosives. The explosives were set off
in 17 different places early Wednesday morning, effectively
destroying two-thirds of the entire border wall.
The news spread quickly, and within a few hours Gazans were pouring
through the holes into Egypt in a wild party atmosphere.
According to <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2008/01/23/wgaza323.xml
"a Telegraph reporter on the scene:"#>
"First came the teenagers, curious to see what
would happen to them on a border where, until very recently, they
could expect to be shot on sight.
Then came the smugglers, aware a good turn was to be made on
cigarettes bought in Egypt for £9 a carton but sold in Gaza for
nearer £25.
Finally came crowds and crowds of normal Gazans, men and women,
old and young, some on bicycles, a few being pushed in
wheelchairs, simply enjoying the rare sensation of freedom.
And somewhere in the teeming crowd, came people anxious to exploit
the day for their own less innocent purposes.
Fertiliser, broken down into half bags for lugging through the
many tunnels that arms smugglers normally use for delivery into
Gaza, was to be seen as it was manhandled overland.
It was white, oily, crystalline and a dab on the tongue left a
sharp, burning sensation.
In most countries fertiliser has a perfectly innocent function but
in Gaza militants use it to make explosive."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080123b.jpg left "" "Euphoric Gazans carry goods
back to Gaza from Egypt.
(Source: Der Spiegel)"#>
This is why the Israelis are going to be extremely anxious over this
border crossing opening. The open border presents opportunities to
Hamas terrorists to import more sophisticated equipment and materials
for making bombs, rockets and missiles.
However, for the Palestinians it was a welcome opportunity to get out
of their "open air prison" and make contact with other people.
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak said that he had <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/2CE3A5EC-9904-4A84-B0E1-2588EBD7429F.htm
"ordered the border guards to allow the Palestinians"#> to cross into
Egypt because they were starving. "I told them to let them come in
and eat and buy food and then return them later as long as they were
not carrying weapons," he said.
However, there's no actual evidence that any Gazans are starving.
One thing that I found startling is that a number of news stories
about this event portrayed it mainly as a public relations event.
A <#stdurl http://www.newsweek.com/id/100073 "Newsweek
story"#> says: "Over the last few weeks, the Islamists have looked
much more adept at playing the public-relations game, using powerful
television images to stoke international sympathies."
A <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/topNews/idUSL2383557120080123 "Reuters
story"#> quotes Danny Ayalon, Israel's former ambassador to the
United States, as saying that, "This was a resounding failure, a
public relations disaster," he said.
However, it's hard for me to see this as anything less than a major
change in the Palestinian situation, perhaps comparable in importance
to Israel's withdrawal from Gaza in 2005.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, an event that has
this big a change in the attitudes of a large mass of people can
cause a very substantial political stage. As I <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080117 "discussed last week,"#> every event,
almost without exception, that's occurred in this region since the
death of Yasser Arafat has only increased the level of chaos, and
there's no reason to assume that this won't do the same.
Here are some things to watch out for in the next few hours, days and
weeks:
What action will Egypt take to reinstate the blockade? Egypt
is will receive harsh criticism from other Arab states if it simply
restores the blockade.
Will Egypt take over responsibility from Israel for providing
food and fuel to Gaza?
Will Israel take any action to reinstate the blockade?
Will the Gazans tolerate any attempt to reinstate the
blockade?
This event will bring in to question the viability of the
security wall between Gaza and Israel. Is Hamas planning a similar
action against the security wall?
In a <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/7205403.stm
"separate news story,"#> on Wednesday, Egyptian police rounded up
hundreds of members of the Muslim Brotherhood for holding illegal
protests in Cairo in support of Hamas. Will the Egyptian government
be threatened?
When you really think about it, there's no scenario where this event
adds to the stability of the region. It's hard to see a return to
the status quo ante, with the border closed and no change to
the plight of the Gazans. So something is going to change, and it's
bound to be destabilizing.
The first major international prediction that I posted on this web
site was on May 1, 2003, just as President Bush was advocating the
new "Mideast Roadmap to Peace" that called for a Palestinian state
alongside Israel: <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Will Mideast
roadmap bring peace?""#> In that article I predicted that the
Roadmap for Peace would never work, and that the Mideast would
descent further into chaos, especially after Yasser Arafat
disappeared, and that there would be a new genocidal war between Jews
and Arabs, refighting the genocidal war of 1949 that followed the
partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the state of Israel.
That prediction has been on track since I made it, and it's hard to
see how the blasting of the border wall with Egypt can do anything
but help the chaos along.
=eod
=// &&2 e080123 Bird flu spreading rapidly through birds in West Bengal in eastern India
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.head
Bird flu spreading rapidly through birds in West Bengal in eastern
India
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.keys
bird flu, india, bangladesh
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.date
23-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.txt1
Over 2300 people have complained about symptoms of fever in the last
5 days.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080123.txt2
However, the West Bengal state government says that there has been
<#stdurl
http://www.expressindia.com/latest-news/Over-2000-complain-of-fever-govt-says-it-means-nothing/264604/
"no case of H5N1 bird flu virus affecting humans."#>
The problem is that West Bengal does not have the required
infrastructure to make that determination, according to officials in
Delhi. "The West Bengal Government is failing to understand the
gravity of the situation," said Union Minister of State for Health
and Family Welfare P Lakshmi.
What is NOT in doubt is that the deadly H5N1 virus is <#stdurl
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/India/Bird_flu_spreads_to_sixth_district_in_West_Bengal/articleshow/2716201.cms
"spreading rapidly"#> from district to district in West Bengal.
Less than 200,000 thousand birds in the infected areas have been
culled (killed) so far, and West Bengal has <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7202203.stm "has appealed to
other states"#> to help cull 2 million birds.
There's great fear that the virus has already <#stdurl
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/Kolkata/Bird_flu_knocks_on_city/articleshow/2722754.cms
"spread to the city of Calcutta,"#> with five million people.
Portions of border with Bangladesh have been closed in an attempt to
prevent spread to that country, though it may already be too late.
Iconoclastic flu researcher Dr. Henry Niman has said on his <#stdurl
http://www.recombinomics.com/News/01220804/H5N1_West_Bengal_More_Limits.html
"Recombinomics web site"#> that the official figures released by West
Bengal indicate that testing has been so limited that there's no way
to know what's going on:
"The mortality numbers increased 5,915 over the
prior report, but the number of samples received is withheld.
Yesterday’s report showed that only 22 samples were received, even
though almost 10,000 birds died.
Some media reports have indicated North 24 Parganas was the
eighth West Bengal district to test positive for H5N1, but the
comments above again indicates that both North 24 and South 24 are
negative, although both districts have reported large increases in
dead poultry.
The continued reporting of negative data on a minimal number of
samples from districts with increasing numbers of dead poultry
raises pandemic concerns. These concerns regarding testing of
poultry also applies to human samples, which have never produced a
confirmed positive."
According to Niman, this is the kind of carelessness that can lead to
a mutation that will result in a human pandemic.
It was two seasons ago that bird flu spread like wildfire across
Asia, into the Europe, the Mideast and Africa. It was expected that
it would soon spread to North America via the Atlantic flyways, but
miraculously that apparently hasn't happened.
We're now approaching, once again, the most dangerous time of the
year for a possible human pandemic. That's because the Chinese New
Year and Vietnamese lunar new year (Tet) celebrations are approaching.
At these times, many people are travelling, and huge amounts of
poultry are transported, slaughtered, and consumed.
Bird flu virus mutation is basically a numbers game. A human to human
transmissible virus will be formed when somebody simultaneously gets
the ordinary human flu and the pathogenic H5N1 bird flu at the same
time. At that time, the genes from the two forms of the virus can
recombine to form an H5N1 virus that can move easily from human to
human.
What makes this most dangerous time of the year is that there are far
greater numbers of recombination opportunities that could make a
pandemic possible. That's true not only because of the Chinese and
Vietnamese celebrations, but also because of the rapid spread of the
virus throughout West Bengal, and possibly into Bangladesh.
As I always have in the past, I once again remind the reader that it's
impossible to predict when a particular mutation will permit easy
human-to-human transmission, which would result in a worldwide
pandemic. This could happen next week, next month, next year, or
thereafter.
Once again, as I always say, you and your family should prepare
immediately for a possible pandemic. If human to human transmission
became public next week on Monday, then by Tuesday all the shelves in
grocery stores would be bare. If you stock up on food now, then
you'll be sure to have what you need. Even if you think that you can
beat the crowds to the grocery store, you should still stock up in
advance. If you get your canned food after the panic begins, then
you're depriving somebody else of food. But if you stock up in
advance, then the shelves will be restocked, and you won't deprive
someone else of food.
I once again strongly urge my readers to prepare for an H5N1 pandemic
or for any kind of emergency (think of hurricane Katrina) by stocking
up on food and water and currency and batteries for the entire
household to live on for 2-3 months. This may cost a thousand
dollars per person, but it's not wasted money since you can always eat
the food later if no emergency occurs. Get canned or dried food that
can last a long time in storage, and get a large container for
storing water. Keep in mind that stored water becomes impure with
time, so you'll also need some purifying tablets or bleach to kill
bacteria in the water when the time comes. Finally, get whatever
medicines you'll need to take care of yourself and your family for a
long period of time.
=eod
=// &&2 e080122c CNBC pundits believe that the worst is over in the stock market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.head
CNBC pundits believe that the worst is over in the stock market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.date
22-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.txt1
Tuesday was a "great day for the bulls" because
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122c.txt2
the market opened by moving down 460 points (Dow Industrials), but
then ended the day down only 128 points.
That means that there was a "nice rally" of 330 points, which makes
it a good day.
This is the kind of reasoning that makes my head spin. The market
has been down almost every day this year, but today was a good day
because it fell ONLY 128 points on a day when the Fed made a
historically huge emergency interest rate cut.
And remember Najarian, the guy <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080121 "I
quoted a few days ago"#> about a "volatility explosion" on Tuesday.
(Actually, he was dead right about that; volatility was huge.)
Well, after the market closed on Tuesday, Apple computer announced
quarterly earnings in line with expectations, but projected next
quarter's outlook as substantially below expectations, because of
poor iPod sales during the holiday season. Apple stock fell sharply
in after-hours trading.
(This paragraph corrected on 24-Jan.)
According to Najarian, this is a GREAT buying opportunity. Why?
Because the price/earnings ratio on the stock has fallen .... wait
for it .... BELOW 25!!
It doesn't matter to Najarian that this historical average for
price/earnings ratios is around 14, and that Apple has been way above
average for a long time, meaning that it's got a much further
distance to fall.
As I said, it makes my head spin.
These people just never cease to amaze me. Are they really so unable
to think? Are they so unable to grasp a time window longer than few
hours or a few days?
Calling a bull market because of a "nice rally" several hours old is
bizarre. Calling a stock cheap because its P/E has gone from
collossally high to only gigantically high is nuts.
At any rate, the emergency Fed cut appears to have helped out Europe
stock markets, which opened sharply lower, but closed 2-3% up
following the Fed rate cut.
However, Wall Street is still on track in following the 1929 patterns
of continual tumbles in a market most investors had all be
counting on continual increases. The Dow Industrials are now down
another point to 16% below their highs, or 84% of the October 7 high.
Let's speculate. 84% was exactly the point where the crash began in
1929, as you can tell from my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones
historical page."#> Each time the market falls another percentage
point from the high, more and more investors become exposed. What
happened in 1929 when 84% was reached was that the market was at a
"tipping point," where investors were forced to sell to cover their
substantial margin calls and leverage calls. However, the 84% point
was reached after only six weeks in 1929, while it took 15 weeks in
2007-08 to reach the 84% point, which would have given some companies
more time to cover their losses. On the other hand, leveraging is
much greater today than in 1929. So who knows? But unless the
continuing market fall starts reversing itself, then it shouldn't be
too much longer until a "tipping point" is reached.
=eod
=// &&2 e080122b Israeli blockade of Gaza triggers protests against Egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.head
Israeli blockade of Gaza triggers protests against Egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.keys
israel, gaza, egypt
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.date
22-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.txt1
Angry Gazans stormed the Rafah crossing into Egypt on Tuesday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122b.txt2
four days after Israel had imposed a total blockade on Gaza. The
blockade was imposed in response to increases in rocket and missile
attacks from Gaza on Israeli border towns.
Dozens of Palestinian protesters <#stdurl
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/6934A45C-AE0D-44D8-B1B0-039D7E73DF8C.htm
"stormed the Rafah border crossing"#> with Egypt, demanding that the
frontier be opened to ease the blockade imposed on the territory by
Israel. However, the protesters were almost all women, and so the
protest may have been a public relations exercise.
The protestors <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5jD4YSkDPlclqd9dHvg2f0Ij18zEgD8UB00J81
"chanted insults"#> at Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak: "Hosni
Mubarak you are a coward, you are an agent for the Americans. Gaza
women will not be humiliated."
Gaza City was in total darkness, since there was no fuel for the
electric power generators. Because of international concern over the
blockade, Israel ordered an <#stdurl
http://www.upi.com/NewsTrack/Top_News/2008/01/22/report_palestinian_snipers_target_farmers/5121/
"easing of the blockade on Tuesday."#> Apparently this easing
triggered new attacks by Gaza militants, as Palestinian snipers
targeted Israeli farmers near the border, and a new flurry of rockets
was launched.
Israeli Defense Minister Ehud Barak hinted at an escalation against
Gaza: "We must use more and more pressure on Gaza. "What is important
is the safety of the residents of the western Negev and Sderot."
It appears that the level of anxiety, already high, is moving even
higher among both the Israelis and the Gazans. The Gazans are
increasingly anxious and angry about their plight, living in Gaza,
which they call an "open air prison." The Israelis are getting
increasingly anxious and angry about the rocket and missile attacks,
which can only become deadlier as Gaza militants import more
sophisticated parts.
For the time being, there's a great deal of frustration on both
sides. There's no way for Israel to prevent rocket attacks --
certainly the blockade will not do so. And there's no way for the
Palestinians to get the blockage lifted completely -- certain sending
rockets will not do so.
It's like an argument between husband and wife where he's complaining
about her mother, and she's complaining about money, when what they're
really complaining about is sex, but neither wants to mention it.
Still, the fact that the most we saw in terms of mob action was a
protest by women at the Rafah gate indicates to me that the war
between Jews and Arabs is not yet imminent. This may be the case
simply because Gazan rockets and Israeli blockades are affecting the
quality of life, but so far are not causing any substantial harm to
either side.
The demonstrations against Egypt are an interesting development,
however. These demonstrations may embolden militants in the Egyptian
terrorist group Muslim Brotherhood, a group that might be called
Hamas's cousin. If Egypt becomes destablized, either because of
Muslim Brotherhood or because of the approaching worldwide financial
crisis, that could be the trigger that starts the war.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, a new war between
Arabs and Jews is <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080117 "an absolute
certainty,"#> refighting the bloody war of 1949 that followed the
partitioning of Palestine and the creation of the state of Israel.
This war could begin next week, next month or next year, and the
exact scenario cannot be predicted, but the end result is certain.
=eod
=// &&2 e080122 Fed makes emergency ¾% interest rate cut, fearing market rout
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.head
Fed makes emergency ¾% interest rate cut, fearing market rout
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.keys
finance
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.date
22-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.txt1
Initial market reactions appear to have been minor.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080122.txt2
At 8:20 am, the Fed cut the Fed Funds rate by ¾% to 3½% from 4¼%.
The emergency announcement appeared to be a reaction to blowouts in
foreign markets.
Asian markets had closed 7-8% down on Tuesday, after falling 4-5% on
Monday. European markets had fallen 6-7% on Monday, and were down
slightly on Tuesday. Canadian and Latin American markets had fallen
5% on Monday.
Wall Street was closed on Monday, but Fed futures indicated that the
that Dow Industrials would be down 513 points at the open.
Once the rate cut was announced there was an immediate "bounce," but
it's being called a "dead cat bounce," because it didn't turn the
market positive, thought it did make it less negative.
The following table indicates the market futures until 9:30 am, and
then the indexes after market open:
There was a debate among pundits as to whether this emergency rate
cut was a good idea. The argument AGAINST the rate cut is that some
people wanted a sharp fall in the markets, so that all the "bad
stuff" could be "cleaned out." Some pundits claim that the economy
will "grow like gangbusters" in the last half of the year.
Several things are apparent:
The Fed does not appear to be in control. The Fed appears to
be in a state of panic.
Last August, the Fed's an emergency cut in the discount rate had a
big palliative effect on investor anxiety. This rate cut appears to
have no such palliative effect on investors.
There is evidently nothing more that the Fed can do to cure the
current crisis.
Nobody has any idea what's going on, and everyone seems to be
grasping at straws, desperately hoping that something can
change.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the stock market
bubble has been leaking for several months, and the leak is turning
into a blowout. Absolutely nothing can stop this.
If you go back through history, there are many small or regional
recessions. But since the 1600s there have been only five major
international financial crises: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070328 "the
1637 Tulipomania bubble,"#> the South Sea bubble of the 1710s-20s,
the bankruptcy of the French monarchy in the 1789, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070406 "the Panic of 1857,"#> and the 1929 Wall
Street crash.
These are called "generational crashes" because they occur every
70-80 years, just as the generation of people who lived through the
last one have all disappeared, and the younger generations have
resumed the same dangerous credit securitization practices that led
to the previous generational crash.
We're now overdue for the next generational crash, and it might occur
tomorrow, next week, next month, or next year. However, based on the
current market situation, the possibility should be considered that
it's imminent.
=eod
=// &&2 e080121c The nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation X
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.head
The nihilism and self-destructiveness of Generation X
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.keys
nihilism, generation-x, israel, lenscap stupidity, strauss and howe,
boshevik revolution, russia, crimean war, ibm, digital equipment
corp., tragedy, aeschylus, prometheus
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.date
21-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.txt1
Who's more to blame for our troubles: The Boomer generation or
Generation X?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121c.txt2
I've had some reader complaints about my criticisms of Generation X,
so I thought that a more thorough treatment was in order. I'll
discuss the specific reader complaints towards the end.
=inc ww2010.h2 lenscap "Boomers and Lenscap Stupidity"
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right genx 3
I've never hesitated to criticize Boomer politicians, journalists,
analysts and pundits for the really stupid things that they say and
do. I've frequently criticized Ben Bernanke for his simplistic view
of macroeconomics. And when Senator Joe Biden appeared on Meet
the Press, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070429 "saying one
unbelievably stupid thing after another,"#> I was very critical.
The Neocon strategy of democracy through invasion is nonsense.
<#inc ww2010.pic g070223c.jpg right "" "Israel's Defense Minister
Amir Peretz (right) looks through binoculars with the lens cap on. On
the left is the army's new Chief of Staff, Lt. Gen. Gabi Ashkenazi.
They're reviewing a military drill in the Golan Heights.
(Source: msnbc.com)"#>
The poster "child" for Boomer stupidity is Amir Peretz, who was
Israel's Defense Minister last February. When this happened, I named
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070224 "Peretz as the idiot of the week."#>
In the scene photographed above, Peretz is reviewing a military drill
in the Golan Heights. The army's new Chief of Staff, Lt. Gen. Gabi
Ashkenazi, is explaining what's going on and pointing out the
manoeuver's fine points. Several times, Peretz raises his binoculars
and looks through them, but of course he can't see anything because
the lens cap is on.
This is the perfect prototypical example of the stupidity of Boomers
today. They don't know what's going on in the world, so they make up
"facts" as they go along. They don't WANT to know what's going on in
the world, because not knowing gives them certain advantages and
tranquilizes their anxieties.
This example is so compelling, I'm going to use the phrase
Lenscap Stupidity to refer to this kind
of behavior in Boomers.
=inc ww2010.h2 disaffected "The disaffected Xers"
It's not surprising Xers are furious at Boomers. From the point of
view of Generational Dynamics, Generation-Xers are in the "Nomad"
archetype. The Nomads were identified by Neil Howe and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071219b "William A. Strauss,"#> the founding
fathers of generational theory, as the generation born during a
generational Awakening era, like America in the 1960s and 1970s. The
previous American Nomad generation was the "Lost Generation," born
during the Awakening era of the 1890s and 1900s decades. Like today's
Generation-Xers, the Lost Generation was disillusioned, disaffected
and angry, contemptuous of everything that came before, and recklessly
willing to destroy it.
This Xer hatred of Boomers runs very, very deep.
According to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070123 "a New York Times
article"#> early in 2007, Generation-Xer Barack Obama believes that
Americans are sick of feuding Boomers, and ready to turn to
Generation X, "after the campus culture wars between freaks and
straights, and after young people had given up on what überboomer
Hillary Rodham Clinton called in a 1969 commencement address a search
for 'a more immediate, ecstatic and penetrating mode of living.'"
"In the back and forth between Clinton and Gingrich, and in the
elections of 2000 and 2004," writes Obama in his book, The Audacity
of Hope, , "I sometimes felt as if I were watching the psychodrama
of the baby boom generation — a tale rooted in old grudges and revenge
plots hatched on a handful of college campuses long ago — played out
on the national stage."
He's not alone in that view. Here's what Democratic Party strategist
and Clinton aide Paul Begala has written:
"I hate the Baby Boomers. They're the most
self-centered, self-seeking, self-interested, self-absorbed,
self-indulgent, self-aggrandizing generation in American history.
As they enter late middle age, the Boomers still can't grow up.
Guys who once dropped acid are now downing Viagra; women who once
eschewed lipstick are now getting liposuction."
Well, Begala's certainly wrong about one thing: The Boomers, the
generation born right after WW II, is not "most self-centered,
self-seeking, self-interested, self-absorbed, self-indulgent,
self-aggrandizing generation in American history." The Missionary
Generation, born right after the Civil War, was just as
self-centered, self-seeking, self-interested, self-absorbed,
self-indulgent and self-aggrandizing.
Another way of viewing the Xer hatred of Boomers is to look at their
music legacy. For the Hero Generation of World War II, music was an
escape from the horrors of the Depression and the War; for the Silent
Generation, it sweet love ballads about getting on with life again;
for Boomers, it was protest music.
So it's really quite a shock to see some of the nihilistic music
popular among Generation-Xers, and it conveys the deep hatred they
have for Boomers. Let's look at some examples of some lyrics:
The artist Slayer's 1986 song, <#stdurl
http://www.lyricsfreak.com/s/slayer/raining+blood_20126166.html
""Raining blood (Reign in Blood)""#> contains the following
lyrics, which appear to me to be a warning to Boomers of coming
retribution:
"Trapped in purgatory
A lifeless object, alive
Awaiting reprisal
Death will be their acquisition
The sky is turning red
Return to power draws near
Fall into me, the skys crimson tears
Abolish the rules made of stone
Pierced from below, souls of my treacherous past
Betrayed by many, now ornaments dripping above
Awaiting the hour of reprisal
Your time slips away
Raining blood
From a lacerated sky
Bleeding its horror
Creating my structure
Now I shall reign in blood!
A similar theme can be found in the 1994 song <#stdurl
http://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/nineinchnails/mrselfdestruct.html
""Mr. Self Destruct,""#> by Nine Inch Nails, some of whose
lyrics are as follows:
"I am the voice inside your head
and I control you
I am the lover in your bed
and I control you
I am the sex that you provide
and I control you
I am the hate you try to hide
and I control you ...
I am the needle in your vein
I am the high you can't sustain
I am the pusher I'm a whore
I am the need you have for more
I am the bullet in the gun
I am the truth from which you run
I am the silencing machine
I am the end of all your dreams
I take you where you want to go
I give you all you need to know
I drag you down I use you up
and I control you
Mr. Self-destruct
Finally, <#stdurl
http://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/radiohead/nosurprises.html
""No Surprises,""#> the 1997 song from Radiohead, exhibits
similar disaffection, though less dramatically:
"A heart that's full up like a landfill
A job that slowly kills you
Bruises that won't heal
You look so tired and unhappy
Bring down the government
They don't, they don't speak for us
I'll take a quiet life
A handshake of carbon monoxide
You know, there are still some people who doubt the validity of
generational theory, and believe that one generation is pretty much
the same as another. I don't seen how anyone can still believe that,
after examining the world views of the different generations through
their music.
=inc ww2010.h2 nihilism "Nihilism and Generation-X"
Kids of the generational "Nomad" archetype grow up during the social
turmoil of the Awakening period, and become angry, disaffected youth.
Throughout Anglo-American history, the Nomads have been shown to have
the highest crime rate. They spend their lives in the shadow of the
powerful Prophet generation (like America's Boomers). The Prophets
excoriate the disaffected Nomads, and the Nomads return the favor by
hating the older Prophets. And the Nomads end up being more powerful
than the Prophets during the next crisis war, because Nomads lead the
younger Hero generation into the next Crisis war. Remarkably, some
of the world's worst dictators are early Nomads (born 16-25 years
after the end of the last crisis war), including Adolf Hitler, Josef
Stalin, Leon Trotsky, Osama bin Laden, Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, and
Shamil Basayev (the guy who masterminded <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e040904 "the 2004 Beslan school massacre."#>) While Prophets are
talkers and complainers and sometimes visionaries, Nomads are
pragmatists and doers, and they implement the programs that lead the
nation through the next crisis war.
I used the word "Nihilistic" to describe Gen-X music in the section
above. It's worth noting that there are several definitions of
Nihilism, falling into two categories that we might describe, using
the terminology of bipolar disease, as the "depressive" category and
the "manic" category.
The "depressive" category of Nihilism was the original philosophical
view that life was meaningless and empty, along with the denial of
real existence. There are variations of this that question whether
life exists or, perversely, anything BESIDES life exists.
But the one we're most interested in is the "manic" category.
It began in Russia in the 1860s as a "Nihilist Movement," reacting to
Russia's humiliating loss in the Crimean War in the 1850s. According
to this movement, existing social and political institutions must be
destroyed in order to clear the way for a new state of society.
Although the original movement ended, Nihilism in this form permiated
the Russian Revolution. Stalin and Trotsky destroyed every Russian
institution possible to bring about Communism as a form of
government, and led Russia into more than a decade of bloody civil
war. Adolf Hitler was so destructive that he's sometimes referred to
as a nihilist. Osama bin Laden is in Saudi Arabia's last Nomad
generation.
I'm approaching the subject this way in order to emphasize the power
of Nomads, as contrasted with the Prophet generation that they
follow.
If many of the villains of World War II were Nomads, then so were many
of the heroes: Franklin Roosevelt, Dwight Eisenhower, Charles de
Gaulle, for example.
It's the Nomad generations, like Generation-X, that push the world
forward -- not through words and ideas, but by force and war.
In today's America, a good example of destructive nihilism is
MoveOn.org, the radical left Gen-X wing of the Democratic Party.
At their time of maximum strength around the end of 2006, the Xers in
Moveon.org drove the party into the most destructive and
self-destructive of policies -- a determination to do everything
possible to cause an American loss and humiliation in Iraq. This
policy was destructive to America, destructive to the Democratic
Party, and destructive to the individual Democrats who are being
forced to support that policy. The Boomer Democrats appeared to be
completely helpless at this Xer onslaught. They feebly exhibited
passive destruction and self-destruction, as the Xers practice active
destruction and self-destruction.
=inc ww2010.h2 finance "Finance: From Lenscap Stupidity to Nihilism"
<#inc ww2010.pic g071120.gif center "" "Generational 'moods'
overlaying Dow Industrials since 1950"#>
The world is facing an imminent financial crisis, the climax of the
creation of a series of huge bubbles, starting with the dot-com
bubble of the late 1990s, and continuing with a real estate bubble, a
stock market bubble, a commodities bubble, a liquidity bubble, and a
credit bubble. All of these bubbles are currently leaking and about
to burst.
In <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "an article that I wrote in
November,"#> I broke this process of bubble creation into two parts,
one led by Boomers and one led by Gen-Xers. In brief, here are the
two parts:
1995-2002: The Boomers, through Lenscap Stupidity, ignored
all rules about safe investments, and allowed the dot-com bubble to
occur. The bubble burst in the "Nasdaq crash" of 2000, and continued
to deflate until 2002.
2003-Present: The Gen-Xers, through Nihilism, became financial
engineers and began the real abuse of credit with the explosion of
structured credit. Boomers did not have the leadership ability nor
technical sophistication that the Gen-Xers have.
Once you really begin to understand what's going on with
securitization of credit, structured finance, credit derivatives and
CDOs, you realize what a totally debauched, depraved and abusive
design they are. This is no simple passive mistake -- that's what
the dot-com bubble was. This was a massively destructive and
self-destructive financial architecture, devised by a generation with
a hate-filled and Nihilistic view of life. This was active
destruction at its most debauched and depraved, condoned by Boomers
who were making too much money to want to stop the destruction.
Much of what the Xers did was fraudulent, illegal, and contemptuous
of the entire global financial system. I've pointed out several
examples of fraud on this web site, especially fraudulent methods
used to avoid having to apply "mark to market" to overpriced CDOs.
You might argue that the financial engineers didn't realize the
consequences of what they were doing in 2003, 2004, 2005 or 2006, but
the fraudulent practices only accelerated in 2007, and by that time
there could no doubt that they knew what they were doing, knew that
they were screwing investors for their own gain, and were damaging
the entire financial system.
We're not talking about any overt conspiracy here. This is all
generational. Generation-Xers share an enormous hatred for Boomers,
and enormous contempt for anything that Boomers do or believe.
The fraudulent actions taken by individual Xers were not
conspiratorial, but were massively performed behaviors of an entire
generation, based on shared attitudes and beliefs.
=inc ww2010.h2 computer "Examples from the computer industry"
I became a computer industry consultant in the late 1970s, and have
worked for dozens of clients over the years.
I had worked for Digital Equipment Corp. (DEC or Dec) as an employee
for most of the 1970s, when DEC was producing a wide range of leading
edge technical products, led by its wildly popular PDP minicomputer
series. The Hero and Silent generations from WW II were in charge.
Corporate discipline was high, people worked late, management control
was strict, and morale was high.
In 1994, I returned to Dec for a few months as a consultant. Dec's
products were struggling. Dec's VAX minicomputer product line was
aging, and other product lines were being discontinued. The Boomers
were in charge. Management control was weak, and morale was low.
I was appalled by what I saw. With Ken Olsen gone, the project
supervisors and managers were obviously frightened to death of being
laid off. I witnessed conversations where managers lied to upper
management, hiding development problems, and giving the appearance of
being on time, on schedule, when that was far from the truth. The
culture was rife with lying to upper management -- open lies to upper
management that everyone knew were lies except the VP.
Did the VP know they were lying? At the time, I thought not, but
today I do. This is how "Lenscap Stupidity" works. As I think back
over the conversations I witnessed, it now seems clear to me that the
VP realized that the supervisors were lying, but didn't want to know.
I was absolutely appalled by this widespread dishonesty at a company
that I'd worked for for so many years, and was shocked by how the DEC
corporate culture had become so corrupt. DEC was becoming rotten to
the core. Not surprisingly, it was just four years later, in 1998,
that DEC went completely out of business, acquired by Compaq Computer
Corp. (which itself was acquired by Hewlett-Packard in 2002).
How could any company have avoided the internal rot and decay that
came with the rise of the Boomers to top level management positions in
the 1990s? At the very least, it requires top level management to
avoid Lenscap Stupidity by forcing full accountability at every
management level.
The experience of IBM in the 1990s contrasts sharply with that of
DEC.
In the 1980s, IBM had achieved what many thought was almost a miracle
-- The IBM PC was the gold standard for personal computers, the
AS/400 had been a highly successful minicomputer product line, and
IBM mainframe product line ran businesses around the world.
However, like DEC's products, IBM's products lost their luster in the
early 1990s. The PC was commoditized, so there was no longer any
profit to be made. Minicomputers were losing out to Unix servers.
And even IBM's core mainframe business was losing sales to
multi-processor Unix systems that could perform dozens of operations
simultaneously.
Developing a new mainframe architecture is INCREDIBLY complicated. In
the 1970s and 1980s, it was typical for IBM to have ten or twenty new
mainframe development projects going on simultaneously, because the
failure rate was so high. A new mainframe system probably had R&D
costs in the billions of dollars (which doesn't seem like much in
today's bubble-ridden world, but was real money in the 70s and 80s.)
A typical reason for one of these projects to fail is that after
spending tens or hundreds of millions to develop a prototype, they
discover that the computer runs 5-10% slower than they had
anticipated. That's enough to completely kill a mainframe project,
and force a complete restart.
In 1994, around the time that I was observing the Lenscap Stupidity
at DEC, it looked like the end of the road for IBM, and few people at
that time thought that IBM would survive long. The widespread view
was that the mainframe computer that formed the heart of IBM's
business was a dinosaur that would soon be obsolete.
Whereas DEC never found a suitable successor to Ken Olsen, IBM
brought in a top level executive from the outside.
Here's how <#stdurl
http://www-03.ibm.com/ibm/history/history/decade_1990.html "IBM's web
site"#> describes the situation:
"During the 1980s and early 1990s, IBM was thrown
into turmoil by back-to-back revolutions. The PC revolution placed
computers directly in the hands of millions of people. And then,
the client/server revolution sought to link all of those PCs (the
"clients") with larger computers that labored in the background
(the "servers" that served data and applications to client
machines). ...
Louis V. Gerstner, Jr. arrived as IBM's chairman and CEO on April
1, 1993. For the first time in the company's history IBM had found
a leader from outside its ranks. Gerstner had been chairman and
CEO of RJR Nabisco for four years, and had previously spent 11
years as a top executive at American Express.
Gerstner brought with him a customer-oriented sensibility and the
strategic-thinking expertise that he had honed through years as a
management consultant at McKinsey & Co. Soon after he arrived, he
had to take dramatic action to stabilize the company. These steps
included rebuilding IBM's product line, continuing to shrink the
workforce and making significant cost reductions. Despite mounting
pressure to split IBM into separate, independent companies,
Gerstner decided to keep the company together. He recognized that
one of IBM's enduring strengths was its ability to provide
integrated solutions for customers - someone to represent more
than piece parts or components. Splitting the company would have
destroyed a unique IBM advantage."
IBM got through that crisis for two obvious reasons. First was
account control, which was always a large part of IBM's success. And
second, IBM was able to show that new generation IBM mainframes could
substantially outperform multi-processor Unix systems in very high
transaction environments. IBM spent mind-bogglingly large amounts of
money to develop these systems, and it paid off in the company's
continued survival.
But the major reason is that he didn't succumb to Lenscap Stupidity.
He forced management at every level to be accountable for everything
they did.
As a computer industry consultant since the late 1970s, I've worked
for dozens of clients, and I've noticed one questionable policy that
occurred several times. When I work as subcontractor to a
contracting firm, if I really dig into a software development project
and get it done faster than expected, this can often really ANNOY the
managers I'm working for, since getting something done quickly means
that they can no longer continue charging time to their client.
They'd rather see a project take longer than expected, so that they
can hire more subcontractors and charge more time to the client.
However, none of this compares to what I've been seeing more
recently.
In the last couple of years, Gen-Xers are replacing Boomers as
managers at increasing rates. The Lenscap Stupidity that I witnessed
at DEC in the 1990s is nothing compared to the Gen-Xer Nihilism that
I saw at one midsized computer industry company that I spent a few
months working for. I won't provide the real name, at least in this
article, so I'll just call it iWidgets.com.
I've had dozens of computer industry clients in my career, but these
were the two stupidest people I've ever seen trying to run a software
development group. The supervisor had absolutely no technical
understanding of the system, even though she herself had previously
written some of the software. Her manager knew even less than she
did, and was contemptuous of the company's product development and
customer relationships. There was more concern about social
relationships than there was about meeting customer needs.
There were many similarities between Dec and iWidgets: There was
massive dishonesty across several departments that I saw, openly
lying to upper management, and Lenscap Stupidity of upper management
who purposely closed their eyes to what they knew (or must have
known) were lies.
But there was a big difference between Dec and iWidgets. The
supervisors at Dec were trying their best to get products completed
on time; when development ran into trouble, the supervisors lied
about the problems and upper management ignored the lies in an
exercise of lenscap stupidity. This resulted in the company going
completely out of business within four years.
But the supervisors at iWidgets went much farther, following the
pattern of Generation-X Nihilism. They were openly contemptuous of
their own product development and their own customer relationships,
even to the point of sabotaging them. The supervisors lied about
their reckless behavior and upper management ignored the lies in an
exercise of Lenscap Stupidity and Lenscap Nihilism. What's even
worse, this company is working on contracts for Homeland Security,
and so our entire country is in danger from the Gen-X Nihilism at
this company.
This is what characterizes many in Generation-X today -- fury and
hatred directed at Boomers, utter contempt for everything that came
before, and a recklessly eager willingness to destroy it for personal
gain or perceived personal gain. Instead of a customer-centered
approach, customers are treated as contemptuous morons.
We see it in anecdotes that have been posted on the internet in the
last few months in the finance and mortgage lending
industries: Someone complains about fraudulent practices and is
fired; stockbrokers and securities salesmen having open discussions
about lying to customers, and "jamming" worthless securities down
their throats; encouraging people to lie about income on their
mortgage applications; selling adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs) with
teaser rates, knowing that the customer will lose his home; and,
incredibly, at the end of last year, subprime mortgage firms that
hold off ending the business until January, so that year-end bonuses
can be paid.
Whether it's a company in the computer industry, the finance
industry, the real estate industry, or any other industry, the
Nihilistic pattern is the same: Fraud committed by Gen-Xers; Boomer
managers who are aware of the fraud, but exercise Lenscap Stupidity,
pretending not to know.
A company like iWidgets, which is permeated with a culture of
Nihilism, with top level management reeking with Lenscap Stupidity,
is so rotten internally that it has little chance of surviving. The
current top level management does not want to know what's going on,
and is incompetent to lead the company anywhere but down. The only
thing that can save iWidgets is to bring strong management leadership
in from the outside, as IBM brought Gerstner in from RJR Nabisco.
Such a leader would have to force accountability at every level,
eliminate fraud and contempt for customers, and turn around the
Nihilistic / Lencap Gen-X culture, just as Gerstner turned IBM's
Boomer stupidity culture around in the mid-1990s. However, I'm not
aware that anything like that is being considered for iWidgets.
=inc ww2010.h2 gen "The generational problem"
This Nihilism is not confined to one company or one industry. This is
a GENERATIONAL problem, that runs across all companies in all
industries.
Individual companies can survive by doing what Gerstner did at IBM in
1994: Throw off the lenscap and make everyone -- Boomers and Xers
alike -- totally responsible and accountable for their actions on a
continuing basis.
When management at the top simply acquiesces to the Boomer vileness or
Gen-X Nihilism, it creates an extremely corrosive corporate culture
that can end up destroying the company, unless it's stopped in time.
I saw it myself at Dec and iWidgets, and it's been pervasive in
companies in the financial area, as illustrated by the fact that
venerable companies like Citibank and Merrill Lynch are today close to
bankruptcy, and are surviving only because of cash infusions from
China, Singapore, Saudi Arabia, and other foreign countries.
There's an unwritten and unstated assumption in law that most people
are honest, and that honest people provide a check on dishonest
people. So if the local bank tries to swindle people, the bank's
customers will complain to authorities or, if the swindle is too
sophisticated, then bankers at other institutions will figure it out
and complain to authorities.
These assumptions break down during generational Crisis eras, because
the dishonesty and Nihilism becomes a generational problem that
affects every company. A bank that swindles people won't be reported
if all other banks are also swindling people, and if government
agencies are closing their eyes to the dishonesty through lenscap
dishonesty.
=inc ww2010.h2 blame "So who's to blame -- Boomers or Xers?"
As I said at the beginning, this posting is motivated by some recent
messages from web site readers, complaining that I'm blaming
Generation-Xers for the faults of Boomers. Let's look at some of those
complaints.
Here's the first one:
"I'm disappointed; you normally do better than
that. .. [H]ow can you lay the blame of CDOs principally on the
laps of Xers, when the Boomers (eg Paulsen at Goldman Sachs) were
the generals calling the plays in the war on financial prudence,
and the Xers were the field commanders and foot soldiers, and the
Silents (Rubin and Greenspan) condoned it?"
Here's another one:
"Did you really pen these words? "But I've since
come to the conclusion that the mess that we're in was done on
purpose -- by contemptuous and nihilistic Generation-Xers taking
advantage of airhead Boomers"
What credibility can you possibly have by writing these obnoxious
words? Your generation has bombed everything this country stands
for and my generation and my kids generation will be sweeping your
dust for many years to come. Shame on you and your arrogance.
And yes, I agree with many of your other words but you've degraded
yourself by these attacks on a generation that is always trailing
behind you cleaning up your mistakes and messes. Now look where
we're at.
I chuckled at the use of the word "pen," but let's just go on to the
third complaint:
"Typically, I agree with you. But John, I cannot
let you generalize and put all the blame on one generation. I am
33 years old. I am an Xer. Let me say that of the Boomers I
know, they are holding on to power until the corporations kick
them out the door. Most have gone in debt, drive fancy cars,
cashed out their home values for equity lines, and stayed behind
the desk until they are fat and gray. Honestly, do you think that
Xers are now in control? If we (my generation) have done this
under the nose of your generation, than I think your generation
done a poor job preparing mine for the hand over. I work with a
boomer who has told me he is going to retire for 5 years. I asked
him why he has not done so.... He told me greed. He said that when
you make more than you ever thought possible you just dont leave
easily. Everything I do is questioned by boomers less educated
and in power. It is so frustrating. My boss is a high school
drop out that makes over $150,000 a year. He is so desperate to
keep his job. He says, I just need to make it until 65. I feel
sorry for the boomers. Most are misled easily and encourage
misdealings to stay in power or get ahead. That is how the
Boomers will be remembered. That generation really did nothing
great and that sticks. No man on the moon or victory over many
nations. Just a bunch of pot smoking idiots that have sold our
country out to globalization. Bring back nationalism. Time will
take care of this issue."
This comment actually says the same thing I'm saying, but highlights
the relationship between Boomers and Xers. He says that Boomers "are
misled easily and encourage misdealings to stay in power or get
ahead." This is a man who makes $150K a year, and is probably in
over his head in debt. He encourages misdealings -- presumably by
his peers and by his Xer employees -- and he's easily misled -- this
being "Lenscap Stupidity," where he may or may not know what's going
on, but purposely closes his eyes to it.
So you have a situation where the Xer employee is committing fraud,
right under the nose of his Boomer boss, who gives tacit approval, and
both the employee and the boss gain financially from the fraud. Now,
who's more to blame for the fraud? I would say the Boomer boss is,
because he's supposed to know better, and he should stop it before it
destroys himself and the company.
Let's take this quote from PIMCO's Bill Gross <#stdurl
http://www.pimco.com/LeftNav/Featured+Market+Commentary/IO/2007/IO+September+2007.htm
"in a recent monthly column:"#>
"During times of market turmoil it helps to
simplify and get basic – explain things to a public and even
yourself in terms of what can be easily understood. Goodness knows
it’s not a piece of cake for anyone over 40 these days to
understand the maze of financial structures that now appear to be
unwinding. They were created by youthful financial engineers
trained to exploit cheap money and leverage who showed no fear and
who have, until the last few weeks, never known the sting of the
market’s lash. They are wizards of complexity. I, however, having
just turned 63, am a professor of simplicity."
Bill Gross is a Boomer running one of the world's largest bond
investment companies. He was running that same company during all
the years when "youthful financial engineers" created "the maze of
financial structures that now appear to be unwinding."
OK, Mr. Gross, here are my questions: Did you just become a
"professor of simplicity" now that things are falling apart, or were
you also a "professor of simplicity" when you were making tons of
money from this "maze of financial structures"? Did you know what
was going on, understanding that it was securities fraud, but allowing
it to continue so that you could make money? Or are you saying that
you had no idea what was happening? In other words, were you a crook
or a moron? Please make your choice -- enquiring minds want to know!
So let's get back to the subject of blame.
In the 1960s-90s, Boomers never did anything but complain, and
allowed the older World War II Hero and Silent generations to take
care of everything. When those generations retired, Boomers still
waited to be taken care of, and Xers took over that role, but with
reckless contempt for the rules.
So even though I'm happy to talk about the Lenscap Stupidity of
Boomers, their inability to lead, the way they make up facts to suit
their political views, and so forth, I am going to say that, in my
opinion, Gen-Xers are worse than Boomers because it's Gen-Xers that
are actually committing the fraud; but Boomers are more to blame than
Xers, because Boomers should be stopping the fraud, rather than
benefiting from passive Lenscap Stupidity. Is it a copout to be
blaming both generations like that? Maybe, but that's the way I
think of it.
In a sense it doesn't matter. Everyone is going to suffer because
all the lies, the fraud, the contempt for customers -- it's
backfiring now on all of us. We're on the edge of an enormously
disastrous worldwide financial crisis that's going to destroy many
people, because of Boomer stupidity and Gen-Xer Nihilism.
Returning now to the complaining web site readers quoted above, they
express their anger at Boomers, but they make important mistakes when
they look ahead to the future, and try to guess how Boomers will be
viewed by future historians. My responses to these kinds of comments
from Gen-Xer web site readers have been similar, and have all said
something like the following:
"I'm sorry that I hurt your feelings, but what you
and other Gen-Xers don't understand is that, as bad as Boomers
are, Gen-Xers are worse. You think you'll be cleaning up after our
mistakes, but you'll actually be making one huge blunder after
another. Motivated by fury and anger at Boomers for doing
nothing, you'll rush in to "do something", and the things you do
will be disastrous -- lead to world war, lead to financial
disaster. Your generation's utter contempt for everything that
came before you, and your recklessly eager willingness to destroy
it, will backfire on you and lead you to desperation and
self-destruction. We're already seeing that with the disastrous
results of the "financial engineering" that was implemented by
Xers under the nose of Boomers. If you even survive the next 10
years, you'll come out of it bitter and angry. And it won't be the
Boomers who'll be blamed or remembered for these disasters. You'll
be blamed."
This is a time of great desperation for everyone, and it's going to
get much, much worse. The way things are going, that's going to
happen before too much longer.
I'm also well aware that nothing I've written here will change the
Nihilism of any of the Gen-Xers reading it. Whether it's the
politicians at MoveOn.org, the supervisors at iWidgets, or the
financial engineers at Merrill Lynch, these Gen-Xers are committed to
this destruction and self-destruction and won't be stopped --
certainly not by their Boomer bosses who don't even want to know
what's going on.
As a Greek, an understanding of tragedy is in my bones. Tragedy as an
art form was invented in ancient Greece, and three of four great
tragic artists of all time were Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides of
ancient Greece, with the fourth being Shakespeare.
Many people misunderstand the deepest meanings of tragedy. If a
child is killed in a random traffic accident, then it's a terrible
event but it's not a tragedy in the classical sense, because of that
randomness.
The essence of classical tragedy is that the tragic event is not
random. The tragic event is inevitable: it MUST occur, and the
reason it must occur is because of the nature, the personality, the
very CHARACTER of the protagonists. A true tragedy cannot be
prevented, even by those who foresee it, because the forces bringing
about the tragedy are too powerful for anyone to stop.
Like the child killed in a random traffic accident, the protagonists
of a true tragedy have a great future before them, and in the Greek
view, perhaps even a heroic future. But the heroic future turns into
disaster because the players in the true tragedy move step by step
towards that disaster; only a person on the outside, like myself, can
see it coming, because these particular players are uniquely capable
of inflicting this disaster on one another.
Aeschylus's tragic character Prometheus refuses to submit to fate,
just before the universe crashes around him:
"There is no torture and no cunning trick,
There is no force that can compel my speech. ...
So let [Zeus] hurl his blazing thunderbolt,
And with the white wings of snow,
With lightning and with earthquake,
Confound the reeling world.
None of this will bend my will. ...
Seek to persuade the sea wave not to break.
You will persuade me no more easily."
[From The Greek Way by Edith Hamilton]
Prometheus could have been a Generation-Xer.
As the battles between Gen-Xers and Boomers continue, let's all give
a thought to the kids in the young Millennial generation. They
listen to all this screaming by their elders, and they have
ABSOLUTELY NO IDEA what the f--k is going on, but they're still going
to bear the brunt of it.
=eod
=// &&2 e080121b Subprime mortgage executive kills wife and jumps off bridge to his death
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.head
Subprime mortgage executive kills wife and jumps off bridge to his
death
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.keys
finance, gender issues, frederick lewis allen
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.date
21-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.txt1
There's a lot more to this story than the papers are telling.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121b.txt2
This is a sign of things to come, as the crash comes and people
become more desperate.
In his 1940 book, Since Yesterday, Frederick Lewis Allen
recounts some jokes that were making the rounds in 1930:
"Did you hear about the fellow who engaged a
hotel room and the clerk asked him whether he wanted it for
sleeping or jumping?"
"No -- but I heard there were two men who jumped hand-in-hand
because they'd held a joint account!"
As the stock market crashes, and the economic situation becomes more
desperate, we can expect to see more suicides and murder-suicides.
Here's <#stdurl
http://www.philly.com/inquirer/local/nj/20080119_Police__Man_leaps_off_bridge__wife_found_dead.html
"the story, as it appeared on Saturday morning:"#>
"A senior officer of a failed subprime mortgage
company apparently jumped from the Delaware Memorial Bridge
yesterday, less than an hour after police discovered his wife dead
in their [home]. ...
<#inc ww2010.pic g080121.gif right "" "Buczynski's home, situated
along a cul-de-sac dotted with well-spaced homes
(Source: philly.com)"#>
Walter Buczynski, 59, was executive vice president of Fieldstone
Mortgage Co., which until 2006 was one of the biggest subprime
lenders in the nation.
Marcie Buczynski, 37, was found at noon in the bedroom of the
couple's home on Atlanta Drive after a man called Evesham police.
...
Twenty minutes later, police received a 911 call reporting that a
man had stopped his blue Acura SUV on the bridge and leaped into
the icy Delaware River. ...
A motive for the apparent murder-suicide was unclear, Bernardi
said. ...
Residents along Atlanta Drive, a cul-de-sac dotted with
well-spaced homes, expressed shock on learning both Buczynskis
had died.
"They were great, friendly people who invited everybody to their
home for wonderful Halloween parties," said a next-door neighbor
who asked not to be identified by name. "Their two boys played in
my yard all the time."
A former Fieldstone official said Walter Buczynski was devoted to
his wife and children, and commuted four hours each day to the
company's headquarters near Baltimore so his family would not
have to move.
"He was a very sweet man, well regarded in the mortgage world,
and an accomplished helicopter pilot, too," said Robert G.
Partlow, Fieldstone's former chief financial officer.
Fieldstone once employed more than 1,000 people and made $5.5
billion in adjustable rate mortgage loans. The company collapsed
into bankruptcy last year after large numbers of borrowers
defaulted, according to the Baltimore Sun. The company laid off
most of its workers in August and now has fewer than 20.
On Tuesday, the company filed a petition in bankruptcy court to
pay $1 million in bonuses to Buczynski, two other senior
officers, and Fieldstone's remaining workers so that the company
could wind down its affairs and shutter the business."
Now, I read this story, seemingly about a desperate man facing
financial disaster in the subprime mortgage business, and I knew
immediately what was going on, and that it had little to do with
subprime mortgages.
This was a Boomer man married to a Generation-X woman. In <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080121c "another article I've written,"#>
accompanying this one, I describe the fury and hatred that Gen-Xers
feel for Boomers in general, and the "Lenscap Stupidity" that Boomers
exhibit. That's also true in these kinds of marriages, where
nihilistic Gen-X women marry Boomer men with no intention other than
to get pregnant, to get as much money as possible, and to get divorced
with lucrative child support payments.
The Boomer husbands exhibit "Lenscap Stupidity" by ignoring all the
signs, starting with the one that he tells himself, "She may not love
me now, but she'll come to love me in time." The clue to this comes
from the story: "A former Fieldstone official said Walter Buczynski
was devoted to his wife and children, and commuted four hours each
day to the company's headquarters near Baltimore so his family would
not have to move." It was obvious that this man was in a state of
complete denial about and panic over what his wife was obviously
planning to do.
It's not only Gen-X/Boomer marriages, though. Here's <#stdurl
http://www.post-gazette.com/pg/08019/850462-54.stm "another story of
another murder-suicide"#> that occurred in nearby Pittsburgh on the
SAME DAY as Buczynski's:
"State police were investigating a murder-suicide
in a small Butler County borough yesterday.
Police said 50-year-old Thomas Raimondi III shot his wife,
Deborah Raimondi, 48, before shooting himself in their East
Butler home. ...
The Raimondis had been estranged for a short period prior to the
incident, according to state police. KDKA-TV reported that Mrs.
Raimondi had obtained a protection-from-abuse order against her
husband in December.
Here you can see a typical situation: The wife got a "protection from
abuse" order against her husband. The order was almost certainly
fraudulent. Everybody makes huge amounts of money on these
restraining orders. The lawyer representing the wife immediately
encourages her to lie and claim abuse, even though there was none,
because he makes a couple of thousand dollars from that one act alone
-- filing it with the court, the court appearance, and so on. If the
husband contests it, he makes thousands more. Phony restraining
orders are a hugely lucrative business, and not just for the lawyers.
If you go into a divorce court, you'll see a bunch of people there.
Of these people, the only one who actually does productive work is
the husband. Nobody else does anything productive. They're all
there to get as much of the husband's money as possible. The wife
makes false allegations, the wife's lawyer puts on a fictional soap
opera drama. The judge knows perfectly well that the wife is lying,
but he gets a great deal of money indirectly: Here in Massachusetts,
for example, the child support payments go to the DSS, which kicks
back a fat portion to the judge's budget, who uses it to dispense
favors and demand favors in return. A slew of feminist
"professionals" get involved, all demanding fat fees themselves,
either from the husband or from the extremely lucrative "violence
against women" laws. It's total fraud by the sleaziest and most
crooked bunch of people you can imagine, and they've turned the
divorce system into a complete sewer. At the top of the sewer is the
extremely corrupt Emily's List, by far the wealthiest political
organization in the country, which uses its wealth and power to extort
favors from politicians at every level. I described all this at length
last year in my <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070422 "article on the Duke
rape case."#>
Most men don't have any idea what's going on, and can't believe that
they're being charged with things that never occurred. For many men,
the reaction is to commit suicide, and quite honestly I think they're
better off that way, if they choose to do it. But people who commit
suicide should not harm other people in doing so.
But unfortunately some men become extremely depressed and are driven
to sociopathy by the court system, and they kill their wives first,
out of vengeance. Some go even further and kill their children,
reasoning that they're better off dead than growing up knowing that
their father killed their mother and then killed himself. This is
really evil stuff, and I attribute it directly to feminist policies
since the 1970s.
And so, getting back to Buczynski, when I read that story on Saturday
morning, I immediately knew exactly what had happened. Gen-Xer Marcie
had never really liked Buczynski, but stayed with him while he was
making so much money. When it was clear that she could make more
money by divorcing him, she undoubtedly told him she was going to
divorce him, and unless he left their home immediately, she was going
to charge him with domestic violence. That may not be the exact
sequence of events, but you can be certain that those kinds of events
were all part of it.
And so, I wasn't surprised the least little bit, when <#stdurl
http://ap.google.com/article/ALeqM5jarJONkRDuGUYQm3JHM-b2Yz22KAD8U9AKKG0
"another news story came out,"#> late on Saturday evening:
"Personal problems led an executive of a
collapsed subprime mortgage lender to kill his wife inside their
home and then jump to his death from a bridge, authorities said
Saturday.
Walter Buczynski, 59, left a note inside his car, indicating that
his wife would be found at their home, that he had jumped off the
bridge and that the couple's two sons were safe, prosecutors
said.
Prosecutor Robert Bernardi said the note also revealed that the
motive for the slaying was "based upon the personal relationship
of the couple," not the family's economic situation. Bernardi
declined further comment."
I hope the prosecutor wasn't surprised by this turn of events,
because I sure wasn't. Incidentally, <#stdurl
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/22756722/ "a news story"#> appearing on
Sunday said that he killed her by bashing her head in, and that they
hadn't yet found his body in the icy waters of the Delaware.
But this is all typical stuff that I've seen many times in my
research on gender issues.
Let's now turn to the REAL irony of this story, and repeat one
paragraph from the story above:
"On Tuesday, the company filed a petition in
bankruptcy court to pay $1 million in bonuses to Buczynski, two
other senior officers, and Fieldstone's remaining workers so that
the company could wind down its affairs and shutter the
business."
Can you believe this? As cynical as I am about almost everything,
this paragraph just makes me shake my head in utter astonishment.
If this company, Fieldstone Mortgage Co., was a typical subprime
mortgage broker, then they had made huge sums of money by defrauding
thousands of people by talking them into lying on their mortgage
applications, and had defrauded the lenders through these falsehoods.
The company is now going bankrupt, as they deserve.
So what's happening to the left over money? Is it going to the
defrauded homeowners? Is it going to the defrauded lenders or
investors?
No. It's going into the pockets of the perpetrators, including
Buczynski, in the form of bonuses!!!! Incredible!!!!
And so, the murder-suicide really was not motivated by financial
desperation. Marcie must have figured out that the gravy train was
over, and she should get as much of that year-end bonus as she could,
by divorcing and lying about violence. And Buczynski, who had lost
his job and his source of income, and might possibly even have felt a
little remorse over the large number of people that he had screwed,
was now faced with losing his wife, his kids, his home, and every
penny he had saved. Furthermore, he would be ordered by a crooked
divorce judge to make child support payments that would probably
exceed any income he could possible hope to make, leaving him
literally with less than nothing.
You know what happened next.
=eod
=// &&2 e080121 WSJ talks about stock market panic as earnings plummet again
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.head
WSJ talks about stock market "panic" as earnings plummet
again
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.keys
finance, earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.date
21-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.txt1
Will there be a "volatility explosion" on Tuesday?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080121.txt2
According to <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB120070247843301883.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
"an article in Saturday's Wall Street Journal,"#> "Students of
[economics history] will recognize where we now are in the current
credit crisis: the panic stage."
The article provides an explanation for how we got here: "the U.S.
economy built up an enormous credit bubble that has now popped." It
blames this on the Federal Reserve, and gives a series of airhead
reasons that don't even make sense since, at the very least, they
don't account for the dot-com bubble. It continues:
"Enter the panic stage. The desire for debt has
turned into a stampede to quality, especially Treasury bills. The
same folks who never predicted the economy would recover in 2003
are now cheerleading recession. Any bank writedown or deal to
raise capital -- no matter that it is part of the healing process
-- is taken as a sign that there is more bad news to come.
Meanwhile, the politicians plot to "stimulate" the economy by
dropping dollars from the Capitol dome. We are also told the Fed
funds rate must chase the 90-day T-bill rate down to the levels it
reached when we had negative real interest rates -- never mind the
anemic dollar and soaring commodity prices. The danger now is that
this panic becomes a self-fulfilling prophesy and talks us into a
crash.
There are two ways in which a crash could happen. The first is
insolvency of one or more financial institutions that triggers a
systemic failure. The second is a loss of global confidence in
U.S. financial management and the dollar. Neither has to
happen.
His solution: "So what to do? Pass a tax cut that is immediate,
marginal and permanent." I can't for the life of me figure out how
this could possibly keep the credit bubble from continuing to burst,
but that's what you get in these airhead WSJ articles.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, what's most
interesting about this article is that the level of anxiety and panic
among investors is getting so great that even the Wall Street
Journal is talking about panic.
I would add that CNBC anchors apparently feel the same way. Normally
they're bright, perky and cheery, but towards the end of last week
they could barely crack a smile. Maria Bartiromo said she was
exhausted, and Bob Pisani looked like he hadn't slept in a week.
This indicates that the high level of anxiety that began to increase
early last year and really accelerated with the August "credit crunch"
could well be near a critical stage.
There's very good reason for this. Not only have corporate earnings
continued to fall, the rate of fall is accelerating.
Here's the summary from Friday from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central:"#>
"As of Friday, January 18th:
63 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4, 49.21%
have beaten estimates, 15.87% were in-line, and 34.92% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)The blended earnings
growth rate for the S&P 500 in fourth-quarter 2007, combining
actual numbers for companies that have reported, and estimates for
companies yet to report, fell to -19% down from -11.3% the
previous week, attributed in part to both Citigroup and Merrill
Lynch reporting earnings below estimates.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)
Note that only 63 companies have reported 4Q earnings so far.
There'll be hundreds of earnings figures coming in next week, so
we'll get a better idea of whether the estimates are high or low.
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
Jan 18: -19.0%
It's hard to believe, but these estimates are not only falling
significantly again, but the rate of fall is accelerating faster and
faster.
A few months ago, there were still people calling me crazy for
predicting that we were close to a generational stock market panic
and crash (like 1929), but I honestly doubt that there are too many
regular readers of this web site who still think so.
Ever since January 1, the stock market has generally followed the
1929 pattern that just preceded the crash, and everyone reading this
web site has to at least consider the possibility that the dam is
going to break next week, or soon after that.
Interestingly enough, there's one thing that happened in 1929 just
before the crash that I haven't seen yet: If you look at my <#hreftext
ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones historical page,"#> you'll see that on
Monday, October 7, 1929 (1929-10-07), the market went up 6.32% on that
one day alone. This must have created an enormous amount of
euphoria, and may have been an important psychological component
leading up to the crash two weeks later.
So, there may yet be a big upward spike in the market just preceding
any crash that occurs. What I don't know is whether that HAS to
happen. I suspect not, because there have already been several
euphoria/anxiety cycles in the last three months, and there may be no
further need for a euphoria trigger.
So look, if you're a regular reader of this web site, then I strongly
suggest that you get out of the stock market, get out of any kind of
funds except cash and US Treasuries. If you get a CD in a bank, make
sure that it's FDIC insured. I suggest that you do it on Tuesday
morning; don't even wait until the afternoon.
I have one more piece of information.
According to one CNBC analyst, there's going to be a "volatility
explosion" on Tuesday. Here's what Pete Najarian, co-founder of
optionmonster.com, said late Friday afternoon:
"January was what we call a "leap option." That
means it's been around for a very, very long time. It expired
today. We're no longer there. Those options have monster open
interest. That's where the protection was. The puts on the down
side, whether you're looking at the S&P, the quad Q -- go across
the board -- there was monstrous protection in place. That no
longer exists, starting now. They did not come in and buy it
today, not enough, so the protection's not there. That's why we
are set up for the perfect storm of any negative news -- I'm not
saying it's gonna happen on Tuesday. But - the setup is there
because there is not protection in place. When people have to
scramble, they wanna protect a position, they're gonna have to
run, and that's gonna send things down even faster and sharper.
Volatility should scream on that."
I'm not entirely certain what all this means, but here's what I
understand:
A LEAP (Long-term Equity Anticipation) option is an option to buy or
sell stock at a fixed price prior to the expiration date. What makes
<#stdurl
http://www.investorguide.com/igu-article-979-options-basics-leap-options.html
"LEAP options different"#> from ordinary options is that the
expiration date is far in the future, say 2-3 years.
The phrase "open interest" refers to the <#stdurl
http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/open%20interest "number of open
options and futures contracts."#>
Now, I think what Najarian is saying is that a number of LEAP
options expired on Friday. They would have been protected by
investors hedging with short-term options and futures contracts, and
there were a lot of those. These provided "protection," because the
large numbers of these served to buffer falling stock prices.
On Tuesday, all of that protection will be gone, and if there's any
bad news, then the market may fall sharply without that protection.
I don't know Najarian well enough, nor do I understand what he's
saying well enough, to form an opinion about whether he's right about
a "volatility explosion" on Tuesday. However, the other panelists
agreed with him, for what it's worth.
However, whether he's right or not, the markets have been trending
sharply down since January 1, and with the extraordinary collapse of
corporate earnings, there's at least reason to be very, very
cautious.
=eod
=// &&2 e080119 As economy sinks, Congress rushes to pass a fiscal stimulus package.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.head
As economy sinks, Congress rushes to pass a fiscal stimulus
package.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.keys
finance, chuck shumer, regeneracy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.date
19-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.txt1
We're seeing the first signs of "regeneracy" of civic
unity.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080119.txt2
This is something I've discussed on this web site a number of times,
but now we're beginning to see it actually happen, at least on this
one issue.
As America entered a generational Crisis era in the last few years,
Washington has become increasingly unable to govern. What passes for
debate in Congress has been incessant bickering, misstatements of
fact, truly moronic political speeches, and out and out lies by
politicians who act like nothing so much as clowns.
Now these politicians are beginning to feel a level of anxiety and
panic, as it becomes clearer and clearer that the economy is headed
for a tailspin. This has caused a big change in attitudes and
behaviors of large masses of voters and politicians that what is
needed is a "fiscal stimulus package" -- a law or set of laws that
will provide direct federal government payments to whoever the
lawmakers want.
From an economic point of view, this differs from what the Fed does
in the way the money is provided. The Fed has a very rough tool --
controlling interest rates, and allowing banks to borrow money.
That's called "monetary" policy. But what Congress is now doing is
called "fiscal" policy. Congress passes a law that says: Hand out
money to whomever we say.
Of course there isn't total unanimity. The Republicans would prefer
to provide money through a tax rebate. The Democrats would like to
target the money through food stamps and unemployment benefits. But
there is wide agreement that something of this sort must be done, and
must be done quickly.
On Friday's <#stdurl
http://www.pbs.org/newshour/bb/politics/jan-june08/sbfallon_01-18.html
"PBS NewsHour with Jim Lehrer,"#> one subject of discussion was the
shock that everyone felt that there was so much unanimity.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080118a.jpg right "" "Senator Chuck Shumer
(Source: PBS)"#>
First, a sound byte and video from Senate Democrat Chuck Shumer,
chairmon of the joint economic committee:
"I'm gratified. I have seen an unusual amount of
desire to cooperate on this issue, on both sides of the aisle, and
on both ends of Pennsylvania Avenue. So I think there's an
understand of urgency. And if you talk to Chairman Bernanke, speed
is of the essence. If we're to twiddle our thumbs and wait till
May or June, it may be too late. I think if we avoid any of the
ideological fights, we could actually pass something so that it
would take effect by March 1."
Then, in the studio discussion that followed, Jim Lehrer asked, "By
March 1, there could be a consensus economic stimulus package in
law?" Pundit Mark Shields, syndicated columnist, responded thus:
"I really think there could, Jim. This is not
political posing. What Chuck Shumer said is true. Talking to
Democrats, they've rarely seen in the entire Bush administration
the level of willingness to cooperate, the openness on both the
part of Roy Blount in the House, and John Boehner as well as
Chairman Bernanke and Secretary Paulson, and the White House
itself. I think their attention is concentrated by the fact that
their could be a political hanging if the economy does go south.
So I think there's some self-interest in this, but it is a
remarkable level of cooperation."
<#inc ww2010.pic g080118b.jpg left "" "Pundit Mark Shields
(Source: PBS)"#>
Actually, this isn't the first time we've seen these levels of
cooperation in the last few years. After the 9/11 attacks, there was
broad consensus on the war in Afghanistan. Then, throughout the
discussions during 2002, there was almost equally broad consensus and
overwhelming support to begin the ground war in Iraq. The consensus
on the Iraq war has faded, of course, but it was extremely prominent
in 2002 and early 2003.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're seeing the
first signs of the "regeneracy." This word is used in generational
theory to refer to a time the political bickering stops, and the
country unifies around its leader. It's called the "regeneracy"
because it's the time in the generational cycle when national and
societal unity is regenerated, and the country is unified once more.
This will not be the last event that will serve as a catalyst for a
regeneracy. There are, unfortunately, much greater shocks yet to
come -- a major stock market crash, and some kind of military
disaster, perhaps a terrorist event on American soil or a military
disaster overseas. These catalysts will completely move the country
toward a unified goal of survival, and preservation of the American
way of life, and we will be led into the Clash of Civilizations world
war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080118 The collapse of the bond insurers, ACA, Ambac and MBIA
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.head
The collapse of the bond insurers, ACA, Ambac and MBIA
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.keys
finance, monolines, jim cramer
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.date
18-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.txt1
In a rant Thursday on CNBC, Jim Cramer accuses them of
securities fraud.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080118.txt2
One of the tricks that financial engineers used to get AAA
ratings for mortgage-backed securities that would otherwise be
low-rated was to "insure" them with bond insurance agencies. Thus, a
low-rated security was "doubly protected" -- either the security
would pay off or the insurance would pay off. If the insurance
agency itself had an AAA rating, then any securities it insured would
also have AAA ratings.
As I <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080108b "mentioned last week,"#> it's a
simmering problem is that these bond insurers are themselves
vulnerable to the subprime mortgage problem. It's been an incredible
setup from the beginning:
Financial engineers at an investment firm would create
questionable securities backed by questionable subprime
mortgages, and sell them getting fat commissions.
The investment firms would pay a fat sum to the bond insurers to
insure them. This would give them an AAA rating.
The investment firms would pay fat fees to the ratings agencies
(Moody's, Fitch, S&P) to provide ratings for the securities, and they
would comply by providing an AAA rating.
So everyone was fat and happy, as long as the housing bubble was
growing. When it started leaking, everyone was in trouble, because
the models set up by the investment firms, the bond insurers, and the
ratings agencies assumed that the housing bubble would continue
forever.
One of the bond insurers, ACA Capital Holdings, lost its AAA rating
in December. On Thursday, Merrill Lynch said it would write off any
securities with insurance by ACA <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=axNfa4m_AyJo&refer=home
"because it's worthless."#>
The two largest bond insurers, MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial Group,
have been put on notice by the ratings agencies that they may lose
their AAA ratings as well.
But for some extremely strange, odd reason, the ratings agencies keep
putting off the action. It always seems to be a few weeks away.
On <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15840232?video=624755222
"CNBC on Thursday"#> Jim Cramer went into one of his shouting rants,
focusing on the ratings agencies.
Long time readers of this web site will recall that I've quoted
several of Jim Cramer's rants.
In fact, I had completely forgotten one of his rants myself. It
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070216b "occurred last February,"#> at the
time when it was first becoming apparent that many people were
defaulting on their mortgages and losing their homes. Here's what
Cramer said:
"I wish the bears understood how important
subprime lending is to my thesis about the market going higher.
But then again, if they did, they would be forced to cover
everything.
For as long as I have been at this game, it has taken a crisis
for the Federal Reserve to move. The Fed is always reluctant to
move because it needs the crisis as a cover so it doesn't look
like it's soft on inflation. ...
When you have the housing industry building a fraction of the
homes it was building and credit hard to come by, you are giving
Benanke the crisis cover he needs.
Some of my friends who read RealMoney are freaking out about the
negative columns that are being written about how dangerous this
subprime crisis is. I'm taking those columns very seriously,
which is why I am growing more bullish by the day. The fact that
the Fed chairman bought into it today in front of the House of
Representatives shows me that the Congressional drumbeat --
remember, prime is Republican, subprime is Democrat -- could be
building and building fast. ...
If anything, they're saying there might be a fire. I say it's
raging, which is why I believe the crisis is about to give us
that May cut that I am counting on to take the Dow up 17% this
year."
Isn't this hilarious? Somebody ought to remind him about this on
their air.
On August 1, I quoted Cramer's rant where he advised people to <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070801 "walk away from their homes"#> if you can't
keep up with the payments. He advised paying off your credit cards
before paying off your mortgage, because you can live with your
relatives, but you'll need credit cards to buy groceries.
It was on August 5 that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070805 "Cramer became
completely hysterical,"#> blaming Ben Bernanke because people are
losing their homes. In February, the housing crisis was good news
because the Fed would have to lower interest rates, and the stock
market bubble would continue increasing. By August, he was screaming
that his plan wasn't working, because Bernanke refused to cooperate.
Of course, the Fed has lowered the interest rate several times since
then, but it no longer has any effect.
Here are some excerpts from Thursday's rant from Cramer:
"We keep hearing that there are two kinds of
mortgages -- the AAA rated -- those are OK -- and the subprime.
[But] we keep seeing that these distinctions are meaningless.
First of all, [even the high-rated mortgages are] based on
insurance -- I don't think any of these bond insurers can pay off
- they don't have the money. ...
The great fiction continues. These are all novels. All the
earnings you're seeing from companies that need capital are
written by Somerset Maugham or Mark Twain or Hemingway, Faulkner.
They're all ghost written. It's all fiction.
[Question: What's the end game]
[The end game will occur] when the monoline insurers [another
name for bond insurers] all admit that they can't pay, and AAA
[rating] all goes away, then we see what these [financial]
institutions look like. The good news is this -- it's bifurcated
-- we now have banks that don't need capital -- JP Morgan, Wells
Fargo, USB -- and we have banks that don't know what they're
doing.
[Question: Merrill Lynch wrote down those assets to 34 cents on
the dollar, not as aggressive as what you saw from Morgan Stanley.
Is that enough?]]
That's nowhere near enough. They 've written down the bad parts.
They don't realize the good parts are bad too.
There's just too much fiction involved here. Anybody who's being
backed up by Ambac or MBIA -- Look, we used to think that there
would be insurers we would have that would not pay for our auto if
our auto had a collision, or maybe they wouldn't pay for fire if
our house burned down.
Well, HELLO. These people are all banking on this insurance as
if it's Allstate, as if it's Met Life. These are not
Allstate and Met Life.
[Question: How come Ambac still has an AAA rating? How come
ratings agencies haven't moved on any of these guys yet?]
Because the truth is too painful.
[[Note: On January 16, Ambac announced that its own credit
derivative portfolio had to be written down, for a loss of $5.4
billion, or <#stdurl
http://www.businessweek.com/investor/content/jan2008/pi20080116_740896.htm?chan=top+news_top+news+index_investing
"an enormous $32.83 per share."#> This is where Cramer in
essence charges Ambac with securities fraud, and the SEC with
negligence.]]
How can you take a $32 a share charge, and not have the Justice
Department in there tomorrow? Where the heck is the SEC? Where
the heck is the FTC? What are they doing? ...
[Screaming] Where's the SEC? How can you take a $32 a share
charge and not have any disclosure about it beforehand? How can
we have these levels of fiction in financials after
Sarbanes-Oxley? How do people get away with this? How do they
live with themselves? ...
Anybody who says they're triple A rated backed up by insurance --
that's a drama -- that's one of those dramas that's getting
canceled on the other bad networks.
There's only one triple-A -- the guys who come and change your
tire when you break down on the highway - those guys are
reliable. The ratings agencies are just works of fiction --
Moody's is fiction, S&P is fiction, and the people who read the
fiction are the boards of directors of MBIA.
[Question: Who's going to call them out on the carpet besides
you?]
No one. It's too dangerous. I shouldn't do it. It's just going
to make my life miserable. But I don't care.
[Question: I've heard people whispering about it. They aren't
talking about it on the air.]
Let me tell you why people whisper. Because they play golf at
the same country clubs as each other, and don't want to hurt each
other. I don't play golf with anyone, and maybe that's why I tell
the truth. Or maybe cause I'm completely nuts. ...
[Question from Rick: Do you remember a couple of years ago when
the Fed behind the screens was scrambling because the sales
people were selling the derivatives using paperwork on the back
of cocktail napkins? They said that some of these derivatives'
paperwork in the back office was nine months behind. They let
that go on. There were so many red flags.]
Greenspan loved that. That was financial engineering. He
applauded it. So did our pal Ben Bernanke. They loved it. They
just didn't understand it. I sold that product. I put some of
that product together at Goldman Sachs. We would sit there and
say, hey, what happens under this and that. I don't know. But
boy, the commission's so huge, let's jam it. The commish on
structured product [like CDOs] is gigantic. I could make a
fortune ... The guy who actually understood this, better than
anybody, was in the book Appointment in Samarra [a 1934
novel by John O'Hara]. That is a book about this era, because
he's about not telling the truth because of the other people at
the country club. ...
We used to regulate people, but we decided that was bad and we
don't regulate people any more.
The commission on a structured product is so gigantic. First of
all, the customer has no idea what it really is because it's
embedded.
Second the customer's really stupid. That's what you always do.
You used to joke, you'd get off the desk and say, "The customer's
really stupid. The German bank - they are BOZOs. Throw them
anything. The Australians? MOW-rons." And then you look at the
state. "Florida? The Florida fund? They're so stupid, let's give
them triple-B."
And that's what they'd do. They'd laugh, and they'd laugh at the
customer, and they'd jam them with the commission, and that's
what happens. ...
But remember, this is about commissions, it's about how much
money you can make by jamming stupid customers. I've seen it all
my life. There are stupid customers, and you jam them.
Cramer makes specific accusations of a number of players in the
structured investment business of the last few years. He
particularly accuses Ambac of securities fraud for failing to provide
early warning of a $32 per share charge.
This is the kind of fraud that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121 "I've
analyzed at length"#> in the past. It occurred because the
generations of people who survived the Great Depression are all gone,
because Boomers are incapable of leading, and because Generation-Xers
are enraged at and contemptuous of everything that came before them.
Basically, the X-ers committed fraud at will, and the Boomers simply
let them do it.
Now we're seeing how these actions are backfiring against the X-ers
who perpetrated them and the Boomers who ignored them.
On Thursday, stock shares in Ambac and MBIA lost about 50% of their
value. These two companies may well be close to complete collapse.
The stock market as a whole fell 2-3%, and this is being repeated in
Europe and Asia. The Dow Industrials are down 15% from their Oct 7
high, as you can see from the bottom of my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia
"Dow Jones historical page,"#> to 85% of their high value.
The 1929 pattern has been continuing on a daily basis since January 1.
There's no way to predict exactly when a generational panic and crash
will occur (as it did in 1929), but the signs indicate that it's
getting close.
=eod
=// &&2 e080117 Violence continues in Gaza as Israel kills 18 to stop rocket attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.head
Violence continues in Gaza as Israel kills 18 to stop rocket
attacks
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.keys
gaza, israel, james woolsey, yasser arafat, mahmoud abbas,
james wolfensohn, predictions
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.date
17-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.txt1
President Bush's new Mideast peace initiative has a zero chance of
success.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080117.txt2
At least 18 people are dead and 50 wounded, resulting from an
incursion of Israeli forces into Gaza on Tuesday, in an <#stdurl
http://voanews.com/english/2008-01-15-voa15.cfm "attempt to destroy a
house"#> used to fire rockets at southern Israel.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080116.jpg left "" "Senior Hamas leader Mahmoud
Zahar, right, looks at the body of his son Hussam, 24, at the morgue
(Source: voanews.com)"#>
One of those killed in the exchange of gunfire was the younger son of
Hamas leader Mahmoud Zahar, whose oldest son was killed several years
ago by Israeli troops. Hamas responded with <#stdurl
http://www.debka.org/headline.php?hid=4939 "a heavy barrage of
missiles"#> fired at Israeli cities, injuring a mother and two small
children. On Wednesday, there was more violence.
This is the bloodiest violence in Gaza since the fighting last June
between the two Palestinian factions, Fatah and Hamas. But except
for the degree of the fighting, for Gaza it's really a typical day:
Gaza rockets strike Israel, Israeli forces strike Hamas, Fatah and
Hamas strike each other.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right gaza 3
The first major international prediction that I posted on this web
site was on May 1, 2003, just as President Bush was advocating the
new "Mideast Roadmap to Peace" that called for a Palestinian state
alongside Israel: <#hreftext ww2010.i.may01 ""Will Mideast
roadmap bring peace?""#> In that article I wrote the following:
"The Mideast is currently replaying the Jewish /
Palestinian wars of 1936 to 1949. Why? Because the generation of
people who fought in those wars have been retiring or dying.
The new "Mideast Peace Roadmap" calls for a Palestinian state by
2005, side by side with Israel. It provides a series of steps
for both sides to follow, mostly having to do with eliminating
violence against both Palestinian and Israeli civilians. The plan
was sponsored by the United States, Russia, the European Union,
and the United Nations.
Unfortunately, the fault lines in the Mideast have never been
resolved, and Generational Dynamics predicts that they can be
resolved only by another crisis war. In fact, recent polling has
shown the rise of a new "Young Guard" generation of militant
Palestinians that will accept nothing less than the elimination
of Israel.
The last crisis war in the Mideast occurred from 1936 to 1949.
That war was indirectly caused by Nazi persecution of Jews in
Europe. Because of Nazi persecution, European Jews flooded into
Palestine in the 1930s. Hostilities between the Palestinians and
the Jews began in 1936, and reached a climax in a major war in
1948-49 following the partitioning of Palestine and the creation
of the state of Israel. The partitioning of Palestine has never
been accepted by the Palestinians.
Throughout history, one can point to probably thousands of
similar situations, where an artificial boundary is imposed
between two peoples, and one or both sides oppose the boundary.
Of those thousands of examples, you will probably find few or none
that are resolved peacefully.
Generational Dynamics predicts that in such fault line situations,
a new crisis war begins when the generation of kids that grew up
during the last crisis war all retire or die, at approximately the
same time. Growing up during a violent, bloody war turns them
into risk-averse adults who guide society throughout their
lifetimes, always looking for ways to compromise and contain
problems. When they all retire or die, the society loses their
collective wisdom, as the generation that grew up after the
last crisis war takes charge of society. In the Mideast
situation, this is happening today among both the Palestinians
and the Israelis.
We are now in the early stages of replaying the extremely
violent, bloody wars between the Jews and the Palestinians that
took place between them from 1936 to 1949. So far the war has
been little more than a series of skirmishes, as it was in the
late 1930s. The full-fledged violent, bloody war is awaiting a
generational change.
There's an incredible irony going on in the Mideast today, in that
the leaders of two opposing sides are, respectively, Ariel Sharon
and Yassir Arafat.
These two men hate each other, but they're the ones cooperating
with each other (consciously or not) to prevent a major Mideast
conflagration. Both of them remember the wars of the 1940s, and
neither of them wants to see anything like that happen again. And
it won't happen again, as long as both of these men are in
charge.
The disappearance of these two men will be part of an overall
generational change in the Mideast that will lead to a major
conflagration within a few years. It's possible that the
disappearance of Arafat alone will trigger a war, just as the
election of Lincoln ignited the American Civil War. (It's
currently American policy to get rid of Arafat. My response is
this: Be careful what you wish for.)
Generational Dynamics predicts that a major new violent, bloody
Mideast war must occur, sometime in the next ten years,
depending upon when the generational change takes place. There
are signs that the generational change is occurring now, and this
means that the next bloody, violent Mideast crisis war will take
place within 3 or 4 years. There is no "Mideast Peace Roadmap"
that has any chance of stopping that."
Nobody else was saying anything like this in 2003, and I was called
"crazy" by several people for suggesting it, especially my
characterizations of Arafat and Sharon. And yet, except for the
overly precise timing in the last paragraph, this is exactly what has
happened since then.
When <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e041114 "Yasser Arafat died"#> in
November 2004, everyone breathed a sigh of relief, because the
terrorist leader, the only person preventing the adoption of the
Roadmap to Peace, had died. With him gone, the two-state solution
could move forward, finally.
The euphoria was reinforced in January 2005, when Mahmoud Abbas (Abu
Mazen) <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050124 "took bold steps to advance
the peace process,"#> including the deployment of Palestinian
Authority forces throughout Gaza to stop further attacks on Israel.
Israel and Ariel Sharon did their part by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050816 "withdrawing from Gaza"#> all Israeli settlements and forces.
It was felt that this would bring a new era of peace and stability to
Gaza.
However, Mahmoud Abbas immediately <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050606b
"started losing control of Gaza,"#> thanks to the increased popularity
of Hamas, considered to be a terrorist group by the West.
The hope that the Israeli withdrawal would lead to peace were quickly
dashed. By September, it was clear that, with the Israelis gone,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e050908 "Gaza was becoming increasingly
violent and unstable."#>
Nobody had any idea what was going on, except those who read this web
site. The only way to understand what's going on in Gaza is through
a generational explanation -- and as I've said many times,
generational explanations appear to be too abstract for these
politicians, journalists, analysts and pundits to understand, because
they can't seem to grasp even the simplest and most obvious of them.
It's very easy to understand what's going on in Gaza if you simply
start from the fact that the Gaza strip is densely populated and
<#stdurl
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/fields/2177.html
"the median age in the Gaza strip is 16 years old."#> Thus, the Gaza
strip is run by a generation of children with guns and missiles and
with almost no adult supervision.
To these children in the "Young Guard," Mahmoud Abbas and the "Old
Guard" are antideluvian relics with no relevance. Hamas' leaders are
two generations younger, but even they're too old for many of the
Palestinian children running Gaza.
In December 2005, Hamas started <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e051216
"winning municipal elections,"#> ahead of the Fatah group headed by
Abbas. The entire Mideast peace process was thrown into turmoil in
January, 2006, when <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060127 "Hamas won control
of the Palestinian parliament"#> in free elections.
Meanwhile, Gaza violence continued to surge, so that former CIA
director <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060605 "James Woolsey said that the
Gaza pullout"#> had the worst possible results:
"The approach Israel is preparing to take in the
West Bank was tried in Gaza and has failed utterly. The Israeli
withdrawal of last year has produced the worst set of results
imaginable: a heavy presence by al Qaeda, Hezbollah and even some
Iranian Revolutionary Guard units; street fighting between Hamas
and Fatah, and now Hamas assassination attempts against Fatah's
intelligence chief and Jordan's ambassador; rocket and mortar
attacks against nearby towns inside Israel; and a perceived
vindication for Hamas, which took credit for the withdrawal. This
latter almost certainly contributed substantially to Hamas's
victory in the Palestinian elections."
Another blow to the peace process came in May, 2006, when Mideast
envoy <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060505 "James Wolfensohn quit in
disgust."#> Wolfensohn had been appointed by the "Quartet" of nations
(the U.S., European Union, United Nations and Russia) that put forth
the Mideast Roadmap to Peace in 2003 to aid the Jews and Palestinians
in their negotiations. He did his best. He helped negotiate several
agreements, and as former President of the World Bank, he used his
formidable list of contacts to get investors to purchase dozens of
greenhouses left behind by Israeli settlers, so that Palestinians
could use them right away to get hard currency by growing food for
exports.
Here's how one columnist described the situation:
"But Wolfensohn is leaving in apparent disgust
with the Israelis, the Palestinians, and the international
community, regarding the entire effort to isolate the Hamas
government a punishment of the Palestinians, which will only lead
to more despair and intransigence on the Palestinian side. Ever
the diplomat, he is not stating outright how disgusted he is, but
he has made clear that he is furious about broken Israeli
promises to take steps to ease conditions for the Palestinians,
particularly Gazans, where half the population is now living
beneath the World Bank's own measure of poverty -- less than $2 a
day. He's no less frustrated by the Palestinians, particularly
their inability to rein in the lawlessness that took over in
Gaza. Indeed, while some of the greenhouses he purchased were
successfully handed over to Palestinians (who are going bankrupt
because of Israeli security restrictions that make agricultural
exports out of Gaza extremely slow and difficult) others were
ruined by in fighting by rival gangs that nobody in Gaza can
control. As for the international community, which 'hired' him as
an expert in economic development, he is disgusted with its
inability to intervene with anything other than isolation of the
Hamas government."
Summer 2006 saw <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060906 "Israel's Lebanon
war"#> against Hizbollah. The Palestinians didn't participate in the
war, but the level of violence in Gaza continued as before.
One of the few studies of the attitudes of young Gazans was done in
December 2006, and it <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061210 "highlighted
how young Gazans"#> want war with Israel, or at least do not fear it.
For years, until the "surge" started working in mid-2007, the world
has been so obsessed with Iraq that the Israeli/Palestinian situation
was completely ignored. I complained about that many times on this
web site.
There were a few exceptions. In September 2006, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e060912 "Tony Blair committed to solving the
Mideast problem."#> In November, 2006, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e061126 "Jordan's King Abdullah,"#> warned of a potential explosion
in Palestine. He repeated his warnings to <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070308 "a joint session of Congress"#> in March, but was <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070522 "treated with scorn"#> by moronic
journalists, analysts and politicians, almost all of whom have no
idea what's going on in the world.
A civil war between Fatah and Hamas had been building for a number of
months and, finally, in June of last year, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070622 "Hamas defeated Fatah in Gaza,"#> taking control of the
entire Gaza strip.
Now, with the Iraq situation settling down, President Bush is
committing to solve the Palestinian issue before he leaves office a
year from now. I guess politicians have to do stuff like this, even
though there isn't a snowflake's chance in hell of succeeding.
When I posted my original predictions on the Mideast on May 1, 2003,
I had no way of knowing what was going to happen, and yet everything
I predicted is trending true, especially the increasing chaos in the
Mideast. I said that a "Young Guard" would arise and would make sure
that no peace plan would ever be accepted. As time has passed, that
prediction has only trended more and more true.
Since 2003 I've posted almost 900 articles on this web site, most
containing specific predictions on subjects related to Darfur, Iraq,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka, China, Japan, national and word finances, and so
forth. The predictions have been based on Generational Dynamics
theory. I've posted trend predictions, which are 100% certain within
a (sometimes lengthy) indefinite window of time, and probabilistic
predictions, which are usually 70-90% certain within a window of
several months.
To date, ALL of the trend predictions are either true or are clearly
trending true, and almost all of the probabilistic predictions have
come true. None have been proven wrong. This last point is
important, because it's easy to get a million predictions right --
just make two million predictions. I've succeeded in getting many
predictions right with no predictions wrong.
For years I've been challenging everyone to find a journalist,
analyst, pundit, politician or web site with a predictive record that
comes anywhere close to the predictive success of this web site, and
none has been found. Superstars like Paul Krugman are frequently
wrong, but this web site is not.
So what's going to happen in the Mideast in the next year?
Among the Palestinians themselves, there is an enormous and
increasing attraction to having a war with the Israelis. However,
I've mentioned many times that I haven't seen the signs that it's
near -- and by this I mean the kind of language that Israelis and
Palestinians say about each other. You never hear mainstream
Israelis say, "Those Palestinians are vermin"; they say, "Those
Palestinians have to stop militants from sending rockets and missiles
into Israeli territory." And you don't hear mainstream Palestinians
say, "Those Israelis are disgusting worms"; they say, "Israelis have
the end the apartheid that prevents Palestinians from traveling."
In other words, the Palestinians and Israelis still make only
behavioral criticisms of one another, rather than hateful personal
vilifications. The latter is absolutely essential, because without
these personal vilifications, a war leader cannot motivate his people
to make the sacrifices necessary to have a genocidal war. In fact,
Fatah and Hamas factions have used hate-filled personal vilifications
with each other more than with the Israelis.
This could change any day, however, and be triggered by some chaotic
event (in the sense of Chaos Theory), an event that cannot be
predicted. It might come about because some Israeli action suddenly
infuriates the Palestinians. Or it might come about because of
interference by Iran or by Egyptian militants in the Muslim
Brotherhood.
But the original prediction from May 1, 2003, has not changed. The
Palestinian situation has been continually deteriorating into chaos
ever since Yasser Arafat died, and will continue to do so. In fact,
it's hard to find a day in the last three years where the situation
hasn't been worse than the preceding day.
=eod
=// &&2 e080115 Citibank's huge loss and sharply lower retail sales roil stock market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.head
Citibank's huge loss and sharply lower retail sales roil stock
market
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.keys
finance, citigroup, writedowns
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.date
15-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.txt1
Investors are being hit by a double-whammy today,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080115.txt2
starting with <#stdurl
http://www.citigroup.com/citigroup/press/2008/080115a.htm
"a Citigroup press release"#> announcing fourth quarter earnings:
"Citi Reports Fourth Quarter Net Loss of $9.83
Billion, Loss Per Share of $1.99
<#inc ww2010.pic g080115a.gif right "" "Citigroup earnings, 1999-2007
(Source: economist.com)"#>
Results Reflect Write-Downs on Sub-Prime Related Direct Exposures
in Fixed Income Markets and Increased Credit Costs Related to
U.S. Consumer Loans
New York, NY, January 15, 2008 – Citigroup Inc. (NYSE:C) today
reported a net loss for the 2007 fourth quarter of $9.83 billion,
or $1.99 per share. Results include $18.1 billion in pre-tax
write-downs and credit costs on sub-prime related direct exposures
in fixed income markets, and a $4.1 billion increase in credit
costs in U.S. consumer primarily related to higher current and
estimated losses on consumer loans.
For the full year 2007, net income was $3.62 billion, or $0.72
per share. See Schedule A for full year business segment results.
Management Comment: "Our financial results this quarter are
clearly unacceptable. Our poor performance was driven primarily by
two factors – significant write-downs and losses on our sub-prime
direct exposures in fixed income markets, and a large increase in
credit costs in our U.S. consumer loan portfolio. Looking beyond
these two factors, revenues and volumes continued to grow strongly
in a number of our franchises and we generated record results in
international consumer, transaction services, wealth management,
and advisory," said Vikram Pandit, Chief Executive Officer of
Citi."
The surprises were as follows:
The $9.83 billion net loss was larger than expected.
The $18.1 billion writedown for CDOs and other bad mortgage-based
securities was almost twice as much as expected.
The high writedown leaves the impression that there are a lot
more writedowns to come, at Citi and at other financial
institutions.
The $4.1 billion loss in its credit card business, primarily
related to defaults by credit card customers, was linked to the sharp
fall in retail sales (see below) to indicate broader
problems.
The fantasy hope had been that Citibank and other financial
institutions would have a few more writedowns of bad mortgage-backed
assets, and then it would be all over, and the bubble could start
expanding again. The Citibank report made that fantasy unlikely, even
to investors.
That was followed by news that <#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/businessNews/idUSN1549913820080115
"retail sales fell sharply in December,"#> by 0.4%. Most retail
companies make most of each year's profit during the December holiday
season, and a fall in retail sales will have a severe impact on
earnings.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080115b.gif right "" "Growth of delinquent consumer
loans
(Source: nytimes.com)"#>
These two reports -- the Citibank and retail sales reports -- were
linked to <#stdurl
http://www.nytimes.com/2008/01/14/business/14spend.html?bl&ex=1200459600&en=32a0d28a5423134e&ei=5087%0A
"a Monday NY Times report"#> that also finds sharp falls in
retail sales, but relates it to surges in delinquent and defaulting
consumer loans -- credit cards, auto loans and mortgages.
The surging delinquencies indicate that the cutbacks in retail
spending are not temporary, but are going to continue for a while.
Citibank's announcement this morning that it lost $4.1 billion on
consumer credit really resonated with the other news.
Wall Street opened sharply lower this morning. As of 1 pm, the Dow
Industrials have remained down about 180-200 points, after trending
downwards since the new year.
It's clear that journalists, analysts, pundits and financial managers
have absolutely no idea what's going on. The "bulls" are saying that
growth will slow down, but there'll be no recession, and the economy
will really take off in the last half of the year; the "bears" are
saying that there'll be a mild recession, and the economy will really
take off in the last half of the year.
One thing that's particularly striking is that the stock markets are
not reacting to the current liberal Fed policies, as implemented in
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071219 "the Fed's "Term Auction
Facility" (TAF)"#> announced last month.
The interest rates that triggered the "credit crunch" last year have
returned to normal, thanks to the large amounts of liquidity that
central banks, including the Fed, the European Central Bank, and the
Bank of England, have injected into the financial system through
these auctions. Unlike Fed funds rate adjustments and open market
operations, which are "general purpose" interest adjustments, the
auctions provide liquidity to banks for the specific purpose of
easing short-term credit problems.
The Fed <#stdurl
http://www.forbes.com/markets/feeds/afx/2008/01/15/afx4532768.html
"held a TAF auction on Monday,"#> selling $30 billion in 28-day
credit, and another $30 billion will be auctioned off on January 28.
The interest rate bid on Monday's auction, 3.95%, is substantially
lower than the current Fed funds rate (4.25%), indicating that the
auction has succeeded in solving immediate "credit crunch" problems.
Last August, I wrote that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070817 ""The
nightmare is finally beginning.""#> At that time, I was
expecting that we'd follow the 1929 pattern, which would lead to a
major panic around the end of September. Within a couple of weeks it
became apparent that we were NOT following the 1929 pattern at that
time.
However, we HAVE been following the 1929 pattern since January 1, and
this may (OR MAY NOT!) indicate that we're close to a tipping point
that would trigger a generational panic and crash.
It's no longer the case that "bad news is good news," and any bad
economic news means that the Fed will lower interest rates, which
makes it good news. Today, further Fed cuts are being taken for
granted, and "bad news is bad news," driving the market lower.
Today we have tens or hundreds of trillions of dollars in various
securities, especially credit derivatives, in the interlocking
portfolios of hundreds (thousands?) of financial institutions,
investment houses and hedge funds. If the market continues to fall
in this way, then these highly leverage firms will begin going
bankrupt. At some point, a bankruptcy will trigger a domino effect,
a chain reaction, forcing further sales, causing a generational
panic. There's no way to predict when that will happen, because it
depends on chaotic (in the sense of Chaos Theory) events that can't
be predicted, but the signs calling for increased watchfulness are
present.
=eod
=// &&2 e080113 Throwing good money after bad: Bank of America acquires Countrywide Financial
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.head
Throwing good money after bad: Bank of America will acquire
Countrywide Financial
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.keys
finance, bank of america, countrywide financial, m-lec, sovereign
funds
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.date
13-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.txt1
And Saudi Arabia and China plan to invest in Citibank, as writedowns
increase.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080113.txt2
Last August, hundreds of anxious investors panicked and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070819 "mobbed the banks owned by Countrywide
Financial Corp.,"#> demanding to withdraw their deposits, for fear
that Countrywide would go bankrupt. The fears arose after
Countrywide had drawn down its $11.5 billion credit lines, for fear
that those credit lines would become unavailable.
A week later, Bank of America invested $2 billion in Countrywide in
return for 16% ownership of the company.
Countrywide's problems in August were attributed to the worldwide
"credit crunch" that occurred at that time. The credit crunch has
eased considerably since then, thanks to massive amounts of liquidity
being poured into the financial system by the Fed, the Bank of
England, the European Central Bank, and other central banks.
But Countrywide's problems haven't abated. And no surprise --
Countrywide has been the leader in encouraging abusive use of credit
in the last five years, having approved millions of "liar loans" to
people with no income, no assets, no honesty, and no chance of making
the payments after the initial "teaser" rates expire.
Countrywide reported its first loss in 25 years in the third quarter.
Early this week, Countrywide admitted that its <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=ayv.jECplg7w
"foreclosures and late payments on its mortgages"#> hit a record high
in December. Foreclosures were at double the level of December 2006,
and overdue loans were 50% higher. This announcement caused
Countrywide's stock to plummet, meaning that Bank of America has
already lost a substantial part of the $2 billion investment that it
made in August.
What's the solution?
On Friday, Bank of America agreed to <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=adjOxU6pIVyY&refer=home
"acquire Countrywide completely"#> for another $4 billion.
Is this "throwing good money after bad"? I have little doubt that it
is. The WSJ says that it's "a gamble that the U.S. housing crisis is
near a bottom and that Countrywide's assets won't further
deteriorate," two assumptions that are both bound to be wrong. On the
other hand, $4 billion is a cheap price for a company that was worth
over $20 billion just a year ago, so perhaps there's enough of a
cushion in there to make the deal worthwhile over the (very) long
haul.
Countrywide's assets are bound to deteriorate further because the
assets of almost every major financial institution continue to
deteriorate.
Take Citibank for example. They're going to announce their fourth
quarter earnings on Tuesday, and they're expected to be sharply
lower.
Recall that Citibank tried to save itself by means of a fraudulent
scheme known as a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071015
""Master-Liquidity Enhancement Conduit (M-LEC).""#> Under
the scheme, Citibank and other banks would sell worthless CDOs to
each other at inflated prices, in order to establish a phony "market
price" for the CDOs. Citibank's fraudulent M-LEC idea didn't take
off, forcing the bank to take $16.4 billion in writeoffs of worthless
CDOs after all. Citibank might have gone bankrupt except that it was
saved by <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071128 "a $7.5 billion investment by
the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority."#>
Well, now the expectation is that Citibank is going to have to take
even more writeoffs -- perhaps as much as $19 billion more -- to
be announced along with the earnings statement on Tuesday.
At the same time, it's been reported that Citibank (actually
Citigroup) is <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=aBQfnE6n0A8s&refer=home
"looking for new investments"#> totalling $14 billion. The
investments are to come from Saudi Prince Alwaleed bin Talal and from
the China Development Bank.
It upsets us to see Bank of America throwing good money after bad,
but we don't feel so much pain when it's foreign investors throwing
good money after bad.
If you look at the big picture of what's going on in the world, what
we're seeing is a corporate version of the Principle of Maximum Ruin.
This is a principle that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071019b "I've
discussed"#> several times on this web site with respect to individual
investors. It means that people will keep investing in the stock
market until they lose everything - the maximum number of people will
be ruined to the maximum extent possible.
What we're seeing now is a corporate version of the same principle.
Recall that the amount of money in the world <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070910 "is decreasing every day."#> This is because investors and
institutions are becoming more and more risk aversion with credit.
It's credit that creates money, and it's the abusive use of credit
that's created the liquidity bubble that we've been living in the past
few years.
But it all turned around in August. At that time, there was a
massive shift in the attitudes and behaviors of great masses of
investors, and they became much more risk-averse. With the use of
credit being reduced, the amount of liquidity in the world is being
reduced.
When low tide pulls the water from the shore back into the lake or
ocean, it leaves behind little pools of water called "tide pools."
Those tide pools don't last long, since they're drained away by leaks
in the sand beneath them, but they exist for a while, and they often
trap a variety of sea creatures with them.
Well, as the liquidity of the world pulls back and disappears, it
leaves behind these liquidity tide pools -- in corporate coffers, but
also in places like Saudia Arabia, Abu Dhabi, Singapore or Beijing.
But the liquidity tide pools soon leak away, just as the water tide
pools do.
The sizes of these country liquidity tide pools are listed on <#stdurl
http://www.ustreas.gov/tic/mfh.txt "the US Treasury web site."#>
Here's a listing of the most current posting:
Country Amount (billions of dollars)
--------------------- ----------------------------
Japan 591.8
China, Mainland 388.1
United Kingdom 296.5
Oil Exporters 130.3
Brazil 112.8
Carib Bnkng Ctrs 78.1
Luxembourg 70.1
Hong Kong 54.2
Taiwan 53.4
Germany 44.1
Korea 43.3
Singapore 35.9
Mexico 33.2
Switzerland 31.7
Turkey 26.5
Canada 21.4
Thailand 20.0
Netherlands 19.5
Sweden 15.3
Russia 14.9
France 14.7
India 13.7
Italy 13.6
Ireland 13.1
Poland 12.3
Belgium 11.3
Israel 10.2
All Other 139.5
--------------------- ----------------------------
Grand Total 2309.5
It seems like $2.3 trillion may seem like a lot of money, but
remember that even mainstream analysts says that bank asset
writedowns will cause <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071213 "a
loss of $2 trillion in credit."#> When you consider that there are
hundreds of trillions of dollars in credit derivatives in the world,
$2.3 trillion is a drop in the bucket.
So these liquidity tide pools are not all that big in the grand
scheme of things, and what we're going to see more and more is that
these tide pools of liquidity will leak away, as the money is used to
buy stakes in Citibank, or other investments -- in other words, by
throwing good money after bad.
Thus, the Principle of Maximum Ruin will end up applying to Saudi
princes and Chinese bankers as well as Main Street investors.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, there's a
generational panic and crash coming, and it will be an equal
opportunity financial destroyer.
=eod
=// &&2 e080112 Earnings estimates fall sharply again this week
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.head
Earnings estimates fall sharply again this week
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.keys
finance, earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.date
12-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.txt1
The falling stock market is reflecting the reality of the earnings
estimates.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080112.txt2
Updating the table of falling fourth quarter corporate earnings
estimates that <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080108b "I posted earlier this
week,"#> here's the summary from Friday from <#stdurl
http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/ "CNBC Earnings
Central:"#>
"As of Friday, January 11th:
31 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4, 64.52%
have beaten estimates, 16.13% were in-line, and 19.35% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates)The blended earnings
growth rate for the S&P 500 in fourth-quarter 2007, combining
actual numbers for companies that have reported, and estimates for
companies yet to report, fell to -11.3%, down from -9.5% the
previous week, attributed in part to downward estimate revisions
in Financials, including Citigroup and Merrill Lynch.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
We can now update the table of the changes in fourth-quarter earnings
estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, as follows:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.5%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
Jan 11: -11.3%
So the Q4 earnings estimates have fallen significantly again, in just
one week.
The stock market is reflecting the falling earnings estimates, as you
can seem from the bottom of my <#hreftext ww2010.i.djia "Dow Jones
historical page."#> As of Friday, January 11, the Dow Industrials
stood at 88% of the October 7 high, meaning that the index had fallen
12%.
On CNBC on Friday, the anchors provided more information than in the
paragraph summary above. They provided current official analyst
estimates of earnings growth in the 2008. Here's the table they
displayed:
Is this even possible? According to Thomson, earnings growth will
fall 12% and 14% for the first two quarters of 2008, respectively,
but then will rise so rapidly in the last half that the average for
the year will be 25% growth. These people are in fantasyland.
The fantasy is that, as I've previously explained: When financial
institutions announced their REAL fourth quarter earnings in the next
couple of weeks, they'll have the "mother of all writedowns," and
then all the writedowns will be over. As <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e080108b "I explained,"#> that's impossible.
The 25% growth figure is also impossible.
Instead, earnings growth is most likely to continue falling. Why?
Because of the Principle of Mean Reversion. Earnings growth has been
well above average -- at bubble levels -- for the last 12 years, and
now we'll see "reversion of the mean," which requires that earnings
growth be well BELOW average for another 12 years.
The trend that's displayed in the first table above -- showing a
progressively lower estimate of fourth-quarter earnings growth --
that trend is going to continue, and earnings growth will continue to
be low.
Generational Dynamics predicts that, with the stock market <#hreftext
ww2010.i.panic070820 "overpriced by almost 250% (same as in 1929),"#>
we're headed with absolutely certainly for a generational stock market
panic and crash, leading to a new 1930s style Great Depression.
=eod
=// &&2 e080111 At the end, the world still remembers Hillary's remarkable climb to the top
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.head
At the end, the world still remembers Hillary's remarkable climb to
the top
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.keys
edmund hillary, tenzing norgay, mount everest, new zealand
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.date
11-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.txt1
It was 55 years ago that a beekeeper
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080111.txt2
from New Zealand achieved international fame when he and
his Nepalese guide Tenzing Norgay reached the top of Mount Everest,
the world's highest mountain.
=inc ww2010.pic g080110.jpg right "" "Edmund Hillary"
At his death on Friday at age 88, it's surprising how many people
still remember and love Sir Edmund Hillary.
In fact, he still remains the New Zealander <#stdurl
http://www.nzherald.co.nz/section/1/story.cfm?c_id=1&objectid=10482158
"most admired by New Zealanders."#> He was also named one of Time
magazine's 100 heroes and icons of the 20th century.
He was born in 1919 into the Hero generation that fought in World War
II. Countless other expeditions had attempted to climb Mount Everest
and failed, and so Hillary became an international hero when he
became the first to succeed.
Remarkably, since 1953, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601091&sid=adZLTuOMnh5Y&refer=india
"over 3,000 climbers had repeated Hillary's feat."#>
However, Hillary, who became an avid environmentalist and
humanitarian, railed against the environmental damage to Everest
caused by the the steady stream of climbers, many of whom left their
garbage behind.
Hillary was also shocked in 2006 when when as many as 40 climbers
<#stdurl http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/12953241/ "left a British
mountaineer to die on Everest"#> rather than attempt a rescue.
When Hillary was an active climber in the 50s and 60s, such a thing
would never have happened. But now, Boomers and Gen-Xers are as
unconcerned about ethics in mountain climbing as they are in finance
and other fields.
"The whole attitude to Mount Everest has become rather horrifying,"
Hillary said in an interview. "People just want to get to the top.
They don't give a damn for anybody else who may be in distress and it
doesn't impress me at all that they leave someone lying under a rock
to die."
The same things might be said about <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071121
"financial engineers who earned fat commissions"#> by creating CDOs
and other structured financial instruments, knowing full well that
investors in them would lose everything. Like the Mount Everest
climbers, these financial engineers aren't at all concerned about the
people they left lying under a rock to die.
=eod
=// &&2 e080109b Befuddled CNBC anchors admit to having no clue as to what's going on.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.head
Befuddled CNBC anchors admit to having no clue as to what's going
on.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.keys
finance, fed model
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.date
9-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.txt1
And these guys are supposed to be experts.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109b.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080108b.gif left "" "Intraday Dow Industrials
chart for Tuesday, January 8, 2008"#>
Around 2:30 pm on Tuesday, the market started dropping like a stone.
The CNBC anchors were totally befuddled, though not dumbstruck.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080108a.jpg right "" "CNBC commentator
Dennis Kneale was completely stupified on Tuesday
(Source: CNBC)"#>
Here's what Dennis Kneale, CNBC's Media & Technology Editor, said at
3:08 pm, when asked why the Nasdaq index keeps falling:
"I've been looking at this and studying this and
I ... I ... and so far, Maria, I can't find any more fundamental
underlying scary reasons than the fact that it's been up really
nicely and let's go ahead and take our profits. You look at some
spending forecasts for '08. First quarter is going to be very
slow; first half will be a little bit less slow; but by the end of
'08, spending is going to be up considerably. One survey shows
that small businesses, which is the bulk of spending in the US, 5
million companies, right? That they're going to spend an average
of 5% more on IT in '08. Another survey came out and said, oh my
gosh, only one quarter of companies say that their first quarter
budgets are going to be higher than their fourth quarter budgets.
So it's kind of mixed out there. But maybe this is just a matter
of taking profit where you can. .. But what's falling apart here?
Why is this market so nervous?"
He just can't figure out what's going on, can he? What's wrong with
these investors? Don't they know that there's a survey that says
that high-tech spending is going to up in the last quarter of 2008?
Now, I ask you Dear Reader, are the investors that Dennis Kneale is
criticizes all idiots, or is Dennis Kneale himself the idiot? It's
hard to imagine a more airheaded answer than the one Kneale gave.
It's not hard to figure this out, and I gave the reason a couple of
days ago: <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080108b "estimates of fourth
quarter earnings"#> have been plummeting, almost on a day to day
basis.
Institutional investors all use pretty much the same method for
deciding whether to buy or sell stocks. <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050811 "It's called the "Fed Model,""#> and it's a
fallacious but widely used investment formula derived from a single
paragraph buried deep in a 1997 Federal Reserve report. The method
uses a formula based on price/earnings ratios and treasury prices.
And so, with earnings estimates plummeting, P/E ratios are
increasing, and so investors using the "Fed Model" are selling.
This isn't so hard to figure out, but instead we have this so-called
expert saying, " I've been looking at this and studying this and I ...
I ... and so far, Maria, I can't find any more fundamental underlying
scary reasons...." What clowns.
=eod
=// &&2 e080109 Iranian speedboats threaten to blow up US ships in Gulf of Hormuz
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.head
Iranian speedboats threaten to blow up US ships in Gulf of Hormuz
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.keys
iran, mahmoud ahmadinejad, islamic revolution
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.date
9-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.txt1
Question: Why did Iran do it?
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080109.txt2
<#inc ww2010.pic g080108c.gif left "" "Map of Gulf of Hormuz where
incident took place
(Source: BBC)"#>
Five <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/7175325.stm
"Iranian speedboats approached US Navy ships"#> operating in the Gulf
of Hormuz on Sunday.
They approached at high speed and, in a radio transmission, said, "I
am coming at you. You will explode in a couple of minutes."
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right iran 3
The US ships were just about to fire on the Iranian speedboats when
they suddenly turned away, ending the confrontation.
The Pentagon has released a video of the confrontation, and it
<#stdurl
http://www.bbc.co.uk/mediaselector/check/player/nol/newsid_7170000/newsid_7178000?redirect=7178082.stm&news=1&nbwm=1&nbram=1&bbwm=1&bbram=1&asb=1
"can be seen on the BBC web site."#>
The U.S. has called the confrontation "provocative and dangerous."
Iran played down the event, calling it an "ordinary occurrence,"
saying that, "this... happens for the two sides every once in a while
and, after the identification of the two sides, the issue is
resolved."
So what the heck was this? Why did the Iranians do it?
One possibility is that it was done by rogue Iranian forces, although
no one is claiming that. The speedboats are actually thought to be
from Iran's Revolutionary Guards, which the US has designated as a
terror organization.
In fact, this kind of thing this kind of bellicose action is quite
consistent with mainstream Iranian policy, according to the lengthy
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070702 "analysis of Iranian policy"#> that I
wrote last July.
My best guess for Ahmadinejad's motivation of this attack is as
follows:
The 1979 Islamic Revolution in Iran appears to me to be assuming
mythic proportions in the radical Muslim community. At that time, a
violent student-led overthrew the Western-aligned government of Iran
and installed a hardline religious Muslim government.
It's become an important symbol for al-Qaeda, who would like to see it
repeated in other countries. They tried it in Iraq, and they're trying
it now in Pakistan. (As predicted, it failed in Iraq, which is in a
generational Awakening era, but it or something like it will succeed
in Pakistan, which is in a generational Crisis era.)
What's less obvious is that Ahmadinejad and the hardline Iranian
mullahs would like to see a repeat of something like the 1979
revolution in Iran. If they could provoke a military strike from
Israel or the US, then (the fantasy goes) the "spirit of the
revolution" will be rekindled, national unity and a national zeal for
Islamic purity will be restored. Sunday's confrontation might well
have had that intention.
But there's no chance it will have the desired effect on the Iranian
people. Iran is in a generational Awakening era and, just like
America in the 1960s, it's a time of a "generation gap," and
anti-government riots and demonstrations. Just as the students in
the 1960s blamed the government for the Vietnam war, today's Iranian
students would blame the Iranian government for any military
confrontation with Israel or the US.
On a related subject, <#stdurl
http://www.thememriblog.org/iran/blog_personal/en/4365.htm "MEMRI
reports the following interesting stuff:"#>
"Ahmadinejad Gov't Backs Down From Islamic Dress
Code Enforcement
Reports in the Iranian media are indicating that in the run-up to
the March 2008 parliamentary elections, the government of Iranian
President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is trying to renounce its
responsibility for the campaign to enforce the Islamic dress code
and public order.
The government is claiming that the police, who are implementing
the campaign, are not directly accountable to the government and
have not yet presented a plan of action to it for approval.
The dress code enforcement policy, which is supported by
Ahmadinejad's spiritual mentor Ayatollah Taqi Mesbah-e Yazdi and
Ayatollah Nori Hamdani, has been implemented by police in many
public places as a show of strength by the Ahmadinejad
government."
<#inc ww2010.pic g070424b.jpg left "" "An obvious criminal at large
on the streets of Tehran (from April 2007)
(Source: france24.com)"#>
This has been an absolutely hilarious story from the time it first
started last April. (See <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070425b
""Iranian police swoop down on women with loose
headscarves.""#>) Just as there was a "women's lib" movement
during America's last Awakening era, in the 1960s, there's also a
similar movement beginning in Iran.
Young women have been protesting against the government by wearing
hot fashions and loose headscarves. This is NOT in the spirit of the
1979 Iranian revolution. So Ahmadinejad has been rounding up women
in loose headscarves and hauling them up to jail. Can you believe
this? It cracks me up every time I read about it. It's bad enough
having one woman angry at you, but Ahmadinejad has probably managed
to piss off every young woman in the country.
So it's not surprising to me that we're seeing news that Ahmadinejad
is backing down. He never stood a chance with this.
However, these stories are not unrelated.
The point is that there IS an important connection between the loose
headscarf story and Sunday's confrontation in the gulf of Hormuz.
The hardline Iranian mullahs are not very happy with the hot, stylish
clothing and loose headscarves being worn by young Iranian women.
Nothing like this would have happened just after the 1979 revolution,
when the spirit of Islamic law was high. The naval confrontation is
quite likely an attempt by the Iranian government to frighten young
Iranians -- especially young Iranian women -- into returning to the
hardline ways of Islamic law. But anyone who knows anything at all
about women (which includes almost everyone but me) knows that there
isn't a snowflake's chance in hell that that plan will work.
=eod
=// &&2 e080108b Estimates of fourth quarter earnings continue to plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.head
Estimates of fourth quarter earnings continue to plummet
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.keys
finance, earnings
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.date
8-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.txt1
Stock prices have continued their downward trends, as price/earnings
ratios rise.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108b.txt2
Here's the summary from Friday from
<#stdurl http://www.cnbc.com/id/15839135/site/14081545/
"CNBC Earnings Central:"#>
"As of Friday, January 4th:
25 companies in the S&P 500 have reported earnings for Q4, 68.00%
have beaten estimates, 12.00% were in-line, and 20.00% have
missed. (Data provided by Reuters Estimates) The blended
earnings growth rate for the S&P 500 in fourth-quarter 2007,
combining actual numbers for companies that have reported, and
estimates for companies yet to report, stands at -9.5%, attributed
in part to downward estimate revisions in Financials.
At the start of the quarter, the growth rate for Q4 was 11.5%.
(Data provided by Thomson Financial)"
And so, if we put together a table of the changes in fourth-quarter
earnings estimates since the beginning of the fourth quarter, we get
the following:
Date 4Q Earnings estimate as of that date
------- ------------------------------------
Oct 1: +11.4%
Dec 7: -1.3%
Dec 14: -3.8%
Dec 31: -6.1%
Jan 4: -9.5%
In other words, earnings estimates become gloomier and gloomier as
each day goes by. Over the next 2-3 weeks, companies are going to be
reporting their ACTUAL fourth quarter earnings, so we'll soon know
which estimates are valid.
In the "bad news is good news" view of the cheerleaders for the stock
market bubble, the optimistic view of this situation is as follows:
Most sectors of the stock market are doing fine, except for
the financial sector (Citibank, Bear Stearns, and so forth).
When financial firms announce their REAL fourth quarter
estimates, within the next couple of weeks, we will see "the mother
of all writedowns."
What that's supposed to mean is that all the financial firms will
write down huge amounts of worthless CDOs and other mortgage-based
assets in their portfolios.
And here's the punch line, according to these optimists: That
will be the bottom. Everything that needs to be written down will be
written down in the next few weeks. Then things can return to
"normal," and the bubble can start expanding again.
Well, that's the kind of thing that we've been hearing for a long
time now, and these kinds of optimistic remarks have been wrong every
time for a couple of years.
The problem is that there's no way for these financial institutions
to know how much of their portfolio is worthless. It's a moving
target, a domino effect. As one set of assets is written down, all of
the company's assets are put into doubt, the remaining assets might
lose their AAA ratings, and that will cause other assets to become
worthless.
Just to give one example: CDSs (credit default swaps) are derivative
securities that someone purchases from an insurer, who will guarantee
that your investment will be repaid if your mortgage-based CDOs
become worthless. Under those conditions, your CDOs might have AAA
ratings, since they have "double protection" from loss. It's like
buying hurricane insurance on your home -- if there's a hurricane,
you'll have your home or you'll have money from the insurance policy,
so you'll be OK either way.
But what if the insurance company has insured thousands of homes in
the same region, and a hurricane strikes and destroys hundreds of
those homes? Then the insurance company can go bankrupt, and those
hundreds of people are left with neither their homes nor any money.
In the case of CDOs that you've "insured" with CDSs, you're OK as
long as the company providing the insurance (known as the
"counterparty") is able to repay you. But what if the insurance
company has insured billions of dollars in mortgage-backed CDOs, and
can't pay if too many of the mortgages end in default.
In fact, this is a story that's been simmering for several weeks.
There are a number of companies called "bond insurers." One of these
high-flying financial firms, ACA Capital Holdings Inc, <#stdurl
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=20601087&sid=atUEmIwJ.v6U&refer=home
"lost its investment grade credit rating"#> last month. Now, if your
portfolio happens to hold CDOs that are insured by ACA, if ACA loses
its rating, then so do your CDOs.
The two largest bond insurers, MBIA Inc and Ambac Financial Group,
<#stdurl
http://www.reuters.com/article/bondsNews/idUSN0461035320080104 "have
been put on notice"#> by Fitch Ratings to find investors or they will
soon lose their ratings as well.
These are just a few of the many examples of how the domino effect
works. When one set of securities goes down, then it can trigger a
fall in another set of securities.
And so, the wishful thinking that the "mother of all writedowns" will
occur within the next two weeks, and then it will be over, is
literally impossible, since there's no way to know how far it will
go. In fact, it won't be fully known for months, if not years.
As earnings estimates fall, price/earnings estimates are rising.
Since most firms use the same models for deciding whether to buy or
sell stocks, the stock market as a whole has been trending downward,
to match the negative earnings forecasts.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the stock market is
overpriced -- by a factor of around 250% -- as I explained in my
article <#hreftext ww2010.i.panic070820 ""How to compute the
'real value' of the stock market,""#> and we're headed for a
generational stock market panic and crash that will lead to a new
1930s style Great Depression.
I recently wrote an article, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071221
""Will hyper-inflation make the dollar worthless (like the Weimar
republic)?""#> in which I discussed why, after that crash
occurs, the dollar currency will NOT become worthless through
inflation, but in fact will become more valuable through deflation.
I've received a number of questions from readers about this article.
I apologize for not having answered them all yet (I've been swamped
with other work), but soon I will be posting an article answering
these questions at length. The short answer -- and the answer that
most of the questioners overlooked -- is that once a generational
crash occurs, it will have such an overwhelming affect on the American
people, that they'll change their attitudes and behaviors in many
ways, including turning from spenders into savers. This is the kind
of thing that generational theory predicts, and I'll explain why
soon.
=eod
=// &&2 e080108 Kenya almost -- but not quite on the brink of genocidal ethnic war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.head
Kenya is almost -- but not quite -- on the brink of genocidal
ethnic war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.keys
kenya, united nations
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.date
8-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.txt1
There are hundreds of thousands of refugees displaced from their
homes,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080108.txt2
and hundreds killed in ethnic violence in Kenya, according to
<#stdurl
http://www.un.org/apps/news/story.asp?NewsID=25229&Cr=kenya&Cr1=
"United Nations estimates."#> The result is a worsening humanitarian
crisis, as shelter, water, food, sanitation and protection are needed
for the refugee camps.
These estimates, as well as the horrific church massacre that
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080102 "I described several days ago"#> are
definitely signs of an incipient generational crisis war between
ethnic groups.
However, as I described, Kenya is just a few years early on the
generational timeline for such a crisis war to occur, and so a crisis
war is UNLIKELY at this time.
However, it's also quite certain that the nation is teetering on the
edge of such a war, and a major "incident" within the next few years
could easily push the country over the edge.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080107.jpg right "" "Marcy Kadenyeha,
human rights activity, Luo tribe, Kenya
(Source: BBC)"#>
Although there are many ethnic groups (tribes) in Kenya, there are
two major protagonists in the current violence: the market-dominant
Kikuyu tribe, whose leader, Mwai Kibaki, won the Presidential
election that triggered the violence; and the disadvantaged Luo
tribe, whose political leader, Raila Odinga, was the opposition
leader who lost the election to Kibaki.
The ethnic violence was started, according to many sources, by
youthful activists in the Orange Democratic Movement (ODM), an
anti-government Luo ally supporting Odinga for President.
The BBC on Monday ran an interesting interview with a Luo woman
describing how the violence started. The reporter started by saying
that in her town there had been multi-ethnic living in peace for
decades -- since the end of WW II.
The woman being interviewed, Marcy Kadenyeha, is a Luo, and so is a
natural ally of ODM, whom she accused of starting the violence:
Marcy: "On the 29th, 2 in the morning,
Kikuyus were celebrating while the other people were crying, and
people were full of anger, because the majority here in Langata
(sp?), the ODM by blood, said it [Kibaki's victory] can't happen
like this - [because] we all know that most of the Kenyans voted
for Raila [Raila Odinga, the Luo opposition leader who lost the
election.]
So while the Kikuyus were celebrating, the other people were very
angry and they were, like, going to fight them. It's the people
who were living together who feel like they no longer have
something in common. ... They were living together like one
family, but now it [the Kibaki victory] split them.
Reporter: ODM's message was a poverty message, but Raila
began to speak of something called "majimbo." It can mean
redistribution of wealth, but on these streets, it meant
something more.
Marcy: OK, on the issue of majimbo, Luo is saying that
resources should be distributed according to all constituencies,
that each constituency is even at home, all produce they should
get equal shares.
But now, the people who are here, they said they want to start
the "local majimbo." And what they meant by "local majimbo"
is that if you are a Luo, you join the other tribes, but never
should you make a mistake of joining Kamba and
Kikuyus."
I apologize for the poor transcript; I got as much as I could
understand. Note: "Majimbo" is a Swahili word for self-rule, and
<#stdurl http://www.csmonitor.com/2008/0129/p01s04-woaf.html
"resistance to Kikuyu domination."#>
(This paragraph corrected on 29-Jan.)
But what's clear is that Kibaki's election victory caused overnight
changes in attitudes and behavior in both the Kikuyu and Luo people.
It's these changes in behavior and attitudes in large masses of people
that have the greatest significance to Generational Dynamics.
It's also pretty clear that these ethnic hatreds did not occur all at
once, at 2 am on December 29. Obviously they'd been building for
years, the people were in denial about them, and the election
triggered a massive release of emotions that had been hidden up to
that point. To put it another way, the Kikuyus and Luos had
obviously been hating each other for a long time, but hid their
hatreds until they were triggered by the election victory.
(Putting the above paragraph into another context, think about <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e080106 "the euphoria over Barack Obama,"#> and how
infuriated his supporters will be if he loses an election under
suspicious circumstances.)
Long-time readers of this web site may recall that on several
occasions I've mentioned the following: that the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071113b "Palestinians don't seem to have anything
like the pure venomous hatred"#> of Israelis that Hamas and Fatah
have for each other.
In case there was a question in your mind as to what I meant, it's
that I wasn't hearing the Palestinians and Israelis describing each
other in the same kinds of terms that the Kikuyus and Luos have been
using -- or in the same terms that Hamas and Fatah have been
describing each other.
Now, of course, it may simply be that the right triggering event
hasn't yet occurred. After all, it was <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070622 "Hamas' stunning Gaza election victory"#> last June that led
to the Palestinian factional violence. It may also be true that the
"security wall," built under the direction of former Israeli Prime
Minister Ariel Sharon, has kept a massacre from occurring.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, we're able to watch
a number of examples of countries on the road to genocidal crisis
wars. Pundits, politicians, analysts and journalists don't have the
vaguest clue what's going on in any of these regions, but
Generational Dynamics provides a methodology for analyzing their
similarities and unique differences, as we proceed on the road to the
Clash of Civilizations world war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080106 Anxious Americans become euphoric over Barack Obama
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.head
Anxious Americans become euphoric over Barack Obama
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.keys
barack obama, chris matthews, david gergen, iraq, israel, lebanon,
sri lanka, wolfgang schivelbusch, carl von clausewitz
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.date
6-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.txt1
This kind of euphoria has occurred twice before recently.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080106.txt2
Part of the euphoria we're seeing over Obama is rational. Most
blacks, and also many whites, are excited by the possibility of the
first black President. This was apparent several weeks ago with
Oprah Winfrey's full-throated support of the first major black
candidate, and how Obama is the potential fulfillment of Martin Luther
King's dream. Ironically, there's been very little similar support
for Hillary Clinton as the possibility of the first woman President.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080106a.jpg right "" "Covers of Newsweek and
The Weekly Standard"#>
The excitement is plain from the latest news magazine covers.
The cover story in liberal Newsweek Magazine was titled,
"Inside Obama's Dream Machine."
Even the conservatives are excited, as can be seen from the cover of
The Weekly Standard, referring to "The Fall of the House of
Clinton."
But what's been going on the last couple of days goes well beyond
rationality. We've seen this kind of euphoria twice in the last 13
months:
One of the most <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e061207 "bizarre days
in Washington was December 6, 2006."#> Robert Gates was testifying in
Congress for the position of Secretary of Defense and Senator Ted
Kennedy, or all people, said that the "atmospherics" were great. The
Iraq Study Group report came out, and Jim Baker, head of the group,
said that all we had to do was "flip Syria" to solve our Mideast
problems. Journalist David Gergen was heard on CNN saying this on
Wednesday: "This is the best moment we've had in over three years."
And perhaps weirdest of all, normally reserved Journalist David Gergen
gushed, "This is the best moment we've had in over three years."
When the August "credit crunch," caused a worldwide financial
crisis, investors became extremely anxious. However, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071003 "unexpectedly aggressive"#> Fed interest
rate cuts caused a period of drunken euphoria among
investors.
From the point of Generational Dynamics, widespread euphoria is a
very important phenomenon, because it indicates a viewpoint, and
often a change in viewpoint, of large masses of people. Recall that
Generational Dynamics is concerned with opinions and behaviors of
large masses of people, entire generations of people, and rarely
concerned with the opinions and behaviors of politicians, except
insofar as they represent large masses of people.
Chris Matthews is very popular among the so-called "anti-war
Democrats" because of <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070114 "his open
vitriolic hatred of President Bush, his abysmal ignorance"#> of
what's going on in the world, and his belief that he knows more than
anyone else. He's a good barometer of the views of many Democrats.
In the coverage of the Iowa caucuses on Thursday evening, Matthews
was extremely giddy about Obama. Here's some of what he said, as
transcribed by <#stdurl
http://newsbusters.org/blogs/geoffrey-dickens/2008/01/04/chris-matthews-psyched-about-obama
"Media Research Center:"#>
"If [Obama] wins tonight that's the shot heard
‘round the world. This is Lexington and Concord with the target
being not King George but President George this time. ...
If Obama wins this caucus it will be the biggest political story
in maybe 20 or 30 years our of this country. ... There's no doubt
about it. And there's no way to read it except as a rebuke to
President Bush. ...
This country and this is not a partisan comment, this is
the country's view right now. We are in a rut. We are stuck in
this rut. We are stuck in Iraq. No one has any idea how to get out
of Iraq. Sure we've had the surge succeed but that's not the way
to get out, that's just more stuck. We're more necessary. We've
got a situation on every issue where the two sides are divided
50/50. Nancy Pelosi gets whacked everyday because she can't get
the job done because she doesn't haven't the 60 senators to get
the job done on the Senate side. So we have climate change, we're
not doing anything really. We're not doing anything on energy.
We're not doing anything on social security, Medicare reform.
We're not doing anything on the war or on foreign policy.
Everything is stuck. It's intractable. And I think the American
people feel that. It's coming across in our NBC polling. People
don't like the direction. They want something to happen. Now
here's the question. Will they follow through and pick one side or
the other to run the government and get something done? Or will
they pull back again and clinch and divide power again? Which
they've done before, which does bring about gridlock. ...
It's all a big picture here. You know I'll bet there's not a Peace
Corps volunteer in the country who served in the Peace Corps in
the ‘60s, ‘70s, ‘80s, ‘90s or recently that won't vote for this
guy. He is so emblematic of our attempt, I think, to rejoin the
world."
Matthews' giddy ranting does, I think, capture the feelings of many
Democrats.
The problem with this euphoria is that it represents a kind of mass
bipolar disease which we've seen many times before.
Investors, for example, have had wild swings in emotions, going from
huge anxieties one day to near-depressive panic on other days,
depending on a word or two from almost anyone about what the Fed is
going to do.
It's it's worth remembering about the aftermath of the bizarre
6-Dec-2006 that I described above. On January 13, right after
President Bush announced the "surge" of troops being sent to Iraq,
Chris Matthews went on a <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070114 "lengthy
vitriolic and hysterical rant"#> on MSNBC.
Also important is that this kind of hysterical ranting does not lead
to good decision making. The "surge" appears to have <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071031 "been extremely successful in Iraq."#> If
we had listened to the hysterics of Matthews in January, we might
have suffered a major defeat in Iraq.
And this brings me to an important point: The vitriolic rantings of
someone like Matthews are exactly the kind of thing that lead to
panicked reactions during generational Crisis eras.
If the Administration had panicked the way Matthews did, then the
"surge" might not have taken place, and America might have suffered a
defeat.
And if you have "anti-war" views to the point where you wish the
"surge" had never been tried, then you're going against the tide in a
generational Crisis era. If America had suffered a defeat in Iraq,
then there might well have been another panicked reaction, this time
to declare all-out war against insurgents in Iraq.
We saw this kind of war panic in summer, 2006, when two Israeli
soldiers were kidnapped near the Lebanon border and <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e061223 "and Israel panicked and launched the
Lebanon war within four hours,"#> with no plan and no objectives.
We may be seeing exactly the same sort of thing now in Sri Lanka,
where the government has <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080104 "declared all
out war"#> against the Tamil Tiger rebels.
When the Iraq ground war began in 2003, there was a great deal of
euphoria surrounding it, including among the very same people who are
criticizing it now. Here's how historian
Wolfgang Schivelbusch describes the beginning of war in his 2001
book, The Culture of Defeat: On National Trauma, Mourning, and
Recovery:
"The passions excited in the national psyche by
the onset of war show how deeply invested the masses now were in
its potential outcome. Propaganda had reinforced their conviction
that "everything was at stake," and the threat of death and
defeat functioned like a tightly coiled spring, further
heightening the tension. The almost festive jubilation that
accompanied the declarations of war in Charleston in 1861, Paris
in 1870, and the capitals of the major European powers in 1914
were anticipatory celebrations of victory-since nations are as
incapable of imagining their own defeat as individuals are of
conceiving their own death. The new desire to humiliate the enemy,
noted by Burckhardt, was merely a reaction to the unprecedented
posturing in which nations now engaged when declaring war.
The deployment of armies on the battlefield is the classic
manifestation of collective self-confidence. If both sides are
not convinced of their military superiority, there will be no
confrontation; rather, those who lack confidence will simply flee
the field. Accordingly, the battle is decided the moment the
confidence of one side fails. The will to fight ("morale")
evaporates, the military formation collapses, and the army seeks
salvation in flight or, if it is lucky, in organized retreat. The
Greek term for this point in space (on the battlefield) and time
(the course of the battle) was trope. The victors demarcated the
spot with the weapons of the vanquished and later with monuments,
yielding the term tropaion, from which we get our word trophy."
(p. 6-7)
The euphoria goes on until something goes wrong, as has happened to
Americans since 2003, even though we've never had any really major
military disasters in Iraq.
The panicked reaction can be much greater when a military disaster
occurs. In his <#stdurl http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/1946 "1832
book, On War,"#> General Carl von Clausewitz describes what
happens:
"The effect of defeat outside the army -- on the
people and on the government -- is a sudden collapse of the
wildest expectations, and total destruction of self-confidence.
The destruction of these feelings creates a vacuum, and that
vacuum gets filled by a fear that grows corrosively, leading to
total paralysis. It's a blow to the whole nervous system of the
losing side, as if caused by an electric charge. This effect may
appear to a greater or lesser degree, but it's never completely
missing. Then, instead of rushing to repair the misfortune with a
spirit of determination, everyone fears that his efforts will be
futile; or he does nothing, leaving everything to Fate."
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, these huge emotional
swings are typical of generations -- like America's Boomers and
Gen-Xers today -- that were born after the previous Crisis war and
have no personal memory it. With no prior experience to guide them,
their emotions suffer wild swings, and their behavior does as well.
(Incidentally, the same thing is true for financial crises. At some
point soon there will be a new 1929-like panic, since the people who
lived through the 1929 panic are not almost entirely gone.)
That's why the euphoria over Obama is actually a sign of a country in
a generational Crisis era headed for war. The euphoria and the hopes
will continue until something goes really wrong -- such as a new
terrorist attack on American soil. At that time, the hysterical
ranting will the giddy excitement will go in the opposite direction,
and American will soon be involved in the Clash of Civilizations
world war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080104 Sri Lanka government declares all out war against Tamil Tiger rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.head
Sri Lanka government declares all out war against Tamil Tiger
rebels
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.keys
sri lanka, ceylon, sri lanka strategy, india, darfur, pakistan,
japan, china
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.date
4-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.txt1
Sri Lanka has said it is formally withdrawing from a 2002 ceasefire
agreement
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080104.txt2
with the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), informally known as
the Tamil Tiger rebels.
=inc ww2010.blocking.start
<#inc ww2010.pic sri1.gif right "" "Ethnic map of Sri Lanka, around
1975."#>
Sri Lanka military commanders are <#stdurl
http://afp.google.com/article/ALeqM5iqvQgd9whOfiw99qi746lXzZyuLw
"promising to defeat the Tamils once and for all"#> by the end of
2008. "We can bring the war against the LTTE to a turning point once
we are able to destroy the LTTE capabilities to operate in bunkers and
forward defence lines," says the Chief of the army.
The civil war between the two Sri Lankan ethnic groups -- the market
and government dominant Sinhalese vs marginalized Tamils.
The Sinhalese came to the island of Ceylon from northern India around
500 BC, and adopted the Buddhist religion around 300 BC, developing a
great civilization. They speak the language Sinhala, and today
they're about 70% of the population of Sri Lanka (the modern name for
Ceylon).
The Tamils occupied the southern tip of India as early as 1000 BC, in
what is now the Indian province of Tamil Nadu. They adopted the Hindu
religion, and came to Ceylon in the 7th century AD. In the 14th
century, they seized power in northern Ceylon and established a Tamil
kingdom. They speak the Tamil language, and today they're about 10%
of the population of Sri Lanka. (Muslims and Christians comprise the
remainder of the population.)
=inc ww2010.blocking.end
<#inc ww2010.pic india4.jpg left "" "Indian subcontinent, with the
island of Sri Lanka off the southern tip of India."#>
The LTTE began as a separatist group in 1976, and began low-level
terrorist attacks and battles with government forces in 1983, until a
ceasefire was signed in 2002.
The peace treaty started falling apart in 2005, and violence took a
big surge upward in summer 2006, while the world was watching the war
in Lebanon, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e060803 "as I described at the
time."#>
Foreign governments are expressing "concern" and disappointment that
the government has decided to abandon the ceasefire agreement, which
they claim was worthless anyway.
=inc ww2010.xr.related1 right lanka 3
Still, the announcement that the government army intends to defeat
the Tamils by the end of 2008 is, by itself, a significant event. Up
till now, many Tamils were resisting participation in the conflict,
but this announcement will unite them.
We now have three "minor" incipient or actual crisis civil wars going
on:
The war in Darfur began with low-level violence that has been
increasing since then, turning into a full-fledge crisis war in 2003.
The mainstream media and politicians think the war began in 2004, and
the UN Security Council has passed one resolution after another
ordering the fighting to stop, all to no avail. Senator Joseph
Biden, easily the stupidest man in the Senate, <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e070429 "went on Meet the Press in April"#>
and said that all we'd have to do is send in 2200 troops, and we could
stop all the fighting. When the Darfur genocide began to appear in the
news in 2004, <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e040628 "I wrote that the UN is
completely irrelevant,"#> and that nothing could stop it because it's
a crisis war, and crisis wars can't be stopped until they reach their
own conclusion. Now, almost four years later, that prediction has
turned out to be 100% true.
The Sri Lanka civil war, that we've been describing, has not yet
had the transformational "regeneracy" that unifies both sides and
makes it a full-fledged crisis war, but the army Chief's announcement
that he expects total victory in 2008 is a big step in that
direction.
I can imagine the Sri Lankan people cheering at this news. The
beginning of a crisis war is a time for partying and celebration,
because the people (on both sides) believe they'll have an easy
victory. Once a significant military defeat occurs, the war turns
ugly, and completely genocidal, with each side valuing human life as
worthless compared to the value of winning the war. This
"regeneracy" might happen this year.
The recent <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080102 "post-election
massacres in Kenya"#> have raised concerns about a full-fledged civil
war, although that's unlikely because it's too early in Kenya's
generational timeline, as I explained yesterday. The most likely
scenario in the next few weeks is some sort of peace agreement,
possibly even a peace treaty such as the one that the Sri Lankans
signed in 2002.
What's interesting is how shocked everyone seems to be by the
violence in Kenya. I've heard one commentator after another say, "We
thought that Kenya was getting more and more stable." These people,
of course, have no idea that as the last crisis war (the Mau Mau
Rebellion that ended in 1956) recedes into history, the chances of a
new civil war become increasingly certain.
In fact, all three of these countries have followed and are following
the same general pattern: It begins with low-level but gradually
increasing violence for a couple of decades. When the violence
reaches a certain point, everyone gets scared and both sides agree to
stop fighting. That agreement lasts only a short time, before a
final generational change turns it into a full-scale crisis war.
That's not just true in small countries, of course. It's happening in
Pakistan, where the <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e071230 "Pakistanis are
increasingly joining forces with al-Qaeda."#>
And it's happening in the relationship between Japan and China, where
the hostility became so bad in 2005 that both sides took steps to
reduce the tension. Japan even went so far as to elect an older
generation Prime Minister who <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e080101
"recently took a trip to suck up to China."#>
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, all of these
countries are following the same type of pattern along each country's
generational timeline. Once these "peace" agreements are in place
during generational Crisis eras, all it takes is a sufficient
provocation by either country to stir up nationalistic fury in the
younger generations of both countries, finally leading to full-scale
war.
=eod
=// &&2 e080102 Post-election massacre in Kenya raises concerns of tribal war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.head
Post-election massacre in Kenya raises concerns of tribal war
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.keys
kenya, kenya strategy, darfur, darfur strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.date
2-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.txt1
Hundreds of people have been killed in ethnic violence since Monday,
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080102.txt2
following <#stdurl
http://www.time.com/time/world/article/0,8599,1699123,00.html
"accusations that the administration had rigged the weekend's
election"#> that won Mwai Kibaki a second 5-year term as President of
Kenya.
The worst known atrocity so far occurred when <#stdurl
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7166932.stm "30 people died in a
church fire."#> Dozens of people had gone to the church to escape
increasing violence, when a youthful gang set the church on fire,
trapping people inside.
There's widespread international concern that the situation will
spiral into a full-scale civil war, but Generational Dynamics
predicts that such a war is possible but unlikely for a few more
years, and that the current round of violence is likely to fizzle out.
Kenya's last crisis war was the "Mau-Mau Rebellion." Britain had been
exerting a fairly heavy hand as a colonial power, starting from the
1850s. An independence movement began in earnest in the late 1940s,
leading to the rebellion that began in 1952 and climaxed in 1956. In
the Recovery Era that followed, Kenya finally gained independence in
1964.
Thus, 51 years have passed since the climax of the last crisis war,
making the current era a generational "Unraveling" era. During an
Unraveling era (like America in the 1990s), a new crisis war is
possible in the case of a foreign invasion, but is unlikely
otherwise.
Thus, it's possible but unlikely for the current violence in Kenya to
spiral out of control into a crisis civil war. As each year passes,
however, the chances of a new crisis civil war increase.
As usual, the mainstream journalists, analysts and politicians have
no idea what's going on. When I try to present generational theory
to them, they simply blow me off, since they'd profer to keep getting
things wrong, time after time.
What I've been hearing on CNN is that "the violence has surprised
international observers, since Kenya has been recognized for its
stability since it became independent in 1963, unlike other Sudan,
Congo, Somalia and other African countries."
This paragraph contains the usual anti-African bigotry that we hear
so often from the mainstream press and politicians. They view black
Africa as a hotbed of continuing war, and war as a way of life for
the black Africans. In their minds, this contrasts with Westerners
who live in peace and tranquility.
Here's another <#stdurl
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2007/12/31/wkenya831.xml
"bit of analysis"#> from someone who has no idea what's going on:
"Past disturbances in Kenya have tended to peter
out after a few days. That may happen now.
Yet Kenya is also in uncharted territory. Never before has there
been a media blackout - with local television and radio stations
forbidden from carrying live broadcasts - and never before have
ethnic tensions run so high.
And never before have Kenyans feared the possibility of civil
war. Yet, for the first time, many Kenyans say they believe that
is just what could happen if the country's election controversy is
not resolved soon."
This increasing level of conflict is exactly what is to be expected
from generational theory.
What they don't understand is that different countries have different
generational and crisis war timelines. Most of the West were
committing huge atrocities during World War II, while many African
countries were relatively untouched by that war. In the 1970s there
were massively genocidal crisis wars in Vietnam and Cambodia, and in
the 1980s they occurred in Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, and the former
Yugoslavia. For some reason that isn't clear to me, mainstream
journalists and politicians count these atrocities as exceptions,
while they count similar atrocities in Africa as normal.
Darfur's last crisis war was World War II, ending in 1945. Incidents
of tribal violence began in the 1970s, there was a brief war in the
late 1980s, and a full-scale crisis war began in 2003, 58 years after
the end of the previous crisis war.
So Kenya is about ten years behind Darfur on the generational timeline.
Kenya had some low-level ethnic violence in the 1980s, a brief
outbreak of ethnic clashes following the 1992 election, and now
another round of ethnic clashes, including a few real atrocities.
=inc ww2010.pic kenya1.gif right "" Kenya
Another interesting comparison between Kenya and Darfur is the fight
over land resources.
In Darfur, the original incidents occurred <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e070619 "between camel herders and farmers."#> (This is similar to the
conflicts between cowboys and farmers in 1800s America.) The camel
herders drive their herds over crops and kill them, which infurates
farmers. Farmers retaliate by building fences, which infuriates
herders.
In Kenya, the land conflict followed a different scenario. After the
British were expelled, the leading Kikuyu tribe took over and became
the dominant economic and government force in the country, taking over
lands that had formerly been owned by the British colonists.
As population increased over the decades, another tribe, the Luos,
were pushed toward the eastern edge of the country, especially into
the region bordering the Indian Ocean, where they pursued their
traditional lifestyles as fishermen. There are other Kenyan tribes
as well, and many have been marginalized.
Although President Mwai Kibaki is a Kikuyu, when he won his first
election in 2002, he was welcomed as someone who could unite all the
tribes by means of his National Rainbow Coalition (Narc).
However, he <#stdurl http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7079210.stm
"became unpopular,"#> thanks to repeated scandals and large-scale
corruption in his administration. Furthermore the Luo tribe felt
increasing marginalized and poor.
A major symbol of the disagreement between Kikuyus and Luos is that
Kikuyus traditionally have considered female circumcision to be
essential, while Luos do not practice it. (This is an example of how
wars and conflicts cause religious symbols to be adopted. That is,
<#inc ww2010.weblog.ref e070603b "as I've written before at
length,"#> war causes religion. Religion does not cause war, as some
claim.)
And so, <#stdurl
http://kumekucha1.blogspot.com/2007/11/little-known-facts-from-history-of-luos.html
"according to one blogger,"#> The Kikuyu despise the Luo as
uncircumcised fish-eaters, while the Luo see the Kikuyu as arrogant
and greedy westernised Africans who have abandoned their cultural
traditions.
With that background, last week's election approached with two major
candidates: The Kikuyu candidate Mwai Kibaki, and the Luo candidate,
Raila Odinga. In the end, the final vote tally was 4,584,721 votes
for Kibaki, and 4,352,993 votes for Odinga. The two tallies were close
enough to cause Odinga to claim vote-rigging. Since <#stdurl
http://www.voanews.com/english/2008-01-01-voa51.cfm "corruption is
widespread"#> in the Kibaki administration, Odinga's claim led to the
widespread violence.
So the stage is definitely getting set for a major ethnic civil war,
but it's still just a few years too early along the generational
timeline.
=eod
=// &&2 e080101 Japanese Prime Minister sucks up to China in a four-day trip
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.head
Japanese Prime Minister sucks up to China in a four-day trip
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.keys
japan, china, yasuo fukuda, taiwan, wen jiabao, silent generation,
progressive generation, japan strategy
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.loc
ww2010.weblog.log0801
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.date
1-Jan-08
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.txt1
However, issues of substance in the East China Sea were left
unresolved.
=data ww2010.weblog.y2008.e080101.txt2
Japanese Prime Minister Yasuo <#stdurl
http://uk.reuters.com/article/topNews/idUKT20660620071230 "Fukuda has
just ended a four-day trip to China"#> described by everyone as a
"feel-good" trip. In particular, Fukuda attempted to defuse the
bitterness caused by Japan's actions in World War II (the <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e071218b "Nanjing Massacre"#> and use of comfort
women) by promising to "learn from history." Also, he promised to
take China's side and oppose any moves by Taiwan toward independence.
However, little of substance was accomplished. The most important
failure was to find an agreement to settle a bitter border dispute in
the East China sea that affects control over vast oil reserves and
other natural resources.
It was just three months ago that 71 year old Fukuda came to power,
after a year of governmental near-paralysis under 53 year old former
Prime Minister Shinzo Abe. The choice of Fukuda represented a
remarkable reversion to an older generation. Abe was Japan's first
PM born after World War II, and his scandal-ridden administration is
considered by many to be a disaster.
<#inc ww2010.pic g080101a.jpg right "" "Japanese Prime Minister Yasuo
Fukuda and Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao shaking hands in Beijing.
Identical twins, separated at birth?
(Source: Xinhua)"#>
The generation that grows up during a crisis war (like America's
"Silent Generation" that grew up during WW II or the "Progressive
Generation" that grew up during the Civil War) is known in
generational theory as having the "Artist" archetype, because they're
so sensitive and willing to compromise. They grow up surrounded by
death, destruction, and genocidal horror, and suffer a kind of
"generational child abuse." Like any child abuse victims, they grow
up to be sensitive and indecisive. As adults, people who grow during
a crisis war are always avoiding difficult decisions, although once a
decision has been made (possibly by other people), they can implement
that decision ruthlessly.
Fukuda is in the Artist archetype, and so are the main leaders of
China. President Hu Jintao and Premier Wen Jiabao, both born in 1942,
grew up during the tail end of WW II, into the extremely violent
Chinese "Communist Revolution" civil war that ended in 1949.
One can just imagine the feelings of Fukuda, Hu and Wen as they met
with and talked to one another, and each realized he was talking to
someone who had tried to massacre his parents' friends. These
feelings must have been even more intense when Wen gave Fukuda a
surprise gift of 1978 photograph of Fukuda's father, then Prime
Minister of Japan, signing a peace agreement with China.
And so it's not surprising that Fukuda, Hu and Wen all got along so
well. Fukuda and Wen even <#stdurl
http://www.taipeitimes.com/News/world/archives/2007/12/30/2003394862
"played a game of catch with one another"#> at an all-smiles photo
op. But it's also not surprising that neither of them could make the
hard decisions necessary to forge a compromise on substantive issues.
<#inc ww2010.pic g050413.gif right "" "Map of East China Sea and
disputed region (Source: BBC)"#>
The dispute over the East China Sea is not a new one. It's one of a
number of issues that sparked <#inc ww2010.weblog.ref
e050416 "massive anti-Japanese riots in Chinese cities"#> in 2005,
during a time of extremely tense relations between Japan and China.
A page one <#stdurl
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB111990572454670770,00.html
"article"#> in the Wall Street Journal in 2005 actually <#inc
ww2010.weblog.ref e050628 "described the crisis in generational
terms,"#> as follows:
"Ten years ago, when Chinese navy ships were
spotted in waters between Japan and China, a newly elected
lawmaker named Keizo Takemi warned that the Chinese were surveying
energy resources also claimed by Japan. He was ignored by senior
colleagues, who said they wanted to keep smooth ties with
Beijing.
This year, as China prepares to drill for natural gas below that
same part of the East China Sea, Japan is reacting very
differently. Mr. Takemi, now a leader on foreign affairs in
parliament, put together a response that was surprisingly robust
by Japanese standards: In March, Tokyo announced it will launch a
rival drilling effort, to be protected by Japan's high-tech
military if necessary.
"Our nation's sovereign rights are at stake," says Mr. Takemi, 53
years old."
The article describes "the emergence of a new generation of leaders
with new notions about Japan's role in the world," and adds:
"These younger lawmakers, most in their 40s and
50s, want their nation to be more assertive. They are also willing
to break old taboos about shows of military force, something Japan
long avoided for fear of conjuring memories of World War II
aggression. That's a big change from their predecessors, who
avoided confrontation with China, instead showering it with
billions of dollars in development aid out of guilt over Japan's
brutal 1930s invasion. Memories are still raw in China of the
Japanese attack, which historians say caused fighting and famine
that killed millions of Chinese civilians."
Both China and Japan were frightened by the intensity of the
anti-Japan riots in China in 2005, and since that time, both
countries have made efforts to step back from potential war.
Fukuda's visit to China is part of that effort.
From the point of view of Generational Dynamics, the "feel-good"
phase of Japan-China relations won't last long. The generational
forces described in the article just quoted are increasing every day,
as WW II survivors die off, and are replaced with increasingly
nationalistic leaders in both China and Japan.
Right now, there's a strong motivation on both sides to avoid
conflict. Japan is frightened of a militaristic China, and
experiencing shame over its WW II atrocities. China is preparing for
the Beijing Olympic games this year by acting like a teenage girl
preparing for a sweet 16 coming out party who doesn't want anything
to spoil it for her.
But Generational Dynamics predicts that the generational forces will
overcome these motivations, and there will be a new genocidal war
between Japan and China, as a component of fast approaching "Clash of
Civilizations" world war.
=eod
=eof